LATE I

RAN:
a ata tald casi “
CU OaRE re Count
Pa,
i ee Barta
1k

f }
AMES
Cather
asta
se Oe

(

Ht
le M4

i
if
‘

uke a
Pe in) is} a
a) trey) bi
NS A iy t AeA. Ri
hi a? i A LGR y
AHA ANS

‘4
doa Ni
NY rN Ch
Mi Res yh i YY
An i ant OO at
PAU TS ith OR ARN
f i) BO NUN AA We
i) Ri CoN AM TA
fairies

A A
eS

4 ALY Ceara BM
RC Va PLN Hs,
be Ht P| me
PON WH LA
RO APR LY ALLA UPA Aaa Balt dy i

beara eau th Ch Aa EAU AAR aa oar une 1 CLAS uate Bg Kd
‘ WOR AY i RN KE aie PAL i ain DAGKY ae ra Rost
SS MANE SAAC 4) t Wine OC} hee ah pital ra he eats
NOR RRR RS hy hae i ‘ me eR ‘ is a WEA Key EA ay oN PO ie iy

, Hiss s NONE CoD PB aK Ws

sae Lancer y ay
thaw At

Dy tt + MER RN tsi f ai
44 CUVEE: B ‘ i iis
PANY ah AUR Pe Te Catae tes Pa BY, { ‘\,
ONT Hay a NN ey eh Ko) i seats) i iv i
eA ‘ " Aiih ay pH
A Ne Ye 4

\ bps TR tf
! + is if AR

‘ Vy 4 Wy fl
7 i i} Ba} 4
Get M Sct TN I vi HMA naa
ttt ‘ sas WCW HON cele DL a
oh Ch oak, Ph Pur ? UE Reise cn
SARNIA RRR UN Ri eo hea
MP bays 4 Rael 4°98
i Pc ry
aL NCar OC)
c\

hd

Ne
ity

}
Ady Whe
«

it » \
Nan

' MA AN ny a

Chan
NEAR AEE CCH

pone : ite

ah
oa '
Re - LO Ce Oe
Oy en ed a4 2, ey heap
Whe A i Cron 4 ran
heh Aer A AA tae
; , un Pa ‘i

i
eb
i
yh ’

i
iH
‘ RI i
‘tah
em NAR
RAN

ahha
‘ SH i
rr meh ( rine tes
. MCG tbs RG OW, aa ALES
ee SRP. CYA Okt wo i > w i ai
Ra ANY Ra AH AULA i Aone ia My Ny Ni
eG ie We i ee Pee eng als ees a RA A tt
ae} PLAS) PAL OE COOK A hn RY BA ret RPA Baa
Wie te ne a RT AM et v ; Pa Nt DR det
PRR RRS ih i Phen Eire Baht ch aCe
Dee : TMi NS A, MANe

1
wa
asa Le i)
a rors nice) ba FG ACP He ete a Oa
MVC T PIG DS Ke te OI Oh 10 Sa UR Pa oa [ee
eC Oe ok ae 7 Mee iC Pe MLA bh)
FTC Sh it De Sn Oh 4 b3 Cpe PoE cee
RA et i
pa eal

Y hei 4 mC) Fane
Bait mae iy

Widn Siis
arte i

;

oy

a iM}
a

«
eu ae a
x

e

Ye
i eSRoEA ORL

Hien na
ath
i

it ;
Lee ALS a A a Ta ee eth a
OR NON SN EAP

Hay) sy
SUTIN His Tn MAUR Ht iF ah ein
t oe he Ot ) } Y
i LA PR Rie tA Ca H
awit s f i yoy
a 4 Set }
4 ( AN) { Oi
bail 4 * \ ‘ y 4 e ist AM A
LR Fe r st Oe Cit COU Ne RE Aaa 2 eh hy ; rr tc oe
SN PRM NOR RR ONO NA S t rh inate eautaelti ln ih Sega ML eign
Pao ar Rc! i i) HUAN DA US vie Vain RSCG ie Cry) fan a i
AERO CR TOK PCR DRL ASE AL uy a M EAU aN A EA (h RRS
; UUM RA i nig ae sa AEE ESA i
) a LY, Ae AN ty

PASO A A
Ae A ee RE
Ce Me CEC te AM A MN ML
SMP
i +4 AN

Ly
te

in
(Me

Watt yt
i rh

ba)
aie
te

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Sy o.btinwe.. XE
1891,

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHANG TON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,
1892.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The extension of the scope of the National Museum during the past
few years, and the activity of the collectors employed in its interest,
have caused a great increase in the amount of material in its posses-
sion. Many of the objects gathered are of a novel and important
character, and serve to throw a new light upon the study of nature and
of man.

The importance to science of prompt publication of descriptions of
this material led to the establishment, in 1878, of the present series of
publications, entitled ‘ Proceedings of the United States National
Museum,” the distinguishing peculiarity of which is that the articles
are published in pamphlet form as fast as completed and in advance
of the bound volume. The present volume constitutes the fourteenth
of the series.

The articles in this series consist: First, of papers prepared by the
scientific corps of the National Museum; secondly, of papers by others,
founded upon the collections in the National Museum; and, finally, of
facts and memoranda from the correspondence of the Smithsonian
Institution.

The Bulletin of the National Museum, the publication of which was
commenced in 1875, consists of elaborate papers based upon the collec-
tions of the Museum, reports of expeditions, ete., while the Proceedings
facilitate the prompt publication of freshly-acquired facts relating to
biology, anthropology and geology, descriptions of restricted groups
of animals and plants, the discussion of particular questions relative to
the synonymy of species, and the diaries of minor expeditions.

Other papers, of more general popular interest, are printed in the
Appendix to the Annual Report.

Papers intended for publication in the Proceedings and Bulletin of
the National Museum are referred to the Advisory Committee on Pub-
lications, composed as follows: T. H. Bean (chairman), A. Howard
Clark, R. E. Earll, Otis T. Mason, Leonhard Stejneger, Frederick W.
True, and Lester F. Ward.

S. P. LANGLEY,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page
Allen, B.A. Descriptions of twosupposed new species of mice from Costa Rica and Mexico,

with remarks on-Hesperomys melanophrys of Coues..-.----. 220-2. 2.20220 22 022c 2 eset e ees 193-196
Oryzomys talamancee, Hesperoimys (Vesperimus) afinis, new species. :
Andrews, E.A. Report upon the Annelida Polycheta of Beaufort, North Carolina (Plates
KN SOVALE) Samteicinvac tae eee sles elle Si dolee osictn spines cin aelecine De ccieerele sob Ad cee eee aoe eee 277-302
Harmothée aculeata, Eunice ornata, Diopatra magna, Ophelina agilis, Polydora commen-
salis, Axiothea mucosa, Petaloproctus socialis, Ammochares cedificator, Loimia turgida,
new species.
Eean, Barton A. Fishes collected by William P. Seal, in Chesapeake Bay, at Cape

Charles City, Virginia, September 16 to October 3, 1890.....-....-...-......-..-.------.---. 83-94
Benedict, James E. and Rathbun, Mary J. The Genus Panopeus. (Plates x1x- - -
SRORANI pater ee a eet lo Plt fat Pete elie Se latg aire = Some tetere setae 355-385

Panopeus areolatus, Panopeus dissimilis, Panopeus ovatus, Panopeus angustifrons, Pano-
peus hemphillii, Panopeus bermudensis, new species. é
Cherrie, George K. Notes on Costa Rican birds .......-.-...-.--...-2-2--2- 222222022 et 517-537
Description of new genera, species, and subspecies of birds from Costa Rica ..--.--.... 337-346
Deconychura, Premnoplex, new genera.
Lophotriccus zeledoni, Pachyrhamphus ornatus, Deconychura typica, Vireo supereiliaris,
Basileuterus salvini, Grallaria lizanoi, Myrmeciza intermedia, new species. Lophotric-
cus squamicristatus minor, new subspecies.
Cope, E. D. On the character of some Paleozoic fishes. (Plates XXVIII-XXXIII) ---...-..-. 447-463
Styptobasis knightiana, new genus and species.
Tybodus regularis, Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias, Platysomus palmaris, Platysomus laco-
vianus, new species.
— A critical review of the characters and variations of the snakes of North Ameriea..... 589-694
Hutenia aurata, new species. Hutenia sirtalis semifasciata, Eutenia sirtalis triline-
ata, new subspecies.
Dall, William HX. (Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer

Albatross). No.xx—. On some new or interesting west American shells obtained from the
dredgings of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, in 1888, and from other sources,
Hebel AUT Soe Wi1)) eae serie ens thar er kes 2 Ba Re Soest a ar te iat RM oe Re 173-191

Calyptogena, new genus. Trophon cerrosensis, Cancellaria Crawfordiana, Buceinwn
strigillatum, Buccinum taphrium, Mohnia Frielet, Strombella Middendorfii, Strombella
Sragilis, Strombella melonis, Chrysodomus ithius, Chrysodomus periscelidus, Chryso-
domus phoeniceus, Chrysodomus eucosmius, Chrysodomus (Sipho) hypolispus, Ohryso-
domus (Sipho) acosmius, Crysodomus (Sipho) halibrectus, Trophon (Boreotrophon)
settulus, Trophon (Boreotorphon) desparilis, Solenya Johnsoni, Calyptogena pacifica,
Limopsis vaginatus, new species.

Terebratella occidentalis obsoleta, new subspecies.

Eigenmann, Carl Ii., and Rosa 8S. A catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of South

PEXSTUL STR CER NaC eM eee ae Toe Te TN od arene ale ocala rah cea alias ha) Shier ened Pate eA Vs avai terse a tee pe Oa 1-81
Evermann, Barton W.,and Jenkins, Oliver P. Report upona collection of fishes,

made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, with descriptions of new species. (Plates 1-11) Rhinop-

tera steindachneri, Menidia clara, Upeneus rathbuni, new species. 121-165
Gilbert, Charles H. (Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission

steamer Albatross.) No. xx1.—Descriptions of apodal fishes from the tropical Pacific
Xenomystax, Ilyophis, new genera.
Chlopsis equatorialis, Xenomystax atrarius, Ophisoma prorigerum, Ophisoma macrurum,

Ilyophis brunneus, new species.

(Scientific results of explorations by steamer Albatross.) No. xx1.—Descriptions of
thirty-four new species of fishes collected in 1888 and 1889, principally among the Santa
Barvaradlislandsmnd inthe Gultrof California 2255-2. oe ooeins oe dcce «coe see eee ae 539-566

Chriolepis, new genus. ;

Raia trachura, Catulus xaniurus, Catulus cephalus, Catulus (brunneus, Bulamia (Platy-

podon) platyrhynchus, Stolephorus cultratus, Myctophum regale, Alepocephalus tenchro-

Til

bic

IV TABLE OF CONTENTS.

P Page.
Gilbert, Charles H.—Continued.
sus, Porogadus promelas, Siphostoma carinatum, Callechelys peninsule, Atherinops in-
sularum, Mugil setosus, Diplectrum sciurus, Mycteroperca pardalis, Bodianus acan-
thistius, Upeneus xanthogrammus, Pomacentrus leucorus, Gobius misrodon, Bollmannia
ocellata, Bollnannia macropoma, Bollmannia stigmatura, Gobiosoma crescentalis, Chri-
olepis minutillus, Gillellus ornatus, Prionotus gymnostethus, Careproctus melanurus,
Paraliparis cephalus, Paraliparis mento, Trachyrhynchus helolepis, Macrurus pectoralis,
Lycodes diapterus, Symphurus fasciolaris, Antennarius reticularis, new species.
Gill, Theodore. On Eleginus of Fischer, otherwise called Tilesia or Pleurogadus......... 303-305
On'the genera abrichthys and Pseudolabrus=.2-.2-==.-2--0--=-<+1es----2-+2 see eene ee 295-404
Note on the genus Hiatula of Lacépéde or Tautoga of Mitchill .-.........-.-.2-2--2..-. 695
Notes on the genus Chonerhinus or Xenopterus..--...------.-.--2..----Jss-<-ceseseess 697-699
On the genus Gnathanacanthus of Bleeker ............ Scie lsreisie aisle slain aia aioe eee eet 701-704
INotes/on’ the, Letracdontoidesa/(Plate:xeexLy) es ssn oe e tae eee oe eee eee eee 705-720
Howard, L. 0. The biology of the Hymenopterous insects of the Family Chalcididaw .... 567-588
Jordan, David Starr. Relations of temperature to vertebre among fishes ..-..--....... 107-120
Lucas, Frederic A. On the structure of the tongue in humming birds (Plate Iv) -----..- 169-172
Mac Farlane, R. Notes on and list of birds and eggs collected in Arctic America, 1861-
S665 cess save sie ss cee etaae sce iele wise stars aye lew ena eiereie sega cine oc arene tee eiete ae aene eae Cees 413-446
Ridgway, BR. Description of a new species of Whippoorwill from Costa Rica ...........-. 465-466
Antrostomus rufomaculatus, new species.
Notes on some birds from the interior of Honduras........-.--......-.-------------eses 467471
Platypsaris aglaice hypopheus, Pithys bicolor clivascens, new subspecies.
Notes ’on'some!Costa-Ricam! birds 2252.5. 0c aese'se ose seceded occeisessaaeeeaseabene-ee 473-178
Platypsaris aglaic obscurus, new subspecies.
Scytalopus argentifrons, new species.
Note on Pachyrhamphus albinucha, Burmeister. ..-..-.--.-....-----------+-+++--+-+2+++ 479-480
Xenopsaris, new genus.
Description of two supposed new forms of Thamnophilus ..............---.----.------- 481
Thamnophilus albicrissus, Thamnophilus trinitatis, new species.
Description of a new sharp-tailed sparrow from California ........ oe TSAe ae eee eaee 483-484
Ammodramus caudacutus becki, new subspecies.
Notes on the genus Sittasomus of Swainson ....-.-.--.-..-.--- 2 deters: Biss cee anseae 507-510
Sittasomus chapadensis, new species.
Shufeldt, R. W. Some observations on the Havesu-Pai Indians (Plate XXY-XXVI)....-.--- 387-390
The:Navajobelt-weaver: (Plate XX Vine ses sec ac sees eae cee a en arctan ae aera eters 391-393
Smith, John B. Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuidz of temperate North
America. Revision of the species of Mamestra. (Plates VIII-XI)..........-.-..-----.---- 197-276
Mamestra determinata, Mamestra desperata, Mamestra invalida, Mamestra u-scripta,
Mamestra quadrata, Mamestra circumcincta, Mamestralongiclava, Mamestra orbiculata,
new species. :
Stearns, Robert E. €. List of North American land and fresh-water shells, received
from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, with notes and comments thereon. .-..--.- 95-106
—— List of shells collected on the west coast of South America, principally between lati-
tudes 7° 30’ S. and 80° 49’ N., by Dr. W. H. Jones, surgeon, U.S. Navy........-....------- 307-335
Tectarius atyphus, new species.
Stejnueger, Leonhard. Description of a neW* species of Chameleon from Kilimanjaro,
MAS LOMMCACTICA meee =e sea Seema eee sae Sedo seo eee oee ne dels sis cae Sees e a nace eee 353-354
Chameleo abbotti, new species.
Description of a new Scincoid Lizard from East Africa ..........-.-..-----------++++-- 405-406
Lygosoma kilimensis, new species.
Description of a new species of lizard from the island San Pedro Martir, Gulf of Cali-
PF OLTLUD = oe aioe are oe Se sin nie Seis Ee ae alereie eS CT ee ee ae ae aaa ae eal faa tare tereteltnfetatatote 407-408
Cnemidophorus aes new species.
Description of a new North American lizard of the genus Sauromalus..-....--.----.--+-- 409-411

Sauromalus hispidus, new species.
Notes on Sceloporus variabilis and its geographical distribution in the United States... 485-488
Notes on Japanese birds contained in the Science College Museum, Imperial University,

FROMAOs, J PAM == «mic ~acleascreies n= esa aia anemia einem late sinle aie tate is cies ite coca tele eee a tal anette 489-498

Notes on the cubital coverts in the birds of Paradise and Bower birds. .....--.---.----- 499-500

————- Notes on some: North: American snakes. §..)-... 22 -< <2 s-esaneee ae nae see ere altel 501-505

On the Snakes of the California genus Lichanura.....-.....---.-------+--+-+++++---++---- 511-515
Stejneger, Leonhard, and Test, Frederick €. Description of a new genus and

species of Tailless Batrachian from tropical America. (Plate Im)......-.- Lat et Seow eens 167-168

Tetraprion, new genus.
Tetraprion jordani, new species.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

THXT FIGURES.

TE OG OF SAGA TNR SUIS seas docsesesaneae sbeaace cocdsOaec sa dScesdodcccssEcdace so seo6 aabSbua=

BENG CREAR COLO LUDO VE S| CO ULT, CUCU a armies ate esa oooh mene el eo

METRE LILA UOLOL I? CLULLSNO) OCUC ated tafe pa faerie te Nett ctene tee ovate teliriaratese eh et tol cle ol atslapeintavotel l=) ateelio/- epee ae eter
PLATES.

I-II. Rhinoptera steindachneri, Mycteroperca jordani, Hermosilla azurea, Upeneus rath-

buni, Pseudojulis venustus, Auchenopterus asper=.-.---------- 222 - sence nc cew ess

III. New genus and species of Tailless Batrachian from Tropical America, Tetraprion

HOT AMIME LS = corsa s ae aXaie laine feialsl oon ae sins otfemtcl is we eae Aenea ean Mies oa AOS SSeS

Ieee che Lon gnesOf nm min & Bird seeee ae sea ony scien elem etetetse so sees es eee

iV Velev es trAmenicaneM ollus Gai misses cre cere inte cinta eee itisseecthe eee ee

VWeaii—oxclen Genital: StractuneolmMamestnas..-- 2. oaemeeeeeidee eels ec aei ces on sl eenee nee

XII. Harmothée aculeata, new species ......-.......-.-.------ Sen ape rc ets Ee Saeco

PRG IU eee Ea 2C€ OVALE PMO WAS POCIES wiamenio cess Sanwa eee Se seine es - aerate ieee

RMVi DLOP AEN TUAGING, WNE WES PCCIOS = -:07- tos or tots = eles = etares oa Sissi le arayele lo 3 wiereea seis es ee earn

XV. Ophelina agilis and Polydora commensalis, new species -...-...-..-...2------------

NGV AICPA LOLLEDINULCOSA, MOWaSPCClOS =. n= law ace tetocls = sais eee = Poem orice saeins =a oemeeeeet

EXOVElUP el alo pT OCtUs! SOCLELIEGNOWASDEGICR, os loc ois iciatel = s)af= a eines foes ee = cae eo eee eee

XVIII. Ammochares edijficator and Loimia turgida, new species ......--..-...2...---.----

XIX. Panopeus herbstii, Panopeus herbstii (var. obesus), Panopeus validus...-.--...--- ae

XX. Panopeus harttii, P. bermudensis, P. occidentalis, P. dissimilis, P. depressus-.--.

XXI. Panopeus parvulus, P. harristi, P. areolatus, P. crenatus, P. planissinius.-..

XXII. Panopeus packardii, P. transversus, P. angustifrons, P. sayi. P. texanus...---

XXIII. Panopeus dissimilis, P. parvulus, P. depressus, P. packardii, P. sayi, P. texanus, P.

WieyDstii ere UCU Us E KOCCLOLTTOLISH eee ae eieceiniee aera ee eee Sales cnet ee eee

XXIV. Panopeus planissimus, P. serratus, P. harttii, P.wurdemannii, P. ovatus, P. trans-

XXV.
XXVI.
XXVII.
XXVIII.

XXIX.
XXX.
XXXI.
XXXII.
XXXII.

XXXIV,

versus, P. planus, P. hemphillii, P. bermudensis, P. harrisii, P. crenatus, P.

ING USUU MONET oret resiseaare actor e artim s arose <aycha slots cae ele Sees eee one Seinas aes
AMiaged parol Havesn=bar indians! -.--<se coe oe = se ose sacs Selatan asaneee ane eee
AmHayesu-laiLodgein Su-PalCanon Arizona ---s-5-22.-.2 2 5-222 nee ee eee
Pern avajonpelt- weaver 2 ro=a.s)sgase0 sete sse ae cece esac Soomewe Oe ee adie ciseeee eee
Styptobasis knightiana Cope, Hybodus regularis Cope, Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias

Copeman estce soreness se a ecas soa enccee eceh ee Sac eiae nice See a bie epee
LUCERO DEL ALD OVD UDC UO fo seeen Cogdedesnorcccne cancel: cieoeclcccocs mosectesce
Macropetalichthys Sullivantii Newb., Holonema sp....-.........-------------------
Dinichthys, Titanichthys, Platysomus lacovianus Cope ....-.....--.-.-+++-+--------
EMC EULCHLTEYS NULL GUS 1 COPE: \are cies sisi oie sieie Dae Here cies eer als eefoe eiSaroelae seein Aare tae
EUALYSOMUSIDAUN OTIS CONG 5.22 ars sas scies eee a ee aS ce Oe oes eens se eeeyers
Ohonerhinus naritus; Chonerhinus naritus, nostril; Crania of Tetraodon, Leiodon or

Monotreta; Arothron or Dilobomycter; Colomesus; Chonerhinus; Canthigaster...-

NV;

Page.
170
i70
701

166

168
172
192
276
302
302
302
H2
302
302
302
386
386
386
386

386

390
390
394

464
464
464
464
464
464

~]
to
Co

DATES OF PUBLICATION OF ARTICLES.

Nos. 842 to 848, July 16, 1891; 849, 850, July 24; 851, September 26; 852, August 20; 853, August 27;
854, August 29; 855, September 4; 856, September 8; 857, October 12; 858, December 12; 859, December
12; 860, December 12; 861, September 8; 862, 863, August 31; 864, October 27; 865, September 26; 866,
December 12; 867, October 12; 868, October 26; 869, October 31; 870, October 22; 871, October 22; 872,
October 22; 873, October 27; 874, October 26; 875, October 27; 876, October 31; 877, October 31; 878, 879,
November 17; 880, 881, 882, March 28, 1892; 883, March 25, 1892; 884, April 19, 1892; 885, April 19, 1892;
886, April 20, 1892.

VE

Pe OC EAD ENG:s

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

HOR WEE So BVA LS Or:

VOLUME XIV.

A CATALOGUE OF THE FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA

BY
Cart H. EIGENMANN AND Rosa S. EIGENMANN.

The present paper is an enumeration of the fishes so far recorded
from the streams and lakes of South America, with a few preliminary
remarks onthe extent, peculiarity, and origin of the fauna and the
division of the neotropics into provinces, An attempt has been made
toinelude those marine forms which have been found in the rivers
beyond brackish water and to exclude those which probably enter fresh
waters, but have not actually been found in any streams. Cvcntral
American species are not enumerated.

The aim being to present a synopsis of what has been accomplished
rather than a list of the species which in our estimation are valid, all
the doubtful species are enumerated and the synonyms of each species
are given. All thenames given to South American fishes prior to 1890
are therefore to be found here.

We have endeavored to adopt and incorporate the results of the
latest investigations, chiefly those of Giinther, Gill, Cope, Boulenger,
Steindachner, and EHigenmann and Higenmann. Since works of a re-
visionary character on South American fishes are few, and many of the
species have been recorded but once, many changes in the present list
will doubtless become necessary. We have critically reviewed about
half of the species enumerated. (See bibliography.)

This catalogue was intended to accompany a Catalogue of the Fresh-
water Fishes of North America by Dr. D.S. Jordan. Unavoidable
circumstances prevented us from completing it as originally planned,
and it was thought best to give it the present form. We take pleasure
in expressing out thanks to Dr. Theodore Gill for valuable suggestions.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 842.

2 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

EXTENT OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER FAUNA.

There are far more fresh-water fishes in the neotropical than in any
other region.! Complete enumerations of the fresh-water fishes of other
continents are rare, but the following comparison of the latest lists of
European and North American fresh-water fishes with a list of the
South American species will show the extent of the South American
fauna. Those families which are marine, but whose species enter fresh
waters, are marked with an asterisk (*).

SUES =
Species. Z| 22 a 2 General distribution of families.
| 5 | z FF |
HYPEROARTIA. |
Lamprey. * Petromyzontide ....... | 3 | 8 | 3 Temperate and arctic regions. -
RAL®. | |
Electric rays. * Torpedinide -... ...... | sepa oats 1 In most seas.
Sting rays. Dasybatide..2.+-2-=-- Domeeers Nene 9 | Warm seas.
SELACHOSTOMI.
Paddlefish. Polyodontidz.......... | Sbjct dE Sew North America and Asia.
GLANIOSTOMI. |
Sturgeon. * Acipenserid® —........ | 10 | 6 eee Northern.
DIPNOI. |
Lungfishes. Lepidosirenide ....-... |heoreiesenl? othe 1; Africa.
GINGLYMODI.
Gar pike. epidosteldperca-—-2 s4jeeeser Bil seeene North American.
HALECOMORPAHI. | )
Bowfin. Amiatidacccce soseenee | Loans IY cee
SYMBRANCHIA.
Symbranchide#..-..-...- {isczeee | anaes 1 India.

1 Heilprin (Distribution of Animals. International Scientific Series D, Appleton
& Co., 1887, p. 79) says: ‘‘ The fresh-water fishes of the Neotropical realm are spe-
cifically more numerous than those of any other region, with perhaps the exception
of the Holarctic.” The Holarctic is defined as follows (p. 56): ‘‘The Palearctic and
Nearctic tracts, in the absence of both positive and negative faunal characters of
sufficient importance to separate them from each other, are indisputably linked to-
gether, and should constitute but a single region (the Holarctic).” Leaving out of
consideration all animals but fishes, there are certainly both negative and positive
characters to separate the Palearctic and Nearctic. Mr. Heilprin enumerates the
following peculiarities as separating the Nearctic from the Palearctic: The presence
in the Nearctic of Catostomide, Centrarchide, Amiatide, Lepidosteide. To these should
be added the Hiodontide, Percopside, Am)blyopside, Aphredoderide, Elassomatide,
and the peculiar development of the Percide. From an ichthyological standpoint
there are certainly positive characters sufficient to separate the Neazctic from the
Palearctic.

ss itt i ii i a i a cr re i i i ii ie

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 8
a le q
= eS | 3
sie.\e
open eure
Species. a <2 | 4% | General distribution of families,
a | ae ts =
ees B is
lp |4 |a
|
NEMATOGNATHI. |
PAB DTOUINIOO Sees elaiee | aaa aos [een 15 | Sonth American.
Diplomyatidie ss. cr sc- ne cis =| sai 1 Chilian.
Catfish. Silomdeeeesess-ess-~= 1 25 | 199 Cosmopolitan.
Hypophthalmide ......| -....|...-.. 2 South American.
Mountain catfish. Pvodid yeeeree ceeer tsnaeell aces | 48] Do.
Do. PATONG Le Rete ete seein arenas |- eee |inaeiee's 8 | Do.
Mailed catfish. MOLIGATIIA ae see sae ce cose e cee ed or Do.
Calliththyidie ¢...-20-|cc2+s|sesase leeks Do.
EVENTOGNATHI.
Sucker. Catostomidz...........|...-.. G1 Peer North American.
Loach. Copitideee sae aac ee eee On eee eae | Asia.
Carp. Cyprinide -----..-....% Gleis230) 222 =- | Asia, Africa.
Characins. Characinids Oi esecen. |sesees 1 456 | Africa.
| :
GYMNONOTI.
Electric eels. Mieciropnonide--.0-2-|noseeel esos ce 1 | South American.
SUCIMOPY Pid << so. 225|. sone | acces | 30 | Do.
j |
ISOSPONDYLI.
Moon-eye. nod antid osen eee = eee ose as Bites | North American.
Herring. FClIPeldwessscuscas sees 2 5 | 3 | All seas. :
Gizard shad. *SWOTOSOMLUE ae eee. Sel eee eo = 1 | Ae Warm seas.
Big-eyed herrin MLO PIG re seen se Lose) cena soos 1 |} 1 | Chiefly in warm seas.
OSteoolonsidtern 2. sean teenies eens | 1) Australia.
PATA AMIGO Serre eee: [ese oe eeetes 1
Mole phorideae coe es seecnalee seas 8 | All warm seas.
Galaxaideacsss.2e 2 eee | ese Soe bese 5 | Tasmania, New Zealand, South
America (southern).
A MOchitOnidss--.sceeec|acccme| eens el 2 Do.
Salmon. salmonids: <2. ..22 122 12 QBiie ashe | Northern.
Trout perch. IPercopsid sD -- sy cessace ol eee 1G) emeeee | North American.
HAPLOML.
| |
Blind fish. Amblyopsidi-2..se-.o5- ee c<x | 5 etd North American.
Killifish. * Cyprinodontide ....... 3 52 | 29 | Warm seas.
Pike. Haoci mys o-e sees cee 1 5 |.....-} Northern,
Mud minnow. Wimbridwrccescsessces 1 ie eeeeee
XENOMI.
Blackfish. DSlind Bee eee se ences lt ee 1 | eases Alaskan, Siberian.
ENCHELYCEPHALI. | |
Eels. aeAmomilideay ser ccncee sss 2 | ‘lig rere Warm seas.
SYNENTOGNATHI.
Garfishes. pa Blom peserenc cess 4|aaeeee ae eee | 5 | Warm seas.
HEMIBRANCHII.
Sticklebacks., * Gasterosteide ......... 3 7 )..--.-| Northern.
PERCESOCES. | |
Mullet. PAU ENIAD odocs ss cee| tessae| se eese | 3) Warm seas.
Silversides. PeALHORIMIG de ems ecis seers 2 2) 33 Do.
|
PERCOMORPHI. |
IP Oly CONGTICI@ 1c cess ais |elsercl| sooeme | 3 Northern South America.
Pirate perch. Aphredoderide. behets tee ereteniats | North American.
Elassomatide... a ataoee QW ineecas Do.
Sunfishes. Centrarchid@..........|.....- BT eee Do.
Perches. POT CINGB erin ise sla ciaice 11 cia eeerael Temperate regions of America

| and Europe.

4 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

a | - |
g & =
°° | 2 3°
Deer cca
m fogs ai
Species. AS lve 2 4 2 General distribution of families.
Dit | seen aleve ce ;
ey PSsae seo
e Cneaine
A/a | |
PERCOMORPHI—continued. |
Sea bass. USOrralid wos. s- essere 1 4 5 Warm seas
<i Spanidee eoeccece aoe cu leans ae Lee ee al Do.
Croakers. + SlmMld Diacce eee caer ce eeese 1 11 | Do.
Cichlids. Cichlideeq222- 2 2e62ce=- (Cee 2 86 | Africa, Asia.
Gobies. *Gobiidwe 2 -aaccese ae ae 2 6 15 | Warm seas.
Sculpins. *Coutideaere cee cen aee 2h mole | eae | Northern.
Toadfish. = Batrachidwcacuse sceecol sete alee 3 | Warm seas.
= Blenniidse) = -s- eco. Bullies saeN eee 0.
AIG Adi fo scccecieae coe 1 Ty eee as | Northern.
HETEROSOMATA. is
Flounders. * Pleuronectide ...-..--. 2 | 1 | All seas.
|
PLECTOGNATHI. |
Pufters, * <Tetracdontids:...2--4|-2es 6 | ecterers 1 | Warm seas.
aie
Total’ cose. eaeeemes net ee oa eae 126 | 587 1, 147 |

It will be seen from the preceding list that, even if one or two hundred
names are eliminated as probable synonyms, the preponderance of
species is still largely in favor of South America. It must also be borne
in mind that perhaps not more than two-thirds of the fishes of South
America are now known. Many will doubtless not be discovered until
there are resident ichthyologists. Only sixty species of fresh-water
fishes have been recorded from the large system of the Rio Magdalena.
If this number be compared with the forty species taken from Bean
Blossom Creek, in Monroe County, Indiana, a small stream not half a
dozen yards wide and which was explored along but one mile of its
course, the amount of work left undone in the fresh waters oa South
America may be estimated.

From the American portion of the southern zone,' that is, from the
whole region south of the La Plata, but eighteen species of fresh-water
fishes are known. The headwaters of the La Plata, Magdalena, Ori-
noco, and of the tributaries of the Amazons and most of the rivers be-
tween the Amazon and the San Francisco are, from an ichthyological
standpoint, unknown.

Only half of the collections of the Thayer expedition has, as yet, been
examined, and many new forms will doubtless be added whenever the
remaining portion is studied.

To the number enumerated here should be added the hundred and
fifty species of fresh-water fishes recorded from the Mexican and An-
tillean subregions. The number of known species of neotropical fresh-
water fishes is therefore nearly 1,300.

' For the limits of this zone, see Giinther, “‘ The Study of Fishes,” p. 248.

vou. XIV] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5

RELATIONS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER FAUNA. TO
THOSE OF OTHER CONTINENTS.

A striking feature of the South American fauna is the presence of
marine forms, such as species of Dasybatide, Tetraodontide, Scienide,
Batrachide, etc. These, however, ought not here to be considered,
although many of their species live exclusively in fresh waters, since
the families of which they are representatives inhabit all warm seas.

If these families are left out of consideration it will be seen from the
preceding list that there are but three families common to North and
South America. The first of these, the Siluride, is cosmopolitan. The
species of Siluridwe found in North America belong to the subfamily
Bagrine, while the South American species belong to the subfamilies
Tachisurine, Callophysine, Pimelodine, Doradinw, Auchenipterine, and
Ageneiosine. Of the subfamilies found in South America, those in ital-
ics are enneotropic.* The Tachisurine are found in all tropical seas,
and, for the present purpose, should really be classed with the marine
fishes. The Pimelodine have a few representatives in Africa.

The second and third families, the Cichlide and Characinida, have
each but one representative extending as far north as Texas.

From the foregoing statements it will be noticed that the South
American fauna has little in common and small relationship with the
fauna of North America. Central America properly belongs to the
South American fauna, while southern Mexico is debatable ground.
Several species of Pimelodine, Cichlid, and Characinide occur in south-
ern Mexico. On the other hand, one species of Bagrinet extends as
far south as Guatemala, and anothert is found on the western slope of
central Mexico.§ <A species of Lepidosteus, an ennearctic genus, has
a representative in the western part of Guatemala.

Leaving out of consideration the family Siluride, which has been
discussed above, thereremain eighteen truly fresh-water families, eleven
of which are enneotropic. Of the remaining seven families two, Ga-
laxtide and Aplochitonide, are found only in the Fuegian region, and
have representatives in Tasmania and New Zealand. The other five
are distributed as follows :

Lepidosirenide 1 sp.; Africa 2 sp.

Symbranchide 1 sp.; India 2 sp.

Characinide 456 sp.; Africa 86 sp.

Osteoglosside 1 sp.; Australial sp.; East Indian Archipelago
1 sp.

Cichlide 86 sp.; Africa 29 sp.; India 2 sp.

* Enneotropic, ennearctic, etc., formed like endemic, the en having the force of ‘ pe-
culiar to.”

t Ictalurus meridionalis (Giinther).

t Ietalurus dugesi (Bean).

§ Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque) has been recorded from Surinam. As this species
has not been taken during the last 30 years it is perhaps wisest to doubt the correct-
ness of this record.

6 PRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

It will be seen that all but two of the tropical American families not
peculiar to America are found in Africa.

There is no species of tropical American fishes known to inhabit any
other continent, and but two genera, Osteoglossum and Symbranchus, are
found elsewhere. It is a surprising fact that, although there exists the -
great similarity between the African and the South American faunas
already pointed out, these two genera are not found in Africa. Sym-
branchus inhabits South America and India, Osteoglossum South Amer-
ica, Australia, and Hast Indian Archipelago.*

We have already called attention to the fact that but one of the South
American subfamilies of Silwride is found elsewhere. The Pimelodine
reaches its greatest development in South America (63 species), while
in Africa there are but two genera (4 species).

Of the ten subfamilies of the Characinide fourt are enneotropic, three
are enafric,¢ and three § are common to both.

THE PECULIARITIES OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN FAUNA.||

As is usual with fresh-water faunas the great majority of South Amer-
ican fishes belong to the Physostomous Teleosts. In the words of
Wallace: ‘ Richness combined with isolation is the predominant fea-
ture ot Neotropical Zodlogy, and no other region can approach it in the
number of its peculiar family and generic types.”

The families peculiar to South America are: (1) Diplomystide, (2)
Aspredinide, (3) Hypophthalmide, (4) Pygidiide, (5) Argitide, (6) Lori-
cariide, (7) Callichthyide, (8) Gymnotide, (9) Sternopygide, (10) Poly-
centride. The first seven belong to the degenerate order Nematognathi.
The absence of scales, imperfect maxillary, codssified parietals and
supraoccipital, the absence of subopercle and codssified anterior verte-
bree, distinguish this order. With very few exceptions the species of
this order are provided with barbels, which, in some species of Pime-
lodine, are greatly specialized, being much longer than the whole fish.

The Diplomystide, of which but a single species is known, is undoubt-
edly the lowest of the Nematognathi and is a remnant of the primitive

*Perhaps attention shonld again be called to the Siluride. The genus Tachisurus
has representatives in the fresh waters of South America, Africa, and India. It is,
however, a marine genus.

t Erythrinine, Curimatine, Anostomatine, Serrasalmonine.

t Citharinine, Distichodine, Ichthyoborine.

§ Crenuchine, Tetragonopterinw, Hydrocyonine.

|| We wish to call attention to a fact noticed while studying the Nematognathi.
The southern representatives ofseveral genera or evenof thesame species have not infre-
quently more rays than the Amazonian forms. All the specimens of Pseudopimelodus
cungaro recorded from the Amazon have six dorsal rays, while three of the specimens
from the south have seven dorsal rays. All the Amazonian species of the genus Rham-
dia have six dorsal rays, while the southern forms of the same genus frequently have
seven or eight; one peculiar to the La Plata has six to nine, and another confined to
the San Francisco has ten rays. We have not followed this subject in detail and do ~
not know whether the increase in rays is correlated with an increase of vertebrae.

cor PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. q

.

stock. The maxillary, in this family, bears teeth and forms part of the
mouth border. Only two short barbels are present. In all other families
of this order the maxillary is vestigiary, its sole function being to serve
as a basis for the primary barbel. Through the Tachisurine the Diplo-
mystide are very closely related to the Stiluride.

Through Ageneiosus the Hypophthalmide are closely related to the
Siluride. |

The Aspredinide are highly specialized and are evidently an early
offspring from the common stock. :

The Pygidiide are the mountain forms of the Siluride, but have under-
gone many important modifica ions.

The Argiide are the mountain forms of the Loricartide.

The Aspredinide are the most specialized of the Nematognathi. The
mouth and the air- bladder are greatly modified, while the body is covered
with small bony plates.

The Callichthyide are in some sense intermediate pereocn the Silu-
ride and the Loricariide. They have a normal mouth and the body
covered with two series of bony plates.

The Electrophoride ana Sternopygide constitue the order Gymnonoti.

The Gymnotide diter from the Sternopygide in being naked and in
possessing an electric organ. The members of both families are long,
eel-shaped fishes without a true dorsal fin, without ventral fins, and
having a very long anal fin,

None of the Percomorphi are peculiarly South American, the only re-
maining family being the Polycentrid@, whose position in the system is
not definitely determined.

Of the families having a wider distribution, but reaching, in South
America, a peculiar development, must be mentioned the marine forms,
which, in other regions, do not ascend much beyond brackish water,
but which here are found even at a great distance from the sea. Chief
of these are the Dasybatide, Belonide, Mugilide, Scienide, Batrachidea,
Pleuronectida, Tetraodontide.

Of especial interest is Lepidosiren paradoxa, which represents an an-
cient order of fishes.

Tie Siluride here reach their greatest perfection, forty-eight genera
of one hundred and ninety-nine species being found in fresh waters,
while several species inhabit the surrounding seas. They are gener-
aliy inhabitants of the low lands. The peculiarities of the Pimelodine

_are the remote nares, which are not provided with a barbel, and the

great development of the maxillary barbels.
The Callophysine are Pimelodine with incisor-like teeth.
The Doradine are provided with a lateral series of bony plates.
The Ageneiosine have a peculiarly modified air-bladder.
The Auchenipterine are very closely related to the Agenelosine, but

- possess a normal air- bladder.

8 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA——EIGENMANN.

The Characinide also here attain their greatest development. There
‘are sixty-one genera of four hundred and thirty-five species.
The Erythrinine are without an adipose fin.

The Curimatine are edentulous, or have the teeth feebly developed.

They differ from the Citharinine (African) chiefly in having a shorter
dorsal fin.

The Anostomatine have a short dorsal fin, narrow gill-opening, and
remote nares, the teeth being well developed.

The Tetragonopterine and Hydrocyonine differ in the character of the
teeth, the former having broad notched, the latter conical teeth. ‘The
dorsal fin is rather short in both. Both reach their greatest develop-
ment in South America. There are in South America eighteen genera
of oue hundred and fifty-nine species of Tetragonopterine and but
four genera of twenty-nine species in Africa. Of the Hydrocyonine
there are eleven genera of fifty-four species against two genera and
five species in Africa.

The Crenuchine consist of two genera of one species each, found re-
spectively in South America and Africa.

The Serrasalmonine are characterized by the large teeth and serrated
belly.

The Cichlidw is another family which reaches its greatest develop-
ment in South America.

THE ORIGIN OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN FAUNA.

The species of marine families need, in this connection, only a pass-
ing notice. Many of the species live habitually in the sea and enter
rivers only occasionally. The families having strictly fresh-water species
or genera are the Dasybatide, Cyprinodontide, Belonide, Mugilida,
Serranide, Scienide, Batrachide, and Tetraodontide. Some of these,
as the genus Orestias, are evidently of very long standing. This genus
of four species confined to Lake Titicaca was evidently long ago—long
before the Andes had reached their present height—separated from the
ordinary forms inhabiting brackish water. Other genera belonging to
this category are: Protistius Cope, a genus intermediate between the
Mugilide and the Cyprinodontide found in the Peruvian Andes at an
elevation of 12,000 fee’, and Gastropterus Cope (Mugilide) from the
Pacific slope of Peru at an altitude of 7,500 feet.

The genera Percichthys and Percilia have also been long enough
separated from their marine ancestors to become generically distinct.

The fresh-water genera aud species of Belonida, Scicenide, Batra-
chide, and Tetraodontide live chiefly in the lower courses of rivers and
are probably older additions from the sea.

The Lepidosirenide, a family of few genera and species, is evidently
now in its last stages. No fossils of Lepidosiren have yet been found.
The Dipnoi made their appearance in the Triassic (Permian; Bohemia,
Texas). ‘*Remains of Ceratodus have been found throughout the en-

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9

tire series of Mesozoic deposits from the Trias to the Cretaceous, inclu-
sive.” Their distribution has evidently become limited in later times
and the living members may be looked upon as but remnants of an
- older fauna. .

The number of species of the Symbranchide is also quite limited,
while their geographic range is very large. Nearly all such cases are
to be explained by a greater abundance and a wide distribution in
former times. The living species enter brackish water, while one genus
is strictly marine. Dr. Giinther says of this fish (Study of Fishes,
p. 226): ‘The occurrence and wide distribution in Tropical America
of a fish of the Indian family Symbranchide, which is not only con-
generic with, but also most closely allied to, the Indian Symbranchus
bengalensis, offers one of those extraordinary anomalies in the distri-
bution of animals of which no satisfactory explanation can be given at
present.”

The present is evidently the age of the Nematognathi and the Hven-
tognathi. Probably all the species of Nematognathi of South America
are autochthons of that continent. <A pretty complete series still exists
without taking into account any species of other regions. They are
chiefly lower forms, although some of them have reached a high state
of specialization in a certain direction. Their evolution has already
been discussed by us in various places and it is not necessary to repeat
all the considerations here.

The peculiarities of the Diplomystide have been pointed out above.
We must conclude from the presence of dentiferous maxillaries and the
absence of all the barbels except the maxillary,* either that this family
represents the ancient Nematognathi, or that it is a reversion to the
ancient forms. The former conclusion seems preferable. Silurid@ have
been found in the eocene Tertiary of Europe, while the Wasatch beds,
the lowest Tertiary of North America, have yielded several species
of a genus (Rhineastes) probably related to the Pimelodine, from which

* The value placed on the maxillaries can not be questioned, while the value placed
on the presence or absence of certain barbels is fully warranted both by the living
forms of South America and by the embryology of Jctalurus albidus (Le Sueur). Pro-
fessor Ryder (On the Development of Osseous Fishes, p. 49, Washington, 1886) says:
“The remarkably developed barbels of the embryos of this species make their ap-
pearance very early, especially the maxillary pair; these appear on the second day.
* * * The barbels on the lower jaw do not appear till the fourth day of develop-
ment iscompleted. * * * The last of all to be developed isthe nasal pair * * *
[ which] does not appear until the seventh day.” Page 54: ‘‘ Whether the endoskeletal
part of the upper end of the so-called maxillary barbel in reality represents the
maxillary bone of other fishes seems somewhat open to doubt, as the proximal ossi-
fication of the cartilaginous support of this barbel would give this element in the
catfishes a cartilaginous origin, which is at variance with what is known of the
development of its homologue in all other forms of Teleosts, in which it arises as a
membrane bone.” At the time of writing this Professor Ryder was probably not
familiar with the peculiar Diplomystes.

5%

baie

10 ¥FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.,

the present North American forms are, not unlikely, lineal descend-
ants.*
As the Silurine and Pimelodine were already differentiated near the

beginning of the Tertiary, the Diplomystidew must have originated still |

earlier.

The Tachisurine were the first to be differentiated from the Diplo-
mystide. How close the existing intergradation between them may be
can not be told from the imperfect knowledge of Paradiplomystes, ete.
They most probably arose in South America. At present the species
are chiefly marine and it is not unlikely that several other subfamilies
besides the Pimelodine are directly derived from them.

The Pimelodine are Tachisurine with remote nares. They now flour-
ish most where they probably had their origin. From the Pimelodine
have been derived directly or indirectly a number of subfamilies and
families. The furthest development in one direction has been reached
by the Aspredinide, while the development in the other direction
culminates in the Loricaride. There does not seem to exis’ a sufficient
break in the South American series to warrant the supposition that
any of the subfamilies were developed elsewhere and have immigrated.
They all must be autochthons of the neotropical region.

The Hventognatht and Gymnonoti form, with the order just considered,
the superorder Ostariophysece of Sagemehl, which is distinguished from
all other orders and superorders by the presence of a Weberian appa-
ratus, or ossicula auditus, connecting the air bladder with the auditory
apparatus. Some of the non-American families of the Hventognathi
approach so closely to the Nematognathi that Valenciennest had at one
time some doubt whether Pygidiwm, a South American genus of Nema-
tognatht, should not be placed with the Cobitide. The common descent
of the three orders of Ostariophysew may be conceded. The LHventog-
‘nathi seem to differ from the Nematognathi in the possession of a sub-
opercle.

In the north temperate region three families of Hventognatht have
become differentiated. In the tropies the order is represented by the
family Characinide. The subfamilies EHrythrinine, Curimatine, Anos-

"Dr. Jordan (Science Sketches, p. 100) says: ‘‘The catfishes of [North] America
are all probably descendants of a common stock, not allied to South American
forms, but probably finding its nearest relativesin India. A single species of this
type now exists in China (Ameiurus cantonensis); but this is perhaps a returned emi-
grant from America rather than a direct offshoot of the parent stock. Even before
becoming acquainted with Professor Cope’s work, ‘‘ Tertiary Vertebrata, ” it seemed
to us that the Bagrinew were derived from the Pimelodine. The presence of a genus
of Tochisurine or marine Pimelodine in the North American Tertiary deposits (Dr.
Cope was unable to decide which) confirmed my previous notions. The American
Bagrine are Pimelodinw plus a nasal barbel, the last barbel to be developed. They
resemble most the Pimelodinw with vomerine teeth, and indeed, the genus Rhineastes
possesses them.

+See Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, vol. 18, p. 486 (note).

ert atin

¥2'e yo ~*
mY :

a N) — ; {

=

: os _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. fot

_tomatine, and Serrasalmonine are certainly autochthons of South

America and probably later differentiations. The Zetragonopterine,
Hydrocyonine, and Crenuchine are, as has been shown under “ Rela-
tions of the South American Fresh-water Fauna,” found both in Africa
and South America. No doubt need be entertained about the origin of
the genera now found in South America, as they are all peculiar to it.
‘*On theother hand,” says Dr. Giinther (Study of Fishes, p. 233), ‘the ex-
istence of so many similar forms on both sides of the Atlantic affords
much support to the supposition that at a former period the distance be-
tween the present Atlantic continents [Africa and South America] was
much less, and that the fishes which have diverged towards the east
and west are descendants of a common stock which had its home in a
region nowsubmerged under some intervening partof the ocean.”* Cer-
tain it is that the great preponderance of Tetragonopterine and Hydro-
cyonine are found in South America, and that there these subfamilies
probably had their origin.

Such anomalies as the presence of one species of Crenuchine in South
America and another in Africa is at present unexplainable.

The two families of the Gymnonoti need few words. They are not,
and probably never have been, found outside South America.

The Osteoglosside are probably a family in its last stages.

In the Galaxiide and Aplochitonide, which beiong to the south
temperate fauna, is seen the wide distribution of genera, and even of
species, common in the north temperate region. There seems to be
nothing anomalous in their present wide distribution.

The Polycentride, like the Sternopygide and Electrophoride have not
been found beyond South America, and they are undoubtedly autoch-
thons.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The distribution of the neotropical fishes presents well nigh all pos-
sible conditions. There are species and genera of marine families

* Wallace says in this connection: “The great continent of South America, as far

_as we can judge from the remarkable characteristics of its fauna and the vast depth

of the oceans east and west of it, has not during Tertiary, and probably not even
during Secondary times, been united with any other continent, except through the
intervention of North America. * * * What its earlier condition was we can not
conjecture, but there are clear indications that it has been broken up into at least
three large masses, and probably a number of smaller ones, and these have no doubt
undergone successive elevations and subsidences, so as at one time to reduce their
area and separate them still more widely from each other, and at another period to
unite them into continental masses. The richness and varied development of the
old fauna of South America, as still existing, proves, however, that the country has
always maintained an extensive area; and there is reason to believe that the last
great change has been a long continued and steady increase of its surface, resulting
in the formation of the vast alluvial plains of the Amazon, Orinoco, and La Plata,
and thus greatly favoring the production of that wealth of specific forms which distin-
guishes South America above all other parts of our globe.”

12 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

found in streams and lakes at altitudes of 13,000* to 15,000 feet, while
some Alpine forms descend to the sea.t

Some marine genera have, contrary to @ priori conceptions, species
which are confined to some one river,i while species which are strictly
fresh-water have unexpectedly wide ranges.§

Many genera of wide distribution are confined to the eastern slopes
while genera of narrower distribution|| occur on both sides. Some
genera have few species which inhabit neighboring rivers,{] while the
species of some other small genera inhabit widely separated regions.**

The distribution has been discussed by Agassiz, Wallace, Cope, and
Giinther. Agassizti speaks of the distribution of the fisbes found on
his journey from Para to Tabatinga. His discussions are, however,
more valuable as field notes and suggestions than as a contribution to
the subject, since he did not consult the works of previous writers.
He was especially impressed by the localization of species, which was in
great part due to mistaking the variations of a species as distinct
species, and to the fact noted above that many of the species supposed
by him to be restricted to a peculiar spot had been collected in other
localities by other explorers. On page 244 Agassiz says: “To this
day I have not yet recovered from my surprise at finding that shores
which, from a geographic point of view, must be considered simply as
opposite banks of the same stream, were, nevertheless, the abode of an
essentially different ichthyological population.” This is nothing more
than what is to be observed at a given locality of many rivers or
along most coasts. At Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts, or at San Diego,
California, for instance, different species inhabit restricted areas within
a few square miles, one set of species rarely entering the locality of the
other. For this reason some species are always associated with cer-
tain other species. The same holds good of rivers and creeks. Ina
smail stream in Indiana the numerous species of darters are found at
one point; half a mile further on are species of Noturus, beyond which
are species of Amiurus, etc. To Professor Agassiz, however, belongs
the credit of first calling attention to this fact. i

Wallaceti devotes but little attention to fresh-water fishes, sammar-
izing the accounts in Dr. Giinther’s Catalogue of Fishes.

* Orestias (Cyprinodontide), Gastropterus, Protistius (Mugilide).

t Pygidium pardum (Pygididz) in Callao Bay.

{ Tachisurus grandoculis in the Rio Doce.

§ Callichthys callichthys; Hoplosternum littorale, etc., La Plata to Trinidad; Pimelodus
clarias, ete., La Plata to Rio Magdalena.

|| Cetopsis.

] Steindachneria with three species: (1) amblyura in the Jequitinhonha; (2) doceana
in the Rio Doce; (3) parahybe in the Rio Parahybe.

** Stegophilus with six species: (1) maculatus in the La Plata; (2) punctatus at Can-
elos, Ecuador; (3) intermedius at Goyaz ; (4) macrops at Manacapuru ; (5) insidiosus in
the Rio das Velhas; (6) reinhardti in the Solimoens and its tributaries.

tt A journey in Brazil. Boston: Ticknor & Fields, 1368.

tt The Geographical Distribution of Animals. Harper & Bros,: New York, 1876.

yon ty, | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 13

Dr. Giinther! treats of the distribution of South American fishes
more in general. He divides South America into the neotropical
region and the Fuegian subregion, separated by a line from the tropic
“until it strikes the western slope of the Andes * * * where it
again bends southwards toembrace the system of the Rio de la Plata.”
Leaving out of consideration all the marine forms entering or inhabit-
ing rivers, he enumerates 672 fresh-water fishes in the whole of the
neotropical region, including Mexico and the West Indies. This sub-
division of the South American portion of the neotropies is a natural
one as far as fishes are concerned, and it is adopted here.

Before discussing the subregions, provinces, ete., more in detail, we
present the following lists of genera peculiar to the different localities.
Since almost all genera are here accounted for, it will be seen that
South America is divided into well-defined provinces.

ITF

Genera peculiar to Chili, Patagonia, Argentine Republic, and Terra
del Fuego:
1. Diplomystes..........-.-.-1 sp., Chili | 3. Percichthys.4 sp., Chili and Patagonia
2; Nematogenys........---. eeliep.) Chili p4 Pereiliac..2.. saeco. 22> soo~.-k ep Chili
(Petromyzontide. )

These genera, four in number, are the only ones inhabiting the large
Fuegian subregion of the southern zone which are not also found in the
Brazilian subregion. Several genera of wide distribution, especially
Pygidium, have representatives here.

The following lists, exclusive of xviII and Xvitl, characterize the
Brazilian subregion. <A few of the genera have also representatives in
the Mexican subregion.

1:

Genera with representatives in all or nearly all the rivers from the
La Plata to the Magdalena. Those having representatives on the
western slopes are marked with an asterisk (*), those not yet recorded
from the La Plata are marked with a dagger (+t), those not yet found
in the Rio Magdalena are marked with a double dagger (i):

ipeEseudopimelodus---—-- 55-5 ---- Gispy LOS Rhinelepisimeescss acess sae see 3 sp.
emeU LAM Cai heveistevss see see 22 Sp. jell. \Calliehbhyst iss... 2-5-2 ore seis ps
Same Odell ages eee Le Sp. Described as 11 species.
APBEAMOLOGUSte. -e\2=)e 5s to cise = cee ESISP>.|)-L2. Hoplostermumijee===0 esse ee: 3 sp.
SoleachyCorystest.-. 2-2-2 a2- =. - 13 sp. Described as 13 species.
6. Pseudauchenipterust .......--- Maps is aCorydoraghe ss) s7 ven) secs 12 sp.
ew Ao ON CLOSUS eee seeming ne seicsic 2S Pon) 4s Miaierod oneees sees seeeeeeeee cee ) Sp:
Se ORICAT ae Salers Seca << sean O4, Spa Described as 12 species.
Je lecastomusmes-eo. ese 2a 2s: 98/sp. |, Lo ey thrimnst.c-s-scse-5 5. a2 Asp:

1 The Study of Fishes. Black: Edinburgh, 1880.

\

]4 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

16. Curimatus* -......-..44 sp. and var

Me erochtloduss steer. = aster ee 22 sp

18s Meporinus--~s-s6— se seuss soeee= 28 sp

19 Tetragonopterus™ .-.2-.-2-t5.- 71 sp
Sixteen other species in Cen-
tral America to United States.

20 Cheiwodony -2se.0.s52cerce =e 9 sp

Rio Magdalena, exclusive of those of southeastern Brazil.

( CLG Bry COM jsaen aacenauven ee skenee 34 sp
| 22. Re iphoramphuss=acee eee 12 sp
| 23, “AStronotus). 62 o7sse- vas) ee BOS
| Many species in Central Amer-
ica and Mexico.
| oA. Crenicichlati ces seeeeooeeceee 27 sp.
20. Geophagusl -o--cssseneeeseae 22 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 15+.

iit.

Genera having representatives in the rivers from the La Plata to the

Those not

yet recorded from the Magdalena marked witb an asterisk (*) :

dry eva GaSe ee marten cte re er 22sp.|{ 8.
2) Pimelodella 4. 2225. 2c. sa 12'spx +9:
im © OLOMSIS oateetsay ns eran nee erteeece G sp. | 10.
ALG youdn um eus Sooo exam 25 sp. |

HW OM CATIA is se one se eiec lee oat 34sp. | 11.
6. Plecostomus® ...--.. 23 sp. and var. | 12,
@ Cheetostomus's 2-2-1402 eo 20 sp. |

G

1. Pseudoplatystoma .... 7 sp. and var. | 12,
DE APR RYSRO ME SAS cea wobppooo Gaee L sp. | 13.
Sil) ORAS ie see ieee Bele ee ads Dar peas
4 Oxy MOLAStesccereise sacs ae Asp. | 15.
Ci Stepopnilugns. sset Gcesc eas 6 sp. | 16.
6, Hemiancistrus’= 2:25 <-=-5- -:2: 17 sp. | as
MosANGIS tLUStiananiar ceric 8sp. | 18.
ONMETO mio dst servers o ser tele areas 10 sp. | i
NOK JERR Ne aoetocresccdcda cadsoe 3 sp. | 20.
A ANVOSTOMUS ss peeeecerse scr ieee 10.sp. | 21.

Average number of species to each genus, 9.25.

VG

Genera with representatives on both slopes of the Andes:

Chaleinusies. sco ssce sree ere 9 sp.
Gasteropelecus S25. ).2-s25eeee 4 sp.
Reb Ordesy see) |e eee 8 sp.
Cynopotomus) 2253-)4--soaeo: 7 sp.
Py Socemtrus cas - nae ace eee 7 sp.
Nenrasalim Oe eee elses 14 sp.
My letes!\.. 2 oce see scinee eerie ol sp.
Stermnarchusi = ose acess cee es 9 sp.
Sternopy Cus! sseaceee eee ee 6 sp.
Carapus......- 1 sp. (described as7.)
Macrodont 2. 226 fotos 2 sp.
Curimatus®.......-- 43 sp. and vars.
Tetra gonopternsies sso seer 71 sp.

(Others in Central America, ete.)
Cheirodon!! 9 sp.
Brycon
Twoadditionalsp. in Central America.

Average number of species to each genus, 203.

| HH. unimaculatus in the Cujaba.

2Only in the La Plata, San Francisco and Amazons.
Wagneri, east and west slopes of Panama.
4 Modestus, western Ecuador, eastern Panama; elongatus, western Ecuador.

3 Cinerascens Guayaquil; Esmeraldas.

5 Occidentalis, Guayaquil.
6 Many species; Alpine forms.

7Several species at Panama, both eastern and western slopes.

’ Spinosissimus, Guayaquil.

» Troschelii, Guayaquil; western Andes of Ecuador.
10 Brevirostris, western Andes of Ecuador; microphthalmus, Rio Rimac; polyodon,

nayquil.
'! Pisciculus, Santiago, Chili.

24 tricaudatus, western Andes of Ecuador.

VOL. XIV

ieee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 15
V.

Genera peculiar to the western slopesof Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia:

PeIODIASING, <\<005:5- Sse nee eel cine IESPaiikowescudochalCeus iss lecleme- cases 1 sp.
POAC COMONE y= scien esc eee aici AS Pet || teu GASUTOPUCLUG)sisio oe elelielelsiet == se 1 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 1.25.
VI.
Genera peculiar to the Amazons and the region to the north of them,

especially the Guianas. Those marked with ap asterisk (*) have rep-
resentatives in the Rio San Francisco:

i bunocephalus -.=.-2..---- 222: (aspen pede ANAC yrs. ee he stalelaseeiteici<= OSD
DeeAS DLO Ole toe sroistee-ayatere Faas eee GISPae cous NCeSUeS aeeiae = Sse OAS"
SOMO pMVSUBl =. eis -1s- =) 2 eae 1 sp. One species in Gdncemele:

AS ehractocephalus =. + 252 sas. - Spey ecGe xO OMe es, associ seit 22 alesp.
Se SOLUDIMIC Hob yS)s-s- 2 --- =~ S Spor ete Luphostomay-=s2-. a= s-6)2 =. 6 sp.
GemElLemuidOris” m2 sem. ces Sela oe <= ISISD. |PCOmEUNGdrOlyCUSs! a= as se ree 4 sp.
7. Trachelyopterus .----. - Herein 2S Dualpoon OyMO Cd Oltemersstr nares senate ae 2 sp.
See oniulom OCW Sissel =) ONS Pa oO mC renuchitts mere smerinss se eee 1 sp.
OeAUTGh emily LEW ec rrser steele (ei! SUS Dene eiyale SiN Speer etersaensiyeraee tere 1 sp.
HOME popichalmilss see a - esp: Boundaries of distribution not

lth arlovnelliaies:-cie5 socio 6 sp. well defined.

PEL pPOPLOPO MA ==-— = asec ceyse = SDS || GMs LAKME) Ses podmea Sees coos 2 sp.
A isemelva Maller Se Aste cicte cis sielleae= DISD | opneE LECOLOMPNORUS sees ace ee eS Ds
IA ePterygoplichthys* -=-..-.----- 8 sp. Southern boundaries not well

lS web yrrnmlinae ess. cs oc. 9 sp. defined.

16. Chilodus.......-- estes 2sp. | 34. Rhamphosternarchus ......... 5 sp.
ieee N ATMOS GOMMNS | rsce 11 ela <5 SSP. noose Lunamphichthiysi == ---es =< 3 Sp.
Sella buUClia .a6e.<. 55 se oe mae 4 sp. | 36. Brachyrhamphichthys......-.. 5 sp.
iO Odontoshillbess.2 2225. -2e5 ese 2 IS |) Oi OSLCOCLOSSUM sess. == = ee 1 sp.
2UmeChaleeus: cca. 2652 - = pane F 2p | o>. Lotamorrhaplise ss... 2. cee 1 sp.
lhe @neatochanes!sa42 55 s252.> aca Sap iliaoh Plagioseions .ccsease oes cee Oe 4 sp.
oo MU ROACTUGUS 1 esas eyo.cel=\-)< 4: vice Bens) (eA Onn Cuellar cee ere pepe See eee 4 sp.

Upper courses of rivers. 4 Chestobramne hus) sects eer 4 sp.

Som blabUCas «ils. =--' ae ieee oe Disa d ea C OLOMOSUS ace = eee eer siteicie oe 1 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 5.5.

VAT:

Genera peculiar to the Amazons (Amazon, Solimoens, Maranon) and
their tributaries.
Those genera found in but two of the rivers are included here:

UIC OSIPeN = aes een eines. a Ispeil), vo eVandelllitge sesh sec veers 2 sp.
Des IPATTNIN GENT ears ote waters iiates ee ISPs lee Pe arelod ones seme ee esienseeeracet 2 sp.
3. Platynematichthys..........- Qsp. |) os Hemiodontichthys sass. s.. Ll Sp
APP SCLAGES) 2m sans aescyaicie cies oe as: QispealelOsaran cistnuiseserereesee cee cle 3 sp.
5. Auchenipterichthys .......... OFapit plhhee A cambinicusmememiae tom rte as 3 sp.
GREP A PCORUSes seer cee rte are ovis. = eS eel wel) CCAD OM O Mien aretelecleie ae) acie=='= 1 sp.

16 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

SMU MOLViLA ceeciostsisiesieceieiesees despa 195 Mesonautiaceassc- see ees aee er 1 sp.
ATPANOGUS tao = case iclees cere eeteecc o8p, | 20. CreniGataw cess asce see eee 1 sp.
15. Potamorhinasceso-. -<ccicsle aso lisp. |-21. ,Microssug 222. acess hoes = 1 sp.
1G Bry Cconops)=--2e- -socee ness =. 2 '8ps | 225, Warniaee soos oe tee ce cee eee 3 Sp.
L7_eStethaprion).ss--ceaes cero DISD: 125. AStLonopusce=-seceeeooaeeeeee 3 sp.
1S) MonocirehuS)s. oo 545 cosecicoee Msp.siee4. (isymphysodomme-cae-ceeee ae 1 sp.

Pterophyllum 1 sp.
Average number of species to each genus about 13.

VE

Genera peculiar to the Amazon and its tributaries, including the Rio
Negro:
1
2
3

+ Ml pesurUs) 26 cease see cee see 1 sp. | 4. Platystomatichthys ...-....--.-- 1 sp.
. Bunocephalichthys-.-2-.% 52522. Isp. |p OXyKropsiSsscaenseecee oo eee 1 sp.

eeimelodinaceesctsse sce Space 2 sp. | 6. Rhytiodus) oc. -2 ssasee 2 oe ase 2 sp.
Average number of species to each genus, 14.

TeX
Genera peculiar to the Solimoens and its tributaries :
i; “Nemuroglanis/=-52 5-4-2 pe soe oa iMsp-ale4> Mouroclanis js2)cceceenee sees 1 sp.
2. Trachelyopterichtuys. ..-....-.. lsp. | 5. Chetobranchopsis....--...:..-. 1 sp.
3: LIGeNSe skew Sa cmee aoe senate Q58Psr |) Ga WalaCa ne cosske sence oes eee 1 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 14.

ox
Genera peculiar to the Maranon and its tributaries .
i Wysichthysis2 2. s-c-ei2 ec ee 1 sp. | on Brochise==s =.=. 4 sp. of 2 subgenera.
2a N&DNOS AMIS) <<<. ses sestesersicis= Lisp: |) 7. ePlethodectes:--5 so--.csscse8 = 1 sp.
OE NYSOPY X18 vars efae ee. tae pace 1 sp. | 8; TIeuanodectesa saa cma scem es
AS Sterophiloides| ses. -aee cc eoas Isp... (OsAphiocharaxes cess ss eeesee 3 sp.
Oni ay OM as os sere a se ee eee csp OS Metynnisw acess o-ceeeieeeeee ee 1 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 1.9.

XI.
Genera peculiar to the Guianas: ft
lice ELOLOD ONES ees eas = em aueieiee ee ispa.('4-)Anableps a2 -ciceepieoeene eee sya= 1 sp.
Qe NCOMALUS Tosser sccisceise ose eee INspe4| One sp. in Guatemala,
JC atOpnrio mises ae yre =o <n citainraseee 1 sp. | be POly Centrus<-sseece ceases 2 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 13.

one.
Genera peculiar to the Rio Magdalena:
ie Hremophilus sass se esee sess ae ISP. y los MUU CLOCH AL awe tare evaetetelareeteierer=lar lL sp.
2. Astroblepus ..-... Shee Stes seers 1 sp. (Found also in the Mamoni River. )

* Since this was written it has been found that Lewmolyta occurs also in the Orinoco
and contains 4 species.
+ Stevardia of four species in Trinidad.

Seat | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 17
x.
Genera peculiar to the San Francisco and its tributaries:
LP BAGTOPSIS: 2232 cos. sere. as WS) el eeo DuopalabimuUs:sssscoesess= ease 1 sp.
Vy

Genera peculiar to the rivers of southeastern Brazil, between the
Rio San Francisco and the La Piata, but exclusive of those rivers:

Genera.
fp SteiIndachmetiaen. 2. >. -e) OSD.
Pe VOL UMENMOL heer necro mila nice cie'c)= L sp.
SUET EL UMS eeeiaiecia’s a icys loch ocinio s/atnioters 1 sp.
Aver ISON OGUS =< <1i- ieee aaa eee acto la 1 sp.
5. Parotocinclus ..-.-- Eis dope: 1 sp.
eel) elunmusrees aoe a Seas as 2 sp.
fe emiupsilichthiys=2= 2. sesci- ceo. 1 sp.
Sem SCLOLOMYy Saks. eeao aa slat ae else 1 sp.
Orson ochiuUss asc: sesem coe cists: 1 sp.

Distribution.
Parahyba; Doce; Jequitinhonha.
Jequitinhonha,

Parahyba; Santa Cruz.
Santa Cruz.

Rio Mucuri; Rio Parahyba.
Rio Parahyba.

Rio Janeiro.

Rio Muecuri.

Average number of species to each genus, 14+.

XV.

Genera peculiar to the high Andes of Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia:

WPAN PES iemiseis= a2 - Soo 6 = aenicie=
PO CLO UUI == afelsie\aie aerials = =o =

ASPaiis-n OTCSING wa a arises 2's os oleic
Pape lwAce GAsheONPOlUsss oe coccuec ca sete 1 sp.

5. Protistius, 1 sp.

Average number of species to each genus, 2.6.

eV.

Genera peculiar to the La Plata and its tributaries :
1. Cochhodon, 1 sp.

> QiAle

Genera of wide distribution.

The lists to which they are most nearly

related are indicated by Roman numerals:

Genera.
Hieekvinarn dell veneer = $ sp. or more.
Nie Cheelostomus’.-------.------ 20 sp.
Mies byoidiaimeescn = ses. oe = 25 sp.
GRC HVTACIO MMe ete ee ae 4 sp.
Reval. .Weporellus: -2~.22-.--.- 2... 1 sp.
Wikis Paragoniatus 25.25.2522. .5- 3 sp.
Me SalmImMuUs 2S-S5- S23 asS5-. 5 sp.
WelemAtapaiMAs I. Sa. cata 3--- 1 sp.
Iie Galaxtas sos 2 oes sssacc ss <!ss% 5 sp.
eA plochitionmss ssa ss cee << 2 sp.
MUS PachyWEseecck sco. sees ss- 4 sp.

Distribution.
Southeastern Brazil; Amazon;
America.
Chiefly in upper courses of rivers.
Chiefly in mountainous regions.
Parahyba to Orinoco; Maratfion.
Rio das Velhas; Amazons; Cauca.
Amazons; Rio Janeiro.
La Plata; San Francisco; Jacuhy; Cauca.
Bahia; Amazons and northward.
Falkland Islands; Terra del Fuego; (An-
des of Peru ?).
Terra del Fuego; Falkland Islands.
San Francisco; La Plata; Amazons.

Central

Average number of species to each genus, 7+.

Proc. N. M. 91——-2

18 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—-EIGENMANN.
XVIII.

Genera peculiar to Central America and Mexico. Those marked with,
an asterisk (*) are immigrants from North America, where they are
still abundant:

eestie pil dOSteusj tach sece ie eso ASSP = | yS-. ebelONeSOxMaencacee te ceciaetceeee 1 sp
Py ord eOIS 6 a3 BSA Sooo meen soDe Gade Lisp: |; 9) Mollienesiam=s2-sto- seems cto

Sel Chalunusteece ss cence orem terests ae [Esps) lO xiphophoriswes-etesee cosas ps
ASS OFOSOM As os aya sects ele eee Isp. | tl). Platypecilus! Se=ssee esses Swe
nus Oharacodonha sass. sees eee Yisp. | 2. Agonostomus-s- ss s-eeseee eee 3 Sp.
6; Girardinichthys:.-:-55-2--.--.-- isp. | 13.-Chirostomai re etee eee ee 2 sp.
(Pseudoxiphophorus: 2322-22-15 --2e18p. | An NeOtroplubionsecee ee eeeeeeaae lsp

The foregoing lists explain themselves in part, but a few remarks will
not be altogether out of place. It will be seen that genera of many
species usually have a wide distribution, and, conversely, genera of
wide distribution usually have many species. A comparison of Lists 0,
III, IV, and Xvi on the one hand, with Lists vu, V1, 1X, ete., and even
v1, on the other, will show this in a striking manner. In List 0, for
instance, of the genera found distributed over the whole of the Bra-
azllian subregion, each genus has at an average 15 species. In List
IlI, whose genera have but a slightly more restricted distribution, each
genus is composed of 94 species, at an average. In List VI, whose gen-
era, while they have a wide distribution, are yet much more restricted
than in the others mentioned, each genus has, on an average, but 34
species. The genera of List VII have on an average, but 13 species,
and those of List viit~but 1. The number of species of each genus,
therefore, varies directly as the extent of its distribution, and, con-
versely, the extent of the distribution of any genus varies directly as
the number of species composing it.

There are a few genera which do not come under this general propo-
sition. Callichthys has but two species, and Hoplosternum only three,
but the limits of variations of the species of these two genera are so
wide that the two species of Callichthys have received eleven different
names, and the three of Hoplosternum thirteen. The most noted ex-
ception to the first half of the proposition is Hemidoras (List v1), with
thirteen species.

At a first glance it might appear that a genus with a narrow distri-
bution must necessarily, on account of its restriction, have few species,
but a closer inspection will show that this is not the case. Taking, for
instance, Lists 11 and vii: The genus Pseudopimelodus has four repre-
sentatives in the region covered by vit; the genus Rhamdia twelve;
Pimelodella five; Pimelodus seven; Trachycorystes five; Pseudouche-
nipterus two; Ageneiosus six; Loricaria nineteen, etc. This shows that
the genera of wide distribution have, on average, several times as many
species in a given system, even if it be as large as that of the Amazons,
as a genus restricted to this system; and that a genus of narrow dis-
tribution has not a small number of species simply because there is room
for no more.

oS“

aan | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 19

The explanation is probably connected with the age of any given
genus. Those genera with many species and wide distribution are
evidently now at their prime, while those with wide distribution and

few species, occupying isolate places are probably remnants from

another age, and genera with few species and narrow distribution are
very probably later differentiations. There are, of course, cases which
will not be classified thus. Callichthys and Hoplosternum are cases in
hand which have already been mentioned. Platystoma (List 111) offers
another instance, being composed of a single species distributed over
nearly the whole of the region east of the Andes and north of Buenos
Ayres.

Another fact worthy of mention, though not directly illustrated by
these lists, is that the species of wide distribution belong to genera of
many species and wide distribution. Genera of many species frequently
have one or more species of wide distribution. On the other hand
genera of few species and narrow distribution usually have species of
restricted distribution.

The variability of species of wide distribution has already been men-
tioned.

We shall now take up the zodgeography more in detail. Too great
stress must not be placed on our present knowledge; the details of the
distribution of not one species is as yet worked out. ‘The absence of
certain genera from the Rio Magdalena and the Rio Plata is probably
due to our lack of knowledge. The general results, however, will per-
haps not vary greatly from what may be deduced from the present data,

A word as to the preparation of the lists. The entire catalogue was
read and the genera (exclusive of marine) having similar geographical
boundaries were placed together, the result obtained being presented
in the foregoing lists. The regions covered by each list are, therefore,
the necessary outcome of the facts. There are, naturally, a number of
genera which can not be placed in any of the lists.

The first list gives the genera characterizing the Fuegian subregion
of the southern zone. Although a few genera (Chirodon, Pygidium)
have representatives here, its fauna is such as to separate it very dis-
tinetly from the neotropical realm and it is included here more for con-
venience than for its affinity with the rest of South America.

The second list, and the third and fourth with the exception of those
genera found also in the Mexican subregion and so marked, present
the genera which characterize the Brazilian subregion as a whole. A
few of the genera have not been found in the Rio Plata and the Rio
Magdalena.

The fifth list characterizes what may be termed the Pacific province
of the Brazilian region. It includes the territory west of the Andes,
between Costa Rica* and Peru.

*The Rio Chagres certainly does not belong to the Mexican subregion.

20 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

The validity of this province, as of all the others considered here,
will become much more apparent if the number of peculiar species of
other than peculiar genera (see List Iv, foot-notes) are taken into account.
Omitting alpine forms, such as Pygidium, the species, with few excep-
tions, are peculiar—the few excepted species being inhabitants of Cen-
tral America, from where they have very probably emigrated. As
several forms are now found on both the eastern and western slopes of
Panama, the isthmus does not seem to be a barrier to the migration of
fresh-water fishes at present, and many of the lowland species of east-
ern genera now inhabiting this province may, within comparatively
recent time, have been derived from the east by way of Panama. That
the mountains of Panama are a greater barrier than the ocean is clearly
seen by noting the species found in the Rio Magdalena which are also
found in some of the other eastern slope streams, but are not found in
the Pacific province.

List vi would indicate that the Amazons and the region to the north-
ward constitute a well marked subregion or a provinee. The validity
of this province seems doubtful in the face of this seeming preponder-
ance of evidence. The greater portion of the Parana and Paraguay
are unexplored, and it is tolerably safe to predict that many of the
genera enumerated as peculiar to this province will be found in some
portion of the La Plata system. The explorations of Natterer in the
Cujaba fully warrant such a forecast. He found several Amazonian
genera in this river which had not before been recorded from the La
Plata system, many of which have not again been taken in its lower
courses. Dr. D.S. Jordan* has lately called attention to the fact men-
tioned many years ago by Robert Schomburg’, that there is at times a
connection between the Amazon and La Plata systems. Dr. Jordan
says: * Prof. John ©. Branner calls my attention to a marshy upland
which separates the valley of the La Plata from that of the Amazon,
and which permits the free movement of fishes from the Paraguay
River to the Tapajos. It is well known that through the Cassiquiare
River the Rio Negro, another branch of the Amazon, is joined to the
Orinoco River. It is thus evident that almost all the waters of eastern
South America form a single basin, so far as fishes are concerned.”t

The large number of genera found in the Amazons and La Plata which
do not occur in the rivers of southeastern Brazil (see List 111) would lead
one to conclude that the Amazonian genera reach the La Plata system
directly, even if such connections as are known to exist were not known.

* Science Sketches, 120, foot-note 1.

+The American Naturalist of April, 1888, contains the following: “M. Chaffanjon,
the well known explorer of the Orinoco, has carefully studied the communication
between that river and the Amazon, by means of the Cassiquiare, and comes to the
conclusion that it is of recent origin. The rapid current of the Orinoco, as it passes
through a gorge only 90 yards wide in the clay deposits, undermines the banks, and
this action, combined with actual overflow in the rainy season, has produced a perma-
nent channel. The clay deposits on the left bank have a slope towards the Amazon,

Paaa | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 21

The Guianas present more faunal similarity to the Amazons than to
the Orinoco, notwithstanding the fact that a direct connection between
the Rio Negro and Cassiquiare exists. The anomaly may be explained
by the comparative state of knowledge of the Orinoco and the Guianas,
the former having received but little attention from explorers, while the
Guianas—especially British Guiana—have been pretty well searched by
many naturalists.

The genera of the Amazons (Lists VII, VIII, Ix, X) are sufficient in
number to warrant the separation of the Amazons, exclusive of the
high mountain sources, as a distinct province, the Amazonian province.
This province ought probably to include the Orinoco. As a conven-
lence the genera are separated into four divisions, but many of Lists
viii to x will certainly be placed under the head of vit when the geograph-

ical limits become better known. Many of the genera enumerated under

vul are known from only two portions of the large system, some being

- from the Amazon and Solimoens, others from the Solimoens and Mar-
ation, and others from the Amazon and Maranon. ‘The last combina-
_ tions are again to be explained by our comparative lack of knowledge

of the Solimoens fauna. There are also genera (as Mesonauta) found

in the Amazon and the Guaporé under conditions which differ more than
those between the Amazon and the Maraiion. For the present, then,
the whole of the Amazon basin may be considered as one province.
The Amazon fauna presents many similarities to the Guiana fauna.

Lists xt to xm show in a striking manner the paucity of peculiar
generic types in the San Francisco, Guianas, and Magdalena regions and
their entire absence in the Orinoco region. The comparatively large
number of genera peculiar to the Guianas is doubtless due to the large
number of isolated river systems which are yet too closely united to
warrant a separation into distinet provinces. The absence of peculiar
generic types in the Orinoco is probably due to our meager knowledge
of that large river and to its direct connection with the Amazons.

The Rio Magdalena, considering its isolation and the fact that it lies
entirely to the west of one of the highest northern Andean ridges, has
remarkably few generic types peculiar to itself as well as a strikingly
large number of species found in other eastern rivers. If we compare
this with the paucity of identical types in the Pacific province and in
the eastern provinces we have before us a self-evident proof that, within
a certain limit, bodies of salt water present a much weaker barrier to
the distribution of fresh-water fishes of South America than even a
narrow and comparatively low mountain chain such as separates the
Cauca from the Pacific province.

The Rio San Francisco has but two peculiar genera which are very
closely related to genera of wide distribution. This can not be attrib-
uted to lack of knowledge, for, through the labors of Reinhardt, Liitken,
and others, this river fauna has been as well made known as that of any
other region. As will be seen from List V1, this river has several genera

22. FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

found elsewhere only in the Amazons and northward. These are very
probably late immigrants from the Amazon. This system may provi-
sionally be set apart as the San Francisco province.

South of the Rio San Francisco is a province well marked both posi-
tively and negatively. Very many genera found to the north and to
the south (see List 111) have no representatives here, while a large num-
ber of genera are peculiar to the region. Its northern and southern
limits can not yet be defined; roughly speaking, it includes all the
Atlantic slopes of Minas Geraes, Bahia, and Rio de Janeiro. The chief
river, and the one most thoroughly explored, is the Parahyba with its
tributaries Muriahé and Rio Preto. Other rivers are the Itabapuana,
Doce, Mucuri, Jequitinhonha, Pardo, Paraguassu.

The isolation of this province proves in a very decided manner that
the large number of genera of the La Plata which are also found in the
Amazons have not reached the La Plata by way of the sea. The region
may be termed the Atlantic province.

The mountain streams of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia are
inhabited by a number of peculiar genera (XV) and a large number of
peculiar species, especially of Pygidium and Chetostomus. The pecul-
iarities are such that these mountain regions may readily be distinctly
separated as the Andean province. The genera Hremophilus and Astro-
blepus ascribed to the Magdalena may belong to this province. Its
boundaries are necessarily very irregular and as yet not well defined.
Species of Pygidium, which are here especially abundant, are also found
in the coast rivers of Peru and southward to Chili, thus forming an
important portion of the Fuegian fauna. The most important body of
water is Lake Titicaca and the headwaters of both the eastern and
western slopes are included.

Of the La Plata province little need be said at this time. A very
large part of it has not yet been explored. At present the province
must be distinguished by its negative characters. The genus Cochliodon
is so nearly related to Amazonian genera that it is of no great impor:
tanee. The way in which Amazonian genera may enter the La Plata
system has been pointed out above.

With the present data the Brazilian subregion may provisionally be
divided into the following provinces: (1) Pacific, (2) Andean, (3) Mag-
dalena, (4) Orinoco, (5) Guiana, (6) Amazonian, (7) San Franciscan, (8)
Atlantic, (9) La Plata.

This account would not be complete without a few words in regard
to Central America and Mexico. The latter may be dismissed with the
statement that its northern half contains North American forms chiefly
while its southern half has a large proportion of Central American
forms. The Central American fauna consists of very few northern
types, the great majority being modified representatives of South Amer-
ican forms. There does not exist at present a sufficient barrier to pre-

eraar al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 23

vent the ready intermingling of the two faunas. Wallace says on this
subject:

The whole character of neotropical zodlogy, whether as regards its deficiencies or
its specialties, points to a long continuance of isolation from the rest of the world,
with a few very distant periods of union with the northern continent, The latest
important separation took place hy the submergence of parts of Nicaragua and Hon-
duras, and this separation probably continuad throughout much of the Miocene and
Pliocene periods; but some time previous to the coming on of the glacial epoch, the
union between the two continents took place which has continued to ourday. Earlier
submergences of the Isthmus of Panama probably occurred, isolating Costa Rica and
Veragua, which then may have had a greater extension, and have thus been able to
develop their rich and peculiar fauna.

The Isthmus of Tehuantepec, at the south of Mexico, may probably also have been
submerged; thus isolating Guatemala and Yucatan, and leading to the specialization
of some of the peculiar forms that now characterize those countries and Mexico.

EXPLANATIONS.

The species are numbered consecutively from first to last; the sub-
species have added the letters a, b, ¢, ete., to the number of their re-
spective species.

Species insufficiently described or doubtful for other reasons have
their number followed by an interrogation point.

As far as possible with the present status of South American ichthy-
ology the species of a genus have been grouped under their respective
subgeneric names.

The families have been arranged, with slight modifications, after the
system proposed by Cope and Gill. Those families and genera which
have been reviewed by us have their genera and species arranged as in
our Revisions. The genera and species of the other families have been
arranged as in Giinther’s Catalogue of Fishes.

As in the A. O. U. Code and Check-list the name of each aan and
subspecies is followed by the name of the original describer inclosed
in parentheses if it is not also the authority for the name adopted.

In selecting names we have tried to follow the canons of the A. O. U.
Code implicitly in all cases but the following :

Canon XVitis to be modified to read: Between competitive, specific,
or generic names published simultaneously in the same work preference
is to be given to that which stands first in the book.

Canon XVIII is to be disregarded.

Canon Xxv is made to read: A genus formed by the combination
of two or more genera takes the name first given in a generic or sub-
generic sense to either or any of its components.

After the name of the describer, is given the general habitat of the
species. All the localities at which a species has been found have been
compiled and on these notes the statement of the habitat of each species
is based.

The habitat is followed in each case by a reference to some descrip-
tion of the species in question. Ifit is described in Dr. Giinther’s Cat-

24 ¥FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

alogue of Fishes only the letter G. with the volume and page are given.
Later works are referred to more in full. Unless the first description
of species discovered since Dr. Giinther’s catalogue was published was
insufficient or published in some obscure journal it is referred to. In
those families which have lately been revised the revisions only are re-
ferred to.

The habitat is in each ease followed by the synonyms of the species
as determined by us or by the latest works of other authors.

MARSIPOBRANCHIL.
HY PEROARTIA.

I, PETROMYZONTID 4.

1. BXOMEGAS Gili.
1, SB. macrostomus (Burmeister). Buenos Ayres. G., Vill, 506.
2. CARAGOLA Gray.
Mordacia Gray.

2:

>

Oo. mordax (Richardson). Valparaiso. G., vit, 507.
C. lapicida Gray; Petromyzon anwandteri aud acutidens Philippi.

3. GHOTRIA Gray.
Velasia Gray.

3. G. chilensis (Gray). Chili. G., vir, 509.

PISCES.
RAT At.*

TH. TORPEDINID AS.
4. NARCINE Henle.

4. W. brasiliensis (Olfers). Atlantic coast of Tropical America, entering rivers. G.,
Vu, 453.
Torpedo bancroftit Griffith; N. nigra Dumeril; Torpedo pictus Gronow.

Ill, DASYBATIDZ.
5. PARATRYGON A. Duméril.

Disceus Garman.

5. P. strongylopterus (Schomburgk). British Guiana. G., vi, 476.

* The following species are recorded from the mouth of the La Plata: Mustelus vul-
garis Miiller and Henle: Giinther; 780. Raia platana Giinther; ’80, a 11. Raia
microps Giinther ; 780, a 12.

\

eee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2p

6, 7. POTAMOTRYGON Garman.

6. P. brachyurus Giinther. La Plata. G., ’80, 8.

7. P. hystrix Miiller & Henle. Roawa; Rio Plata; Apuré; Orinoco; Rio Branco.
Ga, (0h ws

8. P. d@orbignyiCastlenau. Tocantins; Orinoco near Ciudad, Bolivar. G., vim, 484.

9. P. reticulatus Giinther. La Plata; Surinam; Santarem. G., vill, 482, as 7. hys-
tria.
10. P. magdalene Steind. Rio Magdalena. Steind.,’78, 56.
11. P. motoro Miiller & Henle. Rio Cuyaba. G., vit, 484.
Trygon garrapa Schomburgk.
12. P. dumerilii Castlenau. Araguay; Tocantins, Rio Crixas. G. vii, 484,
T. miilleri and henlet Castlenau.

8. HLLIPESURUS* Schomburgk.

13. E. spinicauda Schomburgk. Rio Branco, near Fort Joaquim. G., vii1, 472.

DIPNOI.
IV. LEPIDOSIRENID A.
9. LEPIDOSIREN Fitzinger.
Amphibichthys Hogg.

14. L. paradoxa F. Madeira near Barba; Amazon near Villa Nova. G., VIII, 322.
L. dissimilis Castelnau.

SYMBRANCHIA.
V. SYMBRANCHID&.

10. SYMBRANCHUS Bloch.

Unibranchapertura Lacépede; Ophisternon McClelland; Tetrabranchus Bleeker.
15. S. marmoratus Bloch. Porto Alegre; Pernambuco; Amazons and northward.
G., VIII.
S. immaculatus Bloch; S. transversalis Bl. & Sehn.; Unibranchapertura grisea
Lacép. ; Unibranchapertura lineata Lacép. ; 8. fuliginosus Ranzani; Murena
lumbricus Gronow ; 8. vittatus Castelnau.

NEMATOGNATHL+

VI. ASPREDINID.
BUNOCEPHALINA.

11. BUNOCEPHALICHTHYS Bleeker.

16. B. hypsiurus (Kner). Rio Branco.

*Ellipesurus is retained only provisionally. ‘‘llipesurus spinicauda of Schomburgk
is probably a mutilated specimen of one of the varieties” of P. Dumerilii. See Gar-
man, 778.

t The species of this order are described in A Revision of the South American Ne-
matognathi EK. and E., 1890, and no other references will be given to deseriptions.

26 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

12. BUNOCEPHALUS Kner.
Aspredo Swainson.

17. B. scabriceps Eigenm. & Eigenm, Jutahy.

18. B. verrucosus (Bloch). Amazon.

19. B. gronovii Bleeker. Mouth of Rio Negro, Guiana,
20. B. bicolor Steindachner. Solimoens and Maranon.
21. B. melas Cope. Maraiion.

22. B. knerii Steind. Solimoens and Maranon.

23. B. aleuropsis Cope. Marafion.
13. DYSICHTHYS Cope.
24. D. coracoideus Cope. Maration (Nauta).

ASPREDININ.

14. ASPREDO Scopoli.

Platystacus Bloch. Aspredo Bleeker, not Swainson, Cotylephorus Swainson.

§ Platystacus Bloch.

25. A. cotylephorus Bloch. Surinam; Rio Para.
S. hexadactylus Lacép. ; A. sex-cirrhis C. & V.3; A. spectrum Gronow.
26. A. nematophorus Bleeker. Surinam.

§ Aspredo Scopoli.

27. A.aspredo (Linneus). Guiana; Rio Para; Lake Arary.
Plevis Bloch; A. batrachus L.

28. A. sicuephorus Cay. & Val. French Guiana,

29. A. filamentosus Cuy. & Val. Guianas.
\ Aspredinichthys Bleecker.

30. A. tibicen (Temminck). Surinam; Brit. Guiana; Curuca, Rio Muria,

VII. DIPLOMYSTID 44.
15. DIPLOMYSTES Bleeker.

31. D. papillosus (Cuy. & Val.). Central Chili.
A. carcharias Leybold; A. villosus, squalus, micropterus, synodon Philippi.

VIII. SILURID /8.
TACHISURINA.
16. PARADIPLOMYSTES Bleeker.
32. P. coruscans (Lichtenstein) habitat?
17. GENIDENS Castlenau.

33. G. genidens (Cuv. & Val.). La Plata; Araguay.
G. cuviert Castlenau; G. granulosus Castlenan,

18

Serecine | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 27

34.

35.

36.
37.

39.
40.

41.

42.

43.
44.

45;

46.
47.

48.

49.
50.
51.

18. TACHISURUS Lacépéde.

Bagrus, Arius Cuv. & Val.; Sciades, Ariodes Miiller & Troschel; Cephalocassis,
ruiratinga, Selenaspis, Hemiarius, Pseudarius Bleeker; Notarius Gill.

T. albicans (Cuv. & Val.). Amazon. Enters rivers.
ZL. valenciennesi Castlenau.
T. herzbergii (Bloch). Para. Enters rivers.
P. argenteus Lacépéde; B. pemecus Cuv. & Val.; B. calestinus M. & T.; H.
hymenorhinus Bleeker.
T. upsilonophorus (Higenm. & Higenm.). Rio Grande do Sul.
T. barbus (Lacépéde). Montevideo; Guahyba; Rio Grande do Sul; Rio Para-
hyba; Rio Doce; Araguay.
P. commersoni Lac.; BL. barbatus Quoy & Gaimard; P. versicolor Castlenau.

. T. grandoculis (Steind.). Rio Doce.

T. agassizii Kigenm. & Higenm. Rio Grande do Sul.

T. spixii (Agassiz). Para, Cayenne, Surinam. Enters rivers.
P, albidus Spix; A. arenatus Cuy. & Val.; A. laticeps Giinther.
T. multiradiatus Giinther. Rio Bayano, Panama.

CALLOPHYSINA.
19. CALLOPHYSUS Miiller & Troschel.

Pimelotropis Gill; Pseudocallophysus Bleeker.

C. macropterus (Lichtenstein). Amazon ; Solimoens, Marafion, and northward,
P. ctenodus Agassiz; P. insignis Schomb.; P. lateralis Gill.

PIMELODIN 4.
20. PIMELODINA Steind.

P. flavipinnis Steind. Para.

P. nasus Kigenm. & Kigenm. Para.
21. PINIRAMPUS Bleeker.

P. pirinampu (Spix). Rio Tocantins to Venezuela.
P. typus Bleeker; ? P. barbancho Humboldt.

22. LUCIOPIMELODUS HFigenm. & Kigenm.

L. pati (Val.). Rio Plata; Rio Branco.
L.. platanus (Giinther). Rio Plata.

23. PSEUDOPIMELODUS Bleeker

Zungaro Bleeker.
§ Lophiosilurus Steind.
Ps. alexandri Steind. Rio San Francisco.
§ Batrachoglannis Gill.
Ps. parahybe Steind. Rio Parahyba to Rio Doce.
Ps. raninus (Cuy. & Val.). Rio Janeiro to Essequibo; Huallaga; Matto Grosso.
Ps. pulcher Boulenger. Eastern Ecuador.
§ Pseudopimelodus Bleeker.

98 PRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

52. Ps. zunigaro (Humboldt). Rio Plata to Rio Magdalena.
P. bufonius Cuy. & Val.; P. charus Cuv, & Val.; P. mangurus Val.; Z. hum-
boldtit Bleeker.

53. Ps. acanthochira Eigenm. & Eigenm. Amazon; Solimoens.

24. RHAMDIA Bleeker.

Pteronotus Swainson; Pimelonotus Gill; Notoglanis Giinther.
54. ?R. velifer (Humboldt). Magdalena.
55. ? R. argentinus (Humboldt). Magdalena near Chilloa.
56. ? R. laukidi Bleeker. Guiana.
57. ? R.grunniens (Humboldt). Orinoco.
58. R. breviceps Kner. Marabitanos.
59. R. schomburgkii Bleeker. Brazil, Guiana.
60. R. bathyurus (Cope). Maranon.
61. R. obesa Eigenm, & Eigenm. Teffé.

62. R. sebe (Cuv.& Val). Rio Janeiro to Rio Magdalena; Amazon; Solimoens.
P. stegelichii M. & T.; P. musculus M. & T.; P. holomelas Giinther; P. miilleri
Giinther.

63. R. sebe kneri (Steind.). Amazon, Solimoens, and northward.

64. R.foina(M. & T). Takutu, Guiana.

65. R. humilis (Giinther). Maranon; Venezuela.

66. R. cinerascens (Giinther). Guayaquil; Esmeraldas.

67. R. pentlandi (Cuv. & Val.). Titicaca ; Monterico ; Tullumayo; Rio de Huambo.
68. R. quelen (Quoy & Gaimard). La Plata to Amazon.

Pimelodus sellonis Miiller & Troschel; ? Pimelodus bahianus Castelnau; Silurus
sapipoca Natterer; Pimelodus wucherert Giinther; Pimelodus queleni cuprea
Steind. ; Pimelodus cuyabe Steindachner.

69. R. multiradiatus (Kner). Amazon; Solimoens; Madeira; Essequibo.
Pimelodus arekaima Schomburgk, description, not plate.

70. R. sapo (Val.). Rio Plata; southern Brazil.

71. R. hilarii (Cuv. & Val.). Rio San Francisco to La Plata.

72. R. wagneri (Giinther). East and west slopes of Panama and Central America.
Pimelodus cinerascens Kner & Steind. (not Giinther); Rhamdia bransfordii Gill.

73. R. longicauda Boulenger. Canelos,
74. R. dorsalis Gill. Maranon.
75. R. poeyi Kigenm. & Kigenm. Goyaz.
76. R. tenella Kigenm. & Figenm., Cudajas.
25. RHAMDELLA Eigenm. & Eigenm.
77. R. microcephala (Reinhardt). Rio das Velhas.
78. R. notata (Schomburgk). Rio Branco.
79. R. eriarcha Eigenm. & Eigenm. Rio Grande do Sul.
80. R. exsudans (Jenyns). Rio Janeiro.
81. R. jenynsii (Giinther). Rio Janeiro; Maldonado.

Pimelodus gracilis Jenyns (not Val.).

82. R. minuta Liitken. Macacos; Rio das Velhas; Rio de Janeiro.

vero. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 29

83.

84.

85.

86.

87.

88.

89.

90.

oe

92.
93.
94:
95.
96.
Side
98.
99.

100.
101.
102.
103.

104.

105.
106.

107.
108.
109.
110,

26. HEPTAPTERUS Bleecker.
H. mustelinus (Val.). Rio Grande do Sul; Rio Plata.
27. ACENTRONICHTHYS Eigenm. & Eigenm.

A leptos Eigenm. & Kigenm. Sao Mateos.
A. surinamensis (Bleeker). Surinam.
A. collettii (Steind.). Rio Plata.

28. NANNOGLANIS Boulenger.
N. fasciatus Boulenger. Ecuador.
29. PIMELODELLA Ligenm, & Eigenm.

P. cristatus (Miiller & Troschel). Rivers north of Cape San Roque.
Pimelodus insignis Schomburgk, description, not plate; Pimelodus agqassizit
Steindachner ; Pimelodus opthalmicus Cope.

P. wesselii (Steind.). Rio Puty to Essequibo; Amazon.

P. gracilis (Valenciennes). La Plata to Orinoco.

P. pectinifer Kigenm. & Higenm. Pio Parahyba.

P. modestus (Giinther). Western Ecuador; eastern Panama.

P. elongatus (Giinther). Western Ecuador.

P. lateristriga (Miiller & Troschel). North of Rio Parahyba.

P. harttii (Steind.). Rio Parahyba.

P. buckleyi (Boulenger), Rio Parahyba; Amazon; Maranon,

P. vittata (Kroyer). Atlantic slopes of Minas Geraes and Bahia.

P. chagresi (Steind.). Rio Chagres,

P. brasiliensis (Steind.) Rio Parahyba.

30. PIMELODUS Lacépéde.

Pseudariodes Bleeker ; Pscudorhamdia Bleeker.

P. cyanostigma (Cope). Pebas, Ecuador.

P. quadrimaculatus (Bloch). ? America.

P. eques Miiller & Troschel. Amazon, Solimoens, and northward.

P. ornatus Kner. Amazon, Solimoens, and northward.

Silurus megacephalus Natterer,

P. albicans (Cuv. & Val.). Rio Plata.

Arius albidus Val.; Arius moroti Val.

P. pictus Steind. Marafion.

P. clarias (Bloch). Rio Plata to Rio Magdalena.

Pimelodus maculatus Lacépede; Pimelodus rigidus Spix; Pimelodus blochii Cuv.
& Val.; Pimelodus arekaima Schomburgk (plate, not description) ; Mystus
ascita Gronow; Pimelodus macronema Bleeker; Pseudariodes albicans Liit-
ken; ? Pseudariodes pantherinus Liitken; Pseudorhamdia piscatrixc Cope;
Piramutana macrospila Giinther.

P. grosskopfii Steind. Rio Magdalena and tributaries.

P. labrosus Kréyer. La Plata.

P. valenciennis Kréyer. Rio Plata.

P. westermanni Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas.

30 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN,

111. P. altipinnis Steind. Amazon; Demarara.
Amazon; Rio Negro; Rio San Francisco.

112. P. fur Reinhardt.
Pimelodus microstomus Steind.

31. Nov.?

113. Pirinampus agassizii Steind. Amazon; Maratfion.
32. CONORHYNCHOS Bleeker.

§ Conorhynehos,

114. C. conirostris (Cuv. & Val.). Rio San Francisco.
§ Nov. ?

Porto Seguro.

115. C. glaber Steind.
33. BAGROPSIS Liitken.

116. B. reinhardti Liitken. Rio das Velhas.
34. PIRAMUTANA Bleeker.

117. P. piramuta (Kner). Amazon; Solimoens; Rio Negro; Rio Madeira.

35. PLATYNEMATICHTHYS Bleeker.

Amazon, Solimoens, and tributaries.

118. P. punctulatus (Kner).
Bagrus nigripunctatus Kner.

119. P. araguayensis (Castelnau). Araguay,
36. PHRACTOCEPHALUS Agassiz.
Amazon, Solimoens, Marafion, their

120. P. hemiliopterus (Bloch & Schneider),
tributaries, and northward.
Phractocephalus bicolor Agassiz.
37. SCIADES Miiller & Troschel.

Leiarius § Sciadeichthys Bleeker.
§ Sciades M. & 'T.

.

7
121. S. pictus M.& T. Amazon and tributaries.
§ Sciadeoides Kigenm. & Kigenm.

122. S. marmoratus Gill. Maranon.

38. NEMUROGLANIS Eigenm. & EFigenm.

123. N. lanceolatus Kigerm. & EKigenm, Jutahy.
39. BRACHYPLATYSTOMA Bleeker.

Piratinga Bleeker; Malacobagrus Bleeker.
124. B. filamentosus (Lichtenstein). Brazil.
125. B. vaillanti Cuv. & Val. Eastern slopes of South America north of Rio
Parahyba.
P. affine (Cuyv. & Val.); P. mucosa Vaillant; P. verrucosum Boulenger.

ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 31
126. B. reticulatum (Kner). Rio Tocantins; Amazon and tributaries; Rio Ma-
deira.
127. B. rousseauxii (Castlenau). Amazon.
B. goliath Heckel.
40. DUOPALATINUS Eigenm. & Eigenm.
128. D. emarginatus (Cuv. & Val.). Rio San Francisco.
41. Nov.?

129. Platystoma liitkeni Steind. Amazon.

42. STHINDACHNERIA Higenm. & Eigenm.

130. St. amblyura Eigenm. & Eigenm. Rio Jequitinhonha.
131. St. doceana Eigenm. & Higenm. Rio Doce.

| 132. St. parahybe Steind. Rio Parahyba.

43. HEMISORUBIM Bleeker.

133. H. platyrhynchos (Cuv. & Val.). Orinoco; Amazons; Paranahyba.

44. PSEUDOPLATYSTOMA Bleeker.

Hemiplatystoma Bleeker.
134. Ps. fasciatum (Linneus). Amazons and northward.
? Pl. truncatum Agassiz; Pl. punctifer Castlenau.
134a. Ps. f. nigricans Kigenm. & Eigenm, Xingu.
134b. Ps. f. brevifile Eigenm. & Eigenm. Goyaz.
134c. Ps. f. intermedium Eigenm. & Eigenm. Obidos; Rio Puty.
134d. Ps. f. reticulatum Eigenm. & Eigenm. Rio Negro.
135. Ps. tigrinum (Cuv. & Val.). Amazons; Guiana.

136. Ps. coruscans (Agassiz). Rio San Francisco ; La Plata.
Sorubim caparary Spix; Platystoma pardalis Val.; Platystoma punctatum Cuy. &
Val.; Platystoma orbignianum Val.; Platystoma forschhammeri Reinhardt.

45, SORUBIM Spix.

Platystoma Agassiz.
137. S. lima (Bloch & Schneider). Rio Plata; Amazons and tributaries ; Orinoco;

Magdalena.
Sorubim infraocularis Spix ; Platystoma luceri Weyenbergh.

46. SORUBIMICHTHYS Bleeker.

138. S. planiceps (Agassiz). Amazons; Orinoco,
Sorubim pirauaca Spix ; Platystoma artedit Giinther ; Sorubimichthys ortoni Gill.

139. S. spatula (Agassiz). ? Amazon.
Sorubim jandia Spix.

140. S. gigas (Giinther). Huallaga.

47. PLATYSTOMATICHTHYS Bleeker.

141. P. sturio (Kner). Amazon and tributaries.

¢

32 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.
DORADIN®.

48. PHYSOPYXIS Cope.
142. P.lyra Cope. Ambyiacu.

49. DORAS Lacépéde.

Centrochir Agassiz; Lithodoras, Pterodoras, Platydoras, Acanthodoras, Astrodoras
§ Amblydoras Bleeker; Zathorax § Agamyxis Cope.

§ Lithodoras Bleeker.

143. D. dorsalis Cuv.& Val. Para; Rio Negro; Cayenne.
Doras papilionatus Filippi ; Doras lithogaster Heckel.

§ Doras Lacépéde.

144. D. uranoscopus Eigenm. & Eigenm. Lake Hyanuary.

145. D. maculatus Val. Rio Plata; Amazon; Demarara.
? Doras granulosus Val.; Doras murica Natterer.

146. D. longipinis Steind. Rio Magdalena,
? Doras crocodili Humboldt.

147. D. albomaculatus Peters. Calabozo.

148. D. helicophilus Giinther. Surinam.

149. D. dentatus Kner. Surinam.

150. D. costatus (Linneus). Rio San Francisco; Amazon; Solimoens; Guiana
region.

151. D. armatulus Cuv. & Val. Upper courses of Brazilian rivers; Venezuela.

152. D. hancockii Cuv. & Val. Cupai.

153. D. brachiatus Cope. Maranon.

§ Acanthodoras Bleeker.

154. D. calderonensis Vaillant. Lago Alexo; Calderon.
Doras depressus Steind.

155. D. cataphractus (Linneus). Central Brazil; Guiana.
Cataphractus americanus Bloch & Schneider; Doras blochii Cuy. & Val.; ? Doras
brunnescens Schomburgk; Doras polyramma and polygramma Heckel; Cal-
lichthys asper Gronow.

156. D. spinosissimus Eigenm. & Kigenm. Coary.
157. D. marmoratus Reinhardt. Rio San Francisco

§ Amblydoras Bleeker,

158. D. affinis Kner. Rio Branco; Rio Guapore.
Doras truncatus Bleeker.

159. D. weddellii Castlenau, Amazons.
Doras grypus Cope.
§ Centrochir Agassiz.

160. D. crocodili Humboldt. Rio Magdalena,
§ Agamysxis Cope.

161. D. castaneo-ventris Schomburgk. Passawiri.
162. D. pectinifrons Cope. Pebas, Ecuador,

Bron PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 33
§ Astrodoras Bleeker.

163. D. asterifrons Heckel. Amazon, Solimoens, and tributaries.
164. D. heckelii Kner. Solimoens.

165. D. monitor Cope. Amazon.

166. D. nauticus Cope. Maranon.

50. OX YDORAS Kuer.
Pseudodoras and Rhinodoras Bleeker.

§ Oxydoras Kner.

167. O. niger (Val.). Amazonas and northward; Rio San Francisco.
Doras humboldti Agassiz ; Corydoras edentatus Spix ; Rhinodoras prionomus Cope;
Tthinodoras teffeanus Steiud.

168. O. knerii Bleeker, Cujaba.
§ Rhinodoras Bleeker.

169. O. d’orbigny Kroyer. La Plata.
170. O. amazonum (Steind.). Teffe.

51. HEMIDORAS Bleeker.

§ Hemidoras Bleeker.
171. H. nattereri (Steind.). Solimoens.
172. H. brevis (Kner). Barra do Rio Negro; Calderon.
173. H. fimbriatus (Kner). Rio Guapore.
174. H. punctatus (Kner). Rio Guapore.
175. H. lipophthalmus (Kner). Rio Negro; Rio Capin.
176. H. accipenserinus (Giinther). Xeberos.
177. H. stenopeltis (Kner). Amazon; Solimoens.
178. H. stiibelii (Steind.). Huallaga.

179. H. morei (Steind.). Rio Negro.

180. H. humeralis (Kner). Rio Negro.

181. H. carinatus (Linneus). Calderon; Surinam; Cayenne; Essequibo.
Doras oxyrhynchus Val.

§ Hassar Kigenm. & Eigenm.

182. H. orestes (Steind.). Xingu; Jutahy.
183. H. affinis (Steind.). Rio Puty.

AUCHENIPTERINZ.
52. ASTEROPHYSUS Kner.
184. A. batrachus Kner. Marabitanos.
53. TRACHELYOPTERICHTHYS Bleeker
185. T. teeniatus Kner. Solimoens and tributaries.
54. TRACHELYOPTERUS Cuv. & Val.

186. T. coriaceus Cuv. & Val. Amazon; Cayenne,
186a. T. c. maculosus Figenm. & Eigenm, Porto do Moz.

Eros NE VE. OL ———

34 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.,

55. WERTHEIMERIA Steind.
187. W. maculata Steind. Jequitinhonba.

56. CENTROMOCHLUS Kner.

1871. Arius oncina Schomburgk. Rio Padauiri.

188. C. heckelii (Iiilppi). Amazonas and tributaries.
Centromochius megalops Kner.

189. C. steindachneri Gill. Maranon.

190. C. intermedius Steind. Amazon; Solimoens and tributaries.
191. C. perugie Steind. Canelos.

192. C. aulopygius Kuer. Rio Guapore; Cudajas; Essequibo.

564. GLANIDIUM Liitken.

193. G. albescens Liitken. Coast streams from Rio Janeiro to the Amazon.

57. TRACHYCORYSTES Bleeker.

194. T. glaber (Steind.), Demarara.

195. T. isacanthus (Cope). Maranon.
196. T. insignis (Steind.). Magdalena.
197. T. obscurus (Giinther). Essequibo.
198. T. magdalene (Steind.). Magdalena.

199. T. trachycorystes (Cuv. & Val.). ?
Trachycorystes typus Bleeker.

200. T. ceratophysus (Kner). Guapore; Rio Negro and Branco.

201. T. porosus Eigenm. & Kigenm. Brazil.

202. T. striatulus Steind. Mouths of rivers draining eastern Minas Geraes; Para.
203. T. brevibarbus (Cope). Marafioon.

204. T. galeatus (Linneus). Rio das Velhas to the Orinoco.
Auchenipterus maculosus, immaculatus and punctatus Cuy. & Val. ducheniplerus
lacustris Littken.

205. T. robustus Giinther. Demarara.
206. T. analis Eigenm. & Eigenm, ? Arary.

58. AUCHENIPTERICHTHYS Bleecker.

207. A. thoracatus (Kner). Solimoens and tributaries.
208. A. longimanus (Giinther). Southern tributaries of the Amazon.

59. PSEUDAUCHENIPTERUS Bleeker.*

209. Ps. jequitinhonhe (Steind.). Jequitinhonha.
210. Ps. flavescens Higenm. & Higenm. Rio San Francisco.
211. Ps. affinis (Steind.). Para; mouths of streams draining eastern Minas Geraes,

212. Ps. nodosus Bloch. Bahia; Para; Guiana.
A. furcatus Cuy. & Val.

60. EPAPTERUS Cope.

213. E. dispilurus Cope. Hyavary; Maranon.
Huanemus longipinnis Steind.

* Gill, Proceeding National Museum, Vol. XIII, p. 353; E. & E., p. 285.

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 35

214.

215.
216.

217.

218.

219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.

226.
227.

228.
229.

230.

231.

61. AUCHENIPTERUS Cuv. & Val.

Euanemus M. & T.

A. nuchalis (Spix). Amazonas; Surinam.
A. dentatus Cuv. & Val.; E. colymbetes M. & T.
A. fordicei Eigenm. & EHigenm. Coary.

A. brachyurus (Cope). Peru.
62. TETRANEMATICHTHYS Bleeker.
T. quadrifilis (Kner). Rio Guapore.
AGENEIOSIN.
63. AGENEBIOSUS Lacépéde.

Ceratorhynchus Agassiz ; Hypothalmus Schomburgk ; Pseudageneiosus and Dav-
alla Bleeker; Ageniosus Giinther.

A. inermis (Linnaeus). Surinam.

§ Ageneiosus Lacépede,

A. brevis Steind. Solimoens; Coary.

A. atronasus Higenm. & EKigenm. ? Brazil.

A. valenciennesi Bleeker. La Plata to Rio Puty.

A. armatus Lacépéde. Surinam.

A. ucayalensis Castelnau. Para; Ucayale.

A. caucanus Steind. Cauca. ;

A. dentatus Kner. Amazon; Solimoens; to Guiana and Rio Magdalena,
Agenciosus pardalis Liitken.

A. porphyreus Cope. Surinam.

A. dawalla (Schomburgk). Amazon; Guiana.
Ageneiosus mermis Cuy. & Val., not of Bloch; Ageneiosus sebe Giinther.

§ Pseudagenciosus Bleecker.

A. brevifilis Cuv. & Val. Amazons; Guiana; Upper Paraguay.
A. axillaris Giinther. Surinam.

IX. HYPOPHTHALMIDA.
64. HELOGENES Giinther.

H. marmoratus Giinther. Essequibo.

65. HYPOPHTHALMUS §Spix.

Notophthalmus Hyrtl; Pseudohypophthalmus Bleeker.

H. edentatus Spix. Amazons and tributaries, and northward.
Hypophthalmus marginatus, H. longifilis, and H. spixii Cuv. & Val. Hypoph-
thalmus edentulus Castelnau ; Hypophthalmus fimbriatus Kner; Hypophthal-
mus perporosus Cope.

36 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

X, PYGIDIDA.
CETOPSINA.
66. CETOPSIS Agassiz.
§ Hemicetopsis Bleeker.

232. C.candiru (Spix). Rio Cupai to Rio Huallaga.
233. C. plumbeus Steind. Canelos.

§ Cetopsis Agassiz.
234. C. ccecutiens (Lichtenstein). Amazon from Gurupa to Rio Cupai.
§ Pseudocetopsis Bleeker.
235. C. gobioides Kner. Ivrisanga.
§ Subgen. nov. ?

236. C. occidentalis Steind. Guayaquil.
237. C. ventralis Gill. Maraiion.

PYGIDIIN.A.

67. NEMATOGENYS Girard.

238. N. inermis (Guichenot). Fresh waters of Central Chili.
N. nigricans and pallidus Philippi.

68. PARIOLIUS Cope.

239. P. armillatus Cope. Ambyiacu.

69. PYGIDIUM Meyen.

240. ?P.fuscum Meyen. Peru.

241. ? P. palleum (Philippi). Chili.

242. ? P. marmoratum (Philippi). Chili.

243. ? P. tenue (Weyenbergh). Sierra de Cordoba near Cruz-de-eje.

244. ? P. corduvense (Weyenbergh). Rio Primero.

245. ? P. tigrinum (Philippi). Chili.

246. P. macrei (Girard). Uspullata.

247. P. maculatum (Cuv. & Val.). Western slopes of Central Chili.

248. P. areolatum (Cuy. & Val.). Western slopes of Central Chili.

249. P. rivulatum (Cuv. & Val.). Titicaca; Ucayale and tributaries.
TL. inca, gracilis, barbatula Cuv. & Val.; T. pentlandi, pictus Castelnau.

. poeyanum (Cope). Western slopes of southern Peru.

. brasiliense (Reinhardt). Rio Janeiro to Rio San Francisco.

. teenia (Kner). Western slopes of Peruvian Andes.

. laticeps (Kner). Western slopes of the Peruvian Andes.

oroye Higenm. & Higenm. Oroya River.

- punctatissimum (Castelnau). Araguay.

. knerii (Steind.). Eastern slopes of Ecuador ; Cumbaca.

. dispar (Tschudi.), Eastern and western slopes of Peruvian Andes.

tN
a
cod do

.d. punctulatum (Cuyv.& Val.). Western slopes of Peruvian Andes.

eer | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 37

259.
260.
261.
262.
263.
264.

265.

266.
267.

268.

269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.

275.
276.

277.
278.

279.

280.
281.

nigromaculatum (Boulenger). Colombia.
pardus (Cope). Jequetepeque; Callao Bay.

immaculatum Kigenm. & Kigenm. Juiz de Fora; Sao Matheos; Goyaz.

iP)
14,
es
P. taczanowskii (Steind.). Rio de Huambo; Rio de Tortora,
P. nigricans (Cuv. & Val.). Santa Catherina.

Pe

amazonicum (Steind.). Cudajas.
70. BREMOPHILUS Humboldt.

Thricomycterus Humb.; Trachypoma Giebel.

EH. mutisii Humboldt. Rio Magdalena.
T. marmoratum Giebel.

71. TRIDENS LEjigenm. & Eigenm.

T. melanops Kigenm. & Eigenm. I¢a.
T. brevis Eigenm. & Eigenm. Tabatinga.

STEGOPHILINA.
72. PSEUDOSTEGOPHILUS Eigenm. & Eigenm
P. nemurus (Giinther). Marafon.

73. STEGOPHILUS Reinhardt.

S. maculatus Steind. La Plata.

S. punctatus Boulenger. Canelos.

S. intermedius Eigenm. & Eigenm. Goyaz.

S. macrops Steind. L. Manacapuru.

S. insidiosus Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas.

S. reinhardti Steind. Solimoens and tributaries.
74. VANDELLIA Cuvy. & Val.

V. cirrhosa Cuv. & Val. Hyavary.

V. plazaii Castelnau. Lake Hyanuary; Calderon; Ucayale,

75. PARHIODON Kner.
Centrophorus Kner; Astemomycterus Guichenot.
P.microps Kner. Amazons; Aruguay; Ambyiacu.

T. pusillus Castelnau.
76. MIUROGLANIS LEigenm. & Eigenm.
M. platycephalus Kigenm. & Eigenm. Jutahy.

XI. ARGIID.

77. ARGES Cuv. & Val.

Brontes Cuy. & Val.
A. sabalo Cuv. & Val. Peruvian Andes and Cordilleras.

A. prenadilla Cuy. & Val. Peruvian Andes.
A, brachycephalus Giinther.

38 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

282. A. longifilis Steind. Rio Huambo.
283. A. peruanus Steind. Peruvian Andes.
2834. A. whymperi Boulenger.*

284. A. taczanowskii Boulenger.*

78. CYCLOPIUM Swainson.

Stygogenes Giinther.
285. C. cyclopum (Humboldt). Andes of Ecuador.
C. humboldti Swainson; St. humboldti Giinther.
286. C. giintheri Boulenger. Colombia.

79. ASTROBLEPUS Humboldt.
287. A. grixalvii Humboldt. Rio Magdalena system.
XII. LORICARUID A.
LORICARIIN 4.
80. FARLOWELLA Eigenm. & Kigenm.

Acestra Kner. Preoceupied in Hem.

288. F. gladiola (Giinther). Rio Cupai.

289. F. carinata Garman. Amazon; Solimoens.

290. F. knerii (Steind.). Ucayale and Pastasa Rivers.
291. F. oxyrhynchus (Kner). Rio Mamore.

292. F. amazona (Giinther). Santarem.

293. F. acus (Kner). Caracas.

? L. scolapacina Filippi.
81. HEMIODONTICHTHYS Bleeker.
294. H. acipenserinus (Kner). Solimoens; Maranon and tributaries.
82. LORICARIA Linnzeus.

Hemiloricaria ; Oxyloricaria Bleeker.
295. ?L. platyura M. & T. Rupununi.
296. ? L. caracasensis (Bleeker). Caracas.
297. ? L. bransfordi Gill. Panama.
298. ? L. cadece Hensel. Rio Cadea.

\ Hemiodon Kner.

299. L. depressa (Kner). Rio Negro,
300. L. panamensis Higenm. & Kigenm. Panama.

\ Sturisoma Swainson.

301. L. rostrata Spix. Cujaba; Solimoens; Maranon; Calabozo; Panama.
L. acuta Cuv. & Val., plate; ZL. barbata Kner.

* The two species, 283} and 284, have been described by Mr. Boulenger in an article
received since the transmission of this catalogue for publication. (See Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1890, pp. 450, 451. )

,

/
oer | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ao

302.
303.

304.
305.
306.

307.

308.
309.
310.
311.

312.
313.

314.

315.
316.

317.
318.

319.

320.
321.
322.

323.
324.
325.
326.
327.
328.

§ Rineloricaria Bleeker.

L. brevirostris Eigenm. & Eigen. Tea.
L. lima Kner. Rio Parahyba to Para; Atlantic and Pacific slopes of Panama.
L. strigilata Hensel.

L. magdalenz Steind. Magdalena.
L. filamentosa Steind. Canelos, Magdalena.
L. brunnea Hancock. Demarara,

§ Pseudohemiodon Bleeker.

L. platycephala (Kner). Rio Cujaba.

) Parahemiodon Bleeker.

. uracantha Kner & Steind. Eastern and western slopes of Panama.
. stubelii Steind. Amazons; Rio Preto; Rio Puty.

. spixii Steind. Southeastern Brazil.

EA eames

. typus (Bleeker). Surinam.

L. hemiodon Giinther.

L. phoxocephala Eigenm. & Eigenm. Coary.

L. anus Valenciennes. La Plata; Rio Grande do Sul.

§ Loricariichthys Bleeker.

L. acuta Cuy. & Val. Amazons.
? L. castanea Castelnau; L. maculala Giinther.

L. maculata Bloch. Rio Guapore; Calderon; Surinam.

L. konopickyi Steind. Amazon; Calderon.
L. valenciennest Vaillant.

L. lanceolata Giinther. Xeberos; Canelos.
L. teffeana Steind. Solimoens.

§ Pseudoloricaria Bleeker.
L. leviuscula Cuv. & Val. Amazon; Solimoens and tributaries,
§ Loricaria Linneus.

L. variegata Steind. Mamoni River.
L. macrodon Kner. Cujaba.

L. nudiventris Cuv. & Val. Rio San Francisco.
L. dura L.; L. cirrhosa Bl. & Sch.: L. setifera; L. carinata Castelnau; P.
flagellaris Gronow.

I.. cataphracta Linneus. Rio Preto; Amazons; Guiana.
L. lata EKigenm. & Higenm. Goyaz.

L. macromystax Giinther. Maranon.

L. vetula Valenciennes. Buenos Ayres.

L. lamina Giinther. Xeberos.

L. platystoma Giinther. Surinam.

40) FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN,
83. HARTTIA Steind.
329. H. loricariformis Steind. Southeastern Brazil.

84. OXYROPSIS Eigenm. & Eigenm.

330. O. wrightii Kigenm. & Eigenm. Lake Hyanuary.

HYPOPTOMIN.
85. HYPOPTOPOMA Giinther.

331. H. thoracatum Giinther. Solimoens, Maranon, and northward.
H, bilobatum Cope ; Otocinclus jgoberti Vaillant.

332. H. gulare Cope. Maraion.

333. H. carinatum Steind. Solimoens near Peruvian Amazon.
86. HISONOTUS LEigenm. & Kigenm.
334. H. notatus Higenm. & Eigenm. Santa Cruz; Juiz de Fora.
87. PAROTOCINCLUS LHEigenm. & Kigenm.
335. P. maculicauda (Steind.). Santa Cruz.
88. OTOCINCLUS Cope.

336. O. affinis Steind. Santa Cruz near Rio de Janeiro.
337. O. vestitus Cope. Ambyiacu.

PLECOSTOMIN.
881. MICROLEPIDGASTER Eigenm. & Kigenm.
338. M. perforatus Eigenm. & EKigenm.
89. NEOPLECOSTOMUS Eigenm. & Eigenm.

339. N. granosus (Cuy. & Val.). Cayenne.
340. N. microps (Steind.). Rio Janeiro; Rio Parahyba; Goyaz.

90. PLECOSTOMUS Gronow.

Hypostomus Lacépede.

341. P. emarginatus Cuv. & Val. Amazons and tributaries; Guianas; Magdalena.
H. horridus Kner; H. squalinum Schomb.; P. scapularius Cope; P. tenuicauda
Steind.
342. P. spinosissimus Steind. Rivers near Guayaquil.

344. P. commersonii (Val.). Southeastern Brazil; Rio Piata and tributaries.
HH, punctatus Cuyv. & Val.; H. subcarinatus Castelnau; Pl. spiniger Hensel.

344a. P. commersonii scabriceps Eigenm. & Eigenm. Sao Matheos.
344b. P. commersonii affinis Steind. Southeastern Brazil.

345. P. limosus Eigenm. & Eigenm. Rio Grande do Sul.

346. P. carinatus Steind. Amazons.

347. P. plecostomus (Linnieus). Rio Puty ; Amazons and northward.
H. guacari Lacépede; L. flava Shaw ; H. veres Cuy. & Val.; Pl. bicirrhosus Gro-
now; Pl. brasiliensis Bl.

ce PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 41

348.
349.
350.
351.
352.
353.
| 354.
ODD.
356.
357.
358.
359.
360.
361.
362.
363.
364.

365.
366.

| 367.
368.
369.

370.
371.
372.
373.
374.
375.
376.
377.
378.
379.
380.
381.
382.
383.
384.
385.
386.

P. vaillanti Steind. Fast central Brazil.

P. villarsi Liitken. Caracas.

P. virescens Cope. Maraiion.

P. biseriatus Cope. Amazon.

P. seminudus Eigenm. & EKigenm. ? Brazil.

P. anne Steind. Para.

P. pentherinus (Kner). Rio Guaporé.

P. cordove Giinther. Cordova.

P. lima Reinhardt. Rio San Francisco; Rio Grande do Sul.
P. macrops EKigenm. & Eigenm. Rio das Velhas.

P. francisci Liitken. Rio San Francisco; Rio das Velhas.
P. alatus (Castelnau), Araguay; Rio das Velhas.

P. auroguttatus (Kner). Coast streams of southeastern Brazil.
P. liitkenii Steind. Southeastern Brazil.

P. vermicularis EKigenm. & Eigenm. Eastern Brazil.

P. brevicauda Giinther. Bahia.

P. robinii Cuv. & Val. La Plata to Trinidad.
Pl. une Steind.

P. wuchereri Giinther. Bahia to Rio Muecuri.

P, johnii Steind. Rio Preto; Rio Puty.
91. RHINELEPIS Spix.

R. parahybe Steind. Rio Parahyba.
R. agassizii Steind. Manacapuru; Rio Huallaga.

R. aspera Spix. Rio San Francisco; ? Parana; ? Guiana.
Ki. strigosa Cuv. & Val.

92. HEMIANCISTRUS Bleeker.

Pseudacanthicus Bleeker ; Chwtostomus Giinther.

. serratus (Cuv. & Val.). Surinam.

. histrix (Cuv. & Val.). Brazil.

. spinosus (Castelnau). Amazon; ? Porto Alegre.
medians (Kner). Surinam.

pictus (Kner). Barra do Rio Negro.
brachyurus (Kner). Barra do Rio Negro.
itacua (Valenciennes). La Plata.
scaphirhynchus (Kner). Solimoens.

fordii Giinther. Surinam.

heteracanthus (Giinther), Maraiion.
aspidolepis (Giinther). Veragua.

mystacinus (Kner). Caracas.

oligospilus (Giinther). River Capin.
megacephalus (Giinther). Surinam.
guacharote (Cuy. & Val.). Porto Rico, Trinidad.
. trinitatis (Giinther). Trinidad.

. vittatus (Steind.). Amazon.

42 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

-93. PARANCISTRUS Bleeker.

387. P. punctatissimus Steind. Araguay; Amazon.
H. niveatus Castelnau.

388. P. aurantiacus (Castelnau). Ucayale.
389. P. nigricans (Castelnau). Amazon.

94. COCHLIODON Ileckel.

390. C. cochliodon Kner. Rio Cujaba.
C. hypostomus Heckel; L. melanoptera Natterer.

95. PANAQUE Eigenm. & HKigenm.

391. P. nigrolineatus (Peters). Orinoco; Goyaz.
392. P. cochliodon (Steind.). Cauca.

393. P. dentex (Giinther). Xeberos.
96. PTERYGOPLICHTHYS Gill.

Liposarcus Giinther.
394. Pt. undecimalis (Steind.). Magdalena; Cauca.

395. Pt. etentaculatum (Spix). Rio San Francisco.
H, duodecimalisCuy. & Val.; H. brevitentaculatus Ranzani; A. longimanus Kner.

396. Pt. gibbiceps (Kner). Amazon; Solimoens.

397. Pt. punctatus (Natterer). S. Vicente; Solimoens.

398. Pt. pardalis (Castelnau). Huallaga; Amazons and northward.
L. varius Cope.

399. Pt. jeanesianus (Cope). Nauta.

400. Pt. multiradiatus (Hancock). Demarara.

401. Pt. lituratus (Kner). Guapore; Xingu; eastern Brazil.

97. PSEUDANCISTRUS Bleeker.

402. Ps. barbatus (Cuv. & Val.). La Mana; Surinam.
403. Ps. guttatus (Cuv. & Val.). Guiana.

404. Ps. depressus (Giinther). Surinam.

405. Ps. setosus (Boulenger). Colombia.

406. Ps. wertheimeri (Steind.). Rio Mucuri.

98. DELTURUS Ejigenm. & Eigenm.

407. D. angulicauda (Steind.). Rio Mucuri; ? Rio Parahyba.
408. D. parahybe Eigenm. & Eigenm. Parahyba.

99. HEMIPSILICHTHYS Eigenm. & EKigenm.
409. H. gobio (Liitken). Rio Parahyba.
100. ACANTHICUS Spix.

410. ? A. vicinus (Castelnau). Ucayale.
411. A. hystrix (Spix). Amazons.
412. A. genibarbis (Cuv. & Val.), ?——

You, XIV, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 43
101. CHATOSTOMUS Kner.

413. C. jeliskii Steind. Amable Maria; Monterico.
414. C. latifrons Giinther. Maranon.

415. C. macrops Liitken. Surinam.

416. C. stannii Kroyer. Puerto Cabello; Mamoni.

417. C. tackzanowskii Steind. Rio de Tortara; Rio de Huambo.
418. C. tectirostris Cope. Ambyiacu.

419. C. variolus Cope. Ambyiacu.

420. C. medirostris Liitken. Venezuela.

421. C. guairensis Steind. Guaire; Caracas.

422. C. sericeus Cope. Ambyiacu.

423. C. malacops Cope. Ambyiacu.

424. C. branickii Steind. Callacate, Peru; Rio de Huambo.

425. C. fischeri Steind. Mamoni.

426. C.loborhynchus Tschudi. Tullumayo.

427. C. dermorhynchus Boulenger. Canelos.

428. C. microps Giinther. Canelos; Rio de Huambo; western Ecuador.
429. C.nudiceps (M. & T.). British Guiana.

430. C. erinaceus (Cuy. & Val.). Chili.

431. C. bufonius (Cuv. & Val.). Apurimac.

432. C. gymnorhynchus (Kner). Puerto Cabello.

H. korstent Kroyer.
102. ANCISTRUS Kner.

433. A. chagresi Kigenm. & Kigenm. Rio Chagres.
434. A. stigmaticus Eigenm. & Higenm. Goyaz.
435. A. cirrhosus (Valenciennes), La Plata to Guiana.
435a. A. cirrhosus dubius Kigenm. & Eigenm. Gurupa; Tabatinga.
436. A. leucostictus (Giinther). Coary; Tabatinga; Jutahy ; Huallaga; Ambyiacu.
437. A. hoplogenys (Giinther). River Capin; Tajapuru.
438. A. temminkii (Cuy. & Val.). Surinam; Amazons.
A. dolichopterus Kner.
439, A. calamita (Cuy. & Val.). Apurimace.

XII. CALLICHTAYID A.

103. SCLEROMYSTAX Giinther.
440. S. barbatus Quoy & Gaimard. Rio Janeiro.

104. CALLICHTHYS Linnzus.

Cataphractus Bloch, preoccupied in Mam.
441. C. callichthys Linnzwus. La Plata to Trinidad.
C. tamoata Ly; C. asper Quoy & Gaimard; C. depressa Swainson; C. calatus
Cuv. & Val.; C. laviceps Cuv. & Val.; C. loricatus Gronow ; C. kneri Gill;
C. afinis Giinther; C. hemiphractus Hensel.

442. C. arcifer Hensel. Rio de Janeiro.
2

44 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

105. HOPLOSTERNUM Gill.

443. H. littorale (Hancock). La Plata to Trinidad.
C. subulatus Cuv. & Val.; C. levigatus Valenciennes; C. albidus Cuv. & Val.;
H, stevardii Gill. S
444. H. thoracatum (Cuy. & Val.). Amazons and northward.
C. longifilis Cuv. & Val.; C. personatus Ranzani; C. exaratus and pictus M. &
T.; C. sulcatus Kner; C. chiquitos Castelnau.

445. H. melampterum (Cope). Ambyiacu.
106. DECAPOGON Eigenm. & Eigenm.

446. Dec. adspersum Steind. Porto do Moz; Cudajas; Tabatinga.

107. DIANEMA Cope.
447. Di. longibarbis Cope. Ambyiacu.

108. BROCHIS Cope.

§ ? nov.
448. B. taiosh (Castelnau). ——?
§ Chanothorax Cope.

449. B. bicarinatus (Cope). Maranon.
450. B. semiscutatus (Cope). Ambyiacu.

§ Brochis Cope.

451. B. dipterus Cope. Ambyiacu.

452. B. ccruleus Cope. Ambyiacu.
109. CORYDORAS Lacépéde.

Hoplisoma Swainson; Hoplosoma Gill; Gasterodermus Cope.

453. C. eques Steind. Solimoens.

454. C. splendens (Castelnau). Tocantins.

455. C. elegans Steind. Cudajas; Teffé.

456. C. nattereri Steind. Rio Janeiro to Rio Doce.
457. C. eneus (Gill). Trinidad.

458. C. armatus (Giinther). Maranon and tributaries.

459. C. paleatus (Jenyns). Ua Plata and tributaries.
Corydoras marmoratus Steind.; Callichthys punctatus Val. and Cuy. & Val.

460. C. punctatus (Bloch). Guiana; Solimoens; Marafon.
Corydoras geoffroy Lacépede; Corydoras ambiacus Cope.
461. C. trilineatus Cope. Ambyiacu.
Corydoras agassizii Steind.
462. C. acutus Cope. Ambyiacu.
463. C. amphibelus Cope. Ambyiacu.
464. C. hastatus Eigenm. & Eigenm. Villa Bella.

eer x1, 1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 45

EVENTOGNATHI.
XIV. CHARACINID.
ERYTHRININ&.*

110. MACRODON Miller.

465. M. microlepis Giinther. Rio Chagres; Guayaquil. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 102.
466. M. malabaricus (Bloch). Eastern slopes of South America from La Plata to
Ria Magdalena and Huallaga. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 102.

Synodus tareira Bl. & Schn.; Lrythrinus trahira Spix; E.macrodon Agassiz; E.
microcephalus Agassiz; HE. brasiliensis Spix; Macrodon quavina Val.; M.
auritus, teres, patana, and aimara Cuy. & Val.; WM. ferow Gill; M. interme-
dius Giinther.

111. BRYTHRINUS Gronow.

Hetererothrinus Giinther.

467. E. uniteniatus Spix. Rio Parahyba to Guiana and Peru; Trinidad. Eigenm.
& Eigenm., 105.
L. vittatus Cuv. & Val.; EH. cinereus Gill; LH. kessleri Steind.
468. E. salvus Agassiz. San Francisco; Guiana; Orinoco. Eigenm. & EKigenm.,
105. 5
E. gronovit Cuy. & Val.
469. E. erythrinus (Bloch & Schneider). Rio Janeiro to Surinam and Peru.
Kigenm. & Eigenm., 105.
EE. salmoneus Gronow ; L. brevicauda Giinther.

470. H. longipinnis Giinther. Essequibo. Eigenm. & HKigenm., 105.
112. PYRRHULINA Cuv. & Val.

Holotaxis Cope.

471. P. melanostoma (Cope). Maranon. Higenm. & Kigenm., 108,

472. P.leta (Cope). Ambyiacu. Higenm. & Eigenm., 108.

473. P. filamentosa Cuy. & Val. Guianas, Eigenm. & Eigenm., 109.

474. P. semifasciata Steind. Amazons from Gurupa to Tabatinga. Eigenm. &
Eigenm., 109.

475. P. brevis Steind. Amazons from Obidos to Tabatinga. Eigenm. & Eigenm.,

109.
476. P. maxima Kigenm. & Kigenm. Tabatinga. EKigenm. & Eigenm., 109.

477. P.nattereri Steind. Amazons from Obidos to Cudajas. Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
109.
478. P. guttata Steind. Amazons from Gurupa to Tabatinga; RioNegro. Eigenm.,
& Eigenm., 109.
479. P.argyrops Cope. Maranon. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 109.

113. LEBIASINA Cuy. & Val.

480. L. bimaculata Cuv. & Val. Western elope: of Peru and Ecuador ; Callao Bay.

* See Eicon: & Bi cigenm., 739a. oThien paper ee is awenneail ie for feeeeiee of
species.

AG FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—-EIGENMANN,

114. STEVARDIA Gill.
§ Stevardia.
481. S. albipinnis Gill. Trinidad. Eigenm. & Biconme 114,
§ Corynopoma Gill.

482. S. riisei Gill. Trinidad. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 114.
483. S. veedonii Gill. Trinidad. Eigenm. & Higenm., 114.

§ Nematopoma Gill.
484. S. searlesii Gill. Trinidad. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 114.
CURIMATIN.*
115. BLOPOMORPHUS Gill.

485. A. melanopogon Cope. Maranon. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 3.

486. A. steatops Cope. Maranon. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 3.

487. A. elongatus Spix. Amazons. Higenm, & Kigenm., 3.
Elopomorphus jordani Gill.

116. POTAMORHINA Cope.

488. P. pristigaster Steind. Amazons from the Rio Negro to Peru. Kigenm. &
Kigenm., 3

117. PSECTROGASTER Eigenm. & Eigenm.

489. Ps. rhomboides Eigenm. & EKigenm. Rio Puty. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 4.
490. ? Ps. amazonica Kigenm. & Eigenm., Amazons. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 5.

491. Ps. ciliata Miiller & Troschel. Amazo.u. Guiana, Higenm. & Eigenm., 5.
118. CURIMATOPSIS Steindachner.

492. C. macrolepis Steind. Amazons. Eigenm. & Kigenm., 6.

493. C. microlepis Eigenm. & Eigenm. Jatuarana.* Kigenm, & Eigenm., 6.
119. CURIMATUS Cuvier.
Semitapeis Kigenm. & Eigenm,

§ Curimatella Eigenm, & Eigenm.

494. C. lepidurus Figenm. & Eigenm, Rio San Francisco. Eigenm, & Eigenm.,9.
495. C. meyeri Steind. Amazons. Eigenm. & Kigenm., 7 and 10.

496. C. serpe Eigenm. & Eigenm. Serpa Eigenm. & Eigenm., 7 and 10.

497. C. alburnus Miiller & Troschel. Northern Brazil and northward. Eigenm. &

Eigenm., 7 and 10.

497a. C. alburnus lineatus Figenm. & Eigenm. Jutahy. Higenm. & Kigenm., 7
and 10.

* The edentulous genera of Curimatine have lately been revised by us (Higenm. &
Kigenm., ’89 )) and only our revision is referred to here. Annals New York Academy
of Science, tv, Nov., 1889. It includes the genera Llopomorphus, Potamorhina, Psec-
trogaster, Curimatopsis, and Curimatus.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Al

§ Curimatus.

. spilurus Giinther. Amazons and northward. Eigenm. & Kigenm., 7 and
10.

499. C. spiluropsis Eigenm. & Eigenm. Ica. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 7 and 10.

500. C. dorsalis Eigenm. & Eigenm. Amazon and Soli noens. EKigenm. & Eigenm.,
7 and 12.

501. C. nasus Steind. Canelos, Ecuador. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 7 and 13.

502. C. troschelii Giinther. Western slopes of Ecuador. Eigenm. & Eigeam., 7
and 13.

503. C. elegans Steind. Southeastern Brazil. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 7 and 13.

503a. C. elegans bahiensis Higenm. & Kigenm. Bahia. HKigenm. & Eigenm., 8
and 13.

504. C. argenteus Gill. Trinidad. Higenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 13.

505. C. bimaculatus Steind. Amazon; Solimoens. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 14.

505a. C. bimaculatus sialis Eigenm. & LEigenm. Manacapuru. Eigenm. &

- Kigenm., 8 and 14.

505). C. bimaculatus trachystethus Cope. Amazons. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8 and
14.

506. C. dobulaGiinther. Eastern slopes of Peru and Ecuador. Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
8 and 15.

507. C. giintheri Kigenm. & Kigenm. Tabatinga. Kigenm. & EKigenm., 8 and 15.

508. C. microcephalus Kigenm. & Higenm. Surinam. Higenm. & Higenm., 8 and

15.

509. C. magdalene Steind. Magdalena system; Panama. LKigenm. & Higenm., 8
and 16.

510. C. gilberti Quoy & Gaimard. Southeastern Brazil. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8 and
16.

C. voga Hensel; C. albula Liitken.
§10a. C. gilberti brevipinnis Kigenm. & Eigenm. LaPlata. Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
8S and 16.
511. C.plumbeus Eigenm. & Eigenm. Lake Hyanuary. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8
and 17.

512. C. nagelii Steind. Rio Janeiro. Higenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 17.
513. C. leucostictus Eigenm. & Higenm. Rio Negro; Lago Alexo, Higenm. &
Higenm., 8 and 17.
514. C. albexti Giinther, ’80a, 12. Kigenm. & Kigenm., 2.
515. C. platanus Giinther. LaPlata. HKigenm. & EKigenm., 8 and 18.
516. C. asper Giinther. . Xeberos; Huallaga. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 18.
517. C. rutiloides Kner. Amazons and tributaries. Higenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 18.
518. C. hypostomus Boulenger. Uvayale. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 18.
519. C. mivartii Steind. Magdalena. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 8 and 18.
520. C. leuciscus Giinther. Amazons. Eigenm. & Higenm.,8 and 18.
521. C. vittatus Kner. Amazon and Solimoens. Eigenm. & Eigenm.,8 and 19,
522. C. ocellatus Eigenm. & Higenm. Xingu. Eigenm. & Higenm., 9 and 19.
523. C.isognathus EKigenm. & Higenm. San Paolo; Amazon and Solimoens.
Kigenm. & Kigenm., 9 and 20.
524. C. knerii Steind. Amazon; Solimoens and Surinam. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 9

and 20,

48

525.

526.
527.

528.

529.
530.

531.

532.

533.

534.
535.
536.
537.

538.
539.

540.

541.

542.
543.
544.
545.
546.
547.
548.
549.
550.
551.
552.

953:
554.
555.

FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—-EIGENMANN.

C. cyprinoides (Linneus). Amazons; Guianas. Eigenm. & Higenm., 9 and
21.

C. macrops Higenm. & Kigenm. Rio Puty. Eigenm. & Eigenm., 9 and 21.

C. falcatus Eigenm. & Higenm. Gurupa; Xingu. Kigenm. & EKigenm., 9 and
22.

C. simulatus Eigenm. & Kigenm. Fonteboa; Tocantins. Higenm. & EKigenm.,
9 and 22.

C. schomburgkii Giinther. Guianas. Kigenm. & Kigenm., 9 and 22.

C. essequibensis Giinther. Essequibo. Higenm. & Kigenm., 9 and 23.
) Anodus Spix.

C. planirostris Gronow. Amazon; Rio Negro. Eigenm, & Eigenm., 9 and 23
} oD oD oD ’
C. abramoides Kner.

C. laticeps Cuv. & Val. Amazons. EKigenm. & Kigenm., 9 and 24,
C. altamazonicus Cope.

C. latior (Spix). Amazons; Surinam. Eigenm. & Kigenm., 9 and 24,

120. PROCHILODUS Agassiz.

Pacu Spix.
P. humeralis Giiuther. Western Andes of Ecuador. G., V, 294.
P. vimboides Heckel. Southeastern Brazil. G.,v, 294.
P. cephalotes Cope. Peruvian Amazon. Cope, ’78, 686.
P. argenteus Agassiz. Rio Cipo; Rio San Francisco; Rio das Velhas. G, v,
294,
P. costatus Cuy. & Val.
P. affinis Liitken. Rio das Velhas and tributaries. Liitk., 775, 139.
P. nigricans Agassiz. Amazons (? Rio Plata system, Weyenbergh), not of
Giinther. Steind., ’81, 32.
P. rubrotezniatus Schomburgk. Cauca; Essequibo; Negro and its tributary
Branco; Upper Amazon. G., V, 295, as nigricans.
P. oligolepis Giinther. Brazil. G., v, 295.
P. nigricans. Kner, not of Agassiz.

P. asper Liitken. Caracas; Cauca. L., 74, 226.

P. magdalene Steind. Rio Magdalena. Steind., ’78, 35.

P. lineatus Valenciennes. Lower La Plata system. G., Vv, 295.

P. dobulinus Cuv. & Val. Amazons. G., Vv, 296.

P. bramaCuy. & Val. Lower Tocantins; Calabozo. G., Vv, 296.

P. insignis Schomburgk. Amazons and tributaries; Guiana. G., v, 296.

P. binotatus Schomburgk. Rio Branco; Rio Negro. G., v, 296.

P. teniurus Valenciennes. Amazons. G., V, 297.

P. brevis Steind. Rivers near Bahia. Steind., ’74, 38, Pl. vi.

P. ortonianus Cope. Peruvian Amazon. Cope, ’78, 685.

P. hartii Steind. Rios Jequitinhonha, Parahyba, and Pardo. Steind., ’74, 35,
PVs

P. laticeps Steind. Orinoco, near Ciudad, Bolivar. Steind., ’79, 4.

P. longirostris Steind. Cauca. Steind., ’79b, 70.
P. scrofa Steind. Rio Janeiro. Steind., ’81, 29.

one | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. AY

121. CHILODUS* Miiller & Troschel.

Microdus Kner; Cenotropus Giinther.
556. C. labyrinthicus (Kuer). Amazon and tributaries; Orinoco. G., v. 297.

557. C. punctatus Miiller & Troschel. Savanna swamps of British Guiana. G.,
Maat.

122. HEMIODUS Miiller & Troschel.

558. H. notatus (Schomburgk). Guianas; Rios Trombetas, Araguay, Negro, and
Guapore. G., v, 298.

559. H. kappleri Giinther. Surinam. ’68a, 244.

560. H. microcephalus Giinther. Rio Capin. G., v, 298.

561. H. amazonum Humboldt. Amazons. G., v, 298.
P. humboldtit Cuv. & Val.

562. H. unimaculatus (Bloch). All rivers of British Guiana; Cujaba. G., v, 299.
H. crenidens Miiller.

563. H. gracilis Giinther. Rio Cupai; Rio San Francisco. G., v, 299.

564. H. semiteeniatus Kner. Rio Guapore. G., v, 299.

565. H. immaculatus Kner. Barra do Rio Negro; Orinoco. G., v, 300.

566. H. longiceps Kner. Rio Iganno; Rio Capin. G., v, 300.

567. H. microlepis Kner. Rio Guapore; Barra do Rio Negro; Peruvian Amazon.

123. SACCODON Kner.

568. S. wagneri Kner & Steind. Ecuador. G., v, 301.
569. S. craniocephalum Thominot. Rio Guayaquil. T. ’82, 248.

124. PARODON Cuvier & Valenciennes.

570. P. suborbitalis Cuv. & Val. Maracaibo; Amazon; Rio das Velhas. G., v,301.
P. nasus Kner. P. hilarit Reinhardt.
571. P. buckleyi Boulenger.t Canelos. B. ’87, 279.
572. P. affinis Steind. La Plata. Steind., ’79a, 20, Pl. 111, Fig. 3.

ANOSTOMATINA.
125. NANNOSTOMUS Giinther. |

573. N. beckfordi Gthr. Demarara. G., ’72, 146.

574. N. trifasciatus Steind. Barra do Rio Negro; Tabatinga, ’76, 75, Fig. 2.
575. N. eques Steind. Peruvian Amazon 776, 78, Fig. 3.

576. N. unifasciatus Steind. Barra do Rio Negro ’76, 79, Fig. 1.

577. N. anamolus Steind. Obidos; Barra do Rio Negro, ’76, 81.

* Dr. Giinther states that Chilodus is preoccupied, witbout stating where. We have
not found any earlier use of the name in this form, and reinstate it here.
+t Dr. Boulenger gives a key to the species of the genus Parodon.
{ For an account of this genus see Steindachner, Ichthyologische Beitriige, v, pp.
74-82, Pl. 1x, 1876.
Proc. N. M. 91——4

HO FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

126. ANOSTOMUS Gronow.*
§ Anostomus Gronow.

578. A. anostomus (Linnzus). Essequibo; Jutahy. G., v, 303.
A. salmoneus Gronow.

579. A. trimaculatus (Kner). Matogrosso; Maranon; Gurupa. G., v, 304.
§ Schizodon Agassiz.

580. A. vittatus (Cuv. & Val.). La Plata; Araguay; Goyaz; Porto do Moz. G.,
v, 303.

581. A. gracilis (Kner), Rio Guapore. G., v, 304.

582. A. fasciatus (Agassiz). Amazons; British Guiana; Caracas. G., v, 304.
P. schizodon Cuv. & Val.

583. A. dissimilis Garman. Rio Puty. 790, 22.

584. A. isognathus (Kner). Cujaba; Rio San Francisco; Rio Grande do Sul. G.,
v, 305.
A. knerii Steind.

585. A. plate Garman. Rosario, La Plata. 790, 28.

586. A. nasutus (Kner). Irisanga; Rio Puty. G., v, 305.

587. A. sagittarius (Cope). Maranon. Cope, 778, 689.

127. LAAMOLYTA Cope.

Schizodontopsis Garman.
588. L. tzniata (Kner). Amazons. G., v, 304.
589. L. proximus (Garman). Villa Bella; Ueranduba. 790, 19.
590. L. varius (Garman). Amazons. 790, 20.
590a. L. varius nitens (Garman). Ica. 790, 20.

*

591. L. orinocensis Steind. Orimoco. 779, 6, Pl. 1, Fig. 7-7a.
{

128. CHARACIDIUM Reinhardt.

592. C. fasciatum Reinhardt. Rio Parahyba; Rio Piabanha; Rio das Velhas;
Sarayacu; Orinoco. Liitken, ’75, 194, Figs. 1 and 2.

593. C. steindachneri Cope. Peruvian Amazon. Cope, ’78, 688.

594. C. etheostoma Cope. Ambyiacu. Cope, ’72, 259, Pl. vim, Fig. 1, and Pl. x11,
Fig. 3.

595. C. purpuratum Steind. Canelos, Ecuador. Steind., ’82a, 18.

129. RHYTIODUS Kner.

596. R. microlepis Kner. Barra do Rio Negro. G., v, 305.
597. R. argenteofuscus Kner. Rio Negro. G., v, 306.

130. LEPORELUUS Liitken.

598. Lep. vittatus (Cuy. & Val.). Rio das Velhas; Irisanga; Marafion; Araguay ;
Goyaz; Cauca. Liitken, ’75, 201, xr.
L. maculifrons Reinhardt; Leporinus pictus Kner.

599. Lep. nattereri Steind. Teffé; Lago Alexo; Barra do Rio Negro. Steind., 776, |
66.

* For an excellent account of this genus see Garman, ’90a.

itt el

VOL. XIV,

ar PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ‘pl

600.
601.

602.

603.

604.

605.

606.
607.

608.

609.
610.
611.
612.

613.

614.
615.

616.
617.

618.
619.
620.
621.
622.
623.

624.

625.

626.

627.

131. LEPORINUS Spix.

L. maculatus Miiller & Troschel. Guiana; Goyaz. G., v, 306.
L. frederici (Bloch). Eastern rivers from the Orinoco to the La Plata, ascend-
ing Amazons to Peru. G., v, 306.
LL. acutidens Val.
L. obtusidens Val. La Plata; Rio Grande do Sul; Rio San Francisco; Mag
dalena. G., v, 306.
L. elongatus Cuy. & Val.
L. megalepis Giinther. Essequibo to Rio Janeiro; Xeberos and Ambyiacu.
G., 763, 443.
LL. maregravit Reinhardt.
L. reinhardtii Liitken. Rio das Velhas, Liitken, ’75, 197, Pl. 1v, Fig. 10.
L. affinis Reinhardt.
L. leschenaultii Cuv. & Val. RioCapin; Calabozo; Andes of western Ecuador:
G., V, 307.
L. bimaculatus Castelnau. Rio Vermelho de Goyaz. G., v, 308.
L. fasciatus (Bloch). Rio Cupai; Guiana; Orinoco; Calabozo. G., v, 308.
L. novemfasciatus Spix.

L. trifasciatus Steind. Teffé; Huallaga. Steind., ’76, 64.

L. affinis Giinther. Orinoco; Capin; Jequitinhonha.

L. pachyurus Cuy. & Val. Rio Cipo; Rio Araguay. G., v, 308.

L. margaritaceus Giinther. British Guiana. G., v, 309.

L. miilleri Steind. Maranon; Solimoens; Orinoco. Steind., ’76, 57, Pl. rx,
Vig. 5.

L. nigrotzeniatus (Schomburgk). Guiana; Rio Negro, and the Amazon near

Rio Negro. G., v, 309.
L. melanopleura Giinther. Bahia; Rio Cipo.

L. striatus Kner. Rio Magdalena; Canelos, Ecuador; Irisanga and Caigara
in Mattogrosso; Paraguay. G., Vv, 310.

L. agassizii Steind. Solimoens; Ica. Steind., ’76, 59, Pl. rx, Fig. 4.

L. hypselonotus Giinther. Orinoco; Maranon; Xeberos. G., ’68a, 244, Pl.
0.0015

L. eques Steind. Rio Magdalena. Steind., ’78, 40, Pl. x, Figs. 2-2a.

L. teeniatus Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 199, Pl. rv, Fig. 11.
L. macrolepidotus Peters. Rio Janeiro. ’68, 455.

L. multifasciatus Cope. Marafion. ’78, 690.

L. holostictus Cope. Marafion. loc. cit.

L

. Mormyrus Steind. Upper Parahyba and its tributary Piabanha, ’75b, 30,
aval

L. bahiensis Steind. Bahia. 7’75b, 21, Pl. 1, Fig. 2.
L. copelandi Steind. Southeastern Brazil. ’75b, 26, Pl. v.
L. conirostris Steind. Southeastern Brazil. 275b, 23, Pl. ry.

TETRAGONOPTERIN 2.
132. PLETHODECTES Cope.
P. erythrinus Cope. Pebas, Ecuador, ’70, 563, Fig.

52

628.
629.
630.
631.

632.

633.
634.
635.
636.
637.
638.
639.
640.

641.

642.
643.

644.
645.

646.
647.

648.

FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA-——EIGENMANN.

133. -PIABUCINA Cuv. & Val.

Pi, erythrinoides Val. Maracaibo. G., v, 311. ;
Pi, unitzeniata Giinther. Canelos, Ecuador; Guiana. G., v, 311.

Pi. panamensis Gill. Rio Frijoli. 776,336.

Pi, elongata Boulenger. Canelos; Sarayacu. 787,230, Pl. x x1, Fig. 2.

134. IGUANODECTES Cope.

I. tenuis Cope. Ambyiacu. 772,260, Pl. vim, Fig. 1.

135. TETRAGONOPTERUS Cuvier.

Astyanax Baird & Girard; Pweilurichthys Gill; Hemigrammus Gill.

T. spilurus Cuy. & Val. Surinam. G., v, 318.

T. argenteus Cuv. Orinoco; Amucu; Cujaba; Amazon; Iquitos. G., v, 318.

T. gibbosus Steind. Rio Parahyba. Steind. ’76a, 4, Pl. 1, Fig. 1.

T. rufipes Val. Buenos Ayres. G., v, 318.

T. artedii Cuv. & Val. ? Hab. G., v, 319.

T. doceanus Steind. Rio Doce. Steind. ’76a, 14.

T. polylepis Giinther. British Guiana. G., v, 320.

T. chalceus Agassiz. Surinam; Essequibo; Amazons from Porto do Moz to
the Ambyiacu. G., v, 320.

T. schomburgkii Cuy. & Val.

T. orbicularis Cuv. & Val. La Plata; Rio Parahyba; Amazon; Marafon ;

Essequibo; Surinam; Villa Maria. G., v,319, 320.
T. compressus Giinther.

T. brevirostris Giinther. Western Andes of Ecuador. G., v, 321.

T. abramis Jenyns. La Plata and Rio Parana; Essequibo; Orinoco. G.,v,
oo1t

T. lacustris Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas; Liitken,’75, 208, Pl. v, Fig. 15.

T. maculatus (Linneus). Magdalena; Orinoco; British Guiana; Rio Capin;
Pernambuco; Bahia; Rios Parahyba, Doce, and Mucuri; Rio Grande do
Sule 1G. Viel:

S. bimaculata L; T. linnwi Cuv. & Val.; 7. gronovit Cuv. & Val; ZT. vittatus
Castelnau; T. microstoma Hensel.

T. bahiensis Steind. Bahia. Steind. ’76a, 13.

T. fasciatus Cuv. La Plata; Rio Grande doSul; Rio Janeiro; Rio Parahyba;
Rio Jequitinhonha. Steind.,’76a, 20, Pl. 1, Fig. 3 (not G., v, 322).

T. rivularis Liitken; 7. obscurus Hensel.

T. rutilus Jenyns. Cauca; Canelos, Ecuador; Rio San Francisco to Rio Plata
(Xamapa, Mexico). G., Vv, 322, as fasciatus.

T. fasciatus Val., Gthr. not Cuvier; ZF. scabripinnis Kner not Jenyns; T. mi-
crostoma Giinther; ? T. fuscoauratus Castelnau; 7. wneus Hensel; J. cu-
vieri Liitken; T. taniatus Jenyns.

648a. T. rutilus jequitinhonhe Steind. Rio Jequitinhonha. Steind.,’76a, 27, Pl.

649.

u, Fig. 3.

T. microphthalmus Giinther. Rio Rimac; Lake Amatitlan; Pacific coast of
Guatemala. G., Vv. 324. :

650. T. panamensis Giinther. Panama; Yzabal. G.,v, 324,

T. fischeri Steind.

ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Soa

651. T. dichrourus Kner. Rio Guapore; Caicara; Paraguay. G.,v, 324.

652. T.scabripinnis Jenyns. Rio Janeiro; Irisanga; (Xamapa, Mexico). G., v, 326.

653. T.jenynsii Steind. Rio Parahyba. ’76a, 22, Pl. m1, Figs. 1 and 2.

654. T. petenensis Giinther. Rio Negro, Argentine Republic; Lake Peten; western
Ecuador. G.,v, 326.

655. T. eneus Giinther. RioCadeo; Porto Alegre; Bahia Soldado ; Rio Chagres ;
(Rio Frijoli; Oaxaca). G., Vv. 326.

656.

657.

| 658.

659.

660.

661.

662.

663.

. wappi Cuy. & Val. British Guiana. G., v, 326.

peruvianus Miiller & Troschel. Pascamayo, Pern. G., Vv, 327.

. Oligolepis Giinther. British Guiana. G., Vv, 327.

. chrysargyreus Giinther. Essequibo. G., Vv, 328.
grandisquamis Miiller & Troschel. British Guiana. G., Vv, 328.
lepidurus Kner. Amazons from Obidos to Tabatinga; Guapore.

xinguensis Steind. Xingu. Steind., ’82, 32.

HAHA AB eee a

huam bonicus Steind. Callacate and Rio Huambo, Peru. 782, 25, Pl. v,
Fig. 1.

664. T. polyodon Giinther. Guayaquil. G., v, 330.

665. T. trinitatis Liitken. Trinidad. 774, 234.

666. T. teniurus Gill. Trinidad. Liitken, ’74, 233.

667. T. brevoortii Gill. Trinidad. Liitken, 774, 252.

668. T. sawa Castelnau. Rio Crixas. G., v, 317.

669. T. viejita Cuv. & Val. Lake Maracaibo. G., v, 317.

670. T. orbignyanus Cuv. & Val. Buenos Ayres. G., Vv, 317.

671. T. agassizii Steind. Tabatinga; Cudajas. ’76, 41, Pl. vin, Fig. 2.

672. T. alburnus Hensel. Rio Cadeo. Steind., ’76a, 24.

673. T. bairdii Steind. Tabatinga. Steind., ’82, 35.

674. T. bartlettii Giinther. Marafion; Ambyiacu. G., ’66b, 30.

675. T. bellottii Steind. Tabatinga. Steind., 82, 34.

678. T. branickii Steind. Rio Zurumilla (boundary between Ecuador and Peru).
182.21, Pl, 1, Fig..3.

679. T. caroline Gill. Rio Napo or Marafion. ’70, 92.

680. T. caucanus Steind. Cauca. ’80, 20, Pl. vi, Fig. 2.

681. T. collettii Steind. Obidos; Hyavary. ’82, 33, Pl. vir.

682. T. copei Steind. Santarem. 782, 35, Pl. vi, Fig. 6.

683. T. cordove Giinther. Rio de Cordova. ’80, 12.

684. T. diaphanus Cope. Marafion. ’78, 691.

685. T. elegans Steind. Obidos. 782, 36, Pl. vu, Fig. 4.

686. T. gracilis Reinhardt. Lagoa Santa; Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 217, Pl.
v, Fig. 16.

687. T. gronovii Kner & Steind. Rio Bayano. ’64, 46.

688. T. hauxwellianus Cope. Hyavary;-Santarem; Pebas. ’70, 560.

689. T. iheringii Boulenger. Rio Grande do Sul. 787, 172.

690. T. ipanquianus Cope. Urubamba; Marafion. 77, 44.

691. T. jelskii Steind. Monterico; Huambo; Peru. 7’75ce, 40.

692. T.longior Cope. Marafion. ’78, 691.

693. T. liitkenii Boulenger. Rio Grande do Sul, 787, 173.

54

694.

695.
696.
697.
698.
699.
700.
701.
702.
703.
704.
705.
706.
707.

708.

709.

710.

711.

712.
713.

714.
715.
716.
aX7,
718.
ZL:
720.
721.
722.

FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—-EIGENMANN.

T. maximus Steind. Tullumayo; Monterico. ’75c, 43, Pl. vu.
T. alosa Giinther.
. multiradiatus Steind. ‘'Teffé. 776, 44.
.nanus Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas. Liitken, '75, 218, Pl. v, Fig. 17.
. ocellifer Steind. Villa Bella; Cudajas. 782, 32, Pl. vu, Fig. 5.
. orientalis Cope. Para. 770, 559.
. ortoni Gill. Marafion and Napo. 770, 92.
. ovalis Giinther. Xeberos. ’68a, 245.

. pheenicopterus Cope. Ambyiacu. 772, 260.

. schmarde Steind. Tabatinga. ’75c, Iv, 37, Pl. vu, Fig. 6.
. Stilbe Cope. Para. ’70, 559.

. tabatingzee Steind. Tabatinga. 776, 43.

a
T
r,
T
c
Tr
T. pectinatus Cope. Pebas. Cope, ’70, 560.
r
er,
T
7
T. unilineatus Gill. Trinidad. 758, 420.

c

. robustulus Cope. Pebas. ’70, 561.
136. LUTKENIA Steind.
L. insignis Steind. Santarem; Tabatinga. 75c, 38, Pl. vin, Fig. 1.
137. SCISSOR Giinther.
S. macrocephalus Giinther. Surinam. G., v, 331.
138. HENOCHILUS Garman.
H. wheatlandi Garman. Rio Mucuri. Garman, ’90a, 1.
139. PSEUDOCHALCHEOUS Kner.
Ps. lineatus Kner. Western slopes of Ecuador. G., v, 332.

140. ODONTOSTILBE Cope.

O. fugitiva Cope. Pebas; Villa Bella; Santarem. 770, 566, with Fig.
O. pulcher Gill. Trinidad. 758, 419. Liitken, '74, 236.

141. CHEIRODON Girard.

C. interruptus (Jenyns). Maldonado. G., v, 332.

C. pisciculus Girard. Santiago. G., v, 332.

C. agassizii Steind. Jaturana. ’82, 38.

C. eques Steind. Villa Bella; Obidos. Steind., ’82, 37.

C. insignis Steind. Cauca; Panama; Villa Bella. ’80, 22, Pl. v1, Fig. 3.
C. nattereri Steind. Obidos. ’82c, 180.

C. pequira (Natterer). Cujaba; Rio Guapore. Steind., ’82, 38.

C. piaba Liitken. Rio das Velhas.. 775, 219.

C. pulcher Steind.* Villa Bella. Steind., ’82, 39.

*Should Odontostilbe Cope prove to be a subgenus of Cheirodon, as is supposed by
Liitken (Vidensk. Medd. Nat. For. Kjéb., 1874, 236), this species must be renamed as
Tetragonopterus pulcher Gill, is placed by Liitken in the subgenus Odontostilbe Cope,

WAZ

Chirodon (Odontostilbe) pulcher (Gill) Liitken, loc. cit. We would suggest the

name steindachneri for this species.

eee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 55

723.
724.
725.

726.
727.

728.
729.
730.
731.

732.

733.
734.
735.
736.
738.
739.
740.
eet:
742.

743.
744.

745.
746.
727.
748.
749.
750.
751.

752.
753.
754.

Tp
756.
757.
758.

142. APHIOCHARAX Giinther.

A. pusillus Giinther. Maranon and tributaries. ’68a, 245.
A. alburnus Giinther. Maranon. 769, 424, Fig. 2.
A. filigerus Cope. Pebas, Ecuador. ’70, 564.

143. CHALCEUS Cuvier.

C. macrolepidotus Cuvier. Guiana; Rio Cupai; Ambyiacu. G., v, 333.
C. erythrurus Cope. Ambyiacu. ’72, 262.

144. BRYCON Miiller & Troschel.

B. schomburgkii M. & T. Essequibo. G., v, 333.
B. orbignyanus (Cuy. & Val.). Rio Plata; Guapore. G., v, 333.
B. rodopterus (Cuv. & Val.). Buenos Ayres. G., v, 333.
B. devillei (Castelnau). Bahia; Rio Parahyba; Rio Jequitinhonha. Steind.,
76a, 29, Pl. iv, Figs. 2-2a.
BL. insignis Steind.
B. opalinus (Cuvier). Brazil. G., v, 334.
?C. amazonicus Agassiz.
. nattereri Giinther. Irisanga. G., v, 334.
. bahiensis Giinther. Bahia. G., v, 334.
. falcatus Miiller & Troschel. Guiana. G., v, 334,
orthotzenia Giinther. Rio Cipo; La Plata. G., v, 335.
brevicauda Giinther. Rio Jocintins; Rio Capin. G., v, 335.
. atricaudatus (Kner). Western Andes of Ecuador. G., Vv, 336.
carpophagus (Cuy. & Val.). Guiana; Brazil. G., v, 336.
. hilarii (Cuv. & Val.). Brazil. G., v, 336.
. pesu (Miiller & Troschel). Lower Essequibo; Mazaruni, Guiana. G., v,
336.
capito Cope. Ambyiacu. 772, 261. ,

Dodd ooo

mb

chagrensis Kner. Chagres. Steind., ’76a, 32.

Bb. striatulus Kner.

ferox Steind. Rio Mucuri. ’76a, 25, Pl. 1v, Figs. 1-1a.

labiatus Steind. Cauca. ’80, 23, Pl. 11, Fig. 1.

. lineatus Steind. La Plata. ’66, 4, Pl. 1.

.longiceps Steind. Orinoco near Ciudad Bolivar. 779, 8, Pl. 1, Fig. 5.
. lundii Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 221.

-moorei Steind. Rio Magdalena system. ’78, 42, Pl. v, Figs. 2-2b.

Dod oo oD

. reinhardti Liitken. Rio das Velhas; Rio Doce; Rio Parahyba; Rio Jequi-
tinhonha. Steind., ’76a, 27, Pl. m1, Figs. 3-3a.

rubricauda Steind. Cauca. ’80,25, Pl. vim, Figs. 1-la.

B. stiibelii Steind. Iquitos; Rio Amazonas. ’82, 13, Pl. 1, Fig. 1.

B. stolzmanni Steind. Chota, Peru. ’79, 22, Pl. u, Fig. 6.

§ Chaleinopsis Kner.

dentex Giinther. (Guatemala); Ecuador. G., v, 337.
striatulus Kner. Panama. G., v, 337.

chagrensis Kner. Rio Chagres. G., v, 338.

alburnus Giinther. Western Andes of Ecuador. G., v, 338.

bb mo of

56

759.
760.
761.

762.

763.

764.
765.
766.

767.
768.
769.

770.

ada:

FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.
§ Megalobrycon Giinther.

B. melanopterum Cope. Ambyiacu. 772, 262.
B. cephalus Giinther. Maranon. ’69a, 423, Fig. 1.
B. erythropterum Cope. Ambyiacu. 772, 263.

145. BRYCONOPS Kner.

B. alburnoides Kner. Rio Guapore. G., V, 339.
B, alburnus Kner,

B. lucidus Kner. Rio Branco. G., Vv, 339.

146. CREATOCHANES Giinther.

C. melanurus Bloch. Guiana; Obidos; Rio Tapajos. G., Vv, 329.
C. affinis Giinther. British Guiana. G., v, 329.

C. caudomaculatus Giinther. South America. G., v, 330.

147. CREAGRUTUS Giinther.

Piabina Liitken.
Cr. miilleri Giinther. Canelos, Ecuador. G., v, 339.
Cr. affinis Steind. Cauca. ’8), 17.

Cr. peruana Steind. Rio Huambo; Monterico, Peru. 775e, Iv, 46.
C. nasutus Giinther.

Cr. argentea (Reinhardt), Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 226, Fig. 1-2.

148. CHALCINUS Cuv. & Val.”
Triportheus Cope.
Ch. angulatus Agassiz. Orinoco; Guiana; Amazons. G., Vv, 340.
Ch. nematurus Kner; Triportheus flavus Cope; C. trifurcatus Castelnau; Ch.

miilleri Fil.; C. brachypoma Cuy. & Val., not Giinther; ? C. rotundatus
Schomburek.

771a. Ch. angulatus curtus Garman. Para; Arary. ’90, 4.

771). Ch. angulatus vittatus Garman. Amazon. 790, 4.

771c. Ch. angulatus signatus Garman. Rio Paty. 790, 4.

771d. Ch. angulatus fuscus Garman. Amazons. 790, 4.

772.

773.
774.
775.
776.
Cithi he
778.
UR

Ch. albus (Cope). Amazons. 772, 264.
Ch. knert Steind. (adult).
Ch. giintheri Garman. Essequibo; San Francisco. 790, 4.
Ch. pictus Garman. Jutahy. 790, 5.
Ch. auritus Cuv. & Val. Rio Araguay. G., v, 341.
Ch. elongatus Giinther. Orinoco; Amazons. G., V, 342.
Ch. culter Cope. I¢a; Solimoens; Marafion. 772, 265, Pl. xiv, Fig. 3.
Ch. magdalene Steind. Magdalena; Cauca. 778, 44, Pl. x1, Figs. 1-2.
Ch. paranensis Giinther. La Plata; Parana. 774, 454.

149. GASTEROPELECUS Gronow.

780. G. sternicla (Linneus). Essequibo; Amazons. G., v, 342.

781. G. stellatus Kner. Iquitos; Amazons; Rio Cujaba; Paraguay. G., v, 343.

? G. securis Filippi.

* For an account of the species of this genus see Garman, 790,

|
} 784.
785.

782.
783.

786.

787.

788.
789.
790.

791.

792.

793.

794.

795.

796.
TTR
798.

799.
— 800.

801.

802.
803.

804.
805.
806.
807.

~g08

ron’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 57

G. strigatus Giinther. Manacapuru. G., v, 343. _

G. maculatus Steind. Mamoni River, Panama. G., v, 343, and Steind., ’79,
20 el, nicas4.

G. fasciatus Garman. Amazons. 790, 9.

G. pectorosus Garman. Amazons. 790, 9.

150. PIABUCA Cuvier.

P. argentinus (Linneus). Guiana; Brazil. G., v, 343.
Trutta dentata Koelreuter.

P. spilurus Giinther. Rio Cupai. G., v, 344.
151. PARAGONIATES Steind.

Pa. alburnus Steind. Teffé; Canelos. ’76, 69, Pl. vil, Fig. 3.
Pa. miilleri Steind. Obidos. ’76, 72.
Pa. microlepis Steind. Rio Janeiro; Rio Macacos. 7’76a, III, 33.

152. AGONIATES Miiller & Troschel.
A.halecinus M.& T. Curuni. G., v, 344.
153. LEPTAGONIATES Boulenger.
L. steindachneri Boulenger. Sarayacu. 787a, 282, Pl. xx111, Fig. 3.
HYDROCYONINZE.
154. ANACYRTUS Giinther.

A. gibbosus (Linnzus). Guiana; Amazons. G., Vv, 346.
Epicyrtus macrolepis Kner.
A. pauciradiatus Giinther. Amazons. G., Vv, 346.
A. sanguineus Cope. Ambyiacu; Maranon. ’72, 266, Pl. 1x, Fig. 1.
A. tectifer Cope. Pebas. 770, 565.
A. limzsquamis Cope. Marafion. 773, 686.

A. knerii Boulenger. Canelos. ’87a, 282.
155. RCESTES Giinther.

Lycodon Kner.
R. molossus (Kner). Brazil. G., v, 347.
R. alatus Steind. Rio Magdalena. ’78, 49.

156. RGEBOIDES Giinther.

R. affinis (Giinther). Calabozo; Amazons. 768, 246.
R. rubrivertex Cope.
R. myersii Gill. Amazons south to Rio Puty. 770, 92.
R. dayi Steind. Rio Magdalena; Cauca. 778, 45,
R. bicornis Cope. Pebas. ’70, 564.
R. bonariensis Steind. Ja Plata. ’79a, 23, Pl. vii, Fig. 1.
R. xenodon Reinhardt. Amazons; Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 227.
R. microlepis Reinhardt. Brazil. G., v, 347.
. R. guatemalensis Giinther. Rio Chagres; (Huamuchal) G., v, 347.

58 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

157. CYNOPOTAMUS Kner.

809. C. argenteus (Val.). La Plata; Araguay. G., v, 348,

810. C. humeralis (Val.). La Plata; Goyaz; Sao Paolo; Rosario. G., v, 348.

811. C. knerii Steind. Cujaba; Rio Paraguay; Irisanga; Tabatinga. 778, 48.
C. humeralis Kner, not Val.

812. C. magdalene Steind. Magdalena and Cauca. 778,61, Pl. xt, Figs. 2-2a.

813. C. amazonum Giinther. Xeberos. ’68a, 246.

814. C. gulo Cope. Pebas. 770,565.

815. C. biserialis Garman. Amazons. 790,14.

158. EXODON* Miiller and Troschel.

Hystricodon Giinther.

816. BE. paradoxus M. & T. Guiana; Crixas; Araguay; Amazon. G., Vv, 349.
E. exodon Cuv. & Val.

159. SALMINUS Agassiz.

817. S. hilarii Cuv. & Val. Rio San Francisco; Amazon; Goyaz. G., v, 349.

818. S. cuvieri Cuv. & Val. Rio Cipo; Rio San Francisco; Rio das Velhas. G.,
V, 300, as brevidens.

819. S. brevidens (Cuvier). Parana; Rio Plata. G., v, 350,as maxillosus.
S. maxillosus Cuv. & Val.

820. S. orbignyanus Cuv. & Val. Jacuhy. Cuy. & Val., xxi, 65.
821. S. affinis Steind. Cauca. ’80,28, Pl. vu, Figs. 2-2a.

160. OLIGOSARCUS Giinther.

822. O. argenteus Giinther. Brazil. G., v, 351.

161. XIPHORHAMPHUS Miiller & Troschel.

823. X. falcirostris (Cuv.). Demerara; Rio Cupai; Marafion and tributaries. G.
V, 304.

824. X. falcatus (Bloch). Guiana; Amazon, G., V, 354.

825. X. microlepis (Schomburgk). British Guiana; Rio Negro; Amazons. G., Vv,
355.

826. X. ferox Giinther. Essequibo. G., v, 355.

827. X. pericoptes Miiller & Troschel. Brazil. G., v, 355.

828. X. hepsetus (Cuy.). Southeastern Brazil; Buenos Ayres. G., V, 356.
X. hepseticus Castelnau ; A. jenynsii Giinther.

829. X. oligolepis Steind. La Plata. 767,339.

830. X. macrolepis Steind. Rio Jequitinhonha. ’76a, 36.
831. X. lacustris Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 232.
832. X. heterolepis Cope. Maranon. ’78, 687.

833. X. anomalus Steind. Cauca. 780, 32.

834. X. abbreviatus Cope. Marafion. 773, 687.

* Dr. Giinther, v, 349, states that the name Hxrodon is preoccupied. We have been
unable to find the form HLxodon used elsewhere, and it is retained here.

851.
852.

853.
854.

835.
836.

837.
838.

841.

842.

843.
844.

845.
846.

847.

on | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 59

162. XIPHOSTOMA Spix.

Xa. lucius (Cuvier). ——? G., v, 357.
Xa. cuvieri Spix. Guiana; Tocantins. G., v, 357.
Xa. oseryi Castelnau.
Xa. ocellatum Schomburgk. Guiana; Rio Negro. G., v, 357.
Xa. maculatum Cuv. & Val. Xingu, near Porto do Moz; Rio Cupai; Mara-

fion. G., Vv, 357.
Xa. tedo Cope.

. Xa. hujeta Cuv. & Val. Maracaibo. G., v, 358.
. Ka. longipinne Steind. Rio Negro. 776, 84.

163. LUCIOCHARAX Steind.

L. insculptus. Rios Magdalena, Cauca, and Mamoni. 778, 51, Pl. x11, Figs.
2-2b.

164. HYDROLYCUS Miiller & Troschel.

H. scomberoides (Cuvier). Orinoco; Guiana; Rio Capin; Araguay; Iqui-
tos. G., v, 358.

H. pectoralis Giinther. Marafion; Xeberos. ’66b, 30.

H. copei Gill. Napo and Maraiion. 770, 93.

165. CYNODON §Spix.

Raphiodon Agassiz; Hydropardus Reinhardt.
C. vupinus Spix. Calabozo; Marafion; Huallaga. G., v, 359.
C. gibbus Spix. Maranon; Huallaga. G., Vv, 359.

CRENUCHIN.
166. CRENUCHUS Giinther.
Cs. spilurus Giinther. Essequibo; Hyavara; Tabatinga. G., v, 365.
SERRASALMONIN.

167. MYLESINUS Cuv. «& Val.

. M. schom burgkii Cuv. & Val. Guiana; Brazil. G., v, 366.

168. PYGOPRISTIS Miiller & Troschel.

. P. denticulatus (Cuvier). British Guiana. G., v, 367.

Serrasalmo punctatus Schomb.; P. fumarius M. & T.

. P. serrulatus Cuv. & Val. Araguay; Amazons. G., V, 367.

169. PYGOCENTRUS Miiller & Troschel.

Py. palometa Cuv. & Val. Brazil. G., v, 366.

Py. piraya(Cuv.). Guiana; Amazons; Rio Puty; Riodas Velhas. G., v, 368,
Serrasalmo piranha Spix; S. nigricans Spix.

Py. scapularis Giinther. Essequibo. G., v, 368.

Py. niger (Schomburgk). Upper courses of streams of Guiana. G., V, 369.

G0 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

855. Py. nattereri (Kner). Orinoco: La Plata; Matogrosso and Cujaba. G., Vv,
369.

856. Py. alatus Gill. Marafion and Napo. 770, 93.

857. Py. notatus Liitken. Venezuela. 774, 238.

170. SERRASALMUS Lacépéde.

858. S. gibbus Castelnau. Araguay. G., Vv, 366.

859. S. caribe Cuy. & Val. Orinoco. G., v, 366.

860. S. rhombeus (Linneus). Guiana; Araguay. G., v, 369.
861. S

862.5

.marginatus Val. La Plata; Brazil. G., v, 370.

. spilopleura Kner. La Plata; Rio Capin; Brazil; Guiana, G., v, 370.
? S. aureus Spix.

863.
864.
865.
866. S. elongatus Kner. Rio Guapore; Huallaga. G., v, 371.

S. humeralis Cuv. & Val. Brazil; Huallaga. G., v, 370.
SS)
Ss
Ss
887. S. esopus Cope. Ambyiacu. 772, 269.
Ss
i)
Ss
Ss

.gymnogenys Giinther. River Capin; British Guiana. G., Vv, 371.
-maculatus Kner. Rio Guapore; Huallaga. G., v, 371.

668.
869.
870.
871.

.iridopsis Cope. Ambyiacu. Cope, 772, 268, Pl. rx, Fig. 2.
.immaculatus Cope. Marafion. 778, 692.

. brandtii Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 237 and Fig.
. iritans Peters. Apure. 777, 472.

171. STETHAPRION Cope.

872. St. chryseum Cope. Ambyiacu; Marafion. ’72, 261.
873. St. erythrops Cope. Santarem to Pebas. ’70, 562 with Fig.
874. St. copei Steind. Tabatinga. ’82, 40.

172. MYLETES Cuvier.

Myleus and Tometes Cuy. & Val.

875. M. acanthogaster Cuv. & Val. Lake Maracaibo. G., Vv, 372.

876. M. lobatus Cuv. & Val. Amazon. G., Vv, 372.

877. M. schomburgkii Jardine. Amazon; Guiana. G., v, 372 and 376.
M. divaricatus and palometa Cuv. & Val.

878. M. luna Cuy.& Val. Cayenne. G., V, 3@2.

879. M. unilobatus (Cuy. & Val.). Cayenne. G., Vv, 372.

880. M. edulis Castelnau. Rio Paraguay. G., Vv, 372.
M. bidens Cuv. & Val.

881. M. torquatus Kner. Rio Branco. G., v,372.

882. M. asterias Miiller & Troschel. Essequibo, and Mazaruni near Cascades. G.,,

V,o72.

883. M. rubripinnis M. & T. Essequibo. G., v, 373.

884. M. rhomboidalis Cuv. Amazon; Guiana. G., v, 373.
Tetragonopterus latus Schomb.

885. M. parma Giinther. River Capin. G., v, 374.

886. M. macropomus Cuv. Brazil. G., v,374.

887. M. brachypomus Cuy. Brazil; Guiana; La Plata. G., v,374.
M. facu Humboldt.

888. M. orbignyanus Cuv. & Val. Parana. G., V, 373.

eco | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 61

; 839. M. duriventris Cuy. Calabozo; Buenos Ayres; Santarem to Huallaga. Ge
= Voie
Tetragonopterus aureus Spix.

890. M. bidens Spix. Villa Bella to Maranon. G., Vv, 375.

891. M. ellipticus Giinther. Essequibo. G., v,376.

892. M. hypsauchen Miiller & Troschel. Santarem to Huallaga; Rio Guapore;

Tapacuma Lake. G., v,376.
893. M. maculatus Kner. Rios Maroni and Guapore. G., v, 37

~

894. M. altipinnis (Cuv. & Val.). San Francisco; Cipo. G., Vv, 377.
_ 895. M. discoideus Kner. Brazil. G., v,377.

896. M. trilobatus (Cuv. & Val.). Cayenne. G., Vv, 378.

897. M. setiger (Miiller & Troschel). Guiana; Amazon. G., v,378.

M. doidyxodon Cuv. & Val.; M. pacu Schomburgk.
898. M. oligocanthus (Miiller & Troschel). Demarara. G., v, 378.
899. M. albiscopus Cope. Ambyiacu. ’72, 267.
900. M. brachypoma Giinther. La Plata. G.,’80.
901. M. herniarius Cope. Ambyiacu; Marafion. Cope, ’72, 268, Pl. xu, Fig. 3.
902. M. knerii Steind. Maroni River, Guiana. ’81, 27, Pl. vu, Fig. 2.
903. M. lippincottianus Cope. Para. 770, 561.
904. M. macropomus Peters. Apure. 777, 473.
905. M.* micans Reiohardt. Rio das Velhas. Liitken, ’75, 241 and Fig.
906. M. nigripinnis Cope. Teffé; Maraiion. Cope, ’78, 693.
907. M. oculus Cope. Aimbyiacu. ’72, 268, Pl. xu, Fig. 2.

173. METYNNIS Cope.
908. Me. luna Cope. Marafion. ’78, 692.

174. CATOPRION Miiller & Troschel.
909. C. mento (Cuv.). Guiana; Brazil. G., Vv, 379.

GYMNONOTI.
XV. ELECTROPHORID®.

175. ELECTROPHORUS Gill.

910. E. electricus Linn. Brazil and northward. G., viru, 10.

XVI. STERNOPYGID&.

176. STERNARCHUS Bloch & Schneider.

911. S. albifrons (Linn.). Brazil and Surinam (Para; Santarem; Manacapuru;
Teffé; Obidos; Canelos; Apure; Urubamba; Surinam). G., VI, 2.

7 Apteronotus passan Lac.; S. lacepedii and maximiliani Castelnau.

912. S. brasiliensis Reinhardt. Rio das Velhas. G., vir1, 3.

913. S. nattereri Steind. Barra do Rio Negro. G., vii, 3.

914. S. schotti Steind. Barra do Rio Negro; Manacapuru; Peruvian Amazon. G.,
VIII, 3.

* Tometes.

ke

62 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

915. S. bonapartii Castelnau. Manacapuru; Peruvian Amazon. G., VI, 3.

916. S. sachsi Peters. Apure. 777, 473.

917. S. balzenops Cope. Peruvian Amazon. 778, 682.

918. S. virescens Val. LaPlata. 47a, 11.

919. S. macrolepis Steind. Amazon near Rio Negro; Manacapuru. ’81b, 14,
177. STERNARCHORHYNCHUS Castelnau.

920. S. oxyrhynchus (Miiller & Troschel). Essequibo. G., vim, 4.

921. S. macrostoma Giinther. Upper Amazon. G., vit, 4.

922, S. mormyrus (Steind.) Peruvian Amazon. G., VII, 4.

923. S. curvirostris Boulenger. Canelos. 78a, 282.

924. S. miilleri Steind. Para. ’81b, 15.

a

178. RHAMPHICHTHYS Miiller & Troschel.

925. Rs. rostratus (Linnzeus). Guianas; Rio Negro; Matogrosso. G., VIII, 5.
Gymnotus longirostris Lacépede ; Ls. schomburgkti and schneidert Kaup.
926. Rs. reinhardtii Kaup. Para; Manacapuru; Rio Negro. G., vii, 5.
Rs. blochii Kaup.

Guianas; Orinoco; Rio Plata. G., viu, 5.

:
927. Rs. marmoratus Castelnau. Araguay; Amazons, from Para to Ucayale;
;
: . 1

Rs. pantherinus and lineatus Castelnau,

179. BRACHYRHAMPHICHTHYS Giinther. |

928. B. elegans Steind. Amazon, near Rio Negro. ’80, 37,

929. B. artedi (Kaup). Rio Mona, French Guiana. G., VII, 6.

930. B. miilleri (Kaup). French Guiana. G., VIII, 6. :
931. B. brevirostris Steind. Cauca; Rio Guapore; Santarem. G., VII, 6.

180. STERNOPYGUS Miiller & Troschel.

932. S. carapo (Linnus). Rio das Velhas; Amazon, from Para to Canelos, and
northward. G., VII, 7.
S. macrurus Bloch & Schneider; C. arenatus Eyd. & Soul.; C. sanguinolentus
Castelnau; S. marcgravii Reinhardt.
933. S. virescens (Val.). Rio das Velhas; Rio Parana; La Plata; Maranon and
tributaries; Guianas; Orinoco. G., VIII, 7.
S. tumifrons and lineatus M. & T.; S. microstomus Reinhardt.
934. S. axillaris G. Para. G., VIII, 8.
935. S. troschelii Kaup. Marafion; British Guiana. G., VII, 8.
S. virescens Miiller & Troschel, not Val.
936. S. zequilabiatus Humboldt. Rio Magdalena system; Rivers near Guayaquil
(near Corapo). Steind., ’78, 54.
937. S. humboldti Steind. Rio Magdalena system; Mamoni. ’78, 55.
938. S. obtusirostris Steind. Rio Madeira; Lago Alexo; Manacapuru; Tefié; Rio
Puty. ’81, 43
181. CARAPUS Cuv.

939. C. fasciatus (Pallas). La Plata, north to Guatemala. G., Vu, 9.
Gymnotus albus Pallas, brachyurus Bloch; putaol Lacépede; carapo Bloch &
Schneider; C. brachyurus Cuvier; inequilabiatus Valenciennes.

ion | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 63

ISOSPONDYLI.

XVII. STOLEPHORID®.
182. STOLEPHORUS®* Lacépide.

Engraulis Cuvier,

940. S. macrolepidotus (Kner & Steind.). Rio Bayano. G., vu, 385.

941. S. olidus Giinther. La Plata. ’80.

942. S. nattereri (Steind.). Para. ’79b, 57.

943 S. brevirostris (Giinther). Province of Bahia. G., vi, 392.

944. S. poeyi (Kner & Steind.). Rio Bayano. G., vir, 392.

945. S. surinamensis (Bleeker). Surinam; River Capin; Bahia. G., vir, 393.
946. S. spinifer (Cuy. & Val.). Guianas; Bahia; Panama. G., vu, 394.

183. PTERENGRAULIS Giinther.

947. P. atherinoides (Linneus). Guianas; Rio Capin; Para to Gurupa; Rio
Janeiro. G., Vil, 398.

184. LYCENGRAULIS Giinther.
948. L. batesiiG. Rio Para. G., vir, 399.
XVIII. CLUPEIDA.
185. CLUPEA Linneus.
949. C. amazonica Steind. Para. 776, 65.
186. PELLONA Cuvier.

950. P. flavipinnis Val. Amazon; La Plata. G., vut, 454.
P. orbignyana and castelneana Cuy. & Val.

951. P. altamazonica Cope. Ambyiacu. 772, 256.
XIX. ELOPID.

187. MEGALOPS Lacépéde.

O52. M. thrissoides (Bloch & Schneider). Magdalena system (Atlantic entering
rivers). G., vit, 472. .
Clupea apalike Lacépéde; gigantea Shaw ; M. atlanticus Cuy. & Val.

XX. OSTEOGLOSSID.
188. OSTEOGLOSSUM Vandelli.

Ischnosoma Spix; Scleropages Giinther.
953. O. bicirrhosum Agassiz. Amazons (Para to Huallaga); Guianas. G., vir, 378.
O, vandelltii Cuy. ; arowana Schomburgk; minus Val.

* Many other species of this genus not enumerated here are found on the coasts of,
South America, and may at times be found in the rivers.

64 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

XXI. ARAPAIMIDAL.
189. ARAPAIMA Miller.

Sudis Cuyv.; Vastres Cuv. & Val.

954. A. gigas Cuy. Bahia; Peruvian Amazon; British Guiana. G., vu, 379.
S. pirarucu Spix; V. cuvieri, mapa, agassizii, arapaima Cuv. & Val.

XXII. GALAXITD.

190. GALAXIAS Cuy.

Mesites Jenyns.

955. G. attenuatus (Jenyns). Falkland Islands; southern part of South America.
(? north to Peru). G., v1, 210.
G. truttaceus Val.; G. scriba and maculatus Richardson.
956. G. coppingeri Giinther. Alert Bay. G.,’81, 21.
957. G. maculatus (Jenyns). Tierra del Fuego; Patagonia. G., v1, 212.

958. G. alpinus (Jenyns). Alpine fresh-water lakes in Hardy Peninsula, Tierra del
Fuego. G., VI, 212.
959. G. gracillimus (Canestrini). Chili. G., v1, 213.

XXIII APLOCHITONID A.
191. APLOCHITON Jenyns.

Farionella Cuy. & Val.; Haplochiton G.

960. A. zebra Jenyns. ‘Tierra del Fuego; Falkland Islands (Hast Bay; fresh water
at Tom Bay). G., v,38l.
Farionella gayti Cuv, & Val.

961. A. teeniatus Jenyns. Tierra del Fuego. G., v, 382.

HAPLOMI.
XXIV. CYPRINODONTID®.

192. FUNDULUS Lacépéede.
962. F. guatemalensis Giinther. Western Ecuador (Guatemala). G., v1, 321,
193. RIVULUS Poey.

963. R. urophthalmus Giinther. Para. G., v1, 327.

964. R. micropus (Steind.) Rio Negro to Pebas; Venezuela; Trinidad.
Not &. micropus Giinther, v1, 327 nom. sp. noy.

965. R. ocellatus Hensel. Rio de Janeiro. 768, 365.

966. R. elegans Steind. Cauca. 780, 33.

967. R. poeyi Steind. Cayenne; Para. ’76, 117.

194. CYNOLEBIAS Steind.

968. C. elongatus Steind. La Plata. ’8la, 11.
969. C. bellottii Steind. La Plata. ’8la, 9.

Sis’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 65

970.
971.
972.

973.

7%.

B75.
976.

277.

978.

aa

980.
981.
982.

983.

984.

985.
986.
987.

988.
989.
990.
991.

992.
993.
994.

C. maculatus Steind. La Plata. ’8la, 10.
C. robustus Giinther. San Antonio; Buenos Ayres. 783.
C. porosus Steind. Pernambuco. ’76, 124.

195. ORESTIAS Cuv.
O. cuvieri Cuv. & Val. Lake Titicaca. G., v1, 328.
O. humboldtit Cuv. & Val.
O. pentlandii Cuv. & Val. Lake Titicaca. G., vr, 329.

O. jussiei Cuv. & Val. Lake Titicaca. G., v1, 329.
O. agassizii Cuv. & Val. Lakes Titicaca and Junin. G., v1, 330.

O. owent Cuyv. & Val.; O. tschudii Castelnau.

196. JENYNSIA Giinther.

J. lineata (Jenyns). Maldonado. G., v1, 331.

197. ANABLEPS Bloch.

A. anableps (Linneus). Guianas. G., VI, 337.
A. tetrophthalmus Bloch ; surinamensis Lacépéede ; gronovii Cuy. & Val. ; lineatus
Gronow.

A. elongatus Cuv. & Val. Cayenne. Cuv.& Val., xvitt, 267, Pl. 541.
198. PCGSCILIA Bloch & Schneider.

P. gillii (Kner & Steind.). Rio Chagres. 764, Pl. 4, Fig. 1.
P. surinamensis Miiller & Troschel. Surinam. 744, 36.
P. vivipara Bloch & Schneider. Brazil; Guianas; Martinique. G., v1, 345.
P. surinamensis Val. ; schneideri Cuv. & Val.
P. unimaculata Val. Rio de Janeiro; Parahyba; Surinam; Cayenne. G.,
vi, 347.
P. punctata Cuv. & Val. Montevideo. G., vi, 347.

199. GIRARDINUS Poey.

G. reticulatus (Peters)... Caracas; Brazil. G., v1, 352.

G. guppii Giinther. Trinidad; Venezuela. G.,v1, 353.

G. decemmaculatus (Jenyns). Maldonado; Rio dos Sinos near 8. Leopoldo.
G., VI, 354.

G. januarius Hensel. Rio de Janeiro. 770, 360.

G. caucanus Steind. Cauca. ’s0.

G. caudimaculatus Hensel. Costa do Serra. 768, 362.

G. iheringii Boulenger. Rio Grande do Sul. 789.

SYNENTOGNATHI.
XXV. BELONIDA.

200. TYLOSURUS Cocco.

T. microps Giinther. Guianas. G., VI, 237.
T. amazonicus (Steind.). Para; Manacapuru; Tajapuru. ’75c, 66.

T. almeida (Quoy & Gaimard). Demarara; Surinam. G., vi, 244.
Belone timucu Cuv. & Val.; B. tr. guianensis Giinther.

Proc. N. M. 91 5

66 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN,

995. T. hians (Cuv. & Val.). Bahia (chiefly salt-water species, West Indies,
Panama). -G., VI, 248.
3. maculata Poey.

201. POTAMORRHAPHIS Giinther.

996. P. guianensis (Schomburgk). Rio Mana; Rio Capin; Amazons. G., VI. ’
Belone scolopacina Cuy. & Val.; B. teniata Giinther.

PERCESOCES. |
XXVI. MUGILID.

202. MUGIL Linneus.
997. M. platanus Giinther. Rio Plata. G., ’80, 9.
203. PROTISTIUS Cope. (Mugilide ?)
998. P. semotilus Cope. Peruvian Andes. ’74, 65. (Altitude, 12,000 feet.)
204. GASTROPTERUS Cope. (Mugilide ?)

999. G. archeus Cope. Arequipa, Pacific slope of Peru. 778, 700. (Altitude,
7,500 feet. )

XXVIII. ATHERINID 1.

205. CHIROSTOMA Swainson.*

Atherinoides ; Alherinichthys Bleeker; Heterognathus Girard.
1000. C. microlepidota (Jenyns). Rio Mapocho, Chili. G., 11, 403.
1001. C. bonariensis (Cuv. & Val.). Rio Plata. G., 111, 404.
1002. C. argentinensis (Cuv. & Val.). Rio Plata. G., 11, 408.

PERCOMORPHI.
XXVIIL POLYCENTRID A.

206. POL YCENTRUS Miiller & Troschel.

1003. P. schomburgkii Miiller & Troschel. Essequibo. G., 111, 370.
1004. P. tricolor Gill. Trinidad. G., 111, 371.

207. MONOCIRRHUS Heckel.

1005. M. polyacanthus Heckel. Rio Cupai; Ponds near the Rio Negro.
XXIX. SERRANID#.

208. PERCICHTHYS Girard.

1006. P. levis (Jenyns). Santa Cruz River, Patagonia. G., 1, 61.
1007. P. trucha (Cuv. & Val.). Rio Negro, Patagonia; fresh waters of Chili. G.,
OL

* It is quite certain that some of these species do not belong to the genus Chiros/oma,
and probably none of them do.

een’ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 67
. P. chilensis Girard. Rio de Maypu, near Santiago, Chili. ’55, 231, Pl. 29,
Figs. 1-4.

. P. melanops Girard. Riode Maypu. G., 1,61.

209. PERCILIA Girard.

. P. gillissii Girard. Riode Maypu. G.,1I.
XXX. SPARIDA.
210. PRISTIPOMA Cuvier.

. P. humile Kner & Steind. Mamoni; Bayano. ’64, 1, Pl. 1, Fig. 1.
XXXII. SCLANIDA.

211. PLAGIOSCION Gill.
Diplolepis Steind.

. P. squamosissimus (Heckel). Brazil and northward. G., 11,526.

S. rubella Schomburgk ; J. crowvina and amazonicus Castelnau.

. P. surinamensis (Bleeker). Magdalena system; Surinam. J. & E., ’89, 40.
S. magdalene Steind.

. P. auratus (Castelnau). Rivers of Brazil. G., 1, 287.
212. PACHYURUS Agassiz.

Lepipterus Cuv. & Val.

S. P. squamipinnis Agassiz. Rio San Francisco and tributaries. G., 11, 281.
P. lundii Reinhardt.

. P. francisci (Cuv. & Val.). Rio San Francisco and tributaries. G., Um, 281.
P, corvina Reinhardt.

. P. bonariensis Steind. Rio dela Plata. J. & E.,’89, 70.

. P. schomburgkii Giinther. Amazon and tributaries. G., 11, 282.

213. PACHYPOPS Gill.

. P. furcrzeus (Lacépede).. Amazon and tributaries; Surinam. J. & E.,’89,71.
| C. biloba Cuy. & Val.

020. P. trifilis (Miller & Troschel). Guiana; Rio Negro; Rio Guapore. G., U1,
| 273.

1021. P. adspersus (Steind.). Southeastern Brazil.*

XXXIT. CICHLID4.+

214. ASTRONOTUS Swainson,

Acara Heckel; Cychlasoma Gill; Acaropsis Steindachner; Hygrogonus Giin-
ther; Heros Heckel; Herichthys Baird & Girard; Hoptarchus Kaup;
Therdps Giinther ; Mesonauta Giinther; Uarw Heckel; Petenia Giinther.

* Several other species are found in the mouth of the Rio Plata. For an account
ofall the South American Sciwnidie see Jordan & Kigenmann, ‘‘A Review of the
Sciwnidx of America and Europe,” Annual Report Commissioner Fish and Fisheries,
11886. J. & E., ’89.

_ + This family has been ably reviewed by Steindachner. Beitriige zur Kentniss der
Chromiden des Amazonenstromes. Sb. Ak. Wiss., Wien, LXXI, 1875. 75d.

68 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

§ stronotus.

1022. A. ocellata (Agassiz). Brazil; Paraguay; Amazons; Guiana, G., Iv, 303.

A. crassispinis Heckel; C. rubro-ocellata Schomburgk; A. compressus Cope.

§ Acaropsis Steindachner.

1023. A. nassa Heckel. Amazons; Guiana. G., IV, 281.
A. cognatus, unicolor Heckel; ? Centrarchus cyanopterus Schomb.

\ Acara Heckel.*

1024. ? A. filamentosus (Lacépéde). ? G.,1v, 276.

1025. ? A. planifrons (Kaup). ? G.,Iv,276.

1026. A. tetramerus Heckel. Rio Puty; Amazons; Guiana; ditches near Mato-
grosso. G.,1V, 277.

A, viridis, diadema, pallida, and dimerus Heckel ; ? flavilabris Cope; wniocellata

Castelnau.

1027. A. gymnopoma Giinther. ? G., Iv, 272.

1028. A. vittata Heckel. Paraguay; Amazons. G., Iv, 278.

1029. A. pulchra (Gill). Trinidad; Western Ecuador. G., Iv, 280.
C. rivulata Giinther.

1030. A. dorsigera Heckel. Paraguay; Amazons. G.,Iv, 280.
1031. A. obscura (Castelnau). Paraguassu, Province Bahia. G., Iv, 281.
1032. A. unipunctata (Castelnau). Tocantins; Paraguassu; Province Bahia. G.,

IV, 283.

1033. A. cceruleopunctata Kner & Steind. Rio Chagres and western slope of
Andes. 764, 16, Pl. 11, Fig. 3.
1033a. A. c. latifrons Steind. Magdalena system. 778,11.

1034. A. punctulata Giinther. Essequibo. 63a.

1035. A. subocularis Cope. Maration. Cope, 778, 696.

1036. A. hypsosticta Cope. Maranon. Cope, 778, 697.

1037. A. syspilus Cope. Maranon; Canelos. 772, 255, Pl. x1, Fig. 3.
1038. A. maronii Steind. Maroni River, Guiana. 731,41.

1039. A. thayeri Steind. Lago Maximo; Hyanuary. ’81,8.

1040. A. portalegrensis Hensel. Porto Alegre. 70,53.

1041. A. minuta Hensel. Porto Alegre. 770,53.

1042. A. freniferus Cope. Ambyiacu. 778,255.

\ Heros Heckel.
1043. A. bimaculata (Linneus). Ceara to Trinidad; Huallaga and Guapore.
Gesive 2716:
Labrus brunneus Gronow ; L. punctatus Bloch; Chromis tania Benn.; Acara
gronovii, margarita, and marginata Heckel.
1044. A. facetus (Jenyns). Maldonado; Rio Plata. G.,1v, 290.
1045. A. psittacus (Heckel). Rio Negro. G.,1Vv, 290.
Hoplarchus pentacanthus Kaup.
A. severus Heckel. ? Parahyba; Amazons; Guiana. G., IV, 293.
H. coryptwus, modestus and spurius Heckel; Chromys appendiculata and fas-
ciata Castelnau; Uarus centrarchoides Cope.

“A. adspersa Giinther. Barbados. G., Iv, 282. dA. fusco-maculatus (Guichenot).
Cuba. G., IV, 282. C. tetracanthus Cuy. & Val.

i-

4
as

eee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 69

1891.

1046.
1047.

1048.
1049.
1050.
1051.
1052.

1053.

1054.

1055.
1056.

1057.
1058.

1059.
1060.

1061.
1062.

1063.
1064.

1064a.
1064).
1064c.
~=1064d.

1064e.
1064/.

10649.

1065.

A. efasciatus (Heckel), Rio Negro. G.,1v, 294.

A. corypheenoides (Heckel). RioNegro; Obidos; Jatuarana; Lake Saraca.
G., Iv, 296.

. oblongus (Castelnau). Tocantins, Province Goyaz. G.,1Vv, 299.

. autochthon (Giinther). Marafion; southeastern Brazil.

. crassa (Steind.). Amazons. 775d, 88.

. imperialis (Steind.). Amazon, near Rio Negro. ’79b, 43.

> Pp Pp Pp Pp

. acaroides (Hensel). Porto Alegre. °70,54,

§\ Mesonauta Giinther.

A. festivus (Heckel). Amazons. G.,1v, 300.
H. insignis Heckel; Chromys acora Castelnau.

\ Uaru Heckel.

A. amphacanthoides Heckel. Amazons. G., Iv, 302.
U, obscurum Giinther; Pomotis fasciatus Schomb.

§ Petenia.

A. kraussi Steind. Magdalena system. 78, 12.

A. spectabilis Steind. Gurupa; Obidos. 775d, 36.
215. CRENICARA Steind.
C. elegans Steind. Gurupa; Cudajas; Curupira. 775d, 99.
216. DICROSSUS Agassiz.
D. maculatus Steind. Amazons. 775d, 42.
217. CICHLA Bloch & Schneider.

C. ocellaris Bloch & Schneider. Amazons; Guiana. G.,1v,304.
C. monoculus Agassiz; C. atabapensis Humboldt; ? C. toucounarai Castelnau.
C. temensis Humboldt. Amazons. G.,Iv,304.
C. tucunare Heckel.
C. multifasciata Castelnau. Ucayale. G.,1Vv, 305.
C. conibus Castelnau. Ucayale. G.,1v,305.

218. CRENICICHLA Heckel.

Batrachops Heckel.
Cr. obtusirostris Giinther. Rio Capin. G., Iv, 306.
Cr. brasiliensis Bloch & Schneider. Amazons; Guiana. G.,1v, 306.
Cr. brasiliensis vittata Heckel. G., 1v, 306.
Cr. brasiliensis strigata Giinther. Rios Capin and Cupai. G.,1Vv,306.
Cr. brasiliensis lenticulata Heckel. Rio Negro. G.,1Vv, 306.
Cr. brasiliensis adspersa Heckel. Rio Guapore. G.,1v, 307.
Cr. brasiliensis lugubris Heckel. Rio Negro. G., Iv, 307.
Cr. brasiliensis funebris Heckel. Rio Capin; Guiana. G.,1Vv, 306.
Cr. brasiliensis johanna Heckel. Rio Cupai. G.,1v, 307,
Cr. acutirostris Giinther. Rio Cupai. G.,1Iv, 307.

70 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA——-EIGENMANN,

1066. Cr. macrophthalma Heckel. Rios Negro and Orinoco. G., Iv, 307.
1067. Cr. proteus Cope. Marafion. 772, 252.

1067a. Cr. proteus argynnis Cope. Maraiion. 772, 253.

1068. Cr. saxatilis (Linneus). Amazons; Guiana. G., Iv, 308.

Y

U..labrina Agassiz; Scarus pavonius Gronow.

1069. Cr. lepidota Heckel. Porto Alegre; Rio Cadea. Steind.,’74, 23.
1070. Cr. frenata Gill. Trinidad. 758.

1071. Cr. lacustris (Castelnau). Southeastern Brazil. G.,1v,308.

1072. Cr. orinocensis (Humboldt). Rios Negro and Orinoco. G., Iv, 309.
C. argus Valenciennes.

1073. Cr. reticulata (Heckel). Rio Negro. G., Iv, 309.

1074. Cr. semifasciata (Heckel). Rio Paraguay, province of Matagrosso. G.,; ry,
309,

1075. Cr. punctata Hensel. Santa Cruz, Rio Grande do Sul. 770, 57.

1076. Cr. polysticta Hensel. Rio Cadea, Rio Grande do Sul. Hensel, loc. cit., ’70
58.

~

1077. Cr. proteus Cope. Maraiion. "2, 202.
1078. Cr. anthurus Cope. Maranon. 772, 252.
1079. Cr. lucius Cope. Maranon. 770, 570.
1080. Cr. cyanonotus Cope. Marafion. 770, 569.
1081. Cr. elegans Steind. Maranon. ’8la, 15.

219. CHA TOBRANCHUS Heckel.

1082. Ch. flavescens Heckel. Amazons; Rio Negro; Rio Guapore. G., Iv,310.
Ch. brunneus Heckel; Ch. robustus Giinther ; ? Chromys ucayalensis Castelnau;
? Geophagus badiipinnis Cope.
1083. Ch. semifasciatus Steind. Amazons. 775d, 70.
220. CHAATOBRANCHOPSIS Steind.

1084. C. orbicularis Steind. Amazon. 775d, 135.

221. SARACA Steind.

1085. S. opercularis Steind. Villa Bella; Lake Saraca. Steind.,’75d, 65.

222. GEOPHAGUS Heckel.
§ Mesops Giinther.

1086. G. thayeri Steind. Amazons. Steind., 775d, 48.
1087. G. cupido Heckel. Amazons. G.,Iv, 311.

1088. G. teeniatus (Giinther). Amazons. G., Iv, 312.
M. amenus Cope.

1089. G. agassizii Steind. Rio Puty; Amazons. 775d, 51.
1090. G. badiipinnis Cope. Maranon. ’72, 251.
§ Satanoperca Giinther.
1091. G. acuticeps Heckel. Amazons. G.,1Vv,512.
1092. G. lapidifera (Castelnau). Araguay near Grand Cascade. G., Iv, 236.
1093. G. pappaterra Heckel. Rio Guapore. G.,Iv, 313.
1094. G. demon Heckel. Amazons. G.,1v,318.

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 71

1095. G. jurupari Heckel. Amazons. G., tv, 313.
G. leucostictus M. & T.; S. macrolepis Giinther.

1096. G. crassilabris Steind. Panama. ’76, 17.

§ Geophagus Heckel.

1097. G. brasiliensis Quoy & Gaimard. Coast rivers from La Plata to Bahia;
Cauca, G.,1V, 278, as Acara brasiliensis.

1098. G. surinamensis (Bloch). Amazons; Guiana, G.,Iv,315.
G. megasema and altifrons Heckel; Chromis proxima g Castelnau.

1099. G. rhabdotus Hensel. Rio Cadea. 770, 60.

1100. G. gymnogenys Hensel. Mountain streams of Rio Grande do Sul. Hensel,
"70, 61.

1101. G. bucephalus Hensel. Rio Cadea. Hensel,’70, 65.

1102. G. labiatus Hensel. Rio Santa Maria, in province of Rio Grande do Sul. 770,
64.

1103. G. scymnophilus Hensel. Mountain streams of Rio Grande do Sul. Hensel,
70, 65.

1104. G. pygmzus Hensel. Guahyba, near Porto Alegre. Hensel, ’70, 68.

223. SYMPHYSODON Heckel.
1105. S. discus Heckel. Amazons. G.,Iv, 315.

224. PTEROPHYLLUM Heckel.

Plataxoides Castelnau.

1106. P. scalare (Cuv. & Val.). Amazons. G., Iv, 316.
Plataxoides dumerilit Castelnau.

XXXIII. GOBIIDA.*

225. GOBIOMORUS Lacépéde.

Philypnus Cuy. & Val. ; Lembus Giinther.

1107. G. dormitor Lacépéde. Surinam. G., 111, 119.
B. quavina Bl. & Schn.

1108. G. maculatus (Giinther). Streams of Ecuador; Mamoni River. G.,1, 4505.
226. DORMITATOR Gill.

11092. D. grandisquama (Cuy. & Val.). America. G., 11, 113.
227. GUAVINA Bleeker.

1110. G. guavina (Cuv. & Val.). Goyaz, Rio Grande do Sul. G., 111, 124.
1111. G. brasiliensis (Sauvage). Bahia. 780,53.

228. ELEOTRIS Gronow.
Culius Bleeker.
| 1112. E. amblyopsis Cope. Surinam. Eigenm. & Eigenm. 788, 55.

1113. E. pisonis (Gmelin). Ascends rivers from the Amazon to Rio Janeiro; Rio
Bayano. G., 111, 122.
G. amorea Walbaum; F. gyrinus Cuv. & Val.; £. pictus Kner & Steind.

* The South American species of this family have been discussed by us in Pro-
ceedings California Academy of Sciences, 2d ser,, vol. 1, pp. 51-76, 1888.

72 FRESH WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN., —
1114. E. perniger Cope. Rio Janeiro (St. Martins). 70, 473.
229. SICYOPTERUS Gill.

Cotylopus Guichenot; Sicydiops Bleeker.
1115. S. salvini Grant. Pacific slope of Panama. ’84, 159.

230. GOBIUS Linnzus.

1116. G. soporator Cuy. & Val. Occasionally entering rivers (Rio Doce). Abun-
dant in all tropical American seas G., III, 26.

G. catulus Girard ; G. mapo and lacertus Poey ; G. carolinensis Gill. ™

1117. G. badius (Gill). Amazon. Eigenm. & Kigenm. 7838, 65. i

G. bosci Sauvage.

~

231. RHINOGOBIUS Gill.

1118. R. flavus (Cuv. & Val.). Surinam; Rio Doce. Eigenm. & Eigenm. 88, 67.
1119. R. taiasica (Lichtenstein). Rio Doce (chiefly tropical seas of America).

G. banana Cuy. & Val.; EH. latus O’Shaughnessy.
232. GOBIOIDES Lacépede.

1120. G. broussoneti Lacépede. Rivers near the coast, south to Rio Janeiro. Jor- |
dan & Eigenm. 786, 512.
. brasiliensis Cuv. & Val.; G. oblongus Bl. & Schn.; G. barreto Poey.

GN

1121. G. peruanus (Stefnd.). Guayaquil. Eigenm. & Eigenm. 788, 75.

XXXIV. BATRACHIDA.
233. THALASSOPHRYNE Giinther.

1122. T. amazonica Steind. Mouth of Rio Negro; Tabatinga ; Xingu. 776,113,
1123. T. nattereri Steind. Para. 776,115.

234. BATRACHOIDES Lacépéde.
1124. B. pacifici (Giinther). Mamoni River. G., 11,173.

HETEROSOMATA.

XXXV. PLEURONECTID&.*
235. CITHARICHTHYS Bleeker.

Orthopsetta Gill; Metoponops Gill.
1125. C. spilopterus Giinther. Entering rivers; Para; Rio das Velhas. G., Iv,
421.
C. cayennensis and guatamalensis Bleeker; Hemirhombus fuscus Poey.

236. ACHIRUS Lacépede.

Trinectes Rafinesque; Grammichthys, Monochirus Kaup ; Boeostoma Bean.
1126. A. klunzingeri (Steind.) Guayaquil. 780, 44.

* For a full account of all the American species see Jordan and Goss: A Review of
the Flounders and Soles. Rept. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1886.

Biteorn | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 13

1127. A. lineatus (Linneus). All streams, Cayenne to Rio Grande do Sul; Ama-
zons to Tabatinga. G.,1Vv, 473.
Monochir maculipinnis Agassiz.
1128. A. fischeri (Steind.). Mamoni. ’79, 13.
1129. A. garmani Jordan. Rio Grande do Sul. J. & G., ’89, 314.
1130. A. jenynsii (Giinther). Rio de laPlata. G., 1v, 476.
A, lorentzi Weyenbergh.

237. ACHIROPSIS Steind.

1131. A. nattereri Steind. Rio Negro. ’76, 110.
1132. A. asphyxiatus Jordan, Goyaz. J. &G., ’89, 318.

238. APIONICHTHYS Kaup.

Soleotalpa Giinther.

1133. Ap. unicolor (Giinther). Surinam; Amazon, near Obidos. G., Iv, 489.
A, dumerili Bleeker ; A. nebulosus Peters.

-

239. SYMPHURUS Ratfinesque.

Bibronia Cocco; Plagusia Cuvier; Aphoristia Kaup; Glossichthys Gill; Am-
mopleurops Giinther; Acedia Jordan.
1134. S. plagusia Bloch & Schneider. Rio Plata (east coast of South America;
West Indies). G., Iv, 490.
Achirus ornatus Lacépede ; Plagusia tessellata Quoy & Gaimard; brasiliensis
Agassiz.

PLECTOGNATHI.

XXXVI. TETRAODONTID Ai.*

240. COLOMESUS Gill.

Batrachops Hollard.

1135. C. psittacus (Bloch & Schneider). Rio Capin; Marafion; Guiana. G., VIII,
286,
Cheilichthys asellus M. & 'T.

The following species we have not been able to give a place in this cat-
alogue: -

Centrarchus cyanoperca Schomburgk. Essequibo. Fish British Guiana, 11, 165, PI.
XVI, 1843.

-C. cychla Sch. Rio Negro. Loc. cit., 157, Pl. Xt.

‘niger Sch. Rio Negro. Loc. cit., 159, Pl. xu.

C. notatus Sch. ? Loe. cit., 160, Pl. x11.

C. rostratus Sch. Rio Negro. Loc. cit., 163, Pl. xv.

C. vittatus Sch. ? Loc. cit., 161, Pl. x1v.

Chalceus labrosus Sch. Paduiri. Loe. cit., 1,212, Pl. x1, Fig. 1.

C. latus Sch. Paduiri. Loc. cit., 214.

C. teniatus Sch. Essequibo; Rio Negro. Loc. cit., 1, 210.

Chromys ocellata Castelnau. Amazon; Ucayale. 755, 16.

Q

* Other species of this family will probably be und in the lower courses of many
rivers. Foran account of the American species see Jordan and Edwards, Proce. U.
S. Nat. Mus., 1886, pp. 230-247.

74 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

Cychla fasciata Sch. Loe. cit., 11, 141, Pl. 1v.

C. flavo-maculata Sch. Rio Negro; Paduiri. Loc. cit., 145, Pl. vt.

C. rutilans Sch. Rio Branco. Loe. cit., 11, 142, Pl. v.

C. nigro-maculata Sch. Rio Negro; Paduiri. Loc. cit., 147, Pl. vu.

C. trifasciata Sch. Rio Negro; Paduiri. Loc. cit., 151, Pl. 1x.

C. toucounarai Castelnau. Lac de Perles (Goyaz); Tocantins; Amazon. 755,17,
Px Eigen.

Pomotis bono Sch. All rivers of Guiana. Loc. cit., 171, Pl. xvi.

Leporinus brachyurus Cuv. & Val. XXII, 36.

Salmo emarginatus Sch. Loc. cit., 1,231, Pl. x1x.

Salmo undulatus Sch. Paduiri. Loe. cit., 1, 232.

Serrasalmo scotopterus Sch. Rio Branco. Loc. cit., U, 233.

S. stagnalis Sch. Upper Essequibo. Loc. cit., 1, 222.

|
|
|

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

AG@assizZ, L., ’29. Selecta Genera et Species Piscium, que in itinere per Brasiliam
collegit J. B. de Spix. 1829.
AGassiz, Prof. and Mrs. Louis. A Journey in Brazil. Boston, 1868. Ticknor &—
Fields. |
ARTEDI, P., 1738. Bibliotheca Ichthyologica; Philosophia Ichtbyologica ; Genera”
Piscium; Synonymia Pisciuin; Descriptiones Specierum Piscium. 1738.
BAIRD & GIRARD, 754. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1854. |
BaJON, 1777. Mem. pour servoir a V’hist. de Cayenne.
BEND, ’30. In Proc. Comm. Zodl. Soc., 1.
BiscHorF, ’40. Lepidosiren paradoxa, Ann. Sc. Nat., x1v, 1840, pp. 116-159.
BLEEKER, P., ’58. Ichthyologiw Archipel. Indici Prodromus, 1, Silnroidei, 1858.
62. Déscriptions de quelque espéces nouvelles de Silures. Versl. en Mededeel.
Akad. Wet. Amsterdam, xiv, 1862.
63. Conspectus Generum Doradinorum. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de
Dierkunde. Amsterdam, vol. 1, 1863. :
——— ’63a. Systema Silurorum Revisum. id.
’64. Déscription des espéces de Silures de Suriname conservées aux Musées
de Leide et d’Amsterdam, 1864. :
66. Déscription d’une espece inédite de Stolephorus de Surinam. Nederl. |
Tijdschr. Dierk, 11, 1866.

Biocu, M. E. Auslindische Fische. Berlin, 1785-95.

1801. Systema Ichthyologiw, ed. Schneider.

Bocowrt, ’68. Note sur les Poissons de Genre Tetragonopterus, Mexique et Gate:
mala. Ann. Sci. Nat., rx, 1868.

Nature. Ichthyologie.
BOULENGER, G. A., 787. Description of new South American Characinoid Fishes.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist , x1x, 1887, pp. 172-174.
87a. An account of the Fishes collected by Mr. C. Buckley in East mee
Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1887, pp. 274-283. ;
89. Description of a new Snake and two new Fishes obtained by Dr. H. vou
Ihering in Brazil. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1889.
BRADLEY, 738. In Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., 11.
BripGE, T. W., and Happon, A. C.,’90. Contributions to the Anatomy of Fishes, I.
The airbladder and Webberian ossicles in the Siluride. Proc. Roy. Soe.

BONNATERRE, 1788. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de :

Lond., vol. 46, No. 283, pp. 309-328.
BRUEHRL, C. B.,’56. Osteologisches aus dem Pariser Pflanzengarten. Wien, 1856.
BRYANT, 786. In Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., 1786.
BuRMEISTER, 768. In Anal. Mus. Buenos Ayres, Pl. 5, 1868.
CANESTRINI, 64. In Arch. Zo6]. Anat. e Fisiol., m1, 1864.

Doran PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. eo

CASTELNAU, FRANCOIS DE, 755. Animaux nouveaux ou rares recueillis pendant
lexpédition dans les parties de Amérique du Sud. Poissons. 1855.

Corr, E. D., 67. In Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., x111, 404, 1867.

70. Contribution to the Ichthyology of the Maranon. Proc. Amer. Philos.

Soc., 1870, pp. 559-570.

Observations on the Systematic Relations of the Fishes. Proce. American

Association Ady. Science, xx, 1871.

"72. On the Fishes of the Ambviacu River. Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
1871, pp. 249-294; issued January and February, 1872.

— ’74. In Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1874, pp. 132-137.

77. Synopsis of the Cold-blooded Vertebrata procured by Prof. James Orton
during his exploration of Peru in 1876-77, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1877,
pp. 33-49.

78. Synopsis of the Fishes of the Peruvian Amazon obtained by Professor
Orton during his Expeditions of 1873 and 1877. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878,
pp. 673-701.

CHIAJE, DELLA, 1847. In Nuoy. Ann. Se. Nat. Bologn., Vm.

CuvVIER, GEORGES, ’17. Le Regne Animal distribué d’aprés son Organisation. Paris,

1817.
In Mem. Mus., v.

CUVIER et VALENCIENNES, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons.

2395, Vol. xaiv;, 1839:

740. Vol. xv, 1840.

146. Vol. xviii, 1846.

46a. Vol. xix, 1846.

748. Vol. xxi, 1848.

48a. Vol. xxii, 1848.

DUMERIL, A.,’52. Monogr. de la tribu des Torpediniens. Paris, 1852.

65-70. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome I et 11. Paris, 1865~70.

DUMERIL, MARIE ConstT., 1806. Zodlogie Analytique ou Méthode Naturelle de Classi-
fication des Animaux. Paris, 1806.

56. Ichthyologie analytique, ou essai d’une Classification Naturelle des Pois-
sons 4 l’aide de tableaux synoptiques. Paris, 1866.

EIGENMANN, C. H. and R.S.,’88. A List of the American Species of Gobiide and
Callionymidz, with Notes on the Specimens contained in the Museum of
Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge, Massachusetts. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.,
2d ser., vol. 1, pp. 51-78.

’88a. Preliminary Notes on South American Nematognathi, I (loc. cit.), pp. 119-
172. July 18, 1888.

’88b. American Nematognathi. American Naturalist, July, 1888.

’29. Preliminary Notes on South American Nematognathi, u. Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., vol. 11, pp. 18-56. August 18, 1889.

’89b. A Revision of the Erythrinine (loc. cit.), 11, pp. 100-116, Pl. 1, November
8, 1889.

89a. A Revision of the Edentulous Genera of the Curimatine. Annals New
York Acad. Sci., vol. rv, No. 12, November, 1889.

’89b. Descriptions of New Nematognathoid Fishes from Brazil. West Amer-
ican Scientist, No. 42.

190. The Evolution of the Catfishes. Zoe, vol. 1, No. 1, March, 1890.

90a. A Revision of the South American Nematognathi. Occasional Papers
California Academy Sciences, vol. 1, 1890.

Eypoux and SouLryeEt, 736. Zoologie du voyage aut. du monde, exéc. p. Vaillants.

la corvette ‘‘ La Bonite,” Paris, 1836 and 1837.

FAHLBERG, ’01. In Vedensk Ak. nuz Handl., 1801.

FARADAY, ’39. In Philos. Trans., 1839.

FITZINGER, 737. Lepidosiren paradoxa. Isis, p. 379, 1837.

erie

ee

ee

|

76 ¥FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

FiaGa, 1786. In Trans. Am. Philos. Soc.

GARDEN, 1775. In Philos. Trans., Lxvy.

GARMAN, §., 75. Fishes and Reptiles, in Agassiz and Garman, Exploration of Lake
Titicaca. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. m1, No. 11, 1875.

77. On the Pelvis and External Sexual Organs of Selachians, ete. Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x1x, 1877, pp. 197-214.

90, (1) On the species of Chalecinus; (2) On species of Gasteropelecus ;
(3) On species of Cynopotomus; (4) On the species of Anostomus. Bulle-
tin Essex Institute, vol. xxu1, Nos. 1, 2, and 3, 1890.

90a. Henochilus wheatlandii (loc. cit.), vol. xxii, No. 4.

Gay, ’48. Historia fisica y politica de Chile, 11, 1848.

GieBEL, 71. Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, I1, 1871.

GILL, THEODORE, ’58. Synopsis of the Fresh-water Fishes of the Western Portion of —
the Island of Trinidad, West Indies. Annals Lye. Nat. Hist. New York,
vol. vi, 1858.

59. Description of a new generic form of Gobiine from the Amazon Ri er.
Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, 1859.

59a. In Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1859, 196.

61. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p, 4,

’6la. Synopsis of the genera of the subfamily of Pimelodinew. Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, pp. 46-55.

——— ’63. Descriptive Enumeration of a Collection of Fishes from the West Coast

of Central America, presented to the Smithsonian Institution by Capt.
John M. Dow. Proe. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1863, pp. 162-174.

— ’64. In Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 151.

——— 70. Fishes from the Maranon and Mapo Rivers. Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat.
Sci., 1870, pp. 92-96.

—— 72. Arrangement of the Families of Fishes or Classes Pisces, Marsipobranchii
and Leptocardii; prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian
Miscellaneous Collections, 247.

—— 76. Notes on Fishes from the Isthmus of Panama, collected by Dr. J. F.

Bransford, U.S. N. Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876 (238).

Elopomorphus jordani. Forest and Stream, 1878, May 21. ;

——— 78a. Elopomorphus jordani. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v., vol. 1, 1878.

—— ’82. Note on the Petromyzontids. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp. 521-525.

—— ’83. Synopsis of the Plectognath fishes. Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 6, pp. 411-
427.

GILL and BRANSFORD, 77. Synopsis of the Fishes of Lake Nicaragua. Proc. Philad.
Acad. Nat. Sci., 1877, pp. 175-191.

GIRARD, CHARLES, ’54. Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, 198.

55. The U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere

during the years 1849-52, vol. 11, Fishes, pp. 280-253, 1855.

59. Report on United States and Mexican Boundary Survey. Fishes, 1859.

GMELIN, J. T., 1788. Linnei Systema Nature, ed. 13, 1788.

Grant, W. R. Ocitvigz. A revision of the Fishes of the Genera Sicydium and Lentipes,
with Descriptions of Five New Species.

Gray, 51. In Proc. Zo6l. Sec. Lond., 1851, p. 239.

Gray and GERRARD, 51. List of Chondropterygii in the Brit. Mus., London, 1851.

GRIFFITH, 734. The Animal Kingdom, vol. x, Class Pisces, Lond., 1834,

Gronow, L. TH., 1754~56. Museum Ichthyologicum.

——— 1768, 1764,1781. Zoédphylacium.

54. Systema Ichthyologicum; Catalogue of Fish, collected and described by
L. Th. Gronow. London, 1854. Ed. Gray.

GUICHENOT, 745. Poissons in Ramon de la Sagra. Histoire Naturelle de Cuba.
Paris, 1845.

’60. In Rev. et Mag. Hist. Nat., x11, 1860.

oe

”~
io.

»
ie innate

Merad PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 17

Guisan, 1797. In Bull. Sc. Soc. Philom. 1797.
719. Comment de Gymnato electrico. Tiibingen, 1819.
| Guenruer, A., 59. In Proc. Zoil. Soc. Lond., 1859 (418).
| 59a. Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes in the collection of the Brit-
ish Museum, I, 1859.
—— 60. Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, ete., 11, 1860.
60a. Third List of Cold-blooded Vertebrata from Ecuador, in Proc. Zodl.
Soc. Lond., 1860.
606. On new Reptiles and Fishes from Mexico, Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., June,
1860.
61. Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, etc., m1, 1661.
’62. Catalogue of the Fishes, etc., 1v, 1862.
63. New species of Fish from esegnive: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1863,
December.
64. Catalogue of the Fishes, ete., v, 1864.
’6da. On some new species of Central American Fishes. Proc. Zooél. Soe.
Lond., 1864.
64d. Report of a Collection of Fishes from Guatemala. Proc. Zodl. Soc.
Lond., 1864.
65. Description of New Species of Characinidse from the Upper Amazon.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1865.
66. Catalogue of the Fishes, ete., v1, 1866.
66a. Fishes of Central America, 1566.
’66b. M. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1866.
68. Catalogue of the Fishes, ete., vit, 1868.
68a. Description of Fresh-water Fishes from Surinam and Brazil. Proc.
Zo6l. Soc. Lond., 1868, pp. 229-247.
*68b. Fishes of Central America. London, 1868.
69a. Description of Fishes from the Peruvian Amazon. Proc. Zo6l. Soe.
Lond., 1369.
0. Catalogue of the Fishes, etc., vir, 1870.
2. Ona New Genus of Characinoid Fishes from Demarara. Proc. Zodl. Soc.
Lond., 1872.
74. In Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874 (p. 454).
77. Report on Collections of Fishes in the British Museum. Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond., 1877.
’80. Contribution to the knowledge of the Fish-fauna of the Rio de la Plata,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880.
80a. Report on the Shore Fishes, ‘‘ Voy. H. M. 8. Challenger,” 1880.
’83.. In Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., February, 1883.
’80b. The Study of Fishes, Edinburgh, 1880.
Hancock, ’28. In Zodlogical Journal, Iv, 1828.
HECKEL,’40. Brasilianische Fluss-Fische. Annalen des Wiener Museums, U, 1840.
745. In Miiller’s Arch. Anat., p. 534, 1845.
HENLE, Narcine, 1834.
HENSEL, 768. Fische. Wiegm. Arch., 1868.
70. Beitr. Wierbelthiere Siidbrasiliens. Wiegm. Arch., 1870.
Hunter. 1775. In Philos. Trans., Lxv.
HumMBOLpT, 706. Versuche iiber die electrischen Fische, 1806.
Recueil d’Observations Zoologiques, vols. 1 and 11, Paris, 1811 and 1833.
Hyrtt, 45. Monogr. d. Lepidosiren paradoxa, Abhandl. Bohm. Gesellsch., m1, 1545,
pp. 605-668.
759. Denkschr. Ak. Wiss. Wien, XVI, 1859.
JENYNS, L.,’42. The Zodlogy of the Voyage of H. M.S. Beagle—Fishes. London, 1812.
JORDAN, D.S.,’84. Note on Hlurichthys eydouxii and Porichthys porosissimus. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vir, 1884, pp. 40-41.

7G
oe
7

PEEP TETE PEE E T

78 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

JORDAN, D.5S., ’85. A List of the Fishes known from the Pacific Coast of Tropical
America, from the Tropic of Cancer to Panama. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
Vill, 1885, pp. 361-394

86. A Preliminary List of the Fishes of the West Indies. Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., rx, 1886, pp. 554-608.

87. Noteon Achirus lorentzi. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1887, pp. 389-391.

JORDAN and EIGENMANN, C. H., ’86. A Review of the Gobiide of North America.
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 1x, 1886, pp. 477-518.

89. A Review of the Scienide of America and Europe. Ann. Rept. Comm.
Fish and Fisheries, 1886, pp. 1-104.

JORDAN and GILBERT, C. H., 782. A Review of the Siluroid Fishes found on the
Pacific Coast of Tropical America, with Descriptions of Three New Species.
Bull. U.S. Fish. Com., 1, 1882, pp. 34-54.

’s2a. List of Fishes now in the Museum of Yale College, collected by Prof.
Frank H. Bradley at Panama, with Descriptions of Three New Species.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v, 1882, pp. 620-632. ;

83. Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xvi.

JORDAN and Goss, D. K., ’89. A Review of Flounders and Soles (Pleuronectidie) of

America and Europe. Ann. Rept. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1886, pp.
1-112.

Kaup, '56. In Wiegm Arch., 1856.

56 a. Catalogue of Apodal Fish in the British Museum, London, 1856-58.

60. In Wiegm. Arch., 1860.

KnER, R., 753. Die Panzerwelse des K. K. Hof-Naturalien-Cabinets zu Wien.

Denkschr. K. K. Ak. Wiss. Wien, v1, 1854.

53a. Die Hypostomiden Zweite Hauptgruppe der Familie der Panzerfische.

Id., Vit, 1853.
—— ’55. Ichthyologische Beitriige. Sitzb. K. K. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xvi, 1855, pp.
92-162.
— 57. Ichthyologische Beitriige, 11, Abtheilung. Jd., xxv1, 1857, pp. 373-448.
—— ‘58. Kritische Bemerkungen iiber Castelnan’s Siluroiden. Wiegm. Arch.,
1859.
—— 759. Zur Familie der Characinen, 1. Folge der Ichthyologischen Beitrige.
Denk. K. K. Akad, Wiss. Wien, xvi, 1859.
— ’60. In Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xviir, 1860.
— ’64. Specielles Verzeichniss der wihrend der Reise der Novara gesammelten
Fische. Sb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLIx.
KNER und STEINDACHNER, F., ’64. Neue Gattungen und Arten von Fischen aus
Central Amerika. Abhandl. K. Bayer, Akad, Wiss., 11, Cl., vol. x, part 1.
Knox, ’24. In Edinb. Journal Science, 1824.
KOELREUTER, ’61. Novi. Comment, Petrop., vi, 1761.
Lac&éerpeE, 1790-1804. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons ; 5 vols., Paris.
In Mem. Instit. Nat. Se. Math. Phys., 11.
LEYBOLD. In ‘‘Annales de la Universitad de Chile.”
LICHTENSTEIN, 729. In Wiedem. Zo6l. Mag., 1, part 3.
Linn &us, C., 1754. Museum Adolphi Frederici, Stockholm, 1754.
1758. Systema Naturie, ed. x.
1766. Systema Nature, ed. XI.
LUTKEN, 74. Ichthyographiske Bidrag. I. Nogle nye eller mindre fuldstendigt
kjendte Pandsermaller, isaer fra det nordlige Sydamerika; Videnskabe
lige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening i Kj6benhayn, 1874. II.
Nye eller mindre vel kjente Malleformer fra forskjellige Verdensdele (loc.
cit.). ILL. Nogle nye eller mindre fuldstindigt kjente mellem-eller sydamer-
ikanska Karpeplax (loc. cit.).
75. Velhas-Flodens Fiske. Et Bitrag til Brasiliens Ichthyologi. Vidensk.
Selsk. Skr. 5 Raekke, x11; 2, 1875, pp. 123-253, xx1.

a] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. io

MARCGRAVIUS, G., 1648. Histori# Rerum Naturalium Brazilie, rv.
ECKEL, 718, in Deutsch Arch. Physiol, 1v, 1818.
MEYEN, 735a. Reise in Peru, 1835.
MIRANDA, 45. Esperimenti istituti sul Gimnoto elettrico. Napoli, 1845.
MULLER, J., 42. Beobachtungen tiber die Schwimblase der Fische mit Bezug auf
einige neue Fish Gattungen. Muller Archiv, 1842, pp. 307-329.
MULLER and HENLE, J., 741. Syst. Beschreib. d. Plagiastomen. Berlin, 1841.
MiLvieR et TROSCHEL, 44. In Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844,
—— 745. Hore Ichthyologice, 1 and 1, 1845.
—— 748. Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den Jahren 184044. Fische, vol. 1, pp.
618-644.
— 749. Hore Ichthyolgice, 11, 1849.
NATTERER, ’39. Lepidosiren paradoxa. Ann. Wien. Mus., 1839, 11, p. 165.
OLFERS, 731. Die Gattung Torpedo. Berlin, 1831.
Owen, k, 16, Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the Verte-
brate Animals, part I, Fishes, London, 1846.
PACINI, ’52. Sulla struttura del organ. elettrico del Gimnoto e di altri pesci elet-
| trici, sulle condizione elettromotrici di questi organi e loro comparazione
a diverse pile elettriche. Firenze, 1852.
ALLAS, ’69. Spicilegia Zoologica Petrof., 1769-70.
PETERS, M., 68. Ueber einige neue oder weniger bekannte Amphibien und Fische.
Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1868, pp. 448-460.
77. Ueber die von Herrn Dr. C. Sachs in Venezuela gesarmelten Fische,
Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, July 26.
PHILIPPI, 53. In Guer. Meney. Rev. Mag. Zool., 1853.
Hitipri, R. A., 57. Ueber einige chilenische Fische und Végel. Wiegm. Arch.,
1857.
PHILIPPI, 63. In Wiegman’s Archives, 1863.
——’65. In Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1865, xv1.
66. In Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1866.
utTNaAM, F. W., 71. In American Naturalist, 1871, p. 395.
Quoy et GaimarD, ‘24. Voyage autour du Monde sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie
et la Physicienne, sous le commandement de Freycinet. Zoologie. Pois-
sons, 1824,
—— 734. Voyage de l’Astrolabe sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d@’Urville.
Zoologie. Tome 111, Poissons, 1834.
RANZANI, AB. CAM.,’40. De novisspeciebus Piscium., Dissert.,1. Nov. Comm. Acad.
Scient. Inst. Bonon, ry, 1840.
— 742. De nonnullis novis speciebus Piscium. Nuovi Annali Sci. Natur. Bo-
logna, 1841, pp. 60-66; 367-370; 443, 444.
REINHARDT, “49. Nye sydamerikanske Ferskvandsfiske. Videnskabelige Meddelel-
ser fra den Naturhistoriske Forening i Kj6benhavn, 1849, Nos. 3-5.
52. Om Svémmeblaeren hos Familien Gymnotini. Loc. ecit., 1852.

04. Notits om slegten Pachyurus og de derlil hérende Arter. (loc. cit.), 1849.

D8. Stegophilus insidiosus en ny Mallefisk fra Brasilien og dens Leyemaade
(loc. cit.), 1858.

— °66. Om trende formeutlig ubeskrevne Fisk af Chareciners eller Karpelaxenes

Familie. Overs. Dansk, Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1866, pp. 49-68.

RicHarpson. Voy. Erebus and Terror. Fishes.

Rozirr, 76. In Journal de Physique, 1776.

Sauvaar, M. H. E., ’80. Description des Gobioides nouveaux ou peu connus de la

collection du Museum dhistoire naturelle. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris,

| 1880.

SCHILLING, ’70. In Neue Abhandl. Akad. Berlin, 1870.

SCHOUBEIN, 41. Beobachtungen iiber die electrischen Wirkungen des Zitteraales.

Basel, 1241.

80 FRESH-WATER FISHES OF SOUTH AMERICA—EIGENMANN.

ScnomBurGk, R. H., 741. The Natural History of the Fishes of Guiana, part I.
Naturalists’ Library ; Ichthyology, ut, 1841.
143, Partai. Loc. cit. v, 1843.
SCHULTZE, ’58. Zur Kenntniss der electrischen Organe der Fische. Halle, 1858.
Sepa, A., 1758. Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium Thesauri Accurata Descriptio,
vol, m1, 1758.
SHaw, 703. General Zodlogy. London, 1803,
Smitn, J. P. G.,’50. Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., 1850.
Sprx, ’29. See Agassiz, 1829.
STEINDACHNER, FR., 763. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Scienoiden Brasiliens u. d.
Cyprinodonten Mejicos. Sitzb. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1863.
64. Ichthyologische Notizen. Id. Sitzb., xLrx, 1864.
64a. Chromiden Mejicos und Central Amerikas. Jd., Denkschr., 1864.
66. Ichthyologische Notizen, 1. Jd. Sitzb., Lit, 1866.
67. Ichthyologische Notizen, vi. Jd. Sitzb., Lv1, 1867.
’68. Ichthyologische Notizen, vu. Jd. Sitzb., Lv11, 1868.
68a. Gymnotide d. Naturaliencabinets zu Wien. J/d., Sitzb., 1868.
‘69. Ichthyologische Notizen, 1x. IJd., Sitzb., Lx, 1869.
‘74. Die Siisswassertische des Siidéstlichen Brasiliens. Jd., Sitzb., LX1x, 1874.
75. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Charicinen des Amazonen Stromes. I/d.,
Sitzb., LX xu, 1875.
‘75a. Ueber einige neue brasilienische Siluroiden aus der Gruppe der Dora-
dien. Id., Sitzb., LXx1, 1875.
75b. Die Siisswasserfische des Siidéstlichen Brasiliens. Jd., Sitzb., LXXx1,
1875.
‘75c. Ichthyologische Beitriige, tv. Id., Sitzb., Lxxi1, 1875.
75d. Beitriige zur Chromiden des Amazonen Stromes. Id., Sitzb., LX x1, 1875.
76. Ichthyologische Beitriige, v. IJd., Sitzb., LXxiv, 1876.
76a. Die Siisswasserfische des Siidéstlichen Brasiliens, ur. IJd., Sitzb.,
LXXIVv, 1876.
78. Fischfauna des Magdalenen Stromes. Jd., Denkschr., xxx1x, 1878.
78b. Ichthyologische Beitriige, v1. Id., Sitzb., LXxVvu, 1878.
79. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Flussfische Siidamerikas. Jd., Denkschr., x11,
1879.
79a. Ueber einige neue und seltene Fisch-Arten aus den K. K. Zodlogischen
Museen zu Wien, Stuttgart, und Warschan, Jd., Denkschr., xXut, 1879.
79b. Iehthyologische Beitriige, vit. IJd., Sitzb., LXxx, 1879.
30. Zur Fischfauna des Cauca and Fliisse bei Guayaquil. J/d., Denkschr.,
I-11, 1880.
21 and a. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Flussfische Siidamerikas, 11 and 111.
Id., Denkschr., XL and XxLiv, 1881.
’s1b. Ichthyologische Beitriige, x. Jd.,Sitzb., LXxxi, 1881.
‘82. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Flussfische Siidamerikas, 1v. Jd., Denkschr.,
XLVI, 1882.
’82a. Ichthyologische Beitrige, xu. Id., Sitzb., LXXxXIv, 1882.
’82b. In Anz. K. K. Ak. Wiss., Wien, 1882.
88. Ichthyologische Beitriige, xiv. Id., Sitzb., xcv1, pp. 56-68, Pl. Irv.
1888.
SwalIn, J., 82. A Review of Swainson’s Genera of Fishes. Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat.
Sci., 1882, pp. 272-284.
SWAINSON, W., 739. On the Natural History and Classification of Fishes, Amphib-
ians, and Reptiles. The Cabinet Cyclopedia, conducted by the Rey. Diony-
sius Lardner. 183839.
THOMINOT, ALEX., ’82. Surun Saccodon d’espéce nouvelle de ’Equateur. Bull. Soc.
Philom., 7, v1, 1882.

hob | UT Pee

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Sl

THOMINOT, ALEx., ’86. Sur quelques Poissons nouveaux appartenant A la collection
du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. Loc. cit.,7, x, 1886.
TRAIL, 732. In Mem. Wern. Soc., vi, 1832.

TscHupl, 745. In Fauna Peruana, 1845.

VAILLANT, 780. In Bull. Soc. Philom., 7, x, 1880.

VALENCIENNES, A. In Humboldt Recueld’Observations Zodloques. *47. D’Orbigny,
Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale. Poissons. 1847.

| VALENTIN, 742. In Neue Denkschrift Allgem. Schweitz. Gesellsch., 1842.

| VAN DER HOEVEN, 738. In Tijds. Naturl. Geschied., rv, 1838.

VAN DER Lott, 1762. In Verhandl. Maatsch. Haarlem.

| WEYENBERG, H.,’77. Algunos Nuevos Pescados del Museo Nacional y Algunos Noti-
cias Ictiologicas. Actas de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias Exactas.
Tomo 1, Entrega 1, Buenos Aires, 1877.

WIEGMANN, in Wiegmann’s Archives, 1835, 11, 268, redeseribes Meyen’s Pygidium
fuscum. :

WILLIAMSON, 1775, in Philos. Trans., Lxv.

WILLUGHBY, ’86. De Historia Piscium. Oxon, 1686.

WriGut, R. Ramsay, ’86. On the Skull and Auditory Organ of the Siluroid Hypoph-
thalmus. ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, section Lv, 1835, pp. 105-118, Plates
ViIlI-xX..

WYMAN, JEFFRIES, ’04. Observations on the Development of Anableps Gronovii.
Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1854, pp. 432-443.

ADDITIONS TO BIBLIOGRAPHY.

GILL, THEODORE, ’61. Revision of the genera of North American Scizeninw. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Se. Phila., 1861, pp. 79-89.

—— 791. Note on the Aspredinide. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. x11, pp. 347-352.

—— 91. Note on the genus Felichthys of Swainson. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol.
XIII, pp. 353-354,

Proc. N. M. 91——6

FISHES COLLECTED BY WILLIAM P. SEAL IN CHESAPEAKE BAY,
AT CAPE CHARLES CITY, VIRGINIA, SEPTEMBER 16 TO OCTOBER
3, 1890.

BY
BarRTON A. BEAN,

Assistant Curator of the Department of Fishes.

On the 15th of September, 1890, Mr. William P. Seal, of the U. S.
Fish Commission, left Washington and proceeded to Cape Charles City,
Virginia, on Chesapeake Bay, about 5 miles north of Cape Charles, for
the purpose of collecting living fishes for the national aquaria at
Washington, District of Columbia. He was accompanied by Messrs.
L. G. Harron and D. W. Kenly, also of the Fish Commission, and by
the writer in behalf of the U.S. National Museum. Mr. Seal carried
with him the necessary outfit for collecting purposes. It consisted of
nets and seines, tubs, buckets, transportation boxes and cans for live
fishes, live boxes, and an outfit of tents, etc., for the accommodation of
his party, which camped upon the beach immediately in front of the
town of Cape Charles. The party,with the exception of the writer, re-
mained there until October 4, when they returned to Washington. <As
a result of this trip a very creditable exhibit of livitg fishes was ob-
tained and quite a little added to our knowledge of the marine life in
the Chesapeake.

We found the water quite shallow in front of the town and the first
few hauls of a 50-fathom seine brought up quite a number of species.
King’s Creek, which is about it miles north of the town, is one of the
richest collecting grounds in the neighborhood. It is a good feeding
place for fishes. The pound nets furnish much of interest to the col-
lector. Sterling Bros., of Cape Charles City, are always very obliging
and of much assistance to those seeking specimens and information
concerning the fisheries. Cape Charles City is the shipping point for
all the fishes taken in pound nets for a distance of 10 miles. It is the
terminus of the New York, Philadelphia and Norfolk Railroad, and is
connected with Norfolk by steamers twice daily.

Besides the species listed by me, Mr. Seal observed the following:
Chilomycterus, Astroscopus, Stromateus triacanthus, Sphyrana, and
Sphyrna zygena. When it is not specifically stated the common names
given do not refer to Cape Charles. The water of this portion of the
bay is very salt, there being no tributary streams of fresh water of any
consequence on the eastern shore of Virginia.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 843.
83

84 FISHES FROM CHESAPEAKE BAY——BEAN.

Tam indebted to the U.S. Fish Commission for the early use of the
material collected by Mr. Seal, and to Dr. T. H. Bean and Dr. T. Gill
for various suggestions in the preparation of this paper.

1. Tetrodon turgidus Mitch. Swell-fish or Puffer.

U.S. N. M. 43153. Individuals from 5 to 10 inches long were com-
mon in the bay at Cape Charles City. They were seined and taken ia
pound nets. At St. Jerome’s, Maryland, in September, 1889, Mr. Seal
saw a few of this species in boats, but none were seined by his party.
This is called sucking toad at Cape Charles, Virginia,

De Alutera scheepffi Walb. File-fish.

U.S. N. M. 43146. Many specimens were taken but they could not
be kept alive for the aquaria. It is called fool fish at Cape Charles
because, as the fishermen say, it is too foolish to get out of the way of
anything. Those observed ranged in length from 6 to 12 inches, oceur-
ring in the pounds and seine.

3. Monacanthus hispidus L. Short File-fish.

U. 8S. N. M. 43177, 43204. A large number of examples were seined
in the bay at Cape Charles City, where it is called fool fish. The indi-
viduals observed measured from 24 to 7 inches in length.

4. Siphostoma fuscum Storer. Pipe Fish.

U.S. N. M. 43242. Sixteen specimens. This species is Common in
the bay.

5. Siphostoma louisiane Gthr.

U.S. N. M. 43206. This species is rare in the bay, so far as we have
observed, and Mr. Seal obtained but two examples. These measured
11 and 12 inches respectively. Mr. Seal secured this fish, also, at St.
Jerome’s, Maryland, in September, 1889.

6. Achirus lineatus L. Sole; Hog Choker.
Abundant throughout the bay and in the Lower Potomac River.
7. Aphoristia plagiusa L.

U.S. N. M. 43207, 43226. Five specimens, 2 to 3 inches long, were
seined at Cape Charles City.

8. Citharichthys microstomus Gill.

U.S. N. M. 43227. Six specimens, measuring from 1 to 3 inches,
were collected by the seine.
D. 80-83; A. 63-64; scales 45-47.

an | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 85

9. Paralichthys dentatus L. Flounder.

U.S. N. M. 43162. Numerous young of this species were seined and
larger ones taken in the pound nets at the time of Mr. Seal’s visit. The
one here catalogued is but 44 inches long. In May, 1889, Mr. Seal ob-
tained the young of the common flounder at Point Lookout, Maryland,
securing specimens from 1 to 13 inches long, and in September, 1889,
he collected examples from 5 to 10 inches in length at St. Jerome’s,
Maryland.

The flounder is called chicken halibut by the bay fishermen and also
by marketmen in Norfolk, Virginia, and Washington, District of Colum-
bia.

10. Bothus maculatus Mitch. Sand Flounder.

U.S. N. M. 43131, 45179. Two specimens measuring 65 and 9 inches
in length. This species was obtained in small numbers by Mr. Seal,
and several specimens were brought alive to Washington, where they
do well in the marine aquaria.

No. 43131 has D. 62; A.52; V. 6.

The pectoral of the eyed side is much longer than that of the blind
side, and contains one spine and nine rays, while that of the blind side
has buteightrays. The length of the eye is one-fourth that of the head,
and the mandible is slightly less than half length of head. Eyed side
and fins profusely spotted with brown, and the scales are edged with
black.

11. Ophidium marginatum De Kay.

U.S. N. M. 43168. One specimen, 4? inches long.
Mr. Seal seined several examples of this species at Cape Charles City,
a few of which were brought alive to Washington.

12. Hypsoblennius punctatus Wood. Blenny.

U.S. N. M. 43160, 43215. Eight specimens from 2 to 5 inches long.
Abundant on oyster beds.

By the bay fishermen the blennies are confounded with the toadfish,
Batrachus tau.

D. XIT, 14-15; A. 18; P. 14.

13. Chasmodes bosquianus Lac. Oyster Blenny.

U.S. N. M. 43218. Two specimens, 24 inches long. Common on the
oyster beds. Mr. Seal found this species in considerable numbers on
the oyster beds of the Lower Potomac in May, 1889. I found a lernean
parasite attached to the dorsal membrane of one of the specimens.

This little fish is often found in oyster shells, where it apparently
seeks refuge from enemies. In January, 1889, Mr. Evan Lyons, of
Georgetown, District of Columbia, bought some oysters in Washing-
ton, and upon’opening one, which he had kept two or three days, instead

86 FISHES FROM CIIESAPEAKE BAY—BEAN

of an oyster he found an oyster blenny. The fish was alive when found,
and had eaten the oyster, which, in all probability, had ineclosed the
blenny a week or so before. Mr. Seal found an empty quahaug shell
inhabited by a Chasmodes, the eggs of which were attached to the sides
of the shell.

14. Batrachus tau L. Toadfish.

Called bullfish at Cape Charles City, where itis very common. Indi-
viduals from an inch to 1 foot in length were taken.

The toadfish is found in large numbers in the Lower Potomae and at
St. Jerome’s, Maryland. Mr. Seal says the fishermen eat them and pro-
nounce the flesh excellent, although they are never shipped to market.

15. Gobiosoma bosci Lac. Goby.

U.S. N. M. 43220 =FFour specimens, from 1 to 2 inches long.

In May, 1889, Mr. Seal found this species quite abundant on the
oyster beds of the Lower Potomac, and in September, 1889, he secured
several specimens at St. Jerome’s, Maryland.

16. Prionotus strigatus Mitch. Sea Robin.

U.S. N. M. 43201. One specimen, 5$ inches long. Several speci-
meus were obtained and brought alive to Washington.

17. Hiatula onitis L. Tautog; Black Fish.

U.S. N. M. 43133, 43172. Two specimens, from 23 to 54 inches long.
In the bay at Cape Charles City the young of this species were seined
in large numbers. In May, 1889, Mr. Seal secured two specimens 15
inches long, which had been taken with hook and lineoft Point Lookout.

18. Gerres argenteus Cuy. & Val. Silver Jenny.

U.S. N. M. 43173, 43216, 45221. We seined large numbers of this
species in the bay at Cape Charles City. They ranged in length from
1 to 3 inches. None were seen in the pounds by me. The name Silver
Jenny was given me by a yentleman at Cape Charles, who said it is
applied to this fish and that the species grows much larger than any
specimens we had, and also that if is a good food fish. I think the
young Gerres must be mistaken for the young of Bairdiella, which is
known as silver perch.

19. Cheetodipterus faber Brous. Moon Fish; Angel Fish; Porgee.

U.S. N. M. 42477, 43140, 48141. This species is frequently taken
in the pound nets. At the time of our visit but few were observed. I
saw several examples that were about 7 inches long. The National
Museum has a good series of the young of this species, measuring from
1 to 5 inches in length. In June, 1881, Colonel M. McDonald obtained

Reco” PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 87

a specimen 34 inches long in the Potomac River, at Gunston, Virginia.
This point is about 80 miles from the river’s mouth. Prof. John A.
Ryder obtained young specimens ranging from 1 to 24 inches long, in
the Chesapeake region in St. Jerome’s Creek, Maryland, and other speci-
mens from 1 to 2 inches in length are from Beaufort and Charleston,
South Carolina, and others from Florida. This fish is to be found quite
regularly in the Washington, District of Columbia, market. Its flesh is
excellent food. Specimen No. 42477, taken at Cape Charles City, Vir-
ginia, is 53 inches long, and has D. VILI-I, 20; A. III, 18. The third
spine of the dorsal is longer than the head. The length of the eve is one-
filth that of the head. Mr. Seal saw a boy taking this species by hook
and line, in the grass, in water 4 or 5 feet deep, at Cape Charles City.

20. Trichiurus lepturus L. Silvery Hair-tail.

U.S. N. M. 43188. Ten specimens, measuring from 20 to 23 inches
in length. Secured from the pound nets.

The flesh of this fish is excellent eating, being white and well flavored.
It is rather common in the Chesapeake, and has been taken at the mouth
of the Potomac River.

21. Scomberomorus maculatus Mitch. Spanish Mackerel.

Very few of this species were being taken while we were at Cape
' Charles. The retail price there was 30 cents per pound. Those we
observed in the pound nets ranged in length from about 12 to 24 inches.

22. Trachynotus carolinus L. Pompano,

U.S. N. M. 43183. Six specimens, measuring 4, 6, 65, 7, and 9 inches,
respectively. A few very young examples, 2 inches long, were seined
September 18, 1890, in the bay at Cape Charles City, and it is probable
that the species is more or less common there.

23. Caranx chrysus Mitch. Crevallé.

U.S. N. M. 43164, 45195. Six specimens. measuring from 54 to Ts
inches in length.

24. Trachurops crumenophthalmus Bloch.
U.S. N. M. 43174, 43199. Fifteen specimens, 64 and 7 inches long.
25. Chloroscombrus chrysurus L.
U.S. N. M. 43192. One specimen.
26. Selene vomer L. Look Down.

U.S. N. M. 43148, 43165, 43191. Fourteen specimens, 5 to 10 inches
long, taken in Sterling Brothers’ pound nets, in the bay at Cape Charles
City.

$8 FISHES FROM CHESAPEAKE BAY—BEAN.

27. Stromateus paru L. Harvest Fish.

—

long. This species is known in Chesapeake Bay as butterfish, and it is

sold in the markets under this name. Itis oneof our sweetest flavored —

fishes.

Mr. Seal observed but one specimen of S. triacanthus at Cape Charles.
I saw a number in Washington, District of Columbia, market about —
November 1, said to come from Chesapeake Bay.

28. Larimus fasciatus Holbrook.

U.S. N. M. 43217. One specimen, iinchlong. D. X-I, 24; A. II, 6.
Mr. Seal’s discovery of this species in the Chesapeake extends its
recorded range northward. The Museum has two specimens, No. 33162,

from Charleston, South Carolina, which were collected by C. H. Gilbert. —

These measure 53 and 7S inches. Uhlerand Lugger, in their list of the
fishes of Maryland, published in 1876, refer to the young of Pogonias
chromis under the name Larimus fasciatus. Pogonias fasciatus was
intended.

29. Cynoscion regalis Bl. & Schn. Weakfish.

This species is known as trout, or gray trout, in the Chesapeake, and ~

it is a very important fish to the fisbermen. They are taken in the
pound nets, and those caught at the time of our visit ranged from 1 to
3 pounds in weight. Mr. Seal obtained this species from the pounds at

U.S. N. M. 48147, 43156, 48190. Twelve specimens, from 4 to 7 inches"

;

Point Lookout in May, 1889; and at St. Jerome’sin September, 1889, —

observed specimens ranging in length from 6 to 15 inches. It occurs
in the Potomac as far up as Lower Cedar Point. The water at this point
is quite fresh, being probably never above 1.(05.

30. Cynoscion maculatus Mitch. Spotted Sea-trout.

U.S. N. M., 45159. Two specimens, 8 and 9 inches in length.

This species was rather rare at Cape Charles City at the time of Mr.
Seal’s visit. On September 20, 1890, I saw a fair supply of this fish in
the Norfolk, Virginia, market. These market specimens ranged in
weight from 1 to 5 pounds. According to the dealers, they are seldom
seen over 5, although they sometimes have specimens weighing 10
pounds.

Mr. Seal notes that the young sea trout, 3 to 6 inches long, were abun-
dant at St. Jerome’s in September, 1889.

31. Bairdiella chrysura Lac. Yellow-tail.

U.S. N. M., 48175, 438194, 45214. Sixteen specimens, ranging from
7 to SS inches in length.

Mr. Seal obtained specimens measuring 1 and 1} inches in length at
Point Lookout, May 17, 1889, and others, from 2 to 5 inches long, at St.
Jerome’s in September, 1839. This is called silver perch in many local-
ities.

ect.| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 89
32. Menticirrus alburnus L. Whiting.

U.S. N. M., 43155, 43180. Four specimens, from 9 to 12 inches long.

The kingfish, I. nebulosus, was not secured at Cape Charles, but Mr.
Seal reports it as abundant at St. Jerome’s in September, 1889, ranging
from 1 to 6 inches in length. He took it at Point Lookout in May,
1889, also.

33. Liostomus xanthurus Lac. Spot.

U.S. N. M., 43138, 43139. Two specimens.

Large numbers of young spot from 5 to 4 inches in length were seined
in the bay at Cape Charles City. They were present in abundance,
numerous schools being seen. Mr. Seai collected the young, 14 inches
long, in the Lower Potomac in May, 1889, and found the species, from
3 to 6 inches long, abundant at St. Jerome’s, Maryland, in September.
As a pan fish, the spot is the most highly prized of all fishes sold in the
Norfolk market. It is very hardy as an aquarium fish, and Mr. Seal
experiences no trouble in transporting and keeping them alive in Wash-
ington.

34. Micropogon undulatus L. Croaker.

U.S. N. M., 43132, 43158.

This fish, like the spot, was taken in the shallow waters of the bay
at Cape Charles City, in rather large numbers. It ranged in size from
3 to 8 inches, those from 3 to 5 being very common. Larger specimens
were taken in the pound nets.

Young specimens, from 1 to 14 inches long, were collected by Mr.
Seal in the Lower Potomac in May, 1889, and larger ones, 3 to 6 inches
long, were taken at St. Jerome’s in September, 1889.

35. Scizenops ocellatus L. Red Drum.

U.S. N. M., 48130. One specimen, 16 inches long; weight, about 24
pounds. This species was seined in a quiet cove of the bay, near Cape
Charles City, at night. Quite a number, about 16 inches long, were
obtained and brought to Washington, where they do well in the marine
aquaria. Mr. Seal observed them as large as 30 inches or more from
the pounds.

I was very much surprised at the great abundance of red drum in the
Norfolk and Portsmouth, Virginia, markets on September 20, 1890.
Cart loads of this species were to be seen, especially in Portsmouth.
The fish ranged in weight from 1 to 3 pounds, and were packed into the
earts as thickly as they could be placed standing on their heads or tails.
No ice was used on them.

In November, 1890, Mr. Joseph Ragan, of the Washington market,
called my attention to a red drum, which had, besides the two black
spots on the caudal fin, three similar marks on either side of the body,

90 FISHES FROM CHESAPEAKE BAY—BEAN,

those of the 1ight side being very close together, while the ones of the
left side were farther apart ; the body spots being the same, white edged,

as the one at the root of the tail, which is seldom, if ever, absent.
36. Archosargus probatocephalus Walb. Sheepshead.

U.S. N. M., 43187. One specimen, 4 inches long. Mr. Seal obtained
a few young examples of this species. A few days before our arrival
at Cape Charles City a hook and line fisherman had taken six fine
sheepshead along the piles forming the breakwater at that place. In
May, 1889, Mr. Seal failed to secure this species in the Lower Poto-
mac. At St. Jerome’s, Maryland, in September, 1889, he purchased a
specimen measuring 20 inches, which had been captured on a ledge
near Point Lookout. The fishermen at this point receive 17 cents per
pound for sheepshead.

This valuable species seems destined to extinction in our northern
waters. The outrageous practice of dynamiting fish on the New Jer-
sey coast has driven it away from places where a few years ago it was
moderately abundant.

37. Diplodus holbrooki Bean. Holbrook’s Scup.

U.S. N. M., 42486, 43152, 43198. Seven specimens. A small num- ~

ber of this beautiful seup were seined, and Mr. Seal succeeded in bring-
ing several living individuals to Washington. <A distinctive mark of
this species is the black blotch around the caudal peduncle.

D. XII, 14; A. ILI, 14. Scales in lateral line 55. Length of speci-
mens, 4 and 5 inches.

38. Stenotomus chrysops L. Scup.

U.S. N. M., 42490, 43184. Five specimens, from 5 to 8 inches long. ©
Very few of the common scup were seined by us at Cape Charles —
City, and in the Norfolk market the species was equally rare, September —

290, 1890. A dealer gave me the name “maiden” for a seup about 8
9 5
inches long.

39. Lagodon rhomboides L. Fair-maid.

U. S. N. M., 42489, 43157, 43189. Numerous specimens, from 5 to |
64 inches long. This species was seined in the bay at Cape Charles —

City in large numbers. It is very beautiful in life and a hardy fish for
the aquaria. At Cape Charles City it is called fair-maid, a very appro-
priate name, owing to its pleasing colors.

40. Orthopristis chrysopterus L. Pig-fish.

U.S. N. M., 43135. Fourteen specimens, ranging in length from 3_
to 6inches. A specimen 11 inches long was obtained by Mr. Kenly in —
Norfolk. Its vulgar name is derived from its annoying habit of steal-—

ing bait off hooks.

it eh

ca PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 91

41. Lutjanus caxis Bl. & Schn. Gray Snapper.

U.S. N. M., 43209. Three young specimens, 15 and 2 inches long.
im, X, 14; A. III, 8.

Color: Upper parts dark bluish; sides olive; throat, pectorals, ven-
trals, and caudal pale; dorsal and anal spotted; membrane of spinous
dorsal edged with black. A blue stripe as wide as the pupil extends
‘from the snout through the eye to end of head. The dark spots on
scales form longitudinal stripes on body.

42. Centropristis striatus L. Sea Bass.

U.S. N. M., 43143, 45171, 43211. Ten specimens, from 14 to 7 inches
long.

This fish is called Black Will at Cape Charles City, while at St.
Jerome’s, Maryland, Mr. Kenly tells me they call it Black Nell. Those
observed by us were small, requiring three or four fish to the pound.
| Very young specimens, from 2 to 4 inches long, were common in the
seine. A few individuals weighing about 1 pound each were taken at
the end of the breakwater.
| According to Mr. Seal the sea bass is taken in the Potomac River as
far up as the Wicomico River. It occurs also in Breton’s Bay, near
| Leonardtown, Maryland, and at Point Lookout he collected a number
ranging in length from 6 to 7 inches.

~

43. Pomatomus saltatrix L. Bluefish.

U.S. N. M., 43134, 43167. Two specimens, 8 inches long.

This is the “tailor” of Chesapeake Bay. The young, from 3 to 8
inches long, were very abundant around the wharves at Cape Charles
City. Few large bluefish were being taken in the pound nets at the
time of our visit. Earlier in the season the fishing was much better.
From the 19th to the 21st of September, 1889, Mr. Seal found the young,
measuring from 5 to 8 inches in length, quite abundant along the
wharves at St. Jerome’s, Maryland, and in the Potomac River as far up
as Lower Cedar Point.

44. Blacate canada L. Crab-eater.

U.S. N. M., 45145, 43161. Fourteen specimens, ranging from 11 to
14 inches in length.

This species is called “bonito” in the Chesapeake. It is taken in the
| pound nets. Mr. Seal saw this fish from the pounds measuring at least
3 feet in length. In 1889 I saw a specimen in the Washington, Dis-
trict of Columbia, market, which measured more than 4 feet in length,
and probably weighed as much as 35 pounds. Specimens ranging from
2 to 3 feet are common in this market during the summer months.

92 FISHES FROM CHESAPEAKE BAY——BEAN.

45. Menidia notata Mitch. Silverside.

U.S. N. M., 43213. This species was abundant at Cape Charle
City. Mr. Seal found it in abundance in the Lower Potomac, May 16
1889, and at St. Jerome’s, Maryland, September 19-21, ranging inlength
from 14 to 5 inches. Its chief value is as food for larger fishes.

46. Mugil curema Cuv. & Val. Gray Mullet.
U.S. N. M., 42480. Two specimens.

47. Mugilalbula L. Striped Mullet.

U.S. N. M., 43137. One specimen, 9 inches long.

Called jumping mullet or fat back. Mr. Seal found the young mul-
lets, 3 to 10 inches in length, exceedingly abundant. About September
25, he took about five thousand in one seine haul in the bay at Cape
Charles City. The mullets are hardy and attractive for aquaria. The
species was abundant in the Norfolk market, September 20, 1890, and
the writer saw some in the Washington, District of Columbia, market
about November 1. The species was reported as abundant on the
North Carolina coast in 1890, where the bluefish devoured them by the

thousands.
48. Hemirhamphus pleei Cuv. & Val. Half-beak.

U.S. N. M., 43185. Fourteen specimens, from 12 to 16 inches long.
This species was very abundant in the bay at Cape Charles City, and —
was seined in large numbers in shallow water. They are not hardy,
and none of them reached Washington alive.

49. Hemirhamphus roberti Cuy. & Val.

U.S. N. M., 43178, 43195. Four specimens, 64 inches long.
This species was not near so common as the H. pleet. Half-beaks
were observed by Mr. Seal at Point Lookout, Maryland, May 17, 1889.

50. Tylosurus marinus Bl. & Schn. Silver Gar.
U.S. N. M., 43186. Nine specimens, from 12 to 14 inches long.
Common at Cape Charles City. Mr. Seal observed the species at_

Point Lookout in May, and at St. Jerome’s in September 1889. I have
observed the species in the Potomac River at Washington. |

51. Fundulus majalis Walb. Mummichog.
Moderately common. i

52. Fundulus heteroclitus grandis Bd. & Grd.

U.S. N. M., 42495. One specimen. Common, especially in the shal-—
low water back of the docks.
In May, 1889, Mr. Seal obtained this species, besides /. diaphanus,
majalis, Cyprinodon variegatus, Lucania parva, and Gambusia patruelis—

in the Lower Potomac, from Lower Cedar Point to Point Lookout.

eet

—ft.

oa | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 93
53. Synodus fcetens L. Lizard Fish.

U.S. N. M., 42479, 43144. Seventeen specimens, from 6 to 10 inches
long.

Mr. Seal found this fish to be common at St. Jerome’s in September,
1889. The fishermen called it scorpion, pronounced “ scarpen,” and its
bite is feared by the colored people. Other common names elsewhere
in use are, cigar fish, spear fish, sand diver, ete.

54. Blops saurus L. Bbig-eyed Herring.

U.S. N. M., 43149, 43150. Two specimens, 12 and 1345 inches long
Mr. Seal tells me that this species is called lady fish at Cape Charles
City.

55. Opisthonema oglinum Le 8. Thread Herring.
U.S. N. M., 45205. Three specimens, 5 inches long.
56. Brevoortia tyrannus Latrobe. Menhaden.

U.S. N. M., 43136. This species is known as old wife in the Chesa-
peake at Cape Charles City. On the way to the pound nets we saw
many schools, some of which were very large. The nets were full of
them. Being of no use to the fishermen as food fish, the menhaden
were thrown back into the bay. Mr. Sterling, of Sterling Brothers,
told us that there were more menhaden in the bay than had been seen
for years. Notwithstanding the great abundance of this fish there was
a scarcity of bluefish, Spanish mackerel, weakfish, and crab-eaters
(“bonito”). In May, 1889, Mr. Seal obtained the menhaden in the
Lower Potomac, and in September at St. Jerome’s, Maryland. At the
latter place they ranged in length from 2 to 8 inches.

57. Stolephorus browni Gmelin. Anchovy.

U.S. N.M., 43224. Thirty-seven specimens, 3 to 4 inches long. Anal
20. Abundant in coves, where they are fed upon voraciously by the
weakfish.

As a delicacy the anchovy is probably the best fish of our waters.

58. Stolephorus mitchilli Cay. & Val. Anchovy.

U.S. N. M., 43223. Fifty specimens, 1 to 24 inches long. Anal 27.
Mr. Seal took the anchovy in the Wicomico River, Lower Potomac,
‘May 16, 1889, and at St. Jerome’s in September, 1889, where he records
it as not abundant. It was found from one-half to 3 inches in length.

!

59. Conger conger L. Conger Eel.

A few examples were taken in the Atlantic, near Cobb’s Island, and
brought alive to Washington. The species was not observed in the
Chesapeake.

(|

|

2
‘
oy

94 FISHES FROM GHESAPEAKE BAY—BEAN.

60. Anguilla rostrata De Kay. Eel.

U.S. N. M., 43196. . One specimen, 4 inches long.
Mr. Seal found the common eel to be everywhere abundant in the
Lower Potomac, in May, 1889, ranging in length from 1 to 3 feet, and at.
St. Jerome’s, Maryland, in September, 1889, specimens from 3 inches to
2 feet in length were abundant.

61. Scoliodon terre-nove Rich. Sharp-nosedjShark.

U.S. N. M., 42491. One specimen. Length, 204 inches.
Sharks, rays, and skates are common in the Chesapeake at Capa
Charlies City. The capture of Raia, Pteroplatea, Rhinoptera, and blue
sharks is of ordinary occurrence in the pound nets. They are used as
bait for crabs.

1

62. Raia levis Mitch. Barndoor Skate. |
U.S. N. M., 42500. Onespecimen. Length of disk, 10 inches; width, ’
15 inches; length of tail, 10 inches. Secured in ine pound nets off

Sterling Brothers.
63. Pteroplatea maclura Le S. Butterfly Ray.

U. 8. N. M., 42502. One specimen. Disk, 9 inches long; tail, a
inches; width of disk, 16 inches. Secured in the pound nets of Ster-
ling Brothers. |

64. Rhinoptera quadriloba Le 8. Cow-nosed Ray. ;

U. S. N. M., 42499. One specimen. Length to caudal spine, 199
inches ; length a tail, measured from spine, 21 inches; width of disk,
19 inches. Two Ronmited caudal spines: the first but half an inch in
length, the second 14 inches. Width of mouth, 2 ; inches.

LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS
RECEIVED FROM THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
WITH NOTES AND COMMENTS THEREON.

BY
RoperT E. C. STEARNS,
Adjunct Curator of the Department of Moltlusks.

The following list includes a number of molluscan forms received at
various times by the U.S. National Museum from the above Depart-
ment, being the collections made by Dr. C. Hart Merriam, in charge
of the Division of Biological Explorations, and by his assistants, dur-
ing the years 1889-90, The list contains the names of a few species
not before collected, which have been described by the writer in a pre-
/ vious volume of the Proceedings of the National Museum ; and further,
many interesting facts pertaining to the geographical distribution of
some of the forms not before made known.

Class GASTROPODA.
Order PULMONATA.
Sub order GEOPHILA.

Glandina decussata Desh.

Painted Cave, mouth of the Pecos River, Texas. William Lloyd. (Mus. No. 118385).

,

_ Two examples of the above were detected at this locality ; one fresh
and in fine condition, the other bleached and broken. The species
seems to be tolerably well characterized for a Glandina, though there is
searcely a doubt that too many have been made in this group.

Vitrina pfeifferi Newc.

Bridger’s Pass, Wyoming, ‘‘ near aspring in the canon ;” several examples. V. Bailey
(Mus. No. 118484.)

Helix (Patula) striatella Anth.; var. Cronkhitei Newe.

Bridger’s Pass, Wyoming, edge of a ‘‘spring in the canon.” V. Bailey. (Mus. No.
118481.)

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 844.

96 LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS—STEARNS.

Helix (Patula) strigosa Gld.

e
Wyoming, Bridger’s Pass, May, 1890 (Mus. No. 118374) ; also in the Uintah and Wah- —
satch Mountains at Park City, Utah, June, 1890. Vernon Bailey. (Mus. No. |
118371.) |
Several characteristic examples were found by Mr. Bailey ‘‘on the |)
hills along the canon” at the first-named locality. a

Helix (Patula) hemphilli Newe. = |

Needle Peak, Lost River Mountains, Idaho, ‘‘ among rocks at an altitude varying from
8,000 to 11,000 feet.” Bailey & Dutcher, August, 1890. (Mus. No. 118392.) tit
Several examples of this form, now regarded as an extreme variety —
of the protean strigosa, were detected as above by Dr. Merriam’s col- —
lectors. Compared with the typical strigosa, its relations are analogous
to those of H. (Patula) Cumberlandiana Lea to H. (Patula) alternata of |
Say. Of the direct gradation of the alleged species, more properly |
intermediate and blending varieties, to which the names of Fergusoni |
mordax and Oumberlandiana have been given, it may be said that a |
sufficiently large series tells its own story, and the examples in the Na- |
tional Museum point to such a connection. =

Helix (Polygyra) texasiana Mor.

Texas, near Sanderson (Mus. No. 115364); vicinity of Eagle Pass (Mus. No. 120346) ;
Comstock (Mus. No, 118401); also at Painted Cave, near the mouth of the Pecos
(Mus. No. 118390). William Lloyd. Del Rio, on dry land in the valley of the
Rio Grande (Mus. No. 118369), Vernon Bailey.

Several examples of the flat variety of this well-known snail shell, |
with the sculpture only moderately developed, were obtained at San- |
derson. The others are as usual as to elevation and sculpture.

Helix (Pomatia) humboldtiana Val.

Texas, at Altuda, at an elevation of 5,000 feet, where it, a single specimen in fair con- —
dition, had been thrown out with soil by a prairie dog. (Mus. No. 118366.)
William Lloyd.

This species has not before been reported from any locality within
the territory of the United States. It was described from Mexico |
where it is found in the neighborhood of the City of Mexico and in
other localities. The national collection contains several examples
from the Real del Monte. It has a pretty close resemblance to some of |
the varieties of the European H. (Pomatia) pomatia, and it may possi- —
bly be an introduced form. H. pomatia has for centuries been esteemed
as an article of food in various parts of Europe, and was regarded as
a dainty by the ancient Romans. It was propagated and raised in
large quantities for their use and specially fed on certain plants to
give the flesh a particular flavor.

Unmistakable specimens of another favorite edible snail common to
Europe, H. (Pomatia) aspersa, is found in Mexico, and examples from

Bees | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 97

Puebla, in the province of Puebla, Mexico, were presented to the
National Museum by the Mexican Geographical Commission a few
years ago. The presence of these two forms most certainly suggests
the question as to whether they were not introduced by the Spaniards
many years, centuries ago, either for food purposes or incidentally in
the routine and accidents of commercial intercourse.

Helix (Arionta) coloradoensis Stearns.

Grand Canon of the Colorado, opposite the Kabab Plateau, at an elevation of 3,500
feet (Mus. No. 104100), Dr. C. Hart Merriam.
Described in the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, vol. XII,
p. 206, Figs. 6,7, 8, Pl. xv.

Helix (Arionta) magdalenensis Stearns.

Magdalena, State of Sonora, Mexico, on the line of the Sonora, New Mexico and Arizona
Railroad, at an elevation of 1,000 feet above the town (Mus. No, 104094) ; Vernon
Bailey.

Described in the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, vol. XII,

p. 207-208, Figs. 11, 12, 13, Pl. xv.

Bulimulus dealbatus Say.

Texas, near Sanderson (Mus, No, 118365) ; also from near Eagle Pass (Mus. No. 120345).
William Lloyd.

Three examples of a small variety of this form, of which one indi-
vidual, in the prominence of its incremental lines, indicates the relation-
ship of Mr. Pilsbry’s B. ragsdaleit. The foregoing applies equally well
to the Eagle Pass examples, six in number. The Sanderson specimens
are of a dead, chalky whiteness; the Eagle Pass lot are marked more
or less with irregular blotchy stripes of a pale corneous brown color.

Bulimulus dealbatus Say; var. = B. ragsdalei Pilsbry.

Comstock, Texas, William Lloyd (Mus. No. 118462); Langtry, in the same State,
Vernon Bailey (Mus. No. 118367).

Four specimens of this variety of dealbatus were collected at the first-
named locality. These differ from Mr. Pilsbry’s shells only in the
matter of color, the examples before me being of an opaque white, with
an occasional pale brownish longitudinal streak. The largest individ-
ual shows considerable angulation on the basal whorl just below and
following the suture, and there is considerable variation in robustness.
The longitudinal ribs consist of more or less strongly developed growth
lines, which are distinet and definite throughout and over the entire
Shell in Mr. Lloyd’s specimens; more conspicuous in the largest example,
which is the one above referred to as showing angulation. The author
Says of b. ragsdalei, “ that no specimens showing a transition to B, deal-

Ero. Neve, O1——— 7

98 LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS—STEARNS.

batus or schiedeanus were found, nor have I ever seen any, although I~
have collected thousands of Bulimuli in Texas,” ete.

The National Museum is indebted to Mr. Pilsbry for an example of —
the original lot from Montague County, Texas (Mus. No. 118361), in |
which the sculpture described by the author is so sharply developed, |
that without intervening and connecting specimens it might well be
regarded as a new form.

With his specimen and comments before me, I was led to examine |
the large geographical series of dealbatus and related species, and found |
that in certain examples from Texas (Mus. No. 26411) collected by Dr, |
Shumard many years ago, the upper whorls of two, and nearly the whole |
of the third, show this ribbing; in the first two the corneous ground |
color prevails. In another lot, also from Texas, collected years ago by |
General (then Lieutenant) Couch, U.S. Army, the specimens are unusu- |
aliy elongated (No. 26415), and one of them exhibits conspicuous growth |
lines. In two examples (No. 29614), of rather delicate texture, the cor- |
neous character and coloration dominates, with opaque longitudinal ©
streaks of whitish color; the upper whorls in these are ribbed. The |
same also in four specimens (No. 30696) from Texas, collected by Lieu- |
tenant Beale. In another tube (No. 31625) three of the eight specimens |
are ribbed. Three out of eight examples from Leon, Texas (No. 26410),
exhibit this feature, and two out of five from Dallas, Texas (No. 26413), |
have the same sculptural peculiarity. |

In specimens from Clifton, Texas (No. 30240), the upper whorls are |
ribbed, and the ribbing continues down to and upon the upper part of
the basal whorl just below the suture. Soin examples from San Felipé 4
Springs (No. 26569), collected by Lieutenant Beale, six of the seven
may be regarded as the variety ragsdalet.

Mr. ©, T. Simpson collected specimens in Limestone Gap, Indian |
Territory (No. 101062), and four of the examples show distinct ribbing |
on the upper whorls; so also with specimens from Matamoras, Mexico |
(U.S. Mus. No. 26407), of alternatus, two specimens, and others from |
Tamaulipas, Mexico (No. 26566), of this last named species.

A single example of the variety ragsdalei was collected by Mr. |
Bailey, who detected it in a cation of the Rio Grande at Langtry,
Texas. Bb. ragsdalet suggests the Asiatic form B. abyssinicus Rup- |
pel (?= B. fairbanksit Blfd.), from Bombay, which not unlikely some- |
times occurs with inconspicuous growth lines like the ordinary form of |
dealbatus. When the physical peculiarities of the region inhabited by !
dealbatus, alternatus, etc., are considered we may reasonably look for |
a wide range of variation in form, size, sculpture, etc., and it is highly |
probable that individuals, if not colonies, with more striking charac: |
teristics than any yet collected, will sooner or later be discovered. |

e aso1. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 99

Bulimulus alternatus Say.

= Bulimus alternatus Say, 1830.

+ Bulimus Schiedeanus Pfr., 1854.

+ Bulimus patriarcha W. G. B., 1858.
+ Bulimus maria Albers, 1858.

-+ Bulimus mooreanus Pfr., 1868.

The last four names which have been given to this exceedingly vari-
able form I regard as synonyms, and an examination of the ample
material in the national collection points to and warrants this conclu-
sion. Jam under the impression that Mr. Binney is now of this opinion.
Mr. J. A. Singley, of Giddings, Texas, and Mr. ©. T. Simpson, of the
National Museum, who have collected large numbers of these so-called
species in Texas and the Indian Territory, consider the foregoing, as
well as b. dealbatus Say, as one and the same species. Iam not pre-
pared to go quite so far at the present moment; perhaps further com-
parison and study may lead me to the same conclusion. The synonyms
may be regarded as representing varietal aspects, and it is not surpris-
ing that so mutable a form should have received so many names. The
years in which these descriptions were published, taken from Binney’s
Manual,* have been given for the convenience of students. Distribu-
tion: Indian Territory, Texas, Louisiana, Mexico.

Dr. Merriam’s collectors have found it in the following places in
Texas: Painted Cave, mouth of the Pecos River (Mus. No. 118386);
Comstock (Mus. No. 118400), near Eagle Pass (Mus. Nos. 120343,
120344), William Lloyd; in the valley of the Rio Grand e, “at Del Rio,
among brush on high ground that is never flooded” (Mus. No. 118370) ;
also at Langtry (Mus. No. 118568), Vernon Bailey.

The specimens collected by Mr. Bailey at Del Rio include examples
with a dull chalk white and others with a smooth porcelaneous surface
with an occasional individual faintly colored with yellowish brown in
obscure irregular longitudinal bands. The color of the aperture varies
from nearly white, yellowish, and yellowish brown to dark chocolate.
Some examples are robust, others elongated. Some approach the
form to which Mr. Binney gave the name patriarchus, others are nearer
to dealbatus. The shells vary much in solidity, some being thicker and
heavier than others. In most instances the columella is simple with-
out a wave, subplait, or fold; this part of the shell being straight, while
in others the pillar exhibits a partial twist, suggesting a fold or modi-
fied plait. The umbilical feature is also variable, being more open in
some specimens than in others. The deposit of callus on the pillar is
sometimes so heavy as to connect the edges of the outer lip and _ pro-
dluce a peristome. In some the incremental lines are fine, in others
coarse, and occasionally a specimen is met with that is partially trav-
ersed by a fine grooved line parallel to and just below the suture. The
finest examples in the National Museum were collected at Painted

~ Bulletin 20, U. S. National Museum.

100 LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS—STEARNS.

Cave by Mr. Lloyd, and are of unusual size. The remarks foilowing
Mr. Bailey’s Del Rio specimens apply equally well to these.

Holospira Roemeri Pfr,

Painted Cave, mouth of the Pecos River, Texas. (Mus. No. 118388.) Two examples;
also in the Devil’s River region, Texas, a single specimen (Mus. No. 118393). Wil-
liam Lloyd.

Number of whorls, varying from thirteen to sixteen, and the speci-
mens also show some difference in robustness.

Previously reported from Texas by Mr. W. G. Binney, who also
notices the point that some individuals are more ventricose than others,
and that the number of whorls varies from ‘‘ twelve to fourteen.”

Holospira arizonensis Stearns.

Dos Cabezas, Arizona, two specimens and numerous fragments collected by V. Bailey
November, 1889 (Mus. No. 104392).
Described in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum,
pp. 208-11, vol. x111, Figs. 2, 3, Pl. xv.

Succinea luteola Gould.

Texas, Painted Cave, mouth of the Pecos River, William Lloyd (Mus. No. 118391).
Arizona, near Wilcox, on dry alkali flats, November, 1889, Vernon Bailey (Mus.
Yo. 118373).

The bleachen aspect resulting from these alkaline and arid stations is
also seen in examples of Succinea thatinhabit sandy reaches along the sea-
board where the vegetation is sparse and its substance ligneous rather
than succulent and more saline than in places farther from the sea.

Succinea avara Say.

Bridger’s Pass, Wyoming, ‘‘near a spring in the cation.” V. Bailey (Mus. No,
118483).
Succinea campestris Say.

Texas, near Sanderson, William Lloyd (Mus. No. 118363).

Suborder HYGROPHILA.
Limneea stagnalis Linn.
Nevada, various places.

This well known European species, like its congener L. palustris,
has a wide distribution in North America. We are indebted to Mr.
Bailey for specimens from the East Humboldt River at Elko, Ne-
vada (Mus. No. 120910), also from the same stream near Battle Mountain,
Nevada (Mus. No. 120909).

Limnea palustris Miill.

Nevada, Idaho, California, Arizona, ete.
The exceedingly wide distribution of this form is well known. It may
be regarded as the parent stock from which a great number of varieties

Vor. xv.) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 101

have originated, many of which have received specific names. Mr.
Binney* has included several of these alleged species in the synonymy
of palustris and many more will have to be added whenever a thorough
revision of the Limnwide and related groups is made. Mr. Binney has
also given several figures which serve to show the variability of this
protean form, but as many more would hardly represent the intermedi-
ate aspects.

The commoner West American variety of the above is generally
known to collectors as Limnea Nuttalliana Lea (Mus. No. 104095). It
was found in great abundance in Walker Lake, San Francisco Moun-
tain, Arizona Territory, by Dr. Merriam in 1889. This lake occupies
the crater cavity or basin of an extinct or passive volcano, and the ele-
vation of the lake is about $,250 feet above the sea level. Mr. Bailey
collected palustris in the Uintah Mountains (Mus. No. 118376), where
he detected it ‘“‘in a creek at an elevation of 10,000 feet.”

A single low-spired and rather ventricose example of this species,
close to specimens from southern Utah collected by Dr. Yarrow (Mus.
No. 47770), and quite black and malleated, like specimens from Ione
Valley, California, collected by C. D. Voy (Mus. No. 47690), was found
by Dr. Merriam’s collectors in Saw-tooth Lake, Idaho, in September,
1890. One example exhibits a serial regularity in the malleation sug-
gestive of rude obsolete spiral ribbing, stronger on the basal whorl
(Mus. No. 120354).

Several living examples, dwarfed but apparently mature, were also
collected in Salmon River near Challis, [daho, by Merriam and Bailey
(Mus. No. 120356). They are all of a dark amber color and quite uni-
form in size. The more ventricose individuals approach closely to cer-
tain specimens of L. Adeline Tryon, and are, save in color, like the
examples of LZ. palustris collected by Mr. Dall some years ago at Bay
View, near San Francisco (Mus. No. 43321). Mr. Vernon Bailey col-
lected several specimens in Nevada, in East Humboldt River near Elko
(Mus. No. 120912); also in the same stream near Battle Mountain (Mus.
No. 120911).

Mr. Dall has recently collected an interesting variety of this species
in the irrigation ditches near Hot Springs, in Honey Lake Valley, Las-
sen County, California, which is within the area of the extinet Tertiary
Lake Lahontan (Mus. No. 118561). Mr. Dall’s shells exhibit a most
delicate sculpture, composed of very fine and close set incremental lines
crossed by transverse and somewhat waved and slightly incised grooves,
much resembling the delicate sculpture of some of the Mexican Glan-
dinas. This peculiar sculpture is not infrequent in other species of
Limnea ; notably in L. lepida Gould, L. ampla Mighels, L. Sumassi
Baird, and occasionally in L. columella Say, L. caperata Say, and L.
lanceata Gould, and sometimes most likely in other species of the group.

* Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part 11, Series 2, Misc. Coll., 143.

LO? LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS—STEARNS.

Limneea lepida Gould.
Idaho, Salmon River, near Challis, September, 1890 (Mus. No, 120351). Merriman
and Bailey.

A single example, distinctly characteristic, as seen at once by a com-
parison with the type (Mus. No. 5541) in the national collection from
Oregon.

The form, to which Lea’s name Nuttalliana is usually attached, and
which is so abundant on the west coast in California and the other
Pacific States, and which frequently attains a large size, is really a
maximum aspect of Gould’s lepida, and is specially noticeable for the
expanded or effuse aperture. As Lea’s name has priority of 6 years,
it may be more proper to say that Gould’s lepida is a local and varietal —
form of Nuttalliana. Without extending this comment further as to
the relationship of these with palustris, the main difference as between
typical lepida and Nuttalliana is the more sturdy aspect and flaring
mouth of the latter; as to where Nuttalliana ieaves off and palustris
begins it would be inconvenient to demonstrate at this time. Mr. Bin-
ney has included Lea’s species in his synonymy of palustris, and I do
not hesitate to concur in this arrangement.

Limnea Adeline Tryon.
Idaho, Salmon River, near Challis, September, 1890. Merriam and Bailey. (Mus.
No. 120353.)

Two examples hardly mature of the form to which Tryon gave the
above name and agreeing with the types from near San Francisco,
California (Mus. No. 24879).

Planorbis trivolvis Say, var.
Nevada, East Humboldt River, near Battle Mountain (Mus. No. 120915), Elko from ~
the same stream (Mus. No. 120916). Vernon Bailey.

A few examples of the above, approaching the corpulentus aspect,
with sharply defined incremental sculpture, were obtained at the above
localities.

Planorbis trivolvis Say, var.
= P. plexata Ingersoll.
Idaho, Saw Tooth Lake, October, 1890 (Mus. No. 120348), Merriam & Bailey.

The varietal aspect is exhibited in the distorted twist in the coil of
the earlier whorls. This distortion, which is shown by all the exam-
ples, eight in number, does not continue to or affect the shape of the
aperture, for, curiously enough, the animal, as maturity approaches,
gets back, if I may use the expression, to the ordinary or symmetrical
plane of coil.

Planorbis tumens Cpr.
Arizona Territory, at Phenix (Mus. No. 103623), Mr. Bailey.

This species, described from Mazatlan specimens, suggests the more
southern texture and general facies of Planorbis, and recalls P. tumi-
dus Pfr., so abundant in Guatemala and Nicaragua.

{| Vor. xv, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 103
Planorbis tumidus Pfr.

Texas, Devil’s River, several examples (Mus. No. 118396), William Lloyd.
Planorbis liebmani Dkr.
Texas, Devil’s River, one specimen (Mus. No. 118398), William Lloyd.
Planorbis (Gyraulus) parvus Say.

Arizona, Walker’s Lake (Mus. No. 103625), Dr. C. Hart Merriam; Devil’s River
(Mus. No. 118397), W. Lloyd.

A single example of this characteristic species was found among
the numerous specimens of Linnea nuttalliana collected by Dr. Mer-
riam in the crater bowl of Walker Lake, San Francisco Mountain,
during his biological exploration of the region in 1889. The national
collection also contains examples from this territory, collected by Dr.
Edward Palmer, and General Carlton collected it on the Colorado
Desert, California, where also I detected it near Indio and at other places
along the line of the Southern Pacific Railroad, in 1884.

Physa heterostropha Say.

Arizona Territory, at Phoenix (Mus. No. 100851); Magdalena, Nocthwest Mexico (No.
103622); Idaho, Birch Creek (No. 120347); Nevada, East Humboldt River (Mus.
Nos. 120907 and 120908), Vernon Bailey.

Several examples, for the most part immature, were obtained at
Phoenix by Mr. Bailey, who detected them in an irrigation ditch “‘ among
moss.” The Mexican examples were also found in a similar situation.

In the course of its southerly distribution this widely diffused form
has been the recipient of many specific names, apparently induced more
by the occult influence of politico-geographical lines upon the describer
than any special differential facies of the shells themselves.

From other southerly regions the Museum series indicates the follow-
ing localities: Hot Springs, Lower California (No. 47755), H. & C. R.
Orcutt, March, 1882; Mexico, Puebla, Puebla; and Mizantla, VeraCruz,
Mexican Geographical Commission.

The Nevada specimens collected by Mr. Bailey (No. 120907) were from
Elko. Of these there are several examples, some of which approach
the form named ampullacea by Dr. Gould. The specific name hetero-
stropha was published by Say in 1817 under Limnea. Subsequently, in
1821, P. gyrina was described and published.

A large series demonstrates that these alleged species interblend and
merge the one into the other, so that the application of one of these
names more than the other is altogether arbitrary or capricious; but as
heterostropha has four years’ priority over gyrina, the former name must
supersede and include the latter, as well as a great many other specific
names at present in use, whenever a revision of this group is made.

Physa gyrina Say.
Texas, Pecos River, near Painted Cave (Mus, No. 118387). William Lloyd.
Three fresh and perfect specimens,

oo

104 LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS—STEARNS.

Physa osculans Hald.

Arizona, Devil’s River (Mus. No. 118395), William Lloyd; Del Rio, Rio Grande Valley
(Mus. No. 118375), Vernon Bailey.

Order PROSOBRANCHIATA.
Suborder PECTENIBRANCHIATA.
Section T#NIOGLOSSA.
Fluminicola nuttalliana Lea.
Idaho, Salmon River, near Challis (Mus. No. 120352), Merriam & Bailey.
Suborder SCUTIBRANCHIATA.
Section RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

Helicina orbiculata Say.

Painted Cave, mouth of the Pecos River, Texas, William Lloyd. Two specimens
(Mus. No. 118389).

The extensive series in the national collection indicates the wide dis-
tribution of this species. From the northerly line of Indian Territory
(C. T. Simpson) and middle Tennessee it extends through Arkansas and
Texas, Mississippi and Louisiana, to the shores of the Gulf of Mexico
at Galveston, Indianola, and elsewhere; also as far south as Tamaulipas,
in Mexico; in Georgia, on the Atlantic coast; thence southward to
Florida, where it has been detected by myself and others at various
places. I found it under a cedar log between Tampa City and Rocky
Point in February, 1869.

Class sPELECYVPODA:
Order TETRABRANCHIA.
Suborder SUBMYTILACEA.

Unio coloradoensis Lea.

Mouth of the Pecos River, a single right valve of a half-grown individual. William
Lloyd.

Unio tampicoensis Lea.
Mouth of the Rio Pecos, two left valves, adult, were obtained by Mr. Lloyd.
Unio Popei Lea.

Devil’s River, Texas (Mus. No. 118394); also Rio Salado, near Leon, Mexico (Mus. No.
120920), William Lloyd.

A fresh specimen of this rare species was found as above by Mr. Lloyd.

The late Dr. Lea described it from specimens collected by Berlandier in

the Devil’s River several years ago, and the Lea collection in the National

j

‘
;

ae’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 105

.

Museum (No. 85895) also contains specimens from the Rio Salado, New
Mexico, collected by Lieutenant Beale. It varies in color externally
from blackish brown to olivaceous green, with hints of radiating mark-
ings of lighter shade. The nacre is notably iridescent, lustrous, and
translucent in Lloyd’s Devil’s River specimen.

Unio umbrosus Lea.

Mexico, in the Rio Salado, near Leon, January, 1891, William Lloyd (Mus. No. 20919).

A single large, heavy example, exceeding in size and weight the largest
in the Leacollection. Dr. Lea’s specimens were from the Medellin River,
Mexico.

Unio camptodon Say.

=U. manubius Gould.
=U. symmetricus Lea.
-+- U. jamesianus Lea.

Texas, Sous Creek, Los dos Hermanos, November. 1890, William Lloyd (Mus. No.
120921).

In the three examples coliected by Mr. Lloyd we have the aspect of

camptodon to which Mr. Lea gave the name symmetricus. Of the four
specific names, Mr. Say’s has priority; as to the propriety of regarding
the others as synonyms, there is no question in the face of a comparison
of the specimens in the national collection.
_ A varietal position is the utmost that can be conceded to these so-
called species. The distribution of the form or forms of camptodon is
principally southern. Without presenting in this place an exhaustive
exhibit of localities as shown by the material in the national collection,
it is sufficient to state that the first, camptodon, has been collected and
credited to southern Illinois,in the north. Say described it from New
Orleans, Louisiana; Gould’s manubius, to Chihuahua, Mexico; Lea’s
symmetricus, to Red River, Louisiana; and the same author’s Jamest-
anus, to Jackson, Mississippi.

Margaritana margaritifera Linn.

Nevada, East Humboldt River, October, 1890, Vernon Bailey (Mus. No. 120349);
California, Plumas County, W. H. Dall (Mus. No. 118559).

_ A single example, with nacre bluish to reddish purple, collected by

Mr. Bailey. Mr. Dall collected specimens in the Sierra Nevada, near

Devil’s Corral, Plumas County, California, at an elevation of 5,200

feet above the sea. The nacre a dull purple.

It is interesting to note the hypsometrical distribution of this wide-
Spread form which is found geographically diffused over the north-
ernmost portions of the three continents, Kurope, America, and Asia.
It reaches an altitude higher than any of the tooth-hinged freshwater
mussels, and in this feature of its distribution equals a few of the
Anodons. Mr. Dall’s specimens, I am inclined to believe, are from a
greater altitude than heretofore reported.

i
}

106 LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS—STEARNS.

Anodonta Nuttalliana Lea.

+ dA. Wahlamatensis Lea.
+ A. Oregonensis Lea.
+ A. Californiensis Lea.

Numerous examples, generally odd valves of dead shells, including
the two varieties which correspond to Dr. Lea’s types of his Nuttalliana
and Californiensis, were obtained in the East Humboldt River, near
Battle Mountain (Mus. No. 120906), also from the same stream at Elko,
Nevada (Mus. No. 120905), by Mr. Bailey. The forms Oregonensis, in
which the dorsal wing is the least developed, and Wahlamatensis, which
exhibits this feature conspicuously, were not distinctly represented in
the lots from these places, in the mature form, though in certain valves
the earlier zones of growth indicate the outlines which characterize the
varieties of Nuttalliana to which Dr. Lea applied these last two names.

i Bs

At me

Anodonta imbecilis Say.

s
rer

Devil’s River, Texas, William Lioyd (Mus. No. 118899).

Several examples of this delicate species, so like varieties of the Euro-
pean anatina as to be difficult of separation, were found as above by —
Mr. Lloyd. A. anatina is otherwise represented elsewhere in North |
America by A. fluviatilis and other alleged species.

rk ire

Sub-order CONCHACEA.

Sphaerium dentatum Hald.

Nevada, East Humboldt River, at Elko (Mus. No. 120913), and near Battle Moun-
tain, in the same stream (Mus. No. 120914), Vernon Bailey.

Pisidium occidentale Newe.

Bridger’s Pass, Wyoming, ‘‘in a spring in canon,” Vernon Bailey (Mus. No.
118482).

RELATIONS OF TEMPERATURE TO VERTEBRA AMONG FISHES.

BY
| DAVID STARR JORDAN,
| President of Leland Stanford, Jr., University.

It has been known for many years that in certain groups of fishes the
northern or cold-water representatives have a larger number of verte-
bra than those members which are found in tropical regions. To this
generalization, first formulated by Dr. Gill in 1863, we may add cer-
tain others which have been more or less fully appreciated by ichthyol-
ogists, but which for the most part have never received formal state-
‘ment. In groups containing fresh water and marine members, the
fresh-water forms have in general more vertebre than those found in
thesea. The fishes inhabiting the depths of the sea have more verte-
bre than their relatives living near the shore. In free-swimming pela-
gic fishes the number of vertebrie is also greater than in the related
shore fishes of the same regions. The fishes of the earlier geological
periods have for the most part numerous vertebrae, and those fishes
with the low numbers (24 to 26) found in the specialized spiny-rayed
fishes appear only in comparatively recent times. In the same connec-
tion we may also bear in mind the fact that those types of fishes (soft-
rayed and anacanthine) which are properly characterized by increased
numbers of vertebree predominate in the fresh waters, the deep seas,
and in Arctic and Antarctic regions. On the other hand the spiny-
rayed* fishes are in the tropics largely in the majority.

*Vor the purpose of the present discussion, we may regard the ordinary fishes, ex-
elusive of sharks, ganoids, eels, and other primitive or aberrant types as forming
three categories: (1) The soft-rayed or Physostomous fishes, with no true spines in
the fins, with an open duct to the air-bladder, the ventral fins abdominal (the pelvis
being attached only by the flesh and remote from the shoulder-girdle), cycloid
seales, etc. (2) The spiny-rayed or Acanthopterygian fishes, having usually spines

in the dorsal and other fins, no duct to the air-bladder, the skeleton firm, the ven-
trals attached by the pelvis to the shoulder-girdle, the shoulder-girdle joined to the
skull, and the seales usually ctenoid or otherwise peculiar. The vertebrae among
_spiny-rayed fishes are larger, and therefore generally fewer in number, and their
appendages (shoulder-girdle, gill arches, ribs, interspinal bones, etc.) are more
specialized. The spiny-rayed fishes are usually regarded as the most specialized or
“highest” in the seale of development. The question of whether, on the whole,
_ they are ‘‘higher” or ‘‘lower” as compared with sharks and other primitive types
is ambiguous, because various ideas are associated with these words “high” or
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XITV—No. 845.

107

108 TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBRE—JORDAN.

In the present paper, I wish to consider the extent to which these |

statements are true and to suggest a line of explanation which cover
all these generalizations alike.

STATEMENT OF THEORY.

For the purpose of this discussion we may assume the derivation of
species by means of the various influences and processes, for which,
without special analysis, we may use the term ‘natural selection.”.

By the influence of natural selection, the spiny-rayed fish, so char-
acteristic of the present geological era, has diverged from its soft-
rayed ancestry.

The influences which have produced the spiny-rayed fish have been

most active in the tropical seas. It is there that ‘natural selection” —

is most potent, se far as fishes are concerned. The influence of cold,

darkness, monotony, and restriction is to limit the direct struggle for —

existence, and therefore to limit the resultant changes. In general
the external conditions most favorable to fish life are to be found in the
tropical seas, among rocks and along the coral reefs near the shore.
Here is the center of competition. From conditions otherwise favor-
able to be found in Arctic regions, the majority of competitors are ex-

eluded by their inability to bear the cold. In the tropics is found the —

greatest variety in surroundings, and therefore the greatest variety
in the possible adjustments of series of individuals to correspond with
these surroundings.

The struggle for existence in the tropics is a struggle between fish
and fish, and among the individuals of a very great number of species,
each one acquiring its own peculiar points of advantage. No form is
excluded from competition. No competitor is handicapped by loss of
strength on account of cold, darkness, foul water, or any condition
adverse to fish life.

The influences which serve as a whole to make a fish more intensely
and compactly a fish, and which tend to rid it of every character and
every organ not needed in fish life, should be most effective along the
rocks and shores of the tropics.

For this process of intensification of fish-like characters, which finds
its culmination in certain specialized spiny rayed* fishes of the coral
reefs, we may, conveniently use the term ‘** Leeann

nee» Cttn is certain, howe er, frat ihe spiny-rayed fishes ace farthest from the
primitive stock, and that the qualities that distinguish fishes as a group are most
intensified. In other words, it is in the spiny-rayed fishes that the process of ‘ ichthy-
ization” or fish-forming has gone farthest. A third category would comprise the
Anacanthines (cods, flounders, ete.), fishes anatomically similar to the spiny-rayed
forms, but without spines to their fins, with weaker skeletons and smaller and more
numerous vertebrae. They are ‘‘ degenerate” or more ‘ generalized ” offshoots from
the spiny-rayed types, as the eels are from some soft-rayed type.

*The Parrot-fishes (Scaridw), Trigger-fishes (Balistide), Angel-fishes (Chetodon-
tidw), etc.

»

rec PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 109

If “ichthyization” is in some degree a result of conditions found in
‘the tropics, we may expect to find a less degree of specialization in the
restricted and often unfavorable conditions which prevail in the fresh
waters, in the cold and exelusion of the Polar Seas, and especially in
the monotony, darkness, and cold of the oceanic abysses where light
ean not penetrate and where the temperature scarcely rises above the
freezing point.

An important factor in “ichthyization” is the reduction of the num-
ber of segments or vertebra, and a proportionate increase in the size and
complexity of the individual segment and its appendages.

If the causes producing this change are still in operation, we should
naturally expect that in cold water, deep water, dark water, fresh
waters, and in the waters of a past geological epoch the process would
be less complete and the numbers of vertebre would be larger.

And this, in a general way, is precisely what we find in the examina-
tion of skeletons of a large series of fishes.

If this view is correct, we have a possible theory of the reduction in
umbers of vertebre as we approach the equator. It should, moreover,
not surprise us to encounter various modifications and exceptions, for
we know little of the habits and scarcely anything of the past history
of great numbers of species. The present characters of species may
depend on occurrences in the past concerning which even guesses are
impossible.

HISTORICAL SKETCH.

Giinther, 1862.—The earliest observation on record in reference to
the subject in question was made by Dr. Albert Giinther. He noted
that among the Labride, the species of temperate waters had more ver-
Htebree than those of the tropics. He says:*

In those genera of Labridw which are composed entirely or for the greater part of
ropical species the vertebral column is composed of twenty-four vertebrie, whilst

jhose which are chiefly confined to the temperate seas of the northern and southern
emispheres have that number increased in the abdominal and caudal portions.

Gill, 1863.—Shortly after, in a review of Dr. Giinther’s work on the
abroids,t Dr. Theodore Gill showed that this generalization was not
sonfined to the Labroids alone, but that ‘if may also be extended to
ther families. * * * ‘This generalization is applicable to the rep-
esentatives of Acanthopterygiant families generally, and can be con-
sidered in connection with the predominance of true Malacopterygian §
ishes in northern waters, fishes in which the increase in the number
of vertebrie is a normal feature.”

Gill, 1864.—Later,|| Dr. Gill remarked that the increase in the num-

f+ atalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum, vol. 1v, p. 65.
| t On the Labroids of the Western Coast of North America, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phila.,
1863, p. 221.
t Spiny-rayed.
§ Soft-rayed ; here including the Anacanthine fishes.
|| Proceedings Academy Natural Science, Phila., 1864, 147.

110 TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBRA—JORDAN.

ber of vertebre of Sebastes, a genus peculiar to the northern seas,
affords an excellent example of the truth of the generalization claiming
an increased number of vertebra for the cold-water representatives of
Acanthoptery gians.

Jordan, 1886.—In 1886, in a paper before the Indiana Academy of
Sciences,* the present writer showed that in very many families the
number of vertebrie decreases as we approach the tropics. So constant
is this relation that it was thought that it might almost be termed a
law. The writer could however suggest no adequate cause by the oper- ;
ation of which such changes are brought about. ;

Jordan and Goss, 1889.—In a study of the flounders, in 1889,+ a table
was given showing the numbers of vertebre in the different species.
From this table it was made evident that in that group of flounders,{
which includes the halibut and its relatives, the Arctic generas have-
from 49 to 50 vertebree. The northern genera|| have from 43 to 45, the
members of a large semitropical genus {[ of wide range have 35 to 41,
while the tropical forms** have from 35 to 37.

In the group of turbots ft and whiffs none of the species really pelon al
to the northern fauna, and the range in numbers is from 35 to 43. The
highest number, 43,ii is found in a deep water species, and the next, 41
and 40,§§ in species which extend their range well toward the north.

Among the plaices, which are all |||| northern, the numbers range trom |
35 to 65, the higher numbers, 52, 58, 65, being found in species {/{] which”
inhabit coneidpt alle depths in Hie Aretie Seas. The lowest numbers ***)
(35) belong to shore species which range well to the south. |

Concerning this matter, Jordan and Goss remark: |

tag AY

It has already been noticed by Dr. Giinther and others that in certain groups of
fishes northern representatives have the number of their vertebrz increased. In no
gvoup is this more striking than in the flounders.

Gill, 1889.—In a review ttt of the paper above mentioned, Dr. Gill con-
siders in detail the condition of our knowledge of this subject, quoting
from the various papers mentioned above, and claiming very properly
that the first statement of this generalization belonged to himself rather
than to Dr. Giinther.

Dr. Gill further adds:

The case of the Sebastines became still more striking when Messrs. Jordan and Gil-
bert discovered that the number of vertebre in the species of Sebastichthys and Sebas-

* Still ea

tA Review of the Flounders and Soles (Plewronectide) of America and Europe, by
David S. Jordan and David K. Goss.

{ Hippoglossine. § Hippoglossus and Atheresthes.

|| Zippoglossoides, Lyopsetta, and Hopsetta. 4] Paralichthys.

** Xystreurys, Aneylopsetta, ete. tt Psetline,

tt Monolene sessilicauda. \ Lepidorhombus whiff-jagonis and Citharichthys sordidus.

\||| Plewronectine. "]4| Glyptocephalus and Microstomus.

*** Platichthys stellatus, Hypsopsetta gquttulata.

ttt Proceedings of the U.S, National Museum, 1888, p. 604.

'

aac’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 111

todes, senera intermediate between the northern Sebastes and the tropical and subtrop-
ical representatives of the family of Scorpanida, was also intermediate.
But while claiming the generalization that there isa correlation between the increase

of vertebre and the increase of latitude among fishes, I would not assign it an undue

value or claim for it the dignity of alaw. It is simply the expression of a fact which
has no cause for its being now known. It may be added that this generalization is
true only in a general sense.

Jordan, 1891.—In another paper* the present writer has said:

This increase in the number of vertebrie in northern forms has been used as a basis
of classification of the Pleuronectide by Jordan and Goss, of the Scorpenide by Jordan
and Gilbert, and it will doubtless prove to have a high value in the subdivision of
other families which have representatives in different zones. The cause of this pecul-
iarity of fishes of cold waters is still obscure. Probably the reduction in number of
secments is a result of the specialization of structure incident to the sharper compe-
tition of the tropical waters, where the outside conditions of life are very favorable
for fishes, but the struggle of species against species is most severe.

In this paper is given a table which shows that in the genera of La-
bridet inhabiting northern Europe and the New England waters there
are 38 to 41 vertebrae, in the Mediterranean formst 30 to 33, in certain
subtropical genera§ 27 to 29, while in those Labroids which chiefly
abound about the coral reefs|| the number is from 23 to 25.

Jordan & Higenmann, 1891.4—In a recent paper on the Serranidea (sea-
bass and groupers) it is stated that the group as a whole belongs to the
tropical seas, and that it differs from the related fresh-water family of
Percide by the muclr smaller number of vertebra, usually 24, which is the
number most common among spiny rayed fishes. Among the Serranida,
however, two genera form exceptions to the general rule. One of
these,** with 35 vertebre, occurs in the rivers of China, the other,tt
with 36 vertebr, in the mountain streams of Chili and Patagonia. In
these two genera the numbers are materially increased, as would be ex-
pected if the rule is to hold good. There are, however, other Serranida,
more or less perfectly confined to the fresh waters, and yet retaining the
normal number of vertebrae. These are perhaps comparatively recent
immigrants from the sea. In evidence of this is the fact that among
these forms there is a perfect gradation in habits from the strictly ma-
rine,tt through migratory§§ and brackish-water species|||| to those con-
fined to the rivers and lakes. {J

So far as I know, the above record includes all the references to this
subject yet made in ichthyological literature. We may now examine
the facts in detail.

* Review of the Labroid Fishes of America and Europe, p. 2.

tLabrus, Acantholabrus, Ctenolabrus, Hiatula.

¢ Chiefly belonging to Symphodus. § Lachnolaimus, Harpe, etc.

| Scarus, Sparisoma, Xyrichthys, Julis, Thalassoma, ete.

4] A Review of the Genera and Species of Serranidw found in the waters of America
and Europe, by David 8. Jordan and Carl H. Eigenmann.

** Lateolabrax. tt Percichthys.

t{ Dicentrarchus punctatus. §§ Roceus lineatus.

||| Morone americana. {|| Roccus chrysops.

M2 TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBRA—JORDAN.

NUMBERS OF VERTEBRA.
GANOID FISHES.

It may be taken for granted that the ancestry of the various modern
types of bony fishes is to be sought among the Ganoids. All the fossil
forms in this group have a notably large number of vertebree. The
few now living are nearly all fresh-water fishes, and among these, so
far as known, the numbers range from 65 to 110.*

SOFT-RAYED FISHES.

Among the Teleostei or bony fishes, those which first appear in geo-
logical history are the Isospondyli, the allies of the salmon and herring.
These have all numerous vertebrie, small in size, and none of them in
any notable degree modifiedt or specialized. In the northern seas
Tsospondyli still exceed all other fishes in number of individuals. They
abound in the depths of the ocean, but there are comparatively few of
them in the tropies.

The Salmonidewt which inhabit the rivers and lakes of the northern
zones have from 60 to 65 vertebra. The Scopelide, Stomiatide, and
other deep-sea analegues have from 40 upwards in the few species in
which the number has been counted.

The group of Clupeidw§ is probably nearer the primitive stock of
TIsospondyli than the salmon are. This group is essentially northern
in its distribution, but a considerable number of its members are found
within the tropics. The common herring|| ranges farther into the Arc-
tic regions than any other. Its vertebrie are 56 in number. In the
shad,{[ a northern species which ascends the rivers, the same number
has been recorded.

The sprat** and sardine tt ranging farther south, have from 48 to 50,
while in certain small herringtt which are strictly confined to tropical
shores the number is but 40.

Allied to the herring are the anchovies, mostly tropical. The north-
ernmost species,§§ the common anchovy of Europe, has 46 vertebra. A
tropical species |||| has 41 segments.

There are, however, a few soft-rayed fishes] confined to the tropical
seas in which the numbers of vertebrie are still large, an exception to

* Sixty-seven in Polypterus, 110 in Calamoichthys, 95 in Amia, ete.

t As is indicated by the name Isospondyli, from 1605, equal, OzovdvAos, vertebra.
Salmon, trout, grayling, whitefish, etc.

§ Herring, shad, sprat, sardine, and their allies.

|| Clupea harengus. §] Clupea alosa, the European shad.
“* Clupea sprattus. tt Clupea pilchardus.
tt Harengula macrophthalma. §§ Stolephorus enchrasicolus.

\|\| Stolephorus brownt.

4 Among these are Albula vulpes, the bonefish, with 70 vertebra, Flops saurus, the
ten-pounder, with 72, the Grande Ecaille (Megalops cyprinoides) with 57, and Chanos
chanos with 72.

ae
Ta Tee

aa PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 113

the general rule for which there is no evident reason unless it be con-
nected with the wide distribution of these almost cosmnopolitan fishes.

In a fossil herring-like fish from the Green River shales, I count 40
vertebre; in a bass like or serranoid fish from the same locality “4,
these being the usual numbers in the present tropical members of these.
groups.

The great family of Siluride or catfishes seems to be not allied to the
Isospondyli, but a separate offshoot from another ganoid type. This
group is represented in all the fresh waters of temperate and tropical
America, as well as in the warmer parts of the Old World. One divi-
sion of the family, containing numerous species abounds on the sandy
shores of the tropical seas. The others are all fresh-water fishes. So
far as the vertebree in the Silurida ave been examined, no conclusions
ean be drawn. The vertebrie in the marine species range from 35* to
50; in the North American forms from 37 to 49, and in the South
American fresh-water species, where there is almost every imaginable
variation in form and structure, the numbers range from 28 to 50 or
more,

The Cyprinidae, confined to the fresh waters of the northern hemi-
sphere, and their analogues, the Characinide of the rivers of South Amer-
ica and Africa, have also numerous vertebree, 56 to 50 in most cases.
I fail to detect in either group any relation in these numbers to sur-
rounding conditions.

In general, we may say of the soft-rayed fishes that very few of them
are inhabitants of tropical shores. Of these few, some which are closely
related to northern forms have fewer vertebree than their cold-water
analogues. Inthe northern species, the fresh-water species and the
species found in the deep sea, the number of vertebra is always large,
but the same is true of some of the tropical species also.

SPINY-RAYED FISHES.

Among the spiny-rayed fishes, the facts are more striking. Of these,
numerous families are chiefly or wholly confined to the tropies, and in
the great majority of all the species the number of vertebrie is con-
stantly 24,§ 10 in the body and 14 in the tail (LO + 14).

In some families in which the process of ichthyization has gone on to
an extreme degree, as in certain Plectognath fishes,|| there has been a

* Tachisurus, Felichthys, ete.

t Ictalurus, Ameiurus, ete.

{ Carp, minnows, suckers, chubs, buffalo-fishes, gudgeons, ete.

§ This is true of all or nearly all the Serranida, Sparide, Sciwnide, Chetoedontide,
Hamulide, Gerrida, Gobiida, Acanthuride, Mugilidew, Sphyrenide, Mullide, Pomacen-
trida, ete.

|| Balistes, the trigger fish, 17; Monacanthus and Alutera, foolfishes, about 20; the
trunkfish, Ostracion, 14; the pufters, Tefraodon and Spheroides, 18; Canthigaster, 173
and the headfish, Mola, 17. Among the Pediculates, Malthe and Antennarius have 17
to 19 vertebrae, while in their near relatives, the anglers, Lophiida, the number varies |

Prog. _N. M. 91 8.

114 TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBRA—JORDAN.

still further reduction, the lowest number, 14, existing in the short in-
flexible body of the trunkfish,* in which the vertebral joints are mov-
able only in the base of the tail. In all these forms, the process of
reduction of vertebrae has been accompanied by specialization in other
respects. The range of distribution of these fishes is chiefly though
not quite wholly confined to the tropics.

A very few spiny-rayed families are wholly confined to the northern
seas. One of the most notable of these is the fainily of viviparous surt
fishes,t of which numerous species abound on the coasts of California
extending to Oregon, and Japan, but which enter neither the waters
of the frigid nor the torrid zone. ‘These fishes seem to be remotely con-
nected with the Labridet of the tropics, but no immediate proofs of their
origin exist. The surf fishes have from 32 to 42 vertebrae, numbers
which are never found among tropical fishes of similar appearance or
relationship.

The case of the Labrida, in which the fact was first noticed, has been
already mentioned. Hquaily striking are the facts in the great group
of Cataphracti, or mailed-cheek fishes, a tribe now diyided into several
families, diverging from each other in various respects, but agreeing in
certain peculiarities of the skeleton.

Among these fishes the family most nearly related to ordinary fishes
is that of the Scorpanidw.||

This is alarge family containing many species, fishes of local habits,
swarming about the rocks at moderate depths in all zones. The species
of the tropical genera have all 24 vertebrie.{ Those genera chiefly
found in cooler waters, as in California,** Japan, Chili, and the Cape ot
Good Hope, have in all their species 27 vertebrie, while in the single
Arctic genus there are 31.{t An Antarctic genus{t bearing some rela-
tion to Sebastes has 39.

Allied to the Scorpanida, but confined to the tropical or semitropical

with tbe latitude. Thus, in the northern angler, Lophius piscatorius, which is never
found south of Cape Hatteras, there are 30 vertebrae, while in a similar species, inhab-
iting both shores of the tropical Pacitic, Lophiomus setigerus, the vertebrie are but 19.
Yet, in external appearance, these two fishes, are almost identical. It is, however,
a notable fact that some of the deep-water Pediculates, or angling fishes, have the
body very short and the number of vertebra correspondingly reduced. Dibranchus
altanticus, from a depth of 3,600 fathoms, or more than 4 miles, has but 13 vertebrie,
and others of its relatives in deep waters show also small numbers. These soft-
bodied fishes are simply animated mouths, with a feeble osseous structure, and they
are perhaps recent offshoots from some stock which has extended its range from
muddy bottom or from floating seaweed to the depths of the sea.

* Ostracion. t Embiolocide.

t Wrasse fishes, old wives, parrot fishes, cunners, tautogs, redfishes, seforitas, ete.

§ Notably by the formation of a bony ‘‘stay” to the preopercle by the backward
extension of one of the suborbital bones.

|| Sea scorpions, rockfishes, ‘‘ rock cod,” rosefishes, ete.

4] Scorpena, Sebastoplus, Plerois, Synanceia, Synancidium, ete.

** Sebastichthys and its offshoots, Sebastodes, Scbastopsis, etc, the ‘rock cod” of Cali-
fornia.

tt The rosefish, Sebastes. {{ dgriopus.

Dati PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. | Inks

seas, are the Platycephalida, with 27 vertebra, and the Cephalacanthide,
with but 22. In the deeper waters of the tropics are the Peristediida,
with 33 vertebre, and extending farther north, belonging as much to
the temperate as to the torrid zone, 1s the large family of the Triglida,*
in which the vertebrae range from 25 to 38.

The family of Agonida,t with 36 to 40 vertebrie, is still more decidedly”
northern in its distribution. Wholly confined to northern waters is the:
great family of the Cottida,i in which the vertebrae ascend from 30 to
50. Entirely polar and often in deep waters are the Liparidide,§ an:
offshoot from the Cottide, with soft, limp bodies, and the vertebrie 35°
to 65. In these northern forms there are no scales, the spines in the fins:
have practically disappeared, and only the anatomy shows that they
beiong to the group of spiny-rayed fishes. In the Cyclopterida,|| like-
wise largely arctic, the body becomes short and thick, the backbone
inflexible, and the vertebra are again reduced to 28. In most cases, as:
the number of vertebrie increases, the body becomes proportionally
elongate. As a result of this, the fishes of arctic waters are, for the
most part, long and slender, and not a few of them approach the form:
of eels. In the tropics, however, while elongate fishes are common
enough, most of them (always excepting the eels) have the normal
number of vertebra, the greater length being due to the elongation 4
of their individual vertebree and not to their increase in number.

In the great group of blenny-like fishes the facts are equally striking.
The Arctic species are very slender in form as compared with the
tropical blennies, and this fact, caused by a great increase in the num-
ber of their vertebrie, has led to the separation of the group into sev-
eral families. The tropical forms composing the family of Blenniida**
have trom 28 to 49 vertebra, while in the Arctic genera the numbers
range from 75 to 100.

The Anacanthine fishes in whole or in part seem to have sprung from
a Blennioid stock. Of these the most specialized group is that of the
flounders,tt already described. The wide distribution of this family, its

*The gurnards and sea robins. The lowest numbers are found in the American
genus Prionotus, which 1s chietly tropical, the highest in Lepidotrigla, which is confined
to southern Europe.

t Sea poachers, alligator fishes, ete. t Sculpins, Miller’s thumbs, etc.

§ Sea snails. || Lumpfishes.

§| Thus the very slender goby, Gobius oceanicus, has the same number (25) of vertebrae
as its thick-set relative Gobius soporator or the chubby Lophogobius cyprinoides.

*“ Of the true Blenniide, which are all tropical or semi-tropical, Blennius has 28 to
39 vertebrae; Salarias, 35 to 38; Labrosomus, 34; Clinus, 49; Cristiceps, 40. A fresh-
water species of Cristiceps found in Australia has 46. Blennioid fishes in the Arctic
seas are Anarrhichas, with 76 vertebrie; Anarrhichthys, with 100 or more; Lumpenus, 79;
Murwnoides, 85; Lycodes, 112; Gymnelis, 93. Lycodes and Gymnelis bave lost all the
dorsal spines and are intermediate between the blennies and the forms called Ana-
canthine. The gradual degeneration of such northern forms may perhaps be attrib-

uted to the influence of ‘‘ Panmixia” or the cessation of selection,

tt Pleuronectide,

116 TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBRA—JORDAN.

members being found on the sandy shores of all zones, renders it es-
pecially important in the present discussion. The other Anacanthine
families are chiefly confined to the cold waters or to the depths of the
seas.

In the Cod family* (Gadide) the number of vertebre is usually about
50, and in their deep-sea allies, the grenadierst or rat-tails, the numbers
range from 65 to 80.

FRESH-WATER FISHES.

Of the families confined strictly to the fresh waters the great ma-
jority are among the soft-rayed or physostomous fishes, the allies of the

salmon,t pike, carp, and cat-fish. In all of these the vertebrie are |
numerous. <A few fresh-water families have their affinities entirely |
with the more specialized forms of the tropical seas. Of these the Cen- |
trarchide (comprising the American fresh-water sun-fish§ and black |
bass||) have on the average about 50 vertebrie, the pirate perch 29, and |
the perch** family, perch and darters, ete., 35 to 45, while the Serranide |
or sea bass, the nearest marine relatives of all these, have constantly |
24. The marine family of Demoisellestt have 26 vertebrie, while 30 to |
40 vertebrae usually exist in their fresh-water analogues (or possibly |

descendants), the Cichlida, of the rivers of South America and Africa,
The sticklebacks,ti a family of spiny fishes, confined to the rivers and
seas of the north, have from 31 vertebre to 41.

PELAGIC FISHES.

It is apparently true that among the free swimming, or migratory
pelagic fishes, the number of vertebrie is greater than among their rela-
tives of local habits. This fact is most evident among the Scombrilform
fishes, the allies of the mackerel and tunny. All ef these belong prop:
erly to the warm seas, and the reduction of the vertebrie in certain forms

has no evident relation to the temperature, though it seems to be related —

in some degree to the habits of the species. Perhaps the retention of
many segments is connected with that strength and swiftness in the
water for which the mackerels are preéminent.

‘Fifty-one in the codfish (Gadus callarias), 58 in the Siberian cod (Pleurogadus |

navaga), 54in the haddock ( Melanogrammus wglifinus), 54 1m the whiting (Merlanqgus
merlangus), 54 in the coal-fish (Pollachius virens), 52 1n the Alaskan coal-fish (Polla- .
chius chaleogrammus), 51 in the hake ( Merluccius merluccius). In the burbot (Lota
lota), the only fresh-water codfish, 59; 1n the deep-water ling (Molva molva), 64; im
the rocklings (Gardropsarus), 47 to 49. Those few species found in the Mediter-
ranean and the Gulf of Mexico have fewer fin rays and probably fever vertebrie than
the others, but none of the family enter warm water, the southern species: living al-
greater depths.

t Macruride.

t Cyprinidae, Salmonide, Esocida, Characinide, Cyprinodontide, Siluride, ete.

§ Lepomis. || Microplerus.
| Aphredoderidw. ** Percida.
tt Pomacentride. tt Gasterosteide.

Pace pat

»
bad PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 117

_ Thevariations in the numberof vertebriein this group led Dr. Giinther,
nearly 30 years ago, to divide it into two families, the Carangide and
—Scombrida.
The Carangide* are tropical shore fishes, local or migratory to a slight
degree. All these have from 24 to 26 vertebree. In their pelagic rela-
_tives, the dolphins,t there are from 30 to 33; in the opahs,{ 45; in the
Brama, 42; while the great mackerel family,§ all of whose members are
_more or less pelagic, have from 51 to 50.
_ Other mackerel-like fishes are the cutlass || fishes, which approach the
eels in form and in the reduction of the fins. In these the vertebree are
correspondingly numerous, the numbers ranging from 100 to 160.
, Inapparent contradistinction to this rule, however, the pelagic family
_of swordfishes,{] remotely allied to the mackerels, and with even greater
powers of swimming, has the vertebrie in normal number, the common
/swordfish having but 24.

THE EELS.

| The eels constitute a peculiar group of uncertain, but probably soft-
-rayed, ancestry, in which everything else has been subordinated to
| muscularity and flexibility of body. The fins, girdles, gill arches, scales,
and membrane bones are all imperfectly developed or wanting. The
eel is perhaps as far from the primitive stock as tle most highly “ ich-
thyized” fishes, but its progress has been of another character. The
eel would be regarded in the ordinary sense as a degenerate type, for its
| bony structure is greatly simplified as compared with its ancestral forms,
but in its eel-like qualities it is, however, greatly specialized. All the
eels have vertebrie in great numbers. As the great majority of the:
fepecies are tropical, and as the vertebrie in very few of the deep-sea.
| forms have been counted, no conclusions can be drawn as to the relation,
of their vertebre to the temperature.
| It is evident that the two families most decidedly tropical in their
distribution, the morays** and the snake eels,it have diverged farthest
from the primitive stock. They are most ‘ degenerate,” as shown by
the reduction of their skeleton. At the same time they are also most
decidedly “ eel-like,” and in some pees as in By Conan, dentition,

* Pampanos, amber Ashen TOE fishes, ¢ ayia ete.

t Coryphena. { Lampris.

§ Scombride. The mackerel (Scomber scombrus) has 31 vertebrie: the chub mackerel
(Scomber colias), 31; the tunny (Albacora thynnus), 39; the long-finned albacore (Alba-
cord alalonga), 40; the bonito (Sarda sarda), 50; the Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus
maculatus), 45

| Trichiuride : Aphanopus, 101 vertebrae ; Lepidopus, 112 ; Trichurus, 159.

4] Xiphiide.

** Murenide. Among the morays, Murena helena has 140; Gymnothorax meleagris,
120; G. undulatus, 130; G. moringa, 145; G. concolor, 136; Echidna catenata, 116; E. neb-
ulosa, 142; FE. zebra, 135. In other families the true eel, Anguilla anguilla, has 115;
the Conger cel, Conger conger, 156; and Murenesox cinereus, 154,

tt Ophisuride.

1s TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBRAI—JORDAN.

musculat development, most highly specialized. It is evident that the
presence of numerous vertebral joints is essential to the suppleness of
body which is the eel’s chief source of power.

So far as known the numbers of vertebrie in eels range from 115 to
160, some of the deep-sea eels* having probably higher numbers, if we
can draw inferences from their slender or whip-like forms; but this char-
acter may be elusive.

THE SHARKS.

The sharks show likewise a very large number of vertebrae, 130 to
150 in the species in which they have been counted. In these fishes no
comparative study of the vertebrae has been made. The group is a
very ancient one in geological time, and in the comparatively few re-
maining members of the group, the vertebra, in fact the entire skeleton,
is in a very primitive condition. The sharks are free-swimming fishes,
and with them as with the eels, flexibility of body is essential to the
life they lead.

VARIATIONS IN FIN-RAYS.

In some families the number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins is de-
pendent on the number of vertebrae. It is therefore subject to the same
fluctuations.t This relation is not strictly proportionate, for often a
variable number of rays with their interspinal processes will be inter-
posed between a pair of vertebrae. The myotomes or muscular bands
on the sides are usually coincident with the number of vertebrie. As,
however, these and other characters are dependent on differences in
vertebral segmentation, they bear the same relations to temperature
that the vertebra themselves sustain.

CONCLUSION.

From the foregoing examples we may conclude that, other things
being equal, the numbers of vertebrie are lowest in the shore-fishes of
the tropics, and especially in those of local habits, living about rocks
and coral reefs.

The cause of this is to be found in the fact that in these localities the
influences of natural selection are most active. The reduction of verte-
brie may be regarded as a phase in the process of specialization which
has brought about the typical spiny-rayed fish.

These influences are most active in the warm, clear waters of tropi-
cal shores, because these regions offer conditions most favorable to
fish-life, and to the life of the greatest variety of fishes. No fish is ex-

* Nemichthys, Netlastoma.

+ Thus in the Scorpawnida, Sebastes, the Arctic genus has the dorsal rays xv, 13,
the vertebrie 12419. The tropical genus Scorpena has the dorsal rays xt, 10, the
vertebre 10+ 14, while the semitropical genns Sebastichthys has the intermediate
numbers of dorsal rays x11, 12, and vertebrie 12 + 15.

“al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 119

cluded from competition. There is the greatest variety of competitors,
the greatest variety of fish-food, and the greatest variety of conditions
to which adaptation is possible. The number of species visiting any
Single area is vastly greater in the tropics than in cold regions.

A single drawing of the net on the shores of Cuba* will obtain more
different kinds of fish than can be found on the coasts of Maine in a
year. Cold, monotony, darkness, isolation, foul water; all these are
characters opposed to the formation of variety in fish-life. The absence
of these is a chief feature of life in the tropical waters.

The life of the tropics, so far as the fishes are concerned, offers analo-
gies to the life of cities, viewed from the standpoint of human develop-
ment. In the same way, the other regions under consideration are, if
we may so speak, a sort of ichthyological backwoods. In the eities, in
general, the conditions of individual existence are most easy, but the
competition is most severe. The struggle for existence is not a strug-
gle with the forces and conditions of nature. It is not a struggle with
wild beasts, unbroken forests, or a stubborn soil, but a competition be-
tween man and man for the opportunity of living.

It is in the cities where the influences which tend to the moderniza-
tion and concentration of the characters of the species, the intensific:
tion of human powers and their adaptation to the various special con-
ditions go on most rapidly. That this intensification is not necessarily
progress either physically or morally is aside from our present purpose.

It is in the cities where those characters and qualities not directly
useful in the struggle for existence are first lost or atrophied.

Conversely it is in the **backwoods,” the region most distinct from
human conflicts, where primitive customs, antiquated peculiarities, and
useless traits are longest and most persistently retained. The life of
the backwoods will be not less active and vigorous, but it will lack
specialization.

It is not well to push this analogy too far, but we may perhaps find
in it a suggestion as to the development of the eels. In every city there
is a class which partakes in no degree of the general line of devel-
opment. Its members are specialized in a wholly different way, thereby
taking to themselves a field which the others have abandoned, and mak-
ing up in low cunning what they lack in strength and intelligence.

Thus among the fishes we have in the regions of closest competition
a degenerate and non-ichthyized form, lurking in holes among rocks
and creeping in the sand, thieves and scavengers among fishes.

The eels fill a place which would otherwise be left unfilled. In their
way, they are perfectly adapted to the lives they lead. A multiplicity
of vertebral joints is useless to the typical fish, but to the eel strength
and suppleness are everything, and no armature of fin or scale or bone
so desirable as its power of escaping through the smallest opening.

“In 1884 a single haul of a net in a shallow bay on Key West brought in seventy-
five species. A week’s work about Martha’s Vineyard yielded but forty-eight kinds.

120 TEMPERATURE AND FISH VERTEBR&—JORDAN.

It may be too that, as rovers in the open sea, the strong swift mem-
bers of the mackerel family find a positive advantage in the possession
of many vertebrie, and that to some adaptation to their mode of life we
must attribute their lack of “ichthyization” of the skeleton. But this
is wholly hypothetical, and we may leave the subject with the general
conclusion that with the typical fish advance in structure has special-
ized the vertebrie, increased their size and the complexity of their ap-
pendages, while decreasing their numbe*. That with some exceptions
and modifications this reduction is characteristic of fishes in the tropics,
and that it is so because in the tropics the processes of evolution are
most active, so far as the fishes are concerned,

—e

REPORT UPON A COLLECTION OF FISHES MADE AT GUAYMAS,
SONORA, MEXICO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

BY
BarToN W. EvERMANN AND OLIVER P. JENKINS.*
(With Plates I-11.)

Through the liberality of the trustees of De Pauw University and of
the Indiana State Normal school, the authors of this paper were enabled,
during the summer of 1887, to make a collection of tishes in the Bay of
Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico.

A preliminary account of the collection, with descriptions of seven-
teen species thought by us to be new, has been published in the Pro-
ceedings of the United States National Museum for 1888, pp. 157-15s,

Many interruptions and other duties have prevented the preparation
of a fuller account of the collection until the present time.

It is proper to refer here to the former studies of the fishes of the
Gulf of California.

The first considerable collection of fishes from the Gulf of California
was made by Mr. John Xantus, who was for some time stationed at
Cape San Lueas as a tidal observer.

The fishes he obtained were sent to the Smithsonian Institution and
were described by Dr. Theodore Gill in the Proceedings of the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for the years 1862 and 1863.
This collection was again studied by Professors Jordan and Gilbert,
the results of which studies were published in the Proceedings of the
U.S. National Museum for 1882. This collection, although comprising
fewer than one hundred species, was a most valuable one, containing,
as it did, a large proportion of new species and several new genera.

In 1873~75, Dr. Thomas H. Streets, while on board the U.S. steamer
Narragansett, engaged in making a survey of Lower California, made a
collection of fishes in the Gulf of California, the account of which was
published in Bulletin No. 7, U. S. National Museum, 1877.

In 188081, Capt. Henry E. Nichols, during cruises of the U.S. Coast
and Geodetic Survey steamer Hassler along the west coast of Mexico

*The order in the signature of this paper indicates nothing as to seniority of author-
ship. The authors shared equally both in making the collection and in-the prep-
aration of the report, and are to be held equally responsible for its contents. This
statement applies also to the paper by them describing seventeen new species of this
collection which has already appeared.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 846.

121

122 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS——-EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

i,

and Central America, including the Gulf of California and the Bay of

Guaymas, made various collections of fishes.

These have been studied . Professors Jordan and Gilbert (Proce.
U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, p. 225

In 188081, Prof. Ohanies TL Gilbert spent ten weeks collecting fishes
at Mazatlan, a point which may be considered as being at the mouth
of the Gulf of California. During this time he obtained a large and
very important collection. This collection was made for the U. 8S. Na-
tional Museum and served as the basis for many papers by Professors
Jordan and Gilbert which have appeared in the Proceedings of the U.S.
National Museum and in the Bulletins of the U. S. Fish Commission.
The first of these papers announced that one hundred and seventy
species were obtained and gave descriptions of thirty-three new species.

Mr. W. N. Lockington has at various times given accounts of fishes
from the Gulf of California, some of which he described as new.

In the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum 1882, p. 378, Pro-
fessors Jordan and Gilbert give an account of a collection of fourteen
species made by Mr. L. Belding near Cape San Lucas.

In the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum 1884, Dr. Jordan
published an account of a small collection of four species made by Mr.
H. Ff. Emeric at Guaymas. One of these, Gobiosoma histrio, was de-
scribed as new.

Besides these collections, there have been described at various times
from points in or near the Gulf of California, a number of species by
others, especially by Dr. Giinther and by Dr. Steindachner, the latter
having at one time visited the west coast of North America with
Agassiz on the Hassler expedition.

Nearly all the species heretofore reported from the Gulf of California

have been from points south of Guaymas.

Guaymas is situated on the Bay of Guaymas, Gulf of California, in
latitude 28° north and longitude 34° west, a position on the west coast
of Sonora, Mexico, about opposite the middle portion of the peninsula
of Lower California.

The climate is very dry, there being at most but very few light
showers at any time.

The bay is surrounded by mountains wholly of voleanic origin. The
coast line is an almost unbroken wall of rough, sharp-outlined rock
which the sea has in many places undermined into overhanging cliffs
or caves. This wall, always high, sometimes rises into immense preci-
pices.

There are but few places in the region of the bay where the seine
could be used to any advantage, and these had to be prepared by tre-
moving many rocks.

We were fortunate enough in being able to secure the aid of a French
fisherman, Mr. Theodore Canevet, who, being a man of intelligence, was
able to render us great aid in many ways. He was well informed as to

ea | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 123

the most favorable fishing places and possessed fair fishing appliances,
and was really the only fisherman there who was at all well equipped
for his work.

The water of the bay, at least néar the city of Guaymas, is very
warm.

Although Guaymas is a considerable city, containing about ten
thousand inhabitants, there is no regular fish market. The reason for
this does not lie in the scarcity of fishes in the bay, for great numbers
of the best of food fishes abound.

The extremely warm climate renders the keeping of fish even for a
short time a matter of great difficulty, and the high price of ice makes
its use impracticable. Otherwise the Bay of Guaymas might be made
to furnish an abundance of a choice article of food to the people along
the line of the Sonora Railroad, a thing of which they certainly stand
in great need.

During our visit in the month of July, the weather was so hot that
fishing in the daytime was nearly impossible, and nearly all of our
seining was done after night. This was of course a serious interference
to certain kinds of collecting.

From information gained from the fishermen, we have no doubt that
many species visit these coasts in the winter months which are absent,
or at Jeast are not found near shore, during the summer. Cynoscion
macdonaldi, recently described by Dr. Gilbert, is an example; it is a
very large fish common along the east coast of the gulf in winter, but
never seen there in the summer months.

The collection contains one hundred and ten species, of which twenty-
one appear to be new. Three species and three genera had not before
been reported south of San Diego or Cerros Island ; forty-six species had
already been reported from this geographical region north of Mazatlan;
forty-one species were not hitherto known from any point north of
Mazatlan; while but twenty-four species of the collection are known
from both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the Americas. Of the
whole collection only eleven species are known from any point north
of the Gulf of California, while the remaining species, with the excep-
tion of those described by us as new, are known, in the main, along
the southern coasts of Mexico and Central America to South America.

In the “Shore Fishes of Central America” (published in 1869), Dr.
Giinther considered the evidence of the existence of a water way through
the Isthmus of Panama at a comparatively recent period, as shown by
the similarity of the fish faunve of the two coasts. There were known
to Dr. Giinther at that time one hundred and ninety-three species of
marine or brackish-water tishes, as found on the two coasts of Central
America, fifty-nine of which he regarded as common to both coasts.
This is 3L per cent. of the whole number, and he thought that further
exploration would increase this percentage He was thus led to con-
clude that there was, at no very remote period, a depression of the

124 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

Isthmus of Panama permitting the passage of fishes from one side to
the other.

Subsequently, Dr. Giinther, in his “Introduction to the Study of
Fishes” (1880, p. 280), claimed a still larger proportion of the fishes of
tropical America to be identical on the two sides of the continent. He
concluded that “‘with scarcely any exceptions the genera are identical,
and of the species found on the Pacific side nearly one-half have proved
to be the same as those of the Atlantic. The explanation of this fact
has been found in the existence of communications between the two
oceans by channels and straits which must have been open till within
a recent period. The isthmus of Central America was then partially
submerged, and appeared as a chain of islands similar to that of the
Antilles; but as the reef-building corals flourished chiefly north and
east of those islands, and were absent south and west of them, reef
fishes were excluded from the Pacifie shores when the communications
were destroyed by the upheaval of the land.”

But of the fifty-nine species which Dr. Giinther regarded as identical
on the two shores, thirty are now regarded as specifically distinet by
Dr. Jordan (Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 394), and this leaves but 15
per cent. of the one hundred and ninety-three as common to both coasts.

Of four hundred and seven species from the two coasts known to Dr.
Jordan in 1885, he regarded but seventy-one species, or 174 per cent.,
as specifically identical; and if to this be *‘ added some eight hundred
species known from the Caribbean Sea and adjacent shores, we have
about 6 per cent. of the whole number known, as common to the two
coasts.”

Upon this evidence Dr. Jordan based his opinion that ‘ fuller investi-
gations will not increase the proportion of common species, and, if it
does not, the two faune show no greater resemblances than the similarity
of physical conditions on the two sides would lead us to expect.”

The explorations since 1885 have resulted, (1) in an addition of about
one hundred species to one or the other of the two faunz; (2) in show-
ing that at least two species that were regarded as identical on the two
shores (Citharichthys spilopterus and C, gilberti) are probably distinct;
and (5) in the addition of but two species to those common to both coasts
(Hamulon steindachnerit J. & G. and Sidera castanea J. & G. of the west
coast probably being identical with H. schranki and Gymnothorax fu-
nebris of the east coast).

All this reduces still further the percentage of common species.

Of the one hundred and ten species obtained by us, twenty-four, or
less than 21 per cent., appear to be common to both coasts. Of these
twenty-four species, at least sixteen, from their wide distribution, would
need no hypothesis of a former water way through the isthmus to account
for their presence on both sides. They are species fally able to arrive
at the Pacific shores of the Americas from the warm seas west. It thus |
appears that not more than eight species, less than 8 per cent. of our

tea’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 125

}
collection, allof which are marine species, require avy such hypothesis
to account for their occurrence on both coasts of America.

As already stated, our studies have resulted in the addition of but
two species (Hemulon schranki and Gymnothorax funebris) to the list of
those thought to be identical on the two coasts.

This gives us, then, thirteen hundred and seven species that should
properly be taken into account when considering this question, ot
more than seventy-two of which, or 5.5 per cent., seem to be identical
on the two coasts. This is very different from the figures given by
Dr. Giinther in his “Study of Fishes.”

Now, if from these seventy-two species admitted to be common to
both coasts, we subtract the sixteen species of wide distributiou—so
wide as to keep them from being a factor in this problem—we have
left but fifty-six species common to the two coasts that bear very closely
upon the water-way hypothesis. This ts less than 4.5 per cent. of the whole
number.

But the evidence obtained from a study of other marine life of that
region points to the same conclusion,

In 1881, Dr. Paul Fischer discussed this same question in his Manuel
de Conchyliologie, pp. 168, 169, in a section on the Molluscan Fauna of
the Panamie Province, and reached the same general conelusions. He
says: “Les naturalistes américains se sont beaucoup préoceupés des
especes de Panama qui paraissent identiques avec celles des Antilles,
ou qui sont représentatives. P. Carpenter estime qwil en existe 35.
Dans la plupart des cas, Videntité absolue Wa pu étre constatée et on
a trouvé quelques caractéres distinctifs, ce qui Wa rien d’étonnant,
puisque dans Phypothese Wune origine commune, les deux races paci-
fique et atlantique sont séparées depuis la période Miocene. Voici une
liste de ces espéces representatives ou identiques.” Here follows a list
of twenty species. ‘“ Mais ces formes semblables,” he says, ‘con-
Stituent une infime minorité (3 per cent.).”

These facts have a very important bearing upon certain geological
questions, particularly upon that one concerning the cause of the cold
of the Glacial Period).

In Dr. G. Frederick Wright’s: recent book, “The Ice Age in North
America,” eight different theories as to the cause of the cold are dis-
cussed: The particular theory which seems to him quite reasonable is
that one whith attributes the cold as: due to a change in elevation of
different parts of the country, and: a depression of the Isthmus of
Panama:is one of the most important changes that he considers. He
Says (p. 409): “Should a portion of the Gulf Stream be driven through
a depression across the Isthiimus-of Panama into the Pacific, and an
— equal portion be diverted fromthe Atlantic coast of the United States
by an elevation of the sea-bottom between Florida and Cuba, the con-

sequences would necessarily be incaleuiably great, so that the mere
existence of such a possible cause for great changes in the distribution

)
}
4

126 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—-EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

of moisture over the northern hemisphere is sufficient to make one
hesitate before committing himself unreservedly to any other theory ;
at any rate, to one which has not for itself independent and adequate
proof.”

In the Appendix to the same volume, Mr. Warren Upham, in dis-
cussing the probable causes of glaciation, says: ** The Quaternary up-
lifts of the Andes and Rocky Mountains aud of the West Indies make
it nearly certain that the Isthmus of Panama has been similarly ele-
vated during the recent epoch. * * * It may be true, therefore,
that the submergence of this isthmus was one of the causes of the
Glacial period, the continuation of tle equatorial oceanic current west-
ward into the Pacific having greatly diminished or wholly diverted the
Gulf Stream, which carries warmth from the tropics to the northern
Atlantic and northwestern Europe.”

Auy very recent meas by which the fishes could have passed readily
from one side to the other would bave resulted in making the fish faunz
of the two shores practically identical; but the time that has elapsed
since such a water way could have existed has been long enough to
allow the fishes of the two sides to become practically distinct. That
the molluses of the two shores are also almost wholly distinct, as shown
by Dr. Fischer, is even stronger evidence of the remoteness of the
time when the means of communication between the two oceans could
lave existed, for ‘*species” among wolluscs are probably more persist-
ent than among fishes.

Our present knowledge, therefore, of the fishes of tropical America
justifies us in regarding the fish fauna of the two coasts as being essen-
tially distinet, and that there has not been, at any comparatively recent
time, any water way throngh the Isthmus of Panama.

We are under great obligations to the Mexican minister at Washing-
ton, Seiior Romero, and to other officials of the Mexican Government,
for valuable assistance aud for many courtesies extended to us; also to
Hon. A. Willard, United States consnl at. Guaymas, who rendered us
valuable aid in many ways; and to Dr. David 5. Jordan, president of
Indiana University, we wish to acknowledge our great indebtedness for
the use of lis valuable library and extensive collections.

Tue followiug is a list of the twenty-one species described as new to
SCIENCE:

1. Rhinoptera steindachneri. 12. Gobius chiqnita.

2. Synodns jenkinsi Jordan & Bollman. | 13. Gobius longicandns.

43. Siphostoma arctum. 14. Gillichthys y-canda.

4. Menidia clara, 15. Gillichthys guaymasiz

5. Menidia sardina. 16. Scorpena sonors.

6. Atherinops regis. 17. Gnathy pops scops.

7. Centropomus grandoculatus. | 1s. Opisthognathus ommata.

8. Mycteroperca jordauni. 19. Anchenopterus asper.

9. Hermoxilla azurea. 20. Peednoblennins hy pacanthus.
10. Upenens rathbuni. 21. Citharichthys gilberti,

ll. Pseudojulis venustus,

|

on” PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 127

One of these species, Gillichthys y-cauda, has since been reported from
San Diego by Dr. Gilbert, in the Proceedings of the U.S. National
Museun, vol. x11, 363; while another species, Synodus jenkinsi, has been
obtained off the coast of Colombia, from which specimens it was described
by Dr. Jordan and Mr. Bollman in the Proceedings of the U.S. National

Museum for 1889, p. 153.

The following genera and species have not been reported before from
any point south of San Diego, California, or Cerros Island :

1. Hemiramphus rose. (San Diego Bay.)

2, XNenistius californiensis.

3. Isesthes gilberti.

(San Diego; Cerros Island.)
(Santa Barbara and Sau Diego, California.)

The following forty-six species have already been recorded from the
faunal area embracing the Gulf of California north of Mazatlan :

1. Sphyrna zygena.

} 24

Pomadasis axillaris.

2. Rhinobatus glaucostigma. 25. Heemulon maculicauda,
3. Albula vulpes. 26. Hemulon flaviguttatum.

4. Elops saurus. 27. Hemulon schranki.

5. Stolephorus opercularis, 28. Hemulon sexfasciatum.
6. Hemiramphus unitasciatus, 29. Calamus brachysomus.
7. Hippocampus ingens, 30. Girella nigricans.

&. Fistularia depressa,. 3l. Kyphosus analogus.

9. Mugil cephalus. 32. Upeneus dentatus.

10. Mugil curema. 33. Umbrina xanti.

11. Sphyrena argentea. 34. Cynoscion parvipinnis,
12. Polydactylus approximans. 35. Gerres gracilis.

13. Scomber colias. 36. Harpe diplotenia.

14. Trachurops crumenophthalmus. 37. Glyphisodon saxatilis.
15. Caranx caballus. 38. Chetodipterus zonatus,
16. Selene vomer. 3o. Gobius sagittula,

17. Trachynotus fasciatus. 40. Gillichthys mirabilis.

1s. Nematistius pectoralis.
19, Diplectrum radiale.

i de
wom

. Gobiosoma histrio.
2. Porichthys margaritatus.

20, Serranus maculato-fasciatus. 43. Labrosomus xanti,
21. Hoplopagrus giintheri, | 44. Paralichthys adspersus.

22. Lutjanus novemfasciatus.
23. Orthopristis inornatus,

| 45.
46.

Balistes polylepis.
Spheroides politus,

The following forty-one species have not hitherto been reported from

any point north of Mazatlan:

1. Galeus lunulatus. Mazatlan.

Mazatlan; Panama.

3. Eulamia fronte. Mazatlan,

Mazatlan; Panama.

. Sphyrna tudes. Mazatlan,

6. Urolophus nebulosus. Colima.

Mazatlan; Acapulco; Panama.
Mavatlan and southward,
Mazatlan; Chiapam.

Mazatlan; Libertad; Panama.
Mazatlan and southward.

2. Galeus dorsalis.

4. Scoliodon longurio.
5

. Dasyatis longus.
8. Tachysurus platypogon.
9. Chanos chanos.
10. Opisthonema libertatis.

ll. Stolephorus macrolepidotus,

12. Synodus jenkinsi. Off the coast of Colombia.

18. Gymuothorax funebris,

Mazatlan,

128 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

14. Tylosurus stoltzmanni. Mazatlan; Panama.

15. Scomberomorus maculatus.

16. Caranx latus. Mazatlan; Panama.

17. Caranx hippos. Mazatlan; Panama.

18. Caranx speciosus. Mazatlan; Panama.

19. Chloroscombrus orqueta. Mazatlan; Panama.

20. Oligoplites altus. Mazatlan; Panama.

21. Oligoplites saurus. Mazatlan; Panama.

22. Centropomus undecimalis. Mazatlan; Panama.

23. Promicrops guttatus. Mazatlan; Panama.

24. Epinephelus analogus. Mazatlan; Acapulco; La Union; Panama.
25. Lobotes surinamensis. Punta Arenas; Panama.

26. Lutjanus argentiventris. Mazatlan, Panama.

27. Lutjanus guttatus, Mazatlan; Panama.

28. Lutjanus colorado. Mazatlan; Panama.

29. Orthopristis chalceus. Mazatlan; Panama.

30. Pomadasis elongatus. Mazatlan and southward.

31. Pomadasis macracanthus. Mazatlan; Punta Arenas; Chiapam; Panama.
32. Kyphosus elegans. Mazatlan.

33. Upeneus grandisquamis. Mazatlan; Panama.

34. Bairdiella icistia. Mazatlan,

35. Micropogon ectenes. Mazatlan.

36. Gerres lineatus. Mazatlan; Acapulco; San Blas; Chiapam.

37. Chetodon humeralis. Mazatlan; Colima; Panama; Sandwich Islands?
38. Pomacanthus zonipectus. Mazatlan; San Salvador; Panama.

39. Scorpena plumieri. Mazatlan; Panama.

40. Isesthes striatus. Panama.

4]. Achirus mazatlanus. Mazatlan.

The following twenty-four species are now known from both the
Atlantie and Pacific coasts of North America:

1. Sphyrna tudes. 13. Caranx hippos.

2. Sphyrna zygena. 14. Selene vomer.

3. Albula vulpes. 15. Oligoplites saurus.

4. Elops saurus. 16. Centropomus undecimalis.
5. Hemiramphus unifasciatus. ~ | 17. Diplectrum radiale.

6. Mugil cephalus. 18. Promicrops guttatus.
7. Mugil curema. 19. Lobotes surinamensis.
8. Scomber colias. 20. Heemulon schranki.

Y¥. Scomberomorus maculatus. 21. Gerres gracilis.

10. Trachurops crumenophthalnus. 22. Glyphisodon saxatilis.
11. Caranx caballus. 23. Scorpzena plumieri.
12. Caranx latus. 24. Gymnothorax funebris.

1. Galeus lunulatus (Jordan & Gilbert).

Mustelus lunulatus Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 108. (Mazatlan).
Jordan and Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 105. (Nameonly. Mazatlan).
Galeus lunulatus Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus, 1885, 363. (Name only). Jordan,
Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 6.
We obtained but one specimen of this shark, 20 inches inlength. It
does not appear to be at all frequent in the bay, as it was not known to,
the local fishermen.

versal. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 129
2. Galeus dorsalis (Gill).

Mustelus dorsalis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, 149. (Panama), Jordan
| & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 109. ( Panama).
| Galeus dorsalis, Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 363. (Name only ).

A half dozen fcetuses of this species were sent to us by Mr. Theodore
Canevet after we had left Guaymas.

Measurements of two specimens (Nos. 190, a g, and 191, a 2) give the following results :

190, | 191,
cs g

| mm. | man.

DALY OTANI SOB Stee Fess Soe Ss ect ae Se eRe ee he ess ede mags 18D 184
Distance from snout to origin of first dorsal ..............20000000--0 0 ec 58 60
Reece oleenydursalser as cease. cn eee san ore sen kee ae edb fo or seh ea 35 38
SEES OERAI msrcon eR oe eect eiy cet anak ean te SE oa omint Goo Bc ay te asc, 17 18
eereateOleU BUC ONSAlNy. ceeanc. ears orehwce see aoe au. sok swe dcaad ete Monee eae eee 21 18
peepnLO BLCCLOLAL SS ae samelomet ne Po ecantt aoe shoe Lemans aint ets Ce od 19 | 21
ere eae CONG CUR Alea er ep emer mee aa Seen eee noe oso RCE ee al eens ier 16 | 5
Pm SevonuLd onsale rec etme sien sa 8c ee Mite NATisia. Ste we. oF, oa Ep ees) Sea, 13 14
BS DOANE ret eee er ons siete hoes s sos ele stee tl eee ee 16 | 17
Pees OM MONNON Mans ard sarcoAtc treed. crete. . nok cuca dsoe dss t cig ae rea nde 16 14
BROS NOt tO NOStniliep sess cet sekecste cc eee ake ah faleietesicis isl tomcat ee roe ae 11 | il
RR PEEADE UN COMMUSpENG ss Soe Sheen eet. yr NS Loder tee ie tc 1h Tig ates aie 3 Diilsece ets
Sc noOtinonthe ena ee Aaecee weet he! siel-ain'n)s\alwiniaiwinie Wein a semis iaie eae eerie een eee 11 10
RSD AL SAC ese ete Roeser Saas wepenapees ary ered Lie ocir: “eee 11 10
PEER UME MG ONeAtica te researc oke faz eey ene A aia ret. etic st st" 2 ots 20 19
Ee etree ee eee eee een Une noe eee eee les ere ene 8 9
Rese MCHC AAG ae a oe ree eee ares Cee Soo bar PO? cic tat Pgh Tee 2 10
(BA CNGIET USI UTCCIS UE 11) etter Pm il lc a ca Suiescee
BME EOL CYC. otra me generate ree tae Mh), hlocaee pale Sama atign ce cices; 8 | 7.

The head is relatively quite broad but flattened vertically, the snout
rather long and tapering, while the body is long and very slender, ta-
pering gradually to the tail. The shagreen is more or less developed
over the entire body but is most pronounced on the head and along the
median dorsal line; it is also well developed upon the pectoral fins but

_ less so on the others.

3. Bulamia fronto (Jordan & Gilbert).

Tiburon.

| Carcharias fronto Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 102. (Mazatlan.); Bull.

U.S. Fish Comm. 1882, 105. (Name only. Mazatlan.)

Carcharhinus fronto, Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1885, 363. (Nameonly.) Ibid., Cat.
Fishes N. A., 1885, 7.

One specimen, 28 inches long, was taken by us. This shark is very

common in the Bay of Guaymas, where large specimens are frequently

taken with the hook. It often seriously interferes with hook and Line

fishing by stealing the catch before it can be gotten out of the water

by the fisherman.

» Proce. N, M. 91——9

130 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

4. Scoliodon longurio Jordan & Gilbert.
Tiburon.
Carcharias longurio Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1382, 106. ( Mazatlan.)
Scoliodon longurio, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull, U.S. Fish Comm. 1282, 105. (Mazatlan.
Name only.)
Carcharhinus longurio, Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1585, 363. (Name only.)
Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 8.
Two specimens, 17 and 18 inches long respectively, were taken.
5. Rhinoptera steindachneri sp. nov. |
(Type No. 43235, U.S.N. M.)

Gabilan.

(Plate 1.)

~

ri
4

Width of disk 1.8 times its length; anterior border nearly straight —
from spiracle for about two-thirds its length; thence to the tip slightly —
convex, thus giving the fin the outline of a wing; posterior border
strongly coneave in its outer half, nearly straight along its inner half,
Length of anterior margin of pectoral not quite equal to the length of —
the disk, but about equal to that of the posterior border; inner border —
of pectoral more than half interorbital space ; greatest width of ventral
fius equals half the interorbital width, while its length is nine-tenths of |
the same.

Tail very slender, its length greater than that of the disk (14 times —
length of disk in one specimen, while in the other it but slightly exceeds
the disk).

Muzzle emarginate; interorbital space concave, its width equal to the
distance between the spiracles, or the greatest depth of the body. The
cephalic fin is a little broader than the head, and the length of the free
portion is contained more than twice in the interorbital width.

Height of the dorsal fin 1} times its length. In one specimen there
are two stout, strongly serrated spines near the base of the tail, these
lying very close together, while in the other specimen there is but one |
spine; these spines are about equal in size, the length of the free por-
tion being about 25 times that of eye.

Skin everywhere smooth.

Nasal valves confluent into a broad flap with a free margin which,
together with the upper side, is covered with papillie.

Teeth in the lower jaw in seven series ; seven teeth developed in the:
median, and six in each of the other, series. The teeth of the median:
series are hexagonal in shape, the length being three-elevenths of the
breadth, which is nearly twice the breadth of a tooth of the second
series; the teeth of the second series hexagonal, the length being seven-
twelfths of the width, which is again nearly twice the width of those of
the next series; in the next series the teeth are diamond-shaped, the
length 12 times the breadth; those of the last (outer) series triangular,
the length being about twice the breadth.

|

i

Seton PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 131

The teeth of the upper jaw very similar to those of the lower.

Color: Above, uniform dark brown all over, a little paler on head;
below, creamy white, except outer third of pectorals, which are darker.

This very interesting species was frequently seen by us at various
places in the bay of Guaymas. It has the habit of jumping some dis-
tance out of the water at irregular intervals, and at such times presents
a very striking appearance.

None of the teeth are worn, except those of the first three transverse
series.

It is known to the local fishermen as the Gabilan.

Two specimens were obtained by us, the measurements of which we
here give in millimetres :

|
NTI ETSKONUS DE CLINGNS nee misisineainaleese =e iieetsicie iste iayaesiaicie esis iamislte oe ere | 64 | 65
mentor disk tooricin of dorsal fin: -- Se 2- cee ence ac nme cesceciececasssoe op siete omeeer | 390 386
UT EERO 1KCH 155 ce eee telat aloo alte eat ema al ctetetecial len ieie tates ataie 710 700
Sarees Seay 0 at Al ee eae atta aa ale eas alee ia mio mr eiwlste aol oielmininlole imei seein a tei me lefoe eine 410 | 520
Spree TEEN amv TU TPM LESS ee tered ate te let nt ee om late alent moe aioe malar mie cla maar aterainia, eal 80 90
PALS TINOLeC OLEAN tn Stesu a oes cars cee niente soir ctel ne sie sine oe eeeme 5 eee eee 50 55
Pec MLcR op uovoi pO yaeeerncee eee meme meee misen ee se ese eter tee sinensis cielssee r= 95 93
Miepihvotheadimeasured over the jawse=. sessee ee eeesee soeeems cece nc ceecaeeaee scene : 65 73
SPA NEO fl LOLOL DALAL ES PAC Opera! ie elmaissicisie Seletaatulctrici= = oleeinin oi Se eae teccine eee maeise. == eeemee 98 107
er DED ev COTES Pe CLES permet = alate tstate ete oa eater aie lale ole mea ate alata cle erteteieaietiniaicie = oe ee 98 107
Peroihvoranterion Margin Of PeCloral - ase. sc see cic elee cn cise cies --sem nce ccesicsscee cece. 3R0 347
Length of posterior margin of pectoral .-.....--....--.------...--- selene seas caeinats sateen 360 360
Length os inner margin of pectoral ................---.--.--- Eee aeons enee cer eer 55 55
BENT OLtreopoluon OlCaUdal I piING score asece cscs sce erinssiee si aclle sacle == = (5 aisisle ile 34 32
POM Lin alaramoer ols piracletascrsce ss scesseeeer es sec re rece opens aeccenace sa smcee 27 25
BCA GiaMOlerO nS pilTacl Seem sam cee eases enclemaeniase ina snl aeinisiemese eel rinclsseie eee 20 20
PEE UCT Of @ VO seet nrae an sistem a\eialesm aslo etna) Isla aisine = ea winfes mnieeinw a soeic een esse smssce Saaeee 14 13
Bustance trom eye to Spiracle) oon. << e- oeeee ee ennnse aee ne riew ene nonen- 20 25
Length of free portion of cephalic fin .--..--. a Sara Aenea sete se oie oe eee eee ee Ser. [ees 45
PEE IEROMNOLCHMICe pA CHU sate ems eecienin= oaninaeicinieeee cies anacians os Sc eacaeenseese tees 18 18
BeMCOOR Ot MOM Nes ees ee see sea cmictoienaoe ae ese e eS cieiee Socios Sooke seu ew sceeoaaboees eee sess 60 60
muBnance ol mouth from notch in cephalic fin. 2-5 <)-2.-ce cence ceocseeesce don sec-ssccscee 70 65
PMR CE ECO MOL O VOMbnscwccti= = secissinseense soci ciceaee eee csi ec coels ccuce soles s|eoscies 290

We take great pleasure in naming this interesting species for Dr.
Franz Steindachner of Vienna, in recognition of his valuable services
to American ichthyology

6. Sphyrna tudes (Cuvier).

| Zygena tudes Cuvier, Regne Animal. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, vi, 382, 1870.
| Sphyrna tudes, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 105. (Name only ;
Mazatlan). Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 364. (Name only.) Jordan,

1

Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 9

_ The collection contains but one specimen of this species twenty
‘inches i in length.

; 7. Sphyrna zygeena (L.).
| :

Squalus 21 zygena Linneus, Systema Naturie, 1758, x, 399.
Sphyrna zygena, Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, 364 (Mazatlan; Panama);
Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1581, 32 (San Diego, California).

One specimen 24 feet long.

8. Rhinobatus glaucostigma Jordan & Gilbert.

Rhinobatus glaucostigma Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, 210 (Mazat-
lan); Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 364 (name only); Jordan, Cat. Fishes
N. A., 1885, 10.

Rhinobatus productus, Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1877, vit,55 (San Bartholome —
Bay, Lower California).

Rhinobatus leucorhynchus, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm, 1882, 105 (name
only. Mazatlan).

132 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS. |
.
|
i
{
;

One specimen 20 inches long.

9. Urolophus nebulosus Garman.

Raya.

Urolophus nebulosus Garman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1885, 41 (Colima, Merico).

This species, represented in the collection by eighteen specimens,
searcely differs from Urolophus hallert Cooper, except that the upper
parts are light brown with small scattered inkish spots. These spots
are most evident in the foetuses in which they are placed regularly ina
row around the pectorals, this regularity disappearing with age. In
the younger foetuses the skin of the upper margin of the spiracles is
prolonged in a lanceolate flap as long as the eye; this character disap-
pears at an early age.

Of the eighteen specimens secured by us fourteen were foetuses, seven
each from numbers 1 and 2 of the following table:

|
| 1 2 | 3 4
= ‘ ap 4
mm. | mm. | mm. | mm.
Length of disk..........-- seen r ame eee new eee cls Swclomineceseeinenelecieine nat 2) 5nleeese 190 200
Width OL GiSke vec soo e ne cee ee ceena or eawemnn eee See eee ear wae me eee alain 200 243 185 195%

Length of tail from base of ve sntrals Se aed ae tl ithe) et ie ee a 1 eel 3 138 133 133

Three foetuses ay e the following measurements :

1 Peat
(2
Mength of: Cigk. <2i.:..22 oss cece cc ccec dec cecccceensenccinns- se cnen=s Senet we eele see Swecie eco 73 8 |} 5e@
Wadlthot diskecececccccedaeniec sees | 79] 89 | 5a
MenPtnoltailecss.cncc cc se emcee eee .| 60] 66) 50)
Interorbital space .--........-------------==+- Selo 12 9°
Snout to CVO. - 22.2 - en ec cen n cece we tenn e cen w ae cence nnn en cece ween ans tae eennnnnnnce 20 22 13

10. Dasyatis longus Garman.
Raya.
Dasibatis longa Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl. 1880, v1, 170 (Acapulco ; Panama);
Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 1882, 66.
Dasybatis longus, Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, 364 (Mazatlan).

Four specimens of this species, and a pair of jaws of another spect
men too large to preserve, are in the collection. The measurements
are as follows

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. Ine

Leongthiofidisko-.c-0 cece c cee ruences ews oot een a eee nineteeale ape 11.25] 8.25 7.50 | ae
Width of disk.o2.. csucct cocencwecccos cose ae ok Renee eee entre se 12.00 | 9.00 8.25 | 8.2%

Length of tail, 21. cudstccusio-wadoa ccd coves ere eee eee ee 12 + | 12.00 1 00 | 11.5
SS — LL

4

4

ean PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 133

in specimen No. 1 the tail is broken off, but it was probably not much
over 12 inches in length. Mr. Garman, in his description, makes the
tail of this species more than twice the length of the disk, which is far
from the case in our specimens.

Our specimens indicate that the asperities on the younger specimens
appear evrlier on the back than on the shoulder girdles.

This record extends the range of this species north from Mazatlan.

11. Tachysurus platypogon Giinther.
Bagre.

Arius platypogon Giinther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. v, 147, 1864. (San José, Guatemala) ;
Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige Iv, 17, 1875; Jordan, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.
1882, 44 (Mazatlan ; Libertad; Punta Arenas; Panama).

Six specimens were obtained, the largest having a total length of 17
inches.

A good description is given by each of the naturalists referred to in
the above synonymy.

12. Albula vulpes L.
Sabalo.

Albula vulpes, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1880, 457 (Monterey Bay ; San
Diego) ; ibid., 1881, 37 and 278 (San Diego Bay; Pequina Bay, Lower Calif.); ibid.,
Ise82, 622 (Panama).

Numerous specimens of this common and widely distributed fish were
obtained. It is one of the most common species here.

13. Elops saurus L.
Sabalo.

-ELlops saurus Linneus, Syst. Nature; Giinther, Cat. Fishes, 1868, vir, 470.

| Lilops saurus, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1882, 105 and 109 (Mazatlan ;
| Panama) ; ibid., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1832, 353 and 622 (Cape San Lucas; Panama) ;
| ibid. , 1885, 368 (Mazatlan; Panama); Jordan, Cat. Fishes, 1885, 34.

This, like the preceding, is a common fish at Guaymas, and is known
by the same name, Sabalo, to the local fishermen. Of a half-dozen speci-
mens brought home by us, the longest measures 17 inches in total length.

| 14. Chanos chanos (Forskiil).

Sabalo.

Mugil chanos Forskiil, Deser. Anim.,74; Chanos chanos, Jordan. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
1885, 368 (Mazatlan).

Six individuals of this East Indian species were obtained. It appears
to be common at Guaymas.

|

s

134 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

15. Opisthonema libertatis (Giinther).

Sardina.

Meletta libertatis Giinther, Proc. Zodl. Soe. London 1866, 603 (Libertad).
Clupea libertatis Giinther, Cat. Fishes, 1868, vu, 433.
Opisthonema libertate, Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 622 (Panama);
Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 366 (Mazatlan ; Panama).
This species is very abundant at Guaymas, many specimens being ob-
tained, the largest measuring 84 inches in total length.
The general color is the same as in O. oglinum, the humeral spot is —
very plain. This species is, however, more elongate, the depth being
contained 3 times in the length; the head is larger and less deep, and

95

is contained 3° instead of 44 in length.
16. Stolephorus macrolepidotus (Kner & Steind.).
Sardina bocona.

Engraulis macrolepidotus Kner & Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer, Akad. Wiss., x, 1864,
21, PlLin, Fig. 2 (Rio Bayano; Panama); Giinther, Cat. Fishes, 1868, vir, 385.
Stolephorus macrolepidotus, Jordan, Cat. Fishes, 1835, 37; ibid., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

1885, 367 (Mazatlan ; Panama).

Very abundant. Great numbers of this species, together with many —
of Opisthonema libertatis, died in the summer of 1887, and their dead
and decaying bodies, washed up along the shore, rendered a summer
residence at Guaymas almost unendurable.

17. Stolephorus opercularis Jordan & Gilbert.

Stolephorus opercularis Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 275 (Punta, —
San Felipe, Gulf of California); Jordan, Cat. Fishes, 1885, 37; Jordan, Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 367 (Gulf of California).

Less common. Seales 39; analrays 24; depth 33. Body more elon-
gate than in S.macrolepidotus, the head much longer, bones less obliquely
placed—this greater length showing itself in the greater length of the
opereles and the greater basal width of the triangle of the cheeks.
Body much less compressed and shorter.

18. Synodus Jenkinsi Jordan & Bollman.
Synodus jenkinsi Jordan & Bollman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1839, 153 (Off coast of Co-
lombia).

Of this recently described species we obtained two specimens, 72 and
260 millimetres in length respectively.

19. Gymnothorax funebris (Ranzani).

Sidera castanea Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 647 (Mazatlan) ; ibid.,
1883, 210; Jordan, Cat. Fishes North Am., 1885, 51; Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus®
1885, 369 (Mazatlan).

Three specimens, the largest 38 inches long. ‘The dorsal is very fainty
edged with black.

Sa

oa PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 135

We are informed by Dr. Jordan that Sidera castanea can not be dis-
_ tinguished from the common Gymnothorax funebris of the West Indian

fauna.

20. Tylosurus Stoltzmanni (Steind.).

Belone stoltzmanni Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige vii, 1878, 21.

Tylosurus sierrita Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1881, 458 (Mazatlan).

Tylosurus stoltzmanni, Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 59; Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus. 1885, 370 (Mazatlan ; Panama).

One specimen 28 inches long.
21. Hemiramphus unifasciatus Ranzani.

Hemirhamphus unifasciatus Ranzani, Comm. Inst. Bon., 1842, v, 326, Tab. 25; Jordan
& Gilbert, Synopsis, 1882, 376; ibid., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 356 (Cape San
Lucas) ; Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 60.

Apparently not common, but one specimen having been obtained.
Valued here as a food fish.

22. Hemiramphus rosz Jordan & Gilbert.

Hemiramphus rose Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1880, 335 (San Diego
Bay). Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 1882, 376. Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 60.

Very common in the bay at Guaymas. The largest individual ob-
tained measures 136 millimetres in total length, and 111 millimetres
without the beak.

23. Siphostoma arctum Jenkins & Evermann.
Siphostoma arctum Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 137 (Guaymas).

But one specimen 9 centimetres long was obtained,

24. Hippocampus ingens Girard.

Hippocampus ingens Girard, U. 8S. -Pacifie R. R. Survey, Fishes, 1858, 342 (San Diego
Bay). Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis Fish. N. A., 1882, 386. Jordan, Cat. Fish. N.
A., 1885, 62.
Four specimens were obtained. Apparently it is quite rare, as even
smali specimens bring high prices a8 curios.

25. Fistularia depressa Giinther.
Agujon.
Fistularia depressa Giinther, Shore Fishes, Challenger Exp., 1830, 69, Pl. xxxul, fig.
D (Lower California). Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1882, 106 (name

only) (Mazatlan). Ibid., 109 (name only) (Panama). Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. 1885, 371 (Mazatlan). Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 63 (name only).

Represented in the collection by five specimens, each from 25 to 30
inches in length. One specimen measures as follows:

Millimeters.
Motalelen tt hierne: =e cnc sani se syaeie la seiseteais elles aa see 735
Ment UytOWWAse Ok CAUda 2.2.3 camicc= ce eeeita semester 635
ene thvoimerudalnlam enitnessaq0s = aceite a ers wees 102
SOM UO Guin Chi COEUR Aes seuee Sone sessed scassoeoomosse bell
Suoubt) tooriqim or anal 2—2 2222-4 == V Selatan ernest 514

SHOUD COOLICIMLOM PECtOLalS ssane< cae oceeece worse ee eeice ese 235

136 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

Millimeter.
Snowtsto oricin Of wentrals) soeeesee eee aetna eer 316
Depth of body atidorsale es aca sates ae ase anes 13
Width of body at dorsal..--........--- esatsealaa See mseevesee 18
Widthrof interorbitalispaces.--s-- .sceeie once ee oe 10
Length of cleft of mouth e-c 2-222 ses see eiee ee 13

Head in length, 27; eye in snout, 8; eye in head, 11.

In some specimens the two principal ridges diverge toward the end
of the snout and then again converge as described by Giinther in the
Shore Fishes of the Challenger Expedition.

26. Mugil cephalus L.
Liza.

To the synonymy of this species given by Jordan and Swain in the
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1854, 263, the following may now be added :
Mugil cephalus, Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 64; Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

1885, 371.

Rather common, but only small specimens were obtained.

27. Mugil curema Cuy. & Val.
Liza. |

To the synonymy of this species given by Jordan and Swain in Proe.
U.S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 268, may be added :

Mugil curema, Jordan, Proc. Nat. Mus. 1885, 371 (Mazatlan; Panama). Jordan, Cat.
Fish N, A., 1885, 64.
Muygil brasiliensis of most authors, but not of Agassiz, nor of Jordan and Swain.

This is a very common fish in the Bay: >f Guaymas, and is highly
prized as food,

28. Menidia clara sp. noy.
(Type, No. 43237, U. S. N. M.)

Head, 41 (44); depth, 6,3, (74); eye, 3; D. V, 1-9; A.25; scales 56,
11 in transverse series.

Body slender, general form that of M. sardina; eye large, equals
width of interorbital space; distance between dorsal fins less than that
from tip of snout to posterior rim of orbit. Origin of first dorsal nearer
tip of caudal than snout; pectorals three-fourths length of head. Seales
small and persistent.

General color that of Mf. sardina, the lateral band plumbeous above
and silvery below.

Allied to M. sardina Jenkins and Evermann, from which it may be
readily distinguished by the greater number of scales in longitudinal
series.

One specimen, 72 millimetres long.

29. Menidia sardina Jenkins & Evermann.
Peje Reje of the fishermen.
Atherina sardina Jenkins & Evermann, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 137 (G@uaymas).

Known from three specimens (No. 39633, U.S. National Museum).

Vor.xV,] = PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 137
30. Atherinops regis Jenkins & Evermann.
Pez del Rey.

Atherinops regis Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1888, 138 (Guaymas)-
A common species.

31. Sphyrzna argentea Girard.
Agujon.

Sphyrena argentea Girard, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1854, 144. Girard, Pac. R. R.
Survey, Zool., Fishes, 39, Pl. 14, 1859.

Sphyrana lucasana Gill, Proce, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1863, 86.

Sphyrana argentea, Steindachner, Ichthy. Beitr. vir, 1, 1878. Jordan & Gilbert, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus. 1880, 456 (San Francisco; Santa Barbara Islands ; Monterey).
Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 44 (San Francisco ; Monterey; Santa
Barbara). Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1682, 358 (Cape San Lucas).
Rosa Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1883, 284 (Todos Santos Bay, Lower California).
Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 372 (name only). Jordan, Cat, Fishes N. A.,
65, 1885.

Five specimens were taken. It is fairly abundant and is in much
esteem as a food fish.

32, Polydactylus approximans Lay & Bennett.

Raton.

Polynemus approrimans Lay & Bennett, Beechey’s Voyage to the Pacific, Zoédlogy, 57.

Trichidion approximans, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 258.

Polynemus approximans, Giinther, Fishes Central America, 1869, 423. Jordan & Gilbert,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 365 (Cape San Lucas). Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U.S.
Nat. Mus. 1882, 376( Panama). sordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 372 (Mazatlan;
Panama). Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 66.

Six specimens were obtained.

33. Scomber colias Gmelin.

Apparently not common, as but two specimens were secured. Head,
73 (8); depth, 114 (12); eye in head, 44; eye in snout, 14.

34. Scomberomorus maculatus (Mitchill).
Pez Sierra.

The Spanish mackerel is common at Guaymas, and there, as else-
where, is an important food fish.

35. Trachurops crumenophthalmus (Bloch).

Mojara.

Trachurops brachychirus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1862, 261 (Cape Saw Lucas )\.
Caranx crumenophthalmus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 358. (Two
specimens from Cape San Lueas, types of Trachurops brachychirus Gill. ))
Two specimens, one of which measures 300 millimetres ip total length,
245 millimetres to base of caudal, “65 millimetres to end of middle caudal
rays; head, 32 (4); depth, ‘:$ (41); cye in head, 4%, in snout, 1}.

138 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.
36. Caranx caballus Giinther.
Caranz caballus Giinther, Trans. Zodl. Soc. London 1869, 431. Jordan, Proce. U.S.

Nat. Mus. 1885, 374 (Mazatlan ; Panama).

Scutes about 37. This species is difficult to distinguish from C. chrysos
(Mitchill), of which it would perhaps better be regarded as a variety.
A full deseription is given by Jordan and Gilbert in the “Synopsis,”

and full synonymy may be found in Proc. U. 8. National Museum for
1883, 199.

37. Caranx latus Agassiz.

Caranex latus Agassiz, Pise. Bras., 1829, 105.
Caranx hippos, Giinther, 11, 449, 1860.

For full synonymy of this species, see Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U.
S. National Museum 18835, 200.

One specimen was preserved. The species is quite common and is
an important food fish.

38. Caranx hippos (Linnzus).
Curel,

For fall synonymy of this and the following species, see Jordan and
Gilbert, Proc. U. S. National Museum 1885, 200-201.
A common fish. Four specimens were taken.

39. Caranx speciosus (Forskal).
Palometa.
Four specimens were obtained of this rather common fish.
40. Selene vomer (L.).

This is avery common fish at Guaymas. Measurements of seventeen
individuals are given in the following table:

5 eke a|3 re 23 @ ee :
= rote | as ales to} BS | Of |e Vest. | eee
: le t |'o8|s 3 2 : “Se| wm |cS| s a alee
a lo er teenie | accalimeeH a eo2| om: [Sao sea i mee
= |2 & las | 2 1 4 | zg See al sect af ec ea aa
3 (Sse a |eal Se bee | oe. SEE! go Sele arcu
3 3 ol eoaleew & o || 2 Z2Ss) = | as| o = 2
A, = o | o a 2 mp | a mAE! © ® Be 2 a
D IQ H | 0 a || R eS ae anaes O es is)
| |
| mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. | | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm.
1..:.--..--.| 73 | 188 | 137 92 23 SH dOiaseeeecee 58} 138 | 118 | 73 Fins
Dae | 53 | 128] 103 70 23 Sh ALS e eS 58 | 140| 116 76 23 | 3
Beans | 58] 184] 109] 731) 9% SiN lO ee ae GON 135 4| 13) Ves T6ul oes eer
Bese ecex,| 58) | Leds! LOO 873) eros Sol stamer sees 51} 128] 103| 66| 23] 23
Fimeee se cweal) 58i| A13dul a 09n|eic7ael memos 3) \ ane eee 53) S1401|) Deal yen) eoeal ees
Beeescre | 60| 140! 129] 76 23 BY I 15) eee 58} 140| 107| 73'| 22] 3
Ric Sodeaescet | 60] 140] 119| 76] 2% 3 16 eee G4! 153510201) Mesa os ees
8) Pocieeececgl 058:( 1800) 195s), eres eras ot aye eae S6.|C 81 e078 (Sie Oe mee
Oi 2S Sl} 131 | 100] 66) 23 3 | | |
| \ |

Oe al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 139
41. Chloroscombrus orqueta Jordan & Gilbert.
Curel de Castilla.

Chloroscombrus orqueta Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 646 (Panama).
Chloroscombrus chrysurus Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 375 (Panama).

One specimen was obtained, which gave the following measurements :

o
2
é is
mn on
oO Ps
& ap
oO mas |s
age ine
Length to base of caudal : Ss 1S pense ways
Mepthton Dodie. sc. ccccecesescs!= 78 Oa ree
GR centememeatcnemee emo 45 4 zee
NO MUse ee saaee ee cise ccismanietie sacl a lees 33
PN Ogee ets aisicinalale cieictereisisieista cl-leinieisei= s clesisiele SiatiNalciaieie cis oui ela cmitatesiawi nesta ee : 1S) \l\eeeacs 3k
acta Varse cea emete se se eaeciseeeaisicinaiecic cmon aise elalala(oiaiatelaiala-laiaveloini= l= Se Wiilesceet mee
MCeCCLAD ICD AEA TN ete setene ier ears rata aie a ine aie aie nleielaicteieie a/ajalevel sie miavarslelminialainie « wiataiehelatele/steret= 70 2¢ |...
Chord of the curve of the lateral line 56 33

42. Trachynotus fasciatus Gill.
Panpanito.

Trachynotus fasciatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1863, 86 (Cape San Lucas) ;
Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 359 (Cape San Lucas); Jordan,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 375; Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881,
232 (Porto Escondido, Mexico); Giinther, Fishes of Central America, 1864, 434
(San José; Panama).

Trachynotus glaucoides Giinther, Proc. Zodl. Soc., 1864, 150.

Seven specimens were obtained, three of which give the following
measurements:

1 2 3
|=
mm. | mm. |mm.
Morallon eth iacte ssa se cence ets aceoce ani Seis weniels c= Maisie areas parviers sececmcbininae 158 | 120 210
Mernainitorbase. ot: CAUMAl at cniccs ate cece sacisic ae smal cielo wwiece ce pease renee | el Oe an oo 147
Lea Ee en ear c ae te eon a te cerns sttisis ae ee ekbie beacon eke cosets pose neiscmis's <u S228 39
Denied ee eerea citrus tals Chor a ee PEA GRD SUPRA CL ULES REEL Be 58 | 40 17
Menp DOmlOn OOS iOOLSAl Taya: sce sec ceeon ee ces cie cleats sae mslslncieeicte sien sleleje.ni= eaiers 48 | 36 89
Pio nO mlOn rest an Mira Vrce acme ces da oeee acct e as eee satin eccee ceases oauecse 45 Sb lieeD
eer OTC AIC Ala) OD Omer ae cere nants wie atena cic wie a orien cleanse eee le cine wiciueisem seis isfonitis|lesiae as | 36 70
Men HU MMIC ere AU GALT DV Ouran mene ene etrnie seme san as ctenetee asa aiseie= ceili aoe ec DOS |eemiete
REST NEG I MOCCOLAIRE AVS son cee oleae mieten coe naie ne Sees Cee nee acinte wae eb.cecesnlllnsatsion eas 32
Distance from snout to procumbent spine. ....---.-.----- aeeatateiersterestateieteisenrateieterietat | ea oe eens 60
Distance from procumbent spine to base of ¢ add al eee eee Se or tie tag ae |S AG Oia ae 107
ean One bh heenenaaea cece ease e cae mccicnc ea calelct sm siseis S's cles sinis alslare oieisis'ealawie iliac 34 | 3 34
Fen U NT Oh thee nee See eae ere rae oy ee Nes Se eee Bate ccmoniqewe 2 PU 1D
Beri cetrer aA Fre sich pee een iain re eet ren se ens ce Ne pee ee Pe a Soe oe cwicenieanemer 33 | 33 | 4

In the largest specimen (No. 3), the eye is about equal to the length
of the snout, while in the others it is a little greater than the snout.

The origin of the anal is midway between the tip of the snout and
the base of the caudal.

140 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.
43. Nematistius pectoralis Gill.
Pez de Gallo.

Nematistius pectoralis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1862, 259 (Cape San Lucas);
Steindachner, Ichthy. Beitr. Iv, 11, 1875 (Panama and Magdalena Bay); Jordan &
Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1881, 277 (Picheluogo, Lower California); Jordan
& Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 375; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 72.

Great numbers of small specimens of this fish were seen, but no
large ones.

Fifty-two specimens were retained.

One of the largest of these gave the following measurements:

mm
Totalelen gthcesesem esac deen eels seen sacar so eeaeeeemtee 162
ene thitoibaserot.caud also 2s ee eee eee eee 130
Wepthine cee eee nae and ee oe 45
CAG vasc2 se Seiseasiase nts sracine peteialee Soraie = pos sile eerste sree 41
BYy6 (2222s cose ets cecas rast ss ccc sce Secor ees baeeee oer 10
SNOUt See Sos ee se ahs a sie se sae ae ene Samer a aeeee nese nee 10
ihongest:dorsal rayeiccs- sack as ons oem aics ec sine cen ae eee eee 85
Length of pectoral! s.s2s6 haese circ ces sc One colneee cee nee oe

44. Oligoplites altus (Giinther).
Curel.

Chorinemus altus Giinther, Fishes of Central America, 1866, 433 (Panama).

Oligoplites altus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1882, 374 (Panama); Jor-
dan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 106 and 110 (Mazatlanand Panama);
Jurdan, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 375 (Mazatlan; Panama); Jordan, Cat.
Fish. N. A., 1€85, 72.

Head, 32 (4) to 44 (53); depth, 3 (34) to 34 (43); eye in head, 32 to 4;
eye in snout, 1.

This differs chiefly from O. saurus in the deeper body and shorter
snout. The maxillary reaches beyond the eye. Its length is greater
than given by Giinther, it being contained 12 times in the length of the
head. Otherwise Giinther’s deseription applies very well to our speci-
mens.

Of six specimens in our collection, four present the following measure-
ments:

mm, | mm. mm, | mie,

Totalileneth . soc. . bcc oe ee Soe ohne oie oie ew a ae et So er ees aaiset 56 45 | 107 86
Length to base of caudal : 45 36 90 70
Head foo 2k ee eee euwe mea een a 14 ll 20 17
DOIG Nie x ston ava v'd nice Guise lacie ee Roeieets ae 16 13 26 20

WG Geta ch toeaie io vataie ie oo eccie eats f 3 5 5

SOU Ee Sooo dda oe EE EE Se et a ee ee eee tee | 3 3 6 5

Pca. Al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 141
45. Oligoplites saurus Bloch & Schneider,

Scomber saurus Bloch & Scheider, 1801, 32.

Chorinemus occidentalis, Giinther, Cat. Fish., 11, 1860, 475 (various West Indian locali-

ties).

Oligoplites inornatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1863, 166 (Panama).

Chorinemus inornatus Giinther, Fishes of Central America, 1866, 435.

Oligoplites occidentalis, Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1880, 18 (Hast Florida); Jor-
dan & Gilbert, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 374 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert,
Synopsis, 1882, 447; Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 240 (Pensa-
cola); Goode & Bean, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 235 (Gulf of Mexico).

Oligoplites saurus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. &. Nat. Mus. 1882, 625 (Panama) ;
Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 72; Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, 375
(Panama; Mazatlan).

The one specimen we have is 102 millimetres long, or 88 millimetres
to base of caudal fin. The head is contained four times in length to
base or caudal; eye, 42 in head or 14 in snout. The depth is one-fifth
of the total length.

46. Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch).

Scicena undecimalis Bloch, Ichthy., 303, 1801; Vaillant & Bocourt, Miss. Sci. au Mex.,
Iv, 17, 1874.

Centropomus undecimalis, Giinther, Cat. Fishes, 1, 79, 1859.

Centropomus appendiculatus Poey, Memorias de Cuba, 1, 119, 1860; Giinther, Fishes
Cent. America, 406, 1866.

Centropomus viridis Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1377, 16.

Centropomus undecimalis, Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis Fishes N. A., 528, 1882; Jordan &
Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 106, 110; ibid., Gilbert, 112 (Punta Arenas) ;
Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 241, 625; Goode & Bean, Proce. U.
S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 238; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 78; Jordan, Cat.
Fishes N. A., 1885, 81; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 376; Jordan, Proce.
U.S. Nat. Mus. 1886, 39, 578.

Four specimens were obtained. In one of these the preorbital was
distinctly serrated; in others the serration was less distinet, while in
one it was hardly perceptible.

D. VIII, 1-9, A. III, 6. Scales 10-73-12.

The measurements of three specimens are given below:

ea ooe es 1] 2] 3

|

; i ol
mm. mm, mi. |) mm, | mm. | mm,
Motallength - =. ....<---5------ 210 | 180 | 204 || Maxillary..................... 27a ein 18
Length to base of caudal .---.-- 7G)" 156: | ed 65s|| Pectoralitines-c--ceees= seeeeie Sone) || 30
IED TERe seas cco nc cacecee ds 43 43) 410) |*Vientraltiniys sen coe ontoeecoer 34) 29 | 33
PMR eee serra tien se cc cce ses cice 64 51| 61 || Third dorsal spine..-..-...... 3L| 26 27
BR Eee ees oie ata clei sislelninin Seinen so aie 10 il | 10 || Fourth dorsal spine..... ..... 29} 24 25
interorbital space ..-.-.--...-- 8 9 8 || Second anal spine.........-.--. 31 30 30
HSTEOUD ILA oa syecr viecco ees <% 4 7 6 || Third anal spine............-.. 30 | 31 28

BNO Gee cicled: « Ree re Seicics sai 17 14 | 16 ))
| |

47. Centropomus grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann.

Robalo.

Centropomus grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, 139,
(Guaymas).

Not common.

142 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

48. Diplectrum radiale (Quoy & Gaimard).
Aguavina.

Serranus radialis Quoy & Gaimard, Voyage Freycinet, 316 (Rio Janeiro); Cuvier &
Valenciennes, Hist. Natur. des Poiss., 11, 243, 1828.

Serranus radialis, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 274 (Punta San Ig-
nacio, Mexico); Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1835, 376 (Panama ; Mazatlan).

Centropristis radialis, Giinther, Cat. Fishes, 1, 85, 1859 ( Bahia).

Centropristis ayresi Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen vu, 1, Taf. 1, Fig. 1, 1868 (Santos).

Centropristis radialis, Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige tv, 6, 1875.

Common; about a dozen specimens are in our collection.

We have compared these with specimens from Havana and Panama,
and find that some specimens have six rows of scales on the cheek and
no notch in the preopercular margin; others show seven, eight, and ten
rows of scales on the cheek and a more or less evident angle in the
margin of the preopercle (radiale).

All of our specimens are some lighter, and the caudal spot is more
pronounced than in the Havana specimen, and are also a little lighter
than those from Panama.

Six of our Guaymas specimeps measure as follows:

81 | 478 | 479 | 480 | 481 | 482
|
= =| Sas = peste
mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm.
Rotaldengths 2 ce ccccee vee soas seen apeenades aeanneemeen= === ia 225 | 175 190 60 205 | 182
Lensth' to! baseof caudalii is. < coe cece cco wend naaem nna senia 175 | 142} 150 50 | 160 | 144
Depthyecee tetas seeenase sae : 35; 40| 13) 44 39
Wet 2s-c Sa tec casenncee MN Soe ae ee : 50 550). 26s 259 54
Byot seas tee PRE OP 11 | 12 6 | 13), sa
Snout .2.-2--s=- 13 12 5 15 13
Interorbital spa 11 10 3} I 10
Preorbital .... 6 8 2 9 a
Maxillary 19 25 5 | 26 24
Pectoral 32 35 12| 40 35
Ventral ..-- bee sede een Sedo sacle Sed wecien cauneee cones Coses mean Pa) 28} 10) (3k) 28
Ninth G@OrsalSpin@ tesco sane. acamice we elncw ee = settee sae em ee) ee ee rete ett | eee 13 | 13
Menthidarssliispine -<2.2ccsa- se cceece cace~ cle cceee ene eneemsce scl oie el eternal emia Pecos } 13] 13
Headinjlenzth to baseiot.caudal 22-222 --cece oe cs eeclesce =e eee eos |} 2.8] 2.8 3 va MN yf
Depitin longth:<-acoe sso es oa ee a es ee 2 4395 '|)-4 (Perea a7
Wi VONNI CAN soe eee eon cceociccacce- cue erecer ese o saa gnccce sae Caateos 4.5 | 4.6 2.3 | 4.6 5
Wyo tin aro. cs oe Se res eee ae eet at EE ea | t= aie
|

49. Serranus maculato-fasciatus (Steind.).
Cabrillo Pinto.

Serranus maculato-fasciatus Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen vit, 5, Taf. 2, 1868 (Ma-
zatlan); Vaillant & Bocourt, Miss. Sci. au Mex., Iv, 72, 1874.

Serranus maculofasciatus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1880, 456 (San Pedro ;
San Diego); Jordan & Jouy, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1881, 12 (San Diego Bay);
Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 46 (San Pedro; San Diego) ; Jordan
& Gilbert, Synopsis, 1882, 536; Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882,
107 (Mazatlan); Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 376 (Mazatlan); Jordan,
Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 83.

This is an abundant fish in this locality, and is perhaps the most im-
portant food fish found here,

Berean. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 143

Color in life: dirty yellowish white, covered with dark yellowish spots,
thickest on the back, these changing to brown in alcohol; belly with
few or no spots; tip of lower jaw darker; iris orange; pectoral and
anal fins blue. The young have a black lateral band from above the
eye straight to the middie of the soft dorsal, another from the eye to
the upper base of the caudal fin, and still a third from the pectoral to
the lower base of the caudal.

These colors make it a very handsome fish when alive.

The teeth are less developed than in most species of the genus, and
the dorsal fin has its last spines much shorter than the first few. These
are the characters which Girard used to separate his genus Paralabrax
from Serranus, aud if these be of generic importance, this species will,
of course, fallin Paralabrax. Head 23; depth 35; eyein head 5; scales
12-82-20; D. X. 14; A. III, 7.

Measurements (iu millimetres) of nine specimens give the following
results:

466 | 467 | 468 | 469 | 470 | 471 | 39 | 90 | 835
= | -| | _
DG UG OR NOS soaSecbe sauces bpepsocrssoneee 180 165 148 172 162 160 155 | 283 242
Length to base of caudal.........---.--...-- 150 | 140) 122] 143) 135; 125) 125) 233 202
iSleeenen tee Me renen ete cce cee meawe= ne sae 56] 52] 45] 53] 50} 50! 50] 89 75
Weptneec asec occ cs Sao e oceans sere 41 40 35 40 | 35 Si ail (5 60
Ee eee ene DOG LO ian) OF mee th hee O)G | e010) ieee 14
SG eee eee seein erae see aes Sees alteeee 18 15 13 15) 15 14 154) 20 22
MLENONDLGR a see ccc see co cmetnsccssctises ccs 10 9 8 10 9 | 8 | 9; 14 13
Brconbitalescesessseetescosetescenee sees sec 9 7 6 7 ate Tule se 18 12
ea Eek eee oman eee oneeeleaeiaa= seis 30 30 29 32 | 30 29 30 48 40
MRDMURAN re oe eee cote ecoenteateccees case 30 25 25 29°] 27 27 25 44 39
Longest dorsal spine (fourth) .-.....---...- 28 27 | (24 277) 325 255\/ 2123 42 4t
Mer GSUMOLSALTAY! «2-2-5 sisoescecsecciacasens 18 17 16 20) 15 16 20 32 | 20
Longest anal spine (third)...-...........-.-. 11 12 Li el: 12 11 14 18 13
onrest anal ray, .-----.--s-0-¢--0---02 Soca 23 | 23] 20 22 | 17 21} 22) 34/ 30
Head in length to base of caudal .........-. 25 23 | 22 | 28 235 24 2h | 22 | 22
Depth in length to base of caudal.........-. 32 33 34 | 33 oe 33 33 | 3i% 34
MOmonO GAs cet ae mic tinceischssice one vets 53 St | 443] 4&3] 5 5 | 5 j 54

50. Promicrops guttatus (L.).

Merito of the fishermen.

One small specimen 116 millimetres long. Head 24 (3); depth 55
(34); eye in head 5—equal to snout. D. XI,15; A.ILI,7; scales about
85.

All of the Pacific coast references to P. itaiara mean this species.

51. Mycteroperca jordani Jenkins & Evermann.
Baya.
(Plate 1.)

Lpinephelus jordani Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 140 (Guaymas).

Rather common. ‘This interesting and valuable food fish is known as
Baya by the local fishermen.

If Mycteroperca and Epinephelus are to be separated, as they perhaps
should be, this species belongs in the first,

144 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

52. Epinephelus analogus Gill,
Pintitas.

For full synonymy vide Jordan & Swain, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1884,
393.
One small specimen, 142 millimetres long.

53. Lobotes surinamensis (Bloch & Schneider).
Viejo.

Holocentrus surinamensis Bloch & Schneider, Systema Ichthyologia, 1801, 316 (Surinam).
Lobotes surinamensis, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1882, 110 (Panama):
Gilbert, 112 (Punta Arenas); Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, 378 (Panama).
We secured but one small specimen, 115 millimetres in total length.
This we have compared with a specimen of nearly the same size from
Charleston, South Carolina, in Dr. Jordan’s collection. In ours the
preopercular spines are more numerous and very much smaller, the base
of the anal fin is longer, the depth of the body is not so great, and the
profile is steeper. The eye is longer than the snout, and the color is
much darker than in the Charleston specimen. D. XI, 16; A. ILI, 11;
scales 10-44-17.

54. Xenistius californiensis (Steindachner),

Roneador.

Xenichthys californiensis Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitrage m1, 3, 1875 (San Diego) ;
Sitzber. Ak. Wiss. Munich, Lxxi, 1875; Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. vir, 49,
1877 (Cerros Island); Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 47 (name
only); ibid., 278 (Cerros Island); Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 1882, 547.

Xenistius calijorniensis, Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 378 (name only); Jordan,
Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 86.

Common; numerous specimens were taken.
In life: white below, back greenish, with greenish-brown stripes.
Measurements of eleven specimens in millimetres:

421 | 419 | 418 | 417 | 416 | 11 3 | 5d | 420 | 605 80

tate ee | (a=
| | |

Totalilength) s+ 22.2205: sees 133 | 150] 145] 140] 153] 145] 140! 145; 145] 175| 174
Leugth to base of caudal ......- 110 120; 120) 115 130 120 110 120; 120) 143 149
Hendit0t)2.his..Gaaeos eres 36; 42] 40| 36] 44] 40] 38| 40] 39| 45 45
Depths. sas se cose eres ee canes 30 36 36 | 31] 38 33 32| 34 36 40 41
EyObc2 s2tscse hose 11 | esta a1 35 | a1 ee | | 12 | 11/0 ets 14
NU OU bse oceans eee eee eer 10] 11 11| 10 11 11 D5} 2108 |e LO 12 12
TOOLDICAl Scans cecusaeeeas 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 | 4 4 4
bectoralitin'!ccseeuese eee ee 27 | 29 32] 31 30 27 29 32 | 30 35 40
MONUTALON << cc cee==peaseeac aac 19; 20 25 | 20 24 22 19 20 20 27 25
Length of fourth dorsal spine . - 19} 18 22 18; 19} 21 20 20 20 25 27
Length of third anal spine -.-...|.----. | 13 Stee Le 14 14 13 13 13 17 16
Headinlencth-..--2s-cee-eeeee 3+ 3— op |) #8 3— 3— |! 3 3 3+- 34
Depth in length... .-..-5.6..252 | 33 | 3h 34|) Sel Se 83 Size | sel csr ae etes
Wyehnnihead 2s. 3520 ss. e oe | 3+] 3+] 3 | DeeleaS eel; Sh) PSE Se B |ShoR 3

.

voreo1. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. | 145
55. Hoplopagrus giintheri Gill.
Pargo Raisero of the local fishermen.

Hoplopagrus giintheri Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 253 (Cape San Lucas);
Steindachner, Beitriige v1, 1, Tafel 1, 1878 (Alfala); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.
S. Fish Comm. 1832, 107 and 112 (Mazatlan; Punta Arenas); Jordan & Swain,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1884, 429 (Cape San Lucas; Punta Arenas; Mazatlan);
Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 378 (Mazatlan); Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A.,
1885, 86.

Apparently not very common. It will be seen that the measurements
of the two small specimens obtained by us agree pretty well with those
given by Jordan & Swain of a specimen the length of our largest.

32 115 863
eee em} ‘ eet es
mm. mm. mm.

Bere B ENT eb ree eater mena ciae ernmaieia atone siaicicie ma teeieie wie eoinciewe ein cieceeeeicose s 145 165 105
Beart NeLOMASClOls CANGAl Gace aa(ieee seen euro eae cece clean uartrcreesbersececs 118 | 135 86
SN erin selera ae encise aisle ive acini om amin iacivicleee le weciwesceecsinceeescuees 47 52 33
Seer eeeao et ele eriecie/leeimeianie Been cele ne sera cleenicin ota clawiniciniss sole sisisio cw 55 | 62 88
ee eet la ore mitts) sfa(ntolalintln|oteraleraiel omni 'el sole slale meine o(niai<iaie wiwieriaisieie aeeteiciciars 11 | 12 9
UINANT Lorne leieeitaa te ate elo alanis ote iocicints cielo inleiel sinicloietclotaiele cemisele wajecieteincd co nicieiie aigcict 19 22 | 13
ERE E Lud Lecter = stinte selon atemialoice oon celts Coc cas seu don ce auuwc ccecnoshe <a 11 13 | 7
Mmterorbital ..-..--.----- estcite menses concise rae toe one cen cate eases E 12 13 8
Longest dorsal spine (fourth) Ry 21 24 14
SRSHOOLAAL SDINGs 22-0 ose sec eineisncce=sece br Ee ae acl oamnadtes 12 | 14 | 10
SEAN AWS PIO meaeeainisiela slaleteme alelwielats a sisicleisis iro cele se lel ee 9 | 10 6
SPO CANALS PIN Ole -micetiela salts conece/s sae ccieeee cette es 16 | 20 | 13
BPUNOUSIS Sa cee cise) clet sce caesisvowecnisclecace scl eneciece ; 38 | 43 "6
BEE YIUN AUS J aosaato mines Se eieisn clccuwecclsecaie asec cmc cecimaece ae 31 | 33 92
Bt eR I COLSATAY) ccmnic ese ecm ee sdee ce oesic ce rice cts see seis Se 23 24 16
SES LIAN A Vinca ecne neste aac miei sineeioaeninisiie ciseiacs ae ahs 25 27 17
SURCUASNTIOLON OUI ce reralate sletelcierel=i= miele lcle(olsiels se'vim elnin niclcisicie’si= eiclelviaisielnicisieictesieieacree cine 23 (3+-) | 22 (33) | 22 (33)
BEE UNIONS OMe aio cas aim clase -ieleisis\-imeleie ws tee cea 2} (2x) | 22(22) | 23 (28)
BME DANE clea eel set ccceis= s'aisislee = sisieiniar close $ 43. 4h 33
SPERHUS NOU U Retire ereciscle reine sescinem siancwes cer ei Saisc 15 | 1g 14

eX, 14: A. TIT, 9.
From the above it will be seen that, as compared with Dr. Gill’s
specimen, our specimens have the depth some greater, the head and
snout each a little shorter, and the preorbital is not so deep. The pec-
toral fin and the longest dorsal and anal spines in ours are some
shorter. We find the preopercle and suprascapular bone quite strongly
serrate.

Color in life: breast and belly maroon purple, becoming less distinct
on opercles and body; upper parts dark brown, with six double bands
running obliquely downward and backward, the fourth and fifth pairs
appearing as one. There is a large jet black spot upon the base of the
caudal peduncle and extending some little upon the posterior rays of
_the soft dorsal.

Color in alcohol as given by Jordan & Swain (I. ¢.), except that the
black spot on base of caudal peduncle and last rays of soft dorsal is
very distinct.

| Proce. N. M. 91——10

146 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

56. Lutjanus argentiventris (Peters).

Mesoprion argentiventris Peters, Berlin. Monatsber., 1869, 707 (Mazatlan).

Mesoprion griseus Giinther, Fish. Centr, Am., 385, 1866 (not of Linnzeus).

Lutjanus argentivittalus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 354 (a misprint
for L. argentiventris) ; Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107, 110
(Mazatlan; Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 625 ( Pana-
ma).

Lutjanus argentiventris, Jordan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1883, 285; Jordan &
Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 431 and 434; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
1885, 378; Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 87.

Depth, 2.7 (3. ao head, 2.6 (3.3); eye, 4.2.

Seales, 5-45-12, the rows above the lateral line parallel with it.

Color in life: ore and lower portion of sides light red; upper parts
grayish, with blue reflections; a bright blue horizontal line just below
the eye, extending from in front of the eye to the opercular flap.

This is one of the most important food fishes at Guaymas. Ten
specimens were obtained.

The measurements of five of these specimens are here given:

Liat | ee 3 4-| 5
mm. | mm. |mm.| mm.) mm.
Potalilenoyh! <-> -Casecc-scsans-setetessesaesesecseessereescise easeeaeeiee 208 130 130 165 155
Genrtihitowbase of.caudal!.t2...aesGaeecaeesac sas cwe cess oeeasiese ees 164°) 1053}, 203") his2t| Stee
DS pies «eh a esae es Lae ee ease ee i al a ta ai 61 40; 37| 50| 479
Meade ce ete cece cceas csc oe cen cine eeecuicabater ccerbecse secceenes cease ee L=n.Gap|—==40 38 51 | 48
BV OiS eos eBs. Ee, a eh eee a ae mee ees ee 16. |--10' + dol» 12 11
STLOUG) Sos t Seco eran c weyeaee aot eare wa eames bd seaicle eee cem eee se ese eee eae | 20 13s) Vas 18 18 |
ATI BSTOLD Ibe shoe eee ac ee ee ee eee eae een So eee eee 12 8 9 9 | 10
PLEOLDitalises case owan es stains ateae cao pean wicca ne cieree accineacemctae 12 6 6 8 8
Maxillary 2esescss fi 253.22 body aoe me deed est tans eds ss dels se ce eecsesses 23) |sasScct eee Popes iaaceae
Wenitralufints tee osc) cessive scmctawcwdcesssceecewce Wamesccceesesuseee 37 20 247/527 27
Pectoral fink: -% 25 pen = scene soe sew casseescee sscccesosecciscesecstaeates 48 25 26 37 34
Longest dorsal spine (fourth) .--.-...----.----+ 2-20. coon e see eee en ee ee 28 15 15 17 | 18
Longest anal spine (second) 23 17 16 20} 20
Gongest dorsal Tay <2. -\5<..2--.s0-scnesco se 2 25 iilesescr| sees se| acces es ao
Longe SRiANAl TAY... ccs Sone Onan oe vases chee eee ee cee rinet Sobeoceee BRU Ee wcesoa increas seer | eee

57. Lutjanus novemfasciatus Gill.

Lutjanus novemfasciatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1862, 251 (Cape San Lucas).

Lutjanus prieto Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. 18381, 232, 338, 353, 355 (San
Blas; Mazatlan). (Full description on page 353.)

Lutjanus pacificus Vaillant & Bocourt.

Two specimens give the following measurements in millimetres :

| 128 | 3856 || | 128 | s56

otal long gh. --dsepeee nse oe es ctl mer ; 320 | 180 || Maxillary (exposed portion 20)...-.- | 39 | 16

Length to base of candal --| 254] 145 || Pectoral 68 35
Headn ec. a acmacsn teense cede aeaaee 95 | 55 || Ventral ... dL 29
Depth.- | 81 | 51 | Longest dorsal spine (fourth) . a 34 29
BVO ioe So are San 3S accaene an eens 17} 12 Third dorsal spine 32 285
Snout Fred ee ak: | Second anal spine ........-.--.------ 19 15
Interorbital’s. Sos caccos se aoe ae: | -17 |? 10.)|f Ghird amalppine==..9sececneatseeess 20 138

Preorbital...... ea eln ele one cao | 17 | 9

Head, 23 (34); depth, 3 (4); eye, 5.6 to 4.6; D. X, 14; A. Ii, 8 in™
No. 128, III, 7 in the others,

Secon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 147

The interorbital is wider and the preorbital narrower than in L. cubera
Poey, with which this is closely related. The maxillary reaches to the
middle of the pupil. Canine teeth large in both jaws, two very large
ones in the upper and ten in the lower. The soft dorsal and anal fins
both rounded, the latter less than half length of head. Caudal lunate,
not at all forked. Gillrakers stout, seven below the angle. Six rows
of scales on the cheek, seven on the opercle, one on the subopercle, one
on the interopercle, and two series on the occipital region.

58. Lutjanus guttatus (Steindachner).

Pargo Chibato of the local fishermen.

Mesoprion guttatus Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen rx, 18, 1869, Tafel vim (Ma-
zatlan).

Lutjanus guttatus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 354 (Mazatlan);
(partial description) ; Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 625 ( Pan-
ama); (name only); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107
(Mazatlan), and 110 (Panama); Jordan & Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884,
447 (Mazatlan; Panama); (full description); Jordan, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1885, 378 (Mazatlan; Panama); (name only); Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885,
37.

D. X, 12; A. ILI, 8; scales, 6-48-14.

Color in life: general color bright red, clearest on caudal and outer
edge of dorsal fin; anal and pectorals bright yellow, edged with white ;
body covered with short oblique, brownish lines; a large black spot
mostly above the lateral line just below posterior portion of spinous
dorsal. Inside of mouth yellow. Iris red.

This is a common and valued fish at Guaymas.

We here give measurements in millimetres of four specimens:

619 620 677 1
|
Siren ot eee eae nee w ae consis ohnee ene neclenanasls=as = 190 182 | 140 | 320
Length to base of caudal. ............ 2-20. .ee225 seen ne eee 150 145 110 | 260.
PCH eieeeeie eee anaes sleocepelcicis ices dels cs deldeie cicisiee ees 56 54 43 | 87
ere cee Bee 8 Sgt tet Uae yes set Sb ewanlonspeues ct 58 53 40 | 87
EE ee rise oo aia ee oa acini tiie sale eo clmcie neers cot oaivaaa es 13 13 i 17
eee I tra Set 52) 8. c2 diss. xaos ohicp os bd 2a5ceb cee 17 18 | 13 | 31
PREP ON OMAN eis aren slice alow acien const sdescusce Jccesecceseste sins 11 11 *8 | 16
Preorbital 9 | 7 |} 15
PBOUOV ALI Poe anos coc inien's 41 30 68
BIEL ya eis sales bones coianidon bes socet sabe cobb daccoabace: : 33 24 51
SUMISINION OC Uhresaas ceo cas seses cee scesacctaseeus eee eina | 2.7 (3.4) | 2.7 (3.4) | 2.6 (3.2 3 (3. 6)
Depth in length 2.7 (3.4) |2.75 (3.5) 3 (3.6)
Eye in head 4} 4 5
Eye in snout 14 | 1} 1s

59. Lutjanus colorado Jordan & Gilbert.
Pargo Raisero.

Lutjanus colorado Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 338, 351 (description),
and 355 (Mazatlan); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107
(Mazatlan), 112 (Punta Arenas); Jordan & Swain, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1884,
457 (Mazatlan; Panama); Jordan, Pree. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 378; Jordan,
Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 87.

This fish does not appear to be common as but three specimens were

148 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

A full deseription is given by Jordan & Gilbert (op. cit.). In our
specimens (113, 137, aud 170 millimetres long respectively) the eye is
greater than the interorbital width, and the conical teeth of the lower
jaw are smaller than those of the upper jaw.

This species is, curiously enough, confounded by the Guaymas fisher-
men with Hoplopagrus guuthert under the name Pargo Raisero.

60. Orthopristis inornatus (Gill).

Microlepidotus inornatus Gill, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sei, Phila. 1862, 206 (Cape San Lucas).
Orthopristis inornatus, Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 83; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. 1885, 379.

Head, 3.3 in length of body to the base of the caudal; depth of body
Ge

Dorsal fin, XILI, 1-15; anal fin, III-12; scales, 9-78-20.

Color in alcohol: steel blue, with metallic reflections above, lighter
below; belly almost white; sides of body with seven narrow, lig t,
horizontal stripes, three above the lateral line and four below; those
below are more distinct; those above often interrupted and obscure ;
fins plain and somewhat dusky.

Body stout, compressed posteriorly, deepest at about below the fourth
dorsal spine. Eye, 4.3 in head; snout blunt, 3.5 in head.

The maxillary slippiug under the preorbital for its whole length and
just reaching the vertical from the anterior margin of the orbit.

Teeth in both jaws; bands of minute teeth, with the outer series pro-
jecting slightly. No teeth on vomer or palatines.

Gill rakers on the anterior arch 5-16, slender, one-third the diameter
of the eye, much shorter on the succeeding arches,

The slit behind the fourth arch is 4.3 in head. Head covered with
small scales, except snout, maxillaries, and anterior part of lower jaw.
Sealed sparingly on the posterior portions of soft dorsal and anal.
Caudal fin scaled. Posterior margin of the opercle rounded, entire, no
perceptible flap. Vertical limb of the preopercle concave, weakly ser-
rated, lower limb entire.

Five specimens were obtained. The measurements of two are given
below:

884 | 4005

mm. mm.

Total length -5-2< cceu seme caccante eatin aa see ecins maha ea oma aa mise ow mieinc he aa aaa alaemeretts 183 305
mength' to base Of Candsliceacee cececeu cece cena e cee eumeen a tclenue mcs auate = caaere meet 150 253
Depth) a2 sae cco cvinemecicacisp clam oeettecan shawn cecinaite tem ot eieeeeinee Mareen weak eee | 47 | 83 &
PUGAM Seco een hk ces oo Bos eR ee esi ee eee ee ane ee a eee eatere | 45 | 77
Tos civics 2 Sinn cian aise a ae iciaen RR ee I ne ED ROS 11 | 17
PPGOTDIGAL 4:0 og wos cewenn pwabion av ou names cen an cee ee nat een een eee en on saan es meeioee 5 | 123
Triterorbitall <6 6 iccdi te nce. eaten ste cee eine cae so ee Deen enon sas hemes ae icine 12 25
BNO ee sis cease. Vande aan ade nnieents een hen ee er les tates ee a eS 13 22
POGtOPE sos ke cede ccfew cates Goce wat codienniec yea cies et abcte et aetnmeni ate ele toe a eae temaee ete meters 40) |

Wontralicccnt ncceccceee oo cues ne sees nen eee sin ase See ae ee eno ee ae eee eee ees ere te 27 | 42
Longest dorsal spine (fourth) .-....---. Se ef a aloe lee ay ere a ee ot ee 22°| 3l
Longest anal spine (third)... --- wide be dahis cau poh Maen GaeB ase ote ek eee Ouaae seer 8 | 13

|
(

65

ear PROCEEDINGS OF TITE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 149
61. Orthopristis chalceus (Giinther).

Pristopoma chalceum Giinther, Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. 1864, 146 (Panama).

Pristopoma kneri Steind., Ichth. Notiz. vu, 1869, 3 (Mazatlan).

Pomadasys chalceus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 387; Jordan &
Gilbert, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 625 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.
S. Fish Comm. 1832, 107, 110.

Orthopristis chalceus, Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1885, 387; Jordan, Cat. Fishes
N. A., 88, 1885.

Head, 3 in body to base of caudal; depth 3. Dorsal, XII-15; Anal,
III-11. Seales, 8-55-18.

Color in life: body gray, with numerous narrow, brown, wavy lines
running the direction of the scales, horizontal below the lateral line,
oblique above.

Dark indistinct spot on the humeral region. Among the numerous
specimens, some had, in addition to these marks, dark indistinct cross
bavds or blotches. These, however, varied very much.

Inside of the mouth, orange. Dorsal, dark brown, with a whitish
stripe along about the middle of the fin, extending nearly the whole
length. This was much more distinct in some than in others.

Each scale on the upper and anterior part of the body with a blue
spot with a metallic reflection.

Body somewhat slender, compressed, deepest at below the fourth
dorsal spine.

Profile of the head nearly straight, gently ascending, curved over
the neck to the dorsal.

Kye, 4-44 in head; snout, 2.7; preorbital slightly less than diameter
of eye.

The maxillary does not quite reach the anterior margin of the orbit.

Teeth small; more than one series of curved teeth projecting beyond
the rest in each jaw.

Gill-rakers on the anterior arch small and slender, 8-12.

The slit behind the fourth gill is less than the diameter of the eye.

Snout, front portion of preorbital, maxillaries, and lower jaws naked ;
the rest of the head covered with very small scales; dorsal and anal
naked; caudal, base of pectoral, and under side of ventral covered with
small scales.

Posterior margin of the opercle rounded, entire, no perceptible flap;
posterior margin straight, or nearly so, very finely pectinate; lower
limb entire, slightly rounded, making about a right angle with poste-
rior margin.

Anal spines slender, the third the longest, a little longer than the
diameter of the eye.

This fish is very abundant, being one of the most common species
taken in the seine. A considerable variation of color is seen among
them.

150 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

The measurements of four specimens are given below :

792 | 15 | 787 | 788
|
| |

mm. min. | mm. | mm.
Totalilength-<--c casas aiesascene'siac in aluValala(ain alslotova olatalaitate’s(atntaiele(atatssistete ite | 215] 162] 150 150
Leneoth te base of caudal c..-ecc ccs. anacants access cece Wemenee es ces ase aera 175 | 133 125 120
Depth =seec-sse-aseeme cee aee SSS ete ee aa ole eae ee 2 ot eae 57 48 39 | 43
load nese ok 2 She ee ee ae wee = Pe nee eee eae Se eee Same 59| 43| 39| 40
EVO ota: soca ees cee deme. cae com cuelsicns oe sects ale Saeeme ene sent is nee ete a eterna 13) j= 10") 9 107) 9
NOU Sockes castoececacics PJuernc hoes Bowles ccee ccs este cecabencicsmpe esas semeens 22] 16 14 | 15
Preorbitall s.5. hcccc tac cen cose closes nce ccne sa nine sce stam oe misecearee sas neeecae 13 | 8 7 | 8
Interorbitalie. shore co saeco cre waco nieieeic eisai ia alee mato wie aeeremierieeets 16; 30 10 | 11
PeChorali resis sacar cae oe aera ee De eee nee cee Me nee eee eee eo aaeeee 1) 34 30 | 40
Wentrali 2 ce aa. co oct s Sec ace ssn ceeeweanas ce ceiencece eee eee ‘ 26 25 24
Longest dorsal spine (fourth) 22) 20] 18
Longest anal spine (third) ...... a 12{ 13} 12
Second:anal spine. oacee.2-/-- ace es BE i) ee} 1
second soft dorsal rayeose maces see eee ence sos eee ob eee eee oee 5 14} 12 12
Second soe anal ray laces sewscc cscs hese blew e oe bees oxen eee see eneme 8 16; 13} 14

Masillary 2222 5 Gees ssn deco sinew ac om sabes & eenne nee eicas en eeen sem amenecnes 2 11 | ll | 10

62. Pomadasis elongatus (Steindachner).

Pristipoma leuciscus elongatus Steindachner, Neue und Seltene Fisch-Arten aus des K.
K. Zoologischen Museen zu Wien, Stuttgart und Warschau, 1879, 30, Tafel 9, Fig.

2 (Tumbez, west coast of South America).

Pomadasys leuciscus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1831, 357 (in part only)
(Mazatlan; Panama).

Pomadasys elongatus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 352; Jordan &
Gilbert, Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107 (Mazatlan), 110 (Panama); Jordan,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 378; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 88.

We have six specimens which we refer to this species, though it is
not clear to us that Pristopoma leuciscus elongatus Steind. can be sepa-—
rated from Pristopoma leuciscus Giinther. The former is said to have—
the body more slender, but Giinther gives the depth of the latter as 3
to 54 in length to base of caudal, and this agrees well with our examples. —
Jordan & Gilbert, in the Proceedings for 188k (op. cit.), speaking of
their specimens of Pomadasys leuciscus from Mazatlan and Panama, say
that all but two “are slenderer, with more pointed snout and deeper sub-—
orbital, the anal spines being quite small, the second 3% to 4 in head.”
This of course means Steindachner’s variety elongatus, and agrees with
ours, unless it be that ours are but little if any slenderer than leuciscus,
and the anal spines are not quite so small. The head of ours agrees
exactly with Steindachner’s figure (as to shape, length of snout, depth
of suborbital, eye, membranous flap upon border of anterior nostril, and
Squamation of cheek), but instead of about seven rows of seales upon
the opercle, there are but four or five, agreeing in this last respect with
Giinther’s figure of leuciscus. The anal spines agree better with leucis-
cu:, the second being large and strong (5% in head), and the third is
longer and more slender (less than 3% in head),

A light lateral band, about one seale in width, begins at the poste-
rior margin of the opercle just above the origin of the pectoral and ex-
tends backward in a direct line, meeting the lateral line under the
posterior fourth of the soft dorsal, and continuing direct to the base of
the caudal chietly below the lateral line.

vor. 3IV,] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 151

In the center of each scale in this band is a faint dark blotch, these
forming a fairly distinct darker line through the middle of the light
one. There are three other faint dark bands along the sides, one above
and two below the light band.

These markings are least distinct toward the ends. There is a dark
blotch upon the upper edge of the opercle.

Describing the color markings of his three specimens from Tumbez,
Dr. Steindachner says:

Ausnahmslos zieht eine silberhelle, oben undunten ziemlich breit grau eingefasste
Liingsbinde iiber der Héhe der Pectorale in horizontaler Richtung vom Schultergiirtel
zur Caudale und grenzt erst am Schwanzstiele nach oben an die Seiteulinie. Sie
nimmt mit Ausschluss der dunkleren Einfassung die Hohe einer ganzen Schuppen-
reihe (der vierten) unter dem Beginne der Seitenlinie ein, ist jedoch zuweilen im
vordersten Theile des Rumpfes nicht sehr scharf ausgepriigt, und wurde wohl nue
aus diesem Grunde von Dr. Giinther nicht erwiihnt.

It should perhaps be added that Dr. Steindachner does not ase the
name eclongatus in connection with his description, but uses it only wita
his figure.

63. Pomadasis axillaris Steindachner.

Pristipoma axillare Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen vu, 7, Tafel 4, 1869 (Mazatlan).

Pristipoma leuciscus, Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. vir, 49, 1877 (in part) (Lower Cali-
fornia).

Pomadasys axillaris, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 387 (Mazatlan) ;
Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107 (Mazatlan) (name only) ;
Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1835, 379; Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 1885, 88.

Head 3.1 (3.9); depth 3 (3.6); eye 4.7.

The one specimen we obtained measures 220 millimetres in total length,
or 185 millimetres to the base of the caudal. The eye is contained a
little more than 14 times in the snout, and equals the interorbital and
preorbital; the maxillary does not reach vertical at front of eye. Gill
rakers 14, well developed. Scales 5-50—-9, four rows on the opercle.

Pectoral fin about as long as head. D. XI, I-13; A. III, 7.

Our specimen agrees very closely with Steindachner’s description.

64. Pomadasis macracanthus (Giinther).

Pristipoma macracanthum Giinther, Proc. Zobi. Soc. London 1864, 146 (Chiapam);
Giinther, Fish. Centr. Am., 416, PI. 64, Fig. 1, 1866 (Chiapam).

Pomadasys macracanthus, Jordan & Gilbert, Prée. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 356 ( Mazat-
lan; Punta Arenas ; Panama’; Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1822, 625
(Panama) (name only); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm, 1882, 107
(Mazatlan) ; 110 (Panama); 112 (Punta Arenas) (name only); Jordan, Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 379 (Mazatlan; Panama) (name only); Jordan, Cat. Fishes
N. A., 1885, 89; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 330 (name only).

Hight individuals of this species were brought home by us. It isa
common fish at Guaymas, and, like all others of the family found there,
is of value as a food fish.

152 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

We here give measurements in millimetres of three examples :

| 43 \ eso 27123

PPOGMUON GUNS aan ceccncaciccu ce clianceuenmtnaes maeiectm= seine ceractan 205 155 200
heneth tosbaseiof cHudal:: -s-Gccscccdac ocsacinie cclnolncecieinecctewesee ‘ 173 130 | 165
Headeeics< ccs ccseescee ce sos Saat creo mc olan Nem sestimabine ste emamts 65 48 58
WOpths So. ccas . Soc ecalscisececclsclancecles suiack oan cusesienanean esac 65 50 | 58
BY Ors oains ca cwicenscescacasencewies sons sae ceremrinacnanbetsineceere ar 13 11 13
SDOUG oo asaoe staal ace lic etwascleden mackah copemer docs seteaanscnene 25 19 | 21
Interorbital width:.: .<css<Sac duces cen en cis so cscjem ante ecte senses 15 | 12 13
Preorbital depth wsicec jcce So cero oe seen re eee ne onc a eu isesenoneee 16 | 11 | 14
HNO COON sin OfMorsal sao ecsac sees a eee ea eiceee slee eee see 76 | 58 | 70
Snoutitopectorala-s-sscee sen cee cscs cn aneddes cl eoase sores seeeee a 65 | 49 59
Snoutitowentrals-iic. sac ocean caewsceece casewaswecuceeesestene 68 | 50 63
SnOUb toianali cosas ea Pe ceases soe eaten ee seu a bl ee cee eseeeee 124 | 93 | 121
Headinvlenathissoncsee cot cart cee rae ne cee eee Boe eee oe Cn eoeee 2.66 (3.10) | 2.71(3.22) | 2.84(3. 44)
Depth inilen rth. <ss coset eee eae nae ae eee eee eae dO: s- 3| ee domeee- do.

Eye un Nead eo Soaacicns sco whe see aeeenne sts e Se eee eee aa eee 5 4.4 4.5

Eye in snout -...-. ee en ae eos Nanya Remon eae eee aeeee 2 1.73 1.61

65. Hzemulon maculicauda (Gill).

Roneador Rayado.

Orthostechus maculicauda Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1862, 255 (Cape San
Lucas).

Hemulon mazatlanum Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen vii, 1%, Taf. vi, 1869 ( Wazat-
lan).

Hemulon maculicauda, Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige ur, 14, 1875 (Acapulco ;
Mazatlan).

Diabasis maculicauda, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1881, 325; ibid., 1882,
110 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 362 (Cape San
Lucas) ; ibid., 372 (Colima) ; ibid., 626 (Panama); Jordan & Swain, Proe. U.S.
Nat. Mus. 1884, 315 (full description).

Hemulon maculicauda, Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885 380 (Panama) ; Jordan,
Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 89; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1886, 537.

Common; known as Roncador Rayado by the Guaymas fishermen.
66. Hzemulon flaviguttatum Gill.

Roneador.

Hamulon flaviguttatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1862, 254 (Cape San Luc.:s),

Hemulon margaritiferum Giinther, Proce. Zodl. Soc. London 1864, 147; Giinther,
Fish. Centr. Am., 419, Pl. 65, Fig. 2, 1869; (Panama).

Hemulon flaviguttatum, Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige m1, 14, 1875 (Mazatlan ;
Acapulco ; Altata; Panama); Streets, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. vit, 79, 1877 (Lower,
California).

Diabasis flaviguttatus Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S Fish. Comm. 1881, 324; ibid., 1882
107 (Mazatlan), 110 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882,
361 (Cape San Lucas); ibid., 381 (Panama) ; ibid., 626 (Panama),

Hemulon flaviguttatum, Jordan & Swain, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 314 (full de-
scription); Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus, 1885, 380 (Mazatlan; Panama);
Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 89.

Hemulon flaviguttatum, Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1886, 537.

A careful examination of many specimens (24) in our collection shows
some differences from the descriptions hitherto published.

The head is contained in length to base of caudal 34 instead 3% times ;
the preorbital is a little narrower; the gill rakers are 18 or 19 instead of

Peiset. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 153

22; the longest anal ray is contained in length of head at least 3? times,
and the second anal spine is contained 3 to 34 times in the head.

In life, the belly is whitish with some fine black dots; sides and back
olivaceous, each scale with alight spot, these forming longitudinal lines
below the lateral line, but oblique ones above it. The dorsal fin is
golden brown, the pectorals and anal bronze.

67. Hzemulon schranki Agassiz.

Hemulon schranki Agassiz, Spix, Pise. Brésil., 121, Pl. 69, 1829.

Hemulon caudimacula Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige 11, 15, 1875 (Aeapulco ; Rio
Janeiro; Rio Grande do Sul; Maranhaod). (Not of Cuy. & Val.)

Hemylum flaviguttatum, Bean, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1880, 96 (Colima).

Diabasis steindachneri Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1831, 322 (Panama ;
Mazatlan) (full description); ibid., 1882, 107 ( Mazatlan), 110 (Panama); Jordan
& Gilbert, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1832, 361 (Cape San Lucas), 372 (Colima).

Hemulon steindachneri, Jordan & Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 299; Jordan,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 3380 (Mazatlan ; Panama); Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A.,
1885, 90; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1886, 5385 and 537.

A half-dozen specimens were secured.

Color in life, silvery, with tinge of yellow, greenish on back; a dark
spot at base of caudal fin; all the fins old gold in color.

It seems pretty certain that Hamulon steindachneri J. & G., should be
identified with Hamulon schranki Agassiz.

68. Hzemulon sexfasciatum Gill.

Hamulon sexfasciatum Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 254 (Cape San Lucas) ;
Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige 111, 13, 1875 (Panama).

Diabasis sexfasciatus, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1881, 324; ibid., 1882,
107 (Mazatlan), 110 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1882,
36L (Cape San Lucas), 372 (Colima), 626 (Panama) ; Jordan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 1883, 286.

Hemulon maculosum Peters, Berliner Monatsberichte, 705, 1869 (Mazatlan).

Hemulon sexfasciatum, Jordan & Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1884, 288; Jordan,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 380 (Mazatlan; Panama); Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A.,”
1885, 90; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 330 (Tres Marias Islands).

Our five specimens agree very closely with the published deseriptions.
They measure in total length 162, 176, 210, 210, and 215 millimetres
respectively.

The young specimens are not as distinctly colored as the older ones.

69. Calamus brachysomus (Lockington).

Sparus brachysomus Lockington, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1880, 284 (Lower California).

? Chrysophrys calamus Giinther, Fishes Cent. Amer. 1869, 386 (Panama).

Sparus brachysomus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 277 (Lower Cali-
fornia).

Calamus bajonado Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107 (Mazatlan).

Calamus brachysomus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1584; Review of the
species of the genus Calamus, Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus, 1885; Jordan, Cat.
Fishes N. A., 1885, 90.

Color silvery, each scale with a pearly spot, forming longitudinal rows.
In the young the head and body are crossed by eight or nine conspie-

154 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

uous brown bands, the first vertically through the eye, the second from
the nape of the neck over the opercles, the third from just in front of
the dorsal, passing down just behind the base of the pectoral; the
remaining ones divide the space to the caudal, the last one being around
the caudal peduncle. There are four dark cross-bands on the caudal
fin. Thedorsal, anal, and the ventrals are dusky. Thesnout and space
between the eyes are dusky. These dark bands gradually disappear
with age.

This fish is very abundant in the Bay of Guaymas. Since it often
reaches a large size, it forms an important part of the fisherman’s catch

70. Girella nigricans (Ayres).

Camarina nigricans Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1860, 81.

Girella dorsimacula Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1562, 244.

Girella nigrieans Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1880, 456 (California) ; Jor-
dan & Jouy, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1831, 12 (California) ; ibid., Jordan & Gilbert,
47 (Santa Barbara Islands); Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 363
(Cape San Lucas); Jordan & Gilbert, Synop. Fish. N. A., 560, 1882; Rosa Smith,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1883, 234 (Todos Santos Bay); Rosa Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus. 1884, 553 (San Cristobal, Lower Califor nia); Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.
1885, 380; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 91.

Nine specimens of this fish were taken.

71. Kyphosus analogus (Gill).
Chopa.

Pimelepterus analogus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, 1862, 245 (Cape San Lucas) ;
Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 2382 (Porto Escondido, Mexico ;
Nichols); Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 363. (Note on Gill’s
ty pes.)

Kyphosus analogus, Jordan, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 380 (in part) (Mazatlan ;
Panama).

Kyphosus elegans, Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, 142 (Guaymas).

We took altogether nine specimens of Kyphosi, eight of which we
refer to this species.

A reéxamination of all our material leads us to believe that we were
in error in a former paper (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 142) in referring
the specimen now in the U.S. National Museum, and bearing the number
39635, to Kyphosus elegans (Peters). This, together with seven other
examples in our collection, we now refer to Ayphosus analogus (Gill).

An examination of these specimens leads us to question the opinion
expressed by Drs. Jordan & Gilbert, in the Proceedings U.S. National
Museum 1882, 363, and later by Dr. Jordan, in the Proceedings U.S.
National Museum 1885, 380, that Pimelepterus analogus Gillis the same
fish that Peters described as Pimelepterus elegans.

Our specimens differ from Dr. Peters’s description of P. elegans in the
following particulars: Myphosus analogus has much smaller scales,
fewer teeth, narrower interorbital (as compared with the diameter of
the eye), and has more rays in the soft dorsal and anal.

PE ary: PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 155

lor purposes of comparison we append the following table:

| Peters’sde- | Gill'sde- |
| seription of K. | scription of | Our. BRS pions
elegans. K.a Be ere ULES,
OS eee cece anes es es ees acmrameeeh ace cas Sacstelea 11-56-12 13-75-20 | 13-70 to 78-20
Seu Ne GTC Ly | Suvi ete eeicereteeimestees ieee wa aieialemecains 38 | 22 24
TOTO L DI UAlieet ane cle ciinei cee inet ieist-iiejslom ia )s = aia an Nearly twice [ee eeeee eee sees 1§ to 14 times
| diameter of | eye.
eye. | )
VOT ee eee ete ete alone sini ciel emia Simcoe | X I-12 X I-14 XI-14
PENT ee ate ee ete Seley el eal) = eins | III-12 | ILIT-138 III-13
Head in total length Woe Mateo e cieeis Salslseis cise sionals cia sis.c aie | 4.5 | 4.5 4
Depth in total length Ee meegan Saeine fe setenee ners vols eee 2. 2.6to2.7 | 2\6

Measurements of five of the largest of our specimens are given in the
following table :

1 2 3 | 109 13

mm. |mm.|mm.\ mm. | mm.
Total length. ........-.----+- Bas Geis Dent ees Tee eee Ee 130 | 123| 126] 170] 140
en cth tobase OL caud sting. scasecc seceae on Sedmncbnececmoeccoscee ce 110 | 104} 104 | 136 115
MeN CuO NOAM a esate eich aia ence ss oe ais am aieclelbaacioiselisticcs Skceecine con 30 31 30| 38] 35
Depth of body ..---. SES area tee ele hc omens ocee Seca tones. 51 45 45 | 65 | 56
rene Chso fe SMOU bere nets eh ess eda sc -aeiainateiaias seiaoiminigye see see eee ae ae 9 9 9 12 11
NVndthiotemberorpital spaces cc. ccna ccceseeweceesscuicee <= Seana 12 11 1S le 13
PMI UCEIOL CY. Otte (yas see snig Jae nated salcicle a larcla nicleiais olelciciotnleiclalaletnial= s]oro= 9 9 OF abt 9
Length of maxillary from tip Och Wipsesceadsaqeer Ree Seat meas 9 9 9] 10 10
Length OBIE OLSAIS PING. sas see eee tee a eee Mirae co amek on oee 22 12 11 12)|)" 16 13
Base of spinous dorsal.....-- Pe Scene tate eee Seenieoa acess a eeeen ere 27 24 24) 35 35
BAselOuSOLt Corsalises cstceess ces haecenesaubaeeeeree seemesauecesnececs 294520) |e oOni SD 27
errhtiopsontidonsaler. <7- act ovale maison arierae cite cua oeiniaieieca ters cise acini 10 9 9 | ll 9
Length OL SECONMANAMEPING = 22s sass co alice lewis ale oesise sie cumiccewaances 5 5 Dal 8 6
Rreredod AU itranialhc etch oO ne ae ei ae ee oe eas Se ak 23 22 Zilia 30 25
Height of anterior por iiomiGt Ratt aul mene see we oe ee as cee ee 11 10 10 | 15 } 11
Height of posterior portion of soft anal 8 8 Sie 0 9
Menetirot ventral tin. 28 eee sree et ne cen ee esa. 16 14 16| 23 19
Length of pectoral fin..... Satarseee =e eel ae aecelaaie ne seceian iacee cemaeee : 18 15 | 16 | 20 19

We here give Dr. Peters’s description of MKyphosus elegans, from “ D.
Monatsber. d. Konig]. Akad. d. Wiss. zu. Berlin.”

Pimelepterus elegans n. sp.

B. 7, D. 11,12: A. 3,12 Lin. lat. 56; tr. 44.

Hohe zur Totallinge wie 1: 24, Kophliinge zu derselben wie 1:44. Snauzeconcavy,
etwas linger als das Auge, Oberkiefer bis zur Verticallinie des vorderen Augenrandes
reichend. Die Breite des Interorbitalraums ist fast gleich dem doppelten Augen-
durchmesser. Ziihne oben wie unten 38. Schuppen fest anliegend, die senkrechten
Flossen bis zum Rande bedeckend. Braun mit réthlichbraunen Langslinien, unter
Seitenlinie etwa 15 bis16. Rand der Kiemendeckelhaut und Fleek unmittelbar
hinter dem unteren Theile der Brustflosse Schwartz. Ein silberner Streif auf dem
Priiorbitale. Totalliinge 0." 290. Gekauft ; angeblich aus Mazatlan.

72. Kyphosus elegans (Peters).

Chopa.

Head 34 in body to base of caudal fin (44 in total length). Depth 2
(24); eye 3 in head; snout equals the eye. D. X-13; A. III-12.
Scales 12-60-18.

Body elliptical, compressed ; snout very blunt, anterior profile nearly
vertical from lip to front of middle of eye where there is a broad angle,

from which the arch is gentle and uniform to the origin of the dorsal
fin.

156 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—-EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

Mouth small, horizontal, maxillary short, just reacbing vertical of
anterior border of eye; each jaw with a single series of close-set in-
cisors, about twenty-six in number.

Dorsal fin long, its spines strong, depressible in a groove, the fifth
to seventh longest, about 23 in head; the soft portion rather lower, its
last rays about 34 in head.

Anal spines short, the second about 42 in head; soft anal high, its
anterior rays being longest and more than equaling half of head; the
posterior rays of anal are contained 34 times in head, and thus equal
the last rays of the dorsal; caudal fin widely forked; caudal, pectorals,
and ventrals well scaled at the base, while the soft parts of the dorsal
and anal are densely scaled throughout. Scales rather large—sixty
in lateral line—except on the fins, where they are very small, and
about the head, where they are small and much crowded; the snout is
naked.

Color in alcohol not noticeably different from that of I. analogus.

This species is closely related to A. analogus (Gill), from which it ap-
pears to differ in the larger scales, fewer scales in the lateral line, much.
higher anal fin, wider interorbital space, and more blunt snout.

It does not agree with Peters’s description as to number of teeth in
cach jaw (Peters giving thirty eight while our specimen has but twenty-
six), the width of the interorbital and in the fin formule, but these dis-.
crepancies may be due to errors of observation or copying.

At our request Dr. F. Hilgendorf recently examined Peters’s types:
and we are indebted to him for the following note: ‘Schuppen iiber
L. 1, zihle ich 64-66 und ausserdem etwa 10 kleinere auf den Schwanz-
flosse. * * * Die Hohe des ersten weichen Strahles der Analis be-
trigt 38™". Die Basis-Liinge der ganzen Flosse ist 68™™.”

This, of course, shows that Peters’s description is not accurate. We
obtained but one specimen.

73. Hermosilla azurea Jenkins & Evermann.
PLATE I.
Hermosilla azurea Jenkins & Evermann, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888,144. (@uaymas.)

One of the most beautiful and interesting species of the collection.

74. Upeneus grandisquamis Gill.

Upeneus grandisquamis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1863, 168 ( West Coast of Cen-
tral America); Giinther, Fish. Centr. Am., 1864, 420 (Gill’s description copied) ;
Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige 1v, 1875, 6 (Panama) (description); Jordan &
Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1882, 363 (note on this species as compared with
U. dentatus) ; ibid., 378 (Colima) (name only); ibid., 626 (Panama) (name only);
Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm, 1882, 107 (Mazatlan), 111 (Panama);
Hall & MeCaughan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1885, 155 (no specimens ex-
amined); Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 381 (Mazatlan; Panama) (name
only); Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 93.

Upeneus tetraspilus Giinther, Proc. Zobl. Soc. London 1864, 148 (Panama) ; Giinther,
Fish. Centr. Am. 1864, 420, Pl. 66, Fig. 1 (Panama).

Numerous specimens of this species were obtained. Measurements

cot | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 157

of all of these (ten of which we give below) show but slight variations
among the individuals.

The head is but very slightly greater than the depth, and is con-
tained from 3 to 34 in the body to base of caudal fin, while the depth
varies from 3 to 5.6 in the same, this least depth being found in the
smallest specimens.

The variation in the distance between dorsals is due in part to the
difficulty of determining where the membrane of the first fin ends, as in
some specimens it is more or less torn.

The scales are usually 2-31-5, but in one individual they seem to be
2-32-5, while in another they are 2-30-5,

807 | 808 | 809 | 811 | 805 | 832 | 27126) 27127 7129 831
| |
ae | ie ged ae |

| mam. Wim. mm, mL. | TIN. mm. mint. mm, vane. | Wa,
Rotalwenctheso. 0 cssecccces es emecoe se [25 Vie LOSs| e525) Loor | okra) L129) 9180 | esau 1v25|) eadaS
Length to base of caudal......-...---. 100 82} 122) 105 | 137 90 | 145 | 147 | 135 140
1-17 SOR ai 32| 27| 39|/ 32| 41| 29] 48| 47| 45| 45
MRE eset eae ee ee ee eee ens. a Ph Bee eo 2 25ule 400 |e ao ule Ad 42
Cen ees op etree Main eet Sal ge 1 aes) 8 7 9 Slee ut 8 10 Ti esol 11
STAT cette nana cee Sea meee 14 10 18| 15] 20 He OF 22) 20 20
BereOU DI Lek wa ook ers ene scar tose deter 10 8 13 8 15 9 13 16} 14 16
Interorbital ...........- prtinans eet 2 9 7 10 Shiai Silat? 12] 1 11
Third dorsal spine.........-...---.--- 20| 17] 27] 20] 32) 20] 28 Sas 32
Head to margin of preopercle....-....|....--|------ 28 oll seca | 31 21 | see SBh || Gill 32
Distance between dorsal fins....-. a 12 10 14 14 16 9 | 18 L6anel 16
APS CiLRTUTS RU tt ee a a | Pee Ves (all eee Deal 26
maAeIOL BECONG GOrsal- =~ -- -~<.c2s-5-|s-ca5- hare DON eee 23 a tall eee 25a 28 | 24
Mrentrals.-.....cs2-c.csc- Seat as woe 22 Gale 265 |e | 30; 20] 30] 30] 30] 30
Rarrtannal Seeeetean se oe ees oe Sa ee208 moo peters: 31 21 | B00 ea eshullew Sil mrod
Snout to hind edge of orbit .........-.|.-.--.|-.---- Di hctach eaSOP le: 2062 eal ase a oso 30

eins [pea ates ieee pues a aoa
Bieadanilanpthyss.se cto. oo ce cisee. 31 | 34] 33 34 | 3a Se Sa sees 3h
mappthmJon eth cssse-scseesccoeson oc. 31 | 32 Sy | Sh| Sk | » 38) -.32 lem esate 34
Brpphinihendsseste a eS 4 | plea Arras | saan 432) 4 | 4

| |

75. Upeneus dentatus Gill,

Upeneus dentatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1862, 256 (Lower California) ;
Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 363 (Cape San Lucas) (note on
Gill’s types); Hall & MeCaughan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1885, 154 (no
specimens seen); Jordan, Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 330 (partial description of
a specimen from Tres Marias Islands).

Three specimens were obtained by us. These, together with Dr.
Gill’s types from Cape San Lueas and one specimen 102 inches long
from Tres Marias Islands, examined by Dr. Jordan (op. cit.), are the
only specimens of this species yet recorded.

Head, 3.4 (4.3); depth, 4 (5.1); eye, 3.8; D. VII-I, 8; A. I, 6;
Scales, 2-37-5.

The scales are much more deciduous than in the two other species
found by us, and the upper parts are very much darker.

827. | 829. | 827. | 829.

mm. | mim. || mm. | man.
BEPOIBLONN Ula ie \n/-5 oo bse cineca lees sc sae 210 | 210 || First to second dorsal.......-..-.--. 21 20
Length to base of caudal..........--. 165 | 165 || Base of first dorsal ...........---..-- 29 30
en acai cone cicte ce 49 49 || Base of second dorsal........---..--. 22 21
AR oe ocean ccSeeccenekee 41 | 41 | Longest dorsal spine (second)..--..- 30 28
Eye eee eee em eecncene soe sec= = 13 13) eb eetoralstsccmscsecceces aude seccsees 31 30
BDU UAN Ce soca h a coc Ste Soe ces 15u|Lecloa le Ventialagteneet sess a eer tor Ae. A 32 31
BemOR OR bAleese et co ses. een. 16 16 |) Snont to edge of preopercle .-. ----- 37 37
DLE eete tes sheet eee Se seacun 20 | 20 || Snout to bind edge of orbit.--.------ 32 31

158 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

76. Upeneus rathbuni sp. nov.
(No. 43241, U. S. National Museum. )
PLATE II.

Head, 33 (42); depth, 4 (5); D. VIII-I,8; A. I, 6; scales, 24-41-6.

Body slender; dorsal outline well arched ; profile from snout to origin
of first dorsal regularly curved, except above the eyes, where it is very
slightly flattened; from first dorsal to posterior end of second dorsal
gently convex, and from there to the caudal slightly concave ; ventral
outline nearly straight to caudal fin; head triangular; snout blunt-
pointed ; least depth of caudal peduncle 2? in head, and its length 14
in the same; mouth slightly oblique; the maxillary, which is 54 in
head, greatly broadened behind, almost reaching anterior margin of
orbit; preorbital deep and broad, its depth 34 in head; lower jaw
slightly included; barbels moderate, scarcely reaching posterior edge
of opercles; preopercle very weakly serrate. Eye large, 23 in head, or
14 in snout. First dorsal spine minute, the second, third, and fourth
subequal, 14 in head, the others decreasing gradually, the eighth being
contained less than 35 times in head; longest soft dorsal ray 2+ in
head; anal spine evident; longest anal rays 25 in head; pectorals 14
in head, reaching posterior edge of spinous dorsal; ventrals equal the
pectorals. Seales large, ctenoid ; bead well scaled, there being three
scales upon the maxillary bone, a row of six upon the cheek, and an
odd one on its lower margin; preopercle and opercle with about two
rows each ; preorbital without scales, but roughened by a very evident

set of irregularly radiating lines, thus, ait the branches of the

pores in the seales of the lateral line are large and numerous, aS many
as thirteen being counted in some scales. Teeth villiform, in a band ~
broadest in front and narrowing backward. Gillrakers slender, the
longest 3 in maxillary, about 16 below the angle. Peritoneum black.

This species is allied to U. preorbitalis Smith & Swain, from which
it differs in the slightly shorter head, greater depth, deeper caudal
peduncle, shorter maxillary, larger eye, wider interorbital, much nar-
rower preorbital, longer ventrals, slightly longer pectorals, the outline
of the spinous dorsal, the more numerous scales, and in not having the
lower jaw produced.

It seems to be related also to U. vanicolensis (Cuv. & Val.), but
may be distinguished from that species by the slightly longer head,
greater depth, shorter and deeper caudal peduncle, much shorter maxil-
lary, larger eye, narrower interorbital, slightly longer snout, smaller
scales, and in having the ventral line straight.

One specimen 194 millimetres in total length. Wehave named this
species for Prof. Richard Rathbun, assistant in charge of scientifi¢
inquiry, U.S. Fish Commission.

Sian PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 159

77. Bairdiella icistia (Jordan & Gilbert).

Sciena icistia Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 356 (Mazatlan).
For synonymy, see Jordan & Eigenmann, A Review of the Scienide of America and
Europe, Report of the U. S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries, for 1856, 1889.

Numerous specimens were obtained.
78. Micropogon ectenes Jordan & Gilbert.

Micropogon ectenes Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1881, 355 (Mazatlan) ;
Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1882, 107 (Mazatlan); Jordan & Eigenmann, Review of
the Scienide of Am. and Eur., Report U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1726,
1889.

Five specimens were obtained.

79. Umbrina xanti Gill.

Umbrina xanti Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 257 (Cape San Lucas).
Forsynonymy, see Jordan & Eigenmann, op. cit., 420, 421, 423.

One specimen, 280 millimetres in length, was taken.

D. X1-29; A. II-7. Seales, 6-50-10.

Depth, 3.4 (4.2); head, 3.5 (4.3); eye in head, 4.6; snout, 3.25.

80. Cynoscion parvipinnis Ayres.

Cynoscion parvipinnis Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sei. 1861, 156.
For synonymy, see Jordan & Eigenmann, op. cit., 304, 369.

Three specimens of this fish were preserved. It is common in the
bay and has a good reputation as a food fish.

81. Gerres lineatus (Humboldt).
82. Gerres gracilis (Gill).

Each of the above species of Gerres was found to be abundant at
Guaymas, and, to our surprise, of the eight or ten species of this genus
reported from the Pacific coast of America, these two are the only ones
seen by us.

For full synonymy and analysis of the species of Gerres found in
American waters, vide Evermann & Meek, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
1856, pp. 256-272.

83. Harpe diplotzenia Gill.

Harpe diplotenia Gill, and

Harpe pectoralis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 141 (Cape San Lucas).

Bodianus pectoralis, Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 384; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N.
A., 1885, 97.

A single specimen was obtained, which gives the following measure-
| ments: =

mm.

| Length to the tip of the middle caudal rays.--......----..--.-----2.----+--+--- 370
| Length to the base of the middle caudal rays.-.--.... ene Nee eewiote bees ys ae 320

|
4

|

160 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

Head (107 millimetres) equals the depth, each being 3 in length to
base of caudal.

Eye (16 millimetres) 6.7 in head.

Prolonged caudal 90 millimetres in length, and is contained 12 times
in head. Height of dorsal rays, 81 millimetres; of anal rays, 115 milli-
metres.

D. XII-11; A. IfI-13; scales 5-34-12.

It seems certain that H. diplotenia is the female and H. pectoralis the
male.

84. Pseudojulis venustus Jenkins & Evermann.
PLATE Il.

Pseudojulis venustus Jenkins & Kvermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 145 (Guaymas).
Not common.
85. Glyphisodon saxatilis (L.).

Seven specimens from Guaymas, where it is not uncommon.
86. Cheetodipterus zonatus (Girard).
Barbero.

Ephippus zonatus Girard, U. 8. Pacifie R. R. Exp., Zo6l., 1858, 110 (San Diego).

Chetodipterus faber Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 48; Goode & Bean,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 238; Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1282,
108, 111 (Panama; Mazatlan) ; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. A., 1885, 102.

D., VILI-I, 23; A., IL1-16-18; scales about 90; dorsal spine 0.77 of
head.
Two specimens, 44 and 6 inches in total length respectively.

87. Chetodon humeralis Giinther.

Chetodon humeralis Giinther, Cat. Fishes, 1, 19, 1860 (Sandwich Islands?) ; Giinther,
Fishes Centr. Am., 419, Pl. 65, Fig. 3, 1866 (Panama; Guatemala?) ; Jordan &
Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 108 (Mazatlan), 111 (Panama) ; Jordan,
Cat. Fishes N. A., 102, 1885 (name only); Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885,
385 (Mazatlan; Panama); Eigenmann & Horning, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei. Iv,
1887, 1 (Colima). :

re ti te

Many specimens were obtained.
88. Pomacanthus zonipectus (Gill).

Pomacanthodes zonipectus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 244 (San Salvador) ;
ibid., 1863, 162 (west coast of Central America).

Pomacanthus zonipectus, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1882, 376 (Nicaragua ;
San Salvador); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm, 1882, 108 (Mazatlan),
111 (Panama); Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, 386 (Mazatlan; Panama); —
Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 103, 1885. i

Pomacanthus crescentalis, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 358 (Mazat- —
lan ; Panama.) (young).

Pomacanthus zonipectus, Giinther, Fishes Ceatr. Am., 419, 1864 (San Salvador).

The only specimen we obtained, 110 millimetres long, is between the
young (which was described by Jordan & Gilbert as P. erescentalis) and
the adult zonipectus.

;
5

vero. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161
89. Gobius sagittula (Giirther).

Euctenogobius sagittula Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soe. London 1861, 3.
For synonymy, see Jordan & EKigenmann, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1886, 497,

Numerous specimens were taken.

90. Gobius chiquita Jenkins & Evermann,

Gobius chiquita Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 146. (Guwaymas.)

Common.
91. Gobius longicaudus Jenkins & Eyermann.

Gobius longicaudus Jenkins & Eyvermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 146. (Guaymas.)

Abundant.
92. Gillichthys y-cauda Jenkins & Evermann.

Gillichthys y-cauda Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 147. (Guaymas.)
Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1889, 363. (San Diego, Cal.)

Very abundant.

93. Gillichthys guaymasie Jenkins & Evermann.

Gillichthys guaymasie Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 148. (Guay-
mas).

In the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum for 1889, 363, Dr.
Gilbert raises the question regarding the validity of this species as dis-
tinct from G. y-cauda. We have reéxamined our specimens of each
species, and have compared them with specimens of what we regard as
G. guaymasie collected by Dr. Gilbert.

It is evident that the two species are very closely related and prob-
ably they should be combined. The following differences, however,
seem to be constant:

_ G. y-eauda has a shorter head, more pointed snout, and larger eye.
‘The pattern of coloration of the two seems about the same, but the
white spots or blotches are more pronounced in G. guaymasie, while in
G. y-cauda the black spots on the back are more prominent, and there
is a series of black spots along the middle of the side which. does not
appear in the other species.

_ Putting the differences in tabular form we have the following:

—— = SSNS $s 1, Ge oath en 2
} | {
G. y-cauda G. guamasizx,

|
BEIUB GN MUlitep te cannes ues 2 vines on 'bisc dee obo ace ce aie Aaa Stl eae oe (U2 Ees 332):
So ws hace ae eee seas oa ded cece eancne cesce ds ceeaece ese | More pointed.) More blunt.
Tt ee ee emt bee RS or ae eee Ne Be | Larger,3 to 4. | Smaller, 4 to 5.
Reena EPS e swat ek acct twee setinaee ey see aece sable | Darker. | Lighter.

|

162 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS-—EVERMANN AND JENKINS,

94. Gillichthys mirabilis Cooper.

Gillichthys mirabilis Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1863, 109 (San Diego Bay)
Lockington, Am. Naturalist, 1877, 474 (San Francisco Bay; Gulf of California).
For full synonymy, vide Jordan & Eigenmann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1886, 510.

Probably common, though we obtained but six specimens.

Dr. Gilbert has examined the types of Gobius townsendi, recently
described by Eigenmann & Higenmann (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888,
463), from San Diego, and finds them to be the young of Gillichthys
mirabilis.

95. Gobiosoma histrio Jordan.

Gobiosoma histrio Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1884, 260 (Guaymas); Jordan, Cat.
Fishes N. A., 106, 1885 (name only); Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 387;
(name only); Jordan & Eigenmanun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1886, 506 and 5v8.

Two specimens of this interesting species were obtained. They
measure 39 and 47 millimetres in total length and agree well with the
original description.

96. Scorpeena plumieri Bloch.

Five specimens of this fish were obtained in the bay, where it is quite
common.

97. Scorpzena sonore Jenkins & Evermann.

Scorpena sonore Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1838, 150 (Guaymas).

One small specimen obtained.
98. Porichthys margaritatus (Richardson).

Batrachus margaritatus Richardson, Voyage Sulphur, 67 (Gulf of Fonseca).

Porichthys notatus Girard, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1854, 141; U.S, Pac. R. R. Sur-
vey, 1859, 134.

Porichthys porissimus Giiuther, Cat. Fishes N. A., 11, 176 (in part); Jordan & Jouy,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1581, 5; Jordan & Gilbert, ibid.,65 and 274 (Gulf of Cali-
forma); Jordan & Gilbert, Synop. Fishes N. A., 751 (in part), 1882.

Porichthys margaritatus, Jordan & Gilbert, Synop, Fishes N. A.,985, 1882; Jordan &
Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 626; Jordan, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 415
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1885, 358; Cat. Fishes N. A., 1285, 116.

One specimen was obtained, which, compared with specimens from
Santa Barbara, California, differs from them in the more slender form
of the body, and in having the inside of the mouth and the gill cavities”
black,

99. Gnathypops scops Jenkins & Evermann.

Gnathypops scops Jenkins & Evermann, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1588, 152 (Guaymas)
Three specimens were taken.

aaa te bet ee Sy,

100. Opisthognathus ommata Jenkins & Evermann. 5

Opisthognathus ommata Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, 153 (Guay
mas),

Three specimens were taken.

Bree PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 163

101. Hypsoblennius gilberti Jordan.

Tsesthes gilberti Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1882, 349 (Santa Barbara).
Tsesthes gentilis, Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 757, 1822.
Hypsoblennius gilberti, Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 119, 1885.

The collection contains two small blennies, which we refer with some
hesitation to this species. In one of them, however, there is a very
dark spot upon the anterior part of the dorsal fin, while in the other it
is not so dark.

Although the generic name Hypsoblennius was introduced by Dr.
Gill without further explanation or definition than reference to a type
(H. hentzi), it is probable that less confusion will be caused if Canon
XLIT, C, A. O., be strictly followed and Hypsoblennius be retained.

102. Hypsoblennius striatus Steindachner.

Blennius striatus Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige v,15, Tafel virr, 1876 (Panama).
Hypsoblennius striatus, Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 389 (name only).

Head 33 (4); depth 4 (5); eye 4 to 5 in head; D. XII-17; A. 18
or 19,

The head is a little greater than the depth; the snout steep and
gently curved; orbital tentacles 1} to 2 times diameter of eye, usually
four branches.

Dorsal fin little notched, its longest rays nearly 3 in head; anal
lower, its rays 3} to 4 in head; pectorals 1} in head, just reaching anal.

Color yellowish; five quadrate spots of darker extending from dorsal
fin to a line drawn from middle of eye to lower base of caudal, the an-
terior one above tip of pectoral; median line of side with a more or less
distinct series of small spots; a short dark vertical line behind the eye;
a dark blotch in front of origin of dorsal fin, and another on the hu-
meral region; under side of head with two ill-defined bands of dark ;
dorsal fin more or less speckled with black; the anal with a narrow
white border, above which is a broader band of dark brown.

Six specimens were obtained.

103. Labrosomus xanti Gill.
Labrosomus xanti Gill, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1860, 107 (Cerro Blanco, Lower
California).
Clinus xanti, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 368 (Cape San Lucas);
Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1882, 108 (Mazatlan) (name only).

Labrisomus nuchipinnis vxanti, Jordan, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 389 (Mazatlan) ;
Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 120, 1885.

One specimen, 95 millimetres in total length, was obtained.
104. Auchenopterus asper Jenkins & Evermann.
(Plate 11.)

Auchenopterus asper Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, 154 (Guaymas).,
Six specimens.

164 FISHES FROM GUAYMAS—EVERMANN AND JENKINS.

105. Psednoblennius hypacanthus Jenkins & Evermann.

Psednoblennius hypacanthus Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 156
(Guaymas ).

One specimen.
106. Citharichthys gilberti Jenkins & Evermann.

Citharichthys gilberti Jenkins & Evermann, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, 157 (Guay
mas. )

Citharichthys spilopterus Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 382 (Panama) ;
ibid., 1882, 630 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm. 1882, 108
and 111 (Mazatlan; Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis Fishes N. A., L582,
817 (in part; Panama); Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 391 (Mazatlan ;
Panama); Giinther, Fishes Centr. America, 1869, 471, Pl. Lxxx, Fig. 2 (Chiapam).

Citharichthys sumichrasti Jordan, A Review of the Flounders and Soles, in Ann, Re-
port of Commr. Fish and Fisheries for 1836, bearing date 1889, 276 (Rio Zana-
tenco, Chiapas; Panama).

It seems to us that Giinther was wrong in identifying his west coast
specimens with the east coast Spilopterus, and regard all Pacific coast
references to Spilopterus as meaning the form which we have described
as C. gilberti.

107. Paralichthys adspersus (Steindachner).

Pseudorhombus adspersus Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen v, 1867, 9, Tafel 2 (Chinchas
Islands.) Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1882, 370 (Cape San Lucas. )

dut one specimen taken.
108. Achirus mazatlanus (Steindachner).

Solea mazatlana Steindachner, Ichthyol. Notizen 1x, 1869, 23, Tafel 5 (Mazatlan.)
Common; eleven specimens were obtained.

109. Balistes polylepis Steindachner.
Pez de Puerco.

Balistes polylepis Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitriige v, 21, 1876 ( West coast of Mexico);
Jordan & Gilbert, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1881, 276 and 277 (Punta San Felipe;
Cape San Lucas), (name only); ibid., 1882, 681 (Panama) (name only). Jordan
& Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm, 1882, 108 (Mazatlan); 111 (Panama), (name
only); Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. i835, 392 (Panama; Mazatlan), (name
only); Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. A., 140, 1885 (name only).

Head, 3 (4); depth, 2 (2.4), greaterin young; eye 4to4zin head. D.
IlI-27; A. 25; scales.

Profile from snout to spinous dorsal gently arched, thence to soft dor-_
sal nearly straight, and from there to caudal peduncle very slightly
arched ; under side a regular curve from snout to caudal peduncle, —
with slight irregularity at chin and ventral fin.

Tirst dorsal spine long (1% in head), stout, quadrilateral in cross
section, greatly roughened upon the anterior angles ; second spine less_
than half length of first, while the third is about one-third length oft
the first. .

Paget | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 165

The soft dorsal is greatly produced at the second to ninth rays, the
longest about 14 in head; those back of the fifth gradually decrease in
length and become more and more directed forward ; the length of the
base of the soft dorsal is greater than the head.

The first anal rays are less produced than the dorsal and are con-
tained 1% in head ; the base of the anal fin is some shorter than that of
the soft dorsal. Pectorals short, 24 in head. Upper and lower caudal
rays much produced in older specimens. Gill-slit extends from in front
of the upper edge of pectoral obliquely upward and backward, its upper
end being in a vertical line under the first dorsal spine. Hight teeth
in each jaw, the middle pair strongest, pointed and curved, the lateral
ones shorter and somewhat double pointed.

Right specimens, ranging from 150 to 260 millimetres in total length,
were obtained at Guaymas, where it is known as Pez de Puerco by the
local fishermen.

110. Spheroides politus Girard.

Tetraodon politus Girard, U. 8. Pac. R. R. Expl. Ex., Fishes, 1859, 340 (San Diego, Cali-
fornia).
For synonymy, see Jordan & Edwards, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1886, 235, 239.

Up to the present time only large specimens, 1 foot in length, were
known. As these differ from Spheroides testudineus annulatus in only a
few important differences, Jordan & Edwards (loc. cit.) express the
opinion that the former may be but the adult of the latter.

We have compared our specimens with Spheroides testudineus anna-
latus of corresponding sizes,and our specimens, including those from 3
inches in length to those of 1 foot, are all entirely smooth, except ocea-
sionally one shows a small patch of very small prickles on the breast.
The interorbital space is flat in our specimens, concave in S. testudineus
annulatus ; the small, dark, round spots on the sides are much smaller
in our specimens. From these facts it would seem that S. politus may
_ be regarded as a good species.

The following species have been recorded by others from the Bay of
Guaymas, but were not seen by us:

1. Myrophis vafer. Jordan, Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1884, 260 (meric).

| 2. Orthopristis cantharinus. Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 379 (Nichols).

Cynoscion othonopterum. Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 383 (Nichols).

Cynoscion macdonaldi. Gilbert, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1890, 64.

Gerres californiensis. Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, 383 (Nichols).

Gobius saporator. Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 260 (meric).

; . Platophrys leopardinus. Jordan, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1884, 260 (Emeric) ; ibid.,
1885, 391 (meric).

INDIANA STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, TERRE HAuTE, IND. ;

Dr Pauw UNIVERSITY, GREENCASTLE, IND.

December 15, 1890.

sa

eee

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. |

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

|

2. MYCTEROPERCA JORDANI. 3. HERMOSILLA AZUREA.

1. RHINOPTERA STEINDACHNERI.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF TAILLESS
BATRACHIAN FROM TROPICAL AMERICA.

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER AND FREDERICK C, TEST.
(With Plate 111.)

Tetraprion, gen. nov.

(rerpac, four; 7pi@y, saw.)

Of the family Hylidae : Pectoral arch arciferous; no ribs; no mah-
dibular teeth; vertebrae proccele; sacral vertebra with dilated diapo-
physes and two condyles for articulation with the simple coceygeal
style; terminal phalanges claw-shaped.

One long series of teeth on parasphenoid bone; vomerine teeth; a
series of teeth on the palatines ; head rough, bony, the skin being involved
in the cranial ossification ; tympanum distinct; fingers and toes webbed,
the tips dilated into regular disks; outer metatarsals not bound
together(?); omosternum and sternum cartilaginous; pupil horizon-
tal(?); tongue 2

TyPE: Tetraprion jordan.

Tetraprion jordani, sp. nov.

Vomerine teeth in two well separated, nearly transverse groups situ-
ated on a level with the posterior border of the choanwe, each group
consisting of about five rather large teeth; asingle, transverse, slightly
s-curved series of closely set small teeth on each palatine behind the
choane; teeth on parasphenoid small, closely set, forming a long, single
series; top of head bony, very rough, especially the ridges; canthus
rostralis forms a prominent sharp ridge; loreal region very concave ;
interorbital space very wide and concave; a prominent bony supratym-
panic ridge; posterior border of “helmet” nearly straight, slightly con-
cave in the middle; tympanum circular, its diameter four-sevenths of
diameter of orbit; fingers one-third webbed, first nearly free, opposable ;
toes nearly one-half webbed; disks much smaller than tympanum ; tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum ; skin above and on throat and
chest smooth; rest of under surface granulate. Color can not be made
out satisfactorily, but seems to be brownish above and uniform whitish
below.

Length of head from mouth to posterior border of helmet, 21 milli-
metres; length of head and body, 71 millimetres; greatest width of
head, 21 millimetres.

TypE: U.S. National Museum, No. 12274.

HABITAT: Guayaquil, Ecuador.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 847.
167

168 NEW GENUS OF BATRACHIAN—STEJNEGER.
*
This interesting novelty is dedicated to Dr. David S. Jordan, presi-

dent of the Leland Stanford Junior University of California.

Although evidently nearly related to Triprion, it differs from all
known Hylide in possessing teeth on the palatines, a character which
in itself seems sufficient to warrant its generic separation. With 77i-
prion and Diaglena it shares the possession of teeth on the parasphenoid.
The latter are firmly fixed to the bone, while the palatine teeth, which
form a slightly s-curved line on each side posterior to the choan, only
adhere to the membrane covering the palatine bones. We are thus
confronted with an entirely unique dentition, for it seems that not even
in the family Hemiphractida, which is composed of genera with both
palatine aud parasphenoid teeth, do we find a genus in which they
oceur simultaneously. The presence of parasphenoid and palatine teeth
in otherwise undoubtedly Hylid genera, coupled with the occurrence
of claw-shaped terminal phalanges in Ceratohyla, makes it doubtful
whether the presence of mandibular teeth in the Amphignathodontide
and Hemiphractide really have the value now attributed to them as
constituting a family character. That the non-dilatation of the diapo-
physes of the sacral vertebra in the Hemiphractide in itself is of but
little consequence seems evident from the variability of this character
within the family Hylida.

It is stated above that in Tetraprion the outer metatarsals are not
bound together. This would be an important character, but I am not
sure that the very soft condition of the type is not responsible for this
state of affairs.

The tongue was found removed by some accident in the hitherto
unique type of this species.

Owing to the bad preservation of the specimen it is impossible to
say with absolute certainty what is the shape of the pupil, but Mr.
Test thinks that he once made it out to be horizontal.

The figures on the accompanying plate will illustrate and supple-
ment the above description. It will be noted that the epicoracoid
cartilages overlap considerably, and that the precoracoids and cora-
coids so far from being parallel, as they are said to be in the Hemi-
phractide, on the contrary are greatly divergent.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
TETRAPRION JORDANI.
Drawn by Frederick C. Test.

Fig. 1, Top of head; 2, Palate, showing dentition; 8, Pectoral arch; 4, Pelvis;
5, Dorsal view of right hand; 6, Dorsal view of right foot; 7, Distal phalanx of fin-
ger: a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c¢, lateralview.

(Figs. 1-6, enlarged one-third. Fig. 7, enlarged two-thirds. )

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL, III

TETRAPRION JORDANI, new genus and species.

ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE TONGUE IN HUMMING BIRDS.

BY
Freperic A. Lucas.
Assistant Curator of the Department of Comparative Anatomy.

(With Plate rv.)

Although it is evident from Dr. Gadow’s paper on the Suctorial Ap-
paratus of Tenuirostres* that he is well acquainted with the structure
of the tongue of Humming Birds, he merely alluded to this group, and
as so much misinformation on this subject is current in ornithological
literature, it is hoped that the present paper may be-of service in cor-
recting some of the many misstatements.

The paper is based on the examination of the species noted below,
and it is probable that the type of tongue herein described will be
found to prevail throughout at least the greater portion of the Trochi-
lide, and should exceptions exist, they will most likely be found in the
Phethornithine.

Species examined :

Lampornis sp. : Selasphorus rufus.
ELulampis holosericus. Stellula calliope.
Florisuga mellivora. Doricha evelyne.
Mellisuga minima. Lophornis sp.
Trochilus colubris. Bellona exilis.
Calypte anne. Chlorostilbon sp.

Selasphorus platycercus.

The tongue of Humming Birds, like that of such woodpeckers as
Colaptes and Hylotomus, is oxiremely long, but there is little or no
structural similarity between them.

In Colaptes the tongue is not continued beyond the anterior end of
the short, fused, ceratohyals, and the basihyal is extremely long, while
in Trochilus the greater portion of the tongue consists of the cartilag-
ious sheath of the ceratohyals, and the basihyal is short.

The reason for this difference is quite evident. The tongue of the
woodpecker is a barbed spear, which to be effective needs to be more
or less rigid. The tongue of the Humming Bird is used to entrap, not
to impale, insects, and for extracting honey from flowers, and for these
purposes it does not need to be especially stiff.

poe. Zoi. Soc. Gowen: 1883, pp. 62-69, Pl XVI.
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 848.
169

170

STRUCTURE OF HUMMING

BIRD’S TONGUE—LUCAS.

In both Colaptes and Trochilus the ceratobranchials are moderate, the
epibranchials extremely long.

Fic. 1. Hyoid of Selasphorus rufus * 8.chy’, car-
tilaginous prolongation of the ceratohyals. A por-
tion of the surrounding sheath is shown, the differ-
ence in the shading indicating where the ceratohyal
sheath becomes detached; chy, ceratohyal ; bhy, ba-
sihyal; bby, basibranchial; cbr, ceratobranchial.

Only the distal portions of the epibranchials are
shown.

Fic. 1. Hyoid of Oolaptes auratus x 23 Letters
as before.

Basibranchial is wanting in Col-
aptes, very small and cartilaginous
in Trochilus.

The base of the Humming Bird’s
tongue is formed of the soft, fatty,
fibrous envelope of the basihyal,
which, when the tongue is pro-
truded, stretches like a_ spiral
spring, and like a spiral spring
contracts as the tongue is with-
drawn. .

As the tongue is extended the
ceratobranchials are apposed and
pressed forward into this fibrous
sheath, and even when at rest these
little bones lie close together, only
separating when the tongue is con-
vulsively retracted, as in the act
of gasping.

The soft base is succeeded by the
dense, cartilaginous sheath of the
ceratohyals, and this practically
consists of two portions, thatinvest-
ing the osseous part of the cerato-
hyals and that surrounding their
cartilaginous anterior portions.

In badly preserved specimens
this latter part can be slipped off
intact, and its structure readily
studied.

At first the cartilaginous sheath
forms a single tube, somewhat
elliptical in transverse section,
grooved along the center above
and below, and showing a slighter
groove on the upper exterior sur-
face.

The central grooves indicate the
present division of the tube by a ver-
tical partition, the lateral grooves
the formation of a flange along the
outer edge.

A little more than balfway between base and tip the tongue becomes
forked, each division being a rod bordered by a wide flange of thin

rine PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. iyo
‘membrane, the external fold of cartilage becoming thus transformed
before the fork of the tongue is reached.

_ This membrane curls upward and inward, much as one might roll a
piece of paper, so that toward the apex two very delicate parallel tubes
are formed.

This tubular part of the tongue, formed by the curled-up membrane,
exists only for a short distance towards the anterior end, so that the
common statement that the tongue of the Humming Bird consists of
two parallel muscular tubes is quite erroneous.

So also is the statement that the tubular part of the tongue when at
rest is drawn back into a muscular sheath.

_ When the flange is flattened out each moiety of the tongue suggests
a feather with the vane on one side only, a resemblance that is height-
ened by the fact that toward the anterior end the membrane is more or
Jess fimbriated.

Just how much of this fimbriation is normal and how much due to
wear is somewhat of a question, although it is very evident that use
has something to do with the lancination of the membrane, for it varies
in individuals of the same species, and in some cases whipping out by
‘wear is very apparent.

_ Dr. Gadow, indeed, speaks of specimens in which the membrane was
entire, but does not mention the species, and none have come under my
own notice in which the membrane was not somewhat lancinated.

The width of the bordering membrane varies in different genera,
being for example very wide in Florisuga and very narrow in Bellona,
the width doubtless bearing some direct relation to the food of the bird.

In a nestling of Calypte anne, shown in Fig. 6, Pl. Iv, the bordering
membrane was longer than the cartilaginous rod supporting it, and the
tongue but little cleft.

No fresh specimens of Humming Birds have been available, but in all
birds examined the two branches of the tongue have more or less of an
outward spiral twist, as shown in Fig. 3, Pl. lv, and I suspect that
this may be the normal condition, although it is not mentioned by
Gosse, who gives a very good description of the Humming Bird’s tongue.
_ This author states that he is unable to quite understand the action
of the tongue in sucking up liquids, and that while drinking sirup the
tongue is protruded for half an inch or so and worked rapidly back-
ward and forward.

_ Certainly there can be no sucking in the proper meaning of the word,
since no vacuum can be formed at the back of the tongue, and liquids
probably pass through the tubular portion by capillary attraction.

It seems probable, as stated by Professor Newton, that the chief use
“of the tongue is to capture small insects, and the size of the salivary
glands suggests that the tongue may be covered with a viscous secre-
‘tion to which minute insects would adhere, and thrust into crevices
beyond the reach of the beak.

172 STRUCTURE OF HUMMING BIRD’S TONGUE—LUCAS.

It is worthy of remark that the Golden-winged Woodpecker (Colaptes
auratus), & species with unusually large salivary glands, employs its
tongue in this manner to extract ants from their abiding places.

The principal muscles of the tongue are as follows:

Serpio hyoideus.—Probabiy owing to my lack of skill in dissection
this muscle proved hard of detection, but although extremely delicate
it is probably always present. It was unusually well defined in one
specimen of Selasphorus rufus.

Mylo hyoideus.—Well developed, filling much more than two-thirds
of the space between the rami of the jaw.

Stylohyoideus.—This large and important muscle arises at about the
junction of the frontals with the premaxillaries, and curves around the
skull external to the hyoid with its enveloping geniohyoideus.

At the angle of the jaw it turns inward, passes below the geniohyoi-
deus, turns upward and outward to make a half turn around the epi-
branchial, and is continued along the outer side of this bone and the
ceratobranchial to the anterior point of attachment on the upper side
of the ceratobranchial.

3y this peculiar half turn around the epibranchial the pull of the
muscle is in a great measure transferred from the ceratobranchial to
that point.

Geniohyoideus.—This muscle to a great extent underlies rather than
envelopes the epibranchial, and it is but little twisted around this bone.
As just stated, it passes above (dorsad) the stylohyoideus and becomes
free from the epibranchial just where stylohyoideus passes around the
epibranchial. The muscle is then continued to the symphysis of the
mandible.

This arrangement of the stylo and genio hyoideus not only gives these
two muscles a remarkably long pull, enabling them to act with great
force, but also eases the strain on the long, slender epibranchial.

Ceratoglossus.—This slender muscle arises at the posterior third of the
epibranchial and runs, as usual, to the basihyal.

Tracheohyoidens.—Although slender, this muscle is well defined, run-
ning from the upper part of the trachea, just below the arytenoid carti-
lage, to the basihyal.

“XPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 3. Tongue of Eulampis holosericus, enlarged. The membrane of the right side
is opened out, that of the left retains the spiral twist commonly seen.

4. ABC’, Sections through the sheath of the ceratohyals at CBA. Very greatly
enlarged. From camera lucida drawings.

5. Tip of tongue of Lulampis holosericus, left side, from below, the membrane
being flattened upon itself. Greatly enlarged. From a camera lucida
drawing.

6. a, Tongue of nestling of Calypte anne X 6. b, Tip of same greatly enlarged,

with the membrane curled inward as in nature.
. Head of Eulampis holosericus seen from below, slightly enlarged: gh, geni~
ohyoideus; mh, mylohyoideus; sth, styolohyoideus,

~

tail Did

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. Iv

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

THE TONGUE OF HUMMING BIRDS.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE JU. 5S. FISH
COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries. ]

No. XX.—ON SOME NEW OR INTERESTING WEST AMERICAN SHELLS
OBTAINED FROM THE DREDGINGS OF THE U. S. FISH COMMISSION
STEAMER ALBATROSS IN 1888, AND FROM OTHER SOURCES.

BY
Wie; HH. .DA:
Curator Department of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum.

(With Plates v—vil.)

Among the dredgings of the Albatross and other West American
shells received during the last few years several forms of unusual interest
have turned up, and it was thought desirable to have them described
and illustrated for the use of students and collectors of the mollusks of
this fauna. Some old species which have never been figured, or have
been imperfectly figured, are here illustrated.

The confusion which has attended the history of some of them las
been more or less successfully cleared up and distinctive features
pointed out. In the absence of a complete monographof West American
species, less pretentious contributions to the knowledge of the fauna
will help students to a better understanding of it, and thus advance the
science and the prospect of a more comprehensive work. I have been
much indebted to the kind codperation of Mr. J.J. Rivers, of the Uni-
versity of California, Miss Ida M. Shepard, of Long Beach, and Mrs.
M. Burton Williamson, of University, California, as well as several
other ladies mentioned in the text.

Genus EUPLEURA Adams.

The species of this genus have been in a good deal of confusion, which
Lhave endeavored to clear up in my contributions to the Tertiary
Fauna of Florida (Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Scit-
enée, Philadelphia, vol. 111, p. 144, 1890). Numerous specimens of the:
Pacific form were dredged by the Albatross off the coast of Lower Cal:
ifornia near Cerros Island. I have thought it desirable to figure the:
various forms, from typical examples in order to clear up the confusion.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 849.. 1
13.

174 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL. |

Eupleura muriciformis Broderip.

(Plate v, Fig. 2.)

Ranella muriciformis Brod., P. Z. 8., 1832, p. 179; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Ranella, Fig. 34.
Ranella plicata Reeve, P. Z.S8., 1844, p. 138; Couch. Icon., Fig. 33.

Ranella triquetra Reeve, op. cit., p. 139; Conch. Ieon., Fig. 41, 1844.

Eupleura muriciformis Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., 11, p. 145, 1890.

HaAsirat: Montija Bay, West Columbia, Cuming fide Broderip; San
Diego, Nuttall, fide Reeve ; off Cerros Island, Lower California, in 10 to
16 fathoms; U.S. Fish Commission.

This species is found living in the Pacific waters from Venezuela to
California and fossil in the Postpliocene of much of the same region.

H. triquetra Reeve is a large specimen with an unfinished lip; #.
plicata of the same author is evidently a specimen of the same form
with the canal shortened by mutilation.

I have seen no connecting links with 2. pectinata Hinds, though they —
may exist. HH. nitida Broderip is an entirely distinet species. |
There are three varieties in the recent material belonging to this
species which I have examined. The adult typical muriciformis has

the following characters ;

On the last whorl there are three strong knobs between the varices
on each side; there is a thin, webbed varix with six primary spines, all
recurved and deeply grooved in front; within the aperture there is a
dentiform callus on the outer lip between every pair of spines and one
on each side of the sutural commissure; the spine at the shoulder is
much the longest, but the second spine, counting forward, is the one
corresponding to the axis of the intervarical nodes; the web between
the shoulder spine and the suture is bent forward; the spirals corre-—
sponding to the spines are very coarse, but not much elevated, and be-
come stronger anteriorly as the spines diminish in strength and length. —

The shell averages 37.4 millimetres in length, 23.5 millimetres in
breadth, with a lesser diameter of about 12.2 millimetres. ;

‘eed.

Eupleura (var?) unispinosa Dall.
(Plate vi, Fig. 5.)
Eupleura muriciformis Brod., var. unispinosa Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., 101, p. 146, 1890.

This variety was collected by Rich at Mazatlan. It has a thick varix, ©
hardly webbed, with only one short, recurved spine, which is at the —
shoulder ; a much recurved canal; a subtriangular section ; and, owing —
to the absence of webbing and spines, appears especially slender. This
is the form which in my report on the Blake Gastropods (A, p. 203)
was contrasted with the typical FL. caudata.

The specimen figured has a total length of 33.3 millimetres, a maxi-
mum breadth of 16, and a sectional lesser diameter of 13 millimetres.
This form is quite thick compared with the type and perhaps should”
be regarded as a distinet species, but these forms are so variable that_
I hesitate to separate them. si

ar | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. iS
Eupleura, var. limata Dall.

Eupleura muriciformis Brod., var. limata Dall, op, cit., p. 146, 1890.

At the head of the Gulf of California, near the estuary of the Colo-
rado River, is found, both recent and in the Postpliocene of the vicin-
ity, a variety which I have called limata, in which the intervarical nodes
are obsolete; the whole surface nearly smooth; there are but two or
three varices in all, and they are narrow and not prominent. This va-
riety reaches a length of 40 and a width of 18.5 millimetres.

The depauperate character of this variety is very probably due to the
freshening of the water by the outflow from the river and the barren
sandy shore upon which it lives. I have shown elsewhere in connec-
tion with Melongena that the rocky oyster reefs furnish the rough and
the sandy shores the smoother specimens and this generalization prob-
ably affects most canaliferous Gastropods,

Eupleura caudata Say.
(Plate vi, Fig. 2.)
Ranella caudata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phil., 11, p, 236, 1822.
HLupleura muriciformis Tryon, Man., tt, p. 158, ex parte, non Broderip.
Eupleura caudata Stimpson, Am. Journ, Conch., 1, p. 58, Pl. 8, Fig. 5, 1865; Dall,
Bull. 37, U. S. Nat, Mus,, p. 120, Pl. 50, Fig. 11, 1889; ‘Trans, Wagner Inst., 111,
p. 144, 1590.
Eupleura ‘ clathrata Gray ” Calkins, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., 1878, p. 234.

HABrrat: Atlantic coast of the United States from Cape Cod to the
Florida Keys, U.S. Fish Commission. Fossil in the Pliocene of South
Carolina and Florida and the Postpliocene of most of the Atlantic
coast.

The shell sometimes reaches a length of 27 to 50 millimetres.

The specimen figured measures 23.35 long, 12.5 wide, and 8.5 millimetres
in lesser sectional diameter, taken from one side of the last whori to
the opposite side at right angles to the plane of the aperture and verti-
cal to the intervarical dorsal node.

This species has been much confused, and the group to which it be-
longs, though containing but few species, presents as pretty a series of
moditications in space and time as any evolutionist could wish to see.
Exclusive of H. pectinata, of which [have only seen figures, and Ranella
pulehra Gray, which belongs elsewhere, I recognize among the recent
forms one well-established species on-the Atlantic coast, with a sub-
Species or geographical race on the Gulf coast and some of the northern
Antilles. On the Pacific coast we have two species, one of which is
constant and well marked (the H. nitida Broderip), the other very vari-
able and possessing a number of varieties which may be geographical or
Simply mutations, we are not yet in a position to decide which. £.
muriciformis Broderip, which is the oldest name for the latter, has been
referred to an unfigured “ Ranella clatirata” of Gray, from the Atlantic,
which is not only a more modern name than Broderip’s, but the char-
acters given for it are not compatible with the Pacific shell.

176 NEW: WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

Although Say’s name was published in 1822, it has been referred to
this alleged EH. clathrata Gray (1859) as a synonym!

The Atlantic form, the typical caudata, is found on the Atlantic coast
from Cape Cod to the Florida Keys, and it is recognizable when adult
by its smaller size, more cancellated sculpture, and by having five
transverse riblets on the back of the last whori between the two varices,
and three in front. This is the form figured by Say, and which must
retain the specific name. It is also fossil in the Postpliocene, if not
also in the Pliocene, of the greater part of the Atlantic coast.

Eupleura caudata, var. sulcidentata Dall.
ae V, Fig. 4.)
Eupleura caudata, var. sulcidentata Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., m1, p. 147, 1890.

Gulf coasts of the United ae and the Florida Keys; Charlotte
Harbor, in shallow water among algie, Dall. Coast of Cuba, Gundlach.

The form figured in the Pliocene fossils of South Carolina by Tuomey
and Holmes is the typical caudata, as is that of the South Carolinian
Postpliocene. Calkins’s specimens were young and looked much like
the young of the Pacific coast species. The Pliocene fossils tend to-
ward an intermediate character, as might be expected. I have seen
no genuine caudata from the Miocene, though the shell figured by En-
mons looks as if it was this species.

This variety is characterized by its thinner, more expanded, and re-
curved varices; its generally whiter color, larger size; and has in the
adult, on the back, three intervarical, flattish, transverse ribs and two
or three in front. ‘The spire is rather more elevated than in the typical
caudata, and, except on the varices, the spiral threads are often absent
or obsolete. Young shells have more intervarical ribs than adults. In
the American Marine Conchology Mr. Tryon, by some oversight, refers to
the synonymy of H. caudata a Fusus pyruloides of De Kay, which ap-
pears to have been founded on an immature Melongena. It is possible
he meant to write Fusus imbricatus De Kay, which is described on the
same page as the other, and figured on the same plate. ‘This figure some-
what resembles a young Hupleura, but from the description one would
be disposed rather to refer it to an immature Urosalping.

This is the southern race of H. caudata, readily distinguished from
the latter by its usually pure white and less earthy shell, its more slop-
ing spire, less angulated varices, and the sulci between the teeth of the
aperture. It has a smoother, less reticulated shell, with the spiral
sculpture obsolete, usually few intervarical sharp transverse ridges, and
the spines at the shoulder absent or Jess pronounced. The throat is
often purple or brown, against which the white teeth of the outer lip
show prettily. It has not been found north of Florida on the Atlantic
coast. It frequently reaches a larger size (25 millimetres) than the
specimen figured, which measures 19 millimetres long, 10 millimetres
wide, and a lesser diameter on the section of the last whorl of 6 milli-
metres,

— cm el eth ie

nn

oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. LT

This is the form which has, especially in large worn specimens from
the Keys, been most frequently mistaken for L. muriciformis, the young
of which it somewhat resembles.

Nassa californiana Conrad.

Schizopyga californiana Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856 (Dec.), p.315; Pa-
cific R. R. Reports, vol. v1, p. 69, Pl. 2, Fig. 1, 1857; Cpr. Suppl. Rep. Br. Assoc.,
1853, p. 593.

Nessa (Caesia) fossata Gabb, Pal. Cal., 11, pp. 47, 74, 1859 ; ex parte, not of Gould.

Schizopyga californica Gabb, op. cit., p. 74, in synonymy; not of Conrad.

Miocene of Santa Clara County, California; Conrad. Dead Man’s
{sland, near Long Beach, California; Miss S. P. Monks, Hon. Delos
Arnold, and Mrs. M. Burton Williamson. Recent on the coast of Cal-
ifornia from Drake’s Bay to Cerros Island, in 25-65 fms. U. S. Fish Com.

This is a typical Nassa, of the evenly reticulate kind, and doubtless
the ancestor of N. fossata Gould, from which it differs by its more
slender and cylindric form, its more evenly reticulate sculpture, and
its less pronounced varix at maturity. It has much the sculpture and
general form of NV. perpinguis, with the size and strength of N. fossata,
with the latter of which it has been injudiciously united by Gabb?
The “genus” Schizopyga was based on the postsiphonal sulcus com-
mon to all species of Nassa and described from an imperfect and muti-
lated specimen. It has of course no claims to present consideration.

Fusus Kobelti Dall.
(Plate vi, Fig. 4.)

Fusus Kobelti Dall, On the California species of Fusus, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Mar.,
1877. Extra copies Mar. 19, 1877.

HABITAT: Monterey to San Diego, California; off Catalina Island,
in 16 fathoms; U.S. Fish Commission.

Shell elegantly and regularly fusiform, of seven or eight whorls,
sculptured with revolving lines and transverse cost. In young speci-
mens the whorls are somewhat rounded, in the adult elongated. Epi-
dermis in perfect specimens dark ashy or greenish olivaceous, rising in
crowded lamellz and obscuring the coloration. This varies, however,
with age and habitat. Apex acute, the second and third whorls hardly
larger than the embryo. Color whitish, the alternate revolving ridges
of a dark brown, which occasionally extends to all the ridges. These
Tidges do not lose their color in passing over the cost, except where
worn off by rolling on the beach. Except on the earlier whorls the
Tidges do not show any tendency to enlarge in passing over the costae.
On the posterior edge of the whorls the shell is appressed on the su-
ture, and the ridges here are inconspicuous in most specimens, com-
red with those on the body of the whorl. These ridges, moreover,

\

bear the character of threads, the interspaces not being channeled, as

in Ff, Harfordi and luteopictus. In the most perfect specimen, on the
| Proc. N. M. 91 12

t

178 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

last whorl there are twenty-two brown ridges and as many more inter-
calary, of the same color as the shell. In melanitie specimens all may
be tinged brown. On the antepenultimate whorl between the sutures
there are about six main ridges and eight interealary. The cost are
rounded and prominent only on the earlier whorls, but they remain on
the last whorl in a flattened condition, but extend well over the pe-
riphery, and are not obsolescent as in the last species. The interior of
the aperture is white. Before the lips are thickened the brown lines
show through, and the prominent white threads of the throat are dis-
tant from the outer edge. In this stage there is no siphonal fasciole.
Later both lips may be strongly thickened; the threads (ten or fifteen
in number) nearly reach the edge; a labial callus and fasciole are
formed. In adults there are about twelve cost on the last and ten on
the sixth whorl.

This species may reach 2 inches in length. A specimen perfect, but
with the lip still unthickened, measures 49 millimetres long; spire,
24 millimetres; aperture, 15 millimetres (to posterior notch); canal,
12.5 millimetres. The total is more than the total length, not being
measured on a median line.

This beautiful species appears to be very rare in a perfect condition, —
though rolled specimens are common on Catalina Island (northern)
beaches and at San Pedro. The features of a young living specimen
from Monterey are obscured by the shaggy epidermis, of which beach
specimens show no trace whatever. In much thickened specimens there

is a lump on the whorl at the posterior angle of the aperture. Itis per- — |

fectly distinct from the other Californian species and from any I find
figured in the monographs. In a general way it is perhaps a little like
F. ustulatus Reeve (Conch. Icon., Pl. xvi, Fig. 66). It was named in
honor of Dr. W. Kobelt, of Frankfort on the Main, who has prepared
a monograph of the genus.

Fusus (Chrysodomus ?) Harfordi Stearns.
(Plate v1, Fig. 6.)

Fusus Harfordi Stearns, Prel. Descr., Aug., 1871, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v, p. 79, 1873;
Dall, Extr. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Mar. 19, 1377.

HABITAT: Mendocino County, California; Harford. Farallones Is-
lands, off San Francisco Bay; Watkins.

Fusus cinnamomeus Rve. (Conch. Ic., 16) presents some resemblance —
to this species, which differs from the former in having a shorter canal,
a longer spire, more rounded whorls and much deeper sutures; more
numerous revolving ridges, which are also narrower; and especially in —
the presence of strongly marked, beautifully rounded cost, which
become obsolete next the suture and on the last whorl. These cost
recall those on the upper whorls in decorticated Priene oregonensis, but —
are not cancellated. They reach across the whorls in the young shell,
fading out anteriorly as it approaches the adult condition. In young

cn | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 179

shells the epidermis is usually polished and of a bright ruddy brown;
in an adult it is raised between the revolving ridges into successive
lamelle, which indicate that a fresh and perfect specimen must present
a pubescent appearance, verging on shagginess. The interspaces in the
posterior whorls are about as wide as the revolving ridges, but on the
- last whorl smaller intercalary ridges appear, especially on the anterior
half of the whorl. There is a tendency to a smoothish space on each
side of the suture, which gives it a channeled appearance. Excluding
the nuclear portion, there are about five ridges on the first five whorls.
On the fifth there are about ten cost. On the last whorl of the adult,
the cost being evanescent, there are about seventeen main ridges and
ten or eleven interealary threads. The spire is a little longer than the
length of the aperture plus the canal. In the interior of the aperture
(which is white), besides the grooves due to the external ridges, there
are numerous very fine incised striz, not quite reaching the margin, and
a rather strong groove at the junction of this whorl with the last.
There is no siphonal fasciole. Length, 56 millimetres. I have little
doubt that this is the shell called by Middendorf Tritonium Sabini, from
Kenai; at least, there is no other shell of the coast resembling Gray’s
Fusus Sabini. As this species has never been figured, I take this oppor-
tunity of illustrating it. The types are in the National Museum col-
lection.

Fusus corpulentus Conrad.

Fusus corpulentus Conrad, Geol. of the U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 728, Pl. 20, Fig. 4, 1849.
_ Priscofusus corpulentus Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch., 1865, p. 150.

In a nodule of Miocene sandstone from Astoria, Oregon.

The type is still preserved in the national collection, though at one
time thought to be lost. Specimens probably of this species have been
obtained from the Miocene of Dead Man’s Island, near Long Beach,
San Pedro, California. The original type is merely an internal cast,
and certain identification is impossible. The species is a true Fusus,
with fine spiral ridges and occasional faint transverse riblets on the
upper whorls. It resembles very much the Fusus Burnsti Dall, from the
Miocene of Petersburg, Virginia, but I regard the two as distinet
species. Specimens have been sent for examination from California by
Miss Sarah P. Monks and Mrs. M. Burton Williamson, who obtained
them from Dead Man’s Island. Fusus geniculus of Conrad, described
at the same time from an imperfect cast, is wholly unidentifiable. There
are three species of Fusus described from the Santa Barbara Tertiary
‘by Trask in the Proc. Cal. Acad. Sciences, I. p. 42, 1885; of which F.
Barbarensis and F. robustus seem identifiable with living forms from
that region, but the subject requires further study.

180 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.
Trophon triangulatus Carpenter.
(Plate v, Figs. 1, 3, 6.)

Trophon triangulatus Cpr., Suppl. Rep. Brit. Assoc., p. 663, 1863; Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., II, p. 224, Feb., 1866.

Shell large and strong, having much the texture and general aspect
of Chorus Belcheri, purplish brown, or nearly the color of Chrysodomus
liratus ; whorls about seven, the nucleus lost; varices six to the whorl,
strong, wide, thin edged, with guttered spines, which have their hinder
edge rounded; surface with strongly marked lines of growth and half
obsolete fine irregular spiral scratches, strongest on the body and almost
wholly wanting between the suture and the spines. The interior of the
mouth is polished and white or purplish. The specimen under consid-
eration, at a point within the aperture corresponding to the position of
the penultimate varix, shows faint indications of short ridges to the
number of eight in front of the spine, which look as if that part of the
margin of the aperture might in some specimens be denticulate. The
specimen measures 75 millimetres long by a maximum diameter (includ-
ing the spines) of 50 millimetres. The aperture is 56 millimetres long,
inclusive of the open canal, and has a maximum width of 18 millimetres.
The siphonal fasciole is strong, with a well marked chink next to it.

This remarkable shell recalls Chorus Belcheri, from which it differs in
the more triangular shape, fewer varices, less rounded body whorl, in
the absence of the basal groove and tooth characteristic of Chorus, and
probably in the structure of the operculum, which has not yet been
observed. It is, of course, a considerably smaller shell than C. Belcheri.
The first specimens were dredged by Dr. Cooper in 90 fathoms, near
Catalina Island. The description was drawn up from these, though
they were less than half an inch jong, and were subsequently generally
suspected of being the young of Chorus Belcheri. The present specimen,
forwarded for determination by Miss Ida Shepard, of Long Beach, Cali-
fornia, for the first time enables one to describe the adult characters of
the perfect shell and establish its distinctness as a species. It was col-
lected on the sand at Long Beach by Miss L. E. Hale, of Pasadena, and
contained the soft parts when found. Miss Halevery generously allowed
her “find” to come into the possession of the Museum, where it is regis-
tered as No. 120,099.

A second specimen from Long Beach, California, belonging to Mrs.
Trowbridge, is younger and somewhat worn. Longitude of shell, 61
millimetres; maximum latitude at spines, 40 millimetres; maximum
latitude of body, 27.5 millimetres; longitude of aperture, 44 millimetres;
longitude of longest spine, 15 millimetres. This specimen resembles the
first in color, texture, ete., but shows an obscure pale band near the
suture. It has six spines to each whorl. The apex is defective, but
what remains shows the existence of four whorls in the specimen, with
possibly one or two more in the nucleus. The interior of the aperture

ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 181

is livid brown and white, the inner lip in the anterior third of the canal
is erect and separate from the siphonal fasciole. It was kindly lent by
the owner for inspection.

We are indebted to Mr. J. J. Rivers, curator of the biological collec-
tion of the University of California, for the opportunity of examining
and figuring the original type specimen of Trophon triangulatus in order
to complete our account of the species. This young shell differs from
the adult in its whitish color, and in having one or two more varices to
the whorl. The proportional length, as in all young Trophons, between
the spire and the last whorl differs somewhat from the adult. The spec-
men contains the operculum, which is yellowish, subtranslucent, and
apically pointed like that of Chrysodomus. It measures 11.5 by 6.3 milli-
metres. The nucleus is small, smooth, and of two whorls. It resembles
the young of 7. Gunneri, but has a shorter and acuter spire and narrower
canal. It is represented by figure 3 on plate V.

Trophon cerrosensis, sp. nov.
(Plate v, Figs. 5, 7.)

HABITAT: Off Cerros Island, Lower California, in 12 to 48 fathoms,
mud and sand, at Stations 2831 and 2834; U.S. Fish Commission.

Shell of moderate size, thin, elongate, with seven whorls and eight
to ten sharp, thin, elevated varices, each produced into a sharp, recurved,
guttered spine at the shoulder; color, white to straw color, with blushes
of warm brown; transverse sculpture of fine lines of growth; spiral
sculpture of low, rounded bands, with narrower interspaces, which
faintly crenulate the varices and outer lip; behind the shoulder these
are absent; nucleus small, translucent, smooth, and polished, of one and
ahalf whorls; subsequent whorls flattened behind the shoulder, slightly
constricted at the base; canal rather long and wide, flexuous, with a
marked fasciole; lip thin, pillar with a moderate whitish callus; throat
white, without lire; operculum dark brown, rather rounded. Longi-
tude of shell, 38; maximum latitude, 25; maximum diameter of aper-
ture, 9 millimetres.

This beautiful form most resembles the young of Chorus Belcheri,
which is much more solid, with fewer varices, and strongly reticulately
sculptured. The figure of 7. cerrosensis, given herewith, is turned so
that the aperture is obliquely presented, so as to show the arch of the
pillar; if it had been given in full front view the aperture would have
seemed more rounded and wider.

This seems to belong to the same group as TZ. triangulatus, but is a
much smaller and more delicate species. A marked characteristic is
the difference of sculpture between the part of the whorl in front of and
that behind the shoulder.

182 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

Cancellaria Crawfordiana, sp. nov.
(Plate vi, Fig. 1.)

Shell elongated, slender, with six moderately rounded whorls, re-
ticulately sculptured and covered when fresh with a rather coarse
brown fibrous epidermis; whorls transversely sculptured with from
fourteen to twenty narrow, clear-cut, moderately elevated, even,
slightly flexuous ribs, crossing the whorls, but less prominent ante-
riorly and separated by wider interspaces. The only other transverse
sculpture is of lines of growth; spiral sculpture of (between the sutures
nine to ten) narrow, flat. topped, strap-like elevated cinguli, with wider
excavated interspaces, rather uniformly spread over the whorl, but
more distant near the shoulder, and on the earlier whorls somewhat
sharper and relatively more prominent. Between the cinguli, and
rarely on them, are a few obscure, revolving lines. On the canal the
cinguli become rounded, smaller, and obscure. The surface under the
dehiscent epidermis is. polished pale brown, with a somewhat chalky
substratum easily eroded. The upper whorl or two have lost most of
this layer in the specimen figured and the nucleus is lost. The suture
is deep, but not channeled. The canal has no constriction behind it.
The aperture is rather long, the outer lip but slightly reflected and a
little fluted by the spiral sculpture. Inside there are a few faint and
obscure lire. The throat is pure white; the thin body callus, tinged
with pale pinkish brown. The anterior angle of the aperture is nearly
canaliculate, and produces a perceptible siphonal fasciole. The pillar
is straight and strong, with two plaits; the posterior stronger, both
oblique and rather low. The angular edge of the pillar, though not
elevated, might by some be taken as an obscure third plait. At the
end of the plaits on the callus of the pillar are a number of small shelly
pustules like those on OC. cassidiformis. Longitude of shell 43; maxi-
mum latitude 21 millimetres.

HABITAT: Drake’s Bay, near San Francisco, California; dredged
alive by Mr. J. S. Arnheim, in 24 fathoms. Also by the U. S. Fish
Commission steamer Albatross at various points between San Diego
and San Francisco, in 20-30 fathoms.

We are again indebted to Mr. J. J. Rivers, of the University of Cali-
fornia, for the opportunity of figuring and describing this fine large
shell, which forms an interesting addition to the mollusk fauna of Alta
California. It belongs to a group of Cancellarias rather abundantly
represented on the subtropical part of the Californian coast, but of
which no species has yet been found in a living state so far north be-
fore. This group includes-C. affinis, urceoiata, cassidiformis, and obesa.
The present species is nearest to C. urceolata, which is smaller with
much higher and more horizontal plaits and somewhat different sculp-
ture and proportions. It is possible that C. urceolata in northern
waters grows larger and presents a modified physiognomy, but the

/

SFr

i i

areel| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 183

rarity of specimens of this genus stands greatly in the way of a proper
knowledge of the range of their variations. The Arctic forms of this
group, e. g.. Admete and Cancellaria modesta, vary greatly, but the
tropicai forms are less known. As species go this appears to be suf-
ficiently distinct. It is named, at the request of Mr. Rivers, in honor
of Mr. A. W. Crawford, of San Francisco, a noted collector of shells, es-
pecially of that region. I may add that C. cassidiformis Sby. has been
collected near Cerros Island, off the coast of Lower California, as well
as (. obesa Hinds and @. bullata Sby. C. cassidiformis is also found
fossil in the Miocene or Pliocene formation of Santa Barbara County,
California. C.tritonidea Gabb and C. vetusta Gabb, from the Tertiary of
California, are based on a young and a very aged specimen, respec-
tively, of this variable species.

Tellina Idz Dall.
(Plate vi, Fig. 3. Plate vu, Figs. 1, 4.)

Shell ovate-triangular, moderately elongate, white, compressed; ex-
terior of the right valve slightly flatter, and with more prominent seulp-
ture than the left valve; beaks small, pointed, prominent, laterally com-
pressed, adjacent to.each other; anterior part of the shell slightly longer
than the part posterior to the beaks, evenly and regularly oval, the
dorsal and basal curves almost identical; posterior dorsal slope steeper,
rectilinear, obliquely truncate at its termination, the basal curve (behind
the perpendicular from the beaks) similar to its anterior part as far as
the flexure, which is narrow but well marked, its basal end moderately
incurved; behind, it rises to a strong ridge the end of which forms a
rostral projection, behind which, in the right valve, is a deeply impressed
line a little in advance of the posterior dorsal margin, which is strongly
compressed; on the left valve there are two lines with a narrow impressed
area between them, above which the dorsal margin is swollen; in front
of the beaks is a narrow, acute, deeply excavated,short lunule; behind
the beaks is a large, narrow, still more excavated escutcheon, most of
which is excavated from the left valve, which falls short of the right
valve a little; the ligament is sunken in and about half as long as the
escutcheon ; it is quite invisible on a lateral view of the shell; the left
valve is regularly, sharply, closely, concentrically grooved, and both are
obsoletely, finely, radiately striate; the margin between the impressed
area of the left valve and the escutcheon is more finely grooved than
the rest and has a (somewhat irregularly) denticulate dorsal edge; the
right valve has the concentric sculpture more distant and, ventrally,
shows distinctly elevated narrow lines with wider interspaces regularly
‘disposed, and also bears denticulations on its posterior dorsal margin ;
the umbones are nearly smooth; the shell gapes but little, chiefly at the
end of the rostrum; internally the surface of the valves is smooth, the
muscular and pallial impressions are brilliantly polished; besides the
usual marks, in the specimen under examination there are, near the

184 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

posterior ventral angle of the pallial sinus, two small circular impres-
sions and some obscure and irregular markings at the entrance of the
sinus, all due, doubtless, to attachments of the mantle and probably
inconstant or variable in different individuals; the anterior part of the
pallial sinus nearly reaches the sear of the anterior adductor, and nearly
the whole of the basal part is coincident with the line of the basal attach-
ment of the mantle; the hinge plate is broad and subtriangular quite
strong, bearing one prominent grooved tooth between two channels;
behind the posterior channel, in the left valve, is a much narrower,
obscure, and little-raised tooth; the corresponding second tooth in the
right valve is anterior and similarly obscure; the left valve is destitute
of lateral teeth, but in the right valve there is ashort, strong, elevated,
subtriangular, anterior lateral close to the anterior cardinal, and a
more distant and feeble posterior lateral over the posterior adductor
sear. Altitude of shell, 28.5; maximum longitude, 48; diameter, 8.5
millimetres, of which 5.0 millimetres is comprised in the left valve.

HABITAT: Long Beach, San Pedro, California; first collected by Mrs.
G. L. Trowbridge, and forwarded for inspection by Miss Ida Shepard ;
subsequently by Mrs. Burton Williamson, of University, California.
Catalina Island, 16-38 fathoms; J. G. Cooper (fragment) and W. H.
Dall (young shells). Fossil in the Miocene of San Diego, California.

This fine shellis atypical Tellina. Itis apparently most nearly related
to Deshayes’ T. denticulata of the Cumingian collection. His descrip-
tion in several points, though insufficient for certain identification,
agrees fairly well with this species. TZ. denticulata does not appear to
have been figured. The shell, so named by Sowerby in Reeve’s Iconica,
is a Macoma, and probably a young specimen of M., secta. It does not
agree with Deshayes’ description, nor with his MS. outline in my posses-
sion. The species is not referred to by Bertin, in his revision of the
Tellinide of the Paris Museum, and I have been unable to consult
Rodmer’s monograph. There is nothing corresponding to the present
shell in Reeve’s or Hanley’s monograph. The sheli referred by Car-
penter (Mazatlan Catalogue, p. 38) to Deshayes’ species is worn and not
capable of being positively identified, while the habitat of Deshayes’
type is unknown. Two specimens forwarded by Mrs. Williamson differ
quite markedly in height from base to beaks. One, which Mrs. William-
son kindly presented to the Museum, was an almost perfect match for
the specimen forwarded by Miss Shepard which is figured herewith;
the other was proportionately less elevated.

Mr. Edgar A. Smith, Assistant in the British Museum, in charge of the
conchological collections, after comparing the drawings here used to
illustrate this species with Deshayes’ type in the British Museum, and
with their other Tellinide, writes of Deshayes’ form: “It is evidently
quite distinct from your shell, which I can not identify with anything
in our collection.” A sketch of Deshayes’ shell, kindly made and sent
by Mr. Smith, fully confirms his opinion of their distinctness, 7. denticu-

Pea PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 185

lata being shorter, more elevated and inflated, with the anterior part of
the pallial sinus confluent with the anterior muscular impression. As
the T. denticulata has never been figured we have thought it useful to
reproduce Mr. Smith’s drawing, which will be found at figures 2 and 3,
Plate VII.

The species is named for Miss Ida Shepard, to whom we owe the oppor-
tunity of examining it, one of a group of energetic collectors and students
of the local fauna who have recently made important additions to our
knowledge of the molluscan fauna of southern California.

Clementia subdiaphana Carpenter.
(Plate VII, Figs. 5, 6.)

Clementia subdiaphana Carpenter, Suppl. Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1863, pp. 602, 607,640; Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 56,

HABITAT: Vancouver Island, Lord; Puget Sound, Kennerly; Port
Etches and southward on the Alaskan coast, 14 to 60 fathoms, Dall; off
Drake’s Bay, California, near the entrance to San Francisco Bay, dredged
by Mr. J. S. Arnheim in 24 fathoms, and lent for examination by Mr. J.
J. Rivers, University of California.

The original specimens of this species were young and subdiaphanous.
Specimens collected by the writer at Port Etches in 1874 are as Jarge as
Venus mercenaria, ashy and calcareous, but still relatively very thin.
They are usually, especially the young ones, more elongate and Callista-
like in form than the remarkably rounded specimen which Mr. Rivers
has been so kind as to lend us for examinaticn. As this fine shell has
not been figured, I have taken advantage of the opportunity of putting
its characters on record graphically. Inside it is of a dead chalk- white,
with the muscular and pallial impressions polished, and also less obvi-
ously the border outside of them. The ligament is black and sunken ;
there is neither lunule nor escutcheon. The area where the lunule
should be is slightly more polished and compressed than the adjacent
surface, but has no circumscribing line. The beaks are small and in-
curved, so that they point away from the hinge line. The exterior is
white with some fortuitous rusty spots, sculptured with strong, slightly
irregular lines of growth. The surface between the lines has a slight
silky luster. The valve figured has a maximum longitude of 62.5, an
altitude of 58, and a diameter (excluding the teeth) of 18 millimetres.
The pair, of course, would have had just twice that diameter.

The young shell is greenish, subtranslucent white, very thin, and
usually more elongated in proportion than the adult here figured; but
the forms completely intergrade. The locality whence the specimen
was obtained is 600 miles farther south than before reported. On the
other hand, Port Etches is about the same distance farther north and
west than any locality for the species heretofore made public.

186 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

The following memoranda will serve to indicate some of the more re-
markable new forms of the northwest coast, dredged by the Albatross
during the past year or two and of which more detailed descriptions
with figures are in preparation.

Terebratella occidentalis Dall var. obsoleta nov.

Shell more rounded than the original type with the sharp radiating
ribs and sulci obsolete and represented chiefly by the brilliant scarlet —
lines of color which in the type surmount the ribs. U.S. Steamer
Albatross, station 2984, in 113 fathoms, off Cerros Island, Lower Cali-
fornia.

Buccinum strigillatum, sp. nov.

Shell with seven fully rounded whorls, deep suture, and hirsute
epidermis; sculpture of numerous narrow flattened primary ridges with
subequal channelled interspaces; aperture not expanded but with a
wide deep sinus near the shoulder. Color white; length 42, breadth 27
millimetres. U.S. Steamer Albatross, station 3170, off Guadelupe Isl-
and, Lower California, in 167 fathoms.

Buccinum taphrium, sp. noy.

Shell thin, slender, with polished brown epidermis, with fine spiral
strize and conspicuous zigzag or spiral malleations; six-whorled, acute ;
suture deeply channelled ; aperture white, with thick reflected lip and ;
continuous thick callus on the concave pillar. Length of shell 40,
breadth 18, length of aperture 15 millimetres. U. S. Steamer Alba-
tross, station 3330, off Akutan Island, Bering Sea, Alaska, in 351
fathoms.

Mohnia Frielei, sp. nov.

Shell small, solid, six-whorled with short canal; white, covered witha
dull green epidermis; upper whorls with numerous fine transverse
ribs, last whorl smooth, no spiral sculpture. Length 16, breadth 7.5,
aperture and canal 8 millimetres. U. 8S. Steamer Albatross, station —
2860, off coast of British Columbia in 876 fathoms.

Strombella Middendorfii, sp. nov.

Closely resembling S. norvegica, but sharply, finely, spirally incised
all over, and when adult, with a strong red yellow or brown reflected
lip. Tritonium norvegicum Midd. (non Chemnitz) probably; length
110, breadth 60 millimetres. The sculpture is of sharp, fine grooves,
not the obsolete spiral striz occasionally seen on S. norvegica, U.S.
Steamer Albatross, stations 3216 and 3253, off Unimak Pass, Alaska,

in 36-61 fathoms.

oa’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 187

Strombella fragilis, sp. nov.

Shell thin, inflated, five whorled, pinkish with a thin dehiscent epi-

_ dermis, fine wavy spiral stria, strongly recurved canal and widely re-
_ flected outer lip. Spire very short, whorls irregularly ribbed near the
_ shoulder or sometimes having imbrications like a Trophon in place.of
| ribs; axis nearly pervious. Length of aperture 70, of shell 100, breadth

63 millimetres. U. S. Steamer Albatross, station 3252, off Unimak

Island, Bering Sea, in 36 fathoms.

Strombella melonis, sp. nov.

Shell large, very thin, inflated, pinkish or yellow and white, last
whorl much the largest, the aperture but little expanded, general form
ovate, with numerous short obscure waves near the shoulder; surface
faintly striated, with obscure spiral bands on some portions. Length
137, breadth 75 millimetres. U. S. Steamer Albatross, station 3227, off

coast of Unalashka Island, Bering Sea, in 225 fathoms.

Chrysodomus ithius, sp. nov.

Shell slender, acute with seven rounded whorls, distinct suture, sur-
face sculptured only with lines of growth and of a pale purple brownish
tint. Aperture moderate not flaring, canal short. Length 70, of aper-
ture 32, breadth of shell 30 millimetres. U.S. Steamer Albatross, sta-
tion 3202, off the coast of California in 382 fathoms. Extremely per-

_ fect young specimens show a few faint spirals occasionally.

Chrysodomus periscelidus, sp. nov.

Like a diminutive C. spitzbergensis, white with yellowish epidermis,
five strong spirals on upper and tenon last whorl with deep channels
between them. Whorls eight, canal short, aperture grooved to corres-
pond with the external spirals; throat white; whorls rounded, spire
acute; length of shell 46, of aperture 19, breadth of shell 19 millimetres.

U.S. Steamer Albatross, station 2842, off coast of Akutan Island,
_ Alaska, in 72 fathoms.

Chrysodomus pheeniceus, sp. noy.

Shell resembling a small, delicately sculptured, round: whorled Chry.

_liratus. Whorls seven, upper Ones with four or five strong cinguli,
_ later ones with numerous fine intercalary threads between the primaries
_ of which there are about twenty on the last whorl, color purplish brown;
_ Sculpture feeble, with a smooth band next the suture; there are no trans-
_ verse ribs; the epidermis is elevated in thin serrate lamell in harmony
with the lines of growth. Length of shell 56, breadth 30, length of

aperture 30 millimetres. U.S. Steamer Albatross, Station 2862, off coast
of British Columbia in 238 fathoms.
Chrysodomus eucosmius, sp. nov.

Shell white, solid, strong, seven whorled, with a lamellose epidermis
raised in lines with spaces between them along the incremental lines,

188 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

4
the edges of the lamellz sparsely fringed with projecting points. Upper f
whorls with a space in front of the suture and three strong sharp cari-
nex, the first interspace wider than the others; on the last whorl are |
seven or eight spirals, feebler anteriorly ; epidermis yellowish olive, |
throat and pillar white, canal very short, operculum straight, unciform.
Length of shell 33, of aperture 14, breadth of shell 18 millimetres.
U.S. Steamer Albatross, stations 3227 and 2919, off coast of Unalashka
Island, Bering Sea, in 225 fathoms.

This may prove to be a distinct group from Chrysodomus proper.

Chrysodomus (Sipho) hypolispus, sp. nov.

Shell polished, brown, with rounded whorls sculptured only by a few
obsolete spirals and malleations with six or seven whorls, well rounded |
to a distinct suture and rather acute spire; canal very short and |
strongly recurved, axis almost pervious; outer lip sinuous, throat white,
a well marked callus on the pillar and body. Length of shell 55, of
aperture 28, breadth of shell 26 millimetres. U.S. Steamer Albatross,
station 3254, in Bering Sea, Alaska, in 46 fathoms.

Chrysodomus (Sipho) acosmius, sp. nov.

Shell elongated, with six or seven whorls covered with a dull greenish
epidermis and spirally suleate with rather distant narrow shallow
grooves, eighteen to twenty on the penultimate whorl; suture distinct, —
whorls flattened, canal very short and recurved ; aperture white, with- |
out callus, lip hardly reflected. Length of shell 60, of aperture 25, —
breadth of shell 23 millimetres. U.S. Steamer Albatross, station 3329,
off Unalashka Island, Bering Sea, in 400 fathoms. Many of the North
Pacific shells of this group appear to have very short canals.

Chrysodomus (Sipho) halibrectus, sp. nov.

Shell much like a miniature of the last, with six whorls which are |
less flattened, weaker and finer spiral striew, a longer canal, pink color —
on the pillar, and more appressed suture; the lip is thickened and a i
little reflected and there is a thin callus on the body. Length of shell |
35, of aperture 17, breadth of shell 13.5 millimetres. U.S. Steamer —
Albatross, station 3330, off coast of Alkutan Island, Bering Sea, in 351 ©

fathoms.
Trophon (Boreotrophon) scitulus, sp. nov.

Shell, thin, small, white, five whorled; closely sculptured with i
regularly spaced low imbricate lamelle rising to spines at regular inter-
vals on the spirals; on the upper whorls two, and on the last whorl six
spirals, of which at the shoulder the hindmost bears the longest ©
spines and is separated from the suture by a wide space; there are on
the last whorl thirteen grooved spines on this spiral; canal long, re- I
curved. Length of shell 17.5, of aperture 11, breadth of shell 8.5 milli-
metres. U.S. Steamer Albatross, station 3227, off coast of Unalashka ~
Island, Bering Sea, in 225 fathoms. ii

eal PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 189

Trophon (Boreotrophon) disparilis, sp. nov.

Shell small, white, thin, elongate, with five whorls, with numerous
| hardly raised Renoree ridges or lamellz on the sutural side of the last
whorl, while the anterior part of the same whorl is sculptured with four

spiral, hardly raised ridges, and the transverse sculpture fails or be-
comes feebler; whorls rounded, suture deep, canal long, curved, aperture
‘rounded, simple; length of shell 15, of aperture and canal 11, breadth
of shell 7 millimetres. U.S. steamer Albatross, station 3048, off coast
near Gray’s harbor, Washington, in 52 fathoms.

Puncturella (galeata Gld. var?) major Dall.

Shell resembling galeata in general and especially in the interior, but
very much larger; radii alternately large and small from the beginning;
‘Shell white; anterior slope rectilinear, posterior slope slightly arched
and a hae longer; internal margin crenulate; animal with a well
‘marked verge, length of shell 57, breadth 42 heiene 27 millimetres.
(U. S. Steamer Albatross, station 3262 , off coast OF Akutan Island, Bering
_ Sea, in 43 fathoms.

Solemya Johnsoni, sp. noy.

Shell resembling S. macrodactyla, Mabille and Rochebrune, from
Orange Harbor, Tierra del Fuego, but larger, longer in proportion, the
| shorter end more tapering and the opposite end more rounded. Length
| of shell 115, height 48, diameter 18 millimetres. The cartilage pit is
| 30 rae eros, behind the shorter end and the greatest length of the
digitate epidermis beyond the edge of the shelly valve is 23 millimetres.
U.S. steamer Albatross, station 3010, off coast of Lower California, in
1,005 fathoms.

Cryptodon bisectus Dall.

| | Venus bisecta Conrad, Pal. Wilkes Expl. Exped., vol. x, App. 1, p. 724, pl. 17, figs.
10, 10a [Miocene of Astoria. ] Thyatira? bisecta, Meek, S. I. checklist Mioc. Fos.
1864, Conchocele bisecta, Gabb Pal. Cal. 11, p. 99, 1869.

Off Port Orchard, Puget Sound, by Prof. O. B. Johnson, of Seattle,
| Washington, and a station 2855, in 69 fathoms, off south coast of
_ Aliaska Peninsula by U.S. Steamer Albatross. This is undoubtedly
_|the giant of the genus, some specimens reaching 2 inches in length.

Family CARDITIDZ.
Calyptogena, gen. nov.

Shell ovate, smooth, without radiating sculpture and covered by a con-
Spicuous epidermis; valves closing hermetically; nonbyssiferous; the
pallial line simple, the basal margin flat and entire. Shell without a
lunule but with a long excavated escutcheon ; the ligament deep-seated

_ but practically external. Hinge, in the right valve with a a-shaped
‘Socket and a triangular cardinal tooth below it, behind which is a short,
feeble, narrow, lateral tooth; in the left valve a ~-shaped cardinal and

—_

190 NEW WEST AMERICAN SHELLS—DALL.

posterior lateral. The teeth become more or less obsolete in old shells.
The mantle edge is minutely fringed, the siphonal openings papillose,
the foot stout, blunt, ovate cylindrical. The shell is earthy in texture.

Calyptogena pacifica, sp. nov.

sculpture of incremental lines; form much like Petricola carditoides
Conrad, the beaks not prominent, the ligament stout, the escutcheon —
long, narrow, and deep. Length of adult shell 48, height 27, diameter —
18 millimetres. The beaks are 14 millimetres behind the anterior end. —
U.S. Steamer Albatross, station 3077, off Dixon Entrance, Alaska, in |
322 fathoms.

|
4
'
Shell equivalve, elongate, ovate, white with a thick greenish epidermis;
|

Limopsis vaginatus, sp. nov.

Shell large, ovate, with a dense brown hirsute epidermis, under which
the valve is polished, radiately and concentrically striated; margin —
simple, polished, central part of the valves striate radially, the muscular —
scars bounded inwardly by a radial elevated ridge, most prominent be-
hind the anteriorscar. Hinge with ten anterior and five posterior teeth, |
separated by a gap, beaks little elevated, ligament wide, subtriangular ©
and black; behind the hinge the cardinal margin is deeply folded in,
forming when the valves are shut a long, very narrow pit more than ,
one-fourth as deep as the whole width of the shell at right angles to that
margin; this pit is also densely hirsute. The outline of the shell margin
is thus made reniform. Length of shell with epidermis 34, height at
right angles to the hinge line 30, diameter 12 millimetres. Length of
pit 16 and depth 5.5 millimetres. U.S. Steamer Albatross, station 3330,
off coast of Unalashka Island, Bering Sea, in 351 fathoms, and south
of Unimak, in 80 fathoms, by W. H. Dall, in 1865.

WASHINGTON, June 6, 1891.

REFERENCES TO PLATES.
PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Trophon triangulatus Carpenter, adult, 75 millimetres; p. 180.

2. Eupleura muriciformis Broderip, typical form, 37.4 millimetres; p. 174.

3. Trophon triangulatus Carpenter, young shell, type specimen, much enlarged,
11.5 millimetres; p. 180.

4. Eupleura caudata Say, var. sulcidentata Dall, type specimen, 19 millimetres ;
p. 176.

5. Trophon cerrosensis Dall, type specimen, 38 millimetres; p. 181.

6. Trophon triangulatus Carpenter, adult, viewed from above, diameter 50 mil-
limetres; p. 180.

7. Trophon cerrosensis Dall, type specimen viewed from above, diameter 25 mil-
metres; p. 181.

eal PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. elt

Fig.

DOW wre

6.

PLATE VI.

. Cancellaria Crawfordiana Dall, adult, 43 millimetres; p. 182.

. Eupleura caudata Say, typical form, 23.3 millimetres; p. 175.

. Tellina Ide Dall, type specimen, side view, 48 millimetres; p. 183.

. Fusus Kobelti Dall, type specimen, 49 millimetres; p. 177.

. Eupleura (var.?) unispinosa Dall, type specimen, 40 millimetres; p. 174.

. Chrysodomus Harfordi Stearns, type specimen, 56 millimetres; the apical

whorls are somewhat eroded and the edge of the outer lip defective; p. 178.

PLATE VII.

. Tellina Idx Dall, type specimen, view of interior, 48 millimetres; p. 183.
. Tellina denticulata Deshayes, from a sketch taken from the type specimen in

the British Museum, by Mr. E. A. Smith, vertical view, natural size; p. 185.

. Tellina denticulata Deshayes, from the type specimen; p. 135.
. Tellina Ide Dall, view from above of type specimen, 48 millimetres; p. 183.
. Clementia subdiaphana Carpenter, view from above of right valve; diameter

exclusive of the teeth, 18 millimetres; p. 185.
Clementia subdiaphana Carpenter, interior of adult right valve, 62 millime-
tres; p. 185.

Nore.—As the figures are mostly enlarged, the actual longest diameter of the shell,
as seen in the position figured, is mentioned in millimetres.

/U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. V

WeEsT AMERICAN GASTROPODS.

U, S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

WEST

AMERICAN MOLLUSKS:

PROCEEDINGS, VOL

- XIV PL. Vi

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. VII

WeEsT AMERICAN PELECYPODS.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF MICE FROM
COSTA RICA AND MEXICO, WITH REMARKS ON HESPEROMYS
MELANOPHRYS OF COUES.

BY
joke ACEEN:
Curator in the American Museum of Natural History, New York.

Having recently had in hand a small collection of mammals from
Costa Rica for identification, I found it desirable to examine in that
connection as much material as possible from Central America and
Mexico bearing upon the Costa Rican Muride. In response to my

solicitation, Mr. Frederick W. True, curator of mammals in the U.S.

National Museum, kindly secured for me the use of the specimens in
the collection under his charge. They not only were of great assist-
ance in the work in hand, but proved to include two forms apparently
new to science.

Oryzomys talamance, sp. noy.

Pelage short, thick, soft, velvety. Above, russet-brown medially,
mixed with blackish brown, passing gradually into clear yellow-brown
on the sides; beneath, grayish white, the hairs being white or faintly
yellowish white at the tips and gray beneath the surface, the basal
gray portion showing through the surface, giving the effect of grayish
white with a faint yellowish cast. Cheeks, sides of the neck, and flanks

deep yellowish brown or golden cinnamon. Sides of the muzzle, dull

soiled grayish white. Upper surface of fore and hind feet, dull pale
yellowish gray, very scantily haired, and the toes nearly naked, except
at the base of the claws. Soles entirely naked, tubercles 6. Ears large,

blackish, naked. Tail about as long as head and body, naked, black-
ish above, dark brown below, hence indistinctly bicolored.

Length (approximate from skins), head and body, 114.3 millimetres

_ (4.50 inches) ; tail, 114.3 millimetres (4.50 inches); hind foot (with claws),

30.8 millimetres (1.15 inches); ear, from crown, 13.7 millimetres (.54

inch); muzzle to eye, 17.8 millimetres (.70 inch).

Skull in general form very similar to that of Cryzomys palustris, but
much smaller. Basal length, 28.5 millimetres (1.12 inches); total length,
31.2 millimetres (1.23 inches); palatal length, 16 millimcters (.63 inch) ;
oo breadth, 15.8 millimetres (.63 inch) ; least interorbital breadth,

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 850.
Proc, N. M. 91 13 193

194 NEW SPECIES OF MICE—ALLEN.

5.3 millimetres (.21 inch.); nasals, 12.7 millimetres (.50 inch); upper
molar series, 5.1 millimetres (.20 inch). (Lower jaw lacking.)

€

222, U.S. National Museum, ¢ ad. Talamanca, Prof. W. M.

This species is based on two specimens, skins, in the Gabb coilection,
belonging to the U. S. National Museum. One still retains the skull;
from the other (the type) the skull has been removed, but, unfor-
tunately, lacks the lower jaw. The two skins differ somewhat in color-
ation, and apparently represent different seasons of the year, one being
in rather fuller and darker pelage than the other,

- On the back of the labels I find written in pencil, ‘‘ Near or = H.
laticeps Lund,” a species based on specimens from Lagoa, Santa Brazil.
To say nothing of the wide separation of the habitats of the two, the
present species is very much smaller than H. laticeps, and the resem-
pblance in coloration is by no means close. Mr. Oldfield Thomas’s Hes-
peromys (Oryzomys) laticeps var. nitidus, from central Peru (see P. Z.58.,
1884, p. 452, pl. xlii, fig. 1), is aiso much larger than the present species,
and evidently very different in coloration, as he speaks of its ‘dark,
rich, rufous color.”

Hesperomys melanophrys Coues.

Hesperomys (Vesperimus) melanophrys Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1874, p.
181; Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1377, p. 102 (in part only).

Dr. Coues in describing his Hesperomys ( Vesperimus) melanophrys con-
sidered it as doubtfully distinct from H. mexicanus of De Saussure. An
actual comparison of the types of the two species, which, through the
kindness of Dr. C. Hart Merriam, I recently had the opportunity of
making, in company with himself and Mr. F. W. True, at the U. 8.
National Museum, has shown that they are not at all closely related.
I have since then been able to study more critically the specimens—
six in all—referred by Dr. Coues to this species in his final notice of
Al. melanophrys. His original description of it (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1874, p. 181) refers only to the single type specimen from which
it was describe; his later notice (Mon. N. Am. Roden., p. 102) refers
in part to other specimens, only the first three of which (given in Table
XXIX, l. ¢.), his diagnosis, and the main body of the article relate to H.
melanophrys. Ina note to the article as originally prepared he provi-
sionally referred three other specimens to H. melanophrys, though ree-
ognizing that they presented many points of difference, respecting
which he says:

Since writing the preceding, we have examined three other specimens from
Tehuantepec, which, if the same, as the types of melanophrys, lessen the chances that
the latter is different from mexicanus [De Saus.]. But they differ in many respects
from the specimens just enumerated [the three originally referred to melanophrys ],
being so very much smaller that we can not satisfy ourselves of their identity. The tail
only exceeds the body in one specimen, and here only a little ; in the others, it is about
as long, relatively, as De Saussure gives for mexicanus. That these specimens are
not immature is shown by the fact that one of them is a nursing female. In color,

jut

yok at PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. , haa

they are almost precisely like the foregoing, but do not show the biack ring round
the eye, nor the dusky spot at the base of the metatarsus. One of them is pure white
below ; another is grayish (it looks asif soiled); while the third has the faintest
possible fulvous tinge all along the under parts.” He says further: ‘‘ Much more
material than that now in our possession will be required to determine the limits of
variation of this large, gray, lewcopus-like mouse of Mexico, and fix the species upon
secure basis.

In his three specimens originally referred to H. melanophrys (as
shown by his tables of measurements), the length of head and body
averages 4.02 inches and the tail 4.83, as against 3.20 and 3.10 respec-
tively in the other three specimens mentioned in the above quotation.
This difference, with the differences in coloration pointed out by Dr.
Coues himself, clearly shows that the latter have no close relationship
to H. melanophrys, but are strictly of the leucopus type.

H. melanophrys is a large, long-tailed, big-eared species, somewhat
recalling the general aspect of H. californicus, from which, however, it
differs greatly in coloration, and especially in cranial character, the
skull being much heavier and much broader in proportion to its length,
with the rostral portion greatly thickened, in comparison with the same
part in H. californicus. There are also well-marked differences in den-
tition and in the form of the palatal region; the auditory bull are
smaller and more spherical, and the condylar portion of the lower jaw
is much broader, heavier, and less depressed.

Hesperomys (Vesperimus) affinis, sp. nov.

Hesperomys (Vesperimus) melanophrys Coues, Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1877, p. 102 (in
part only).

Similar to typical H. leucopus in size, proportions, and cranial char-
acters, but with a close general resemblance in coloration to H. melano-
phrys Coues.

Above brownish fulvous varied with blackish, darker along the
median line, more fulvous along the sides. Below white, with a very
slight tinge of yellow. Feet dull white; ears brownish, narrowly
edged with white; tail brown, indistinctly lighter below, scantily
haired. ;

Measurements (approximate from skins): head and body, 81.3 to
88.9; tail, 76 to 83; hind foot (including claws), 19.8; ear from crown,
4.5 to 4.8 millimeters. Skull: total length, 26.4; basal length, 25.9
millimeters; greatest width, 13.5; length of nasals, 11.4; lower jaw
(from tip of incisors to condyle), 16; height (angle to condyle), 6.4
millimeters.

Type, No. 7333, U.S. National Museum, ¢ ad., Barrio, Tehuantepec,
Mexico, October 30, 1868, Prof. F.Sumichrast. (This specimen presents
a soiled grayish appearance below, evidently accidental.)

Two other specimens (4 ad., No. $232, U. S. National Museum; 2?
juv., No. 2282, U. S. National Museum, same locality and collector,
October, 1868), are similar above, but one almost wholly lacks the faint

196 NEW SPECIES OF MICE—ALLEN.

yellowish tinge below plainly seen in the others, which, however, I
suspect may be due to soiling.

In the type the teeth are much worn, indicating full maturity.

This form is evidently a member of the leucopus group of Vesper-
mice, having the same pattern of coloration as regards the extension
of the dark color of the dorsal surface upon the limbs. The relative
length of the tail to the length of the head and body is about the same
as in leucopus proper, the tail being longer than in the sonoriensis group,
although the color is not much different from occasional specimens of
what is usually known as sonoriensis. It has, however, a longer hind
foot, and the facial portion of the skull is longer and narrower than in
average specimens of either leucopus or sonoriensis.

The specimens here under notice were provisionally referred by Dr.
Coues to his H. melanophrys, in his supplementary note to his account
of that species in ‘Monographs of North American Rodentia,” p. 305,
as fully explained above.

CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE NOCTUIDZ OF
TEMPERATE NORTH AMERICA. REVISION OF THE SPECIES OF
MAMESTRA.*

BY
Joun B. Situ,
Professor of Entomology, Rutgers College.

(With Plates v1II-xI.)
Mamestra Ochs.

Hyes hairy, legs unarmed, tibiw not spinose, vestiture scaly. Mod-
erate to large-sized species; primaries moderate, varying somewhat in
form, usually trigonate and moderately elongate, more rarely stout;
stumpy winged; apices from acute to rounded. Front, palpi, and thorax
with usually rather coarse vestiture, the latter with a more or less
obvious divided crest, sometimes quite prominent anteriorly. Abdomen
with more or less obvious dorsal tuftings. Antenne of the male ser-
rate and bristled, ciliate or entirely simple, rarely in our species pecti-
nated.

It is difficult to distinguish the hairy-eyed genera by separate de-
scription; they must be comparatively described, and even then the
absolute differences are so small that the same species has been
a Xylomiges and Mamestra or a Teniocampa and Mamestra, and
the references could not in any case be very sharply criticized. The

* LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Sir: I have the honor to transmit for publication the accompanying revision of
the genus Mamestra, by Prof. John B. Smith. It is a continuation of tke ‘‘ Contribu-
tions toward a Monograph of the Noctyidse of Temperate North America,” and was
in part prepared while the author was still connected with the Museum, and is based,
to a large extent, on the material in the Museum Collection.

The genus Mamestra is one of the largest and best characterized genera of the
Noctuidw, and Professor Smith has brought his revision down to date, making it a
most valuable contribution to American Lepidopterology. Nearly all the species are
represented in the Museum collection, and with few exceptions the typesof the new
species have been deposited therein, so that the collection in this genus from North
America becomes the most complete in the country, if not in the world.

Respectfully,
C. V. RILEY,

Hon. Curator of Insects.
Prof. G. BRowN GOODE,

Assistant Secretary Smithsonian Institution,
In Charge of National Museum,

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 851.

198 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

genera as arnie lack well-marked structural characters, and habitus
and comparative features assume a greater importance. It is my
purpose to finish up the hairy-eyed genera as scon as may be and
to present then a tabular statement of such differences as exist. It
will bring out more strongly the thoroughly opinionative nature of the
divisions in this part of the Noctuid series.

I have been unable to separate Dianthecia from Mamestra, in practices
and have united them or rather left them united, as Mr. Grote proposed
years ago. The single distinctive character—the salient ovipositor of
the female—seems in our fauna to be inconstant in the same species,
2. é@., some females of a species wiil have the ovipositor exserted, others
will not. Ithink this depends somewhat upon whether or not the in-
sect had oviposited.

The work on this genus was first done before 1885, as part of the
monographic work then in contemplation by Dr. Riley and myself, and
was then based largely upon the New York and Brooklyn collections,
as most accessible. Since that time the material has so increased in
amount that during January, 1891, I rewrote the whole paper, basing it
now upon the collections in the U. 8. National Museum, which in full-
ness of series, if not in the number of species, excels all the other
American collections of Noctuide. Many species unknown to me in
1884 have since come to my notice in one or both sexes, and some new
material has needed attention. It is a somewhat interesting fact in
this connection that whereas new species of the Agrotid and Heliothid
series are constantly received in all sendings from the western high
plateaus, Hadena and Mamestra are rare, the latter more particularly.
On the Pacific coast the species are again more numerous, but they do
not compare in numbers either of specimens or species with the Atlan-
tic, or, better, boreal fauna.

I desire here to express my obligation 6 the owners of the large col-
lections who have so liberally and kindly aided me, and also to Dr.
Riley, the Curator of Insects in the National Museum, who has allowed
me to make the fullest possible use of the material there. The Museum
collection of Mamestra has been determined and arranged by me in ae-
cordance with the views in this paper, and the specimens are cited in
the record of localities.

The species of this genus, though differing greatly when extremes of
form are presented, yet afford no strong or evident superficial charac-
ters for their division into compact groups, the species of which should
be closely allied. There is variation enough in structure and appear-
ance; but it is rather individual than characteristic of groups, and
can not serve for other than specific distinction in the majority of in-
stances.

Two wide and very unequal divisions are indicated, though not very
sharply separated, and the composition of the first group is not quite ©
aS homogeneous as desirable. In A, the antenne have the Joints —

|
|
|

eS ee

con PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 199

marked or serrate, laterally bristle-tufted in the male. In B, the male
-antenne are simple, or at most ciliated. The division, as has been in-
dicated, is an arbitrary one, and in A, the species as a whole have no
close habital bond of union; yet in the large pale species, discalis,
closely allied as it is to nimbosa and imbrifera, barely comes within the
definition of the group, while lewcogramma for instance is completely
isolated and agrees with itself only! No allied species are disassoci-
ated, however, and though perhaps not ideally the best, yet the divi-
sions are practical at least.

Division A contains comparatively few species and no groupings are
necessary.

In Division B the species are numerous, and it is possible to separate
them into groups, which in most cases associate closely allied forms.

Group W-maculata is described in its name, though there is no species
so dubbed. The species are all identified at a glance by the prominent
W mark of thes. t. line, which is usually white and contrasting, vary-
ing somewhat in the length of the angles, but always nearly or quite
crossing the terminal space. I should very much have liked to name
this group W-album ; but unfortunately the species has no white W,
and, after all, Guenée called his species U-album, and meant what he
said, for, as he describes it, the re niform is inferiorly outlined in white,
making a U. Walker changed it to V-album and Mr. Grote made it
W.album, effectually obscuring the meaning conveyed in the name as
originally imposed.

Group vindemialis contains a few species of large size and red or black-
brown color, the hind angle of primaries not retracted. The body is
robust, with dense woolly clothing, and they should be quite readily
referred.

Group latex also contains species of at least moderate size, never red
or black-brown, narrower winged, the hind angle of primaries distinctly
retracted. Zubens has broader wings than the type of the group and
is different in maculation, but can not be referred elsewhere on account
of the distinct retraction of tie hind angle. —

Group adjuncta contains rather small or only moderate-sized species,
with blotchy white markings on a dark ground. There is a uniformity
of genital structure, the harpes being abruptly bent at outer third.

Group defessa is negatively characterized and its species have no
¢ommon bond of union. They are robust, the type with a resemblance
to trifolii, with rather broad trigonate primaries, distinct apices, and
oblique outer margin. The ¢ genitalia have no common character.
The species’ are moderate in size and have no characters which would
refer them to any other group.

Group legitima is characterized by moderately robust body and broad,
comparatively short primaries, which have the apices obtuse and the
outer margin rounded. Two rather well marked subgroups are indi-
cated, of one of which legitima is typical, and of the other of which
goodelli form the type.

200 RiVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Groups renigera, olivacea, and laudabilis agree in small size, short, ©
rather obtuse primaries and general form of genitalia. The reniform
is usually narrow, pale or white marked, and somewhat constricted
medially. ?

In group renigera the harpes are produced into a long curved hook,
and the clasper is nearly as long as the hook of the harpes. .

In the olivacea group the harpes have the tip rounded, lappet-like,
and the clasper is shorter cylindrical.

In group laudabilis the harpes have a long, narrow piece set at an
angle to base, and this is obliquely truncate at tip. The clasper is
short, thick, and beak-like.

There is a considerable similarity in the maculation of the species of
the three groups, especially noticeable between the renigera and olivacea
forms, and each of the groups forms a small aggregation of closely
related and sometimes very variable forms.

Group 4-annulata is based on a small species, similar to the preceding
in wing form; but the ordinary spots are subequal, white ringed, the
transverse lines are obsolete, and there is along black basal dash looped
at the end to form the claviform.

Group innexa is also based on a single, rather peculiar species, first
described as a Perigrapha by Mr. Grote. It is a reddish pearl gray in
color, and has pale transverse lines. The primaries are aarrow and
have a depressed costa and somewhat prominent apices.

Group pensilis contains rather narrow-winged forms, with acute or
rectangular apices and oblique outer margin. The species are of some
shade of gray, very variable, and two of them uncomfortably close in
superficial appearance, though perfectly distinct structurally.

Altogether we have an assemblage which differs more at its extremes
than do the forms as a whole from a number of other genera.

In tabular form the group scheme separates as follows:

1, Antenne of ¢ serrated and furnished with lateral tufts of bristles .. Div. A.
Antenne of ¢ simple, merely ciliated laterally ...--......---..---- Dw. B. 2
2. Sit. line with a ‘prominent WWomark:< csc 0 .oc0 osc noel a Group..W-MACULATA.
Sutelinéswithoutisuch aimarke ss ssa. meee coe eel scenes ose etsee cee mere 3

3. Large red or black-brown species, hind angles of primaries not re-
ATACTCE HeBer od hoch cles a a Sore tyes eclosion eee eeiais Group..VINDEMIALIS.

Large or moderate sized species, never evenly red brown, primaries nar-
rower, hind angles distinctly retracted .-.-...-..----22-<--s2-- Group..LATEX.

Moderate or rather small species with trigonate primaries, apices marked,
hindancles not: retracted’ he see sacas cee teeta se esisecen sem eeeere erases 4

Moderate sized species with broad primaries, obtuse apices, and rounded

Outer MALPIM 5s 2.6. Sac ee Ase ees Se aes eitine eran Soe ele eee eineete “5

Small, stout, stumpy winged species, the costa not depressed......--..-.. 6
Small species, less robust, narrow winged, with determinate or somewhat
produced apices, hind-angles not retreating’. ---/.5 2-2-2. 2.55 ses ee cee eee 9
4. Maculation white, often blotchy; harpes abruptly bent at outer

CHIT 3.5305 ska Sos Rae eee ee ee eee Group..ADJUNCTA. j

Maculation not blotchy; colors usually Juteous, resembling trifolii, geni-
talia Various? ... Jscc cab alae oe pelos or elas CeCe Ree EC Eeee Group .. DEFESSA.
5. Wings varying in width, costa sometimes quite strongly arched. -Group..LEGITIMA.

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 201

6. Ordinary spots not subequal, reniform usually narrow, pale or white marked,
somewhat constricted medially ; transverse lines distinct .............. 7
Ordinary spots small], subequal, white ; transverse lines obsolete........-. 8

7. Harpes of g¢ with a long hook at tip; clasper nearly as long as
NAEP OS estes sete este sacl eater stars. ote eilalaicie weteelciale = staaciersyos.se sie Group ..RENIGERA.

Harpes of ¢ with tip rounded, lappet-like; clasper shorter, cylindri-
Calleereeteiscetais ee slo tenie i sais alors facia Ga eialaloysjs/sieicisiwininle ewerecays Se Group..OLIVACEA.

Harpes of ¢ with a long narrow piece set at an angle to base; obliquely
truncate at tip; clasper shert, thick, beak-like..........- Group ..LAUDABILIS,

8. A long black basal streak with a loop at tip marking the clavi-
LOIN eee oe eee ine ici mnle a oe oe ise Sem mine eee aGiesis Group 4-ANNULATA,
9. Costa depressed, color a reddish pearly gray; lines pale.......-. Group..INNEXA.

Costa not depressed; color ash gray or darker; lines dark or black-

LS TEER ee Taal eens ete ae eels oS aiseaeee cee Neiecisie wile leeejes Group..PENSILIS.

DIVISION A.

| The species here associated have little in common save more or less
distinctly serrated male antenne. In wing form, in maculation, and in
ithe genital structure of the male, the greatest diversity is found, and
but for the fact that no better basis for group divisions could be found,
no attention would have been paid to the antenne at all.

Some slight groupings are possible, though the number of species in
any one group is small.

At the head of the series I place four species, agreeing in large size
(about 2 inches), pale grayish primaries, in which the apices are rec-
itangular, the outer margin oblique, and in general style of maculation.
The male genitalia are after one type, though by no means alike, and
are described for each species.

Discalis is known by the comparative indistinctness of maculation,
jpale primaries, and white secondaries. The male antenne are very
‘slightly serrated and ciliated only. In the others of this series the sec-
ondaries are dusky.

Rogenhoferi is a rather dull, fuscous gray species, with an evident
jmedian shade, the s. t. line not well marked, preceded by a row of
\defining dark spots. The male antenne are distinctly serrated and
‘Ciliated.

_ Nimbosa is distinctly marked, whitish. The s. t. line is concolorous,
irregular. There is no obvious median shade, though a faint dusky
dine is traceable. The male antenne are more distinctly serrate than
in discalis, less so than in rogenhoferi and the joints are furnished with
lateral bristles.

Imbrifera as compared with the preceding is sordid in appearance,
and is strongly flushed with grayish fuscous. Thes. t. line is broad,
pale,andeven. Secondaries blackish. Themale antenne are still more
serrate and the lateral bristles stouter.

All of the preceding have very distinct, divided thoracic tufts.
Nearly equaling the preceding in size, but of a fine purplish or lilae
gray shade, is purpurissata. The median lines are obsolete, the ordi-

)

|
|
|
| Se

202 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

nary spots large, the s. t. line very distinct. The secondaries are dusky
and the thoracic tufts distinct. The western specimens seen by me
have the ordinary spots confluent, and to this form the name juncima:
cula was given by me, with an erroneous generic.reference.

Insolens is a moderate sized species with narrower and more pointed
wings, of a dirty pale luteous coior and still paler maculation. The
s. t. line is preceded by a series of trigonate black spots, and the tho
racic tufting is not distinct.

Leucogramma is a small species, almost a miniature of insolens im?
volor, wing form, and style of markings. The median lines are narrow,
white, and even.

Following these is a series of small, stumpy winged forms, not very
closely related to each other.

Lepidula is a beautiful, bright red brown species, with a somewhat,
contrasting, yellowish, reniform, and clean white secondaries. |

All the other similar forms have dusky secondaries.

Determinata is a small, wood-brown species, with the median line
distinet, black, and even, all the maculation well marked.

Meditata is a deep, even, vinous brown, with blue powderings, all they
maculation faint, powdery, not easily traceable. The species is an
obscure one and readily recognized, interfering with nothing else in the»
series. The antenne are serrate merely. ;

Lustralis is a paler, carneous gray, larger than the preceding, and
better marked. The median and terminal spaces are more brownish,
and the friuges are somewhat unusually long. The male antenne are
shortly pectinated.

Detracta is a broad-winged species, the primaries more ample than
in any other species in the series, and this, with the mottled fuscous
brown color, distinct median lines, and prominent black claviform, make
the species readily recognizable. The ¢ antenne are pectinated.

Gnata is dark ash gray, with a prominent s. t. line, preceded by
distinct yellowish white spot opposite the anal angle. The wing form
is more like the vicina series, which indeed the insect much resembles .
in habitus, differing in the serrate and ‘brush like” antenne.

Oceupying an isolated position in this series is distincta, a pale ash-
gray or whitish form, with narrow, subequal primaries, oblique slightly
dentate outer margin, and somewhat retreating hind angle. A distinct
black dash connects the transverse lines, crossing the median space. |
The species is not related to any other in this group; but seems to have:
affinities to latex and passa.

Crotchii is out of place anywhere, but may be conveniently sand-
wiched in here, as it has a prominent W-mark in the s. t. line, allying 16)
with the following group. It is a robust species, sordid luteous to fus
cous gray, the maculation sub-obsolete, ordinary spots usually conflu-
ent, and claviform very large. In some specimens the s. t. line is indi
tinct, and the isolating character somewhat obscured. i

.
|
}
.
.

a" PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 203

In tabular form the species may be separated as follows:

1. Large species, s. t. line paler, without W-mark, preceded by black spots

or shades, more prominent at middle and again at hind angle.......-.. 2
Moderate in size, s. t. line preceded by a series of equal trigonate spots,
wings narrow, apices distinct, rather prominent.......-.....----...---- 6

Small, or at most moderate.sized, species, the s. t. lines not preceded by
dark shades; but the dark shade follows the line, or the terminal space

ASM CLUS Ks ypreye reer staat eestor a te en ctatar crate laoreet = eaeainicvesslete eto ais ow elin = c]eisisvalna eas ietcte i
Moderate in size, median lines connected by a prominent black line. ...... 12
Moderate:ingsize, a-distinet W-mark invs, t) line s.-5. ..-22....225 2220525. 13

See MedianelimeseGiSulmG biases ba) ols caine sc ioiclat app is cicinieiaieis Som /sferclere owier cis sic. coe 3
Medianglinestwantine.or merely traceable sc. . sos oce 2-4 sc nienceen sce si 5
fo. Secondaries white, primaries whitish gray..........-...---.-.---..---- DISCALIS.
NIE COM Cai OS POUIS Maye p retest agae mite erates olalaveratataelenaeieyala ats sic olejatalel= sere] ainjaie is olaistee ie 4
4, A distinct median shade; sordid fuscous gray.

Su wlinemotedetinedeereer reso ectece emi te inc «slssciersclecee sells ROGENHOFERI.
No obyious median shade.

Ssoslinevirrecular. primaries bright) (onayec. ies ccc. 6 easico cle NIMBOSA.

Sab.limesevien, colorsordid, dull craven... 20-5 -t-- = sn selec IMBRIFERA:

5, Primaries carneous or purplish gray; ordinary spots large, sometimes con-

MILT O MLE see eee aise ee eerie iain or aeteee otae ise a ataistokcwiarscieinieie/e PURPURISSATA.

6. Color dirty, pale luteous, maculation not prominent........---....-.. INSOLENS.,
|7, Sordid luteous gray, powdery, maculation white marked, confused, wing form

PLM OL CU Ole meee ee ae eter e he aloe) aicietmteurialetods nictereioley=e wae ara) LEUCOGRAMMA.
Primaries various in color, not luteous gray, more stumpy winged....--.. 8

8. Secondaries white; ‘primaries bright red-brown, reniform somewhat con-
ELAS LUMO BY Cll O\wvil S lVaeters reteset sete yeterreieierst-te at aterels esis ictaiel o/s eels cles LEPIDULA.
NECOMMANLES MNIsktye saree eevee nite tls Se septic ojos silane elevie wise owitenn sao seie 9
Pm lavitorm small or wanting, concolorous.-2.- 5.2... 2s. --cec- ence ceee eee = 10
ClaviitormEprominent black .s2e- cai cemece cose © aoe celtic cise eaia sche 11
0. Pale wood-brown, median lines distinct, single, black, even. -..--. DETERMINATA.
Deep vinous brown, with blue powderings, all the maculation faint, pow-
deryAnotieasily stracea Dla" s-- eescess sacs sate sec ne cineeete see MEDITATA,
Carneous gray, powdery, maculation distinct, median and terminal spaces
MOLE OO WAMUS tes ays as Sy erate late arctate eters See e ehe aisicraaeel se aete eeies.e LUSTRALIS.
1. Costa arched, wings therefore broader and more Sounded than usual; mot-
tled fuscous brown, with yellowish shades...............--....-- DETRACTA,
Wings longer, narrower; dark ash gray; s. t. line prominent, preceded by
a distinct yellow-white spot at anal angle... .-.-.--. aS Setee eter eee sae GNATA,
2. Pale ash gray or whitish, narrow winged, with somewhat retreating anal
OEE oats emerge ee ara Sein a em oP aaa a aie al nla ore ein iak ac 31a) ate Potala mate, ote DISTINCTA.
13, Robust, sordid luteous to fuscous gray, the maculation sub-obsolete, ordinary
spots usually confluent, claviform very large................ sas \CROLCHIT:

Mamestra discalis Grt.
1877. Grt., Bull. U.S. Geol. Sury., 111,797; Mamesira.

Grayish white irrorate with black scales; maculation undefined;
transverse lines barely traceable; s. t. line irregular, concolorous,
marked by the slightly darker terminal space and a preceding inter-
rupted blackish shade; a row of terminal lunules; claviform small,
powdered with dark scales; ordinary spots large, concolorous, indis-
tinetly outlined by dark scales, cell between them black. The secon-

204 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

daries are whitish, subhyaline, outwardly and on the veins shaded with!
blackish or fuscous; beneath pale, powdery, secondaries with a discal
dot. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries; patagiz blag
marked at outer margin.
Expands 45-50 millimetres (1.80 to 2 inches).
HABirat.—Colorado, California.
Two specimens are in the Museum collection, both from Colorado, one
(Denver) collected by Bruce, the other, collection J. B.S.
The species is easily recognized by its large size, pale color of pri
maries and white secondaries. The male antenne are but slightly
serrated, laterally ciliated, and somewhat thickened.
The genital pieces together form almost a cylinder. The harpes ar
rather slender, strongly dilated at the tip, furnished inwardly with 4)
stout spine and numerous spinules. At the middle of the harpes theré
is alsoa strong spine. The clasper is strong, corneous, but little curved)
and forming the inferior margin of the whole piece.

Mamestra rogenhoferi Moeschl.
1870. Moeschl., Stett. Ent. Zeit., Xx x1, 269; Mamestra.

Rather sordid, fuscous gray, all the lines marked, obsoletely gemti
nate; ordinary spots moderate, concolorous. In the general course of
the lines it agrees with imbrifera, but it differs in the less contrasting;
terminal space and narrower s. t. line, which is marked by a row of dark
lunules. The claviform is only faintly indicated. The distinctivé
feature of the species is the very distinct median shade, and the speciet
is nearer to nimbosa than imbrifera.

Expands 47 millimetres (1.88 inches).

HABITAT.—Labrador..

No specimens are in the Museum collection. By the courtesy of Mr}
Moeschler I was enabled to examine the type, which is a male in goog
condition. The secondaries are uniformly fuscous, and the antenna
joints are distinctly serrated and furnished with bristly tufts. The
genitalia are very like those of discalis, but the tip of the harpes i
truncated, not rounded. The single type specimen could not be mort
satisfactorily examined as to structure, but it is very recognizable, ant
obviously distinct from the allied forms. i

|

‘|
Mamestra nimbosa Gn. |

i

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11,77; Aplecta.

1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x1, 555; Eurois.
1873. Grt., Buff. Bull.,1, 102; Mamestra. i
1875. Speyer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxxvi, 142; Mamestra. :
Primaries whitish gray, more or less powdered with black scales:
transverse lines evident, black, geminate; ordinary spots large, con
colorous, outlined by a narrow black line; no distinet basal line; ta
line lunulated between the veins, as a whole but little outeurved, :

4
4
4

a PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 205

slackish shade at inception; t. p. line with inner line lunulate and
slightly sinuate; outer line even, shading into the s. t. space, which is
usted with gray, especially at costa; s.t. line narrow, pale, dentate,
md sinuate; an indefinite W-mark on veins 3 and 4, inwardly marked
and shaded with black; a row of black terminal lunules. Through the
median space is an indistinct shade line, darkening the cell between the
ordinary spots. Secondaries dusky, with a darker discal spot and
edian line, the latter paler shaded. Beneath, primaries dusky, with
ndefinite outer line and pale terminal space; secondaries pale, with
lusky discal lunule, outer line, and shaded margin. Head and thorax
oncolorous, the former with a black line. crossing front, the latter with
black line on collar, and patagiz black margined.

§ Expands 48-52 millimetres (1.92 to 2.08 inches).

| Hasrrar.—Canada, Eastern and Middle States.
® Six specimens are in the Museum collection, others in the duplicate
series, labeled, Kendall, New York (Burnett); Sharon, New York, July
nd August (O. Meske); Lewis County, New York, August (C. V. R.);
anchester, Vermont, August 3 (J. B.S.).

This is a very distinct and strongly marked species, separated from
liscalis by the dusky secondaries and more definite maculation, and
#rom imbrifera by its cleaner cut maculation, brighter color, and irregu-
ar s.t. line. Thorax with a prominent anterior divided tuft. Ab-
Siominai tuftings small and dark, easily rubbed off and obliterated.
he antenne of the male are very slightly serrate, the joints each
Wurnished with a long stiff bristle on each side, as well as a bunch of
stiff hair. The male genitalia are distinctive. The harpes are dilated

:

vith two strong spines and a mass of strong spinules. A corneous,
finger-like process crosses the harpe near base, where it joins the
| blasper. The clasper is very stout and heavy, broad at base, then sud-

| The species seems nowhere common, though taken almost every year
n small numbers where it occurs.

Mamestra imbrifera Gn.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct. u, 76; Aplecta.

1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. x1, 555; Hurois.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull.,1, 102; Mamestra.

_ 1875. Speyer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxxvi, 144; Mamestra.

_ Sordid dusky gray; transverse lines evident, geminate, but rather
ndistinct. Ordinary spots large, concolorous or slightly paler, out-
ined in black, and with white annuli. Basal half line distinct. T. a.
ine lunate, outwardly oblique. ‘T. p. line lunulate, incurved as usual
, below reniform. S. t. line pale, rather broad, tolerably even, inwardly
narked by dusky shadings, which, between veins 1 and 2 and 5 and 6,
umost cross the s. t. space, which otherwise is paler than the rest of
the wing. An indefinite median shade, darkening the cell between the

—

206 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH

ordinary spots. Claviform dusky. Secondaries blackish, fuscous, with
paler outer margin and a row of terminal black lunules. Beneath as
in nimbosa. Head and thorax concolorous, with primaries irregularly
mottled with gray. The thorax has a divided crest, similar to that of
nimbosa. The é antenne are distinctly serrate, or ‘pyramidal toothed,”
the joints furnished with lateral long bristles and bunches of stiff hair.

Expands 47-50™™ (1.88 to 2 inches).

Hapirrar.—Canada, Eastern and Middle States. Six specimens are in
the Museum series, labeled as follows: Orono, Maine (C.V.R., J.B.8_);
Sharon, New York, July 24 (Meske); Schenectady, New York, July 1
(C.V.R.); Centre, New York, July 5 (Riley).

This is more common than nimbosa, and easily distinguished from it
by the distinctly serrate antenne, the darker color, narrow median, and
wider s. t. space, and by the pale and rather broad even s. t. line.

The male genitalia consist of the curved harpes, strongly dilated and
somewhat securiform at tip, the superior angle furnished with a single
stout corneous spine, and the inner surface of tip else rather densely
clothed with small spinules. There is alsoa corneous, finger-like process
similar to that in nimbosa. Clasper very broad, convex, with the harpes
forming nearly half a cylinder. Superiorly there is a long, stout, curved
prong or hook, the inner edge of which is somewhat serrate.

The antennal structure of these, our three largest eastern species, is
interesting, and shows how little real reliance can be placed upon this
feature in grouping. In discalis they are nearly simple, the joints only
furnished with tufts of hair. In nimbosa the joints are scarcely more
serrate, but have distinct lateral bristles. In imbrifera the joints are
distinetly serrate, the lateral bristles longer, and the bunch of hair is
more distinct. Yet these species certainly can not be separated in any
natural arrangement, and they are therefore associated here, though it
is straining the term to speak of the antenne of discalis as serrate.

Mamestra purpurissata Grt.

1864. Grt., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 111, 82, Pl. 1, f.5; Hurois.
1873. Grt., Buff. Bull, 1, 102; Aamestra.

var. JUNCIMACULA Smith.
1882. Smith, Bull. Bkln. Ent. Soc., v, 67; Hadena.

Primaries pale purplish gray, tinged with blackish along costa, and
reddish on the discal space. Transverse lines obsolete or but faintly
indicated, single, blackish, approximate, irregular. S. t. line irregu-
lar, forming an imperfect W near middle; inwardly defined and shaded
with purplish black. The ordinary spots are large, outlined by nar-
row purplish black lines. Claviform obsolete or very small, scarcely
traceable. A series of black terminal lunules. Secondaries in the ¢
pale, with soiled outer margin; in the 2 dusky. Beneath, primaries
dusky, in the male with paler terminal space ; secondaries pale gray.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries. Collar with a black line.
Antenne ofthe ¢ thickened, joints serrate and bristled.

en | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 207

Expands 44-53™™ (1.76 to 2.12 inches).

Hapitar.—Northern, Eastern, and Middle States; Colorado, Utah.

The variety juncimacula has the ordinary spots confluent, else like
the type form. How I came to refer the insect to Hadena, I can not
now understand, since my memoranda show that I knew the eyes were
hairy.

The Museum collection has six specimens in the regular series,
others in the duplicates; localities as follows: Bar Harbor, Maine,
August 27 (J. B. 8.); Albany, New York, August 24, September 9
(Meske, C. V. R). Of the variety there are two specimens, the type
from Utah, Fort Thornburgh (J. B.S.); another from Morrison, Col-
orado, July 27 (C. V. R).

It is perhaps worthy of note that none of the eastern material I have
seen has any tendency to the confluent ordinary spots, while the west-
ern specimens show it as a rule.

The thorax is distinctly crested, the crest divided.

The male genitalia consist of a broad harpe, suddenly narrowed and
then at tip dilated and inwardly spinulate. The clasper is from the
center of the harpe, rather short and moderately curved, simple.

Mamestra insolens Grt.

1874. Grt., Baff. Bull., 11, 65; Dianthacia.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 130; Mamestra.
@ arietis Grt.
1879. Grt., Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. v, 207; Mamestra.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 1380; pr. syn.
earina Morr.
1874. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., xv, 158; Taniocampa.

Lnteous gray, transverse lines pale, margined with black. Ordinary
spots large, concolorous or paler, broadly annulate with white. Basal
line present. T. a. line outwardly margined with black, somewhat
irreguiarly lunate, outwardly oblique. T. p. line inwardly margined
with black, lunulate. T. p. line concolorous, sometimes marked by
yellow scales. Terminal space darker, limiting the line outwardly, while
inwardly it is marked by a row of black points. A terminal row of
black lunules, fringes long, interlined with gray and black. Seconda-
ries pale fusco-luteous, with white fringes. Beneath, both wings pale,
with common line and discal dots. Head and thorax concolorous with
primaries.

Expands 34-43™™ (1.36 to 1.72 inches).

HABrirat.—California.

Four specimens are in the collection, all from California (J. B. S., C.
V.R.), two of them from San Francisco County, California, August
and October (through C. V. R.). The female has the ovipositor slightly
exserted and is usnally larger and darker than the male. Antenne of
the male serrate, with lateral tufts of bristles to each joint. The male
genitalia are distinct. Tie harpes are broad, curved, and somewhat

208 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH,

angulate, dilated at tip and there inwardly furnished with a single row
of spinules. The clasper is a single, rather short, slightly curved, cor-
neous hook. ‘This species is very readily recognized and easily distin-
guished from all its associates. It does not look like a Mamestra at
first sight, and has little of the habitus of the genus.

The synonymy is based upon an examination of types and typical
specimens. Mr. Morrison’s description bears date in October, while
Mr. Grote’s is dated in May.

It appears from Mr. Grote’s most recent list that he never recognized
Morrison’s species.

Mamestra leucogramma Grt.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 140; Dianthecia.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11, 64; Dianthecia.
1881. Grt., Can., Ent. xu, 130; Wamestra.

Sordid luteous gray, terminal space somewhat irrorate, with white
scales. Transverse lines denticulate, filled with pale, the marginal
lines scarcely discernible. S. t. lines marked with yellow scales and a
few darker points. Ordinary spots slightly paler, very indefinite. A
row of dark terminal lunules. Secondaries blackish fuscous, paler at
base. Beneath, powdery fuscous, secondaries paler, all with an exte-
rior dusky line. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, the ves-
titure somewhat divergent. Abdomen with a basal] tuft only. Male
antenne serrate and ciliate.

Expands 28" (1.12 inches).

HABITAT.—California.

There are four specimens in the Museum collection from Los Angeles
County, California, dated April, August, and October (through C. V.
R.) and these agree with the type in Mr. Hy. Edwards’s collection.

This is an ugly, inconspicuous species, not easily confused with any
of its allies. The primaries are comparatively small, the outer margin
oblique, apex somewhat produced, fringes long. There seems to be
little or no variation and the resemblance to insolens is marked.

The male genitalia are peculiar. The harpes are narrow toward
base, suddenly broader, resembling a cleaver, abruptly truncate at
tip and furnished with an acute Jong spine. The clasper is a rather
slender, curved, corneous hook.

The insect is not generally found in collections.

Mamestra lepidula Smith.
1887. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x, 463; Mamestra.

Bright, somewhat ferruginous brown, darker in the median and termi-
nal spaces. An oblique light brown streak inferiorly in basal space.
Transverse lines distinct, single, margined with pale violet blue. Ba
sal line brown. S. t. line irregularly sinuate and dentate, distinct, yel-
low; apex of wing violet blue. Claviform small, pointed, velvety

|
|

|

e

wae | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 209

brown. Orbicular oval or rounded, concolorous, defined and irrorate
with blue seales. Reniform moderate, not constricted, whitish, some-
what marked with brownish, and irrorate with blue scales. The termi-
nal space is also more or less irrorate with blue scales. Secondaries of
é white, of 2 pale fuscous. Beneath pale, with yellowish irrorations
and a common external line. Head and thorax concolorous with pri-
maries. Abdomen fusco-luteous, with distinet dorsal tufts, that on the
fourth segment most prominent. Antenne of male distinctly serrate,
the serrations bristled.

Expands 25™™ (1 inch).

HABITAT.—Texas.

The pair from which the species was described is from Mr. Hy. Ed-
wards, to whose kindness I owed one of the specimens, now in the Na-
tional Museum collection.

This is one of the prettiest of our species; its bright colors, bluish
median and yellow s. t. lines, and pale reniform, rendering it easily
recognizable. The fringes of primaries are long, even, cut with obscure
violet.

The harpes of the male are moderate, but little dilated at tip and
rounded. The clasper is simple, stout, rather short, curved, somewhat
irregularly enlarged at tip. It is utterly unlike anything else in this
series.

Mamestra determinata, sp. nov.

Head and thorax carneous gray, much as in lustralis. Primaries
pale reddish-gray brown or pale fawn, the median space a deeper shade
of same color. ‘T. a. line well removed from base, single, black, out-
wardly oblique and outcurved between the veins. This leaves a large
evenly colored basal space taking up on inner margin fully half of the
wing. T. p. line single, black, fine, crenulate, outcurved over cell and
thence almost parallel with outer margin. S. t. line indicated only by
a dusky costal patch in s. t. space, and by some vague darker shadings
in terminal space. An interrupted dark terminal line, and a pale line
at base of fringes. Claviform a small cusp attached to t. a. line. Or-
bicnlar vague, slightly paler, moderate in size, and entirely indefinite.
Reniform large, upright, oval, paler than ground color, blackish, filled
interiorly by a somewhat diffuse, angulated, vague median shade. Sec-
ondaries smoky, outwardly darker, a yellowish line at base of fringes.
Beneath, whitish, powdery, with a blackish extra-discal line and a
small discal spot. :

Expands 30™™ (1.20 inches).

Hapirat.—Ffoothills, Colorado (Bruce).

A single male specimen in good condition, easily distinet from all its
allies. It has more the maculation of lustralis, but very much better
defined, the ground color also different. In genital structure, on the
contrary, the resembiance to meditata is suriking, and shows the refer-

Proc. N. M. 91——14

210 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

ence indicated by the antenne to be in this case a sound one. These
antenne are furnished with short pointed lateral processes, which are
tipped with bristle tufts.

Mamestra meditata Grt.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 104 ; Dianthecia.
1381. Grt., Can. Ent., xt, 130; Mamestra.

Reddish fuscous, irrorate with bluish scales, powdery. Transverse
lines indistinet, geminate, sometimes relieved by a pale included shade.
Basal line not traceable. T. a. line outwardly oblique, waved. T. p.
line more upright than outer margin, slightly dentate on veins. S. t.
line indicated by a slight difference between terminal and s. t. spaces.
Claviform obsolete. Ordinary spots moderate, concolorous, often
barely traceable, usually marked by paler scales. Secondaries dark,
smoky, fuscous, paler toward base. Beneath, with a reddish shade,
powdery, a broad exterior dusky line. Head and thorax concolorous,
tuftings not prominent. The male antenne serrate, the serrations
bristled.

Expands 27 to 35™™ (1.08 to 1.40 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada to Virginia, west to the Mississippi.

Kleven specimens are in the Museum series, others in the duplicate
material. The localities are, New York (C. V. R., J. B.S.); Northern
Illinois (C. V. R.); Holderness, New Hampshire, September (C. V. R.);:
Washington, District of Columbia, August 8 to September 14(C. V. R.).

This is a common and obscurely marked insect, related to lustralis,
with a somewhat similar wing form; but much more obscurely marked.

The genitalia of the ¢ consists of the long harpes constructed near
the middle and dilated toward tip, where it is inwardly fringed with
spinules. Behind the middle arise two stout corneous hooks, slightly
curved, the one projecting upwards, the other downwards.

Mamestra lustralis Grt.

1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vir, 223; Dianthecia.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 127; Mamestra.

Lilac gray, median space more reddish. Median lines obsoletely
geminate, usually one of the lines only distinct; t.a. line preceded, t. p.
followed by a narow pale shade. Basal line present, fragmentary. T.
a. line outwardly oblique and curved between the veins. T. p. line
lunulate, nearly parallel with the outer margin, a prominent tooth on
vein 1. Thes.t. lineis usually distinct, pale, its course sinuate, always
marked near hind angle with a carneous or yellowish blotch. Some-
times the terminal space is strongly irrorate with bluish-gray scales
and the line becomes more or less completely lost. Claviform rarely
complete, usually only the superior portion outlined and having the
appearance of a spur from thet. a. line. Ordinary spots usually paler,
narrowly outlined with black, usually with a traceable pale interior

ee

Saad

Te | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 211

annulus. Orbicular variablein form; reniform rather narrow, somewhat
lunate. Secondaries fuscous, paler toward base, sometimes with an
extra median darker line. Beneath, powdery, with common exterior
line and discal dot. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries.
Antenne of male shortly pectinated, the processes bristled.

Ex) ands 27 to 32™™ (1.08 to 1.28 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada to Virginia, west to Wisconsin.

Four specimens are in the Museum collection; localities as follows:
Maine; Racine, Wisconsin (C. V. R.); Maryland (J. B. S.). The
fringes are long and even, the primaries rather short, broad, and trig-
onate. The species is rather well marked and not easily confounded
with any other.

The male harpes are obtusely angulate, very slightly enlarged toward
middle, the tip inwardly spinulose. Clasper stout, corneous, simple,
beak-like.

Mamestra detracta WIk.

1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. x1, 752 Hadena.
claviplena Grt.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 194; Mamestra.

. Grt., Can. Ent., x1, 128; pr. syn.

i
@
Qu
—

Fuscous brown to blackish, sometimes with a yellow suffusion. In
dark specimens the transverse lines are obsolete, ordinarily they are
distinctly geminate; t. a. line with an outward curve, lunate between
the veins; t. p. line parallel with outer margin, irregularly dentate or
lunulate. 8S. t. line always visible, narrow, pale, irregularly sinuate;
a larger pale spot at hind angle, which is, however, often obsolete.
Basal line distinct, geminate. An obvious, short, black, basal streak.
Claviform moderate, filled with black, always distinet, and forming a
prominent feature in the appearance of the insect. Ordinary spots
somewhat paler than ground color, black-margined. Orbicular usually
round or oval, rarely oblong; reniform large, kidney-shaped. Second-
aries dark, smoky brown or fuscous, Beneath variably dark, powdery,
a distinct common line and discal dot. Head and thorax concolorous
with primaries. Antenne of ¢ shortly pectinate, the branches setose.

Expands 27 to 35™™ (1.08 to 1.40 inches).

HABrirvatT.—Canada; Eastern, Middle and Central States. Eleven
specimens are in the Museum series, others in the duplicate material.
The localities are as follows: Sharon, New York, July 15 (Meske);
New York; Orono, Maine (J. B. S.); Washington, District of Columbia
(GF Vi°R.).

The primaries are broad, the costa arched, outer margin rounded.
The wing form and the distinct black eclaviform spot will render this
species easily recognizable.

The genitalia of the male are peculiar and difficult-to describe. The
harpes are slender, elongate, curved, broadly and roundly dilated at
tip, which is inwardly spinulate. The clasper consists of a chitinous

212 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

shell at base, from which proceed a semimembranous, cylindrical,
curved hook, enlarged toward base, and a spoon-shaped appendage,
furnished at tip with a stout pointed spine.

The species is not uncommon in the more northern part of its range,
but seems not often taken southwardly.

Mamestra gnata Grt.
1882. Grt., Can. Ent., x1v, 170; Mamesira.

Dark ash gray, with a sordid luteous shade added through center of
primaries. The transverse lines are geminate, not very well defined,
their course as in the allied species. S. t. line narrow, pale, sinuate,
marked more distinetly by the contrast between the dark terminal and
paler s. t. space. Basal line present, but imperfectly marked. Ordi-
nary spots moderate, slightly paler, with whitish annuli. Claviform
small, concolorous or dark, outlined in black. Between veins 1 and
2 and between the t. p. and s. t. lines there is a defined pale patch,
giving the species a characteristic appearance. Secondaries white,
with soiled veins and outer margin. Beneath, pale, powdery. Head
and thorax concolorous with primaries; a black line crossing collar.
Tuftings distinct but not prominent. The antenne of the male are dis-
tinetly serrate and laterally tufted.

Expands 32™” (1.28 inches).

HABITAT.—Arizona, New Mexico.

A single specimen from New Mexico (J. B. 8.) is in the Museum col-
lection. Mr. Neumcegen has the male type. The species is easily
known by the resemblance to the vicina group and the large pale spot
near hind angle, a unique combination with the antennal structure.
The harpes of the male are broad, nearly equal, and obliquely truncate
at tip, where they are furnished with a row of stout spinules. The
clasper consists of a simple, small, slightly curved, corneous hook.

Mamestra distincta Hiibner.

1810. Hbn., Samml. Ex. Schmett, 1, Pl. 194; Achatia.
1316. Hbn., Verzeichniss, 219; Astrapztis.
1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11, 91; Hadena.
1857. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x1, 583; Hadena.
1863. Grt. & Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1, 197, Pl.3, f.72; Hadena.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11, 156; Mamestra.
vitis French.
1879. French, Can. Ent., x1, 76; Dicopis.
1879. Grt., North Am. Ent., 1, 16; pr. syn.

Whitish gray, darker shaded through median space above claviform
and ins. t. and terminal spaces. Basal space pale, the half line indefi-
nite. JT. a. line geminate, evenly curved outwardly and oblique. T.p.
line geminate, lunulate, one-fourth from and nearly parallel with outer
margin. Ordinary spots large, paler than the surrounding space, not
distinetly outlined. Claviform large, broad, concolorous, from the apex

eee ee

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 213

sending out a broad black mark which reaches the t. p. line and with
the claviform connects the median lines. Below this line the median
space is pale; above, tinged with fuscous, except that from the reniform
a pale shade runs obliquely to apex. Beyond the t. p. line the inner
margin and an oblique apical shade are pale, else strongly marked with
fuscous. S. t. line obsolete, marked by a few black venular points.
Secondaries whitish at base, outwardly fuscous. Beneath, pale, powdery,
with common outer line and discal dots distinet black. Head and
thorax concolorous with primaries; head with a distinct t-ansverse black
line; collar with a transverse dark line, fuscous-tipped and somewhat
produced at middle; patagize black margined; tufts not prominent.
Abdomen tufted at base only. Antenne of inale slightly but distinctly
serrate, the joints with tufts of fine hair. -

Expands 37™™ (1.50 inches).

HABrirat.—Canada to Texas, Illinois, and Central States.

Six specimens are in the Museum collection from Pennsylvania
(Meske) ; Central Missouri (Murtfeldt) ; Philadelphia (C. V. R.).

This species is easily recognized among the species with which it is
placed by the longitudinal black line through the median space, con-
necting the median lines. The palpi are very short, straight, and
scarcely exceed the front. Among the Mamestras it is perhaps nearest
to latex in wing form and appearance, and forms a very decided step
toward Yylomiges.

The harpes are long, slightly narrowed at middle, dilated and ob-
liquely drawn out at tip, and inwardly spinulated. Clasper short,
slightly curved, acutely terminated, beak-like, corneous.

Professor French has described the larva on grape.

Mamestra crotchii Grt.

1880. Grt., Bull. Bkln. Ent. Soe., 111, 29; Mamestra.

Sordid luteous gray or fuscous, the transverse maculation obliterated.
S. t. line marked by sagittate dark dashes, forming a distinet W-mark.
A distinet black basal streak, reaching to the large heavily black-
marked claviform. Ordinary spots large, usually confluent. A row of
dark terminal lunuies. Secondaries smoky fuscous. Beneath, pale,
powdery, veins marked with blackish ; a distinet discal dot. Head and
thorax concolorous with primaries. The joints of the male antenne
are serrate and laterally furnished with distinet tufts of hair.

Expands 56™™ (1.44 inches).

HaprratT.—Colorado, Oregon, California.

The California specimen from the Museum collection (June, Placer
County, red No. 309, through C. V. R.) is darker in shade than the
others and has been marked variety fusculenta by me.

This singular species is readily known by its robust sordid appear-
ance and peculiar maculation; the confluence of the ordinary spots, the
large claviform, and the obsolete transverse lines forming strong dis-

214 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

tinctive features. Mr. Grote compared the species to trifolii, from
which it differs in antennal structure, but which it very strongly re-
sembles in the sexual characters. The harpes are broad basally, then
suddenly and obtusely angulated, and this arm again acutely angulated
so as to forma V. The tip is rounded and somewhat enlarged, in-
wardly spinulose. The clasper is stout, corneous, bent at nearly aright
angle, a

DIVISION B.

This division differs from the preceding only in the simple or merely
ciliated antennie of the 6. As the groups into which it is divisible
have been already defined, nothing more is necessary under this head,
and I proceed at once to the treatment of the special groups.

Group W.-MACULATA.

The distinctive feature of this group, as has been already stated, is
found in the distinct W-mark of thes. t. line of primaries. The species
so associated are readily distinguished, and some of them are really re-
lated. Unfortunately, however, as a whole the group is nearly as arti-
ficial as the one immediately preceding, and there is a wide range of
difference in habitus, color, and sexual structure. For the present pur-
pose of aiding in the identification and arrangement of species and in
describing their peculiar sexual and other characters, the association is
the best I can devise. Ata future time, when abundant material of
all the species will enable proper associations to be arrived at, a better
sequence may be attained.

A series of four species is separated off by having the median space
somewhat darker, the transverse lines distinct, complete.

Farnhami is unique in maculation, and has the habitus of a Prodenia.
The color is bright, violet brown, and the pale, yellowish streaking
through the median space over the claviform gives a distinctive ap-
pearance difficult to mistake.

Liquida also stands solitary. It is a smaller species than farnhami,
and very differently marked and colored. Over the fuscous-brown
ground is a bluish irroration, very strongly marked in basal and s. t.
space. Avery distinct, pale shade of variable width follows the course
of vein 2, across the median space.

Capsularis and vittula agree in rather broad primaries and unusually
short thorax, which gives the insects a rather peculiar appearance.
The vestiture is somewhat coarse, and the abdominal tuftings are not
distinct. Both are bluish ash-gray in color.

Capsularis is distinguished by the large white orbicular, the upright
t. a., and strongly incurved t. p. line.

Vittula is similar in general appearance, but the orbicular is small,
centered with dusky. The t. a. line is outwardly and the t. p. in-
wardly oblique, the median space therefore triangular.

on PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 215

The remaining species of the group have the median space concolor-
ous or not darker than the rest of the wing.

Prodeniformis resembles in wing form and thoracic structure quite
strongly the preceding two species, but is obviously distinct. The
median lines are incomplete, a pale streak surmounts the claviform, and
a broad pale shade runs though the s. t. space. The orbicular is nar-
row and oblique. This peculiar species somewhat resembles Mr.
Grote’s figure of Admetovis oxvymorus, aud indeed the description indi-
cates that he had a male of this species associated with the female type
which was figured.

Atlantica. and desperata are red-brown species, broad-winged and
with a less oblique outer inargin. In atlantica the lines are incomplete,
but the maculation is clear cut, the colors bright.

In desperata everything is vague except a short black basal dash.
The median lines are complete but not distinct; the ground color is
overlaid by a whitish film, leaving all vague and dull.

Canadensis in wing form is like subjuncta, but lacks the connecting
black dash between the median lines. The genitalia are like atlantica,
which in general the species also resembles in maculation, save that
the median lines are distinct.

Subjuncta and grandis are distinet in having elongate wings, in which
the hind augles are somewhat retracted. A distinct black transverse
line connects the median lines and additionally distinguishes the
species.

Inter se, subjuncta is evenly brown in color, while grandis has a broad

bluish-white shade through subterminal space and is also larger.

Nevade seem to belong here, or perhaps nearer to canadensis; but

I have not seen a specimen.

Differing from all the preceding by sordid, dark, powdery ashen-gray
| color, is invalida, in which the wings are trigonate, with well-marked
| apices, distinct meilian lines, and a narrow black line through the me-
dian space connecting them.

Trifolit has much the wing form of the preceding, but the wings are
dirty luteous in color, the lines distinct. This is the only one of the
W-marked series in which the color is yellowish, and it is therefore
readily distinguished.

In synoptic form the scheme would be as follows:

Median space darker, transverse lines complete.
An oblique pale streak along the course of vein 2, through the median space.

WiOlet-browihe Sut, Space UOl PAler..-~ ccesccces cece cane cc ccc adc ensue Sarnhami.
Median and terminal space fuscous brown, else bluish white, maculate with
BEGUM he=- seem eee tices wt neem een nto Sac clcmciee pice eee eae liquida,

No such pale streak.
Orbicular large, round, white; t. a. line upright; t. p. line incurved below reni-

GRD Pe pete a te ate al orl archer a are (ue el Sse en ct ae & aly wee ade ale feo saree capsularis.
y Orb:cular small, dark centered; median lines oblique, regularly narrowing the
; FROMLMULGS I RCOFIMOLIOLL Yio was wwe < sbwie meee redacat Sneeee veewcs sme cee vittula.

216 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Median space concolorous, not darker.

Lines incomplete, or at least superiorly indefinite. ~ ;
A-pale streak surmounting vein 2; a bluish-white shade through s. t. space;
orbicular small; narrow, oblique. . 122. sse see eee fee eee eeee prodeniformia.
Even red brown, rarely with pale median and subapical shade; orbicular large,
oval, oblique; wings broad, maculation clear and distinct.....-.-. atlantica.
More powdery, even; the basal dash only black, distinct, all else nearly concol-
OLOUS wane, Nusaiseie Dasa sees sieve apes Sie wielee Se eereee ee ee ease desperata.
Wings narrower; fuscous brown; orbicular moderate, transverse lines more
istinet Jo aqsit ae Ses as yen ce tee seers ces mee cere ise cis ase eters canadensis.
Lives complete, connected by a black dash.
Brown; evens no-pale)s.b. Shad Osos soeae caer eae ---- subjuncta.
Browns) a distinet pale'sst..shader voces. ee. se tee aeie eee eee nrer grandis.
Dark ash-gray; even, powdery, connecting line fine. .........-....-..- invalida.

Lines complete, no connecting line.
Color luteous, with more or less definite maculation. Reniform always large,
inferiorly darker..... ois tesla « incl ibvaves anise ete nay ee mera ieee nee trifolii.

Mamestra farnhami Grt.
1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 103, Pl. 3, f. 2; Mamestra.

Fuscous brown, basal and s. t. spaces with a distinct violet shade.
Lines black, geminate, included space paler. Basal line present. T.
a. line upright, angulate between veins. ‘TT. p. line forming an obtuse
angle opposite the reniform, then scarcely lunulated in an almost rigid
oblique line to the margin. S. t. line narrow, yellow, distinct, arising
from the pale apical patch, running thence obliquely to hind margin,
interrupted on veins 3 and 4 by prominent sharp teeth, which touch
the outer margin and form a prominent, sharply cut W. Terminal space
somewhat darker; apical pale patch ands. t. line preceded by black,
sagittate dashes. Claviform concolorous, large, black-margined. Ordi-
nary spots rather narrow, concolorous, black lined, and with an inner
pale annulus. Surmounting the claviform, and from the lower portion
of the orbicular, is an oblique, pale, creamy, yellow shade, similar to
that in Prodenia. There is a row of terminal black lunules. Second-
aries fuscous, towards base paler; a dusky, discal lunule, and row of
blackish terminal lunules. Beneath, powdery, purplish, with exterior
common line and discal dot. Head and thorax purplish violet, the
latter with distinct fore and aft tuftings. Abdomen fuscous, basally
tufted.

Expands 37-42™ (1.50 to 1.68 inches).

HABITAT.—Colorado.

This uniquely marked species has a strong resemblance to Hupsepho-
pectes and Prodenia. Its bright colors and unique maculation make it
easily recognizable. I have seen only a single female (type) specimen
from Mr. Hy. Edwards’s collection. Mr. Grote, who had both sexes
before him, says the male antenn are simple, very shortly ciliate
beneath. In his specimens the ground color seems to have deeper
‘‘ blackish, with a dark-green cast,” while the violet shadings Mr. Grote
calls ** purplish.”

a ee

——

iil

rd PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 217

Mamestra liquida Grt.
1881. Grote, Papilio, 1, 58; Mamestra.

Fuscous brown, strongly irrorate with bluish gray in basal space,
along inner margin, and in s. t. space—the latter is, indeed, chiefly bluish
gray, more or less irrorate with the ground color. Transverse lines
geminate, included space pale, the defining lines hardly distinet. TT. a.
line oblique, slightly lunate; t. p. line lunulate, parallel with outer
margin. 8. t. line broad, yellowish, marked by the dark terminal space
and a fuscous preceding shade; its course is arcuate, interrupted on
veins 3 and 4 with a variably prominent but always distinet W-mark.
A row of black terminal lunules. The basal space is powdery, varying
in predominating color; sometimes it is more gray, sometimes more
fuscous. Usually the basal line is traceable. The median space is
fuscous brown, powdered with gray along inner margin; amore reddish
shade through center and beyond the reniform, and a distinct but variably
broad gray shade along vein 2, which sometimes becomes a yery promi-
nent feature. Claviform, with velvety black outline, moderate in size,
Orbicular usually oblong, oblique, gray, with sometimes a dusky center.
Reniform upright, rather elongate, somewhat constricted at middle,
with areddish shade. 8. t. space prevailing blue-gray ; a reddish-brown
costal shade, narrowing suddenly, and following t. p. line as a faint
cloud. Secondaries sordid fuscous, rather paler through the center.
Beneath, somewhat ocherous, powdery, with a discal lunule on all wings.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries.

Expands 35-38™™ (1.40 to 1.52 inches).

HABITat.— Washington.

Wanting inthe Museum collection. This species is readily recognized
by the bluish gray s. t. space and oblique line of the same color through
median space. Ithasa rough, powdery appearance, not easily mistaken,
and is very distinct from all its congeners.

The harpes of the male are rectangularly bent at one-half the entire
length and strongly dilated at tip. At the outer edge of this dilation
is an acute tooth ; at the inner face it isspinulated. At the angulation
of the harpes is a concave corneous process, forming the clasper, which
is difficult to describe, and is more readily understood by a reference to
the figure. In the sexual characters the resemblance is strongly to
legitima and more so to liquida, and indeed the superficial appearance
is much the same, save for the distinct W in the s. t. line. A thoroughly
natural grouping would associate these species, and some day another
more easily visible character may enable this to be done.

Mamestra capsularis Gn.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11, 22, Pl. 8, f. 3; Dianthecia.
1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. x1, 505; Dianthecia.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 128; Mamestra.

propulsa W1k.
1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. x1, 529; Raphia.
1868. Grt. & Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., u, 78; pr. syn.

218 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH

Fuscous, with gray shadings and geminate black transverse lines.
Basal line present, geminate, inner portion darkest. T. a. line upright,
slightly irregular, outer portion of line darker and heavier than the
inner, included space concolorous. ‘T. p. line exserted over reniform,
strongly incurved below, narrowing the median space by one-half,
inner portion of line darkest and broadest. S. t. line narrow, pale,
partly obsolete, marked by three preceding and one following sagittate
black dashes which define the distinct W. A row of small, terminal
dark lunules. Claviform concolorous, outlined in black, extending
nearly or quite across the median space. Orbicular large, round, bluish
white, with narrow black outline. Reniform moderate, upright, hardly
constricted, concolorous. An oblique, bluish-white shade through s. t. —
space, distinct at apex and hind margin, else obsolete. Secondaries |
smoky fuscous. Beneath pale, powdery, with exterior common line and ~
discal dots. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, with white —
admixture, the collar with a black line.

Expands 32™™ (1.28 inches). |

Hapirat.— Middle States,” Maryland, Florida.

A single specimen from Maryland (J. B.S.) is in the Museum col-
lection. Mr. Grote gives Middle Staces as locality for the species.
Guenée and Walker both give Florida as localities for their types. The
synonymical reference above follows Mr. Grote, but the description of
Raphia propulsa disagrees utterly with what I have identified as —
Guenée’s species. I have not seen any specimens labeled by Mr. Grote,
and therefore do not know how he has identified it. Ihave seen a very
few specimens agreeing with the figure in drawing and color, and with
the brief comparative description as well; but I do not see how even
Walker could have made such a description as his from the present
species. The reference by Messrs. Grote and Robinson was made after
an examination of types, and must be accepted as correct until some
one equally competent can make the same comparisons.

The thorax is rather short, not strongly tufted, abdomen almost un- |
tufted. The primaries have the apices somewhat acute, outer margin

ee

re

-—

obliquely rounded. '
The harpes in the male have the tip dilated and obliquely drawn out
superiorly. At inner margin, just below tip, is an acute, short, denti- —
form process. The inner face of the dilated tip is spinulose. The —
. . n
clasper is very stout, rather short, hardly curved, beak-like. ;
Mamestra vittula Grt. ;

1882. Grt., Trans. Kans. Ac. Sei., vim, 48; Mamestra. 4

Ash gray, powdered, median space darker. ‘Transverse lines gemi- ?
nate, black, included spaces pale. Basal line distinct, angulated. Me- }

dian lines unusually approximated. T. a. remote frum base, outwardly
oblique, and very slightly irregular. TT. p. almost parallel with outer
margin, slightly sinuate, but not strongly incurved below reniform.

—

a | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 219

Orbicular small, round, gray, with dark center. Reniform moderate,
pale. Claviform small, barely outlined. 8. t. line narrow, pale, hardly
defined, with a distinct though not well-defined W on veins 3 and 4,
Secondaries white, veins slightly soiled. Beneath, whitish, powdered
near costa, with an indefinite common line.

Expands 30" (1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—New Mexico. :

The species is not in the Museum collection, and I have seen only a
single male specimen, marked “type” by Mr. Grote. It seems to me
much more nearly allied to capsularis than to 4-lineata, to which Mr.
Grote compares it, but it is not likely to be confounded with either.

The harpes of the ¢ are long, slender, curved, abruptly and greatly
dilated at tip, where it is inwardly fringed with a row of spinules.
From base of the harpes arises the rather short, corneous clasper,
which divides so that the prongs form a right angle at their point of
junction.

Mamestra prodeniformis Smith.

1887. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1x, 464; Mamestra.

Fuscous ashen gray, with a paler tinge in basal space, and a dis-
tinct, pale bluish shade through s. t. space; t.a. line single, upright or
slightly oblique inwardly black, not attaining costa; t. p. line barely
traceable, almost upright or very slightly sinuate, blackish, single; s. t.
line yellowish, well marked with a prominent W, preceded by sagittate
black dashes. A row of terminal black lunules. Claviform narrow, out-
lined in black, a fine black line crossing from its tip to the t. p. line. A
pale shade surmounts this spot and crosses the median space. Orbicu-
lar narrow, oblique, pale ringed. Reniform lunate, superiorly a little
paler, inwardly marked with black. Cell between the ordinary spots
dusky. Secondaries white, with soiled outer margin. Beneath,
powdery, without markings.

Expands 30-35™™ (1.20 to 1.40 inches).

HABITAT.—Southwest Arizona, New Mexico.

One specimen, New Mexico (J. B. 8.), collected by Professor Snow,
is in the Museum collection.

The male of this species was mistaken by Mr. Grote for the male of
his Admetovis oxymorus, and the generic character based on the differ-
ence in length of ¢ and 2 antenne has no existence. In type of
maculation and in habitus this species bears a very obvious resem-
blance to Mr. Grote’s species, but it lacks the distinct yellowish shades
of that species. The present form is easily distinguished by its strong
resemblance to Prodenia, in color as well as markings.

The sexual structure of the male is remarkably like that of liquida.
The clasper is a little more prominent, and the tip of the harpes is a
little more drawn out—else they agree.

220 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Mamestra atlantica Grt.

1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11,12; Mamestra.
1875. Grt., Check List, p.7; Mamestra.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 128, ? =dissimilis.
1889. Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 385 =dissimilis.
W-latinum, Gn.
1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11, 105; Hadena.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11,12; pr.syn.
dissimilis, var. discolor; Speyer.
1875. Speyer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 36,142; MZamestra.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 128; pr. var.
1382. Grt., New List; pr. syn.

Red or fuscous brown, terminal space darker, costal space paler,
often irrorate with whitish. Transverse lines more or less completely
obsolete, never entire; t. a. line, when traceable, marked with white
scales, lunate between the veins; t. p. line similarly marked, lunulate,
and parallel with outer margin; s.t. line distinct, pale or white, with
prominent white W on veins 3 and 4, preceded by a dusky shade and
black dashes. A row of distinct black terminal lunules. A basal black
streak, almost attaining t.a. line. Claviform rather large, concolorous,
outlined in black. Orbicular oval oblique, rather large, outlined in
black, then with a pale annulus; center concolorous or strongly white
marked. Reniform rather large, annulate, and defined like the orbicu-
lar, concolorous, inferiorly somewhat dark stained, the shade extend-
ing beyond the reniform to the t. p. line. A more or less definite pale
shade from apex through s.t. space. Vein 2 is often thoroughly pow-
dered with white through median space. Internal vein often white
marked throughout its course. Secondaries fuscous, smoky, paler
toward base. A distinct discal lunule. Beneath, reddish, powdery,
with distinct common line and discal spots. Head and thorax concol-
orous with primaries; a distinct black transverse line on collar;
patagie often marked with black. Thoracic tufts low, but distinct;
abdominal tufts small.

Expands 30-35 ™™ (1.20 to 1.40 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada, Atlantic States to Virginia, west to Wisconsin.

Six specimens are in the Museum collection; localities as follows:
Wisconsin (Meske); Orono, Maine (J. B.S.); Schenectady, New York,
July 28 (C. V. R.); Albany, New York, August 28 (Meske); Adiron-
dack Mountains (U.S. N. M.).

Mr. Grote never really described this species, but I have seen a num-
ber of specimens labelled by him, one of them now in the Museum
collection. Guenée mentions a form of W-latinum as from America,
and Mr. Grote (Buff. Bull., 11, 12) simply gives the name atlantica in
his list, with W-latinum as a synonym. In the check list of 1875 there
are a few lines in note 6, which give none of the characters, and there
is nothing else even pretending to a description.

Speyer, in comparing a series of American specimens with the Euro-

Peis fi. 5

voir’) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 221

pean dissimilis, concludes that they are identical, but considers the
American form sufliciently distinct to be called discolor. Finally, But-
ler (in the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., for 1889) unqualifiedly makes atlan-
tica=dissimilis. LThave not had an opportunity of examining the sexual
characters of the European form, and the resemblance, superficially,
does not strike me as sufficiently marked to induce me to follow the
references made. In this series there is no strong resemblance in the
sexual characters, and if the European form on study shows the same
structure | should be ready to admit their identity. The insect varies
somewhat. One form is almost evenly brown, the maculation, however,
obvious; another is very strongly irrorate with white, and decidedly
distinct from the normal form while yet retaining its essential char-
acteristics.

The species is not uncommon, and differs from all the preceding in
color and maculation. The black basal streak, incomplete transverse
lines, and large claviform all are distinctive; so also are the primaries
by their somewhat retreating hind angle. The genitalia of the male
are distinctive. The harpes are broad, semi-chitinous, curved, at tip
formed into a rather small, acute hook. From the superior portion of
this piece and near the tip arises a moderate, curved, corneous hook,
parallel to but longer than the terminal hook; near the base arises a
much stouter and longer corneous hook, curved in the opposite direc-
tion, so that the points of the two last-mentioned hooks are opposed to
each other. The structure is best shown by a reference to the figure,

Mamestra desperata, sp. noy.

Ground color a somewhat faded red brown, washed with grayish,
which is more distinet in the median space. Collar with a prominent
black transverse line. Thoracic and abdominal tuftings distinet. Pri-
maries with a short, very distinct basal black dash. Basal half line
geminate, inner line black, outer brown, included space gray. T. a,
line geminate, distinct, more strongly marked on costa, only a little
oblique outwardly and but little outeurved between the veins. T. p,
line geminate, included space gray, defining lines not well marked, the
inner brown and lunulate. Asa whole, well outeurved over the cell
and obliquely inward beneath, nearly parallel to outer margin, S, t,
line narrow yellowish white, obsolete on costa, but very distinet thence ;
a prominent W mark on veins 3 and 4. The line is preceded by rusty
brown scales, forming an obvious shade in the submedian interspace.
A series of brown terminal lunules, fringes cut with yellowish on the
veins. <A distinet red brown median shade outwardly oblique between
the ordinary spots, inwardly angulate on vein 2. Claviform concolor-
ous, small, outlined by black scales. Orbicular irregularly oval, out-
lined by black scales, annulate with gray, otherwise concolorous. Reni-
form large, upright, kidney-shaped, black ringed, outwardly shaded
with yellowish. Secondaries smoky fuscous with darker discal spot

222 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

and pale fringes. Beneath, reddish, powdery, primaries smoky on disc,
with an evident outer line and discal spot on all wings.

Expands 37™™ (1.50 inches).

HABITAT.—New Hampshire, Maine, Sierra Nevada, California.

Three specimens are in the Museum collection: Maine (J. B. 8.);
Nevada County, California, red number 341 (through C. V. R.). Mr.
Edwards has the species from Sierra Nevada.

Long ago Mr. Thaxter gave me a specimen of this species named
dimmocki, the determination, as I understood, by Mr. Grote. I have
so named it in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, in Mr. Ed-
wards’s collection, and perhapsin others. In comparing specimens with
the original description I find that it does not agree at all. Dimmocki
is compared with subjuncta, and it is expressly stated that the s. t. line
is straight and that there is no W mark.

The present species is allied to atlantica in appearance, but is much
more even in color, the black basal dash being the only decided mark-
ing. :

In the sexuai characters of the male the species is unique. The
harpes are broad, somewhat curved, the tip superiorly prolonged in a
finger-like process. The clasper is a broad, flat process, rounded at tip
from the middle of the harpe.

The species is not common and is apparently a northern or mountain
form. It should not be difficult of recognition from its resemblance to
atlantica.

Mamestra canadensis Smith.
1837. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 464; Mamestra.

Dull sordid fuscous brown; a pale, more yellowish red shade at base
superiorly, in median space beyond claviform, and from the reniform
outward. Transverse lines evident, geminate. Basal line obscured by
the pale shade, which is inferiorly limited by a fine black longitudinal
line. ‘T. a, line lunate, the included space marked with white scales.
T. p. line sinuate, parallel to the very oblique outer margin; not very
distinctly marked. 8S. t. line narrow, white, interrupted, the W mark
prominent. An irregular dusky shade and spots mark both sides of
the line. Claviform concolorous, large, broad, extending almost across
the median space. Orbicular oblique, ovate, black ringed, paler than
the ground color. Reniform very large, outwardly indefinite, and
invaded by a pale shade which extends toward and is lost in the ground
color before it reaches the apex. The head and collar inferiorly are
pale; collar superiorly and thorax of ground color of primaries. Second-
aries dirty gray. Beneath, obscure fuscouvs gray, powdery.

Expands 37™™ (1.48 inches).

HABITat.—New Brunswick.

I have seen only a single male specimen, in rather poor condition,
from Mr. Thaxter’s collection. It is like subjuncta in wing form, and

Pe aT "tee

one PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 223

similar to it also in maculation, but still more like the description of
nevade, with which it can hardly be identical. In genital structure it
is like atlantica. The harpes are modified toward tip into a curved
hook, longer than in atlantica but of the same shape; three smaller
corneous hooks of various shapes arise from the inner face of the harpe,
that nearest base the longest.

Mamestra nevade (rt.

1576. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11, 84; Mamestra.

‘ 2, Smaller than lubens ; between this species and subjuncta. Dark
blackish brown, shaded with light red-brown, or leather brown at base
above the basal dash and beyond the reniform, and again below vein
2 over subterminal space. Claviform small, concolorous; orbicular
pale, small; reniform large, shaded outwardly with light brown. Me-
dian lines as usual; subterminal near the margin, distinct, white, with
prominent W mark. Hind wings blackish fuscous without marks.
Beneath, concolorous blackish fuscous with dot on secondaries. Thorax
blackish, tufted. Eyes hairy.”

* Expanse 36™. No, 4082, Mr. Hy. Edwards, Sierra Nevada, Cali-
fornia.”

In Mr. Edwards’s collection is an imperfect specimen with this name,
and agreeing, so far as the maculation is traceable, with the above de-
scription. The specimen, however, has naked eyes, and is an Hadena
allied to curvata. The insect was so determined by Mr. Grote; but
as it is not good enough to compare with all the details of the descrip.
tion, it isretained here as unknown. Mr. Butler (in the Trans. Ent. Soe,
Lond., for 1889, p. 385) refers this species to thalassina Hbn.; but as
the reference is not accompanied by a critical Comparison of the spe
cies, I prefer not to accept it at present. It may be worthy of note that
Speyer (in Stett. Ent. Zeit. 36, 140) speaks of a specimen supposed to
be American, bat without definite locality, expanding 36 millimetres,
and differing only in minor details from the European thalassina.

Mamestra subjuncta G,and R.

1868. Grt. and Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soe., 11, 198, Pl. 3, f. 71; Hadena.
1873. Riley, Ist Rept. Ins. Mo., 84, Pl. 1, ff. 14-17; Hadena.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1,282; Mamestra.

i874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11,12; Mamestra.

1875. Speyer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxxvi, 133; Mamestra.

Dark fuscous brown; a reddish shade above basal black streak and
beyond reniform. ‘T. a. live complete, geminate, narrow, lunate. T. p.
line faintly geminate, obsolete superiorly, strongly incurved below
reniform, not much more, however, than the incurve of outer margin.
S. t. line distinct, with prominent W-mark, the angles marked by

black points. A row of terminal lanules. A black basal streak, not

attaining t. a. line. Basal line iidicated on costa. Claviform large,

224 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

concolorous, outlined in black, the line forming its inferior margin
prolonged across the median space and connecting the median lines.
Orbicular round, moderate in size, reddish, black margined. Reni-
form kidney-shaped, also narrowly bordered with black; a rufons
suffusion and central dusky shade. Secondaries fuscous, basally paler.
Beneath, powdery, with common outer line and discal dot; primaries
shaded with reddish. Head and thorax like primaries, collar with a
black line.

Expands 38-42™™ (1.52 to 1.68 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada, Eastern and Middle States, Ohio, Minnesota,
Nebraska.

Six specimens in the Museum series, others in the duplicate collec-
tions. The localities are: Albany, New York, June 2 (Meske); Ohio,
West Point, Nebraska, June (U.S. N. M. Coll.).

Distinct from all others by the uniform coloration, combined with the
obvious transverse mark between median lines. The genitalia are
essentially as in liquida. The harpes are angulate, the angle inferiorly
prominent, tip strongly dilated, rounded, inwardly spinulose. Ciasper
consisting of two small curved hooks, one of them with dilated tip.

Speyer thinks that Guenée had this, species before him when he
referred to W-latinum as American, and professes himself unable to
understand what Grote’s atlantica represents. I think Speyer is right
in supposing that Guenée had subjuncta before him, and as atlantica
has not: been sanctioned by a proper description it should, strictly, be
cited as a synonym to this species. But as the species have become
well known under the Grotean terms it would only introduce confusion
were they changed now.

Mamestra grandis Boisd.

1840. Boisd., Gen. et Ind. Meth, 120, No. 950; Hadena.
1841. Guen., Noct. Ind. Meth., 244; Hadena.
1852. Guen., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11, 105; Hadena.
1857. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. x1, 578; Hadena.
1857. Led., Noct. Eur., 90; MWamestra.
1883. Thaxter, Papilio 111,17; Mamestra.

libera Wk.
1856. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., 1x, 179; Xylophasia.
1282. Grt., Ill. Essay, 44 ; pr. syn.

Fuscous, somewhat reddish brown; somewhat irrorate with bluish
gray; a distinct bluish-white shade through s. t. space, the outer mar-
gin of which is rigidly oblique; inwardly it shades to the t. p. line.
Transverse lines usually completely traceable, indistinetly geminate,
the included space pale. TT. a. line outwardly scalloped between the
veins. T.p.linelunulate, about parallel with the outer margin. A basal
dark streak, above which the space to costa is somewhat paler. Median
space often with a reddish cast; usually the internal margin somewhat
irrorate with bluish gray. Claviform absorbed in a brownish-black
streak which connects the transverse lines. Orbicular rather large,

EE

—————

|

j
1

|

eon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 225

round, somewhat paler than ground color, defined by a narrow black
line. Reniform large, normal in shape, paler than orbicular, but with
a fuscous median shade. 58. t. line very distinct, yellowish, with promi-
nent W-mark, inwardly shaded with umber brown and small black
spots to the pale shade, outwardly irregularly shaded with black and
brown. Secondaries sordid smoky fuscous. Beneath, with a reddish
shade, powdery, with dusky transverse lines and discal spot. Head
and thorax concolorous with primaries, tuftings distinct. Abdomen con-
colorous with secondaries, with distinct dorsal tuftings.

Expands 38-42 ™™ (1.52 to 1.68 inches).

HABITA?T.—Greenland, Lapland, Canada, Maine to Pennsylvania,
west to Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota,

Six specimens are in the Museum series; localities as follows: Wis-
consin (Meske); New Hampshire (J. B. 8.); Illinois, October 29 (C.
vB.)

The Arctic localities are given by Walker, who, fide Grote, rede-
seribed the species, giving New York as the locality. Boisduval
described the species as European; but Guenée declares this an error,
and says the specimen is really American.

In all habital features this Species is a close ally of subjuncta, than
which it is larger, and from which it differs in the pales. t. shade which
forms a prominent feature in the appearance of the insect.

The genitalia also clearly resemble those of suwbjuncta, but the clasper
is small, single and acute. .

Mr. Thaxter has bred the larva on burdock.

Mamestra invalida, sp. nov.

Dark ashen gray, all the lines distinct. Head darker, more smoky.
Collar with a distinct black median line. Patagiwe with a somewhat
indefinite black submarginal line. Abdominal tufts prominent. Basal
half line geminate, distinet, included space strongly white powdered.
T. a. line distinct, geminate; inner line faint; outer line distinct, black,
outcurved between the veins, as a whole a little outwardly oblique.
T. p. line geminate; outer line vague, diffuse; inner line distinet, black,
lunulate, outcurved over reniform and strongly incurved below, nar-
rowing the median space. S. t. line white, distinet, irregular, with a
well-defined W-mark on veins 3 and 4. A blackish cloud precedes
and follows the line in the submedian interspace and follows it on vein
5. <A row of black terminal lunules. Fringes dark, cut with white on
the veins. A dusky cloud through the basal space. A distinct median
shade line between the ordinary spots, then close to the t. p. line, reach-
ing the’ inner margin at almost the same point. S. t. space grayish
white powdered, decidedly yet not prominently paler than the remain-
der of the wing, more dusky on costa, veins marked with blackish.

_Clavitorm small, black margined, pale powdered, a black line from its

outer extremity extending to thet. p. line. Orbicular rather small.
Proc. N. M. 91——15

226 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

round or oval, concolorous, ringed with whitish. Reniform large, kid-
ney-shaped, pale ringed and with a paler central lunule, else concolor-
ous. Secondaries uniform smoky fuscous, with an evident darker discal
lunuie; the veins also darker. Beneath, gray, powdery, both wings
with a black extra discal line and discal spot.

Expands 44™™ (1.75 inches).

HABITAT.—Sierra Nevada, California; Placer County, California.

In the Museum collection are three female specimens marked June,
Placer County, California (through C. V. R), red number 308.

From Mr. Edwards I have specimens marked Sierra Nevada, also all
females.

The species has somewhat the habitus of lwbens, and much cf its gen-
eral style of maculation. The distinct white s. t. line with the promi- .
nent W-mark affords an easy distinctive character.

Mamestra trifolii Rott.

1776. Rott., Naturf., 1x, 131; Noctua.

chenopodii Fabr.
1737. Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11, 146; Noctua.
1791. Oliv., Encycl. Meth., vuir, 303; Noctua
1793. Fabr., Ent. Syst. 11, 2, 68; Noctua.
1793. Gmel., ed. x111, Linn. Syst. Nat., 2542; Noctua.
1816. Hubn., Verzeichniss, 219; Diatarazia.
1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct, 11, 97; Hadena.
1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. x1, 570; Hadena.
18281, French, Can. Ent., x11, 23, larva on Chenopodium.
1381. Coq., Papilio 1, 7; Mamestra.

albifusa W1k. zi
1857. WI1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het. X11, 753; Hadena.
1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 104 ; Mamestra.
1875. Speyer, Stett., Ent. Zeit., Xxxvi, 202; pr. syn.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., xu, 128; pr. syn.

oregonica Grt.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 230; Mamestra.

major Speyer.
1875. Speyer, Stett. Ent, Zeit., xxxvi, 138; Mamiestra.
1821. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 128; Mamesira.

Pale to fusco-luteous; color even or irrorate. Transverse lines dis-
tinct, geminate. TT. a. line with an even outward curve, but little lunate
between veins. ‘T. p. line finely lunate, slightly sinuate; more upright
than outer margin. S.t. line distinct, pale, irregular, strongly angulate
at inception over the somewhat paler apical spot, and with the usual
W-mark distinct. Basal line geminate, distinct. Claviform rather
variable in size, usually short and rather broad, powdered with black,
always distinct. Orbicular moderate, round, concolorous or slightly
paler, black-margined. Reniform large, distinctly outlined, dusky,
inferiorly darker. S. t. line preceded by more or less evident black,
sagittate dashes. A row of black terminal lunules. Antenne of male
moderately ciliated. Secondaries fuscous or yellowish, with darker

& .

aron | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 227

outer borders and pale fringes. Beneath, powdery, markings of sec-
ondaries more or less distinctly reproduced. A variably distinet outer
line and discal spots. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries,

Expands 30 to 37™™ (1.20 to 1.48 inches).

HasBitat.—Europe and North America.

The Museum series contains twelve specimens, and others are among
theduplicates. The localities are: Albany, New York, May 18, June 16,
August 9,12 (Meske,C. V. R.); Boston, Massachusetts (J.B. S.); District
of Columbia, May 22; Central Missouri, May 18, June 2 and 30 (C. V.
R.); Denver, Colorado, Bruce (Coll. U.S. N. M.); New Jersey, Lowa,
northern Illinois, Arizona.

A widely distributed and very common species, which is readily ree-
ognized by the large reniform, which is inferiorly darkish, as well as by
the usually gray luteous color of primaries. It can not be confused with
any Other of the species with prominent W-mark to s. t. line.

The type form is rather pale luteous, very strongly frosted or powdered
with gray; the maculation is all present, but is obscure and not con-
trasting. This is the common eastern form.

Marmorosais applied to an even luteous form with very distinct macu-
lation, the black dashes precéding s. t. line being especially prominent.
It is a European form and occurs again in Arizona. I have not seen it
from any eastern locality.

Oregonica is densely powdered with fuscous, the markings hardly re-
lieved; secondaries distinctly yellow tinged. This is from Mt. Hood
and may be like microdon Gn., which Staudinger cites as an aberratic
variety from the Alps and (?) Labrador, and of which he says “ multo
obseurior.”

The genitalia of the male are very strongly marked. The harpes are
membranous, broad at base, suddenly and strongly constricted into a
narrow, Short, curved neck, which dilates at tip into a rounded, con-
cave lappet, fringed inwardly with a row of spinules. The clasper is
very stout, chitinous, and of an almost indescribable form. A reference
to the figure must serve in lieu of words.

This insect is of economic importance and the life history has been
written in economic publications by Dr. Riley and others. I have not
included these economic references, nor have I made any attempts at
giving the European bibliography.

Group VINDEMIALIS.

The species here associated agree in color and general habitus only,
and the group is easily characterized as consisting of rather large red
or blackish-brown species which do not by’ structural peculiarities
belong to other groups.

They are all rather robust in build, with moderately large wings,
rather roughly clothed and indistinctly tufted thorax, and more or less
incomplete maculation. The species are easily distinguished.

228 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

U-seripta is darkest, blackish brown in color, the reniform inferiorly
outlined in white, forming a distinct U.

Rosea is the only species in which all the lines are present; they are
single, darker brown than ground color, and the ordinary spots are
concolorous. The thorax is deeper red brown and like the following:

Congermana lacks the transverse lines, but has the s. t. line indicated
by white scales, and the ordinary spots, though not defined, yet well
marked by white patchy spots.

Vindemialis is almost immaculate rather dark red-brown, a few white
seales barely indicating the ordinary lines and spots. Practically the
wings may be said to be immaculate.

Picta is an aberrant species, and almost entitled to form a separate
group. The wings are more pointed and narrower than in any of the
preceding. The primaries are carmine shaded, and the secondaries
are white. The transverse maculation is wanting and the ordinary
spots are large and very irregular, powdery and not distinctly outlined.
The genitalia are also very different from any of the preceding.

In tabular form the species may be separated as follows :

Apices of primaries rectangular; secondaries dusky.
Blackish brown, all the maculation obsolete, reniform inferiorly white lined.
we eee ne wee ee ee et ce ne pe ee cee cee cm mee cee nee cee eee U-SCRIPTA
Reddish or red-brown.
Transverse lines darker brown, distinct, single. Ordinary spotscon colorous,
outlined im datk Drowns cse< cwieiocic oc ecemicne coe eels crooner eae ROSEA
Transverse lines obsolete.
Ordinary spots and usually s. t. line indicated by pale blotches or scales.
wiciels) Sects Saiciaw dice wieins cS ale as sisielel * scielnie ain slo = elelmiale join «sine lee es eine CONGERMANA
Maculation-alliobsoletecnimccens sec nes sae castes Geetooe ence VINDEMIALIS
Apices of primaries produced ; secondaries white.

Crimson brown red; maculation obsolete; ordinary spots indistinctly marked,

paler, reniform irregular ...... be hoas Si eters Mea en NRT rch one ae eNotes nee PICTA

Mamestra u-scripta, sp. nov.

Head and thorax dark blackish brown, powdery. Primaries a very
slight shade paler, powdered by a few whitish scales along costal and
inner margin. Veins black marked, with occasional white scales inter-
mixed, the fringes cut with white, opposite. All the transverse macula-
tion obsolete, except for a black terminal line followed by a yellowish
line at base of fringes. Orbicular wanting. Reniform concolorous, the
lower edge white marked, forming an irregular U or V. Sometimes a
few white scales indicate the upper portions of the spot, but as a rule
the upper part is entirely unmarked. Secondaries smoky brown with
a small darker discal lunule, and a dark followed by a pale terminal line.
Beneath, pale, powdered with black. A dusky outer line and a dis-
tinct discal lunule on all wings.

Expands 39-41™™ (1.56 to 1.64 inches).

HABITA?T.—Sierra Nevada, California; Nevada County, California.

I have received this from Mr. Edwards, and there are two female
specimens in the National Museum (through C. V. R.), which bear

Me PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 229

the red number 344, indicative of a biological note in Dr, Riley’s pos-
session.

The species is robust in habitus, and utterly unlike anything else
known to me inthis genus. Altogether there are four specimens in
the Museum collection, my types being also deposited there. The
sexual characters of the male are distinctive, yet show a decided
resemblance to vindemialis,diftering obviously in the shape of the clasper.

Mamestra rosea Harv.

1874. Harvey, Buff. Bull 11, 119; Mamestra,

Reddish testaceous, powdery, rather evenly colored to s, t. space,
which outwardly becomes deep red brown, and by its contrast with the
evenly ferruginous terminal space marks the course of the very
irregular s.t.line, Transverse lines single, brown. Basal line distinct.
T. a. line outwardly oblique and irregularly curved and sinuate. TT. p.
line crenulate, about parallel with the outer margin. An angulated
brown shade through the outer portion of median space. Ordinary
spots brown ringed; orbicular small, round, concolorous; reniform
upright, inferiorly marked with blackish. Claviform brown margined,
else concolorous. Secondaries pale, with a faint yellowish red tinge,
more reddish fuscous outwardly, fringes pale. Beneath, pale, with car-
mine powderings outwardly. A common outer line and distinet brown
diseal lunules. Head, thorax, and basal tuft of abdomen deep red-
brown. Abdomen concolorous with primaries. Beneath, vestiture
with a carmine tinge.

Expands 40-43™" (1.60 to 1.72 inches).

HABrIratT.—Canada, Eastern and Middle States.

Six specimens are in the collection, others in the duplicate series;
localities as follows: Center, New York, May 12 and 14 (C. V. R.);
same locality, May 24 (Meske); Maine (C. V. R.); New Hampshire (J.
B.S).

Easily recognized by the color and distinct, simple maculation. The
harpes are broad at base, constricted and angulated near tip, where it
is again enlarged into a circular concave lappet, fringed at inner side
with spinules. The clasper consists of a slightly emarginate, broad,
corneous process, produced superiorly into a long curved hook. The
insect is rather northern in habitat and is not common.

Mamestra congermana Morr.
1874. Morr., Can. Ent., v1, 106; Hadena.
1878. Grt., Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sury., rv, 187; Mamestra.
1880. Grt., Bull. Bkln. Ent. Soc., 111, 39; Mamestra.

Yellowish red brown, often with a carmine tinge. Transverse lines
obsolete or faintly indicated by small white venular dots. S. t. line
more completely indicated by a narrow, irregular, interrupted testa-
ceous shade. Ordinary spots white marked. Orbicular small, round;
reniform large, white, with brownish central lines. Secondaries pale

230 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

yellow fuscous, outwardly darker, fiinges with a carmine tinge. Beneath,
pale yellow fuscous with dense carmine powderings toward costal and
outer margins. Head, thorax, and basal tuft of abdomen concolorous
with primaries. Abdomen like secondaries, often with a carmine tinge.

Expands 33-38™" (1.32 to 1.52 inches).

HABITAT.—Northern, EKastern, and Middle States ; Colorado.

Six specimens are in the Museum collection: New York (J. B.S.) ;
Center, New York, May 15, 26'(Meske); Colorado, from Bruce. The
Colorado examples are paler in ground color, more as if a film of white
underlaid the normal tinting. The species is easily recognized by the
characters given. The harpes of male are narrowed and angulate near
tip, where they are, as usual, broadly dilated and spinulated. There
seems no distinct clasper, though there is a slight projecting angle of
the harpe, which might serve as such.

This species is also quite uncommon in collections.

Mamestra vindemialis Gn.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 344; Ceramica.
o7. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x, 417; Ceramica.
75. Grt., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., 418; Mamestra.
rubefacta Morr.
1874. Morr., Can. Ent., vi, 251; Ceramica.
1880. Grt., Can. Ent., xu1, 1-5; pr. syn.
1821. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 128; pr. syn.

Dark red-brown, with a more or less distinct carmine tinge. The
veins Slightly darker, with sparse white powderings. Transverse lines
marked by venular whitish dots. 8S. t. line marked on costa only by
white powderings. Ordinary spots small, dusky, indefinite, with a few
white scales. Secondaries pale yellow fuscous with darker outer margin.
Beneath, powdered with carmine toward outer and costal margins.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, abdomen with secondaries.

Expands 37-40 (1.48 to 1.60 inches).

HABiratT.—Canada, Eastern and Middle States, Florida.

Four specimens are in the collection: New York (J. B. 8.) ; Center,
New York, May 14 and 2 (Meske).

The Florida record is by Guenée. I have not seen southern speci-
mens myself.

The species is easily recognized by the uniform deep red-brown color,
with ail the maculation subobsolete and indicated in the most incom-
plete manner, In this and all the preceding species of the group, the
abdomen is laterally tufted and there is an agreement in stout fascies.

The male has harpes much as in congermana, but the inner margin of
tip is mere drawn out. The superior margin is somewhat rolled, thick-
ened, and produced into a curved hook.

rane
wm wm

1

OO

Mon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 231

Mamestra picta Harr.

1847. Harris, Rept. Ins. Mass., 329; Mames(ra. ;
1362, Harris, Injurious Insects, Flint ed., 452; Mamestra.
1870. Riley, 2 Rept. Ins. Mo., 112, f. 82; Mamestra.
1872. Lintner, Ent. Cont., ur, 137; MJamestra.
1882. Grt., Papilio, 1, 99; Mamestra.

exusta Gn,
1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 344; Ceramica.
1857. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x, 417; Ceramica.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., m1, 22; pr. syn.

contraria W1k. ;
1856. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., 1x, 73; Mythimna.
1868. Grt. and Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 11, 77; pr. syn.
1882. Grt., Ill. Essay, 41; pr. syn.

Deep red-brown toward costal region, with a carmine tinge. Trans-
verse lines obsolete. S. t. line imperfectly indicated by yellowish seales,
most strongly marked near hind angle. Claviform imperfectly marked
by yellowish scales.’ Orbicular rather small, rounded, with annulus
composed of yellow scales. Reniform large, irregular, variable, usually
with the inferior angle produced inwardly, and irrorate with reddish
scales. Secondaries white, outer margin slightly powdery, a brownish
red terminal line. Beneath, pale, with margins strongly powdered with
ecarmine. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries.

Expands 35-45"™ (1.40 to 1.70 inches).

HABITAT:—Canada to Virginia, west to Nebraska, Wisconsin.

Six specimens are in the study collection, others in the duplicate
series. The localities are: New York, August 29 (J. B. S.); Evans
Center, New Jersey, July, A. R. Grote, collector (C. V. R.); Maine
(C. V. RB.).

The species is sometimes common and of economic importance, and
its bibliography in economic literature is given by Henry Edwards in
Bulletin 55 of the U. 8S. National Museum.

The primaries are narrower and the apices more acute than in any
other species in this group, and the white secondaries are also distinet-
ive. The sexual characters of the male are peculiar. The harpes are
corneous, broad, drawn out to an acute point, and furnished with a
small pad which is densely pubescent. Inferiorly, near the tip, is an
obtuse and then an acute dentiform process, while near the base there
is a strongly curved, oval, hoop-like process. The figure on plate will
be the best explanation of the description.

Mamestra u-album Gn.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 345; Ceramica.
1857, Wik., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x, 417; Ceramica V-album,
1874. Grt., Butf, Bull., 11, 22; Ceramica W-album.
35 millimetres. Primaries of a violet gray, with the dise and ter-
minal space a deep wine-brown, and the reniform spot neatly cut

232 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH. Py

inferiorly with pure white filled with gray above; orbicular reduced to
a white point. T. a. line distinct, strongly sinuate. T. p. line lost in
the brown, except inferiorly, where it forms an angle well marked on
the submedian vein. S. t. line distinguished solely by the difference
in tints. Secondaries of a deep gray, with the fringe pale rosy.
Beneath, glossy, shining, of a pale carneous gray with traces of a line,
but without discal spot. Thorax deeper in color.

HABrratT.—Florida (Doubleday).

The above is a free translation of Guenée’s description, which I can
not at present apply with any certainty. The curious change of name,
entirel, destroying the meaning the author intended to convey, has
been already referred to. The reference to Mamestra has been made
by Mr. Grote in his lists, assuming that the species is congeneric with
picta.

Group LATEX.

Rather large species, with rather narrowly trigonate primaries, some-
what produced or rectangular apices, oblique outer margin, and some-
what retreating hind angle. The antenne are simply ciliated in the
male. Body and abdominal tuftings usually distinct and sometimes
rather prominent. No very close relationship exists between the forms
associated in this group, which in that respect shares the fate of the
preceding.

Cristifera, which on Mr. Butler’s dictum replaces lubens, stands by
itself. The dark ground color, contrasting reniform, and bluish irro-
ration io s. t. space, render this species recognizable at a glance.

Assimilis is also singular. Its deep black ground color, the velvety
lines and borders to the ordinary spots, and the punetiform, white s. t.
line—the spot nearest internal angle most prominent—form an aggre-
gation of characters that is peculiar.

Latex isa very pale form, with large ordinary spots, the reniform
red marked, and the s. t. line very irregularly and strongly angulate
and sinuate. The male organs have a surprisingly varied assortment
of hooks and claspers.

Passa seems allied to latex, and is, like it, pale in color, but smaller
in size. The evens. t. line readily separates it. The 9° only has thus
far been examined.

In tabular form the species separate as follows:

Outer margin of primaries not distinctly dentate.

Large, dark blackish gray, with a violaceous powdering; reniform upright, pale,

contrasting; s.t.space with prominent violaceous shadings..---- CRISTIFERA.

Smaller, black; lines fine velvety black, as are also the outlines of ordinary spots;

s. t. line white, punctiform, a prominent white spot near hind angle.. ASSIMILIs.
Outer margin of primaries dentate, hind angles more evidently retracted; wings

narrower,
Color pale; ordinary spots large, distinct ; reniform with a reddish shade; s. t. line
very irregularly dentate: 22225422 cc 2 ee tence elec as eee eeaeeepeenioee LATEX.

Reniform without the reddish shade; s. t. line even, pale; size smaller....PASSA.

oe | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 233

Mamestra cristifera Wlk.

1858. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., xv, 1654; Acronycta.
1882. Grt., Ill. Essay, 33. An Hadenid.
1889. Butler., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 385; MJamestra.
lubens Grt.
1875. Grt., Trans. Am. Ent. Soec., v, 113; Mamestra.
1375. Grt., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 425; Mamestra.
1875. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 115; Mamestra.
1831. Grt., Can. Ent., x1, 127 ; Mamestra.
1889. Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 385; pr. syn.
rufula \|Morr.
5. Morr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 62; Mamestra.
5. Grt., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 428; pr. syn.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 127; pr. syn.
brassice {t Grt.
1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 103; Mamestra.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., u, 12; Mamestra.
1875. Morr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 62; pr. syn.

Dark blackish gray, with a variably distinct rufous flush and bluish
irrorations, forming a peculiar shade, hard to describe. Transverse
lines present, geminate, but not very distinctly visible against the dark
ground color. Basal line traceable. Basal space with a distinct rufous
tinge. T. a. line with three subequal outward curves; included space
bluish. TT. p. line lunulate or crenulate, nearly parallel to outer margin.
S. t. line yellow. marked with a few violet scales, irregularly sinuate,
usually interrupted. An irregularly dentate line crosses median space
between the ordinary spots. A row of black terminal lunules. Clavi-
form moderate in size, distinctly outlined, concolorous. Ordinary spots
distinet, moderate in size, black-ringed. Orbicular round, bluish gray,
with darker center. Reniform upright, sometimes slightly constricted
at middle, usually oblong, creamy yellow, occasionally with a reddish
flush centrally, with a pale shade of ground color. The median space
is variably—sometimes not at all—flushed with red, always with blue-
gray powderings, which are most evident on costa and at inception of
t.p.line. 8S. t. space most strongly powdered, a distinct patch opposite
the cell, and another prominent and distinctive shade at the sinus of
the t. p. line near hind margin. A sordid, rusty red shade precedes and
marks the s. t. line, which is also marked by a blackish costal patch.
Terminal space darker, apex strongly marked with blue scales. Second-
aries smoky fuscous. Beneath, with carmine powderings and distinct
dark outer line. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries. Dorsal
thoracic tufts distinct, divided. Abdominal tufts rather prominent,
especially on third and fourth segments.

Expands 40-48™™ (1.60 to 1.92 inches).

HABITAT.—Hudson’s Bay territory, Canada; Maine to Pennsylvania,
west to the Mississippi.

Six specimens are in the study collection, others in the duplicate
series. Localities: New York (C. V. R., J. B. S.); Albany, New York,
May 30 (Meske); New Hampshire (J. B. 8.).

234 REVISION OF MAMESTRA-—SMITH.,

A very well marked species, distinguished by large size, rather rough
vestiture, prominen: discolorous reniform, the blue patch near hind angle,
and the rather prominent abdominal tuftings. It is not uncommon,

Mr. Grote, in 1851 or 1882, examined the type of Acronycta cristifera
in the British Museum, and says.of it (Ill. Essay, 38): ‘The type from
Hudson’s Bay is not an Acronycta. The abdomenis tufted; the species
is dark stone-gray, with kidney-shaped reniform, and seems a Hadenoid
form unknown to me.”

Mr. Butler, in 1889, comparing the material in the Grote and Walker
collections, refers lubens to cristi/zra without comment. The species is
so strongly marked that error on Mr. Butler’s part seems out of the
question; butit seems almost equally improbable that Mr. Grote should
not have recognized the species, which must be one of the most familiar
to him. I have followed Mr. Butler, who has actually compared tle
species.

The harpes of the male are long, narrowing toward middle and widen-
ing toward tip, where it is obliquely drawn out above and truncate.
Inwardly the tip is rather densely spinulated. The clasper is a single
rather short, curved, corneous hook,

Mamestra assimilis Morr.

1874. Morr., Buff. Bull., 11, 119; AMamestra.
1881. Goodell, Papilio, 1, 15; larva.
v, pulverulenta Smith.
1887. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 468; Alamestra.

Glossy black. Transverse lines faintly marked, single. T. a. upright,
slightly sinuate. T. p. nearly parallel with outer margin, indistinctly
erenulate. S. t. line white, punctiform, the pale points marked with
more intensely black shades; a prominent white blotch at hind angle.
Ordinary spots outlined in velvety deep black, concolorous, normal in
size and form. Claviform variable in size, black lined, concolorous.
Secondaries smoky or biackish fuscous, paler toward base. Beneath,
powdery, with crimson or carmine scales, and with an outer dark line.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries.

Expands 33-38™™ (1.32 to 1.52 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada, Maine, Northern New York, Northern and East-
ern States.

Four specimens are in the Museum collection: Kittery Point, Maine,
July 17 and 18 (C. V. R., J. B. S.); Orono, Maine; Adirondack Moun-
tains, New York (J. B.8.).

A very easily recognizable species, similar to nothing else in the
genus. The variety pulverulenta at first seems quite different, being
dark, powdery gray, with moderately distinct markings. The white
patch is distinct, but seems less prominent because there is less con-

trast. Beneath, there is a lack of the crimson scales. The identity of -

this form with assimilis was not suspected until an examination of the

voreo0. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 235

genitalia had been made. These, however, are so peculiar that their
identity was immediately accepted, and the form described as a variety.
The tuftings are distinct, but not as prominent as in lubens.

The harpes of male are broad and corneous, somewhat enlarged at
tip, where they are produced superiorly into a short, curved beak, in-
feriorly into a broad thumb-like process which is inwardly spinulose,
and at middle into a broad, obtuse tooth. No separate clasper.

Mamestra latex (n.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 78; Aplecta.
1857. Wl1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x1, 556; Zurois.
1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 103; Mamestra.

demissa W1k.
1857. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x1, 728; Apamea.
1868. Grt. and Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., U, 78, pr. syn.
1832. Grt., Il]. Essay, 44, pr. syn.

Grayish white with a faint luteous tinge. A fusco-luteous patch fil-
ling superior part of basal space; another, from outer margin of orbi-
cular, embracing the reniform and extending tos. t. line. Terminal
space of the same, dusky, shade except at apex. Transverse lines
faint, geminate. ‘TT. a. line upright, hardly sinuate. TT. p. line very
faint, crenulate, about parallel with outer margin. Basal half line
marked. S, t. line-very irregular, marked by the difference in shade
between s. t. and terminal spaces. Short black dashes cross the ter-
minal space in whole or in part, opposite cell and in submedian inter-
space. A row of black terminal lunules. Claviform small, concol-
orous, outlined by blackish scales. Orbicular large, concolorous, oval,
oblique, outlined by dark seales. Reniform large, kidney-shaped, out-
lined in black, annulate with pale, suffused by the dusky shade and
centrally marked with a brick-red spot. Secondaries powdery, luteous
gray. Beneath, pale, powdery, outwardly with areddish shade, with a
common sinuous outer line and lunate discal spot. Head and thorax
concolorous with primaries, collar with a black line. Thoracic divided
crest distinct. Abdominal tufts small, indefinite.

Expands 39-42 ™™ (1.56 to 1.68 inches),

HABITAT.—Canada; Northern, Eastern, and Middle States.

Six specimens are in the Museum collection: New Hampshire (J. B.
S.); New York (Burnett); Bath, New York, May 15 (Meske); Phila-
delphia (C. V. R.).

This is a very distinctly marked and easily recognized species. The
pale color, dusky shading over reniform, the large size and red shade
of that spot, and the very irregular dark terminal space, are charac-
teristic. If, in addition, the male genitalia are examined, no mistake
is possible. The harpes are very narrow, slender, enlarged suddenly
into a lappet-like tip, which is fringed by a row of spinules. From the
broad corneous base which gives rise to the harpe arises also a long,
curved, corneous hook, which equals in length or slightly exceeds the

236 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

harpe. Below this arises a membranous process, rather obtusely ter-
minated, and about half the-length of the harpe. Nearer to base is a
stout, twisted, hook-like process, and still nearer is a slender, short,
acute, curved hook. This is the most remarkable aggregation of hooks
and claws found in the genus.

A close examination of the 2 abdomen, and of the short, retracted
ovipositor, fails to show any peculiarities calling for so complicated an
arrangement of grasping organs.

Mamestra passa Morr.

1874. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vir, 139; Mamestra.
1875. Grt., Can. Ent., v1, 102,?= pensilis.

Pale fusco-luteous, with a reddish flush. Transverse lines indistinct.
A longitudinal basal black streak. Basal line visible. T. a. line gemi-
nate, rather markedly curved between veins, as a whole, outwardly con-
vex. T. p. line superiorly almost obsolete, below reniform distinct, and
strongly incurved. S, t. line white, very even, marked by a preceding
dusky shade, most distinct near hind margin. Claviform large, concol-
orous, black margined. Ordinary spots large, pale, incompletely out-
lined. Orbicular broadly oval, slightly oblique, open superiorly on costa.
Reniform kidney-shaped, inferiorly absorbed in the ground color. Be-
yond reniform the median space is flushed with luteous reddish. S. t.
space strongly powdered with white scales, most marked opposite cell
and at sinus of t. p. line. Secondaries fuscous. Beneath, sordid fus.
cous, powdery, with dusky outer line and lunate discal spot. Head and
thorax concolorous with primaries. Collar with a black line.

Expands 54™ (1.36 inches).

HABITAT.—California.

The 2 type from Mr. Tepper’s collection is the only specimen known
tome. The species resembles a small latex somewhat, but has a very
even, pale, s. t. line, which serves at a glance to separate it. With pen-
silis it has nothing in common.

Group ADJUNCTA.

Four species are referred here, agreeing in the white blotchy macula-
tion of primaries, the white median lines and obvious though not promi-
nent W-mark in the primaries—never distinct enough to cause a ques-
tion as to the group to which it should be referred. The wings are
trigonate. .

Adjuncta differs at once by its black ground color and comparatively
large size. The sexual characters also differ from those of the others
with which it is here associated.

The other species all have moderately broad, trigonate primaries, with
acute apices and obliquely rounded margin, the fringes unusually long.
The male antenn have the joints marked, though not serrate, laterally
ciliated and furnished with a longer bristle. The genitalia are peculiar

eon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 237

and essentially alike in the species. Theharpes are suddenly narrowed
and rectangularly bent, the tip variously dilated and fringed. The
hind margin is always thickened and corneous, the claspers various,
and separately described for each species.

Variolata is blotchy. The ground color is yellowish fuscous, some-
what olivaceous. The maculation white and contrasting. A yellow
shade runs across the wing through median space, and the apex is con-
spicuously white.

Glaciata is much more even, grayish olivaceous in color, the lines and
ordinary spots white marked but scarcely blotchy, as in the preceding.
There is a distinct white spot beyond the claviform.

Minorata is smaller, of the same ground color and with essentially the
same markings as glaciata. It lacks the white spot beyond the clavi-
form, and in its place has a dark shade crossing the median space.

In tabular form the differences show as follows:

Pas LAM OR DISTAL RING LU chr ge cana re se witin nine aw eee wer en nien's <n ee nme ADJUNCTA.

Moderate sized, color variable; orbicular large.
Maculation blotchy, ground color yellowish fuscous, an apical] white

DSS ERO tee ictente ree S at es ata leccter atta tel pa) ote saint ole re: aie VARIOLATA,
Maculation not blotchy; no apical white patch.

A white spot beyond claviform ; t. a. line sinuate and dentate...... .- GLACIATA,

No such white spot: t. a, line very even, upright..........-.....-.-.. MINORATA.

Mamestra adjuncta Bdy.
1841. Bdv., in Gn. Noct. Ind. Meth., 243; Miselia.
1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 199; Mamestra.
1856. Wlk., C. B. Mus. Lep., Het., 1x., 234; Mamestra.
1873. Grt., Butt. Bull., 1, 108; Hadena.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., u, 309; Mamestra.
1874. Lintn., Ent. Cont., 111, 161; Hadena larva on Solidago.
1877. Good., Can. Ent , 1x, 60; larva on Pteris aquilina,
1884. Bean., Can. Ent., xvi, 68; larva on Wigelia rosea.

Blackish, maculation white, contrasting. Basal line double, distinet,
white. TT. a. line irregularly oblique, geminate, white marked on costa,
T. p. line crenulate, nearly parallel with outer margin, white marked
over costal space. 8S. t. line broad, white, very irregularly dentate,
with a well marked W on veins3 and 4. A row of terminal black lunules,
inwardly margined with white. A few white venular dots through s.
t. space. Reniform large, white, with dark central line. Orbicular
round, rather small, with white annulus and concolorous center, *Clavi-
torm black margined, concolorous. Secondaries blackish fuscous, paler
toward base. Beneath, primaries blackish, with white powderings. A
dusky extra discal line and a submarginal pale line. Secondaries pale,
powdered with dusky, with a dusky lunule, extra-discal line, and sub-
marginalshade. Head and thorax blackish, tuftings and patagive white
marked. Abdomen with rather prominent dorsal tufts.

Expands 35 to 40™™ (1.40 to 1.60 inches),

HABITAT.—Canada, Northern, Eastern, and Middle States, west to LIli-
nois, Missouri. Minnesota.

238 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Six specimens are in the study series, others in the duplicate material.
Localities: Maine, Indiana (J. B. 8.); New York (Ace. 14077); Sche-
nectady, New York, August 9 (C. V. R); Albany, New York, ex larva,
May 14 (larva on Solidago); Sharon, New York, August 16 (Meske) ;
Philadelphia (C. V. R.). :

A very pretty and strongly marked species, not easily mistaken for
any other. The black color and contrasting white maculation are
unique,

The harpes of male are chitinous at base, with a broad, irregular,
inferior projection, beyond which they become suddenly narrower before
the dilated tip, which has the inferior edge acute and is inwardly spinu-
lated. The true clasper is chitinous, rather short, and moderately

curved.
Mamestra variolata Smith.

1887. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x, 467; Mamestra.

Luteous, somewhat olivaceous, prominently maculate with white.
Basal space superiorly white half way to t. a. line, crossed by the dark,
geminate basal line, thence black tot. a. line. Inferiorly it is of ground
color, with a white patch on internal margin att. a. line. T. a. line
geminate, upright, irregularly lunate. T. p. line black, lunulated or
crenulated, obsoletely gemipate, marked with white on costa and near
hind margin, its course 2oc.t parailel with outer margin. S. t. line
white, irregular, interrupteu, witi a feeble W mark, preceded by a
series of irregular black spots. A row of black terminal lunules.
Claviform faintly and incompletely outlined, concolorous. Orbicular
large, white, irregular. Immediately below it is a large, irregular white
blotch. Reniform narrow, lunate, rather irregular, white, centered
with yellow scales, black ringed. Through the median space there is a
broad yellow shade, starting between the ordinary spots bordering the
white patch below orbicular, and below that point marked on inner
side by two black lunate spots and outwardly by t. p. line. S. t.
space irregularly black marked, near hind margin filled by a white
blotch. A large apical white patch. Fringes cut with white. See-
ondaries fuscous. Beneath, fuscous, powdery, with broad outer line
and large discal spot. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries,
collar with a black line. Patagiz and dorsum with white blotches.

Expands 30™” (1.20. inches).

HABITAT.— Washington.

One of the type specimens is in the Museum collection (Coll. J. B.8.),
the other is with Mr. E. L. Graef. The species is hardly to be con
founded with any other. The blotehy white maculation, yellow median
shade, and the peculiar genitalia form a combination of characters not
found in any other form known to me.

The harpes of the male have the general shape already described.
The lappet-like tip is small, inwardly fringed. The clasper is very

ee | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 239

stout and heavy, blunt, not curved, extending to the angulation of the
harpe.
The species seems rare.

Mamestra glaciata Grt.

1852. Grt., Can. Ent., XIV, 170; Mamestra.

Fuscous or smoky brown, with an olivaceous tinge, more or less
powdered with white scales. Transverse lines distinct, geminate.
Basal line distinct, geminate, outer part entirely crossing the wing,
outwardly marked by a white shade, most distinct toward hind margin.
T. a, line upright, white marked, outwardly oblique, lunulate, and with
an outward tooth on internal vein. ‘TT. p. line crenulate, irregular, in-
eurved below reniform, an outward tooth on vein 1, white marked,
most evidently so toward hind margin. S. t. line white, irregular,
forming an indefinite W, black marked. <A row of black terminal
spots. Terminal space with considerable whitish. Clariform outlined,
followed by a white spot. Ordinary spots large, white ringed, centered
with a pale shade of ground color. <A distinct rivulous median shade
line. Secondaries blackish fuscous. Beneath, paler fuscous, powdery.
Secondaries with a broad outer line and large discal spot. Head and
thorax white mottled.

xpands 30" (1.20 inches),

HABITAT.—Arizona; Colorado,

The male type is very distinct from any other species. A female from
Colorado I refer here, though it differs in details of maculation and has
less white. In view of the great range of variability in this character I
have decided to keep them together until further material authorizes
another disposition.

The ¢ harpes are not as broad as in variolata, the angulated tip
being more prominently spinulated. Along the inferior margin is a
thick corneous rim, inwardly toothed near base. A short, broad, con-
cave, corneous clasper near base.

Mamestra minorata Smith,
1887. Smith, Proc. U, 8. Nat. Mus., x, 467.

Dark fusecous gray or brown, transverse lines distinct, geminate.
Basal line distinet, also geminate. T. a. line upright, rigidiy even to
internal vein, where it is slightly curved and marked with white. TT, p.
line unusually near to outer margin, lunulate, rather evenly outcurved
over reniform, and then oblique to hind margin. At costa and toward
hind margin marked with white. 8. t. line white, distinet, irregular,
with a tolerably well marked W. Apex white, powdery, 5S. t. space
white marked toward hind margin. Claviform obsolete, but its place
indicated by a blackish shade extending across the median space.
Orbicular large, round, white, with a small dusky center. Reniform
large, normal in shape, white marked. At its outer inferior margin is

240 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

a large dark patch extending to t. p. line. Secondaries dull smoky —
fuscous. Beneath, fuscous, powdery, distinct outer line and large —
discal spot. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, also white
marked. Harpes of male with the angulated tip dilated and rounded,
inwardly spinulose. Hind margin corneous, thickened, somewhat in-
curved. <A short beak-like clasper near base.

Expands 30™™ (1.20 inches).

HapiratT.—California ( ¢ ); Colorado ( 2 ).

Not in the Museum collection. I have seen only two specimens,
agreeing in essentials; the ¢ from Mr. Edwards, the 2 from Mr.
Bruce. The species looks like capsularis, but is not so clearly marked,
has not the prominent W mark, and the male genitalia are entirely
different.

Group DEFESSA.

Robust species with trigonate, somewhat pointed primaries, oblique
outer margin, and gray or luteous colors. The group contains species
distinguished by no strong characters and is rather negatively defined.
The wing form is the only positive feature, and that varies to some
extent. Four species are referred to it, two of them luteous, two of
them ash gray, and, so far as known, no agreement in the sexual
characters.

They may be separated as follows:

Size larger; color luteous.
Sordid luteous; reniform all stained; s. t. line concolorous, not prominent; wings

MOLO' POIMbE MM Sis.72 2 cakewis elas ee as Seelam oie eae amas) reo pean DEFESSA.
Bright, paler luteous; reniform large, inferiorly dusky; s. t. line distinct, pale,
wingsiless pointed!s 2. 522.42 se ee cox a ay eee epee jon ae CHARTARIA.

Size smaller, colors ash gray ; reniform moderate, not darker.
Pale, median space darker; fuscous)\-so22. a3 35 aeons see ce set-is cea REPENTINA.
Dark ash gray, median space concolorous .........--.------- - BRACHIOLUM.

Defessa is a dark, dull species, like a dirty trifolii ; ‘tiie lines are
black marked; s. t. line not distinct. The secondaries are dull, smoky
brown or biackish.

Chartaria resembles a bright form of trifolit, but differs in the course
of s. t. line. It is the most robust of the species referred here, and the
wings are somewhat more rounded.

Repentina is a pale form, with much darker median space. The
orbicular is small, the reniform undefined.

Brachiolum resembles cuneata, but lacks the yellow marking, and
has much more pointed primaries.

Altogether the group is entirely an artificial one, composed of species
without other close aliies.

Mamestra defessa Grt.

1880. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 88; Mamestra.
“Also allied to trifolii, but with the subterminal line irregular and
dusky; reniform concolorous, with an inferior black stain. The fore

a

ini. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 241

wings are pale ochery clay color, the lines double, faint; stigmata con-
colorous, with dark defining lines. Thorax concolorous with primaries ;
no lines on collar. Hind wings whitish at base, with discal lunule and
bread exterior fuscous band. Beneath there is a discal cloud and com-
mon extra mesial dotted line, which is joined to the diseal spot on pri-
maries by dusky scales along the median nervules. Size of trifolii.
Two specimens. Santa Clara, California, May 22, collected by Baron
Osten-Sacken. ”

The above is Mr. Grote’s characterization. I have seen two speci-
mens, also from California, which agreed well with what there is of the
description, except that my specimens seemed darker than described.
Both of the specimens are females, and the males may agree better
with the description. I have no doubt whatever of the correctness of
my identification of this species, which is easily known, first, from its
resemblance to trifolii, and second, by the character of the s. t. line,
which is dark and has no W-mark. It seems a rare form.

Mamestra chartaria Grt.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 138, Pl. 4, f. 12; Afamestra.

Pale to dark luteous gray, powdered with white, median lines gemi-
nate, distinct. Basal line present, also geminate. TT. a, line outwardly
oblique, inwardly angulate on vein 1. A white dot, with black shad-
ing on vein 1, just within the tooth of t.a.line. T. p. line lunulate or
crenulate, nearly parallel with outer margin, S. t. line pale, irregularly
sinuate. A row of black terminal lunules. Ordinary spots large.
Orbicular round, pale, with concolorous center. Reniform incompletely
dark ringed, inferiorly dusky, slightly constricted at middle. Clavi-
form large, concolorous. Secondaries in ¢ whitish, in 2 fuscous.
Beneath, powdery, with dusky onter line and discal spet. Head and
thorax concolorous, collar with a black line.

Expands 32 to 37™™., (1.28 to 1.48 inches.)

HApbirat.—California, Washington.

Three specimens are in the Museum collection: California(J. B.S.);
Alameda County, June (through C. V. R.).

The species bears a most deceptive resemblance to trifolii in color
and maculation, and indeed in general habitus; but it can be always
distinguished by the course of the s. t. line, which has not the promi-
nent W-mark, and by the very peculiar harpes of the male, which have
not the slighest resemblance to those of trifolii. The harpes are irreg-
ular, broad, corneous, sending out a finger from upper margin, then
narrowing to the tip, which is squarely truncate and furnished with
Single, long hair. No separate clasper.

The species is not common in collections.

Proc. N.. M. 91——16

243 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Mamestra repentina Morr.

1875. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 118; Mamestra.

Grayish, pale; median space fuscous, median lines distinct, geminate.
Basal line distinct, geminate, included space fuscous; t. a. line upright,
lunulate; t. p. line strongly incurved below reniform, lunulate; s. t.
line yellow fuscous, preceded by a slight dark shade, evenly rivulous. —
A terminal row of small black lunules; fringes rather long, white
tipped; s. t. space marked on costa with a fuscous shade, a faint fus-
cous shade following t. p. line, grading off into the pale ground eolor.
A strongly dentate dark line crosses the median space between the
ordinary spots. Claviform obsolete; orbicular large, pale, round; reni-—
form pale with fuscous shade, somewhat constricted at middle, not de- —
fined; secondaries fuscous, paler basally. Beneath, fuscous powdery,
primaries with outer margin paler, secondaries with outer margin dusky.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, collar with a blackish
line, patagiz with blackish submarginal lines.

Expands 33™™ (1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—West Hoboken, New Jersey.

The @ type from Mr. Meyer’s collection is the only specimen exam-
ined. The insect is very different from all its congeners and should be
easily recognized. It is pasSing strange that in a locality so well col-
lected over, specimens should not have been found since, and it gives
rise to a suspicion that it is not really an American insect. One col-
lector at least, in the good old time, distributed exotics as taken at 7
Hoboken; witness Sphinx ligustri and convolvult in my own collection,
declared upon the most solemn assurances taken at West Hoboken!

Mamestra brachiolum Hary.

1876. Hary., Can, Ent., vir, 6; Mamestra.

Dark ash gray, powdery, median space darker, median lines present,
not strongly marked, geminate; basal line visible; t. a. line outwardly
oblique, not much curved between veins; t. p. line slightly lunulate or
crenate, parallel with outer margin; s. t. line pale, sinuate, interrupted;
a narrow black terminal line; an obsolete, irregular black line crosses
median space between ordinary spots; claviform faintly indicated or

wanting; ordinary spots moderate, pale; orbicular round; reniform
kidney-shaped; secondaries smoky fuscous, paler at base; beneath,
powdery gray, with common outer line and discal spot; head and thorax x
concolorous with primaries, collar with a dark line.

Expands 27™™ (1.08 inches).

HABITAT.—Texas, Arizona.

Bears a resemblance to cuneata in maculation, and compared with
that species by Dr. Harvey. Itis, however, less distinctly marked than
that species, though much after the same style. In wing form this
species differs also in having the primaries somewhat narrower and

oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 243

more pointed. It lacks all yellow shading, so prominent in the Cali-
fornian species.

The genitalia are distinctive and simple. Harpes narrowing toward
tip, where they are curved and subacute, not spinulated. The clasper
is moderately long, slender, curved, with acute tip.

The species seems not common and is not represented in the Museum

collection.
Group LEGITIMA.

The species referred here, agree in rather plump build, usually dis-
tinctly though not prominently tufted thorax, and in large, broad
wings in which the apices and outer margin are rounded.

Two rather well marked divisions are indicated, the first embracing
those species in which the primaries have a predominating reddish or
violet gray shade, and the second, those in which the color is a sordid
fuscous brown.

Beanii is the largest species in the group, and heads the first division.
It is evenly colored, all the normal markings present, not contrasting.
The claviform is very small.

Legitima agrees in having the claviform very small, but is brightly
and not evenly colored, and is smaller sized.

Lilacina is more gray than the preceding, and the claviform is large.
The s. t. line is sinuate.

Rugosa is smaller, but very similar in color and maculation. The s.
t. line, however, is very even and preceded by cuneiform blackish
marks. The reniform is narrow.

All the species agree in the general style and form of the ¢ geni-
talia (beanii of which only the 2 has been examined, perhaps excepted)
and none of the species in the next series agree with them in this
respect.

Of the series with fuscous or dull blackish brown primaries, noverca
is easily distinguished by its rather narrower wings, which are also
somewhat paler thanany of the others, and the conspicuous black basal
mark, which is wanting in all the other species.

Goodelli is very even in color, and has no contrasting maculation
Save that the reniform is usually paler than the rest of the wing. There
are no black shades or marks preceding thes. t. line as are in all of

the rest of the series. The species is eastern.
. Quadrata is rather easily distinguished by the small W in thes. t.
line, by the paler patchin the s, t. space opposite anal angle, and by
the quadrate black spot following claviform to t. p. line. The latter,
“however, is a variable quantity and not always distinct. The species
is Californian.

_ Obscura resembles the preceding, but has none of its specific charac-
teristics. Thes. t.line is even, but not prominent; there isno observable
claviform, and thes. t. space is evenly colored. Ithas no obvious pecul-

larities of its own.

244 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Ectypa is a very pretty species, as its synonym, bella, suggests. The
maculation is much of the same type as the preceding, but prettily
contrasting; thes. t. line unusually prominent, pale; the claviform large
and black filled. The only specimens thus far known are: One in the
Museum collection (C. VY. R. ), taken by Mr. Andrews in New Jersey ;
the type of the species in Mr. Meyer’s collection from West Virginia,
and the type of bella in Mr. Neumoegen’s collection, also taken in New
Jersey.

In tabular form the species divide as follows :

Primaries with a violet gray or reddish flush.
Clayiform very small.

Color.very even, 81z6 large: 225. 52hc2 fois e ofa oe stam eciee aes ee eee eee BEANII

Color not even, maculation contrasting, size smaller...............--. LEGITIMA
Claviform rather large. :

Larger, s. t. line sinuate, not preceded by black, sagittate marks ....-. LILACINA

Smaller, s t. line very even, preceded by black, sagittate marks......-. RUGOSA

Primaries sordid luteous gray to blackish brown.
Rather narrower winged; a distinct, curved, basal black mark to t. a.

JUNG aio sate sea beeioets oe = eget Seon ec eae sseisee eee ere mre NOVERCA
Broader winged ; no basal dash or black mark.
S. t. line not preceded by black spots or shades, color very even..-..-..GOODELLI
A somewhat contrasting, pale, s. t. shade in submedian interspace ;
aera alleW Finish. me oer se eee ae = oe Rye ee eae tee QUADRATA
S. t. space even; no Win s. t. line. Color even, dull; maculation
obscure; claviform concolorous or wanting........-..--.--.----2 OBSCURA
Brightly marked; s. t. line unusually distinct, pale; claviform
blacks: contrasting 25223 {2oSs8irs scentseno Maes es oe eases eee ECTYPA

Mamestra beanii Grt.
1877. Grt., Can. Ent., 1x, 87; Mamestra.
1879. Grt., No. Am. Ent., 1, 12; Mamestra.

Dark fuscous, with a reddish violet suffusion, something as in legitima.
Median lines distinct, though not prominent, geminate. Basal line
present. T. a. line with an even outward curve, slightly dentated on
the veins, outer line most distinct, included space paler, with a bluish
tint. T. p. line very regularly sinuate and lunulate, inner part of line
most evident. An incomplete row of pale venular dots through’s. t. |
space. 8. t. line narrow, pale, powdery, preceded by a rust-brown
shade. A row of black lunate terminal dots. Apex powdered with
gray scales. Claviform minute, concolorous, black margined. Orbicu-
lar small, oblique, vblong, pale powdered. Reniform rather narrow,
upright, superiorly reddish, inferiorly dusky. Secondaries yellowish
fuscous. Beneath, powdery, with small discal spots. Head and thorax
coneolcrous with primaries.

Expands 40 ™™ (1.60 inches).

HABItTaT.—Illinois, Texas, ? Colorado.

I have had two females only, the one fully agreeing with the type,
from Texas; the other, somewhat aberrant in maculation, from Colorado,
This latter may eventually prove distinct when males are available,
but at present I do not care to separate them.

fort PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 245
Mamestra legitima Grt.

1264. Grt., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 111, 82, Pl. 2 f. 4; Apamea.
1874. Grt., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 241; Mamestra.

Blue gray, more or less suffused with bright red-brown. Median lines
distinct, though not prominent, obsoletely geminate. Basal line evi-
dent. T. a. line with an even outward curve, slightly dentate on the
veins. T. p. line about even with outer margin. S. t. line narrow,
pale, slightly dentate on veins 3 and 4, marked by the dusky terminal
shade and a distinct red-brown preceding shade. Claviform very small,
black margined, Orbicular large, gray, not distinctly defined. Reni-
form large, completely defined, with a narrow, pale annulus, brown red
in color, inferiorly dusky. The red shade occupies a variable part of
the wing; usually nearly the entire basal space, the median space above
claviform, and the costal portion of thes. t. space is of that color. A
row of geminate, black venular dots through s. t. space. Secondaries
luteo-fuscous, outwardly darker. Beneath, powdered with violet red
toward margins. A small discal spot. Head and thorax concolorous
with primaries, collar with a black line,

Expands 33-38™™ (1.52 to 1.52 inches).

HaApBitat.—Canada; Eastern, Middle, and Central States.

Nine specimens are in the Museum collection: New Jersey; Lewis
County, New York, June 30, July 4 (Meske) ; Washington, District of
Columbia, August 22, September 9 (C. V. R.).

This is a very pretty species, readily recognizable by its gray and red
colors, and small claviforin. The antennee of the male are laterally
bristled. The harpes are angulated toward tip, the angle superiorly
prominent; tip enlarged and superiorly acutely drawn out, inwardly
spinulose. Just behind the angulation of the harpe arises the small,
beak-like ciasper.

Mamestra lilacina Harv.

1874. Harv. Buff. Bull., 11, 119; Mamestra.
illabefacta Morr
1874. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvu, 141; “Mamestra.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 11, 211; pr. syn.
1875. Grt., Cau. Ent., vil, 58; pr. syn.
1879. Grt. Can. Ent., x1, 128; pr. var.

Bluish gray, with a dark, somewhat reddish fuscous shade through
superior half of wing, interrupted only at apex. Terminal space also
dusky. Median lines evident, geminate. Basal line present. T.a. line
outwardly oblique, lunate. T. p. line crenulate, parallel with outer
margin. S. t. line concolorous, broad, marked by the dark terminal
Space and a preceding narrow, dusky shade. A row of brown terminal
lunules. A narrow transverse shade through median space, rather
_ darkening the cell between the ordinary spots. Claviform moderate
in size, darker. Orbicular large, oblique, gray. Reniform rather large,
somewhat constricted at middle, black margined, inferiorly dusky,

246 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Secondaries fusco-luteous, darker outwardly. Beneath, powdery, with
darker outer line and discal spot. Head and thorax concolorous with
primaries, collar with a dark line.

Expands 32-35™™ (1.28 to 1.40 inches),

Hapirat.—Canada; Northern, Eastern, Middle, and Central States.

Hight specimens are in the Museum collection: Maine (J. B.S., C.
V. R.); Lewis County, New York, July 4 (Meske).

A modestly marked species, rather variable in the amount of dark
shading to the primaries. The type of Mr, Morrison’s illabefacta is a
pale specimen, but not entitled to rank as a variety. The rather con-
trastingly dark terminal space and even s. t. line will serve to identify
this species.

The harpes of male are bent toward tip, the angle somewhat pro-
duced and corneous, at tip enlarged into a concave lappet, which is
somewhat acutely produced at its upper edge. Inwardly it is fringed
and densely matted with spinules. At the angle there is a small beak-
like process. The clasper is single, rather short, and moderately stout.

Mamestra rugosa Morr.
1875. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvii, 119; MWamestra.

Bluish or violet gray. Median space, terminal space, superior por-
tion of basal space, and a costal patch ins. t. space red-brown. Basal
line hardly traceable. A short, black longitudinal dash, T. a. line
outwardly oblique, somewhat curved, and slightly dentate on the veins,
obsoletely geminate. ‘TT. p. line parallel with outer margin, even. S.t.
line very even, yellowish, marked by the dark terminal space and a
preceding row of black spots. Apex pale. Claviform small, narrow,
concolorous. .Orbicular pale, narrow-ovate, oblique. Reniform con-
stricted at middle, slightly oblique, with yellow annulus, else concolor-
ous. Secondaries yellowish at base, outwardly fuscous. <A dark discal
lunule. Beneath yellowish, with darker discal dots and outer margin. —
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, collar with a dusky line.

Expands 32™ (1.28 inches).

HABITAT.—Maine.

A single specimen, without locality, is in the Museum collection (C.
WVekiva)s

The species is easily recognized by the yellowish secondaries and the
very rigid, broad s. t. line.

The harpes are bent near tip, where they are enlarged, as in legitima,
and furnished at tip with a long, stout spine. Tip with only a fringe
of spinules. Clasper very simple, consisting of a slightly curved and
rather slender, corneous hook.

Mamestra noverca Grt.
1878. Grt., Can. Ent., x, 230; Mamestra.

Fuscous brown, with blackish irrorations. Median lines distinct,
geminate, included spaces pale; basal line distinct; a black basal dash,

a | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 247

attaining the t. a. line; t. a. line sinuate, outwardly oblique; t. p. line
very even, parallel to outer margin; s. t. line narrow, interrupted,
irregalarly sinuate, marked by a row of preceding sagittate black
dashes. A row of black terminal lunules. <A pale line at base of
fringes. COlaviform wanting. Orbicular small, oval, concolorous or a
little paler, black ringed, sometimes connected with the t. a. line.
Reniform upright, rather narrow, pale, with sometimes a dark center.
Secondaries pale luteo-fuscous, outwardly darker. Beneath, somewhat
reddish, powdery, with outer line and small diseal spot.

Expands 31-35" (1,24 to 1.32 inches).

Hapsrrat.—California, Colorado, Arizona, Nebraska.

Two specimens are in the Museum collection: Arizona, Colorado
(a. B.S.)

This is a well distinguished form, recognizable by the even, pale t. p.
line, and the narrow, upright, pale reniform,

Harpes of male gradually broadening toward tip, where they are
superiorly longer, the ends squarely cut off. Clasper rather long, and
at base slender, twisted, at tip beak-like.

Mamestra goodelli Grt.

1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vu, 223; Mamestra.

Dull sordid fuscous brown, with the lines obliterated or but feebly
marked. Sometimes there are local brownish or green shades, not
definitely marked, and so variable that they are not describable. The
basal line is usually present; t. a. obsoletely geminate, outwardly con-
vex, indented on the veins; t. p. line crenulate, parallel with outer
margin; s. t. line indefinite, pale, irregular, preceded by a dusky shade.
Claviform black filled, but usually indefinitely limited and somewhat
variable in size. Ordinary spots concolorous or somewhat paler, black
ringed, moderate or small in size, and somewhat variable in shape.
Cell usually a little darker between these marks. Secondaries paler,
smoky fuscous. Beneath, variable in shade, with a common outer line
and diseal spot, which are also variably distinct.

Expands 28-34" (1,12 to 1.36 inches).

HApBrrat.—Canada; Northern, Eastern, and Middle States, west to
Nebraska.

Five specimens are in the Museum collection: Holderness, New

Hampshire, July 16 (C. V. R.); New Hampshire, July 20 (U.S. N. M.);

Sharon, New York, August 4 (Meske); Lewis County, New York, July
10 (C. V. R.); New York (J. B.8.).

An obscure species, decidedly variable in size and maculation. It
varies in the distinctness of the median lines, the shade of the ground
color, the prominence of the claviform, which is sometimes barely
traceable, though usually black and contrasting, and also in the amount
of black around the ordinary spots. Tie form from Nebraska is more
sordid and evenly marked than the eastern specimens, but seems other-

248 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

wise the same. The vestiture is somewhat loosely vee hence per-
fect specimens are rare.

The male harpes are strong, gradually tapering to an obtusely rounded
tip. The clasper is short, thick, curved, jaggedly truncate at tip- Just
below the base of this clasper is a broad pad, densely clothed with
small teeth or spinules.

Mamestra quadrata, sp. nov.

Dull fuscous brown, collar with a distinet black transverse line nar-
rowly margined with reddish scales. Primaries varying somewhat in
shade, obscurely marked, yet all the maculation traceable. Basal line
geminate, defining lines blackish brown, included space somewhat
paler, especially in the submedian interspace, where it is reddish; t. a.
line upright, with three rather even outcurves between the veins,
geminate, the defining lines blackish brown, incomplete, interrupted,
included space lightened by a few reddish scales; t. p. line rather
evenly bisinuate, not greatly outcurved over reniform, geminate, the
inner line only distinct, the outer rarely traceable in the somewhat
paler s. t. space; s. t. line rather evident, narrow, pale, forming a small
W-mark on veins 3 and 4, additionally marked by a variably evident
series of preceding sagittate dashes, which are sometimes entirely
wanting, and by the darker terminal space. A narrow, dark, terminal
line. Fringes with a pale line af base, cut with yellowish opposite the
veins. These latter are more or less obviously marked with white and
black scales, rendering their course traceable. The s. t. space is paler.
than the rest of the wing, becoming somewhat contrasting in the sub-
median interspace, and forming in some specimens the only prominent
feature. Claviform concolorous, moderate in size, more or less com-
pletely defined by black scales, sometimes barely traceable. Beyond
this is sometimes a quadrate black patch extending to the t. p. line,
and contrasting strongly with the following pale patch in s. t. space;
but this is sometimes reduced to two parallel black lines, and more
rarely wanting altogether. The ordinary spots are concolorous or very
slightly paler; a little powdery. Orbicular oval, scarcely defined.
Reniform slightly constricted, better defined by an annulus of pale
scales. Secondaries, even smoky brown, with a faint discal lunule.
Beneath, dull brown, powdery, with a darker discal lunule and a dusky
outer line, which may be distinct on both wings, wanting on primaries
only or entirely absent.

Expands 31 to 33"™ (1.24 to 1.32 inches).

HABirat.—June and July, Placer County, California. (Through C.
V;:B.)

There are eight good specimens in the Museum collection, some of
which bear the red number 247, indicating biologic notes in Dr. Riley’s
possession.

The species is broad winged, and in this and the general vagueness
of its maculation it resembles desperata. The small indentations of the

eon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 249 |

s. t. line are not enough marked to refer the species to the W-album
group.

The genital structure of the male is characteristic. The harpes are
upcurved beyond the middle, and then abruptly, nearly rectangularly
bent, and produced into a narrow spur, broadening lappet-like at tip,
and there inwardly spinulose. From this bend, superiorly, arises the
stout somewhat twisted and irregular corneous clasper, not reaching
the tip of the harpe. The figure will probably explain this structure
more satisfactorily.

Mamestra obscura Smith.

1887. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 462; MWamestra.

Dull, smoky, fuscous, with a faint brownish tint. Median lines
vague or obsolete. S. t. line distinet, narrow, pale, marked by a pre-
ceding black shade. A pale line at base of fringes. Claviform want-
ing. Ordinary spots incompletely black margined, concolorous. Ren-
iform, with a faint reddish flush. Secondaries, pale fuscous. Beneath,
even, pale, powdery, with dusky outer line and discal spot. Head and
thorax concolorous with primaries, collar pale tipped.

Expands 33™™ (1,32 inches).

HABITAT.—? Arizona, Wisconsin.

The type is in the Museum collection, presnmably from Arizona (coll.
J. B.S.), and I have associated with it another specimen from Wis-
consin (coll. O. Meske), which differs in the more obvious median lines,
but seems similar in all other respects. Both are males, and the sexual
characters agree, in main features at least, so far as [ could examine
them. The locality of the type is uncertain. It came to me with a lot
of Arizona material, but from a collection containing much from other
localities. The thoracic and abdominal tuftings are distinet, but not
prominent. The harpes of male are rather broad, somewhat abruptly
tapering to an acute tip. The clasper is moderately long, somewhat
irregular, slightly curved and acute at tip.

Mamestra ectypa Morr.

1875. Morr. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvi, 118; Mamestra.
bella Grt.
1883. Grt., Papilio, 11, 30; Mamestra.

Rather rich, dark, umber brown, with a violet tinge before t. a. and
after t. p. line. Basal line distinct, double. T. a. line rather even,
outwardly curved, a strong dent on vein 1. T. p. line lunulated, nearly
parallel with outer margin; both lines obsoletely geminate. S. t. line
contrasting, pale yellow, sinuate, marked by preceding dark spots. A
row of black terminal lunules. Claviform outlined in velvety black,
and followed by a pale shade which extends obliquely upward over the
orbicular to costa. Orbicular rather large, ovai, oblique, pale ringed,
with a somewhat darker center. Reniform rather long, upright or
slightly oblique, black margined, concolorous or slightly paler. Second-

250 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

aries smoky fuscous. Beneath, powdery, secondaries with double outer
lines more or less evident, and dark discal spot.

Expands 27-30™™ (1.08 to 1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—New Jersey, West Virginia.

A single, poor specimen from New Jersey is in the Museum collee-
tion (C. V. B.).

1 have seen the types of both Morrison’s and Grote’s species and
they are identical in specific characters. The species is readily known
by the bright coloration and the prominent yellow s. t. line.

The harpes are semi-chitinous, inferiorly with a thickened chitinous
margin. The tip is somewhat narrowed, lappet-like. From the cor-
neous inferior margin arises a short, cylindrical, corneous clasper, and
behind this a small beak-like process.

Group RENIGERA.

The four species that are placed in this group, though very distinct
in color and maculation, are yet closely allied in structure. They are
all small, rather plump forms, with short, obtuse primaries, fringes
rather long and thoracic tuftings distinct. The abdomen is tufted only
at base, and that indistinctly, but is farnished in the male with evident
lateral tufts. The male antenne have the joints well defined and
ciliated, without being serrated. The male genitalia are after the one
type. The harpes are broad at base, suddenly narrowed or deeply
emarginate at upper side, leaving an acute, pointed tip, inwardly mar-
gined with spinules. The clasper is a long, slender, curved hook.

Renigera is darkest, with prominently marked green reniform. There
is a green patch at base and another near hind angle. The claviform
is black.

Egens is usually paler, lacks the green patches, but has the reniform
outlined in white. The claviform is not at all prominently marked.
The darker forms are Mr. Grote’s cinnabarina, the paler forms have
been named /ferrea, also by Mr. Grote.

Spiculosa is a very pretty species, differing from the preceding by
the distinct median lines and neatly outlined ordinary spots. The
reniform is not prominently white marked and the veins are pale through
median space,

Circumcineta is marked like egens, but has the gray color and super-
ficial appearance of olivacea, connecting the two groups.

A table is scarcely necessary for the definition of these forms.

Mamestra renigera Steph.
1829. Steph., Ent., Haust., 11, 16; Celena.
1357. Wl1k., C. B. Mus., Het., x, 262—herbimacula.
1369. Riley, lst Rept. Ins. Mo., 86, f. 31.
1274. Grt., Can. Ent.. vi, 132; Mamestra.
1831. Riley, Supplt. to Mo. Repts., 56; Mamestra.
1583. Edwards, Papilio, 111, 133; larva on Cichoriwm intybus.
herbimacula Gn.
1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 223, Celena.
1857. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x, 262; Celena.

eon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 251

Dark brown with a variably evident carmine suffusion, often distinet
only in thes. t. space, but usually embracing the entire wing. Median
lines more or less indistinct, obsoletely geminate. Basal line present.
Basal space with a mossy green longitudinal shade, and a black spot
at inner margin. ‘TT. a. line outwardly oblique, slightly sinuate. T. p.
line nearly parallel ‘vith outer margin, even. S. t. line irregular, marked
by the contrast between the darker terminal and paler s. t. space.
Claviform moderate in size, black. Orbicular small, round, black mar-
gined, rather paler. Reniform upright, small, narrow, white ringed,
mossy green. A black shade surrounds the reniform and is continued
through the median space close to the t. p. line. A large patch of mossy
green in the s. t. space near hind angle. Secondaries whitish with
fuscous powdery outer and costal margins. Beneath, dark !uscous,
with carmine powderings. Secondaries paler. Head and thorax con-
colorous with primaries.

Expands 25-30", (1 to 1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada, south to Georgia, west to Nebraska,

The Museum series contains twelve specimens, and others are among
the duplicates. The localities represented are: Union County, Illinois,
May 25; Missouri; North Carolina ; Washington, District of Columbia,
June 11-29, August 28, September 9 (C. V. R.); New York (J. B.S.);
Sharon, New York, July 27 (Meske) ; Northern Illinois; Buffalo, New
York ; Lincoln, Nebraska (Museum collection).

Our most common eastern species, and very easily recognized. It is
one of the smallest of the eastern species, and does not vary to any
great extent. The dark brownish primaries, mossy green markings, and
white marked reniform sufficiently define the species.

Some of the Museum specimens bear the Riley number, 2663, and are
bred. The larva has been several times described in economic literature,

Mamestra egens W1k.
57. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x, 263; Cela@na.
1882. Grt., Ill. Essay, 45; Celwna.
1889. Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 386; Mamestra.
strictalW1k.
1865. W1k., Suppl. C. B. Mus., Het., m1, 728; Hadena?
1889, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 386; pr. syn.
ferrea Grt.
1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vir, 25; Mamestra,
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 130; Mamestra.
1889. Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 386; pr. syn.
var. CINNABARINA Grt,
1874. Grt., Proc. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist. x v1, 241: Wamestra.

Varying from pale rust to dark brown, median and terminal space
dark brown. Median lines geminate. Basal line distinct. T. a. line
outwardly oblique, curved between veins. T. p. line rather even, out-
wardly curved over reniform. S. t. line narrow, sinuate, concolorous,
usually marked only by the difference in shade between s. t. and ter-
minal space, rarely preceded by a dusky shade; sometimes, in dark

252 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

specimens, hardly traceable. Claviform rather small, concolorous.
Orbicular small, oblique, slightly paler. Reniform small, upright, with
broad white annulus, somewhat constricted at middle. An indefinite
dark shade through median space. Secondaries smoky fuscous. Be-
neath, dusky with reddish powderings. Head and thorax concolorous
with primaries, the latter with tuftings distinct. Antenne and genitalia
of male essentially as in spiculosa.

Expands 25-27™™, (1 to 1.08 inches).

HABITatT.—California, Oregon, Washington, Vancouver, Hudson’s
Bay territory.

Of the type form, ferrea Grt., seven specimens are in the collection:
California (C. V. R.); Washington, Vancouver (J. B.S.).

Of the form cinnabarina Grt. there are nine specimens: California
(Meske, C. V. R.); Marin County (J. B.S.); Placer County, September ;
Los Angeles County, October (through C. V. R.); Washington (Meske,
J.B. S.)—specimens of each form labeled by Mr. Grote.

This is rather a variable species in ground color, though the macula-
tion is constant and easily recognizable. The white ringed reniform 1s
a conspicuous feature, and this species replaces renigera on the Pacific
coast.

In the synonymy [ have followed Butler, who makes his references
with the types under examination, and speaks positively.

Mr. Grote says in the Ill. Essay, 45: “The single specimens repre-
senting Celena punctifera, infecta, and egens are really so poor that I do
not think the species can be made out with satisfactory certainty.”

Mamestra spiculosa Grt.
1883. Grt., Can. Ent., xv, 28; Mamestra.

Somewhat luteous brown, all the lines distinct, paler. Median lines
geminate. Basal line present. Basal space evenly colored. TT. a, line
evenly oblique, the defining lines narrow, dark, the included space pale.
T. p. line even, outwardly angulate over reniform. Median space some-
what darker than base, the veins yellowish marked. Claviform dusky,
rather large in size. Ordinary spots concolorous, pale ringed. Orbicu-
lar rather large, oblique. Reniform narrow, upright. Beyond the t. p.
line the s. t. space is pale, gradually becoming darker to outer margin.
S. t. line pale, distinct, sinuate, curved round the pale apical patch. A
row of black terminal lunules. Fringes pale lined at base. Second-
aries soiled whitish. Beneath, gray fuscous, powdery, a discal spot
on all wings. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries. The male
antenne have the joints well defined, but hardly serrate: The geni-
talia are those of the group.

Expands 25™™ (1 inch),

Readily distinguished by the irregular ordinary spots and the pale
median lines. Its close connection with the others of this group is
marked by the identity of habitus and wing form.

or | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 253
Mamestra circumcincta, sp. noy.

Head and thorax dark gray with a brownish admixture. Collar in
feriorly more brownish, crossed by a black line, white tipped. Patagia
black margined. Primaries dark gray, with a variable reddish admix-
ture, obvious always in the s. t. space; median space more blackish.
Basal line distinct, geminate, black margined; included space paler, a
curved black mark emphasizing its lower external boundary. T.a, line
oblique, outeurved between veins, geminate, black, the included space
paler. T. p. line geminate, black, outer line less distinct, included space
paler, outcurved over cell and evenly oblique below. S. t. line irregu-
lar, faint, narrow, marked by a preceding dusky patch ins. t. space on
costa, and the darker terminal space, white marked opposite anal angle.
An interrupted black line at base of fringes, which are cut with pale.
The claviform is small, but distinct and black rnged. Orbicular con.
colorous or a little paler, irregularly ovate, oblique, incompletely black
ringed. Neniform upright, small, centrally constricted, white ringed
as in its allies. Secondaries whitish gray, sometimes with a brownish
admixture, with a vague dusky discal lunule and a dusky terminal line.
A yellowish line at base of fringes. Beneath, whitish, powdered with
black, a vague outer line and diseal spot on secondaries.

Expands 25-29™™ (1 to 1.16 inches).

HABITAT.—Sierra Nevada, California.

Both sexes are from Mr. Edwards’s collection. There is a difference
in the amount of reddish admixture in the two specimens before me,
the female inclining to the cinnabarina type, while obviously different
by the squammose vestiture and complete black lines, and the male re-
sembling olivacea so strongly that I compared it closely at first, expect-
ing a variety of this protean form. The sexual characters, however,
refer the species to the renigera group.

Group OLIVACEA.

The species of this group agree in small size, rather robust form, in
short stumpy primaries and distinctly tufted thorax and abdomen, the
latter in the ¢ also with lateral tufts. In appearance, i. e., wing form
and habitus, the species are related to the renigera group, from wiich
they differ in the form of the male genitalia. This is alike in all the
species referred here. The harpes are broad at base, rather abruptly
narrowing and then again gradually widening into a rounded, concave
lappet which is inwardly spinulose at tip. The clasper is moderately
curved and corneous, half the length of the harpes.

Three species are referred here, separated as follows:

T. p. line sinuate, incurved below reniform. ..............00. ccescccccces OLIVACRA,
up. moe rigidly oblique from subcostal. ...- 2222+ .eces tcncdensne voce RECTILINEA.

Median lines unusually approximate, curved toward center of wing, aud almost
CMI Men MMOL MNRP DIN oc oo o's Sok bame s Rivet are deeau seep ecu Sane cn VAU-MEDIA.

254 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Color can not be used in this group, for there is a most distressing
amount of variability in this respect. Olivacea especially has an exceed-
ingly wide range of variation, and it requires a long series to adequately
show the connection of the extremes.

It would not be a matter of much surprise if eventually all the spe-
cies here referred proved forms of the same type.

Mamestra olivacea Morr.

1874. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. hist., xvu, 143; Mamestra.
1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vu, 27; Mamestra.
1877. Grt., Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 111, 797; Mamestra.
1887. Smith, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., x, 465; Mamestra.

comis Grt.
1877. Grt., Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., 111, 85; Mamestra.

Var. OBSCURIOR Smith.
1887. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x, 465; AZamestra.

Gray to brown fuscous, median space darkest, basal space paler to-
ward t. a. line, subterminal space pale gray, terminal space variable,
but always darker than the subterminal. The whole wing is often more
or less completely suffused with mossy green and with a more or less
evident pinkish shade in basal and s. t. spaces. Basal line geminate,
black; included space paler than ground color, sometimes reddish. A
short, often not evident, basal dash. Median lines geminate, the in-
cluded space pale. TT. a. line with an even, somewhat oblique outward
curve, rarely with a slight tooth on vein 1. T. p. line even, outwardly
curved over reniform and inwardly curved beneath. The outer por-
tion of the line is often indistinct, the included space always pale. S.
t. line pale, irregularly sinuate, sometimes marked only by the contrast
between the terminal and s. t. spaces, but more usually preceded by a
dusky shade. Claviform always outlined but usually very indistinct,
lost in the dark ground color. Orbicular small, ovate oblique, slightly
paler. Reniform upright, oblong, often with a median constriction,
whitish, prominent. Thes. t. line is often accompanied by a greenish
shade, and there is sometimes a reddish shade near hind margin. On
costa the median space is of the ground color. Secondaries smoky fus-
cous to blackish, paler at base. Beneath, dusky, with outer dark line
and diseal spot. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, patagiz
often discolored, white.

Expands 23-26™™ (,.92 to 1.04 inches).

HABITAT.—Atlantic to Pacific, through northern and middle United
States; Canada.

Nine specimens are in the Museum series, others in the duplicates.
Localities are: New York (C. V. R., J. B.S.); Sharon, New York, July
28, August 10 (Meske); central Missouri, northern Illinois (C. V. R.);
Montana (J. B. S.); Utah (from Department of Agriculture).

This is decidedly the most variable of our species of Mamestra. It
varies in ground color and in degree of contrast between the pale and
dark portions of the wing. Sometimes it is almost evenly gray; often

eae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 255

prettily marked with mossy-green and rose-red, with strongly contrast-
ing white s. t. space; agaiii with a very even yellowish-green sutffusion,

The type of comis is a very bright, strongly marked specimen, like
typical olivacea, but so spread that the insect appears more plump,
shorter winged, and differently marked.

The variety obscurior is from Maine, and is very evenly dark gray
with a green suffusion, the lines velvety black, a red shade on t. p. line
inferiorly, secondaries blackish.

Variable as is the species in color, it is constant in essential details
of maculation. The median lines do not vary to any appreciable ex-
tent, and the reniform is always distinctly paler than the ground color.
Its range is very wide, but none of the varieties seem to be races,

Mamestra rectilinea Smith.
1887. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 465; Wamestra.

Dark fuscous brown, with a deep crimson brown shading which is
variably distinct, and a yellowish, somewhat mossy green shading over
all. T. a. line geminate, with wide, rather irregular outward curve, TT.
p. line angulate on costa, then rigidly oblique to hind margin, geminate.
Basal line distinct, geminate. S. t. line rarely distinct, pale, its course
sinuate. Usually it is more or less lost in the irroration of the outer
part of wing. Ordinary spots essentially as in olivacea, but the reni-
form is not so contrasting. Secondaries varying from fuscous to black-
ish, paler toward base. Beneath, dark gray, powdery, with variably
distinct outer line and discal dot. Head and thorax concolorous with
primaries, patagiw sometimes with white disc.

Expands 25-28™™ (1 to 1.12 inches).

HABITAT.—New York, Colorado, California, Oregon, Vancouver.

Jight specimens are in the Museum collection: New York (through
C. V. R.); Vancouver (J. B. 8., the types).

Essentially like olivacea, from which it differs primarily in the very
evenly oblique t. p. line, and more irregular t. a, line. The maculation
is more powdery, and there is never so much contrast in the s.t. space.
There is usually a prominent, paler patch in s. t. space near the hind
angle, which forms an obvious feature in the appearance of the insect.
The abdomen of the female exceeds the secondaries, and is rather
prominently tufted. It is barely possible that this is a race of olivacea,
but a series of 26 specimens of the latter species—many of them west-
ern—do not show any tendency to invalidate the characters upon which
the species is based. On the other hand the identity of the male char-
acters indicates a very recent separation from the parent stock.

Mamestra vau-media Smith.
1887. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 466; Mamestra.

Dark smoky gray, paler, with a reddish tinge beyond the t. p. line.
Basal line indistinct. T. a. line geminate, unusually remote from base,
outwardly oblique, even, very, slightly curved. T. p. line obsoletely
geminate, slightly curved and inwardly oblique, reaching the hind

256 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

margin close to thet.a.line. S.t.line pale, irregular, hardly traceable;
a pale spot near internal angle. Ordinary spets concolorous, subequal,
almost lost in the dusky ground color. Claviform indicated by a dusky
blotch on t. a. line. Secondaries blackish outwardly, with base paler.
Beneath, fuscous gray, powdery. Head and thorax concolorous with
primaries.

Expands 23™™ (.92 inch.).

HABitTat.—Colorado. Collected by Bruce.

This little species is easily recognized by the V-shaped median space,
beyond which the wing is paler and with a reddish tint inferiorly. The
ordinary spots are practically obsolete.

There is a possibility that even this striking form is only an extreme
offshoot from the olivacea stock, though I have nothing to indicate that
it is at all likely, except the identity of the male sexual characters.

Group LAUDABILIS.

The species referable to this group agree in small size and, except in
lorea, pale or gray ground color, with more or less yellow or reddish
maculation, some forms being very pretty. They are rather stoutly
built, the wings are rather small, obtuse; in cuneata and lorea rather
wider than in the others. The thorax and the abdomen dorsally and
laterally are more or less evidently tufted. The chief character drawing
together the species is in the male genitalia. The harpes are elongate,
very slender, and rather gradually dilated at tip. Inwardly the tip is
produced somewhat acutely, and, except in lorea, it is more or less trun-
cate. The clasper is short, stout, corneous, hook-like. The species are,
some of them, very closely related, and judgmentis required in placing
single specimens where the genitalia are not examined.

Lorea is separable at once byitsyellow-red color. In this it is peculiar,
and, with its single transverse lines, the t. p. very evenly oblique, it is
a readily recognizable form.

Incurva and 4-lineata are distinguished by white secondaries in both
sexes. They are separable by the course of the t. p. line, which, in
_meurva, is drawn in beneath the reniform, and rather even, while in
4-lineata it is lunulate and oblique. The latter is a decidedly variable
species, and in some of its forms is very like laudabilis or marinitincta ;
but it is always recognizable by its white secondaries.

The sexual characters are those of the group, the tip of the harpes
truncate, very little produced inwardly. The clasper is very stout, some-
what beak-like.

The remainder of the species have fuscous or soiled secondaries.

Laudabilis is always of some shade of green for the ground color, but
that is the only character of ornamentation that is constant. The lines
vary in situation, in degree of distinctness, somewhat also in course,
and the color of the median space is alike in scarcely two specimens of
the large series before me. It is a beautiful insect. Besides the green
color, the genitalia are constant, and at onee distinguish the form. The

perenne | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 257

harpes are un-.sually long, the tip sinuate and inwardly prolonged.
It is fringed with the usual row of spinules, and has also a small pad
of short, stiff bristles at the inside of the extreme tip.

Marinitincta is, comparatively, a very constant species, with always
a reddish tint to primaries. This replaces the green tint of laudubilis
and is the only superficial feature [ have been able to discover which
will separate the two. The genitalia, however, are different. The
harpes are not so long, are only slightly dilated at tip, not sinuate nor
so much produced inwardly, and without the pad of spinules. All the
specimens with the reddish suffusion have this structure, and all the
greenish, no matter how like they may be in details of maculation, have
the one before described. ‘There is also a peculiar fascies, impossible of
description, which separates the two.

Alboguttata is distinct. The even, fusco-luteous tint, appearing as
though there wasa layer of dark over the ground layer of yellow seales,
and the prominent white median lines, are characteristic. The male gen-
italia are very like those of marinitincta ; but the clasper is somewhat
thickened before the tip, and the position, though not the shape, of the
harpes is different. There is no confusing this with any allied form.

Cuneata is rather larger and broader winged than any of the pre-
ceding, with much more constancy in color and maculation. Itis rather
dark ash-gray, the maculation all distinct, though not contrasting. The
s. t. line is marked by a distinct yellow dot near hind angle, and an
irroration of yellow scales beyond the reniform is evident in all well
preserved specimens. ‘The vestiture is somewhat rough, and the wings
are somewhat broader than those of any species save lorea, which are
referred to this group. It is not easy to mistake, though brachiolum of
another group may be confounded with it. The genitalia differ from
those of the preceding in the more gradual enlargement and larger
lappet-like tip, which is truncate and slightly sinuate. The clasper is
rather longer and more hook-like; but altogether the species belongs
where I have placed it.

The following table will assist in identifying the species:

Secondaries white in both sexes.
Dark gray, evenly colored; t. p. line strongly incurved below reniform, even in

CAEL NG te ee eee eee eel nina cuca Wau a aces ta awa date eee wale we INCURVA.
Variable, more or less contrasting; tp. line lunulate, evenly oblique or sinuate,
not incurved below reniform..........-- pusdwt sbeved seve Senaeen> 4-LINEATA.

Secondaries dusky in both sexes.
Primaries green, gray or blackish.

Median space darker.
Pale gray, with a faint reddish suffusion ........-.....-....--- MARINITINCTA
Green; median space varying from red to black .........--....-- LAUDABILIS.

Median space not darker.
Median lines and ordinary spots contrasting, white marked....ALBOGUTTATA.
Median lines and ordinary spots not white nor contrasting; s. t. line with a

yellow spot near hind angle. ..-... 2... -. ono 2 nts wees ones wows one» CUNEATA.
Primaries reddish yellow or dark luteous; median lines single, brown, distinct ;
MeaiaMmspacoruNUalliy GALKON = -...0 docu ssemehdexwen bann)sae~ muss once LOREA

Proc. N. M. 91 17

258 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Mamestra incurva Smith.

1887. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 466; Wamestra.

Dark ash gray, median space somewhat darker. Median lines gemi-
nate, black but not prominent, included space of ground color. Basal
line present, geminate, ending in a short basal black dash. TT. a. line
with a slight outward curve, only a little sinnate or lunate. ‘T. p. line
deeply incurved below the reniform. S. t. line of ground color, accom.
panied by a dusky defining shade, its course irregularly sinuate. Clavi-
form concolorous, black lined. Ordinary spots defined, of the pale
ground color. Orbicular moderate, irregularly rounded. Reniform
rather broad and short, its inferior margin absorbed in t. p. line. Near
the hind angle the s. t. line is marked by a distinct white spot, empha-
sized by a blackish line crossing the secondaries at that point. Sec-
ondaries white. Beneath, powdery, especially along costa, without lines
or dots. Head and thorax like primaries, collar with a black line.
Abdomen distinetly tufted.

Expands 25™™ (1 inch).

Hapsirat,—Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico.

A well-marked species, with a strong resemblance to anguina in
another group. The course of the lines is almost identical and so is the
ground color; but the ordinary spots are of a different form and much
smaller, and the secondaries in the male are white. The genital struc-
ture is that of the group in type, but the harpes have the angle of tip
extended as in leucogramma, and the clasper is stout, thick, and irregu-
larly twisted, forming two processes from one base. If the maculation
were to leave any doubt as to the distinctness of the species, the genitalia
would at once dissipate it. With this species leucogramma would seem
to seek its allies if the sexual characters can be used to associate forms.

Mamestra 4-lineata Grt.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 140, Pl. 4, f. 15 (? Dianthecia).

Ground color somewhat bluish ash-gray, median space darker, often
with a reddish suffusion. The lines and spots are as in laudabilis. At
inferior portion of t. p. line there is always a prominent white shade,
and on vein 2, crossing the s. t. line, there is a distinct black dash
which is characteristic. The secondaries are white in both sexes, the
submedian vein strongly marked with blackish toward the margin.
Beneath, powdery, with discal spots but no distinct outer line. Head and
thorax like primaries, collar with a black line.

Expands 25 to 27™™ (1 to 1.08 inches).

Hapirat.—Arizona, California.

Nine specimens are in the Museum series, others among the duplicates:
California (J.B.S.); Los Angeles County, California, February, March,
April, August, October; Alameda County, California, June, August
(through C. V. R.). Red number, 119.

Scone PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 259

A decidedly variable form, often as distinctly marked as marinitincta
or even laudabilis, with reddish tinted median spaces, and from that
form varying to an uniform dark ash-gray with only the white shade
on the t. p. line and dark dash on vein 2 distinct. These features, how-
ever, seem always present, and in addition to the white secondaries
serve to identify the species.

Mamestra marinitincta Harv.

1875. Harvy., Buff. Bull., 1, 273; Mamestra.
1877. Harv., Buff. Bull., 11, 6; Mamestra.

Ground color pale grayish, with a slight rufous flush; median space
darker, blackish fuscous. Lines and spots as in laudabilis, from which
this species differs only in the ground color and in the sexual characters.

Expands 25-27™™ (1 to 1.08 inches).

HABITAT.—Texas.

Five specimens are in the Museum collection, all from Texas, October
9-26 (Belfrage coll., C. V. R.).

A comparatively long series of specimens, compared with a much
greater lot of lawdabilis, demonstrates that there is no feature in the
maculation of one which is not paralleledin the other. The only constant
superficial character is in the ground color, which in /audabilis is always
green, in marinitincta always with a reddish shade. The median space
in all the specimens examined is strongly narrowed inferiorly, and the
vestiture is more even and less squammose than in laudabilis. It is
easy to separate out the species, though it is most difficult to specify
wherein the differences consist. The difference in the sexual characters
already described is constant.

It is evident, from Dr. Harvey’s description, that his type was a form
of laudabilis. It is equally evident that he considered the form here
described as a variety, and in the Belfrage collection this form bears
Dr. Harvey’s name, and to this form the name must be restricted.

Mamestra laudabilis Gn.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11, 30, pl. 8, f. 4; Hecatera.
1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x1, 511; Hecatera.
1874. Grt., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 241; Mamestra.
1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vil, 27; Mamestra.
indicans W1k.
1857. Wl1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x, 359.
1868. G. & R., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 11, 78; pr. syn.
var. ILLAUDABILIS Grt,
1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vu, 27; Mamestra.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., xu, 129; Mamestra.

Pale sea-green, in cabinet specimens often yellowish: median space
varying from reddish brown to black, inferiorly often of ground color.
Basal line geminate, black, included space concolorous, sometimes
broken, rarely wanting. TT. a. line obsoletely geminate, inner part of
line often absent, included space whitish. Its course with an outward

260 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

tooth above orbicuiar, inwardly curved over that spot, then outwardly
and obliquely curved to hind margin, the curve interrupted by a prom-
inent tooth on internal vein. T. p. line black, lunulate, followed by <
more or less evident series of venular dots, indicating the outer part of
the line; intervening space paler. The line is outwardly curved over,
and inwardly curved beneath reniform. A prominent outward tooth
on internal vein. S. t. line pale, punctiform, often hardly traceable,
preceded or marked by variably prominent black scales or spots.
Sometimes a dusky blotch above hind angle. Fringes cut with black.
Ordinary spots distinct, of the green ground-color, outlined in black.
Orbicular round, variable in size. Reniform variable in size, con-
stricted at middle. Claviform variable in size and shape. Seconda-
ries whitish to blackish, rather paler at base. Beneath, variable in
tint, powdery, with a distinct outer line and discal spots. Head and
thorax concolorous with primaries, more or less admixed with black
scales.

Expands 25. to 30™™ (1 to 1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—Washington, District of Columbia, southward and west-
ward to Florida, Texas, and California. }

Thirteen specimens are in the Museum series, others in the duplicate
material: Washington, District of Columbia, August 6, 21; Selma,
Alabama, September; North Carolina, central Missouri, Texas, April
10 (C. V. R.); Texas (Meske); Florida (J. B. S.); California, Santa
Cruz Mountains (through C, V. R.).

This is a very variable form. The typical examples have the median
space black or dark; the variety tllaudabilis has it more or less reddish.
All intermediate shades are found. The median lines vary somewhat
in course, and are variably approximate inferiorly, sometimes almost
contiguous, at others widely separated. The only constant characters
are in the ground color and course of the t. a. line, and even this latter
is not equally marked in all specimens. The sexual characters of the
species have been already described. The species is a very handsome
one, and appears to be common enough southwardly. The green color
is apt to fade and turn to a dingy yeliow in the cabinet.

Mamestra alboguttata Grt.

1877, Grt., Buff. Bull., 11, 85; Mamestra.

Sordid fusco-luteous, powdery, median lines geminate, included spaces
white. Basal line prominently white. A more or less distinct white
blotch between this and t.a. line. T. a. line outwardly oblique, curved,
slightly irregular. TT. p. line lunulate, about parallel with outer margin,
not so distinctly white-marked as is the t.a. line. S. t. line broad,
white, interrupted. The s. t. space is unusually narrow and irregularly
mottled with paler, blotchy maculation. Claviform outlined, moderate,
concolorous. Orbicular small, round, rather paler than median space,

eee ee

:

ier ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 261

sometimes annulate with white. Reniform upright, moderate in size,
somewhat constricted at middle, annulate with white, somewhat lighter
than ground color. Secondaries fuscous, toward base paler. Beneath,
smoky, powdery, no distinet line or spot. Head and thorax concolor-
ous with primaries, white mottled. Patagiw white, margined with
black.

Expands 27 to 28™™ (1.08 to 1.12 inches).

HABITA’.—New Mexico, Oregon, California.

A single specimen (New Mexico; J. B.S.) is in the Museum collection.

This is a well-marked species, which can not be easily mistaken. The
prominent white lines and peculiar sordid ground color are distinctive.
Variolata bears some resemblance to it, but belongs to another group
with very distinctly d*fferent genitalia.

Mamestra cuneata Grt.

1873. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 139, pl. 4, f£. 9; Mamestra.
1874. Grt., Can. Ent., v1, 156; Mamestra.

Ash gray, with fascous shadings. Median space distinctly fuscous.
Median lines distinctly geminate, included space pale. Basal live
present, pale, terminating in a lunate black dash. T. a. line with a
rather even, outward curve. ‘TT. p. line sinuate, essentially parallel to
outer margin. S. t. line defined by the somewhat darker terminal
space, more or less marked with yellow scales, and with a distinet
yellow spot near hind angle. Through the pales. t. line is a row of
black venular dots and a variably distinct fuscous powdering, forming
a dark patch on costa. Beyond the reniform in the median space there
is an irroration of yellow scales, variably distinct. Claviform concolor-
ous, distinetly outlined, often spanning the median space and connect-
ing the lines. The ordinary spots are large, black-lined, of the pale
ground color, and therefore contrasting to the darker median space.
Orbicular oval oblique. Reniform kidney-shaped. A row of terminal
black lunules. Fringes unusually long. Secondaries dark fuscous.
Beneath, smoky fuscous, powdery, with obsolete lines and discal spots.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries, collar with a black line,
patagie black margined.,

Expands 27 to 80"™ (1.08 to 1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—California, Washington, Vancouver.

Rather broader winged, more robust than any of the preceding, and
not to be confounded with them. The large pale ordinary spots, the
distinct yellow spot ons. t. line, and the Jong fringes, are not easily
mistaken.

Nine specimens are in the Museum series, others in the duplicate

_ material: California (C. V. R., Meske, J. B. S.); Vancouver (J. B. 8.).

262 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

Mamestra lorea Gn.

1852. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 1, 126; Hydrecia.
1857. Wlk., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., 1x, 161; Hydrecia.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull, u, 13; Mamestra.
1879. Grt., Can. Ent., x1, 28; Graphiphora.

HAydrecia ligata W1k.
1877. Grt., Can. Ent., 1x, 28; pr. syn.

dodgei Grt.

1875. Grt., Can. Ent., vu, 90; Mamestra.

Luteous, with a red or brownish suffusion, median space darker.
Median lines single. Basal line very indistinct. Basal space to t. a.
line unicolorous, immaculate. T. a. line upright, angulate between
veins, sometimes more oblique and slightly curved. T. p. line out-
wardly bent over reniform, then rigidly oblique to hind margin. S. t.
line sinuate, and on costa angulose, concolorous, marked by dusky
shades. A fine, terminal brown line. Median space darker than the
rest of the wing and sharply defined in most specimens. Ordinary
spots of the pale ground-color, the reniform inferiorly dusky. This
latter is narrow, upright, outlined with whitish scales. Orbicular
moderate in size, round or ovate, brown ringed, sometimes with a few
white scales. Claviform rarely traceable, small, concolorous. Sec-
ondaries smoky, luteous. Beneath, yellowish, powdery, with distinct
outer line and discal dot. Head and thorax concolorous with prima-
ries.

Expands 25 to 31™™ (1 to 1.24 inches).

HABITAT.—Canada; Eastern, Middle, and Central States, to Ne-
braska.

A well-marked form, not to be confounded with any in the same
group. Color characters have led to its reference to Orthosiid genera,
but it seems more properly referable here. Dodgei, of which I have
seen the type, is a pale variety of this species.

Specimens in the Museum series are: From Long Island, New York,
June 21 (J. B. S.); Albany, New York, June 22-26 (Meske); Adiron-
dack Mountains, New York (J. B. 8.); Maine; Iowa (C. V. R.).

x

Group QUADRANNULATA.

This group is best characterized in the description of the single
species belonging to it.

Mamestra quadrannulata Morr.

1875. Morr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1875, 480; Mamestra.

Sordid, rather dark brownish fuscous, pale along the costal region
and internal margin. The median lines are obsolete. S. t. line con-
sisting of a series of small white dots. A dusky terminal line, inter-
rupted by white scales. A distinet black basal line extending nearly
to the middle of the wing, and looped at the end to form the small
claviform. Ordinary spots small, subequal in shape and size, rounded,

r

eae | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 263

concolorous, outlined in white. Secondaries rather pale fuscous, darker
outwardly. Beneath, somewhat glistening, smooth,smoky brown. <Ab-
domen more luteous.

Expands 30 to 32™™ (1,20 to 1.28 inches). °

HABITAT.— Nebraska; Texas.

A very peculiar and easily recognized species, bearing no close re-
semblance or relation to any other in the genus, and therefore elevated
to group rank. The long black basal streak, the small white ordinary
spots, and obsolete median lines are characteristic.

A single specimen from the Belfrage material (C. V. R.), marked
June 8, is in the Museum collection. The species resembles somewhat
Agrotis plecta in size, form, and color. The harpes of the male are very
slender at base, then suddenly and broadly enlarged at tip and greatly
produced inferiorly. The inner side of the tip is fringed with a row of
spinules as usual, The clasper is a small, curved, acute hook. It is
perhaps the last preceding group to which this structure most allies
the species.

Group INNEXA.

The wing form, which has been already described, distinguishes this
group, which also is best described in the characterization of its single
species.

Mamestra innexa Grt.

1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., m1, 123; Perigrapha.
1874. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 214; Mamestra.
1875. Grt., Buff. Bull., m1, 309; MWamestra.

Reddish fuscous, with blue-gray irroration, all the veins marked with
gray scales. Median lines single, narrow, gray. Basal line present.
T. a. line upright, with a slight inward tooth on median vein. TT. p.
line very even, almost rigidly oblique from costa to inner margin. S.
t. line very distinct, yellowish, rather close to outer margin, its course
slightly sinuate. Orbicular round, pale-margined, rather darker than
ground color. Reniform moderate in size, pale-lined, inferiorly dusky.
Claviform wanting. Secondaries of male whitish, with narrow, dark
outer margin; of female, dusky, paler at base. Beneath, powdery
gray, with an outer line and discal dot. Head and thorax concolorous
with primaries.

Expands 28 to 30™ (1.12 to 1.20 inches).

HABITAT.—Texas,

Six specimens are in the Museum collection (Meske and C. V. R.),
two of them labeled by Mr. Grote, one as Perigrapha, the other as
Mamestra innexa. The specimens from the Riley collection are of the
Belfrage material, and are dated March 29, April 29 and 30.

The species is distinct and easily recognizable. The depressed costa,
acute apices, and oblique outer margin are distinctive. The basal
thoracie tuft and dorsal tufts of abdomen are well marked. The harpes

264 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

of the male are broad, emarginate above near tip, which is truncate and
inwardly fringed with spines. The clasper is moderate, corneous, and
somewhat curved.

Group PENSILIS.

Rather narrow winged, ash-gray species, with pointed primaries and
evenly oblique outer margins. They are moderately robust in build,
the thoracic tuftings are well defined, and the abdomen has dorsal and
lateral tuftings, which are most distinct in the male. The male an-
tenn have the joints somewhat marked and bristled, indicating a re-
iationship of the species to distincta, with which they agree in a general
way in maculation and habitus.

Two species are rather easily separable from the others by the shape
of the claviform, which in longiclava really begins at the base of the
wing, is discolorous, and reaches the t. p. line. The species is bright
gray in color, the margins all darker, the t. a. line not. TT. p. line
barely traceable below the costa.

In orbiculata there is a fine longitudinal black line to the t. a. line,
and to this is hooked the concolorous claviform. The t. a. line is in-
definite, and the t. p., on the contrary, very distinct, pale, forming a
nearly right angle opposite the cell. In color it is dark fuscous gray,
the s. t. space darker, giving unusual prominence to the very irregular
s.t. line. The ordinary spots are somewhat discolorous, the orbicular
narrow, elongate, decumbent.

In the other species the t. a. line is always distinct, and the clavi-
form often extends across the median space, but it does not have any
connection with the base of the wing.

Of these anguina is at once separable. It lacks all reddish tint, is
very dark as a rule, the ordinary spots are large and pale, and the
even, Strongly-incurved t. p. line is characteristic.

Vicina and pensilis are nearly alike in maculation ; indeed, I have not
succeeded in discovering one constant difference of that nature. Pensilis
is broader winged, usually paler, the male antenne are thicker, and the
ordinary spots are larger; but all these features are relative.

A permanent and actual difference exists in the form of the male
genitalia. These are of the same type in both species, but differ in de-
tail. The harpes are broader at base, then suddenly narrowed and
angulated and at tip again enlarged, lappet-like, the inner edge of the
tip spinulose. The clasper is short, thick, and corneous. In vicina
the tip is simply somewhat curved and the inferior edge is acutely pro-
longed and furnished with longer spines. In pensilis the lappet is
much more ladle-shaped, the edges all rounded and the tip much more
curved than in vicina. The difference is at once perceived in examin-
ing specimens of both species. The clasper in vicina tapers to an
abrupt point, giving rise to a short beak-like inferior process at its
middle. In pensilis the clasper has the same inferior process, but in-

a. | PROCREDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 265

stead of being equal to tip the main shank is greatly inflated and almost
squarely cut off. A comparison of the figures will bring out these points
much better. This is one of the cases where species hardly distinguish-
able in color and maculation afford good structural differences.

In tabular form the characters described appear as follows:
Claviform attached to a black basal line.

T. a. line vague or wanting.
Claviform pale, discolorous from base; color pale gray with a paler s. t. space; t. p.

PERRCR IED TS UE Dieta tae ete ante= Ua woes, em oe vg ois ia nm 'sis'= Sh wi ows LONGICLAVA.
Claviform concolorous; color dark fuscous gray, s. t. space darker; t. p. line very
RU LEL GU CLT a Leow sere tens eat ie shies Salaiacisa osicie wel sme seat ORBICULATA.

Claviform attached to the very distinct t. a. line.
Basal dash not reaching beyond the basal line.
T.p. line strongly incurved below reniform ; claviform moderate. Vestiture velvety
AREER eta eas te eee oe a ce oe Sa Saou neue os aes wae ANGUINA.
T. p. line normally oblique and sinuate, claviform usually crossing median space.
Broader winged, usually paler, ¢ antenne thicker, maculation distinct, ordinary

ROGUE aN AOE em cage aban nee ect elie waraattwe mad er oa unin dove! REN BEEN
Narrower winged, ¢ antenn slighter, maculation often indistinct, ordinary
RIOTS AHI HOn oe aetie a cet card k Sabine pen ae unin noma emi wade Gams <b uci bes oe OUI IAS

Mamestra longiclava, sp. nov.

Pale whitish gray with an admixture of yellowish hair and scales.
Collar inferiorly more yellowish. Patagiz margined by black scales,
most evident at base of the wings. Primaries with the basal lines
marked only as geminate, dusky costal spots. TT. p. line indicated by a
difference in shade between median and s. t. spaces, showing it to be
very strongly incurved below cell. A broad wedge-shaped paler gray
space starting at the apex, inwardly marked by a dusky costal patch
in s. t. space, then widening evenly so as to take in the whole of thes. t.
space to hind margin. S. t. line marked by a series of black and ocher
yellow scales, beyond which the terminal space is dusky, and a whitish
spot strongly marked with black and ocher scales opposite hind angle.
The veins are all marked with black and white scales. A dusky ter-
minal line. Fringes yellowish gray, with a dusky central and terminal
line. Claviform discolorous, pale, starting at base and extending to
the t. p. line, margined with black. Orbicular irregular, oval, oblique,
black ringed, with an interior whitish annulus, center with ocherous
scales. Reniform large, outwardly diffuse, merging into the pales. t.
shade, inwardly marked by a curved black line, and a broader whitish
lunule which is faintly traceable all around the spot. Secondaries
whitish, veins and outer margin soiled. Beneath, white, powdery, with
a discal spot on all wings.

Expands 30"™ (1.20 inches).

HABIravT.—Colorado (Bruce).

A single male specimen from Mr. Neumcgen’s collection. The male
genitalia ally this with anguina, from which it is widely separated in all
other respects. The long discolorous claviform is unique, and the ocher-

266 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

ous admixture to the gray scales gives a suggestion of a pink flush
which has really no existence. The marginal regions are all darker
than the discal.

¢

Mamestra orbiculata, sp. nov.

Grayish fuscous, powdered with black scales. Collar, with an im-
prominent transverse line. Primaries with basal line pale, not promi-
nent. TT. a. line pale marked at costa, below this concolorous, marked
by geminate black lines, the outer only distinct, outeurved between
veins. TT. p. line very distinct, narrow, pale, inwardly margined by a
narrow, black line, outwardly defined by the dark s. t. space. In its
course it forms a distinet, nearly right angle opposite the accessory cell,
then inwardly oblique, slightly sinuate to the hind angle. S. t. space
darker, emphasizing the irregular pales. t. line, which is thrice quite
deeply angulated inwardly. A row of black venular marks also pre-
cedes this line. Terminal space powdered with white; this powdering
also more or less evident along the costal region. An interrupted dark,
followed by a pale, terminal line. Fringes concolorous. A somewhat
indistinct, median shade line, black on costa, outwardly angulate so
as to obscure the reniform inferiorly, then indistinct and fuscous to the
hind margin. A fine black basal longitudinal line joined to a spear-
pointed black-margined claviform. Orbicular oblong or oval, decum-
bent, black margined, pale centered, discolorous. Reniform moderate
upright, superiorly discolorous, pale yellowish, inferiorly irregularly
dilated, marked by a couple of irregular white dots variably placed.
Secondaries whitish basally, with an indefinitely bounded outer black-
ish fuscous marginal band. Fringes white, with a fuscous interline.
Beneath, white, with fuscous powderings, both wings with a broad,
outer line, beyond which there is a blackish shade to the margin.

Expands 29 to 30™™ (1.16 to 1.20 inches).

Hapsitat.—Colorado (Bruce).

A very distinct species. The distinct pale, angulated t. p. line, the
very distinct, unusually irregular s. t. line, and the discolorous ordi-
nary spots are not paralleled elsewhere in the genus. The genital
structure is very like that of brachiolum, but the tip of the harpes is
furnished with spinules, and the clasper is differently shaped.

Two males from Mr. Bruce, one of them in the collection of the U.S.
National Museum.

Mamestra anguina Grt.

1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x1, 129; Mamestra.

Dark ash-gray, powdery, median space usually somewhat darker,
median lines distinct, geminate. Basal line present. ‘T. a. line out-
wardly convex, not strongly curved between veins. ‘T. p. line rather
even, outwardly curved over reniform, then, with a deep inward curve,
narrowing the median space by one-half. S. t. line pale, irregular,
sinuate, strongly marked below vein 2, where it is crossed by a dis-

et

ieee

ber i PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 267

tinct black streak. Ordinary spots large, pale, with yellowish or
fuscous shading. Orbicular round, black ringed. Reniform kidney-
shaped, inwardly black marked, outwardly pale gray, its lower margin
touching the t. p. line. Claviform concolorous, not distinctly outlined
in any specimen | have seen, spanning the median space. Secondaries
of 6, whitish; of 2, fuscous. Beneath, powdery, with obsolete outer
dark line. Head and thorax concolorous with primaries; collar with
a dark line. The harpes of ¢ are broad at base, suddenly narrowed
from beneath to half their former width, then equal to the rounded tip,
which is inwardly fringed with fine spinules. Clasper rather long,
very stout and corneous, not greatly curved.

Expands 29 to 32™™ (1.16 to 1.28 inches).

HABiIrat.—Maine, New Jersey, illinois, Nebraska, Colorado.

Three specimens are in the Museum collection: Maine, New York
(J. B.S.). The specimens differ in the amount of powdery appearance,
one of them quite smooth, almost glistening, the others rough. Easily
distinguished from the others in this group by the somewhat velvety
vestiture, the pale, outwardly somewhat indefinite reniform, and
strongly incurved t. p. line. Though placed here with pensilis, it would
seem more nearly allied to ineurva of the laudabilis group but for the
shape of the genitalia.

The species is quite widely distributed, and is, not unlikely, confused
with vicina in collections.

Mamestra vicina Grt.

1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 156; Mamestra.
1877. Grt., Can, Ent., rx, 197; Mamestra.
teligera Morr.
1874. Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvur, 215; Mamestra.
1877. Grt., Can. Ent., rx, 197; ? pr. syn.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x1, 129; pr. syn.
acutipennis Grt.
1882. Grt., Can. Ent., xu, 214; Mamestra.
1823. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 129; Mamestra.

Dark ash-gray with a more or less evident rufous tinge, most marked
at base and in median space. A longitudinal fine black basal streak,
reaching the indistinct basal line. Median lines usually not well
marked, T. a. line even, outwardly oblique, with an inward bend be-
low submedian space. TT, p. line somewhat irregular, nearly parallel
with outer margin, marked with white in submedian space. S. t. line
variably distinct, sometimes obsolete, its course very irregular, always
marked in submedian interspace with a whitish spot. Claviform out-
lined in black, usually extending across the median space and connect-
ing the median lines. Ordinary spots concolorous or slightly paler,
black ringed and with a narrow interior ring of pale scales. Orbicular
oblique, more or less oval. Reniform somewhat variable, but usually
more or less kidney-shaped and oblique. S. t. line sometimes preceded

268 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

by a more or less evident row of black spots. Secondaries varying in
both sexes from soiled white to fuscous. Beneath, powdery gray, with
incomplete, or wanting, outer line and discal spot. Head and thorax
concolorous, collar with a dark line.

Expands 30 to 32™™ (1.20 to 1.28 inches).

HABITAT.—-Maine to Texas to California.

Seven specimens are in the Museum collection: Sharon, New York,
July 23 (Meske); Arizona, Colorado (J. B.8.); Nevada County, Cali-
fornia (through C. V.R.). The Nevada County specimens bear the red
label 307, and are darker than the others, most nearly resembling the
Sharon example, which bears Mr. Grote’s own label.

The distinctive features of the species have been sufficiently discussed
in the introductory remarks to the group.

Mamestra pensilis Grt.

1874. Grt., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1374, 199; Dianthecia.
1874. Grt., Can. Ent., vi, 215; Dianthecia.
1881. Grt., Can. Ent., x111, 129; Mamestra.
Like vicina, but rather paler, more reddish in ground color with some-
what wider wings; and antenne of male rather thicker.
Expands 28 to 32™ (1.12 to 1.28 inches).
HabBiratT.—Texas, Colorado, California, Washington, Vancouver.
Detailed description seems useless, as it would be simply duplicating
the description of vicina. The only differences have been pointed out.
Four specimens are in the Museum collection: Vancouver (J. B.S.)
and Texas, October 7 and 19 (C. V. R., from Belfrage material).
Mr. Grote gives August, September 11, and November as dates of
specimens received from Sanzalito, California.

SPECIES UNKNOWN TO ME.
Mamestra vittula Grt.

1883. Grt., Trans. Kans. Acad, Sci., vit, 48; Mamestra.

‘Female allied to the Californian 4-lineata, the t. a. line not so ob-
lique, and no reddish stain on fore wings; hind wings white, the veins
very slightly soiled. Collar gray with blackish edge; thorax blackish
gray. Primaries blackish gray. T. a. line scalloped. A black basal dash.
Median space shaded with black. Stigmata small, concolorous, dark
gray. Terminal field paler gray, preceded by the s. t. line, which is
irregular, shaded with black, especially at costa; a black dash at anal
angle, before which the s.t. line is bent and heavily marked with black.
Beneath, no markings ; hind wings white, dusted a little on costa ; fore
wings pale fuscous. No. 957. Expands 24™™,”

The specimen is from New Mexico, and does not seem to be distinet
from 4-lineata, which is variable in the direction indicated in this descrip-
tion.

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 269

Mamestra sutrina Grt.
1881. Grt., Papilio, 1, 5; Mamestra.

‘This species is similarly sized with the Californian cuneata, but a
little slighter body. It is deep brown, cut and lined with white, and
wants all yellowish markings, and is thus differently colored from its
ally. It differs in markings by the absence of the dots following the t.
p. line and by the white lunulate s. t. line. Lines double, filled in with
white. Reniform and orbicular subequal, approximate, white ringed.
Claviform outlined in black, beyond it a white spot. A dark line upon
submedian fold. Median lines lunulate, uneven, approaching inferi-
orly. Black interspaceal marks precede the white s. t. line. Half-line
marked. T.a. line nearly perpendicular, marked by a black outer
line and preceding white shade. TT. p. line outwardly bent above,
drawn in below vein 4, well removed outwardly. Beneath, fuscous.
Hind wings irrorate with whitish, with discal dot and transverse line;
above, secondaries with darker border and slightly paler base. Eyes
hairy. Body tufted. Kxpanse ¢ 30™™. Colorado.”

Mamestra ferrealis Grt.
1883. Grt., Can. Ent., xv, 29; Mamestra.

“Allied to Mamestra cinnabarina var. ferrea, but larger, bright
brown. Orbicular circular, bright brown, with central dot. Reniform
upright, very slightly medially constricted, with a central line hooked
into two dots. T. p. line double, black, with white included shade.
Subterminal space washed with whitish, leaving a brown patch at costa.
Terminal space narrow, brown at apex, afterward blackish. Sub-
terminal line whitish, preceded by a narrow brawn shading. <A black-
ish shade between the stigma on cell. A blackish shade on costa over
subbasal space. Basal half-line white. A broad shade submedially
across median space, deepening before t. p. line, where it is cut by the
brown median shade. Hind wings fuscous, with extramesial line.
Beneath, primaries purply brown, with a black costal shade outside of
the common extramesial line. Thorax rather pale, collar and tegule
with black lines. Abdomen tufted, reddish, fuscous, somewhat brighter
beneath. Montana. Mr. H. K. Morrison.”

Mamestra dimmocki Grt.

1875. Grt., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1875, 420; Mamestra.

“9, Allied to subjunctaG.and R. Of the same blackish-brown color,
differing by being darker and more reddish, by the absence of the
median dash, and the want of the prominent W mark to the subtermi-
nal line. Collar with a black line. Fore wings with a short distinct
black basal dash. Median lines blackish, indistinct, lunulate, approxi-
mate. Orbicular large, luniform, excavate on the inner side. Reni-
form large, medially constricted, shaded with blackish over the median

270 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH,

nervuies. Claviform merely outlined. Median shade line ferruginous
below the reniform. Subterminal line nearly straight, a series of in-
terspaceal cuneiform ferruginous spots surmounted by pale atoms.
Hind wings dark fuscous, with pale fringes. Beneath, thickly pow-
dered with blackish, with a slight ruddy stain. Hind wings, with dot
and line.

“Hxpanse 40™™,

‘From the White Mountains, New Hampshire. Collected by Mr.
Geo. Dimmock, for whom I name the species.”

I have already explained how I came to erroneously identify this
species, and have named desperata the form heretofore named démmocki
by me in divers collections, including that of the U. S. National
Museum. As above described, I have not yet recognized the species.

Mamestra condita Gn.
1252. Gn., Sp. Gen. Noct., 11, 78, Pl. 8, f.5; Aplecta.
1857. W1k., C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., x1, 556; Hurois.
1874. Grt., Buff. Bull., 1, 12; Mamestra.
1831. Grt., Can. Ent., x11, 127 (transl. desc.).

“QO, 35™™, The smallest of the genus (7.¢., Aplecta). Wings slightly
elongate, the primaries nearly entire, rather wide, of a grayish white,
much powdered with blackish, which makes them griseous, except the
edges of the lines and the two ordinary spots, which remain white and
empty. The latter are very regular. The orbicular longitudinally
ovate. The three first lines very distinct, dentate, black; the t. p.
line sending a Sharper tooth in the sinus of the reniform. The sub-
terminal very nebulous, pale, margined anteriorly by a vague shade of
pale ferruginous; the upper edge of the claviform alone visible. The
two median spots separated by a dark spot surrounded by black. A
basal ray crosses the half-line. Secondaries dirty yellowish white,
with traces of a discal spot, of a much-twisted median line, and of a
subanal blackish spot. Terminal marks thick, contiguous, and better
marked. Beneath, with the spot and line well indicated, blackish,
thick, the line continuous on the primaries. Abdomen short, with
small crests. Palpi ascending, slighter than in the other species (i. ¢.,
of Aplecta).”

The description is copied from Mr. Grote’s translation, which I have
compared and which is very close indeed. Judging from the figure
and description, the species is not a Mamestra at all, but is almost
certainly Agrotis trabalis Grt. I have no specimen of the latter for
comparison at present, but I am convinced that this was the species
intended by Guenée.

Mamestra impolita Morr.
1874. Morr., Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvih 140; Mamestra.

‘“ Expands 35™™, Length of body 13™™,
‘““Kyes hairy; male antenne with fine hairy clothing. Collar gray
with a median line. Abdomen strongly tufted. In this species the

ie

A i ea i

oo | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 271

lines and spots are arranged as in chenopodii Albin, but the markings
are more broken, and the squamation is rough and uneven. The ground
color is white, almost totally obscured, except in the ordinary spots
and on the subterminal space by black or gray shades. The nervules
and a portion of the basal space are tinged with glaucous. Half line
present. The interior line irregular, simple, obsolete below the clavi-
form spot; the latter round, large, whitish, outlined in black. Above
is situated the white, oblique orbicular spot, containing a central gray
shade. The submedian nervure is plainly blackish. Median shade
blackish, suffused and irregular, lost in the dark median space. Reni-
form spot white, containing a central gray shade, well sized, unsym-
metrical, its defining line broken. The exterior line is black, simple,
continuous, dentate, much drawn in below the reniform spot, and form-
ing a particularly deep lobe above the submedian nervure. Subter-
minal space more or less distinctly whitish below the costa, this color
culminating in a very conspicuous white spot, filling the median lobe
of the exterior line. The terminal line is whitish, distinet, but some-
what broken, forming two short but evident teeth on the second and
third median nervules. The line cuts and divides into two portions
the black shades which extend over the terminal and latter part of the
subterminal spaces. The usual subapical white dots, and a similar
series at the base of the fringe. Posterior wings dark fuscous, becom-
ing lighter and partially translucent at the base; a faint discal dot.
The fringes are whitish. Beneath, very uniform in coloration ; the an-
terior wings dark gray; whitish scales line the costa; the posterior
wings are whitish, with a distinct discal dot; a common line extends
over both wings.
'“ HABITAT.—Quebec, Canada.

* Kindly lent me for identification by my friend, Prof. F. X. Belanger,
of the Université Laval.

* The dark, almost black coloration of the anterior wings contrasting
with the four white spots in their central portion is characteristic of
the species. Of these spots, two, the orbicular and eclaviform, are com-
paratively small and well defined; the remaining two, the reniform and
the spot in the lobe of the exterior line, are large and irregular.”

The species of Mr. Grote’s lists not referred to in this paper do not
belong to Mamestra, but are better referred elsewhere.

SPECIES NOT IDENTIFIED.
Mamestra obliviosa Wlk.

1858. W1k., C. B. M., Lep. Het, xv, 1633, Mamestra.

“Mas: Cinereo-fusca, subtus cinerea; abdomen cinereum subcris-
tatum; ale antic lineis subobsoletis denticulatis obscurioribus et albi-
dis, obiculari et reniformi vix determinatis; postice cinerew, margine
lato fuscescente.”

“Male: Cinereous-brown, cinereous beneath. Abdomen cinereous,
slightly erested. Forewings with almost obsolete denticulated darker

272 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

brown and whitish lines; orbicular and reniform marks very indistinct,
like the lines in color. Hind wings cinereous, with broad brownish
borders; fringe of the four wings whitish at the base. Length of the
body, 5 lines; of the wings, 18 lines.”

‘‘a. Rocky Mountains. Presented by the late Earl of Derby.”

This description might readily be made to apply to several of our
Western species.

Mamestra associans WIk.
1858. W1k.,C. B. M., Lep. Het. xv, 1683, Mamesira.

‘Mas: Cinerea; thorax postice nigricante-cinereus, fascia antica
interrupta nigra; abdomen rufescens, basi cinereum, fasciculo apicali
magno; ale antice rufescentes, costa cinerea nigro notata, linea sub-
marginali alba undulata interrupta, orbiculari obsoleta, reniformi nigra
sat parva; postice pallide cinerexe, marginali fuscescente, subtus apud
costam rufescentes nigro subconsperse. ”

‘* Male: Cinereous, paler beneath. Thorax blackish cinereous hind-
ward, with an interrupted black band in front. Abdomen reddish,
cinereous towards the base; apical tuft large. Fore wings reddish,
cinereous, and with black marks along-the costa; submarginal line
white, undulating, interrupted; orbicular mark obsolete, reniform
black, rather small, somewhat contracted in the middle. Hind wings
pale cinereous, with a brownish marginal line; under side reddish, and
slightly speckled with black along the costa. Length of the body, 7
lines; of the wings, 16 lines. ”

“q, Kast Florida. Presented by E. Doubleday, Esq.”

Mamestra septentrionalis Wlk.
1865. W1k.,C. B. Mus., Lep. Het., xx xu, 660.

Mas: Fusca; palpi oblique ascendentes, articulo 3° longi-conico;
abdominis fasciculis apicalis ferrugineo rufus; ale antice nigro con-
sperse, striga lata obscuriore orbicularem et reniformem cinereas mag-
nas nigro-marginatas includente; lineis septem e lunulis lunulisque
marginalibus nigris, spatio marginali nigricante lineam submarginalem
cineream undulatem includente; postice cineree, fusco marginatie.”

‘* Male: Brown, cinereous beneath. Palpi obliquely ascending, not
rising higher than the vertex; second joint hirsute; third joint elon-

gate conical, about one-fourth of the length of the second. Abdomen.

brownish cinereous, extending a little beyond the hind wings; apical
tuft short, ferruginous red. Femora clothed with long hairs. Fore
wings thinly black speckled, with a broad dark brown streak which
contains the orbicular and reniform marks; these are cinereous, large,
black bordered, and of the usual form; some irregular black lines com-
posed of curves, two near the base, two on the inner side of the orbicu-
lar mark, and three exterior, of which the first is interrupted by the

or | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 273

reniform mark; marginal space blackish, including a cinereous undu-
lating submarginal line; marginal lunules black. Hind wings cinere-
ous, very slightly hyaline, brown bordered; discal point and veins
brown, marginal line blackish, festooned. Length of the body, 10 lines;
of the wings, 20 lines.”

‘“ Most allied to M. insulsa, from which it may be distinguished by the
difference in the orbicular and reniform marks, and in the exterior line
of the fore wings.”

“a, Vancouver's Island. ”

Mamestra expulsa W1k.

1865. Wlk., C. B. M., Lep. Het. xxxu, 661, Mamestra.

‘“Foem: Nigricante-cinerea, nigro conspersa; palpi oblique ascend-
entes, articulo 3° longo-conico; ate antic lineis tribus nigris angu-
losis duplicatis, orbiculari et reniformi magnis nigro-marginatis, spatio
intermedio nigricante, linea submarginali cinerea angulosa; postice,
cineree fuscescente marginate.”

“Female: Blackish cinereous, black speckled, cinereous beneath.
Palpi obliquely ascending, extending rather beyond the head. Third
joint elongate-conical, about one-third of the length of the second.
Antenne very minutely setulose. Abdomen cinereous, extending
somewhat beyond the hind wing. Forewings with three double zigzag
black lines; first line very near the base; second on the inner side of
the orbicular mark, which is large and black-bordered, and has a black-
ish space between it and the reniform; the latter is broad, black-bor-
dered, on the inner side of the third line; submarginal and marginal
lines cinereous, the former zigzag; hind wings cinereous, brownish
along the exterior border. Length of the body 9 lines; of the wings
18 lines.”

“Allied to M. insulsa, but the submarginal line is more undulating
and less denticulated.”

‘“a, Vancouver's Island.”

Mamestra punctigera WIk.

1865. WI1k., C. B. M., Lep. Het- xxxu, 661, Mamestra.

“Mas: Nigra; palpi vix ascendentes, articulo 2’ fimbriato, 3° longi-
conico; antenne dense setose; abdomen obscure cinereum, orbiculari
et reniformi albido punctalis atro marginatis; postice cinere, lanula
venis fasciaque marginali diffusa fuscescentibus.”

“Male: Black, cinereous beneath. Palpi very slightly ascending,
extending rather beyond the head; second joint fringed beneath; third
elongate-conical, about one-fourth of the leugth of the second, Anten-
pe stout thickly setose. Abdomen dark cinereous, extending a little
beyond the hind wings. Wings with a whitish line on the base of the
tringe. Forewings with whitish points along the costa; orbicular and

Proc. N. M. 91——18

214 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

reniform marks bordered with deep black, containing whitish points;
orbicular almost round; reniform of the usual shape. Hind wings
cinereous; lunule, veins, and a diffuse marginal band brownish. Length
of the body 9 lines ; of the wings 22 lines.”

“The pale marginal line of the forewings distinguish it from M.
impulsa.”

‘“q@, Vancouver Island.”

Mamestra vetustra Wlk.

1865. W1k., C. B. M., Leg. Het. xxx11, 662, Mamestra.

‘“ Foem: Cana; caput rufescente notatum; palpi porrecti, extus
nigro notati, articulo 3° lanceolato; pectus rufescens; al antice late,
lineis nonnullis e lunulis indistinetis fuscis, linea basali angulata, litu-
risque costalibus nigris, orbiculari et reniformi albidis magnis nigro
submarginatis; postice ceneo suffuse.”

‘Female: Hoary, dingy beneath. Head with a tranverse reddish
mark between the antenne. Palpi porrect, extending a little beyond
the head; second joint pilose, partly black on the outer side; third
lanceolate, hardly one-third the length of the second. Pectus reddish.
Abdomen extending a little beyond the hind wings. Legs black-speck-
led; spurs whitish, with a black band; tarsi spinose, their joints black
towards the base. Wings broad. Forewings with some brown indis-
tinct lines composed of lunules, and with black marks along the costa;
a deeply angular black line near the base; orbicular and reniform
marks large whitish, incompletely blackbordered; marginal festoon
black. Hind wings with an eneous tinge. Length of the body 10
lines, of the wings 24 lines.”

“a, Vancouver's Island.”

Hecatera Strigicollis Wallengr.
1860. Wallengr., Wien. Ent. Monatschr., rv, 170.

“Alis anticis supra albidis, spatio basalis ochraceo fuscoque marmor-
ato, spatio intermedio ferrugineo-fusco, maculis cellule 2 ordinariis
albis, margineque exteriore extra lineam subterminalem undulatam
cano; posticis griseis disco pallidiore; collari ferrugineo, linea nigra
transversa margineque canescente. ¢.”

California. Mus. Holm. Statura H. serene.

LIST OF SPECIES OF MAMESTRA.

. discalis Grt. ; 6. insolens Grt.
. rogenhoferi Meeschl. arietis Grt.
. nimbosa Gn. earina Morr.

. imbrifera Gn.
. purpurissata Grt.
var. juncimacula Smith.

. leucogramma Grt.
. lepidula Smith.
. determinata Smith.

Om WD =

co oO

a

VOL. et
1891.

10,
11,
12.

13.
14.

16.
17.
18.

io:
20.
21.

22.
23.
24,
25.

26.

27.

28.

29.
30.
Sl.
32.

34.
35.

40.

41.
42,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

LIST OF SPECIES OF MAMESTRA—Continued.

meditata Grt.
lustralis Grt.
detracta W1k.
claviplena Grt.
gnata Grt.
distincta Hbr
vilis French.

. crotchii Grt.

var. fusculenta Smith.
farnhami Grt.
liquida Grt.
capsularis Gn.
propulsa Wik.
vittula Grt.
prodeiiformis Smith.
atlantica Grt.
W-latinum}t Gn.
discolor Speyer.
dissimilist Butl.
desperata Smith.
canadensis Smith.
nevade Grt.
subjuncta G. and R.
grandis Boisd.
libera W1k.
invalida Smith.
trifolii Rott.
chenopodii Fabr.
albifusa W1k.
oregonica Grt.
major Speyer.

var. marmorosa Bkh,
u-scripta Smith.
rosea Hary.
congermana Morr,
vindemialis Gn.
rubefacta Morr.

. picta Harv.

exusta Gn.
contraria W1k,
u-album Gn.
eristifera Wlk
lubens Grt.
rufula\| Morr.
braasicat Grt.

. assimilis Morr.

var, pulverulenta Smith.

. latex Gn,

demissa Wk.

. passa Morr.
- adjuncta Bdv.

variolata Smith.
glacata Grit.
minorata Smith.

| 43.
| 44.
45,
46.
47.
48,
. lilacina Harv.

defessa Grt.
chartaria Grt.
repentina Morr,
brachiolum Hary.
beanii Grt.
legitima Grt.

illabefacta Morr.

. rugosa Morr.

. noverca Grt.

. goodellii Grt.

. quadrata Smith,
. obscura Smith.
. ectypa Morr.

bella Grt.

. renigera Steph.

herbimacula Gn.

. egens WIK.

stricta WIk.
Serrea Grt.
var. cinnabarina Grt.

. Spiculosa Grt.
. circumcinecta Smith,
. Olivacea Morr.

comis Grt.
var. obscurior Smith.

. rectilinea Smith.

. vau-media Smith.
. incurva Smith.

. 4-lineata Grt.

5. marinitincta Harv.
. laudabilis Gn.

indicans W1k.
var. illaudabilis Grt.

. alboguttata Grt.
8. cuneata Grt.
. lorea Gn.

ligata W1k.
dodgei Grt.

0. quadrannulata Morr,
. innexa Grt.
. longiclava Smith.

73. orbiculata Smith.
74, anguina Grt.

>. Vicina Grt.

teligera Morr.
acutipennis Grt.

. pensilis Grt.

(unknown to me.)

. Vittula Grt.

3, sutrina Grt.

. ferrealis Grt.

. condita Gn.

. impolita Morr.

276 REVISION OF MAMESTRA—SMITH.

LIST OF SPECIES OF MAMESTRA—Continued.

82. dimmocki Grt.

83. strigicollis Wall.

84. expulsa WIk.

85. septentrionalis W1k.

; 86.
87.
88.
89.

punctigera W1k.

vetusta Wlk. =
obliviosa W1k.

associans W1k.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII-XI.

The figures are numbered consecutively, but are not regularly arranged on the

plates.

Harpe and clasper of—

31. WM. cristifera.
32. M. assimilis.
33. M. latex.

1. M. discalis.
2. M. rogenhoferi.
3. M. nimbosa.
4. M. imbrifera.
5. M. purpurissata.
6. M. insolens.
7. M. leucogramma.
8. M. determinata.
9, M, lepidula.
10. M. meditata.
11. M. lustralis.
12. M. detracta.
13. M. gnata.
14. M. distincta.
15. M. crotchit.
16. M. liquida.
17. M. capsularis.
18. M. vittula.
19, M. prodeniformis.
20. M. atlantica.
21. M. canadensis.
22. M. desperata.
23. M. subjuncta.
24, M. grandis.
25. M. trifolit.
26, M. desperata.
27. M. rosea.
28. M. congermana.
29. M. vindemialis.
30. M. picta.

M.

M.

Harpe and clasper of-

34,
. M. variolata.

. M. glaciata.

. M. minorata.

. M. chartaria.

. M. brachiolum.
. M, legitima.

. M. lilacina.

. M. rugosa.

. M. noverca.

. M. goodellii.

. M. quadrata.

. M. obscura.

. WM, ectypa.

. M. renigera.

. M. egens.

. M. spiculosa.

. M. circumeineta.
. M. olivacea.

. M. ineurva.

. M, 4-lineata.

. M. marinitincta.
. M. laudabilis.

. M. alboguttata.
. M. cuneata.

. M. lorea.

. M. quadrannulata.
. M. innexa.

. M. anguina.

. M. longiclava.

. M. vicina.

. M. pensilis.

M. adjuncta,

ee ee ee

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. Vill

GENITAL STRUCTURE OF MAMESTRA.

IONAL MUSEUM

S. NAT

STRUCTURE OF MAMESTRA.

GENITAL

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV _ PL. XI

seed,

(3 Sh

GENITAL STRUCTURE OF MAMESTRA.

REPORT UPON THE ANNELIDA POLYCHAETA OF BEAUFORT,
NORTH CAROLINA.

BY
E. A. ANDREWS, PH.D.

(With Plates x1I-xVIII. )

The Annelid fauna of the northeastern coast of the United States has
become so well known through the labors of A. E. Verrill, H. E. Web-
ster, and others, that our ignorance of that of the southern Atlantic
States is the more striking by contrast. Southof Northampton County,
Virginia, where Webster, in 1874 and 1876, obtained some fifty-nine
species of Polychzta, described in his Annelida Chetapoda of the
Virginian coast, but very little has been published respecting the lit-
toral Annelid fauna, though the European descriptions of forms col-
lected in the West Indies, the collection of Professor Goode in Bermuda
of twenty-six species, described in the Bulletin of the U, 8. National
Museum, 1884, and the extensive monograph of Ehlers on the Annelids
dredged by the Coast Survey steamer Blake off the Florida coast (Mem.
Mus. Com, Zoél., Harvard, 1887) give a few general grounds for antici-
pating some of the discoveries to be expected along the shores of the
Southern States.

In this region, Charleston Harhor was carefully examined by the
French naturalist, L. A. G. Bose, toward the close of the last century,
with the result that several interesting Aunelids were made known,
among them being the new genus Polydora. Later Stimpson (Proce.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1856) described two new Annelids from this
same interesting locality, one being the remarkably large Acoetes
lupina. Farther north, at Fort Macon, near Beaufort, North Carolina,
Coues and Yarrow collected marine Annelids, nine species of which
were described by Verrill in 1878 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.).

In the following list some fifty-seven species, representing twenty-
four families of Polychaetous Annelids, are identified and described, with
such notes upon breeding, habits, color, ete., as were made at that time,
the collection being obtained in connection with the Johns Hopkins
Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina, in the summer months of
1884 and 1885. As the collection was confined to a short part of the
year, was for the most part limited to the area between tides, and not
conducted with any great thoroughness, the list must obviously give but

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 852.
277

278 ANNELIDA POLYCHEZTA—ANDREWS.

an inadequate idea of the richness of the fauna. Reinvestigation would
doubtless show the fauna to be as well represented by numerous species,
as it obviously is by innumerable individuals, the sand flats presenting
a most striking illustration of the wealth of Annelid life that may be
supported under the exceptionally favorable conditions here prevailing.

Family AMPHINOMID&.
AMPHINOME Brugnuieres.
Amphinome rostrata Quatrefages.

QUATREFAGES. Hist. Nat. des Annelis, vol. 1, p. 393.

Small and apparently immature specimens of Amphinome were found
on several occasions among the stalked barnacles upon driftwood
brought into the harbor by certain winds, and referred, with consid-
erable doubt, to the form Quatrefages seems to have had for the above
description.

The coloring of the body suggests a protective resemblance to the
stalks of the barnacles among which the Annelid lies concealed, though
Langerhans thinks that the conspicuous colors of certain members of
this family are useful as a warning signal, some having, he says, poison-
ous sete.

Family POLYNOID.

LEPIDONOTUS (Leach) Malmgren.
Lepidonotus sublevis Verrill.}
VERRILL. Invert. Animals, Vineyard Sound, p. 320, 581, Pl. x, Fig. 42.
VERRILL. New England Annelida, Part I, Pl. v1, Figs 4, 4a, 4b, 4c.
Small specimens are not uncommon in material dredged in shallow

water, both inside and outside of the inlet, and were taken both in 1884
and 1885.

Lepidonotus variabilis Webster.

WEBsTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 58, Pl. vil, Figs. 6-11; Pl. 11, Figs. 12-14.

This occurs upon oyster shells, etc., in shallow water. It was taken
at ‘Green Rock,” in June, among hydroids; upon the bottom of a float-
ing scow, off Schackelford Bank, in August; near “ Horse Island,” and
among sponges dredged near Moorhead City, in June.

HARMOTHOE Malmgrer.
HarmothGe aculeata, sp. nov.
(Plate x11, Figs. 1-5.)

Body long, much flattened; setigerous somites, 34. Cephalic lobe
deeply cleft. The two lobes swollen and with the acuminate tips sharply
distinguished. Anterior eyes larger than posterior, opposite posterior
end of median cleft. Median tentacle more than twice the length of the

Para PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 279

antenne; the latter slender, not much exceeding cephalic lobe. Ten-
tacular cirri more slender than tentaculum. Palpi much stouter and
smooth, unless highly magnified.

First pair of elytra round; following ones oblong, somewhat wider at
outer part and emarginate on anterior edge; outer and posterior edges
with dense fringe; surface covered with spines, which are small and
surrounded by a cireular area on the smooth anterior region, while they
become larger, sharp, and surrounded by polygonal areas upon the pos-
terior part of theelytra. Here the polygonal areas bear smaller spines
or nodules near the edge. The large spines as well as small ones are
often bifid and form near posterior edge of elytrum a linear series evi-
dent to naked eye.

Dorsal cirri, tentaculum, and antennie densely papillated, but ending
in smooth filiform tips. Ventral cirri small, slender, somewhat papii-
lated. Dorsal set as in H. imbricata Malmgren. Ventral sete with
nearly straight tips and prominent hooks some distance below.

Length up to 2 centimetres; diameter, including setw,8 millimetres,

The most common scale-Annelid found under stones, ete., in shallow
water and between tides, near the town. It was also dredged among
sponges near Horse Island and at Green Rock, in June and October.

NYCHIA Malmgren.
Nychia cirrosa Malmgren.

MALMGREN. Nordiska Hafs-Annulata, p. 58, Pl. vit, Fig. 1.
WeBsTER. Annel. Chiet., Provincetown, p. 700,
TAUBER. Annulata Danica, pp. 79-80.

Only one specimen was taken, 1884.

LEPIDAMETRIA Webster.
Lepidametria commensalis Webster.
WessTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, pp. 10-13, Pl. m1, Figs. 23-31.
Wesster. Annel. Chet., Provincetown, p. 701.
Only a single specimen of this interesting commensal annelid was
taken in the tube of an amphitrite, found in the mud flat alongside the
channel at Crab Point, in June, 1885,

Family SIGALIONID 2%.
STHENELAIS Kinberg.
Sthenelais picta Verrill.
VERRILL. Invert. Anim. of Vineyard Sound, p. 348, 582.
VERRILL. New England Annelida, part 1, Pl. vit, Fig. 3; Pl. v1, Fig. 7. Proc. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., vol. 1, p. 167.

WEBSTER. Annel. Chit. of Virginian Coast, p. 13.
WEBSTER. Annel. Chet., Provincetown, p. 701.

This fine Annelid occurs in the sand between tides on Bird Shoal and
was often dug in 1884 and 1885 at various periods of the summer and
early fall.

280 ANNELIDA POLYCHHTA—ANDREWS.

Family ACCHTID A.

ACGSITES Aud. and M. Edw.
Accetes lupina Stimpson.
STIMPSON. Onsome remarkable marine invertebrata inhabiting the shores of South
Carolina, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v, pp. 116, 117.
QUATREFAGES. Histoire naturelle des Annelis, vol. U, p. 674.

Of this remarkably large scale-annelid only two specimens were taken
at periods of unusually low tide in July, 1885, both in muddy, somewhat
grassy, areas exposed but imperfectly and for a short period. One was
found in ‘Shark Shoal,” the other with amphitrite on the edge of Crab
Point Thoroughfare. The greatest length is 24 inches. The other speci-
men measures 16 inches, with a diameter including parapodia of 14
millimetres at the fortieth somite. The elytra are about one hundred
and thirty-eight on each side, smoky black with white yellow edges;
they cover the parapodia, but leave dorsal surface mostly uncovered.

General color reddish brown, lurid, not translucent, anterior 2 inches
of dorsal side whitish; ventral median vessel purple. In the smaller
individual taken on Shark Shoal the color is markedly lighter and more
variegated.

Dorsal cirri end in acute white cones, ventral cirri small and dark red.
On ventral side of parapodium several transparent elevations are
noticeable anteriorly, but gradually disappear towards the posterior
part of the body.

At the posterior end the body is transparent and bears flake-white
anal cirri.

There can be no doubt that this is the same Annelid that Stimpson
found in Charleston Harbor—agreeing as it does in all the essential
characters he gives.

The larger specimen discharged great quantities of sper mioron from
openings anterior and ventral to the ventral cirri.

The peculiar tubes, suggesting those of cerianthus very forcibly, are
one-fourth of an inch thick, made of concentric layers of tough mem-
branous substance and inclose a lumen one-half inch wide. These tubes
stand vertically in the soft mud and extend down more than two feet.

Microscopic examination of the tube shows that the layers of mem-
brane are formed of long, yellow fibrils looking like chitin and iden-
tical with those figured and described by Hisig (die capitelliden) as
secreted by Polyodontes.

Family NEPHTHYDIDA.
NEPHTHYS Cuv.

Nephthys bucera Ehlers.
EALERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 617, Pl. xx, Fig. 8.
VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sound, pp. 416,583, Pl. xu, Fig. 58.
WEBSTER. Annel. Cheet., Provincetown, p. 702.

Not uncommon in the sand of various shoals, especially upon the

outer parts scarcely uncovered at low water.

a

eee | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 281
Nephthys picta Ehlers,

EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 632, Pl. xxuu, Figs. 9, 35.
VERRILL, Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 348, 553, Pl. xu, Fig. 57.
WeBsTER. Annel. Chiet. of Virginian Coast, p. 14.
This form would seem less common than the former with which it
sometimes occurs.

Family PHYLLODOCID%.
PHYLLODOCE (Say.) Malmgren.
Phyllodoce fragilis Webster.

WessTER. Annel, Chet. of Virginian Coast, p. 14, Pl. m1, Figs. 32-37.
This conspicuous small Annelid was found in considerable numbers in
material dredged in shallow water in Bogue Sound and near Horse

Island in June.
Family HESIONID&.

PODARKE Elblers.

Podarke obscura Verrill.
VERRILL, Invert, An. of Vineyard Sd., pp. 319, 589, Pl. xu, Fig. 61.
WessTeER. Annel. Chet. of Virginian Coast, p. 16.

A small active Annelid, which like the former species and many
other forms, emerges in numbers from masses of sponge, shell, ete.,
allowed to stand in water till it becomes impure. Dredged oft Moor-
head City in abundance.

Family SYLLIDZ.
SYLLIS (Sav.) Ehlers.
Syllis spongicola Grube.

GruBeE. Archiv. f. naturgeschichte, 1855, Part 7, p. 104, Pl. rv, Fig. 4.
MARION & BOBRETZKY. Annel. du Golfe de Marseille, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zo6l., 6 ser., vol.
2, 1875, pp. 24-25, Pl. 11, Fig. 7.
LANGERHANS. (Haplosyllis hamata). Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. Zeit. f. wiss.
Zo6}., vol. 32, pp. 527-528.
The small Annelid identified as above, occurred in large numbers in
sponges dredged off Moorhead City, in shallow water, June.

P#DOPHYLAX Clpd.

Pedophylax longiceps Verrill.

VERRILL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 11, 1879, pp. 170,171. New England Annelida,
Pari i, Pl. x0, Pic, 2.
LANGERHANS. Die Wurmfauna von Madeira, Zeit. fiir wiss. Zo6]., vol. 40, p. 248,
Pl. xv, Fig. 2.
Sexual individuals were taken in the dip net. Eggsand young were
observed in most of the stages described by Vigueir for Pxogone gemmi-

282 ANNELIDA POLYCHZTA—ANDREWS.

fera Pag. to which they present great similarity. The eggs or young
were attached ventrally to about 16 segments, commencing usually on
the fifteenth, but in 11 specimens studied considerable variability was
observed. In most cases no elongated sets were present upon the
segments bearing young.

AUTOLYTUS (Grube) Marenzeller.
Autolytus varians Verrill.

VERRILL. New England Annelida, p. 320.

Sexual forms, ¢ and 2, were taken at the surface, which are prob-
ably identical with the forms described by Professor Verrill from the
New England coast, June.

PROCERAA (Ehlers) Marenzeller.
Procerea tardigrada Webster.

WEBSTER, Annel. Chet. vf Virginian Coast, pp. 27-30.

Non-sexual forms, many of them in process of division, were dredged
in great numbers amongst sponges, near Green Rock, in 3 to 4 fathoms,
and sexual forms were taken in the tow net. From a comparison of
these various forms there seems no doubt that the Procerca cerulea of
Webster was merely the female of P. tardigrada, the eggs of which are
of a sky-blue color and give this color to the body before they are laid.
Subsequently they are carried about in three delicate sacks on the ab-
domen, between the sixth and thirty second segments.

This @ has a dark dorsal, transverse band upon somites, 3, 6, 8, 9,
13, 17, 21, 25,-27, 29, 32, 35, 38, 42, 46, 49, 51, 53,56, 57, 70, 71,74;
and 77, near anterior edge of each. Each parapodium bears ventrally
a dark-red spot. The large lateral and swollen dorsal eyes are concealed
by pigmented areas. Base of dorsal cirrus red as far as twenty-fourth
somite. Body convex dorsally, flat ventrally, and laterally expanded
with long parapodia, sete and dorsal cirri in the region between sixth
and twenty-seventh somites. Taken in August. The nonsexual form
has pigmental bands like those of the 2? but arranged according to a
definite law or general rule to which the bands in the ? conform also;
bearing in mind that the 2 is formed as a cut-off part of the nonsexual
stage, separating almost always just posterior to thirteenth somite and
hence having thirteen less somites than that stage. In one hundred
and ten individuals carefully studied only three had the bud formed
just posterior to fourteenth somite; seventy-nine had anevident bud just
posterior to thirteenth somite.

Having tabulated the arrangement of the colored bands in these
one hundred and ten individuals there results the general rule that the
bands oceur upon the third and fourth somites, then upon every other
or alternate one up to and ineluding the twelfth, then (in the region of

eel PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 283

the bud) upon every fourth one up to and including the twenty-fifth,
then upon every fifth one up to and including the forty-first, after which
the exceptions become so numerous that no rule is evident.

The examination of so many cases shows a definite tendency to lim-
itation in the bands to certain somites in the anterior region and a
greater and greater irregularity in the posterior region. The oldest
region in each individual of the two concerned in budding is remarka-
bly constant in respect to the coloration. Thus in the one hundred and
ten cases studied the nurse or anterior thirteen somites presented ab-
normal bands as follows: On the fifth somite a band in only eleven cases;
on the seventh none at all; on the ninth in only four cases; on the elev-
enth in only six cases; on the thirteenth in only five cases. On the fourth
somite the normal band was wanting in four cases, never on the third
somite. The rule of banding in the bud is not as strictly adhered to as
in the above nurse. Thus bands occur abnormally upon the fourteenth
somite in fifteen cases, are wanting upon the fifteenth in thirteen cases,
occur upon the sixteenth in eight cases, upon the seventeenth in twenty
cases, are wanting upon the eighteenth in twenty cases, and so on.

These facts seem sufficient to indicate that we have in this Syllid a
marked tendency to the acquirement of a regular metameric marking,
which, however, does not coincide with the metamerision of the somites
but tends to follow a special law, best expressed in the oldest part of
the body in which certain alternating colored and not colored som-
ites are distinguishable—a series of groups or combinations of somites
thus following one another.

In one ease, a nonsexual individual with well-advaneced bud, the pos-
terior zodid was inverted Y shaped, being provided with two complete
but not quite identical posterior ends; an abnormality previously
noticed in various Annelids by many observers, but in this case striking
from the length of the divided region and the activity of these two
parts in the crawling movements of the whole.

Procerza ornata Mar. and Boby.

MARION AND BOBRETZKY. Annel, du Golfe de Marseille > Ann. Sci. Nat., 6th ser., vol.
2, pp. 44-46, Pl. v, Fig. 14.

Taken in large numbers near Moorhead City on sponge, in June.

Procerza rubropunctata Langerhans,

LANGERHANS. Die Wurmfauna yon Madeira. > Zeit. f. wiss. Zoél., vol. 23, pp. 579,
980, Pl. xxxu, Fig. 30.

This species also occurs in abundance.

284 ANNELIDA POLYCHZ1A—ANDREWS.

Family NEREID.
NEREIS Cuvier.

Nereis limbata Eblers.

EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, pp. 567-570.

VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 318,590, Pl. x1, Fig. 51; New England An-
nelida, part 1, Pl. v, Fig. 3, 3a; Note on Nat. Hist. of Ft. Macon (Coues and Yar-
row), No. 5. > Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1878, pp. 299, 300.

WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, pp. 35, 36, Pl. v1, Figs. 70-75; Annel.
Chet., Provincetown, p. 718.

Nonsexual forms are abundant in dredging material and also under
stones along the shore, where a large atoke form occurs apparently
sexually mature. Heteronereis forms of both sexes were found swim-
ming at the surface in September. In aquaria they soon died, but
many of them first deposited large quantities of spermatozoa and eggs.
‘The eggs were then fertilized and soon underwent an unequal cleavage.

Schackelford Bank, Green Rock, Horse Island, ete.

Nereis irritabilis Webster.
WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of Virginian Coast, pp. 31-34, Pl. v, Figs. 56-64; Pl. v1,
Figs. 65-69.
Nonsexual forms were found in mud at Crab Point and Shark Shoal
while epitoke female forms were taken in the tow net.

Nereis pelagica L.

MALMGREN. Annulata Polycheta, pp. 164-165, Pl. v1, Fig. 35.
ENLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, pp. 511-517, Pl. xx, Figs. 11-20.
VERRILL. Invert. An. of Vineyard Sd., pp. 319-591, Pl. x1, Figs. 52-55.
WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Provincetown, p. 718.

Numerous small individuals collected near Moorhead.

Nereis megalops Verrill.

Nereis alacris VERRILL. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 11, 1879, p. 171.

Nectonereis megalops VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 298,592, Pl. 12, Figs.
62, 63.

Nereis megalops VERRILL. New England Annelida, part 1, p. 320.

The epitoke form originally described by Professor Verrill as Necte-
nereis megalops was taken at the surface on several occasions, while
asexual forms and intermediate forms were found among Hydroids on
the piles of Moorhead Wharf.

Family EUNICID 4.
EUNICE Cuvier.
Eunice ornata, sp. nov.
(Plate xu, Figs. 6-13.)

Head distinctly bilobed, each part divided in front by a transverse
groove into an upper smaller and a lower much larger area. Body
rounded above, flat below, tapering gradually towards posterior end.

\

hero PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 285

Buccal somite as long as following three somites, ventral swelling pos-
terior to mouth conspicuous. Antenne jointed, almost moniliform;
median one longest, reaching almost to fourth setigerous somite; ten-
tacular cirri half as long as buccal somite, jointed; anal cirri jointed,
twice as long as tentacular cirri. Branchie pectinate, beginning on
fifth setigerous somite as a simple filament, rapidly increasing and
meeting in an arch over the back with as many as twenty posterior
branches; decreasing less rapidly, small and with few branches from
about the thirtieth somite to the end of the body. Parapodia not
prominent; dorsal cirrus long; ventral cirrus shorter, with swollen
base; sete light colored, dorsal ones acute, flattened; ventral ones
with a triangular tooth below the curved apex of outer joint; the
gauge-shaped sete have the terminal teeth prolonged. Jaws light
with dark borders; supports rounded; pinchers blunt; dental plates
with eight teeth on right and five on left; unpaired plate on left side
with eight teeth; posterior pair of paragnaths with each nine teeth;
anterior pair smooth, dark; outer pair square, with one tooth. Gen-
eral color golden reddish ; white spot on median line of each setigerous
somite; antenn, tentacular cirri, and anal cirri white with red rings or
transverse streaks. Eyes blue between outer and middle antenne.
Length up to 9 centimetres; diameter, 5 millimetres. Swims actively
with spiral motion.

Not uncommon on sponges, ete., in 2 to 3 fathoms in sheltered sounds.
The young were also found cast up on the Fort beach, after storms, upon
seaweeds.

This species appears to be closely related to HF. articulata Ehlers.

DIOPATRA And. and Edw.

Diopatra cuprea And. et Edw.

Bosc (Nereis cuprea.) Hist. Nat. des Vers., vol. 1, 2d ed., pp. 163-165, Pl. xu, Figs.
1-4.

QUATREFAGES (Eunice cuprea), Hist. Nat. des Annéles, vol. 1, p. 331.

CLAPAREDE (D, neapolitana), Annel. Chet. Golfe de Naples, pp. 122-127, Pl. v1, Fig. 4,

VERRILL, Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 346-593, Pl. xu, Figs. 67, 68.

VERRILL. Notes on Nat. Hist. of Ft. Macon (Coues and Yarrow), Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phil., 1878, pp. 299, 300.

Wesster. Annel. Chet., Provincetown, p. 270.

WEBsTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 63.

EHLERS (D. fragilis). Die Neubildung des Kopfes bei polychwten Anneliden. Erlan-
gen,71869,

This widely distributed Annelid, so common upon the northern coast
of the Eastern States, was first found at Charleston by Bosc, and later
at Beaufort, North Carolina, by Cones and Yarrow. From the descrip-
tion given by Ehlers of the specimens he received from Charleston and
among which he found and studied a case of regeneration of the head
and anterior somites it seems undoubtedly true that he had specimens
of Bose’s Nereis cuprea, though he gives the new name Diopatra fragilis.

286 ANNELIDA POLYCHZTA—ANDREWS.

Among specimens taken at Beaufort is one that has reproduced a
new head and several somites, just as in the case described by Ehlers.
Moreover, sections show that the histological changes concerned are
much as Ehlers found them. Study of this same species on the Massa-
chusetts coast shows that this reproduction of anterior or of posterior
end is a common occurrence and one of evident utility, almost a neces-
sity, considering the habit of the animal. Its tubes are raised above
the sand some inches and covered over with foreign objects, often quite
long pieces of eel grass. To collect this, the creature’s anterior end is
protruded some distance from the protecting tube and must be a tempt-
ing morsel for fish, etc. Atalleventsit is often cut off by some means.
This is the more likely to occur since the eves appear to be absent
in this species and danger thus can not be so well avoided. After arti-
ficial removal of the head recrescence takes place inside the tube, in
aquaria, with little lapse of time.

The young are sometimes taken in the tow netin July, the larger ones,
8 millimetres long, probably floating upon seaweeds, ete.

The adult is common upon the quieter, more muddy parts of Bird
Shoal and near Crab Point, etc., between tides. .

Diopatra magna, sp. noy.
(Plate xiv, Figs. 14-20.)

Body flat, elongated; first five or six somites, convex dorsally and
turned upward so that the mouth is terminal; buccal somite small,
widened at sides, as narrow above as first setigerous somite, bearing at
middle of each side a smooth tentacular cirrus as long as first two se-
ligerous somites. Head withdrawn into buccal somite; palps large,
globose, with nodules anteriorly; antennz smooth, with short annulated
bases about as long as first setigerous somite; median antenne and
middle ones four times length of tentacular cirri, outer one about
half the length of the median; tentacles cylindrical, with conical tips
as long as bases of antennze, Anterior five parapodia very stout, three
upper ones directed forward. Branchiz pectinate, beginning on the
sixth setigerous somite as simple filaments. The number of their pin-
nules has increased to about twelve on the thirtieth segment, where
the branchize meet on the back. Behind the middle of the body the
pinnules of the branchiz decrease gradually in number, the branchiz
becoming flabellate, bifid, and finally simply filiform on the posterior
somites. Set in first five parapodia about thirteen to each, imper-
fectly jointed, with the hooked tips and tooth below them inclosed ina
delicate hood; other parapodia bear about thirty simple pointed sete,
two stout hooked seti, and delicate, asymmetrical, finely serrated chisel-
shaped sete. Jaw pieces dark; lower jaws with whitish tips indented
on the edge; dental plates with eight teeth on right and seven on left;
large pair of paragnaths with eight teeth on right and six on left ; un-
paired piece on left with eight teeth; two small pairs of paragnaths,

yoo’) © PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 287

the one smooth, the other with a rounded boss. Color dark, except
anterior end, which is flesh color with sprinkling of dark dots; branchive,
dark brown; antennie, reddish brown; body, translucent posteriorly ;
anus, very large; anal cirri, shorter and more slender than median an-
tenn. Length up to 1 meter; breadth, without parapodia, 16 milli-
metres ; median antenna, 10 millimetres.

This species is more common than the preceding on the outer part of
Bird Shoal at low-tide mark and below, constructing stout tubes which
project several inches above the sand, and are covered with bits of
shells, etc., and inclined to one side near the end. Young individuals,
1 centimetre long, are sometimes found in small tubes attached to the
side of the large tubes—one of the few stable objects on these sand flats.

This is one of the largest Annelids of our coasts, full-grown specimens
measuring upwards of 4 feet when freshly dug out of their correspond-
ingly long vertical tubes. As they readily retire into the lower part of
the tube and are easily broken into pieces in attempting to remove them,
few perfect specimens can be obtained; but when the tide is rising over
the tube, it is found that the animal is apt to be near the orifice and
can, moreover, be more readily dug out uninjured when the tube re-
mains under water,

The color is noticeably dark, only the anterior 5 or 4 inches being
flesh color with blackish, minute spots. Posterior to about the first 7
inches the color is dark greenish brown, with translucent yellowish sides
where contents of intestine do not give an opaque appearance. Branchie
dark red-brown.

This species is readily recognized at a glance as differing from D.
cuprea in the character of the branchiz. It is probably this species
also, and not D. cuprea, which produces the remarkably elongated, cylin-
drical masses of jelly found on the sand flats, drifted about by the tides,
Each mass contains innumerable larvee, the eggs having developed
before July.

These larve have been figured and described by Prof. E. B. Wilson.
(Studies Johns Hopkins University, vol. 2).

Both this species and the preceding are found to present peculiar
strings of ovarian cells attached to the ova, both when projecting from
the ovary and when floating free in the body cavity. A description of
these is shortly to appear in the Journal of Morphology.

MARPHYSA Quatrefages.

Marphysa sanguinea Quatrefages.

F _ Lunice sanguinea GRUBE. Fam. des Annél., pp. 44, 123,

Lreipy. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 2d ser., part 2, vol. 3, p. 147.
Marphysa leidyi QUATREFAGES. Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. 1, p. 337.
Marphysa leidyi Verritu. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 319, 593, Pl. xu, Fig. 64.
Marphysa sanguinea QUATREFAGES. Hist. Nat.des Annelés, vol. 1, p. 332, Pl. x, Fig. 5.
Marphysa sanguinea Enters. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 360, Pl. xv1, Figs. 8-11.
Marphysa sanguina Wesster. Annel, Chet, Virginian Coast, p. 36, Pl. vi, Figs.
76-80; Pl. vu, Figs. 81-83.

288 ANNELIDA POLYCHETA—ANDREWS.

There seems to be great variability in the place of occurrence of the
first branchize; some large specimens apparently belonging to this
species have no branchie before the fortieth segment; in other cases
the branchis begin much sooner upon one side than upon the other.

Large individuals are occasionally found in the sand on Bird Shoal,
Crab Point, Green Rock, ete.

DRILONEREIS (Clpd.) Webster.
Drilonereis longa Webster.

WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, pp. 40-41, Pl. vu, Figs. 84-88; Annel.
Cheet., Provincetown, p. 721.

Common in sand, Bird Shoal and various localities.

ARABELLA (Grube) Ehlers.

Arabella opalina Verrill.

Lumbriconereis opalina VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 342, 594, Pl. x111,
Figs. 69, 70.

Arabella opalina VERRILL. Check List of Mar. Invert. of Atlantic Coast, p. 8; Nat.
Hist. of Ft. Macon (Coues and Yarrow); Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1878, p. 399;
New England Annelida, part 1, Pl. Iv, Figs. 4, 4a.

Arabella opalina WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 42; Annel. Chet.,
Provincetown, p. 721; Annelida from Bermuda, p. 321.

One of the most common forms met with in digging in muddy sand,

occurring in great numbers in some of the quiet bays and creeks,

STAUROCEPHALUS (Grube) Ehlers.

Staurocephalus sociabilis Webster.

Annel, Chet. Virginian Coast, pp. 43, 44, Pl. vil, Figs. 89-91.

A few specimens were dredged near Green Rock in 1884, and again in
1885.

Family GLYCERIDZ.
EUGLYCERA Verrill.

Euglycera dibranchiata Verrill.

Glycera dibranchiata EHLERS. Die Borstenniirmer, p. 670, Pl. xxiv, Figs. 1, 10-28.

Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 341, 596, Pl. x,
Figs. 43, 44.

Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 245; Annel.
Chet. Provincetown, p. 723.

Englycera dibranchiata VERRILL. New England Annelida, part 1, p. 296.

Occurs everywhere on the various shoals, with the following species,
but perhaps less commonly than the latter.

>
“

"reo. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 289

RHYNCHOBOLUS Clpd.
Rhynchobolus americanus Verrill.

Glycera americana Letpy. Mar, Invert. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey.
>Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ser. 2, vol. 3, part 2, p. 147.

Glycera americana EuXLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, pp. 668-670, Pl. xxur, Figs. 42-43.

Rhynchobolus americanus VERRILL. Invers. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 342, 596, Pl. x, Figs.
45,46; Notes on Nat. Hist. of Ft. Macon>Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1878, pp.
299, 300.

Rhynchobolus americanus WEBSTER. Annel, Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 45.

Very abundant on various shoals in the harbor.
Family OPHELIID_®.

OPHELINA (Oersted) Grube.
Ophelina agilis, sp. nov.
(Plate xv, Figs. 21-26, 28.)

Body cylindrical, smooth; preoral lobe conical, acute, long as first
four setigerous somites; anal tube cylindrical, slightly larger at end
than at base, length equal to about eight of the preceding setigerous
somites, truncated end produced into twenty to thirty slender sub-
equal papille and with a median ventral, annulated cirrus projecting
from its orifice about half the length of the entire tube. Setigerous
somites fifty, all except the first bearing long, tapering branchiz dorsal
to the sete, which are expanded at the base into an anterior crest or
lamella, gradually disappearing towards the apex. Sete more than
half the length of the branchie, acute and flattened. First setigerous
somite (opposite the mouth) bears a slender cirrus about half as long as
the branchia of the following somite; upon the following somite this
cirrus gradually decreases in length. Proboscis thick, tongue-shaped.
Length, 30 millimetres; width, 1.5 millimetres; anal tube, 1.5 milli-
metres; branchi, 1 millimetre; breadth of sole, .75 millimetres.

Common in the sand of *‘Spatangoid” Shoal and dredged in channel
north of Lewis, Thoroughfare.

Family TELETHUSID2.

ARENICOLA Lamarck.

Arenicola cristata Stimpson.

Stimpson. On some remarkable marine invertebrates inhabiting the shores of South
Carolina. >Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 114, 1856.

WEBSTER. Annelida from Bermuda. >Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 25.

QUATREFAGES. Histoire Nat. des Anneles, vol. 2, p. 673.

This, like the other species Stimpson found at Charleston (Acetes
lupina), is a very large Annelid, occurring in the greatest abundance in
the sand of Bird Shoal, Shark Shoal, ete., and excessively numerous
in the muddy ereek near Fort Macon.

Proc. N. M. 91——19

290 ANNELIDA POLYCHETA—ANDREWS.

The immense jelly masses, in which the somewhat salmon-colored
eggs are laid, protrude from the burrows of the Annelids, and subse-
quently are washed about from place to place as the larve develops.

The number of eggs thus laid by one individual was estimated as
three hundred thousand.

Their development has been noted by Professor Wilson in the paper
previously referred to.

The colors when alive vary, but in general the body is greenish yel-
low; the branchie dark red; the set yellow, though sometimes nearly
black anteriorly.

When expanded the animal measures at least 12 inches, with a diame-
ter of above one-half an inch.

The head is very small, dark flesh color, and may be entirely re-
tracted and concealed.

Family CHATOPTERIDA.
CH#TOPTERUS Cuvier.

Chetopterus pergamentaceus Cuvier.
AUDOUIN AND MILNE Epwarps. Classification des Annélides. >Ann. Des. Sci. Nat.,
ser. 1, vol. 30, p. 417, Pl. xxu1, Figs. 1-4.

This remarkable Annelid is known to occur upon the New England
coast also, being in part figured, with the larvee also, by Professor Ver-
rill in the Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. 4, Pl. xvii, and elsewhere described
as occurring near Woods Holl, Mass. The development has been
studied at Beaufort by Professor Wilson. Artificial fertilization is
easily effected, and the habits of the adult well studied when kept in
aquaria, each inside a glass tube of proper diameter. They then build
out the ends by funnels of secreted parchment-like material. Left out
of tubes the animal soon dies, becoming emaciated, with great loss of
mucus.

The body is brilliantly phosphorescent, and this is easily seen to be
due, as has been observed in Europe, to the presence of phosphorescent
granules or minute bodies in the mueus secreted by the epidermis;
this material shining brightly some time after its removal from the
body, and hence not directly dependent upon nervous action.

The individuals I have since observed at Woods Holl, Massachu-

setts, however, do not exhibit any phosphorescence at all.

The peculiar chimney-like, upright ends of the U-shaped tube of this
Annelid are rather easily found by looking over the flats, from a hori-
zontal position, by proper illumination; but are found only in certain
restricted areas, where the sand is mingled with mud and somewhat
overgrown with eel-grass. In such areas on Bird Shoal and Shark
Shoal, at extreme low-water mark, colonies of numerous individuals
are found.

In these tubes occur the commensal crabs, Porcellana and Pinnixa, in

+s.

hee =:

reer | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 291

a surprising number of cases, considering the apparent difficulty of
accounting for their presence, in pairs also, inside tubes they can not
escape from.

Thus in ten tubes examined were found three pairs of Porcellana
and four pairs of Pinnixa, besides a small Pinnixa and two very small
crabs. In all cases one male and one female inhabit a single tube,
though perhaps one tube was found with only a single male. The
breeding season of Chietopterus seems to extend over the entire sum-
mer; even on September 20 eggs were discharged from the dorsally
placed nephridial openings of a female kept in the aquarium, This
discharge of eggs may often be readily brought about by adding a fresh
supply of sea water to replace that the animal lives in. Perhaps there
is a tendency to discharge eggs at the time of rising tide.

Family SPIONID 4%.
NERINE Joblnston.
Nerine agilis Verrill.
VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., p. 346, 600,

Very abundant in the sand on the outer beaches and at Fort Macon,
perforating it with very numerous slender vertical holes. Often washed
out by the waves they quickly burrow again into the sand, if not cap-
tured by birds.

POLYDORA Bose.

Polydora ceca Webster.

Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 52, Pl. 1x, Figs. 119-122.
This Annelid is quite common, perforating dead shells,

Polydora commensalis, sp. noy.
(Plate xitv, Fig, 27.)

Body flat ventrally, somewhat convex dorsally, flattened posteriorly
and rapidly tapering. Tentacular cirri in contracted state equaling
diameter of body, flattened, with ciliated ventral groove. Cephalic lobe
small, simple, rounded in front; lateral lobes rounded ; eyes black, pos.
terior pair smaller and nearer together. Both cephalic lobe and buceal
somite usually retracted within first setigerous segment in preserved
specimens. First four setigerous somites bear a dorsal and a ventral
cylindrical cirrus or papilla shorter than diameter of tentacular cirrus,
and with a fascicle of slender setie at the base of each. Fifth somite,
with a decreasing series of six stout, amber-colored setz# bent at tips,
and with a thin lamelliform expansion on the concave side. Close to
the base of these arises a small fascicle of short, delicate seta, similar
to those of the preceding somites.

Branchiw begin upon the sixth setigerous somite, rapidly increase in
length, equal half the diameter of the body and persist throughout,

“

292 ANNELIDA POLYCH/TA—ANDREWS.

though rudimentary on a few terminal somites. Anus dorsal, sur-
rounded by an oval series of papille; posteriorly a pair of very small
ones, next a much larger one on each side, and then five subequal and
intermediate ones on each side—fourteen in all. Seta of dorsal rami
long, slender; those of first four somites more delicate and hair-like;
setz of ventral rami similar, but shorter, till twelfth segment is reached,
where hooked set with lamella at tip appear, and gradually supplant
all but one or two of the capillary sete. Length, 25 millimetres ; diame-
ter, 1 millimetre. Color light; intestine dark; blood vessels conspicu-
ous, translucent posteriorly. Number of somites, one hundred.

This interesting form was found in 50 per cent. of all the Ilyanassa
shells inhabited by the small hermit crab Hupagurus longicarpus Stimps.
and grown over by colonies of Hydractinia. It inhabits an imperfect
calcareous tube built in the terminal spires of the shell, and a tunnel
perforated through the columella to open externally just within the
aperture of the shell. Irom this aperture the anterior part of the body
is often extended. But one individual usually occurs in each shell;
sometimes a second smaller one was found in the spire, whether an
adult male or a young individual was not determined.

The eggs and larve in various stages are found within the Annelid’s
burrow in August, as described in a recent number of the American
Naturalist,

Family ARICIID®.
ARICIA (Sav.) And. and Edw.

Aricia ornata Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., p. 596.
WepstER. Annel. Chet., Provincetown, p. 724.

Found near Crab Point in mud.

Aricia rubra Webster.

Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, pp. 53-55, Pl. 1x, Figs. 23, 26.
Found in mud flats near the laboratory more abundantly than pre-
ceding form in 1884 and 1885.

SCOLOPLOS (Ersted.

Scoloplos robustus Verrill.

Anthostoma robustum VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 343,597, 598, Pl. x1v,
Fig. 76. Note on Nat. Hist. of Fort Macon (Coues and Yarrow), No. 5. > Proce.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1878, pp. 299, 300.

Anthostoma robustum WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 58.

Scoloplos robustus VERRILL. New England Annelida, Pt. 1, p. 287.

Scoloplos rabustus WEBSTER. Annel. Chiet., Provincetown, p. 724.

Many were dug from muddy sand.

ven | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 293

Scoloplos fragilis Verrill.

Anthostoma fragile VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 344, 598,599.
Anthostoma fragile WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 58.
Scoloplos fragilis VERRILL. New England Annelida, Pt. 1, p. 287.
Scoloplos fragilis WeBsTeR. Annel. Cheet., Provincetown, p. 724.

Less abundant than preceding species.

Family CAPITELLID™®.
NOTOMASTUS Sars.

Notomastus latericius Sars.

Sars. Fauna litteralis Norvegiie, part 2, p. 9-12, Pl. 1, Figs. 8-17.

QUATREFAGES. Hist. nat. des Aunelés, vol. 2, p. 258.

Horst. Anneliden der Fahrten des ‘‘ Willem Barents,” > Niederland. Archiv. f.
Zool, Sup. 1, p. 20.

VERRILL. Brief contributions from Mus. of Yale College, No. 23, > Amer. Jour. Sci.
Art., vol. 5, p. 101.

LANGERHANS. Die Wurmfauna von Madeira, Iv, > Zeitt. f. wiss. Zodl., vol. 40,
pp. 259, 260.

The Beaufort specimens referred to this species are 4 centimetres in
length and about 1 millimetre in diameter, and appear to belong to
this rather than to any other described form, though the tori are less
marked than in the figure given by Sars. Found in muddy sand, Shark

Shoal and Crab Point.
DASYBRANCHUS Grube.

Dasybranchus caducus Grube.

Dasymallus caducus GRUBE. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden,
> Archiv. f. Naturgsch., 1846, p. 161, Pl. v, Figs. 3, 4.

Dasybranchus caducus GRUBE. Fam. d. Anneliden, p. 76.

Dasybranchus caducus QUATREFAGES. Hist. nat. des Annelés, vol. 2, p. 258, 640.

The specimens referred to this species agree essentially with Grube’s
description of D. caducus. There are thirteen somites bearing capillary
sete and ramose branchiwe on many of the somites of the posterior
region, but not apparently upon the more muscular anterior somites of
that region, though in alcoholic specimens the branchi are often con-
tracted or absent in part. Grube describes two species of Dasybranchus
with no branchic and separates this genus from Notomastus merely by
the number of somites in the anterior region (Annulata semperiana). As
the last two somites of the anterior region belong in general appear-
ance to the posterior region rather than to the anterior, the character
of the setz alone remains as a distinguishing mark, which seems
scarcely of generic importance here.

This Annelid is found with the preceding, and more commonly than it.

294 ANNELIDA POLYCHATA—ANDREWS.

Family MALDANID 2.
MALDANE (Grube) Malmgren. —
Maldane elongata Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 343, 609.
WessteR. Annel, Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 259.

Found in mud at Crab Point and Shark Shoal. A fragment belong-
ing, perhaps, to this genus was peculiar in having the dorsal surface of
several somites thickly set with slender papille.

CLYMENELLA Verrill.
Clymenella torquata Verrill.

Clymene torquatus Letpy. Mar. Invert. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey.
> Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 146.
Clymenella torquata VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 343,608, Pl. xiv, Figs.
71-73.
Clymenella torquata WrEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 28° Annel. Chet.,
Provincetown, p. 731.
Not uncommon on Bird Shoal and at Crab Point.

AXIOTHEA Malmgren.
Axiothea mucosa, sp. nov.
(Plate xvi, Figs. 29-35.)

Body elongated, somites twenty-three, of which eighteen are setiger-
ous, while the buccal, anal, and three preanal somites bear no sete.
First six or seven somites short, middle ones elongated, posterior ones
again shortened, preanal one very short. Head as long as following
somite, obliquely truncated; preoral lobe conical, elongated, slightly
turned upward; inclined area bordered by a flange on each side, which _
rises rapidly in height from near the preoral lobe, then gradually be-
comes less in height and somewhat undulated, and meets its fellow pos-
teriorly on the median line, with a slight notch between; inclosed area
with a slight median ridge on its anterior two-thirds, on each side of
which an elongated depression separates it from the flat area at the base
of the flange; in front of the mouth a lyre-shaped collection of pigment
spots following the edge of the preoral lobe. Anal somite short, bell-
shaped, fringed by twenty to thirty tentacles, the ventral median one
about as long as the bell, a few about half this length, with a group of
three to four smaller ones between each adjacent two; anus terminal,
on a papillated, extensible prominence, filling the upper part of the
bell. Anterior edge of fourth somite a slight fleshy rim; cuticle
smooth; dorsal and ventral surfaces of middle somite covered by whitish
pads. Dorsal fascicles of about twenty sete arising from a papilliform
sheath, the pinnate ones very delicate ; uncini with four well-marked
teeth and a fifth smaller one, and as many as ten bristles under the

P| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 295

hook. About twelve uncini on first setigerous somite, increasing to
thirty posteriorly; color greenish, often with red or yellow shades.
Fourth to seventh somites often dark. Length up to 80 millimetres ;
diameter, 2 millimetres.

As defined by Malmgren, this genus should have four preanal somites
without sete, but Langerhans has already placed one form here with
but two such somites, thinking that the number is not of as much con-
stancy as Malmgren supposed. In all other respects this Beaufort
species fits very well into Malmgren’s genus.

This is one of the most abundant Annelids found at Beaufort; its
sand tubes stand quite close together over large areas of Bird Shoal,
projecting above the sand and often bearing a clear, gelatinous mass,
cylindrical with rounded ends and about an ineh long in which numer-
ous eggs are inclosed. In these masses, exposed alternately to the air
at low tide and to the water at high tide, the eggs develop and the
young remain often till quite advanced. It is, I believe, this species
the eggs of which have been in part the subject of Professor Wilson’s
paper on the segmentation of Annelids, though it was there referred to
as Olymenella torquata (Johns Hopkins University Studies, vol. 2).

As these masses completely close the orifice of the tube the Annelid
makes a new opening a few inches below the surface of the sand and
thence builds up a second branch, forming thus a Y-shaped tube, one
arm of which is closed at the end by the egg mass, while the other
gives the Annelid access to the water.

PETALOPROCTUS Quatrefages.

(The species described below is referred to this genus as being proba-
bly closely related to the forms described by Quatrefages ; yet it would
be perhaps better to form a new genus for it.)

Petaloproctus socialis, sp. noy.
(Plate xvu, Figs. 36-41.)

Body elongated, composed of twenty-three somites, of which twenty-
one are setigerous. Buccal somite twice the length of first setigerous
somite; anal somite equal to buccal; second to fourth setigerous somites
gradually increasing in length; fifth to seventeenth somites much
longer; seventeenth to twenty-first decreasing rapidly ; twenty-first
an inch shorter than anal. Form of head varying much according to state
of contraction ; when expanded conical, flat below, rounded above,
somewhat truncated above, ending in a crescentric rim or ridge bear-
ing red pigment spots on the side, from which rim a median elevation
runs back dorsally half the length of the head, separating a depression
on the right from one on the left, while these in turn are divided by a
slight elevation into an anterior and a posterior part. Mouth ventral
near the anterior end of the head. Anal somite truncated dorsally and

296 ANNELIDA POLYCHATA—ANDREWS.

bearing a broad, spreading lamella, which projects most at the ventral
posterior part and is not prolonged anteriorly. Anus terminal some-
what below the axis of the body and the center of the area circum-
scribed by the flange or lamella. All except buccal and anal somites
bear dorsally a fascicle of slender sete ; 4 to 5 long bilimbate ones, and a
greater number of more hair-like slender ones; a few middle somites
bear also a few very long undulating setie, serrulate, with delicate
lamelle. The first three setigerous somites bear ventrally each a single
stout, amber-colored spine, which is bluntly pointed, transversely
striate below, and projects plainly beyond the cuticle.

The other setigerous somites bear a single row of uncini, about ten
in the fourth setigerous somite and twenty in the posterior ones; each
has five teeth and a single stout bristle crossing over the main tooth.
Length up to 100 millimetres, diameter 3 millimetres. Color variable,
brown, flesh-color, dark red ; fourth to ninth somites often darker.

This Annelid constructs thick, coarse tubes of sand, often cemented
together in groups and coiled and convoluted a few inches below the
surface of the sand, form:ng thus firm clumps into which the Annelid
retreats and from which entire individuals can be taken only with diffi-
culty, as the body breaks with the tube. Parts at least of many indi-
viduals are thus protected from storms and other destructive agents.
Many are found with newly-formed heads or posterior ends. This is a
common form on the outer edge of Bird Shoal and is sometimes exposed
at very low tides, living in sand mingled with shells or fragments.

Family AMMOCHARIDZE.

AMMOCHARES Grube.
Ammochares edificator, sp. nov.
(Plate x1v, Figs. 42-45.)

Body cylindrical, smooth, tapering posteriorly, divided by bands of
uncini into eighteen to twenty-one sections, the first six very long, sub-
equal, forming about two-thirds of the entire length, following sections
rapidly becoming very short. Body terminates posteriorly, simply,
conically with slit-like anus; anteriorly in crown of tentacles surrounded
by a delicate membranous collar. The tentacles present five chief
fleshy stems on each side, branch four times, generally dichotomously,
and end in blunt lobules; dorsally they are separated by a median,
slightly triangular lobe and ventrally by an interval. Mouth terminal
with three fleshy lobes or lips, one dorsal, two lateral. First section of
the body bears two fascicles of setze on each side; the posterior one is
near the middle of the section and contains about one hundred set; the
anterior one is halfway between the posterior and the tentacles and con-
tains fewersete. There is, moreover, a small fascicle of about twenty sete
nearer the dorsal line and quite near the posterior end of the section

oa

ee ee

vou] © PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 297

which has apparently not been observed in other species of this genus,
The dorsal fascicles above the bands of unncini contain about fifty sete
and are closely approximated dorsally on the anterior segments farther
apart posteriorly. Bands of uncini nearly meet ventrally on the anterior
segments and are there composed of twenty-five vertical rows of hooks.
Each uncinus has two equal teeth. Length up to 50 millimetres ; diame-
ter,3 millimetres. Color, light reddish; tentacles variously marked with
white, red, and green.

It constructs elegant cylindrical tapering tubes often 15 centimetres
long and 6 millimetres in diameter, which are covered with worn dis-
colored fragments of shells, densely packed and generally set at an
angle to the axis of the tube. The tubes stand buried in the sand.

These Annelids in their tubes are not uncommon in certain restricted
shelly areas of Bird Shoal toward Fort Macon, where scarcely uncovered
by the tide. The excrement is discharged as cylindrical masses half the
length of the body, composed of excessively fine sand held together by
mucus,

Family HERMELLID 2S.
SABELLARIA Lamarck.

Sabellaria vulgaris Verrill.

Sabellaria vulgaris VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 321, 611, Pl. xvu, Figs. 88,
88a; Notes on Nat. Hist. of Ft. Macon (Coues and Yarrow), >Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1878, pp. 299, 300; New England Annelida, part 1, p. 318.

Sabellaria varians WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 59, Pl. 1x, Figs. 133-
137; Pl. x, Figs. 137-139.

This Annelid is common on shells, ete., in a few fathoms of water.
The females are colored brilliant purplish by the mature eggs, and the
smaller males dull white when distended with spermatozoa. The eggs
are easily fertilized artificially, but develop with many individual irregu-
larities and abnormalities. The cleavage is not like that figured recently
by von Drasche for a European species of Sabellaria.

Family AMPHICTENID.®,
PECTINARIA Lamarck.
Pectinaria gouldii Verrill.

Cistenides gouldii VERRILL. Invert An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 323, 612, Pl. xvi, Figs. 87,
87a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (Coues and Yarrow), 1878, p. 300.

Cistenides gouldii WEBSTER. Annei. Chiet., Provincetown, p. 731.

Pectinaria gouldii VERRILL. New England Annelida, part 1, p. 287.

Found occasionally in the sand near low-water mark; Shark Shoal
and Bird Shoal. The beautiful conical tubes appear to be placed, nor-
mally, with the apex near the surface of the sand, the large orifice and
head of Annelid buried deeply, but do not stand vertically. Large eggs
are found in the body cavitv in August.

»

298 . ANNELIDA POLYCH®TA—ANDREWS.

Family TEREBELLID.

AMPHITRITE (Miiller) Malmgren.
Amphitrite ornata Verrill.
Terebella ornata LEIDY. Mar. Invert. Fauna. Rhode Island and New Jersey. >Jour.
Acad. Nat. Sci., 2ser., vol. 3, p. 146, Pl. x1, Figs. 44, 45.
Amphitrite ornata VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 320, 613, Pl. xvi, Fig. 82.
Amphitrite ornata WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 62; Annel. Chet.,
Provincetown, p. 732. *

The specimens examined differ considerably from the northern form
in the shape of the uncini, to judge from the figures given by Leidy;
but not knowing the degree of accuracy of these figures nor the limits
of individual variation in these characters, I have referred the speci-
mens to A. ornata. Common in soft mud near Crab Point; many small
individuals occurred in mud tubes amongst hydroids, ascidians, ete.,
upon the bottom of an old scow anchored in deep water.

LOIMIA Malmgren.
Loimia turgida, sp. nov.
(Plate xiv, Figs. 46-49.)

Body mrch swollen anteriorly, slender posteriorly, smooth dorsally,
somites scarcely distinguishable. Tentacles longer than body in exten-
sion,in alcoho! not reaching to sixteenth setigerous somite; much more
slender than the stem of the branchiz. Ventral shields nine, length
about equal; breadth of the first about one half greater than that of the
ninth; first one represents the ventral surface of the second, third, and
fourth somites and is indistinctly divided into two. The elevated region
formed by the shield is continued on the following six somites asa
series of folds, three to four for each somite, decreasing in width in the
same proportion as the shields. Lamella of the second to third somites
large, oblong. Some of the uncini bear six teeth instead of five, the
usual number. Anus surrounded by about ten blunt papilla. Color
greenish-white, tentacles crossed by about fifty bands of brown-red
pigment. Length, 60 millimetres; diameter, 4 millimetres; tentacles, 12
- millimetres; breadth of first shield, 3.7 millimetres; of ninth shield,
2.5 millimetres. Number of somites about ninety; setigerous somites
seventeen.

The tentacles break off readily in alcohol, being attached by means of
a small swollen area, below which is a similar but smaller process beyond
the end of the ventral groove, so that the broken off tentacles have the
appearance of being cleft or bilobed at the end. Found under stones
along the shore.

LEPRAA Malmgren.

Leprea rubra Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 382, 615, 616.
WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 63.

Collected upon oyster shells near Horse Island.

oye il

vereol PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 299
POLYCIRRUS (Grube) Malmgren.
Polycirrus eximius Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. An, Vineyard Sd., p. 616, 320, Pl. xvi, Fig. 85.
Wesster. Annel. Chet, Virginian Coast, p. 63, Annel. Chet. Provincetown, p. 735.

Dredged near Green Rock in 1884 and in 1885.
Family SABELLID_®.
SABELLA (L) Malmgren.

Sabella microphthalma Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. An. Vineyard Sd., pp. 323,618; Nat. Hist. Ft. Macon (Coues and
Yarrow). >Proe, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1878, pp. 299, 300.
Wesster. Annel, Cheet. Virginian Coast, p.65; Annel. Chiet., Provincetown, p. 735.
Common amongst masses of sponge in shallow water near Moorhead
City and Horse Island.

PROTULIDES Webster.
Protulides elegans Webster.

Annelida from Bermuda. >U. S. Nat. Mus. Ball., No, 25, 1834, pp. 325, 326, Pl. x1, Figs.
63-74.

This Annelid is not uncommon on shells, ete., in a few fathoms of
water in Bogue Sound. In coloration the specimens agree closely with
those described by Professor Webster, which were also collected at
Beaufort, but the occurrence of double rows of uncini upon the abdomi-
nal segments seems not to be constant.

Family SERPULIDS.

HYDROIDES Gunnerus,

Hydroides dianthus Verrill.

Serpula dianthus Verrill. Invert, Au. Vineyard Sd., p. 620.

Hydroides dianthus Verrill. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (Coues and Yarrow), 1878,
p. 300.

Hydroides dianthus Webster. Annel, Chet. Virginian Coast, p. 266; Annelida from
Bermuda, p. 327.

Young individuals were found on seaweed cast up on the beach, while
the mature forms of both sexes are common upon shells, which have
been brought up onto Bird Shoal by storms or are dredged iu Bogue
Sound, ete.

In the preceding list of fifty-seven species of Polychiete found at
Beaufort I have endeavored to avoid the making of new species, but
have nevertheless found it necessary to describe the following ten as
new: Harmothie aculeata, Eunice ornata, Diopatra magna, Ophelina
agilis, Polydora commensalis, Axviothea mucosa, Petaloproctus socialis,
Ammochares cedificator, Loimia turgida. Of the other species the fol-

300 ANNELIDA POLYCHZTA—ANDREWS.

lowing four are new to America: Syllis spongicola Grube, Procerwa
ornata Mar. and Bob., P. rubropunctata Langerhans, Dasybranchus
caducus.

Four genera are represented in the Beaufort fauna not previously
known to occur in America: Ophelina, Dasybranchus, Petaloproctus,
Loimia; while Ammochares is known only as mentioned in a list of An-
nelids dredged in the Gulf of Maine by Professor Verri]l(Am. Jour. Arts
and Sci., v. 7, 1874, p. 411) and is a member of a family, Ammocharide,
not otherwise represented on the coast of the United States, as far
as known; a fragment belonging to this genus was, however, found
_in Virginia. Of the twenty-four families represented, the Syllide
have six, the Hunicide have seven species, while the Maldanide are
represented by four; however, the forms living in sand are probably
unduly emphasized in this collection, since the unusually large areas of
sand flat nearly exposed at low tide furnished such advantages for
collecting such species, especially in the warm waters of that coast,
that other localities were less visited. Irom Ehbler’s monograph upon
the Biake collection, and from acollection I have made at Green Turtle
Cay, Bahamas, it would seem that the Hunicide is the most richly
represented family along the warm coasts of the southern United States
and neighboring islands.

Besides the adult Annelids given in the above list young and larval
forms were taken in the tow net, often in great abundance. Among the
most beautiful of these were immature specimens of ‘'omopteris, re-
sembling 7. Rolasi Greef, taken on several occasions in the inlet.

Young Lepidonotus with long provisional sets were common, as were
the larvie of Chetopterus. Nereis, as egg, larva and young, was abun-
dant; the eggs and early larve being cons picuousas having large oil
drops in the transparent floating cells surrounded by invisible jelly.

One of the most interesting and abundant forms in the tow net is the
young of Loimia turgida. It floats about inside a gelatinous tube longer
than the body and much thicker than those figured by Claparede as oc-
curring about young Terebella conchylega. In such larve the otocysts
are conspicuous, anterior to the first pair of sete; the tentacles come
in gradually in pairs, one each side of a longer median one; colored
spots appear early upon the tentacles ; the branchiz appear from be-
fore, posteriorly, at first as simple tubercles; two large and numerous
small pigment spots are present.

A young Arenicola was tound in a similar gelatinous tube; here also
large otocysts are present, oneon each side, dorsally, in the anterior part
of the buccal somite; each contains a single large otolith.

Young Scoloplos, Huglycera dibranchiata V., and many unknown
larvee, were taken. The Spionide were especially well represented in
surface collections, several forms of Polydora, a Nerine, a Prionospio
with pinnate branchiz and tentacles, and the remarkable larve of
Magelona almost identical with those figured and described by Cla-

OL | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 301

paréde (Beobachtungen, Normandie, 1863) as well as larve like those
in Pl. v1, of the above-cited work, but having only smooth sete except
in certain older specimens.

A Mitraria was occasionally observed and reared to a stage having
nine somites and a single row of uncini, numerous upon the middle
somites. The shape of these uncini suggests what is found in the adult
Ammochares, but though these Annelids were kept in aquaria for three
months no fertilized eggs were obtained, and so the question is an open,
one as to the reference of Mitraria to Ammochares.

Polygordius larve, having red eye spots and a row of red and of yel-
low areas, occur at certain periods, somewhat abundantly.*

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE xul. Harmothée aculeata, sp. noy.

Fig. 1. Side and face view of ventral seta and side view of dorsal seta.
Fig. 2. Part of posterior edge of one of larger elytra.

Fig. 3. Parapodium.

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of head and extended proboscis,

Fig. 5. One of smallest elytra.

PLATE Xu. Eunice ornata, sp. nov.

Fig. 6. Dorsal view of anterior end, from living specimen.

. Jaws r' rr rt on right side; l' P Pl on left side; L, unpaired piece on left
side; V, ventral pieces; D, main dorsal jaws.

Fig. 8. Dorsal view of posterior end, living specimen.

Fig. 9. Fourth parapodium on right side,

Fig. 10. Four set from parapodium of forty-tifth somite.

Fig. 11. Parapodium of forty-fifth somite.

Fig. 12. Parapodium of seventeenth somite.

Fig. 13. Blunt seta of ventral part of parapodium of forty-fifth somite.

PLATE XIV. Diopatra magna, sp. nov.

Fig. 14. All jaw pieces; letters as in Fig. 7.

Fig. 15. Parapodium of fourth somite, right side.

Fig. 16. Right parapodium, posterior to two hundredth somite.

Fig. 17. Right parapodium of seventeenth somite.

Fig. 18. Posterior end, dorsal view.

Fig. 19. Three setie of anterior somite and tip of large seta from fortieth somite.
Fig. 20. Side view of anterior end of body.

PLATE XV. Ophelina agilis, sp. nov., and Polydora commensalis, sp. nov.

Fig. 21. Side view of entire animal; live specimen,

Fig. 22. Side view of expanded branchial apparatus; A, anterior, and P, posterior.
Fig. 23. Extended proboscis.

Fig. 24. Dorsal view of anterior end, from living specimen.

* I may here add a list of a few Polychietie collected at the mouth of the Chesa-
peake, at Lynnhaven, in April, 1888. Nephthys bucera Ehlers, Euglycera dibranchiata
Verrill, Scoloplos robustus Verrill, Scoloplos fragilis Verrill, Ophelia simplex Leidy,
Hydroides dianthus Verrill.

ig. 25.
26.
g. 27.

Fig.

5S

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Pm

Fig.
Fig.

5

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

o>

Fig.

ig. 28.

29,
30.
3l.
32.
o4.

. 36.
o. 37.
ig. 38.
. 39.
g. 40.
g. Al.

ANNELIDA POLYCHATA—ANDREWS.

Ventral view of posterior end, living specimen.

Parapodium, with branchia.

Large seta of fifth somite and common hook seta of Polydora commensalis.
Other figures published in the American Naturalist, 1891.

Large and minute sete of Ophelina agilis, sp. nov.

PLATE XVI. Axiothea mucosa, sp. NOV.

Entire animal, from living specimens.

Side view of anterior end, from living specimens.

Ventral view of anterior end, living specimens.

Dorsal view of anterior end, living specimens.

Posterior end, living specimen.

Tube in sand, old orifice stopped by jelly mass containing eggs, new orifice
at end of a side branch of tube.

. Four sete.

PLATE XVII, Petaloproctus socialis, sp. nov.

Entire animal, live specimen.

Dorsal view of anterior end, live specimen.
Posterior end, live specimen.

Ventral view of anterior end.

Tube in sand, showing coiled part beneath surface.
Four sete. 7

PLATE XVUI. Ammochares edificator, sp. nov., and Loimia turgida, sp. nov.

42.
43.

44.
45.
46.
47.
48.

49

.

Entire animal, living specimen.

Oral surface with expanded branchie, diagrammatically drawn from living
specimens; D, dorsal; V, ventral.

Seta and uncinus.

Tube in sand, spindle-shaped near surface ; of leathery consistence.

Young Loimia turgida in floating, transparent tube.

Base of tentacle of adult L. turgida.

Sete of adult L. turgida.

Uncinus of adult LZ. turgida.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XII

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

See Oooo

*

HARMOTHOE ACULEATA, new species.

PL. Xill

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. xiv

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Wifey Wf, Yj &
Na

EUNICE ORNATA, new species,

zh

Aap cae
Ps at
fh J isu

ye

S 7 ie
, - ?
+ J a

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS VOL. XIV PL. XV

OPHELINA AGILIS and POLYDORA COMMENSALIS, new species

U. &. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV

PL. XVI

AXIOTHEA MUCOSA, new species

0

'.
aes

a
e

he . i
ae

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. xvViNi

AMMOCHARES ADIFICATOR and LOIMIA TURGIDA, new species

=

a ee aS

ON ELEGINUS OF FISCHER, OTHERWISE CALLED TILESIA OR
PLEUROGADUS.

ny
TuHeopore Giii, M. D., Pu. D.

An Arctic type of the family of Gadids, to which the specific names
Gadus navaga, G. gracilis, and G. wachna have been given, is distin.
guished by beam like parapophyses of the abdominal vertebrie chan-
neled below. This peculiarity, it was supposed, had been first made
known by Dr. Bean. By American autuors the name Tilesia (of Swain-
son) or subsequently Pleurogadus (given by Bean because Tilesia was
preoccupied) has been used as a subgeneric or generic name. No one
supposed that a previous name could have been given; but in looking
through volumes of the * Mémoires de la Société Imperiale des Natura-
listes de Moscou,” recently obtained to fill gaps in the series in the
library of the Smithsonian Institution, [came across a memoir previously
entirely unknown to me as well as to others. The memoir is entitled
* Recherches zoologiques par G. Fischer,” and is in the fourth volame
(2d ed., pp. 237-275). The volume was originally published in 1812
and 1813, but a second edition was issued in 1830 (1812-1813. Réim
primés en 1330). The Researches comprised four chapters, viz: “I. Sur
le Sym du Canease” (p.240); “TL. Sur le Jeltopusick ” (p. 241); “ILL Sur
le Navaga” (p. 252); “LV. Notices sur ’anatomie des poissons: A. Sur
Youie des poissons” (p. 265) and “B. Sar une articulation propre aux
poissons; articulation annulaire” (p., 272). The memoir was illustrated
by eight plates (pl. 2-9), on four of which (pl. 5-5) were delineated strue-
tural details of the Navagaas well as a good figure of the eutire fish, the
best indeed that has been published.

Dr. Fischer, in the chapter on the Navaga (III. Sur le Navaga), des-
ignated that fish asthe “ Hleginus navaga, Fischer.—Gadus navaga,
Pallas.” He recalled that Pallas had recognized it as a distinct species
but that Tilesius regarded it as a mere variety of the common Cod
(Gadus callarias). He, however, not only considered it to be spe-
cifically distinet, but even generically different from Gadus.* After

* Jo tacherai de démontrer que le Navaga est non seulement une espdece distincte,
ce que Pallas a déjA proavé, mais qu'il différe meme génériquement du genre Ga-
dus, Fischer, o. ¢., p. 254.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 853.
* 303

304 ON ELEGINUS OF FISCHER—GILL.

enumerating the Cuvierian subdivisions of Gadus Linn., he gave the
characteristics of the new genus in the following terms:*

Le genre Eleginus, ({Aeyvivoc, d’Aristote, désignant des poissons qui vivent en
société) auquel le Navaga de la mer blanc sert de type, a beaucoup de ressemblance
avec la premiere section des Gades, ayant trois nageoires dorsales et deux anales,
mais dont le barbillon est si petit qu’on a peine 4 Vapercevoir. La téte est forte, les
machoires sont moins dentées, et le corps est plus arondi que déprimé. La ligne
laterale est complete et fait une grande courbe derriére Vanus. Le squelette offre
une peculiarité qu’on ne trouve dans aucun autre poisson, c’est que les apophyses
transversales des vertébres du dos sont tres alongées, et creusées, et se terminent dans
un petit corps obtusement conique et évasé de sorte que toute l’apophyse ressemble
assez & la forme dune pantoufle. Aussi les Allemands 4 Moscou, & cause de cette
singuliére conformation de son squelette, appellent-ils ce poisson Pantoffelfisch.

While mistaken in supposing that the possession of elongated hol-
lowed transverse apophyses was entirely peculiar to the Navaga, Fisch-
er’s description was admirable for the time and quite pertinent to the
genus. Strange that we have to go back to the early part of the cen-
tury to a Russiant naturalist for definite information respecting a com-
mon North European fish!{ Dr. Giinther, in his great work (v. 4, p.
330), gave a brief diagnosis merely of the external features of the
Navaga immediately after his diagnosis of the common Cod (Gadus
morrhua), and no reason was therein given for supposing it was nota-
bly distinct from the latter species. Its vertebra were noticed simply
as * Vert. 58,” thus contrasting with the ‘ Vert. 19-32” of the Cod,
nothing being said of the structure of either.

It therefore now appears that the name EHleginus must be revived as
the generic designation of the arctic Gadid variously named G. nanaga,

G. gracilis and G. wachna.
ELEGINUS.
Synonymy.

Eleginus G. Fischer, Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscon, v. 4, (2d ed., p. 252-257), 1813.
Tilesia Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fishes, ete., v.2, p. 300, 1839 (not Tilesia Lam., 1821).
Pleurogadus Bean with Jordan, Cat. Fishes N. Am., p. 130, 1885.

ONLY SPECIES.

Eleginus navaga (KG6lreuter, 1770) G. Fischer = Gadus gracilis Tilesius$ = Gadus
wachna Pallas.

HABITAT: Northern Russia, Bering Sea.||

“The peculiarities of the original acventuation and spelling are reproduced.

tDr. Fischer, like most of the early Russian naturalists, was of German birth and
a fellow-student at Leipzig with Tilesius.

tLe Navaga, qui gelé en hiver est transporté du port d’Arkhangel en trés grande
quantité & Moscon et a St.-Pétersbourg, ou il fait partie des mets délicats qui se
consomment dans les deux capitales. Fischer, o. ¢., p. 252.

§ Tilesius regarded the Russian navaga as a variety of the common cod (0. ¢., p.
200, tC. ).

| In mare boreo versus hyemem magna copia capitur - - -; capitur etiam ad oceani
glacialis oram, usque ad Ob fl. ostia. In balthico deest. Pallas, Zoogr. R. As., v.
3, p. 1Y6.

f
;

.
3

en e me ’

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 305

APPENDIX ON ELEGINUS OF CUVIER AND VALENCIENNES,
ELEGINUS Cuy. & Val,

The restoration of the name Pleginus of Fischer necessitates the sup-
pression of the name Pleginus of Cuvier and Valenciennes, proposed in
1830 as the generic designation of a peculiar genus of notothenioid fishes
characteristic of the southern Pacific. For the notothenioid genus the
term Bleginops may be used. Lleginops was suggested for two fishes
originally referred to Aphritis by Jeuyns (A. undulatus aud A. porosus).
The present author appreciated the relation of those fishes to Bleginus
(C. V.) about the time he received proof of a “Synopsis of the Notothe-
nivids” and appended to that paper an addendum, viz:

Nore.—After the preceding paper had been forwarded to‘the Academy, it was dis-
covered that two species (Aphritis undulatus and A, porosus), referred by Jenyus to
the genus Aphritis, not only are generically distinct, but belong to a different family,
and form a genus nearly related to Lleginus, which will be at an early date described
as Eleginops. Aphritis is apparently most nearly related to the genus Percophis*.

On subsequently endeavoring to diagnose Lleginops, the author be-
came convinced that there was no generic difference between it and
ELleginus, aud that the two nominal species were probably the young of
the typical Bleginus. Dr. Giinther, in whom the young author had then
much confidence, had adopted Jenyns’s species, but thought that “the
two following species appear to form another genus,” viz: “2. Aphritis
undulatus” and “3, A. porosus.”t He evidently had no suspicion that
they were at all related to Bleginus.

* Gill, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sc., Phila., 1861, p. 522.
+ Glinther, Cat, Fishes, rv, 243, 1860,
Proc. N. M. 91 20

LIST OF SHELLS COLLECTED ON THE WEST COAST OF SOUTH
AMERICA, PRINCIPALLY BETWEEN LATITUDES 7 30 S., AND 8
49 N., BY DR. W. H. JONES, SURGEON, U. S. NAVY.

BY
Ropert E. C. STEARNS,
Adjunct Curator of the Department of Mollusks.

In the year 1884 the national collection was enriched by the addition
of various material collected by Dr. W. H. Jones, of the U. S. Navy,
while connected with the U. 8S. S. Wachusett. This acceptable contri-
bution to the Museum included an interesting collection of molluscan
forms obtained by Dr. Jones at various points on the west coast of
South, Central, and North America, and at the Galapagos Islands.
Though a great part of the shells were picked up on the beaches and
in poor condition, yet so limited is our knowledge of the distribution
of west South American species that the collection has its special value
for the information it farnishes upon this point. The preparation for
the exhibit of mollusks at the New Orleans Exposition and the pressure
of current routine work has been such as to delay the compilation of
this list at an earlier day.

Dr. Jones collected in the year 1884, at the following places, at the
dates given in his notes, as follows:

Stevens Bay, Chatham Island, Galapagos group, in August; also
at Manta and Bahia (Bahia Panguapi), Ecuador, in the same month;
. at Payta, Peru, in September; at Pacasmayo, also in Peru, in the fol.
lowing month of October. Dr. Jones collected a few species in Panama
Bay and on the coast of Lower California, either in the same or some
preceding year, while acting as surgeon of the U. 8. 8. Narragansett.
Of the Pacasmayo shells he says:

Most of them were found in sand on the side of the cliff from 10 to 20 feet above
high-water mark, and but little beach-washed, being mostly weather-worn. The
collection shows the comparative abundance of the different species. Recent [fresh ]
shells very scarce and but few found on the beach. Beach sandy, water deepening
gradually; heavy surf; cliffs 50 to 150 feet high, of sand and cobble stones (Geach-
washed); in many places forming a solid rock of conglomerate.

In numerous instances Dr. Jones's collection carries the species to
points much farther south than heretofore published.

P Proceedings National Muscom, Vol. XIV—No. 854.
307

308 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

The principal localities referred to in this list are, commencing at the
south:
Valparaiso, Chile, latitude 33° S.
Paecasmayo, Peru, latitude 7° 30’ 8S.
Payta, Peru, latitude 5° 15/8.
Guayaquil, Ecuador, latitude 2° 11’ S.
Manta, Ecuador, latitude 1° 8.
Chatham Island, Galapagos, latitude 1° S.
Bahia (Panguapi), Ecuador, latitude 3° N.
Panama, Colombia, latitude 8° 49/ N.
Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, latitude 23° 4’ N.
Mazatlan, Guf of California, latitude 23° 20/ N.
Guaymas, Gulf of California, latitude 28° N.
San Diego, California, latitude 33° 12’ N.

CLASS PELECYPODA.
1. Ostrea ? iridescens Gray.

Two valves, probably of the above species ; subfossil.
Manta.
2. Anomia lampe Gray.

One junior with both valves perfect; seventeen of the left or imper-
forate valve, of various sizes and colors from silvery white to bright
orange.

Payta.

3. Spondylus princeps Brod.

Two odd valves.

Panama.

4. Pecten ? tumbezensis Orbigny.

Three valves (25 to 27 ribs) ovate rather than circular in outline.
Probably Orbigny’s species.
Payta.
5. Pecten ventricosus Sby.

+P. tumidus Sby. = P. inca Orb. C. B. Adams.

Several odd valves easily referable to this species.
Payta; Panama.

6. Pecten subnodosus Gray.

Odd valves.

Manta.
7. Pecten purpuratus Lam.

One large perfect valve.
Manta.

ee =
©

vo) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309
8. Pecten (Vola) dentata Shy.

A single valve (the flat one).
Payta.
This species extends northward to Monterey, California.

9. Avicula sterna Gould,

Fragment of one valve.
Payta.
10. Mytilus ungulatus Lino.

Three perfect examples and many odd valves,
Pacasmayo.
ll. Mytilus cuneiformis Rve.

=M. angustanua Lam.

Perfect examples and odd valves. Manta; Pacasmayo; Chatham
Island, Galapagos.

12. Mytilus cuneiformis Kve., variety.
Six examples.

Pacasmayo.
13. Modiola capax Conrad,

One valve of a large distorted specimen 4 inches long; also the op-
posite valve of a small shell 14 inches long, obliquely measured ; one
perfect example with epidermis intact 17 inches long agrees with Car-
penter’s specimens as well as with the description and figures,

Payta. e

14. Modiola capax Conrad, variety.

Possibly a hybrid between capax and cuneiformis. One example.
Payta.
15. Arca (Byssoarca) pacifica Sby.
Odd valves, from 4§ to 24 inches in length.
| Payta, Manta, and Bahia,

| 16. Arca (Byssoarca) gradata bl. & §.

One fresh valve exhibiting the beautiful sculpture of this species to
perfection.
Manta.
17. Arca (Byssoarca) solida Shy.

One valve in good condition,
Payta.
18. Arca (Anadara) formosa Shy.

One large valve, dimensions 54 by 23 inches,
Payta; Manta (1 valve).

310 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

19. Arca (Scapharca) labiata Sby.

Four valves.

Bahia.
20. Arca (Byssoarca) Reeviana Orb.

A single perfect valve of a young example.
Manta.

21. Pectunculus (Axinza) inequalis Sby.

Two valves.
Panama; Payta; one from each place.

22. Crassatella gibbosa Sby.

Four odd valves of this exceedingly rare species, measuring from 2+;
to 1; inches in breadth.
Payta; it ranges northerly to the Gulf of California.

23. Diplodonta obliqua Rve.

Three odd valves.

Panama.
24. Cardita laticostata Sby.

One perfect specimen, also odd valves.

Panama.
25. Chama echinata Brod.

Several odd valves from each of the following places:
Manta; Payta. ;

26. Cardium senticosum Sby.

Several odd valves.

Manta; Payta.

The examples from Payta show thirty-six ribs. OC. muricatum, the
Antillean analogue of senticosum, has thirty-three. The Mediterranean
C. erinaceus, a species of quite distinct aspect, also has thirty-six. C.
rastrum Rve. (Conch Icon. Mon. Cardium, Pl. XVI, fig. 82), is the same as
senticosum as implied by Reeve’s substitution of the latter name for
rastrum in the index to his monograph.

The number of ribs in senticoswm as in other related species of the
general group that I have examined varies somewhat. Carpenter’s
Mazatlan examples of senticosum show as many as forty.

27. Cardium procerum Sby.

Numerous odd valves.

Bahia; Manta; Payta.

The characteristic and striking obliqueness of this species so conspicu-
ous in the adults is hardly noticeable in the young shells. ‘The number

|
\
.

———

vous] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 311

of ribs varies from twenty to twenty-five. The C. laticostatum Sby. and
the C. Panamense of the same author, are probably partially grown illas-
trations of this species, as suggested by Carpenter in his Mazatlan cata
logue.

28. Cardium (Fragum) obovale Shy.
One valve.
Bahia.
29. Cardium (Hemicardium) planicostatum Sby.

Odd valves.
Payta; Manta.
This form is very close to the more northern biangulatum of the same
author.
30, Cryptogramma subrugosa Shy.

== Anomalocardia subrugosa Sby.

Perfect examples and odd valves.
Panama.

31. Cryptogramma subimbricata Sby.
== Snomalocardia subimbricata Sby.

Odd valves.

Bahia; Payta.

Dr, Jones apparently failed to detect the tirst named of this genus
south of Panama, though WOrbigny credits it to Peru; C. subimbricata,
however, he fourd at points farther south than before reported. They
both reach north to the Gulf of California.

32, Callista concinna Sby.
One valve.
Bahia.
33. Callista circinata Born.
One valve.
Bahia.
34. Callista circinata Born, variety.

One valve only (Mus. No. 48547).
Payta.
35. Venus (Chione) columbiensis Sby. -

Odd valves.

Pacasmayo; Payta.

The general facies of this form is suggestive of the Tapes (Cuneus)
group so abundantly represented on the west coast, though the heavy
hinge line, teeth, and muscular scars indicate its place with Chione. Dr.
Jones’s localities carry this species farther south than before reported.

312 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

36. Venus (Chione) compta Brod.
Valves only.
Payta; Manta.
This species was described by Broderip from specimens dredged by
Hugh Cuming in the Bay of Sechura, Peru; “bottom sand and mud.
depth 7 fathoms.” Not often met with in collections.

37. Venus (Chione) amathusia Phil,

Bahia; Panama.
This beautiful species is also now carried farther south than by
previous reports.

38. Tapes (Cuneus) histrionica Sby.

Numerous fresh specimens.

Panama.
39. Tapes (Cuneus) grata Say.

Dead Man’s Island, Bay of Panama.

Carpenter, in his Mazatlan Mollusca, has pointed out the differences
between this and the foregoing species which appear to be constant. I
am quite sure that certain color and sculpture varieties of both of the
above have been described as species by various authors, for the facies
of the west coast shells of this group varies exceedingly through the
character of the local stations at which they occur.

40. Tapes (Cuneus) antiqua King.

Several examples.

Dead Man’s Island, Bay of Panama.

This species is probably the same as the Venus costellata Sby., and the
specimens obtained by Dr. Jones recall characters in part of 7. grata
and certain aspects of the Californian 7. stauminea Conrad.

41. Petricola ventricosa Desh.

One perfect specimen.
Payta.
42. Venerupis oblonga Sby.

? = Petricola elliptica Sby. + P. solida Sby.

A variable form well represented by numerous good specimens of
various sizes.

Payta; Manta (valves).

The specific name oblonga has precedence by priority of description
over the others.

43. Donax punctatostriatus Hanley.

Abundant at the following places; chiefly odd valves.
Pacasmayo; PVayta.

"oo r+, =e
, ry ,
vor] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 313

44. Heterodonax bimaculatus (Orb.

One specimen.
Panama.
45. Tellina punicea Born.

Fragments of one valve.
Payta.
46. Tellina (Macoma) plebeia Hanley.

Portions of one valve.
Panama.
* 47. Tellina (Capsa) excavata Shy,

A single valve from each of the following localities:

Payta; Chatham Island, Galapagos.

The figure of the above in Reeve’s monograph, without habitat, agrees
so well with the shell before me that IL feel certain it was made from
an example of the same form; it may be that the valves collected by
Dr. Jones are a white variety of 7. Dombeyi of Hanley.

The peculiar form of these shells has led to their being placed here
and there by different authors, and Capsa has been a sort of cateh-
all for forms often quite unlike. I have used it in this instance in
accordance with Adams’s Genera,

48. Semele proxima ©. B. Ad.
One valve.
Panama.
49. Semele corrugata Shy.
Odd valves.
Payta; Dead Man’s Island, Bay of Panama.

| 50. Mactra velata Phil.
= Odd valves.
Chatham Island, Galapagos; Bahia; Manta; Payta.
The facies of this Mactra is quite characteristic and persistent.

51. Mactra angulata Gray.
Odd valves.
Manta; Panama.

52. Solecurtus coquimbensis Shy.

One adult (both valves), 59 inches in breadth; also an odd valve of
a smaller example.
Payta.
53. Solen rudis C. B. Ad.
One specimen. .
Panama,

314 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.
54. Parapholas acuminata Sby.

Chatham Island, Galapagos.
One valve, beach worn; doubtfully referred to this species.

55. Pholas (Barnea) pacifica Stearns.
One valve.

Payta.

This species was described by me in the Proceedings of the Califor-
nia Academy of Sciences in 1873,* from specimens found living on the
east shore of San Francisco Bay. It is the west American analogue of
the east-coast P. truncata, which it much resembles. ¥

It is also reported from San Pedro, California, on good authority.

Z Class GASTROPODA.

56. Siphonaria costata Sby.
A single example.
Payta.
57. Gadinia pentegoniostoma Sby.
A single specimen.

Manta.
58. Bulla punctulata A. Ad.

Numerous specimens.

Payta; Pacasmayo; Manta; Chatham Island, Galapagos.

Several specimens were obtained at the localities above named, but
only a single dead shell from Pacasmayo They all exhi bit character-
istics in common as well as certain differential aspects which warrant
the inclusions of B. aspersa A. Ad. as asynonym. SB. punctulata is cer-
tainly very close if not identical with B. Adamsi Mke. of the Gulf of
California.

59. Terebra (Myurella) aspera Hinds.

One poor example.
Payta.
60. Terebra (Subula) strigata Sby.

= B. elongatum Wood.
= T. flammea Lesson.
—= 2. zebra Kiener.

Two Specimens.

Payta.

The National Museum contains an example from Cape St. Lucas
which gives the range of over 1,600 miles along the coast of the main-
land as compared with the previous published localities, which include
a reach of only 240 miles. It is also found at the Galapagos, accord-
ing to Cuming. ‘

*Preliminary description published in August 28, 1871.

Oe ZIV, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 315

61. Conus brunneus Wood.
Two beach specimens.
Manta, This species indulges in many varieties, to which as many
names have been given. Nevertheless with an ample geographical
series the relationsltip of the so called species based on these aspects of
variation to the form known as brunneus is made apparent. The
examples collected by Dr. Jones correspond with “CO. varius B.,
Galapagos, Cauming;” vide Reeve’s monograph of the cones, plate X11,
Fig. 224.
62. Conus lucidus Mawe,
One example.
Chatham Island, Galapagos.

63. Conus purpurascens Brod,

Payta; Manta; Panama,
Several dead shells. A common and variable form widely distributed.

64. Conus gladiator Brod.
A single junior.
Panama.
65. Cancellaria cassidiformis Sby.

Beach specimens.
Pay ta.

| 66. Cancellaria clavatula Sby.
Two examples.

Payta.
67. Cancellaria clavatula Sby. variety.
| Payta.
68. Cancellaria mitriformis Sby.
Pacasmayo.

69. Cancellaria chrysostoma Shy.

Nine specimens of this well-characterized species.
Payta.
} 70. Oliva peruviana Lam.

Four of the mottled and striped varieties.
Payta; Chatham Island, Galapagos (one example).

71. Oliva kaleontina Duclos.
Two beach shells.
Payta.

72. Olivella columellaris Sby.

Twelve specimens,
Payta.
Appears to be closely related to O semistriata Gray.

316 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

73. Olivella tergina Duclos.
Beach shells. s
Payta.

74. Marginella curta Sby.

Ten examples, beach.
Payta.
75. Fasciolaria granosa Brod.

Two adult examples in good condition.
Panama.

76. Latirus castaneus Gray.

Dead Man’s Island, Bay of Panama.

77. Latirus tuberculatus Brod.

Two beach shells.
Manta.
78. Latirus ceratus Gray.
Beach shells,
Dead Man’s Island, Panama Bay.

79. Leucozonia cingulata Lam.
Beach shells.
Dead Man’s Island, Bay of Panama.

80. Fusus Dupetithouarsii Kien.
One example.
Chatham Island, Galapagos.

81. Tritonidea lugubris C. B. Ad.

A single specimen.

Panama.
82. Tritonidea Janellii Kien.

= Purpura Janellii Kien.

Ten examples for the most part in fair condition; both adult and
immature indicate that this form is an unmistakable Tritonidea and
not a Purpura. It is a strongly characterized species, and quite rare
in collections. Carpenter, in his ‘“ Mazatlan Shells,” includes Janellii —
in the synonymy of sanguinolenta erroneously. I have handled hun-
dreds of the last-named species, but have never met with an example
that suggested a “connecting link” with Janellit.

Figure 295, plate 74, Tryon’s monograph of ‘‘Cantharus,” is not this |
species. In the same author’s monograph of Purpura it is figured as |
belonging to that genus, Fig. 98, pl. 50.

Payta.

ton | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 317

83. Tritonidea sanguinolenta Duclos.

One immature fresh specimen,
Manta.
84. Tritonidea gemmata Cpr.

One fresh example of ordinary adult size.
Manta.
85. Tritonidea pagodus Kve.

In this instance my determination rests upon a badly worn beach
specimen of what appears to be a very elongated heavy example of
the above species.

This form does not=/fusiformis Bloc, as stated in Tryon’s monograph.
Vol. U1, p. 262.
Payta.

86. Tritonidea elegans Gray.

= Tritonidea insignis Reeve.

Two beach shells in bad condition.
Payta.
87. Engina pulchra Reeve.

= Engina Reeviana C, B. Ad.

One beach specimen.
Panama.

88. Engina carbonaria Reeve,
One example.
Manta.
The single specimen collected by Dr. Jones is an unusually solid
ample of this species, which exhibits very considerable variation.
nh some instances it is short, stumpy, and robust; in others, more or
s elongated. Through inadvertence the late Dr. Carpenter, in
aking up the sets of Mazatlan and Panama shells for the Smith-
nian Institution, ete., some of which were distributed years ago,
beled Engina or Sistrum ferrugineum “ carbonarium,” and this has led
considerable confusion; and the distribution by others in the course
f exchanges of the commoner ferrugineum as carbonarium has ex-
nded the error in mauy collections.

89. Nassa versicolor ©. B. Ad.

Numerous examples.
Payta; Panama.
Dr. Jones’s shells exhibit the well-known and remarkable variability
this species.
90. Nassa complanata Powis.
Two examples,
Panama.

Oe tl

318 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS. wd

91. Nassa dentifera Powis.
One specimen.
Pacasmayo.
92. Nassa luteostoma B. & S.
Two specimens.

Panama.
93. Columbella fuscata Sby.

Numerous examples.
Payta; Manta.
Several specimens from the first and one from the last locality.

94. Columbella Paytensis Lesson.
= €. spurca Sby.

Payta; Panama.
Abundant at Payta; two examples from Panama.

95. Columbella major Sby.

Several specimens, beach.
Payta; Manta; Panama.

96. Columbella strombiformis Lam.

Six specimens, beach.
Manta.

97. Columbella hemastoma Sby.
One specimen.

Mauta.
98. Strombina lanceolata Sby.

Seven beach-worn specimens.

Payta.

The above exhibit unmistakably the strong characteristics of this
species.

99. Nitidella cribraria Lam.
One example.

Panama.
100. Anachis rugosa Sby.

A single example.
Payta.
101. Anachis fluctuata Sby.

Numerous specimens. |
Payta; Manta; Panama.

102. Anachis coronata Sby.
One specimen.
Panama.

- . ;
vou, aut] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 319

103. Anachis serrata Cpr.

One specimen.

Panama.
104. Anachis scalarina Shy.

One example, beach.

Panama.

This form is regarded by some authors as a heavy, coarsely sculptured
variety of A. varia.

105. Anachis rugulosa Shy.

A single example from each place.
Payta; Manta.

106. Murex (Homalocantha) varicosus Sby.

A single example 1] inches long.

Manta.

Tryon has monographed M, digitatus Sby,as a synonym of raricosus,
but gives a copy of each of Sowerby’s figures, apparently copied from
the Conch. Illustrations, where digitatus is credited to the Red Sea and
M. varicosus has no locality. Sowerby’s descriptions are published in
the Proc. Zoil: Soe., London, 1840, p. 115. The National collection con-
tains other examples of what appear to be varicosus from Acapulco

107. Murex (Phyllonotus) vittatus Brod.

One specimen from each locality.
Payta; Manta.

108. Murex (Phyllonotus) radix Lam.
Beach shells.
Payta; Panama.
Fragments ouly of the basal whorl of a large individual from the first
locality, and two of the stumpy, many varixed forms from the latter
place.

="

109. Murex (Fhyllonotus) regius Swains.,

Manta; Panama.
An adult beach shell from each of these localities.

110. Murex (Muricidea) buxea Brod.

= T'ollia burea Sty.
Pacasmayo.

111. Murex (Ocinebra) lugubris Brod.

= O, erinaceoides Val.

Three specimens, beach.
Payta.

320 ‘WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

112. Trophon peruvianus Lesson.

= Purpura xanthostoma Brod.
One junior, beach.
Payta.
A variable form. Not uncommon in a fossil condition in certain
places along the South American coast.

113. Vitularia salebrosa King.
One specimen.
Panama.
114. Purpura undata Lam

Rve, Conch. Icon., Mon. Purp., fig. 43.
p., Hg

Four beach shells.

Payta.
115. Purpura diadema Rve.

Numerous examples.
These shells agree with Reeve’s figure and description. They are
very close to P. undata Lam. and to P. Blainvillet Desh.
' Payta.
116. Purpura Blainvillei Desh.

Several specimens.
Payta; Pacasmayo.

117. Purpura biserialis Blainy.

A common form.

Manta; Panama.

The relationship, analogy, and synonomy of the form or forms which
Carpenter in his Mazatlan shells has included under the specific name
of biserialis, I do not propose to discuss in this catalogue. To properly
indicate the characters, variation, ete., of this protean species intelli-
gibly, would require several figures and elaborate and extended diag-

noses.
118. Purpura callaoensis Gray.

Fourteen beach specimens.
Payta.
119. Purpura triangularis Blainy.
; =P. Carolensis Rve.
One specimen.
Payta.

120. Purpura melo Duclos.

Numerous specimens on the beaches, fresh or dead.

Payta; Panama, and Panama Bay on Dead Man’s Island; Manta;
Chatham Island, Galapagos.

One specimen from Manta was 24 inches long, with an unusually
elevated spire.

ce PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 321
121. Purpura columellaris Lam.

Three specimens, from 1 to 22 inches long.

Manta.
122. Purpura patula Linn.

Four fresh specimens, from three-quarters to 2-); inches long.
Chatham Island, Galapagos.
)

123. Purpura patula Linn, variety.

One fresh specimen between this and P. columellaris.
Chatham Island, Galapagos.

124. Purpura planospira Lam.

Six specimens, 12 to 24 inches in length—very heavy.
Manta.
125. Purpura chocolata Duclos.

Several specimens.

Pacasmayo.

Although the general facies of this species is quite characteristic,
yet it often exhibits much variation. Some individuals have promi-
nent knobs on both the body whorl and the preceding volution, others
are noduled only on the last whorl. Examples often occur that are
smooth throughout, excepting a single strong node near the edge of
ithe outer lip. Again some individuals are chunky, short, and heavy,
‘others have an elevated and somewhat acute spire; the buccinoid
aspect of the young shells is noteworthy.

126. Purpura kiosquiformis Duclos.
= Cuma kiosquiformis Auct.

Beach specimens.
Panama.
It is a quite variable species as remarked by Carpenter. He refers
ito it as scarce at Mazatlan, but both W. J. Fisher and Henry Edwards
collected many examples, several of quite large size at that place. It
fis also found at other places on the Gulf of California. Dr. Edward
almer collected numerous specimens at Guaymas; Fisher also found
it at Boca de los Piedras, Sinaloa; both farther north than Mazatlan.
There is no good reason, as far as shell characters are considered, for
placing thisand the preceding species in the genus Cymia=Cuma, The
ype of Cymia is the species tectum, which is a markedly character-
Stic form distinct and distingnished from all the other species that
ave been associated with it by authors, by the strong angular protu-
: erance or process on the columella, which is a definite and permanent
Jeature, never exhibited or even suggested by any of the others.
any of the so-called Cumas are simply Purpuras ; others might be
srouped with Rapana.
Proc: No M: 91

3

21

————

/ 322 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

127. Monoceros tuberculatum Gray.

+ Purpura muricata Gray.

Specimens from each of the following places:
Payta (2); Manta (2); Panama (1); Chatham Island, Galapagos.
The horn in this species is sometimes barely discernible. <A speci-
men of this kind probably led to the description of Purpura muricata
by the author.
128. Monoceros brevidentatum Gray.

Manta (1), beach; Panama (5),

129. Cymia tectum Wood.

= Cuma tectum Wood.
= C. angulifera Duclos. |

|
.
.
.
:

Four examples.

Manta.

The specimens of this strongly marked form collected by Dr. Jones
vary in length from 14 to 24 inches, and are very solid. Exterior col-
oration in some instances of a brownish purple or dull chocolate brown.
In one shell the lower is of a lighter color than the upper half. Speci-
mens in the collection collected by the late Thomas Bridges are of a
dull buff tint. This form is usually seen in collections under the name
of Cuma, but Morch’s name Cymia should be substituted for Cuma,
which properly belongs to a group of crustacea. °

130. Ianthina fragilis Lam.

=I. striatula Cpr.

One imperfect beach specimen.
Chatham Island, Galapagos.

131. Triton olearium Linn.

Two examples, aduit.

Manta; Payta.

Both specimens are somewhat beach-worn. The larger is fror
Manta, and measures 5 inches in length. Not before credited to th
west coast of America.

132. Triton Wiegmanni Anton.

-= Argobuccinum nodosum Chemn. Auct.
= T. Chemnitzii Gray.
Beach shells, broken.
Payta.
Tryon im his “Manual of Conchology” properly attaches Anton’
name to this shell as it has several months priority over Gray’s. I
has generally been distributed under the other names. Carpenter inh

ee al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 323

“Mazatlan Catalogue,” as well as in the Smithsonian check list (1860)
of west coast shells, has listed this species with Chemnitz’s name, and
in the Mazatlan sets put up by Carpenter it is so named. InC. B.
Adams’s Panama shells Gray’s name as aboveis adopted. Tryon gives
the geographical range as from *“‘ Mazatlan to Panama,” but aside from
Dr. Jones’s shells the national collection contains an example from
Payta, which is about 850 miles farther to the south.

133. Triton gibbosus Brod.
One good example.

Payta.
134. Triton lignarius Brod.
One specimen.

Manta.
Dr. Jones’s collection giveS both this and the preceding species a
much more southerly distribution than previously reported.

135. Ranella ccelata Brod.

One specimen badly beach-worn.
Dead Man’s Island, Bay of Panama.

136. Solenosteira purpuroides Orb.
Fusus purpuroides Orb.
Purpura fusiformis Blainy.
Purpura Orbignyi Reeve.
Fusus purpuroides Phil.
Bueccinum fusiformis Soul.
Fusus fusiformis Hupé in Gay.
Neptunea fusiformis 1. & A. Ad.
Cuma fusiformis Blainv., Auct.
Pollia fusiformis Blainy., Hidalgo.
Cuma purpuroides Orb., Tryon.
Melongena purpuroides Blainy., Tryon.

Several specimens.

Pacasmayo; Payta; Manta.

This peculiar form exhibits characters that have heretofore made its
generic position somewhat perplexing. Its relations are, however,
with a certain group of West American shells that has until recently
been included with Adams’s genus Siphonalia. Tryon has removed
some of the West Coast species to Melongena. Among these are
S, pallida B. & 8S. and S. anomala Reeve, and he should have added
S. modificata Reeve, if not S. kellettii Fbs., of which latter there may
be some question; but the others stand or fall by whatever change is
_ made with one. He was on the right track in placing Blainville’s

Jusiformis immediately after and following pallida in the Manual, for a
comparison of several specimens with the large series of pallida-
anomala-modificata in the National Museum is convincing and clearly
indicates the relationship. These latter have, as Dall* remarks, *“‘ been

*Trans. Wagner Inst., Vol. 3, Part I, page 122, Aug., 1890.

\ . ; ‘

324 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

referred to Rapana by some writers, while Carpenter, Adams, and
others placed it [the group] with Siphonalia and Tryon united it with
Melongena. These shells normally have an operculum like Fusus or
Melongena; they do not, therefore, belong with Rapana, which has a
purpuroid operculum. They are certainly not identical with Strepsi- —
dura or Siphonalia proper. It is highly probable that they are, as sup- —
posed by Tryon, related to Melongena. But Melongena is a very well- ©
characterized, compact group of large littoral species, having much
such a habitat in warm regions as Purpura, which they resemble in
mode of life. The group in question differs from them in its regularity
of sculpture, absence of spines, smaller aperture in proportion to the
whole length, small size of the species * * * and the absence of ©
the posterior sinus near the suture, which characterizes the true
Melongena when adult. I propose, therefore, to separate the group
above discriminated from Melongena, as a genus, hereafter to be
reduced in rank if necessary, should more exhaustive researches show
its relations to be those of a subgenus rather than a genus. The type
will be Solenosteira (Pyrula) anomala Reeve, Conch. Icon., Pyrula, pl.
vill, fig. 12, 1847.”

137. Cassis (Semicassis) abbreviata Lam.

Several specimens.
Bahia (1); Manta.
Tryon credits this form to the west coast of North America; it will
be seen by Jones’s localities that it ranges along the South American
coast as well. ©. B. Adams obtained it at Panama.

138. Malea ringens Sby.

Two small adults, one quite heavy though only 13 inches long.
Manta.
139. Oniscia tuberculosa Rve. -
One specimen.
Chatham Island, Galapagos.

140. Cyprea nigropunctata Gray.

One beach specimen.
Manta.
Before doubtfully reported from Ecuador, but now confirmed.

141. Cypreza (Aricia) punctulata Gray-

A single beach shell from each of the following places:

Payta; Manta.

This species has been detected as far north as La Paz, Lower Cali-
fornia, and in the Gulf of California at Guaymas. Panama was the
most southerly point known before Dr. Jones’s collection, but this car
ries it farther south by about 850 miles.

yor ay, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 325

142. Cyprea (Aricia) arabicula Lam.

Payta (4); Manta (1).
Tryon’s Manual credits this species to Acapuleo and Gulf of Califor-
nia. Prof. C. Bb. Adams reported seven specimens on the reef at Pan-

ama.
143. Cyprzea exanthema Linn.

Payta (1 junior); Manta (2).
Heretofore reported from Panama northward.

144. Cyprzea Sowerbyi Kiener.
Two beach specimens.
Payta.

Reeve, in Conch. Iconica, gives a very fair figure of this species, but
| has confounded it with C. picta when referring to the habitat. C. picta

of California, but it has a more northerly range as well; the extreme
southerly distribution is indicated by Dr. Jones’s examples.

145. Cyprea (Pustularia) pustulata Lam.

One example, beach.

Panama.
146. Strombus gracilior Sby.

Two specimens.
Manta.
Panama is the most southerly locality previously given.

147. Strombus granulatus Swains.

Manta; Panama.
Dr. Jones’s collection gives this species also a more southerly locality

than before published.

148 Strombus peruvianus Swains.

One specimen from each place as follows :
Payta; Manta.

149. Cerithium maculosum Kiener.

Several examples, beach.
Bahia; Manta; Chatham Island, Galapagos.

150. Cerithium stercus-muscarum Val.

Three specimens.
Panama.

326 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS,
151. Cerithium interruptum C.B. Ad.

Six examples, very solid, knobby, and black.
Manta.
Must not be confounded with Menke’s interruptum.

152. Modulus disculus Phil.

Three specimens.
Panama. .
Previously credited to Acapulco and Mazatlan.

153. Planaxis planicostata Sby.

Eleven beach shells.

Panama.
154. Serpulorbis squamigera Cpr.

Manta; Payta.

155. Bivonia compacta Cpr.

One specimen.
Payta.
156. Turritella Broderipiana Rve.

=T. marmorata Kiener.

Several specimens.

Payta; nine from 14 to 6 inches in length. Manta, one specimen.

One semifossil, of large size, must have been 6 inches in length when
perfect.

157. Turritella cingulata Sby.
=T. tricarinata King.

One specimen.

Manta.

In some places on the coast of Chile this is a common fossil.

Sculpture variable. Often more than tri-carinate, and in some in-
stances the keels are broken into little beads.

158. Turritella goniostoma Val.

var.—T7. Banksii C. B. Ad.
Several examples.
Manta (3); Panama (18).

. 159. Tectarius atyphus n. sp.

One fresh specimen (Mus. No. 48396).

Manta. .

The first example of this group detected on the west coast of th
American continent.

Bore | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 327

160. Litorina peruviana, Lam.
=L. zebra Wood.
One young specimen.
Payta. .
161. Litorina varia Sby.
Two specimens.

Panama.
162. Litorina conspersa Phil., variety,

Two examples.
Payta.

163. Mitrularia cepacea Brod.

=Calyptrea cepacea Brod., auct.

One fractured specimen.

Manta.

Carpenter, in Smithsonian Check-list (of West Coast shells), 1860,
eatalogues this by the latter name.

164. Crucibulum spinosum Sby.

Generally distributed.
Bahia (1); Payta (20); Manta (2); Chatham Island, Galapagos (1).
Extends northward to Monterey Bay, California.

165. Crucibulum imbricatum §Sby.

Nine examples from one-half to 24 inches diameter.
Payta; Manta (1).

166. Crepidula aculeata Gmelin.

Sixty-two specimens in various conditions and of all sizes, from tiny
adolescent examples to strong adult shells.
Payta.
167. Crepidula dilatata Lam.
Beach shells.
Pacasmayo; Manta.

168. Crepidula strigata Brod.

Two specimens.
Pacasmayo.
169. Crepidula arenata Brod.

Five; four adult.

Payta.

When in a perfect state an exceedingly pretty shell, pinkish inside,
fading to a light yellowish brown around the edge, and the edge mottled
with dark brown.

328 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

170. Crepidula Lessoni Brod.

One at each place.
Bahia; Payta.

171. Crepidula excavata Brod

Four specimens.
Payta.
172. Trochatella radians Lam.

= Trochita radians Lam., Auct.
= Infundibulum radians Orb.
= Infundibulum radians Mont., Tryon. .

-

Beach shells.

Bahia.

The generic naine Trochita, which is in general use for this form, must
yield to Trochatella of Lesson, as adopted by Fischer in his Manuel de
Conchyliologie, 1887. Schumacher’s genus Trochita rests upon the Chi-
nese form, Galerus chinensis Lam. (Adam’s Genera), a shell that is ex-
ternally white or whitish and smooth under a fibrous epidermis and the
type of Lamarck’s genus Calyptrwa. Tryon’s use of Montfort’s name
Infundibulum in Vol. vi11 of his Manual on page 121, no doubt arose from
his confounding it with Orbigny’s Infundibulum. Montfort’s includes a
group of the top-shells Trochida, and is so used and properly by Mr. Pils-
bry in his continuation of Tryon’s work in Vol. XI, pp. 7-24, and Orbig-
ny’s is a synonym of Lesson’s Trochatella, which rests upon a variety of
this West Coast form and has precedence over Orbigny’s by six years.
Orbigny’s name is barred in any event by the priority of Montfort’s.

The generic term of Trochatella was subsequently used by Swainson
for a section or group of the Helicinide, and is therefore a synonym ;
in place of it Fischer has given the name Hutrochatella.

For reference to Schumacher in connection with the above, see his
Nouv. Syst. ete., p. 184, Copenhagen, 1817; and for Lesson’s, see his
“Voyage de la Coquille,” ete.

173. Hipponyx antiquatus Linn.
One example from each.

Payta; Chatham Island, Galapagos.

174. Hipponyx barbatus Sby.

Three specimens.
Manta; Galapagos Islands.
175. Natica (Polinices) uber Val.

Payta (numerous); Manta (two examples) ; Panama, nine specimens.
‘Ten to twenty feet above high-water mark” [W. H. J.].

sl tt an eer

erage PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ooe

176. Natica unifasciata Lam.

? = N. maroccana Chem. var.

Two specimens.

Panama.

Carpenter includes this, and no doubt properly, in his synonomy of
Natica maroccana Chem. (Maz. Cat. sp. 570) as variety b. It is by no
means a certainty as to whether Chemnitz’s name or Lamarck’s was
originally applied to West American shells. There will be less con-
fusion, however, to let these names remain as they now stand than to
make a change that will probably bring us no nearer to the facts.

177. Natica (Ruma) otis B. & S$.

One specimen, bleached, but perfect.
Payta.

178. Sigaretus concavus Rve.

= 8. Grayi Desh.
= 8S. cymbia Mke.
= 8S. maximus Phil.
Several specimens.
Payta.
Varies much, as do many of the related Naticas. Tryon credits this
species to San Pedro, California. (Manual, Vol. vit, p. 55.)

179. Patella araucania Orb.
Two examples.

Payta.
180. Acmza scutum Orb.

One beach shell from each place.
Payta; Chatham Island.

181. Acmeza Preteri Orb.
A single specimen.
Payta.
The solitary beach shell which is here catalogued, though much
rubbed, nevertheless exhibits the characteristics of this species.

182. Turbo magnificus Jonas.

Several specimens.

Callao; Payta; Manta.

This form suggests a smooth-surfaced variety of the more northerly
tessellatus or fluctuosus.

183. Turbo (? Senectus‘ squamiger Reeve.

Several examples; beach.

Payta; Manta.

This is a rare species, and it may belong in the group Callopoma.
The national collection series exhibits an extended range, stretching

330 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

from La Paz and the Gulf of California to Dr. Jones’s southernmost
locality, or from 24° 30/ N., to 5° 15’ 8S. latitude. Colonel Jewett col-
lected it at Acapulco, where it was also obtained by myself in May,
1868. Mr. W. J. Fisher found it living at the Tres Marias group at
the mouth of the Gulf of California.

184. Turbo (Callopoma) fluctuosus Wood.

= T. fluctuatus Reeve.

+ T. Moltkianus Reeve.

= T. Fokkesi Jonas.

— T. assimilis Kiener + T. tessellatus Kiener.
? = T. depressus Cpr.
?=T. funiculosus Kien., Cpr.

Several beach shells.

Payta; Guayaquil; Manta.

An exceedingly variable shell for one of this group, but nevertheless
having a common facies which, when a large series is brought together,
satisfactorily indicates the reasons for the above synonymie arrange-
ment. Tryon (Manual) gives the distribution, ‘‘ West coast of America
from Gulf of California northward,” but Cuming obtained it at ‘“‘ Panta
St. Elena,” which is on the coast of Guayaquil in lat. 2° 10’ 8S. It will
be seen that Dr. Jones’s collection carries it still further south to lati-
tude 5° 15’. Carpenter, in the “Mazatlan Catalogue,” credits it to
Sitka, on the testimony of Wosnessenski in Middendorff; this is no
doubt an error, as to its actual northerly range; though it is not im-
probable that a dead shell might have been obtained there, from either
ballast refuse dumped overboard or from its having been dropped by
some sailor belonging to a whaling ship; for the whalers formerly
cruised all along the coast from Magdalena Bay, Lower California, to
and through the Alaskan waters.

Carpenter also credits 7. fluctuosus to San Diego, California; this
has not been corroborated by any subsequent collector, though it is not
improbable that Lieutenant Green may have detected it at this place
for the species extends northerly along the outer coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, where it has been detected at various places as well as at Cerros
Island.

185. Turbo (Callopoma) saxosus Wood.

Several examples; beach.

Payta; Manta; Panama.

Trvon refers to 7. niteschii Anton (‘ Mitechit Anton” Sby.) and JZ,
venustus Phil., as synonyms.

The National Museum collection shows tne range to be trom Payta
as above northerly to Cape St. Lucas and up the Gulf of California to
Guaymas, where it was collected by Dr. Edward Palmer several years
ago.

ie rearn | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 331
186. Turbo (Prisogaster) niger Gray.

Common; numerous specimens.
Pacasmayo.
On beach and 10 to 20 feet above high-water mark.

187. Astralium (Uvanilla) Buschii Phil.
=U. inermis Kiener.

Many examples.

Payta; Manta; Panama.

This shell is generally seen in collections with Kiener’s name inermis
Gmel. attached, but Philippi’s has priority by 7 years. One of the nine
specimens from Manta measured 1 inches in diameter and 14 inches
altitude.

188. Pomaulax undosus Wood.

Beach shell.

Ballenas Bay, Lower California.

189. Chlorostoma ater Lesson.
= C. atrum Lesson Pilsory.
Abundant.
Pacasmayo.

190. Chlorostoma gallina Fbs. var.

Beach shells.
Santa Margarita Island, off Lower California.

191. Omphalius panamensis Phil.

Three beach shells.
Payta..
Heretofore credited only to Panama.

192. Omphalius viridulus Gmel.

Eight examples—four from each of the following places:

Manta; Panama.

A somewhat variable species. The Manta shells are of various sizes,
and exhibit greater yariation in this respect than those from Panama.

In using the specific name viridulus, I have followed Carpenter in his
Mazatlan Catalogue, as well as specimens distributed by him, and so
labeled. Pilsbry has given the above name to the East Coast form,
which is closely related, and to the West Coast form is assigned avarietal
position with the name reticulatum. It is not unlikely that he is right,
but as he has reduced to a varietal status other related forms, I retain
the first name as above, until time will permit a careful comparison of
the various species so combined.

eae WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.

193. Omphalius aureotinctus Fbs.
—= Chlorostoma aureotinctum (Fbs.) Auct.

Beach shells.
Santa Margarita Island, off Lower California.

194. Tegula pelliserpentis Wood.
Beach shells.
Panama; and from Dead Man’s Island, Panama Bay.
This form though well characterized specifically, is hardly entitled to
generic distinction.

195. Nerita scabricosta Lam.

Several specimens.
Manta; Panama.
The Manta example is of unusual size, being quite large, like Gala-
pagos specimens.
196. Nerita Bernhardi Recluz.

Common at the latter place.
Manta (one); Panama.
Manta is a more southerly point than before reported.

197. Neritina guayaquilensis Sby.
—Nerilina intermedia Sby.
One specimen.
Payta.

C. B. Adams, in Panama Shells, p. 206, says: ‘ This may, according
to Recluz, be identical with NV. intermedia Sowb. Itis certainly identi-
cal with shells which have been distributed by Mr. Cuming and by Mr.
Petit under the latter name. Mr. Sowerby’s figures,* however, seem to
represent two species.”

It is quite evident to anyone familiar with the West American Neri-
tine, upon an examination of the figures and text of this group in
Tryon’s Monograph, that he has considerably mixed them; and Sow-
erby, as Adams suggests, has contributed to the confusion. The form
referred to by Adams, as well as the shell collected by Dr. Jones, is that
figured in Sowerby’s Conchological Illustrations, Figs. 7,7. Specimens
agreeing with the above figures, determined by Cuming, have been dis-
tributed as Professor Adams states. The Monograph of the Nerttine in
the “Conch. Illustrations,” has precedence over the later “ Thesaurus ”
Monograph, by eight years.

Sowerby in the former work credits intermedia to the “ Bay of
Montejo and the Gulf of Nicoya.” The former is in Veragua, on the
south side next west of the Bay of Panama, and the latter in Costa
Rica, on the west coast, lat. between 9° and 10° N. Dr. Jones’s collec-
tion extends the range southerly nearly 800 miles.

» Thes. Conch., p. 520, No. 44, Pl. 114, Fig, 177.

ol PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 333

198. Fissurella rugosa Sby.

Nine specimens.

Payta.

Carpenter’s comments (Mazatlan list) upon the variability of this
species rest on his examination of ‘+ thousands of specimens.” As
many as a thousand have been examined by me at various times, and I
can add my testimony as corroborative of Carpenter’s.

Mr. Pilsbry hus recently described F. rubropicta from Lagoon Head;
mainland of Lower California, opposite Cedros or Cerros Island. His
specimens were collected by Mr. Hemphill, and the National Museum
was kindly presented with three of the same lot. They are much
heavier and more elevated than any specimens of rugosa-macrotrema
in the National collection, and on the whole not as elongated, but never-
theless appear to be quite closely related. The crimson stain that sug-
gested the name rubropicta is not unusual in either rugosa or macro-
trema. The Museum series of rugosa, ete., includes a large number of
selected specimens, over a hundred, and one-quarter as many of macro-
trema, So called, from various localities on the West Coast.

199. Fissurella virescens Sby.

Several examples.

Payta; Manta; Panama; Chatham Island, Galapagos group.

At Payta it appears to be abundant; Manta, two examples, beach;
Panama, one fresh; and five rather small specimens from the Gala-
pagos.

The late Thomas Bridges collected a large number of the above and
the following at San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua; also in Panama Bay
and elsewhere on the west coast of Central America.

200. Fissurella nigropunctata Sby.
= I’. virescens Sby., variety.

One specimen.

Panama.

Mr. Pilsbry in his ‘‘ Manual” makes nigropunctata a variety of vires-
cens, a conclusion that is unavoidable after a careful examination of a
large series. The same author intimates other differences than color,
but these are not obvious; the ample series before me show that the
color spots are all there is upon which a varietal distinction can rest.

201. Fissurella peruviana Lam.

= F. occidens Gld.

Seventeen specimens, in various conditions.
Pacasmayo.
202. Fissurella maxima Sby.

A single large, heavy example, nearly 4 inches in length.
Manta.

334 WEST SOUTH AMERICAN SHELLS—STEARNS.
203. Fissurella picta Gmel. -

A single specimen, hardly typical.

Manta.

204. Lucapinella inzqualis (Sby.), Pilsbry.
= Glyphis inequalis Sby.

One specimen.

Mauta.

Mr. Pilsbry has recently separated several species heretofore as-
signed to Glyphis and other genera, and brought them together under
the above name of Lucapinella ; having detected a difference in the
character of the dentition, which varies from that of the forms and
groups with which they had been previously associated.

205. Lucapinella alta (C. B. Ad.), Pilsbry.
Glyphis alta C. B. Ad.
Five specimens,
Payta; described from Panama by the author, where he collected
numerous examples.

206. Lucapinella callomarginata Cpr.

= Clypidella callomarginata Cpr.

One example (Mus. No. 48509).

Payta.

The specimen collected by Dr. Jones is perfect in every respect.
The orifice has more of the keyhole shape than any of the others in
the National collection. A comparison of the Museuin series shows
considerable variation in this character. Carpenter illustrated this in
his “* Report to the British Association,” 1856, plate 7, by numerous
figures, and we may reasonably expect to find mutations in the form of
the orifice in this as well as in the Fissurellas proper.

A beach-worn example of what is probably the above species, was
obtained years ago (1837-40) by the United States exploring expedi-
tion, under command of Wilkes, at Valparaiso (Mus. No. 19135).

The Jones and Exploring expedition specimens extend the distri-
bution further to the south than heretofore reported by about 1,700
miles, Mr. Hemphill’s Lower California examples from San Ignacio
Lagoon, being the southernmost to this date. The largest specimens
in the Museam are Postpliocene fossils from San Diego, collected by
Hemphill, the principal specimen measuring over 25 millimetres in
length.

207. Chiton (Corephium) spiniferus Trembly.
= C, tuberculiferus Sby.
= C. echinatus Barnes.
+ C. aculeatus Barnes, Auct.

Payta.

eee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 335
208. Chiton (Lepidopleurus) janeirensis Gray.

One anterior plate.

Payta.

The above determination rests upon a single plate (anterior) in good
condition.

Of the 211 species contained in the above list,* 90 are carried farther
south than heretofore reported, by 64 miles, the least, to 3,195, the
greatest extension in range; also one species detected not before col-
lected or reported, and one new species and genus added to the fauna
of the coast.

The increase in southerly range of these 90 is as follows:

UnderxlOOsmilesteaa seen acse oe ea sete oomncec at celsius tee ioral s siou ise clans 1
Between LOOhanda 200 muailestanees cncemcccics ce seicieec toe: 24
Betweenws200kan dens sO0Mmilespsmacem sr eiee neeer creser tee nee ee

Betwecnmerol0rands s 400miles esse ee ote cee sees 5
Betweenmn5 0Okandes sO00imiNeShas commence ceieeeerecite cece ane 11
Between. /00jand) (800imilesie 2-s5,.c-5 cocere es eee Soo ere Q
Between cUokand, 90 0implesi area. seca aes oeltlecevsee cla aoc 32
Between = 900rand al O00smilests-ceessoee ceiecec cece sccle ceee ee 1
Between 1,400 and 1,500 miles ........ eer Le cer ce an 3
iBetweenmeO0rand is s00imilests sccm ts sctacemee - soc aceecers 5
PDE SD RTINT Oss Meera terre tata opel a ala) Sate ara etnias iss cme Slade cies eines 1
Jyol Go ein ON meeyacersoc se iste setae voles eso wie! eisloieheinie shate wis + ule nciow elses 1

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.
Following 62, on page 315, add—
62a. Conus nux Brod.
One example from beach. Chatham Island, Galapagos.
63a. Conus princeps Linn.

One beach shell of the fine-lined variety.
Payta.

Following 126, on page 321, add—
126a. Concholepas Peruvianus Lam,

One specimen.
The National Collection also contains examples from Callao and
Valparaiso.

On page 317, number 85, read—
This form does not=fusiformis Blve., not Bloc, as printed.

* Including these additional species given below.

| DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES, AND SUBSPECIES OF
| BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA.

BY
GEORGE K. CHERRIE,
Taxidermist and Ornithologist of the Costa Rica National Museum.

Through the kindness of the authorities of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion I have been permitted to compare the specimens contained in a
small collection of birds brought with me from Costa Rica with the
more extensive series belonging to the U.S. National Museum, every
facility for the work being given me, together with assistance by the
curator of the Department of Birds, as well as by Dr. Leonard Stejneger,
especially in the matters of nomenclature and synonymy.

Notes on additional species are deferred until I can return to Costa
Rica and have access to the large collection belonging to the Museo
Nacional at San Jose.

In the following descriptions I have employed Mr. Ridgway’s nomen-
clature in the naming of colors.

Lophotriccus squamicristatus minor, subsp. nov.

Mr. Ridgway having directed my attention to the decided difference
‘in color between the Costa Rican birds aud true squamicristatus, from
Colombia, I have made a careful examination of the birds from the
two localities and deem the differences such as to warrant the sepa-
ration of the Costa Rica bird as a good geographical race, which I
have named minor from its smaller size. From the true squamicristatus
it is readily distinguished by the slightly brighter olive-green above,
by the decidedly more yellowish or yellowish-green color below and its
extension farther onto the breast, the under wing coverts being a little
deeper yellowish, and lastly, in smaller size, the te measuring 1.90-
1.96, instead of 2.05-2.16, and the tail 1.68-1.72, instead of 1.82-2.
(Type No. 35305 2, U. S. National Museum, Grecia, Costa Rica, De-
cember 1, 1864; F. Carmiol.)

Lophotriccus zeledoni, sp. noy.

Another bird from Costa Rica in the U. S. National Museum collec-
tion deserves attention, differing as it does from both squamicristatus
and squamicristatus minor in being bright olive-green above, with a
brownish shading on the hind neck. On the head the crest feathers
are not nearly so well developed, the color at their base being not nearly
| ee cere Saat Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 855.

Proc Nn. oe ola 99 337

338 NEW BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA—CHERRIE.

so deep a black, while the rufous tips and edges are broader; the wings
and tail are dusky, the latter edged with the color of the back and the
former with olive-yellow, brightest and lightest on the inner second-
aries; lesser wing coverts like the back, middle coverts lighter like the
edging to the remiges, greater coverts with similar edges but having
an orange Shade. Below, chin and throat grayish white; breast, sides,
and flanks greenish-yellow; abdomen and under wing coverts yellow
(nearly the primrose of Ridgway’s ‘‘ Nomenclature”.) Striations on the
under parts are obsolete. The size is considerably smaller; wing, 1.70;
tail, 1.50.

To this apparently new bird IL have given the name Lophotriceus
celedoni, taking pleasure in this opportunity to show some appreciation
to Sr. Don José C. Zeledon for many favors, personal and otherwise.

The type of the new form is No. 47492, Collection U. S. National
Museum, Dota, Costa Rica, October 4, 1867; F. Carmiol.

Pachyrhamphus ornatus, sp. nov.

Adult female (type No. 42951, collection U. 8S. National Museum,
Barranca, Costa Rica, February 26, 1866; J. Carmiol); above olive-
green, wings and tail dusky-blackish, rectrices broadly tipped with
cinnamomeous, primaries and secondaries edged with the same color,
the inner secondaries broadly so; wing coverts tipped with tawny-
cinnamon, greater and middle series broadly so. Crown and neck
rufous-chestnut; supraloral stripe extending to just above the eye and
including the nasal plumes on the forehead, white; lores blackish. <A
supra-auricular stripe extending from above the eye and crossing the
occiput, black. Below, chin whitish, throat and breast greenish olive-
yellow, abdomen and crissum canary-yellow ; axillaries under wing cov-
erts and inner edges of quills pale yellowish. Maxilla dusky blackish;
mandible dusky plumbeous; feet and legs dusky.

Length of wing, 2.86; tail, 2.53; exposed culmen, 0.54; nostril to tip
of bill, 0.42; gonys, 0.34; tarsus, 0.74.

HABITAT: Costa Rica.

Deconychura, gen. nov.

Like Sittasomus and Glyphorhynchus in the great extension of the
stiffened stems of the rectrices beyond the webs of the feathers, but
having ten rectrices instead of twelve. The bill is very like that of
Sittasomus, slightly compressed for the terminal half and slightly
depressed and widened for the basal half; gonys just appreciably
ascending ; bill a little longer in proportion, being as long as the
head. The pattern of coloration is much as in Glyphorhynchus, being
uniform above, the throat lighter colored and the breast spotted, but
the pattern on the wing is very different from either the latter or Sitta-
somus, both of which have the secondaries and inner primaries marked —
with a conspicuous light patch on the inner webs, followed by a darker

aa PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309

‘area, the tips like the outer webs. In Deconychura the inner webs of

the remiges are paler, but there is no lighter patch. The generic name
here chosen refers to the peculiarities of the tail, with ten rectrices
having the stiffened stems extended beyond the webs and bent down,
being derived from dexa ten, oyv& claw, and ovpwe tail.

Deconychura typica, sp. nov.

Adult female (type No. 119943,* collection U.S. National Museum,
Pozo Azul, Costa Rica, September 7, 1539; J.C. Zeledon); above light
bister with umber-brown shading; feathers of the crown with blackish
edgings and narrow faint buffy shaft streaks, these shaft streaks also
seen on the hind neck. Wings, tail, and upper tail coverts between a
chocolate and chestnut brown; wing coverts like the back; remiges
shaded on the edges with the color of the back. Lores, superciliary
stripe and sides of head soiled buffy or pale clay color, with dusky
blackish or brownish shading. Chinand throat pale clay color; remain-
ing lower parts light olive-brown with umber shading; feathers of the
breast with blackish edges and central guttate spots of pale clay color,
the spots growing fainter posteriorly until on the crissum they are only
represented by faint shaft streaks. Under wing coverts ochraceous,
inner edges of quills vinaceous cinnamon with an ochraceous shade.
‘Feet, legs, and lower mandible plumbeous ; upper mandible black ;
iris dark brown” (Zeledon, MS.).

Wing rather long, third and fourth quills longest, first equal to
eighth, second longer than fifth.

Length, 7.00; wing, 3.56; tail, 3.96; culmen, 0.92; nostril to tip of
bill, 0.58; gonys, 0.52; tarsi, 0.80.

HABITAT: Costa Rica and Panama.

There is another specimen in the U.S. National Museum from Panama
(Aspinwall) in immature plumage and with the bill broken off at the
nostrils.

Premnopleg, gen. noy. (type, Margarornis brunnescens Lawr.).

I have before me four of the six recognized species of the genus Mar-
garornis ; namely, squamigera, stellata, rubiginosa, and brunnescens. The
latter presents peculiarities in the pattern of coloration and structure
that have led me to placeit ina new genus, Premnoplex,t which I would
characterize as similar to Margarornis, but wing short and rounded, and
much more concave, while the second primary is shorter than the sixth,
not longer; quills only faintly edged with lighter on the inner webs and
no patch at the base of the feathers, extending to the shaft on the inner
webs of a pale fulvous color. This light-colored area in squamigera,
stellata, and rubiginosa, commences on the third primary and extends
across the secondaries, increasing in length along the web on each sue-

* No. 3320, collection Museo Nacional de Costa Rica.
t ITpeuyvov =trunk of tree and 77766w= strike.

340 NEW BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA——CHERRIE.

ceeding feather. From descriptions I find the light patch at the base
of the quills is present in perlata and guttata. In the new genus the
nostrils open in a narrow slit at the posterior part of the nasal fossa,
while in the species of Margarornis before me the nasal opening is at
the forward end of the nasal fossz.

Vireo superciliaris, sp. nov. (Ridgway MS).

(Type No, 91825, U. S. National Museum, Birris, Costa Rica, 1882,
J.Cooper:) Similar to V.carmioli, but darker olive-green above; below,
paler, more inclined to sulphur-yellow with less olive shading on the
breast and sides, while the under tail coverts are almost primrose-yel-
low; the lores are black, the cheeks and ear coverts olive-brownish, the
latter fading gradually into the olive-greenish of the back. The white
spot below the eye, including the white of the lower eyelid (central part
only, not the entire eyelid), seems to be better defined. In addition to
the differences noted above it is considerably larger; measuring: wing,
2.68; tail, 2.30; exposed culmen, 0.43; nostril to tip of bill, 0.30; while
true carmioli measures, wing, 2.47-2.50; tail, 2.14-2.20; exposed cul-
men, 0.38-0.41; nostril to tip of bill, 0.25-0.28.

The present bird comes from the southwest coast region, while the
two examples of V. carmioli examined came from the high interior of the
country. Nothing is knewn of the habits of either of the birds. That
the bird in hand is separable from typical carmioli can not be doubted,
yet the relationship must be very close while a good series of specimens
might show them to be inseparable as species. In the mean time it
seems to me Vireo carmioli superciliaris would better indicate the rela-
tionship of the two birds.

Basileuterus delattrii.

I have eighteen Costa Rica specimens and five others from Guate-
mala, Veragua, Panama, and Bogota, that compared with Mr. Sharp’s
description of the type of mesochrysus (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. X, pp. 396-397)
seem in a slight way to differ from that type. Mr. Sharpe writes: “A
line of black across the forehead extending to the eye; upper and under
edge of the eyelid white; lores and anterior and posterior edge of the
eyelid, extending a little behind.the eye, black; ear coverts, chestnut ;
behind the ear-coverts a white spot mixed with chestnut.” In each of
the eighteen Costa Rican examples and the ones from Bogota and Ver-
agua this black line “across the forehead” is present, sometimes, how-
ever, only faintly (separated from the black lores by the white super-
ciliary stripe that extends from the nostrils to the nape), averaging
one-tenth of an inch wide, in no instance “extending to the eye.” In
the Guatemalan example it is entirely wanting, while in the two from
Panama there are only a few dusky feathers at the extreme forehead.
Costa Rica specimens, the ones from Guatemala, Bogota, and Veragua,
and the two from Panama, all have the “under edge of the eyelid

et) eee htt ct: ad ttl Matt =

a ee ee Se a lt tac Pi ct aR ti

A A a elt I a i tal

ca a all les

te Rie sent el ali in pecans:

en PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 41

white,” this sometimes extending below the eye in an ashy whitish line
to the forepart of the cheek; in some it is almost obsolete; in none of
the specimens before me is there white on the ‘‘upper” eyelid. The
black of the lores extends around, above, and behind the eye. None of
the Costa Rican nor the Guatemalan examples show more than a trace
of the “white spot mixed: with chestnut behind the ear-coverts.”

Costa Rica specimens have a dark rich chestnut crown and ear-cov-
erts, the feathers of the crown usually tipped, especially posteriorly,
with grayish olive; from the nape this latter color passes gradually
into the rather dark olive-green of the back. The white spot back of
the ear-coverts is in most cases only faintly indicated.

The specimens from Veragua, Bogota, and Panama have the head
and ear-coverts rufous-chestnut; the grayish olive of the nape passes
rather abruptly into the olive-green (brighter than in Costa Rica exam-
ples) of the back, and there is a white spot back of the ear-coverts, this
white spot consisting of the feathers on the posterior edge of the auric-
ular orifice, which are blackish at the base, but with white tips; the
chin, forecheek, and infraocular line are more whitish than in Costa
Rica specimens. ’

The Guatemala bird is distinguished from all the other examples by
the more extended rufous-chestnut crown (in color like Veragua and
Panama birds), including the occiput, and the entire lack of a grayish-
olive collar on the hind neck. The infraocular whitish stripe extends
below the ear-coverts.

Viewing the material before me, and noting the comparisons I have
just made, it is evident that either the Guatemala or Costa Rica bird
should be separated under a new name. It might be supposed that
there would be little question but that the Costa Rican was the one to
be separated, but after a careful examination of the literature on the
subject [ am convinced that the Costa Rica bird is Basileuterus delattrit
Bp., not mesochrysus Scl., and that it is the Guatemalan bird that ought
to be named.

Bonaparte in his original description of delattrii distinctly says (Notes
Orn., p. 62) ‘‘espece nouvelle de Nicaragua.” Why Messrs. Salvin and
Godman doubt Delattre’s specimen having come from Nicaragua (Biol.
C. A., Aves, I, p. 176) I do not know.. Certain it is, Bonaparte’s de-
seription*® applies much better to the Costa Rica bird than to the one
from Guatemala, in which latter bird the chestnut of the head is not
confined to the pileum, but embraces ‘“ pileo cum nucha” as in rujifrons ;
besides, there is indication of a median stripe in the crown, which is not
to be found in Costa Rica examples.

*“ Traete viridis subtus omnino flavus, genisque castaneis ; superciliis albis.”

“Dans lerufifrons la couleur est moins brillante ‘‘ cinereo virens” et le roux de la tete
est plus etendu “ pileo cum nucha costaneis.” De. plus au voit sur le tete ‘‘ litura Jon-
gitudinali verticis albida.”

342" NEW BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA—CHERRIE.

Basileuterus salvini, sp. nov.

i shall call the Guatemala bird Basileuterus salvini, and select as type
No. 30700, U. S. National Museum, from Coban, Vera Paz, November
15, 1859 (received from O. Salvin). This is the bird described by Pro-
fessor Baird as B. delattrii in his ‘ Review of American Birds,” p. 249,
aud I can not do better than reproduce his description: ‘Similar to
rufifrons in color of head, the olive-green of the back brighter, this color
invading and replacing the ashy of the nape and sides of the neck; the
infraocular white band, less distinct behind, but apparently extending
behind the eyes. Whole under parts greenish yellow, a little paler on
middle of belly; flanks olive-green; the sides behind and crissum tinged
with fulvous. Wings much rounded, about equal to the lateral tail-
feathers; first quill shorter or net longer than the secondaries, as is the
case in rufifrons.”

With the above arrangement the geographieal distribution of the
species would be about as follows: Rujifrons is confined to Mexico,
salvini to Guatemala, delattrii to Nicaragua and Costa Rica, while meso-
chrysus occupies the territory south into Colombia.

The two latter are closely related and it seems questionable if the
two forms do not intergrade. The chief difference appears to be ina
darker head and a darker olive-green of the upper parts in general of
the Costa Rica bird, the white spot behind the ear-coverts is, | believe,
an untrustworthy character, and the grayish nuchal band is hardly more
so. Accordingly, I would reduce mesochrysus to subspecific rank, mak-
ing it Basileuterus delattrit mesochrysus (Sclater).

Grallaria lizanoi, sp. nov.

Similar to G. perspicillata, but ashy above, with olive shading on the
back, the back markings confined to very narrow (almost obsolete) ful-
vous Shaft-streaks. Below, the black stripes on breast and sides are
much broader. The black rictal stripe is clearer and better defined.

Adult i.ale (type No. 119951,* U.S. National Museum, Trojas, Costa
Rica, January 1586, Anastasio Alfaro): Above, ashy or slate-gray, the
back shaded with olive; inter-scapulars with faint fulvous shaft-streaks ;
wings and tail sepia-brown ; primaries broadly edged (including almost
the entire web) with ochraceous; median and lesser wing-coverts and
scapulars olive brownish tipped with buffy; greater coverts vandyke-
brown tipped with burnt-sienna ;+ primary coverts clove-brown. Below
white, the breast and sides more or Jess buffy ; broad black stripes on
the breast, extending to the flanks but growing less distinct posteriorly.
Flanks and sides have an olivaceous shading. Under surface of the
wing ochraceous. ‘ Bill black; base of lower mandible white; legs and
feet very light plumbeous.” (Zeledon MS.)

*No. 628, Coll. Museo Nacional de Costa Rica.

t This is probably a character of the young or seasonal, as a May example has the
greater coverts like the median and lesser ones.

Vora PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. _ 0438

Grallaria lizanoi is an inhabitant of the Pacific coast side of the Cor-
dillera, while dives and intermedia seem confined to the Atlantic side,
the former ranging north into Nicaragua, while the latter is, L believe,
a bird confined more to the southeastern ‘ tierra caliente” of Costa
Rica, possibly extending to Panama.

I take pleasure in naming this beautiful species of ant thrush after
the Hon. Don Joaquin Lizano, minister of state of the Republic of Costa
Rica, to whom so much is due for the material advancement ana intel-
ligent progress of various institutions of the country, including espe-
cially the Museo Nacional.

Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris and allied forms.

Young males are similar to the females ; in Some specimens, just assum-
ing the adult phase, a part of the rectrices have white tips and part
have cinnamomeous tips; the same peculiarity is seen in the primaries
and secondaries.

Adult male birds from Costa Rica differ from “* Bahia” birds, labeled
polychroptera, not only in the smailer size, but in having the under wing-
coverts and axillaries plain slate-gray, like the breast. The “ Bahia”
birds have the axillaries and under wing-coverts more or less mottled
with white, and the bend of the wing whiter.

There are two other birds, male and female, in the U.S. National
Museum collection, from Greytown, Nicaragua, that while closely allied
to both cinereiventris and polychroptera, have peculiarities sufficient, in
my judgment, to separate them from either, as well as they (the two
latter) are separated one from another. In fact, I believe sufficient ma-
terial would show the three to be races of but a single species.

The male, like that of cinereiventris and polychroptera has the back
black; head shining steel-bluish black; rump grayish; under parts
slate-gray. But the bill is decidedly larger * than either of its allies, the
wing and tail are equal to those of cinereiventris and smaller than in
polychroptera. The female has the back and head more olive-greenish
and the lower parts paler than females of cinereiventris, which latter
species has also the back more or less tinged with brownish.

For this Nicaragua bird, in case future material may prove more con-
clusively its distinctness, I would propose the name Pachyrhamphus
similis.

Arremon aurantiirostris.

Examining a series of these birds from the Atlantic and Pacific sides
of the Cordillera, the birds from the Pacific side represented by speci-
mens from Panama north through Veragua into Costa Rica, those from

| Exposed | Nostril to Width of
culmen. | tip of bill.| 8: | pillat base.

!
* No. 40448, ©, June 4, 1865. H. E. Holland.......-. | 0. 56 0.44 0. 40 0.32
No. 40437, ¢, June 11, 1865. H. BH. Holland......... Kept ae AN gore yyy | 0. 40 | 0. 32

344 NEW BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA—CHERRIE.

the Atlantic side by examples from Colon (Aspinwall), Costa Rica, Niea-
ragua, Honduras, and Guatemala, there are seen certain differences
that appear to be constant and which do not seem to be due to age,
season, or Sex.

A male (true aurantiirostris, I believe) from Pozo Azul, Costa Rica
(Pacific side), (No. 1178, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, January, 1887,
J. ©, Zeledon) may be described as follows: Above, olive-green; head,
black, with a median vertical cinereous stripe; superciliary stripe, ashy
white, whiter anteriorly and more ashy posteriorly; wings and tail,
dusky brownish edged with olive, that on the tail much the darker;
bend of wing, lemon-yellow. Below, sides of face and chin, black; throat,
white; pectoral band, black; sides and flanks, slate-gray, tinged with
olive on the flanks; center of belly, white; under tail-coverts, brown-
ish-gray. October and December birds from the same locality show
little variation; but a bird taken in May, 1884, a female (No. 101838,
U.S. National Museum, Pozo Azul, Costa Rica, J. C. Zeledon), has the
stripe on the head darker grayish. The olive-green is perhaps a shade
brighter, while in the center of the back are a few brownish feathers
(the same color—nearly a chestnut—as on the bird described by Cassin
as rufodorsalis, No. 39041, U.S. National Museum). The black pectoral
band is not so well defined, the sides and flanks are washed more with
grayish olive, the abdomen is buffy, the under tail-coverts brownish
(sepia). Another example from Panama has the under tail-coverts ¢
wood-brown.

A male from Choctum, Vera Paz (Guatemala) (No. 20421, U.S. Na-
tional Museum, Vera Paz, January, 1860, O. Salvin), may be described
as follows: Above, dark olive-green, a brownish shading on the upper
tail-coverts; head, black, median vertical stripe, gray; superciliary stripe,
white; wings and tail, dusky brownish or blackish, edged with brownish
olive-green. On the tail the edging is only visible at the base, where it
is very dark; bend of wing, light orange-yellow; below, sides of face and
chin, black; throat, white; broad black pectoral band; center of breast,
white, shading into buffy white on the abdomen; sides and flanks olive-
brown, with faint shadings of olive-green; under tail-coverts clove-
brown. Two specimens from Talamanca, Costa Rica, male and female,
taken in April, have the sides and flanks more decidedly washed with
olive-green, the under tail-coverts a trifle lighter (sepia-brown), while
the bend of the wing is a bright orange yellow. Another Costa Rica
specimen (No. 1175, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica) is probably melan-
istic. Above itis dark brownish olive green; wings, tail, and tail-coverts
dark brownish (clove-brown), tail and coverts darkest, with searcely a
shade of olive edging except on the wing-coverts; bend of the wing is
rather bright orange-yellow; below the center of the breast is white,
and only a shade of buffy on the abdomen; sides and flanks, brownish
olive; under tail-coverts, sepia-brown. An example from Los Sabalos,
Nicaragua, a female, taken in April, has the back a little brighter olive,

ic “ential de

MDE Ser] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 345

the bend of the wing is not so decidedly orange, and below the sides
and flanks are grayish brown with a faint shade of olive. Another
Nicaraguan bird has the superciliaries almost as grayish as Pacific
Coast birds and the back almost as bright. A specimen from Aspin-
wall has the superciliaries grayish posteriorly; the back as bright as
Panama examples, but the sides and flanks are more brownish gray.

Thus while it will be seen that the Atlantic and Pacific forms can
hardly be separated by hard and fast lines, yet the Atlantic form seems
always separable, having white superciliaries, a darker back, a darker
yellow bend to the wing (orange, not lemon), the sides, flanks, and
under tail-coverts more brownish and less grayish. While some of
these characters may fail, all will scarcely fail in the same bird ; and the
darkest or typical birds from the Atlantic side differ so decidedly from
typical examples of the Pacific form that I am loath to class them as
one bird. Accordingly in case a larger series of Specimens may prove
the differences constant as they seem, I would suggest the name
Arremon aurantiirostris saturatus for the dark-colored bird found on
the Atlantic side.

Myrmeciza intermedia, sp. nov.

An examination of the allied forms of Myrmeciza, including my re-
cently described occidentalis (Auk., Vit, April, 1891), has led me to
conelude that Costa Rica has yet another form allied to immaculata,
the habitat of which extends from the southeastern coast region of
Costa Rica (Talamanca) to Panama. For this apparently new form I
have chosen the name intermedia.

Adult male (Type, No. 64715, U. S. National Museum, Sipurio, Tal-
amanea, Costa Rica, April 8, 1873, J.C. Zeledon), Similar to immaculata,
but having the under primary-coverts concolor with the quills, and the
first primary only faintly, if at all, edged with white. Just a trifle
smaller.

In the original description of immaculata (P. Z. 8., 1864, p. 357) no
meution is made of the color of the under wing coverts, nor of the
white edging to the first primary, only saying “ campterit margine albo.”
However, as examples with the first primary distinctly edged with
white (as well as the alula) and the under primary-coverts white,
tipped with ashy, do not seem to extend north of the Talamanca coast
of Costa Rica, and as the type came from Panama, I take it as probable
that itis this form (with white under primary-coverts) that is referred to.

M. intermedia extends from Panama along the Atlantic lowlands in
Costa Rica to Nicaragua. It was, of course, with this form that I made
my comparisons in describing occidentalis, the males of which differ but
slightly from those of intermedia, while the females are quite distinct.
Unfortunately we have no authentic females of immaculata.

M. exsul seems to differ from the three more northern forms in having
the inner edges of the remiges ashy whitish, and in being much lighter

346 NEW BIRDS FROM CC TA RICA—CHERRIE.

colored above and below Like immaculata, the first primary is dis-
tinctly edged with white, but the apical white spots on the wing-
coverts are much larger.

M. occidentalis is confined to the west coast region of Costa Rica (and
possibly Veragua), while J. intermedia is on the east side from Nic-
aragua to Panama, where it intermingles with immaculata, which ex-
tends as far north as Talamanca.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE JU. S. FISH
COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

‘No. XXI.—DESCRIPTIONS OF APODAL FISHES FROM THE TROPICAL
PACIFIC.

BY
CHARLES H. GILBERT,

Professor of Zoilogy, Indiana University.

The interesting assemblage of eels here reported upon was obtained,
with one exception, in 1888 during the investigations of the Albatross
in the region around Panama and the Galapagos Islands. Ophisoma
macrurum was obtained the following year in the Gulf of California,
and it is here included because of its close relationship to some of the
forms discussed.

Chlopsis equatorialis, sp. nov.

Body extremely slender, little compressed, tapering posteriorly to a
very narrow tail, which is, however, not filamentous. Depth about one-
fortieth of the total length.

Head long and slender, somewhat as in Nettastoma, the lower jaw
shorter than the upper, the eve nearly over the angle of mouth.

Posterior nostril a long horizontal slit immediately in front of the
lower margin of eye. Anterior nostril minute, subtubular, near tip of
snout. Eye 34 in snout.

Snout very soft. A series of slit-like mucous pores along margin of
upper jaw, and a series of round pores along lower jaw. A transverse
series On occiput connecting the lateral lines.

Gape 23 in head. Maxillaries slender, extending well forwards, abut-
ting against the vomer immediately behind its head. Both jaws and
vomer with wide bands of short sharp conical teeth, the inner series in
the jaws slightly longer than the others. Band on shaft of vomer reach-
ing back to front of posterior nostril.

Branchiostegal rays long and much bowed, curving around behind
and above the opercles.

Gill openings with their margins much curved, forming four-fifths of
a circle. Their vertical diameter nearly equals that of eye, and is more
than twice the length of the interspace separating them below. Tongue
apparently undeveloped.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 856.
347

348 DESCRIPTIONS OF APODAL FISHES—GILBERT.

Head 22 in body (head and trunk); the body 34 in tail.

Dorsal beginning behind the head at a distance equaling one fourth
the length of head.

Color dusky-olive, dotted with coarse brown specks everywhere ex-
cept on under side of head and on fins. A blackish streak on median
line of belly. Fins translucent.

This species has not the appearance of a deep-sea eel, though the
intestine is protruded through the anus in the type specimen, as the
result of the release.of pressure. A single specimen 144 inches long,
said to have been taken at Station 2792, off the coast of Ecuador, in
401 fathoms.

Xenomystax gen. nov. (Murzenesocide.)

Sealeless. Pectorals well developed. Vertical fins large, continuous
around the tail, the rays evident. Dorsal beginning before base of
pectorals.

Gill slits vertical and rather wide, the gill membranes continuous be-
low the throat.

Branchiostegals apparently eleven or twelve in number, long and
much eurved, continuing around the posterior and upper edges of
opercles. Mouth with wide lateral cleft, not extending far beyond
the eve. Maxillary very wide, not extended far forwards, the clasping
processes applied to shaft of vomer well behind its head.

Teeth all conical, slender, and sharp, mostly depressible, those in
jaws in wide bands. Maxillary with a deep lengthwise groove, running
the entire length of bone and dividing the band of teeth into two por-
tions. Lower jaw much shorter than the upper.

Posterior nostril a linear slit, midway between eye and tip of snout;
the anterior in a short tube just behind the head of vomer. Tongue,
small, with the tip free. Lips undeveloped. Lateral line conspicuous.

A deep-water form, with thin skin and black coloration, most nearly
related to Murenesox, but differing in the peculiar structure of the jaws
and in the dentition.

(Type, Xenomystaxr atrarius sp. nov.)

Xenomystax atrarius, sp. nov.

Snout very long and slender, the gape wide; end of maxillary equi-
distant from tip of mandible and gill opening. Front of orbit over the
beginning of last third of length of gape. A series of long slit-like mu-
cous pores along margin of upper jaw; a conspicuous series on mandi-
ble and preopercle.

Teeth in jaws in wide bands, mostly depressible, the outer series of
teeth laterally shortest and not meeting in closed mouth. The maxil--
lary teeth divided by a deep groove running entire length of jaw,
those on inner side of groove long, close set, rigid, in a single series.
Mandible with a much narrower and shallower groove, on the inner
edge of which is a single series of very small conical teeth, directed

Pearl PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 349

inwards. Tip of mandible enlarged to form a knob which fits into a
toothless depression just behind head of vomer, the vomer extending
well beyond the tip of lower jaw. Teeth on head of vomer and knob
of mandible similar, slightly larger than those on sides of jaw. Ante-
rior part of shaft of vomer (immediately behind depression for tip of
mandible) with a median series of strong conical teeth, the largest in
the mouth. These are usually accompanied by smaller lateral series,
and followed by a narrow band of very small conical teeth which reach
backwards to middle of mouth.

Length of head equal to that of trunk, and one-third that of tail.
Posterior line of occiput midway between front of dorsal and middle of
eye.

Gill openings broadly lunate, the upper margin continued as a mem-
branous fold across base of pectorals. The vertical length of the slit
is one-third of the snout, and the two are separated by an interspace
two thirds the length of the slit.

Pectorals narrow, one-half snout.

Color very dark brown, the fins black, the pores of the lateral line
white.

A single specimen, 18? inches long, from Station 2792, in 401 fathoms.

OPHISOMA SWAINSON.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF OPHISOMA.

a. Vent submedian, the body and tail about equal in length. Upper jaw but little
DLOJSCUIM De LIPSHUNIN as eerie se aeeliadeserne cle crac taloeceiateicteaes BALEARICUM
aa. Vent anterior in position, the tail much longer than the body.
b. Snout short and broadly rounded, but little projecting beyond tip of mandible.
Mailinearly twice leno th of bod ya.2-.ss---~.c si e a t MACRURUM, Sp. DOV.
bb. Snout long and acute, projecting well beyond tip of mandible.
c. Tail less than twice length of body.

d; Kyedarge, equaling snout, 5am heads. =< =. c-seee ce mec oes -o= MYSTAX
dd. Eye small, one-half snout, 8 in head................ PRORIGERUM, sp. noy.
ec) Dail much more than twice leneth of body-* --.- <2... 22s. «e--s-cee - NITENS

Ophisoma balearicum ? Delaroche.

Four immature specimens from the Bay of Panama, taken at a depth
of 33 fathoms (Station 2797), are provisionally referred to this species.
They agree perfectly with the descriptions of @. compressum Poey and
O. mellissii Giinther, and show in addition a brownish-black blotch
below the eye not noted in descriptions of other species. From the
current descriptions of O. balearicum they differ in the larger mouth,
the maxillary reaching to below the middle of the eye. It is probable,
however, that adults of all the species of Ophisoma agree in this re-
spect. Direct comparison of specimens from the Mediterranean with
those from the West Indies and from the tropical Pacific may show
them to be specifically distinct, but it seems more advisable for the
present to consider balearicum a widely distributed form agreeing in

NN Eee eel ee ee

350 DESCRIPTIONS OF APODAL FISHES—GILBERT.

this respect with its near ally, Leptocephalus conger. Ophisoma anago
may also be properly referred to this species.

The specimen from Cape St. Lucas, catalogued by Jordan and Gil-
bert as Leptocephalus conger (Procs. U. S. National Museum, 1882,
378), has been reéxamined by me and found to belong to this species.
I. conger is therefore as yet unknown from our Pacifle coast.

The following is a detailed description of the Pacific specimens:

Cleft of mouth scarcely reaching to below middle of eye, 3$ in
head. Lower jaw shorter than the upper, but less so than in related
species; the lips thin, and the upper not forming a projecting probos-
cis. Posterior nostril a short linear slit in front of the eye; the ante-
rior with a very short tube near tip of snout. Teeth small, conical,
sharp, uniform in size, in broad bands in mandible and on vomer, ex-
tending back on shaft of vomer in a narrow, V-shaped patch, which
does not reach beyond posterior nostril. Maxillary with a narrow band
or irregular double series. None of the teeth enlarged.

Length of the gill slit two thirds the diameter of eye, and equal to or
slightly less than the interspace between the two slits.

Head 2: to 22 in body, 54 to 6 in total; the vent nearly median.

Dorsal beginning in advance of gill-slit, the occiput midway be-
tween front of dorsal and posterior margin of pupil. Peetorals rather
long, 23 in head.

Color light olive, with minute dusky specks. Margins of vertical
fins narrow}y black. Head more or less silvery on sides and below,
with a distinct dusky blotch below orbit. Eye silvery below, the iris
otherwise dusky.

Ophisoma prorigerum, sp. nov.

Related to O. mystax and O. nitens, differing from the former in the
much smaller eye and from the latter in the much shorter tail.

Snout long and sharp, the acute soft tip protruding beyond the man-
dible for over two-thirds the length of orbit.

Mandibles very broad and strong; the gape decurved posteriorly,
reaching to vertical from posterior margin of pupil. A conspicuous
pore just behind angle of mouth. Distance from tip of snout to angle
of mouth one-third distance to base of pectorals.

Teeth villiform, in broad bands, none of them enlarged. A trans-
verse groove behind head of vomer to receive tip of mandible.

Posterior nostril slit-like, the anterior on each side of tip of snout
with a short distinet thin membranous tube.

Mucous pores small, several at tip of snout, and three in upper lip,
the posterior one distinct from the others and below front of pupil.

Eye small, one-half of snout, 84 in head, slightly less than length of
gill-slit.

Head equal trunk, one third the length of tail without fin; depth
one-thirteenth of total length.

MeL PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 351

Pectoral two-sevenths length of head. Dorsal beginning in advance
of gill-opening, its distance from tip of snout slightly less than half
distance from snout to anal.

Uniform ltight-brownish. Fins dusky, jet-black near tip of tail, where
they have a narrow bright white margin. Mouth, gill cavity, and peri-
toneum black.

The type is a single specimen, 104 inches long, taken at Station 2792,
in 401 fathoms. A second small specimen was obtained at Station
2799.

Ophisoma macrurum, sp. nov.

Snout comparatively short and heavy, blunt and broadly rounded,
projecting but little beyond the lower jaw ; lips full.

Teeth in mandible in a broad band, those of outer series strong and
obviously larger than those of inner series. Maxillary and vomerine
teeth also in broad bands, none of the former enlarged, some of the
anterior and middle vomerine teeth corresponding in size to the outer
Series in mandible. Vomerine patch divided by a transverse groove
into which fits the tip of the mandible. No teeth on shaft of vomer.

Posterior nostril an elliptical slit on level of upper margin of pupil.
Anterior nostril a round pore near tip of snout. Tip and lower margin
of snout with five large slit-like mucous pores on each side, the last one
under the posterior nostril.

Gape extending slightly beyond pupil, 24 in head. Eye moderate,
three fourths of snout, 6 in head, the diameter of pupil equal to width
of interorbital space.

Head 1+ in trunk (without head), 4 in tail, the latter therefore, nearly
twice the length of body. Depth one-fifteenth of total length.

Pectorals-one-third of head, the fold from upper edge of gill-slit ate
tached to its base below. Origin of dorsal slightly behind base of
pectorals, its distance from tip of snout one-half that from tip of snout
to front of anal.

Color dusky above, the under side of head and abdomen white, the
two areas separated by a well-defined line. Fins dusky, becoming
black towards tip of tail, with a well-marked whitish border. Inside
of mouth, gill-cavity, and peritoneum silvery.

A single specimen, 94 inches long, from the Gulf of California, Sta-
tion 3015.

Ilyophis gen. nov. (Ilyophide. )

\

Body scaly. Pectorals developed. Lateral line prominent. Gill-
slits horizontal, inferior, well separated. Nostrils lateral, the posterior
immediately in front of eye, the anterior with a short tube, near tip of
snout.

Maxillaries as in Synaphobranchus, the clamping processes closely
appressed to the side of the vomer behind its head. Lower jaw strong,
apparently with the coronoid process well developed. Series of teeth

352 DESCRIPTIONS OF APODAL FISHES—GILBERT.

on head and shaft of vomer continuous. No lips. Tongue little de-
veloped, with narrow, free margin. Branchiostegal rays fifteen in
number (as determined without dissection), not shortened, some of

them curved around and above the opercle.
Dorsal, anal, and caudal confluent, rather high, the rays clearly visi-

ble through the skin. Dorsal beginning well forward, its origin imme-
diately behind the base of pectorals. Origin of anal near end of an-
terior end of body.

This eel combines the general physiognomy of Synaphobr anchus with
the separate gill-slits and long, bowed branchiostegal rays of Simen-
chelys. It may be considered provisionally the type of a family dis-
tinct from either.

(Type, Ilyophis brunneus, sp. nov.)

Ilyophis brunneus, sp. nov.

Body narrow, compressed throughout. Snout and jaws slender, the
gape half the iength of the head, and extending beyond the eye for a
distance less than the diameter of the latter. Maxillary teeth small,
bluntly conic, in a narrow band. Teeth on vomer large, conic, those
on shaft of vomer in a single row, not continued backwards beyond
middle of orbit. Teeth in mandibles ina narrow series similar to those
in maxillaries, but those of the inner series enlarged and retrorse,
though less than half the size of vomerine teeth.

A series of pores near margin of upper and lower jaws. Front of
pupil over end of second third of length of jaw. Lower jaw strong,
not flexible, the coronoid process apparently strong (not dissected out).

Gill-slits narrow, inferior, horizontal, crescent-shaped, about equal
to horizontal diameter of eye; their lower (anterior) ends separated
by a distance equal to their own length, taeir upper (posterior) ends
by 14 times that distance.

Head one-half length of trunk. Body 34in total. Pectorals small,
one-sixth of head, the rays evident. Scales very fine, arranged in
groups at right angles to each other. Lateral line running high an-
teriorly, its pores white and conspicuous; the lateral line ceases before
it reaches the end of the tail, which is scaleless.

Jolor brown; the fins, lower side of head, and branchial region
darker.

A single specimen, 15 inches long, from Station 2808, 634 fathoms,
(near Chatham. Island, Galapagos).

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHAMZE LEON FROM KILIMA-
NJARO, EASTERN AFRICA.

BY
ILEONHARD STEJNEGER.

Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.
Chamezleo” abbotti, sp. noy.

Diagnosis.—Neither gular, nor ventral, nor dorsal crest; snout end-
ing in two compressed and serrated scaly appendages; no trace of occi-
pital dermal lobes; body granular, irregularly intermixed with numer-
ous rounded tubercles ; a parietal crest.

HABITAT. Kilima-njaro, East Africa, 4,500 feet altitude.

Type. U.S. National Museum, No. 16744. Named in honor of its
discoverer, Dr. W. L. Abbott, of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Description of type specimen.—Casque broad and rather flattened, only
moderately elevated behind; a distinct, though low, parietal crest not
reaching the apex of the casque; the distance between the corner of the
mouth and the apex of the casque equals that between the former and
the tip of the snout; lateral crest surrounding the casque posteriorly,
tubercular; superciliary crest considerably raised, rounded and tuber-
cular; two compressed, scaly rostral appendages, or horns, diverging
anteriorly, each with three serrated ridges of large pointed scales, one
above and one lateral, the latter in direct continuation of the super-
ciliary ridge and canthus rostralis; top of head symmetrically covered
with numerous irregular scales and granules of various sizes ; no trace
of occipital lobes; body granular with two or three indefinite rows of
irregular flat tubercles on each side of the upper half between the lat-
eral “pavement” series and the median dorsal line; no tubercles, or
spines, on the latter, which is covered with minute granules; no gular
nor ventral crests; no tarsal process; tail longer than body and head
including horns. Color (in alcohol) plumbeous, with indications of a
whitish spot below and behind the eye and continued posteriorly in an
indistinct and interrupted stripe over the shoulders; throat pale.

In addition to the type specimen, there are two more specimens from
- the same locality, agreeing in all essential points with the above de-
scription.

* This is the spelling adopted by the founder of the genus, and consequently the
one to be employed to the exclusion of the more commonly accepted Chameleon.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV —No, 857.

Proe.aNo Me. 91 —— 93 353

354 NEW AFRICAN CHAMALEON—STEJNEGER.

Dimensions in millimeters.

U.S, Wational Museum numbers. 2s rere ayate ote nia cialole ate al ee elalelaia areas | 16744. | 16743. 16747.

Total length from tip of snout to tip of tail....................-...-.-- | 175 | 194 | 197
From tip of snout to posterior end of mandible ....-..-.-.--..+--.------ 18 19 13
From tip of snout to apex of casque.-.--. 25.6... cee c sce oosce sass | 23 26 | 25
Length of rostral process from base anteriorly. .......-----..--..--.--. 10 £0") 11
Distance between tips of rostral processes. ........--.-----------+..-e06 | 8 8 9
Greatest width between lateral cranial crests.......----..----------.-- 11 12 12
VUDIB) 255.2 Sot ece wae acs slo wicincstes ale ersis eens oe als veje sins elec | See eee 14 16 15
Paallss Sees sqece coe e ee Hoe aia te ae la see da sere cease ime eer in eeeee | 96 110 107

Until quite recently the horned chameleons of this particular group
were supposed to be confined to Madagascar only. In 1887, however,
Dr. Reichenow described a Chameleo fischeri from some mountain region
in Central Africa, a species apparently related to Ch. bifidus from Mada-
gascar. From this, as well as from all other two-horned chameleons
known to me, the present form differs at once by the total absence of
either a dorsal, gular, or ventral crest. Another notable feature in the
present species is the continuation of the superciliary crests into the
lateral crests of the horns.

The collection brought home by Dr. Abbott and generously donated
to the Museum also contains four specimens of Chameleo roperi,
recently described by Mr. Boulenger (P. Z.S., 1890, p. 85, pl. v1ul, fig.
4), from the same locality. I find the characters ascribed to this form
quite constant.

Head of Chameeleo abbotti, seen from above.
About 14 times natural size.

THE GENUS PANOPEUS.

BY
James E. Benepicr AND Mary J. RATHBUN.
Department of Marine Invertebrates.

(With Plates xIx—xxIv.)

This paper is based upon the study of twenty-four species of Pano-
peus, specimens of all of which have been examined by the authors.
Fourteen other species and one variety, described by various writers,
have not been seen by us; nevertheless, we give the synonymy and
short descriptions. The material examined is contained chiefly in the
National Museum, and has been derived from the following sources:
The large collections made by Mr. Henry Hemphill on the coast of
Florida from 1883 to 1885; the collections of the U.S. Fish Commis.
sion from the coasts of the Eastern States from 1875 to date, including
those made in the investigation of the oyster grounds of Long Island

‘Sound; the Fish Commission collections made in the net-work of rivers

and creeks of the coast of South Carolina during the past season, in the
West Indian region in 1884, and in the Gulf of California; the smaller
collections made by Dr. Edward Palmer, Lieut. J. F. Moser, U. S. Navy,
Dr. D.S. Jordan, Mr. W. H. Dall, Mr. Silas Stearns, and Mr. S. T-
Walker, on the Florida coast; by Commander R. D. Evans, U.S. Navy,
in Chesapeake Bay; by Mr. W. Nye, jr., in Buzzard’s Bay; by Mr. W.
M. Gabb, in San Domingo; by Mr. L. Belding, in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia; by Mr. R. Rathbun, on the coast of Brazil, in 1875~76; by
Mr. G. Brown Goode, in Bermuda, 1876-77. Through the courtesy
of Prof. A. E. Verrill, the collection of Panopeus in the Peabody
Museum of Yale University, was placed at our service, and yielded
three species additional to those represented in the National Museum
series.

We do not agree with Prof. A. Milne Edwards in his separation of the
genus into Panopeus and Hurypanopeus, for in accepting his classifica-
tion depressus would be placed with forms having a lobate division of
the antero-lateral margin ; crenatus and transversus, with very convex
carapaces, would be placed with those most flattened; and crenatus
alone of Hurypanopeus would possess the character of the exposed
seventh segment of the male sternum, and the sternal canal for the
verges. Nor can we agree with Stimpson in separating Hurytium from

[Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 858. ]
355

4

356 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

Panopeus, as the exposure of the seventh sternal segment varies with
the species, as does the size of the palatal ridge. The two species
which have been placed in Lurytiwm have but little in common, except
the two rounded lobes of the front. It would seem that if a division of
the genus Panopeus should eventually be made, it must be on other
lines and more definite charaeters. It can hardly be said that we have
extended the limits of a genus which already contains Panopeus herbstii
and P. harrisii.

The genus is American with the exception of one species from the
west coast of Africa and two from the Indo-Pacific region.

The first species was described and figured by Thomas Say, in Jour.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, 1817, under the name of Cancer panope Herbst,
to which species he had mistakenly referred it. Milne Edwards, in his
classical work published in 1834, established the genus Panopeus, and
under the name of P. herbstii entered as synonyms Cancer panope Herbst
and C. panope Say, believing them to be one and the same species, thus
continuing the mistake of Say, which has been followed by numerous
authors. Prof. S. I. Smith, in the Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x1,
1869, points out the error, and in 1872 Prof. von Martens in the Arch.
fiir Natur., 38, refers to the original specimen of Cancer panope Herbst
in the Berlin Museum as a Menippe, thus confirming the view taken by
Professor Smith.

In the waters of Long Island Sound the indigenous species are found
abounding on the oyster beds, very often in the dead shells of oysters
and other lamellibranchs when the valves remain together and partly
open. They move slowly and clumsily, and no doubt remain for long
periods in the same place of concealment, watching for food to come to
them. Farther south they are found near high-tide mark in holes in
the banks along with Gelasimus and Sesarma, In deeper water they
live among sponges, corals, dead shells, and clusters of oysters, or in
any object that will afford concealment. Many of the species are not
easily distinguished and only careful comparison will acquaint one with
them. We have examined over three thousand specimens belonging to
the different species which we have referred to Panopeus.

In the following descriptions the antero lateral teeth are designated
as first, second, third, and fourth. The first is the tooth next the outer
angle of the orbit, aud the fourth is the posterior tooth.

The numbers in parentheses after the names of localities are taken
from the catalogue books of the National Museum. Wherever it was
impossible to verify the synonymy, we have placed the quotation in
parentheses.

GENUS PANOPEUS Milne Edwards.

Cancer. Thomas Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 57, 1817.

Panopeus. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., 1, p. 403, 1834. J. E. DeKay, Crust.
of N. Y.,p.5,1844. Gay, Historia de Chile, Zol., 111, p. 138, 1849. H. Lucas, Hist.
Nat. desCrust., p. 89, 1851. J.D. Dana, Crust. U. S. Ex. Ex., pp. 149, 179, 1852.

|
|
|

zs

vorgi.’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. room

H. de Saussure, Mém. Soc. Phys, Genéve, xiv, p. 431, 1857. W. Stimpson, Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vu, p. 54, 1459. S. I. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XII, p. 275, 1269. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 306, 1880.
W. A. Haswell, Cat. Australian Crust., p.51,1882. H.W. Conn, Stud. Biol. Lab.
Johns Hopkins Univ., m1, No. 1, pp. 4-9, figs., 1884. E. J. Miers, Challenger
Rept., Zvdl., xvi, p. 128, 1886.

Eurytium. W. Stimpson, Loc. cit., p. 56. A. Milne Edwards, Loe. cit., p. 332. E. J.
Miers, Loc. cit., p. 140.

Eurypanopeus. A. Milne Edwards, Loe. cit., p. 318.

Orbit interrupted by an external hiatus, below entire. Antero-lateral
margin thin, often shorter than the postero-lateral and directed toward
the external angle of the orbit. (Dana, loc. cit., p. 149.)

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO SPECIES EXAMINED.

A’. Antero-lateral border cut into teeth.
B’. Dactyl of large hand with a large basal tooth.
C’. Carpal groove present.
D’. Fingers light.
E’. Outline of male abdomen slightly concave, terminal segment

OMI A ee pars rae rae are eda re ey Shee ee ee eee bermudensis
E’. Outline of male abdomen very concave, terminal segment
POIMLOGE De cetera se cecmec cera tecs seas ticle se nas Seneca ame hemphillii

D”. Fingers dark.
EK’. Carpus smooth or nearly so.

F’, Seventh sternal plate in male exposed.......--......-....angustifrons

F’’. Seventh sternal plate in male not exposed.
Gee Brontfaintlystour-lobedeasssesaesen-eesss coe cos eee me occidentalis
G:. Front produced, much rounded .-.-2.)--. 52.4 525-!socene oe packardii

E”’. Carpus rugouse,

F’. Antero-lateral teeth thickened vertically..................----.harttii
hy eAntero lateral teeth thinites asecm -eciss cco sess acleine cee oc an see SENT OULU
DeCebingers, variabler bront: grooved... ss<ccesccaseses-tec- ce wurdemannti

C’’. Carpal groove wanting or indistinct.
D’. Anterior margins of antero-lateral teeth nearly perpendicular

to the median line. Front thickened, truncate ............ areolatus
D’’. Antero-lateral teeth pointing slightly forward. Front beveled ...-herbstii
D’’, Antero-lateral teeth strongly hooked forward .................-.- validus

B’. Dactyl of large hand without a large basal tooth.
C’. Male abdomen with five segments.
D’. Terminal segment triangular.

Eee ere black rn. ce tenant cose eet re pte ems Benes ae nae ON eam Ser stane
Boe Min ers) wihitelma sean sctis data cleiele sles emciee eine Sete Bislehsieterseeneictete texanus
DS
D’. Terminal segment rounded.
lim sors Dlacksermemact sees comes ane Pee ion ese ities tec sao ees ec eio war depressus
eR INC OLS ew On ees ot atric roca artes enue nme miss Stile sfemwsioinie ee harrisit
Core Valerbdomencwith:sixcse omens! ae sete ene cee seeceececces cose dissimilis

A’. Antero-lateral border cut into dentiform lobes,
B’. Carapace convex.
C’. Seventh segment of sternum exposed, separating the third segment
of abdomen from the coxe of the fifth pair of feet.

iD Eront with two well-roanded lobes. ....2c. :s252-cccscs cece scecacces limosus
D’. Front with margins of lobes straight or nearly so .......-....---- crenatus

C”. Seventh segment of sternum not exposed. ................-..-.-. transversus

~ = =

358 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

A”. Antero-lateral border cut into dentiform lobes—Continued.
B”. Carapace flattened.
C’. Carpal groove present.

D’. Outline of coalesced tooth convex.-.........-.--.. Sela tew seas ees ovatus
D”. Outline of coalesced tooth-emarciniate. 222-12 a <2 ese sees parvulus
D’’’. Outline of coalesced tooth emarginate, Carapace absolutely flat.
planissimus
C’. Carpal groove wanting.
Dp’. Color of finger running up en hand =... -<scssece cess soveheaweeses planus
Die Color restricted). <. g. s..se ceticice.c sosiee aco eae ae eee coon eae Sisee eran affinis

Note.—Hemphillii, packardii, harttii, and wurdemannii occasionally lack the
large tooth on the dactyl.

1. Panopeus herbstii Milne Edwards.
Plate x1x, figs. land2; plate x x11, figs. 10-12.

Cancer panope. Thomas Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, pp. 58, 447, pl. 4, fig. 3,
1817.

Panopeus herbstii. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., 1, p. 403, 1834. J. E. De Kay,
Crust. of N. Y., p.5, 1344. Lewis R. Gibbes, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 2, pp.
63, 69, 1845; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. v, p. 23, 1850; Proc. Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Sci., 3, p. 175, 1850. Adam White, Crust. in Brit. Mus., p. 18, 1847. H.
Lucas, Hist. Nat. des Crust., p. 90, 1851. Joseph Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. (2), 111, p. 17, 1855. W. Stimpson, Amer. Jour. Sci. (2), 29, p.444, 1860.
Camil Heller, Reise Fregatte Novara, Bd. 2, Abth. 3, p. 16, (1864) 1868. S. I.
Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, p. 276, 1869; Trans. Conn. Acad., U, p. 34,
1869; Rept. U.S. Commr. Fisheries for 1871-’72 (1874), pp. 547, 472. Elliott Coues,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (3), 1, p. 120, 1871. E. von Martens, Arch fiir
Natur., 38, p. 89,1872. J.S. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 318, 1578;
XXXI, p. 393, 1879. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 308, pl.
LVU, fig. 2,1881; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vii, p.138,1¢80. R. Rathbun, Fishery
Industries of U. 8., section I, p. 772, 1884. Carl F. Gissler, Amer. Nat., XVII, p.
225, 1834. B. Ozorio, Jor. Sci. Lisbon, p. 190, 1858.

Panopeus lacustris. Desbonne et Schramm, Crustacés de la Guadeloupe, (p. 28), 1867.

Panopeus herbstii var. obesus. S. 1. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., X11, p. 278,
1269. Elliott Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (3), 1, p. 120, 1871. J.S. Kingsley,
Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 318, 1878. A. Milne Edwards, Miss, Sci. au Mexique,
pt. 5, 1, p. 309, 1880.

Numerous lots of this species ranging from Rhode Island to Key
West, Florida, along the Gulf coast to Louisiana, and along the coast of
South America to Brazil, including a number of the West Indian islands,
show remarkable variation in form. For our own convenience in the
study of the species, we divided them into six varieties according to
the prominence and direction of the antero-lateral teeth. In the speci-
mens placed at one extreme of the series, var. G, the teeth are blunt,
directed forward, exterior edge rounded or arcuate, the second and
third broad at the base. Posterior lobe of coalesced tooth broad and
rounded, anterior lobe angular. In the specimens placed at the other
extreme of the series, var. B, the antero-lateral teeth are sharp-pointed
and project forward and outward. The notches between them are
broader than in var. G, making the bases of the teeth narrower. The.
coalesced tooth in this variety is more deeply cut into two angular

. a «

pe vor: aN, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 359

lobes of nearly equal prominence, giving the antero-lateral border more
the appearance of being five-toothed. The inner suborbital angle is
much sharper in this variety. In var. G the carapace is more convex,
the front is less produced, and the contour has a more evenly rounded
appearance. In var. B the carapace has a more uneven appearance,
the punctures and markings are deeper and coarser. The other char-
acters are variable aud cross and recross the convenient division made
on the basis of the teeth. As arule, var. G is proportionately broader
than var. B while the latter is more hairy. In var. G the color does
not extend quite so far upon the hand, and runs from a black toa
brown, while in var. B it runs from a black to a liver color. It is
worthy of notice that in some specimens from the West Indies and
Brazil the color of the fingers is more or less restricted. In var. B
the tooth on the large hand at the base of the movable finger is larger
and more conspicuous than in var. G. In no instance is there a
groove on the carpus next the articulation with the hand.

We have a great many specimens from Port Royal Island, South
Carolina, taken in the banks near high tide mark. The burrows or
holes in which these crabs were concealed did not as a rule centain
water, while the specimens of limosus, taken at the same time, were in
burrows partly filled with water. These specimens of herbstii are of
the var. G or obesus type. The chelipeds are spotted with claret
brown, and crossed by irregular lines, giving them a reticulate appear-
ance (Pl. xx1tl, fig. 11). The chelipeds are more slender than those of
the sharp-toothed or B type (Pl. xx1u, fig. 10), which were found on
Morgan River, Jericho Creek, and other places at low tide on bunches
of oysters. The conclusion reached from the study of the collections
from South Carolina is that the varying habit of this crab accounts for
its wide differentiation in form. Those living in burrows are the obesus

_type, while the sharper-toothed forms are dredged or found in low
water in various hiding places. From our present knowledge, how-
ever, we see no way of dividing the species, as our collections show
every intermediate gradation.

Panopeus herbstii belongs to the section of the genus in which the
seventh segment of the sternum in the male is but slightly exposed,
and leaves a wide open passage for the verges. Proximal end of see-
ond segment much the broader. The fifth pair of feet border broadly
on the third abdominal segment. In the-anchylosed segment the sides
of the third normal segment are nearly straight, slightly swollen in
the center. Sides of the fourth normal slightly concave. Proximal
end of the fifth normal the broader, sides nearly straight. Penulti-
mate segment with straight and parallel sides. Terminal segment
rounded. General outline of last three normal segments not concave
but parallel.

Length of carapace in largest specimen, 40 millimetres; width, 62
millimetres.

/

360 |THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN, |
RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Newport, Rhode Island; U.S. Fish Commission (4539).

South Carolina; U. S. Fish Commission, 1890-1891: Winyah Bay (15687); Oyster
Bay (15730); Old Man Creek (15741); Bulls Bay (15775); Morgan River (15780);
Myrtle Bush Creek (15772) ; Jericho Creek (15782); Cat Island Creek (15779) ; Port
Royal Island (15768, 15784); near Port Royal (15726); Paris Island, Broad River
(15742); mouth of Bull Creek (15722); Calibogue Sound (15737).

Florida: St. Augustine (Yale Univ. Mus.); mouth of Indian River (Yale Univ.
Mus.); near Indian Key (15€18, 15423); Key Vaccas (14071); Big Pine Key (15014) ;
Key West (9296); South Florida (15415); Garden Key (2077); ? Dry Tortugas
(9294); Marco (15017); Oyster Bay (15013); Ferguson’s Pass (15419); Punta Rassa
(6438); Sarasota Bay (6425); Palma Sola, mouth of Manatee River (6433) ; Egmont
Key (Yale Uniy. Mus.); Tampa Bay (15407); near Piney Point (6962) ; Goodland
Point (6985); Boca Ceiga Bay, inner shore of Pine Key (6447); Clearwater (3277);
Cedar Keys (6982); Pensacola (3466); West Florida, Kaiser and Martin (6702).

Grand Isle, near New Orleans, Louisiana; G. Kohn (2256).

Bermudas; G. Brown Goode, 1876-1877.

Caribbean Sea: Jamaica (15654) ; Aspinwall (Yale Univ. Mus.); Sabanilla, U.S.C.
(7562) ; Curacao (7585) ; Trinidad (7640).

Maranhao, Brazil; Derby and Wilmot, Hartt Explorations, 1870 (Yale Univ. Mus. ).

A 2. Panopeus occidentalis Saussure.
(Plate xx, fig. 3; plate xxu1I, fig. 14.)
Panopeus occidentalis, H, de. Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zodl. (2), 9, p. 502, 1857;
Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, xiv, p. 431, pl. 1, fig. 6, 1857. W. S[timpson], Amer.
Jour. Sci. (2), 27, p. 446, 1859; S. I. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xu,

p. 279, 1869. E. v. Martens, Arch. fiir Natur., 38, p. 90, 1872. A. M. Edwards,
Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, I, p. 310, 1880; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vim, p. 13,

1880.

Carapace convex in both directions, covered with minute granules
interspersed with punctures of much larger size. In some specimens
there are a few transverse lines composed of larger granules. Regions
fairly distinet, depressions slight, and occasionally in part obliterated.
Antero-lateral teeth slightly elevated, anterior margins truncate. The
three posterior teeth are pointed. First tooth separated from the post-
ocular tooth by a rather deep sinus, which, however, does not divide
the coalesced tooth to its base.

Front produced, thin, slightly depressed, with a median fissure, each
lobe slightly emarginate, giving the front a somewhat four-lobed ap-
pearance. Median lobes more produced ; lateral lobes faint.

Space between the two fissures of the upper orbital margin slightly
rounded, interrupting the regular curve of the orbit. External hiatus
widely V-shaped and deep. The inner suborbital angle forms a prom-
inent tooth. A rather deep sinus divides this from the lobe which
reaches to the external fissure. Lower orbital margin produced.

Abdomen of the male wider than in herbstii, outline concave, penulti-
mate segment widest at its distal end. Coxe of fifth pair of feet in
broad contact with third abdominal segment. Seventh segment of
sternum shows but little.

-

rel PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 361

The marginal depression on the carpus near the articulation with the
hand is wide and deep. In some specimens the carpus is finely granu-
late; in others the granules are thrown up in slight ruge. The hand
varies in much the same way: in some specimens finely granulate; in
others, thrown up in rug as in the carpus. In the latter case the
hand is always much smoother than the carpus in the same specimen.
Fingers brown or horn color, shading to clear white at the tips. There
is a large tooth at the base of the dactyl of the large hand. There is
also a more or less prominent tooth on the large hand at the base of
the dactyl. The color on theimmovable finger does not extend beyond
the line of color on the movable finger; while in herbstii it usually
extends considerably beyond. Meros of ambulatory feet more slender
and a little longer than in specimens of herbstii of the same size. Am-
bulatory feet slightly hairy.

The most of our specimens are readily separated from herbstii by the
color, which, in alcohol, is very much lighter, with a pinkish tinge on
the chelipeds. This separation is confirmed by the prominent depres-
sion on the carpus near the articulation with the hand, of which there
exists scarcely a trace in herbstit.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 20 millimetres; width, 27.5 mil-

limetres.
RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

South Carolina; U. 8. Fish Commission, 1891: Calibogue Sound (157138, 15716).

Florida: Carysfort Reef (9297); Indian Key (15418); No Name Key (15015); Key
West (14445, 15424); South Florida (3464); Marco (15427); Goodland Point (15426);
Boca Ceiga Bay, inner shore of Pine Key (15425).

Caribbean Sea; U. 8. Fish Commission, 1834: Jamaica (7678); Old Providence
(9135); Sabanilla, U. 8. C. (15656); Curagao (7588); Trinidad (15657).

3. Panopeus areolatus, sp. nov.
(Plate xx1, fig. 3.)

This species in its shape and proportion is most nearly related to
herbstii, in its antero-lateral teeth to angustifrons and bermudensis.
Carapace more flattened than in herbstii, antero-lateral teeth slightly
upturned, the posterior three much more triangular than in herbstit.
Areolations of the carapace very distinct in the young as well as the
adult. In the younger forms the granules of the anterior portion are
arranged in more marked lines than in the older.

Front narrower and slightly more produced in the middle than in
herbstii. External lobes well marked and slightly produced; front thick-
ened, readily distinguishing this species from herbstii; upper and lower
edges granulate; the intermediate space is occupied by large granules
and by some irregular spaces without granules.

Coalesced tooth unevenly divided into two parts by a sulcus which
. cuts it about one-third the way to the base. Posterior portion larger
and rounded, anterior pointed. Anterior margin of second tooth trun-

-

\

362 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

eate. Third tooth much the largest, broadly triangular, its anterior
margin nearly perpendicular to the median lineof the carapace. Fourth
tooth triangular, anterior margin sloping backwards to the tip.

External hiatus of the orbit broad and rounded at the base, in the
smaller specimens more V-shaped. Sub-hepatie tubercle present.

Seventh segment of the sternum in the male very slightly if at all
exposed. Coxze of fifth pair of feet in contact with third abdominal seg-
ment. In the anchylosed segment the outline of the third normal seg-
ment is rather angular. Outline of the fourth normal concave and of
the fifth normal convex. Terminal segment somewhat triangular,
rounded at the tip. Penultimate segment widest at its distal end, while
in herbstii the segment is of the same width throughout its length. The
very different arrangement of the second and third segments distin-
guishes this species from bermudensis. A comparison of the appendages
of the male abdomen shows it to be widely separated from herbstii.

Chelipeds very much like those of herbstii. Lower margin of large
hand a little straighter, and in some specimens convex. Hand a little
deeper than in herbstii, movable finger slender and strongly arched,
making a conspicuous gape in all the specimens from the largest to the
smallest. Cylindrical tooth at the base of the movable finger long.
Tooth on the manus less conspicuous than in herbstii. Dactyls of am-
bulatory feet hairy. There are a few hairs on the De cae

Length of carapace in large specimen, 21.5 millimetres; width, 27.5
millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Caribbean Sea: Jamaica (7783); St. Thomas (Yale Univ. Mus.); Aspinwall (Yale
Univ. Mus.); Sabanilla, U. S. C. (15646).

Brazil; Hartt Explorations: Maranhao; Plataforma, Bahia; Bom Fim, Bahia.

4. Panopeus validus Smith.
(Plate xix, fig. 3; plate xxu11, fig. 13.)

Panopeus validus. S. 1. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xu, p. 278, 1869; Ann.
Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci., 3, p. 89, 1870. W. N. Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., vir, p. 102, 1876. J. S. Kingsley, Proc. Boston Soc, Nat. Hist., xx, p. 152,
1879.

“©? Panopeus chilensis.” A. M. Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5,1, p. 315, 1880.

Front divided by a closed fissure, the outer end of which rounds out
into the lobes. In some specimens the posterior lobe of the coalesced
tooth is produced forward to the same line as the anterior. Posterior
lobe larger and more conspicuous than the anterior. Male abdomen
much asin herbstii. Seventh segment of sternum very slightly exposed.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 34 millimetres; width, 48 mil-
limetres.

The specimens which we have examined are distinet from P. chilensis
as figured by Edwards and Lueas in d’Orbigny’s Voy. ?Amér. Mérid.,
1843, pl. vi1l, fig. 2, and with our present knowledge we do not feel
a eortitell in uniting the two species.

eee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 363
RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Acajutla, San Salvador (Yale Univ. Mus.).
Bay of Panama (Yale Univ. Mus.).
Locality unknown (13930).

5. Panopeus texanus Stimpson.
(Plate xx, fig. 5; plate xx1m1, fig. 9.)

Panopeus teranus. W. Stimpson Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 55,1859. J.S. Kingsley,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., xxx1, p.394,1879 (partim). A. Milne Edwards, Miss.
Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5,1, p. 312, pl. LVI, tig. 4, 1880 (partim).

Carapace very convex in both directions, widest at the posterior
teeth, and minutely pubescent, especially in the females. Front
slightly produced and rounded. Coalesced tooth with a very shallow
sinus. Second and third teeth sharp, and pointing forward and up-
ward. Posterior tooth short and sharp, the tip directed forward.
Male abdomen very broad, lateral outline markedly concave, terminal
segment much flattened.

Chelipeds smooth and glabrous. The movable finger is a light horn
color. The immovable finger is white in the male, the color extending
to the hand and terminating in a very distinct line, which begins at the
base of the finger at the gape and rounds backward to tbe lower mar-
gin. In the females the color is a little darker. There is no large
tooth or tubercle at the base of the dactyl or on the anterior outer
margin of the manus. Ambulatory feet long and slender.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 17 millimetres; width, 22.5
millimetres.

‘RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Florida: Mouth of Indian River (Yale Univ. Mus.); Marco (15384); Punta Rassa
(6653, 14082); Charlotte Harbor (14089); Sarasota Bay (6426, 6975); Palma Sola,
mouth of Manatee River (15383); Egmont Key (Yale Univ. Mus.); Tampa Bay
(15385); Goodland Point (15631); Boca Ceiga Bay, inner shore of Pine Key (15382) ;
Orange Bluff, Clearwater Harbor (6968); Cedar Keys (6415, 15386).

6. Panopeus sayi Smith.
(Plate xxul, fig. 4; plate xxi, figs. 7 and 8.)

Cancer panope (pars). Thomas Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, pp. 58, 447,
1817.

Panopeus sayi. 8S. 1. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xm, p. 284, 1869; Rept.
Commr. of Fisheries for 1871 and 1872 (1874), pp. 547, 312; Trans. Conn. Acad.,
V, p. 37, 1879. J. S. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 319, 1878.
A. E, Verrill, Check-List of Marine Invert., p. 1, 1879. R. Rathbun, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 3, p. 119, 1880; Fishery Industries of U. S., section 1, p. 772, 1884.
Walter Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 6, p. 165, pl. 11, 1880. E. A. Birge, Studies
Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., 1, No. 4, pp. 411-426, pls. XXX-XxxXIII, 1888
Carl F. Gissler, Amer. Nat., xvi1I, p. 225, 1384.

Panopeus tecanus. J.S. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxxi, p. 394, 1879,
(partim). A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 312, pl. LVIII,
fig. 4, 1880 (partim).

364 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

Panepeus sayi is so closely related to teranus that any description
is necessarily comparative. The frontal margin of say? is depressed,
while that of texanus is horizontal or nearly so. In specimens of equal
size the abdomen is narrower at the terminal segment in sayi, and the
constriction at the articulation of the ancbylosed and penultimate seg-
ments isless in sayi. With a little experience one could separate the
two species onthe character of the surface of the chelipeds. In many
specimens of sayi the chelipeds are marked with irregular lines of color
corresponding to very small oblong depressions between which the sur-
face is minutely granulated and seattered with punctures. The chelipeds
of tevanus are covered with very minute granules and with thinly
scattered punctures. Tothe naked eye the surface appears glabrous.
In sayi the color of the fingers in the male ranges from black to
horn color, and runs up on the hand both inside and out to a variable
extent (Pl. xx111, figs. 7 and 8). In the females the fingers are horn
color, which is often restricted, much as in texanus, but in this species
the females can readily be distinguished by the antero-lateral teeth,
which are sharper and more produced. The ambulatory feet are rela-
tively much shorter in sayi than in tevanus- This is most noticeable
in comparing the dactyls of the fourth and fifth pairs of feet (Pl. xxu,
figs. 4 and 5).

Length of carapace in large specimen, 17 millimetres; width, 22.5
millimetres.

After a critical examination of over five hundred specimens of sayz
and over two hundred and fifty of tevanus we regard the two species
as altogether distinct, as they can be separated by several different
characters. On the coast of South Carolina, a region intermediate be-
tween Cape Cod, the well-known habitat of sayi, and the Florida coast,
where all our specimens of texanus were obtained, large numbers of
Panopeus have recently been collected, none of which present any grada-
tions between sayi and texanus, but all are identical with the northern
form.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Massachusetts: Wellfleet (3001); Provincetown (3005, 3827) ; off Falmouth (13843) ;
Vineyard Sound, low water to 9 fathoms ;-Wood’s Holl (3214, 15662) ; Buzzard’s Bay,
5 to 8 fathoms; Mattapoisett Harbor (5722).

Long Island Sound, U. 8S. Fish Commission: Gardiner’s Bay (15752) ; New Haven
Harbor, on oyster beds (4162) ; off Milford, Stratford, and Bridgeport, on oyster beds.

New Jersey: Beesley’s Point (Yale Univ. Mus.).

Virginia: Mouth of Indian River, Chesapeake Bay, on iron buoy (15618); York
River, Chesapeake Bay, on wooden buoy (13847); Hampton Roads, 12 fathoms
(12453).

North Carolina: Fort Macon (Yale Univ. Mus.).

South Carolina, U. S. Fish Commission, 1890-1891: Winyah Bay (15689); Clam-
bank Creek (15703); Bulls Bay (15777); Coosaw River (15771); Myrtle Bush Creek
(15769); Jericho Creek (15783); near Port Roy:l (15729) ; one mile inside of May River
(15731); west end of Skull Creek (15738); Bull Creek (15721, 15734); Calibogue
Sound (15773).

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 365

7. Panopeus packardii Kingsley.
(Plate xxu1, fig. 1; plate xx11I, fig. 6.)

Panopeus packardii. J.S. Kingsley, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xx, p. 152, 1879;
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxx1, p. 394, 1879. E. J. Miers, Challenger Rept.,
Zool., XVII, p. 129, 1886.

Carapace much swollen. Front slightly bilobed, produced, and very
much rounded in an even curve with the coalesced post-ocular and
first tooth. The swollen carapace and produced front give it a strong
resemblance to texanus.

Antero-lateral teeth sharper and more produced than in texanus.
Post-ocular tooth so far coalesced with the first antero-lateral tooth as
to show a scarcely perceptible emargination. The second and fourth
teeth point at right angles to each other, while the third points in an
intermediate direction.

Seventh segment of male sternum not at all exposed. In the anchy-
losed segment the third normal segment is rather narrow, its margin is
rounded, and it borders on the coxe only at the articulation. Outline
of fourth normal segment concave, of the fifth more nearly straight.
Penultimate short. Terminal segment short and rounded.

Fingers of the chelipeds black with white tips, varying in some spec-
imens to light brown with white tips. The color runs up on the hand
at the lower margin. Movable tinger of large cheliped has a large
tooth at its base. Tooth on the manus at the base of the movable
finger often not well developed. Now and then an individual will be
found in which both chelipeds have the character of the usual small
cheliped, with no large tooth on the dactyl and no tooth on the hand
at the base of the dactyl. These variations do not connect this species
with any other when all the characters are considered. Carpal tooth
sharp.

The anterolateral teeth, the more rounding front, the very different
shape of the abdomen, and the tooth at the base of the finger separate
this species from tevanus and sayi.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 13 millimetres; width, 18
millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Florida: Cards Sound (15225); Key Largo (15392) ; No Name Key (13546); Key
West (15390, 15395) ; Marco (15633); Punta Rassa (15394); Charlotte Harbor (15389,
15393); Sarasota Bay (6430); Boca Ceiga Bay, inner shore of Pine Key (15396);
Orange Bluff, Clearwater Harbor (15391); off northwest end St. Martin’s Reef
(13042); Cedar Keys (15397); Sea Horse Key (13051),

366 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

8. Panopeus depressus Smith.
(Plate xx, fig. 5; plate xxu11, figs. 4 and 5.)

Panopeus depressus. S.1I. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xm, p. 283, 1869; Rept.
U.S. Commr. of Fisheries for 1871 and 1372 (1874), pp. 547, 312, pl.1, fig. 3; Trans.
Conn. Acad., v, p. 37, 1879. J.S. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 319,
1872; xxxI, p. 394, 1879. P. R. Uhler, Sci, Results, Chesapeake Zool. Lab. for
1878 (1879), p. 25. A. E. Verrill, Check-List of Marine Invert., p. 1, 1879. R,
Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 3, p. 119, 1880; Fishery Industries of U. S.,
section I, p. 772, pl. 269, fig. 3, 1884. J. H. Emerton, Life on the Seashore, p.
40, fig. 42, 1880. Carl F. Gissler, Amer. Nat., XVIII, p. 225, 1884.

Eurypanopeus depressus. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 320,
pl. LIX, fig. 2, 1880.

Panopeus depressus is readily distinguished from dissimilis by having
the male abdomen composed of five segments instead of six. It is dis-
tinguished from all other species by the flattened carapace with trans-
verse granulate ruge, the nearly straight front, and the prominent
semi-spoon-shaped fingers of the small hand, and occasionally of the
large, in connection with the black or dark brown color of the fingers,
the color running up on the hand far behind the gape of the claw.

Margin of second segment of male abdomen concave. Coxe of fifth
pair of feet in contact with third segment.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 14 millimetres; width, 19.5

millimetres.
RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts ; U. S. Fish Commission (14799).

Beesley’s Point, New Jersey (Yale Univ. Mus.).

Virginia: Smith’s Creek, Potomac River, on wooden buoy (13845) ; mouth of Indian
Creek, on iron buoy (13929); Chesapeake Bay, 9} to 20 fathoms (13793) ; Paukatauk
River, on iron buoy (13348); York River, on wooden buoy (15403).

South Carolina; U.S. Fish Commission: Winyah Bay (15683, 15688); near inlet,
Jones Creek (15685); upper mouth Clambank Creek (15702); Bulls Bay (15776) ;
Charleston Harbor (4065); Morgan River (15781); Jericho Creek (15785); near Port
Royal (15727).

Florida: Mouth of Indian River (Yale Univ. Mus.); Cape Florida (138399); Garden
Key (2292); Oyster Bay (6990); Ferguson’s Pass, Oyster Bay (6951); Punta Rassa
(6665); Sarasota Bay (15400); Palma Sola, mouth of Manatee River (15401); Egmont
Key (Yale Univ. Mus.); Tampa Bay, near Piney Point (15399); Goodland Point
(15398); Clearwater (3278) ; Cedar Keys (6418).

9. Panopeus dissimilis, sp. nov.
(Plate xx, fig. 4; plate xx111, fig. 1.)

Carapace convex in both directions, crossed by lines of granules very
much as in depressus. Gastric regions little elevated.

Front horizontal, little produced, nearly straight, not at all four-lobed;
median notch slight; edge thin, studded with fine granules.

Orbit with two fissures above, the interspace a little produced; upper
and lower margins set with a single row of granules, which are con-
tinued along the margin of the antero-lateral teeth.

Anterior portion of coalesced tooth conical, short; posterior portion

eo PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. O07

rounded and long. Anterior edge of second tooth straight, the point
hooked forward, posterior edge rounding. Anterior edge of third tooth
curved forward toa point. Posterior edge long and not so much rounded
as that of the second tooth. Last tooth small, sharp, point projecting
torward. In general appearance the antero-lateral teeth are much like
those of depressus, but cut much deeper and more strongly hooked for-
ward.

External hiatus of orbit a deep-cut triangular notch. Subhepatic
and subbranchial regions closely set with flattened depressed granules.
As in depressus, the subhepatic tubercle is wanting.

Sides of second segment of male abdomen concave. Coxe of fifth
pair of feet broadly in contact with third segment of abdomen. Third
segment entirely free, its sides nearly straight. Fourth and fifth nor-
mal segments anchylosed, their sides concave, the fourth broadest at
its proximal end. Penultimate segment short, its sides slightly concave.
Terminal segment rounded.

Chelipeds very unequal. Carpus of the larger cheliped finely gran-
ulated on its inner and upper portions, slightly rugose on its outer
portion. Carpus of the smaller cheliped more coarsely rugose and
granulate than that of the larger. Carpal tooth very sharp, shaped
like that of depressus. Larger manus minutely granulate, swolien,
deep. Fingers very short, gaping, unarmed. Smaller hand coarsely
granulated, with one or two longitudinal lines on the exterior surface,
and with a double crest above, the intervening sulcus deeper than
usual in the genus. A line of granules extends along tbe npper margin
of the movable finger nearly to the tip. Fingers partially spoon-
shaped, as in depressus ; impressed lines deep. Ambulatory feet like
those of depressus, except that they are set with thinly scattered hairs.

Notwithstanding the fact that, in the twenty males examined, the
abdomen has six segments, we place this species in the genus Panopeus,
as it has the character of the external hiatus of the orbit, the teeth of.
the antero-lateral margin are those of Panopeus, the appendages of the
male abdomen are characteristic of many species of the genus and not
very unlike those of depressus. The whole make-up is so closely like
that of depressus that it takes a second look to distinguish it.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 12 millimetres; width, 17 mil-
limetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED,

Trinidad ; U. S. Fish Commission, 1884 (15640).
Vigia, Brazil; Derby and Powers, Hartt Explorations, 1870 (Yale Univ. Mus.)

10. Panopeus transversus Stimpson.
(Plate xxul, fig. 2; plate xxIv, fig. 9.)

Panopeus transversus. W. Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 210, 1860. S. I.
Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, p, 282, 1869; Trans. Conn. Acad., 1, p.
4, 1869; Aun. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci., 3, p. 89, 1870.

Eurypanopeus transversus. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, I, p.
319, pl. L1x, fig. 1, 1880.

368 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

It is distinguished from all other species which we have seen, by the
convex carapace in connection with the lobate teeth and the contact of
the coxe of the fifth pair of feet with the third abdominal segment.

The specimens examined are from Acajutla, San Salvador, F. H.
Bradley (Yale Univ. Mus.).

Length of carapace in large specimen, 12 millimetres; width, 18 mil-
limetres

11. Panopeus ovatus, sp. nov.

(Plate xxIv, fig. 8.)

We have designated under this name nine small specimens of Pano-
peus from Concepcion Bay, Gulf of California, collected by the U.S. Fish
Commission steamer Albatross, March, 1889 (15786). Carapace sub-
oval, areolations fairly distinet, not protuberant. Anterior and antero-
lateral portions of carapace granulated, the granules not evenly scat-
tered over the surface, but thrown into bunches and rugze. Lines from
the notches between the antero-lateral teeth run up on the carapace,
that from the second separating the hepatic and branchial regions and
ending in a rounded depression. Groove between the cardiac and meso-
gastric regions conspicuous.

Front divided by a very slight notch, beveled, the beveled edge cov-
ered with granules. Wide median lobes very little produced, slightly
rounded. Lateral lobes projecting as small blunt teeth.

The regular curve of the orbit is broken by two fissures, the space be-
tween which is straight or often a little produced.

Margin of coalesced tooth either straight or a little convex. Outline
of the next two teeth nearly straight. Last tooth small, triangular and
obtuse. The notches between the antero-lateral teeth are deeper and
more widely gaping than in transversus.

Seventh sternal segment in the male entirely covered by second seg-
ment of abdomen. Outline of abdomen straight or very slightly con-
eave. Terminal segment rounded.

Carpus granulate, carpal groove very short. Inner angle of the car-
pus not produced, there being but a trace of a tooth. Fingers arched
and hooked at the tips, leaving a slight gape. Dactyl of the larger
cheliped armed with a very small tooth near its base. Fingers of small
hand marked with longitudinal impressed striz. Prehensile edges
armed with small irregular teeth.

This species is closely allied to transversus, but is easily distinguished
by the areolated, granulated, and more flattened carapace, and by the
wider notches between the teeth of the antero-lateral margin.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 8 millimetres ; width, 12 milli-
metres.

a

Boise PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 369
12. Panopeus parvulus (Fabricius).

(Plate xx, fig. 1; plate xxu1, figs. 2 and 3.)

Cancer parvulus. Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, 11, p. 451, 1793.

Xantho parvulus. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., 1, p. 395, 1834. J.D. Dana,
Crust. U.S. Ex. Ex., 1, p: 170, 1852.

? Panopeus politus. §.1.Smith, Proc. Boston Soe, Nat. Hist., x1, p. 282, 1869; Trans.
Conn. Acad., 11, pp. 2, 34, pl.1, fig. 4, 1869; Amer. Jour. Sci. (2), 48, p. 389, 1869.

Eurypanopeus parvulus. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 322,
pl. LIx, fig. 5, 1880.

? Eurypanopeus politus. A. Milne Edwards, Loc. cit., p. 323.

We have twenty-six specimens from Florida, West Indies, and Brazil,
which correspond very well with A. Milne Edwards’s description and
figure of Hurypanopeus parvulus. They are also well described by S. I.
Smith under the name of Panopeus politus.

Seventh segment of male sternum not exposed. Anchylosed segment
concave throughout jts length, except that the proximal end is angular.
Penultimate segment widest at its distal end, outline coneave. Ter-
minal segment short and rounded.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 12 millimetres ; width, 18 milli-
metres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Key West, Florida; Dr. H. Allen (Yale Univ. Mus.); H. Hemphill, 1885 (15787).
San Domingo; W. M. Gabb, 1878 (3202).

Sabanilla, U.S. C.; U. S. Fish Commission, 1884 (15788).

Trinidad; U.S. Fish Commission, 1884 (15658).

Rio Vermelho, Bahia, Brazil; R. Rathbun, Hartt Explorations, 1875-76.

13. Panopeus planus Smith.

(Plate xxiv, figs. 10 and 11.)

Fanopeus planus. S. I. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, p. 283, 1869. W.N.
Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vu, p. 102, 1876.

Eurypanopeus planus. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 321, pl.
LIX, fig. 4, 1880.

Carapace slightly convex longitudinally, nearly straight transversely.
Areolations well defined. Anterior margin coarsely granulate, the
granules thrown up in transverse lines or rug on the carapace. Pos-
terior and central portions of carapace nearly smooth or glabrous to the
naked eye. From the median notch of the front a deep groove extends
back to the mesogastric region. There is also a deep groove running
from the orbit back to the cardiac region, inclosing the gastric regions.
_ Between the second and third antero-lateral teeth a deep groove runs
back between the hepatic and the branchial regions and ends abruptly
in a shallow pit. Between the last two teeth a groove of the same
character runs back, but not so far. The groove between the coalesced
and the second tooth ends abruptly at the base of the teeth.

Proe. N. M. 91——24

370 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

External lobes of the front produced and prominent. Median lobes
divided by a V-shaped noteh, and produced but very little beyond the
lateral lobes. Edge of the front thickened and granulate; granules
rather large.

Coalesced tooth very wide, with nearly straight margin. Direction
of the margin almost transverse; angle of the orbit very little produced.
Third tooth a wide lobe, corners slightly rounded, the edge taking a
direction nearly perpendicular to the coalesced tooth. Second tooth
similar; direction of the margin intermediate between those of the first
and third. Posterior tooth pointed; anterior edge very short and
nearly perpendicular to the median line, posterior margin continuous
with the postero-lateral margin of the carapace.

Subhepatic region very coarsely granulate, the granules extending
up on the lower orbit. Tubercle prominent and spreading. Inner
lower angle of the orbit triangular, nuch produced, and separated from
the outer lobe by a wide deep sinus. External hiatus wide and rounded
at the bottom.

Seventh segment of male sternum slightly exposed in some speci-
mens. Outline of proximal end of anchylosed segment angular. Ter-
minal segment rounded.

Carpus of the chelipeds broad, smooth to the eye, but showing fine
granules under the lens. There is a very depressed spine at the inner
angle, and no carpal groove. Hands large, thin, deep, pitted, and
microscopically granulate. Dactyl slender, curved, in the large hand
having a small cylindrical basal tooth. Tubercle sometimes present on
the manus, near the articulation with the dactyl. Immovable finger
triangular, color running up on the palm and behind the gape, much as
in depressus. Fingers hooked at the tips.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 16.5 millimetres; width, 26.5
millimetres.

The specimens examined are from the Bay of Panama, F. H. Brad-
ley (Yale Univ. Mus.).

14. Panopeus planissimus Stimpson.
(Plate xx1, fig. 5; plate xxIv, figs. 1 and 2.)

Xantho planissima. W. Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vit, p. 205, 1860.

Panopeus planissimus. W. Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, p. 108, 1871.

Eurypanopeus planissimus. A, Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. aun Mexique, pt. 5, I, p. 322,
1880.

Carapace flat; posterior two-thirds smooth and glabrous; anterior
finely granulate and slightly rugose.

Median lobes of front separated by a V-shaped notch, produced and
somewhat rounded. Lateral lobes little produced, rounded. Edge
of front thick and finely granulate, in some of the smaller dried speci-
mens appearing double.

Coalesced tooth broadly emarginate ; at the inner angle of the orbit

Nera | PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ok

produced and angular; posterior portion rounded. Second tooth an
oblong lobe. Third tooth pointed ; posterior margin about twice as
long as the anterior. Fourth tooth short; posterior margin continuous
with the postero-lateral margin of the carapace. Granules on the
margin of the teeth very small and inconspicuous.

Subhepatic regions finely granulate. Tubercle prominent.

Seventh segment of male sternum not exposed. General outline of
distal half of abdomen nearly straight. Proximal end of anchylosed
segment angular.

Carpus broad. Tooth at the inner angle very small. Groove at the
outer margin deep and channeled, and a second groove at right angles
to the first runs back on the carpus, forming two tubercles on a line
with the upper margin of the hand. Hands rather thin and deep.
Dactyl of the large hand very slender, with a white, cylindrical tooth
at its base. Tubercle on the manus at the base of the dactyl. Fingers
brown, lighter at the tips, color running up on the hand in the larger
specimens. es

The carpal groove in connection with the flat carapace, the antero-
lateral teeth without prominent granules, and the emarginate post-
ocular tooth, distinguishes this species readily from planus.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 8.5 millimetres; width, 12
millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

La Paz Harbor, Lower Caiifornia; L. Belding (4629); U. 8. Fish Commission, 1889
(16025).

15. Panopeus serratus Saussure.

(Plate xxIv, figs. 3 and 4.)

Panopeus serratus. H. de Saussnre, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2), 9, p. 502, 1857; Mém.
Soc. Phys. Genéve, XIv, p. 432, pl. 1, fig. 7, 1857. W. S[timpson], Amer. Jour.
Sci. (2), 27, p. 446, 1859. S. I. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xu, p. 280,
1869. E.v. Martens, Arch. fiir Natur., 38, p. 90, 1872. A. Milne Edwards, Miss.
Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 311, 1880; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vii, p. 13, 1880.

Panopeus herbstii var. serratus. E. J. Miers, Challenger Rept., Zool, xvi1, p. 129,
18-6.

To this species have been doubtfully referred two small specimens,
a male from No Name Key, Florida (15664), and a female from Dry
Tortugas (7), Florida (15663),

Carapace convex, with rather well-marked areolets. Front very little
produced, nearly straight, thin, with a line of granules on the edge, giv-
ing it a minutely denticulate appearance. Antero-lateral teeth sharp,
the posterior three hooked forward. Sinus between the external angle
of the orbit and the first tooth deep. External hiatus of orbit a large
V-shaped opening. Subhepatic tubercle small but well defined. Abdo-
men much like that of occidentalis. Seventh segment of sternum ex-
posed. Coxe of fifth pair of feet in contact with third abdominal seg-
ment.

-

3t2 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

Carpus and hand coarsely and densely granulate, rugose above. Car-
pal spine sharp, pointing forward. Fingers not gaping. Large tooth
at the base of the dactyl on the large hand, and a tooth on the hand at
the base of the dacty].

Length of carapace, 7 millimetres; width, 8 millimetres.

16. Panopeus harttii Smith.
(Plate xx, fig. 1; plate xxIv, fic. 5.)

Panopeus Harttii.. 8, 1. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, p. 280, 1869; Trans.
Conn. Acad., 11, pp. 5, 34, pl. 1, fig. 5, 1869; Amer. Jour. Sci. (2), 48, v. 389, 1869.
A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 314, 1880.

Second segment of male abdomen broadest at its proximal end; sides
deeply concave. Seventh segment of sternum well exposed. Coxe of
fifth pair of feet in contact with third segment of abdomen. Fora large
portion of its length the outline of the abdomen is nearly straight.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 15 millimetres; width, 22 milli-
metres.

_A young female from St. Thomas is doubtfully referred to this species.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED,

Florida: Indian Key; H. Hemphill (15647).

St. Thomas; Hartt Explorations, 1570 (Yale Univ. Mus.).

Brazil; Hartt Explorations, 1875-1876: Pernambuco; Rio Formosa, Pernambuco;
Plataforma, Bahia; Abrolhos Islands.

17. Panopeus wurdemannii Gibbes.

(Plate xxIv, figs. 6 and 7.)

Panopeus Wurdemannii. Lewis R. Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3, p. 176, 1850.
Joseph Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (2), 111, p. 17, 1855.

There is in the National Museum a specimen labeled ** Panopeus Wur-
demannii.” It agrees with Gibbes’s description, the principal characters
of which are as follows:

It most nearly resembles P. Herbstii. The anterior edge of the front is marked by
a groove whose borders are formed by finely granulated ridges. The surface of shell
also is marked by a few distinct transverse ridges; the finger and thumb are white.

We have found several other specimens which agree with the first,
and still others which agree in everything but the white fingers.

General appearance much like herbstii, but the coalesced tooth has
the sinus more shallow and the rounded posterior portion longer; no
conspicuous pubescence.

A character common to all the specimens is a short second segment
of the male abdomen, exposing broadly the seventh segment of the
sternum, Proximal end of third abdominal segment but little produced
laterally; outline rounded.

In some specimens the condyle of the cox of the fifth pair of feet

Mra PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 373

separates the sixth and seventh segments of the sternum and comes in
contact with the anchylosed segment of the abdomen. In other speci-
mens the cox are entirely separated from the anchylosed segment.

Carpi and hands coarsely granulate, not rugose. Carpal groove well
marked. Both hands have the double crest above. Fingers of larger
specimens white, in the smaller ranging from very dark to very light,
with nearly the distal half white. Tooth on the dactyl sometimes
wanting.

In some instances the ambulatory feet are banded with color, and
there is a large purple spot on the gastric and a smaller one on the
cardiac region.

Two specimens collected by Mr. R. Rathbun at Bom Fim, Bahia, Brazil,
have been doubtfully referred to this species. The carpi and hands
are slightly rugose, but the general appearance is that of wurdemannii.

Length of carapace, 5.5 millimetres; width, 7 millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Florida: Garden Key, Dry Tortugas (3217) ; Marco (15667) ; Sarasota Bay (15666) ;
Goodland Point (15665),
Bom Fim, Bahia, Brazil; R. Rathbun, Hartt Explorations, 1875-1876.

18. Panopeus angustifrons, sp. nov.
(Plate xxi, fig. 3; plate xxIv, fig. 18.)

Carapace convex; areolations fairly well marked. In many speci-
mens a slight ridge runs from the base of the last antero-lateral tooth
to the gastric lobes.

Front very narrow, much produced, divided into four lobes, the mid-
dle lobes separated by a prominent V-shaped notch From the notch
the margin curves backward to the lateral lobes which are small and
inconspicuous.

Orbits with two fissures above; the space between the fissures rounded
and produced. . ”

Antero-lateral edge thin and upturned. In the coalesced tooth the
sinus is shallower in the adult than in the young; the orbital angle is
sharp, posterior angle rounded. Second tooth broad; anterior edge
running nearly perpendicular to the median line of the carapace. Pos-
terior edge much longer than the anterior and cut obliquely backwards
and outwards from the tip. In the third tooth the anterior and poster-
ior margins are more nearly equal; the posterior, however, a little the
longer. Posterior tooth sherter, sharper, and less prominent than the
others. The teeth are separated by narrow deep cuts.

Inner lower angle of the orbit pointed, conical, and produced much
beyond the inner upper angle. External fissure usually deep, closed at
the bottom, widely spreading at the opening. Hepatic tubercle want-
ing. The pterygostomian region is much swollen. The maxillipeds are
quadrate, their external anterior angles rounded.

ree THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

In the male abdomen the third, fourth, and fifth normal segments are
anchylosed, but between these segments on each side there is a short
deep groove, making a superficial division (Pl. Xxtv, fig. 18). Third
normal segment nearly as wide as the first, its sides very much rounded,
while the sides of the fourth and fifth normal segments are concave.
Seventh segment of the sternum much exposed, cutting off the coxie of
the fifth pair of feet from contact with the third abdominal segment,
and the male’verges pass through a closed, or in some specimens a
nearly closed, canal.

Meros of the chelipeds short and deep. On its upper margin is a
short tooth pointing forwards; behind this tooth the margin is ordi-
narily straight for some distance, this straight part ending sometimes
in an obtuse angle, sometimes in a small tooth. Carpal groove deep.
Tooth at the inner angle of the carpus subcylindrical and obtuse. In
most specimens there is also a flattened tubercle on the carpus in a line
with the superior margin of the hand. Large hand smooth, deep and
swollen; fingers conspicuously gaping, with a prominent cylindrical
tooth near the base of the dactyl; also a tooth on the hand at the base
of the dactyl. Fingers of each hand strongly hooked at the tips. The
color of the fingers varies from black to dark brown, does not extend
up on the hand, and is lighter at the tips. Ambulatory feet slender,
dactyls long and hairy.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 19.5 millimetres; width, 28
millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts (15639).

Buzzard’s Bay, 8 fathoms (15638).

Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island, 12} fathoms (5769).

Long Island Sound on oyster grounds; U. S. Fish Commission, 1890: Off Milford,
Stratford, Bridgeport, and Norwalk, Connecticut.

Hampton Roads, Virginia, 11 to 12 fathoms (15641).

Fort Macon, North Carolina (Yale Univ. Mus.).

South Carolina; U. 8. Fish Commission, 1890-1891: Near Port Royal (15728); one
mile inside of May River (15732); west end of Skull Creek (15739); mouth of Bull
Creek (15723); Calibogue Sound (15774).

Florida: Marco (15642) ; Punta Rassa (15643) ; Charlotte Harbor (15644); Sarasota
3ay (15645).

Vigia, Brazil; Derby and Powers, Hartt Explorations, 1870 (Yale Univ. Mus.).

From the last-named locality there is but a single small specimen
with claws detached, which apparently belongs to this species.

19. Panopeus hemphillii, sp. nov.

(Plate xx1Vv, figs. 12 and 13.)

Carapace somewhat hexagonal, widest at its third antero-lateral
teeth. Areolations fairly well marked. On each of the frontal lobes
there is a patch of granules. From the base of the depression between
the second and third antero-lateral teeth there is a broken line of

oa PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 375

granules extending across the carapace. On the gastric areolations
these granules are bunched.

Front produced, faintly four-lobed and divided in the middle by a
deep, narrow notch, the outer angles of which are ordinarily rather
sharp. Median lobes curve backwards to the much-flattened and in-
conspicuous lateral lobes. On the margin of the front there is a single
row of granules which give it a denticulate appearance. These granules
extend around the antero-lateral margin, where they are less conspicu-
ous than on the front.

Upper portion of the orbit with two sutures more or less open. Coal-
esced tooth divided part way to its base by a broad sinus, anterior
angle sharp, posterior rounded. Anterior edge of second normal tooth
straight, outer edge truncate, rounding gradually backward to the sinus.
Third normal tooth slightly hooked forward. A buanceh of granuies be-
gins on the point and widens out till it oceupies the whole raised sur-
face of the tooth. Anterior and posterior margins of fourth tooth
very nearly alike, the anterior very slightly concave. The points of the
coalesced tooth and the point of the second tooth are in a straight line,
and nearly in line with the internal angle of the orbit, giving the cara-
pace a hexagonal appearance. The cuts between the teeth are rounded
at the base, and the whole anterior base of the third tooth is hollowed
out forming a pit which runs back under the ridge of the tooth.

External hiatus of the orbit V-shaped. Subhepatic tooth very
slight.

Outline of male abdomen concave. Second segment short, sides
straight, nearly parallel. Seventh sternal segment showing broadly ;
cox of fifth pair of feet altogether cut off from contact with third
abdominal segment. Penultimate segment broadest at its distal end,
sides straight. Terminal segment triangular, as long as broad.

Meros of chelipeds longer than usual in the genus. Carpus and
upper portion of hand thickly covered with large granules. Carpus
rugose, carpal depression present. Upper margin of hand surmounted
by two ridges. Large hand deep and strong. Small hand with the
fingers much deflexed. Dactyl of large cheliped with a cylindrical
tooth, which is, however, occasionally wanting, and a tooth on the
manus at the base of the dactyl. Prehensile edge of the fingers den-
tate. Color of the fingers clear white, in the iarge hand extending
nearly to the gape of the claw. Ambulatory feet slender, dactyls hairy.

This species is very distinct from any others that we have examined,
and is easily distinguished by its denticulate front in connection with
the dentation of the antero-lateral margin, and the white fingers with
eylindrical basal tooth.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 6.5 millimetres; width, 9.5
millimetres.

KECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Florida: Key Largo (15648); Indian Key (15649); No Name Key (15650); Key

West Harbor (15651); Key West (15652); ? Dry Tortugas (15653).

376 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

20. Panopeus bermudensis, sp. nov.

(Plate xx, fig. 2; plate xxIv, figs. 14 and 15.)

Carapace distinctly areolated, posteriorly as well as anteriorly.
Areolations ornamented with transverse lines and occasional small
clusters of granules.

Front much produced, rather deeply cleft in the center, the cleft
rounding out into the median lobes which are produced at this point.
Outer angles of the front not produced in some specimens, and slightly
in others. Edge of front oblique, thickened, densely granulate, and
showing a slight marginal groove. There are two fissures on the upper
orbital margin.

First and second teeth of the antero-lateral margin flat and thin;
third and fourth thickened, with anterior margins concave and hol-
lowed. The sulcus of the coalesced tooth varies greatly with the speci-
men. Second tooth the largest, separated from the first by a wide and
deep notch; anterior margin straight, pointing slightly forward and
not at all hooked; posterior angle nearly straight anteriorly, but
rounding backward to the broad and deep notch which separates it
from the third tooth. In most specimens the anterior margin of the
third tooth is concave. The tooth is much narrower than the second,
and its posterior margin curves gradually backward to the bottom of
the notch. Fourth tooth much the smallest, sharp pointed, and di-
rected nearly perpendicular to the median line. The depressions
between these teeth unite with the depressions between the areolets.

External hiatus of orbit widely V-shaped. Internal angle of lower
margin produced into a rather sharp tooth. Remainder of margin not
produced in a flattened, rounded tooth, but nearly straight. There isa
slight swelling instead of a hepatic tubercle.

Outline of male abdomen slightly concave. First and third segments
comparatively narrow and of about equal width. Second segment
much narrower, showing the sternal plates. Coxe of fifth pair of feet
not in contact with anchylosed segment. Outline of third normal seg-
ment very convex or rounded, of fourth normal very concave, and of
fifth normal nearly straight. Penultimate and terminal segments
about equal in length. Distal portion of penultimate segment slightly
broader than the proximal.

Meros of chelipeds very deep, having a quadrate appearance, and
carrying an obtuse tooth on its upper margin. Carpi, chelipeds, and
bases of the dactyls finely granulate. Carpal depression well defined
along the margin, and extending around to the tooth on the inner
angle. Large cheliped very deep and rather thick. Fingers light
brown, in some specimens white. Ambulatory feet slender; dactyls
very slender and hairy.

The antero-lateral teeth are somewhat like those of areolatus, which,
however, is separated from bermudensis by other strongly marked char-
_ acters.

ene PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 377

Length of carapace in large specimen, 9 millimetres ; width, 12 milli-
metres.

The specimens examined were collected in the Bermudas by Mr. G.
Brown Goode, 1876-77.

21. Panopeus affinis Streets and Kingsley.

Panopeus transversus. W. N. Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vu, p. 102, 1876
(non Stimpson).

Panopeus affinis. Streets and Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., 1x, p. 106, 1877. J. S.
Kingsley, Proc. Boston, Soc. Nat. Hist., xx, p. 151, 1879.

Eurytium affine. A, Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 334, pl. Lx,
fig. 1, 1880. E. J. Miers, Challenger Rept., Zo6l., xvu1, p. 140, 1886.

Carapace much flattened, front two-lobed, inner and outer angles of
lobes evenly rounded. Front and antero-lateral margins, especially
the hepatic regions, granulate. External angle of orbit sharp, sep-
arated from the first antero-lateral tooth by a scarcely perceptible sinus,
second tooth lobate, third tooth broadly triangular, last tooth very
small and obtuse. Male abdomen comparatively broad, and tapering
from the middle of anchylosed segment to the tip. Sixth and seventh
sternal plates nearly in contact. Large cheliped with a small tooth at
the base of the dactyl, and also one on the manus. Ambulatory feet
sparsely set with long hairs.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 12.7 millimetres; width, 18
millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Gulf of California; U.S. Fish Commission, 1889: San Luis Gonzales Bay, Lower
California (16027); Puerto Refugio, Angel Island (16026),

22. Panopeus crenatus Edwards and Lucas.
(Plate xxI, fig. 4; plate xxIv, fig. 17.)

Panopeus crenatus. Milne Edwards and Lucas, D’Orbigny’s Voy. l’Amér. Mérid.,
p. 16, pl. vim, fig. 1, 1843. Adam White, Crust. in Brit. Mus., p. 18, 1847.
James D. Dana, Crust. U. 8. Ex. Ex., p. 181, 1852. Spence Bate, Nat. in Brit.
Columbia, 11, p. 270, 1866. S.I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., 11, p. 5, 1869; Rept.
Geol. Sur. Canada for 1878-79 (1880), p. 209 B.

Eurypanopeus crenatus. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5,1, p. 318,
1880.

?Eurypanopeus peruvianus. A. Milne Edwards, Loe. cit., pl. LX, fig. 3.

Larger than transversus, with a more prominent front, and readily
distinguished from the latter and from all other species of Panopeus that
we have examined, by the short second segment of the abdomen, in con-
nection with the lobate antero-lateral margin.

The seventh segment of the male sternum is so exposed and dilated
toward the sixth that the verges pass through an entirely closed channel.
In the anchylosed segment, the sides of the third normal segment are
very much rounded, those of the fourth normal are straight, and of the
fifth normal convex. Sides of penultimate straight and parallel. Ter-
minal segment much broader than long.

378 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 19 millimetres; width, 27 mil-
limetres.

The specimens examined are from Callao, Peru; F. H. Bradley (Yale
Univ. Mus.).

23. Panopeus harrisii (Gould).
(Plate xxI, fig. 2; plate xxIv, fig. 16.)

Pilumnus harrisiti, A.A, Gould, Invert. of Mass., p. 326, 1841.

Panopeus harrisii. W. Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vil, p. 55, 1859. S. I. Smith,
Rept. Commr. of Fisheries for 1571 and 1872 (1874), pp. 547, 313; Trans. Conn.
Acad., v, p. 37, 1879. J.S. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 319, 187
A. E. Verrill, Check-List of Marine Invert., p. 1, 1879. A. Milne Edwards, Miss.
Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 312, pl. Lviu, fig. 3, 1880; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
VIII, p. 13, 1880. R. Rathbun, Fishery Industries of U. S., section I, p. 772,
1884. Carl F. Gissler, Amer. Nat., XVIII, p. 225, 1¢84.

Carapace convex longitudinally, much Jess convex transversely; wider
posteriorly than the other species of the genus, giving it more of a quad-
rilateral appearance. There are two transverse lines of granules on the
gastric region, a line extending from the posterior tooth to the gastric
region, and a line on the mesogastric.

Front very little produced, nearly straight, channeled on its forward
edge, giving it a double appearance; upper and lower margins granu-
late; median notch triangular.

Autero-lateral teeth not prominent. Coalesced tooth inconspicuous,
flattened. Second and third teeth point obliquely forward. Last tooth
small.

I:xternal hiatus of orbit a very slight, nearly closed fissure. Sub-
hepatic tubercle wanting.

Second segment of male abdomen short, much broader at its distal
end, sides nearly straight. Seventh sterual plate exposed, in contact
with the sixth, covering the verges. Abdomen much constricted at
the articulation of the anchylosed and penultimate segments. Ter-
minal segment about as long as broad. Distal end flattened, giving it
a subrectangular shape.

Distal edge of carpus bordered by a line of granules. Lines and
bunches of granules are scattered over the upper surface. Carpal
groove prominent. Hands and fingers white, with no large tooth at
the base of the dactyl and none‘on the manus. The two ridges on the
upper edge of the hand are ‘granulate, and there are granules also on
the upper edge of the fingers. Fingers slender, their prehensile edges
evenly dentate. Ambulatory feet long, slender, and compressed.

Some of the specimens from the region of Winyah Bay, Scuth Caro-
lina, were found in streams where the water was entirely fresh.

Length of carapace in large specimen, 11 millimetres; width, 14.5
millimetres.

voL. XIV] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 379
RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Beesley’s Point, New Jersey (Yale Univ. Mus.).

Potomac River (3176).

Near Winyah Bay, South Carolina; U. 8. Fish Commission, 1890-91.
St. John’s River, Florida (Yale Univ. tes ye

Mouth of Tain River, Florida (Yale Univ. Mus.).

24. Panopeus limosus (Say).

Cancer limosa, Thomas Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1, p. 446, 1817.

Panopeus limosus, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., 1, p. 404, 1834. J. E. De
Kay, Crust. of N. Y., p.5, 1844. Adam White, Crust. in Brit. Mus., p. 18, 1847.
Lewis R. Gibbes, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 23,1850; Proc. Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Sci., 111, p. 176, 185u. H. Lucas, Hist. Nat. des Crust., p. 90, 1851. E. v.
Martens, Arch. fiir Natur., 38, p. 91, 1872.

Eurytium limosum. W.Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vil, p.56,1859. J.S. Kingsley,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 319, 1878; xxx1, p. 394, 1879. A. Milne Edwards,
Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5,1, p. 332, pl. Lx, fig.2,1880. E.J.Miers, Challenger
Rept., Zool., xvi, p. 141, 1826.

Numerous specimens of this well-known crab were found in the
marshy banks, a little below high-tide mark, in burrows partially filled
with water. In the fresh state they are readily recognized and sepa-
rated from all other crabs by the color. Carapace, a brilliant purplish
blue; carpus and hand, bluish; proximal upper half of the dactyls of
chelipeds, pink; remainder of fingers, porcelain white; lower portion
of chelipeds and carpal tooth, orange-yellow.

Carapace very convex longitudinally, nearly straight transversely.
Front much deflexed, composed of two lobes, the inner and outer
angles alike and evenly rounded. A slight emargination in the coa-
lesced tooth. Second tooth semi-lobate; third and fourth short, pointed,
triangular.

Carpal groove wanting. Fingers evenly dentate. In the larger
cheliped there is a slight tooth on the dactyl, and also one on the
manus.

Appendages of male abdomen very much like those of herbstii, with
the obesus type of which it is associated, burrowing in the same bank.

Length of carapace, 28 millimetres; width, 42.5 millimetres.

RECORD OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Port Royal Island, South Carolina; U.S. Fish Comission, 1891 (16028).
Key West, Florida (9899, 13824).

Curagao; U.S. Fish Commission, 1884 (7579).

Plataforma, Bahia, Brazil; R. Rathbun, Hartt Explorations, 1875~76.

SPECIES NOT EXAMINED.
1. Panopeus chilensis Edwards and Lucas.
Panopeus chilensis. Milne Edwards and Lucas, PCED s Voy.VAmér. Mérid., p.
16, p). vii, fig. 2, 1843. Gay, Historia de Chile, Zool., 3, p. 139, 1849. S.1. Smith,
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xu, p. 279, 1869. T. H. Sireets, Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Phila., (3), 1, p. 239, 1871. W.N. Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.. VU, p
103, 1376. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5,1, p. 315, 1#8v.

380 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.

Carapace convex, areolated. Front produced, narrower than in
herbstii. Antero-lateral teeth triangular, the last three pairs with points
directed forward. :

This species and P. validus Smith are very closely related, but our
specimens of the latter differ from the figure of chilensis given by Ed-
wards and Lucas, in the deep but closed median cleft of the front,
in the broader bases of the antero-lateral teeth, in the deeper sulcus of
the coalesced tooth, and the stouter ambulatory feet. The front of
chilensis is nearly straight, while in validus the lateral lobes are pro-
duced and prominent. The fingers also of chilensis are not channeled.

Length, 26 millimetres; width, 33 millimetres.

Chili; Panama; west coast of Mexico.

2. Panopeus subverrucosus (White).

Ozius ? subverrucosus. Adam White, Crust. in Brit. Mus., p. 19, 1847; Proce. Zool.
Soc. London, xv, p. 226, 1847.
Panopeus subverrucosus. E. J. Miers, Challenger Rept., Zool., xvii, p. 129, 1886.

Carapace with latero-anterior side short, with three deep incisions
forming four lobes, the two middle truncated ; carapace above irregu-
lar, the edges and under-side thickly covered with small warts. Front
formed of two truncated widish lobes, separated by a very slight noteh ;
a deepish notch between the front and the orbit, and a sinus between
the outer orbital angle and the first lobe of the side. Hab. —?

This species is represented in the British Museum by a carapace only.

3. Panopeus levis Dana.

Panopeus levis. J.D. Dana, Crust. U. S. Ex. Ex., 1, p. 180, 1852.
“¢? Panopeus levis.” E. J. Miers, Challenger Rept., Zool., Xvul1., p. 129, 1886.

Carapace smooth, scarcely shining, not distinctly areolate, front nearly
straight, not produced, minutely emarginate, antero-lateral margin thin,
four-lobed, second and third lobes neatly dentiform and acute, the pos-
terior margin of these teeth arcuate, fourth narrower. Anterior feet
very unequal, unarmed, rounded above, hand smooth, a little shining
on outside, movable finger smooth, without a large basal tooth. Eight
posterior feet slender, margins pubescent, third joint nearly naked.

Locality doubtful.

The figure as given by Dana represents a species very distinct from
any that we have examined.

4. Panopeus americanus Saussure.

Panopeus americanus. H. de Saussure, Rey. et Mag. de Zool., (2), 9, p. 502, 1857;
Mém. Soc. Phys. Geneve, xIv, p. 432, pl. 1, fig. 8, 1857. W. S[timpson], Amer.
Jour. Sci. (2), 27, p. 446, 1859. KE. v. Martens, Arch. fiir Natur., 38, p. 90, 1572.
A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. an Mexique, pt. 5, I, p. 311, 1880.

Small; carapace flat, more quadrate than serratus ; margins lobate.
Saussure, in his description and figure, represents this species with

aoe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 381

lobate teeth, which, in connection with the proportionately greater
length of the carapace, readily distinguishes it from any other species.
West Indies.

5. Panopeus abbreviatus Stimpson.

Panopeus abbreviatus. W. Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vu, p. 211, 1860.
Eurypanopeus abbreviatus. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 320,
pl. LIx, fig. 3, 1881.

Carapace broad, transversely rugose; regions well defined, but not
protuberant; front rather narrow and but little projecting; margin
seen from above nearly straight and obliquely truncated or beveled, the
beveled surface being granulated; supra-orbital fissure distinct; antero-
lateral teeth normal in number and rather prominent; subhepatic re-
gions granulated; a slight tuberculiform prominence beneath the first
antero-lateral tooth; chelipeds smooth; surface microscopically punc-
tated.

Barbados.

Edwards’s figure shows the front broad, the antero-lateral margin
lobate, the fourth tooth scarcely perceptible. The appearance of the
carpus is something like that of ovatus from Lower California.

6. Panopeus africanus A. Milne Edwards.

Panopeus africanus. A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France (4), 7, p. 276,
1867; Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 308, 1880.° E. J. Miers, Challenger
Rept., Zool., Xvul, p. 129, 1886.

A. Milne Edwards says of this species that it is much like chilensis,
but the front is less advanced, the carapace more granulate, the antero-
lateral teeth are directed more outward and less forward, and lastly,
the feet are much more pubescent than in chilensis.

West coast of Africa.

7. Panopeus bradleyi Smith.

Panopeus Bradleyi. S. I. Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, p. 281, 1869.
W.N. Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vu, p. 102, 1876. A. Milne Edwards,
Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 317, 1880.

Carapace transversely flat, longitudinally convex; areolations well
marked. Antero-lateral teeth upturned; front slightly prominent,
nearly horizontal, edge thin; sinus of coalesced tooth rounded; remain-
ing teeth rather prominent, triangular, thickened along the anterior
edge. Chelipeds with carpi rugose externally. Larger hand stout,
fingers short, widely gaping, irregularly toothed within, and with a
stout tooth at the base of each finger, the one on the dactyl shutting
just within the other.

Length of carapace in the male, 8.4 millimetres; breadth, 11.5 mill-
imetres.

Panama.

382 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATABUN.

8. Panopeus purpureus Lockington.*

Panopeus purpureus. W. N. Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vu, p. 101, 1876.
Streets and Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., rx, p. 105, 1877. J. 8S. Kingsley, Proe.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xx, p. 152,1879. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mex-
ique, pt. 5, 1, p. 316, pl. Lv1I, fig. 3, 1880.

‘Kingsley says of this species:

This form is very near P. validus Smith, and probably will prove to be merely a
variety of it. In comparison with Smith’s description and with authentic specimens
of P. validus brought from the Gulf of Fonseca, by J. A. MeNiel, it presents the fol-
lowing ditferences: Carapace smoother, and the granulous ruge less numerous; front
less prominent, and, seen from above, nearly straight; fissures of the orbit less evi-
dent; tooth at inner angle of orbit below broader and shorter, second normal tooth
of antero-lateral nargin separated from the angle of the orbit by a narrower, more
triangular notch; notches between theremaining teeth narrower, the teeth themselves
having a distinct elevated margin. Propodus of chelipeds with an obtuse crest
above; the tooth on the outer surface of larger hand nearly obsolete, dactylus with
a large basal tooth. Ambulatory feet less compressed than in P. validus.

Lower California; west coast of Nicaragua.
This species appears to us to be nearer to chilensis than to validus.

9. Panopeus xanthiformis A. Milne Edwards.

Panopeus xanthiformis. A. Milne Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, I, p. 353,
pl. Li, fig. 4, 1880; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vill, p. 13, 1880. E. J. Miers,
Challenger Rept., Zo6l., xvii, p. 129, 1886.

Resembles Xanthodes. Carapace flattened, granulated on the antero-
lateral borders. Front composed of two lobes; median fissure narrow.
Orbit wide; inferior border crenulate. First antero-lateral tooth small,

*Since this paper has been in type, several specimens of purpureus, from Guaymas,
Mexico, have been presented to the National Museum by Mr. P. L. Jouy. The fol-
lowing description is based on these specimens:

Carapace convex in both directions, finely granulate, marked on the anterior half
by transverse granulous rug. Front nearly straight, faintly four-lobed. Coalesced
tooth with shallow, rounded sinus. Remaining teeth much as in herbstii, not strongly
hooked nor separated by broad sinuses as in validus. Suborbital margin three-lobed.
External hiatus deep and narrowly y-shaped. Subhepatic tubercle prominent.

Proximal end of second segment of male abdomen much wider than the distalend,
prolonged laterally in an obtuse lobe. Outline of last three segments resembling
that of herbstii. Seventh segment of sternum slightly exposed.

Chelipeds granulate. Carpus broad, tinely rugose; tooth at inner angle sharp,
groove present. Hands short, deep, with a double crest above. Dactyl of 4arge
hand with a stout tooth; a broad tooth on the hand at the base of the dactyl.
Dactyls of third and fourth ambulatory feet much longer than in validus.

Color of carapace, dark, bluish brown; upper surface of chelipeds, lighter violet
brown; both carapace and chelipeds spotted with irregular blotches of dark reddish
brown. Under surface of chelipeds, orange yellow. Fingers light brown, white at
the tips.

This species is very distinct from validus, and is well figured by A. Milne Edwards.

Length, 25.5 millimetres; width, 37 millimetres.

Guaymas, Mexico; P. L. Jouy, 1891 (16080).

mY PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 383

rounded ; second and third large; last tooth small and pointed. Cheli-
peds finely granulated and rugose.

Length, 9 millimetres ; width, 13 millimetres.

West Indies, 73 to 118 fathoms.

10. Panopeus herbstii granulosus A. Milne Edwards.

Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, 1, p. 309, 1880.

Variety of herbstii found at Bahia, Brazil, and remarkable for its wide
and very granulate carapace.

11. Panopeus crassus A. Milne Edwards.

Loe ctts. P. ols, pl. LVL, fio. 2.

Distinguished from herbstii by its wider carapace, less convex trans-
versely, and much swollen mesogastric region. Antero-lateral portion
finely granulated. [front much produced, horizontal. External angles
sharp, and produced much in advance of the orbital angles. Chelipeds
very strong.

Length, 36 millimetres ; width, 65 millimetres.

Brazil.

12. Panopeus rugosus A. Milne Edwards.

Loc. cit., p. 314, pl. Lv, fig. 4.

Carapace very wide and granulate. Epigastric, protogastric, and
protobranchial regions with prominent transverse lines. Front with
triangular median notch, not a straight fissure, as in herbstii and crassus.
Front four-lobed, median lobes rounded and produced, lateral lobes
nearly straight. External angle of orbit little advanced and separated
from the first antero-lateral tooth by a stight sinus. All the teeth are
bordered by a line of granules. Chelipeds covered with fine granules.
Hands with two prominent longitudinal lines above. Ambulatory feet
long, dactyls slender.

Species easily distinguished by the form of the front, by the antero-
lateral teeth, by the granulation of the carapace and chelipeds, and by
the length of the ambulatory feet.

Length, 39 millimetres ; width, 60 millimetres.

Bahia, Brazil.

13. Panopeus convexus A. Milne Edwards.

Loc. cit., p. 316, pl. Lvit, fig. 5.

Edwards says of this species:

Carapace very convex in both directions. Areolations prominent ;
nearly smooth. Front less advanced than in chilensis, more depressed,
jateral angle less conspicuous. External orbital angle not produced,
scarcely separated from the first antero-lateral tooth. (Fig. 5, loc. cit.,
represents it as deeply separated.)

Length, 25 millimetres; width, 36 millimetres.

Chili.

384 THE GENUS PANOPEUS—BENEDICT AND RATHBUN.
14. Panopeus otagoensis H. Filhol.
Rec. Vénus, 111, (p. 379), 1886.
Campbell Island, South Pacific.

15. Panopeus latifrons J. G. de Man.

Arch. fiir Natur., 1, p. 265, pl. 1x, fig. 4, 1887.

Length, 4.8 millimetres; breadth, 7.2 millimetres.

Amboina.

This species will doubtless be eventually referred to some other
genus. The figure is hardly that of a Panopeus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

(Plates XIX-XXII from photographs by Mr. T. W. Smillie; plates XXTII and XXIV
drawn by Dr. J. C. McConnell. )

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Panopeus herbstii Edw.
2. Panopeus herbstii Edw. (obesus type).
3. Panopeus validus Smith.
Figures natural size.

PLATE XX.
Fig. 1. Panopeus harttii Smith, x 4.
. Panopeus bermudensis sp. nov., X 4.
. Panopeus occidentalis Saus., natural size.
. Panopeus dissimilis sp. noy., X 3. ;
. Panopeus depressus Smith, x 4.

mw we

on

PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Panopeus parvulus (Fabr.), natural size.
2. Panopeus harrisii (Gould), x 4.
3. Panopeus areolatus sp. nov., natural size.
4. Panopeus crenatus Edw. and Lucas, natural size.
5. Panopeus planissimus Stimpson, xX 4.
PLATE XXII.
Fig. 1. Panopeus packardii Kingsley.
2. Panopeus transversus Stimpson.
3. Panopeus angustifrons sp. noy.
. Panopeus sayi Smith.

n>

5. Panopeus texanus Stimpson.
Figures natural size.

PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Panopeus dissimilis sp. noy., male abdomen
2. Panopeus parvulus (Fabr.), male abdomen.
53. Panopeus parvulus (Fabr.), larger manus.
4, Panopeus depressus Smith, male abdomen.

anon | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 385
Fic. 5. Panopeus depressus Smith, smaller manus.
6. Panopeus packardii Kingsley, male abdomen.
7. Panopeus sayi Smith, larger manus.
8. Panopeus sayi Smith, larger manus, with color more restricted.
9. Panopeus texanus Stimpson, male abdomen.
10. Panopeus herbstii Edw., larger manus.
11. Panopeus herbstii (obesus type), larger manus.
12. Panopeus herbstii, male abdomen.
13. Panopeus validus Smith, male abdomen.
14. Panopeus occidentalis Saus., male abdomen.
Figures enlarged.

PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Panopeus planissimus Stimp., male abdomen.
2. Panopeus planissimus Stimp., larger manus.
3. Panopeus serratus Saus., outline of carapace.
4, Panopeus serratus Saus., male abdomen.
5. Panopeus harttii Smith, male abdomen.
6. Panopeus wurdemannii Gibbes, male abdomen.
7. Panopeus wurdemannii Gibbes, outline of carapace.
8. Panopeus ovatus sp. nov., outline of carapace.
9. Panopeus transversus Stimp., male abdomen.
10. Panopeus planus Smith, outline of carapace.
11. Panopeus planus Smith, male abdomen.
12. Panopeus hemphillii sp. nov., outline of carapace.
13. Panopeus hemphillii sp. nov., male abdomen.
14. Panopeus bermudensis sp. noy., male abdomen.
15. Panopeus bermudensis sp. nov., larger manus.
16. Panopeus harrisii (Gould), male abdomen.
17. Panopeus crenatus Edw. and Lucas, male abdomen.
18. Panopeus angustifrons sp. nov., male abdomen.
Figures enlarged.

Proc. N. M. 91

g

25

5 re

ee
AS Pr

1.03

A,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XIX

fi ig te,
¢'\ A MG .
{ikay-

“Walle
Wipt ie ware

Wi ye
( ue, waif

Fie. 1. Panopeus herbstii. (Natural size.) :
Fic. 2. Panopeus herbstii (obesus type). (Natural size.)
Fic. 3. Panopeus validus. (Natural size.)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Fig.
Fia.
Fie.
Fia.
Fic.

i

é

oo

a

9

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXI

Panopeus parvulus. (Natural size.)
P. harrisii. (14 natural size.)

P. areolatus. Natural size.

P. crenatus. (Natural size.)

P. planissimus. (14 natural size.)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XxIil

(wr
x , ZH
WY iam

wT)

“ayn

Fig. 1. Panopeus packardii. (Natural size.)
Fig. 2. P. transversus. (Natural size.)

Fig. 3. P. angustifrons. (Natural size.)
Fig. 4. P. sayi. (Natural size.)

Fie. 5. P. texanus. (Natural size.)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXIII

Fig. 1. Panopeus dissimilis. Fic. 9. P. texanus.
Figs. 2,3. P. parvulus. Fies. 10-12. P. herbstii.
Fries. 4,5. P.depressus. Fia. 13. P. validus.
Fie. 6. P. packardii. Fia,. '. P. occidentalis.

Fies. 7,8. P. sayi.
(Figures enlarged.)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSUEM

a ‘
14.

13. 17
lies. 1,2. Panopeus planissimus Fies
Fies. 3,4. P. serratus. Fias.
Fic. Do. P. harttii. Fies
Figs. 6,7. P.wurdemannir. Fig.
Fic. 8. P. ovatus. Fia.
Fig. 9. P. transversus. Fia.

Bs
cB
fh
Sy
pi

3
6

(Figures enlarged.)

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXIV

12, 13

14, 15.

- 10,11. P. planus.

. P. hemphillii.
P. bermudensis.

16. P. harrisii.
17. P. crenatus.

18

. P. angustifrons.

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE HAVESU-PAI INDIANS.°

BY
Rei SEU REE Davie I):

(With Plates Xxv, XXVI.)

Several years ago when the writer had the opportunity of studying
some of the tribes of our Indians in the southwest, especially those
found in northwestern New Mexico and over the adjacent boundary of
Arizona, he met with Mr. Benj. Wittick, formerly a photographer in
the employ of the U. S. Geological Survey, who was making a collec-
tion of photographs of the Indians of that region. He had visited that
least known tribe of Arizona Indians, the Havesu-pai, of the so-called
Su-pai Cafion, and had obtained some excellent pictures of then. I
was so fortunate as to secure prints of Mr. Wittick’s photographs of
that race. As we have no good illustrations of those people that I am
aware of, it is hoped that the two plates we are enabled to reproduce
here of them will be found useful to the anthropologist.

In every sense of the word the Havesu-pais are a dying race. There
is but a remnant of them now in existence; I have heard it said, less
than two hundred. They exist in one of the grandest canons in all
Arizona, living in their primitive lodges along the bank of the stream
that passes through it. Upon looking up such matter as had been
written upon this departing tribe of Indians, I found it to be exceeding
meager; indeed there is little or nothing known about them. From
the very inaccessible place of their abode they have been very rarely
seen, and only on few occasions by scientific men. Mr. Albert S. —
Gatschet of the Bureau of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution
confirmed this opinion, and said that those Indians were known in
former times by the name of “ Koxoninos,” or ‘* Cochnichnos,” but that
they were the ‘‘ Cosninos” of the Moquis of Arizona. Properly they
should be known by the name that the Yumas call them, that is the
Havesu-pai, or Avésu-pai, meaning the ‘down below people, or a tribe
or race that live down in the canon.” ‘ Paya, pai,” being ‘ all, people.”
They themselves claim to be descended from the Wolapai.

In Vol. 111 of the Pacific Railroad Reports, Whipple barely alludes
to them. On page 80 of that work he states that “upon old Spanish

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 859.
387

388 THE HAVESU-PAI INDIANS—SHUFELDT.

maps the San Francisco mountain is represented as belonging to the
continuous Mogollon chain, which comes from the east southeast, and
was called Sierra de los Cosninos, the name of a tribe of Indians in-
habiting this region. Iam under the impression that Leroux, the early
explorer in that part of the country was finally murdered by the Cos-
niuos, but I do not remember that the account has ever been printed.”
Whipple also refers to the ‘*Cosnino caves,” remarking that ‘the
Cosnino caves had been plastered with mortar, showing more artistic
skill than is practiced by the present occupants of the country” (loc. cit.,
p. 15). And again on page 19 he goes to show that, taken collectively,
the Pontos, Cosninos, and Yampais together number 6,000 souls; of
these 2,000 were Yampais (p. 17). But all this is very brief and un-
- satisfactory.

Capt. John G. Bourke in his work on “The Snake-dance of the
Moquis of Arizona” (1884), says, ** At Keam’s ranch we met Mr. Alex-
ander Steven, a bright Scotchman who during the past 12 years has
had considerable experience as a metallurgist and mining prospector
in Nevada and Utah. He gave mea thrilling account of his journey
westward to the country of the Cohoninos, a tribe of Indians living in
the cation of Cataract Creek, near its junction with the Grand Canon
of the Colorado in this Territory.

‘¢ They number only from forty to fifty warriors, live in the cliffs in win-
ter, and build ‘ wickyups’ or sapling lodgesin summer. They say that
the Hualpais (Wolapais), Apache-Mojaves, and themselves are all one
people—Cohoninos—but that their proper designation is the ‘‘ Ah-Su-
pai.

‘‘They raise an-abundance of finest peaches, good corn and melons,
and weave unusually fine and beautiful baskets. They are great hunt-
ers, and eke out a living by trading off buckskins, and sometimes mount-
ain lion pelts, to the Moquis, Navajos, and Apaches.

“The canon in which they dwell is 4,500 feet deep, and is that of
the Cataract Creek, a strong body of clear water tumbling by a series
of cascades into the Grand Canon of the Colorado, 1,500 feet still deeper,
- and separated from their village by a series of blood-curdling precipices
and chasms” (pp. 80, 81). Captain Bourke, in speaking of the Moquis,
says further, that “‘ Intimate commercial relations are maintained with
the Cohoninos or Ava-Supais on the west (loc. cit., p. 254).

In a lecture before the National Academy of Sciences, delivered in
Washington, April 22, 1882, Mr. Frank H. Cushing in referring to the
Zunians said, ‘‘ Interesting among the hero-gods is the great priest of
all religious orders save that of the bow, Poskai Ank’ia. In the days
of the new, yet not until after men had begun their journey toward the
east, he is supposed to have appeared among the ancestors of the Zunis,
the Taos, the Coconinos, and the Moqui Indians, so poor and ill-clad as
to have been ridiculed by mankind.” This lecture was afterwards pub-
lished in The Popular Science Monthly, of New York (1882, p. 191).

re | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 389

Mr. Cushing’s best account of these people, however, is published in
another connection, wherein he relates how he made a long and danger-
ous journey from Moqui to the Supai Canon.*

Following his description of hazardous descent into that fearful gorge,
Cushing goes on to say in his article, that * the first Ha-va-su-pai I saw
may be taken as a type of hisrace. But lightly clothed, a strange close
head-band around his temples, he swiftly passed from one bush to an-
other as we we emerged from the little grove. Below us stretched a
green, moist plain of sandy soil, nearly two miles long by half a mile at
its greatest width. We could catch only occasional glimpses of it
through the rank growth of willows, the leaves of which everywhere
brushed our heads as we rode along the river trail; these glimpses,
however, revealed numerous cultivated fields of corn, beans, sunflowers,
melons, peaches, apricots, and certain plants used in dyeing and basket
making, and usually carefully protected by hedges of wattled willows
or tences of cottonwood poles. Everywhere these fields were crossed
and recrossed by a net work of irrigating canals and traiis. Here and
there were little cabins, or shelters, flat-roofed, dirt-covered, and closed
in on three sides by wattled flags, canes, and slender branches, while the
front was protected by a hedge like those of the fields, only taller, placed
a few feet before the house, and between which and the house burned
smoky fires.”

‘*The houses were always nestled down among the thick willows
bordering the river, or perched on some convenient shelf, under the
shadows of the western precipice. In several places, within some of
the great horizontal cracks of these western cliffs, and often high up,
were little buildings of stone laid in mud plaster, and not unlike the
cliff dwellings we had observed on the way down, and of which ruins
exist in almost every canon throughout the great southwest.”

‘“ When we again caught sight of our Kuhni, ina little opening near
the trail, he was evidently uncertain whether to run forward and warn
the tribe—whose voices, mingled with the barking of dogs and the mur-
muring of the river, could be heard below—of our coming, or wait to
greetus. Finally, he shouted in arapid, gurgling, soft sort of language,
that the villagers were coming; and then, with sort of a questioning
smile, turned toward us, keeping up a ceaseless gibberish, but eyeing
me closely, and evidently thinking me the most curious member of the
party.”

The only other facts of importance given in this narrative are that
those Indians have their medicine men and use the “ sweat house,” a
plan of treatment seen among many other tribes. They have a great
number of dogs about their village, and many of the families are blessed
with from five to six children. They are, so far as the writer is aware,
upon excellent terms of friendship with the whites. I am not aware

“Cushing, Frank Hamilton. ‘ The Nation of the Willows.” The Atlantic Monthly,
September, 1882, pp, 362-374. The quotation I make is from page 374.

390 THE HAVESU-PAI INDIANS—SHUFELDT.

that Mr. Cushing has published anything further upon these very in-
teresting people, although he was evidently among them for several
days and must have in that time amassed some considerable informa-
tion.

This is absolutely all the information of any importance that I have
been enabled to get together about these Indians, and Mr. Gatschet has
informed me that it is about all that has ever been written.

Science in general, and anthropology in particular, I must believe,
would be well repaid could a good and active anthropologist live with
these Indians for a month or more and gather up everything there is
to be known about them.

The styles of their lodges and their architecture are well shown in my
two plates. Wecan also see other objects there worthy of our atten-
tion, as the varied costumes of the men, women, aud children, as well
as the peculiar forms of their curious baskets lying about. Further, in
Pl. 1, itis interesting to note the fashion of fixing the hair in the women
and in the girls; it would seem that it pointed to affinities with the
Pueblan Indians.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXV

cE aS

AN AGED PAIR OF HAVESU-PAI INDIANS.

XIV PL. XXVI

VOL.

,

PROCEEDINGS

NATIONAL MUSEUM

U. S,

‘“VNOZIYVY

‘

NONVO

IWd

Ng NI

a9d07

IVd

ASSAVH N;

ae naleiehys

* 7
ue

an a El

THE NAVAJO BELT-WEAVER.

BY
R. W. SHUFELDT,; M. D.

(With Plate xxvu.)

For a number of years the writer of the present article lived in the
northwestern part of New Mexico, and while there such time as could be
spared from his duties as a military surgeon at one of the stations in that
little frequented part of our country, was entirely given over to studies
of everything the region afforded.

The camera and pencil were constantly in use and the several tribes
of Indians studied with their simple arts, their habits, and their his-
tory. I have watched the native weavers, both among the Zuni and
the Navajos, manufacture their beautiful blankets, belts and sashes,
fabrics now so celebrated in works devoted to the ethnology of these
interesting people. Among the Navajos one will see a great many
blankets made before an opportunity will be presented for him to ob-
serve the labors of a belt-weaver. The reason for this is, that blankets
are a universal necessity with them, while the belt is principally used
as a Supplementary adornment in dress. As my time for leaving the
country drew near I almost despaired of getting a good photograph of
the belt-weaver and the study ofthe loom she used. Buta month before
my departure an Indian came into my study one morning, beaming all
over with the welcome information that one of the best weavers in the
tribe had started the making of a belt in front of one of their huts.
These Indians were then building close to the confines of the garrison.

The first day I studied her methods of procedure and the second day
I succeeded in obtaining several excellent pictures of this weaver at
work. My best result is here offered as an illustration, and it well
shows the entire scene. The woman has rigged up her loom in front of
her house; she is busily employed in her weaving and her child sits be-
side her. Standing up by the loom is an excellent figure of a Navajo.
Indian wearing the dress of the daily costume of the men of his tribe
(See Plate xx.)

Navajos rear their own sheep, spin their own wool, manufacture their
own dyes, and, as we have seen, weave theirown blankets. And surely
it is a sight not easily forgotten to see one of these superbly colored and

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 860.
391

392 ; THE NAVAJO BELT-WEAVER—SHUFELDT. ‘

woven fabrics coming off a loom made from undressed and unseasoned
pieces of timber from the forest, at the hands of an Indian, the repre-
sentative of a civilization so entirely primitive. European art has to
be sure slightly affected this industry, but even to-day its influence is
easily traced; and apart from this these serapes and belts as now made
saw their origin among the aborigines themselves.

Among all the native weavers of the southwest the Navajos have no
equals and are indeed far in advance of any of the others in this line
of manufacture.

The weaver had constructed the subvertical, outside part of the frame
of her loom of two trunks of small pine trees, averaging a little over
3 inches in diameter,,and from which the bark was not removed.
Parallel to each other, and placed about a yard apart, these she had
fixed in a slanting position against the front of her house outside.
The upper ends were strapped to the house, and the lower ends slightly
planted in the earth, being held more secure there by a few stones.
Next she had firmly tied on cross pieces, a double one a few inches
from the top, and a single one at about a foot above the ground. Over
these cross pieces the warp passes, and in such a manner as to produce
a double shed only. Then a smooth short rod is made to take up the
alternate threads of the warp above the intersection or in the upper
shed. This is easily seen in the engraving. Below the intersection of
the threads of the warp the weaver serves the lower shed with a set of
healds, which are usually composed of yarn, have their own rod, and
as in the case of the rod above the intersection, include alternate
threads of the warp. When drawn towards the weaver these healds
serve the purpose of opening the lower shed, and still another short
rod is used to keep the threads in place, which is also well seen in the
figure, where the woman has her hands resting upon the batten, a
smooth, flat, and rather narrow piece of hard wood. This is the last
and yet one of the most important adjuncts composing this primitive
loom, and is used by the weaver in turning it horizontally to open the
shed to admit the passage of the weft, and afterwards to pound the
latter down firmly into its place as the weaving proceeds.

These belt-looms as in use among the Navajos are not always exactly
alike in their construction; for we find in some of them that the side
posts of the frame are omitted, and the upper cross piece is fastened
to a tree, and the lower one served with a loop of rope through which
the weaver passes her limbs and then sits down upon, thus holding the
warp of her belt firm and tense by her own weight as she sits cross-
legged afterwards at her work. Other wodifications of this simple
loom are also to be seen in the contrivances in use among the Zunians
and other Pueblo tribes, and the reare a number of departures from the
main details of the weaving (also to be noted) as we have described
them above.

Nearly all the belts and the blankets manufactured by these tribes

Soar PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 393

are made by their women, though it is not difficult to find among them
also most excellent male weavers, and a very elegant blanket I once
secured from the Navajos was made by a man, and its weaving took
him considerably over a month to accomplish. <A good belt can usually
be bought for about $12.

Curves are never found in the figure patterns on the belts or blankets,
but the employment of horizontal stripes, the diagonais, and the lozenge
are interwoven with a variety that appears to be almost endless in the
matter of design. The ieading colors used are red, brilliant orange
yellow, a blue, and by combination a green, and finally black, white,
and gray.

The manufacture of these dyes is an exceedingly interesting process,
but its description does not properly fall within the scope of the pres-
ent article.

As civilization advances westward and makes intrusion into the
haunts of these simple people these aboriginal industries of theirs must
eventually die out rather than be stimulated and enhanced by the con-
tact. For with it civilization brings bright and cheap dyes of many
shades; excellent Germantown wools that are not expensive; but more
fatal than any of these, very good and durable blankets, of bright
tints, that may be purchased by these Indians for a few dollars at the
store of the trader, and thus obviate the tedious necessity of any fur-
ther manufacture of their own in the future.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXVII

1
UH
AW

fi

THE NAvAvo BELT-WEAVER.

=

ON THE GENERA LABRICHTHYS AND PSEUDOLABRUS.

BY
THEODORE GILL, M.D., Pu.D.

ile

The most characteristic genus of Labrids of the southern hemisphere—
at least with reference to its number of representatives—is that which
is generally known as Labrichthys (but which is very different from
the type properly so called) and whose proper name is rather Pseudo-
labrus. That the two types or groups of species are entitled to generic
rank it is proposed now to demonstrate. The fact that the confusion
of the two genera has lasted for nearly thirty years, and that the erro-
neous name is constantly being used for some of the most common
fishes, is sufficient to justify a present protest, which is not timely
simply because it ought to have been made years ago.

DT

In 1854 Dr. Bleeker established a new genus, named Labrichthys,
for a peculiar fish obtained from the island of Floris.*

In 1861 Dr. Bleeker defined a genus called Pseudolabrus typified by
Labrus rubiginosus of Temminck and Schlegel, a fish occurring in Jap-
anese seas.t

So different did these two genera appear to be to their distinguished
nomenclator that he widely separated them, and referred them to distinct
subfamilies in his system, Labrichthys being regarded as the type of
one subfamily (Labrichthyiformes) while Pseudolabrus was taken as the
type of another subfamily (Pseudolabriformes.)i

The Labrichthyiformes were especially distinguished by the linear
hypopharyngeal.

The Pseudolabriformes have a normal labroid hypopharyngeal.

In 1062 Dr. Giinther combined the two genera under the common
designation Labrichthys, and justified it by the following comment : §

~ Bleeker, Nat. T., Ned. Ind., v. 4, p. 332.

t Bleeker, Proc. Zo6]l. London, 1861, p. 415; Versl. K. Akad. Wet., x111, 101.

tThe Cossyphiformes were separated on account of the more numerous (10-13)
dorsal spines and paved pharyngeals.

§ Giinther Cat. Fish B. M., v. 4, p. 112.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 861.

396 LABRICHTHYS AND PSEUDOLABRUS—GILL.

Bleeker has established the genus Labrichthys for L. cyanotenia, and distinguished

it from Pseudolabrus (rubiginosus) by the single series of teeth in the lower pharyn-
geal. L. celidota has two series; L. tetrica, L. rubiginosa, and L. luculenta have three.
All these series are very irregular and form rather a band or a patch.

In 1863 Dr. Bleeker aptly met this comment: *

M. Giinther a mal compris mon genre Labrichthys, qui est trés-différent du genre
Pseudolabrus et qui s’en distingue non seulement par un autre type du systéme den-
taire pharyngien, mais aussi par un systéme d’écaillure fort différent de la téte
et des nageoires, par une construction différente de la lévre inférieure, etc. Si M.
Giinther avait connu mon espéce type du genre Labrichthys (Labrichthys cyanotenia)
il ne serait probablement pas tombé dans cette erreur. Cependant j’ai nettement
précisé les caractéres des deux genres, mais M. Giinther n’y a pas fait attention
puisquwil dit tout simplement (Cat., p. 112): ‘“‘ BLEEKER has established the genus
Labrichthys for L. cyanotenia, and distinguished it from Pseudolabrus by the single
series of teeth on the lower pharyngeal.”

As Dr. Bleeker claimed, it was not his fault that the two genera were
confused and should continue to be so for nearly thirty years more.

No more than Dr. Giinther in 1862 have I been able to examine a
specimen of the typical Labrichthys, but the description and figure of
Bleeker compared with specimens of Pseudolabrus plainly show how
different the twoare. Those differences, susceptible of clear detinition,
are contrasted in the following table :

III.
LABRICHTHYS. PSEUDOLABRUS.

Lateralis mostly tubular on each scale. _— Lateralis ramose on each scale.

Frontal contour arched and elevated Frontal contour nearly straight, and not
above eyes. elevated above eyes.

Forehead scaly. Forehead naked.

Operculum and suboperculum expanded Operculum and subopereculum not ex-
backwatds. | panded.

Preoperculum sealy. * | Preoperculum naked.

Branchiostegites 5. Branchiostegites 6.

Dorsalis and analis with deep scaly Dorsalis and analis without deep scaly
sheaths. sheaths.

Ventralis with first ray elongate. Ventralis with second ray slightly longest.

Lips fimbriated ;t lower especially de- Lips fimbriated ; lower not developed in
veloped in front. front.

Teeth. { Teeth distinct, uniserial except for an in-

ner rudimentary row, generally with
posterior canines, ¢
Hypopharyngeal linear, with the anterior Hypopharyngeal normally labroid with
shaft atrophied, and with uniserial the anterior shaft well developed, and
teeth. § | with two or more rows of teeth.

* Bleeker, Versl. en Med. K. Akad. Wet. (An sterdam), Afd. Nat., v.15, p. 444; Ned
Tijd. voor Dierkunde, Vv. 2., p. 69, 1865.

tAmbo labia in vela fimbriata ast indivisa producta. K. & S., Liv, 394.

tIn utraque maxilla lamina dentalis Scari ad instar, solum 4 dentibus caninis.
partim sejunctis, dentes angulares canini supramaxillares liberi. K. & 8., LIV,
394,

) Osse pharynzeali inferiore corpore gracili angulata dentibus conicis uniseriatis.
Bleeker, o. ¢., 154.

ror PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 397

Certainly there are no two closely related genera of Labrids that are
differentiated from each other by more numerous characters than thus
become apparent between Labrichthys and Pseudolabrus. Direct com-
parison of specimens of the two genera would doubtless reveal others.
Especially significant are the differences in the contour of the head and
the relative proportions of the opercular apparatus, for they doubtless
indicate decided osteological deviations. Far more important are the
discrepancies between the two than such as exist between Semicossy-
phus, Trochocopus, Decodon, Pteragogus, and Cossyphus, for those genera
are very closely related, and the cranial differences between most of
them* are unimportant. The differences in the hypopharyngeal appear
to be so great that Bleeker was probably justified in referring them to
different subfamilies.

On the one hand, the hypopharyngeal of the Labrichthyinae seems
indeed to be anomalous, judging by the illustration of that of Diproc-
tacanthus xanthurus. This is represented as linear and almost semicir-
cular, destitute of an anterior shaft and with the short row of teeth
confined to the convex median portion. So divergent is such a form
from that exemplified by Labrids generally that corroboration of the
figure is much needed, as well as explanation bow the bone is connected
with the preceding branchial arch.

On the other hand, the hypopharyngeal of Pseudolabrus is quite
typical; it has the usual long compressed anterior shaft and moder-
ately wide surface studded with teeth; in fact, it is essentially similar
to that of the typical Cossyphiformes and Pseudolabriformes.

The lips of Pseudolabrus are probably even much more different from
those of Labrichthys than appears from the notices by Bleeker and by
Kner and Steindach ner of those of the latter.t

The structure of the lips indeed furnishes excellent data for diag-
nosis of many genera of Labrids. Pseudolabrus differs much from the
typical Cossyyphiformes in its lower lip. The upper lip is everted and
obliquely multiplicate, and the inner plice are villous at their margins.
The lower lip is double, the outer being everted and developed as plain
lobes on each side, widely separated at the chin, while the inner is erect
and has a villous margin, which is free from the jaw as well as from the
outer lip all around.

IV.

T have thus far discussed the questions at issue on the assumption
that any further complications of the subject were unknown, and this
assumption is probably not illegitimate, so far as most authors who
have treated of the fishes under consideration is concerned. Indeed,

*T have not been able to examine the crania of Semicossyphus and Pteragogus.

t Labrichthys cyanotenia has lips thus discribed by Bleeker (Atlas Ich. Ind. Ned.,
I, 154, ):—“‘labiis latis carnosis, inferiore bilobo lobis fimbriatis.” The diagnosis of
Kner and Steindachner has been given on a previous page.

398 LABRICHTHYS AND PSEUDOLABRUS—GILL.

Dr. Giinther, in ‘An Introduction to the Study of Fishes” (1880), and
in the Jater German translation, ‘“ Handbuch der Ichthyologie” (1886),
retained the same arrangement of the Labrids as that proposed in 1862,
adding no other genera, and suppressing or ignoring one (Callyodontich-
thys).* But there is much more to be taken into account.

In 1864, Professor Kner described a fish from the Samoa Islands with
both lips having a fimbriated margin under the new generic and spe-
cific terms Thysanocheilus ornatus.t

In 1866, Drs. Kner and Steindachner made known another fish from
the Samoa Islands, also having both lips produced and with a dentition
simulating that of the scarids under a new generic and specific desig-
nation, viz, Chwrojulis castaneus.t |

Thysanocheilus was supposed to be “most nearly allied to Labrichthys
cyanotenia Bleek (Atlas 1, Tab. 22, Fig. 1), but “in this the lower lip only
is fringed, and there is only one canine in the upper jaw, at the angle
of the mouth,” ete.

Cherojulis was supposed to agree with Thysanocheilus generally and
in lip structure, but to differ in dentition.

The supposed differences between the several genera in question were
subsequently negatived, and Labrichthys, Thysanocheilus and Cherojulis
were identified as generically identical and even based on the same
species.

In 1867, Dr. Steindachner, having obtained a better preserved speci-
men of Cherojulis castaneus, recognized its identity with Labrichthys
cyanotenia in the following terms:

Cherojulis castanea Kn. Steind.... ist, wie ich mich aus der Untersuchung eines
spiter eingesendeten grésseren und besser erhaltenen Exemplares iiberzeugte, iden-
tisch mit Labrichthys cyanotenia Blkr. Die Bezahnung der Kieferstiicke und die Lip-
penbildung ist bei dieser Art so wesentlich verschieden von der iibrigen Labrichthys-
Arten, welche Giinther im Cataloge der Fische des brit. Museums anfiihrt, dass ich
sie nach Bleeker’s Vorgange in das Geschlecht Pseudolabrus vereinige, fiir welche
Giinther’s Characteristik des Geschlechtes Labrichthys Giinth. (nec Bleeker) Anwen-

dung findet, wiihrend das Geschlecht Labrichthys=Cherojulis Kn. Steind. zuerst von
uns genau geschildert wurde. ||

*The only extralingual deviation between the English (1880) and German (1886)
editions of the Introduction relates to Creniiabrus, viz: 1880, p. 527: ‘Phe range of
this genus is co-extensive with Labruss. C. melops, the ‘Gold-sinny,’ or ‘Cork-wing’ is
common on the British coasts.” 1886, p. 376: ‘‘ Die Verbreitung dieser Gattung fiillt
mit der von Labrus zusammen. Von den dreizehn bekannten Arten sind die meisten
besonders im Mittelmeere gemein.”

t Denkschr. Ak. W. (Wien), v. 24, p.4; A.M.N.H., (3,) v.15, p. 77.

tS. B. Ak. W. (Wien), 1 Abth., v. 54, p. 393-395, previously (p. 377) noticed as
“ Platyglossus ocellatus ? n,” and described under caption ‘‘ Zusatz nach Platyglossus
chrysotenia” (p. 393).

§Ch. castaneus, K. & S., LIV, 394.

| Steindachner’s Ichthyologische Notizen (v1).<S. B. Ak. Wiss. (Wien), LVI, 332,
1867.

yoy: PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 399

In 1869, Dr. Giinther, having received a specimen of Labroid iden-
tified with Labrichthys by Col. Playfair, in a note (“* Addendum”) to a
short article on fishes collected by him at Zanzibar, announced the fol-
lowing conclusions :

Colonel Playfair has sent to the British Museum an example of a small Zabroid fish,
which he regarded as a new species of Labrichthys, requesting me to examine it also.
It proves to be identical with Labrichthys cyanotenia of Bleeker, but it would have
been difficult to recognize it from Bleeker’s description, as he has omitted to say that
the ground-color of examples preserved in spirits changes into black. Beside an ex-
ample sent by Dr. Bleeker as L. cyanotenia, the British Museum possesses an example
of Thysanochilus ornatus of Kner. This I find is identical with the Zanzibar fish,
although it appears really to be the type of a distinct genus closely allied to Labroides,
for which the name proposed by Kner ought to be retained. The synonymy is :—

Thysanochilus cyanotenia.
Labrichthys cyanotenia Blkr.
Thysanochilus* ornatus Kner.
Samoa Islands, Flores, Zanzibar.
Specimens in the British Museum :
a. 64 inches long. Samoa Islands. Type of Th. ornatus.
b. 3hinches long. Flores. (L. cyanotenia.)
c. 3tinches long. Zanzibar.

It is thus seen that the generic distinctness of Labrichthys cyanote-
nia from the other species associated with it was here conceded by Dr.
Giinther, and the questions at issue are now reduced to one of nomen-
clature only! The subsequent omission of Thysanochilus in the “ In-
troduction” and “ Handbuch” was doubtless unintentional, and simply
due to forgetfulness or want of research. Dr. Giinther proposed to su-
persede the name Labrichthys of Bleeker by Thysanochilus of Kner, and
to retain the name Labrichthys of Giinther for the bulk of the species
previously erroneously confounded with Labrichthys of Bleeker. <A.
more wanton disregard of the principles of nomenclature could scarcely
be imagined. Labrichthys was instituted for the LZ. cyanotenia and for
that alone,t and the terms of the diagnosis (Caput, regione oculo-max-
illari excepta, totum squamosum. . . . Praoperculum edentulum
ubique squamosum. . . . Pinne verticales squamose. Membrana
branchiostega 5) effectually excluded the species subsequently added
to the genus; it was instituted in 1854, and Thysanocheilus was not in-
troduced till 1872. The only reason, then, (except thoughtlessness), that
could have influenced Dr. Giinther in his course was that he had com-
mitted himself by applying the former name to a large assemblage of
other species. It is very improbable, however, with the facts now made
known, that any others will hereafter be so influenced by the ovine pro-
pensity to follow a leader as to longer follow him in such a course.

*Kner wrote Thysanocheilus.
tIt was suggested that Labrus pecilopleura CV. might belong to the genus.

400 LABRICHTHYS AND PSEUDOLABRUS—GILL.
Wie

The history of the two genera may be summarized in the synonymy.

LABRICHTHYS.

=Labrichthys Bleeker Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., v. 4, p. 331, 1854.
<Labrichthys Giinther Cat. Fishes B. M. v. 4, p. 112, 1862.
=Thysanocheilus Kner Denksch. Akad. Wiss. (Wien), v.24, p. 4. 1865.
=Cherojulis Kner & Steind. Sitzungsber K. Akad. Wiss. [Wien], 1. Abth., v. 54, p.
393, 1866 (not Cherojulis Gill, 1862).
=Labrichthys Steind. Sitzungsber K. Akad. Wiss. [Wien], 1. Abth., v.56, p. 332, 1867.
—=Thysanochilus Giinther P. Z.S., 1869, p. 241.
Type: L. cyanotenia Bleeker.

PSEUDOLABRUS.

=Pseudolabrus Bleeker, Proc. Zodl, Soc. London, 1861, p. 415.
< Labrichthys Giinther, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 4, p.112, 1862.
=Labrichthys Giinther, 1869.
Labrus sp. Temminck & Schlegel, Richardson.
Tautoga sp. Richardson.

Type: P.rubiginosus=Labrus rubiginosus T.S.

Wik:

The species of or related to Pseudolabrus are very numerous in the
temperate southern Pacific. Most of them appear to have all the char-
acteristics above contrasted with those of Labrichthys, but a few devi-
ate and have been isolated in distinct genera or subgenera. Three such
genera or subgenera have been named, viz: Pseudolabrus, Austrolabrus,
and Hupetrichthys.

PSEUDOLABRUS.

Pseudolabri with dorsalis and analis naked and generally rounded
behind, and ventrales obtuse, having the second ray somewhat longest.

The following species of Pseudolabrus were diagnosed by Dr. Giinther
under the name Labrichthys:

1. P. celidotus (G. Iv, 113; G. 1876; fig. E and T., pl. 31, f. 1-5).
New Zealand, Australia.
2. P. bothryocosmus (G. Iv, 114; fig. E. and T., pl. 31, f. 6-10).
Australia, New Zealand.
3. P. psittaculus (G. Iv, 114; fig. E. and T., pl. 56, f. 7-10).
Tasmania.
4. P. coccineus rubiginosus (G. rv, 114; Steind. and D., 1887; fig. F. Jap., pl. 86, f. 1).
Japan, China.
2 be gayi (G. LV, Lio fe. Gay Ich: pli. j.n:)s
Juan Fernandez.
. P. inscriptus (G. Iv, 115; fig. E. and T., pl. 56, f. 1,2).
Norfolk Island, Raoul Island.
. P. laticlavius (G. 1v, 115,507; G., 1867; fig. E and T., pl. 56, f. 8-6; McCoy, 1889,
pl. 163).
Tasmania.
8. P. luculentus (G. Iv, 116).
Australia, Norfolk Island.

a |

~
Se

~)

hte

Roe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 401

9. P. giinthert (G. Iv, 507; DeVis, 1884, 879.)

Australia.

10. P. tetricus (G. 1V, 116, not Rich.; 2. biserialis Klunz.. 1872; (fig. E. and T., pl. 55, f. 1)
Tasmania, Australia (south).

Es parila, (Gav, tla)
Australia (west),

12. DP. gymnogenis (G. IV, 117, 507, n. sp; G., 1867; Steind., 1867).
Australia, China.

13. P. punctulatus (G. Iv, 118, n. sp.).
Australia (Swan River).

Numerous species, or at least specific names, were subsequently added
or confirmed, all being referred to Labrichthys, except P. australis and
P. Richardsonii, (St., 1866.)

P. fucicola (Rich., 1840; Hutton, 1873, 265).
New Zealand.

P. ephippium (Gthr., 1563, 116).
Victoria.

The species subsequently discovered were chiefly described ii the
following periodicals and works:

Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften, (Wien), by Steindachner and
Klunzinger.
Proceedings of the Zodlogical and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, by Cas-
telnau.
Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition of 1876, Victorian Catalogue, containing arti-
cle by Castelnau.*
“Comptes rendus de l’Academie des Sciences (Paris), by Sauvage.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, by Macleay, DeVis, Ram-
say, and Ogilby.
Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, by Hutten.
Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, by Johnston.
P. australis (Steind., 1866, 476).
Pacific Ocean.
P. richardsonii (Steind., 1867, 332, I. N. v1, 26; provisional name for species de-
scribed as P. luculentus Rich var.)
Victoria.

*The article of Castelnau is not mentioned either in the Zoological Record or the
Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, and the references by Australian naturalists zenerally
give no indication as to the manner of publication. It appears in the following
work: Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition of 1876. (Melbourne, 1875.)—Official
record, containing Introduction, Catalogues, Official Awards of the Commissioners,
Reports and Recommendations of the Experts, and Essays and Statistics on the So-
cial and Economic Resources of the ‘Colony of Victoria.—Published by authority of
the Commissioners. Melbourne: M’Carron, Bird & Co, . . . . MDCCULXXY.
[8 vo., + liv + 382 + viii, 255 + 19 4+-LII + v, 240 pp.] The “ Researches on the
Fishes of Australia” is separately paged (52 pp.), and contains descriptions (such as
they are) of many-supposed new genera and species, The newly named genera are
Neoniphon (p. 4), Breviperca (p. 6), Neomesoprion (p. 8), Aida (p. 10), Neolethrinus (p.
11), Neosillago (p. 16), Ellyria (p.21), Pseudobatrachus (p.24), Stenaphus (p. 26), Ne-
ogunnellus (p. 27), Neoblennius (p. 28), Dampieria (p. 30), Neoatherina (p.31), Torresia
(p. 36), Neoodax (p. 37), Othos (p. 43), Neorhombus (p. 43), Neoplotosus (p. 45), Blanchar-
dia (p.47). The descriptions are worthy of the neophyte’s names.

Proc. N. M. 91 26

402 LABRICHTHYS AND PSEUDOLABRUS—GILL. |

Hobson’s Bay.
P. tetricus var. fuscipinnis (Klunzinger, 1872, 37).
Hobson’s Bay.
P. bleekeri (Cast., P. Z.S. V., 1872, 148; McCoy, 1887).
Victoria.
P. richardsonit (Cast.,* 1872, 150; 1873, 53; not P. richardsonii Steind).

P. tetricus var. tigripinnis (Klunzinger, 1872, 37).
:

Victoria. |
P. vestitus (Cast., 1872, 151=ephippium G. ) |
Victoria,
P. cuvieri (Cast., 1873, 53).
Bass’s Strait.
P. bostocki (Cast., 1873, 137).
West Australia.
P. edelensis (Cast., 1873, 137).
West Australia.
P. unicolor (Cast.,t 1875).

Victoria.
. ruber = L. rubra (Cast.,t 1875, 37; Klunzinger, 1880, 402).
Victoria.
P. convexus (Cast.,t 1875, 38).
Victoria.
P, lantzii (Sauvage, C. R., 1875, 988; 1880, p. 37, pl. 2).
St. Paul Island.
P. isleanus (Sauvage, 1875, 983 ; 1880, p. 39, pl]. 3).
St. Paul Island.
cinetus (Hutton, 1877, 354).
New Zealand.
P, nigromarginatus (Macleay, 1878, p. 35, pl. 3, fig. 3).
Port Jackson.
biserialis (Klunzinger, 1880, 402).
King George’s Sound.
P. tetricus var ocellatus (Klunzinger, 1850, 402).
Murray River.
P. roseipunctatus (Hutton, 1880, p. 455).
New Zealand.
dorsalis (Macleay, 1381, 87).
Port Jackson.
labiosus (Macleay, 1831, 88).
Port Jackson.
melanurus (Macleay, 1881, 89).
Port Jackson.
rubicundus (Macleay 1821, 89).
King George’s Sound.

as

-

BE.

v

PR.

Y

aE

-

re

~~

IE

Y

Pe:

P. dux (De Vis, 1883, 287; 1884, 47).
Moreton Bay.

P. cruentatus (De Vis, 1884, 879).
Moreton Bay.

P. sexlineatus (De Vis, 1884, 880).

Barrier Reef.
P. rex (De Vis, 1884, 880).
Moreton Bay.

*The ‘“Labrichthys Richardsonii” was not identified with the ‘‘ Pseudolabrus Rich- —
ardsonii” of Steindachner, but described as a new species.
tThe three species above enumerated are attributed by Macleay to Castelnau’ s ‘‘Re-
searches on the Fishes of Australia.”

Pcie PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 403

P. maculatua (De Vis, 1884, 881).
Moreton Bay.

P. nudigena (De Vis, 1884, 831).
Barrier Reef.

P. elegans (Steind., 1883, 195).
Gulf of St. Vincent.

P. mortonii (Johnston, 1835, 256).
Tasmania.

P. gracilis (Steind. & Dod., 1887, 273).
Japan,

P. cyanogenys (Ramsay & Ogilby, 1837, 242).
Broken Bay, Australia.

Such are the specific names that have been proposed for various fishes
of or related to the genus Pseudolabrus. That they are the symbols
of as many species is quite another matter. It is probable that a con-
siderable number represent variations in color or sexual characters or
misapprehensions as to the meaning or significance of previous descrip
tions. Only an exact comparative study of specimens of all, or most at
least, will enable a correct judgment to be formed on the subject. Such
a study is one of the greatest desiderata of Australian ichthyology, and
it is to be hoped that some one of the able naturalists of the southern
hemisphere will undertake it and express his conclusions in antithetical
terms, whereby the relative degrees of affinity as well as distinctive
characteristics may be understood. So far as can be judged from the
descriptions, almost all of the species are congeneric, but whether such
is really the case can not be determined from the descriptions because
many characters have been more or less neglected. The genus, with
the limits still retained, however, does not appear to be a truly homo-
geneous one, and there are at least two sections which may be indi-
cated, so that future study shall be directed to the value of the charac-
ters. We venture to indicate them here.

In the typical forms represented by almost all the Australian species
the membrane behind the spines of the dorsalis and analis is penicillig-
erous. The name Pseudolabrus covers them.

In one species, the Labrichthys laticlavius of most authors, the mem-
brane behind the spines of the dorsalis and analis is not produced.
The name Pictilabrus may be used to denote it. Pictilabrus is not only
peculiar in the absence of pencils or penicillia behind the dorsal and
anal spines, for the head is also smaller, and more abbreviated than in
the other species. If the meaning of the name Pictilabrus is demanded,
imagination may play that the painting of the brilliantly colored fish
has been completed and that the painter’s brushes and pencils have
disappeared. A component of two Latin words, as in the case of A ustro-
labrus, is also better than hybrids like Labrichthys and Pseudolabrus.

Other subtractions from the genus Pseudolabrus (as it would be recog-
nized by many) have been made and they may provisionally be recog-
nized as genera, and perhaps some fishes retained in the nominal list
of Pseudolabri may belong to one or the other of them.

ne ne a ees mapeerearsine beers

404 LABRICHTHYS AND PSEUDOLABRUS—GILL.

AUSTROLABRUS.

Austrolabrus Steindachner, S. B. Akad. Wiss. [Wien], 1. Abth., v. 88, p. 1102 (Ich.
Beit. x11, 38), 1883.

Pseudolabri with dorsalis and analis covered with scales at bases
and angulated behind, and with ventrals angulated and the first ray
longest.*

By Dr. Steindachner this type was considered to be at least sub-
generically distinct from the Pseudolabri, on account of the scaly dorsalis,
analis and caudalis.t

A. maculatus=* Labrichthyst (Austrolabrus) maculata Macl.” Steind.

Australia.

EUPETRICHTHYS.

Eupetrichthys Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales (2), 11, 631, 1887.

Pseudolabri with dorsalis and analis naked and ventrales angulate
and with the first ray elongate.

According to Messrs. Ramsay and Ogilby, ‘its close aflinity to
Labrichthys [t. e., Pseudolabrus| is at once apparent, but in such a genus,
where the fin formula remains constant throughout the whole series
of about thirty§ species, any departure from the normal number must
necessarily carry with it a greater weight then among fishes which enjoy
greater latitude in this respect.” This difference, therefore, coupled
with the elongate ventrals and ge neral form, |) has induced the authors
to propose the genus.

Only one species is known, viz: E. angustipes R. & O., 1887, 632.

Port Jackson.

VIL.
It may be added that the Labrichthys bicolor of Day (Proc. Zool. Soe.

London, 1870, p. 695) is the Hemigymnus melapterus of Bleeker as was
later recognized by Day himself (F. I., 1877, 396).

*4, maculatus has D. 1x-+-12, A. 11+10.

tDurch die starke Beschuppung der Dorsale, Anale und Caudale unterscheidet sich
die hier beschriebene Art so auffallend yon der Mehrzahl der iibrigen Labrichthys-
Arten, dass sie mindestens als Repriisentant einer besonderen Untergattung ( Austrola-
brus m.) betrachtet werden muss.—STEINDACHNER. ;

tl can only account for the use by Dr. Steindachner of the name Labrichthys for
this type by the supposition that in the long interval of time between his repudiation
of the name and the description of the new species he had forgotten his former con-
clusions (see p. 393). The facts certainly had not changed meanwhile, and no
species intermediate between Labrichthys and Pseudolabrus had been discovered.

§ The examination of a more extended series of specimens will probably reduce
this number somewhat.—R. & O.

|| 2. angustipes has D, 1x+12 and A 11I+11, while typical Pseudolabri have D.
1x+1l and A, 11+10. ‘The greatest height of the body, which is behind the origin
of the anal fin,” is contained in the total length 5} times, while the head is 5
times,

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SCINCOID LIZARD FROM EAST AFRICA,

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians..

Lygosoma kilimensis, sp. nov.

DIAGNOSIS: Limbs pentadactyl, short, distance between them when
adpressed to side of body more than length of hind limb, the latter being
much less than half as long as its distance from the axilla; distance
from snout to fore limbs contained more than twice in the distance
between axilla and groin; lower eyelid scaly; ear-opening an oblique
slit, much larger than nostril; no supranasals; rostral forming a broad
suture with frontonasal; prefrontals small and widely separated; frontal
not broader than supraocular region; two frontoparietals; parietals
forming a suture behind the interparietal; 24 scales round the body;
toes not compressed ; fourth toe longer than third; 13 to 15 lamelle
under fourth toe.

HABITAT: Kilima-njaro, East Africa.

Type: U. S. National Museum, No. 16749. Dr. W. L. Abbott coll.,
1889.

Description of type specimen.—Body much elongate; limbs very weak,
the distance beween the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained
twice and a half in the distance between axilla and groin; snout very
short, obtuse; lower eyelid scaly; rostral wide, low, its posterior outline,
as seen from above, straight; nostril pierced in the nasal; no supranasal;
frontonasal more than twice as wide as long, forming sutures anteriorly
with the rostral and posteriorly with the frontal, the width of each
suture being greater than the length of the frontonasal; prefrontals
small, widely separated; frontal short, as long as the frontoparietals,
in contact with first and second supraoculars; five supraoculars; seven
Superciliaries; frontoparietals two, each larger than interparietal; parie.
tals forming a suture behind interparietals; two pairs of nuchals; supra-
labials separated from orbit by a row of small scales, fourth suprala-
bial being directly under the center of the eye; ear-opening narrow,
oval, only slightly oblique to line of commissure; 24 smooth subequal
Scales round middle of body; one pair of somewhat enlarged anals,
adjoining scales only slightly larger than rest; digits short, cylindric,
terminal scale rather large, vaulted nail-like, nearly concealing the claw;

Proceedings National Mnseum, Vol. XIV—No. 862. 05
4

406 NEW SCINCOID LIZARD—STEJNEGER,

third finger a trifle larger than fourth, both with five scales above;
fourth toe a little longer than third, with thirteen to fifteen smooth
lamelle underneath and seven scales above; third with six scales above;
tail thick, long, all the scales subequal; color uniform brown above,
pale buff underneath, with dusky longitudinal spots down the centers
of the lateral scales, forming more or less continuous grayish lines on
the flanks and sides of tail.

Measurements (in millimetres).

Totallength(endoftail reproduced) 158 | Snout to vent .................... 68
Snout to posterior end of parietals.. 9 | Acxall ahOserO Mn ee a= 5 sete ee 45
Greatest width of head ............ Zio) HOredim press sees es cone eA

Snout totore dines cease oe ee 18 hind slintbeesseaen es ee eee 155

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF LIZARD FROM THE ISLAND
SAN PEDRO MARTIR, GULF OF CALIFORNIA.

BY
LEONHARD STEINEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

Cnemidophorus martyris, sp. nov.

DIAGNosIS: Dorsal scales equal; nostril anterior to nasal suture;
frontoparietals distinct; nasal not in contact with second supralabial;
eight longitudinal rows of ventral plates; femoral pores twenty ; supra-
oculars four; three large preanals ; caudal scales slightly oblique; scales
on collar rather small, gradually decreasing in size toward the edge;
under side of forearm without enlarged scales; no freno-orbital; fron-
tonasal wider than long; head depressed, snout long and narrow; color
above slaty black, with irregular, pale drab variolations ; head more
brownish, uniform; entire under side uniform blackish slaty.

HABITAT: San Pedro Martir Island, Gulf of California.

Type: U.S. National Museum, No. 15620. Dr. Edw. Palmer coll.

This species is quite characteristic by its coloration alone, for the com-
bination of the variolated upper surface with thé uniform blackish under
side is, I think, quite unique. There is not even a trace of a linear ar-
rangement of the pale markings, and what is still more remarkable even
the very young specimen (head and body 39 millimetres) is without
even the slightest indications of such a pattern.

Description of type specimen.cHead depressed; snout narrow and
pointed ; rostral narrow, pointed, posterior angle on top of snout long
and acute; nostril in lower part of nasal; frontonasal wider than long,
nearly straight anteriorly ; prefrontals with the anterior external angle
very acute and elongated ; anterior angle of frontal weil forward, nearly
in line with anterior angle of first supraocular; four supraoculars, the
posterior minute; last three supraoculars separated from supraciliaries
by a row of granules; two frontoparietals; three parietals; postnasal
in contact with first, second, and third supralabials; loreal large; no sep-
arate freno-orbital; central gular scales but slighly larger than the rest,
followed by a wide band of very minute scales which extend to the edge
of the collar, only the central mesoptychial scales being somewhat
larger; dorsal granules small, smooth; ventral plates in eight longi-
tudinal and about thirty-five transverse rows; three large preanals

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 863.
407

408 NEW LIZARD FROM SAN PEDRO ISLAND—STEJNEGER.

forming a triangle, the two sides of which are bordered by a series of
scales considerably larger than the surrounding granules; enlarged
brachials in four nearly equal rows continuous with antebrachials, the
latter in three rows, outer much the largest; twenty femoral pores;
caudal scales slightly oblique, carinated.

Measurements (in millimetres).

|
|

Cont |
| Ib Pabiieseram (ees a) Gi |
} | 3 2 limes
4 Piel = |s2/4| a
+ es = a Priel ea
Z ) le ye eee eee | |
a Collector. Locality. a = 2 2 Sts ie a 3
a) tel ete Basilio 2 a Sr
S| BO | ORR eget maemtlelleecciresa ace Wh coon esol ses =
| A | 5 Opel to sa | > ° Se ees |
z, 2 (orT| Hirer Re | eS atees e Filzle| #
| ee oS ly ae fT le oe sais ee es
e Ss) os | eg Balers os Se os reo
Sele Si cel) ears tS eatl peceneme gl RO: || aaa It meal eel ialeees a
Ss Sy ness Rg ot | eeteeag eel ieees mila ean Opes pias
= H | mn = an wn oD me |e \ | —&
oe — = | = —) | — — — = | —
| lita |
15620 | Palmer ..++-I.S. Pedro Martir.|...... 20 Tad PLL ae 6 | 23 | 39 =+|.22 | 42] Ty pe
15621; |3=-. dos. .0 aaa (Wetrnaocscensbec 130 | 14.5) 6.5) 8&5] 5 | 16 | 24.5 | 14 | 27
| | | | | |

i

The two specimens in the Museum were collected by Dr. Edward
Palmer on the island San Pedro Martir (not Martin, as so often written !),
a Small island in the Gulf of California about equidistant from the
mainland and the eastern coast of the peninsula of Lower California,
and about half way between theupper end and the mouth of the Gulf.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW NORTH AMERICAN LIZARD OF THE
GENUS SAUROMALUS.

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER.
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

Sauromalus hispidus, sp. nov.

DIAGNOSIS.—Nuchal scales spiny, the larger ones almost as large as
the largest preauricular spines; dorsal scales ending posteriorly in a
long, obtuse spine; dorsal scale rows average 16 to a head length;
number of ventral scale rows from gular fold to anus averages 118;
number of scales around thickest part of tail averages 50; femoral pores
12 to 15; size very large: total length of four specimens averages 540
millimetres.

HABIraT.—Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California.

Type.—U. S. National Museum No. 8563. Dr. Thos. H. Streets coll.

Synonymy.

1877.—Sauromalus ater STREETS, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, p. 36 (nec DUMERIL).
TOWNSEND, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11 (No. 800) 1890, p. 144.

Description of type spectmen.—Habit very stout, head depressed, body
less so; nostrils large, tubular, opening upwards and outwards; upper
head-scales large, considerably larger than the supraoculars, those of
the parietal region largest, tubercular, some nearly conical ; three series
of strong conical scales in front of ear; several series of large conical
tubercles on side of basal half of mandible; neck above very rough,
covered with large but obtuse spines, most of them fully as large as
the anteauricular denticulation, and descending on the postauricular
fold, sending a strong branch forward, nearly connecting with the
mandibular spines; dorsal scales large, 16 in a head length, ending
posteriorly in an obtuse spine, even the smaller scales above and back
of the arms being spiny; ventral scales smaller and smoother, but the
outer posterior corner somewhat projecting and pointed, about 118 scales
in a line from anal opening to gular fold; scales on limbs large, about
the size of those on nape, carinated and obtusely spinose; femoral
pores very large, 13 on each side; scales on tail in verticils, large,
about 44 in a vertivil round the thickest portion at base, on the

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 864. 409

SS ee

410 NEW NORTH AMERICAN LIZARD—STEJNEGER.

upper surface carinate and strongly spinose behind. Color (in alcohol)
apparently uniform brownish olive, though in life they are said to be
“marked with one, two, or three large, rounded, or irregular grayish
blotches somewhere on their body.” (Streets l. ¢.)

In addition to the type specimen I have before me three others nearly
as large, collected by Mr. Charles H. Townsend in the same locality.
They agree in all essential characters with the type, some of the details
and measurements (in millimetres) being found in the following table:

Sauromalus hispidus.

S = ars | ss
a | a | BS | 25
a Eg ae cs a
s ut | of = © : =
a : 2a ee leo ssa es
. Collector and No, Locality. Date. @ao{/oW) Ss. ry aL aay
3 ad |/u8/8sisg 5 °
A ra al Seige |e em ae
a e=\| gail aa ple alee
: S DES So Dem eon ype
Pp a > | w Fea as|! ee Elie S| ey
|
8563°| Streets 2:.---< ---.| Angels] 'GulfofCalie.seccmnees--- 16 118 441) 33] 585| 285
15873 | Townsend, DAs: Sfp Ones bismelsececmee at Mar. 29, 1889 19 | 116 55 48 | 552) 275
15874 EO) Sa oececesanac| ace GOs aaeseecicn cesses s ass CON nace 15 113 43 13} 562} 292
15875 \eandox See aia (eXomalat ate be CU Obecee ars see eees Seoul Oharecead 14) 126 53 43 | 462] 240
Averagevof fourspecimens-qsems seasons seers csele sea 16; 118 497) Seam | aes | Seater

This enormous lizard is closely allied to the much smaller species
which inhabits the arid regions on the mainland to the north of the Gulf
of California, viz, Sauromalus ater, with which it has been confounded,
but is readily distinguished by the characters given in the above diag-
nosis. In order to better emphasize the differences I herewith give ue
corresponding diagnosis of the old species.

Sauromalus ater Dum.

DIAGNOSI8.—Nuchal scales tubercular, or smooth, none of them half
as large as largest preauricular spines; dorsal scales squarish, smooth,
without any spine; dorsal scale rows average 32 toa head length; num-
ber of ventral scale rows from gular fold to anus averages 165; mtiaee
of scales around thickest part of tail averages 76; femoral pores 15 LOTS
size medium: total length of four adults averages 314 millimetres.

HABITAT.—Desert regions of southern California and southwestern
Arizona.

Type.-—In Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Paris, France. Locality un-
known. Lieut. Jaures coll.

Synonymy.

1856.—Sauromalus ater A. DuMERIL, Arch. Mus. d'Hist. Nat., vii, p. 536, pl. xxiii,
figs. 3, 3a.

1858.—Euphryne obesus BAIRD, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1858, p. 253.—Jd., U. S. and Mex.
Bound. Surv., 11., Zool. Rept., p. 6, pl. xxvii (1859).

ie

Tae as

ord PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 411

For comparison with Sauromalus hispidus I give the following table
of details and measurements:

Sauromalus ater.

|

A eect = Vea
a Se ee vetoes ; =
e | Bega ee | 2) | aula
Collector and) | Locality. Date. ae Se | SSeS Saleen ieee
ra No. S of 3 cS °
& | Brae | ieee alee
A | g2\8e/¢a) 6 | 4 |e
RN =| Ae la £ if ahs
x 2 oe) Ss Deo als
p | - > sx | 77) eB | A w
12264 Mallhausen... Yampai Valley...-..-- Woes ee 29} 162| 78| 48| 388/| 203
4172 Thomas ...... Horta YUM ayeATI Ze ceccne|ls= a ani< canine 28 | 182) 73 12 | 302! 140
11810 Mollhausen ..| Colorado River.--....-. estes acct S42 kG Lel|eeree 18 313-153
16503 WOrcuttiessee = | San Diego County, Cal.| Apr., 1889 31) 160) 7% 47 | 253] 125
11810 juv. | Mollhausen...| Colorado River.........|.-..-..----- 37 | *160 | *80 3% | 180 85
ALveEracelOl five SPECIMENS a= (c's \omnicine|scsialew woe seisiwej- alsi=l= 32 | 165 | 16 leew weal Seats Bale

*Abcut.

In all probability the young of Sawromalus hispidus is much less
spiny than the old ones, but the scales would be much larger than in
corresponding specimens of S. ater and their number consequently
smaller.

There is in our collection a medium-sized specimen of a Sauromalus
collected by Mr. L. Belding on Espiritu Santo Island, at La Paz, near
the southern extremity of the peninsula of Lower California (U. S.
National Museum No. 12633), the true position of which I am not yet
prepared to state, as I do not know whether it is fully adult or not. It
is smooth like SN. ater, but the relative size of the scales is somewhat
larger, though not so large as in S. hispidus. It would be very inter-
esting to receive a series of specimens from that locality.

Mr. Belding also states (West American Scientist, 11, April, 1887,
p. 97) that he found a Sawromalus at Guaymas, Mexico, but not having
seen a Specimen I can say nothing as to its specific identity.

It has Jong been suspected that these huge lizards live on vegetable
food, in fact, Dr. Streets’ statement (J. ¢.) as to the nature of their ex-
cretz made it almost certain, but, to remove all doubt, I had the stom-
ach of one of the large specimens (collected by Mr. Townsend) opened,
and Prof. W. B. Barrows, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, had
the kindness to submit the contents to one of the experts in that line
for examination. He reports that the contents are exclusively vegeta-
ble and that the numerous seeds are those of a malvaceous plant, prob-
ably Spheralcea hastulata.

NOTES ON AND LIST OF BIRDS AND EGGS COLLECTED IN ARCTIC
AMERICA, 1861-1866.

BY
Ree MACEARLANE UFR Gi Ss
Chief Factor Hudson Bay Company.*

When recently requested by President Charles N. Bell, of Winnipeg,
to write a paper on Arctic breeding birds, for publication by the His-
torical and Scientific Society of Manitoba, I thought of including therein
a similar reference to the collections made in ornithology and odlogy
by the northern officers of the company subsequent to the year 1859,
when Mr. Robert Kennicott, an able, amiable, and prematurely cut-off
American naturalist, and representative of the Smithsonian Institution
at Washington, first appeared on the Mackenzie River. During bis three
years’ sojourn in that quarter he managed to infuse into one and all with
whom he had any intercourse more or less of his own ardent, zealous,
and indefatigable spirit as a collector; but for want of space, time, and
the requisite material I have had to abandon that idea, and must there-
fore confine myself to giving a résumé of what I was personally ena-
bled to accomplish. I trust, however, that some day an abler hand will
take the matter up, in its entirety, and publish a full account of the
magnificent contributions to the natural history of the Dominion of
Canada obtained by the exertions of Hudson Bay officers throughout
the vast territories covered by the fur trade and commercial operations
of their old company. Amoug those of their number who happened to
be then, or about that time, stationed in the Mackenzie River district,
and who thus rendered very essential service, may be mentioned Messrs.
B. BR. Ross, James Lockhart, Laurence Clarke, Wm. L. Hardisty, James
McDougall, John Reid, C. P. Gaudet, Strachan Jones, J. S. Camseli,
Murdo McLeod, James Sibbiston, A. McKenzie, Andrew Flett, W. J.
McLean, William Brass and W. C. King. In this connection I would
further add that, while the friendly and rather extensive correspondence
carried on for years with many of the foregoing by the late eminent and
much lamented Prof. Spencer F. Baird, of the Smithsonian, evinced his
own deep love for science, it did much to intensify their interest in, and
desire to meet more fully perhaps than was otherwise possible, the
views and objects of that obliging and well-conducted Institution.

“Formerly clerk in charge of Fort Anderson, Anderson River, Mackenzie River
district, northwest territory of Canada.

Proceedings Natioral Museum, Vol. XIV— No. 865.

413

>t tan ol

414 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE,
/

The scope of country intended to be embraced within the above some-
what pretentious heading of ** Arctic America” is bounded on the north
by the Polar Sea to the eastern outlet of the Mackenzie River, on the
east by the coast of Franklin Bay from Cape Bathurst to its depth in
Langton Harbor, on the west by the Lower Mackenzie River, and on the
south by the sixty-seventh parallel of north latitude to its intersection
with longitude 124° W. It may, however, be mentioned that very few
specimens indeed were gathered to the southward of 67° 30’ N. and to
the westward of longitude 129°, except from the Lower Anderson to
the Mackenzie.

The period during which the following collections and observations
were made extended from the beginning of April, 1862, to the end of
June, 1366. No account is, however, taken of a box of specimens ob-
tained in the summer of 1861 and presented to the late Chief Trader
Bernard Rk. Ross. The principal scene of investigation was Fort An-
derson (latitude 68° 30’ N. and longitude 128° W. or thereabouts),
established in 1861 for the Esquimau trade and abandoned in 1866. It
was situated on the right bank of the Anderson River, first visited by
mein 1857. This large stream, which disembogues itself into Liverpool
Bay, has its sources in the Revd. Abbé Petitot’s Ti-Dégalé (Frost-
hardened Mountain), lying at ‘‘ some little distance” to the north of
Great Bear Lake.

The tract of country in question may be briefly described as mainly
flat, but intersected by several hilly ridges or heights of land, having
the principal portion of its surface more or less densely covered with
forest and diversified by gentle eminences, marsby spaces, and spots of
peaty soil, many streams and numerous lakes and sheets of water,
greatly varying in size. Beyond the sixty-eighth degree of latitude,
however, trees become sparse and stunted, except along the ravines
and banks of the larger rivers, where the fringe of timber soon rapidly
narrows and disappears altogether in about 69° N. Thence to the
coast and from the border of the woods to the southeast, begin those
vast steppes, or undulating plains, which extend for hundreds of miles
and are known as the ‘Barren Grounds.” Fewer lakes and streams
are there met witb, while much of the country on the west side of the
Anderson, near its outlet to the Mackenzie, is said to be devoid of wood,
low, and comparatively more marshy than elsewhere; and we have
then the shores and smaller islands and isdlets of Esquimaux Lake
and the adjacent Polar Sea to finish this rather meager sketch. But,
for all that, I do not believe that a field of equal extent, better adapted
for the breeding purposes of so interesting and important a variety,
from the Yellow Warbler to the Golden Eagle, among the land, to the
Least Sandpiper and the Trumpeter Swan, among the water birds of
North America, exists in any other part of the northwest territories
of Canada. :

If the scene of operations was rich and varied, it must be admitted

ease PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 415

that the position held during those years and the opportunities thereby
afforded for making a splendid collection were exceptionally good yet,
owing to ignorance and a want of interest displayed, both by Indians
and Esquimaux in the beginning, one or two rather unfavorable sea-
sons, heavy annual losses of specimens by accidents and neglect, the
almost total destruction by animals of our last spring’s very small list,
the death by epidemic, measles, and scarlatina of the majority of our
best and most experienced native collectors, in the autumn and early
winter months of 1865, and the abandonment of Fort Anderson in the
summer of 1866, both of which last-mentioned adverse factors pre-
vented me from spending the nesting season of that and the sueceed-
ing year, as I had intended, on the shores and in the neighborhood of
Esquimaux Lake and Liverpool Bay, very much still remains to be
done by future explorers, even in this comparatively small section of
the Great Mackenzie Basin, before its fauna is satisfactorily, far less
exhaustively, ascertained, and the result duly commanicated to the
scientific world.

It will be observed from the list which follows that comparatively few
of the many other species of birds which indubitably occur within the
aforesaid defined boundaries, and whose eggs were not discovered or
received by us, are noted therein. The notes themselves are chiefly an
abridgment of the relative text, which had been condensed or quoted
from the copious memoranda furnished along with the specimens, as
contained in that valuable and most interesting ‘History of North
American Birds, by Messrs. 8. F. Baird, T. M. Brewer, and R. Ridg-
way.” The three volumes of the Land Birds were published in 1874,
and the two of Water Birds in 1884, both by Littie, Brown & Co., of
Boston, Massachusetts. For the sake of conformity, however, to the
canons of nomenclature, since adopted by the American Ornithologists’
Union, their recently revised and abridged Check List will be closely
adhered to in the following classification.

WATER BIRDS.
2. Colymbus holbcellii (Reinhardt). Holbell’s Grebe.

My notes record but two nests of this grebe, one contained four and
the other five eggs, and both were found at a distance of some 40 or 50
miles south of Fort Anderson.

3. Colymbus auritus Linnzus. Horned Grebe.

A skin or two, but no eggs, were secured near Lockhart River in June,
1861, and forwarded to the late Mr. B. R. Ross, while a female parent
with five eggs was taken on a nest on the edge of a small lake about 60
miles southeast of the post in June, 1866, but they were afterwards lost
in the manner already alluded to. I should say that grebes were far
from numerous, even in the southern portion of the Anderson country.

416 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.
7. Urinator imber (Gunn.). Loon.

The nest of this diver is usually found in the water on the edge ofa
small lake, and is but a mere depression in the center of a tolerably
large mass of turf, or accumulated decayed vegetable matter, partially
secured from observation by grass and reeds growing thereon, or in its
vicinity. In no instance were more than two eggs taken in any of the
nine recorded nests.

8. Urinator adamsii (Gray). Yellow-billed Loon.

During the period of reproduction this loon abounds in considerable
numbers in Franklin and Liverpool bays, where several examples were
shot. It is also sometimes met with on the larger lakes of the interior.
Although most anxious to possess eggs of this species, we all failed to
discover even one well-authenticated nest, while it is possible that the
two adamsii eggs referred to on page 452, of vol. 1, of the aforesaid
Water Birds of North America, may have belonged to the Great North-
ern Diver. An Esquimaux of our party observed a male Somateria
v-nigra struck and killed on the wing by a bird of this species.

9. Urinator arcticus (Linn.). Black-throated Loon.

This species undoubtedly breeds within the Arctic circle; but we must |

have secured very few specimens, as I only know of one well-authenti-
cated set of eggs, obtained from Fort Anderson in 1865, and which are
now in the odlogical collection of the U.S. National Museum in Wash-

ington.
10. Urinator pacificus (Lawrence). Pacific Loon.

This is the most abundant of all the divers in the region under investi-
gation. Nests were discovered in the wooded country, in the Barren
Grounds, and on the shores and islands of the Arctic coast. In situa-
tion and composition they resemble those of U. imber. In all about
one hundred and sixty-five nests, most of which contained two eggs,
were secured in course of the five seasons, trom 1862 to 1866, inclusive.
Some eggs of this species, as well as of many other birds, also got broken
on their way to the post and in course of emptying and handling them
there. I may here remark that although the several members of the
family Urinatoride occasionally give utterance to rather discordant
sounds while in the water, the Pacific Loon is noted for its peculiarly
loud, weird, and prolonged shrill scream during the season of nidifica-
tion.

11. Urinator lumme (Gunon.). Red-throated Loon.

Although its yearly range in summer is equal to that of U. pacificus,
it is the least numerous of the genus, and but some forty identified nests
were found within the same period of time, and in the stated localities.
Most of these also had two eggs, the maximum number laid by all loons
according to native report and personal observation.

ANSP OS = Vpn tet yams

eee | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ALT
36. Stercorarius pomarinus (Temminck). Pomarine Jaeger.

in June, 1863, an Esquimaux bronght in one jaeger, and in June,
1864, another man traded a male and female specimen, which he killed
near the outlet of Anderson River. On 11th July, 18635, we shot a male:
bird in Franklin Bay. The first-mentioned is inadvertently stated in
the aforesaid History of North American Birds to be the only example
of the species procured, although the receipt of all of them was duly
acknowledged by the Smithsonian Institution. We did not have the
good fortune to become acquainted with its eggs.

37. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.). Parasitic Jaeger.

A more numerous bird than the former, especially in the Barren
Grounds, where several nests were annually discovered on our collect-
ing expeditions from Fort Anderson to Franklin Bay (1862 and 1865).
A few specimens were also obtained from the Esquimaux of the Lower
Anderson River. There is, of course, no darkness for several months
in summer within the before detined Anderson section of the Arctie
regions, while in June the sun at midnight is several degrees above the
horizon. During the period, however, answering to the night in south-
ern latitudes, we often observed in the ‘ Barrens” and on the sea coast
as many as twenty or thirty birds of the genus Stercorarius sitting or
standing on the ground, each bird at the distance of a few yards from
its fellow. They probably reposed at such times, as they never moved
except when closely approached, while no eggs were ever discovered in
the vicinity of these resting places. During the day, also, two or more
birds were frequently noticed quietly reposing or moving very slowly
aloug the ground, and this, too, where no nest actually existed.

38. Stercorarius longicaudus (Vieillot). Long-tailed Jaeger.

This handsome jaeger is quite abundant along the Anderson, in the
* Barrens,” and also on the Arctic coast. It lays two eggs in a depres-
sion in the soil, scantily lined with withered leaves and grasses, ete.,
and as their eggs greatly resemble their surroundings the nest is fre-
quently very difficult to discover. The parent birds, by angry screams
and hostile demonstrations, invariably resent the presence of intruders,
and in more than one instance they becaine so savage in their attacks,
especially the female, that she had to be shot at once in order to pre-
vent actual injury. Over thirty nests were taken, or double as many
as that of the foregoing. The several species of jaeger doubtless de-
Stroy a large number of other birds’ eggs annually.

42. Larus glaucus bBriinn. Glaucous Guli.

Altogether some twenty nests were gathered by our collecting par-
ties, chiefly on sandy islets in the bays of Franklin and Liverpool, and
a few of these were also found on islands on the Lower Anderson; but

Proce Nee ik, Ol == 27

ees

==

mea oS

=

==

i}
in

‘contained two eggs each, and but five had as many as three. The nest

418 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA——MACFARLANE.

the bird itself was observed in various loealities. Fifteen of the nests

was usually a shallow depression in the beach, while in one of them we
discovered an egg of the Black Brant which was being ineubated by a
bird of this species. The egg of the goose was in a more embryo-
developed stage than those of the gull, which we always considered as
about the bravest of the Laride in defense of its eggs and young.

43. Larus leucopterus Faber. (?) Iceland Gull.

This species was not seen, or at all events no specimens found their
way to Fort Anderson from Liverpool Bay; but several sets of the sup-
posed eggs were procured on the shores of Franklin Bay early in July,
1863, and again in July, 1865.

5la. Larus argentatus smithsonianus Coues. American Herring Gull.

This gull is common on the Arctie coast, as well as along the Wilmot-
Horton River (Barren Grounds), and a number of nests were discovered
and the eggs secured in the referred-to localities, and also from islands
on the Lower Anderson.

53. Larus californicus Lawrence California Gull.

Quite a number of specimens with eggs were received from the Lower
Anderson Esquimaux, and one or two nests also were found on the
margin of small lakes in the vicinity of the fort.

55. Larus brachyrhynchus Richardson. Short-billed Gull.

More numerous and widely diffused than the three preceding species.
Its nest is usually a small cavity in the sand by the side of a stream or
sheet of water; but it also frequently builds on a stump or tree, and in
such cases dry twigs, hay, and mosses are used in its construction. A
good many sets of eggs and birds were collected at Fort Anderson.
The parents do their utmost to drive away intruders. On ove occasion
in the ‘ Barrens” we wounded a male which a female Stercorarius para-
siticus set upon as he fell into the water, evidently with no friendly in-
teutions ; but another shot killed both.

59. Larus franklinii Swainson and Richardson. Franklin’s Gull.

Although no example specimen was secured, yet I strongly incline to
think that some gulls of this species breed within the before detined
section of the Arctic regions.

60. Larus philadelphia (Ord). Bonaparte’s Gull.

Thirty seven nests are recorded as having been taken with eggs in
them, between LOth June and 10th July, in the wooded country in th
neighborhood of Fort Anderson and on Lower Anderson River they

cer nl PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A419

were all built on trees at various heights (from 4 to 15 and even 20 feet)
from the ground, and, with one exception, which was composed of down
and velvety leaves held together by some stringy turf, they were made:
of small sticks and twigs lined with hay and mosses, ete. The parents:
always fly about in close proximity to the nest and scream vehemently
when explorers, in the interests of science, are obliged to deprive theny
of their eggs or young, and not infrequently shoot one of them. They
seldom lay more than three eggs.

62. Xema sabinii (Sabine). Sabine’s Gull.

Quite a large number of nests were found on the shores of Franklin
Bay, and a few eggs were also received from the Esquimaux of Liver-
pool Bay. Several specimens of this beautiful gull were shot at the
former point. On the Ist July, 1864, we knocked over three out of a
fiock of sixty which came circling about our encampment; they then
gracefully retired to and alighted in a pool of sea-water at a safe dis-
tance. One of the three having been merely stunned soon recovered,
and after two ineffectual attempts made by an Indian to choke her, she
again revived, and I set her at liberty. She flew away slowly to her
friends, who received her no doubt with demonstrations of great joy,
judging from the noise they made. After a few minutes they all took
their departure, probably to their breeding grounds.

70. Sterna hirundo Linneus. Common Tern.

It breeds extensively on the shores of the Arctic Sea, as well as om
islets in many of the inland lakes of the forest and “ Barrens;” but
although its eggs were not desiderata, and we did all we could to dis-
courage their gathering, yet a large number were received for shipment
to Washington.

71. Sterna paradisea Briinn. Arctic Tern.
This tern is equally common with the foregoing, and we might easily

have made a considerable collection of eggs from various localities.
Neither species approves of a close proximity of man to their nests.

129. Merganser americanus (Cassin). American Merganser.

I am strongly of the belief that this species breeds in small numbers
in the country to the south of Fort Anderson, and that we received
the eggs of one or two nests thereof, which were afterwards lost.

130. Merganser serrator (Linn.). Red-breasted Merganser.

Several nests of this not particularly numerous merganser were
obtained in the vicinity of Fort Anderson, and also in the wooded parts
on both sides of the river, north and south of the post. One was found
on the border of the “ Barrens ” to the east under a fallen tree, close to

420 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

a smal] lake. It was a scooped-out hole lined with feathers and down
and contained six eggs, with their contents in a partially embryo-formed
condition ; the female was snared on hernest. Ten was the maximum
number of eggs found among the obtained specimens.

132. Anas boschas Linnzeus. Mallard.

This abundant and widely distributed duck is to be met with almost
throughout the entire wooded section of country under consideration.
Examples were received from various points. It lays from six to eight
eggs in a nest composed of down and feathers, placed in a hole or de-
pression in the ground contiguous to small clumps or tufts of willow,

ete
133. Anas obscura Gmelin. Black Duck.

Not uncommon on the Anderson River; but although several birds
were shot, we failed to secure even one well authenticated nest of its

eggs.
135. Anas strepera Linn. Gadwall.

Although we obtained no specimens of this duck or its eggs, we had
reason to suppose that it breeds annually in that quarter.

137. Anas americanaGmel. Baldpate.

Numbers of nests were discovered in different places in the vicinity
of Anderson River, and a few as well near Swan River, one of the prin-
cipal affluents of the Wilmot-Horton Barren Grounds.

139. Anas carolinensis Gmel. Green-winged Teal.

This wefound to be one of the rarest among our breeding ducks, and
for that reason but one nest was secured near Fort Anderson. Like
those of most of the teals, it was composed of feathers and dow
placed in a depression on a dry piece of ground close to a clump of
willows.

142. Spatula clypeata (Linn.). Shoveler.

Very rare, and a couple only of specimens were collected at Fort
Anderson during the five or six seasons we resided there.

143. Dafila acuta (Linn.). Pintail.

This and (this especially) the Long tailed Duck, I think, are the most
numerous of the genera which annually resort to the Anderson and the
Arctic coast, and they are also among the first to arrive in the spring.
They were always abundant in the “ Barrens.” The nest was usually a
small cavity or depression in the ground, lined with down, withered
leaves, and a few feathers, and it lays from six to eight eggs. Both
species desert their nests almost immediately after the young are

icon PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 421

latched, and take to the water with them. From frequent observation
I feel convineed that they almost invariably select land locked sheets
of water for the purpose of rearing their young, while most of the other
species of ducks give the preference to running streams.

147. Aythya vallisneria (Wilson). Canvas-back.

A few sets of eggs of this famous duck were found in the vicinity of
Fort Anderson, where it is tolerably abundant during the season of
nidification. The American Scaup Dueck, A. marila nearctica Stejn.,
is also believed to be a summer resident, but I do not think I ever
found any of its eggs.

149. Aythya affinis (Eyt.). Lesser Scaup Duck.

Fairly numerous even to the very edge of the wooded country on the
east side of the Anderson River. Over a dozen nests were secured—and
they were usually found in the midst of a swamp—a mere hole or de-
pression in the centre of a tuft of turf or tussock of grass, lined with
more or less down, feathers, and hay. Nine was the general number of
eggs in a nest, though a few contained no more than six or seven. A.
collaris (Donovan) probably breeds in the same quarter.

152. Glaucionetta islandica (Gmel.). Barrow’s Golden-eye.

Although an individual bird of this species was shot by Mr. Murdo
MacLeod in the vicinity of Fort Anderson, on 29th June, 1863, and a
male example obtained there on the 14th June, 1864, yet our best efforts
failed to discover a single nest in that or any other quarter, and I think
it may be classed among the rarest of ducks visiting that region. We
never observed any specimens of the G. clangula americana (Bonap.),
nor of the Buftle-head, Charitovetta albeola (Linn.), in the Anderson
country.

154. Clangula hyemalis (Linn.). Old-squaw.

The Long-tailed Duck breeds in great numbers in the neighborhood of
Fort Anderson, along the Anderson River, on the Barren Grounds, and
on the shores of the Aretic Sea. Considerably over one hundred nests
were taken, and the eggs varied from five to seven, the latter being the
maximum number recorded in any one instance. In its make the nest
is generally very similar to that of Dafila acuta. From personal obser-
vation, also, I have come to the conclusion that the usual quantity of
down necessary for a duck’s nest is seldom met with before a full set of
eges has been deposited, and that the process of lining with down,
which is plucked off from the body of the female, goes on simultane-
ously with their laying. Thousands of ‘‘Old Squaws” were seen appar-
ently feeding and otherwise disporting themselves in the waters of
Franklin Bay. If present, it is rather surprising that we never came
across a duck of the Harlequin species—Histrionicus histrionicus.

422 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.
161. Somateria v-nigra Gray. Pacific Eider.

This interesting eider breeds in immense numbers on the shores of
Franklin Bay; it is also very abundant on the coast and islands of Liy-
erpool Bay. The nest is usually a shallow cavity inthe ground, more
or less plentifully lined with down. The eggs are generally five, and
but rarely six and seven in number, of a pale sea-green color, “ with a
tinge of olive.” We found some nests on a sloping bank at a distance
of three hundred or more feet from the sea. Others were also on the
main land, but the bulk of those secured by us were obtained from
sandy islets in the bays. Over one thousand eggs of the 8. v-nigra, I
think first made known by us, were forwarded to Washington. The
male bird is very wild and difficult of approach, especially after being
once fired at. On one occasion we discovered a nest containing four
eggs from observing a whi_e owl engaged in eating them. Female birds
appeared to be always largely in excess of males in the bay.

162. Somateria spectabilis (Linn.). King Eider.

Tolerably numerous in Franklin Bay, where an aggregate of some
two hundred eggs were secured on the several summer (1862 to 1865)
visits paid to that quarter. The nest is similar to that of the above

eider, and when not disturbed the female usually lays from four to six
eces. In color they are generally of a light shade of olive gray, and
some are of a grayish green. In addition to the eggs above mentioned
the contents of about twenty nests were also received from the Esqui-
maux of Liverpool Bay. A few birds occasionally breed in close prox-
imity to S. v-nigra, and the male is nearly as wary in keeping beyond
gunshot.

163. Oidemia americana Sw. and Rich.. American Scoter.

This duck undoubtedly breeds in the Anderson River country,
although we never succeeded in obtaining any authenticated speci-
mens. There are also some other breeding water birds whose eggs have
no doubt eluded discovery.

165. ©idemia deglandi Bonaparte. White-winged Scoter.

The Velvet Duck breeds in large numbers throughout the region
under review, as several nests were found in the ‘‘ Barrens,” some near
the Fort, a few on the Lower Anderson and in other parts of the wooded
sections ; these were always depressions in the ground, lined with down,
feathers, and dry grasses, and placed contiguous to ponds or sheets of
fresh aeitel ', frequently amid clumps of small spruce or dwarf willow,
and fairly well concealed from view. The number of eggs found ina
nest varied between five and eight.

ee

|

geen PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 423
166. Oidemia perspicillata (Linn). Surf Scoter.

The remarks made under O. deglandi happen to be, in almost every
respect, equally applicable to the present species, the only difference
noted being that generally less hay and feathers was observed in the
composition of its nest, while only one contained as many as eight eggs,
the usual number being from five to seven. Both Scoters were very
abundant on the seacoast, especially the last mentioned.

169. Chen hyperborea (Pallas). Lesser Snow Goose.

The Esquimaux assured us that large numbers of ‘‘* White Wavies”
annually breed on the shores and islands of Esquimaux Lake and
Liverpool Bay, but, strange to say, we never observed any in the Bar.
ren Grounds proper or on the shores of Franklin Bay. The Esqui-
maux brought into Fort Anderson about one hundred eges, which they
claimed to have discovered among the marshy flats and sandy islets on
the coast of the former, as well as from similar localities on and in the
vicinity of the lake of that (Esquimaux) nam:

169a. Chen hyperborea nivalis (Forster). Greater Snow Goose.

The foregoing remarks are also applicable to this goose, and, no doubt
owing to both species having until lately been considered as mere varie-
ties, there has been some mixing up of their eggs, a question which
future explorations will doubtless solve. It is, however, believed that
here, as well as on Lake Athabasca, the fonier Dreeetle the latter by
some days in their errival in spring. I have always regretted that I
was unable to carry out my intention of devoting at Ilcast two seasons
to a personal exploration of the breeding grounds of this and many
other birds which resort to the so-called ** Esquimaux Lake” and the
shores of Liverpool Bay.

i70. Chen rossii (Baird). Ross’s Snow Goose.

A male bird of this species was shot at Fort Anderson on 25th
May, 1865, where it is by far the least abundant of the genus during
the spring migration. The Esquimaux assured us that it did not breed
in Liverpool Bay, and it may therefore do so, along with the great bulk
of the two larger species, on the extensive islands to the northwest of
the American continent. At Fort Chipewyan, Athabasca, however, it
is the last of the geese to arrive in spring, but among the first to return
in the autumn.

171a. Anser albifrons gambeli ‘(Hartlaub), American White-fronted Goose.

A considerable number of nests of this ‘Gray Wavy” was discovered
in the vicinity of fresh-water lakes in timber tracts, as well as along
the Lower Anderson River to the sea. Some were taken on the Arctic
coast, and several also on islands and islets in Franklin Bay. In all

424 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA——-MACFARLANE.

about one hundred nests were secured. The nest, which was always
a mere shallow cavity in the ground, in every observed and reported
instance had more or less of a lining of hay, feathers, and down, while
the maximum number of eggs in no case exceeded seven. On oth
July, 1864, on our return trip from Franklin Bay, we observed thirty
molting ganders of this species on a small lake in the Barrens.
Our party divided, and by loud shouting and throwing stones at them
they were driven to land, where twenty-seven of them were run down
and captured. Their flesh proved excellent eating ; it is seldom, indeed,
that I have come across a Gray Wavy that was not in good condition
ip the far North.

172. Branta canadensis (Linn.). Canada Goose.

This well-known goose breeds throughout the entire wooded region
of the Mackenzie Basin. Nests were discovered in the vicinity of Fort
Anderson and to the borders of the forest on the east and west sides
of the river of that name, but none were met with in the Barrens
proper, nor on the Arctic Coast. Several deserted hawks’ nests on
trees were found occupied by incubating female birds of this species.
We forwarded one hundred and seventy eggs of B. canadensis to the
Smithsonian.

172a. Branta canadensis hutchinsii (Sw. and Rich.). Hutchins’s Goose.

A large number (fifty) of nests of the smaller Canada Goose was
found on the Lower Anderson, as well as on the shores and islands of
the Arctic Sea. All but one were placed on the earth, and, like that
of the preceding species, it was composed of hay, feathers, and down,
while six was the usual number of eggs. The exceptional case was a
female parent shot while sitting on four eggs in a deserted crow’s or
hawk’s nest built on the fork of a pine tree at a height of about 9 feet.
At the time, the ground in the vicinity thereof was covered with snow
and water, and this may have had something to do with her nesting
in so unusual a place.

172b. Brayta canadensis occidentalis (Baird). White-cheeked Goose.

If no eggs were taken, it is almost certain that this large Canada
Goose is to be met with occasionally at least, if not annually, on the
Anderson, as we had methinks more than one undoubted skin or part
thereof brought in during our residence there.

174. Branta nigricans (Lawrence). Black Brant.

This goose is exceedingly abundant on the Arctic coast of Liverpool
Bay, but it is comparatively rare in Franklin Bay. Large numbers of
eggs were obtained by the I!squimaux in the first mentioned, but
hardly any in the latter locality. We never, however, observed any

Brecm | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 425

ot those birds passing the post on their usual spring and autumn
migrations. Six hundred and fifty eggs were packed up for shipment
from Fort Anderson,

180. Olor columbianus (Ord). Whistling Swan.

The maximum number of eggs taken in the twenty nests of this
swan, which I find recorded, was five, while the nest itself was always
placed on the ground, and several were also found on the coast and
islands of Liverpool and Franklin Bays in the Arctic Ocean.

181. Olor buccinator (Richardson). Trumpeter Swan.

Several nests of this species were met with in the Barren Grounds,
on islands in Franklin Bay, and one containing six eggs was situated
near the beach on a sloping knoll. It was composed of a quantity of
hay, down, and feathers intermixed, and this was the general mode of
structure of the nests of both swans. It usually lays from four to six
eggs, judging from the noted contents of a received total of twenty-
four nests.

’ 204. Grus americana (Linneus). Whooping Crane.

We never succeeded in finding a nest of this crane, which undonbt-
edly breeds in Arctic America as well as in the country to the south-
ward, as a few flocks were observed flying past Fort Anderson both in
spring and autumn.

205. Grus canadensis (Linn.). Little Brown Crane.

A skin was obtained from an Esquimau of the Lower Anderson in
the autumn of 1863, and an egg was found in a nest in Franklin Bay
in June, 1864. A second was discovered the following season on an
island in Liverpool Bay, while the eggs (two each) and parents of two
other nests, received from the Lower Anderson in the spring of 1866,
were afterwards among those referred to as having been destroyed by
animals. The nest is usually but a mere cavity in the sandy soil,
thickly lined with dry grasses, ete.

222. Crymophilus fulicarius (Linn.). Red Phalarope.

This bird is fairly abundant on the shores of Franklin Bay, where
nests were obtained amid marshy flats in the first week in July, 1864,
and again in July, 1865.

223, Phalaropus lobatus (Linn.). Northern Phalarope.

Occurs in great abundance during the breeding season in the wooded
country and in the Barren Grounds right to the coast, where it is,
however, not numerous. The nest, like that of the Red Phalarope, is
a slight depression in the ground, lined with a few dry leaves and
grasses, and is almost invariably situated on the margin of small pools

426 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

or sheets of water. Upwards of seventy nests were secured, the num-
ber of eggs being always four. Although the parent usually left the
pest, both birds would sometimes exhibit great uneasiness and utter
loud cries of distress on the approach of man.

230. Gallinago delicata (Ord). Wilson’s Snipe.

Not particularly numerous in the Anderson country, as we found
comparatively few nests. I may here remark that the nests of all the
Snipes and sandpipers are much alike in composition, number of eggs,
and situation.

232. Macrorhampus scolopaceus (Say). Long-billed Dowitcher.

The few nests of this species as recorded were taken between the
21st of June and the Ist of July, the eggs were always four in num-
ber, but it is not a very abundant bird in the Anderson section of the
Polar regions. JM. griseus (Gmel.) probably breeds in the same quarter.

233. Micropalama himantopus (Bonap.). Stilt Sandpiper.

The Stilt Sandpiper was fairly abundant on the shores of Franklin
Bay, where a number of nests with eggs and young were discovered.
It is, however, very rare in the interior, only one nest having been
taken at Rendezvous Lake on the borders of the wooded country east
of Fort Anderson. On one occasion we could not help admiring the
ccurage and ingenuity displayed by both parents in defense of their
young, which resulted in saving two of the latter from capture.

239. Tringa maculata Vieill. Pectoral Sandpiper.

We failed to discover any nests of this rather rare’species. A few
birds were seen flying past the Fort, and one or two were shot.

240. Tringa fuscicollis Vieill. White-rumped Sandpiper.

Several nests of this sandpiper were found on or near the Arctic
coast of Franklin Bay. One of these taken July 3 contained four eggs
with very large embryos. Another discovered on the following day
held but three eggs. A third found in the Barren Grounds on 29th
June was, like the rest, a shallow cavity in the ground, lined with a few
decayed leaves, containing four eggs, also having very large embryos.
A fourth, obtained on the banks of a small river, held four eggs whose
contents were, however, in a far less developed condition than the
others.

241. Tringa bairdii (Coues). Baird’s Sandpiper.

On 24th June, 1864, a nest containing four eggs was found in the
Barren Grounds, in a swampy tract between two small lakes, and was
composed of a few decayed leaves placed in a small cavity or depres-
sion in the ground, shaded by a tuft of grass. The female bird glided

gL mer ble a ts ei Se ive el ee

ale

lita

Seni PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 427

away from the nest on being approached, passing closely by me, and
then fluttered along drooping her wings as if wounded, endeavoring
thus to lead me away therefrom. It is very uncommon in any northern
quarter through which we passed, although nests were subsequently
discovered in the same as well as in other localities.

242. Tringa minutilla Vieill. Least Sandpiper.

This species was found breeding abundantly at Fort Anderson, on
the borders of. as well as in the Barren Grounds, and on and near the
Arctic coast. Upwards of twenty nests were secured, and in all re-
spects the latter were similar to those already described under this
genus.

246. Hreunetes pusillus (Linn.). Semipalmated Sandpiper.

Fairly abundant in the Barren Grounds, but more so on the shores of
Franklin Bay, where a number of specimens with eggs were secured.
The temale when disturbed frequently glides from the nest, pretending
to be disabled and thereby endeavors to draw away intruders. Occa-
sionally the nests are hidden by tufts of grass. In reference to one of
these, procured on 30th June, 1865, between two small brackish lakes
near the seashore, it may be mentioned that one of our party, a French
Canadian servant, once heard the female parent utter a shrill note of
alarm as She flew away when he approached her nest. After searching
about for a few minutes he failed to find the eggs, and he then hid
himself in order to watch where she would alight on her return. Ina
short time she came back accompanied by three companions, all of
which flew and moved about, but not discovering anything they seemed
to hold a brief consultation, after which they separated, the female to
her eggs. Another search failed to discover the nest, and the female
returned again with the same birds, who appeared to be in a state of
great excitement, judging from the chattering they kept up. After a
little while they again separated, when the nest was found and the
parent shot. The report of the gun brought the others once more to
the spot, but they soon beat a hasty retreat. The nest was a mere de-
pression in the midst of a tussock of hay, and lined with a few withered
leaves and grasses.

248. Calidris arenaria (Linn.). Sanderling.

On 29th June, 1863, we discovered a nest of this species, “ the only
one at that time known to naturalists,” on the Barren Grounds about
10 miles west of Franklin Bay. The nest was composed of withered
hay and leaves placed in a small cavity or depression in the ground,
and it contained four eggs, which were quite fresh. The female was
snared. [tis avery rare bird in that quarter, and we never afterwards
succeeded in finding another nest. ‘The eggs measure 1.44 inches by
0.95 to 0.99 in breadth, and their ground color is a brownish olive,

428 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA——-MACFARLANE.

marked with faint spots and small blotches of bi[{s|tre. These markings
are very generally diffused, but are a little more numerous about the
larger ends. They are of an oblong-pyriform shape.”

251. Limosa hemastica (Linu.). Hudsonian Godwit.

Not very common, although several nests were taken near the post
and on the Lower Anderson River. The nests were all mere depressions,
or small holes scooped in the earth, thinly lined with decayed leaves,
and in almost every instance they contained four eggs. ‘Three of the
eggs received from the Anderson are in the Smithsonian collection. In
two of these the ground is of a deep raw-umber color, or an olivaceous
drab. There are no well-defined spots, but the apex of the larger end
is deeply stained with a dark burnt-umber color. A few very indistinct
spots of a paler shade of this tint are visible over the general surface
of the eggs. The other egg has a ground color of a paler umber-drab,
and the markings are quite distinct. These are small irregular blotches,
longitudinal in their direction, and of a deep burnt-umber tint. The
apex of the larger end is covered by a broad patch, in which all the
markings of a very dark umber, almost black, run into each other.
These eggs are pyriform in shape, and measure 2.15 by 1.41, 2.12 by 1.39,
and 2.22 by 1.40 inches.”

255. Totanus flavipes (Gmel.). Yellow-legs.

Probably the most abundant and certainly the noisest of all the
waders met with. Nests were found at Fort Anderson, on the Lower
Anderson, in the wooded country to and along the rivers which flow
through the Barren Grounds. Inmany instancesthe male bird was seen
perching on trees in the vicinity, but when young were present both
parents were particularly noisy, and did all that was possible to attract
away intruders, while the former soon learned to run and screen them-
selves from view in the grass. Over thirty nest entries are recorded,
while it is among the earliest of the waders which arrive and breed in
the region under review.

262. Tryngites subruficollis (Vieillot). Buff-breasted Sandpiper.

This species is common in the Barren Grounds east of Horton River
and on the Arctic coast. Between the 26th of June and the 9th of July
upwards of twenty sets of eggs were secured, and there were four in
every nest, which was a mere depression in the soil, scantily lined with
a few withered leaves and dried grasses. When the nest was approached
the female parent usually made a low flight to a short distance.

263. Actitis macularia (Linn.). Spotted Sandpiper.

Not being desiderata, comparatively few eggs were collected, although
the bird itself is numerous along the Anderson and Lockhart Rivers,
and in many other parts within the defined boundaries. It was not,
however, observed by us on the shores of the Arctic Sea.

Se ei PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A429
265. Numenius hudsonicus Latham. Hudsonian Curlew.

We did not encounter this curlew on our several eastern journeys to
and from, nor on the coast of Franklin Bay; but it is by no means very
rare in the “Barrens” to the west of the Lower Anderson, where the
Esquimaux discovered some thirteen well identified nests with eggs.

266. Numenius borealis (Forster). Esquimaux Curlew.

This species breeds abundantly in the Barren Grounds to the east-
ward of Fort Anderson—and, except when otherwise described, these
are the “ Barrens,” which are invariably referred to, right up to the
Polar Sea. The nests in every observed instance were mere holes or
depressions in the ground. Great difficulty was frequently experienced
in finding them, as the eggs closely resembled the surrounding vegeta-
tion, and the mother, as a rule, glided off while we were still at some
distance. Thirty sets of eggs were gathered, including several from the
aforesaid Lower Anderson “Barrens.” Among the many joyous bird
notes which greet one while crossing these grounds, especially on a fine
sunshiny morning, none seemed more familiar or pleasanter than the
prolonged mellow whistle of the Esquimaux Curlew.

270. Charadrius squatarola (Linn.). Black-bellied Plover.

Our first introduction to this handsome and somewhat rare Arctic
plover was on Island Point in Franklin Bay, on 4th July, 1864. The
nest contained four eggs and was composed of asmall quantity of with- |
ered grasses placed in a depression on the side or face of a very gentle
eminence. Both parents were seen and the male shot. We at first mis-
took them for the Golden Plover, which they so much resemble, but
their note and a close comparison of skins soon undeceived us. On the
following day another nest with four eggs was discovered, and a third
also was met with, over which a snare was set; but, unfortunately,
while we slept, a Snowy Owl (Nyctea nyctea Linn.) devoured the cap-
tured female, together with her four eggs. In 1865, seven nests were
gathered by our party in the same quarter. It is probable that both
parents relieve each other during: the process of incubation, as a male
bird was snared on one of the nests. We never received a single skin
or egg of this, but plenty of the Golden Piover, from the Esquimaux of
the Lower Anderson or from the shores of Liverpool Bay.

272. Charadrius dominicus Miill. American Goldep Plover.

This beautiful species is very numerous in the Barren Grounds, from
the outskirts of the forest to the shores of the Polar Sea. The nests
were precisely similar to those of C. squatarola. They were also as diffi-
cult to detect, and for the same reason, a harmonizing resemblance of
the egg markings to the surrounding soil and a timeous departure of the
female bird from hernest. Ina very few instances, where sbe happened
to be surprised by a close approach, she would pretend lameness and

EE Se

430 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

flutter away from our very feet. Ou one occasion our party spent half
an hourin a close but fruitless search, during which the female resorted
to various maneuvers to hide the nest; but on our withdrawal toa short
distance she at last revealed it by settling down upon hereggs. I find
one hundred and seventy nests recorded amoung my notes. Except
when there was reason to believe that the full number had not been
deposited four eggs were always met with. In one instance, however,
there was as many as five, and in another but one, the contents of which
were found in a well-developed condition. Foxes also destroy many
eggs and young of this and other species during the season of nidifica-
tion. The frequentiy varying but sweetly clear and melodious notes
of this Plover are almost constantly heard whilst traversing their usual
breeding grounds.

274. Agialitis semipalmata Bonaparte. Semipalmated Plover.

This bird is quite common on the before defined coast of the Arctic
Ocean and along the Anderson and Lockhart Rivers, as well as in the
country between Fort Anderson and Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River.
Most of the twenty nests taken contained four eggs, and several but
two or three. When closely approached, the female usually glided
trom her nest and ran a short distance before tlying, occasionally droop-
ing her wings and pretending lameness. The nest is a mere cavity in
the sand lined with a few withered leaves and grasses.

283. Arenaria interpres (Linn.). Turnstone.

In June, 1564, a dozen birds were observed at Fort Anderson, and
one was shot. This species breeds on the shores of Liverpool and
Franklin Bays, and on the Lower Anderson River. Several nests were
secured in the latter region; but none were met with in the Barren
Grounds. Four was the maximum number of eggs in a nest, which
was Similar to that of other waders,

LAND BIRDS.

298. Dendragapus canadensis (Linn.). Canada Grouse.

Although no nest was discovered, this grouse has been frequently
observed in the forest country south of Fort Anderson.

301. Lagopus lagopus (Linn.). Willow Ptarmigan.

This species is exceedingly abundant in the neighborhood of Fort
Anderson on the Lower Anderson River, and in the wooded country to
the eastward. It is not, however, common in the Barren Grounds,
especially from Horton River to Franklin Bay, where it is replaced by
L. rupestris. The nest is invariably on the ground, and consists of a
few withered leaves placed in a shallow cavity or depression. The

erssind PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 431

female sometimes only leaves it when almost trodden under foot—in
fact, several were swooped upon and caught thereon by hand! ‘They
usually begin to lay about the end of May or beginning of June. The
process of moulting or the gradual assumption of their summer plu-
mage commences a week or two earlier. The female lays from seven to
ten, twelve and occasionally as many as thirteen eggs, which I find
was the greatest number recorded, and we had reason to know that
some at least of the nests were used by Ptarmigan several seasons in
succession. When very closely approached, as stated, the female
would frequently flutter off, sometimes spreading her wings and ruffling
her feathers as if to attack or frighten away intruders; and at others,
calling out in distressed tones and acting as if she had been severely
wounded. In one instance, where an Indian collector had found a nest
which then contained seven eggs, he placed a snare thereon; but on
returning to the spot a few hours afterwards, he was surprised to find
that six of the eggs had disappeared in the interim, and, as no egg
shells (the male escaped) were left behind, they were, in all probability,
removed by the pareuts to a safer position. The male bird is generally
not far away from the nest; and his peculiarly hoarse and prolonged
note is very frequently heard, the more especially between the hours
of 10 p.m. and 2a.m. Both, however, displayed great courage and
devotion in protecting their young, which we often encountered on our
return coast trips, from capture. In course of the five exploring sea-
sous, nearly five hundred nests ard considerably over three thousand
eggs of this species were secured in the Anderson region. In the end
ot Septeiuber, during October, and early in November, annually, Z.
lagopus assemble in large flocks; but during the winter it was seldom
that’ more than two or three dozen were ever noticed in single compa-
nies. They are, however, most winters very numerous in the neighbor-
hood of Fort Good Hopeand other Hudson Bay Company’s posts in the
Mackenzie River district; but as the spring sets in they begin to
migrate northwards. It is very doubtful if many breed to the south
of latitude 68° north—at least, in the valley of the Anderson.

302. Lagopus rupestris (Gmel.). Rock Ptarmigan.

This ptarmigan is not near so plentiful as ZL. lagopus, and we only
met with it in any considerable numbers from Horton River, Barren
Grounds, to the shores of Franklin Bay. Very few nests were found
to the eastward of that river, or on the coast or “ Barrens” of the Lower
Anderson. Its nest is similar, but it lays fewer eggs than ZL. lagopus,
as hine proved to be the rarely attained maximum among an aggre-
gate record of sixty-five nests—the usual number was six and seven,
and there were some which held only four and five eggs. Several of
these would doubtless have contained more had they been discovered
at a later date. It was no easy matter, however, to find the nests of this
Species, as the plumage of the birds and the color of the eggs both

432 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

strongly resembled the neighboring vegetation. At thesame time the
female sat so very closely that more than one was caught on the nest;
and I recollect an instance where the female bird, on the very near
approach of our party, must have crouched as much as possible, in the
hope that she might not be noticed, which would have happened had
not one of the smartest of our Indian collectors caught a glance of her
eye. Although lots of male ‘‘ Rockers” were observed on our summer
trips, feeding and otherwise disporting themselves in the ‘“ Barreus,”
yet comparatively few nests were obtained, and except in 1862 not one
well identified example was discovered west of Horton River, but dur-
ing winter scores of L. rupestris were met with in the forest country
east of Fort Anderson.

308. Pediocetes phasianellus (Linn.). Sharp-tailed Grouse.

This grouse breeds in the pine forests on both sides of the Lockhart
and Upper Anderson Rivers, where one or two nests were met with,
but the eggs were afterwards lost.

331. Circus hudsonius (Linn.). Marsh Hawk.

In June, 1865, an Esquimau snared a female bird on her nest on a
willow bush along the Lower Anderson River. It contained five eggs.
In June, 1866, a nest composed of twigs and grasses, etc., was found in
a similar position; there were six eggs, but they were unfortunately
among those lost that season.

334. Accipiter atricapillus (Wilson). American Goshawk.

This species is confidently believed to breed, in small numbers how-
ever, in the wooded country between Fort Good Hope and the Ander-

son.
342. Buteo swainsoni Bonap. Swainson’s Hawk.

In July, 1861, we discovered a nest of this species which was built
on a spruce tree along Onion River, the principal tributary of the
Lockhart. It contained two well-grown birds. Both parents were
about and made a great ado in endeavoring to protect their offspring.
The male was shot. In June, 1865, another nest was found on the top
crotch of a tall pine in a ravine some 20 miles southeast of Fort Ander-
son. In composition it was similar to the nest of an Archibuteo. The
female was shot as she got off her nest, which contained but one egg in
a well developed stage. The male was not seen.

347a. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmel.). American Rough-legged

Hawk.
This-form of A. lagopus is abundant in the Anderson district. as
specimens have been obtained from all parts of the surrounding forest
to the borders of the Barrens, as well as from the Arctie coast. I

BS aote PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 433

find that no less than seventy nests were collected during the period of
exploration treated of by my notes. About fifty-five of them were
built in the crotches of trees not far from the top, and at a height of 20
or 30 feet from the ground. They were composed externally of sticks,
twigs, and small branches, rather comfortably lined with hay, mosses,
down, and feathers. The remaining fifteen were situated near the edge
of steep cliffs of shady rock on the face of deep ravines and on declivi-
tous river banks,and they were usually made of willow sticks and twigs,
but with a thicker lining of hay, moss, and other soft materials. The
eggs varied from three to five, never more than the latter number, and
their contents were like those of some other birds’ eggs gathered by us,
in different stages of incubation in the same nest. The parents inva-
riably manifested great uneasiness and frequently gave utterance to
vociferous screams of anger and distress when their nests were ap-
proached. Early in June, 1864, one of our Indian employés found a
nest containing three eggs on a high ledge of bituminous shale, and, as
the rule was to secure the parent bird in all possible cases for identi-
fication, having missed killing both he placed a snare about the nest,
but on going to it later in the day he wasdisgusted at finding the snare
set aside, the eggs gone, andthe birds not to be seen; but as there were
10 shell remains he presumed that they had removed the eggs to a safer
position, wuich he, however, failed to discover. ‘ Dozens,” and not as
stated “ hundreds,” of skins of this species were forwarded by us to the
Smithsonian Institution.

' 349. Aquila chrysaétos (Linn.). Golden Eagle.

From various points along the valley of the Anderson River to its
outlet in Liverpool Bay and from the mouth of the Wilmot Horton in
Franklin Bay, an aggregate of twelve nests of this eagle were obtained
by us in the course of the seasons from 1862 to 1865, inclusive. Ten of
this number were built against the face of steep and almost inaccessible
banks of shale or earth at a height sometimes of 70 or 80 feet, and from 20
to 30 feet below the summit. One thus examined, in 1864, was found to
beof considerable size, and it was composed of a large platform of built-up
twigs and sticks, having a bed of hay, moss, and feathers in the center,
and, as this and other similarly constructed nests appeared to be an-
nually renovated prior to reoccupation, they must ultimately assume
vast proportions. Pillaged nests are however frequently deserted for a
period, but in one instance where the female had been snared upon her
nest and the eggs taken it was found occupied the following season
probably by the widowed male with another mate. She was shot and
proved to be a mature bird. In two instances only were the nests con-
structed near the top of tall spruce pines; the sandy nature of the soil
in their vicinity was not favorable for building on cliffs. But in no
case, however, did any of our party find or our collectors report having
_ Seen a large accumulation of bones or other food débris on or in the
Proc..N.. M. 91 28

434 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

neighborhood of the nests. All of these but one contained two eggs,
while the oviduct of that particular female contained the other. In
confinement, even when taken young, they are fierce and perhaps un-
tamable, though they readily eat the food given to them, whether it be
fish or meat. One of four, thus reared at Fort Anderson a year or two
later, ferociously killed two of her partners. They kept their plumage
in a very cleanly condition, and they always grasped their food in the
talons of either leg and tore it with their beaks. After feeding they in-
variably removed any blood or other impurities which might have ad-
hered to the beak by scratching it with their talons or rubbing it against
the bars of their cage. The eagles in question were kept in a cage in
the dwelling house during the colder months of the winter, but in April
we had them removed to a larger one outside, where they exercised
themselves by jumping off and on their roosting poles, and they also
seemed much interested in all that they observed taking place within
the Fort Square. It is, however, remarkablein this connection that the
parent birds may be said to have never given any trouble while their
nests were being robbed. Mice, lemmings, and marmots form no unim-
portant item in the diet of this eagle, one of which was ounce seen hunt-
ing Parry’s Spermophile or Marmot, near Langton Harbor, Franklin
Bay.
352. Halizwetus leucocephalus (Linn.). Bald Eagle.

Several nests were found with eggs and young in them on Lockhart
and Anderson Rivers. They were built on high trees close to the river
banks and composed of dried sticks and branches lined with deer hair,
mosses, hay, and other sofé materials. There were from two to three
eggs in each nest. In one instance the parents made hostile demon-
strations when their nest was being robbed, but they generally flew
away and kept at a safe distance. They are not very numerous. and
it is doubtful if any breed to the northward of Fort Anderson.

354a. Falco rusticolus gyrfalco (Linn.). Gyrfalcon.

This gyrfalcon is common in the wooded country on both sides of
Anderson River. Over twenty nests were secured, and with only two
exceptions, which were built, one on a ledge of rocks and the other
against the side of a deep ravine, they were found close to or near the
top of the tallest trees in the neighborhood. They were similar in com-
position, but smaller in size than those of the Bald Eagle; and while
the number of eggs was either three or four, their contents were fre-
quently found in differing stages of development. Both parents invari-
ably manifested much anger and excitement when interfered with or
even distantly approached. They made a great noise, and, indeed,
oftener than once their folly in coming to scream loudly over our heads
attracted attention to some that would otherwise have escaped notice.
The earliest date of finding a nest was May 10. The eggs were quite

ot | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 435

fresh, though one taken five days later contained partially formed em-
bryo. In afew cases young birds were in the same nest along with
eggs, the contents of which were but little changed, and in another an .
egg perfectly fresh was found with several ready to hatch. This Falcon
is Supposed to be a “ winterer” in the northern territories of Canada,
where its prey is said to consist chiefly of partridges. The allied F.
rusticolus (Linn.), or probably F. islandus (Briinn.), breed in small num-
bers in the same region, as the Indians often spoke of a large hawk,
twice observed by myself, which had successfully eluded all attempts
to capture itself or its eggs.

356. Falco peregrinus anatum (Bonap.). Duck Hawk.

This falcon constructs no nest whatever so far as I know. It lays its
eggs on the most inaccessible ledge of a river cliff of strata, earth, or rock.
Four is the usual number, and in some instances the eggs were larger
than in others. All of the discovered nests were found in the country
to the southward of the post, and it is doubtful if they breed much be-
yond latitude 68° north. The Duck Hawk makes a great ado when its
eggs are taken. Early in August, for several successive years, young
birds of the season, fully fledged, but still attended by their parents,
were noticed along the limestone and sandstone banks of the Mackenzie
River.

357. Falco columbarius Lion. Pigeon Hawk.

This falcon ranges along the Anderson River almost to the Aretic ~
coast of Liverpool Bay. Several of their nests had apparently been
built by them on pine trees, and others on the ledges of shaly eliffs.
The former were composed externally of a few dry willow twigs and
internally of withered hay or grasses, etc., and the latter had only a
very few decayed leaves under the eggs. In one instance the oviduct
of the female contained an egg almost ready for extrusion. It was
colored like the others, but the matter was still so soft that it adhered
to the fingers on being touched. This peculiarity was noticed in the
case of several among a number of similarly discovered eggs, although
a few examples taken from the oviduct of the same species were per-
fectly white. ‘I would also mention the following interesting cireum-
stance: On the 25th of May, 1864, a trusty Indian in my employ found
a nest placed in the midst of a thick pine branch of a tree at a height
of about six feet from the ground. It was rather loosely constructed
of afew dry sticks and a small quantity of coarse hay. It then con-
tained two eggs. Both parents were seen, fired at, and missed. On
the 31st he revisited the nest, which still held but two eggs, and again
missed the birds. Several days later he made another visit thereto,
and to his surprise the eggs and parents had disappeared. His first
impression was that some other persou had taken them. After looking
carefully around, he perceived both birds at a short distance, and this

©

436 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

led him to institute a search which soon resulted in finding that the
eggs must have been removed by the parent birds to the face of a muddy
bank at least forty yards distant from the original nest. A few decayed
leaves had been placed under them, but nothing else in the way of lin-
ing. A third egg had been added in the interim. There can hardly
be any doubt of the truth of the foregoing facts.

358. Falco richardsonii Ridgway. Richardson’s Merlin.

This species is supposed to breed in the same region as F. columbarius,
and in all probability some of the eggs appearing thereunder may have
belonged to Richardson’s Pigeon Hawk.

364. Pandion haliaétus carolinensis (Gmel.). American Osprey.

If this species does not extend quite to Fort Anderson, I feel satis-
fied that [ have seen more than one specimen, though not sufficiently
near to be shot, between that post and Fort Good Hope on Mackenzie
River.

367. Asio accipitrinus (Pallas). Short-eared Owl.

Twelve nests of this species were found in various situations in
the ‘“‘ Barrens,” as well as in wooded tracts, but all were on the
ground and mere depressions apparently scraped for the purpose, and
lined with dried grasses and withered leaves; a few feathers were
noticed in about half of them, and they seemed to have been plucked
from her breast by the parent bird. She occasionally sits very close
on her nest. The number of eggs in a nest varied between three and
five, and but one contained as many as seven. On 30th June, 1865, an
Owl was observed flying about a particular spot in the Barren Grounds,
and we concluded that its mate was not far off, a suspicion con-
firmed by its uneasy excitement as soon as a search was instituted.
Myself and four of our party were thus fully engaged over an hour
ere success rewarded our efforts by the female getting off her nest in
the center of a small clump of dwarf willows, one foot in height, just
as she was almost trodden upon. It was composed of withered grasses
and feathers, and contained five eggs. We must have frequently ap-
proached her in the course of our protracted search.

370. Scotiaptex cinerea (Gmel.). Great Gray Owl.

| should not say that this owl was in “ great abundance” in the An-
derson region, as inadvertently stated on page 33, vol. 111, of the Land
Birds. We certainly observed very few specimens, and we found but
one nest, that referred to in the same paragraph, on the 19th July, 1862,
near Lockhart River, on the route to Fort Good Hope. It was built on
a pine spruce tree at a height of about twenty feet, and was composed
of twigs and mosses thinly lined with feathers and down. It contained

NOL aN PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 437

two eggs and two young, both of which had lately died. The female
left the nest at our approach and flew to another tree at some distance,
where she was shot.

371. Nyctala tengmalmi richardsoni (Bonap.). Richardson’s Owl.

This owl, ora bird closely answering to the description, was repeat-
edly observed in the country between Fort Good Hope and the Ander-
son River.

375b. Bubo virginianus arcticus (Swainson). Arctic Horned Owl.

A similar remark to that made regarding No. 371 will also prove
correct under this owl, or to the B. virginianus subarcticus of Hoy.

376. Nyctea nyctea (Linn.). Snowy Owl.

This species is not plentiful in the Anderson country, while every
effort made to secure even one specimen nest with its eggs proved
unsuccessful. On one occasion we noticed a white owl hunting mar-
mots (Spermophilus empetra) in the barren grounds; and there can be
no doubt that this and other owls sometimes rob ptarmigan and ducks,
etc., of their eggs.

377a. Surnia ulula caparoch (Miill.). American Hawk Owl.

The Hawk Owl is not uncommon in the region of Anderson River,
although only four nests were discovered and the eggs taken there-
from. All of these were built in pine trees at a considerable height
from the ground. One was actually placed on the topmost boughs,
and, like the others, it was constructed of small sticks and twigs lined
with hay and moss. The male and female of the latter were shot, and
the nest contained two young birds, one of which was apparently ten
days and the other three weeks old, together with an addled egg. All
of the others, however, but one, had six eggs, and in a single instance
as many as seven were secured. The parents always disapproved of
our proceedings. Very few owls were observed on the lines of march
traveled over during the seasons of 1864 and 1865. This species win-
ters in Arctic America.

390. Ceryle alcyon (Linn). Belted Kingfisher.

Although several birds were seen on the Anderson and elsewhere,
and some skins were obtained from the Esquimaux, yet we never found
any nests, nor received its eggs from any of the natives.

400. Picoides arcticus (Swainson). Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker.

It is believed that this species breeds and also winters in the Arctic
regions. My notes record the finding at Fort Anderson, on 30th May,
1863, of a nest containing three perfectly fresh eggs—a mere hole in a

438 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—-MACFARLANE.

dry pine several feet from the ground. A female bird answering to the
given description was shot in its vicinity. -It may, however, have been
an example of P. americanus.

40la. Picoides americanus alascensis (Nelson). Alaskan Three-toed Woodpecker.

Although no reference is made to their receipt in the said Land Bird’s
History, my notes record that on 5th June, 1864, both parents were shot
in close proximity to the nest, which contained four eggs. It was a hole
in a dry spruce, at a height of six or seven feet—the eggs were lying on
the decayed dust of the tree and their contents were perfectly fresh.
On 21st June, 1564, a nest probably of the same species was found in a
similar position, and it was occupied by four young birds of a week or
ten days age. One of the parents was seen in the vicinity. This bird
was formerly known, and the specimens receipted by the Smithsonian,
as P. hirsutus.

412. Colaptes auratus (Linn.). Flicker.

It is by no means scarce in the valley of the Anderson; but as its
eggs are notin demand very few indeed were gathered for transmission
to Washington.

420. Chordeiles virginianus (Gmel.). Nighthawk.

A few straggling birds have been observed in the far north; but I
never came across its nest except in the Clear Water River, Athabasca,
where one containing two eggs was found on the ground in the end of
June, 1873.

468. Empidonax hammondi (Xantus). Hammond’s Flycatcher.

From an article published in Volume JI of the ‘ Proceedings of the
United States National Museum, 1879,” by the late eminent and well-
known odlogist, Dr. Brewer, of Boston, I find a reference to some eggs
of this Flycatcher obtained from “Anderson River,” which I conelude
were sent to the Smithsonian among a number of unidentified speci-
mens, as I ean discover no specific record thereof, nor of an example of
Myiodioctes pusillus, entered in the Receipt List of Birds, under either
heading, in my field notes.

474. Otocoris alpestris (Linn.). Horned Lark.

Nine nests of this lark were received at Fort Anderson—a few of them
from the Esquimaux, and the others were collected by us in the Barrens
and on the coast of Franklin Bay. The nest was usually composed of
fine hay neatly disposed and lined with deer hair. Several of the parent
birds were secured by snares placed thereon.

ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 439
484. Perisoreus canadensis (Linn.). Canada Jay.

Tolerably numerous in the wooded country, even to its northern and
eastern limits; but none were observed by us in the Barrens proper
west or east of Horton River, nor on the Arctic coast. While snow is
still on the ground it usually builds its nest in spruce or tamarac trees—
often in the middie of a swamp—on the branches close to the trunk and
well concealed from view, and at a height of about nine or ten feet.
They are constructed of hay and feathers, supported underneath by
twigs and willow sticks laid crosswise and partly interlaced. On 11th
May, 1863, an Indian discovered a nest and one egg perfectly fresh,
along with two young birds a few days old. Another nest contained
four eggs, the contents of which were in a more or less developed stage
ofineubation. It is very probable that the one referred to, as well as
all other specimens of the ‘‘ Whisky Jack” procured from the lower
Anderson and Mackenzie Rivers, may really belong to Ridgway’s re-
cently determined form of this Jay, P. canadensis fumifrons.

486. Corvus corax principalis Ridgway. Northern Raven.

This species is abundant at Fort Anderson and on the lower Lock-
hart and Anderson Rivers; and although not seen by us there, it may
possibly breed on the shores of the Arctic Sea. All but one of the eight
recorded nests were situated on tall pines, and composed of dry willow
sticks and twigs and thickly lined with either deer hair or dry mosses,
grasses, and more or less hair from various animals. The average num-
ber of eggs was six, but instances of seven and eight were common. In
the months of February and March, 1865, a raven became almost do-
mesticated at Fort Anderson. At first it fed on garbage outside of the
fort with acompanion; but shortly after it came alone, alighting within
the stockade square, and would allow itself to be very closely approached
by the inmates. Several young dogs soon became familiar therewith,
and they would even frolic and gambol together. It was never known
to attempt to injure the smallest of them, nor did they ever offer to an-
noy it. While this raven seemed to have full confidence in the people
of the fort it kept at a careful distance from all Indian or Esquimaux
visitors. It, however, suddenly disappeared one day, having probably
come to grief. On 11th June, 1863, an Esquimaux brought me an egg
of a Pigeon hawk and the head of a crow, having, as he declared, shot
it on the nest, which was built on the topmost crotch of a pine tree—the
latter therefore probably either ate the other eggs, shells and all, if there
were any, or dispossessed the former birds with the view of occupying
it herself.

488. Corvus americanus Audubon, American Crow.

On 10th May, 1865, an Esquimaux snared the parent bird on a nest
which was built on the top of a tall spruce on the Lower Anderson
River—a mass of dried twigs and branches lined with hay, mosses, and

440 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

sundries—it contained four eggs. Another, taken near the fort on 5th
May, 1866, had five eggs with largely developed embryos in them.

509. Scolecophagus carolinus (Miill.). Rusty Blackbird.

This bird is fairly abundant in the neighborhood of Fort Anderson ;
but examples were frequently observed as far as the eastern limits of
the forest, as well as near the ‘ crossing” on Horton Hiver, in about
latitude 69° N. and longitude 125° W. The twenty-five nests discov-
ered in these several localities were built on trees at a height of from
5 to 8 feet from the ground. Five eggs was the maximum number
found in any onenest. The parents manifested great uneasiness when
their nests were approached, and they would often fly from tree to tree
in order to attract one away from the spot.

515. Pinicola enucleator (Linn.). Pine Grosbeak.

In the spring of 186L an Indian discovered a nest of this species on a
pine tree some 60 miles south of Fort Anderson, but unfortunately
while descending therewith he fell and destroyed both nest and eggs;
and although we frequently observed some birds at the post and else-
where, we never succeeded in finding another nest.

521. Loxia curvirostra minor (Brehm). American Crossbill.

Several birds resembling the published description of this species
were seen at Furt Anderson, fired at and missed on 20th June, 1862,
but the closest search failed to discover any nests.

522. Loxia leucoptera Gmel. White-winged Crossbill.

A male and female specimen of this crossbill was obtained during
our residence on the Anderson, where examples—some of which were
subsequently lost—of special desiderata were kept in hand for the
benefit of our Indian and Esquimaux collectors. The former assured
me that they had occasionally observed birds of both, but especially
this species, in the country to the southward of the fort.

527a. Acanthis hornemannii exilipes (Coues). Hoary Redpoll.

Common on Anderson River. They build their nests on low pine
and willow bushes, and the eggs are usually four and five in number.
This is believed to be one of the “winterers” in that quarter. A. hor-
nemannti may also be a residenter.

528. Acanthis linaria (Linn.). Redpoll.

A similar remark will apply here as under the preceding, both species
being about equally abundant in the wooded country. In all we re-
ceived and exported about eighty nests belonging to Nos. 527a and 528,
and we found them more abundant in 1864 than during any other season.

eal PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 441
534. Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.). Snowflake.

The only authenticated nest and eggs (No. 10433) in the Smithsonian
Museum in 1874 was that discovered by us on 8th July, 1864, in a small
hole large enough to admit of the female, and it was placed at a dis-
tance of nearly 2 feet from the entrance, in a sand bank along the
shores of Franklin Bay. ‘Tbe nest is deeply saucer-shaped, and com-
posed of wiry grass stems, with a few feathers in the lining. External
diameter 3.75 inches, internal about 3, depth 2.50 externally and 1.50
internally. The eggs, five in number, are of a dull white, with per-
haps a faint bluish cast, sprinkled and spattered with a dilute yellowish
rvefous, the markings most numerous towards the larger end. They
measure 0.95 of an inch in length, by 0.64in breadth.” The parent bird
was snared on the nest. In 1865 we observed a number of P. nivalis on
the same coast, but failed to find another nest.

536. Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.). Lapland Longspur.

Altogether eighty-three nests of this species were obtained in the
Barren Grounds, as well as on the shores of Franklin Bay. One from
the latter, found on 27th June, 1364, was like all the others, built on
the ground, “and is deeply saucer-shaped, measuring 3.75 inches ex-
ternal and 2.30 inches internal diameter; the depth 2.75 exteriorly and
1.50 interiorly. It is composed of coarse wiry grass stems and softly
lined with feathers of Lagopus. The eggs, five in number, have the
ground color light umber-drab, faintly blotched with deeper livid slate,
and with afew straggling black lines, much as in certain [cterid@ and in
Chondestes. They measured 0.86 of an inch in length by 0.63 in breadth?

537. Calcarius pictus (Swains.). Smiths’s Longspur.

Very abundant in the country to the eastward of Fort Anderson, in
the Barren Grounds and on the Lower Anderson River. These sev-
eral localities yielded an aggregate of one hundred and fifty nests.
They were all on the ground, and usually in open spaces or plains, but
some were also placed in the vicinity of trees. The average number of
eggs was four; occasionally as many as five. ‘The nests were con-
structed of fine dry grasses, carefully arranged and lined with down,
feathers or finer materials similar to those of the outer portions. In a
few there were no feathers, in others feathers in varying proportions,
and in several the down and feathers composed the chief portion of the
nest, with only a few leaves and a little hay as a base for the nest.”

540 Poocetes gramineus (Gmel.). Vesper Sparrow.

On 26th June, 1864, we found a nest of this species containing six
eggs, in a sparsely wooded tract of country east of Fort Anderson. The
female was snared. The bird, as well as the nest and eggs, all strongly

442 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

agreed with the published description, but, as it is stated in the history
referred to that no specimens were obtained by us, I must conciude
that they were lost en route or that we had erred in our identification.

542a. Ammodramus sandwichensis savanna (Wilson). Savanna Sparrow.

Numerous on the Anderson, and, although frequenting marshes, it
generally makes its nest on dry ground, of course, with a lining of
the finer grasses. There are usually from four to six eggs in a nest.

542). Ammodramus sandwichensis alaudinus (Bonap.). Western Savanna
Sparrow.

Very abundant in marshy and sparsely wooded tracts or plains near
Fort Anderson and on the lower river, seeing that ‘‘ upwards of two
hundred nests with eggs” were collected in that quarter. They were
all placed on the ground and composed of dry stems of grasses, lined
with finer materials of the same. Sometimes the nests are lined with
a few feathers and deer’s hair. The number of eggs in a nest was four
or five.

556. Zonotrichia leucophrys intermedia, Ridgway. Intermediate Sparrow.

Later investigations have resulted in determining that all references
to Z. gambeli (Nutt) given in Baird, Brewer and Ridgway’s History of
North American Birds should apply to this new species, which replaces
the other in northern Alaska, as well as on the Lower Anderson and
Mackenzie Rivers. The Intermediate Sparrow breeds in great numbers
in the wooded sections of Anderson district. The nests were nearly
always placed on the ground, in the tufts or tussocks of grass, clumps
of Labrador tea (Ledum palustre), and amid stunted willows. They
were composed of fine hay and lined with deer hair, occasionally
mixed with a few feathers. Several were made entirely, of the finer
grasses. The usual number of eggs was four, but a lot contained as
many as five and six. Upwards of one hundred nests were collected
in the region referred to.

559. Spizella monticola (Gmel.). Tree Sparrow.

This is perhaps the most abundant Sparrow found breeding in the
valley of Anderson River, as is evidenced by the number or nests, two
hundred and sixteen, secured. They were almost invariably composed
of hay or dried grasses, intermixed with a little stringy bark and lined
with feathers. Most of them were found on the ground and the others
on dwarf willow, at a height of from one to four feet. Four and five
eggs, occasionally as many as six and seven, appeared to be the com-
plement. It is possible that the Alaskan form 8S. monticola ochracea,
Brewster, may also nest in this quarter.

role | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 443
567. Junco hyemalis (Linn.). Slate-colored Junco.

This species breeds in the forest and to the border of the Barrens,
where several birds, nests, and eggs were secured. These were always
on the ground and made of fine hay lined with deer hair. Four and
five eggs were the usual numbers found in them.

585. Passerella iliaca (Merrem). Fox Sparrow.

Tolerably common on both banks of the Anderson, and two or three
nests were also discovered in the vicinity of a small stream named
Swan River, in the Barren Grounds. Most of the nests were built on
trees, and they resembled those of Turdus alicia, but a few found on
the ground, however, were composed of coarse dry grass, lined with
some of a finer quality, a few deer hairs, and a sprinkling of fresh moss,
The complement of eggs varies from four to five.

612. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow.

In 1856, about one hundred and sixty nests of these Swallows were,
for the first time, built under the eaves of the three principal buildings
of Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, but, as many of the young were
destroyed by Indian boys, only one hundred nests were constructed at
the same place the following season. In 1866 a bird of this species was
observed closely examining the eaves of the houses at Fort Anderson,
but, probably not finding them suitable or in consequence of having
been rudely disturbed by an Indian boy throwing stones thereat, it
flew away and never returned. They however breed in large num-
bers along the banks of the Lockhart and Anderson Rivers, whence
several examples were obtained.

616. Clivicola riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow.

This species is to be met with in considerable numbers during the
season of nidification. It builds its nests in holes in sandy clayey banks
on Anderson River. Several birds and eggs were taken, but, not being
in much request, their collection was discouraged.

618. Ampelis garrulus Linn. Bohemian Waxwing.

Up to 1874 ‘the only instances on record of the discovery of the
eggs of this interesting bird in America were those of a nest and one
egg taken, by the late Mr. Kennicott, at Fort Youkon, Alaska, in 186i,
and of a nest and egg found the same season in a pine tree on Ander-
son River, in about latitude 68° north. Both are now in the Smith-
sonian Institution at Washington.” Several skins of the bird were
obtained at Fort Anderson in 1862, but the most diligent search failed
to secure any more nests or eggs.

444 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

621. Lanius borealis Vieill. Northern Shrike.

A nest of the Northern Shrike, containing six eggs, was obtained at
Fort Anderson on 11th June, 1863. ‘This is in many respects in
striking contrast with the nests of its kindred species of the Southern
States, far exceeding them in its relative size, in elaborate finish,
and warmth. It is altogether a remarkable example of what is known
as felted nests, whose various materials are most elaborately matted
together into a homogeneous and symmetrical whole. It is seven inches
in diameter and three and a halfin height. The cavity is proportion-
ately large and deep, having a diameter of four ind a half inches and
a depth of two. Except the base, which is composed of a few twigs
and stalks of coarse plants, the nest 1s made entirely of soft and warm
materials, most elaborately interworked together. These materials are
feathers from various birds, fine down of the Eider and other ducks,
fine mosses and lichens, slender stems, grasses, ete, and are skill-
fully and artistically wrought into a beautiful and symmetrical nest,
strengthened by the interposition of a few slender twigs and stems
without affecting the general felt-like character of the whole. The eggs
measure 1.10 inches by .80, and are of a light-greenish ground, marbled
and streaked with blotches of obscure purple, clay color and rufous
brown.” A second nest of a less elaborate character, containing eight
eggs, was subse quently discovered on Anderson River, to the north-
ward of the post.

646. Helminthophila celata (Say). Orange-crowned Warbler.

This is one of the rarest Warblers which breed on the Anderson,
where several of its nests, containing from four to six eggs, were found.
They were made of hay or grasses, lined with deer hair, feathers and
finer grasses, and placed on the ground in the shade of a clump of
dwarf willow or Labrador tea.

652. Dendroica estiva (Gmel.). Yellow Warbler.

Very abundant throughout the entire wooded region of Arctic America,
where it builds on dwarf willows and small scrub pine, at a height of a
few feet from the ground. As their eggs were not wanted, we did all
that was possible to discourage their collection.

655. Dendroica coronata (Linn.). Myrtle Warbler.

This Warbler is not numerous on the Anderson, where some thirteen
nests were found, built on low spruce trees, and a few were also placed
on the ground. It lays from four to five eggs.

661. Dendroica striata (Forster). Black Poll Warbler.

More plentiful than D. coronata, although only twenty-one nests
were secured. They were similarly situated, and contained four or five
eges, and two or three of them were found on the ground.

lng | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 445

697. Anthus pensilvanicus (Latham). American Pipit.

There is reason to believe that this bird is also among those that re-
sort to Anderson River during their annual season of reproduction.

739. Parus cinctus obtectus (Cabanis). Siberian Chickadee.

On Ist June, 1864, a nest of this species, containing seven eggs, was
found near Fort Anderson, in a hole in a dry spruce stump, at a height
of about 6 feet from the ground. It was composed of a moderate
quantity of hare or rabbit fur, intermixed with a sprinkling of dried
moss. The female parent was snared on the nest, but the male was
not seen. The contents of the eggs were tolerably fresh. It has since
turned out that “this was the first specimen of the Siberian Chickadee
obtained on the American Continent.” As birds of the genus undoubt-
edly winter in that region, additional examples of this, and some also
of P. atricapillus septentrionalis (Harris) and P. hudsonicus, Forster
may be discovered there some day.

749. Regulus calendula (Linn.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet.

There can be no doubt that this kinglet is to be met with during the
summer season on the Anderson River, as both Indians and Esquimaux
assured me that they had seen birds exactly similar to a Good Hope
specimen shown to them,

757. Turdus alicize Baird. Gray-cheeked Thrush.

This thrush is very abundant in the Anderson River region, not only
wherever trees are to be had for nesting purposes, but also in situations
where none exist. ‘More than 200 specimens (mostly with their
eggs) having been sent from Fort Anderson to the Smithsonian Insti-
tution.” The greatest number were built on trees in the usual manner,
but some few of them were placed on the ground. One nest was also
taken on the banks of the Wilmot-Horton River.

761. Merula migratoria (Linn.). American Robin.

One of the most numerous and widely distributed of American birds,
but not being desiderata, scarcely any of its eggs were received at Fort
Anderson, where, on the contrary, both Indians and Esquimaux were
enjoined not to interfere with its nests. A few were also met with on
the banks of the Swan and Wilmot-Horton Rivers, in the Barren
Grounds. Comparatively few parents display greater courage and
devotion in the defense of their young than Robin Red-breast.

Note.—In the preparation of the foregoing list and relative notes at this remote
point in British Columbia I have labored under the disadvantage of having but a
rather limited number of necessary books to refer to, and may, therefore, have un-
wittingly fallen into a few errors which a fuller access would have obviated. I may
further add that during the period of which they treat a few examples of fish, insects,

446 BIRDS OF ARCTIC AMERICA—MACFARLANE.

plants, and shells were gathered for the Smithsonian Institution, besides a consider-
able collection of ethnological specimens pertaining to the Esquimanux of the Ander-
son and Mackenzie Rivers, while a list of the mammals obtained and observed by
me in the northern regions of the Dominion may possibly form the subject of a similar
but shorter paper in the near future.
R. MAcFaRLane,
Fort St. JAMES, STUART’S LAKE,
NEw CALEDONIA DISTRICT,
British Columbia, June 25, 1889.

ADDITIONAL NoTE.—Early in July, 1889, the manuscript of the aforesaid notes
was transmitted to President Bell, but several months passed before it was read by
him at a meeting of the Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba, Winnipeg. Two
or three more months elapsed ere the paper itself was published as Transaction No.
39, Season 1888~’89. The sample copy thereof received by me at this place contained
so many printer’s errors, besides some introduced nomenclature, that I asked Mr.
Bell to have it reprinted ; but as this was impossible, I have decided on publishing
an edition of the notes in question, which I hope will prove more acceptable to.
naturalists, as the referred-to blemishes have been removed, while I have also made a
few corrections and additions kindly pointed out by a friend (Capt. Charles E. Bendire,
U. S. Army), in Washington, who, from his long and important connection with the
Smithsonian Institution and the U.S. National Museum, had become well acquainted
with the variety and extent of the Fort Anderson collections.

R. MAcFArRLaNne.

CUMBERLAND HOUSE, CUMBERLAND DISTRICT,

Saskatchewan, N. W. T., November 25, 1890.

Pa

ON THE CHARACTERS OF SOME PALEOZOIC FISHES.
BY
E. D, Copz.
(With Plates XXvIII—XXVIIL. )
I.—On A NEW ELASMOBRANCH FROM THE PERMIAN.

Styptobasis knightiana Cope. Gen. et sp. tov. Fig. 1.

CHAR. GEN: The single tooth which represents this genus has an
elongate compressed crown with two opposite simple cutting edges.
Both faces are convex, the one much more so than the other. No lat-
eral processes or denticles. The most remarkable peculiarity is in the
root; it is very small, having no greater width than the crown, and
contracting from the base of the crown to a truncate termination but
a little distance removed from the former.

The crown of the tooth resembles that of an Oxyrhina, but the root
is totally different. In this respect it resembles a Dendrodus.

CHAR. SPECIF.: Cutting edges of tooth continued to base of crown.
Surface of crown everywhere smooth. Truncate extremity of root a
crescent with obliquely truncate horns with coarsely rugose surface.
Where the cutting edges are vertical their surface is below the more
convex side of the crown. The root has a lateral edge at each side,
which extends obliquely from below the cutting edge to the lateral
angle of the truncate base, and is marked off from the base of the
crown by a constriction. The base of the crown is openly emarginate
by an angle of this constriction. On each side of this emargination
the surface is transversely wrinkled. On the same side the root is
similarly wrinkled ; on the opposite side the wrinkling is less distinctly
transverse.

Measurements.

Millimeters.
SRMPMCIOVAIOM Oe LOOUH cs cece ce teceme ck ale clowacs cane eee oy nic mReem enemas . 025
SeEPSCLULOUIENIEE ORGIES ite io ey ee Le oN ton ail cho ate ow sia Sewanee ee . 620
Diameters of crown above base:
PROLOG Ml prse Sala eee areas cae ee aay emivcitm cs ea cic se aceon wen ee - O11
NPR OTSOmeeemeer eto ts ee, a ee ee re ee eS tye ts Lal Jee webitet = . 005
Diameter of root:
POT OT Cea en ese eine ao a Sane eee oo ses ele a nels aa leaon eee .012
SRR GUNG ene eter oe my ee ah Seb oe enc) nee a reese. , UOG

If this species be a Cladodont shark, which is quite possible, it agrees
with Lambdodus St. J. and W. in its single simple crown, but that

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No, 866. an
- 4

448 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES—COPE.

genus has a widely expanded horizontal root, thus differing generically
from Styptobasis.

The Styptobasis knightiana was found by Mr. Wilbur C. Kmight (to
whom I dedicate the species with much pleasure), in what he determines
as the Permian formation in eastern Nebraska. It was a large shark
of carnivorous habits, and its presence indicates the existence of a marine
fauna whose remains have not yet been discovered.

IJ.—On NEW ICHTHYODORULITES.
Hybodus regularis, sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Dorsal spine elongate, gently curved to the apex from the middle.
Anterior border rounded, posterior rather broadly truncate, the latter
tissured to two-fifths the length of the spine from the base, and two and
two-thirds times as far from the base as the commencement of the an-
terior sculpture. The sculpture of the sides descends to opposite the
middle of the posterior fissure. Thus the naked inserted portion of the
spine is relatively short, and the sculptured portion is long. The latter
is also nearly plane. The sculptures consist of longitudinal ribs, which
are similar on the front and sides of the spine. Their interspaces or
grooves are as wide as the ridges on the front and the anterior half of
the spine, but they become narrower on the posterior half, while the
ridges are scarcely narrower. The latter are everywhere regular, and
do not inosculate, but run out successively toward the extremity on the
posterior side. Eight ridges may be counted on the side at the middle
of the length and thirteen near the base. Bottoms of the grooves
smooth. There is a wide smooth band of surface on each side of the
series of teeth, which is separated by an obtuse angle from the lateral
face. The teeth are small, acute, and directed downward. They form
two approximated rows, the teeth of one row alternating with those of
the other.

Measurements.

Millimeters.
Total length (10 millimeters added for apex) ..--.. DASE spc eiene a cecaie Oe wee bieie esearee 290
Length of smooth base in front. 2.2 .-..2 25. 26. 22 Je em eme cee enwee <= ane See 48
Length of posterior fissure... -.. ...--- ---4 --- 202 2-02 ee eee cee = eee ee cows ones 129

Diameters at middle of fissure—
AMTtOLOPOSLCLION yr. ceissic - = -ccs Sa cites citer sana ci aiciegsnte Sere eisieie ete teinr metalcore iar etre 23
PETANSV OLS 2 Sei ecic sie isa- ois siefoe crasicete ale Sees = oa cebow inte ae aeae Roteteteetebel==t=torres 14
Diameter (anteroposterior) at middle of length ........-.......-...------------ 23
Between. apices of teeth of One TOW <<55<6 caccce caceminls sainisielnicisiewiel cle enlostominjoseiaa= 10

The fine specimen on which this species is based was obtained by
Jacob Boll from a soft Mesozoic limestone in Baylor County, Texas,
which is probably of Triassic age. The species approaches most nearly
the Hybodus major of Agassiz, from the Muschelkalk. In that species
the teeth are stated to be mere tubercles, which is not the case in this
species.

Pte | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 449

Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias, sp. nov. Fig. 3.

DoD

Spine elongate, but little curved, moderately compressed; the pos-
terior face with a flat median plane bounded by a shallow groove on
each side. The ridges are wider than their interspaces, and they gradu-
ally become smaller posteriorly, So as to be half the diameter of the an-
terior ribs. The anterior border consists of a single rib of twice the
diameter of the largest lateral ribs. Its front surface is smooth; the
sides are marked with shallow grooves directed downward, and the
border is serrate with subacute tubercles, which point backward. The
tubercles of the ribs are closely placed and vary from round to trans.
verse in shape, and have a finely grooved surface. The line of the pos-
terior hooks is flush with the sides of the spine. They are small,
decurved, and subacute.

The apex of the spine is wanting, so I can not give its length with cer-
tainty. It was probably about 104 inches. Measurements: Length of
fragment, 190 millimeters; length of base presented (at front), 42 milli-
meters; diameters at middle, anteroposterior, 28 millimeters; trans-
verse, 17 millimeters; transverse diameter of spine 140 millimeters,
from base of fore surface 11 millimeters.

The Permian formation of Texas; W. F, Cummins.

IIIL.—ON THE CRANIAL STRUCTURE OF MACROPETALICHTHYS.

The typical specimen of the Macropetalichthys rapheidolabis Owen
remains one of the best for the elucidation of the type of fishes which
it represents, although if is very imperfect. It has the advantage of
having lost most of the surface of the cranial ossification, so that its
true structure is the more easily determined. The cavities of the
cranium are occupied by the Corniferous limestone, which formation is
its proper horizon, and one of the orbits contains a characteristic
brachiopodous mollusc. The extremity of the muzzle is broken away
obliquely, and the (?) maxillary region of the right side is lost. The
matrix has been split from the inferior surface so as to show much of
the structure of the latter.

The orbits are much in advance of the line dividing the superior head-
shield transversely into equal halves. There are no distinct indications
of the existence of hyomandibular supports of a lower jaw. ‘There are
unsymmetrical transverse sections of hollow rods, which form are im-
mediately behind the position of the orbit on the inferior fractured sur-
face of the specimen. ‘The fractured surfaces are suboval, and have
different directions of their long axes, owing probably to different
directions of pressure. This they would be liable to from the extreme
tenuity of their walls. It is probable that this genus had a lower
jaw. As to the upper jaw, this was probably present also, but whether
~ it belongs to the palatopterygoid arch or to the maxillary can not be

Proc. N. M. 91 29

450 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISITES—COPE.

stated. Its presence is indicated by the longitudinal transversely
coneave inferior surface of the element called jugal below. This
articular surface might have supported some form of tooth, but as no
such have been found associated with the rather abundant remains
of Macropetalichthys, it is more probable that a distinct element was
attached to this surface.

Asis well known, the superior surface of the head-shield is divided
into symmetrical tracts by well-marked lines. These areas have been
regarded as the osseous cranial elements, and have been named by
Newberry in correspondence with those of higher vertebrata.* The
lines referred to, however, are not sutures, but tubes which belong to
the lateral line system; and they traverse the centers of the true bony
elements instead of bounding them. They join at the centers of some
of the elements, and in such cases mark the points of origin of the
osseous radii, whose direction they follow. . The direction of these
tubes is as follows ia the present species, and approximately in all the
other members of the genus: In the first place there is a frontal lyra,
whose branches are parallel for a distance in front of the orbits (as far
as the specimen is preserved), and which begin to converge at a point
a little in front of the anterior border of the orbit. They join on the
middle line about half an orbit’s diameter behind the line connecting
the posterior borders of the same. From this point they diverge at an
angle a little greater than 90 degrees to a point immediately behind
the superior border of the orbit, and nearly two orbits’ diameter pos-
terior to the latter. From this point two lines diverge, one toward the
externo-posterior angle of the skull, the other downwards and forwards
at an angle a little over 90 degrees from the other branch. The lines
are all perfectly straight except those of the lyra, which are bent just
in front of the anterior border of the orbits. That these lines represent
tubes is readily seen where they are broken across. That of the lyra
has asubtriangular section. Below it, in front of the orbit, is a smaller
one of round section which the fracture of one side enables me to trace
as far as opposite the anterior border of the orbit.

In their distribution these tubes do not nearly resemble those of
Homosteus as represented by Traquair.t <A closer resemblance can be
traced to those of Coccosteust, of Dinichthys, and especially to those
of Titanichthys.§ The lateral branches of the frontal lyra unite posteri-
orly at an angle in Dinichthys terrellii, are slightly separated by a trans-
verse tube in Titanichthys agassizti, and are more widely separated in
Coccosteus decipiens. In all three, divergent branches extend posteri-
orly, as in Macropetalichthys. In the three ferms mentioned, these
posterior branches send, anteriorly and exteriorly, a branch from a
point close to the posterior border of the skull, on each side. This mar-

*The Paleozoic Fishes of North America, 1890, p. 43.
t Geological Magazine, 1889, p. 1, pl. I.

t Traquair, loc. cit.

) Newberry, J. c., pls. I and U1,

Le al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 451

ginal tube sends a branch laterally to the external angle of the skull in
all the genera mentioned, except in Macropetalichthys, where this
point can not be demonstrated in my specimen, owing to the loss of the
border. Still more anteriorly on the postorbital bone it diverges again,
sending a short branch inward and one forwards in Coccosteus and Ti-
tanichthys. In Dinichthys terrellii it does not divide, but continues, and
joins the lateral tube of the lyra. In both Coccosteus and Macropetal-
ichthys the transverse branch extends towards the middle line. [1
the former it unites with that of the opposite side, and forms at its
middle portion, the posterior border of the lyra. In Macropetalichthys
on the other hand, it joins the posterior tube at an angle well behind
the extremity of the lyra as already described. Thus the last-named
genus resembles Coccosteus in this one point more than it does any
of the other Arthrodira. (Fig. 6.)

The cranial segments discernible are as follows. They may be readily
traced on the specimen, since the sculptured surface and indeed the
greater part of the bone-substances have disappeared, and the cast of
the inferior surface is distinctly preserved. ‘This surface, is however,
wanting from most of the top of the muzzle, so that the relations of the
ethmoid elements can not be madeout. Fromthe middle of the superior
border of the orbits forwards extends an element which is prefrontal or
frontal; but which one the injury to the top of the muzzle does not per-
mit me to determine. It extends down on each side of the muzzle in
front of the orbit. At the anterior border of the latter, it is pierced
upwards and forwards by a deep notch-like groove which receives a
corresponding wedgelike anterosuperior extremity of the element
which I call provisionally the jugal or malar element. This bone ex-
tends below and behind the orbit, containing in the latter region a
center of radiating ossification. The median or (?) frontoparietal ele-
ment encroaches on the median element of the top of the muzzle as
far forwards as opposite the middle of the orbits by a convex anterior
border. Its ossification radiates from the junetion of the lateral
branches of the lyra, in all directions, and, while its anterior and lateral
borders are easily discernible, its posterior ones are not so clear. It
probably extends to a point half way between its anterior border and
the posterior border of the head-shield. The posterior section of the
prefrontal extends obliquely backwards and is sueceeded by a wide
longitudinally oval element, which from its position might be termed a
postfrontal, although it includes within itself the region of the postor-
bital. Posterior to it is a subdiscoid element of similar size, and a little
wider than long, which is in the position of the supratemporal element

_of the Stegocephalous skull. Its center is the point of divergence of
three tubes already described, and its ossification radiates from the
Same point. Exterior to this element and the one in front of it, and
joining the posterior face of the malar is a large area in the position
of the Stegocephalous squamosal element. Ossification radiates from

2

A52 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES—COPE.

the posterior lateral angles of the head-shield, and there are two lines
which penetrate the matrix more deeply than the rest. I can not make
out that any canal radiates from this point except the one which reaches
to the center of the supratemporal. This region corresponds to that
of the intercalary of the fishes, but its boundaries I-can not make out.

This arrangement of cranial elements may be compared with those
of Coccosteus and Homosteus. It differs from the former in the pres-
ence of a malar bone bounding the orbit below, and in the presence of
the “squamosal” behind it. In Homosteus, elements which occupy
the position of the two mentioned are present (Traquair, /. ¢.), but they
are called by Traquair postorbital and marginal, names which he ap-
plies to my possible postorbital and supratemporal. I think the ele-
ments described by Traquair are homologous with the malar and
squamosal of Macropetalichthys, so that the ‘+ postorbital ” (my post-
frontal) and *‘ marginal ” (my supratemporal) must be sought for else-
where in Homosteus. Traquair’s ‘‘ central” appears, from its position,
to include my postfrontal, while the supratemporal may be embraced
in the anterior part of. Traquair’s ‘external occipital.” This question
ean, however, only be settled by the discovery of intermediate types.
In any ease, a general affinity to the Arthrodira is indicated by the
segmental structure of the skull, as well as by the character of the tubes
of the lateral line system.

The inferior surface of the skull presents the following characters.
This is important, as I do not know of any descripticn of this region in
an Arthrodire, excepting in the cases of the Dinichthys and Titanich-
thys described by Newberry. (Tig. 6.)

In the first place the posterior part of the head-shield, the “ median
occipital” region of Traquair, 1s produced very far posteriorly, as in
Homosteus. This region does not scem to have protected the brain,
but rather the anterior part of the vertebral axis, and seems to have been
a nuchal plate. In the specimen I am now describing, the posterior
extremity of this element is broken away for a short distance on both
sides of the middle line, reveaiing a cast of its interior. This is bilo-
bate, by reason of a vertical constriction at the middle line. That
this is not a east of the cranial cavity is proven not only by its form,
but by the fact that there is no cast representing a medulla oblongata or
a foramen magnum. The chamber was absolutely closed posteriorly.
The lateroposterior angle of this cavity is exposed by the loss of the
external wall. It is obtusely angular. Turning now to the inferior
aspect of the skull, we observed, at the middle line of the inferior-pos-
terior border, a wide, upward excavation, looking backwards and down-
wards. It rapidly contracts into a groove with an angular superior
middle line. Whether this groove is part of a tube can not be ascer-
tained, owing to tie loss-of the bony tissue on each side and below, but
it may be only the apical angle of a roof-shaped space, whose lateral
slopes are produced on each side, sloping well downwards and out-

ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 453

wards. These sloping faces of the matrix represent a pair of osseous
plates, which descended on each side from the sheath of the myelon
and chorda dorsalis, for the latter occupied this position in the groove
already described. Such a structure would indicate the presence of a
number of fixed vertebral elements, such as exists in the chimeras, the
rays, and the sturgeons. The two-thirds of the inferior face of the
skull which lies in front of this groove is covered by a single thin plate,
which may be the parasphenoid. Its posterior border reaches to the
anterior extremity of the roof-shaped descending plates already de-
scribed, and, joining them by a rounded angle, turns downwards and
outwards, the descending portion sloping forwards into the horizontal
portion. Where it joins the descending plates of the axis there are
three grooves on each side, which are separated by two ribs. At the
point of junction of the parasphenoid with the lateral alie of the axis,
is situated what I suppose to be the foramen magnum. Itis the direct
continuation of the groove already described, and, being floored by the
parasphenoid, has a triangular section. There is no trace here of a
fossa for the chorda dorsalis, nor of an occipital condyle, nor is it prob-
able that either existed at this point. The parasphenoid is thin, and
there are no indications of teeth to be observed on it.

For the opportunity of studying this specimen I am greatly indebted
to Prof. J. W. Spencer, of the University of Missouri, and to the late
president of that institution, Prof. 8. S. Laws, who lent it to me out of
their museum.

I here describe the characters presented by another specimen of
Macropetalichthys which belongs to the geological museum of the State
of Ohio, and which was kindly lent me by the director of the survey, Prof.
Edward Orton. This specimen is broken transversely across the median
part of the area which includes the median occipital plate, showing
that the posterior part of that area is adistinct element separated from
it by suture. I callit therefore the median nuchal plate, and the two an-
gular elements on each side of the posterior region, which are also shown
to be distinet, I call the lateral nuchal elements. One of these is
wanting in the specimen, showing that its junction with the median
element is by a smooth squamosal suture. The anterior face of the
nuchal mass has a vertical groove on the middle line which fits a cor-
responding keel of the cranium proper. The triangular foramen mag-
num issues at the inferior extremity of this keel; at the lateral extremity
of this oecipitonuchal suture under the free lateral margin of the skull
is a fossa, one-half of which is in the cranium and one-half in the nuchal
element. This looks like an articular glenoid cavity, possibly for the
condyle of a mandible. It is bounded posteriorly by a transverse crest,
posterior to which is the extensive longitudinal fossa beneath the free
border of the nuchai plate. There is a small fossa on the middle line
20 millimeters in front of the occipitonuchal suture, in the parasphe-
noid bone. The anterior part of the skull is better preserved than in

454 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES-—COPE.

the skull of the JI. rapheidolabis first described. The borders of the
muzzle are bounded on each side by a shallow longitudinal fossa, which
looks outward and downward. Each is bounded on the inner inferior
side by a longitudinal crest which looks downwards and extends back-
wards and outwards. The palate between these ridges is concave from
side to side. The median portion is filled with matrix so that the sur-
face and its relations with the parasphenoid can not be seen. The
lateral ridges are continued to below the orbit. In front of the sup-
posed glenoid fossa is another longitudinally oval fossa below the edge
of the skull, The chordal groove and the laminar plates descending on
each side of it are as in the specimen first described.

The lateral nuchal element is separated from the median, so as to
show that the latter has an approximately semicircular outline when
seen from above. Viewed from behind, the nuchal element displays an
obtuse median vertical keel with a shallow fossa on each side, bounded
by an angle on each side at the superior margin, but fading out below.
The vertical diameter is considerably greater relatively than in the
M. rapheidolabis. i suspect that the specimen belongs to the JM. sulli-
vantii Newb.

Returning to the M. rapheidolabis I observe that the anterior borders
of the descending axial ale are about opposite to the lateral center
of radiation of the lateral line tubes, or the center of the so-called
supratemporal bone. Below the anterior border of the orbit, on each
side of the middle line, about 7 centimetres apart, is a pair of medium-
sized round foramina. Exterior to these, a little anteriorly, at double
the space between the two median foramina, is another pair of fora-
mina of oval section, which look outward, forward, and downward.
The bony wali of the neural canal, already described, is quite thick.

There is no trace of pineal foramen such as is described by Newberry
in Dinichihyidwe. The sclerotica was protected, but whether by a thin
extension of the prefrontal and postfrontal bones or by a special ossifica-
tion is not determinable. The impression only remains. A considerable
fossa is inclosed between the descending axial plates and the lateral
borders of the posterior part of the head-shield, which opens down-
ward and outward. The sculpture of the surface of the skull is pre-
served in one or two places. It consists of round, flattened, rugose
tubercles of a diameter of about 2 millimeters placed close together.

Affinities of Macropetalichthys and of the Arthrodira.—lt has been
shown by Agassiz that Coccosteus has a mandibular arch, and by New-
berry that this region is present in the Dinichthyide. Traquair has
also shown that in the former genus it is connected with the cranium
by a suspensorium. Free elements beneath the anterior part of the
head-sbield have been demonstrated to exist in Homosteus by Traquair,
which probably include a mandibular arch. The general resemblance
of Macropetalichthys to the Arthrodira renders it almost certain that
it possesses a lower jaw, and that it is a member of that order. I have

ae”

eae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 455

included this order in the Crossopterygia with doubt * on the supposition
that they possess a maxillary arch and suspensorium, ‘The former is
however not described so as to distinguish it from a palatoptery goid
arch by authors, and no evidence of the existence of such an arch can
be derived from American forms. Advance sheets of volume It of
the Catalogue of Fossil Fishes in the British Museum, by A. Smith
Woodward, show that this able authority places the Placodermata in
the Dipnoi, thus indicating that they possess neither maxillary arch
nor Suspensorium.

There is much in the structure of the skull of Macropetalichthys to
confirm this opinion. The nuchal portion of the structure with its lat-
eral nuchal elements is represented by the cartilaginous mass which
extends posterior to the median occipital bone in Ceratodus, in which
this region has very much the form of the nuchal shield in Macropetal-
ichthys, although it is relatively shorter. The chordal groove with its
descending laminze resembles much the produced occipital bone of
Lepidosirem. The parasphenoid in both Lepidosirem and Ceratodus are
produced posteriorly abnormally, and it is only necessary to imagine
this part to be reduced to its normal length to have the conditions found
in Macropetalichthys. The broad parasphenoid and vomer remind one
of that of Ctenodus. As I have shown that Macropetalichthys is allied
to Dinichthys, we can add in favor of the supposition of affinity to the
Dipnoi the peculiar dentition of that genus. The ectetramerous? struc-
ture of the dorsal fin shown by Von Koenen and Traquair to exist in
Coccosteus, and shown to be probably present in Dinichthys by New-
berry, are in favor of the Dipnoan theory. Elements supposed to be
the axial elements of pectoral fins are described by Dr. Newberry.
These are simple and without lateral articulations, and are thus of the
unibasal type which is general in Dipnoi as well as in some Crossop-
terygia and all Rhipidopterygia. They somewhat resemble those which
I shall describe in this paper as characteristic of Megalichthys. Itis on
account of this part of the structure that the Arthrodira can not be
arranged near to the sturgeons, where Macropetalichthys has been
placed by Newberry and others, to say nothing of the cranial structure,
which has no resemblance to that of those fishes. .

I first referred Macropetalichthys to the Placodermata (Arthrodira)
ina review of Professor Newberry’s work on the Paleozoic Fishes of
North America in the American Naturalist for September, 1890; and
this view has been adopted by Mr. A. Smith Woodward as above
mentioned.

Species of Macropetalichthys.—It is evident that the two erania which
I have described in the preceding pages belong to two different species.
The larger is the M. rapheidolabis of Owen, and the smaller the 1.
sullivantii Newberry. In the latter the nuchal element and its included

“Synopsis of the Families of the Vertebrata, American Naturalist, October, 1359.
t Cope, American Naturalist, 1890, p. 416.

,
456 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES—COPE.

chamber have a greater depth in proportion to the width and length of
the skull than in the former. They may be characterized as follows:

Posterior nuchal depth 3th width and {th length of skull above;
M. rapheidolabis; fig. 4.

Posterior nuchal depth entering width behind 24 times and length
43 times; M. sullivantii; fig. 5.

The skull of the WM. sullivantii is rather narrower than that of the
M. rapheidolabis.

The half width at the foromam magnum enters the length to the
anterior border of the lateral marginal fossa 33 times, while it enters but
3 times in the WM. rapheidolabis.

IV—ON THE PECTORAL LIMB OF THE GENUS HOLONEMA NEWBERRY.

Described from fragmentary or single plates by Claypole and New-
berry, the Holonema rugosa Claypole remained a vertebrate of uncertain
affinities. At the meeting of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science held at Indianapolis, August, 1890, Prof. H.S. Williams
exhibited photographs of the posterior part of the carapace of a newly
discovered specimen, which includes the greater part of the two median
dorsal plates and the posterior laterals. The rounded posterior out-
line of the carapace is similar to that seen in Bothriolepis, and neither
this nor any of the specimens described up to that time demonstrate
the distinctuess of this form from that genus.

In the collection of Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pennsylvania,
which that gentleman kindly placed at my disposal, there are speci.
mens of this genus from Mansfield, Tioga County, Pennsylvania. The
largest of these is a lateral plate of the plastron, partly represented by
a very distinct mold of the matrix. It measures 190 millimetres in
length and 105 millimetres in width. Besides this, there is @ nearly
complete pectoral spine, which is of much interest, as this part of the
skeleton has not been previously known. (Tig. 7.)

This spine belongs to a smaller individual than any of those of the
Holonema rugosa yet described, but until the range of dimensions of
that species is known it will not be safe to regard it as representing
another species. The range of size of the Botnrriolepis canadensis is very
considerable. The spine differs from that of both Bothriolepis and
Pterichthys in being without complete segmentation. It is continuous
throughout to the apex. This, then, will constitute the generic distine-
tion so far known between Holonema and Bothoiolepis. The tissue of
the spine is disposed in tesserie, asin the other genera allied. A single
series of three elongate narrow hexagons extends down the center of
the external face, and the lower space is divided by sutures, which
extend from the lateral angles of the hexagons to the border of the spine.
The apex of the spine from the last hexagon, and for a length nearly
equal to it, is not tessellated.

i i i i i

a >

Mendel PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 457

The spine is nearly straight and tapers symmetrically to an acute
apex. The head is rounded and looks slightly inwards, and its surface
is slightly produced inwards and backwards in a low free angle. The
inner edge of the spine is armed with a row of tooth-like processes
about twenty-two in number, which are directed backwards. There
are no teeth on the external edge of the spine. The surface is thrown
into rather coarse obtuse somewhat irregular longitudinal ridges, which
inosculate more or less, and resemble in general that of the plate of
the shell of the Holonema rugosa. Wight or nine ridges nay be counted
at the middle of the length of the spine. Length of spine 54 milli-
metres, width at base 11 millimetres, at middle 7 millimetres.

From Mansfield, Pennsylvania, collected by A. C. Sherwood for k-
D. Lacoe.

V.—ON THE PAIRED FINS OF MEGALICHTHYS NITIDUS COPE.*

This species was referred by me to a genus distinct from Megalichthys
on account of the annular ossification of the vertebrie, those of the latter
genus having been described by an English authority as amphiccelous.
Dr. Traquair has, however, shown that the vertebrie of the Megalichthys
hibbertii are annular, and specimens kindly sent me by Mr. John Ward,
of Longton, Staffordshire, and identified as belonging to that genus,
quite resemble those of the J. nitidus. I therefore provisionally, at
least, withdraw the generic name which I conferred on the latter. It
is not uncommon in the Permian bed of Texas. (Fig. 8.)

I have described the basis of the posterior part of the skull in this
species and in the smaller J/. ciceronius Cope,t and I can now give an
account of the characters of the limbs. I am enabled todo this by mak-
ing longitudinal sections of both anterior and posterior limbs of both
sides of the fine specimen of the J. nitidus, which served as the type of
my original description. (Fig. 9.)

The paired fins or limbs are of the “ obtusely lobate” type according
to Woodward, but approach those of the Arthrodira very distinetly.
The general form is short for a fin of the unibasal type, as it is fusiform,
terminating in a rather rapid acumination. The superior, exterior, and
inferior faces are covered with small scales covered with ganoine, and the
rays are confined to the internal edge. The axis of the pectoral fin con-
sists of a single robust element, probably cartilaginous, but invested with
a thin-layer of dense bone. The interior structure is cellular, the cells of
irreguar ameebiform outlines, and surrounded by a distinet layer col-
ored like the matrix, and not like the osseous tissue. This element ex-
tends to the extremity of one of the fins which has unfortunately lost
its apex. On the other it disappears at three-fifths the distance trom
the base, owing probably to the obliquity of the section. On the in-

* Eetosteorhachis nitidus Cope. Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1880, p. 56.
t Loc. cit., 1883, p. 628.

458 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES—COPRE.

ternal border of the fin on both sides short and undivided parallel rays
diverge towards the body.

It is evident that this fin does not resemble that of Ceratodus, nor
that of any of the unibasal fins of the distichous type. The axial ele-
ment is not segmented, unless it be near to the extremity, nor is it
branched. It supports simple rays alone, and these at the internal edge
only.

The section of the ventral fin shows, like the pectoral fin, rays on the
internal border, and also at the extremity. There are none on the ex-
ternal border, where the axial bones are close to the integument. The
base of the pubis is exposed. The extremity is concavo-truncate, is
coarsely cellular within, and is bounded by a thin external bony layer.
Like the pectoral fin, the greater part of the ventral axis is occupied
by a single element, which is rod-like, slightly constricted medially, and
truncate at the extremities. The proximal extremity equals less than
half of that of the pubis, but it constitutes the axis of the limb, as may
be readily seen by reference to the external form of one of them. This
fin is bent at this articulation, and is bent again at the extremity of the
axial rod, beyond which the apex tapers rather rapidly. The section
shows no second axial segment in the distal part of the main axis, but
two pairs of nodules and distad of these two transverse rows of segments
of three radii, more distal segments being lost. Those of the proximal
row are longer than those of the distal one, and the external are the
most robust. The structure resembles that of a Batrachian tarsus
or carpus rather curiously; but this may be due to the position of frac-
tures of the radii distad to the axial rod. Another cartilaginous, bony-

sheathed segment appears in this fin, which is half the dimensions of —

the principal one and projects a little beyond it on its inner side, lying
parallel to and-close to it. It is followed, after an interspace, by seven
radit which lie closely parallel, and soon terminate, probably owing to
injury. Each is divided into two or three segments, but whether nor-
mally or abnormally can not be stated. There is no segment connect-
ing this one with the pubis, but there is a rounded extremity of possibly
a short stout segment opposite the extremity of the latter, within the
proximal extremity of the principal axial segment. Whether this fin
is unibasal or pluribasal remains therefore uncertain; but if there be
more than one elemental axis, there are not more than two.

It remains therefore demonstrated that the fin structure in Megalich-
thys is very simple, and does not in the least resemble that of Polyp-
terus on the one hand nor that of Ceratodus on the other. It seems to
be intermediate in character between that of the latter genus and that
of Pterichthys, or perhaps that of the imperfectly known Arthrodira.

~"

—

he eae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 459

VI.—ON THE NON-ACTINOPTERYGIAN TELEOSTOMI.

Material is not at present accessible in the United States from which
to learn the structure of the median fins in the Holoptyehiidw and
Osteolepididie. In drawing up my synopsis of the Families of the
Vertebrata, in 1889*, [ assumed that these fins had the primitive
structure, such as is found in the oldest members of the Teleostomi
(Tarassiidie), Dipnoi, and other subclasses, viz, that the axonosts are
equal in number to, and continuous with, the neural spines of the Ver-
tebrata. This definition threw the families in question into the Cross-
optery gia as distinguished from the Rhipidopterygia. In the latter the
axonosts are much reduced in number, so that one or two fused into a
Single piece supports each dorsal and anal fin.

Professor Traquair has, however, stated that the dorsal fins of the
Osteolepidx are of the Rhipidopterygian type, and Mr. A. Smith
Woodward, in vol. 11of the Catalogue of Fossil Fishes in the British
Museum,t confirms this statement, and shows that the Holoptychiidie
agree with them in this respect. He does not adopt the super-
order Rhipidoptery gia, but combines it with the Crossopterygia, and
he places the eialicn mentioned, together with the Rhizodontidie,
which is my Tristichopterid, in the order to which I referred the lat-
ter, the Rhipidistia. As regards this original reference, it is clearly
necessary on the evidence brought forward by Traquair and by Wood-
ward. Ido not see, however, thatthe Rhipidopterygia can be properly
combined with the Crossopterygia, since the structure of the median
fins is radically different, and one which offers as good ground for
superordinal distinction as do the paired fins offer ground for the sep-
aration of theActinopterygia. The Tarassiidie and the Polypteridie
possess the characters of the median fins which I viewed as character-
istic of the Crossopterygia, while the paired fins, so far as can be dis-
covered-from the descriptions of the former, indicate two distinet orders
within it.

With this new information in our possession, it appears to me that
the relations of these fishes are best expressed in the following way :

There are four superorders of the Teleostomi, or true fishes, which
differ in the structure of the fins :

I. Median fins each with a single bone representing axonosts.
aIrOR. UNS Ont DAG alicen secrete eee sw a ah ee Rhipidopterygia

Il. Median fins with numerous axonosts.
Paired fins with baseosts; pectorals with axonosts, which are distinet from

DOE da Slee a ae AE ce at - Crossoplerygia
Paired fins with baseosts; pectoral fins with Reonosts ‘and baseosts con-
founded ; pluribasal.................-.-...---..--.--..-...Podopterygia
Pectoral fins only with baseosts, these confounded with axonosts and pluri-
Wcities eer Renee ere nee FoR a os ata tea oak aku Baw eee : Actinopterygia

* American Naturalist, p. 856. { Smith Woodward, l. c. u., p. 317,

tL. e., 1891, p. 321.

460 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES—COPE.
RHIPIDOPTERYGTA.

The orders of Rhipidopterygia are the following. They all have
actinotrichia in place of fin-rays:

J. Paired fins with the basilars arranged on each side of the median axis, or archip-
oD ’

terygial.
Median) fins! with ibasilars = 2-232 s2-seaos soctee ete Soe ee eae eee Taxistia
Il. Paired fins with the basilars arranged fan-shaped at the end of the short axis.
Medianvins with bastlats 223-2 8ss-see sean soon see eee ae Rhipidistia
Median fins without, caudal fin with, basilars ...--.-....---..---. Actinistia

The Taxistia includes but one family, the Holoptyehiidie, which is of
Devonie and Carbonic age. The Rhipidistia includes the Tristichop-
teridie from the Devonic and Carbonic ; the Osteolepidw from the same,
and possibly the Onychodontidie, which are Devonie.

The Actinistia includes the single family of the Coelacanthide, which
appears in the Lower Carbonic and ranges to the Upper Cretacie in both
Europe and America.

In all of the Rhipidopterygia the tail is either heterocereal or diphy-
cercal and the chordadorsalis persists. The scales have a layer of
ganoine, which extends also on the head. The latter has a well-defined
persistent transverse suture separating the parietal from the frontal
elements.

The Crossopterygia includes two orders, as follows:

Baseosts and axonosts well developed ; actinotrichia; no fin rays; pectorals uni-
DOSED 9s oes Seti Bare a Sen ee eee cece Sa ea tees yee Pte a ee Haplistia
Baseosts rudimental ; fin rays; pectorals tribasal.._..: ......-....-.---22-- Cladistia

But one family is included in the Haplistia, the Tarasiide, from the
Lower Carbonic of Scotland. The Cladistia are represented by a family
which is not known in the fossil state, the Polypteridie of the rivers of
Africa. The vertebrie in this genus are ossified and biconcave.

The Podopterygia has also two orders. They are thus defined :

Branchioster al rays presentines<2s- au mscceace asec sonse cee eee eee Lysopteri
Noy branchiostecaltrays 2. <2 cocc cee cetlacelae co ceaae See eee eee coee eee CO LONOnO ten

In these orders the notochord is persistent, and there are either actino-
trichia or fin-rays which are more numerous than the baseosts. Tail
heterocereal or diphycereal.

VII—ONn NEW SPECIES OF PLATYSOMID &.
Platysomus palmaris sp. noy.

This species is represented by about a hundred fragments of |
bodies of various sizes, some of which include the scapular arch, but
none the fins. All the fragments are covered with scales, and in a
number of them the median line of the belly is preserved. In the scap- —
ular arch the character of the allied forms is observed in the presence

a PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 461

of a closely fitting interclavicular bone which bounds the recurved
inferior extremity of the clavicle on each side. The anterior face
of the clavicle is expanded inwards below, so as to be wider than the
external face, and its inner edge is in contact with the corresponding
edge of the opposite clavicle, so as to inclose a short tube with the in-
terclavicles. The seales of the inferior row differ from the others in
having only half the diameters of the others, so that two scales are
articulated to the inferior edge of each scale of the next to the bottom
row. Each of these narrow vertical scales of the inferior row sends up
an acute process which fits a corresponding pit in the scale of the row
aboveit. This character resembles what is seen in the genus Benedenia
Traquair in a general way. There are two such rows of scales in the
type of that genus, B. deneénsis Traqu., and L can not make out from
Traquair’s figure and description whether they are longitudinally
fissured or not. The figure represents vertical grooves, which may be
sutures. The decision of this point must depend on further exam-
ination. I place this species provisionally in the genus Platysomus,
but I do not find this character to be described in other species of the
genus, according to the descriptions of authors.

The seale-series tend slightly backward from the vertical below, with-
out distinct curvature. The scales on the sides in front are about five
times as deep as long, and they graduate in size to the lowest undi-
vided row, where they are about twice as deep as long. The small
scales of the inferior row are twice as deep as long, and their depth is
about half that of the scales of next series above them. The sculpture
of the scales consists of narrow vertical ridges, which are curved
slightly backwards below. About ten may be counted crossing a trans-
verse line on each scale. Each of the narrow seaies of the inferior row
possesses a median angular keel which extends from the anterior edge >
downwards and backwards, but which does not reach the posterior
edge of the scale. . The external face of the clavicle is vertically striate
like the scales, and horizontally striate on the recurved portion. The
interelavicle has more distant longitudinal ridges, and one ridge on
each side of the low median keel is broken up into enamel tubercles.

The body is acute below. This is always the case, whether the frag-
ments are Compressed or not.

Measurements,

Diameters of anterior median scale : i
RUE LO HOSUGLL OL ck cee sega Saat els Sere ai semmins saws ceierc we Cawaacms: ase eee 2
RVG Co Demeester ete ee he Ree ee WE See nn ote Fy wa us sw ow naleeee wane 10

Diameters of lowest normal scale:

PRT UOUG CS NOL eset eerie onr ed eam at Geet ee eee ces concise Suc ens ew ee 3
MOL ULG rere eae eee es Bean oe Se pute Swe ya ta wiSuisuby Some ce weeewe cies 4

Depth of scale of inferior border (specimen No. 2)..-.-..------.-----------.--- Bus

Mmenoth of interclavicle (specimen No.3). o. 235 s-o--65 vo< See oo cece ceccce ese nus 10

PMCLUL Grn iGLOlAviGlo TO-LLOUU ONO: o)ideve oe accetce ctw atone secck< <cecusc-cesn 8

Diameter of interclavicular tube, transverse (No. 3) . 7

462 CHARACTERS OF PALEOZOIC FISHES—COPE.

From the Permian bed of the southern Indian Territory. Collected
by W. T. Cummins.

I have been principally guided in the determination of this form by
the monograph of the Platysomide published by Dr. Traquair, in the
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. 29, p. 545. Dr.
Traquair there demonstrates clearly that the Platysomidie belong te
the Lysopteri near to the Palwoniscidie, and that they are not allied
to the Dapediidee.

Platysomus lacovianus sp. noy.

Radial formula: D. 28, C. 30, A. 25. Body deep, superior and in-
ferior outlines very convex, Superior convexity posterior to the inferior.
Seales in nearly vertical series of few in a series, each scale with about
nine closely placed parallel ridges. These are parallel to the sides of
the scales in the lower and middle parts of the body. but on the superior
regions they are directed forwards as well as downwards, being oblique
to the long axis of the scale. The ventral border is furnished with a
single series of scales with a free acute extremity, forming a serrate
line. No such series is noticed on the dorsal outline. The head is
badly preserved; the pterotic and post-frontal regions have a striate
sculpture like that of the scales.

Measurements.

Min
duene thot Specimens: = -eaee soclem eles soe nine <rieteeieeen nes eee a ae 37
Greatestidepth: of specimen sacce: oe ene setae ieee seis ate ate are ner 22
eng th ofibaselotidorsalshines 2. sce secs eGo ease ee See enema] Here eeeee ai

This species is probably allied to the Platysomus circularis M. & W.*
In it the radial formula is given at D. 40, C. 30, A. 30. The scales are
also said to be smooth. This may be an appearance only, due to the
loss of the ganoine layer; but if correctly stated the scales are very
different from those of the P. lacovianus.

The typical and only specimen of the P. lacovianus is preserved in the
cabinet of Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pennsylvania, to whom [ am
indebted for the opportunity of examining it. It isin a concretion from
the Coal Measures of Mazon Creek, Illinois.

* Report of the Geological Survey of Illinois, p. 347, Pl. Iv, Fig. 2,

a a aii tae

lta ete Be

f

A a i, ym, a te

perdi PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 465

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Styptobasis knightiana Cope, tooth natural size; fig. 4 base view.

Fig. 2. Hybodus regularis Cope, \°, nat. size, left side; a@ section of middle of pos-
terior groove; b is at middle of closed portion.

Fig. 3. Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias Cope, about 4 nat. size; right side, both ex-
tremities lost; « front view; 5 section at open groove; ¢ section at broken apex, 4
nat. size.

PLATE XXIX,

‘Fig. 4. Macropetalichthys rapheidolabis N.O. & 1. type; skull one-third nat. size; 1
from above ; 2 from below; 3 posterior view. Lettering; Peo preorbital; Plo post-
orbital; e central; sq squamosal; Sp supratemporal; Mo exoccipital; Mo median oe-

cipital; Me? maxillary or malar; Pas parasphenoid ; né chordal canal.
PLATE XXX.

Fig. 5. Macropetalichthys sullivantii Newb., cranium, § nat. size; 1 from below; 2
from behind; front of cranium proper from behind at suture with unchal shield.
Fig. 7. Holonema sp. pectoral spine, nat. size,

PEAS. Sexo.

Vig. 6. Diagrams of superior sides of head shields of Dinichthyidae. 1 Dinichthys
terellii Newb., 4's natural size, 2 Titanichthys agassizii Newb., +4 nat. size; both from
Newberry.

Ng. 11. Platysomus lacovianus Cope, } nat. size; a vertical band of scales showing
sculpture.
PLATE XXXII

Fig. 8. Megalichthys nitidus Cope, type; about 7 nat. size. Fig. 1 head and part
of body from below; 2 head from above; 3 head from side ; 4 head from front.

Fig. 9. Megalichthys nitidus Cope, sections of fins; 1 of left fore fin; 2 of right
hind fin, both from below; nat. size.

PEATE xox

Fig. 10. Platysomus palmaris Cope, parts of 3 individuals, nat. size; 2a-b inferior
parts of plate band, from 2, enlafged ; 3a—-b front and inferior views of scapular arch
from 3, cl clavicle; Jcl Inter-clavicle,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXVIII

Fig. 1.

4
1
"

as:

—
a

4)
Alyy,
4

|

roe Ter CC
<< o

—
ey
<<

Fig. 3.

Fie. 1. Styptobasis knightiana Cope.
Fig. 2. Hybodus regularis Cope.
Fie. 3. Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias Cope.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXIX

Fa. 4. Macropetalichthys rapheidolabis N. O.& E.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. Xxx

Macropetalichthys sullivantii Newb,
end Sp.

. Holon

Fia. 5.
Fig.

ss

Fig, 5

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXXI

Fig. 11.

Fic. 6. (1) Dinichthys ; (2) Titanichthys.
Fie. 11. Platysomus lacovianus Cope.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXXII

Fig. 9.

dS

lies. 8,9. Megalichthys nitidus Cope.

ip s
BE
BLK OS, .
YEE
oe bh OL?)
BOL
fae AO

Be!
a

Fig. 8.

©,
Le

ee

i

SS ie RD 7 3 7 ea ‘
aes 6 es Se
5

2

ay
ec

i 5
* ¥ ee
’ ¥ a
i 2 a
y
Sy
e (
" -
ta
i
‘
we ;
[
<
'
i
£0 y
e a]
&
:
i \ 1% if i.
da ai}

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL. XXxill

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

‘adoy sxpUpnd SnMoshpD][T “OL PIT

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF WHIPPOORWILL FROM
COSTA RICA.

BY
R. RipGway,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

Antrostomus rufomaculatus, sp. noy.

Sp. Cuar: Primaries black, uniform on inner webs, spotted with rusty
on outer webs; tail black, banded with light rusty, the three outer
feathers (in male) broadly tipped across both webs with white. Plum-
age in general black, spotted with light rusty, the spots usually of
transverse form, and on the posterior under parts broader and paler;
on the belly a few larger spots of buffy whitish. No white on throat.
Length (skin), about 8.75; wing, 6; tail, 4.60.

HAbirat: Costa Rica (Volean de Irazi).

Adult male (No, 120102,* U.S. National Museum, Volean de Irazt,
Costa Rica, April 11, 1891, Anastasio Alfaro): General color black, but
this much variegated by numerous rather small spots, mostly trans-
verse, of light rusty or cinnamon-rufous; the top of the head, however,
with several broad irregularly serrated stripes of uniform black ; four
middle tail-feathers with about ten broad A-shaped bars of cinnamon-
rufous, averaging narrower than the black interspaces, and themselves
more or less broken by irregular small blotches of black; three outer-
most tail-feathers on each side, with the cinnamon-rufous bars much nar-
rower, less broken, directly transverse, and becoming obsolete towards
the ends of the feathers, which for the space of 0.65 (on the outermost)
to 0.90 (on the third) are silky white entirely across both webs, includ-
ing the shaft; the terminal margin of the white patch, however, tinged
with ochraceous. Inner webs of all the remiges (except innermost
secondaries) entirely black; outer webs marked with small spots of
cinnamon-rufous, on secondaries along the margin only. Anterior half
of lower parts black, each feather marked with a terminal pair of small
spots of pale cinnamon-brown or russet; these, across lower part of
throat larger, coalesced intoa single Y-shaped bar on each feather, but
not forming a distinct throat-patch; middle of breast with three trans-
versely pandurate spots of dull buffy whitish, considerably larger than
the other markings. A band or belt of similar large light-colored spots

*No. 5401, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV, No. 867.

Proc. N. M. 91 30 465

466 | NEW WHIPPOORWILL FROM COSTA RICA—RIDGWAY.

across the sides and middle of the belly, posterior to which the pre-
vailing color is pale cinnamon-brown (more clay-colored or buffy on
under tail-coverts), marked with transverse spots or irregular bars of
blackish. Under wing-coverts dusky, indistinctly spotted on outer
margin of wing with dark rusty; bill entirely black; feet blackish, be-
coming pale brownish (dull flesh color in life) on upper and posterior
portion of tarsus. Length (skin), about 8.75; wing, 6.00; tail, 4.60;
culmen, 0.35; tarsus, 0.62; middle toe, 0.60. Second and third quills
longest; fourth longer than the first, but the latter very much longer
than the fifth. Tail much rounded, the lateral feathers 0.70 shorter
than the middle pair.

This very distinct species is a true Antrostomus, agreeing very closely
with A. vociferus in size and proportions, but strikingly different in
coloration. In the last mentioned respect it seems to come somewhat
near A. sericeo-caudatus Cass.,* Supposed to come from South America
(Venezuela?), but the latter is much larger (length 11 instead of less
9,00, wing 7.25 instead of 6.00, tail 5.75 instead of 4.60), much paler or
more rufescent in color, and has the tail-bars exactly the reverse in
position, being Y/-, instead of A-shaped. No othr species of the genus
appear to resemble it at all closely.

For the privilege of describing and naming this fine new species, I am
indebted to the courtesy of Senor Anastasio Alfaro, the accomplished
director of the Costa Rica National Museum.

* Cf. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., rv, 1849, 238; Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 11, 1852)
1271, -Pl. 12

—— —

NOTES ON SOME BIRDS FROM THE INTERIOR OF HONDURAS.

BY
Ropert Ripeway,

Curator of the Department of Birds.”

A collection of nearly two hundred specimens (representing eighty-
five species), obtained in the interior of Honduras by Mr. Erich Witt-
kugel, and purchased by the U.S. National Museum, contains the
following birds of special interest :

1. Platypsaris aglaiz hypophzeus, subsp. nov.

SUBSP. CHAR: Similar to J. a, latirostris (Bonap.), but male darker
above (the back grayish black, very little different from the head), the
gray of under parts deeper and much more uniform, without the slight-
est indication of paling on the throat or-chest, and white on inner
webs of remiges much more restricted (none at all on first primary) ;
the female also darker than that of P. a. latirostris (deep tawny-butf,
instead of pale cream-buff, beneath).

HApbirar: Interior of Honduras (San Pedro Sula).

Adult male (type, No. 120293, U.S. Nat. Mus., San Pedro Sula, Hon-
duras, October 4, 1890; Erich Wittkugel): Pileum deep black, slightly
glossed with greenish, the feathers grayish beneath the surface, the
forehead dull smoky black ; hind neck glossy grayish black, fading into
dull blackish slate on the back, the rest of the upper surface being deep

slate-gray ; concealed portion of scapulars largely pure white, partially
exposed when feathers are disarranged. Lower parts entirely uniform
‘gray (intermediate between the gray No. 6 and the olive-gray of my
Nomenclature of Colors), Outer primary without any white at base of
inner web. Upper mandible black, lower plumbeous-dusky ; feet plam-
‘beous-dusky. Length (skin), 6.50; wing, 3.45; tail, 2.60; exposed cul-
men, 0.65; tarsus, 0.80; middle toe, 0.48,

Another adult male (No, 120294, same locality and collector, January
2, 1891,) is similar to the one deseribed except that it is still darker, both
above and below, the entire back being quite black (though less glossy
than the top of the head), while the sides of the head and neck also
are nearly black. Its measurements are as follows: Length (skin),
6.25; wing, 3.50; tail, 2.57; exposed culmen, 0.67; tarsus, 0.82; mid-
dle toe, 0.50.

AGT
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XTV—No. 868.

468 NOTES ON BIRDS FROM HONDURAS—RIDGWAY.

Young male, transition plumage (No. 120295, Santa Ana, Honduras,
November 6, 1890; Erich Wittkugel): Similar to the adult male, as
described above, put outer surface of closed wings chiefly bright rusty
chestnut under wing-coverts tawny-ochraceous, iuner web of remiges
broadly edged with ochraceous-buff (occupying entire web of second-
aries, except at tips), and gray of under parts, especially posterior to
the breast, much intermixed and stained with pale buffy. Under
mandible light colored. Length (skin), 6.25; wing, 3.45; tail, 2.45;
exposed culmen, 0.62; tarsus, 0.80; middle toe, 0.45.

Young male—first year? (No. 120296, U. S. Nat. Mus., San Pedro
Sula, Honduras, January 28, 1891; Erich Wittkugel): Piteum and
hind neck black, becoming dull a ish dusky on forehead; back and
scapulars, grayish olive, mixed or stained with dull rusty brownish,
some of the feathers having dusky shafts; rump and upper tail-coverts
dull rusty cinnamon, slightly tinged with olive; rectrices clear tawny
cinnamon-rufous, some of them darker or browner, others with dusky
longitudinal blotches; wings chiefly cinnamon-rusty; their under
coverts, clear ochraceous-buff. Under parts mixed olive-grayish and
buff, the former prevailing on sides of breast. Under mandible brownish
white. Length (skin), 6.30; wing, 3.35; tail, 2.55 ; exposed culmen, 0.65 ;
tarsus, 0.78; middle toe, 0 50.

Adult female (No. 120298, U.S. Nat. Mus., San Pedro Sula, Honduras,
November 29, 1890; Erich Wittkugei): Pileum smoky grayish black,
fading on forehead into dull grayish brown (‘hair brown”); rest of
upper parts dull cinnamou-chestnut, brighter (almost cinnamon-rufous)
on greater wing-coverts, secondaries and tail, as well as around neck.
Lores light grayish; malar region, deep buff or clay color, gradually
becoming deeper and more rusty posteriorly until it merges into the
bright cinnamon-rusty of sides of neck. Chin, pale buff; rest of under
parts deep tawny-buff or clay-color, the under wing-coverts ochraceous-
buff. Under mandible, dusky grayish (plumbeous in life?), Length
(skin), 6.40; wing, 3.25; tail, 2.40; exposed culmen, 0.655 tarsus, 0.80 ;
middle toe, 0.50.

I think there can be no question as to the distinctness of this bird
from P. a. latirostris, of which the National Museum possesses two adult
ees ne anadult female, from Ometepec, Nicaragua, collected by Mr.

.C. Nutting. The male of P. latirostris is much paler throughout,
having the distinctly gray back sharply defined against the black cap.
and the white on the inner webs of the primaries very much more ex-
tended, there being a considerable white space on the basal portion of
the first quill, of which there is no trace in the two adult males of P. a.
hypopheus. The short second primary is likewise considerably narrower
than in P. a. latirostris.

The adult female is very much darker than that of P. a. latirostris,
and has also a decidedly shorter wing and tail, but agrees so minutely
in coloration with the female of the Guatemalan form of P. aglaiw, that

on PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 469

I am unable to detect any difference. In fact, the male also is very
similar, except that the Guatemalan bird has amore or less distinet in-
dication of a whitish or rosy patch on the lower part of the throat. It
is this intermediate character of the Guatemalan bird that induces me
to choose a trinomial rather than a binomial appellation for the form
under consideration.

Whether the Nicaraguan type, P. latirostris (Bonap.), should also be
referred to the same species as a local race remains to be proven; but
I am inclined to believe that such disposition of if will eventually have
to be made. The case of the Costa Rican form is scarely more doubt-
ful; but P. homochrous (Sel.), of Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru seems to
be specifically distinct, the female always (?) having a rufous instead
of gray or blackish cap. Such an arrangement of these puzzling forms
would extend the range of P. aglaia@ from northern Mexico (and con-
tiguous portions of Arizona) to Costa Rica, but would provide for the
recognition of the following geographical or local races :

(1) P. aglaie (Lafr.). Eastern Mexico, (2. affinis Elliot seems un-
questionably to be a pure synonym of this name.)

(2) P. aglaiw albiventris (Lawr.) Western Mexico. (I have previ-
ously referred Yucatan specimens to this form, but I now am inclined
to consider those that I have seen from that country as representing a
worn and bleached plumage of aglai.)

(3) P. aglaie insularis Ridgway. Tres Marias Islands.

(4) P. aglaiw hypophaus Ridgw. Honduras. (Grading into aglaia
through specimens from Guatemala and southern Mexico.)

(5) P. aglaie latirostris (Bonap.). Nicaragua.

(6) P. aglaice obscurus Ridgw.* Costa Rica.

2. Pithys bicolor olivascens, subsp. nov.

SuBpsp. CHAR.: Similar to P. bicolor Lawr., but much more olivaceous.
particularly on the sides, where the feathers adjoining the white of the
breast and belly are conspicuously margined with white, producing a
scaled appearance.

Type No. 120197, U. S. National Museum, ¢ad., Santa Ana, Hon-
duras, November 20, 1890; Erich Wittkugel. .

The true P. bicolor occupies an intermediate position between this
form and P. leucaspis Sel., of northern South America, the three being
doubtless geographical races of a single species.

3. Gymnocichla chiroleuca Scl. & Salv.

Since neither the female nor young male of this very distinct species
appear to have been described, I give descriptions herewith :

Adult female (No. 120195, U.S. National Museum Santa Ana, Hon-
duras, November 20, 1890; Erich Wittkugel): Top of head and hind

“See these proceedings, page 474,

470 NOTES ON BIRDS FROM HONDURAS—RIDGWAY.

neck mummy brown; back, scapulars, and rump olive, tinged with slate-

color, the upper tail-coverts inclining to raw umber; outer webs of tail-_

feathers plain bistre, inner webs more dusky brown; lesser wing-coverts
and margin of wing deep tawny; greater coverts bistre brown, passing
into black subterminally, their tips rather broadly and sharply tawny ;
outer surface of secondaries warm brown (between bistre and vandyke),
the outer webs of primaries brighter or more russet. Lores and whole
of the orbits naked, the naked space extending almost to the occiput,
with the posterior extremity pointed. All the feathering below this
naked space, as well as along the posterior half of its upper margin,
together with chest, deep tawny, the remaining lower parts similar but
paler, changing on sides to olive, and on under tail-coverts to mixed
olive and tawny. Bill dusky (bluish in life?); legs and feet grayish
dusky (bluish in life ?), the claws light horn gray. Length (skin), 6.25;
wing, 3.00; tail, 2.25; culmen, 0.85; bill from nostril, 0.50; tarsus, 115s
middle toe, 0.78.

Young male (No. 120194, same locality, date, ete.) : Similar to the
adult female, but top of head and hind neck rather duller brown, the
middle and greater wing coverts without trace of tawny, and the tawny
which covers solidly the exposed surface of the lesser coverts lighter
in color. Length (skin), 6.10; wing, 2.90; tail, 2.40; culmen, 0.90;
bill from nostril, 0.49; tarsus, 1.15; middle toe, 0.75.

4. Grallaria guatemalensis Prévost?

A young male (supposed to be this species) is very different from the
adult, as shown by the following description :

Young (No. 120198, U.S. National Museum, Santa Ana, Honduras, ©
October 24, 1890; Erich Wittkugel): Top of head and hind neck dark —
slate-color, each feather marked near end with a tear-shaped streak of-

pale buff—the slate-color considerably darker, or approaching black,

immediately about these markings; throat, chest, and breast similarly

colored and marked, but slate-color rather lighter and bufty streaks

longer, extending along the shafts of the feathers nearly to their base; _
lower breast marked with large, somewhat pandurate, spots of buff.

Rest of plumage as in the adult (except wing-coverts more distinctly
spotted), the feathers having been molted and those of the adult dress
assumed.

On account of lacking specimens of the latter and authentic speci-
mens of the young of the former, I am unable to determine whether

this specimea should be referred to G. guatemalensis or to G. princeps

Sel. and Salv., the form which replaces it in Costa Rica and Veragua.
The following species may be mentioned on account of the locality :
(1) Spinus notatus (Du Bus). Six specimens, Santa Ana, December

23, 1890.

(2) Dives dives (Bonap.). Guaruma, January 23, 1891.

ee

5

ergot PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 471

(3) Myiobius erythrurus Cab. Santa Ana, December 22, 1890, and
San Pedro Sula, January 30, 1591.

(4) Lhamnophilus melanocrissus Scl. San Pedro Sula; five speci-
mens, August, September, and December.

(5) Selerurus guatemalensis Hartl. Four specimens ; Santa Ana, No-
vember 6 and 20, and La Puerte, November 12.

(6) Sclerurus mexicanus Scl. Volean de Puca, April 8.

(7) Automolus pallidigularis Lawr. Santa Ana, October 15.

(8) Phaochroa roberti Salvin. San Pedro Sula, January 31; Santa
Ana, October 16.

(9) Uranomitra eyanocephala (Less.). San Pedro Sula, November 28.

(10) Hylomanes momotula Licht. Santa Ana, October 9; two speci-
mens.

(11) Ceryle superciliosa stictoptera Ridgw. Locality not specified, De-
cember 2.

(12) Aulacorhamphus prasinus (Gould). Chasniguas, January 2.

(13) Scardafella inca (Less.). Chamelicon, December 2-26.

NOTES ON SOME COSTA RICAN BIRDS.

BY
ROBERT RIDGWAY,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

For the privilege of examining and reporting upon a small but very
interesting collection of birds from that remarkably prolifie country,
the author is indebted to the courtesy of the Director of the Costa Rica
National Museum, Sr. Anastasio Alfaro.

With their usual liberality, the authorities of the above mentioned
institution have presented all type specimens to the U.S. National
Museum.

1. Mimus gilvus (Vieill.).

An adult example from E] Zarcero (altitude about 7,000 feet), collected
March 1, 1887, by Mr. José C. Zeledon, is apparently identical with the
Colombian bird. Length (skin), 9.80; wing, 4.65; tail 4.95 (graduation,
1.50); exposed culmen, 0.78; tarsus, 1.35; middle toe, 0.90. White on
inner web of outer tail feather 1.55 in extent along shaft. “Iris pale
dirty yellow.”

2. Oreothlypis gutturalis (Cab.).

A young female may be described as follows:

Young female (No. 2116, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Achiote, C.
R., Jaly 27, 1888; A. Alfaro): Above dull plumbeous-gray, with a
triangular patch of black on the back, as in the adult; chin, throat, and
chest pale dingy buff, the feathers grayish, white beneath the surface,
their bases deeper grayish; rest of under parts whitish medially,
grayish laterally.

3. Eucometis cassini ( Lawr. ).

Young (No. 3366, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Jiménez, C. R.,
August 10, 1889; A, Alfaro): Much duller in color than the adult, with
none of the yellowish olive-green on top of the head, which is the same
coloras the back, with a very faint tinge of olive on the occiput; breast
and sides merely tinged with olive-green, the middle line of the breast
and belly being dull brownish buff, the under tail-coverts browner;
forehead and lores less black than inthe adult. Otherwise, the general
coloration is similar to that of the adult. :

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 869. —

474 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—RIDGWAY.

4. Platypsaris aglaiz obscurus, subsp. nov.

SuBsev. CHAR: Adult male similar to that of P. aglaiw hypopheus,*
but under parts darker anteriorly, the feathers of the throat and chest
still darker centrally, producing an indistinct spotted or scaled appear-
ance; first primary with a small white spot at base of inner web; adult
female similar to that of /. aglaie latirostris, but smaller,

Adult male (type, No. 121,331, U. S. National Museum, Jiménez,
Josta Rica, February 4, 1891; Alfaro & Carrarra): Pileum and hind
neck glossy, slightly greenish, black, becoming dull sooty blackish on
anterior portion of forehead and nasal plumes; rest of upper parts dark
slate-color, approaching slate-black on the interscapular region, the
edges of the remiges and greater wing-coverts more grayish slate ;
scapulars with a considerable part of their concealed portion pure white,
showing wherever the feathers are disarranged. Under parts deeper
slate-gray, somewhat darker anteriorly, where, on the throat and chest,
each feather has a dusky slate central spot, producing a somewhat
squamated appearance. Lores dull slate-gray, but ear-coverts glossy
slate-black. Upper mandible black, lower dark plumbeous; legs and
feet grayish black (plumbeous in life?). Length (skin), 5.65; wing,
3.50; tail, 2.50; exposed culmen, 0.62; tarsus, 0.80; middle toe, 0.55.

Adult female supposed to be this species, but possibly P. latirostris—
(No. 151332, U.S. National Museum, Jiménez, Costa Rica, March 30, 1891;
Anastasio Alfaro): Pileum dull slate-black, becoming dull brownish
gray anteriorly; rest of upper parts clear rufous-tawny (a little darker
than in P. latirostris), the tips and a considerable portion of inner
webs of primaries dusky. lEar-coverts, sides of neck, sides, and flanks
tawny-ochraceous (paler posteriorly) ; rest of under parts pale tawny-
buff (gradually blending into the deeper coior of the lateral portions),
the chin almost white. Upper mandible black; lower mandible and
feet plambeous; iris very dark brown.t Length (skin), 6.00; wing,
3.25; tail, 2.40; exposed culmen; 0.62; tarsus, 0.80; middle toe, 0.50.

[ at first identified this bird as P. homochrous (Scl.), but upon reéxam-
ination find that it can not be that species, if correctly described and
figured. LP. homochrous, as described, is larger (length, 7.00; wing,
3.70; tail, 3.90), and lacks the dark spotting on the throat and chest,
while the female has the pileum rusty, like the back, instead of con-
spicuously slate-blackish.

In these “ Proceedings,” Vol. Vv. p. 397, L referred a female Platypsaris,
collected by Mr. C. C. Nutting at La Palma, on the west coast of Costa
Rica, to P. homochrous, though expressing strong doubts as to the cor-
rectness of the identification. I am now convinced that the specimen
in question is referable to P. latirostris (Bonap.), specimens of which,
representing both sexes, were subsequently obtained by the same

*See these Proceedings page 467.
tMSS. memoranda on label,

Se | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. AG5

gentleman on the island of Ometepec, in Lake Nicaragua.* The La
Palma specimen agrees minutely in coloration with the female from
Ometepec, the only difference worth mentioning being the very slightly
darker color of the pileum. In size it is somewhat less, though not so
much so as the female from Jiménez, described above,

5. Picolaptes gracilis, Rhidgw.t

A specimen (male) collected by Mr. Alfaro at Cobia de Salinas July 9,
1890 (No. 5085, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica), is much lke the type of
this supposed species, but has the ground color of the anterior upper
parts (back included) browner, with the dusky streaks margining the pale
median streaks quite obsolete on the back, these pale streaks being
also more fulvous. The ground color of the under parts is also paler.
The bill is exactly the same length, measured both from the nostril and
from the base of the culmen, though it seems longer; but it is some-
what stouter, as well as less distinctly curved.

I have now little doubt that both these specimens are young birds
of P. compressus, and not a distinct species.

6. Scytalopus argentifrons, sp. nov.

Sp. CHAR: Adult male (No, 121329, U.S. National Museum, Volean
de Irazti, Costa Rica, April 23, 1891; Anastasio Alfaro): Forehead
and anterior portion of crown silvery gray; ¢ hind neck, back, and
seapulars dusky brownish slate-color; wings similar but a very little
bit more brownish, the tertials having indistinct rusty terminal mar-
gins; lower back dusky brownish, changing to a more rusty brown on
rump and upper tail-coverts—only the tips of the feathers thus colored,
however, their entire concealed portion being uniform leaden slate-
color; tail uniform dusky brownish slate, like wings. Head (except
as already described) and under parts as far back as the belly, plain
dull slate-color, paler, or in fact inclining to whitish, on middle of the
belly and having a hoary or silvery cast about the head in certain
lights; fluffy flank-feathers clear mummy brown, marked with rather
broad curved bars of blackish; femoral and anal regions similar, but
ground color paler (nearly cinnamon); under tail-coverts light tawny-
brownish, indistinctly barred with dusky. Under surface of the wing
plain dusky brownish gray, the edges of the remiges pale drab. Bill
black; tarsi brownish black on outer side, light olive on inner side
toes light horn-color or olive. Length (skin), 4.30; wing, 2.15; tail
1.60; exposed culmen, .45; tarsus, .50; middle toe, .68.

*Cf. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. vi, pp. 393, 394.
tProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xr, Sept. 20, 1889, p. 542.
{ Unfortunately the whole hinder crown and occiput have been shot away; but
another specimen (sex not determined) has these parts dull brownish, the feathers
slaty on the basal portion.

476 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—RIDGWAY.

Young (No. 121330,* Volcan de Irazt, May 1891; Anastasio Alfaro):
Above dusky brown (nearly clove-brown), each feather with a more or
less distinct subterminal f)-shaped or semicircular bar of bistre or sepia
brown, the ramp and upper tail-coverts with more regular as well as
much more distinct bars of a light tawny-brown; wings much browner
than in the adult, the greater coverts and tertials with rather indistinet
tawny-brown tips; chin and throat pale grayish, mixed with buff, pass-
ing laterally into uniform brownish gray on sides of neck and malar
region; ear-coverts uniform slate dusky; chest dull brownish gray, the
feathers of median portion indistinctly tipped with dull buffy grayish;
breast and belly dusky, conspicuously squamated with buff; flanks,
under tail-coverts, etc., asin the adult. Length (skin), 4.40; wing, 1.95;
tail, 1.50; exposed culmen, .43; tarsus, .80; middle toe, .68.

Another adult (No. 5419, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, same loeal-
ity, ete.), is essentially like the one described, its measurements being
as follows: Length (‘* mummied” specimen), 4.25; wing, 2.05; tail, 1.48;
exposed culmen, 0.45; tarsus, 0.80; middle toe, 0.68.

The only Colombian species with which I have been able to compare
this are NS. griseicollis (four specimens) and S. analis Lafr. It agrees with
the latter in general style of coloration and in the very long and strong
hind toe and claw, but is much smaller, has a slenderer Dill, with less
curved outlines, and is furthermore distinguished by the silvery luster
to the plumage of the head, especially on the forehead.

The discovery of a species of this Antarctic and Andean family at a
locality north of the Isthmus of Panama is a notable event, for the
achievement of which Mr. Alfaro deserves congratulations.

7. Chloronerpes caboti (Malh.).?

An apparently immature male specimen differs from undoubted
adults of C. caboti from both Costa Rica and Honduras in its generally
darker and duller coloration. It may be described as follows :

Immature male (No. 5406, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Jiménez,
C. R., March 28, 1891; Anastasio Alfaro): Above, plain greenish olive,
brightest on the lower back, but nowhere approaching the bright tawny-
olive of the adult; whole crown and occiput, superficially, red, as in
the aduit, but the color less bright ; pale subauricular space much less
distinct than in the adult ; lower parts dull olive, altogether less bright
and tawny or oleagineous than in the adult. ‘ Bill black; iris dark
brown; feet slate-gray.” Length (skin), 6.20; wing, 3.30; tail, 1.82;
culmen, .82; tarsus, .68.

8. Trogon massena Gould.

Two adult males, one from Pacuare (No. 1591, M. N. C. R., May, 1876,
J.C. Zeledon), the other from Jiménez (No. 3948, M. N. C. R., Decem-
ber 24, 1889, George K. Cherrie), are remarkably different in the color-

*No. 5417, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica.

Xe
vob otis

ta | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 477

ing of the metallic portions of the plumage. The latter, which Mr,
Cherrie writes is the common or prevailing type in Costa Rica, has no
shade of blue anywhere, the tail and back being in fact decidedly
bronzy, other portions (head, neck, chest, rump, and upper tail-coverts)
being bright bronze-green. The other specimen has the green every-
where of a decided bluish cast, becoming almost blue on the rump,
upper tail coverts, and hind-neck. There are apparently no other dif-
ferences beyond those which may be attributed to ordinary individual
variation. The two birds certainly look like distinct species, but on
comparing a considerabie series of specimens it is seen that they merely
represent extreme variations of one bird, as the following will show :

No. 3948, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Jiménez, Costa Rica. Bronze.
green, with back and middle rectrices bronze.

No. 3476, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, same locality. Bronze-
green, with back more bronzy.

No. 1596, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Naranjo, Costa Rica. Bronze-
green, the back more bronzy.

No, 1591, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Pacuare, Costa Rica. Blush
green, becoming greenish blue on rump, upper tail-coverts, and hind
neck.

No. 34875, U. S. National Museum, Turrialba, Costa Rica. Pure
green, tinged with bronze on scapulars.

No. 34896, U. S. National Museum, Angostura, Costa Rica. Bronze.
green, upper tail-coverts abruptly bluish green, and scapulars mixed
with bronze feathers.

No. 62086, U.S. National Museum, Veragua. bronze-green, mixed
with clear green on the rump.

No. 53978, U.S. National Museum, Panama. Clear green, becoming
bronze-green on scapulars and across lower back.

No. 91276, U.S. National Museum, Los Sabalos, Nicaragua. Bronze-
green, mixed with bronze on back and scapulars.

Ne. 120251, U. S. National Museum, San Pedro Sula, Honduras.
Bronze, becoming bronze-green on head, rump, and upper tail-coverts.

No. 120252, U. S. National Museuin, same locality. Similar to No.
120251, but a little greener.

No. 40457, U. 8S. National Museum, Greytown, Nicaragua. Clear,
green, more bluish on head, scapulars mixed with bronze, back tinged
with bluish green, and upper tail-coverts abruptly bluish green.

No. 50550, U.S. National Museum, Guatemala. Bronze-green, more
bronzy on scapulars, clear green on head, and longer upper tail-coverts,

An adult female from Pozo Azul (No. 1592, Museo Nacional de Costa
Rica, December 1, 1885, J. C. Zeledon) differs remarkably from all others
| have seen in having the entire bill black, the under mandible quite as
uniform and deep black as the upper, instead of orange or orange-red
(drying dull yellowish). Animmature female (No. 43009, U.S, National

A478 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—RIDGWAY.

Museum, San Mateo, April, 1866, J. Cooper) has the lower mandible
dusky brown, but showing a lightening of color at the tip and base.

A young male in transition plumage (No. 5476, Museo Nacional de
Costa Rica, Jiménez, August 18, 1883, A. Alfaro) may be described as
follows: Pileum bright metallic grass-green; hind neck, back, and
scapulars metallic olive-green or bronze; rump and upper tail-coverts
metallic grass-green; six middle tail feathers bronzy purplish black,
their outer webs edged with bronze-green, this occupying nearly the
entire outer web of the middle pair of rectrices, the inner webs of which
have a copper-bronze luster in the proper light; three outermost pairs
of rectrices black, tipped (for about .25-.30 of an inch) with white, and
narrowly barred with white along the edge of the outer web (entirely
across near the white terminal spot, and much more distinct, as well as
extending much farther toward the base on the outermost feather).
Secondaries dull slate-black, margined and irregularly barred with dull
light buff. Breast and anterior portion of sides light ash-gray barred
or undulated with darker. Upper mandible blackish, with basal half
of cutting-edge orange.

9. Trogon aurantiiventris Gould.

A male from the Volean de Irazi (No. 5529, Museo Nacional de
Costa Rica, May 21, 1891) and a female from Cartago (No, 5528, May 30,
1891) differ from all the specimens of 7. aurantiiventris in the U. S. Na-
tional Museum collection in the color of the under parts, which in the
male is pure orange and in the female a pale orange, instead of saturn-
red, reddish orange, or salmon-color. [am not able to detect any other
differences, however.

10. Accipiter subniger (Vieill.).
= “A tiwus (Lath.),” and ‘‘4 superciliosus (Linn.).”

An adult male from Greytown, Nicaragua (No, 5115, Museo Nacional
de Costa Rica, June 15, 1890, Anastasio Alfaro), measures as follows :
Length (skin), 8.50; wing, 5.15; tail, 3.90; culmen, 0.42; tarsus, 1.58
(unfeathered portion, 1.08); middle toe, 1.05. “ Iris, crimson; bill, black;
feet, cadmium yellow; soles of toes, Indian yellow.” Four black bands
on tail.

NOTE ON PACHYRHAMPHUS ALBINUCHA, BURMEISTER.

BY
RoBERT RipGway,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

For some 17 years there has been in the collection of the U.S. National
Museum, a bird-skin labeled with the above name, received from Dr.
Burmeister himself. This name i have been unable to find in any work
where it would be expected to occur, even the “ Argentine Ornithology ”
of Messrs. Sclater and Hudson mentioning it but casually in the biblio-
graphical appendix, while Dr. Sclater’s catalogue of the Oligomyodie
(“Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum,” vol. Xtv) absolutely
ignores it. This seems very remarkable in view of the fact that the
bird was clearly described as long ago as 23 years (VP. Z.S., 1868, p. 635),
anil is so conspicuously distinct from anything else, though resembling
superficially in coloration Pachyrhamphus cinereus (Bodd.).

Pachyrhamphus albinucha, having a pycnaspidian tarsus, is a member
of the family Cotingid@; but it is so different in other points of its
structure from the typical members of the genus in which it was placed
by its describer that there can be no question it does not belong there.
In fact, the normal size and form of the second primary necessitates its
removal from the subfamily Zityrine. According to the characters used
by Dr. Sclater for the classification of these birds, it would seem to be-
long to the subfamily Lipaugine; but on comparison with the various
genera in this and other *“‘subfamilies” it is found to approach more
nearly to Casiornis in structure than to any other. The differences,
however, from Casiornis, are so numerous and so great, that there
seems to be no resource but to establish a new genus foritsreeeption. I,
therefore, propose as the name for the new genus the name Venopsaris.

The characters of the genus aud its type species are as follows:

Xenopsaris, genus novum Cotingidarum. (Type, Pachyrhamphus albinucha Bur-
meister. )

GEN. CHAR.: Similar to Casiornis Bp., but bill very much smaller,
narrower, and more elevated at the base, with culmen gradually curved
throughout its length; nasal and rictal bristles much less developed ;
tail nearly as long as the wing, emarginate and reunded (7, e., double-
rounded), the feathers rather narrow ; primaries exceeding secondaries
by more than length of bill; the second, third, and fourth quills nearly

479
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XLV—No. 870.

480 NOTES ON PACHYRHAMPILUS ALBINUCHA—RIDGWAY.

equal, and longest; first primary equal to sixth ; tarsus about equal to
length of bill measured from the rictus; middle toe considerably shorter
than tarsus (slightly less than exposed culmen); feathers of pileum
lengthened and broad, forming when erected a full, rounded crest; along
each side of the lower back and rump a conspicuous tuft of pure white
cottony feathers. Color (both sexes) grayish above, with glossy black,
full-crested pileum, the lower parts, sides of head (below eyes), nuchal
collar, lores, and frontlet, white.

Xenopsaris albinucha (BurmM.),

Pachyrhamphus albinucha BurM., P. Z. 5., 1868, 635.

Sp. cHAR.: Adult (No. 67388, U.S. National Museum, Rio de la Plata,
Buenos Ayres; Dr. H. Burmeister): Entire pileum (except narrow
frontal band), down to the middle of the eyes, glossy black, with a
slight bluish luster; narrow frontal band (including nasal tufts), lores,
suborbital region, ear-coverts, aud entire under portion of head, neck,
and body, white; a rather narrow grayish white nuchal collar (imme-
diately below the black pileum); hind neck and back uniform ash-gray,
the secondaries and rump similar but browner; wings, tail, and upper
tail-coverts grayish brown, the wing-coverts narrowly and indistinetly
margined with whitish, the tertials distinctly edged with white; tail
darker than wings, especially towards the end, the shafts pale brown
basally; outer tail-feather broadly edged and margined round end with
white. Upper mandible, black; lower, grayish (plumbeous in life ?);
feet dusky in dried skin. Length (skin), 4.90; wing, 2.45; tail, 2.30;
exposed culmen, 0.38; tarsus, about 0.48; * middle toe, about 0.35.

To his excellent description, cited above, Dr. Burmeister adds the
following:

This small bird lives in the sedge of the shores of the Rio de la Plata, near Buenos
Ayres, and has a somewhat melapcholy temperament, sitting quite still in the same

place a long time. Both sexes are alike in color, but the color of the male is much
clearer, and the white nuchal band broader and more distinct.

* Feet considerably mutilated, so that exact measurements can not be taken.

DESCRIPTION OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW FORMS OF THAM-
NOPHILUS.

BY
ROBERT RIDGWAY,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

1. Thamnophilus albicrissus, sp. nov.

Sp. CHAR.: Resembling 7. major, Vieill., but remiges entirely with-
out white edgings, white bars on tail much smaller, black beneath eyes
much broader, and bill much stouter,

HABITAT: Trinidad? (Type, No. 85497, U. S. National Museum;
from Southwick and Jencks.)

This is evidently a very distinct bird from 7. major, and is repre-
sented in the collection by an adult male and two females, of uncertain
locality, but all of the same “make,” which conforms exactly to that
of skins from Trinidad. The male is not quite in perfect plumage, the
greater wing coverts, though deep black in color, being narrowly tipped
with light fulvous. In the adult male of 7. major these feathers are
not only breadly tipped with pure white, but this color follows the edge
of the feathers a considerable distance.

From 7. melanurus Gould, which I have not seen, this species seems
to differ in the spotted tail and smaller size, the wing especially being
considerably shorter (3.40 instead of 3.80 inches).

2. Thamnophilus trinitatis, sp. nov.

Sp. CHAR.: Most like 7. cirrhatus (Gmel.), but back much deeper and
darker brown, black of under parts much more extensive, sides and
flanks much darker gray, and white edgings to rectrices much less
distinct.

HABITAT: Island of Trinidad. (Type, No. 32848, U. S. National
Museum, Trinidad; Verreaux.)

In the color of the back this bird resembles 7. pulchellus, Cab. and
Heine, much more closely than 7. cirrhatus, but the color is even a
darker brown, which, however, does not extend over the rump as it
does in 7. pulchellus. It lacks the brown of the sides and flanks as
well as the white head-markings, in these respects agreeing with 7.

pulchellus.

481
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 871.

Proc. N. M. 9531

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SHARP-TAILED SPARROW FROM CAL-
IFORNIA.

BY
Rospertr RipGway,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

Ammodramus caudacutus becki, subsp. noy.

SUBSP. CHAR: Similar to A. caudacutus nelsoni, but bill very much
more slender, back more heavily marked with black, buff of anterior and
lateral under parts more creamy, aud chest less distinctly streaked.

Adult (No. 120310, Milpitas, Santa Clara County, California, May 6,
1891; Rollo H. eck): Pileum deep bistre-brown, darker, or mixed with
Sieabish laterally, and divided longitudinally by a rather broad though
indistinct dusky grayish median stripe; hind neck mixed tawny-
brown and light grayish; interseapulars black, mixed with tawny
olive-brown (the last predominating along the median line of the back),
the feathers, especially those toward the seapulars, broadly edged with
grayish white, tinged, especially on middle of back, with buffy; scapu-
lars dull tawny-brown, each with a central or median elongated spot of
blackish; greater wing-coverts with outer surface mainly. tawny-brown,
paler at tips, the subterminal portion with a dusky, ill-defined, mostly
concealed, spot; tertials black centrally, margined (broadly on outer
webs) with tawny-brown, fading to whitish on outer web of first and
terminal portion of outer web of second feather. Lower back and ramp
light grayish tawny or isabella-color, rather indistinetly streaked with
dusky; upper tail-coverts similar but more buffy, with dusky streaks
more distinet. Tail-feathers light grayish brown, edged with a more
buffy hue (the two outermost with pale buffy grayish), and marked with
a median streak of dusky. Sides of head, including a broad supercil-
jiary stripe, tawny-ochraceous, interrupted by a grayish olive auricular
patch; sides of neck, immediately behind the latter with a small blackish
blotch. Chin, throat, chest, sides, flanks, and under tail-coverts buff,
deepest on chest, which, with sides and flanks, are streaked with brown-

‘ish black, the streaks less distinct on chest; breast and belly plain

|

a

white. Bill grayish horn color (bluish in life %), with upper mandible
mainly blackish; legs and feet light horn color. Length (skin), 4.55;
wing, 2.15; tail, 1.90; exposed culmen, 0.58; depth of bill at base, 0.20;
tarsus, 0.78; middle 00) 0.58,

In the very slender bill, the large amount of black on the back, and

ASS
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 872.

484 A NEW SHARP-TAILED SPARROW—RIDGWAY.

coloration of the sides of the head and lower parts, this new form
resmbles A. leconteii more closely than A. caudacutus nelsoni. The lower
parts are, in fact, exactly the same, while as to the sides of the head |
the only difference is that A. leconteti has pale grayish instead of deep)
buff lores, and a more distinct blackish post-ocular streak. In other
respects, however, it is very different from A. leconteti, the absence of a.
sharply defined median crown-stripe and the presence of conspicuous :
whitish steaks on the back being the most obvious characters.

The single specimen upon which this new form is based was shot by”
Mr. Beck (after whom I have the pleasure of naming it), ‘among the:
tules on the edge of a small salt-water slough leading into the southern,
extremity of San Francisco Bay in Santa Clara County.”

NOTES ON SCELOPORUS VARIABILIS AND ITS GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION IN THE UNITED STATES.

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator, Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

— Hallowell’s Sceloporus marmoratus has had a very curious fate in our
herpetological literature. The name occurs a few times in later nomi-
nal lists, but so little is known of it, and so little has been said of it that
) Boulenger, in the second volume of the Catalogue of Lizards in the Brit-
ish Museum, was compelled to simply refer to it in a foot-note(p. 216).

Two specimens of Fence-Lizards brought home by Dr. 8S. W. Wood-
house from San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas, were described in 1852
by Hallowell as Sceloporus marmoratus and S. delicatissimus (Proc. Phila.
Acad., VI, p. 178), and fuller details, as well as two wretched plates illus-
trating the twosupposed species, were given in Captain Sitgreaves’ Report
ofan Expeditiondown the Zuni and Colorado Rivers (pp. 109, 110). The
alleged differences of these consisted chiefly in the somewhat different
number and arrangement of the cephalic scales. It must have been
plain, however, to anybody familiar with the great variability of these
scales in this group of lizards that the two species were only individual
variations of the same thing, and in Professor Baird’s report upon the
reptiles collected during the survey of the United States and Mexican
boundary the two forms were correctly united, the name marmoratus
being retained as the first one described by Hallowell (p. 6). In this
report two additional localities for the species were recorded, both in
southwestern Texas.

We next find the name S. marmoratus in Cope’s Check-list of North
American Batrachia and Reptilia (1875), but with an entirely different
habitat, as, on page 48, it is referred to the “Sonoran region, Utah,”
and on page 92 it is enumerated as one of the ‘‘species confined to the
Sonoran region.” This exclusion of 8S. marmoratus from the original
habitat is still more accentuated five years later, as it is not at all men-
tioned in Professor Cope’s memoir “On the Zoological Position of
Texas.” This misplacement seems not to have been caused by the ac-
cession of new material, but is probably due to a lapsus of some kind,
for, as will be shown further on, this form seems really to be confined
to southwestern Texas so far as its occurrence within the United States
485

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No.873.

486 NOTES ON SCELOPORUS VARIABILIS—STEJNEGER.

is concerned. Garman (List of N. A. Rept. and Batr., 1884, p. 17) shifts
the locality still further west by assigning S. marmoratus to “ Southern
California.”

The only other American author referring to it under the name of S.
marmoratusis Yarrow, who, in his Check-list of North American Reptilia
and Batrachia (p. 58, 1883), refers to it two specimens, one (No. 4116) —
from “ Redmond’s Ranch, Rio Grande,” the same mentioned by Pro-
fessor Baird (loc. cit.), and another (No. 2885) from ‘‘ San Diego, Califor- — i
nia.” The latter specimen is correctly identified, but the statement as to
the locality involves a double error, for, in the first place, the original —
No. 2885 did not come from San Diego, California, but from San Diego,
Nuevo Leon, Mexico, and in the second place this specimen is not at all
No. 2885, but a much more valuable one, as attested by the original
parchment label which is still firmly attached to it, for it is nothing
less than the type specimen of Hallowell’s Sceloporus delicatissimus,
which was thought to have been lost.

It was the examination of this specimen that proved to me conclu-
sively that S. marmoratus is nothing but a synonym of Sceloporus
wvariabilis of Wiegmann.

The latter name has but recently been introduced in the herpetolog-
ical works as occurring within the United States.. Boulenger in the
third volume of the Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum (1887,
p. 503) mentions three specimens from ‘** Duval County, Texas,” collected
by W. Taylor, Esq., and Cope, about simultaneously (Proc. U. S. Nat.—
Mus., 1888, p. 397), records nine specimens as belonging to the National
Museum from the same source.* He adds: “ First found in the United
States near Corpus Christi, by Francis Aaron,” but as 8. marmoratus
is the same as variabilis the species was found within the United
States long before it was collected by Mr. Aaron.

The identification of S. marmoratus with variabilis extends the known
range of the latter considerably, as San Antonio, whence came the type,
is situated about 120 miles north of San Diego and Corpus Christi.
The species does not seem to be rare even so far north, for we have, in ©
addition to the type of S. delicatissimus, another specimen, a female from
Medina, the county on the southwest of Bexar, as well as a female col- —
lected by Mr. G. W. Marnock at Helotes, in the latter county. Both of
these specimens I found labeled ‘“ Sceloporus scalaris” (and the first one
-is so recorded by Yarrow, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 24, p. 62), with which
species there is no good reason for confounding them. However, Pro-
fessor Cope (Zool. Pos. Texas, p. 17) states that S. scalaris “is abundant
in the region southwest of San Antonio, according to Mr. Marnock, -
from whom I obtained specimens,” and it may therefore be that both
species occur Uaere: though our Museum possesses no Spegmen of true

* Of these I Harte been unable to find more th: an two specimens in the collections of
the Museum, and only these are, therefore, included in the list of specimens examined
given below.

Soon” | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A487

Sceloporus scalaris from the region in question. On the other hand,
Professor Cope records “seven specimens” received from San Diego,
_ Texas, as “Sceloporus ? scalaris” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 397)
_asif he was uncertain as to their belonging to this species, an uncer-
tainty which I am inclined to extend to all the alleged specimens of 8.
scalaris from southwestern Texas. That I am unable to express any
final opinion upon the San Diego specimens is due to the fuct that the
specimens, although stated to belong to the Museum, have not been
found in spite of an extended search.

There are two more Texan specimens in the collection, viz, No. 11457,
collected by Mr. George B. Sennett in “ Texas,” presumably somewhere
on the lower Rio Grande between the mouth and Hidalgo where Mr.
Sennett was collecting during April and May, 1877. The other speci-
men is No. 4116, from “ Redmond’s Ranch” on the Rio Grande, the
same as Bellville, about 70 miles below Laredo.

There remains one specimen which requires special mention on ae-
count of the uncertainty of its origin. It has a tin tag attached to it
numbered 2882, which, if correct, would give it “China, Nuevo Leon,
Mexico” for a locality, and Lieutenant Couch for a collector, but to
one of its legs is tied an original parchment label which reads, ‘4108,
Utah, December,” and the record book gives the information that it
was ‘removed from No. 2877,” a bottle containing numerous speci-
mens of Se. gratiosus collected at Salt Lake, Utah, by Captain Stans-
bury. Several other “removals” took place at the same time, however,
and it is almost certain that both numbers are wrong. At any rate it
would not do to credit Utah with S. variabilis on the strength of the
present specimen.

In order to facilitate the identification of this species, which has been
so singularly overlooked within our territory, I may point out some of
the most salient characters by which it may be recognized.

. Sceloporus variabilis differs from all the species hitherto found witbin

the United States by having the scales of the sides of the body con-
siderably smaller than those of the back; a white half moon-shaped
mark on the side above the insertion of the fore limb is present in both
sexes and is quite characteristic. The male, moreover, is readily dis
tinguished by the flank patches of a pink (in alcohol grayish) color,
which come very close together on the belly and are bordered by a
dark bluish line, the latter joining a large dark patch on the shoulder
behind the white semilunar mark. Among the other characters the
following may be mentioned: Head-shields wrinkled; lateral scales
directed obliquely upwards; femoral pores about twelve on each side,
not meeting medially across the belly ; about fifteen dorsal scales in a
head length; anterior frontal divided longitudinally,

Se. scalaris, on the other hand, is easily distinguished by having the
Series of femoral pores nearly meet across the belly; the scales on the
sides are nearly as large as those of the back, and these are much larger

488 NOTES ON SCELOPORUS VARIABILIS—STEJNEGER.

than in Se. variadilis, about eight corresponding to the length of the
head ; no white semilune on shoulder, and male with “ deep-blue” flank
patches ; anterior frontal undivided.

List of specimens examined.

U.S.| No. | Sex
= : ae By whom From whom
ae Arnal sree Locality. collected. received. Remarks:
| |
16020 1| gad | San Antonio, Tex ............ DrejS: We Wiood-\\.<. cas. ose Type of S. deli-
| | house. catissimus.

2916 | iy) Glad's| Medina Texisa.ceecsee scissile TD3Cuttsss-.co- feeretaeio te miso | ainiatete siefeiee emreraiate
4116 | 1) Qad | Redmond’s Ranch, Rio Grande| J. H. Clark......-- Major Hmory|son--ccs---sosoe
11457 | a -Giads |) Ce Ox ashy oa asaerseeceneeceee a GeBASennet tise as a | scaieteisiate ate aia temteete mata ctetstatets
13630 Pit Qada Helotes: exis. ee anac tase ae GaWMarnocks zac] tsecenciene tee sete see ee seers
15654 iad, | San Diego, Lex: 3255 5-2 eae We Davlorsiscas ashes oto emeod =| eerseecee eee
15655 We icads |e 8 Ome sacectecise secnisisece eee SMO nee occa cen ete seacene dead tices pee meee
4108 DihQadilit(@) (gaeecsesmencecoee ee eee ceee Wp oscielego ssa see eas | sEace clei ee oan e cece seeeaee
2886 | 1 | gad | Matamoros, Tamaulipas .-.-.-- Lient.|Coueh? Je2 sal seacteni- oaeleell cris semeeecercee
4790 | 2{| dad | Xalapa, Mexico ...........-.. Del Oca eenceeces ceo Seeresesccincss sere ace= eee meee

NOTES ON JAPANESE BIRDS CONTAINED IN THE SCIENCE COL-
LEGE MUSEUM, IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY, TOKYO, JAPAN.

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

Some time ago the Educational Museum of Tokyo was abolished and
the collections turned over to the Science College of the Imperial
University. Dr. I. ljima, professor of embryology and comparative anat-
omy, volunteered to take care of the ornithological material, and made
me the proposition to send the entire collection over in installments for
identification and study. I gladly accepted the offer, and avail myself
of the present opportunity to publicly express my gratitude for the
kindness of Dr. Ijima and the authorities of the Science College.

The following notes are the result of an examination of the first in-
stallment, and contains, as will be seen, quite a number of interesting
additions to the Japanese avifauna.

The collection sent contained a number of additional specimens, but
as they added nothing to our knowledge reference to them was con-
sidered superfluous.

The numbers in parenthesis preceding the names are those of Blak-
iston and Pryer’s “ Birds of Japan.”

(62) Sterna sinensis GM.

Two spezimens (Nos. 1363 and 1364), both from Hitachi, probably col-
lected with the following. One is a young bird with dusky bill and
feet, the other (1363) an adult in full plumage.

Sterna dougalli MONTAG.

The claim of this species to a place in the Japanese fauna rests upon

a single specimen in the Pryer collection from the Liukiu Islands
(Seebohm, Ibis, 1887, p. 181). It is, therefore,interesting to find a
specimen from Hitachi in the Science College collection (No. 1462). It
is just completing the black hood and is in splendid condition, except
that the collector has cut off the wings and sewed on those of a Sterna
; sinensis, a combination which at first staggered me, as the job was very
neatly done! The bill of this specimen is red, with dusky tips, and

not nearly as thick as in Seebohmm’s figure (B. Jap. Emp., p. 296).

489
[Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 874.]

490 NOTES ON JAPANESE BIRDS—STEJNEGER.
(63) Sterna camtschatica PALL.

Reeords of this species from Japan are not numerous. The present
collection contains three specimens, one adult (471) from Nanaura,
Boshiu, province of Awa, and two young (472 and 478), the former
from the same locality, October 9, 1883, the latter fron the province of
Shimosa, November 1, 1883. These are identical with Kamtschatkan
specimens in corresponding plumage, though the tarsus is somewhat
shorter. The U.S. National Museum possesses a fine adult male (No.
85783), collected by Mr. Jouy on May 9, 1881, at Tomiyoka Point, near

Yokohama.
Sterna bergii Licut., subsp?

No. 1180 is another male of this form obtained October, 1889. by Mr.
Nishi in the Yayeyama Islands. It is somewhat smaller than the first
specimen described by me (Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 393), but ap-
parently otherwise similar.

The question raised (loc. cit.) as to the correct subspecific name of
this form has not been answered as yet.

(83) Puffinus tenuirostris (TEMM.).

A specimen collected by Mr. Ota in the province of Owari, Hondo
(No. “ BB”), deserves to be mentioned in addition to the other Japanese
specimens already on record.

Zistrelata leucoptera (GOULD).

In regard to this interesting addition to the Japanese fauna Dr. Ijima
writes me that it was caught in the province of Mino, after a storm, in
1885.

This is the species often referred to as 4. desolata (GM.), but although
it is Kuhl’s Procellaria desolata it is not the bird so named by Gmelin,
which is Halibena desolata. It is referred to as doubtfully occurring
in Kamtschatka in my List of the Birds of Kamtschatka (Res. Orn,
Expl. Kamtsch. Command. Ils. 1885, p. 316).

HY. leucoptera is a smaller species, but otherwise much like Salvin’s
LE), pheeopyga.

Bulweria bulweri (JARD. & SELBY).

A specimen of this species, which has only recently been found in the
Pacific (Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1890, p. 380), was captured at Nikko, as
Dr. Ijima writes, probably driven inland by a storm. He adds: “TI
have another very bad specimen which was picked up on the shore of
Sulphur Island.” Mr. Holst, who collected for Mr. Seebohm, found it
very common on Sulphur Island, where it may possibly breed (Ibis,
1891, p. 192).

Glareola orientalis LEACH.

Specimen No. 1166, 2 , collected by Dr. Ijima in the province of Hi-
tachi, adds not only a new species but a whole family to the Japanese

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 491

avifauna, Total length and stretch of wing as measured by Dr. Ijima
were 210 and 540 millimetres respectively.

Further account of the capture would be highly interesting, espe-
cially whether it was found alone or in company with others of the
same species.

(1044) Tringa canutus L.

No. 306, a young bird, is from Tokio, without further information.
Tringa ferruginea bRUNN.

From the fact that this species (also known as 7. subarquata) has been
recorded from the Tehukchi peninsula, it was to be expected that it
would turn up, occasionally at least, in Japan during the migrations,
though, on the other hand, the circumstance that it had hitherto not
been observed, neither in Kamtschatka nor in Japan, makes it safe to
conclude that its regular migration route does not lie so far east.

Two specimens (Nos. 298 and 293), both from Giotoku, prove that
it occurs both on the spring migration and in the autumn, and from the
superficial resemblance to 7. alpina pacifica (T. cinclus) it is probably
often mistaken for the latter. The first one is a fine adult male in
splendid summer plumage, collected May 25, 1884; the other is a young
bird in the first fall plumage, obtained September 20, 1883.

T. ferruginea is easily distinguished from 7. alpina by the bill being
much narrower at the tip, by the white upper tail-coverts, and, in the
summer plumage, by having the under surface rusty or chestnut, while
in T. alpina these parts in summer are white with a large patch of
blackish on the belly.

(108) Tringa acuminata (Hors. ).

No. 291, éad., collected at Horiye, province of Musashi, Hondo,
July 27, 1883, is particularly interesting inasmuch as it is in full breed-
ing plumage considerably abraded. In this plumage, the first I have
ever seen, the bird looks very different from the winter plumage in
which it is usually found. The under parts are much more densely
spotted, and the yellow tinge of the fore neck is more ochraceous, while
the broad rusty'edges of the feathers on the upper parts are nearly
gone.

The breeding grounds of this species have not yet been ascertained
with certainty,* and although the occurrence of this bird in the plum-
age here described in Japan on July 27 would seem to indicate that it
may breed there, at least occasionally, yet it is well known that non-
breeding individuals of many waders remain during summer in a much
more southern latitude than the regular breeding grounds.

Seebohm (Distr. Charadr., p. 442) refers Latham’s Tringa aurita to
the present species without even a query, but Latham’s description

eee SN

*See Palmén, Vega Exp. Vet. Iaktt., v, 1887, p. 32v.

492 NOTES ON JAPANESE BIRDS

STEJNEGER.

17

does in no particular fit 7.
dropped from the synonymy.

acuminata, and the name may safely be

(109) Limicola platyrincha (TEMM.).

or

Two specimens, Nos. 271 and 274, ¢ and 2, were collected in 1883 at
tiotoku. They agree in every respect with the specimen now in the
U.S. National Museum (95955) collected by Captain Blakiston at Hako-
date, in August.
(110) Calidris arenaria (L.).

A & specimen (No. 290), from Shimosa, purchased in the flesh Feb-
ruary, 1889, deserves mention, as the Sanderling is a comparatively
rare bird in Japan.

(111) Pavoncella pugnax (L.).

The Ruff is sufficiently rare in Japan to justify the record here of a
specimen (‘*CC”) belonging to Mr. Ota, which was collected in the
province of Owari, Hondo. Two others were also sent, belonging to
the Science College Museum, viz, Nos. 332 and 353, both males, col-
lected on October 13, the former an adult in winter plumage, at Horiye,
province of Musashi, the latter a bird of the year, at Giotoku, prov-
ince of Shimosa, Hondo. The last mentioned two specimens are re-
ferred to by Seebohm (Ibis, 1885, p. 504).

(112) Phalaropus lobatus (L.).

One specimen (‘*B”), adult, was shot by Mr. Kanai, on the shore of
Lake Suwa, province of Shinano, May 17, 1889, out of a flock of six-
teen. The other (No. 1358) is a young female, obtained from Mr. F,
Sakamoto, in the flesh, September 27, 1890, from the province of
Shimosa.

(113) Crymophilus fulicarius (L.).

“Tt has not yet been recorded from Japan proper.” Specimen ‘ DD,”
a winter adult, belonging to Mr. Ota, deserves therefore special men-
tion, it having been collected in the provinee of Owari, Hondo.

Phaéthon rubricauda Bopp.

‘The only record of this species on Japanese territory is the bunch of
tail feathers from Bonin, in the Tokyo Museum, and the birds seen- by
Holst on the island San Alessandro, 40 miles north of Sulphur Island
(Seebohm, Ibis, 1891, p. 192). I have now before me a young speci-
men (Science Coll. Mus. No. 481) captured after a storm, in 1885, in
the province of Mino.” ;

Tropic Birds ean not be scarce in the seas about Japan. In Beechy’s
voyage of the “ Blossom” it is stated (1, p. 236) that ‘+ the tropic birds
accompanied us as far as 36° N.,” and v. Martens (Preuss. Exp. Ost.-
As., Zool., 1, p. 59) speaks of seeing them on September 10, in lati-
tude 319°,

vor. XIV, | -“ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 493

Phaéthon candidus (DRApP.).

Another addition to the fauna. A young specimen of this species
(also known as Ph. flavirostris) is in Mr. Ota’s collection (No. “AA”),
and was collected in the province of Kaga, on the Sea of Japan.

In the handbooks the three species of this genus are distinguished
by characters somewhat difficult to grasp and apply. I have found
a set of characters easy to recognize, by whieh the three species can
be distinguished without the slightest difficulty in all their plumages,
as follows:

a'. Outer web of outer primaries white. .... ..-..-.-- 4. secwce pcnnne Ph. rubricauda.
a*. Outer web of outer primaries black,
DEF ONtelMpruinaryxCOVGrts WiIbC? s->----—scs bans Sen c-s-cccnssrees Ph. candidus.
BaOuter primary eoverts black: .-<22-). (boo. wee onc acldocs scusecenss Ph. wthereus.

Ardea purpurea L.

In my review of the Japanese Herodii (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1887
pp. 310, 311), I gave the characters of the present bird, ‘“‘there being a
probability that the Purple Heron may occasionally occur in Japanese
territory.” I am now gratified by having before me a fine adult male,
collected by Mr. Nishi on the Yayeyama Island, April, 1889.

A careful comparison of this specimen (Sc. Coll. Mus. No, 1169) with
the material discussed in the above mentioned paper only corroborates
the distinction there pointed out between the eastern and the western
birds in so far as the Yayeyama bird has the median series of black
spots on the fore-neck but slightly developed; at the same time the
abdomen and under tail-coverts are as black as in the Pegu bird. As
for size it compares well with the largest of the European birds. The
differences may turn out to be of some consequence, but the material
is entirely too scanty to even allow the expression of a preliminary
opinion. The Japanese individual presents the peculiarity of the me-
dian stripe on the upper hind neck being brown, not black.

Dr. Ijima writes me as follows :

Another specimen in our collection is much grayer above and darker below, there
being less brown. Mr. Nishi tells me that it is abundant on Yayeyama Island.

In the paper referred to I characterized the genus Ardea as having
the “ naked portion of tibia longer than inner toe, without claw.” This
is certainly not the case in the present species and the synopsis (op. cit.
p. 287) will have to be remodeled.*

(165) Cuculus kelungensis Swrnu.

Four adults and one young bird from various places in Hondo.
Our knowledge of the eastern cuckoos is as yet only very imperfect,

*Mr. J. H. Gurney, jr., writes to Mr. R. Ridgway that among his father’s Peregrine
Falcons he found two specimens from the Kurile Islands, which are young birds and
very dark all over, especially on the breast, belly, and under the wings. ‘‘ They are
far the darkest we have, and are evidently your Falco pealei.” This is a very inter-
esting addition to the fauna.

494 NOTES ON JAPANESE BIRDS—STEJNEGER.

and I am sorry to say that Mr. Seebohm’s treatment of the threeforms _
known to occur in Japan (B. Jap. Emp., pp. 169-171) has only added to_ fs
the confusion. yy

In the first place he says of Japanese examples of C. canorus (which
I consider subspecifically distinct from the European Common Cuckoo

under the name of (C. telephonus) that they completely intergrade with — 4

the ‘“ Himalayan Cuckoo” (C. kelungensis) in size, and that it is not known
that they differ in any way in color, except that in the adult Common
Cuckoo there is no tendency for the tail to darken near the tip, and in
the rufous stage there are no bars across the rump. The “ Himalayan
Cuckoo” again, he states to be ‘a small form of the Common Cuckoo,
but having a totally different note it is regarded as specifically distinct.
The tail has a slight tendency to darken towards the tip, and in the
rufous stage the rump is barred.” Now, as a matter of fact, these
statements, in so far as they refer to the similarities of the two forms,
do not hold good. The size of the two do not only intergrade, but
they are practically alike in size. It is in color, however, that the dif-
ference is marked. It is so far from that “it is not known that they
differ in any way in color,” that they are known to differ in the follow-
ing points:

(1) Upper surface in C. kelungensis (Japanese specimens) are darker
and more plumbeous (bluish); (2) ground color of under surface is
always more buffy, particularly the under tail-coverts; (3) dark cross-
bars underneath are very much blacker, broader, and more distant
than in the Japanese form of the Common Cuckoo; (4) the markings on
the under wing-coverts are essentially different, the greater part of the
lining of the wing in C. kelungensis being nearly uniform, against very
narrowly and distinetly cross-barred in C. telephonus.

On the whole, there should be no difficulty in distinguishing these
two forms, though in forms so alike superficially it may require a care-
ful study and a large material to first point out the differences. I am
inclined to think that the statements of Mr. Seebohm here criticised
are due to the fact that he has not properly separated the two forms.
A proof of this is before me consisting of the two skins (Blak. Nos.
°710 and 2711), which in 1884 (Ibis, 1884, p. 36) Mr. Seebohm referred
to “Ouculus himalayanus,” though in reality only No. 2710 belongs to the
species he so designates (C. kelwngensis), while No. 2711 is a specimen
of the “ Common Cuckoo” (C. telephonus).

(164) Cuculus tamsuicus SWINH.

An adult male (No. 1117) is from the Yagurasawa village, province
of Sagami.

This species looks almost like a miniature C. kelungensis, but differs,
besides in size, also in the coloration of the upper surface, which is
more olive-gray, while in the large species it is plumbeous and darker.

The name adopted by me for the smallest of the Japan cuckoos is

paaa tl PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 495

possibly only a temporary one, but it is the only appellation which at
present I know to be pertinent. Whether the Indian bird usually
called C. poliocephalus really is identical with the Japanese one is a
question [ am not prepared to answer for want of material for compar-
ison, but I do know that Latham’s description is entirely inapplicable
to the present bird,* and that the name given by him consequently
must be rejected according to all accepted rules of nomenclature.

Halcyon pileata (BopD.).

Dr. Ijima writes me that the Science College Museum has recently
obtained, through Mr. Ota, a specimen of this beautiful kingfisher cap-
tured in the province of Suruga, a most interesting addition to the fauna.
He adds that in the old Japanese manuscripts on ornithology he finds
the “description of a kingfisher larger than the common species, but
resembling it and very beautiful, and said to be common in the valleys
of the provinces of Hiuga and Bingo, though not found north of
Hakone.” He has no doubt that H. pileata is meant and not H. coro-
manda, as the latter is also described.

(167) Dryobates japonicus (SEEB.).

No. 1089 is a young male, from the province of Suruga, Hondo, a
little older than U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 88704 (the young female described
by me in Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1886, p. 112), which it resembles very
closely except that the whole crown has the feathers broadly tipped
with scarlet, the black patch on the sides of neck in continuation of the
malar stripe is larger and more solid black, and the spots and bars on
the sides of breast and flanks less pronounced.

(172) Picus canus jessoensis STEJN.

No. 1438, locality unknown, is a very young specimen in the first
plumage. It is similar to the adult female, but with the top of head
and upper neck duller, and the light markings on wings and tail larger
and more pronounced; underside from breast backwards strongly cross-
marked with dusky.

(230}) Motacilla flava leucostriata (Hom.).

A young specimen (No. 1378) was collected by Mr. Tsuchida at Do-
kanyama, near Tokyo, on November 5, 1890, It is the first occurrence
of this species in any of the islands of Japan proper.

(2634) Turdus hortulorum SCL.

By an examination of the specimen in the Museum of the Academy
of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, as well as the original records in
the U.S. National Museum of the specimens brought home by the

* “Tail almost even at the end; white, crossed with equidistant dusky bars; legs
pale brown.” (Suppl., 1, p. 102.)

496 NOTES ON JAPANESE BIRDS—STEJNEGER.

- * Perry Expedition to Japan,” I feel convinced that the specimen re-
ferred to by Mr. Seebohm (P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 805; B. & P., Tr. As. Soe, —
Jap., X, 1882, p. 166) did not come from Japan.

The species will have to be retained, however, in the Japanese fauna on
the strength of a specimen in the Science College Museum (No. 1365), —
which was collected in the province of Kaga, Hondo. It is a fully
adult female (not sexed on label) in very good condition. ‘

The brackets inclosing the reference to the present species in my —
synopsis of the Japanese species of the genus Turdus (Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 1887, p. 4) can now be removed. 7}

(235) Cisticola brunniceps (T. & §.).

A winter specimen from Nagoya, Hondo (No. ** D”), bears out fully
what I have already remarked about this species (Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1887, p. 407). I have found the wing of a remarkably uniform size in
all the Japanese specimens measured by me, and the present one makes
no exception: wing 55 millimetres, tail feathers 54 millimetres.

Emberiza leucocephala Gm.

Mr. Nozawa has added one of the most interesting novelties to the
Japanese avifauna by collecting a splendid pair of this fine bird, which —
were shot out of a small flock at Sapporo, Yezo, on January 30, 1890.
The 2 is No 1188 of the Science College Museum; the ¢ is designated
as No. “A.”

The present species, which occurs all through Siberia, has no yellow
anywhere, and, like #. rustica, has the rump cinnamon-rufous without
black streaks, being easily distinguished, however, in all plumages by
its large size (wing more than 85 millimetres); the male is a very strik- ;
ing looking bird, with the fore-neck and eye-region beautiful chestnut
and the cheeks silky white.

Emberiza pusilla PALL.

This addition is to be credited to Mr. Ota, who, in his collection, nas
a specimen collected at Nagoya, Owari, Hondo. It is marked “ F,” but —
the label contains no other information. Further details regarding the
capture of this interesting specimen are desirable. The bird isa young —
male, or an adult female, in spring plumage.

This is another Siberian species. As the name implies, it is very —
small (wing of present specimen 67 millimetres). The rump is dark clay |
colored, somewhat streaked with dark brown; the upper lesser wing-
coverts are edged with drab; culmen straight; no yellow anywhere.

(277) Emberiza yessoensis SWINH.

There are three specimens in this collection; one, No. “ EB,” belonging —
to Mr. Ota, collected at Nagoya, Owari; another adult ( ¢ ) in fine plum- —
age, collected by Dr. [jima near Tokyo, November 22, 1890 (Se. Coll. ©
No. 1384); and finally a young male (No. 1377), collected at Waseda, f
Tokyo, by Mr. Makino, about the middle of October, 1890.

porto’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 497

The young plumage of this species has not yet been described, and a
few remarks on the present specimen may therefore be welcome. It
is in transition from the young to the adult stage, and shows the former
to differ very materially from the latter: Superciliary stripe, chin, and
entire throat pale straw color; top of head, hind neck, and rump pale
ochraceous ; shoulder-feathers cinnamon-chestnut; whole under side
pale straw yellow with a strong suffusion of vinaceous-cinnamon on
breast and sides; a few dusky dots on fore-neck ; upper back striped
with black, bay, and pale ochraceous; the cinnamon-rufous feathers of
the adult plumage appear on iower back; greater and lesser upper
wing coverts dark drab gray with broad pale ochraceous margins.

(287) Acanthis linaria holboelii (BRM.).

Like all the other Japanese specimens of Redpolls which I have
seen the two males before me (Se. Coll. Mus. Nos. 1575 and 1376) be-
long to the long-billed coast form. Collectors in the northern island
should be on the lookout in winter for the short-billed white-rumped

A. evilipes.
(280) Fringilla montifringilla L.

A $ of this species from Nagoya is interesting because partly albi-
nistic. Chin and throat are abruptly pure white, while the rest of the
plumage appears to be normal.

I have not enumerated the following three species with the rest,
because there is reason to believe that they should not be ineluded in
the Japanese fauna upon the evidence furnished by the specimens
treated of.

Erithacus sibilans (SwInu.).

Dr. Ijima informs me that the specimen sent (No. 789) was purchased
December 7, 1887, probably from a dealer in cage birds. He adds that
its Japanese name is Shima-goma, and that some of the dealers in
whose shops the species is often found insist that it is a native bird
found at Nikko and other places.

This is a rare species, hitherto only found on the mainland, and its
occurrence in Japan needs confirmation, though not improbable, as it
has been taken in Korea, It may be recognized by its russet tail and
whitish under parts, with the feathers on throat and breast margined
with dusky, giving these parts a scaly appearance.

Lanius sphenocercus CAB,

Dr. Ijima sends a good specimen of this fine bird (No. 1000), accom-
panied by the following remarks :

This specimen was purchased by me November, 1889, as skin from a bird dealer,
He assured me that it had been collected near Kobe (February 11, 1889), but full

Proc. N. M. 91

»
~

498 NOTES ON JAPANESE BIRDS—STEJNEGER.

reliance cau not be placed in his statement, though I see no reason why such a bird |
should have been imported to Japan either as skin or in the living state.

As this species is found in Korea, its occasional occurrence in Japan is.
not improbable, though additional evidence is necessary to establish it |
as an undoubted member of the fauna.

Munia atricapilla (VIEILL.).

A specimen (No. ““G”) is among the birds sent, but it evidently either |
introduced or perhaps only an escaped cage bird. However, Dr. Ijima ]
writes in regard to it as follows: “|

A pair of this species was captured in the vicinity of Lake Suwa, in the province
of Shinano, August, 1835. One escaped, and the other died after a few days’ caps
tivity. The latter was skinned by Mr. Kanai, and is the bird marked ‘‘G.” I can not —
entirely suppress a doubt that the specimen is an escaped cage bird. Mr. Kanai, —
however, tells me that this year another specimen was obtained in the same locality.

It may be that the specimens in question are part of a colony origi-
nating from escaped cage birds. }

The bird before me has the entire head and neck deep black with a |
greenish gloss; upper parts pale cinnamon-chestnut, deepening into
burnt Sienna on the rump and upper tail-coverts; tail above edged with
dull rufous orange ; under parts bright chestnut-bay gradually darken-
ing into blackish on middle of abdomen and under tail-coverts ; under |
wing-coverts cream color, the larger and median series dull cinnamon-
rufous.

NOTES ON THE CUBITAL COVERTS IN THE BIRDS OF PARADISE
AND BOWER BIRDS.

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER.

In a very interesting paper recently published * Mr, Goodchild makes
out that there is an essential difference in the arrangement of the
cubital coverts of the Paradiswide as compared with the rest of the’
Passeres, and classes the wings of the former, so far as this feature is
concerned, under the heading of “the Cypseline Style,” that is, the
arrangement as found in Hummingbirds and Swifts, Cypseliformes,
consisting in the absence of median coverts.

Here is what he says in relation to the subject (p. 322) :

In the Paradisidw every individual I have examined showed the whole of the
feathers above the major coverts lying with distal overlap, and with, generally, much
the same arrapgement as in the Cypseliformes. The number of rows, however, is
considerably increased in the group under notice.

And a little further on:

These [the Passeres] generally possess, in addition to the marginals seen in the
Cypseliformes, one row of minor coverts, with distal overlap, see figure of Skylark
(Fig. 4), and one row of medians, whose overlap is generally proximal throughout
nearly the whole of this large group. The Corvide (see Fig. 5) differ slightly from
the normal type, inasmuch as a few of their anterior medians overlap distally. In
this respect they make an approach, superficially, to the Paradisida, as they are
commonly believed to do in some other respects.

Before proceeding further I will state that an examination of a num-
ber of species of Paradiswine in the U. 8S. National Museum has led to
an entirely different result, inasmuch as [ find at least three of the
middle median coverts to have proximal overlap, consequently to be
normally passerine and notcypseliform. In most species it is extremely
difficult to make out the correct position of these feathers (at least in
museum skins) inasmuch as their webs have but little cohesion and
consequently they become easily disarranged. In a few, however, in
which the margins of the feathers are differently colored, or of a me-
tallic gloss, the true arrangement may be very plainly seen. Take, for
instance, a full grown male of Schlegelia wilsonit (U.S. Nat. Mus. No.
113848), and it needs but a glance to convince us that of the series
overlaying the greater coverts, viz, the medians, three of the anterior

* The Cubital Coverts of the Euornithe in Relation to Taxonomy. < Proc. Roy.
Phys. Soe., Edinburgh, x, pt. ii (session 1889-’90), pp, 317-333 + pl. xv.
499
Proceedings of the National Museum, Vol. XIV—No, 875.

500) BIRDS OF PARADISE AND BOWER BIRDS—STEJNEGER.

ones overlap distally while six posterior ones overlap proximally, and,
moreover, that there is above them a well differentiated series of minor
coverts (as distinguished from the marginals) the overlap of which is
distal; in other words: The arrangement is absolutely in every particu-
lar as described by Mr. Goodchild for the Corvide. If any one will
take the trouble to examine Mr. Goodchild’s own figure representing
the cubitals of a Bird of Paradise (Fig. 3), he will find that in the row
of medians there are two feathers with proximal overlap, thus differing
materially from his description.

It is plain from the above that the Paradiseine proper form no excep-
tion from the genuine passerine arrangement of the cubitals.

Mr. Goodchild makes out another exception,* however, for later on
he states that the Bower Birds (which I regard as a subfamily of the
Paradiseide) have a picarian arrangement of the minor coverts: ‘ In
these more than one row of minor coverts occur, each with proximal
overlap.” He even goes so far as to admit as a possibility that subse-
quent research may prove that the birds in question rightly belong to
the Picarians and not to the Passeres at all (not to speak of his class-
ing the Bower Birds with the Cotingide among the Mesomyodi).

With a splendid male of Ptilonorhynchus violaceus (U.S. Nat. Mus.
No. 121196) before me, I must again disagree with Mr. Goodchild’s
conclusions. The firm structure of these feathers, coupled with the
metallic gloss of the margins, makes it easy for us to observe that a
few of the anterior medians have distal overlap, while at least eight of
the same series overlap proximally, and that the first row of minors
overlap distally as in a well regulated passerine bird they ought to do.

There can, therefore, be but little doubt that the Bower Birds in
these respects conform with the Paradise Birds and with the Corvide.
Mr. Goodchild’s ‘Tabular View,” on page 331, is thus fortunately purged
of a feature which might be urged as a reason against the view held by
him of the great value of the cubital arrangement for classificatory
purposes, a view which I am happy to say that I have held ever since
I gave ornithological classification any thought, but of which I became
somewhat doubtful when I saw the Paradisewide separated from the
other Passeres and included in a group with the Hummingbirds,
Swifts, and Trogons.

*This exception is not noted in the scheme on p. 331,

NOTES ON SOME NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES.

BY
LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

Rena humilis 5. & G.

The Museum has recently received from Mr. Herbert Brown, Tucson,
Arizona (who on several occasions has favored us with valuable mater-
ial), four specimens of this worm-snake, making the first record of this
rare species from eastern Arizona. They are especially valuable because
they show the individual variation both in the position of the eye and
the width and shape of the median cephalic series of scales.

We have now specimens from southern California, from Yuma, from
Tueson, and from the Cape region of Lower California. Professor Cope
has recorded it from Patopilas, Mexico (Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., XVII,
p. 262), though no reference to this locality is found in his Catalogue of
Batrachians and Reptiles of Central America and Mexico (Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., No. 52, 1887).* It also occurs at Colima, on the west coast
of Mexico, if I am not mistaken in referring Bocourt’s Siagonodon dugesti
(Miss. Se. Mex., Rept., livr. 8, 1882, p. 507, pl. XXIX, fig. 9, pl. xxx, fig.
4), as a synomym to the present species. I can find no character in the
description, nor in the figures, by which to separate it from FR. humilis.

Leptotyphlops dulcis (Bb. & G.).

Stenostoma being preoccupied, Leptotyphlops of Fitzinger, the next
name in point of date, takes its place, and from this the family will
have to be called Leptotyphlopide instead of Stenostomida, or Stenostoma-
tide. Glauconia is two years younger than Leptotyphlops.

A specimen (No. 15534) collected in Cook County, Texas, was recently
obtained from Mr. G. H. Ragsdale, which is remarkable for the height
of the anterior labial, this shield having the same size and proportions
as in the L. albifrons figured by Bocourt (Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept., livr. 8,
1882, pl. XXIX, fig. 10"), though otherwise quite normal.

{n a good series of undoubted L. dulcis I find considerable variation
in this respect, and the difference is probably of no consequence. This
peculiarity, however, led to an examination of the literature and to a
comparison of the specimen with Garman’s description of Stenostoma

* Op cit., p. 63, Stenostoma dulce is given as from Batopilas. I am unable to say
which of the two identifications is the correct one.
501
Proceedings of the National Museum, Vol. XIV—No, 876,

co _—)_

502 NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—STEJNEGER.

rubellum, from Uvalde, Texas (Rept. Batr. N. Am., I, 1883, Ophid., p.

130). He distinguished it from Z. dulcis first by the number of scale

rows being fourteen and not fifteen, but Cope has already shown the

latter number to be erroneous (Proc. Phila. Ac., 1861, p. 505). The next

point of difference is the “‘ complete separation of nasals by the rostral,”

but this is the case in every one of the nine specimens of LZ. dulce ex-

amined by me, including the type. The next character relied upon is

the number of infralabials, these being five in rubellum and four in dul-

cis, but here the original description of the latter is again at fault, for

in the type I count five infralabials. Finally rubellum is stated to have

“only the anterior parietal (i. ¢., postocular) in contact with the poste-

rior labial,” implying thatin Z. dulcis the posterior parietal (i. e., the par-

ietal proper) is also in contact with the posterior labial. So it is also

described in the original description, and, moreover, an examination of
the type shows that this is the condition of the left side of its face,

while on the right side the two shields in question are separated by

another smaller shield, the normal condition, which is found in all the
other specimens. There can, accordingly, be no doubt that S. rubellum
is only a synonym of L. dulets.

The oceurrence of L. dulcis so far north is highly interesting, being
the northernmost locality on record, as Cook County adjoins the Indian
Territory.

Lampropeltis multistrata KENN.

A young specimen of this rare species was received through Dr.
Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. Army, from Glover P. Wilcox, who collected
it at Fort Niobrara, Nebraska (U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 16108), thus con-
firming my suspicion that the habitat of the type specimen, as origi-
nally given by Kennicott, was correct, viz, Fort Lookout, Nebraska,
and that the later substitution of Fort Benton, Montana, rests on an
error (see Cones and Yarrow, Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr.,
Iv, 1878, p. 284).

This specimen, although agreeing with the type in the more impor-
tant features, for instance, scale-rows twenty-three, and temporals two
and three, differs in many others. Thus the supralabials are seven and
not eight, as in the type, and the coloration is still more aberrant, for
while in the type the white dorsal interspaces hardly average more than
three scale-rows, in the Niobrara specimen they are nearly twice that
width; but as the red spots in the latter are rather narrower, the num-
ber of white spaces between head and vent is nearly alike, viz, twenty-
eight in the latter and thirty-one in the type. While in the type,
however, the black bordering to the red spots descends as far down
as to encroach upon the gastrosteges, in the Niobrara specimen they
do not touch the gastrosteges at all; in the latter there is, moreover,
a very distinct black postocular black spot covering the lower postoc-
ular and the lower temporal, a mark not found in the type.

m7 ‘- s
- ba F
s
F ;

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 503
_ >
Lampropeltis annulata KENN.

Two specimens (17031-17032) recently received from Cameron County,
Texas, consequently from near the type locality, bear out fully the char-
acters ascribed to this form as distinguished from L. geatilis.

This species has suffered considerably at the hands of herpetologists
in spite of the pretty good original description by Kennicott, and the
geographical distribution has accordingly been more or less in doubt.

To begin with the catalogue of the specimens in our Museum, pub-
lished by Dr. Yarrow (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 24, p. 90), two of Ken-
nicott’s original specimens, viz: Nos. 1855 (by misprint 1845) and 425,
are enumerated under L. gentilis, while under ZL. annulata proper No.
1857 (=4293) is the type. The other specimen enumerated under the
latter name is no L. annulata at all, but a L. pyrrhomelas.

Kennicott’s type came from Matamoras, Mexico, just across the
border, while his second specimen was from the Texan town, Browns-
ville, just opposite. Cope, in preliminarily mentioning Kenuicott’s new
species enumerated a specimen from Texas. (Pr. Phil. Ac., 1860, p.
257.) In 1875, in his Check List, ete. (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 1), on
page 36, the habitat of L. annulata is given as “ Kansas, Arkansas,
and Texas,” while on page 81 it is stated to be one of the “species
confined to the Texan district.” Naturally looking for the species (or
subspecies) in his ‘On the Zoological Position of Texas” (Bull. U. 8.
Nat. Mus. No. 17, 1880), one is disappointed at finding no reference to
it whatsoever. Again, as the type was from Mexican territory, one
might expect to find a reference to it in his Catalogue of Batrachians
and Reptiles of Central America and Mexico (Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. No.
32, 1887), but it is not there, not even among the synonyms,

Under these circumstances it seems advisable to record any addi-
tional specimens which might throw light on the geographical distri-
tribution of this form, and to mention that the National Museum, in
addition to those already enumerated, possesses a specimen from San
Antonio, Bexar County, Texas (No. 7116).

Lampropeltis rhombomaculata (HOLB.).

Until a very few years ago this snake was considered a southern
species confined to the Carolinas and Georgia. In 1888 I myself col-
lected one opposite Georgetown, in the District of Columbia, on the
Virginia side of the Potomac (U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 15329), and Dr. A.
K. Fisher obtained another near Alexandria, Virginia, (Cope, Pr. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 381). A third (No. 13613) is in the Museum from
Virginia probably not far from Washington, Geo. Shoemaker, collector,
and a fourth from Dunn-Loring (No. 17444) collected by Mr. Figgins,
September 9, 1890. These were all from the Virginia side. In 1889,
however, one was collected by Mr. Charles W. Richmond, at Bladens-

burg, Md. (No. 17294), and in 1890 two were taken in Brookland, Dis-

504 NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—STEJNEGER.

trict of Columbia (No. 16392), by Mr. Holton, and No. 16330 by Prof. W.
B. Barrows. During the present year Mr. Audubon Ridgway secured
a third specimen in the same suburb of Washington within a few hun-
dred feet of where the others were taken.

Drymobius margaritiferus (SCHL.).

Schlegel described his Herpetodryas margaritiferus from a specimen in
the Paris Museum, ‘decouvert a la Nouvelle Orléans par M. Barabino.”
Duméril, however, in the Erpétologie générale, Vu, p. 540, says that
‘“‘T? individu type de l Herpetodryas perlé, de M. Schlegel, a été adressé
de New York par M. Barabino,” but adds that since then several other
specimens had been received, among them ‘quatre autres originaires,
les uns du Mexique, les autres de la Nouvelle-Orléans.” The latest
author to report upon the snakes in the Paris Museum, Mr.-Bocourt
(Miss. Se. Mex., Zool., Rept., p. 718, 1890) only remarks, “ La collection
erpétologique du Muséum renferme de nombreux individus de cette
espéce: les uns ont été receuillis par M. Barabino dans le sud des
Etats-Unis.”

As will be seen, the authenticity of the early records of this species
having been found within the United States are somewhat defective,
and the definitive location of it within our boundaries is therefore very
interesting. The proof is furnished by four specimens (U.S. Nat. Mus.
Nos. 17069-17072), which were collected in Cameron County, the south-
westernmost county of Texas.

Tropidoclonion lineatum (HALLOW. ).

Mr. Julius Hurter has recently discovered this species in St. Louis,
Missouri, and presented the Museum with several specimens (16485-
16487). I found the ground color (which was drab in the living speci-
mens) to vary a great deal in shade, some being lighter, with the dark
dots very distinct, others being darker and consequently more uniform.

With regard to the subspecies recently described by Mr. R. Ells-
worth Call (Amer. Journ. Se. (3), xu1, April, 1891, p. 298), as 7. 1. iowee,
I can only say that I fail to discover, from his description, any differ-
ence which would separate the Iowa specimens from Hallowell’s type
which came from Kansas, or from those before me from Missouri. In
the latter I count nineteen scale rows, the same number as given by
Hallowell in the original description, as well as by Mr. Call for his sub-
Species, although he states that it ‘differs in the number of rows of
dorsal scales.”

St. Louis is, with the exception of Urbana, Ill., the most eastern reli-
able record of this species, for the specimen No. 10089, in Yarrow’s eat-
alogue of specimens in the U.S. National Museum (Bull. 24, U.S. Nat.
Mus., p. 131), given as 7. lineatum is really a Storeria occipitomaculata,
and the locality ** Hughes, Ohio,” for the present species should there-
fore be eliminated. ;

Reisen) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 505

The occurrence of 7. lineatum in the very city of St. Louis is so
interesting that I asked Mr. Hurter for more detailed information, which
he kindly furnished in a letter of October 11, 1890, in which he writes
as follows:

This snake is only found, to my knowledge, along the river front near the Arsenal
grounds in the city of St. Louis. The place in which it is found covers a space of
about three blocks and consists of an abandoned and partly retilled quarry. Here
they live among rocks,in the ground and under bushos, feeding on worms and insects,
a fact which I ascertained by examining the contents of their stomachs. They were
very common some three years ago, but are now getting scarce owing to the location
being utilized for railroad purposes, Having kept specimens in captivity I am able
to state that this species is viviparous, one of them bringing forth as many as six
young ones,

Coniophanes imperialis (BAIRD).

Two specimens of this rare snake have recently been collected in
Cameron County, Texas (U.S. Nat. Mus., Nos. 17067, 17068).

I have but little hesitation in referring to this species as a synonym
Peters’ Dromicus clavatus,* for although the reference of the latter to
the genus Dromicus implies that the posterior teeth are not grooved,
yet the descriptions and figures agree so absolutely with my specimens
of C. imperialis, in which the posterior teeth are certainly grooved, that
Tam forced to believe that Peters did not examine the dentition, or,
what is more likely, that the posterior teeth had been broken off in the
unique example at his disposal. How natural it would be for Peters
to refer this species to Dromicus (or rather to Rhadinwa, the species of
which both Peters and Giinther refer to Dromicus) when ignorant of its
dentition, may be easily understood when one reflects that Cope has
repeatedly referred to the present species as ‘‘ Rhadinwa imperialis.”

Leptodeira septentrionalis (KENN.).

An additional specimen (U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 17066) has recently
been received from Cameron County, Texas, not far from the locality
of the original type. The tail is less than one-fourth the total length;
twenty-three scale rows.

*Cope, Bull U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 32, 1887, p. 79, quotes ‘‘ Dromicus clavatus Giin-
ther,” with the habitat Guatemala. Is this intended to be the same species? Peters’
specimen came from ** Mexico.”

NOTES ON THE GENUS SITTASOMUS OF SWAINSON.
BY

ROBERT RIDGWAY,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

In his recently published catalogue of the Tracheophone,* pages
118-121, Dr. P. L. Sclater recognizes three species of Sittasomus, as
follows:

1. S. erithacus (Licht.), “SE. Brazil, Paraguay, Bolivia, and N.
Argentina.” (Synonyms, Dendrocolaptes sylviellus Temm., and Sitta-
somus temminckii Less.)

2. S.olivaceus Max., “S. Mexico, Central America, and South America
down to Brazil.” (Synonyms, Sittasomus griseus Jard., S. amazonus
Lafr., S. sylvioides Lafr., and S. pectinicaudus Cab. and Heine.

3. 8. stictolemus Pelz., Amazonia.

Of these three species the U.S. National Museum possesses speci-
mens of all but the last, besides numerous examples which can not be
referred to either S. erithacus or S. olivaceus. A considerable number
of additional specimens have been borrowed from the American Mu-
seum of Natural History, New York City, and the Boston Society of
Natural History, including the types of S. olivaceus Max., and S. ama-
zonus Lafr., so that altogether a very fair series of the different forms
has been brought together for comparison. The careful examination
of this material immediately convinced me that the actual number of
recognizable forms is at least double that recognized by Dr. Sclater;
indeed, it is a matter of great surprise to me that forms so strongly
characterized as S. griseus Jard., S. sylvioides Lafr., and an unnamed
one from western Ecuador could ever have been referred to the species
into which Dr. Sclater has merged them. Examination of the type
specimen also shows that S. olivaceus Max., instead of being one of the
forms which the distinguished authority cited has “lumped” under
that name, is really referable to S. erithacus (Licht.),t and that the so-

“Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | Perching Birds, | in the | collection | of
the | British Museum. | — | Tracheophons, | or the Families | Dendrocolaptida,
Formicariid, | Conopophagidx, and Pteroptochidx. | By | Philip Lutley Sclater. |
London: | Printed by order of the Trustees, | 1890. (Constituting Volume xv of
the “ Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum.’’)

tMr. J. A. Allen has already made this identification (see Bull. Am. Mus, Nat.
Hist., vol. u, No, 3, 1889, p. 247), but I was not aware of it until after the above was
written.

507
Proceedings of the National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 877.

508 NOTES ON THE GENUS SITTASOMUS—RIDGWAY.

called 8. olivaceus from southwestern Brazil (presumably the same as
the one occurring in Bolivia and northern Argentina) is a still different
form, as is also the form inhabiting the upper Amazon Valley (S. ama-
Zonus Lafr.). I have not been able to inspect any example from any
part of Colombia, Venezuela, or Guiana, and can not, therefore, offer
an opinion as to the affinities of birds from the more northern parts of
South America.

The forty-four specimens before me I find very easily separable into
six groups (some, perhaps, of only subspecific rank) by the following
characters :*

a'. Throat not spotted.
b'. Pale band across inner webs of remiges very sharply defined, very distinct on
secondaries as well as primaries, and in color distinctly yellowish.
c', Tail and secondaries cinnamon-chestnut.
d', Under parts olive-yellowish. HaB.: Brazil (Bahia, Rio Janeiro, Sapitiba,t
Ypanema, * etc,); ‘‘ Paraguay ;” ‘ Bolivia;” ‘ N. Argentina.”
1. S. erithacus (Licht).
ad, Under parts grayish olive or olive-grayish.
e'. Back mixed rusty and olive.t
f'. More olivaceous, with much smaller bill; under wing-coverts and
band across remiges deeper yellowish. HaAs.: Interior of southern
Brazil (Chapada, Matto-grosso); Paraguay? Bolivia? northern Argen-
Pi Oi? 5 se ee onesie nie isos oe eee eee 2. S. chapadensis Ridgw.
f2. More grayish, with much larger bill; under wing-coverts and band
across remiges paler yellowish. Has.: Upper Amazons.
3. S. amazonus Lafr.
e?. Back uniform russet-brown, very different from color of top of head.
Hab.: Costa Rica (and Veragua?) to southern Mexico.
4, S. sylvioides Lafr.
c?. Tail and secondaries clear tawny. HaB.: Western Ecuador (Guayaquil,
Babahoyo, Chimio)) ss sess.ce ea -ee eee ee 5. S. equatorialis Ridgw.
b? Pale band across inner web of remiges not sharply defined, very indistinct on
secondaries, and in color white, or yellowish white. Has.: Tobago.
Trinidad’? Venezuela'?=.. -s-o.m- ccs nee teeter 6. S. griseus Jard.
a? Throat spotted. Hazs.: Upper Amazon ...-............:.-. 7. S. stictolemus, Pelz.

The principal synonymy of these various forms is as follows:
1. Sittasomus erithacus (Licht.).

Dendrocolanptes erithacus Licut., Abh. Akad. Berl., 1820, 259, pl. 1.
Sitlasomus erythacus BONAP., Consp. 1, 1850, 209.—PELz., Orn. Bras. 1871, 59,
Sittasomus erithacus La¥r., Rev. Zoél. 1850, 5*9.—Scu., Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xv,
1890, 119.
Sittasomus sylviellus TEMM., Pl. Col. livr. 12, Sept. 27, 1823, pl. 72, fig. 1.
Sittasomus olivaceus MAX., Beitr. 111, 1830 (?), 1146.

There can be no question that the type of S. olivaceus MAX. belongs
to this species. Its coloration is a little modified by exposure to the

* §. stictolomus PELZ., being also included in the synoptical table to render it more
nearly complete.
t Fide PELZELN, Orn. Bras., p. 59.
{ The colors of the rump and top of head, respectively.

aa | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5O9

light (being a mounted specimen), the plumage of the head, neck, and
body being considerably duller than in other specimens of 8S. erithacus,
though considerably more yellowish than in any of the seventeen ex-
amples of S. chapadensis, but the paler under tail coverts, sharper out-
line of the yellowish spot on inner web of the fourth primary, and other
characters, render the identification certain.

2. Sittasomus chapadensis Ridgw. (Sp. noy.)
?? Sittasomus erithacus Sci. and SALy., V. Z. 8. 1879, 622 (Bolivia).—Sci. and Hups.,
Arg. Orn. 1, 1888, 198 (Salta, Arg. Rep).—BERL., J. f. O. 1887, 132 (Paraguay).
?? Sittasomus olivaceus WHITE, P. Z. S8.,1882, 613 (Salta, Arg. Rep.)—Petz., Orn. Bras.,
1871, 59 (Engenho de Gama and E, de Pari, Brazil),

Sp. CHAr.—Much less yellowish olive than NS. erithacus, with rufous-
chestnut of wings more extended (spreading over at least terminal half
of outer webs of primaries), and yellowish spot on inner web of fourth
primary less sharply outlined. (Type, No. 33741, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Chapado, Matto Grosso, Brazil, May 16, 1885, A. H. Smith.)

3. Sittasomus amazonus Latr.
Sittasomus amazonus LAFR., Rey, Zobl. 1850, 590, —Pruz., Orn. Bras, 1871, 59 (Borba,
Barra and Theotonio, Brazil).
Sittasomus olivaceus Scu., Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xv, 1890, 119 (part).

Sp. CHAR.—Much grayer than S. chapadensis, the under parts being
dull olivaceous-gray, without the slightest yellowish cast, the top of
head and hind neck similar, but darker; outer webs of primaries much
less rusty, even the outermost secondaries being olivaceous rather than
rusty; pale band across inner webs of remiges less yellowish; bill and
general dimensions larger.

4, Sittasomus sylvioides Lafr.

Sittasomus sylvioides LAFR., Rev. Zo6l. 1850, 590 (Mexico).
Sittasomus pectinicadus CAB. and HEINE, Mus. Hein. 11, Aug. 26, 1859, 33 (Mexico).
Sittasomus olivaceus Scu., Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xv, 1890, 119 (part).

This form closely resembles S. amazonus in the grayness of its colora-
tion, but is distinguished by smaller size, uniform brown back, and
much deeper chestnut of wings, tail, and under tail-coverts. Possibly
Colombian specimens may belong here.

5. Sittasomus equatorialis Ridgw.

Sittasomus amazonus BERLEPSCH and TacZANn., P. Z. S, 1883, 562 (Chimbo, W. Ecua-
dor).

Sp. CHAR.—Top of head and hind neck grayish olive; back, scapu-
lars, and wlng-coverts raw umber brown, rather deeper on the scapulars;
rump, upper tail-coverts, and tail clear tawny, or orange-tawny; second-
aries similar, but rather duller. Under parts uniform pale grayish
olive, except under tail coverts, which are clear ochraceous. (Type, No,

50712, U, 8S, Nat, Mus., Guayaquil, Eenador, Dr, A. Destruge.

.-

510 NOTES ON THE GENUS SITTASOMUS—RIDGWAY.

The peculiarly light tawny-rufous, almost orange-rufous, hue of the
tail, ramp, secondaries, etc., strikingly different from the deep chestnut
or chesnut-rufous color of the same parts in other forms, is the most
obvious character of this well-marked species or race.

6. Sittasomus griseus Jard.

Sittasomus griseus JARD., Ann. and Mag. N. H., x1x, 1847, 82 (Tobago).
Sittasomus olivaceus Scu., Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xv, 1890, 119 (part).

With the exception of S. stictolemus this is the most distinct species
of the genus, differing conspicuously from all the other forms in the
light olivaceous back and scapulars (concolor with the head and abruptly
defined against the tawny-rufous of the rump), and in the very much
restricted pale (white instead of buffy-yellowish) band across the inner
webs of the remiges, this band furthermore becoming nearly obsolete on
the secondaries, which likewise are without the distinct blackish sub-
sterminal space. Its characters were accurately and minutely given by
Jardine in the description above cited.

7. Sittasomus stictolemus Pelz.

Sittasomus stictolmeus PELz., Orn. Bras., 1871, 59 (Borba, up. Amazon).—Scu., Cat. B.
Brit. Mus., xv, 1890, 120.

This species, which I have not seen, differs from all the others in its
spotted throat. Possibly it is not strictiy congeneric with them.

ON THE SNAKES OF THE CALIFORNIAN GENUS LICHANURA,

BY

LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Departmeut of Reptiles and Batrachians.

In a recent paper on some forms of the Boid genus Lichanura (Proce,
U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, 1889, pp. 98-99) the present writer remarked
‘that it is more than probable that additional material will alter the
above results,” and that * the manifest great variability of the charac-
ters derived from the number and shape of scales and plates in these
snakes makes it quite likely that some of the forms here recognized, in
the future will be recognized only as varieties.”

[ have subsequently had the opportunity to study the extreme vari-
ability in the allied genus Charina (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, 1890,
pp. 177-182), about which I had oceasion to state (p. 179) that in an
extensive series ‘‘no two specimens are alike as far as the plates of the
head are concerned,” and that ‘‘ there is hardly an individual with both
halves of the head alike.”

These results had already greatly influenced my views in regard to
the various species of Lichanura, and additional material since received,
for which we are again under obligations to Mr. Charles R. Orcutt,
of San Diego, California, has made it desirable to review the whole
question.

The result would have been very unsatisfactory, however, or I should
perhaps say it would have been still more unsatisfactory than even now,
had it not been for the liberality of the authorities of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, who promptly and generously granted
my request for the loan of the type specimens of LZ. myriolepis and
roseofusca.

A series of 9 specimens of these rare snakes is a material greater
than any one before me has been able to compare. The enormous indi-
vidual variability, which I shall demonstrate later on, renders the re-
sult, nevertheless, somewhat doubtful, and although it may be regarded
as a step towards the final settlement of the question, I must still regard
it as only preliminary. In treating of it I shall therefore adhere to the
same conservative proceeding which I employed in regard to Charina
(tom. cit., p. 181), viz, to recognize as distinet any form which can not
be conclusively proven to be only an individual variation of some other

form.
oll
Proceedings of the National Museum, Vol, XIV—No, 878.

512 SNAKES OF THE GENUS LICHANURA—STEJNEGER. —

The comparative large size of the eye in L. trivirgata, coupled with ©
the very pronounced pattern of coloration, might tempt one to regard
it as the young of one or another of the forms since described, but the —
fact that the second specimen (U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 12602), although —
very much larger than the smallest of the other forms, in color and
size of eye agrees completely with the type (No. 15502)—a very young ~
individual—seems to prove the distinctness of this species, which has
so far been found only at the southern extremity of the Lower Calitor-
nian peninsula. The low number of gastrosteges may also be a char-
acter of this species.

In addition to this larger size of the eye ZL. trivirgata shows a very
pronounced difference in coloration from the forms collected farther
north, it being creamy white, with three broad and abruptly defined
blackish-brown longitudinal bands, while the others are either entirely —
uniform above, or with only faint indication of brownish zigzag bands on
a bluish ground. Both specimens of this form at hand are identical in
this respect, although of very unequal size, and judging from the origi-
nal description the only other specimens of this species recorded—at
least two (see Proc. Phila. Acad., 1861, p. 304)—were of the same well- |
marked pattern.

The same reason which prevented us from regarding the largeness of
the eye as due to young age, operates against explaining the distinet
color pattern as a sign of immaturity, for the type of L. myriolepis is
considerably smaller than Belding’s specimen of L. trivirgata, and yet
it is not more distinctly marked than all the other specimens found to—
the north.

As far as scutellation is concerned it may at once be stated that L,
trivirgata shows no character (with one possible exception) by which it
can be separated from the forms described as L. myriolepis, roseofusca, —
and simpler. The extent of the variability in these forms may be
gathered from a glance at the table of specimens given below, to sup-
plement which I may use the same words in which I characterized a
similar condition in Charina (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x111, 1890, p. 179),
viz, ‘there are no two specimens alike,” and ‘there is hardly an indi-
vidual with both halves of the head alike.”

The possible exception referred to above is the low number of gas-
trosteges (218); but in view of the extent of variation in this respect
among the other specimens (224 to 241) this character can hardly be
expected to hold.

As to the forms trom ‘“ northern Lower California,” collected by Gabb,
and those from southern Upper California, the inspection of the type
specimens of D. myriolepis and roseofuscu has simplified matters con-—
siderably. The former is a specimen of comparatively small size, but
fairly well preserved ; the latter is a skin in alcohol of a large individ-
ual and in a very bad shape. To this unfortunate circumstance is
undoubtedly due the inaccuracies and incompleteness of the original’

‘eae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 513

description. I have reéxamined the specimen with great care and
minuteness, and with the original description before me I note the fol-
lowing discrepancies :

The number of scale-rows in the type of L. roseofusca is not thirty-
six, but at least forty; the number of scales in the orbital ring is nine
on one side, ten on the other, not seven and eight; anterior fused into
a large preocular on one side only; loreals } on one side only, } on
the other.

When I add that I have only been able to count forty-three scale-
rows jn the type of L. myriolepis, it will be seen that the difference
between the alleged two species, or varieties, has been reduced to a
difference of three scale rows, as the slight difference in coloration,
now entirely obliterated, is hardly worth mentioning, the other speci-
mens showing that no line can be drawn in this respect. The differ-
ence alluded to is so slight, however, and the irregularity of the number
of scale rows in the same individual so great, that I have no hesitation
in now pronouncing J. roseofusca and myriolepis to be the same thing,
and as the former name is mentioned first, the species will have to take
that name.

Practically identical with these specimens ave three others received
from Mr. Oreutt (U.S. Nat. Mus., Nos. 16327, 16850, and 14129), They
demonstrate the great variability of the scales which have been called .
subloreals (those written below the line in the diagnoses), though in
reality only detached pieces of the supralabials*), and, on the other
hand, they seem to establish the number three as the characteristic
number of the true loreals,

The type of ZL. simplex (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 138810) agrees in the
main with the above, the only difference consisting in the small num-
ber of scales in the eye-ring. But as the number varies between nine
and ten in the other specimens, and as the paucity is due to the plain
and irregular fusion of several of the scales, | have no hesitation in
saying that the above name should in the future only figure in the
synonymical lists of L. roseofusca.

The status of Z. orcutti differs materially from that of the names
already discussed. The low number of seale rows stands so far unap-
proached, but for its distinction I rely more upon the number of true
loreals, which is only two though in all the other specimens of the
genus there are three true loreals. This low number is not due to fusion
of any two shields, nor to a shortening of the distance between the eye
and the nostril. In addition hereto we have the unusually protruding
rostral, so that, all taken into consideration, ZL. orcutti seems to be the

“It will be seen that I have altered somewhat the loreal formula of the specimens
previously described by me, in as much as I have not here recognized any supraloreals.
Iwas then quite uncertain as to what shields Professor Cope included among the
“loreals” of his original descriptions, but after having seen his specimens I have
modified my nomenclature so as to be comparable with his, ,

Proc, N. M. 91 33

514 SNAKES OF THE GENUS LICHANURA—STEJNEGER.

best differentiated form of the group. In the features here referred to
none of the other specimens offer an approach, so that I have no other
choice but to regard it as a good species.

Its status is somewhat like that of Charina brachyops as compared
with Ch. plumbea, and resting as it does upon only a single specimen
the connecting link may some day turn up. Then will be the time to
drop it, but not till then.

I am thus forced to recognize, for the present, three species which
may be distinguished as follows:

a: Eye large, its diameter more than one-third the distance from anterior canthus to
tip of muzzle; gastrosteges about 218; color whitish with three blackish-
brown longitudinal bands in strong contrast...-....--.-.--1. L. trivirgata.

a? Eye smaller, its diameter, one-third or less the distance from anterior canthus to tip
of muzzle; gastrosteges 224-241; color brownish cr bluish above, with or
without longitudinal bands, which, when present, contrast but little against
the ground color.

6b Truejoreals,.3;5 SCale-TOWS; d9-43)-~ oto mes Scene eee eae neces 2. L. roseofusca.
6? “True Voreals;2.;*scale-rOWSs; code - 222 sate oateoe ace ena cee sel eae ae 3. L. orcutti.

= WwW
—
uw
A
~
=
nm
~
a Aa
4
<j
a
°
_—
&
=<
. Zi - = —$$___—
Q “Aye U0Z | | |
ce -1L10Y] POplalp YANO} ‘uo sv | |
=, pesunod jwosoj soddnuvrpayy | o6 ceo | siz | ¥'s:t | &-£ | ore Ip | “BIULOJT[VD L9M0'T ‘2Uq BT lie wate gas Surpled “I | 209s “SO | DDE. "T
“BLULOZTTBD)
Ee, ‘og ~«6| ee | soe | ste | s‘2:t| t-# | T1-0r | oF | JoMoT ‘suony uvg odup |--**"****""""" suguuX “f |*"ZosgT “SO |-o°"***""*** BpDBANAL.Y “TT
° “odST, | OIL | 048 | cea | L°8:L | th | OTB * | Se joe" I8{) ‘31080(T OPBIOJOD |"~*--"-e7 we een ee OR ike SOG OR Da es oe ame HINDLO “'T
POOR MINCE Sea eee OT SR ce ear “= IW sel Cr Weg | soos ates Pane Optra re GEIR BRO ree eee ae DISNSOROL “TT
Rn ‘OATOOJOP TIBL | 09 | SLL | Tho | S4e:C | te | OF-G | 68 777” eee ee OB tears ears abe op’-*"|"" OS89T “SO |'"-*""" sores" DORN fOa8Od "IT
we O 06 | S69 | eo | F's) ee | 6-6 | GF |°--"1eD‘AguN0H oserq WES |-"°"°> "°°" 49N9IO “AO |*“Le89T |S "O ["" "7-7" "2" woBNfoaso4 “T
: 4 or | 08 | S84 | Ee rT a Ie Bee Bal Pees ae ee: wo es peer aes qT ee ““ 01881 on a Pipe see enn a
' = "OGAT, | 9 SITS | 922 $:T ie OL-OL Sh eile. hoe ae aoe at aaa OT erkdah ao ee kee ee OD ieee is Ht OD a oly 2 = rues ae 1 OL .
S “arys "pny :edAy, eee [sees #22 apes if 01-6 OF [rrr BIMIOFITED JaMOT |--*-° sermers GQUy "WA |" OV “Ul |--"° "°° MOEN SoIBOL TT
3 a ha 3| 9 lo | | 2 | m a0" oe een ee ae
% o BE) 8! 6 eee) § 5 8
Bs = = |.E) g|gec| € |) e& | &
= Py BBS)! & eo) an = 3
= “‘syaivue Else! & S =, 3 a “AqITBOO *10}909][0 op athlete *soroed
Bit uw 5 2 ye ° & & & a AVITB. "I 10799] 0 puv wnesnyy t $s
Sree) a) ESE e
2 Nese Bes =
—_— % =. ° £ 5 R
9 os = Boo ;
es , rom wl i= Bc Ne ay ee eee re
3 = — =“
ec

5
>

‘pourupxa suaumwvads fo 18VvT

NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS.

BY
GEORGE K. CHERRIE,

Ornithologist, Costa Rica National Museum.

The present notes are based on the remainder of the collection from
which the new species were described in a former paper in these Pro-
ceedings,* and is really a continuation of that paper. I have, however,
added some few notes from observations made on birds in the Costa
Rica National Museum since my return.

I would here express my thanks to the authorities of the Smithso-
nian Institution for the opportunity of examining their bird collection
in comparison with Costa Rica examples, and also acknowledge my
indebtedness to Mr. Ridgway and Dr. Stejneger for much kindly
assistance.

Catharus melpomene.

In a series of twenty-seven adult birds of this species, fifteen from
the vicinity of San José, five from various other localities in Costa Rica,
and seven from Guatemala and Mexico, no differences due to locality,
age, season, or s8x are observable that have not already been noted by
various writers. -

Catharus mexicanus.

I have before me a single specimen, a young male Catharus, which,
although Mr. Ridgway has separated the Costa Rica bird (or a form of
it) as fumosus, I believe is mericanus, having the wings and tail ‘*dusky
brown with bistre brown edgings,” and many feathers of the back with
a decided brownish cast.

The specimen (No. 636, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Jiménez,
August 4, 1886, A. Alfaro) may be described as follows:

Above brownish olive, head slightly darker, feathers blackish basally,
and having narrow ochraceous shaft-streaks. Scapulars with sub-
terminal elliptical ochraceous shaft-spots, feathers, narrowly tipped
with blackish. Greater coverts dusky brownish with bistre edges,
somewhat brighter than on the quills. Many of the feathers of the
back with a decided Vandyke-brown shading. Tips of upper tail-
coverts Vandyke-brownish. Taillike the wing. Below, feathers of the

* Vol. XIV, pp. 337-346.

Proceedings National Museum—Vol. XIV, No. 879.

518 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE.

throat ochraceous-buffy with whitish bases and narrowly tipped with
blackish. Breast olivaceous, becoming grayish or ashy posteriorly.
Feathers of the center cf the breast with large central ochraceous-buft
spots surrounded with narrow blackish lines and the feathers edged
with olivaceous; sides smoky gray with olive wash; center of belly |
almost pure white, only a few feathers anteriorly with subterminal
buffy tips and dusky edges. Under tail-coverts pale buffy.

There are no specimens of C. mericanus in the U.S. National Museum —
collection and only the type of OC. fumosus.

Campylorhynchus capistratus.

Two specimens (No. 19, 2, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, San Mateo,
January, 1886, A. Alfaro; and No. 18, ¢, Trojas, February, 1886, A.
Alfaro), compared with Mr. Ridgway’s type of C. castaneus and six ex-
amples of C. capistratus in the U.S. National Museum (two from Sueuya,
Nicaragua, one from San Juan del Sur, one from La Palma, and one
from Punta Arenas, Costa Rica) seem to be nearer the former than the
latter in the lighter almost uniform chestnut of the back and less con-
spicuous spots and streaks of black and white. No. 18 corresponds ©
very closely in size to castaneus, while No. 18 is larger; as large as
other specimens of capistratus.

Female examples in the Costa Rica National Museum seem to have —
the streaking and spotting of the back a little less pronounced than in
the males.

Henicorhina prostheleuca.

Mr. Zeledon gives in his list H. leucosticta as a Costa Rica bird. How-
ever this form probably does not occur in Costa Rica, as the name leucos-
ticta is applicable to the black-headed form, which occurs only as far_
north as Colombia, its place in Central America being taken by H. pros-
theleuca. (See Catalogue Birds Brit. Mus., Vol. V1, pp. 286-288.)

Henicorhina leucophrys.

I have before me two skins from the Costa Rica National Museum.
No. 2300, 3, (Volean de Pods, November 23, 1888, A. Alfaro), agrees ¥
closely with descriptions of the species, and also with ten examples in |
the U.S. National Museum, from Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Ver- |
agua, and Bogota. There are, however, four of the examples from
Costa Rica in the U. S. National Museum collection which seem to pre-
sent some peculiarities or characters which may be variations due to
their geographical position. The local variations in the species as com-—
pared with Costa Rican examples can best be pointed out by making
extracts from Mr. Ridgway’s manuscript on the subject, which I have’
before me. The Costa Rica birds “‘come nearest to the Guatemala
specimens, but are somewhat lighter and brighter brown above.” Mexi-
can specimens “ have the entire pileum and hind neck exactly the same
color as the back, except along the lateral margin, where a black line

Saat PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 519

borders the white superciliary stripe;” the rest of the upper parts are
“almost exactly as in specimens from Costa Rica.” Costa Rican and
Veraguan specimens have ‘the feathers of the throat distinctly edged
with dusky, producing streaks.”

The second skin from the Costa Rica National Museum differs so
much from other examples that I append a description. More material
might prove it to be distinet.

No. 2299, 2, Collection Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, El Achiote,
Costa Rica, November 22, 1888, A. Alfaro. Above similar to other Costa
Rica examples of H,. leweophrys, but with the entire head uniform, dusky
black, almost imperceptibly tinged with olive. Frontal feathers white,
bat more of a yellowish hue than in the narrow white superciliary
stripe. Lores and a stripe extending through the eye black. Sides of
the face and neck white, streaked with black; the feathers white, hav-
ing black edges. The back is chestnut-brown, brighter on rump and
upper tail-coverts, washed with olive on the upper back; wing-coverts
same color as the back; quills dusky blackish, outer webs like the
back, barred with blackish, the bars or mottling extending across the
juner secondaries. The outer primary is edged with white on the outer
web. Tail dusky brownish black, barred irregularly with black.
Throat white, feathers with indistinct dusky edgings; foreneck and
breast ash-gray, lighter on the lower breast, and distinctly barred with
blackish. Sides, flanks, belly, and ecrissum light rufous-chestnut; the
under tail-coverts, however, barred with black.

Since returning to Costa Rica I find in the collection of the Museo
Nacional another specimen, with head uniform dusky black and the
lower breast ash-gray barred with blackish, also having the under-tail
coverts barred with blackish; otherwise there is no difference from
other Costa Rica examples; and being taken at the same time and ia
the same place with normal examples, [ now conclude it is only a pe-
culiar phase of plumage.

Thryophilus rufalbus castanonotus.

Five adult specimens before me are typical of the sub-species, by com-
parison with the type. No. 2067, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, is a
young bird evidently not long from the nest and differs from descrip-
tions of young only in having the under-tail coverts faintly barred with
blackish.

Thryophilus costaricensis.

A comparison of three specimens from the Museo Nacional de Costa
Rica with six other examples from Costa Rica, and one from Nicaragua
(Los Sabalos) in the U. S. National Museum, with five Panama speci-
mens of castaneus, leaves no doubt as to there being well defined races
if not species. The Costa Rica specimens are all a bright uniform chest-
nut below, while the Panama examples are orange-rutous conspicuously

520 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—-CHERRIE.

barred on the sides and flanks with blackish; also, as pointed out by
Mr. Sharpe (Col. Birds Brit. Mus., vi, p. 217), the white on the throat —
in Costa Rican birds ‘‘is confined to the throat itself and not extend-
ing to the fore-neck.” In the series before me there are no intermediate
or connecting forms. However, Nos. 47386, 64697, and 116552, from
Costa Rica, and No. 91145, Los Sdbalos, Nicaragua, in the U. S.
National Museum series, do present a few ill-defined blackish bars on
the flanks. The last specimen is a young bird with the under surface
slightly paler chestnut than in the adult. There is also a female ex-
ample in the Costa Rica National Museum collection (No. 3352, Jim-
énez, August 18, 1888), with a few blackish bars in the center of the
belly.

Thryophilus thoracicus.

Out of a series of seventeen specimens examined, eleven from the U,
S. National Museum collection and six from the collection of the Costa
Rica National Museum, only one presented the upper tail-coverts
obscurely barred with blackish as indicated by Mr. Sharpe (Vol. v1, Cat.
Birds Brit. Mus., p. 215); with that one exception all have the upper
tail-coverts unicolored, without sign of bars.

Thryophilus modestus.

The throat and breast of young birds of this species are far more of
an ashy white than in the adult form; and the sides, flanks, and cris-
sum area soft buff, much paler than in the adult.

In a series of twenty-three Costa Rican birds no peculiarities are
noticeable that are not to be found in the Guatemala bird ; while no
intermediate forms are found grading into the Panama 1. galbraitht.

For further notes on this species see the author’s list of birds of San
José, Costa Rica, in The Auk, July, 1891, p. 275.

Thryophilus zeledoni.

A comparison of seven of these birds with the series of twenty-three
T. modestus from Costa Rica only goes to point out more conclusively
their specific distinctness. Not only is the great difference in size con-
stant, but also the color; no intermediate birds are found.

Thryophilus semibadius.

Four specimens, two males and two females, from Pozo Azul, Costa
Rica (Nos. 919, 920, 921, and 922, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica), agree
very closely with the descriptions of the type specimen as given by
Mr. Sharpe, and also as given by Salvin and Godman. Yet from the
material before me I conclude the description is drawn from a bird not
altogether mature. However, the type comes from Panama and the dif- —
ferences pointed out below may be confined to a more northern race of —
the bird.

Cao PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 521

No. 919 (October 20, 1883, 2), I take to be a bird of the year. The
chestnut above is softer than in other examples; the wing-coverts,
greater, middle and lesser series all being blackish, edged (or better,
perhaps, mottled), especially on the outer web, with pale or rufous chest-
nut, paler than the back; primary coverts edged with the same color;
primaries and secondaries blackish brown, secondaries the darker; first
two primaries edged (not notched) with whitish, third edged and
slightly notched, the remaining primaries and the secondaries barred
with rufous-chestnut, the bars extending across the inner secondaries.
The throat is ashy white, scarcely immaculate. No. 921(¢ January,
1887) has some of the middle and lesser coverts barred with white; also
the primary coverts notched and edged with fulvous-whitish; greater
coverts like in the preceding example. Primaries and secondaries
barred, commencing with whitish on the outer primaries and growing
darker until on the inner secondaries itis rufous-chestnut. In this spee-
imen the scapulars are barred with black, the bars, however, almost
entirely concealed. The bars are well defined, much better so than the
bars on the upper tail-coverts. These bars are to be seen more or less
clearly defined on all of the specimens before me. No. 922 (2 Janu-
ary, 1887), has all the wing-coverts barred with whitish; the primary
coverts are brownish dusky, faintly edged and notched on outer webs
with rufous and whitish, the white predominating. In all the speci-
mens before me I would call the under surface of the quills dusky edged
on inner webs with buffy ash, not, as Mr. Sharpe says, “ Quills dusky
brown below, ash brown along the edge of the inner web.”

Thryothorus hyperythrus.

In a single specimen in the anthor’s collection from the Pacifie side
of Costa Rica, the orange-rufous of the under parts is slightly paler
than in an example from Santa Fé, Veragua, and slightly darker than
one from Colovevora, Veragua. In each of these examples there is just
a perceptible lightening in color in the center of the belly. Arranging
the three specimens spoken of above with three others, one from Pan-
ama and two from Tobago,* there is an unbroken series, the center of
the belly growing lighter until the last, Nos. 74892 and 82728, U.S.
National Museum, where the center of the belly is white. In this ex-
ample neither is the light rufous-brown of the head so light, nor @oes
it extend so far back as in northern specimens.

Thryothorus melanogaster.

Male (No. 908, Museo Nacional de Costa Riea, Pozo Azul, Pirris,
December 8, 1885; José C. Zeledon) :

According to Mr. Sharpe 7. fasciativentris does not oceur in Costa
Rica, its place there being taken by 7. melanogaster (Cat. of Birds, Brit.
us Vol. vI, Pe. =e 231), an opinion in which I now fully coneur.

ee Pater specimens are not T. hyperythrus, but T. rutilus Vieill.—R. R.

522 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE. a

However, in making a comparison of the specimens with Mr. Sharpe’s
descriptions and with the other specimens in the National Museum col-
lection, I was much puzzled, not only in regard to the Costa Rica exam-
ple, but also with examples of the species (in a comprehensive sense)
from Veragua, Panama, and Santa Marta, Colombia. Mr. Ridgway has —
greatly aided in making clear the comparative differences in placing at
my disposition his unpublished manuscript and published notes on the ©
very birds I have before me. In an article published in the Proceed-
ings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Mr. Ridgway points
out the difference between the type of 7. fasciativentris and the Santa
Marta specimen as being greater than that between the latter and the
Panama specimens, and equivalent to the resemblance between Pan-
ama and Santa Marta examples as compared with Costa Rican and
Veraguan specimens. Mr. Ridgway then says: * 7. melanogaster may, —
however, be distinguished by the pale rusty brownish, instead of white
bars on the under tail-coverts, and much less distinct (sometimes quite
obsolete) bars on the sides, flanks, and abdomen.” Then “ therecan be
no question, however, that this form grades directly into the Panama
form, which in all probability is only a local race of fasciativentris.”

With this latter view I can hardly agree, there being other differ-
ences overlooked by Mr. Ridgway that seem to me to very clearly sep-
arate the birds as species. These differences consist in the Costa Rican
and Veraguan specimens having arufous tail (somewhat paler than the
back) barred with black; whereas the Santa Marta and Panama birds
and type of fasciativentris have the tail dusky, narrowly banded with
pale fulvous (Ridgway MSS). Also the bands on the upper tail-coverts,
primaries, and secondaries in the Costa Rican and Veraguan specimens
are obsolete or barely perceptible, to be seen only in certain lights. In
the Panama and Santa Marta examples these bands are very distinct;
not so distinct, however, in the type of 7. fasciativentris.

As Mr. Sharpe’s descriptions of 7. fasciativentris and T. melanogaster
appear to me somewhat faulty and misleading, I will present here, from
Mr. Ridgway’s manuscript, descriptions of the type of 7. fasciativentris
and a Costa Rican example of 7. melanogaster :

Thryothorus fasciativeutris.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult (Type, No. 2658, Lafresnaye Coll, ‘“ Bogota”):
“ Above light Vandyke-brown, somewhat tinged with russet (lighter and
much duller than in No. 34095,U.S. Nat. Mus., from Sta. Marta), the pileum
decidedly duller (the feathers much worn, however) ; * secondaries with-
out the faintest indications of bars, and edges of primaries with only the
slightest possible suggestion of bars, discernible only on the closest in-
spection ; tail dusky, narrowly banded with pale fulvous, the bars con-
fined to outer webs (where extending to shafts), the inner webs, even of |

* A few scattered feathers, evidently of newer growth, are very similar in color to ©
those of the back.

oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 523

middle feathers, almost wholly uniform dusky. A narrow white supercil-
iary stripe, and beneath this a transocular stripe (about 0.10 to 0.15
wide), occupying lores and upper portion of auriculars, similar in color
tothe pileam. Chin, throat, chest, and sides of head up to the brown
transocular stripe, immaculate, pure white; rest of lower parts dull,
blackish dusky, tinged with brown (especially on flanks and upper
breast), and everywhere barred with white, these white bars rather
narrower and more tinged with brown on upper part of breast, the lat-
eral portions of which are less distinctly barred; thighs light brown
with very indistinct narrow darker barson inner side. Length (mounted
spevimen), about 5.60; wing, 2.55; tail, 2.10; exposed culmen, 0.70;
bill from nostril, 0.45; depth at anterior end of nostril, 0.17; tarsus,
0.90.” ;

“This specimen, which is an adult in considerably worn plumage,
differs from the only other Colombian example that I have seen (No,
34095, U.S. Nat. Mus., 6 ad., Sta. Marta), and also from descriptions,
in having the entire breast barred with white, there being no uniform
black band or space between the barred portion and the pure white
chest; the upper parts are a much lighter and much duller brown,
but this may be due to the worn condition of the plumage. It is also
smaller, the Sta. Marta specimen measuring as follows: Length (skin),
6; wing, 2.75; tail, 2.20; exposed culmen, 0.70; bill from nostril, 0.52 ;
depth at anterior end of nostril, 0.20; tarsus, 0.95.”

Thryothorus melanogaster.

“Adult male (No. 908, Collection Museo Nacional de Costa Rica,
Pozo Azul (Pirris), Costa Rica, Dec. 8, 1885, José C. Zeledon): Pileum
dull sepia-brown, tinged with brighter brown; hind neck similar but
brighter, passing into chestnut on back, scapulars, wing-coverts, rump
(where lighter and brighter), and upper tail-coverts; the last, and the
greater wing-coverts, very indistinctly (hardly perceptibly) barred
with darker; remiges dusky, but the prevailing color of their exposed
surface (edges) dull chestnut-brown, very indistinctly barred with dusky;
tail clear chestnut, distinctly barred with black, the black bars aver-
aging about 0.07 to 0.08 wide and considerably narrower than the inter-
spaces, except an inner webs. Lores and a narrow, indistinct super-
ciliary stripe, grayish white; upper half of ear-coverts dusky, lower
portion white, streaked with grayish dusky. Chin, throat, and chest
pure white, the last with a small dusky spot (consisting of parts of only
two or three feathers each) near each side;* breast, upper belly, and
anterior portion of sides plain black, tinged posteriorly with grayish
brown, the feathers light bluish gray basally; sides of breast tinged
with chestnut; belly blackish, distinetly and regularly though nar-
rowly barred with brownish white ; under tail-coverts similar but bars

* Perhaps abnormal markings, not found in other specimens,

524 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE.

more decidedly brownish; flanks transversely mottled or indistinetly
barred with dusky and pale brownish; thighs plain, light brown on_

lower portion, upper part barred with dusky. Upper mandible black, ~

edged with paler; lower mandible light bluish gray or plumbeous ; iris
brown; feet dusky ; length (skin), 6.10; wing, 2.85; tail, 2.65; exposed
culmen, 0.70; tarsus, 0.98.”

No. 42808 (U. S. National Museum Collection, San Mateo, Costa
Rica, April, 1866, J. Cooper), has the under surface dull rufous-brown
shaded with dusky ash centrally and the bands are of a more rufous —
shade. Also the upper surface is somewhat duller rufous, the head
differing very little from the back. The lower mandible is plumbeous. —

_Oreothlypis gutturalis.

Young (No. 2116, Collection Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Volean
de Pods, July 27, 1888, A. Alfaro): Evidently a bird not long from the
nest. Above a trifle paler gray than in the adult female, but with the
black patch on the back just as well marked. Below, the throat and
breast are buffy with a brownish shade (almost the clay-color of Ridg-
way’s ‘* Nomenclature of colors.”) Rest of lower parts ashy grayish,
paler, almost whitish, in the center of the belly.

Dendroica vieilloti.

A series of four birds from the Pacific side of Costa Rica (Punta
Arenas) and eleven from the Atlantic side (Porto Limon) belonging to
the D. vieillotti group, compared with examples of true D. vieilloti and —
specimens (including the types) of D. bryanti and D. bryanti castanei-
ceps have convinced me that the two latter are only subspecifically dis- —
tinct from vieillot?. In both instances the Costa Rican birds seem to
furnish the connecting link, although in most characters in both instan-
ces they seem to be nearer the northern forms bryanti and castaneiceps
than to true vicilloti; to which last form they approach closest in the
rich yellow edgings to the wings.

In the type of D. bryanti the lower parts with the exception of chin
and throat are bright gamboge-yellow (not so bright as in true vieilloti),
with a few narrow mostly concealed streaks of chestnut-rufous. In
other specimens from the same locality the chestnut streaking is de-
cided, but streaks narrow, and not merging into the rufous-chestnut of
the throat, which has asharply defined margin. In Costa Rican examples
(from the Atlantic side) the chestnut stripes are much broader (but not
so broad as in vieilioti) and the margin of the chestnut throat is not well
defined, having a tendency to spread itself into the chestnut streaking
of the breast, as in vieilloti. . The shade of rufous-chestnut on the head
and throat varies the same degree in the different specimens. There
are ten adult males (D. vieilloti bryanti) from the Atlantic side; none

sec” PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL. MUSEUM 525

of these have the head as dark a chestnut as the birds from the Pacific
side (five adult males, including the type of castaneiceps.) The type of
castaneiceps differs from bryanti, as shown by Mr. Ridgway, only in the
darker chestnut head; like the type of the latter, the jugulum and
breast are marked with a few very indistinct and mostly concealed
streaks of chestnut-rufous. These streaks in two birds from Mazat-
lan, Mexico, are very much better defined and broader; in No, 58252,
U. 8. National Museum, the chestnut throat is sharply defined, the
color not extending onto the foreneck ; in No, 35017 the chestnut of
the throat is not so well defined, and extends more onto the foreneck.
In the two Costa Rican examples (Nos. 55 and 2943, Museo Nacional de
Costa Rica), the chestnut extends more onto the foreneck and has an
ill-defined margin, while the streaks on the jugulum and breast are a
trifle wider and brighter thanin the Mazatlan examples; notso broad,
however, as in birds from the Atlantic side. We may suppose from
analogy, I think, that birds from Veragua would come another step
nearer vieilloti.

With the material I have before me IL believe the bird found on the
Atlantic side from Mexico to Costa Rica should bear the name Dendroica
vieilloti bryanti (Ridgway), as it was first separated by Mr. Ridgway ;
while the birds found on the Pacifie side, from Lower California to Costa
Rica, would become Dendroica vieilloti castaneiceps (Ridgway).

Castaneiceps is distinguished from bryanti by the darker rich chest-
nut head, and the stripes on the jugulum and breast usually narrower
(in the type almost wanting) and less well defined.

PD, vieilloti is distinguished from either of the preceding by the broad
chestnut stripes on the under parts merging into the chestnut of the
throat, which has no definate margin.

Two young males of D. vieilloti bryanti just assuming the adult phase
are probably deserving of some notice. Their general coloring above
is dusky olive-yellow, interspersed with many ashy-gray feathers, crown
ashy, with an olive-yellow shading and many chestnut-rufous feathers,
especially on the forehead; the edges of the wing are not so bright
yellow as in the adult bird: the prevailing color below is cream-color,
with here and there afew gamboge-yellow feathers with chestnut streaks,
especially on the breast and jugulum. The throat in one is rufous-
chestnut, as in the adult; while in the other it is ashy-whitish, with
chestnut shading. The adult female has the head dusky olive-yel-
lowish (like the back), strongly shaded witha yellowish rufous; below,

the chin, throat, and sides of face are ochre-yellow, with a rufous shad-
‘ing; the remaining lower parts are as in the male, only the chestnut
streaking is paler. A young female is olivaceous-ashy above ; brighter
olive on the rump, and deeper ash on the head. General color below
-eream-color, grayish along the sides, and the under tail-ecoverts pale

_ yellowish,

526 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE.

Geothlypis caninucha icterotis.

With twenty examples, all from the vicinity of San José, Costa Rica,
representing specimens taken in the months from April to December,
and the types of @. poliocephala, G. caninucha, G. caninucha icterotis, and
G. palpebralis, all before me, I thought for some time that I could select
from the series of Costa Rican birds specimens that would exactly match
any one of the four types; at the same time the gradation from one to
the other in the series seemed so gradual as to make them inseparable.
J felt convinced that Mr. Sharpe was correct when he placed caninucha
as a synonym of poliocephala (Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., Vol. x, p. 359),
but not as had already been pointed out by Mr. Ridgway (Manual of
North American Birds, p. 526), that the two forms represent seasonal
differences, because in my Costa Rican series, that which Mr. Sharpe
would eall the winter plumage is to be found in birds from May to Au-
gust as well as December. The color differences are in my opinion due
entirely to individual variation. And,on the other hand, to be con-
vineed that relative measurements have little taxonomic value one has
only to glance through the accompanying table of measurements taken
from the series of Costa Rican birds.

The above were my hastily formed conclusions, part of which had to
be changed on more careful examination of the material, as follows:
The type of poliocephala is a trifle paler on the belly and anal region
than the greater part of the specimens, but it is matched in this respect
by at least four examples. The back is, however, a dusky olive-green,
with very little indication of the brownish shading so conspicuous in
the majority of Costa Rica specimens; and while in many Costa Rican
birds there is some white on the eyelids, it does not extend around the
eye as in poliocephala.

Mr. Ridgway separated the Costa Rican bird as G. Canoe icterotis
(Proceedings U.S. National Museum, Vol. XI, p. 539), believing it to
have olive-yellow or yellowish-olive auriculars, distinguishing it from
the Guatamalan specimens. The series of Costa Rican examples pre-
gents much variation in the color of auriculars varying from an olive-
gray (almost as dark as seen in the type of caninucha) to a yellowish
olive, similar to the type of caninucha icterotis).*

The specimens on which poliocephala, palpebralis, caninucha, and
caninucha icterotis were based are, with the exception of the last, in
very old, worn, and poor plumage, and I believe a good series from
different localities would connect all as races of a single species.

G. caninucha icterotis is a common resident bird in the fields about
San José, where it breeds abundantly. Its habits are similar’ to those
of the Maryland Yellow-throat (G. trichas). It is quite shy and difficult
to approach. Specimens are in best plumage from October to March.

“I would here observe the type of caninucha icterotis seems to me = be one witht
unusually bright auriculars, while the type of caninucha, on the other hand, seem
to have very dark auriculars. In other words, the birds chosen as types would see
to represent the extremes of color in the two forms.

VOL. XIV,
1891.

PROCEEDINGS

Or

THE

NATIONAL MUSEUM.

527

Measurements of specimens of Geothlypis caninucha icterotis Ridgw.

‘ : +. Expos’d Depth
No. Collector. Locality. Date. | Sex. | Wing.| Tail. |~“*P% of bill |Tarsus.
culmen.|.¢ base.
| |
| '
541 | Geo. K. Cherrie...... San José..| Apr. 25,1889} ? 2.08 | 2.50 0.45/ 0.20 0. 86
Bion inane awoken sea G0r een May 11,1889) ¢ 2.30} 2.64] 0(.43] 0.20 0. 86
ECE cate anid cetme anes ee|s o> OG averse NO sceaee< J 2.14 | 2,55 0.43 0, 21 0, 86
Bee a OS tee sk wwe as oo 2) 25 Oitate<c: June 2,1889| ¢ 2.30 | 2.66 0.47} 0.28 0.92
620 |..-.do aee oktlO)scecis 2 June 4,1889) ¢ 2.24 | 2.67 0. 47 0.18 0. 85
623 |..-.do eae a O0 deo a. June 7, 1889 |.-.-... 2.16 | 2.45 0.46) 0.22 0. 89
Riemer dOe ssh aot ccen us le dower sc June ll, 1889) 2.06 | 2.59} 0.44] 0.18 0.87
TENE) Wace toys mip oma me Pec Ons ance Junel6, 1889|....... 2.24 | 2.66 0.45 | 0.20 0. 90
ME Peete acct esc ae UGte- 2a June 23, 1889) ¢ 2.25.1 3.70) 0, 44 0. 20 0. 84
PAN LO ooh dilanie = ao ete lec MOeen os July 9,1889| ¢ 2.28; 2.56 0, 44 v0, 20 0. 85
165:|.--.d0 aoa s00i <an=< Aug. 5,1889)....... 2. 30 2.79 0.45 0, 20 0, 92
a esl eets ae ne we me UGees2s | Aug, 21, 1889 | 9? 2.14) 2:71 0240" Ieee ee, 0. 84
970 Renee eee (or Oech: donates: peal 2.18 | 2.44 0.43 0.18 0.90
971 | O. F. Underwood. n> dpeeze nc) Oct. 15,1889) ¢ 2.14) 2.58| 0.44; 0.19! 0.88
972 Geo. K. Cherrie ..... PeeOO tens oe Wow. 61880 152.535. 2.39 | 2,82 0. 46 0. 22 0. 92
ROA (es OO Soins keine cave 123300 sezeus Dec Ae 1889 | Schwa se 2. 29 2. 66 0.44 0.18 0. 84
PPAPN oe Oh acces wen coe = SU tesiewices OO one ss we | 9 2.10 2.58 | 0,45 0.19 0. 88
1268 | Uiltuc ee cca eid meceesan'l te Opes aes Moh. 5, 1890 | of AAG be aga 0.44 .0. 20 | 0.86
2027*| A. AULIRNG sae te sh oa. [o-sQO)- cee Ang. 15, 1887 | ¢ 2.32 | 2.28] 0.44 0.18 | 0. 86
2028 |.... OO see ctusen acces I: PaO cue eclc awn owt o24 djav.| 2.37) 2.68 | 0, 42 0.17 0, 86

* Museo Nacional de Costa Rica,
Geothlypis bairdi,

Four specimens compared with Mr, Nutting’s three examples in the
U.S, National Museum, from Los Sabalos, Nicaragua, are probably
inseparable from that form; however, the under parts are brighter
yellow and the yellowish olive-green of the sides does not encroach so
far on the sides of the breast and the lower parts in general. In ad-
dition, in Mr, Nutting’s specimens the under tail-coverts are almost
exactly the color of the sides, while in mine they are much more yel-
lowish.

The relative measurements, as shown below, are almost the same.

|

l |

| ie nth | Middle

ao Collection Sex. | Wing.! Tail. ae Tarsus. ae toe with.

‘ s * ontclaw.

3555 | Museo Nacional de Costa Rica .....--. 9 2.18| 2.10] 0.53] 0.82] 0.20 0. 60

4042 RE ati tne nn en a eS wet ores c 2.28 | 2.00 0. 54 0. 87 0. 20 0. 60

1452 "Geo. K. Cherrie collection ............ ct 2.38 | 2,25 0.56; 0.89 0. 22 | 0. 61

1817 ALR aa on Sane ota pam dad «0 acs J 2.34 or ke 0. 60 0. 85 0. 21 0. 60
NUTTING’'S TYPE SPECIMENS

————_—— = | = =

91151 | U.S. National Museum..............-. J 2.28 | 2.10 0. 56 0. 80 0:20 ities een

ge ee eaten cael c cas dake avn Gane he a c 2.28 | 2.25 0. 58 0. 84 0.20) [i cussus se

Ea ee oe sacar hae ces ews cette 8 9 | 217 2,10 0. 54 U; CON Side sees i naeeaae

| | | | |

Basileuterus delattrii.

Two young specimens, both from the vicinity of San José, one in
the collection of the U.S. National Museum, the other from the col-
lection of the Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, differ from the adult, in
being dusky brownish olive above, especially on the upper back and
head; the lower back, rump, tail, and wings are more as in the adult.
On the head there are no signs of the chestnut crown or white super-

528 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE.

ciliary of the adult; the entire head is dusky brownish olive; the lores ;
are slightly darker; the chin and throat is dusky yellowish olive; the ;
breast is the same color, with more brownish shading; the sides gray- {
ish olive; belly and crissum primrose yellow, with a few bright yellow —
feathers on the sides of the lower breast. |

B. delattrii is an abundant resident, breeding commonly about San
José. For notes on the nest and eggs see The Auk for October,

1891.

Basileuterus melanogenys.

Young, (No. 50498, U.S. National Museum, Costa Rica): General color
above brownish olive, more olivaceous on edges of wing and tail; wing-
coverts brownish black edged on outer webs with olive-brownish and —
tipped with ochraceous-buff, forming two wing-bars. A few chestnut —
feathers in the center of the crown and a few feathers indicating the |
black margin to the crown; there is a broad buffy white supra-auricular
stripe extending from just above the eye to the nape; the sides of the
head are blackish; ear-coverts, chin, and throat are indescribable —
brownish buffy; breast and chest brownish, with an olive shade, sides —
darker, center of belly whitish.

Setophaga aurantiaca.

A single specimen from the collection of the Costa Rica National
Museum is bright orange-yellow below, decidedly brighter than any of
the examples in the U.S. National Museum collection, including the
type.

Vireo pallens.

A single example of this rare vireo taken at Punta Arenas, Costa
Rica, (No. 2946, 2, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, March 6, 1889, Alfaro
and Cherrie), agrees very closely with one of Mr. Salvin’s types of the
species (that described by Professor Baird in his Review), No. 33601,
U. S. National Museum. The upper parts are slightly brighter dull
grayish olive, the edges of the quills and tail-feathers are also slightly
brighter, the two white bands on the wings are well developed. Beneath 7
there is more of a buffy shade than in the type, and the tibiz are dusky
blackish, not ‘‘ashy.” The specimen is not in very good condition,
and it is hard to make out the characters about the head ; but there is
a whitish line from the bill and extending above the eye; the lores are ©
dusky, while the front edge of the eyelids is black; the auriculars are
darker, more dusky than in the type; the bill is horn color, the em
dusky, and the iris white. It measures length (skin), 4.20; wing, 2.22; ©
tail, 2.06; gonys, 0.28; depth of bill at base, 0.16; width at nostrils, —
0.18; tarsus, 0.76; middle toe and claw, 0.58 (the tip of the upper |
mandible is broken away). The specimen was taken among the man- |
groves back of the town, probably in about the same sort of locality as |

the type. ;

Pree. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 529

Hylophilus ochraceiceps.

A single Guatemalan skin, two from Segovia River, Honduras, three
from Costa Rica, and one from Veragua (Chiriqui) all differ from the type
from Mexico in being paler below, very few showing the yellowish-brown
color of the breast, and almost all with more olive shading on the sides.
Above there is more olive shading on the lower back and rump, and
the same color is more noticeable on the hind neck. All have the edges
of the tail-feathers lighter brown, and basally a perceptible shading of
olive not seen in the type; besides, they are slightly smaller in wing
and tail measurements.

Cyclorhis flavipectus subflavescens.

After a study of the literature on the subject and a careful compari-
son of a small series of Costa Rican specimens with the different forms
of Cyclorhis in the U.S. National Museum, including the types of
flavipectus and flaviventris yucatanensis, I am convinced there is only
one species found in Costa Rica, and that is subflavescens. The Costa
Rican bird, subflavescens, is separable readily from flaviventris or flavi-
ventris yucatanensis by the white ou the belly, which, even in those
specimens with the greatest amount of yellow on the under surface, is
distinct. This character is enough to distinguish them, but the Costa
Rica bird is decidedly and uniformly brighter olive-green above.

Unfortunately the number of specimens of flavipectus is limited to four,
two of which are referable to Professor Allen’s jfiavipectus trinitatis. I
have fifteen Costa Rican specimens. All agreein having the auriculars
dark ash-gray, while in flavipectus they are pale ash. In addition, the
rufous-chestnut superciliary stripe in the Costa Rican examples appears
darker and is shorter, not extending to the nape. There are also the
differences pointed out by Mr. Allen (Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., Vol.
11, No. 3, p. 131).

Vireolanius puchellus verticalis.

Costa Rica examples compared with the type (also from Costa Rica)
agree minutely.

Diglossa plumbea.

Young birds are brownish olive above, dusky brownish below, with
buffy brownish in the center of the belly.

Dacnis venusta.

Young males probably resemble the females. A young male (No.
773, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica), just assuming adult plumage, has
the forehead black like the adult male, and bright blue feathers are
scattered in the dusky greenish of the crown. There are a few black
feathers in the upper back. The scapulars, lower back, and rump are
blue; part of the wing-coverts, quills, and tail-feathers black, and part

Peoc. N. M. 91 b4

530 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE.

dusky, as in the female. Below the throat is black, while there are
scattering black feathers over the ashy and ochraceous-butffy of the
remaining lower parts.

Euphonia gracilis.

Four female examples of a Huphonia, collected in Pozo Azul (Pirris),
Costa Rica, in December, 1888, by Mr. J. ©. Zeledon, and labeled. by
that gentleman Huphonia gracilis, may be described as follows: Above
olive-green with a strong bronzy-green sheen, more yellowish and less
bronzy on the rump and upper tail-coverts; forehead and front part
of crown rufous-chestnut ; wings and tail blackish, with yellowish olive
edges. Below greenish olive, yellowish on chin and throat; center of
breast and belly tawny ochraceous, under tail-coverts yellowish orange-
ochraceous, axillaries yellow.

This description differs markedly from any hitherto published, and I
hesitated long before giving it. But in examining a number of young
male birds (with only a little yellow on the forehead) that appeared to —
belong to either gracilis or luteicapilla, | endeavored to find a character
that would separate the species at all ages. In examining the speci-
mens I noted that in gracilis the dusky or black at the bases of the
yellow feathers of the crown always extends farther along the shaft of
the feather than along the web, making a Y/-shaped union between the
yellow tip and darker base. This is most marked on the feathers
farthest back on the crown, but is noticeable even on those on the ex-
treme forehead. In luteicapilia the yellow tip joins the dusky base in a
straight line across the feather. Usually, also, the yellow in gracilis is
paler, confined more to the extreme tip of the feather, and the dusky
base is blacker. This being noted, I found that all the young speci-
mens pertained to luteicapilla. Then came Mr. Zeledon’s specimens
labeled gracilis. An examination of so-called females of gracilis and
luteicapilla, and of published descriptions, seemed to point to their
being indeterminable one from the other. It might here also be ob-
served that in gracilis the bill is heavier and the gonys decidedly more
convex than in luteicapilla.

The Zeledon birds, or female gracilis, are very distinct from H. gouldi;
and while there is rather a close color resemblance to the females of —
fulvicrissa, the size is much greater, being equal to the males of gra-
cilis. Males of gracilis, compared with those of fulvicrissa, are seen to
have the same style of crown (the Y-Shaped union between the black —
base and yellow tip). All males of fulvicrissa examined have a white
spot on the inner web of the outer tail-teathers, sometimes well defined —
and again only faintly indicated. Four out of the six males of gracilis —
have the white mark on the outer tail-feather.

I do not know what Mr. Zeledon’s reasons were for identifying his —
specimens as gracilis, but he gave special attention to the Huphonia, -
and took both male and female in the same locality and at the same time. —

Pio | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. : 531

Since returning to Costa Rica I have examined the Museo Nacional
series of thirty lufeicapilla and gracilis, including three additional
females of gracilis, and am thoroughly convinced that female of gra-
cilis has hitherto been unknown or confounded with some other form.

- Euphonia minuta.

Seven adult males from Costa Rica compared with a single male

(adult) from Sarayacu, Hceuador, are shaded with deeper orange on the

_ yellow of the lower parts and forehead, while the Ecuador bird has the
bill just appreciably larger.

Ramphocelus costaricensis.

In looking over the specimens of FR. passerinii in the U. 8. National
Museum collection, I find a very good example of my recently described
R. costaricensis (The Auk, January, 1891, p. 62). The specimen (No.
423863, U.S. National Museum collection, Navarro, Costa Rica, Janu-
ary, 1866, J. Cooper) agrees, as far as my memory serves me (having
no examples at hand for comparison), with my type, being perhaps a
trifle brighter on the breast, and the wings and tail more dusky brown-
ish, or more like those of passerinii. The specimen was originally
marked female ( 2 ), but some one, at a later,date, and with ink that has
not yet faded, has drawn a line across this arfd written below “Juv. 2.”

Since returning to Costa Rica the Museo Nacional has received eight
additional examples of this new form.

Chlorospingus pileatus.

I have two young birds in plumage hitherto undeseribed. No. 5416,
Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Volcan de Irazt, April 23, 1891, is
evidently just from the nest, as there is yet in the plumage some of the
nestling down. Above it is light olive-brownish, wings and tail black-
ish, the latter with dull olive-yellowish edges ; prevailing color of wing-
coverts like the edges of the quills. Head black, crown bordered with
a broad white stripe extending from just in front of the eye to the
nape. Lores, supraocular stripe, 2nd auriculars black. Below prevail-
‘ing color grayish olive-buif, lightest in the center, with ill-defined
blackish or dusky streaks; sides more uniform olive; chin, throat, and
cheeks ashy whitish ; bend of wing whitish. No. 3095, 4 juv., Volean
de Pods, July 5, 1889, A. Alfaro, is a much older bird. Above brown-
_ish olive-green, wings and tail dusky, edged with the color of the back,
slightly the brighter on the primaries; head black; many yellowish
feathers in the whitish stripe on the sides of the crown. Below cheeks,
_ throat, and breast olive-yellowish, with indistinet dusky striations; an
indistinct dusky line along the sides of the throat, joining the auricu-
lars posteriorly; sides, belly, and crissum dusky or brownish olive-
: greenish.

——

532 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—CHERRIE.

Buarremon gutturalis.

Guatemalan birds, compared with Costa Rican specimens, seem a
trifle larger, especially a longer tail, and the yellow of the throat ap-
pears to extend farther down on the fore breast. However, the Guate-
mala skins are so lengthened in the making up it is difficult to judge.

Dendrornis nana costaricensis Ridgw.

An examination of a series of Costa Rican specimens compared with
examples from Panama, including the types of nana, Lawrence (= law-
rencei Ridgw.), kindly sent me for examination by Professor Allen of
the American Museum of New York, are uniformly the larger (espe-
cially the bill), and certainly seem to me separable as a distinct race,
although Mr. Hiliot (The Auk, vir, 1890, pp. 174, 175) contends they
are the same, remarking that “ the slight difference in size to be noticed
in a series of any species of this genus is evidently of no specific value.”
It may be very true that there is as great individuai variation in the
different species as between average Costa Rica birds and average
Panama birds. But the smallest Costa Rican bird is slightly larger
than the Panama birds (I must except a single evidently young bird),
while the largest Costa Rica bird has the bill just 0.46 of an inch longer
than the largest Panama example.

As to the distinctness of nana and lawrencet a comparison of the two
type specimens shows them to be identical; an opinion in which Mr.
Ridgway concurs, thus fully agreeing with Mr. Elliot. It should, how-
ever, be stated that in Mr. Lawrence’s type of nana the tail feathers
are not fully grown, being only 3.10 inches long, while in the bird on
which Mr. Ridgway based his lawrencet the tail measured 4.36, There
is a similar but lesser difference in the wings, measuring 3.60 and 4.
Mr. Ridgway’s example is in very perfect plumage, while the other is
in a state of change. Mr. Ridgway says he was wisled by the original
measurements given in the description of nana. He did not have the
bird for examination.

~The uniting of nana and lawrencei changes the name of the Costa
Rica bird from lawrencei costaricensis to nana costaricensis, as I have
written it above.

The Costa Rican bird appears to reach its maximum development on

the west coast.
Myrmeciza stictoptera Lawr.*

A single male specimen of this exceedingly rare bird, No. 2335, Museo
Nacional de Costa Rica, San Carlos, Costa Rica, December 25, 1888, A.
Alfaro, compared with Mr. Lawrence’s type, No. 34777, U. S. National
Museum, Angostura, Costa Rica, agrees minutely with that bird. Itis
certainly a very distinet species, differing decidedly from AZ. exsul and
its allies in having a concealed white dorsal pateh, and from M. lemas-
ticta in having the throat unspotted. Yet Mr. Sclater, in Vol. xv, Cata-

*See Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., vol. vill, p. 132.

BY Teor.” | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 533

_ logue of Birds in the British Museum, in treating of the genus Myrmeciza,
does not mention stictoptera even in his synonymy.

Picolaptes compressus (Scl.)

An examination of a series of thirty-three specimens taken from vari-
ous points and altitudes on both the Atlantic and Pacific sides of the
high interior of Costa Rica shows much individual variation in size and
color; variations that seem to counect (very closely indeed) compressus
with gracilis. I have not, unfortunately, the type of gracilis before me,
but have carefully studied Mr. Ridgway’s original description (Proce.
U.S. National Museum, Vol. x1, p. 542) and also Mr. Sclater’s notes,
_ taken from the type (Cat. Birds British Museum, xv, p. 154), From the
; appended table of measurements it will be seen that the variations in

size are from: wing, 3.93 to 3.40; tail, 3.96 to 3.43; from nostril to tip of
bill, 1 to 0.70; tarsus, 0.71 to 0.65. In arranging the table I separated
the birds into four groups; the first from the central west coast region
_ (Gulf de Nicoya). These prove to be slightly the largest and are as
_ awhole a lighter brown (sepia) below; the paler markings vary from

deep buff to buffy-whitish, the feathers of the throat usually narrowly
bordered with blackish. Above there is no appreciable difference in
color from birds from other localities.
The second group comes from the east side of the Cordillera, in nearly
the same latitude as the first group and at an elevation of about 2,500
feet. The bill averages slightly smaller and darker horn-color. The
coloration above and below is not to be distinguished from that of birds
belonging to the first group. It will be noted that the two lots were
taken at the same season.

The third group comes from the southwest coast region. They are
intermediate in size, although slight the difference, between the first
and second groups; they average slightly darker below, more of a
bistre than a sepia brown. The bill is about as dark as in birds of
the second group.

The fourth group is from the eastern side about the same latitude as
the last. The birds of this group average decidedly the smallest ; there
are, however, only four of them. No. 5437, Museo Nacional de Costa
Rica, is especially small. Above and below the brown is of a darker
shade. The upper mandible is blackish, the lower horn-color for at
least the basal half, the interior half being broken away.

The birds in the third group, from Pozo Azul, are from the same geo-
graphical region as the type of gracilis (Monte Redondo), but certainly
can not be seperated from other examples of compressus. I think anyone
with my series of birds before them, and with only the descriptions of
compressus and gracilis to guide them, would conclude that the color-
differences were very slight, and that the relative measurements were
hardly trustworthy characters.*

The type of gracilis seems to have an unusually long tarsus.

EERE Pere GeeT ye

* See these Proceedings, vol. X1v, p. 475.

534 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS—-CHERRIE.

*
j
‘
¥
ac
‘
neeaiteeineeles lene

Measurements of specimens of Picolaptes compressus.

X — Collector. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail from Tarsus.

s nostril.

«

2965 ¢ Alfaro and Cherrie . 13, 1889 3.92 3.83 0.98 0.71
4157 2 | C.F. Underwood -........... 13,1890! 3.67 3.78 | O88 0. 69
4138 Q . 17,1890) 3.57 3.78} 0.98 2.72
4159 ¢ 181890| 370 S62) 100 0.7:
4160 ¢ . 23,1890) 3.93 3.91 0. 97 0.71
4161 ¢ . 13,1890) 38 3.2! 0.99 0.71
41@ 2 23,1890) 3.37 3.47] 0.92 0.70
4493 2 . 28,1890! 3.53 3.38! 0.90 0. 67
a4 Co - 26.1890) 3.93) 3.96] 095 0.71
$495 CS . 23,1890} 3280 3.86) 0.88 0.70
4496 ¢ 18,1890! 3.53] 3.5 0.97 0.69
4497 Q . 21,1890} 3.55] 355] 0.90 0.70
4459 Q . 24,1880] 3.40 3.49! 0.92 0.70

7 2 . 14,1890} 368!) 3.54) 0.86 0. 70
5426 2 19,1891} 3.58 3.35, 0.85 0.70
53427 9 . 16,1891} 3 50 3. 64 0.84! 0.70
SES ¢ 13,1891) 3.85) 377 08} 0.68
59 - 16,1891) 348 3.70) O88) 067
5430 ¢ eb. 16,1831] 3.66) 383 0.87) 0.65
sS1 c . 25,1891} 351 3.67) O86) 068
5432 ¢ . 17,1891] 3.70 3.62 0.90) O70
5439 2 .14,1891/ 3.58) 32 0.84 ~ 0.70
5449 9 . 17,1891] 3:37) 3.48 0.80 0.70
ete Ges es ee Se eee ae ...-| Sept.13, 1889} 3.58 3.58 0. $0 0.70
SERS OE FRC Ms A PS ee < 13,1889} 3.67| 377} 0.83 0.70
SERS ete et ee eee ea : 13,1859} 3.72] 364 0. 82 0.71
5853 9 | C.F. Underwood -.-..._..<_!-.-. 21891) 3.73 3.73 0. 90 0.70
ESE? | Fe dg 2 oo eee 12,1891] 3.46) 3.53 0.85 0.70
Biss 3S | doe fe a ae | May 10, 1891 365 3.57) 0.90) 0.71
3495 Co sree seer ee ee 53,1889) 3.59) 355 08] -0.68
B36 ¢ Ce ee ene | 29,1891) 3.84 3. 67 0. 90 0.70
er 0 ah eS ie es ee 20,1880) 3.38 3.48 0.70 0. 68
3441 Q . 21,189i| 3.44 3.44] 0.88 0. 67

Philydor virgatus Lawr.

A single specimen, No. 2552, collection of the Museo Nacional de
Costa Rica (San Carlos, Costa Rica, December 22, 1888, A. Alfaro),
agrees exacily with the type.

Grallaria intermedia.

_ A single specimen (No. 629, ¢, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica,

Jiménez. April, 1886, A. Alfaro) agrees exactly with Mr. Ridgway’s
type. As stated by Mr. Ridgway (Proc. U.S. National Museum, VI,
p. 406), intermedia **represents a very distinct form,” readily distin-
guished by the lighter ochraceous of the breast, sides, flanks, and
crissum; by the broad black striatians on the breast; a distinct black
rictal stripe, and rufous tips to the wing-coverts. From perspicillata it
is easily distinguished by the lack of black streaks on the flanks.

Grallaria dives.

A young bird of this species has the head and back much darker
than in adults, and a few feathers, evidently of the first downy plumage,
are dusky chestnut. The wing-coverts are faintly tipped with the same
color. Below, the white of the middle of the belly and the throat is
strongly washed with ochraceous.

man’ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 535
Ornithion imberbe?

I brought a specimen with me that probably pertained to this species;
but unfortunately while at the American Museum in New York it was
carried away by a rat before I had opportunity to identify it.

Tyranniscus parvus.

Costa Rican specimens are intermediate in size between true parvus
and villissimus; they are also more yellowish below than parvus from
Panama. However, the relationship throughout seems the closer to
parvus.

Empidonax albigularis.

1 have a specimen that certainly does not agree very closely with
Mr. Sclater’s description (Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., x1v, p. 223) ; however,
compared with examples in the Smithsonian collection that differ in
the same way, but which have been identified as 2. albigularis by Mr.
Sclater, it is found that they agree.

Contopus lugubris.

A female in freshly assumes plumage, is much richer colored than
any of the three examples, including the type, in the Smithsonian eol-
lection. Above and below it is much more of an olive. In size it is
also a trifle smaller. The specimens in the Smithsonian collection are
all in much worn plumage.

Platypsaris aglaice (Lafr.).*

A single female, taken at Jiménez, in tierra caliente, on the Atlantic
side of Costa Rica.
Pachyrhamphus versicolor.

A fine male, taken at La Palma de San José, Costa Rica.

Pipra velutina Berl.

Male Costa Rican specimen from Pozo Azul agree closely with
Panama examples, but have a greenish shading on the ramp and upper
tail-coverts, and also below on the center of the belly, and decidedly
developed on the under tail-coverts. This may, however, be a character
of the young.

A temale is parrot-green above, slightly brighter on the head and
duller on the ramp. Thereare three or four blue feathers in the crown.
Below the breast is duller green, the throat greenish gray; the sides
are paler, while the center of the belly and the crissum are greenish

yellow.

“Doubtless P. a. obscura Ridgw., recently described in these ‘‘ Proceedings”
(page 474).

536 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS

CHERRIE.

The parrot-green color of the back readily distinguishes the females
of this species from all others of the genus except cyaneocapilla and
suavissima. ‘The latter is distinguished by the lemon-yellowish belly.

Pipra leucorrhoa.

Females are bright olive or greenish above; below duller, grayish,
or with a grayish shading on the throat, and yellowish on the belly.
The axillaries are white or pale yellowish. Young males resemble
females but have the throat white.

Pipra leucocilla.

Females are bright olive-green above; entire head and nape slate-
gray, with perhaps an olive shading; below duller, throat with grayish,
crissum and belly with whitish or pale yellowish. Bill much larger

than in leucorrhoa.
Pipra mentalis.

Females are dull olive-green above (almost the color so named in
Ridgway’s Nomenclature); below, more yellowish-olive on throat and
breast; abdomen and crissum yellowish ; axillaries pale yellowish, inner
edges of quills edged with whitish.

Trogon elegans, Gould.

Four specimens were forwarded from Costa Rica for identification.
Mr. Ridgway has classified the birds as 7. elegans, Gould, thus making
the tenth representative of the Trogonidie found in Costa Rica. The
first of these specimens was secured by Alfaroand Cherrie on the small
island of San Lucas, in the mouth of the Gulf of Nicoya, in March, 1889.
Mr. Alfaro has since secured a fair series of specimens from the same
locality. This I believe extends the southern range of the species.

Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.).

A single specimen taken at San José (No. 2823, 2, Museo Nacional
de Costa Rica, San José, Feb. 24, 1889, Geo. K. Cherrie), and identi-
fied by Mr. Ridgway, proved to be this species, thus extending its
southern range and adding another species to the list of Costa Rican
birds.

Coccygus minor (Gm.).

This bird is found on both coasts of Costa Rica, and in the interior

to an altitude of about 6,000 feet.

Chloronerpes simplex.

A single male from the Pacifie side of Costa Riea (Pozo Azul), com-
pared with an example from the Atlantic side, is dee:dedly smaller, and
there are some color differences; however, with only the two examples
before me I am not sure but that the variation is entirely individual.

:

— VOL. XIV

Be eadY) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 537
Melanerpes chrysauchen, Salvy.

(No. 3339, 2°, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Pozo Azul, Sept. 9, 1859,
J.C. Zeledon). Mr. Ridgway identifies the above specimen as chrys-
auchen, adding another to the list of Costa Rican birds and extending
the known northern range of the species.

Accipiter tinus (Lath).

Senor Don Anastasio Alfaro secured a very fine male specimen by
this beautiful little hawk near Greytown, Nicaragua.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE U. S. FISH
COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. MARSHALL McDONALD, Commissioner of Fisheries. ]

No. XXII.—DESCRIPTIONS OF THIRTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF FISHES
COLLECTED IN 1888 AND 1889, PRINCIPALLY AMONG THE SANTA
BARBARA ISLANDS AND IN THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA.

BY
CHARLES H. GILBERT.

The following forms are here described as new :

1. Raia trachura. 18. Pomacentrus leucorus.

2. Catulus xaniurus. 19. Gobius microdon.

3. Catulus cephalus. 20. Bollmannia ocellata.

4. Catulus brunneus. 21. Bollmannia macropoma.

5. Eulamia (Platypodon) platyrhyn- | 22. Bollmannia stigmatura.
3

echus.

2

. Gobiosoma crescentalis.
6. Stolephorus cultratus. Chriolepis, gen. nov.

7. Myctophum regale. 24. Chriolepis minutillus.
8. Alepocephalus tenebrosus. ». Gillellus ornatus.
9
0

wo
_

- Porogadus promelas. 6. Prionotus gymnostethus.

. Siphostoma carinatum. . Careproctus melanurus.
11. Callechelys peninsule. 8. Paraliparis cephalus.

12. Atherinops insularum. . Paraliparis mento.

13. Mugil setosus. . Trachyrhynchus helolepis.
14. Diplectrum sciurus. 31. Macrurus pectoralis.

15. Mycteroperca pardalis. 32. Lycodes diapterus.

16. Bodianus acanthistius. _ 33. Symphurus fasciolaris.

17. Upeneus xanthogrammus. 34. Antennarius reticularis.

So SC WW WL W
2 jay »

Ww
ar
> ©

1. Raia trachura sp. nov.

This species is most nearly related to Raia isotrachys, but the disk is
broader, with the snout much blunter, the angle of latter much greater
than a right angle.

Top of disk sparsely but evenly covered with small sharp prickles
with stellate base, which become crowded on interorbital space, in a
broad band along anterior margin of disk, on middle of disk behind
shoulders, and especially on sides of tail. No spines on orbital rim or
shoulders. A single small spine on middle of back between shoulders,
heavier but not longer than the prickles. A series of strong spines on
middle of tail, 23 in number, diminishing in size posteriorly.

Proceedings National Museum—Vol, XIV, No. 880.

539

540 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

Outer pectoral angles broadly rounded, placed more anteriorly than
in isotrachys. Anterior outline strongly undulated, very convex near
tip of snout, which projects slightly beyond the profile. Snout very
broad, its anterior angle about 120 degrees. Length of disk (to opposite
posterior insertion of pectorals) 14 in its width. Interorbital space con-
cave, 11 times longitudinal diameter of eye, which is contained 32 times
in snout. Distance from front of eye to nearest point on margin of
disk 12 in length of snout (less than half snout in ésotrachys).

Teeth very small, each with a single minute cusp directed backwards,
eight oblique series in each half of upper jaw.

Distance between gill openings of first pair, one-third length of disk
including the ventrals. Tail longer than body by half length of snout,
Dorsal fins small, of about equal size, covered with prickles. Base of
ventrals smooth above, a few prickles on distal half.

Uniform plum-color above, slightly darker at margin of disk. Below
brown, lighter on body, becoming blackish on lateral margins of pec-
torals and ventrals.

A single specimen, 18 inches long, from station 2923, in 822 fathoms.

2. Catulus xaniurus sp. nov.

Snout short and broadly rounded, much as in Catulus canescens Giin-
ther, the distance from snout to front of mouth one half greatest width
of snout, the latter equaling width of mouth. Nostril valves separate,
the width of isthmus nearly half width of nostrils, the valve with a
short cirrus. Distance from inner edge of nostrils to mouth one-third
their distance from tip of snout. Lips with a well-developed fold
around angle of mouth, that on lower jaw extending two-sevenths to
one-fourth distance to symphysis, the fold on upper lip about half as
long as that on lower.

Teeth small, acute, about five series functional in each jaw. Teeth
similar in both jaws, the median and the extreme lateral teeth much
reduced, those along greater extent of jaw with a prominent median
cusp, and two small lateral ones on each side. ‘Towards angles of jaws,
the median cusps become much smaller and are little larger than the
lateral ones.

Snout and sides of head soft, with numerous mucous pores, those on
lower side of snout in an oval patch. Eyes large, their horizontal
diameter more than half the interorbital width, or than distance from
tip of snout to their front margins.

Anterior gill slit separated slightly more than the posterior ones, the
distance between them equaling length of slit. Last two gill slits above
the base of pectorals.

Pectoral small, not notched, its angles rounded, a wide strip along
its upper posterior border devoid of prickles. Length of its anterior
border equaling that of snout and eye. Posterior margin of ventrals
very oblique. In one young male, 30 centimetres long, the claspers

ae

Oe ae ke aa

6 Pe TR

2
4
m
¥

Berean | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 541

are small and undeveloped, not extending backwards as far as posterior
ends of ventrals; in another, 38 centimeters long, they are fully de-
veloped, and extend backwards as far as origin of anal.

First dorsal over the ventrals, its base shorter than that of the anal,
contained twice in the interspace between dorsals. Its posterior inser-
tion is vertically above that of the ventrals. Second dorsal slightly
shorter and lower than the first, its base wholly above that of the anal,
which overlaps it in front and behind. Base of second dorsal 12 in
that of anal. Base of anal twice the space separating it from lower
lobe of caudal, and about equaling its distance from ventrals. Height
of first dorsal (measured along longest rays) equals distance from tip
of snout to front of pupil.

Caudal not deeply notched, its length equaling distance from tip of

snout to fourth or fifth gill slit, and contained 44 in total length.

Head, body, and fins covered with small triangular prickles, with
broad base and usually a single backwardly directed point. They are
rather sparsely distributed, except on end of snout and along margins
of fins, especially along upper edge of caudal, where they are closely
crowded to form a dense rough band. These caudal plates are broad
and densely overlapping, each with three equal cusps. This approxi-
mates the arrangement characteristic of Pristiurus, between which and
Catulus this species forms a partial transition. In young specimens 5
to 6 inches long, the band of enlarged prickles on back of caudal has
not yet developed.

Color dark slaty-brown, uniform on head body and fins, the latter
without appreciably lighter margins in some specimens, in others
broadly or narrowly margined with white, or with spotsor large irregular
areas of whitish. One specimen shows small white spots on dorsal
region.

Described largely from a female specimen, 25 inches long, with well-
developed eggs. The egg cases are narrow and flattened, one-third as
wide as long, becoming much more narrowed at the posterior than at
the anterior end.

Very abundant in deep water off the coast of Southern and Lower
California, specimens being takeu at stations 2591, 2392, 2896, 2903,
2948, and 3045, in depths ranging from 184 to 684 fathoms.

3. Catulus cephalus sp. nov.

A number of small specimens, dredged in deep water near the Revil-
lagigedo Islands and in the Gulf of California, strongly resemble Cat-
ulus vaniurus, but differ constantly in the following respects:

The head appears much wider and the snout is shorter, the length of
preoral portion being less than one-half its greatest width.

The fins are different in relative size and position, the dorsals being
larger, the second dorsal more posteriorly inserted, and the anal smaller.
The second dorsal is thus about equal to the anal in size, and terminates
slightly behind it.

542 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

The pores on head are of larger size than in waniurus, and are regu-
larly arranged in series instead of in patches.

The coloration is darker, the lower portion being uniformly brown
like the upper, instead of much paler.

None of our specimens show any trace of the band of rough Hines
on back of tail characteristic of raniurus, and developed in the young
of the latter of even smaller size. The adult of cephalus may or may
not agree with xaniurus in this respect.

The teeth have mostly three cusps, the inner one often with a fourth
one at the base, a fifth sometimes present on the outer side.

A specimen 24 centimetres long, from station 2992, is a young male,
and shows the claspers very fully developed, reaching the base of the
anal fin. This specimen is apparently nearly sexually mature, while in
specimens of xaniurus of even larger size, the claspers are much less
developed.

In the position of the second dorsal this species agrees with Scylliwm
canescens Giinther, but differs in the much more anterior insertion of
the first dorsal, which terminates above the ventrals instead of behind
them.

Several small specimens from station 3007 (362 fathoms), in the Gulf
of California, and a larger specimen from station 2992, at a depth of
460 fathoms.

4. Catulus brunneus sp. nov.

Body deeper, the head narrower, the snout longer and sharper than
in Catulus xaniurus. Length of snout before mouth three-fourths
ereatest width of snout and seven-eighths width of mouth. Nostrils
large, the flap with a broadly rounded lobe, the inner ends of nostrils
separated by a space equaling three-fourths length of nostril. Distance
from inner end of nostril slits to mouth slightly less than one-third their
distance from tip of snout.

Angle of mouth with a well-developed labial fold, that of lower lip
slightly shorter than that of upper, and extending half way to sym-
physis.

Teeth similar in both jaws, with two or three rows functional in the
upper jaw and four or five in the lower. Median cusp of teeth long,
sharp, and strongly curved backwards and outwards. A single basal
cusp on each side, the inner cusp having frequently a smaller one at
base.

Diameter of orbit about one-third snout, the spiracle separated from
it by nearly one-third its length.

Gill openings of moderate width, the last two over base of pectorals
as usual.

Pectorals more extensively connate with body than usual, the angles
rounded, but the posterior margin nearly straight. Length of their
upper margin one-half distance from snout to third gill slit.

ea PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 543

First dorsal small, narrow, and high, extending but little beyond ven-
trals. The length of its base is contained 14 times in the interspace
between dorsals. Second dorsal slightly larger than first and extend-
ing alittle beyond the base of anal. When depressed it reaches beyond
origin of caudal.

Anal very long, a short grooved channel behind ventrals reaching its
base, as do also the tips of the ventrals themselves. The length of its
base is 24 times that of first dorsal, and the basal portion of fin is con-
tinuous with the fold which rises to form the lower caudal lobe. Cau-
dal fin 3% in total length, its terminal lobe but little more than one-sixth
its length.

Head, body, and fins uniformly covered with minute close-set plates,
each of which is triangular and furnished with three subequal spinous
points. These are wanting on the posterior third of the upper face of
the pectoral, and on the free edges of all the fins. No modified plates
on the upper edge of the caudal.

Color uniform warm brown above and below, the snout and the mar-
gins of the fins blackish.

The only specimen secured is a female 50 centimetres long, and con-
tains a pair of fully developed eggs, the cases showing a peculiar con-
Striction towards each end.

| 5. Hulamia (Platypodon) platyrhynchus sp. noy.

Carcharias sp. incog. Jordan and Gilbert, Procs. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1882, 107
(description of jaw only).
; Eulamia lamiella Jordan and Bollman, Proes. U. S. Nat. Mus. (not of Jordan
; and Gilbert).

Snout very flat and broadly rounded, of moderate length, its preoral
portion slightly longer than width of mouth, and less than width of
snout opposite nostrils. Middle of nostrils midway between front of
mouth and tip of snout. Nostril flap without sharp lobe. No labial
folds, the angle of mouth with two short creases.

Teeth in upper jaw broadly triangular and coarsely serrate, the inner
edge oblique, the outer definitely notched in most cases, merely concave
in others, the two kinds found together in the same jaw. The serre
are coarsest below notch on outer side of tooth. Lower teeth narrow,
erect, serrulate.

Eye moderate, three-fourth width of gill-openings. Interorbital
width greater than length of snout in front of eye by a distance equal-
ing the diameter of the orbit.

Pectorals but little falcate, long, reaching beyond the base of first
dorsal. The inner margin is two-sevenths length of the outer, and the
- greatest width is half the length.

_ First dorsal inserted close behind pectorals, its distance from root of
- pectorals two-fifth its base, the fin much nearer pectorals than ventrals.

Its base is two-fifths the eeeth of interspace between dorsals, and is
less than its height, which is less than the depth of body.

544 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

Second dorsal inserted over the anal, its base one-third that of first
dorsal, and less than one-half its distance from base of upper caudal
lobe. Its upper margin is much less concave than that of anal, and the
fin is smaller.

Lower caudal lobe nearly half the upper, which is 34 in total length.

Light gray above, whitish below, the fins conspicuously margined
with white in the largest specimen obtained, without margins in the
others.

This species is very abundant at the Revillagigedo Islands, speci-
mens being secured at Clarion and Socorro. A single individual was
also obtained at Magdalena Bay, Lower California. It reaches a length
of at least 5 feet. This is the species recorded by Jordan and Bollman
from the Galapagos Islands as Hulamia lamiella. From lamiella it
differs in the notched teeth and the anterior position of the first dorsal.

6. Stolephorus cultratus sp. nov.

Body compressed, of medium depth, the abdomen compressed to an
edge both in front of and behind the ventral fins, but without serra-
tions. Behind the ventrals the edge is sharply carinate.

Head slender and sharp, the snout long and compressed, extending
beyond tip of lower jaw for a distance nearly equaling diameter of orbit.
Maxillary abruptly widened behind angle of mouth, then tapering to a
rather sharp point which extends beyond mandibular articulation nearly
to gill-opening.

Teeth in lower jaw small but distinetly visible; in upper jaw growing
larger towards tip of maxillary, where they are directed forwards.

Opercle narrow, scarcely as wide as exposed portion of preopercle,
the margin moderately oblique, not wavy. -

Front of dorsal midway between base of caudal and front of pupil.
Base of ventrals midway between origin of anal and articulation of
mandible. Origin of anal behind last ray of dorsal.

Scales closely adherent, rather thick and firm.

Head 32 in length; depth 44. D.12; A. 20. Lat. 1. 40.

Color olivaceous, the dorsal region with black specking. A silvery
band along middle of sides very narrow anteriorly but increasing in
width to opposite anal fin, where it is as wide aseye. Snout and mar-
gin of caudal lobes dusky.

A single specimen, 34 inches long, from Santa Margarita Island, off
the coast of Lower California.

7. Myctophum regale sp. nov.

In the type specimen the scales are wholly wanting, with the excep-
tion of two or three along the base of the anal, which have entire mar-
gins. The scars in the skin indicate that the scales along the lateral
line were enlarged, those on middle of tail being twice the size ef the
ordinary scales. The species closely resembles in appearance Mycto-
phum (Nannobrachium) niger Giinther, but differs in the relative posi-

Eo PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 545

tion of the dorsal and anal. As the scales were wanting and the skin
largely abraded in the type of niger, it may be that the scales along
lateral line were in reality enlarged in that species.

Lateral line 37. D.16; A.19. Head 32 in length; depth 53.

Eye small, slightly longer than snout, 54 in head. In three speci-
men smaller than the type, the eye is 5? in the head instead of larger,
but they agree in all other respects.

Interorbital width 33 in head. Maxillary not quite reaching anterior
margin of preopercle, dilated slightly at extreme tip. Preopercular
margin very oblique. Gill-rakers distant, slender, toothed, 5+ 10 in
number, the anterior two very small. A deep oval depression without
median crest on interorbital space and occiput, apparently covered in
the fresh state by membrane. Ethmoidal ridge not high.

Teeth on vomer evident, separated by a median groove into two dis-
tinct patches, each of which is separated from the palatine patch by a
very short interspace.

Front of dorsal slightly nearer adipose fin than eye. Base of fin
equals length of maxillary; its origin is over axil of ventrals, and its
last ray is over the sixth of the anal. Height of dorsal equals the
length of its base.

Origin of anal falls under the fourth from the last ray of the dorsal,
and its last ray is slightly behind the adipose dorsal.

Pectorals very slender, with fourteen rays, the upper filamentous and
produced to opposite base of ventrals.

Ventrals with nine rays, the outer rudimentary, their tips reaching
veut.

Scales entire, those along lateral line enlarged.

Color in spirits, uniform black on head, body, and fins, the inner rays
of ventrals with a white blotch ; a cream-colored streak on upper and
one on lower side of tail. These streaks include three scales on back
of tail, and eight below.

Three pairs of phosphorescent spots visible behind shoulder girdle,
one of these on base of pectorals. A spot on the fourth scale behind
pectorals, and another behind it and nearer the lateral line. Six pairs
of spots in front of ventrals, three between ventrals and anal, and
eleven at base of anal, seven along base of caudal peduncle, and three
at base of lower caudal lobe. A spot is present half way between vent
and lateral line, and one above fourth to last anal ray.

The type is a large specimen, about 5 inches long, taken at Station
2923, in 822 fathoms. Three smaller specimens were taken at Stations
2980 and 5070, in 603 and 636 fathoms.

8. Alepocephalus tenebrosus sp. nov.

Most nearly related to Alepocephalus agassizii, differing in the follow-
ing respects:
Scales in a series from front of dorsal to lateral line more numerous,
15 or 16 in number (instead of 10).
Proc. N. M. 91——35

546 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST——GILBERT.

Lower jaw not produced, shorter than the upper, and fitting well
Within it.

Eye smaller, 44 in head. Pectoral larger, 1 times orbit.

Body compressed, elongate, the depth 42 to 5 in length; head 3 to
34. Symphysis of lower jaw produced downwards and forwards to
form a short sharp point. Mouth moderately oblique, the maxillary

reaching vertical behind front of pupil, its length (measured from tip .

of snout) 24 in head. Mandible 24 to 24 in head, 14 to 13 times length
of snout.

Teeth in single series in premaxillaries, mandibles, and palatines.
The lower jaw is well included, and its teeth shut between the series
on premaxillaries and that on the palatines.

Snout short and compressed, 3? in head. Eye moderate, nearly as
long as snout, 44 in head. Interorbital space nearly flat, with a low
rounded ridge above each eye. The width above middle of orbit is
contained 12 times in diameter of eye. Preopercle with margin more
or less free, marked with radiating striae.

Dorsal fin beginning and ending a trifle in advance of the anal, the
bases of the two fins equal Distance from front of dorsal to base of
median caudal rays equals one-third length of body.

Ee ALOT Sea Paes tO:

Pectorals long, 24 in head, much longer than eye.

Distance of ventral fins from head equals length of head behind
pupil.

Seales small, in about 90 cross-series ; 16 scales between lateral line
and front of dorsal and anal respectively. Seales of lateral line muck
enlarged, 55 in number, the tube forming a conspicuous raised ridge.
Dorsal and anal sealed for one-third their height. ;

Color uniform blue-black.

Numerous specimens from Stations 2839, 2923, 2936, and 2980, in
depths of 359 to 822 fathoms.

9. Porogadus promelas sp. nov.

Closely resembling Porogadus gracilis Giinther, but differing in the
following respects:

Depth 3 in trunk (in gracilis 34).

Kye 6 in head (in gracilis 53).

Vomerine patch of teeth with the two arms incurved (U-shaped in
gracilis).

Dorsal fin beginning behind the pectoral (over root of pectoral in
gracilis).

An additional series of large scales (lateral line) along middle of sides,
and another along ventral outline.

Trunk 24 in tail (22 in gracilis).

Veutrals shorter, not reaching past tips of pectorals.

oP Sere ES fa r,lt( i ill!

ea PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 547
Description.—Tail produced into a filament, the caudal basis extremely
narrow, supporting 5 long slender rays which are firmly bound together.

Head 2 in trunk; depth 3. Body 34 to 3} in tail.

Mouth terminal, large, the maxillary much dilated at tip, reaching
well behind the eye, 13 in head. Lower jaw included, the tip slightly
produced.

Teeth in villiform bands on mandible, premaxillary, vomer, and pala-
tines, the band on mandible ,very narrow, that on vomer with the
diverging arms much incurved, the anterior angle rounded. Tongue
toothless, some of the basibranchials forming a sharply elevated dentiger-
ous crest. Gill lamine extremely narrow, the gill rakers of outer arch
very long and slender, 1 (with 4 rudiments) above angle, 15 below.

[nfraorbital chain with six mucous sinuses. the mandible with five,
preopercie with five, and a number on top of head. These are all bridged
over with very delicate membrane which is easily ruptured.

A row of low strong spinous points directed posteriorly on the ridge
running backwards from the eye. No other spines on head, though a
number of short spinous points are made evident when the skin is re-
moved. Opercular spine rather weak.

A distinct membranous flap runs along the projecting edge of shoulder
girdte, connecting pectorals with upper end of gill flap.

Pectorals slender, equaling postorbital part of head.

Ventrals each of a bifid filament, the two branches joined at the base
for a very short distance. They are variable in length, reaching to or
nearly to tips of pectorals, usually contained about 14 times in head.

Dorsal beginning a trifle behind base of pectorals, its distance from
occiput equaling distance of latter from fron: of eye.

Seales very small, apparently covering a part of top of head. Three
series of large pores on sides; one from upper end of gill slit backwards
parallel with dorsal outline; a second along middle of sides; the third
beginning half way between base of pectorals and ventral outline, ex-
tending backwards on belly and along base of anal fin. These lines are
all somewhat indistinct, and it can not be determined how far they ex-
tend backwards.

Color light brown, head (except occiput), mouth, gill-eavity, and ab-
domen jet-black. Fins dusky.

Five specimens, the largest 94 inches long, from Station 3010, at a
depth of 1005 fathoms, in the Gulf of California.

10. Siphostoma carinatum sp. nov.

Closely related to Siphostoma californiense and griseolineatum, differ-
ing in the very slender sharply keeled snout, in the height and sharp-
ness of the body ridges, the upper and lateral faces being all concave,
and in the coloration.

No ridge on opercle, Breast and belly with alow median keel. Snout
sharply keeled, the ridge ceasing on interorbital space to reappear on

548 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

occiput and first nuchal plate. Lateral ridge interrupted immediately
above the vent.

Snout very slender, compressed, its length 14 to 14 times rest of head.
Eye 2,4 in postorbital part of head. Head and trunk contained 14 to
12 in Pain Trunk 24 in tail.

Base of dorsal equaling length of head, covering nine and one-half
rings, only the first of which is in frout of the vent. The fin contains
39 to 44 rays, usually 43 or 44. Pectorals short, with 14 rays, the longest
of which is one-third length of snout.

Body rings 17 or 18 + 40 to 42. B: ood pouch ontwenty- no anal plates.
The keels on body are sharp and high, and the interspaces are trans-
versely concave. In this respect the species differs conspicuously from
griseolineatum and californiense, in both of which the dorsal surface is
transversely convex, and the lateral faces flat or convex.

Color light olive or grayish, the back and upper part of sides mottled
with brown, this frequently taking the form of rather wide ill-defined
bars. In many specimens, the interspace between the bars is marked
with a narrow pearly-white cross-bar. On lower portion of sides of tail,
a brown streak between each two plates. Lower parts immaculate.
Dorsal light, its basal portion with oblique brown streaks and spots.
Central portion of caudal dusky, the fin broadly margined all around
with white.

Many specimens, including both males and females, were taken at
Stations 3027 and 3028, in the Gulf of California. The largest specimen
is 84 inches long.

This species differs from S. aciculare Jenyns, in the much longer
snout and shorter pectoral fin.

11. Callechelys peninsule sp. nov.

A single specimen, 105 inches long, from La Paz Bay, Gulf of Cali-
fornia.

Color light yellowish (probably olivaceous in life), a series of large
round brownish-black spots nearly as wide as interspaces between lat-
eral line and base of dorsal. A second series of similar but much fainter
spots alternating with the first below the lateral line. Top and sides of
head with similar smaller spots, those on snout the smallest. Lower
jaw with dusky mottlings. Anal translucent, unmarked. Dorsal with
a dusky streak.

Head small, 32 in trunk (without head). Snout projecting beyond
lower jaw for a distance equaling diameter of eye. Cleft of mouth ex-
tending beyond eye, its length (from tip of snout) 354 in head. An-
terior nostril in a long tube (near tip of snout), the posterior on inner
side of upper lip opposite front of eye.

Teeth in double series on all the dentary bones; those on maxillary,
shaft of vomer and sides of mandible small, bluntly conic; those on
head of vomer and front of mandible much broader though little longer,
and also very blunt.

ret | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 549

Eye very small, slightly less than half snout, and one-twelfth length
of head. Snout 54in head. Gill-openings short, vertical, the length
of the slit but one-half of the broad isthmus.

Vent much in advance ot the middle of the length, the body contained
1,3; times in the tail.

Dorsal fin beginning well forward on top of head, its origin equi-
distant between gill-slit and front of eye. Tip of tail sharp, free from
fins for a distance equaling length of snout. Pectoral developed as a
short deep membranous flap as wide as gill-slit; its length less than
half its width. Delicate rays are visible with the aid of a lens.

12. Atherinops insularum sp. nov.

Closely allied to Atherinops affinis, differing in the darker color, the
slenderer form, the much smaller scales, and the shorter spinous dorsal,
which is inserted farther forwards,

The lateral line contains 62 to 68 scales (52 to 56 in affinis); 5 scales
between upper edge of silvery band and front of spinous dorsal (4 in
affinis).

Front of dorsal much nearer tip of snout than is front of anal, the dis-
tance between base of last dorsal spine and front of soft dorsal greater
than length of base of soft dorsal (much less than length of dorsal in
afinis). Spinous dorsal constantly with 5 spines (6 or 7 in affinis).

Otherwise, in fins, dentition, and general proportions as in affinis.
As in affinis, the inner fork of teeth is occasionally shorter than the
outer, approaching the case of Atherinops regis, where this is the rule.

Found very abundant at San Clemente and San Nicholas Islands of
the Santa Barbara Group, and farther south at Guadalupe Island. No
specimens of affinis were taken at these islands, nor were any of insu-
larum found on the shores of the mainland.

13. Mugil setosus sp. nov.

Closely resembling JJugil curema, from which it differs widely in its
much larger multiserial sete, the longer narrower mouth, and the
deeply faleate fins.

The mandibular angle is less than 90 degrees, and the length of the
cleft of the mouth but little (about one tenth) less than its width. The
premaxillary sets are in a narrow band, not arranged in definite cross-
lines as in Chanomugil. Those of the outer row are very long and
numerous, curved and closely crowded ; the inner sete are much shorter,
but can be readily seen without a lens, and are arranged in several
irregular series. The mandibular sete are shorter and slenderer than
those on premaxillaries, but are larger than the premaxillary sete of
M. curema, They arein a single series. A narrow strip only of the
maxillary is visible in the closed mouth.

Upper lip thick. Preorbital denticulated. Adipose eyelid partly
covering pupil, but much thinner than in curema and related species,

550 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

the whole eye being visible through it in alcoholic specimens. The
adipose mass lying behind the eye is also less developed, and encroaches
but little on the opercle.

Eye large, equaling or slightly exceeding the length of the snout,
34 to 4 in the head, 1? in interorbital width. Suborbital very wide, as
in Mugil trichodon.

Scales moderate, 20 in front of dorsal, 37 or 38 in the lateral line,
11 in an oblique series from vent to base of dorsal. Accessory scale
on each side of spinous dorsal usually longer than the base of the fin.
Axillary seale exceedingly thin and membranous. Soft portions of
all the vertical fins scaled to tip; basal portions of the pectorals and
veutrals also sealed.

Pectorals pointed, slightly faleate, as long as head behind front of
pupil reaching tenth or eleventh seale on sides, failing to reach front
of spinous dorsal by about one-fifth its own length.

Spinous dorsal lower than soft dorsal. Both soft dorsal and anal
strongly faleate, the last rays much higher than middle rays, the ante-
rior rays when depressed nearly reaching tips of last rays. Soft dorsal
inserted over fourth or fifth ray of anal. Caudal longer tlian head, the
lobes long and pointed.

Head 32 to 33 in length; depth 4. D.IV-I, 8; A. III, 9. Lat. 1. 37.

Plain grayish above, silvery on sides and below, without stripes or
other markings. Ventrals unmarked, the other fins shghtly dusky, the
caudal with a distinct black margin.

Very abundant at Clarion Island, of the Revillagigedo Group; not
obtained elsewhere.

14. Diplectrum sciurus sp. nov.

Most closely resembling D. macropoma, but differing strongly from
this and all other species of the genus in the very numerous, long and
slender gill-rakers, which are two thirds the diameter of the eye, even
in young specimens; they are about 25 in number on the horizontal
limb of the outer arch, instead of 12 as in radiale and macropoma, or 9
as in formosum.

A single rather wide cluster of spines at angle of preopercle, much as
in macropoma, the width of the cluster 44 to 5 in head, in specimens 5
inches long.

Seales on cheeks small, in 7 or 8 rather regular rows. Lateral line
with about 52 pores ; about 75 vertical rows of scales above it.

Vertical fins low, the height of soft dorsal one-third length of head.

Head 24 to 5 in length; depth 34 (in specimens 5 inches long). D.X,
era 111, 8:

In color this species differs from its near relatives in having no black
on the inside of gill-cover, and in having a very light blue line below
the orbit. The snout is without spots or streaks. The upper part of
body is crossed with irregular dusky bars, and the soft dorsal and can-

Pra | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. oo

dal are marked with round yellow spots half as large as the pupil,
ocellated with blue or dusky.

Small specimens only of this species have been secured, but these in
considerable numbers, at Stations 3014, 3015, 3021, 3026, and 3033, all
in shallow water in the Gulf of California.

15. Mycteroperca pardalis sp. noy.

Not very closely related to any of the known species of this genus,
being well distinguished by the following combination of characters:

Nostrils close together, the posterior the larger, as in all typical
species of Mycteroperra. Dorsal spines low, the fourth the longest, the
third equalling the fifth, the second still shorter. Soft dorsal and anal
rounded, not faleate. Caudal rather deeply emarginate. Gill-rakers
long, in increased number, the longest five-sixths the diameter of orbit,
23 or 24 rakers present on horizontal limb of outer arch.

Lower jaw strongly projecting. Teeth small, the outer row in man-
dible rigid, smaller than those of the inner series, which are depressi-
ble. The inner series widens into a patch at symphysis, in front of
which stands the pair of very small inconspicuous canines. Outer ser-
ies of teeth in upper jaw enlarged, canine-like, growing larger towards
median line, where they terminate in two strong canines on each side.
A patch of depressible teeth behind these canines in front of jaw, rap-
idly diminishing in size and becoming finely villiform on middle of
premaxillaries. A U-shaped patch of villiform teeth on vomer, those
laterally the largest, and a very narrow band on palatines. Tongue
covered with minute teeth.

Maxillary reaching vertical behind middle of eye, 24 in head. Snout
34; eye 6. Interorbital space strongly convex transversely, 44 in head.

Fourth dorsal spine the longest, 34in head; the second two-thirds its
height. Longest ray of soft dorsal 24 in head, the outline of fin every-
where convexly rounded.

Anal spines stroug and low, the second half the height of the third,
which equals length of eye and snout. Soft rays high, the angle
rounded, the posterior portion of fin straight, not concave. Longest
anal ray half head. Caudal lunate, the longest ray 12 in head.

Seales small, not arranged in regular series, partially imbedded,
those on head and hinder part of body smooth. Head wholly scaled,
except premaxillaries and anterior part of maxillaries. Fins naked,
except basal half of caudal. Sides covered with very minute numerous
accessory scales. Scales apparently in about 90 transverse series above
the lateral line, but extremely difficult to determine. Scales on cheeks,
top of head, and above the lateral line anteriorly much reduced in size.

Head 24 in length; depth 3. D. XI,17; A. III, 11.

Color in spirits: Sides of head and body everywhere profusely cov-
ered with round brown spots, those on caudal peduncle largest, half
the diameter of the pupil, those anteriorly and above becoming much

552 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

smaller, those on top of head about the size of a pin head. On sides
these spots are surrounded with reticulations of grayish-silvery, this
ground color darker and brownish on upper parts. A dark brown
streak behind the maxillary, and one on membrane of premaxillary.
Vertical fins light, soft dorsal and anal with brown streaks on mem-
branes between the rays on basal half, and a few indistinct brown spots
on middle of fin. Caudal brown-spotted, with a narrow white margin.
Pectorals light at base, the distal half blackish, with a wide pale border
posteriorly. Ventrals with brown streaks along membranes on inner
face.

A single specimen, about 20 inches long, from La Paz Bay, Lower
California.

16. Bodianus acanthistius sp. nov.

Characterized by its convex caudal, plain coloration (varied only by
a black streak behind maxillary), its comparatively large scales, and the
very high spinous dorsal with its deeply incised membranes.

Head 2?inlength; depth 22. D. LX, 17; A. III, 9; Lat. 1. (pores) 56;
75 oblique series of scales along sides above lateral line.

Mouth oblique, with mandible strongly projecting, the mandibular
canines shutting outside of premaxillaries in closed mouth. Maxillary
reaching vertical from behind pupil, its length half that of head.

Teeth in sides of mandible in two perfectly defined series, separated
by anarrow groove-like interval. The outer teeth are nearly erect and
rigid, the inner series directed obliquely inwards and very slightly
movable (not strictly depressible). A patch of smaller movable teeth
at symphysis, with the customary pair of canines in front of them.
Premaxillaries with an outer series of strong teeth, terminating anter-
iorly in the double pair of enlarged canines. Behind this series is a
wide band of minute villiform teeth, only slightly movable. Wide
bands of similar villiform teeth on vomer and palatines, the vomerine
patch without backward prolongation along median line. Tongue
smooth.

Kye large, equaling length of snout, 5 in length of head. Interor-
bital space narrow, convex, 6 in head.

Nostrils close together, the posterior round and much the larger,
the anterior with a flap.

Preopercle minutely serrulate on hinder margin, which is convexly
rounded. There is a shallow notch above the angle, and the latter is
provided with two or three irregular lobes, coarsely toothed, lower
margin smooth, entire.

Gill-rakers long and strong, 17 on horizontal limb of outer arch,
the anterior short but searcely rudimentary. Opercle with three flat
spinous points.

Seales with entire edges, those on opercles and on middle of sides the
largest, smaller above lateral line and along ventral outline, becoming

ea PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 553

much reduced on breast and head (except opercles). Mandible with a
few imbedded scales, maxillary and premaxillary wholly naked. Top
and sides of head wholly sealed, including both limbs of preopercle and
the opercular wembrane.

First dorsal spine very short, the third the highest, half length of
head, the fourth but little shorter. In the type specimen the fifth and
sixth are rapidly shortened, while seventh, eighth, and ninth are again
lengthened, thus forming a decided notch in the course of the spinous
dorsal. The spines all have pungent tips, and seem to be uninjured.
Dorsal membranes from third to sixth spines very deeply incised, that
between third and fourth joining latter on the basal two-fifths of its
length.

Soft dorsal and anal pointed, not faleate, the outline behind angle
straight. The anal is higher,than the dorsal, but is shorter than the
spinous dorsal. Caudal rounded, 12 in the head. Pectorals long,
reaching beyond the ventrals, and nearly to front of anal. First anal
spine concealed in our single specimen, probably mutilated, the second
stronger but much shorter than the third, which is contained 4} in the
length of the head.

Color of head and body uniform, probably red in life; a black streak
on cheeks, following hinder edge of maxillary. Fins all blackish on
distal half. Basal part of fins scaly.

A single specimen, 16 inches long, from Station 3017, in 58 fathoms,
near Cape Lobos, on the eastern shore of the Gulf of California.

17. Upeneus xanthogrammus sp. nov.

A number of adult specimens secured in the harbor of La Paz, Lower
California, agree closely with Upeneus martinicus from the West Lidies,
but differ constantly in the much smaller eye and the slightly smaller
head.

In life they were red with a broad yellow streak along sides. The
barbels reach the vertical from the preopercle. The teeth are in a nar-
row band anteriorly in each jaw, and in asingle series laterally. Max-
illary very wide posteriorly, projecting well beyond the border of the
preorbital, its width two-thirds orbit. Hye 1% in snout, 3% in head, in
specimens 104 inches long (1+ in snout, 34 in head, in martinicus of the
same size).

Head 3% in length (34 in martinicus); depth 4 to 44. D. VII, 1,8; A.
I,6. Pores in lateral line 38, not counting two on base of caudal. Two
and one-half rows of scales between lateral line and base of spinous
dorsal. Fifteen developed gill-rakers on horizontal limb of outer arch,
with 5 smaller rudiments.

Splnous dorsal not high, less than depth of body, 14 to 1% in head.
Pectorals pointed, scarcely reaching tips of ventrals, 14 in head. Ven-
trals reaching half way to front of anal. Caudal very deeply forked,
the lobes sharp, the upper the longer, equaling the length of head.

554 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

This species seems to differ from Upeneus flavolineatus, from the Indian
Ocean and Chinese Seas, in its lower dorsal fin and smaller scales, but
I have had no opportunity to make a direct comparison.

18. Pomacentrus leucorus sp. nov.

Closely allied to Pomacentrus fuscus, but adults differing in the color,
and in the length of the second anal spine.

Head and sides brown, darker on the upper half of body. No blue
spots or lines, and no yellow. Caudal peduncle brown like rest of body.
Allthe fins jet-black, the pectorals abruptly margined behind with pure
white.

Posterior margin of preopercle and lower edge of suborbital ring
serrulate. Second anal spine very strong; measured from base of
sheath much higher than any of the dorsal spines, and as high as high-
est soft anal ray, its length contained 1$ times in head. Margin of
anal rather bluntly rounded; the soft dorsal pointed, but not much
produced, the longest ray 14 in head. Caudal lunate, the lobes very
bluntly rounded, the upper longer than the lower. Ventrals with the
outer ray produced, reaching past vent. Pectorals broad, rounded, 14
in head.

Lateral line with 20 pores; 7 to 9 cross-rows of scales behind its
end,

Interorbital region transversely convex. Anterior profile arched, a
slight depression usually to be recognized on nape and on snout,

Head 34 in length; depth 2. D. XII, 16; A. Ii, 13.

Numerous specimens, 44 to 54 inches long, were taken at Socorro
Island, one of the Revillagigedo Group, off the coast of Mexico.

19. Gobius microdon sp. nov.

Allied to Gobius sagittula, but much less elongate, with plain colora-
ation, and with minute teeth, those in the upper jaw in a single series.
The species belongs apparently to the section called by Sieeker Oxyu-
richthys, but differs from the typical species in the much less elongate
form and the horizontal mouth.

Head and body compressed, everywhere deeper than wide. Mouth
at lower profile of snout, nearly horizontal, the lower jaw extremely
weak, broadly rounded anteriorly. Maxillary reaching vertical from
hinder margin of pupil, nearly half length of head.

Teeth minute, scarcely perceptible without the use of a lens, those in
upper jaw in a single series. Mandible with a close set outer series
of teeth, separated by an interval from an inner narrow band of still
smaller teeth.

Interorbital space narrow, less thar diameter of pupil. Isthmus
wide, the gill-slits extending little below base of pectorals.

Seales minute and eyeloid anteriorly and on belly, becoming larger
posteriorly ; on sides they are every where ctenoid behind the middle of

meer | PRUCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 555

“spinous dorsal. Belly wholly scaled; nape scaled forwards nearly to
orbits, but with a narrow median naked streak running back to front
of dorsal. Breast and sides of head naked.

_ Dorsal fins not connected. First four spines filamentous, the longest
longer than head, reaching when depressed to base of third ray of soft
dorsal. Soft dorsal and anal similar, not high, the last rays not ex-
tending beyond the base of caudal. Caudal lanceolate, much longer
‘than head. Pectorals and ventrals about equal, reaching vent.
flead 41 in length; depth 5. D. VI-13; A. 14. Lat. 1, 62.

Color nearly uniform light olive, with minute darker punctulations
which sometimes form darker margins to the seales.. An oblique dusky
‘streak on opercle. Three or four oblique obscure dark cross-bars on
‘spinous dorsal, and four or five on tail. Ventrals with white pigment,

Two specimens, each about 2 inches long, from the San Juan Lagoon,

immediately north of the Rio Ahome, Mexico.

, KEY TO SPECIES OF BOLLMANNIA.
;
é

a. A conspicuous black spot on posterior portion of spinous dorsal. Body deep, the
least depth of caudal peduncle greater than diameter of orbit.
b. Filamentous dorsal spines very long, reaching beyond middle of soft dorsal when

: depressed. Lower caudal rays black. Dorsal spot conspicuously ocellated.
: PYG Leo Ssh NORM ELS. Jacek sito chica ae eeeteecasascles OCELLATA.
_ bb. Filamentous dorsal spines shorter. Lower caudal rays not black, and dorsal
> spot not ocellated. Eye smaller, 3% to 4in head.. .-....----.. CHLAMYDES.

“aa. No black spot on spinous dorsal. Body slender, the depth one-fifth the length.
Least depth of caudal peduncle not greater than diameter of orbit.
c. Head large, 3 to 3} in length. No black spot at base of caudal. Fins low,

MACROPOMA.
ec. Head smaller, 3} in length. A black spot at base of caudal. Fins higher,
STIGMATURA.

20. Bollmannia ocellata sp. nov.

f | Very close to Bollmannia chlamydes, the eneionte specimens differing
from the latter constantly in the following respects:
§ The eye is larger, 3 to 3} in head (33 to 4 in chlamydes). The fila-
‘Inentous rays of spinous dorsal are much longer, reaching in adults,
when laid back, to or nearly to end of base of soft dorsal, 14 to 12 times
Jength of head. Rarely the filamentous dorsal rays are little more
elongate than in chlamydes. Black spot on posterior part of spinous
dorsal jet black, conspicuously ocellated with white. A black streak
along lower margin of caudal, including several of the lower rays,
and running from base to tip of fin. No dusky bars visible on sides
in any of the types. Fins dusky; membranes uniting outer rays of
ventrals white, instead of black, as in chlamydes. No black spot at
base of caudal. Branchiostegal membrane with a medial black streak.
Anal blackish.

Head, 34 to 33 in length; depth,44. D.vr kor 15; A.14. Lat.1.

Teeth in a narrow band in both jaws, the outer series in upper jaw
and both outer and inner series in lower jaw enlarged but not canine-

4

£

3
~
—_

556 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

like. Maxillary not reaching vertical from middle of pupil, half length
of head. Interorbital width less than half diameter of pupil. Opercle
short, its length being l-ss than the diameter of the eye.

Pectorals nearly as long as head, a trifle more than length of ven-
trals, which searcely reach vent. Caudal much longer than head in
adults, 7 or 8 scales before dorsal.

Numerous specimens from the northern part of the Gulf of California,
at Stations 3031 and 3035, in 30 and 33 fathoms.

This species may vary into the typical chlamydes, but the material
before us does not justify us in so identifying it.

21. Bollmania macropoma sp. nov.

This species, represented by numerous specimens, is characterized —
by its slender form, low fins, large opercle, and comparatively plain —
coloration.

The depth is one-fifth the length; the caudal pedunele is correspond-
ingly slender, its least height equaling the diameter of the eye. The
head is very large and heavy, contained 3 to 35 times in the length.
The opercle is conspicuously larger than in ocellata, agreeing in this
respect more nearly with chlamydes. Dentition as in other species of
the genus. Eye large, 34 to 34 in the head.

Dorsal spines slender, comparatively little produced, the longest
usually not reaching the base of the first ray of second dorsal, and never
beyond the base of the second or third ray.

Soft dorsal and anal low, the posterior rays usually not reaching the
rudimentary caudal rays when depressed, about half length of head.

Pectoral long, extending beyond front of anal; the ventrals to or
nearly to vent. Middle caudal rays produced as usual, varying in
length.

Color in spirits: Light brownish, the sides with three vertical dusky
bars. Spinous dorsal dusky, but without distinct black spot. Caudal
slightly dusky, with rather large elliptical light spots, as in chlamydes,
the lower rays not black and no black spot at its base. Ventrals
blackish, including anterior membrane. Second dorsal and anal dusky,
without evident light spots. Branchiostegal membranes sometimes
slightly dusky, but not black.

Scales as in chlamydes ; 28 vertical rows along sides, 8 to 10 in front
of dorsal.

Many specimens from the Gulf of California just north of La Paz
Bay, at Station 2996, in 112 fathoms.

22. Bollmannia stigmatura sp. nov.

This species agrees with macropoma in its elongate form, compara-
tively low fins, and in the absence of a black spot on the spinous dorsal.
It differs conspicuously in the very short head and narrow opercle and
in the presence of a black spot at base of tail. The eye is also larger —

we | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 557

and the fins higher. None of the specimens show dusky bars on the
sides ; this a conspicuous feature in macropoma,

Head short, 33 in length; depth 5. Least depth of caudal peduncle
slightly less than the diameter of the eye. Eye large, 24 in head. D.
yw15; A. 11. Lat. 1. 28,

Dorsal spines filamentous, longer than in macropoma, the longest
reaching base of fifth to seventh ray of second dorsal. Posterior rays
of second dorsal and anal often reaching base of median rays when
depressed. Pectorals not reaching beyond front of anal.

The color in spirits is almost uniform light brownish. The lips are
black, the fins only slightly dusky, the caudal with elliptical light
spots <A roundish dusky spot at base of caudal. Branchiostegal
membranes not black.

Many specimens from the northern part of the Gulf of California, at
Stations 3016 and 3017, in 76 and 58 fathoms.

23. Gobiosoma crescentalis sp. nov.

Head 3? in length; depth 64. D. VII-12; A. 11.

Body very slender, the head depressed, broad and flattened above,
the head and body of nearly equal depth throughout.

Mouth small, oblique, the maxillary not extending beyond the vertical
from posterior border of orbit, 24 in head. Eyes small, equaling length
of snout, 54 in head, 12 1n the rather broad interorbital space. Teeth
in bands in both jaws, the outer series enlarged, canine-like, and distant.

Fins all small, the caudal short and rounded from a broad base.
Pectoral as long as head without snout. Ventrals short, not reaching
two-thirds the distance from their base to vent. Dorsal spines not
filamentous.

Skin wholly naked.

Color in spirits: Lower half of head and body uniform warm brown,
the back much lighter, the two areas separated by a well-defined |ine
along middle of sides. This line passes through the orbit and through
the middle of the base of the pectoral fin. Back light grayish, with

brownish reticulations, which tend to form five or six indistinet darker
bars uniting with the darker area below the lateralline. A conspicuous
brown crescent at base of caudal and pectorals, broad below, narrowing
above, margined in front with whitish. Anal brown at base. Dorsal
and caudal with small brown spots forming faint cross series.

A single specimen, 14 inches long, from Station 2825.

Chriolepis gen. nov. (Gobiide).

Closely related to Gymneleotris Bleeker, differing in the total absence
of scales, and the absence of enlarged canines in the front of the man-
dible.

Head and body compressed, the former as deep as wide.

Ventrals separate, near together, the inner rays longest, each with
one spine and five soft rays.

558 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

Teeth in a rather wide baud in upper jaw, the outer series somewhat
enlarged. Teeth in mandible in a single series, similar to outer row in
upper jaw, none of them canine-like. Gzill-slits narrow; no dermal flaps
on inner edge of shoulder girdle. Body sealeless.

(Type, Chriolepis minutillus sp. nov.)

24. Chriolepis minutillus sp. nov.

Depth 44 in length; head 34. D. VIT-12; A. 11.

Mouth oblique, the maxillary reaching to below middle of orbit, 23
in head. Eyes high up, but with lateral range, separated by a narrow
interorbital space less than diameter of pupil. Diameter of orbit nearly
twice length of snout, 34 in head.

Dorsal spines high and slender, but not filamentous, the longest half
length of head. Soft dorsal rays higher, nearly two-thirds length of
head ; ‘the anal lower. Caudal short, broadly rounded, the depth of
caudal peduncle half length of head. Length of pectoral equaling that
of head without snout.

Uniform light brown on head and body, above and below. Fins
dusky, the anal blackish.

A single specimen, 1 inch long, from Station 2825.

25. Gillellus ornatus sp. nov.

With the elongate form and general appearance of Gillellus arenicolus,
but differing in the subequal jaws and in the long anterior portion of
the lateral line.

The head is conical, acute, very small; the jaws nearly equal, the
lower slightly longer than the upper, but not noticeably protruding.
In this respect the species resembles most strongly G. semicinctus, from
which it varies widely in the general form and proportions. Snout
extremely short, scarcely equaling the diameter of the minute eye;
diameter of orbit about one-seventh of the length of the head.

Mouth oblique, the maxillary one-fourth length of head, reaching
nearly to vertical from posterior margin of orbit. Lips without fringes.
Eyes separated by a narrow septum, the interorbital width being less
than the diameter of the pupil. Opereular fringes few and small, flat,
and not terminating evident ridges as in Dactyloscopus.

Head 44 in length; depth 8. D. ITI-IX, 31; A. I, 34.

Dorsal beginning well forwards, its origin less than diameter of orbit
behind the posterior line of occiput. The anterior detached part of fin
consists apparently of three rays, the first of which is the longest, the
second and third equal and short. The fourth spine again is longer.
The spines are as usual slenderer than the rays, and show no articula-
tions, but are with some difficulty discriminated from them. Pectoral
as long as head.

The anterior part of lateral line runs immediately along base of
dorsal, without intervening scales, as in other members of this genus.

ra. J PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 559

It is much longer than in arenicolus, and is contained 14 times in the
posterior median portion. There are three scales between the posterior
part of lateral line and base of the dorsal.

Oolor similar to that of arenicolus and semicinectus. Light olivaceous,
unmarked below middle of the sides, the back and upper halt of sides
with eight brown bars which extend downwards to lateral line. The
upper part of each bar has a lighter central area. The light areas
between the bars are marked more or less with brown, which sometimes
forms indistinct secondary bars. A blackish bar at base of caudal,
and a faint streak below eye. <A large pearly blotch on opercle.

A single specimen, about 2 inches long, from Station 2828 in the
Gulf of California.

26. Prionotus gymnostethus sp. noy.

Closely related to Prionotus xvenisma, differing conspicuously in the
wholly naked breast and belly.

The largest specimen is 34 inches long. Head 0.43 of length to
base of caudal; depth 0.30; eye 0.11; interorbital width 0.045; snout
0.18; mouth 0.16; length of pectorals 0.30; length of ventrals 0.25;
length of second dorsal spine 0.21,

Body heavy anteriorly, tapering rapidly to the slender tail. Head
large; strive fine, numerous, scarcely to be distinguished on top of
head, which is finely granular. Snout long; profile concave; the
orbital region abruptly elevated. Preorbital on each side projecting
beyond the mouth in a narrow lobe, which is usually sharply triangu-
lar, the two lobes strongly divergent. Free edge of preorbital with a
row of very fine serre., Anterior nostril with a long flap. Mouth
small, the maxillary one-third length of head, a naked area behind it.
Eyes very prominent, the preocular ridge high, bearing one strong
spine. Interorbital space very narrow, concave, one-tenth length of
head. A deep transverse groove on top of head behind eyes.

Supraocular spine short and blunt. Occipital and nuchal spines
flat, bluntish. Temporal ridge with two spinous projections. Oper-
cular, preopercular, and humeral spines, long and sharp. Preoperca-
lar spine with a very strong accessory spine at base, from which a low
ridge extends forwards to middle of cheeks, where it ends in a weak
spine. Gill rakers 1+7, slender, of moderate length.

D. \ or XI-10 or 11;A. 11.

Second dorsal spine the highest, the first two spines minutely serru-
lated in front. Peetorals very short, one-third the length, reaching
but little past front ofanal. Caudal slightly lunate.

Seales very small, pone on breast or belly, the naked area extending
upwards behind pectoral tin to humeral spine, and narrowing back-
wards to front of anal. Region in front of spinous dorsal naked.

Color in spirits, brownish above, light below, the dorsal region and
top of head often with small dark spots. One, or rarely two, small

560 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

black ocellated spots between fourth and fifth dorsal spines. Pectoral
mostly dusky, light at base below, and edged with white. A dusky
blotch on outer portion of lower caudal lobe.

Several specimens taken in shallow water in the Gulf of California.

27. Careproctus melanurus sp. nov.

Diagnosis—Sucking disk very small, three-fifths diameter of eye,
immediately below which it is inserted. It is separated from the vent
by less than its own diameter. Eye 4 in head (in specimens 6 to 7
inches long). Mouth very broad, horizontal. Pectorals not notched,
the lower rays exserted and elongate, but the median ones not evi-
dently shortened. Gill openings confined to region above base of
pectorals.

Color light rose-red ; the tail with the posterior portions of dorsal and
anal, the inner face of pectorals, the mouth and gill cavities jet-black.

Description.—Head heavy, with vertical cheeks, short bluntly-
rounded snout,.and very broad flat interorbital space. Width of inter-
orbital space slightly more than half length of head.

Mouth very broad, horizontal, with short lateral cleft, the maxillary
reaching to below middle of eye. Width of mouth equals length of
snout andeye. Teeth short and strong, in narrow bands in both jaws;
except at symphysis, the teeth of the bands are arranged in regular
series running from inner edge of jaw forwards and sidewards. Tongue
aud roof of mouth papillose and toothless. Guill rakers tubercular.

Nostrils single, in a very short wide tube, which is nearer eye than
cleft of mouth. : :

Gill opening oblique, entirely above base of pectorals, the length of
slit equaling snout and half eye.

A series of six pores along under side of mandible and interopercle ;
none on preopercle. Three above premaxillary, and two pairs on snout.
No pores along side of body.

Sucking disk extremely sinall, little more than half diameter of orbit,
its center and the middle of pupil equidistant from tip of snout. The
disk is separated from vent by a trifle less than its own diameter.

Pectorals forming a continuous lamella, following the margin of gill
flap and lower jaw, the two fins becoming closely approximated in
front of sucking disk. The fin is not notched, the rays decreasing
regularly forwards. Eight to ten of the anterior rays are exserted and
elongated, the anterior four or five becoming again shorter and thicker,
and wholly free from the membrane. Pectorals scarcely reaching front
of anal, two-thirds to three-fourths length of head.

Dorsal beginning over gill slit, the distance from origin of anal to
snout, 24 in length. Dorsal about 58; A. 50; P. 30. The fins are en-
veloped in thin lax skin, so that it is impossible to count rays accu-
rately without dissection. Posterior dorsal and anal rays well over-
lapping base of caudal, their membranes joining middle of caudal rays.

|
|

ei PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 561

Head 44 to 4% in length; depth 4} to 44.

Color light rose-red on body and fins, the abdomen usually dusky.
Inner face of pectorals, the caudal, the posterior portions of dorsal and
anal, and the inside of mouth and gill openings, black. The peritoneum
is silvery, with more or less black-specking, sometimes nearly black.

Several specimens, the longest about 6 inches long, from Stations
2840, 2891, 2892, 2925, and 3076, in depths from 175 to 359 fathoms off
the coast of California and Oregon. ,

28. Paraliparis cephalus s). nov.

Head very large, high, and compressed, the upper profile descending
in a Strong convex curve behind the occiput; body tapering posteriorly
to a very narrow thread-like tail. Sides of head vertical or inclining
inwards below. Height of head twice height of body opposite origin
of anal. Interorbital space transversely rounded, its width slightly
less than length of snout and eye. Eye of moderate size, 4 in head,
without vertical range. Mouth oblique, the premaxillaries but little
below lower margin of eye. Lower jaw longest, with the tip protrud-
ing. Maxillary reaching vertical from the posterior margin of the eye,
slightly more than the length of the head.

Gill slits narrow, confined to a region above the base of the pectorals.
The membrane connecting the branchiostegal rays with the shoulder
girdle very delicate and easily ruptured, broken in all but one of the
specimens. The vent is distant less than a diameter of the orbit from
this point, being below the front margin of the preopercle.

Teeth in narrow bands in both jaws, the teeth of the bands arranged
in oblique series running outward and forwards. Palate toothless.

Head 44 in length, greatest depth (at occiput) 4%.

Pectoral small, without about fourteen rays, the upper ones closest
and forming a projecting lobe, which extends backwards to beyond
origin of anal. The sueceeding rays are shortened and wide-set, and
have the tips free from the membrane. The fin is somewhat mutilated,
but is apparently notched, not however to the base, the median por-

“tion having wide-set rays. Upper margin of pectorals on a level with
tip of lower jav.

The dorsal begins slightly behind the head, and the first ray of anal
is under tle eighth of the dorsal,

Color light reddish, the abdomen blue-black. Inside of mouth and
gillopening white. in the smallest specimens, 2 inches long, the color
is dusky on head and body, and on inside of mouth. Longest specimen
34 inches,

This species differs from Paraliparis membranaceus in the structure
of the pectoral fins and their much fewer rays, in the position of the
vent (below the posterior margin of the orbit in membranaceus), the dif-
ferent outline of head, and in the larger more oblique mouth. In
nove of the specimens of cephalus are there fin-folds extending forwards
from front of dorsal and anal, as described in membranaceus,

Proc, N, M, 91——86

562 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

Several specimens from stations 2839, 2892, 3070, and 3071, in 284 to
685 fathoms off the coast of California and Oregon.

29. Paraliparis mento sp. nov.

Closely allied to Paraliparis membranaceus Giinther, but with very
heavy lower jaw, which projects beyond the upper. The premaxillaries
are high, on the ‘level of the lower rim of the orbit, and the form is
much more elongate. The pectorals are inserted much lower, and the
vent is farther forwards.

Head 5? in length without caudal, equaling the greatest depth. Hye
a trifle less than interorbital width, greater than snout, 3 in head.
Mouth oblique, with lateral cleft, the maxillary reaching slightly
beyond the middle of the orbit, half as long as the head. Chin very
prominent, the mandible with a wide membranous border, which forms
anteriorly a broad free fold over anterior portion of base of pectorals.

Teeth in both jaws comparatively long and slender, not tricuspid,
arranged in bands, those in upper jaw at least in oblique rows, as usual
in Liparids. Nostril with a single opening and without tube. Gill
opening but little wider than diameter of eye, confined to region
above base of pectorals.

Deb Ts Ac 43.50 P. 16.

Pectorals inserted very low, their upper rays below level of angle of
mouth. The base is almost horizontal, and the anterior ends of shoul-
der girdle form prominent projections below tips of mandibles. The
fins are very deeply notched, the upper lobe extending slightly beyond
origin of anal, the shortest middle ray about one-fourth that length ;
afew of the lower rays elongate and partly free from the membrane,
the longest equaling the length of the upper lobe. The middle pee-
toral rays are wide-set, but there is no rayless interval between the
lobes. The two pectorals converge to immediately behind symphysis of
lower jaw, where their bases meet.

The anal opening is vertically below middle of orbit.

Dorsal beginning a trifle behind the upper angle of gill opening, the -
anal origin under its eighth ray.

Skin loosely investing the head and body.

Light reddish, made dusky by minute dark dots. Abdomen blue-
black. Mouth and gill cavity light or dusky.

A single specimen, 31 inches long, from station 3071, in 685 fathoms
off the coast of Oregon.

30. Trachyrhynchus helolepis sp. nov.

Snout depressed, flat, narrowly triangular, tapering to a sharp point,
its lateral ridges continuous backwards over suborbital chain and across
cheeks. Interorbital space wide and flat. Ethmoidal ridge not promi-
nent. Snout 25in head, its greatest width 12 initslength. Hye large,
equaling interorbital width, 4 in head,

leo | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 563

Mouth wholly inferior, U-shaped, overpassed by the snout by a @is-
tance contained 3} in head. Barbel slender, short, less than one-fifth
diameter of orbit. ‘Teeth finely villiform, in very broad bands in both
jaws, none of them enlarged. Maxillary reaching to or almost to ver-
tical trom hinder margin of orbit, 3) in head. Operele very small, tri-
angular, its length behind preopercular margin scarcely more than half
diameter of orbit. Outer arch not adnate to the opercle, its lower limb
with seventeen short gill rakers, which are not tubercular.

Distance of dorsal fin from nape 3! in head; the two dorsal fins
closely approximated. Second dorsal ray not spinelike, soft and flexi-
ble, and not longer than the succeeding rays, its length two-thirds the
diameter of orbit.

Vent located immediately in front of origin of anal fin, its distance
from ventrals contained 14 times in length of head.

Ventrals short, inserted well in advance of base of pectorals, the
outer ray little produced, its length 14 in diameter of orbit.

Scales all with their margins embedded, and therefore appearing non-
imbricated; the central portion of cach projecting tubercle-like, and
bearing a single strong central spine, with sometimes two or three
smaller ones. Belly and breast sometimes covered with much smaller
scales similarly armed. No naked area between bases of ventrals.
Enlarged plates along bases of dorsals and anal bearing each a strong
compressed backwardly-eurved spine, usually without distinet serra.
tions; from the base of the central spine, radiate lines of short spinous
points. The dorsal series of plates are continued forwards to the nape,

the predorsal portion of the included groove covered with scales. The

ventral series scarcely extend beyond vent, but extend farther posteri-
orly than do the dorsal plates. Seales on top of head with a median
serrated ridge. Temporal fossie small but evident, naked.

Head 34 in total; depth 7. D. 11.

Color apparently dark brown; gill cavity and peritoneum black.

A single specimen, 18 inches long, from Station 2818, in deep water
off the coast of Central America.

31, Macrurus (Malacocephalus) pectoralis sp. nov.

Month wide, lateral, the short snout projecting beyond premaxil-
laries for a distance about equaling one half diameter of orbit. Sub-
orbital ridge and lateral ridge on snout inconspicuous. A strong
median ridge on snout, and a pair of parallel ridges forwards from
above nostrils. Maxillary reaching well behind vertical from posterior
margin of orbit, 24 in head. Teeth in two somewhat irregular series
in front of premaxillaries, the outer series enlarged, the inner directed
obliquely inwards, the two series merging into one laterally. Mandible
with a single row, similar to inner series of upper jaw. Barbel short,
three-fifths to two-seventls diameter of orbit. Eye moderate, 1} in
snout, 44 to5in head. Angle of preopercle bluntly rounded, not pro-

is a

564 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.

duced. Outer gill arch adnate, as usual in Macrurus, seven short
tubercular gill rakers present on its free portion.

Head 6 in total length, the tail frequently mutilated, however ; the
head then appearing larger in proportion. Depth 12 in head; D. 10.

First dorsal spine slender and weak, with one or two small retrorse
prickles near its middle. Distance between dorsals equal te two-fifths
base of first. Ventrals with seven rays. Pectorals with seventeen.

Vent immediately in front of anal origin, its distance from base of
ventrals slightly more than half head.

Pectorals long and narrow, reaching vertical from ninth or tenth ray
of second dorsal, more than half length of head. Outer ventral ray
produced into a long slender filament reaching five-sixths the distance
from its base to front of anal.

Scales rather small, ten or eleven in a series between lateral line and
origin of second dorsal or middle of first dorsal. Scales on sides very
thin and flexible, readily deciduous, each furnished with low diverging
ridges, usually three in number, bearing few minute spinules, and pro-
jecting but little beyond the margins of the scales. Entire head, in-
cluding snout and mandibles, invested with much smaller scales irregu-
larly imbricated, those on opereles marked similarly to those on sides,
the others usually each with a single median ridge terminating in a
spinous point. No naked spots or pits on head or between ventral
fins. A small naked area behind and below axil of pectorals.

Color light grayish, darker on belly and head. Mouth, gill cavity,
and peritoneum black. Lateral line black. Dorsals and ventrals
dusky. Anal lighter, edged with blackish. Pectorals black.

It is not evident whether this species should be placed in Optonurus
(with serrated dorsal spine) or in Malacocephalus. The value of the
character separating them does not seem to be great.

Specimens have been taken at Stations 5071, 3074, and 3075, in

depths of 685 to 877 fathoms, off the coast of Oregon.
32. Lycodes diapterus sp. noy.

Body slender, the depth 12 in length; head 53 to 6.

Mouth small, somewhat variable in length, the maxillary reaching
vertical from between front and middle of pupil, 24 to 5 in head.

Teeth in premaxillaries in a double row throughout, the two series
well separated, rarely with one or two teeth intercalated showing
traces of a third row. The teeth of inner series are smail and directed
obliquely inwards; those of outer series anteriorly enlarged, becoming
smaller on sides of jaw.

On front of mandible the teeth are in a broad band, in which traces
of three or four irregular series can be made out; none of these en-
larged. Laterally the teeth are arranged in a single series, those op-
posite middle of cleft considerably enlarged. A small patch of from
two to five teeth on vomer. Palatines with a single row much shorter
than premaxillary patch.

:

E

eV, PROCEEDINGS OF ''HE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 565

Bye large, usually longer than snout, 5 to 3% in head; snout 44 to

. 33; interorbital width about 10. Nostrils with a short inconspicuous
tube. Mandible and preopercular border with deep pitlike excava-
tions, which are not evident in fresh specimens; no evident mucous
_ pores on head.

Gill openings wide, extending below base of pectorals, the gill
membranes joined to isthmus for a distance equaling two-fifths length
of slit. Gill rakers very short, almost tubercular, but compressed and
slightly movable, about fifteen present on anterior limb of outer arch.
A wide slit behind fourth gill.

Distance from origin of dorsal to tip of snout 44 to 44 in length.
The dorsal rays are simply forked, the divisions remaining closely con-
nected. Distance from origin of anal to tip of snout equals one-third
the length.

Ventrals short, inserted under middle of opercle. Pectorals deeply
notched in both young and adults, the median rays much shorter than
either upper or lower. The lobe produced by the elongate lower rays
varies in length, being sometimes shorter than upper lobe, sometimes
longer. The rays of lower lobe are thickened, and undoubtedly serve
as a support to the fish when resting on the bottom, as has been ob-
served inso many other forms. The pectorals contain twenty or twenty-
one rays. Inthe structure of this fin the present species seems to differ
from all previously described forms, with the exception of L. esmarki,
in which the notched condition of the fin does not persist in the adults.

Scales small, embedded, covering entire body and vertical fins. The
scales on nape are much reduced in size, and in two specimens (114.and
74 inches long) are continued onto occiput, which they entirely cover.
In another specimen, 9 inches long, the occiput is naked, and in one 5
inches long the anterior part of nape is likewise naked. In the latter,
as in other specimens, the dorsal and anal are well sealed.

Lateral line single, wavy, extending from above gill slit obliquely
downwards to near base of anal, along which it is continued for a
variable distance, not reaching base of caudal.

Color.—Dusky brownish, blue-black on belly, and along anterior por-
tion of baseof anal. Eight or nine narrow white bars on sides, most con-
spicuous in the young, in which they are continued up on dorsal fin, and
become forked below on middle of sides, forming A-shaped marks. In
adults, these bars become faint, or wholly disappear. When present,
they are not continued on dorsal, and are usually vertically divided
by a streak of the ground color. In the small specimen there is a dis-
tinet black blotch on margin of anterior dorsal rays. In adults, the
vertical fins are brownish on basal portion, their distal half black.
Pectorals and ventrals deep blue-black. Mouth, gill cavity, and peri-
toneum, dusky or black.

Several specimens, from Stations 2892, 2896, 3067, and 3077, in depths
from 82 to 376 fathoms, off the coasts of California and Oregon.

566 NEW FISHES FROM PACIFIC COAST—GILBERT.
33. Symphurus fasciolaris sp. nov.

Depth 32 in length. Head 54. D.94; A. 77. Lat. 1. 95.

Eye small, 7 in head. Cleft of mouth reaching to below middle of
lower eye. :

olor light olive, with numerous roundish brownish-black spots

much larger than eyes, the largest of which are arranged in five verti-
eal dusky crossbars, the spots being connected by a darker ground
color. A vertical dusky streak through eye. A wide dusky crossbar,
bounded by darker lines on cheeks. Dorsal and anal posteriorly black,
with narrow white margin. Caudal jet black, with white edge. Ven-
tral white.

Several specimens were dredged in shallow water in the Gulf of
California.

34. Antennarius reticularis sp. nov.

First dorsal spine short, very slender, and filiform, not reaching tip
of second, terminating in a short, fleshy flap. Second spine moderately
robust, flexible, not curved backwards, wholly free, and without mem-
brane. Third spine nearly erect, not free, depressible with difficulty ;
not curved as in Antennarius sanguineus.

Dy, TEL a= Ae “7,

Spines on body rather coarse and shagreen-like, with expanded undi-
vided tips.

Color in spirits: Top of head, including dorsal spines and front of
soft dorsal, coral-red ; the body otherwise light gray, broadly reticu-
lated on sides and below with heavy black lines, which inelose 5 or 6
large pale spots.. Pectorals, ventrals, and anal with narrow terminal
and wide medial black bars. Soft dorsal uniformly light.

This species resembles closely Antennarius sanguineus, but differs in
the straight erect spines, the color, and the character of the plates on
the body.

A single specimen, 14 inches long, from Station 2825, Gulf of Cali-
fornia.

THE BIOLOGY OF THE HYMENOPTEROUS INSECTS OF THE
FAMILY CHALCIDIDZ.*

BY
L. O. HOWARD.

The parasitic Hymenoptera as a whole may be classed among the
entozoic parasites, yet their life is entozoie through only one stage of
the existence of the individual. In the adult stage they are active
creatures of an especially high degree of organization, and exhibit no
trace of the degradational features characteristic of the epizoic para-

Sites, nor yet of those entozoic forms whose whole life round is para-

sitic. Nor are their larve especially degraded beyond those of the non-
parasitic families of the same order.

The phenomena of parasitism among the Chalcidide do not differ in
any marked degree from those characteristic of the three other great
families of parasitic Hymenoptera—the Ichneumonidae, Braconidae, and
Proctotrypide. In all four we normally have the eggs laid by the
female on or beneath the skin of the host-insect, and the parasitic larva,
on hatching, lives in the majority of the cases within the body of its
host. It often happens that parasites, even of the same genus, are ex-
ternal feeders when parasitic upon endophytous insects, and internal
when parasitic upon outside feeders, Some few species, however, are
external upon external feeders.

Resembling, then, the other families in these general habits, the fol-
lowing pages will indicate of the Chalcidide our knowledge of their
particular modes of life and their relations to other insects and to each
other—in fact their general economy.t

"Sir: I take pleasure in recommending for publication in the Proceedings of the
Museum the accompanying paper by Mr. L. O. Howard, on the “ Biology of the
Chaleididw.” This paper is based very largely on the collections of the Museum, as
the material in this family has been specially studied and arranged by Mr. Howard.
Respectfully yours,
C. V. RILEY,
Honorary Curator, Pepartment of Insecta.
Prof. G. BROWN Goopr,
Assistant Secretary, in charge of National Museum.

t In preparing this paper I have had the very rich collection of the National Mu-
seum constantly before me, and with Prof. Riley’s generous permission have freely
used his own unpublished notes and those of the Division of Entomology.

Proceedings National Museum—Vol. XIV, No. 881.

568 BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDA—HOWARD.
THE INSECTS AND STAGES OF INSECTS INFESTED BY CHALCIDIDS.

tepresentatives of all of the original Linnean orders of insects are
parasitized in one or another of their stages by species of this family.
Of the fifteen orders of Brauer, forms of but seven are infested by
chaleidids, and these are the seven Linnzan orders in their restricted
sense. Neither Thysanura, Ephemeroptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Pla-
typtera, Dermaptera, Thysanoptera, por Mecoptera have ever been proven
to be parasitized, largely from the fact that the larger number are
aquatic in their early stages,* while most of the land forms are exces-
sively minute, but, of course, the vast majority of insects belong to the
older and more important orders. The most extensively parasitized
orders are Lepidoptera, Hymenoptera and Hemiptera-Homoptera.

Lepidopterous insects in all stages are infested. The minute chal-
cidids of the genus Trichogramma, apparently few in number of species,
but enormously abundant in individuals, attack the eggs of Rhopalo-
cera, bombycids, noctuids, geometrids, and tortricids, and probably of
members of other families. So numerous are these tiny creatures at
times that hundreds of thousands of eggs of injurious noctuids are de-
stroyed by them, and so small are they that twenty will develop in a
single egg of Papilio turnus, the entire contents of which will not ex-
ceed 1.5 cubic millimeters. Reverting again to the numbers of indi-
viduals, Hubbard found in 1880 that Trichogramma pretiosa, alone and
unaided, almost annihilated the fifth brood of the cotton worm (Aletia
xvylina) in Florida, fully 90 per cent of the eggs of this most abundant
and prolific noctuid having been infested. (Fourth Report U.S. Ent.
Com., p. 103.) It is interesting to note that these little egg-parasites,
although so very abundant in this country, seem comparatively rare in
Europe, although the family and its different genera were originally
founded on European material. They seldom occur in the European
lists, and a few years ago Dr. Gustay Mayr wrote me asking for a
specimen of Trichogramma, saving that he had never seen one!

The eggs of some of the larger Lepidoptera are also parasitized by
species of the genus Hupelmus. Prof. Riley, for instance, has reared
species of this genus from eggs of Antherwa pernyi, Telea polyphemus,
Saturnia io, Datana ministra, and of a sphingid on cherry, probably
Smerinthus myops.

The larvee of Lepidoptera are more extensively parasitized than per-
haps any other group of insects. Among the Chalcididie representa-
tives of eleven of the twenty subfamilies affect lepidopterous larvee.
Certain forms attack them when young, others when half grown, and

*Hymenopterous parasites of aquatic insects are excessively rare. Agriotypus
armatus, an ichneumonid, has been proven by Westwood to be a parasite of the cad-
dis-fly, Aspatherium nicicorne, and one of the Ephydras of our alkaline western lakes
is attacked by a chaleid, possibly, however, after the puparia are washed up upon
the banks. Moreover, in Europe the eggs of Agrion, one of the dragon-flies, are said
to be parasited by a species of the mymarid genus Polynema.

:

|

ice alle ek

ees | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 569

a |

others when full grown and just about to transform to pup. Those
of the latter class, mainly pteromalines, issue from the pup of the
host-insect. while the others destroy the host-larva before its transfor-
mation.

The pupa itself is seldom attacked, yet certain of the pteromalines
which preferably oviposit in larvie about to transform will also lay
their eggs in just-formed pupw. The same is the case with certain
members of the genus Chalcis, particularly those parasitic upon diurnal
Lepidoptera, and I am not sure that C. flavipes does not oviposit by
preference on the fresh chrysalids of Chlorippe clyton and Agraulis
vanille.

The adult lepidopteron is not parasitized. Ihave recorded (Proe,
Entom. Soe. Washn., I, 95) the rearing by Seudder of Ichneumon in-
stabilis from the adult of Chionobas semidea, the egg of the parasite hav-
ing evidently been laid upon the chrysalis of the butterfly, but a similar
instance has never to my knowledge been odserved with a chaicidid.

Representatives of all families of Lepidoptera are attacked, the micros
more abundantly than the macros, while among the latter the Noctuidae
(except in the egg state) seem to be most exempt, doubtless from the
nocturnal habit of the larvie and from the fact that so many of them
burrow under ground during the day. Theaverage chalcidid is essen-
tially a creature of sunshine and of air and is most active in the middle
of the day in the warm light of the sun.

Among the Hymenoptera the Tenthredinide are parasitized in the
egg state by Trichogramma, as shown by Lintner in the case of Nema-
tus ventricosus, while their larvee are infested by species of the sub-
families Pteromaline, Eurytomine. Torymine, Bulophine, and Entedo-
nine, and a species of Perilampus is reported by Giraud as parasitizing
the European sawtly, Athalia spinarum. From the galls of Cynipide
are reared very many chalcidids, those belonging to the subfamilies
Torymine and Eurytomine taking first rank in point of numbers. So
abundantly do species of these two subfamilies attack our commoner
oak galls that it is frequently a matter of great difficulty to rear the
original gall maker. Then there are also several species of the sub-
families Lupelmina, Pteromaline, Encyrtina, Tetrastichine, and Buloph-
ine (genus Olinx). The great number of widely differing forms reared
from these galls and the fact that their transformations are all under-
gone in secret in the interior of the gall make their interrelationships
a matter of great confusion. The Torymine and Lurytomine are pri-
mary parasites, although Wachtl has thrown doubt upon one of the
former and Westwood upon one of the latter, as I shall show in a fur-
ther paragraph. Nearly all of the others I am inclined to think are
secondary, but only the most carefully isolated rearings coupled with
dissections of the galls at successive stages will enable us to settle
this question. Olinx is considered by Mayr to be primary, but repre-
sentatives of all of the other subfamilies we know to be occasionally
hyperparasitic.

570 BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDA:—HOWARD.

Upon the families of the Hymenoptera Parasitica many chalcidids
are parasitic. I know no case in which a chalcidid is a parasite of a
proctotrypid, but the instances in which they parasitize ichneumonids,
braconids, and even members of their own family are very numerous.
Even the highest subfamily, Chaleidine, contains some hyperparasites.
Thus Riley has recorded a species of Spilochalcis reared from the cocoons
of the braconid parasite (Meteorus hyphantrie) of the fall webworm
(Hyphantria cunea) (Bull. 10, Div. of Ent., 2d. ed., p. 57), while Walsh
reared WS. albifrons from the cocoons of Pezomachus minimus, supposed
to be parasitic on the army worm (Leucania unipuncta). In the Hury-
tomine, Eurytoma has been reared from Cryptus and from Microgaster
cocoons. In the Hupelmine, Hupelmus has been reared from [sosoma,
Apanteles, and Meteorus and is probably frequently hyperparasitic in
galls. In the Hncyrtine, Encyrtus artacee was reared from an ichneu-
monized cocoon of Artace punctistriga. Many pteromalines are hyper-
parasites, while the tetrastichines nearly all have this habit. With the
Elasmina, certain species of Hlasmus have been reared from the cocoons
of Limneria and Apanteles, although the majority are probably primary
parasites, while with the Hlachistinw there is no doubt that Cirro-
spilus is usually, if not always, hyperparasitic. Certain of the ented-
onines are also secondary parasites, as, for instance, the forms so
commonly reared from the naked pup of Cratotechus. The tetrasti-
chine genus Melittobia is also parasitic upon Monodontomerus and
Leucospis in the cells of bees and wasps, although it also feeds upon the
aculeate larvee.*

The aculeate hymenoptera are also attacked by chalcidids. Leucospis
is reared from the cells of Osmia and Chalicodoma. Species of the tory-
mine genus Monodontomerus infest the pupw of Anthophora and are
reared from the cells of Chalicodoma and Osmia in Europe, while in this
country they are reared from cells of Melissodes and Anthophora, as
shown by the notes of the Division of Entomology, and from Osmia, as
proven by Rev. J. L. Zabriskie. A species of the allied genus Diomorus
is reared from the cells of Crabro and Stigmus. With the Hurytomina,
one species is reared from the cells of Prosopis and other pith-digging
forms. An Hncyrtus has been reared from Humenes and there is an
old record by De Geer of the rearing of Pteromalus from some aculeate.
The latter, however, may be a mistake and the ease with which such
an error can be made is shown by the fact that specimens of the com-
mon Pteromalus puparum were recently received by Dr. Riley as having
been reared from the cells of a mud-wasp. In those cells, however,
must have been.stored lepidopterous larvee which were the true hosts
of the pteromali. Rearings from the cells of fossorial Hymenoptera
are, therefore, apt to be uncertain. The abnormal tetrastichine genus

* Since this was written specimens of a Melittobia have been received from Mr. A.
N. Caudeil, Oklahoma, reared from a dipterous puparium found in a mnd-dauber’s
cell. The puparium itself was also sent by Mr. Caudell, so there can be no doubt as
to the accuracy of the observation, which is one of extreme interest.

a ee)

!

Pro | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 571

Melittobia is reared in Europe from the cells of Odynerus, Trypoxylon,
Osmia, Stelis, Chalicodoma, and other bee genera, but is also a hyper-
parasite, preying upon larvie of Leucospis and Monodontomerus. Species
of this genus are found in this country parasitic in the nests of Megachile,
Ceratina, Anthophora, and Pelopeus.

Chaleidid parasites of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera are very rare, the
only ones being the eupelmines which infest the eggs of these insects,
and a few species of Pncyrtus which have the same habit. Even these
are not so abundant, however, as the proctotrypid parasites of the same
eggs. With the Hemiptera-Homoptera, however, they are very numer-
ous, although the insects of the homopterous families Cicadide, Fulgo-
ride, Membracida, Cercopida, and Jassida are singularly free from the
attacks of hymenopterous parasites. Some of them are preyed upon by
the externally attached larve of the proctotrypid subfamily Dryinina,
but the only chalcidids which I know to attack members of this section
are a trichogrammine, forming a new genus, which infests the eggs of
the buffalo tree-hopper (Ceresa bubalus), in the United States, and a
species of Bupelmus which is said to inhabit the eggs of Cicada in
Europe. The gall-making Psyllide are attacked by several species of
Encyrtus, while the Aleyrodidw are attacked by the eneyrtine genus
Thysanus, the aphelinine genus Hnearsia and the tetrastichine genus
Gyrolasia. The most abundant parasites of the latter insects, however,
are the exceedingly minute species of the family Mymaride. When we
come to the family Coccida we find that its species are infested almost
exclusively by chalecidids. The species of one entire subfamily, the
Aphelinine, are bark-louse parasites with the exception of a very few
species which attack aphidids and aleyrodids. They seem to be con-
fined mainly to the true scale-bearers (Diaspine), but a few infest the
naked bark lice. The latter, however, are most extensively parasitized
by members of the subfamily Hneyrtine. Hardly a species of seale in-
sect can be found which does not have its formidable parasite in some
species of one of these two subfamilies, while many of them are also at-
tacked by species of Mymaride which I take, from their minute size to
be egg parasites in many if not most instances. Outside of these three
groups almost no parasites of Coccid@ are known, the species of the genera
Dilophogaster and Ophelosia, provisionally placed in the subfamily Pi-
renine, forming the principal exceptions. It is true that an occasional
Pteromalus or Tetrastichus is reared from barklice and one or two other
genera are mentioned in the European lists, but I think it quite likely
that most of these forms are hyperparasitie and that they have really
developed upon some primary encyrtine.

The most important of the parasites of the Aphididae or plant lice are
the braconids of the subfamily Aphidiine, but the plant lice have many
proctotrypid parasites (all belonging to the subfamily Ceraphronin@) as
well as many among the Chalecididw. Besides the fewaphelinines there
are a number of species of the subfamily Pteromaline, particularly those

52 BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDA—HOWARD.

of the genus [socratus, which are commonly reared from these insects.
The chaleidids which are perhaps most abundantly reared from plant
lice belong to the pteromaline genus Pachyneuron. The closely allied
genus Pachycrepis is, I feel sure, hyperparasitic, attacking primarily the
aphidiid parasites of plant lice, and the suspicion is growing in my mind
that the same may be the case with Pachyneuron. If this be so the ap-
parently anomalons host-habits of these insects which I have pointed out
(Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, Vol. I, pp. 105-109) are readily ex-
plainable.

Only a few families of Coleoptera are parasitized by chalcidids. So
far as I know none have been reared from beetles of the adephagous, or
lamellicorn series.* In the clavicorn series the species of the family
Coccinellide are frequently parasitized in larva state by the several species
of the encyrtine genus Homalotylus. Hubbard has reared these para-
sites from full grown larve of Hippodamia convergens, while Mr. F. H.
Chittenden has shown me specimens which he has reared from larve of
Coccinella novemnotata, Mysia pullata, and Psyllobora vigintimaculata.

in the serricorn series the wood-boring species of the families Bupres-
tide and Ptinide—the subfamily Bostrichine of the latter in particular—
are frequently parasitized by chaleidids, the former by Chalets and
Pteromalus and the latter principally by the species of the pteromaline
tribe Chiropachides. Pteromalus and Entedon are also frequently reared
from the burrows of these insects, while Hurytoma is said to have been
reared from a Bostrichus by Ratzeburg. Moreover, Popenoe has reared
species of each of the handsome eupelmine genera Charitopus and Ratze-
burgia from the bostrichine Amphicerus bicaudatus (See Bull. 3, Kans.
State Agric. Exper. Sta.). The ptinid subfamily Anobiine is also para-
sitized by Pteromalus. The family Cioide in this group is also rarely
parasitized and the peculiar little entedonine Astichus arithmeticus is
reared in Europe from Cis glabratus and Ennearthron affine. Among the
phytophagous Coleoptera the Cerambycide are occasionally infested by
pteromalines, probably, however, only as hyperparasites upon some of
the numerous ichneumonid and braconid parasites of the insects of this
group, while there is a somewhat doubtful record by Ratzeburg of the
rearing of a Hurytoma from a cerambycid burrow, and Ashmead’s Hury-
toma dorcascheme was reared by Popenoe from the burrows of Dorcas-
chema alternatum. I am informed, however, by Mr. Marlatt who was
with Prof. Popenoe at the time, that there is no certainty as to this para-
sitism and this Hurytoma is in my opinion likely to be a hyperparasite.
Concerning all these records of rearings from wood-boring larve, in fact,
there must always be the greatest doubt on account of the numerous
insects which inhabit moribund wood. Many of the records are mani-
festly inaccurate in their conclusions and a knowledge ot the true state
of affairs will be a matter of slow growth and continuous observation,
just as in an endeavor to arrive at proper conclusions concerning hyper-

*Since this was written Mr. Ashmead informs me that he has reared a Eurytoma
from the larva of Doreus in Florida.

2 eaten a dint

ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 573

parasitism. From the Bruchide have been reared pteromalines, entedo-
nines and tridymines while the eurytomine genus Bruchophagus of Ash-
mead is parasitic, so far as we know, upon insects of this family. With
the Chrysomelide we should naturally expect many parasites, yet but
few are known. The European Chalcis parvula is reared from Cassida
Jilaginus, Eupelmus annulatus from a Chrysomela, and Homatotylus flan-
inius from Galeruca calmariensis. From Odontota suturalis Dr. Riley has
reared Spilochalcis odontote, Sympiezus uroplate, and Derostenus primus
—the latter probably a secondary parasite. While from the eggs of the
same species he has reared T'richogramma odontote. (See my paper
on the parasites of Odontota suturalis, Entomologica Americana, 1, 117.)
A few entedonines and pteromalines are recorded from this group, but
are probably secondary parasites. Among the Heteromera | know only
of Giraud’s record of Hurytoma histrionica from Mordellistenaepisternalis.
The Rhynchophora, however, are rather extensively parasitized. Per-
haps most common are the pteromalines of the tribe Chiropachides, as
Rhaphitelus, Rhopalicus and Chiropachys. Certain of the Cleonymides
and Roptrocerus, Aetrorys, Holceus and others of the Pteromalides are
also reared. Of the other subfamilies the Hurytomine are represented
by several species of Hurytoma, the Eupelmine by Eupelmus, and the
Tridymine, Eulophine, Blachistine and Pntedonine by species of the typi-
cal genus of each subfamily. Two species of the curious trichogrammine
genus Poropwa are said by Ratzeburg to have been reared by Reissig, the
one from small larvie of Apoderes and the other from the leaf roll of Rhyn-
chites. Both of these records need confirmation as otherwise the egg-
inhabiting life is uniform throughout the Trichogrammine. There is
also an European record of a torymine from a species of Apion. The
comparatively slight extent of chalcidid parasitism upon Coleoptera
which we have just indicated as a summary of our present knowledge,
may prove to be indicative of the true condition of their mutual rela-
tions, but this I am inclined to doubt for the reason that the early stages
of the beetles have not, on account of the difficulty of the study, been
so carefully observed as those of insects of otherorders. I think it safe
to say, however, in view of such facts as are upon record, that the Bra-
conide are more abundantly parasitic upon Coleoptera than are the
Chalcidida.

Of the Diptera we have many chalcidid parasites, which are, however,
vastly more abundant as destroyers of the Nematfocera than of the other
suborders or series. The midges of the family Cecidomyiida@ are partic-
ularly great sufferers from the attacks of these parasites. The gall-
making forms are pierced by the same genera of chalcidids which para-
sitize the galls of the eynipids and to a certain extent those of the gall-
making tenthredinids and microlepidoptera, namely those of the sub-
families Hurytomine and Torymine very abundantly, with species of
Pteromalinw, and, more rarely, Tridyminw, Bupelmine, Encyrtine, Ente-
donine, and Elachistine and with certain tetrastichines and one species

5TA BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDA—HOWARD.

of Hlasmus as hyperparasites. The nongall-makers are attacked in the
larva state by certain encyrtines and eupelmines and by a number of
genera of the true Pteromalides. The Tipulidae are also attacked by a
species of the subfamily Pteromaling. Parasites of the Brachycera are
rare, the only ones worthy of note being two species of Smicra and
one of Monodontomerus which infest Stratiomys in Europe, according
to Giraud, but with the Aschiza they become more abundant, and from
species of Syrphide are reared Bothriothorax, Encyrtus, and Hupelmus,
and very commonly Pachyneuron, while Giraud has reared a species of
Pteromalus from a Conops larva infesting a Bombus. With the Muscide
calyptrate, Lamprotatus and Pteromalus are reared from anthomyiid
puparia, Chalcis is reared from Sarcophaga, Pachylarthus from Lucilia,
Bothriothorax, Entedon, and Pteromalus from Musca, and the extremely
useful dipterous parasites of the family Tachinide are attacked in the
larva state by certain species of Chalcis, by Perilampus, by Pteromalus,
Eurytoma, and Monodontomerus. With the Muscidew acalyptrate the
gall-making Trypetide have practically the same chaleidid parasites as
the gall-making Cecidomyiide. Those curious inhabitants of our west-
ern alkaline lakes belonging to the family Hphydride are parasitized
by a species of Pteromalus, specimens of which were sent to Dr. Riley by
Mr. H. W. Turner, who reared them from puparia of Hphydra californica
collected at Borax Lake, California. The Agromyzide are infested by
pteromalines of the tribes Michogastrides and Sphegigastrides, and the
Oscinide are commonly parasitized by chalecidids of the subfamily
Entedonine.
With the Orthoptera we have no chalcidid parasites except on the
eggs. The egg-cases of certain Blattide are parasitized in Europe by
Entedon hagenowii, but this may be a secondary parasite on Hvania ap-
pendigaster. In this country, however, the egg-cases of a Florida tree
cockroach are infested by a species of Hupelmus, specimens of which
have been received by Dr. Riley from Mr. Hubbard. Thespecies of the
curious genus Podagrion, which possesses characters of both the Chalet-
dine and Toryming, are invariably parasitic all over the world in the egg-
cases of the insects of the family Mantide wherever these occur and we
have in addition in this country a Hupelmus parasitic in the same egg
capsules, as has been shown by Ashmead (Proc. Ent. Soc. A. N.S.
Phila., 1885, xv). Among the Gryllide the eggs of Gicanthus in the
United States are parasitized by a species of Hupelmus and by a species
of the eurytomine genus Ashmeadia, as shown by the notes of the
Division of Entomology. ‘They are also infested by several proctotry-
pid parasites. Among the Locustide the eggs of a species which ovi-
posits in pith in Europe are stated by Giraud to be inhabited by a
species of Aphelinus, while in the United States the eggs of one or
more of the species of Katydids are infested by Hupelmus mirabilis.
Among the Neuroptera we know parasites of only the Myrmeleontide
and the Hemerobiide. Myrmeleon in Europe is infested by Hybothorax

rte | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 575

graffi and Haltichella tarsalis, while there is also a record to the effeet
that Chalcis minuta has been reared from insects of this genus. These
parasites presumably issue from the cocoons of the ant lions. [have
already summarized the parasites of the Hemerobiine in the Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Washington, Vol. 11, pp. 123 and 124.
No chalcidids are known to infest these insects in Europe, but in this
country the encyrtine genus Jsodromus is reared from the cocoons of
Chrysopa. The Chrysopa larva is evidently pierced by [sodromus when
full grown, for it invariably succeeds in spinning its cocoon. A species
of Perilampus has also been sent in from Los Angeles, Cal., by Mr. D.
W. Coquillet, who reared it from a Crysopa cocoon. Mr. N. Banks has
recently sent in specimens of a Tetrastichus, which he reared from
these cocoons at Shreveport, La., the past June. This parasite, how-
ever, is undoubtedly secondary.

HOW THE CHALCIDID LARVA LIVES.

This is a subject which greatly needs careful investigation. Itis prob-
able that the same general facts will be observed with chalcidid larvee as
with the larvee of other parasitic hymenoptera, but even here our informa-
tion is so slight and so contradictory that it is very difficult to make
general statements. Situated at different points between the tissues
of their hosts, the quick-growing internal-feeding larve absorb through
the mouth the blood of their victims and rapidly become adult. The
old idea that they feed upon the fatty tissue in a mandibulatory man-
ner seems, at least in the majority of cases, to be untrue. The larva of
Ichneumon atropos, however, according to Newport, seems to destroy
part of the “fatty sacculi” of its host. The mandibles are piercing,
and not comminuting, and the other mouth parts are fitted for the re-
ception of liquid food. Exuviation has not been observed in the inter-
nal feeders, although Newport has seen it repeatedly with Paniseus, an
external parasite of lepidopterous larvie ; “ but,” he writes, ‘* the thrown-
off covering is of such extreme tenuity and is so gradually and imper-
ceptibly removed, without interfering with the form or enlargement of
the body, that, hitherto, the deciduation of the tegument of the apodal
larvie of Hymenoptera has always escaped the observation of natural-
ists.” With the internal feeders there is the same reason against sud-
den exuviation that there would be against the passing of excrement;
either would produce inflammation and the premature death of the host.
And so there is no provision in the structure of these larvee for the pass-
ing of the waste products of the body until they have reached full
growth and a certain amount of vitality in the host insect is no longer
necessary to their existence. Up to this time the alimentary canal of
the parasitic larva has consisted of a simple sac, closed at its posterior
extremity, and with an imperforate intestine proceeding trom it, without
an anal opening. When full growth is attained, however, and the
assimilation of food begins to be arrested, as no longer needed by the

576 BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDA—HOWARD.

rapid growth of the larva, a rapid change takes place and the alimentary
canal becomes narrow and elongated, the coecal extremity becomes
perforated, and by a rapid proliferation of cells the rectal tube is lined
with epithelium and, with the change to pupa, the excrement is voided.
Of great interest in this connection are the recent observations of M.
E. Bugnion upon the structure and life history of Hneyrtus fuscicollis, a
parasite of the European Hyponomeuta cognatella (Receuil Zoologique
Suisse, v.1890, pp. 435-70, reviewed in Journ. Royal Mic. Soe., 1891, part
3, June,p.329), He found in the abdominal cavity of the caterpillars a
closed membraneous tube inclosing the “ embryos” of the chaleid and
also the nutritive substance on which the larve feed. This tube seemed
to be formed by the ova themselves. According to his observations
the larva has an anus, quite in contradiction to the general statements
which I have just given. When the store of nutriment in this closed
tube is exhausted, according to M. Bugnion’s observations, the larve
burst into the perivisceral cavity of the caterpillar where they feed
upon the lymph of their host.

The question of the respiration of these internal feeders is more of a
puzzle. The probabilities are that subsisting entirely upon freshly
aérated blood, and in intimate connection with the air supply of the
host insect, sufficient oxygen is thus derived to purify their own circu-
latory duid, rendering unnecessary any direct connection between their
stigmata and those of the host which Gerstaecker is said to have traced.
When we come to egg parasites the case becomes complicated and here
is a field for study. Ganin has shown a most curious bypermetamor-
phosis with the larve of the proctotrypid genera Teleas, Polynema, and
Platygaster (sic!) inhabiting eggs, and of the chalcidid genus Ophion-
urus, but their economy is not understood. We have in the Chalei-
dide an egg parasite of a higher type than any of these in Hupelmus
and careful studies of the larval growth and economy of H. mirabilis,
for instance, which inhabits the large eggs of JM crocentrum are much
needed, particularly, as it seems to me, in this matter of its respiration.

This whole branch of the subject has in fact been neglected, and a
most interesting field is here open for some careful worker. :

The large majority of chalcidid larve live within their hosts. As a
general rule, however, those which are parasitic upon leaf-mining and
wood-boring larva, and in fact all endophytous larve, feed externally ;
and the same may be said of the larve of the hyperparasites. The
growth of the larvee of this class has not been carefully studied, although
Newport (Trans. Linn. Soe, xx1, 83, 1852), has published many inter-
esting observations on the larva of Monodontomerus nitidus which inhab-
its the cells of Anthophora, and is externally parasitie upon the larvee
and pup of the bee.

True external chalcidid parasites of ectophytie larve are rare and
belong mainly if not entirely to the subfamily Hlachistine. The larvee
of Huplectrus, all of the species of which have this habit, were studied

eA i i da RR i

rasc:” | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 577

as early as 1832 by Fonscolombe, but it is from Schwarz (Amer,
Naturalist, 1831, pp. 61-63) that we have the most careful account of
the larval development. We quote his words concerning the larvie of
Buplectrus comstockii Howard :

The delicate eggshell splits longitudinally in the middle of the back and discloses
the white larva of the parasite, which gradually works the eggshell more and more
down the sides of its body where, for some hours, it remains visible as a black line,
but within less than twelve hours it disappears from view beneath the rapidly grow-
ing parasite larva. This last, as soon as it has freel its head from the egeshell,
pierces the skin of its victim and thereafter remains stationary with its head buried.
As soon as it has fairly begun to feed, the white color changes to a bright bluish-
green, and the segments and spiracles which in the newly hatched larva were barely
visible under high magnifying power are now readily seen. The growth of the
larva is very rapid, but seems to vary according to the season, averaging three days
in August and four days in September. When full grown the larvie crowd each
other, and if there are five or more of them on a caterpillar they form a semi-
globular lump of very striking appearance. Usually their growth is uniform, and
retardation in development of individuals in the group results in death. When full
grown they turn yellowish-white and relax their hold.

The worm which up to this time showed no signs of being affected, except by its

sickly yellowish color and by its very slow growth, collapses and dies as soon as a
| single one of the parasitic larvie withdraws, and the same fate overtakes those
| Euplectrus larvee which are at the time less advanced in their development or im-
mature. If one of the parasitic larvee be removed by hand both the victimized
|

|

worm and the remaining parasites quickly dry up.

The presumption that the Euplectrus larve may migrate from one worm to
another is unfounded. They always remain stationary on the worm, which the parent
fly has chosen as its victim, and they never even move from the spot where the egg
has been laid until they are full grown. Every attempt I made to transplant a larva
from one worm to another invariably resulted in the death of the parasite.

These observations may be compared with the accounts of external-
feeding ichneumonid larvie by De Geer, Newport, Fitch, and Poulton,

HOW FAST DOES IT DEVELOP?

There is evidently considerable variation in the rapidity of develop-
ment of the chalcidid larvae, and consequently of the number of an-
nual generations. This variation is in part according to the particular
parasite and in part to the habits of the particular host-insect. It is
rather more rapid as a general thing, however, with the Chalcidide
than with either the Braconidae or the Ichneumonidae. Ratzeburg has
shown that in Kurope Pteromalus puparum occupied on one occasion
from June 11 to July 14 to undergo its entire transformations from egg
to adult—thirty-seven days; but in this country Webster has recorded
an instance (Insect Life, 1, 225) in which the eggs of the same parasite
were laid August 9, the adult insect developing August 27—seventeen
days later. Hubbard has noted (Fourth Report U. S. Ent. Com.,
p. 103) that the egg of Aletia rylina gives forth the adults of Tri-
chogramma pretiosa on the seventh day after it was stung by their
parents. Huplectrus comstockii has been shown by Schwarz to develop
from egg to adult in Alabama in midsummer in seven days,

Proc. N, M. 91——37

ms

578 BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDASX—HOWARD.

These instances will suffice to indicate the extreme rapidity of growth
of many of these parasitic larve. The question of number of annual
generations is, I believe, entirely one of appropriate food. Copulation |
takes place immediately after the adults issue, the males usually appear-
ing a little in advance and awaiting with impatience the egress of the —
females. Very soon after coition the females are ready to oviposit, and
in the case of polyphagic species or species which attack insects of —
great abundance whose generations overlap there must be many so-
called “broods” in a single season.

Where host-insects are not accessible, however, there can be no
doubt but that the impregnated female can live a long time, and hiber-
nation in this state is frequent. Another common method of hiberna-
tion is in the full-grown larva. Those species which issue from the
pup of Lepidoptera usually overwinter in this condition, transform-
ing to a short pupal stage in the spring.

A curious fact, and one contradictory to the usual rapid development
of these insects, is given by Scudder (Butt. New Eng., p. 701), who sur-
mises that the pteromaline parasitic upon Huphydryas phaeton possibly
requires two years to complete its transformations, since all of the
chrysalids of the butterfly which hang through the winter are parasi-
tized. The butterfly larvee it seems hibernate and transform to chrys-
alids in May and June, giving out the butterflies in June. When
parasitized, however, they hang all summer and through the following
winter, the parasites appearing on the wing the following June. While
it appears to me that the possibilities in this interesting case are over-
stated in supposing that the eggs of the parasite are necessarily laid
upon the larve of the butterfly in late summer and fall, it is still re-~
markable, for, even on the supposition that the egg is laid in the
chrysalis, the parasite must occupy a full year in development, always
providing the facts stated are strictly correct.

The preceding remarks apply strictly to the parasites of external
feeders, for with parasites of endophytes the period of development is
undoubtedly longer. With gall parasites, for instance, I believe that
there is never more than one annual generation, for the galls them-
selves are of annual development and must be pierced ata certain
stage of their growth. In such cases, moreover, there may be a retar-
dation of development due to absence of natural moisture, as where
galls are kept dry indoors. In such cases Ashmead has shown (Proc.
Entom. Soc. Wash., I, 91) that cynipids may be retarded for two ~
years and then brought forth by the application of water to their i
galls. The same laws will undoubtedly apply also to their parasites.

It may also be worth recording here that Mr. A. Craw, of Los Angeles,
Cal., considers that Dilophogaster california mihi has but one annual
generation. This insect is a parasite of the Black Scale.of California
(Lecanium olew), and destroys annually 75 per cent of these scales. Ac-
cording to Mr, Craw the parasite deposits eggs in the mature scales

poe
only, and at the time when these contain eggs, so that the 25 per cent.
which escape the parasites are suflicient to again infest the tree, from
the fact that each female scale contains from seven hundred to one thou-
sand eggs. From the slow growth of the scaies, however, full ten
mouths elapse before they have developed sufiiciently to be attacked
once more by the Dilophogaster, which is not known to have any other
host insect. This reasoning indicates only a probability, and Mr. Craw
records no actual observatious upon mature infested scales showing the
rate of growth of the chalecidid. (See Bulletin 57, California State
Board of Horticulture, Sacramento, 1891.)

Mr. D. W. Coquillett, of Los Angeles, Cal., in a manuscript report
~ submitted recently to Prof. Riley, states that he bred this species on
the 14th and 27th of June from seales collected on the 25th of April,
and that on the 22d of September he found a full-grown larva under
an adult black scale. He has also captured specimens of the parasite
on January 17, July 2, August 31, September 21, and October 12. He
argues from these facts that there are at least two and perhaps even
three generations of this species annually.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 579

HOW THE LARVA TRANSFORMS.

As a rule chalcidid larvie which are internal feeders on their hosts
transform internally into naked, more or less coarctate pup.

With certain Lneyrtine, for one of which Dr. Riley has proposed the
excellent descriptive name of the “inflating chalcis-fly,” particularly of
the genus Copidosoma, but also of Bothriothorax, Homalotylus and per-

haps others, the larva, inhabiting the host insect in great numbers,
when about to pupate cause a marked inflation in the host larva by the
formation of oval cells around the parasite. This inflation and the
pupal cells which cause it are very noticeable in thin skinned host larvie.
With a small larva like that of Lithocolletis the appearance of a dip-
terous puparia is produced. The nature of this cocoon-like cell and
the method by which it is produced are unknown. Its structure shows
it not to be silk, nor yet the last larval skin of the parasite, and
whether it is an adventitious tissue of the host larva or a secretion of
the parasite, or is explicable upon other grounds, | can not say. It isa
point for some expert histologist to decide with fresh material which is
not at hand at present.

An example of one of the inflating parasites in a thick-skinned host
larva is shown in a coccinellid larva infested with JZomalotylus obseur-
usm. The outlines of the parasitic cells are not so evident as in the
Lithocolletis, but the host larva is very distorted and evidently con-
tains these cells.

Species parasitic upon endophytous larvie and, therefore, feeding ex-
ternally, transform to pup close to the remains of the host in the bur-
row or leaf mine, usually attached at the anal end by the priepupal ex-
crement, [have observed a curious variation in the case of Chry.ovlaris

>-

580 BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDA——HOWARD.

singularis in the mine of Lithocolletis hamadryadella on oak leaves,which
I have described in the American Naturalist for January,1881. In this
ease the ehaleidid pupa is surrounded by small excremeutal pillars ar-.
ranged in an ellipse and connecting the roof and floor of the mine. It can
not be stated whether the pillars are formed of regurgitated matter or of
anal excrement, although the former hypothesis seems to be more pro-
bable. Itis likely that such arrangements as this will be found fre- —
quently when the parasites of leaf-miners are carefully studied. .

The internal parasites of externally-feeding larvie also transform to
outside pupze in a few instances, as with the eulophine genera Oratote-
chus and Sympiezus, and probably with other genera of this subfamily.
These forms are common parasites of several large lepidopterous larvx
which feed on the leaves of oak in the United States. The host-larva
affords food for a number of the parasitic larvie and is almost entirely
consumed by them. When ready to transform the parasitic larve crawl
out upon the leaf, void their excrement and change to shapeless dark-
colored pupie nearly erect in position, the anal portion of the body being
attached to the leaf by means of a small mass of light-colored excre-
mental pellets. They seem preferably to station themselves in the form
of an irregular ellipse about the remains of the host larva, each group
consisting of from fifteen to forty individuals.

Scudder, in his “‘ Butterflies of New England” (p. 455), gives a happy
picture of the appearance of the pup of an undescribed species para- —
sitic on the larva of Vanessa atalanta, in the following words: ‘* * * And
still another [parasite], a species of Eulophus, the coal-black chrysalides
of which one may sometimes find to the number of twenty or more, stand-
ing erect on their hinder ends around the corpse they have destroyed, —
like tombstones in a cemetery, a most meiancholy spectacle on opening a —
nest to get a young caterpillar.” In correspondence with me Mr. Seud-
der has always referred to them as **my tombstone pup,” and the term
is an admirably descriptive one.

The chalcidid larve which feed externally on outside-feeding larve,
and we know only one genus in which this habit uniformly prevails, spin
a coarse rough silk, attaching the depleted skin of the host-insect to the
leaf on which it had been feeding, and transform to pup, side by side,
in aregular transverse row in the silky mass. Frequently the host larva
has supported so many parasitic larve that their web attaches the entire
shriveled skin from end to end; but, again, they do not occur in sufficient
numbers to accomplish this result, and only half of the skin is thus fas-
tened (Schwarz states that with thecotton worm and Comstock’s Huplect-
rus it is usually the anterior portion), and the remaining portion hangs
down, is doubled back, and breaks off.

The larvie of the closely allied genus Hlachistus pupate externally, but
do not spin the loose silk characteristic of Huplectrus. I have seen the
naked pup of Llachistus cacecie attached by their anal end to the silk
spun in its leaf-roll by the larva of Cacecia rosaceana, while the pups

or. xv, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 581

of HE. spilosomatis MS. are found attached in a group among the long
hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen of the larva of Spilosoma virginica.
‘In the allied genus Miotropis, M. platynote transforms without its host in
the leaf-rolls of Platynota rostrana, as observed by Hubbard (Orange In-
sects, p. 153).

Huplectrus, although it spins silk, can by no means be said to form a
cocoon, and therefore does not form a true exception to the rule that the
pup are naked with the Chalcidide. The oft-repeated and hitherto
accepted observation of Haliday, to the effect that Coryna clavata does
spin a true cocoon, would, however, form a distinct and unexplained ex-
ception were it not for the fact that I fully believe the statement to have
been unfounded. Haliday, in speaking of plant-louse parasites (Hntom.
Mag. 11, 99), writes: ‘‘Some of these last {parasites of Aphidius| (Coruna
clavata Walk., Ent. Mag. I, p. 386), not content with the covering which
protects the Aphidius to its final change, when they are full fed leave
the cavity and spin a white silky web between the belly of the Puceron
and the leaf, and in this undergo their transformation.”

This statement has been quoted by Westwood in his Introduction and

by subsequent writers, and Buckton,in Vol. tof his Monograph of the
British Aphides, gives a somewhat elaborate illustrated account of the
cocoon-spinning of a species which he calls C. dubia. He figures one
cocoon broken open and showing several shining black pupie which he
considers to be parasites of the Coryna. Coryna, it may be stated, is
identical with the Pteromaline genus Pachycrepis of Foerster. Now
cocoons precisely similar to those described by Haliday and figured by
Buckton are found in this country. Miss Murtfeldt has found them
under a rose aphidid in Missouri, and Dr. Riley tells me that he has seen
them abundant under dead aphides upon his rose bushes in Washing-
ton. Webreed from these cocoons here not Pachycrepis but the aphidiid
genus Praon, and as it is quite out of the question that Praon should be
hyperparasitic upon Pachycrepis, we may safely conclude that Praon
makes the cocoon and that Pachycrepis (or Coryna) is a hyperparasite.
It is more than likely that the several pup of the unknown secondary
parasite figured by Buckton are those of Coryna itself, while the larva
which he watched so carefully under glass and figured in the act of
making its cocoon was undoubtedly braconid and not chaleidid. We
have then no cases in which a chalcidid larva transforms to pupa within
a true cocoon.

,

HOW MANY DEVELOP IN A SINGLE Host?

The answer to this question is brief—from one to three thousand!
With the larger species but one individual issues from a single host un-
less the latter is of extraordinary size. No more than one specimen of
Chalcis robusta issues from the chrysalis of a swallow-tail buttertly, but
with Spilochalcis maria, a parasite of nearly equal size, Chambers reared
48 from a single cocoon of the large American Silk-worm Telea poylphe-

58? BIOLOGY OF CHALCIDIDAR—HOWARD.

mus. The number developing in a single host depends (a) upon the size
of the host and (b) upon the sizeof the parasite. Six or eight specimens
of a little Copidosoma will issue from the larva of a Lithocolletis, while,
as actual count has demonstrated, over 2,500 specimens of a congenerie
species of the same size will issue from the larva of a Plusia. The num-
ber varies in this instance from some cause from this down to something
overathousand. Between theextremesthereisevery gradation. Usually
a single Coccophagus inhabits a single Mytilaspis, but from two to six
specimens of Coccophagus lecanti issue from Lecanium hesperidum, while
thirteen specimens of the same species have been reared from Lecanium
quereitronis. Krom two to four specimens of Trichogramma minuta will
issue from a single egg of Basilarchia archippus, from three to eight
specimens of Homalotylus obscurus from a single larva of Megilla maculata,
from ten to thirteen specimens of Bothriothorax peculiaris from a full-
grown larva of the syrphid genus Allograpta, from thirty to forty speci-
mens of Cratotechus basalis from a larva of Datana ministra, or from 600
to 700 specimens of Pteromalus puparum from a single chrysalis of one
of the larger butterflies.

No observations have been made bearing upon the number of eggs
laid upon the host by the parent parasite, and just how far the mother
grades the number of eggs laid to the size of the host-inseet is unknown.
The probabilities are that she does regulate her oviposition in this way,
but it is also probable that she somewhat overstocks each host, as Poul-
ton has observed the Ichneumonid Paniscus cephalotes to do with Dicra-
nura vinula and other large European larve (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1886, p. 162). A complication arises when we come to consider the very
few cases of a very small chalcidid attacking a large host insect. I say
the *‘ very few cases,” for it is a fact that as a rule these parasites do not
attack insects which they can not completely stock with their egg sup-
ply. With the case of the genus Copidosoma, however, the parasite is
exceedingly small and many of the host pieces are large, as Plusia and
other large noctuids. As just stated, over 2,500 specimens of Copido-
soma truncatellum have been reared fom one larva of Plusia brassicae,
and the eggs from which these parasites came must have been laid by
several females, as in no case have I been able to count over 160 eggs
in the ovaries of a Copidosoma. It is true that my methods of making
this count have been rough. I have simply crushed the abdomen of
living individuals under a cover glass in glycerine and forced out the
ovaries under pressure, counting the eggs by means of the codrdinated
eye piece micrometer; but judging from my experience with the ovaries
of larger insects, | have probably counted at least half. Probably, then,
seven or eight females oviposited in this one Plusia larva, and also at
the same time, as all larvie developed together, and transfor med
together, and issued nearly together,

‘

otitis

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 583

PROPORTIONS OF SEXES IN ISSUING.

.
_ De Geer recorded the singular fact that male parasites alone were
produced in considerable numbers from one leaf-rolling caterpillar and
only females from another (Mémoires, 1, 583), and on this as a basis
Kirby and Spence (Iv, 223) conjectured that the eggs producing the two
sexes are arranged separately in the two ovaries. Unfortunately De
Geer’s observation has never been repeated, so far as I know, while
multifarious instances are recorded in which individuals of both sexes
have issued in varying proportions from the same host; and the propor-
tions are very variable even with the same species. Westwood reared
20 males and 36 females of Pteromalus puparum from a chrysalis of Van-
essa urtice, and Walker reared 82 males and 26 females of the same spe-
cies from a single chrysalis. Riley has reared 25 2 and 28 é specimens of
the same parasite from a chrysalis of Papilio turnus, and 41 ¢ , 39 2 from
another. Scudder has reared 17 4 , 108 2 from a chrysalis of Basilarchia
archippus, and the same author has reared and counted over 2,000 from
Pieris rape in France (Butterflies of New England, p. 1215). His
experience with regard to the proportion of the sexes was as follows:
‘In almost all cases where the total number was very great. the males
exceeded the females; as a whole the females averaged a little over 35
to a little over 25 males, and in only one-third the instances where the
number of the females fell below the average the males outnumbered
them. The most excessive case was 84 males to 12 females, or 7 to 1.”
Of the same parasite Webster (Jnsect Life, 1, 225) records a rearing of
68 2,4 2 specimens from achrysalis of Pontia protodice.

With other species counts have not been so frequent. Scudder
reared 9 2, 70 2 specimens of Trichogramma minutissimum from five
eggs of Papilio glaucus. Riley reared 12 2,8 4 of Podagrion mantis
from a single egg case of Stagmomantis carolina, and the notes of the
Division of Entomology show 14 2, 1 4 of the same species from another
egg case of the same host.

Other isolated counts like this could be made in number from the
biological collection of the National Museum, but would accomplish
nothing beyond showing an extreme variability in the proportions of
sexes. Could we have an accumulation of counts of the same parasite
affecting the same host, with codrdinate observations such as are indi-
cated by Seudder in his remarks on Pteromalus puparum, interesting
results could without doubt be obtained. His statement, for instanee,
that in almost all cases where the total number was very great the
males exceeded the females and the reverse, is well worth thought and
the labor of verifying it and conducting many additional counts, for it
apparently affords a new argument to the few who still contend that
sex is influenced by larval food. The numerical relationship is, how-
ever, probably insignificant, and the cases in which the males so greatly
preponderate are probably to be explained on the ground that these

584 BIOLOGY OF THE CHALCIDIDA—HOWARD.

are the offspring of nonfecundated females. (See section on parthends
genesis.)

As to the relative time of the issuing of the sexes, it has been my
general experience that the males issue before the females and await
the appearance of their mates, just as is so often noticed by rearers of
Lepidoptera and Coleoptera and as Harrington has shown in the ich-
neumonid genus Thalessa (Canadian Entomologist, November, 1887). A
single instance may suffice to illustrate this point. My original breed-
ing record of Pentacladia bucculatricis shows that May 19 there issued
56,no9%; May 20,7¢,1°; May 21,338,892, and May 22, nod, 122.
So well marked is this that when a new-reared chalcidid is brought to
me from a host-insect of which there is a plentiful material in our breed-
ing cages I anticipate a great preponderance of males, and look for-
ward to the next day or two to bring a supply of females. With this
in view Mr. Seudder’s contradictory experience with Pteromalus pupa-
rum is strange. He writes (loc, cit.): ‘In some instances the entire
brood would emerge in a single day; at others the bulk would emerge
the first day and others would straggle out one after another for a
week or more; sometimes again they would come out daily or almost
daily for several weeks, as in one instance from February 24 to March
14; and in another, the most extended, from March 18 to April 28.
Males and females seem to be equally early and late.”

Confirmatory of my own experience and contradictory: to Mr. Seud-
der’s is the statement of Adler, in whose extensive rearings of this para-
site from the chrysalids Vanessa io, V. polychloros, V. urtice, and Pieris
rape the males regularly appeared first.

Asso much attention has been given in this section to Pteromalus
puparum, I may advert to Brischke’s statement (D. Ichp. d. Prov. West.
u. Ost-Preussen, IL Fortsetzung, p. 125) that this species, when infest-
ing Pieris brassicw, Rhodocerarhamni, Vanessa urtice, and V. polychloros,
is hyperparasitic. There can be no doubt but that this statement is a
grave error, and it is inconceivable that a man of Brischke’s care could
have been responsible for it. I prefer to believe that it was simply a
printer’s error in underscoring this species. (All species underscored
are indicated in a footnote to be parasites of parasites.)

PHYTOPHAGIC HABIT.

Ever since Nees v. Esenbeck, in 1834 (Hym. Ichn. Aff., 415), made the
statement that his Hurytoma rose was the maker of the galls on Rosa
centifolia, the parasitic or vegetal-feeding habit of certain eurytomines
has been under dispute among entomologists.

Since the publication of Mayr’s able paper, ‘‘ Arten der chalcidier-
Gattung Eurytoma,” in 1879, there has been no doubt about the habit of
the Neesian species, for it is shown to be a common parasite on the
makers of no less than 56 different European cynipid galls. Even as
late as 1871, however, Walker (Notes on Chalcide, p. 11) considers

VOL. a

cae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 585

Nees’s observation as “proof that the Hurytome are not all parasitic,”
and goes on to say: “Whether one species of this family is sometimes
parasitic on other insects and sometimes herbivorous, and has thus the
choice of two ways of perpetuating its existence, has yet to be ascer-
tained.”

The lengthy discussion, extending over many years, concerning the
true habit of the American Joint Worm (Isosoma hordii), and how
even after the proof of its phytophagie habit adduced by Harris, Fiteh,
and Walsh (the latter changing from the wrong to the right side of the
question after ascertaining the generie distinction of the Joint Worm
from Hurytoma), the fact was still not accepted by many European ento-
mologists as late as 1882 need not be elaborated here—it is common
information to all American entomologists. Since the publication of
Riley’s articles on Jsosoma tritici and the admirable summary of the
entire subject by the veteran Westwood (Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond.,
1882, 507-327) no word of opposition has been advanced to the conelu-
sion that Jsosoma at least is phytophagie.

In the early concensus of European opinion against the views of
American entomologists on this important point, however, we must not
lose sight of the fact that three Dutch observers, Ritsema, Weyen-
bergh, and Snellen von Vollenhoven, had at least as early as 1870 proven
that a gall on beach grass (Ammophila arundinacea) was produced by
Hurytoma (2) longipennis, the first observation having been made by a
brother of H. Ritsema in 1867. (See Archives Neerlandaises des
Sciences Exactes, v, 1870, and Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Second
Series, VI, 1871, pp. 118.) This species is probably not a Purytoma, but
an Isosoma, although I can find no published statement to this effect. It
is not included by Mayr, however, among the species of Lurytoma.

The grape-seed feeders formerly placed in Jsosoma belong to Bvoxy-
soma Ashin., and unpublished notes of the Division of Entomology
show that Hurytomacharis Ashm., Isosomorpha Ashm., and Philachyra
Hal., are also gall-makers. (The type of the last named genus was
found in straw roofs near Lucca, Italy). These three genera are, how-
ever, much more closely related structurally to Jsosoma than to Pury-
toma, Decatoma, or other eurytomine genera, Others of Ashmead’s re-
cent genera resembling Zsosoma will probably also be found to have the
phytophagic habit.

As before mentioned, the habit of Purytoma has been questioned by
Walker largely on the strength of Nees’s observation. Westwood (loc.
cit.) says of his Ceylonese Lurytoma taprobanica, “1 have but little
doubt that this beautiful species is the real maker of the gall (on Ficus)
from which specimens of both sexes have been reared.” No good proof,
however, has ever been advanced to show that Yurytoma proper is ever
anything but parasitic, while the possible hypothesis that it may be in-
quilinous in the gall from which if is soabundantly reared is to a great
extent disproven by my observations on Purytoma prunicola, larve of

486 NOTES ON SCELOPORUS VARIABILIS—STEJNEGER.

is concerned. Garman (List of N. A. Rept. and Batr., 1884, p. 17) shifts
the locality still further west by assigning S. marmoratus to “* Southern
California.”

The only other American author referring to it under the name of S.
marmoratusis Yarrow, who, in his Check-list of North American Reptilia
and Batrachia (p. 58, 1883), refers to it two specimens, one (No. 4116)
from ‘*Redmond’s Ranch, Rio Grande,” the same mentioned by Pro-
fessor Baird (loc. cit.), and another (No. 2885) from ‘San Diego, Califor-
nia.” The latter specimen is correctly identified, but the statement as to
the locality involves a double error, for, in the first place, the original
No. 2885 did not come from San Diego, California, but from San Diego,
Nuevo Leon, Mexico, and in the second place this specimen is not at all
No. 2885, but a much more valuable one, as attested by the original
parchment label which is still firmly attached to it, for it is nothing
less than the type specimen of Hallowell’s Sceloporus delicatissimus,
which was thought to have been lost.

It was the examination of this specimen that proved to me conclu-
sively that S. marmoratus is nothing but a synonym of Sceloporus
wariabilis of Wiegmann.

The latter name has but recently been introduced in the herpetolog-
ical works as occurring within the United States.. Boulenger in the
third volume of the Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum (1587,
p. 503) mentions three specimens from ‘* Duval County, Texas,” collected
by W. Taylor, Esq., and Cope, about simultaneously (Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1888, p. 397), records nine specimens as belonging to the National —
Museum from the same source.* He adds: “ First found in the United
States near Corpus Christi, by Francis Aaron,” but as S. marmoratus
is the same as variabilis the species was ftound within the United
States long before it was collected by Mr. Aaron.

The identification of 8S. marmoratus with variabilis extends the known
range of the latter considerably, as San Antonio, whence came the type,
is situated about 120 miles north of San Diego and Corpus Christi.
The species does not seem to be rare even so far north, for we have, in
addition to the type of S. delicatissimus, another specimen, a female from
Medina, the county on the southwest of Bexar, as well as a female col-
lected by Mr. G. W. Marnock at Helotes, in the latter county. Both of
these specimens I found labeled ‘“ Sceloporus scalaris” (and the first one
is so recorded by Yarrow, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 24, p. 62), with which
Species there is no good reason for confounding them. However, Pro-
fessor Cope (Zool. Pos. Texas, p. 17) states that S. scalaris “is abundant
in the region southwest of San Antonio, according to Mr. Marnock,
from whom I obtained specimens,” and it may therefore be that bot
species occur there, though our Museum possesses no specimen of tru

* Of these I have been unable to find more than two specimens in the collections 0
the Museum, and only these are, therefore, included in the list of specimens examined
given below.

Se PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 487

Sceloporus scalaris from the region in question. On the other hand,
Professor Cope records ‘‘seven specimens” received from San Diego,
Texas, as “Sceloporus ? scalaris” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 397)
as if he was uncertain as to their belonging to this species, an uncer-
tainty which I am inclined to extend to all the alleged specimens of 8S.
scalaris from southwestern Texas. That I am unable to express any
final opinion upon the San Diego specimens is due to the fact that the
specimens, although stated to belong to the Museum, have not been
found in spite of an extended search.

There are two more Texan specimens in the collection, viz, No. 11457,
collected by Mr. George B. Sennett in “ Texas,” presumably somewhere
on the lower Rio Grande between the mouth and Hidalgo where Mr.
Sennett was collecting during April and May, 1877. The other speci-
men is No. 4116, from “ Redmond’s Ranch” on the Rio Grande, the
same as Bellville, about 70 miles below Laredo.

There remains one specimen which requires special mention on ac-
count of the uncertainty of its origin. It has a tin tag attached to it
numbered 2882, which, if correct, would give it “China, Nuevo Leon,
Mexico” for a locality, and Lieutenant Couch for a colle-tor, but to
one of its legs is tied an original parchment label which reads, “4108,
Utah, December,” and the record book gives the information that it
was “removed from No. 2877,” a bottle containing numerous speci-
mens of Se. gratiosus collected at Salt Lake, Utah, by Captain Stans-
bury. Several other ‘‘removals” took place at the same time, however,
and it is almost certain that both numbers are wrong. At any rate it
would not do to credit Utah with S. variabilis on the strength of the
present specimen.

In order to facilitate the identification of this species, which has been
so singularly overlooked within our territory, I may poiut out some of
the most salient characters by which it may be recognized.

Sceloporus variabilis differs from all the species hitherto found within
the United States by having the scales of the sides of the body con-
siderably smaller than those of the back; a white half moon-shaped
mark on the side above the insertion of the fore limb is present in both
sexes and is quite characteristic. The male, moreover, is readily dis
tinguished by the flank patches of a pink (in alcohol grayish) color,
which come very close together on the belly and are bordered by a
dark bluish line, the latter joining a large dark patch on the shoulder
behind the white semilunar mark. Among the other characters the
following may be mentioned: Head-shields wrinkled; lateral scales
directed obliquely upwards; femoral pores about twelve on each side,
not meeting medially across the belly ; about fifteen dorsal scales in a
head length; anterior frontal divided longitudinally.

Se. scalaris, on the other hand, is easily distinguished by having the
series of femoral pores nearly meet across the belly; the scales on the
sides are nearly as large as those of the back, and these are much larger

588 BIOLOGY OF THE CHALCIDID£—HOWARD.

all orders, then we no longer wonder at their great numbers or at the
great variety exhibited among them.

The family Chaleidide will, in my opinion, prove to be by far the -
largest of the 40 odd families of Hymenoptera, with the Braconide
second, the Ichnewmonide third, and the Proctotrypide fourth, and
there is little doubt in my mind that the immense numbers of unde-
scribed species in three of these families will eventually place the Hyme-
noptera numerically above every other order of insects.

A GRITICAL REVIEW OF THE CHARACTERS AND VARIATIONS
OF THE SNAKES OF NORTH AMERICA.

BY
E. D. Cope.

In the following paper the attempt is made to define with precision
the species of North American snakes, together with their variations.
This may be done more satisfactorily than hitherto, since the material
which has accumulated in our museums is now considerable. In mak-
ing this investigation I have had the advantage of a full study of the
specimens in the U.S. National Museum,* as well as those in other
collections.

So soon as sufficient material becomes available, the zoologist can
make that kind of researeh into the permanency and variability of the
characters of species which characterizes the exact stage of the
science. It is on such study that all useful conclusions as to the origin
of species depends. It is not the orderly relation of species and
genera to each other that demonstrates the truth of the hypothesis of
the derivation of species, but the knowledge of their variations.
Moreover, the beginning of all investigation into the causes of those
variations is the knowledge of the direction which they take, whether
they are promiscuous or whether they bear some definite relation to
each other or to the environment.

This being the object of this paper, I have not entered into any dis-
cussion of systematic problems.

l—CATODONTA.
GLAUCONIA Gray.

Catalogue Lizards Brit. Mus., 1845, p. 139. Stenostoma Wagl., Nat. Syst. Amphib.,
1830, nec Latreillei, 1810 (Coleoptera). Leptotyphdops Stejueger, Proc, U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1891, 501 (after Fitzinger. nomen nudum).

Head slightly depressed and continuous with the body. Snout blunt
and rounded, overlapping considerably the lower jaw. <A large rostral
plate. One nasal. A pair of frontonasals. One ocular shield, which
extends to the labial border. <A pair of superciliaries, parietals and

*I wish to express ieee the obligation ander w hic hI have been placed by the
ofiicers of that institution, Profs, S. P. Langley and G. B. Goode,

Proceedings National Museum, Vol, XIV—No, 882.
SY

590 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

postparietals, all scale like. Medial row of scales extending over the
head to the rostral. Nostrils lateral, oblong, situated between the nasal
and fronto-nasal. Eyes covered by continuous epidermis.

This genus is found throughout tropical Africa and America, and it
embraces a considerable number of species in all the faunal regions of
the latter. These are of subterranean habits. which are little known.
Some of them are said to inhabit ants’ nests. One species is known

from India.
Glauconia dulcis Bd., Gird.

Rena dulcis Bd. & Girard, Catal. Serp. N. A., 1853, p. 142. Stenostoma dulce Peters Mon-
atsber., Berlin Akad., Wis., 1857, p. 402; Cope, Proc. Academy Phila., 1861, p.
305; Jan. Icon., Gen. Oph. 1, vol. 2, Fig. 5. Stenostoma rubellum Garman, Me-
moirs Mus. Comp. Zoology, Cambridge, vi11, 1883, p. 130; teste Stejneger.

This species ranges from central Texas to the Red River on the east
to New Mexico, inclusive, on the west, and southward along the Rio

Grande in Texas as far as San Antonio.

RENA Baird, Girard.

Cat. Rep. N. A., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 142; Cope, Proc. Amer. Philo. Soc., 1886, p.
481. Catodon Dum. & Bibron, Er. Gen., vi, p. 318, 1844, not of Artedi. Siagonodon
Peters, Gesselsch. Naturforsch. Freunde, Berlin, 1881, p. 71.

Similar to Stenostoma, but the superciliary scales are absent.
Rena humilis Bd., Gird.

Cat. Rep. N. Am., 1, Serpents, p. 143. Slenostoma hiumile Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila.,
1861, p. 305; Check List, Batr. & Rep. N. A., 1875, p. 44.

Lower California, southern California, and southern Arizona.

Il.—ASINEA.
BOID “i.

The only genus of Boidz which is known to enter the boundaries of
the Nearctic Realm is Lichanura. It is possible that the Boa imperator
has been seen in the valley of the Lower Rio Grande, but of this posi-
tive evidence is as yet wanting. This species, the Hpicrates angulifer
of Cuba, and the Ungualia pardalis of Jamaica are occasionally intro-
duced into the country in bunches of bananas. The serpent winds itself
tightly around the stem, and is concealed from view until the fruit is:
being removed. Unless of large size, these snakes are harmless.

LICHANURA Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 304; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 50.

General form abbreviated and stout; tail short, slightly prehensile,
obtuse at the extremity. Head slightly distinct; eye small, pupil ver-
tical. Nostril between two plates, the anterior in contact with that of
the opposite side upon the median line, Frontonasal suture extensive. °

pet

ee | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 591

Posterior to these, the upper surface of the head is covered with smooth
scales. Labial plates without pits. Scales smooth, broad, poreless.
Spurs conspicuous. Gastrosteges narrow.

In this genus the tail is less prehensile than in Boa, but is more so
than in Eryx and Charina. It also differs externally from the latter
genus (with which Garman at one time proposed to unite it) in the ab-
sence of the frontal plate and the parietals adjacent to it. An impor-
tant osteological difference is the presence of the coronoid bone, which
is wanting in Charina.

The species of this genus are variable in their details both as to
squamation and coloration. I distinguish three species. Dr. Stejne
ger has named another, which he subsequently withdrew. In his latest
study of this genus this author distinguishes the species as follows:

A. Eye large; its diameter more than one-third distance from anterior canthus to
tip of nuzzle; gastrosteges about 218,

Whitish with three blackish brown longitudinal bands in strong contrast. L. trivirgata

AA. Eye smaller; its diameter one-third or less the distance from anterior can-
thus to tip of muzzle; gastrosteges 224 to 241.

Color brownish or bluish above, with or without longitudinal bands, which when
present contrast but little with the ground color; true loreals 3; scale rows 39-
Ade TORUEEE NOU DPOMIDOM niusbe waandadmesag adn ésee uewacs ce wake name L. voseofusca

Color as in L. roseofusca ; true loreals 2; scale rows 35; rostral prominent. L. orcuttii

Lichanura trivirgata Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861, p. 304; Bocourt, Miss. Sci. de Mexique, p. 573; Stejneger,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, p. 98; L891, 514; Charina trivirgata Garman, Mem.
Mus. Compar. Zool. Cambr., Vi, 1883, 136.

The coloration of this handsome Boa is altogether unique in the
family. It calls to mind the Salvadora of the sameregion. It inhabits
the southern part of Lower California, where Messrs, Xantus and Beld-
ing have obtained it for the Smithsonian Institution. They found it in
swamps among the mountains.

No. 12602: 40, 14: 215 + 14 44: 582, 96 mm.

Lichanura roseofusca Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1868, p. 2; Stejneger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Museum, 1891, p.514;
Lichanura myriolepis Cope, Proc. Acad, Phila., 1568, p. 2; Stejneger, Proce. U.S.

Nat. Mus., 1889, p. 96; Lichanura simplex Stej., 1. ¢., pp. 95, 96.

A variety of this species is represented by a specimen (No, 14129)
from San Diego, Cal. The color above as far as the fifth row of
scales on each side is a brownish lead color; below this line and on
the lower surfaces light lead color with dark lead-colored borders to
some of the scales, and a wide lead-colored basal band of the gastros-
teges and urosteges. There are three longitudinal rusty brown bands
on the dorsal region, which are indistinctly defined, and of irregular
width.. No. 14129: 42, 14; 229, 49; 788, 115.

It was on aspecimen of this variety from the same locality that Il
proposed the species Lichanura myriolepis. It has forty-three rows
of scales. Another specimen from San Diego is deserived by Dr,

592 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Stejneger as a distinct species under the name of L. simplex. It has
forty rows of scales, and there are no longitudinal stripes above, the
general color above being brownish drab, below whitish ; gastrosteges
232, urosteges 39. Eye encircled by 7-8 scales. These forms graduate
into the L. trivirgata, both in color and in number of scale rows. The
number of gastrosteges is larger, but I suspect that this character is
not constant.
Lichanura orcuttii Stejneger.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1889, p. 96; 1891, p. 514.
San Diego, California.

CHARINIDS.

CHARINA Gray.

Gray, Cat. Snakes in the Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 84; Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887,
p. 51; Wenona Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 189; Bocourt, Miss.
Sci. Mexique, 1882, p. 511. Pseuderyx Jan, Archiv. f. Naturgesch. 1862, v. 1, p.
242; Elencos Sistem, 1863, 19.

Nostril between postnasal and prenasal, the latter confluent with the
internasal. Two pairs of prefrontals, a frontal, and rudimentary
parietals. Pupil vertical. Scales of body smooth. Tail short, obtuse,
not prehensile, and spurs exserted.

Prenasal separated from internasal ; postnasal joinjng preocular; prefrontal enter-
ing orbit; one superciliary ; superior labials 8-9..---.-..--------.- C. brachyops.
Postnasal plate separated from preocular ; prefrontal not entering orbit ; more than
one superciliary ; prenasal fused with internasal ; superior labials 9-11..C. botta

Charina brachyops Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 88, Pl]. xxxvi, Fig. 2; Stejneger, loc. cit., 1890, 179.

Point Reyes, California.
Charina botte Blv.

Gray, Cat. Snakes in Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 113; Cope, Check List Batr. Rep. N. Am.,
1875, 43; Tortrix botte Blainville, Nouv, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 111, 1834, p.
57: Pseuderyx botte Jan, |. c., Fig. 1; Wenona plumbea et isabella Bd. and Gird.,
Cat. Serp. N. Amn., 1853, pp. 139-40; Jan, Icon. Gen. Oph., I, 3, ii, Fig. 2; Bo-
court Miss. Sci. Mex., 1882, p. 512, pl. xxx, Fig. 7.

The extraordinary variability of this species in the squamation of the
head may be exhibited in the following table :

I. Internasals confluent with prefrontals.
Loreal present; eye resting on labials ; No. 4496, No. 9563.
II. Internasals distinct.
A. Rostral separating internasals on the middle line.
Loreal present ; eye on labials on one side; separated by scales on the other;
No. 4497.
AA. Rostral not separating internasals.
B. Eye resting on labials.
Loreal present ; Nos. 4497, 11691, 11789, 12581,
No loreals ; No, 7299,

were
; VOL. XIV.
ral PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 593

BB. Eye resting on labials on one side, and not on the other.
Loreal present, No, 4404,
BBB. Eye separated from labials on both sides.
Loreals, one ou one side, two on the other, 8922.
Loreals, one on each side, 9255.
Loreals, none, 4492,

None of the North American specimens have the internasals separated
on the middle line by a scale, as is stated to be the case in the type of
C. botte by Bocourt. Several have the prefrontals separated by scales,
however, so that the character of the type specimen is probably only
an individual variation, There is no reason to suppose that the Upper
California species differs from that of Lower California. I give the fol-
lowing notes which [ took from De Blainville’s type in the Museum of
the Jardin des Plantes in 1864, by permission of Prof. Auguste Duméril :
“The tail enters the total length 94 times. Frontal much wider than
long, postnasal and loreal longer than wide. One preocular. Ten
superior labials; second and third touching loreal; fourth, fifth, and
sixth entering orbit. Forty-three rows of scales, size graduating smaller
from first to third. A reddish tint in the pale brown of the belly; above
slaty brown.” The specimen agreed in size and character with the one
described by De Blainville, and I am therefore at a loss to understand
the accounts given by Jan and Bocourt. The former says* there are
but thirty-nine rows of scales on the body, and the latter says, perhaps
-by a typographical error, 29. Bocourt also says that at the period
of his writing, 1882 (Mission Sci. de Mexique, 512), the specimen was no
longer in good condition. It was in good condition at the time of my
examination in 1864.

The Wenona isabella does not appear to me to differ specifically from
the other forms. Its head plates display a peculiarity which is also seen
in a specimen from California, (See table above).

This species ranges throughout the entire Pacifie district, as well as
the Lower Californian. The most eastern point from which the Smith-
sonian Institution has procured specimens is the John Day River, Ore-
gon. It has been also obtained in the Great Basin, on the Humboldt
River, Nevada.

COLUBRID.

CHILOMENISCUS Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 339. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No, 32, 1587, p. 53. Bergenia
Steindachner, Voyage of the Novara, v, 1876, p. 2. °
Form stout, body cylindrical, the head not distinct. Muzzle rounded,
very prominent, and much depressed. Rostral plate large, with an ex-
tensive superior surface and presenting an obtuse angle between the
prefrontals; the inferior surface greater than the superior, owing to the
backward position of the mandible. Head shields broad, normal, except

" Archiv. f. Naturgeschichte, 1862, 1, p. 242.

Proc. N. M. 91——338

594 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.,

in the confluence of the prefrontals with the nasals. Loreal none. One
pre-, two post oculars. Scales smooth. ‘Tail short, the urosteges and
anal plate divided. Teeth equal or the posterior a littlestouter. Pala-
tine and pterygoid teeth present.

This truly calamarian genus is analogous to Stenorhina in the union
of the nasal and prefrontal shields; and perhaps the form of the muzzle
and inferior position of the mouth indicates affinity to Chionactis.

There are three species, which differ as follows:

1.—fostral plate very prominent.
Postnasal reaching preocular; numerous black cross-bands which reach the gastros-

COS OSH a Sao eo eiocln eee ot See se aie Seater eet eee ae etn ooh ener erect C. ephippicus.
Postnasal not reaching preocular; light, with puncte or cross-bands.. .C. stramineus.

u.—Lostral plate less prominent.

Postnasal reaching preocular; reddish brown above, dirty yellow below; larger.
C. mexicanus.*

Chilomeniscus ephippicus Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1875, p. 85. Cope, Check List, N. Am. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 35;
Coues U.S. G. G. Surv. W. 100th Mer. v, p. 625. Pl. xvi, Fig.3. Carphophis
cincta Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Cambr., viii, 1883, p. 166.

Nevada, Arizona.

Chilomeniscus stramineus Cope.

Proc. Phila. Acad., 1860, p. 339. Check List N. Am. Batr. Reptilia, 1875, p. 35.
Scales in thirteen rows, ali wide and obtuse, four rows on each side,
wider than long. Rostral plate extensively recurved on the superior
surface of the muzzle, its posterior border presenting an obtuse angle.
Internasals and prefrontal median suture short; frontal wide, but not
as wide as long, angulate in front, more strongly angulate behind. Each
parietal but little if any longer than the frontal. Prefontal in consid-
erable contact with second superior labial. Seven superior labials all
longer than high except the first. Temporals 1 — 1, both deeper than
long. Eyes and superciliary plates very small. Tail short and conical.
There are three color varieties of this species as follows:
Body annulate, with complete black rings...... ..---. ..---. e--- eeeee C. 8. cinctus.
Body with black cross-bands, which reach the first and second rows of scales.

C. 8. fasciatus.
Seales with a median brown dot within the apex; no bands. -....--- C. 8, stramineus.

Chilomeniscus stramineus cinctus Cope.

Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 303; Check List N. Amer. Batr.
Reptilia, 1875, p 35. Carphophis cinctus Garman, Mus.Comp. Zo6l. Cambr., VIII,
1883, p. 166.

Sonora.

* Bergenia mexicana Steindachner Voyage of the Novara, 1876, p. 92, fig. (no number).

ene | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 595

Chilomeniscus stramineus fasciatus Cope.

Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope, Yarrow Check List N. A. Batr. and Reptilia, 1883, p. ™6.

There are no differences between this subspecies and the typical
C. s. stramineus to be detected in the squamation, but the coloration
differs to an extraordinary degree, resembling that of the C. ephippicus.
Two specimens are in the National Museum collection: one of these has
twenty-four and the other twenty-six black cross-bands on a white
ground. Of these four in one and five in the other are on the tail.
They are two scales long and eleven and two half scales in width; the
Spaces between them are two and a half scales long. There is a black
patch on the head from the middle of the frontal to the posterior border
of the occipital shields. No dark color on any of the under surfaces.
No punctie on the seales. No, 12,630; 13, 7: 1084+1426:; 235, 33 mm.

Chilomeniscus stramineus fasciatus Cope.

Cata- | No. of

loene ene: Locality When From whom Nuture of
mee AN ten 7 ae collected, received. specimen.
12, 630 PERM eh, fadcbcnccadeescedse Feb. —, 1882. L. Belding. Alcoholic
Chilomeniscus stramineus stramineus Cope.
Chilomeniscus stramineus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 339. Carphophis stramineus

Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6él. Cambr., vir, 1383, 166.
Lower California.

STILOSOMA Brown.

Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sei., 1890, p. 199.

Body slender, cylindrical, and rigid; tail short; head rounded on
frontal outline, not distinct from body. Rostral prominent, but not
recurved; nointernasals, anteorbitals, or loreals. One nasal. Prefron-
tals and parietals in contact with labials. Scales smooth. No scale
pits. Analentire. Teeth smooth.

This genus belongs to the type of Rhabdosoma D. and B. and Car.
phophiops, approaching nearest to Geophidium Pet. in the absence of
internasal plates. It exhibits, however, a greater reduction than in that
genus in the absence of loreal and preocular plates. Only one species
is known.

Stilosoma extenuatum brown

Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1890, p. 199.

This curious species has the coloration of the type of Hypsiglena or
Sibon. Itis of great rarity, the type specimen found near Jackson-
ville, Fla., being the only one known. Its habits are probably subter-
ranean,

596 NORTH AMERICAN, SNAKES—COPE.
CARPHOPHIOPS Geryais.

Dict. Hist. Nat. Univers. par D’Orbigny 111, p. 191, 1843 ; Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860,
p. 78; Celuta Bd. and Gird. Cat. Serp. N. A., 1853, p. 129. Carphophis Duméril Pro-
drome Class. Rep. Ophid., 1853, 43-46; Erp. Gen., vi, 1854, p. 131; Gtinther,
Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 17. :

Head depressed, continuous with the body. Cephalic plates normal,
sometimes no distinct internasal plate. One nasal, nostril in the mid-
dle. No anteorbital; loreal entering orbit. Seales smooth, pitless.
Postabdominal scutella bifid. Subcaudals divided.

This genus is the North American.representative of the Neotropical
Rhabdosoma and Elapoidis, the typical forest-burrowers. The species
are generally found under and in rotten logs, and under the bark, where
they readily make their way, forcing their sharp muzzle into narrow
places with much muscular strength.

Carphophiops has exactly the plate and scale formula of Abastor.

The two species of the genus differ as follows:

Temporal scales 1-2; light color of belly not extending to third row of scales.

C. amenus.

Temporal scales 1-1; light color of belly extending to third row of scales; back

ATO Ur ec io cre! othe ae ners Seat oe ete ORS tenn arene hater clear gctecae ao ny ere eter C. vermis,

Carphophiops amcenus Say.

Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 78; Coluler amenus Say, Journ, Acad. Phila., 1v,
1825, 237; Storer, Rep. Mass., 1839, 226; Calamaria amena Schlegel Essay Phys.
Serp., 1837, 31; Pl. 1, Figs. 19, 20. Brachyorrhos amenus Holbrook N. Amer. Her-
petal, 111, 1842, 115, Pl. xxvur. Celuta amena Bd. and Gird. Cat., 1853, p. 129.
Carphophis amena. Dum. Bibr. Erp. Gen., vit, 1854, p. 132; Gtinther, Cat. Col.
Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 17; Jan Icon. Gen. Oph. 1, 12,11, Fig. 4; Celuta helene
Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 100.

In nearly half the specimens the internasal scuta are wanting. This
condition was supposed by Kennicott to indicate a distinct species
(C. helene Kenn.) and by some others, a distinct genus. There is, how-
ever, no other character by which to separate it from the C. amenus,
and the character itself is not constant. Thus in jar No, 8840 from
Union County, Tenn., one specimen has both internasals, a second has
but one, and a third is without any. In jar No. 12046 from Mount
Carmel, Ill., nearly all the specimens lack the internasals, but one of
them has the plate on one side.

Some other variationsoceur. Thus ina specimen from Jackson, N. C.,
(No. 1921), the anterior angle of the frontal plate is produced forwards
to the internasals completely separating the prefrontals. In No. 10721
from Washington, D. C., there is but one, a large scute, in the second
row of temporals, and two rows of scales are of the color of the abdo-
men, which contrasts strongly with that of the dorsal regions. The
specimen is quite intermediate between this species and the C. vermis.
In some specimens the superciliary is larger than the postocular; in
others the reverse is the case. 1925: 13,5: 12741432: 260, 46™™.

al PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 597

Carphophiops vermis Kenn.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 34. Celuta vermis Kennicott, Proc.
Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 99.
The distribution of this species is in the southwestern part of the
eastern region.

TANTILLA Bd. Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. A., 1853, p. 131; Cope, Journ, Acad. Phila., 1875, p. 143; Bull. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 32, p. 52, 1887; Homalocranium Dum, Prodrome Class Rept. Ophid., 1853,
p. 94; Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes B. M. 1858, p. 18.

Head depressed, continuous with the body. Cephalic plates normal.
Internasals and prefrontals two each. Posterior maxillary tooth
grooved. Two nasals, nostrils in the anterior plate. No loral. Ante-
rior orbital one; posterior one or two. Eyes below the medium size.
Body subeylindrical; tail short. Scales smooth. Postabdominal seu-
tella bifid. Subcaudals all divided.

This genus is distributed throughout the Neotropical Realm except-
ing the West Indian Region, Trinidad excepted. Its species are espe-
cially abundant in the Central American district. Three species are
found in the Nearctic Realm. They differ as follows:

I. Superior labials six ; orbitals 1-1
Muzzle produced ; preorbital not in contact with superciliary nor nasal; three

MIME PANGESe dean secant onl ocka' asco uote ea tees 7. calamarina, Cope.

Muzzle less produced; preorbital in contact with superciliary and nasal; tempo-

PEW GUO -eUuLee DADORs = sa. 6ee sees. ag soit od toate Soe eats T. bimaculata, Cope.

RAY POLAISIG NNO LO: (OMNORS- pace ee ass eae tapes yn oa T. gracilis, Bd. and Gird,
II. Superior labials seven; orbitals 1-1.

GLOD MON NLOD La ts sere ane Ss etn Italics eas wa oem T. planiceps, Blainuy.

III. Superior labials seven; two postorbitals.
A. Postnasals in contact with preocular, or nearly so.

B. Posterior labials elevated, separated from parietals by one temporal.
From slender; a yellow black bordered collar near parietal plates; below red,

T. miniata, Cope.”
BB. Posterior labials elevated, bounded above by two temporals (longitud-

inally).

Urosteges 68; head black with yellow collar; body brown with three yellow

RUE) St hese ste ane ran 9 el oe PP oe ae T. taniata, Boe.
Urosteges 55-63; labials higher; first inferior labials separated; black
everywhere, with yellow collar..................-... 7. moesta, Gthr.

Urosteges 37; black above, with yellow collar; yellowish below.

T. achistosa, Boe.

Frontal narrower; posterior labials higher, body light, dark banded,
T. melanocephala, Linn.
Frontal wider; posterior labials lower; body uniform red .... 7. rubra, Cope.
BB. Posterior labials lower, bounded above by two temporals (longitudinally).

C. Inferior labials of first pair in contact on the middle line.

Postnasal very small; collar far behind head; body banded ; urosteges 51.
T. armillata, Cope.
Postnasal large; collar crossing parietal scnute; body unicolor; below
whitish; urosreges 30. .... eee ence ccans T. coronata, Bd. and Gird.

*Homalocranium deppei, Boc. Miss. Sci. Mex., 1883, p. o84, pl. xxxvi, f. 11,

598 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

CC, Inferior labials separated by symphyseal.
Urosteges 67 ; postnasal large, bounded below by first labial; a yellow collar,
T. reticulata Cope.
Urosteges 57 ; postnasal chiefly bounded by second labial; head black, no
Collarysaosssee sears See eee T. nigriceps, Kenn.
Urosteges 39; first labial rising to nostril; head and body uniform.
T. canula, Cope.
Urosteges 25; nasals not interrupted by first upper labial; head dark with
a palevoceipitalspotesst-o- sce cee ee ee T. vermiformis, Hallow.
AA. Postuasals separated from preocular by a wide space.
Urosteges 57 ; unicolor, pale; top of head and collar black.
T. pallida, Cope.
Urosteges 66; last upper labial larger than sixth; body above with black
and white? half-rinosezs: a-<-s..sec he cece cee T. semicincta, D. and B.

Tantilla gracilis Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, 182; Cope Check List, 1875, p. 35; Homalocranium gracile
Bocourt Mission Scient., Mexique 1888, p. 579, Pl. xxxvi, Fig.5; Jan, Icon. Gen.
Ofid. 1, 15 ii, Fig. 1. TVantilla hallowellii Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1860, p. 77.

The postnasal and preocular plates are sometimes separated in this
species. On such a specimen the 7. hallowellii was proposed.
Western Texas.

Tantilla planiceps Blainy.

Cope, Jour. Acad. Phila., 1875, p. 143; Coluber planiceps Blainville, Amer. Mus. Hist.
Nat., Paris, m1, 1834, p. 62, Pl. xxvil, Figs. 3, 3a, 3); Homalocranium planiccps
Dum., Bibr. Erp. Gen. vu, 1834, p. 857; Bocourt Miss. Sci. Mex., 1883, p. 581, Pl.
XXXVI, Fig. 7; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid. 1, 15 1, Fig. 2.

Lower California.
Tantilla nigriceps Kennicott.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 3:8; Cope Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 35;
Scolecophis fumiceps Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 371; Homalocraniwn praeo-
culum Boe. Miss. Sei. Mex. Rept., 1888, p. 582, Pl. xxxvI, lig. 8 (abnormally with
two preocular plates).

In a specimen of this species from southwestern Texas there is but
one postocular on one side.
Texas generally, except the east.

Tantilla coronata Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 151; Cope, Jour. Phil. Acad., 1875, p. 144; Homalocranium
coronatum Bocourt Mission Sci. Mexique Reptiles, 1883, p. 589, Pl. xxxvul, Fig. 5;
Homalocranium wagnerti Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid. 1, 14 ii, Fig. 3.

Gulf States to Florida inclusive.

In its distribution this species extends much farther east than any of
its North American congeners. It is yet rare in museums. <A speci-
men is in my collection from Volusia, Lake George, Florida.

wor | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 599
VIRGINIA Bia. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 127; Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 53.

Head distinet from the body. Cephalic plates normal. Two nasals;
posterior one not invaded by the nostril. Prefrontals and loral entering
into the orbit, and suppressing the anteorbitals. Superciliaries well
developed. Geneial scuta, 2 pairs. Pupil circular. Scales smooth,
Postabdominal scutellum bifid. Subcaudal scuta all divided.

The distinction of the head from the neck and the relatively narrow
frontal plate in this genus suggest aflinities to the Coronellinw. The
lateral head seuta are like those of Rhabdosoma and its immediate
allies

But two species are known:

Poalesswiders EN LO VOWS! «<- cea, x aewuawe wcesce ms ewuuus ce vn ds VQGlUerid
RURICRMIETNON SIN Le TOW fc nce ulecs sett we aun clame tek ake mas V. elegans

The species occur in both the eastern and Austroriparian districts ;
the V. elegans in the western part of the latter only.

Virginia valerie Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 127; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 35;
Jan, Icon. Gen, Oph. 1, 1211; Fig. 5; Carphophis harpertii Dum., Bibr. Erp Gen.,
1854, vil, p. 135.

Not yet found north of the Carolinian division of the eastern district.

Virginia elegans Kenn.

Proc. Acad, Phila., 1859, p. 99; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 35;
Jan, Icon. Gen. Oph. 1, 12 ii; Fig. 6.

The specimens show considerable variation in the number of the
postocular scuta. Thus in two specimens from Fort Towson, Arkansas,
(2055), there are 3on each side; in 12025, from Mount Carmel, Illinois,
there are 2 on each side; and in 13632, from Helotes, Texas, the 2 are
fused into a large one on each side.

The difference between this species and the V. valeria are restricted
to the form and number of the scales. Beyond these I have not been
able to detect any.

CONTIA Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 18/3, p. 110; Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 251; Bull. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 53; Sonora Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1553, p. 117;
Eirenis Jan, Elenco Sist. d. Ofidi, 1863, p. 45.

Dentition complete, and the teeth of maxillary bone of equal length.
The seales are smooth and without pits, and the anal plate is divided.
The head shields are normal; the nasal, usually entirein the genus, is
sometimes divided by a suture from the nostril to the labial border.
Two pairs of geneials ; a loreal; rostral obtuse. The head is little dis-
tinct from the body, and the pupil is round,

600 _ NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

This genus is widely distributed over the warmer temperate regions
of the Northern Hemisphere. Several species are described by Jan
from Syria. The division of the nasal plate is never complete, although
itis present below the nostril sometimes. I suspect that the Sonora
of Baird and Girard is established on a species of this genus. They
state that the nasal plates are distinct, but on examination of the
typical specimen I find that this is not the ease. The rostral plate is
not more prominent than in the C. episcopa, and the division of the
superciliary plate is probably abnormal.

The three North American species difter as follows :

Seales in 17 series; superior labials 8; body compressed behind; black above.
C. pygea

Scales in 15 series ; superior labials 7; body not Cena rostral rather promi-
nent; light, with or without black cross-bars -.....-...--...--..-.-.C. episcopa
Scales in 15 rows; superior labials 7; body not conmeecr ar rostral not prominent ;
back brown, with pale borders; sides, lerd colored ; velow cross-barred .. C. mitis

The C. pygeais Floridian ; the C. episcopa from Texas and the Sonoran
region, and the C. mitis is fron California.

Contia pygeea Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1871, p. 222.
The belly is salmon red in life. Florida.

Contia episcopa Kennicott.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 86; Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 20, 1880,
p. 21. Lamprosoma episcopum Kenn., U.S. Mex. Bound. S iry., 1, 18&9, p. 22, Pl.
vill, Fig. 2. Homalosoma episcopum Jan, Icon. Gen. Ophid., 1, 13, iv, Fig. 2.

Seales in fifteen rows, all smooth: superior labials, seven; the orbit
bounded by the third and more largely by the fourth; loreal small,
quadrangular, longer than high; oculars, 1-2; anterior short, covered
above by superciliary ; postoculars resting on fourth labial; fifth and
sixth labials equal, as high as long; parietals large, long; frontal longer
than wide; prefontals transverse. Internasals partly separated by
rostral, which is not very prominent. Inferior labials six, first pair
meeting, fourth largest. Postgeneials extremely short. Temporals little
larger than body-scales, 1-2. Muzzle obtuse; head searcely distinet;
eye small. Gastrosteges 163; anal 1-1; urosteges varying in Texan

specimens from 35 to 45.

There are three well-marked color varieties, which pass into each
other. They are as follows:

Ground color ashen to rosy, with the scales broadly tipped with brown. A few only
of the median rows of dorsal scales may be red, and the top of the head may or
may NOt. bexDTOWN si. cece ce eae een ee ee aoe See eee ee ee C. e€. episcopa.

Ground color light yellow, tinged with brown above; three median dorsal rows orange.
Top of head, from anterior border of frontal to near end of occipitals, black. A
transverse black spot commencing on the fourth scale behind the occipitals, two
scales long, and including the fourth row of scales from the gastrosteges on each
SLAG Sas Ss Suis show's sicle sia Sic elec nie sateeiel sens ela eee Ere eer Reinet C. e. torquata.

sor PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 601

Back traversed by from nineteen to twenty-one black cross-bands of three and a

half scales in length ; there are six ov the tail. Belly uniform C. @. isozona.

These subspecies pass into each other by distinct gradations, although
the intermediate forms ave less abundant than the types.

This is a characteristic species of western Texas. It is common west
of Fort Worth to Fort Concho and about Helotes in the South. It ex-
hibits a great range of color-variation, and, since it is evident that the
CO. isozona must be reckoned as one of its varieties, its range extends to
Utah and Arizona.

Contia episcopa episcopa Kenn.

Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 20, 1580, p. 21; Cope, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mns., No. 20,
1880, p. 21. Lamprosoma episcopum Kennicott, U. 8. Mex, Bound.Sury., 11, Reptiles,
1859, p. 22; Pl. vin, Fig 2. Homalosoma episcopum Jan, Icon. Gen. Ophid., 1, 13,
iv, Fig. 2.

Texas.

Contia episcopa torquata Cope.

Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17, 1880, p. 21.

Northern Texas.

Contia episcopa isozona Cope.

Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No, 20, 1880, p. 21. Contia isozona Cope., Proc. Acad. Phila.,
1866, p. 304. Rept. U.S. G. G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., v. p. 537, Pl. xvun,
Figs, 1-la.

There are four specimens of this form in the collection; in two of them
the ground color is ashy, in two red,

I suspect that the Sonora semiannulata of Baird and Girard was estab-
lished on an abnormal specimen of this subspecies. That specimen is
remarkable in having the superciliary plate divided symmetrically on
each side by a suture, which cuts off a plate whose apex reaches the
parietal and which Baird and Girard term a third postoeular. The
muzzle was somewhat wrinkled, so as to produce folds of the integu-
ment; this led to the mistaken belief that the nasal is divided. Omit-
ting these two characters, there remains only a slightly more protuber-
ant rostral plate, which is not more in my opinion than an individual
peculiarity. The coloration is identical with that of the C. e. isozona.
More specimens will be necessary to settle the question definitely,
Should the identification here suggested prove necessary, the name of
the species will stand as Contia semiannulata, with the subspecies epis-
copa, torquata, and semiannulata.

Contia mitis Bd. agd Gird.
Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. LOO; Check List Batra, Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 36.
Homalosona mite, Jan. Icon. Gen. Oph, 1, 13, rv, Pig. 1.
California.
LODIA Bd. and Gird.
Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 116.
Head distinct from the body. Two frontal plates, a small anterior one

being situated between the post-frontais immediately in advance of the
go

602 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES— COPE.

frontal proper. Onenasal. Loral entering into the orbit; aboveit one
anteorbital. Superciliaries well developed. Genieals, one pair. Pupil
_ecireular. Seales smooth. Postabdominal scutella bifid. Subecaudals
all in pairs.

Lodia tenuis Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer. Serpents, p. 116, 1853; Cope, Check List N. Amer., Batr. Rept.,
p. 36, 1875.

This species so much resembles the Contia mitis as to lead to the sus.
picion that its generic peculiarities are abnormalities of the head scuta.
The relations of the loreal plate are, however, symmetrical, and the
frontal plate is wider than in the C. mitis. The coloration is identical
in alcohol. The head is relatively shorter. To this fact are to be as-
cribed its tegumental peculiarities. It is in any case a type of recent
origin.

Puget Sound, Oregon.

CEMOPHORA (‘ope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 244; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 50; Jan, Elenco
Sist. d. Ofidi, 1863, p. 45.

Head small, continuous with the body. Rostral plate large, promi-
nent, subtrihedral. One pair of prefontal plates, and one of inter-
nasals. Une nasal; nostril in the middle. One loral. Pre and post or-
bitals present. Superciliaries, eyes, and mouth small. Teeth longer
posteriorly. Seales smooth. Postabdominal scutum. entire; subcau-
dals bifid.

But one species of this genus is known. Its general characters are
as follows: .

Seales in nineteen rows; superior labials six, the eye over the third; tail about one-
eighth of total length; red, crossed by pairs of black rings separated by a
yellow one, which is divided by a black spot on the side. .......--..-C. coccinea.

Cemophora coccinea Blumenbach.

Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 244.

Coluber cocecineus Blumenbach, in Lich. and Voigts Magazine, v, 1788, Pl. v; Gmelin,
Syst. Nat., Ed. x11, 1, iii, 1788, 1877; Harlan, Jour. Acad. Phila., v, 1827, p. 356.

Heterodon coccineus Schleg. Ess. Physion. Serp., 1837, 102, Pl. ili, Figs. 15, 16.

Rhinostoma coccinea Holbrook, N. Amer., Herpet., iii, 1842, 125; Bd. and Gird., Cat.,
1853, 118.

Simotes coccineus Duin. Bibr., Erp. Gen. vu, 1854; Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes, Brit.
Mus., 1858.

Cemophora copei Jan, Archiy. p.la Zoolog. Modena, 11, 1863, p. 21.

The Cemophora coccinea is a species of the Austroriparian region, but
it has not been found in the Texan district, nor does it ascend the Mis-
sissippi River as far as the region extends. It is especially abundant
in Florida. The specimen from Tennessee described by Jan under the
name CO, copei presents the abnormality of the loreal reaching the orbit
below the preocular.

2 cee

Poe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 603

GYALOPIUM UWope.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 243; Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1887, 32, p. 52.

Form stout, tail short. Head slightly distinct, large, depressed.
Rostral plate acute, its anterior border elevated, its upper surface
concave. Itis produced backwards, separating the internasals and pre-
frontals. Internasals present; prefrontals, one pair. Nasal confounded
with the first labial, a groove from the nostril to the suture of the see-
ond labial. No loreal, its place supplied by the prefrontal. One pre-
ocular. Postgenitals rudimental. Scales smooth; anal and subeaudal
seutella divided. Teeth small, of equal lengths. Pupil round.

This genus introduces us to a type which is especially Mexican and
which includes the genera Ficimia Gray, Ogmius Cope, and Conopsis
Giinther. Sympholis Cope is probably also allied, as well as perhaps
Geagras Cope. They all have protuberant rostral shields, which are in
the first three genera named more or less recurved. Besides the G. canum
there is but one species of Gyalopium, the G@. publium Cope,* which
has been found in Yucatan.

Rostral plate reaching frontal; seventeen rows of scales; seven labials; quadrate

BROW GOLSRE BNOPE OEP Or 2205 vocals a cnudaaons n> b6eeee vousbealsane (te Den
Rostral not reaching frontal; seventeen rows of scales; seven superior labials; trans-
Terns, DeWitt DBCS <sSMRMlOns co.ce 5 i = down scuben ans = a0 genrcaikucs baue Gn OORUEM

Gyalopium canum Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 241. Coues, U. S. G. G. Expl. Sarv. W. 100th Mer., V, p.
624, Pl, xvii, f.2, 2a; Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 36. Picimia
cana Garman, Mem, Mus, Comp. Zodl., Cambr., vitr, 1383 p. 161.

Arizona.

ABASTOR Gray.

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 78; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer. 1853, p. 125;
Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus, 32, 1887, p. 53.

Head subconical, continuous with the body. Cephalic plates normal.
One nasal, grooved beneath the nostril. Noanteorbitals. One loral, to-
gether with the prefrontals, constituting the orbit anteriorly. Teeth
equal. Pupil circular. Seales smooth. Last abdominal seutellum bifid.
Subeaudals all bifid.

This genus is represented by a single species, which inhabits the
southern part of the Neartic region. It is thus characterized :

Seales in nineteen rows; superior labials seven; tail one-seventh of total length, or

shorter. Bluish black, with three red stripes above; below flesh colored, with a
series of bluish-black spots on each side................-..-.A. erythrogrammuea,

Abastor erythrogammus Dandin.

Gray, Cat Snakes Brit. Mus., 1549, 78; Bd. and Gird., Cat, Snakes N. Amer., 1852,
125; Cope Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, 35.

Coluber erythrogrammus, Daud., Hist. Rept., vit, 1799, 93, Tab, 83, Fig. 2 Holbr., N.

Amer. Herp., Ist ed., 1, 1836, 115, Pl. Xx.

* Proceeds. Acad. Phila., 1366, p. 126. Ficimia orna/a Bocourt, Mission Scientif. de
Mexique, p. 571, Pl. xxv, Fig. 10.

604 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Helicops erythrogammus Wagl., Nat. Syst. Amph., 1830, 170; Holbr., N. Amer. Herp.,
2d ed., m1, 1842, 107, Pl. xxv.
Homalopsis erythrogrammus Boie, Isis, 1827, 551; Calopisma erythrogrammum Dum.
and Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii1, 854; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 29, Iv, Fig. 2.
Hydrops erythrogrammus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél. Cambr., vi, 1843, p. 144.
Austroriparian region, eastern part, including Florida.
t

FARANCIA Gray.

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1848, p. 74; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 123;
Cope, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus 32, 1887, p. 52.

Head slightly distinct from the body. Internasal plate single. One
nasal grooved beneath the nostril. No preorbital; prefrontal and loral
constituting the anterior portion of the orbit. Postorbitals present.
Seales smooth. Postabdominal scutella bifid. Subcaudals in pairs.

This genus is known from the Louisianian district of the Austroripa-
rian region. It does not occur in the Texan district and is rare in the
Floridan. It is represented by only one species, which is defined as
follows :

Dorsai scales in nineteen rows; superior labials seven; two postoculars; tail from

one-fifth to one-seventh total length. Bluish black, with subquadrate red spots
on the sides; belly red, with bluish-black spots.....----.-.--..-..--- PF, abacura.

Farancia abacura Holbrook.

Bd. and Gird,, Cat. N. Amer. Snakes 1853, p. 123; Cope Check List Batr. Rept. N.
Amer. 1875, 35.

Colubur abacurus Holbr., N. Amer. Herp. 1, 1836, 119, Pl. xxi.

Homalopsis Reinwardtii Schl, Ess. Phys. Serp. Part. descrip., 1537, 357.

Hydrops Reinwardtii Gray, Zool. Misc.1842, 67.

Hydrops abacurus Dum.'& Birb., Erp. Gen. Tab. 60.

Helicops abacurus Holbr., N. Amer. Herp. 2d ed. m1, 1842, 111, Pl. xXv1.

Farancia Drummondi Gray, Zool. Misc. 1842, 68.

Farancia fasciata Gray, Cat. of Snakes, Brit. Mus. 1849, 74.

Calopisma abacurum Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen. vit, 1854.

Hydrops abacurus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr. vis1 1843, p. 144.

Calopisma Reinwardtii Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid. 11, 29 vi, figs. 1, 2.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt found this species abundant near New Orleans.
He says that it is generally present in swampy ground, or on the shores
of water, coiled beneath logs and other objects. It is of a gentle dis-
position, and grows to a considerable size, one specimen sent by him
to the National Museum measuring nearly 6 feet in length. The spe-
cies ranges north to southern Indiana.

Louisianan district of Austroriparian Region.

CHIONACTIS Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861, p. 303; Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 35; Bull.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1887, p.53. Lamprosoma Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1856, p.
310; Report Surv. U. S. Pac R. R. x 1859, Williamson’s Rept., p. 15; (preoc- ©
cupied),.

Sea PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 605

Teeth of equal length, posterior ones not channeled ; head depressed,
eyes small; a prominent rostral, two interpasais and two prefrontais ;
‘one anterior ocular; a loreal. Anal plate and subcaudal scuta divided ;
scales smooth.

Ihave referred this genus to the Calamarini, where it has some
affinity to Contia and to Conopsis. It is a transitional form. Two
species are known which differ as follows:

Yellow with black cross bands, or annuli...-.........-2.-.-- EERIE or. C. occipitalis.
Brown with darker narrow longitudinal stripes.--...-.-...-.....-.--...---C. diasit.

The C. diasti* Cope has been found in the state of Puebla, Mexico;
the C. cccipitalis is so far only known from the deserts of the lower
Colorado River, Arizona.

Chionactis occipitalis Hallow.

Cope, Proc. Acad. Phiia. 1866; p. 310; Check List Batra. Rept. N. Am. 1875, 35.
Rhinostoma occipitale Hallowell Proc. Acad. Phila 1854, 95; Lamprosoma occipitale
Hallow, 1. c. 1866, 310; Baird U. S. Mex. Bound. Survey, 1859, 21, Pl. xx1, fig. 1.

A variety of this species was described by Kennicott under the name
of C. 0. annulatus (op. cit.) based on two specimens from the Colorado
Desert. They only differ from the type in the continuance of the black
cross bands across the abdomen, forming complete rings. No, 2105; 15,
7: 172, 43: 350, 64 mm.

The light color of the specimens of this species in alcohol is yellow
in life, with some pink intermixed, forming a handsome combination of
colors. 3

RHINOCHILUS Bad. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer. Serpents, p. 120; Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875,
p. 36; Proc. Amer. Phila. Soc., 1886, 487; Bulletin U.S. Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 52.
Head separated from the body by a moderately contracted neck.
Rostral plate produced, but not recurved above. Internasal and pre-
frontal plates. Two nasals; nostrils between. On loreal. One anterior
orbital. Scales smooth. Postabdominal scutella entire. Subcaudal
scutella all undivided.
Two species of this genus are known, as follows:

Scales in twenty-three rows; labials eight; tail one-tenth total length. A dorsal
series of numerous square black spots separated by red spaces, sides black-varied ;
eliivawihi thence nce paces poe aes eects ec See reee cine Sioare wiclelnwisinion R. lecontii

Scales in seventeen rows; labials eight; tail one-eighth total length; a few broad
and long cross bands on body above, extending to the borders of the belly.

LR. antonii.t

*Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1886, p. 188. Toluca lineata Kenn. hine Conopsis lincatus Bo-
court Mission Sci. de Mexique Reptiles, p. 565, Pl. xxv, fig. 4; not Toluca lineata Kenn.
+t Dugés, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe., 1886, p. 290; fom Mazatlan, Mexico.

606 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE

Rhinochilus lecontei Bd. and Gird.

Cat. N. Amer. Serp., 1853, 120; Baird U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., 1, Rept., p. 21, PI.
xx; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, 36, Jan. Icon. Gen. Ofid. 111,
48 iii, Fig. 1.

This species displays remarkable variations in coloration. In No.
5168 the large blotches are peifectly distinct, and their lateral inter-
spaces have but faint traces of markings. In 2020, 2025, 2030, 2031,
11743, and 11784, all of small size, and some fully grown, there is a
vertical black spot between the dorsal blotches on each side. In 8376,
4471, and 4472 the entire space on the sides between the dorsal blotches
is marked with a black spot on the center of each scale. Nos. 8021
and 8022 are more like the first noted variety, but carry the peculiarity
further. The dorsal blotches are perfectly distinct from each other,
and are truncate, and not narrowed at their inferior border. Very few
of the scales have light centers, and there are no intermediate lateral
spots. Belly spots sparse. In No. 8022 a wide longitudinal median
black band forms with the occipital spot an anchor-shaped figure.
This variety is approached nearly by the second and only other species
of the genus, the R. antonti Dugés, which has the black cross bands
fewer in number and wider. It is from Mazatlan. Individuals also
differ in the relative size of the loreal plate and number of cross bars.
In one from the Canadian River there are thirty-seven rings, in one
from the Llano Estacado, twenty-six. In another froni the same locality
the abdomen is black tesselated ; in all others, white.

The range of the Rhinochilus lecontei is throughout the Sonoran dis-
trict. The most eastern and northern locality known for it is Garden
City, in southwest Kansas where Prof. Cragin, of Topeka, obtained a
specimen. It presents the anomaly of having the loreal plate to enter
the orbit below the preocular.

OSCEOLA Bad. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer. Pl. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 133.

Head distinct from the body. Cephalic plates normal. Prefrontals
extending to the upper labials, and suppressing the loreal. Two nasals,
with nostril between. One anterior orbital. Mental scutella two pairs.
Body slender, subcylindrical. Scales smooth. Postabdominal scutellum
entire. Subcaudals bifid.

Osceola elapsoidea Holbrook.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 133; Cope, Check List, 1875; p. 36, Calam-
aria elapsoidea Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpet., 1842, 11,119, Pl. 28. Ophibolus doliatus
var. elapsoideus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp., Zo6l. Cambr., vit, 1843, p. 155.

In two specimens of the eight which have come under my observa-
tion, the loreal plate is present (Nos. 9689 and 11988). In No. 5560
there are two temporal seuta on one side, instead of the normal number,
one. The Floridan district.

§
4
‘
“4

.
a

odin be

Eien.’ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 607
OPHIBOLUS Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer. Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 82. Cope, Check List North American
Batr. Reptilia, 36, 1875; Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1886, 487; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
1587, p. 78. Lampropeltis Fitzinger nomen nudum, Systema Reptiliam, 1843, p. 25;
Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 254. Sphenophis Fitz., loc. cit. nomen nudum.
Bellophis Sockington, Proc. California Acad. Sci., 1877, p. 52.

Posterior maxillary teeth larger and stronger than the anterior.
Head but little distinct. Cephalic scuta normal. Rostral plate not
modified ; loreal present; one preocular. Scales smooth, with two api-
eal pits. Anal scutum entire; subcaudal scuta in two rows. Pupil
round.

This genus represents in North America the Cororella of the Old
World, but is abundantly distinct in its entire anal scutum and its
double scale pits. Its six species form a very homogeneous group, and
although they present abundant differences to the eye, critical examina-
tion shows that their characters are by no means easy to determine.
Some of them (0. doliatus and O. getulus) offer a degree of variation
within themselves which is not equaled by any other North American
species, with the exception of the Hutenia sirtalis. They afford excel-
lent lessons in the evolution of specific types.

The characters of the species are as follows:

I. Temporal scuta 2 (L) 2 (3) 3.

Seales in twenty-one rows; large brownor red dorsal spots or saddles broadly
black bordered, forming pairs of black cross bands above.........0. doliatus.

Il. Temporal seuta 2-3-4.

a Seales in 21 - 3 rows.

Eight superior labials ; numerous brown dorsal saddle spots closed at the sides,
O. multistratus.

Seven superior labials; smaller, head wide, distinet, -body slender; numerous

black rings more or less split with red. ...-..............-.-. O. pyrrhomelas,
Seven labials; large, robust, head little distinct; black with or without white
LESUSMeLse OL LONG IbNGIN AL DANOGS ee acces aeons e eee see ek O. getulus.
Seven labials; robust, head not distinct; light brown, with small transverse,
reddish dorsal spots faintly dark bordered..........---- O. rhombomaculatus.

aa Seales in twenty-five rows.
Seven labials; robust; light brown with a median dorsal, and two lateral rows
of darker brown spots faintly dark bordered... ...-....-....... O. calligaster.
The distribution of these species is as follows: The 0. doliatus covers
North America east of the Rocky Mountains and south of latitude 50°,
and south to Panama. The QO. getulus has nearly the same eastern
range, not reaching so far north by 10°, and covers the Sonoran and
Pacific regions besides, but is scarcely found in continental Mexico,
The O. pyrrhomelas inhabits the Sonoran and southern part of the
Pacific regious. The 0. rhombomaculatus occupies the middle regions
east of the Appalachian Mountains, and the 0. calligaster the corre-
sponding region west of those mountains, and extends west as far as

the Pecos River of Texas.

608 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Ophibolus doliatus Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. ak 1853, p. 89; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer.,
1875, pp. 4 and 36; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 381.

Coluber doliatus Linn., Syst. ae 1, 1766, 379; Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed,, x11, 1, iii,
1788, 1096; Harlan, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1827, 362.

Coronella doliata Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., 111, 1842, p. 105, Pl. 24; Dum. and Bibr.,
Erpet. Gen., vul, p. 621; Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mug. 1858, p. 41.

Coronella coccinea Sohieeels Essai s. le. Phys. Serp., 1, 1837, p. 130; m1, p. 57.

Seales in twenty-one rows, rather wide. Tail rather short, entering
total length six and two-thirds times. Head rather flat, little distinct.
Loreal small, longer than high; one preocular, two postoculars. Tem-
porals 2-2 (rarely 1-2). Frontal rather wide, narrowing the supercili-
aries infront. Parietals rather wide, the length a little less than that
of frontal and prefrontals combined. Seven superior labials all higher
than long, except the first, the third and fourth bounding the orbit.
Geneials, the anterior about twice the size cf the posterior. Size medium
to small.

The ground color of the superior surfaces varies from ashen to bright
yellow, but it only appears as transverse spaces between the broad
reddish brown to crimson spots or saddles which cross the back. The
extent to which these spots preserve their outlines or surround the body
like rings, indicate the characters of various subspecies. The colora-
tion of the head varies from red or black, abruptly cut off posteriorly,
to banded with two chevrons, a brown within a yellow one, with a yel-
low cross band on the nose.

The variations of this species are remarkable, and form the subject of
some remarks which I have made on former occasions.*

I. No yellow band posteriorly from orbit (a yellow half collar).

@ Dorsal spots or saddles (red) open at the side, their adjacent borders forming

pairs of black rings.

Interspaces between red saddles, open below ; scales not black-tipped ; front more

or less black ; first black ring on nape only..-.----..----.----O. d. coccineus.
Interspaces between red saddles closed by black spot below; scales black
tipped; front black; first black ring complete. ..---..----. O. d. polyzonus.

Interspaces not closed ; rings including first complete on belly ; first yellow band
crossing occipital plates; front black ; scales not black tipped . O. d. conjunctus
a a. Dorsal saddle spots closed at the sides
f. Saddles closed by a single black tract on the middle of the belly; no spots be-
tween saddles.
Dorsal spots undivided medially; front black; first black ring complete;
O. d. annulatus.
Dorsal spots divided longitudinally by a median black connection; front
bl ackerec se arse tee aati ee ie te ee lee tera eee eto tetateteee eneieeretets O. d. gentilis.
j 6. Inferior borders of saddles separate and not confluent with each other below.
Saddles completed on gastrosteges; no alternating spots; no black collar;
O. d. pa
Saddles completed on gastrosteges; spots opposite intervals forming a singte

series on the middle line of the belly ....-.-..-...-..---.---- O. d. syspilus.
Saddles completed above the gastrosteges ; alternating spots ae do not meet

on the middle line of the belly i mtd LO a re el ie ene a ge a d. doliatus.

* Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1, 1875, p. hp Saree: U. S, Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 381.

Ps
_"

Noro | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 609

II. A yellow band from orbit bounded below bya black or brown one. (Saddle spots
closed laterally above gastroteges ; superciliary light spots or bands).
A half collar nearly or quite touching occipital plates, no bands; alternate spots

ERE LOLA RELTORUOV ERS) Stns uo < ox» sietnw vane oan Cube vans Coke O. d. collaris.
Neck with longitudinal bands; alternate spots largely on gastrosteges. O. d. clericus.
Neck with bands; alternate spots entirely on scales. .........-..0. d. triangulus.

The O. d. polyzona Cope (Coronella formosa Schl.) and O. d. conjuncta
Jan. (O. d. occipitalis Cope) are exclusively Mexican and Central Amer-
ivan.

Ophibolus doliatus coccineus Schileg.
Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 36; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 382.
Corunella coccinea Schlegel, Ess. Phys. Serp., 11, 1837, p. 67, Pl. 2, Fig. 11.
Lampropeltis coccineus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p.
Ophibolus doliatus Bd, and Gird., Cat. N. Amer. Serp., 1853, p. 89.
Coronella doliata var gentilis Bocourt, Mis. Sci. Mex. 1886, ». 610, Pl. xxxix, Fig. 5,

The Austroriparan region,

Ophibolus doliatus annulatus Kenn.
Cope, Check List, Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1375, p. 36; Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 382.
Lampropeltis annulata Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 329.
S. W. Texas and Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

Ophibolus doliatus gentilis Bd. and Gird.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p.36; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 323.
Ophibolus gentilis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 90; Marey’s Report Expl.
Red River, 1853, p. 229, Pl. vm.
Arkansas.
Ophibolus doliatus parallelus Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 285. Coronella coccinea Janu, Icon Gen. Ofid., 1, 17, 1
Pig. 1.
Floridan district.

Ophibolus doliatus syspilus Cope.
Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1883, p. 384. Coronella doliata var. gentilis, Jan, Icon. Gen,
Ofna: T5017, 3; Figs 2:
The Austroriparian region.

Ophibolus doliatus doliatus Linn.

Cope Batr. Rept. N. Am. Check List, 1875, p. 37; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 353,
Coluber doliatus Linn., loc. sup. cit.; Harlan, Coronella doliata Holbrook, loc. sup.
cit.; Dum. Bibr. Erp. Gen., loc. sup. cit.; Giinther, loc. sup. cit.

Austroriparian regiou and Carolinian district.

Ophibolus doliatus collaris Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 3c3.

Coronella doliata Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofidi., 1, livr. 14, Pl. tv, Fig. A. Coronella doliata
typica L. Bocourt Miss. Sci. Mex. i886, Pl. xxxix, Fig. 2. Coronella eximia Jan,
loc. cit., 1, 17, 1, Fig. 3.

The Carolinian district.
PROC. N. M. 91 39

SS ee alt yc Re ee eee ey

610 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Ophibolus doliatus clericus Bd. and Gird.

Ophibolusclericus Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer. Serpeuts, p. 88. Cope, Proce. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 383.
Carolinian district, Louisianian district.

Ophibolus doliatus triangulus Boie.

Cope, Check List N. Am. Batr., Rept., 1875, p. 37; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 383.

Coluber triangulum Boie, Isis von Oken, 1827, p, 537.

Ablabes triangulum Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen., vi, 1854, p. 315; Hallowell, Proc. Acad.
Phila., 1¢56, p. 245. :

Lampropeltis triangula Cope, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1860, p. 256.

Pseudoelaps Y Berthold, Abh. k. Gess. Wiss., Géttingen, I, 1843, p. 67, Pl. 1, Figs.
11-12.

Coluber ecimius Dekay, N. York Fauna, Rept. 1842, p. 38; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1827 p. 360; Holbrook, N. Am. Herp., 111, 1842, Pl. 15; Giinther, Catal.
Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 91.

Ophibolus eximius Bd. and Gird., Cat., 1853, p. 87.

Ophibolus rhombomaculatus Holbr.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 86; Cope Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer.,
1875, p. 37.

Coronella rhombomaculata Holbr., N. Amer. Herp., 111, 1842, p. 103, Pl. XXIII.

Lampropeltis rhombomaculata Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 255 Ophibolus trian-
gulus var. rhombomaculatus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Cam. VIII, 1883, p. 156.

Carolinian district east of Allegheny Mountains.

Ophibolus calligaster Say.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 37.
Coluber calligaster Say, Harlan Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, p. 122.
Alabes triangulum var. calligaster Hallo., Proc. Acad., Phila., 1856, p. 244.
Lampropeltis calligaster Cope, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1860, p. 255.
Ophibolus evansit Kennicott, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1859 p. 99.
Ophibolus triangulus var. calligaster Garman, Mem, Mus.Comp. Zo6l. Cambr., v111, 1883,
p. 155.
Illinois and Kansas to Texas.

Ophibolus pyrrhomelas Cope.

Ophibolus pyremelanus Cope, Proc, Acad. Phila., 1866, p. 305; Check List Batr. Rept.
N. Amer., 1875, p. 37 (pyrrhomelas), Rept. U.S. G. Surv., W. of 100th Mer., v
1875. p. 537, Pl. x1x.

’

Bellophis zonatus Sockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1877, p. 62. .
Ophibolus getulus var, pyrrhomelas Garman Mem. Mus, Comp. Zo6], Cambr., v1I, 1883,
p. 157.

Coronella multifasciata Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex., 1886, p. 616; Pl. x1, fig. 2.

This species occupies a position between the Ophibolus doliatus, and
the Oplvibolus getulus boylii, It is in fact an Ophibolus getulus boylii of
slender form and reduced size, in which the black spaces between the
white rings are more or less split by red. This division, when complete,
gives the snake the appearance of the Ophibolus doliatus conjunctus, aud
to a somewhat less degree of the O. d. coccineus. Such are specimens
S174, 4292, and 10200. Where the black is complete just at the middle

———

ar tredal PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 611

line of the back, we have a form like O. d. genitilis, as No. 8435, In 7845,
11753, and 13571 the red only appears on the anterior part of the body,
and divides completely only a limited number of black rings behind the
head. These approach nearest the 0. g. boylii. The species further
varies in the extent to which the black of the front covers the muzzle.
The latter is white to the posterior part of the prefrontal scuta in 7845,
8174, and 10200; it is speckled at the end and on the sides in 8435 and
4292, and itis totally black in 11753 and 13571. The yellow half-collar
crosses the posterior parts of the parietal plates in this species, advane-
ing further forwards than in any of the subspecies of Ophibolus doliatus
excepting the O. d. conjunctus,

The increased number of scales on the body and on the temporal
region indicate that the affinities of this species are stronger with the
O. g. boylit than with the O. doliatus. It inhabits a hotter and a drier
region than the O. boylii, and as the conditions of the country are of
later geologic origin than are those of California, the habitat of the
O. boylii, we may conclude that it is a descendant of the latter. It ap-
pears in the southern part of California, If illustrates how, under a
semitropical sun, a brilliant color makes its appearance little by little,
and probably in a way totally different from that in which it appeared
in the case of the O. doliatus (see that species).

Ophibolus multistratus Kenn.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1975, p. 37.
Lampropeltis multistrata Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 825; Ophibolus triangulus
var. mullistratus Garman Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl. Cambr., vitt, 1883, p. 155.

Central region from latitude 40° to Mexican Plateau.

Ophibolus getulus Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1453, p. 85; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer.,
1875, p. 37.

Coluber getulus Linn, Syst. Nat. 1, 1766, p. 882; Gmel, Linn, Syst. Nat. Xut, 11, 1785,
p. 1106; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila., v, 1827, 358; Peale contr, Maclur. Lye., 1,
1829, Pl. v., Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus,, 1555, p. 249.

Pseudoélaps getulus Fitz., New Class, Rept., 1526, p. 50.

Herpetodryas getulus Schleg., Ess. 8. 1. Phys. Serp., 1, 1587, p. 19s.

Coronells getula Holbr., N. Amer. Herp., 11, 1542, p. 95, Pl. 21; Dunn. and Bibr. Erp,
Gen. vu, 617.

Lampropeltis getula Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1560, p, 255,

Head little distinet, conical, not depressed, the muzzle slightly com-
pressed and the rostral plate projecting beyond the lower jaw. Ros-
tral plate moderately recurved on the superior face of the muzzle.
Frontal rather wide, produced posteriorly. Loreal small; oculars 1-2.
The eye not large, resting on the third and fourth superior labials.
Temporal scales, 2-3-4. Superior labials seven, higher than long, except
the first, sixth, and seventh. Inferior labials ten, ifth longest, post-
geneials shorter than pregeneials. Scales in from twenty-one to twenty-
five rows, rather short, the sizes graduating insensibly. Tail short.

\
;
f
;

“at =

aS eee

612 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Ground color black, marked above and below with yellow or white
spots and bands, the latter generally transverse, rarely longitudinal.
Labial plates light-colored, with dark borders. Top of head black,
with larger or smaller white or yellow spots.

This species ranges the entire nearctic realm as far north as about
latitude 41°. It is not found in the neotropical realm, unless the Lower
Californian district be embraced in it.

The variability of this species is in some respects considerable, while
in others it is quite constant. A number of distinct species have been
proposed on its forms, most of which I felt compelled to reduce to this
one as subspecies at the time of writing my check listin 1875. l’urther
reduction is made now. The number of rows of scales is not constant.
In the subspecies O. g. getulus, they may be twenty-one or twenty-three ;
and in the O. g. boylii they may number twenty-three or twenty-five.
The characters based on color indicate natural geographical subspecies,
but the transitions from one to the other are not lacking. The sub-
species are defined as follows:

1. Scales in 21 (3) rows.
Seales with yellow centers, sometimes collected into cross bands on the back; head

yellow spotted, <AabOVie S-pess.ccScemeeee es Doss cee nee ease eee O. g. sayi.
Narrow white dorsal cross bands bifurcating on the flanks to embrace alternating
black areas; head, white spotted above-..--.....-......:.....-.O1g. getulus.
Uniform black above; below, with white spots; head spots few .-..-...- O. g. niger.

2. Seales in 23 (5) rows.
Seales of the sides with yellow or white centers; median dorsal region black,
with cross-bands of scales with yellow centers; top of head, except muzzle,

blake cs aie SHE SSSR ee aie Se a ae tote O. g. splendidus.
Black, with complete white annuli, which are wider on the sides than on the back;
top of liead black:-of- muzzle, white 2-4-2). ere te ae roe O. g. boylit.

Black, with more or less numerous longitudinal stripes above and on the
sides, parts of annuli present or absent; top of head, black; top of muzzle,

BWV LTO Sie TS et Se aaa eater cnatey ature © nines aeisinlere sic ete o: Saye Nee ee tse O. g. california.

The geographical distribution of these subspecies is well defined.
Thus the O. g. sayi belongs to the Austroriparian region west of the
Allegheny Mountains, and of the central region north to latitude 42°.
The O. yg. getulus occupies the Austroriparian and Eastern regions north
to about latitude 42°. The O. g. splendidus is the type of the Sonoran
district, and the O. g. boylit of the Pacific. The O. g. californie prob-

‘ably comes from the Lower Californian, but our specimens come from

the southern part of the Pacific region.

This is the largest species of the genus, and is beautiful in all its
forms. It is thoroughly harmless to mankind, and can be handled to
any extent without showing fear or anger.

Ophibolus getulus sayi Holbrook.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 37.

Coronella sayi Holbr., N. Amer. Herpet., 111, 1842, p. 99, Pl. xx11; Dum. Bibr. Erp,
Gen. VU, 1854, p. 619; Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 41.

Coluber sayi Dekay, N. Y. Fauna Rept.. 1842, p. 41.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 613

Ophibolus sayi Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 185%, p. 84.
Lampropeltis sayi Cope, Proc. Phila, Acad., 1860, p. 254,
Herpetodyas getulnus Schleg., Essai Phys. Serp., u, 1837, p. 198.
Coronella getulus sayi Jan, leon., Gen, Ofid., 1, lav, Pig. 2.

Austroriparian region.
Ophibolus getulus getulus Linn.

Cop2, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875 p. 37.

Coluber getulus Linn., loc. sup cit. ; Harlan, loc. sup. cit.; Peale, loc. sup. eit.; Giin-
ther, loc, sup. cit.

Pendoélaps getulus Vitz., loc. sup. cit.

Coronella getula Holbrook, loc. snp. cit. ; Dum. Bibr. Erpet. Gen., loc. sup. eit. ; Jan.
Icon. Gen., Ophid., 1 14, v, Fig. 1.

Anguis annulatus Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, 11, 1743, p. 52, Pl. iii

Lampropeltis getula Cope, loc. sup. cit.

In his pamphlet on the serpents of New York (Albany 1854) Prof,
Baird remarks that this species is maritime in its northern distribution,
being rarely found in the Northern States, excepting near the coast. It
is occasionally seen in Long Island (New York), according to eae and
more frequently in eastern New Jersey. It is not cited by J. A. Allen
in his catalogue of the reptiles and batrachians found in the vicinity of
Springfield, Massachusetts (Proc, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xt, 1863,
Dec.), nor is it included in the list of species found in the State which is
included in the paper. In its western distribution it is not known from
west of the Mississippi.

This form is said to be an enemy and a devourer of other snakes,
especially of the venomous Crotalide. I have not personally met with
a case of it. It is entirely inoffensive to man, making no hostile dem-
oustrations. My daughter, when a girl of six or eight years, had sev-
eral individuals as pets. They drank milk readily from a cup which
she held in her hand.

Ophibolus getulus niger Yarrow.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1882, p. 438.
Southern Indiana.

Ophibolus getulus splendidus Bd. and Gird,

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853. p. 83; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p.
37; Baird, U. 8. Mex. Bound. Survey, U1, 1859, 20, Pl. xiv, Jan. Ieon. Gen, Ophid,,
I, 12 vi, Fig. 1; Lampropeltis splendida Cope, Proc. Phila. Acad,, 1860, 255,

Boundary region of United States and Mexico.

. Ophibolus getulus boylii Bd. and Gird.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1575, p 37.

Ophibolus boylit Ba, and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 92; Coronella balteata
Hallowell, U. S. Pacitic R. R. Rept., x. Williamson's Rept., p. 14, PL vz; Proe.
Acad. Phila., 1253, p. 236.

Lampropeltis boylii Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1-60, p. 255.

Coronella getulus, var. pseudogetulus Jan, leon, Gen, Olid. 1, Live., le PL, vi, Fig: 2.

i

=. >

614 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Ophibolus getulus californice De Bl.

Ophibolus california Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 37. :

Coluber (Ophis) california De Blainville, Arch. Mus. @Hist. Nat., Paris, 11, 1834, p.
60, Pl. xxvii, Figs. 1, la, 1b; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 153.

Coronella californie Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen., Vil, 1854, p. 628.

Ophibolus getulus eisenii Yarrow, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, p. 439.

Coronella getulus californica, Jan. leon. Gen. Ofid., 1, Livr., 14 PL, v., Fig. 3.

Southern California and Lower California.

DIADOPHIS Bad. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 112; Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 32,
1887, pp. 54.8,

Head normal, distinet from body. Teeth of maxillary bone subequal,
and in an uninterrupted series. Palatine teeth present. Cephalic
plates normal; rostral normal, two nasals, one loreal. Seales smooth,
unifossate. Anal plate and subeaudal scuta divided.

Diadophis is allied to Dromicus, but in that genus the last superior
maxillary tooth is louger, and follows a toothless space, and the scales
are pitless. Rhadiniea agrees with Diadophis in dentition, but has no
scale pits, as in Dromicus. Both of these genera are Neotropical in
distribution. The species of Diadophis are North American in distri-
bution, except one from the Bahama Islands. It is, however, not
unlikely that other species will be referred to this genus when the
characters of their scale pits shall be known.

The North American species of Diadophis are difficult to define,
owing to their variability. If exceptions to definitions were to be
chiefly considered all might be regarded as one species. They are
easily seen to be of common origin at no very remote period. The num-
ber of labial scuta is variable in ail of the forms; the number of rows
of seales is much less so. The width of the yellow neck collar is very
variable; in the D. regalis it may be present or absent. The distribu-
tion of the spots on the belly, whether regular or irregnlar, coincides
with other characters quite closely, but the absence of the median
series from the form with 3 rows is of no significance. The light or
dark color of the dorsal region characterizes geographical varieties of
each of the three North American species. ‘The species are character-
ized as follows: ;

T, Tail long; urosteges 119; temporals 1-2.
Seales in seventeen rows; superior labials, eight; light reddish brown above,
white belony 3) unspobted 20-02 leno. ease eee «.-. D. rubescens.
Il. Tail short; urosteges not more than 60; temporals 1-1; generally a collar.
Seales in seventeen rows; superior labials, seven; labials, throat, and belly

irrecularly spotted... 2257 Sccccteccemt ceo semen ee Hea eee eee D. regalis.
Seales in fifteen rows; superior labials, seven; labials, throat, and belly irregu-
larly spotted. 222 kent Soe ares cee eee dae ee eee ae eee D. amabilis.

Seales in fifteen rows; superior labials, cight; labials, throat, and belly un-
spotted, or the belly with a median series of spots .......----- D. punctatus.

vornoL” | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 615

The Diadophis rubescens Cope* inhabits the Bahaman Island of New
Providence. The D. punctatus is restricted to the eastern region of
Nearctica; the D. amabilis belongs to the Central, the Pacific, and the
Sonoran, while the D. regalis is Sonoran, extending its range as far
south in Mexico as the Tierra Templada of Vera Cruz.

Diadophis regalis Bd. and Gird.
Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 115; U.S. and Mex, Bound. Survy., 1, 1859, p. 22, PI.
xix, Fig. 2; Cope, Check List, 1875, p. 3%.

Body above, uniform greenish ash to blackish brown; beneath, light
yellow, scattered all over with small black spots. Dorsal seales in
seventeen rows. Superior labials, seven ; temporals, 1-1-1 ; oculars, 2-2.

Head proportionately short and broad behind ; head tlattened above ;
snout rounded. Eyes very small. Frontal plate subpentagonal, taper-
ing posteriorly. Superciliaries narrower anteriorly. Body long and
subcylindrical. Scales proportionally large and elongated, in seven-
teen rows; those of the outer row conspicuously broader. The upper
‘and lower jaws and inferior surface of head spotted with blaek, on a
light ground. The black spots of the inferior surface extend consider-
ably beyond the anus.

Two distinct color forms are represented in this species, as follows:

Upper surfaces, bluish ashen; color of abdomen extending on first row of scales;
a eee ae ate Wine eng ee aw one Sema ose ae rae nt piss wien eon ee
Upper surfaces to gastrosteges brownish black;..............---....--.- D. r. arnyi
Of fourteen specimens of the Diadophis regalis examined, all have
seven superior labials but two, which have eight.

Diadophis regalis regalis Bd. and Gird.

Loe. cit. Copel. ¢. Diadophis punctatus regalis Cope, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p. 80.

Sonoran region.
Diadophis regalis arnyi Kennicott.

Diadophis arnyi Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p..99; Cope, Check List, 1875. p,
38; Diadophis punctatus arnyi Cope, Bull, U. 8S. Nat. Mus, 32, 1487, p. 20; Jan,
Icon. Gen. Ofid., 1, 15, vi, Fig. 5.

Central region; Mexican plateau to Guanajuato and Zacualtipan,

Vera Cruz.
Diadophis amabilis Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 113; D. docilis Bd. and Gird., 1. c. 114; D. pulchellus Ba.
and Gird., l.c. p. 115; D. punctatus var. stictogenys Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila.. 1860
p. 250; D; terensis Kennicott, 1. ¢., 1860, p. 32s.
Body above, bluish slate color to deep blackish brown; beneath, yel-
lowish white with crowded small black spots. Occipital ring narrow.
9) 9

Dorsal seales in fifteen rows; labial plates, seven above; oculars, 2-2;
temporals, 2-2-2.

* Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1835, p. 403,

~~ An

616 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES— COPE.

Head, body, and tail slender; head flattened above; body subey]-
indrical; tail subconical and tapering into a point. Frontal plate sub-
pentagonal, less tapering posteriorly than in D. punctatus, and subacute,
Occipitals narrow and elongated. Prefontals as in D. punctatus. Su-
perciliaries narrower and nearly of the same width throughout their
length. Upper labials seven, sixth largest. Lower labials eight, fifth
largest. Scales rather short, subelliptical, considerably larger on the
sides than on the back, especially the outer row. Numerous small
spots are scattered all over the lower part of the body, from the head
to near the end of the tail. The upper surface and sides of head are
blackish brown. The ground color of the abdomen is orange in life.

This species exhibits the same range of color variation as in D. regalis,
with some exceptions. Thus there is alight-bluish form and a blackish
form, the former western, and latter more eastern. I have seen no
specimen without a nuchal collar. The specimens are always smaller
and more slender than the fully grown D. regalis arnyi. These forms
are distinguished as follows:

Color above bluish, below orange, the latter color covering two rows of scales.
D. a. pulchellus.

Golomabove: bluish tothe wastrosteres 222 4-sccs meni oateeiacne ci eee D. a. docilis.
Color above blackish brown to the gastrosteges ; labials brown; ventral spots irregu-

NBER Ty sy rs eae toh ee eT a Te rate teea opt iorene ate Statens ae ener aera D, a. amabilis.
Color above blackish to gastrosteges; labials yellow; ventral spots in three series.

D. a. stictogenys.

The D. a. pulchellus and D. a. amabilis are Californian; the D.a.docilis

is known from Texas and Sonora; while the D. a. stictogenys ranges
from Texas to Louisiana and Georgia.

Diadophis amabilis pulchellus Bd. and Gird.

Diadophis puchellus Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 115.
Diadophis punctatus pulchellus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 27; Jan, Icon. Gen.
Ofid:,; 1; 15, vi, Riges.

Oregon and California.

Diadophis amabilis docilis Bd. and Gird.

Diadophis docilis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 114.
Diadophis texensis Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 328; Diadophis punctatus do-
cilis, Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid, 1, 15, v1, Fig. 2.

Texas and Sonora.
Diadophis amabilis amabilis Bd. and Gird.

Diadophis amabilis Ba. and Gird. Cat. 1853, p. 113; Diadophis punctatus amabilis, Jan,
Icon. Gen., Ofid., 1, 15, vi., Fig. 4.

Southern California.

Diadophis amabilis stictogenys Cope.

Diadophis punctatus var. stictogenys Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 250, D. puncta-
tus stictogenys Cope, Check List, 1875, p. 37.

Louisiana to Georgia.

Poa | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 617
Diadophis punctatus Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1253, p. 112, No. 1. Cope, Check List Batr. and Rept., 1875, p, 37.

Coluber punctatus Linné, Systema nature, t. 1, p. 376; Latreille, Hist. nat. des. rept.,
t. IV, part 2, p. 136; Ginelin, Lin. Syst. Nat., t. 1, part 3, p. 1080; Dandiv, Hist,
nat. des rept., t. Vil, p. 178, Lacep., 11, p. 287; Bonnat. Ophiol., p. 10; Merr. Tent.,
p- 136; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1827, p. 354; and Med. Phys. Res.,
1835, p. 117 ; Storer, Reports, 1339 p. 225; Holbr., N. Amer. Herpet., 1442, 11, t. Ls.

Natriz punctatus Merrem, Tentamen, p, 136, spec. 193.

Homalosoma punctatum Wagler, Syst. der Amph., 1830, p. 101.

Spilotes punctatus Swainson, Cycloped. Rept., 1839, p. 304.

Calamaria punctata Schlegel, Ers., 1837, t. 1, p. 182; t. u, p. 39.

Ablabes punctatus Duméri}] et Bibron, Erp, Gen., 1854, t. vil, part 1, p. 310; Giinther,
Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 28.

Coluber torquatus Shaw, Gen. Zobl., 1503, t. 11, p. 553.

Diadophis dysopes Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 251.

Kastern and Austroriparian regions except Texan District.
HYPSIGLENA Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, June, p. 240; Bull. U. 5S. Nat. Musenm 32, 1887, p. 54;
Pseudodipsas Peters, Monatsber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1860, p. 52 (October). Co-
mastes, Jan, Elenco Sistematico Ophidi, i863, p. 102.

Dentition diacranterian; 7. e., a long, smooth, posterior maxillary
tooth, separated from the anterior by an edentulous space. Pupil ellip-
tic, erect; head distinct, broad posteriorly ; body cylindrical. Cephalic
shields normal. ‘Two nasals, nostril between ; one loreal; two pre- and
two postoculars. Scales smooth. Gastrosteges not angulated. Anal
and subeaudal scutella divided. ‘Tail not elongate.

This genus includes four species of Central America, Mexico, and
parts of the United States adjacent to the latter. They are of small
size and resemble considerably the more robust species of Sibon. Their
vertical pupil indicates that they are of nocturnal habit.

But one species enters the limits of the United States.

Hypsiglena ochrorhyncha Cope.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 246; Hypsiglena chloropha@a Cope, loc. cit. Comastes quin-
cunciatus, Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 1, 381, Fig. 1.

Sonoran, and Lower Californian regions; Chihuahua.
PHYLLORHYNCHUS Slejnecer.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 189), p. 151.

Head slightly distinct, short; tail short; palatine teeth present; den-
tition diacranterian; rostral plate greatly enlarged, with free lateral
borders and produced backwards so as to separate the supranasals
entirely; anal undivided; no scale-pits; pupil vertical; two nasals;
loreal present; supralabials not in contact with orbit; one pair of ge-
nials only.

This genus is a curious example of those snakes in which the rostral
shows a most extrordinary development. In the present instance this
shield resembles a thick leaf loosely attached to the front of the snout

618 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

and turned over on top of the muzzle. Two species are known, both

from the Sonoran region. They differ as follows:

Scales keeled on posterior two-thirds of body; tail one-eighth of total length; about
fifteen: dorsal and -no lateral spots s-2-- 3 .sscclscc2be coca woe oe se eee ULOWUNUE

Seales all smooth; tail shorter, about one-twelfth the length; about thirty dorsal
spots and one or two rows of lateral spots..-.--....---.-.-.---....P. decurtatus

Phyllorhynchus brownii Stejneger.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1890, p. 152.
One specimen from Tucson, Ariz.

Phyllorhynchus decurtatus Cope.

Stejneger, Proc. U, S. Nat. Mus., 1890, p. 154.

Phimothyra decurtata Cope, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1862, p. 310; Jd., Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 1, pp. 38, 92 (1875); Yarrow, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., No. 24, pp. 15, 99 (1885).

Salvadora decurtata Garman, N. Amer. Serp., pp. 39, 145 (1883); /d., Bull. Essex Inst.,
XVI, p. —; List N. Amer. Rept. Batr., p. 25 (184); Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 32, p. 72 (1887); Bocourt, Miss. Scientif. Mex. Rep., 11 livr., p. 663 (1888).

Lower California.

DROMICUS Bibron.

Histoire de l’ Isle de Cuba par de la Sagra, 1843, p. 225; Duméril et Bibron Erp. Gen.,
Vil, 1857, p. 646; Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1862, p. 76.

Posterior maxillary tooth longer than the others and separated from
them by a space; palatine teeth present. Cephalic plates normal; two
nasals and a loreal. Rostral not produced. Scales smooth, without
fosse. Preanal plate divided. Tail elongate. Pupil round.

This genus embraces a dozen species of medium and small size, from
the West India Islands, with one species from the southeastern United
States. Several species from Mexico are provisionally referred to this
genus. The large West Indian species, with double-scale fosse, for-
merly referred to Dromicus, are Colubrine related to Drymobius, and
form the genus Alsophis Cope.

The North American species, D. flavilatus Cope, is one of the smaller
forms of the genus.

Seales in seventeen rows; superior labials seven; tail entering the length 3} times.

Yellowish brown, first two rows of scales yellow-edged; below, and labials white;
a brown band from nostril to last labial ...-....-..................D. flavilatus.

Dromicus flavilatus Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1871, p. 222; Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 38; Proc.
Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 64; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 386.

From the coast of North Carolina to Florida, inclusive.
SALVADORA Ba. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 104; Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, pp. 57, 72.
Phimothyra Cope, Proce. Acad. Phila., 1860, 566; Check List, Batr. Rept. N. Amer.,
1875, p. 38.

Form elongate, head distinct from body. Cephalic plate normal, ex-
cept rostral shield, which is expanded laterally with more or less free

Pi tS

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 619

margins, and is recurved on the summit of the muzzle. Twonasals. Pre-
ocular divided. Scales smooth, bifossate. Anal and subeaudal seutella
divided. ‘Teeth larger posteriorly. Pupil round.

This genus is more like the Lytorhynehus of Peters, of Africa and
the adjacent parts of Asia, and likeit, it inhabits, as to its typical form,
the S. grahamie, dry and rocky regions. It has the same peculiar ex-
panded rostral plate as the genus Phyllorbynehus Stejn., and displays
a similar tendency to division of the lateral head shields. Three species
of Salvadora are known, all of which are found within the political
limits of Mexico, and one of them (S. grahamia) oceurs also in the
Sonoran region within the United States.

I proposed (loc. cit.) to change the name of this genus, because it had
been previously given by Linnzeus to a genus of plants. As it is not
now regarded as necessary to maintain uniform difference between
plant and animal generic names, I have recurred to the name of Baird
and Girard.

The species differ as follows:

I. Tail one-fourth of total length or shorter; superior labial plates eight.

Rostral plate wider, more free laterally ; temporal scales 2, 3,4; bluish or yel-
lowish, with a brown stripe on each side of a yellowish dorsal stripe.

S. grahamia.

Rostral plate narrower, iess free laterally ; temporal scales 2, 2, 3; olivaceous,
with two brown stripes on each side of a narrow light brown dorsal stripe.

S. bairdii."
II. Tail one-third length; superior labial plates nine.

Rostral plate narrower, less free at the sides; temporal scales 2-2-2. Yellow-
ish, with two brown bands on each side of a dorsal stripe, anteriorly broken
up into parallel] narrow lines and crossed by brown cross bars near the head.

S. mexicana.t

All of the species have seventeen longitudinal rows of seales.
Salvadora grahamiz Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 104; Baird, U. S. Mex. Bound. Survey, 0, 1859, Rep-
tilia, p. 21, Pl. v, Fig. 2; Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p. 72; Jan, Icon.
Gen. Ofidi. Livr. 1, Pl. 1, Fig. 2.

Phimothyra grahamiew Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 804; Check List Batr. Rept.
N. Amer., 1875, p. 38.

Considerable variations are presented by this species. ‘Thus in two
specimens (4673 and 4470) a narrow brown band extends along the
fourth row of scales, in addition to the usual one on each side of the
median line. In 4470 and 2082 the superior is partially broken into
spots. In No. 9001 the bands are obsolete, being represented by black-

* Salvadora bairdii Jan, Iconegrafia degli Ofidi Tab. m1, p. 52. Specimens in U.S.
Nat. Mus. from Orizaba Vera Cruz, West Tehuantepee and Chihuahua; Sumichrast,
and Potts; and in Mus. Acad. Phila. from Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mr. Pease.

t Salvadora mexicana D. & B., Cope, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 32, p. 72, 1587; Zamenis
mexicanus D. & B., Erp. Gen., vil, 1854, p. 695; Lytorhynchus mexicanus Cope, Proc.
Amer. Philos. Soc., 1869, p. 266; Coluber mericanus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél,
Cambr., vii, 1883, 148. The last maxillary tooth is separated a little from the others,
hence diacrauterian.

620 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

ish shades at the bases of the scales. Several specimens (2082, 9101.
5347, 12638) have a small loreal below the usual one. In three (2082,
4470, 9101) a second inferior ocular is formed from the summit of the
fourth superior labial plate, so that the fifth only enters the orbit.
On a specimen of this kind was proposed, the Phimothyra hexalepis,
which has also wider brown dorsal stripes than any other individual.

The S. bairdii resembles this species considerably, but has the ros-
tral plate much narrower, and with more closely appressed edges,
quite asin the S. mexicana. One or more of the temporal scales of the
inferior row is larger than in the S.,grahamie. The colors are darker.
The S. mexicana is a larger species than either of the others, and its
general appearance is a mixture of the Bascanium teniatum and the
B. flagelliforme. The head is longer and flatter than the other species,
and the temporal scales are in four vertical rows, the upper row larger.

The Salvadora grahamice ranges from Guaymas, Sonora (Cragin) ;
Batopilas, Chihuahua (Wilkinson); and Cape St. Lucas (Xantus) on the
south, to Cottonwood Canon, Utah, on the north. The locality given
on the authority of Yarrow, ‘‘ Ogden, Utah,” requires confirmation, as
this is much further north than it is to be looked for.

LIOPELTIS Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 559; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1587, p. 56.
Chlorosoma Ba. and Gird. (Wagler), Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 108; not of Wagler.
Cyclophis Giinther, Reptiles Brit. India, 1864, p. 227,

Head distinct, seuta normal. Rostral plate not modified ; one nasal,
Teeth equal. Anal and caudal scuta divided. Scales smooth, unifos-
sate (in L. vernalis).

‘his genus includes colubriform species with asingle nasal plate per-

forated by the nostril, with divided anal plate, and with smooth scales.
They are of small and medium size, and are frequently of green color.
The headquarters of the genus is in eastern Asia and India, no species
existing in Europe or Africa, and but one in North America. Typical
Asiatie species are the ZL. tricolor Schleg., L. calamaria Giinth., and L.
major Giinth.

In North America the genus ranges the entire realm excepting the
Pacific and Sonoran regions.

But one species is known in our fauna.

Scales fifteen rows; superior labials seven; postoculars two; temporals 1-2; green

above ; labials and below pale yellowish green ; rather smail.-......-.. L. vernalis.

Liopeltis vernalis DeKay.

Proc. Phila. Acad., 1860, p. 560; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 31v, Fig. 3.

Coluber vernalis MSS. Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila., v, 1827, 361; Med. Phys. Res., 1835,
p. 142; Storer, Rept. Mass., 1839, 224; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetology, 111, 1842,
79, Pl. xvir; DeKay, New York Fauna Rept., 1842, 49, Pl. xr, Fig. 22; Thompson,
Hist. Vermont, 1842, 117; Chlorosoma vernalis Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1853, p. 108;
Herpetodryas vernalis Hallow., Proe. Acad. Phila., 1856, p. 243; Cyelophis vernalis
Giinther, Cat. Coluber Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 119; Cope, Check List Batr.
N. Amer., 1875, p. 38.

|
|

rele | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 621

CYCLOPHIS Giinther.

Cat. Colubrine Snakes Brit. Mus., 1558, ». 119; Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p.
56; Opheodrys Vitzinger, Systema Reptilium 1843, p.26, nomen nudum ; Cope,
Proc, Acad. Phila., 1°60, 560, Philophyllophis Garinan, Memoirs Museum Comp.
Zoblogy, Cambridge, 1883, p. 146.

Head distinet, scuta normal. One nasal plate, one preocular. Teeth
equal, smooth. Anal and caudal scuta divided. Scales keeled, bifos-
sate (C. estivus).

This genus is found in temperate North America only. In the nearetic
realin its range is mainly the Austroriparian region; but it has been
taken in the southern part of the central region, and it ranges also the
Carolinian district of the eastern region, But one species is known,
which is characterized as follows :

Scales in seventeen rows; superior labials seven; temporals 1-2; tail two and one-
half times in total length. Green above; labials aud below light yellow.

C, wstivus,

Cyclophis estivus Linn.

Giinther, Cat. Coluber Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, x1; Cope, Check List. N. Amer. Batr.
Rept , 1875, p. 38.

Coluber estivus Linn., Syst. Nat. 1, 1766, p. 387; Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. x11, 1, iii,
1788, p. 1114; Harlan, Jour. Acad. Phila., v, 1827.

Leptophis wstivus Bell, Zobl. Journ., 1, 1826, 329; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetol., 111,
1842, p. 17, Pl. m1; Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1853, p. 106.

Herpetodryas estivus Dum, and Bibr. Erp. Gen., vir, p. 209, 1854,

Opheodrys estivus Fitz, Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p, 560; Cyclophis ( Phyllophilo-
phis) estivus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zod]. Cambr., vu, 1883, p. 146.

Anguis viridis Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, 1, 1743, p, 57, Pl. vin,

Austroriparian and part of Eastern region.
BASCANIUM Bi. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pl. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 93; Cope, Check List Batr, Rept. N.Amer.,
1875, p. 40; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus, 32, 1587, p. 56; Coryphodon Duméril and Bib-
ron, Erpet. Gen., vil, 1854, p. 181; not of Owen, 1846; Masticophis Bd. and Gird,
Cat. l.e., 1853, p. 98. Coluber Duméril Prodrome, 1852; Garman, 1563.

Head distinct; cephalic plates normal. Teeth increasing gradually
in size posteriorly; not grooved. Scales smooth, in an odd number of
series, with two apical fossee. Subcaudal seutella in two series; anal
plate divided. Two preoculars; loreal present; two nasal plates. Form
elongate.

The species of this genus are elongate in form, and active in move-
ment, so that the popular names of “whip snake” and “racer” are
appropriate. Although at home on the ground they climb bushes and
low trees, though they rarely ascend to any great height. They are
skillful in capturing young birds, as well as small mammals and rep-
tiles. They are distributed over all North America south of the Boreal
region, and are represented, like most of our other genera of suakes, by
a greater multiplicity of form in the southwestern section of the conti-
nent. One species inhabits Mexico exclusively.

622 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

The young individuals of this genus frequently differ in coloration
from the adults, and the species may be arranged in two series accord-
ing to the coloration of the young, as follows:

(1) Young transversely spotted or banded. B. constrictor; B. flag-
elliforme.

2) Young longitudinally striped. B. semilineatum ; B. laterale ; B.
schottii ; B. teniatum.

Of the second series all retain the striped coloration to maturity, ex-
cepting the B. semilineatum, where a trace only remains on the anterior
part of the body. The general characters of the species are as follows:
I. Scales in seventeen rows; superior labials seven. (Frontal plate nearly as wide as

superciliaries posteriorly ; muzzle rather produced ; colors not in stripes.)
Two labials bounding orbit below ; form robust; colors generally uniform ; always

soronslipsrands thro ate ates c emis seers aterlosere create nee B, constrictor.
One labial bounding orbit below ; form more slender; more or less spotted on the
Hips and thr ate setae toca te elo eae ee eee B. mentovarium.

II. Scales in nineteen rows; superior labials eight. (Irontal plate one-half as wide
as superciliary behind; muzzle narrowed, produced. )
Slender; above, black; below, yellow 22-52-5020 S23 ose neon cite tcc e De DICeUNys
III. Seales in seventeen rows; superior labials eight. (Frontal plate one-half width
of superciliaries posteriorly ; form slender. )
Muzzle narrowed, more or less decurved; without, or with dark shades or spots

anteriorly; young cross-spotted)..---- .-----.----- <2 52-0 seen B, flagelliforme.
Muzzle narrowed; pale with a lateral brown stripe anteriorly: no temporal spot;
VOUNGSULIVEM tas nois oe natn meme tele ciate ite lee iit nt nelemie siotaine B. semilineatum.

Muzzle flattened, wider; a continued yellow stripe on third and fourth rows of
seales only ; dorsal scales brown; a yellow temporal spot; belly yellow.
: B. laterale.
IV. Scales in fifteen rows; superior labials eight. (Form slender; color in stripes. )
Muzzle elongate, narrow; frontal plate more than half as wide as superciliaries
posteriorly ; two lateral yellow stripes on a dark ventral and dorsal ground;
dorsal scales yellow-edged ; no temporal spot..---.-.-----...---. B. schottii.
Muzzle elongate, flattened; frontal half as wide as superciliary behind; reddish
brown above and below, with two yellow stripes as in B, scholtii. that on the
third and fourth rows black-edged and split by a black line; colors above
alternately transversely darker and paler......-.--..--.-.....-- B. ornatum.
Muzzle depressed, short; frontal plate half as wide as superciliaries posteriorly ;
brown above to fourth row of scales: below and sides, yellow; latter with
four or five lines on middles of rows of scales..---.-.-..--..---- B. teniatum.

Some of the species above admitted are nearly allied, and young
specimens are sometimes not readily referred to their proper places. In
the first place, although the eyes of young vertebrata are relatively larger
than those of the adult, yet the superciliary plates in this genus en-
croach more on the frontal in mature than in young specimens, so that
in the former the frontal plate is more narrowed posteriorly than in the
latter. The color characters of young individuals of the B. laterale and
B. teniatum are sometimes not fully developed, so that their reference
is difficult. In all of the species the head plates are pale-bordered in
the young, and this character may or may not continue to maturity in
the B. teniatum. The B. constrictor and B. flagelliforme are cross-barred

voraon” PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 623
and spotted in youth, but this character disappears except ov the ante.
rior dorsal region of the latter species, where it is frequently retained.

The species are distributed as follows :

Regions— Eastern, B. constrictor ; Austroriparian, B. constrictor, B.
flagelliforme ; Central, B. constrictor, B. taniatum ; Pacitic, B. con-
strictor, B. flagelliforme, B. teniatum, B. laterale ; Sonoran, B, flagelli-
Jorme, B. semilineatum, B. piceum, B. schottii, B. laterale, B. ornatum,
B. taniatum; Mexican, Bb. mentovarium.

The number of rows of seales is very constant. Apparent excep-
tions are referred to under the head of B. laterale. The number of
labial seuta is very constant except in the Californian representatives
of the Bb. constrictor. The small inferior preocular plate is very con-
stant in Bascanium, its only absence being noticed in a very few spec-
imens of the Californian form of B. constrictor. The temporal scales
are always normally 2-2-2, and rarely vary from it.

The anterior and posterior parts of the body are frequently differ-
ently colored in this genus. This is especially the case with the B,
Jlagelliforme, B. semilineatum, and b. ornatum, where the posterior re-
gion is paler than the interior and lacking in the pattern. Inthe B.
constrictor the transition from the black to the green variety is first
seen in fading out of the black on the tail and posterior part of the
body.

As regards the striped forms, we have evidence how the young differ
from the adult in the Bb. semilineatum and the 2B. taniatum. In these
the tendency to form distinct wider bands is stronger than in the adult,
where they are subdivided and more or less obliterated. Thus the
young of both these forms resemble more the B. laterale than do the
adults. We may then regard the B. laterale as representing a primi-
tive form for this series. The primitive form for B. flagelliforme and B.
constrictor was probably a cross-banded form, but no such species is
known. In this respect the last named species resemble those of the
genus Drymobius, where the young are cross-banded or spotted. Some
Drymobii are known where the adults are cross-spotted,

The remains of a Bascanium were found by Mr. ©, M. Wheatley in
the bone cave at Port Kennedy, Pennsylvania, which furnished so
many species of extinct mammalia.

Bascanium constrictor Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 93; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer.,
1875, p. 40.

Coluber constrictor Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 1766, p. 385; Gmelin, Linn, Syst. Nat., Xu, 1, iti,
1788, p. 1109; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila., v, 1827, p. 348; Schleg. Ess, Phys. Serp.,
1837, p. 133, Pl. v, Figs. 3-4; Storer Report Rept. Mass., 1539, p. 225. Holbrook, N.
Amer. Herp., 111, 1842, p. 55, Pl. x1; Thompson, Hist. Vermont, 1542, p. 117 ; Dekay,
New York Fauna, Rept. 1842, p. 35, Pl. x, Fig. 20; Garman, Memoirs Mus. Comp.
Zoél., Cambridge, vii, 1833, p. 147.

Hicrophis constrictor Bonap., Fauna Italica, tr, 1-41, nomen nudum.

624 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Coryphodon constrictor Dum, and Bibr., Erp. Gen., vu, 1854, p. 183; Giinther, Cat. Col.
Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 108; Jan. Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 22, iii, Fig. 2; iv, Fig. 2;
W1, 48, 11, Bic. 17.

Coluber flaviventris Say, in Long’s Exped. Rocky Mts., 11, 1823, p. 185.

Coryphodon constrictor var. flaviventris Jan. Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11,22, ili, Fig. 1; 111, 48 vi,
Fig. 2.

Bascanium fremontii Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 95.

Bascanium foxii Bd. and Gird.,-1. c. 96.

Bascanium vetustus Bd. and Gird., ]. ¢. 97; Girard, U. 8. Expl. Exped., 1858, p. 127,
Pl. vi, Figs. 12-19 ; Cooper, Pac. R. R. Report, xu, Pl. ii, 1860, p. 301.

Bascanium constrictor var. vetustum Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 40;
Yarrow, U.S. G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., v, 1875, p. 241.

Coryphodon constrictor var. vetustus Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 22, iv, Fig. 1.

Buscanium anthicum Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1862, p. 338.

Transitions between the eastern black and the western green forms
of this species are frequently met with in the region connecting the two
habitats. Thus, in Michigan the species is generally of a bluish green
or greenish blue tint above, and is known as the *“ blue racer.” Similar
specimens are in the National Museum from New Orleans. On the
yellow-bellied form of the plains, Say proposed his Coluber flaviventris,
which was regarded as a distinct species by Hallowell and by Baird
and Girard. I, however, do not find it to be more than a geographical
color race. The same color characterizes specimens from the Pacific
district, which are also inferior in size to Eastern individuals, and fre-
quently have the head a little shorter. In spite of this fact they incline to
develop an additional labial plate, the number being occasionally in this
region eight on one or both sides. Thus, of eleven black Eastern spee-
imens only two have 8 superior labials on both sides. Of twenty-two
yellow-bellied specimens, three have the labials, 7 on one side and 8 on
the other, and nine have 8 on both sides. Of the twelve specimens
thus exceptional, seven are from the Pacific region and five from the
Great Basin of Nevada and Utah, of the central region. This is the
Bascanium vetustum of Baird and Girard. In the type specimens the
sixth labial reaches the lower postocular; but this is exceptional and
rarely occurs in California or other individuals.

A remarkable color variety of this species was described by me
under the name of Bascanium anthicum. In this form the general
color is as in the dark bluish tinted variety, but numerous scales on all
parts of the body are a bright yellow. The yellow scales are rarely
regularly arranged, but sometimes show a tendency toa distribution in
chevron-shaped cross-bands. <A specimen of this kind was sent me by
my friend, Prof. Pendleton King, as from near Baton Rouge, Louisiana.
The typical specimen, which is in the National Museum, is of uncer-
tain locality, but was alleged to have been brought from Siam, most
probably erroneously. ,

A black Bascanium was described by Baird and Girard as having
been brought from California, under the name of B. fremontii. The
specimen is a typical B. constrictor, and was taken probably to the
eastern region. The Bb. foriti Baird and Girard is the same.

rs

i
.

voto | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 625

The length and diameter of the tail vary considerably, some being
quite slender and others quite robust. Of the slender-tailed forms, two
(8298 and 4488) are males. The sex of the others is unknown, but I
suspect the specimens with thick tails to be females. The lengths are
as follows: I. B. c. constrictor: 34 in total length, No. 8298; 3%, 4447;
33, 11440; 33,1764, 4448; 42, 7194, 1788, 4444; 42, 10650. B. c. flaviven-
trie: 32, 10717; 38, 12588; 34, 4418; 3%, 2132; 4, 1741; 4, 7812; 44,
7812); 42, 12581.

Bascanium piceum Cope.
Bascanium flagilliforme piceum Cope, in Yarrow’s Rept. U.S. G. G. Surv. W. of 100th
Mer., 1875, v., p. 617 (name only); Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 40.

Form elongate, tail 3% times in the total length. Head elongate,
muzzle narrowed forwards, moderately protuberant, not flattened,
slightly decurved. Rostral plate slightly recurved above ; internasals
longer than wide. Frontal half as wide as superciliaries behind. Pari-
etals openly truncate emarginate at posterior margin. Loreal large,
larger than high. Temporals 2-2-2. Superior labials 8, fourth and fifth
bounding orbit, sixth subtriangular, seventh and eighth larger and
nearly equal, and longer than high. Inferior labials 10, fifth longest;
postgeneials not longer than pregeneials. Scales in nineteen longitu-
dinal rows, moderately narrowed.

Gastrosteges, 195; anal, 1; urosteges, 108. Total length, 1,263 mil-
jimeters; the tail, 355 millimeters; end of muzzle to rictus oris, 34
millimeters.

Color above, to and including the extremities of the gastrosteges,
black. Inferior surfaces, light yellow; the anterior fifth of the length
with brownish blotches, which are posteriorly few and distant, but be-
come larger and more approximated, until the anterior thirty to forty
gastrosteges are brown or anteriorly black, like the superior surfaces.
Labial plates with some pale shades in their middles. Preocular with
alight middle; postoculars black. Top of head alittle paler than back.

This form might be regarded as a melanistic B, flagelliforme but for
the increased number of scale rows and longer tail. The fact that the
inferior surface does not generally take part in the darkened color in-
dicates a normal color type.

Buscanium piceum Cope.

From whom

Catalogue No. of
N received.

: Character.
oO. specimen.

Locality.

7891 1 | Camp Grant, Arizona, .... cccocsecnacecaewunsesoens Dr. E. Palmer. Alcoholic.

Bascanium flagel iforme Catesby.

Bascanium flagelliforme flagelliforme Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 40.
Anguis flageilliformis Catesb., Nat. Hist. Coral, 1, 1743, p. 54, Pl. Livy.
Coluber flagellum Shaw, Gen. Zool, 11, 1802, p. 475.
Coluber flagelliformis Holbr., N. Amer. Herpet, 1, 1836, p. 107, Pl. xix; Garman, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Cambr., vit, 1883, p. 147.
Proc. N. M. 91 40

626 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE

Psammophis flagelliformis Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpt., 2d ed. m1, 1842, p. 11, PL. 2.

Masticophis flagelliformis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 98; Jan. Icon.
Gen, Offs, 11520, vi, Figs.

Herpetodryas flagelliformis Dum, and Bibr. Erp, Gen. vu, 1854, p. 210; Giinther, Cat.
Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 118.

Coluber testaceus Say, Long’s Exped. Rocky Mts., 1823, p. 48; Holbr. N. Amer. Herpet.,
111, 1842, p. 63; Harlan, Journ., Acad. Phila., v, 1827, p. 348.

Masticophis testaceus Bd. and Gird., Baird, U. 8. Mex. Bound. Sury., 1, Pt. 11, Rep-
tiles, p. 20, Pl. xvi.

Bascanium flagelliforme testaceum Cope, Check List N. Amer., Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 40.

Masticophis flagelliformis var. testaceus Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid. 11, 20, vi, ig. 2.

Herpetodryas psammophis Schleg, Ess. Physion. Serpens., 0, 1837, p. 195.

Psammophis flavigularis Hallow., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, p. 178.

Masticophis flavigularis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 99.

Herpetodryas flavigularis Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 118; Hallow.,
Rept. U. 8. Pac. R. R. Sury., x. 1859, Williamson’s Rept. p. 12.

The color varieties of this species are as follows: In half-grown east-
ern specimens the head is light brown, with darker cross shades on the
head and nape. In adult eastern specimens the head and from one-
fourth to two-thirds the length of the body are deep brown. In Texas
adult specimens the anterior regions are sometimes of a strong brown
color, but generally they are pale, the top of the head only being of a
light brown. In adults from the Sonoran and Pacific regions the pos-
terior part of the head and several wide cross bands on the nape are
of a dark brown or even of a blackish color. In specimens from Ari-
zona these are followed by pink cross bands, which appear only on the
anterior fourth or fifth of the body. In Californian specimens in the
National Museum these pink cross bands indistinetly appear. In spec-
imens from La Paz, at the southern extremity of Lower California, the
entire body is a citron yellow, with some black appearing between the
scales when the skin is stretched. The head and nape are spotted as
in the Californian individuals. In young specimens from Georgia and
Florida, as well as from the West, the chin, throat, and auterior part
of the belly for a short distance are spotted by ill-defined spots of light
brown. These are represented by cloudy shades, or are entirely lost
in the prevailing brown color in eastern adult specimens. In Texas
specimens they disappear entirely in some large adults. In Sonoran
and Californian specimens they continue permanently, the spots form-
ing a row on each side of the inferior and superior labials, and the
speckled brown of the temporal region is divided by a pale line extend-
ing from the eye, posteriorly.

This. species ranges trom South Carolina into Mexico on the plateau,
and southward on the western slope. Thus I‘lhaye recorded ;it from
Chihuahua, Guanajuato, and Guadalaxara.

Bascanium semilineatum Cope.

This is a remarkable form, as it occupies a position between several
of the species. Thus it has the seale formula and shape of head of
Bb, flagelliforme, the head coloring of B. schottii, and part of the colora-

Brean A PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 627

tion between those of B. teniatum and B. laterale and part like that of
B. flagelliforme. Its characters ally it most nearly to the last named,
but its appearance is quite distinct.

The scales are in seventeen rows, and there are eight superior labials.
The posterior part of the frontal is only half as wide as the superciliary
plate at the same point. The temporal seales are 2-2-2. The fourth
and fifth labials bound the orbit below. ‘The loreal is longez than high,
The postgenials are a little larger than the pregenials. The muzzle is
not decurved, and is moderately protuberant viewed in profile; from
above it is elongate wedge-shaped. The tail is long, entering the total
length in the specimen before me (No. 1981) three and one-seventh
times.

The general color is a light-brownish clay-color (in spirits), the free
border of each scale with an elongate whitish spot on each side. The
color becomes darker anteriorly, so as to be on the anterior fourth of the
length a plumbeous green with the top of the head light brown. There
are no markings on the superior surface of this region, but the sides are
striped, the stripes disappearing on the second fourth of the length of
the body. These stripes are bounded by a brown line on the middle of
each scale of the second and third rows. Between these the color is
like that of the back, while the adjacent halves of the third and fourth
rows are light yellow. A fainter brown line runs along the middle of
the firstrow. Belly and throat immaculate light yellow, except a few
puncte along the ends of the first dozen gastrosteges. Middles of nasal,
loreal, preocular, and postocular plates, yellow. Superior labials yellow,
with a blackish superior border extending from the rostral plate back.
Temporal region, like the top of the head, immaculate. A few black
specks on the genial margins of the inferior labials.

Gastrosteges 201; anal 1; urosteges 1344. Total length (No. 1981)
1185 millimeters; of tail (extremity wanting) 575 millimeters.

A young specimen (No, 8434) is interesting as showing the constaney
of the color characters as compared with those of corresponding age of
the B. teniatum, and with the adult B, schottii and B. laterale. Inthe
first place the stripes are much more distinet in this specimen than in
the adults, as is the case also with the b. teniatum. Moreover, they ex-
tend farther along the length of the body, being traceable on the mid-
dle third, though they are wanting posterior to it. The stripes are: a
yellow one on adjacent parts of the third and fourth rows, bounded be-
low by a brown one on the adjacent parts of the second and third rows,
A yellow stripe succeeds on the adjacent parts of the first and second
rows, while another and paler brown stripe runs on the adjacent parts
of the first row and the extremities of the gastrosges. This pattern, it
wil! be observed, is quite different from that which obtains in any of
the other striped species, as the B. taniatum, ornatum, schottii, or la-
terale. The head is entirely uniform greenish slate-color above and on
the temples. The superior labials are yellow, the posterior bounded

628 _ NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

above by a black line from the orbit to the neck. The muzzle of this
specimen is broken off.

This species presents the interesting peculiarity of resembling another
species (b. flagelliforme) much more in the adult than in the young stage.
The young of the two species refer them to different sections of the
genus, while the adults are distinguishable only on careful examination.

Bascanium semilineatum Cope.

2 ST ae )
Catlogue | Patieune | Locality. | Whence obtained. | Character.
1981 ‘| 3 | Colorado River, Arizona...........---.- ||. AS Schott: 25-250 | Alcoholic.

8434 | 1 | Camp Grant, Avi7 ce esmcme se scree se eee seas Butter -.-.--- | Do.

Bascanium laterale Hallow.

Bascanium teniatum laterale Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 40; Lep-
tophis lateralis Hallowell, Proc, Acad. Phila., 1853, p. 237; U.S. Pac. R. R. Re-
port, x, 1859; Williamson’s Report, p. 13, Pl. rv, Fig. 3.

This handsome species has two strongly marked subspecies, which
may prove to be deserving of the rank of two species. The decision of
this question must depend on future material.

The range is southern California and Arizona to the extremity of
Lower California.

The subspecies are as follows:

Lateral stripe continuous to origin of tail; throat and upper and lower labials spotted ;
posterior upper dabials less elongate | 2222.2 cot. senses leone renee B. 1, laterale.
Lateral stripe broken up on anterior fourth of length, after which a trace only re-
mains; labial plates and throat unspotted ; posterior lateral plates more elongate.

B. 1. aurigulun.

Bascanium laterale laterale Hallow.

Leptophis lateralis Hallowell, 1. c. Bascanium teniatum laterale Cope, 1. ¢.

The seventeen rows of scales, together with the coloration, distin-
guish this form from the B. schottii and the B. teniatum. Young speci-
mens of the latter, however, resemble it closely, since the spaces be-
tween the dark lines of the first, second, and third rows are apt to be
solidly dark-colored at that age. They may be distinguished, apart
from the smaller number (15) of scale rows, by the different distribution
of the lateral stripes. In B. l. laterale the yellow stripe extends to the
fifth row of scales, and the inferior band only reaches to the middle of
the first row, not attaining the gastrosteges. In Bb. schottii the supe-
rior lateral stripe is as in B. l. laterale, but the belly is dark, and there
is a yellow stripe on the adjacent edges of the gastrosteges and first
row of scales. The head is unicolor, and not spotted as in the B. l. lat-
erale. The yellow temporal spot of both forms of the Bb. laterale is to
be noted as always absent from the allied species. The B. semilineatum
agrees with the B. laterale in the possession of seventeen rows of scales,
and the young is more fully striped than the adult. It may be distin-

coe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. §29

guished at all ages by the arrangement of the lateral stripes and the
uniform coloration of the head, The yellow stripe is, like that of the
BS. laterale, on the third and fourth rows only, but the dark band below
it only occupies the adjacent parts of the second and third rows, in-
stead of extending to the gastrosteges. There is a yellow band on the
adjacent parts of the first and second rows, which is absent in the 2.
laterale, and there is a dark stripe on the adjacent parts of the first row
and the gastrosteges, where the inferior yellow stripe is present in the
B, schottii. The belly is light, and not dark, as in the last-mentioned
species.
Southern California and Arizona,

Bascanium laterale aurigulum Cope.
Bascanium aurigulum Cope, Check List Batr. and Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 40. Drymobius
aurigulus Cope, Proc, Acad, Phila., 1861, jy. 301.
Lower California.

Bascanium schottii Bd. and Gird.

Masticophis schottti Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 166 ;
Baird, U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., 1, Reptiles, 1859, p. 20, Pl. xvii.
Several specimens of this species confirm the constancy of its char-
acters.
Rio Grande Valley.

Bascanium ornatum Bd. and Gird.

Masticophis ornatus Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, pp. 102, 159. Bascanium
twniatum ornatum Bd, and Gird., Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 40.

Western Texas.

Although this species has the scale formula and some resemblance in
coloration to the B. teniatum, I ean not now refer it to that species, The
head is elongate with narrow protuberant muzzle, more like the /. flagelli-
Jorme and B. laterale. The B, ornatum displays the unusual peculiarity
of a striped species with a tendency to become annulate.

Bascanium tzeniatum Hallow.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr., Rept., 1875, p. 40; Leptophis taniata Hollowell, Proe.
Acad, Phila., v1, 1852, p. 181.
Masticophis teniatus Bd, and Gird., Cat, Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 105; Jan, leon, Gen,
Opid., 11, 22, Vv, Fig. 1.
Sonoran region to Salt Lake; Pacific region to northern California.
A young specimen (3123) has the tendency to a yellow stripe on the
third, fourth, and fifth rows of scales above referred to, well marked,
The head shields above have narrow pale margins. The frontal plate
is not so narrow posteriorly as in the adult from the same and other
localities. Still younger individuals (Nos. 1982 and 11425) have the

630 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

jateral yellow stripe more distinet by the suffusion of the third, second,
and half the first rows with brown, thus producing an appearance much
like that of the B. laterale. But only the third and fourth rows bear
the yellow stripe, and the brown band covers the ends of the gastros.
teges in that species. It was this resemblance that induced me to com-
bine the two species, with the remark (Proc. Acad. Phila., 1866, p. 305)
“The young of the form lateralis, the adult, the teeniatus.” .

The measurements of the tail in nine specimens are as follows:

Three and one-seventh times in total length, Nos. 8452 and 4384;
34, 9520, 8120, and 11422; 34, 13618 and 1979; 34, 8122; 34, 1983.

COLUBER Linn.

Systema Nature, ed. xu, 1766, p.377, pt.; Oppel, 1811, pt. Boie, Isis von Oken;
1827, p. 209; Giinther ex Linn., Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 87; Cope, Check
List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 395 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 390. Calopeltis
Bonap., Mem. Real. Acad. Torino (2), 1, 431, 1840. Scotophis Bd. and Gird., Cat.
N. Amer. Rept., Serpents, 1853, p. 73. Matrix Cope ex Laurenti, Proc. Acad.
Phiia., 1862, p. 338; Cat. Batr. Rept. Centr. Amer., Mex., 1887, pp. 56-71.

Colubrid snakes, with equal teeth, subcylindric body, and two rows
of caudal seutella. The pupil round; the rostral and nine superior
cephalic shields normal; two nasal and one preocular plate. Two
pairs of geneials; scales of the body with two apical pits, keeled or
rarely smooth. Preanal shield divided.

This genus embraces a number of species of the northern temperate
regions of the world. Six species belong to Hurasia and ten to North
America. Three others extend to within the tropics of Mexico and
Central America.

The North American species are of inoffensive habits, but are destruc-
tive to birds and small mammals. Some of them reach considerable
dimensions, but they are exceeded in this respect by some of the spe-
cies of the allied genus Spilotes. The C. guttatus and C. rosaceus are of
brilliant colors.

The North American species are closely allied, and form gradations
of characters which must be carefully estimated in order to learn the
definitions. It is not difficult to distinguish the C. vulpinus, C. guttatus,
and C. emoryt, but the group of which the C. spiloides is the type is
more difficult to unravel. It embraces that species, C. confinis, C. quad-
rivittatus, C. obsoletus, and C. letus. All the North American species
(except, possibly, C. confinis, of which but one specimen is known)
have twenty-seven rows of scales, some species (C. vulpinus) varying to
twenty-five, and others (C. emoryi) varying to twenty-nine. The most
important characters are the number of rows of scales which are keeled,
and the length of the tail, as indicated by the number of urosteges.
The coloration has a typical value, but displays many transitions, espe-
cially in the spiloides group.

1 present a synopsis of the principal characters in the following table.
Three neotropical species are included in it :

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 631

I, One plate in the first row of temporals.
Scales twenty-five rows, eleven keeled; caudal scutella? Head not banded; dorsal
PeemerssPOUy MOrblyY SPOLtOM 22 wsc. seac catacs coaeesccscaceck succes C. confinis,
II. Two plates in the first row of temporals.
a. Parietal plate shorter than muzzle, measured from front of frontal plate.
About nine rows of keeled scales ; caudal seutella not over sixty-eight; head not
banded; above with rounded black spots; belly tessellated with black .....
C. vulpinus,
aa, Parietal plate longer than or equal muzzle.
8. Eight superior labials.
Scales smooth; scutella?; head not banded; belly not spotted; above with wide

red spots which are crossed by four longitudinal bands.......... C. rosaceus.
Five rows of scales weakly keeled; scutella not exceeding seventy-one; above
with angular red spots; head banded; belly tessellated.......... C. guttatus.

About thirteen rows of keeled scales; scutella not exceeding 102; above with
four iongitudinal bands, the medium pair often connected by spots; head
not banded; belly obscurely clouded_.-....................C. quadrivittatus

Keeled rows seven to eleven; scutella not over ninety-six; above with brown,
spots, angular anteriorly, and elongate spots on sides; head not banded in
EM CLOUGEO onan. swat enna dune vo awcd wd coanened dees C. spiloides.

Keeled rows seventeen; scutella not above ninety-two; above black or brown,
without or with darker spots; head not banded; belly very darkly colored...

C. obsoletus.
8B. Nine superior labials.

Five rows of scales keeled; scutella ninety-nine; postgenials transversely divided;
above with narrow transverse spots, below clouded; prefrontal and postor-
RIEL ls) ete hen Sab uvaa Sev dwmsiwh wna awesdename C. bairdii.

III. Three plates in first row of temporals.

Keeled rows fifteen; scutella seventy-seven; dorsal spots twenty-nine, longer;

parietal and prefrontal head-bands obscure; no postocular band; belly eol-

She) v2 Stock. cess i Caer ee omens C. lotus,
- Seales smooth; scutella seventy-eight; dorsal spots shorter, 33-45; headbands,
with postocular distinct; belly tessellated .......-...-...-....... C. emoryi.

Scales 27-29 rows; nine superior Jabials ; dorsal and lateral spots large and close
together, not becoming obsolete ; head red above, with light postocular band,
FECT ile OTR TION cit ns dicle's, ahh aia esa ecer tells nin mw lit lah C. flavirufus.*

Seales in 31-33 rows; eight upper labials; dorsal and lateral spots smaller and
separated; three bands behind frontal region, all markings disappearing at
PUN ELE ere ado cin dad «Sines pda Mn See Santee ca keee is ome «. --. C, mutabilis.t

IV. Four plates in first row of temporals.

Scales in thirty-five rows; two or three loreals ; eight upper labials: dorsal and
lateral spots smaller, separated; three longitudinal bands from frontal
YOPIOM Ace ahaa wee ser aa es on ots «Cludenwewine nedaWheews sulawne ccna C. triaspia.t

As regards the characters above enumerated, I will remark, that in a
single specimen of the C. spiloides there is a rudimental third temporal
in the first row on each side, one of which is intercalated between the
two postoculars. In some specimens of C. guttatus there are no keels

“COLUBER FLAVIRUFUS Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1566, p. 319; Mexico.

tCOLUBER MUTABILIS Cope, Proc, Amer. Philos. Soc. 1834, p. 175; Mexiéo and
Guatemala.

‘ COLUBER TRIASPIS Cope, Proc. Acad, Phila., 1566, p. 128; Belize.

632 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

on any o. the dorsal series of scales; and in one of C. emoryi a few dor-
sal rows have faint traces of keels. Ina specimen of the C. obsoletus
(No. 5503) there are but sixty urosteges, the smallest number known in
any other individual being seventy-four. Thisis abnormal. The young
of the OC. quadrivittatus are strongly spotted, and closely resemble the
C. spiloides, as is also the case with the young of the C. guttatus. Inthe
young of C. emoryi, there are seldom more than two scuta in the first
row of temporals, the division into three being accomplished at a later
stage of growth. The general result of these facts is that the C. spiloides
is the primitive type from which the other species have been derived,
some by one modification, some by another.

Giinther retained the Linnean name Coiuber for this genus, as he
was compelled to do in view of the use of it by his predecessors, Boie
and Fieming.

Coluber confinis Bd. and Gird.

Scotophis confinis Bd, and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 76.
Mississippi.

Coluber vulpinus Bd. and Gird.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39.
Scotophis vulpinus Bd. and Gird, Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 75.
Elaphis rubriceps Dum. Bibr. Erp. Gen. vu, 1854, p. 270.

Upper Mississippi River and Great Lakes to western New York.

Coluber guttatus Linn.

Syst. Nat. 1, 1766, p. 385;-Gmel., Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x10, iii, 1788, 1110 ; Daubenton,
Quart. Serp., p. 602; Lacep., Quadr. Ovip. Serp. 11, p. 329; Bonnaterre, Ophiol., p.
19; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila., v. 1827, 363; Schleg., Essai. Phys. Serp. 1837, p.
168; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp. 1, 1838, p. 109, Pl. xx1v, and 2d Ed. 1, 1842, p,
65, Pl. xtv ; Giinther, Cat. Col. Suakes, Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 89; Cope, Check List
Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39; Merrem, Tentamen, 1820.

Scotophis guttatus Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt., 1853, p. 78.

Elaphis guttatus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen. vu, 1854, p. 273; Garman Mem. Mus. Comp,
Zool. Cambr., Vul, 1883, p. 152; Jan, Ican. Gen. Ofid. 1, 21, vi, Fig. 1.

Coluber compressus Merrem, Beitr., ii, Pl. 11.

Coluber carolinianus Shaw, Zool., iii, p. 460, P). 119.

Coluber maculatus Latreille, Rept. 1v, p. 73; Merrem, Tent.; Harlan, Journ, Acad.
Phila., 1827. 360.

Coluber pantherinus Merr., Tent.

Coluber floridanus Harlan, Jour. Acad. Phila., 1827, 360.

Two plates in the first row of temporals; parietal plate longer than
muzzle measured from front of frontal plate. Scales in twenty-seven
or nine rows, only five rows of scales keeled, and these weakly. Hight
superior labials, fourth and fifth entering orbit. Orbitals 1-2. Tail
short, the scutella not exceeding seventy-one in number; gastrosteges
215-35.

ile :

a ad PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 633

Light reddish brown, with angular bright brick-red spots above,
Head with brick-red bands, arranged en chevron, the angle anterior,
with blackish borders. Below, white tessellated with black.

This handsome species is represented by two well-marked subspecies,
which differ as follows :

Scales in twenty-seven rows; head bands present; dorsal spots narrow, extending
over ten to fifteen rows, and with one or two rows of lateral spots on each
Se eee ae nls a /0e anc nan s aise mace uae aiiwe ws < =m ou u.s'tre Oa OUR

Scales in twenty-nine rows; head bands, excepting the postocular, wanting or rndi-
mental; dorsal spots wider, covering nineteen to twenty-one rows of scales; no
PRT ae ieee eels ae alee ee Abin ch yaa poaawe Scue oss «wm bue aman Oc Qu COTGEE

This species ranges the Austroriparian region east of the Mississippi
River and the Carolinian district of the Eastern, not, however, entering
New Jersey. The subspecies C. g. sellatus is restricted to Florida. It
is one of our most brilliantly colored species, and is of inoffensive man-
ners. It is altogether terrestrial in its habits.

Coluber guttatus guttatus Linn.

Loe. cit. Harl., Schleg., Holbr., Giinth., Cope., 1. c.
Scotophis quttatus Bd. and Gird., 1. e.

Elaphis guttatus Dum. Bibr., 1. ¢.

Coluber compressus Merrem., 1. c.

Coluber carolinianus Shaw, 1. e.

Coluber maculatus Latr. Merr. Harlan, 1. c.

Coluber pantherinus Merr., 1. c.

Coluber floridanus Harlan, 1. c.

Virginia to Florida and Mississippi, inclusive.

Coluber guttatus sellatus Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 387.
Florida.
Coluber rosaceus Cope.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 388, Pl. xxxvi, Fig. 3.
Florida (Key West).
Coluber quadrivittatus Holbr.
N. Amer. Herp., 111, 1842, p. 89, P!. xx; Giinther, Cat. Coluber Snakes Brit. Mus.,
1858, p. 88; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer,, 1875, p. 39.
Scotophis quadrivittatus Bd, and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 50.
Elaphis quadrivittatus Dam, Bibr., Erp. Gen., vir, 1854, p. 265; Garman, Mem. Mus,
Comp. Zool, Cambr., Vit, 1583, p. 153.

North Carolina to Florida, inclusive.

An instructive series of the young of this species was sent to the
National Museum by William Wittfield, from Georgiana, Brevard
County, Fla. They number nineteen specimens, and show how a
longitudinally banded snake is developed from a spotted one. The
specimens may be divided into three lots; the first including Nos. 13650,
13652, 13668, 13669, 13678, 13689, 15696, and 15706, These are the §

634 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

smaller specimens, the smallest measuring 325 millimeters, and the
largest 380 millimeters. The dorsal region is marked with brown spots
on a light ground, and there is a series of smaller spots alternating
with them on each side, with a trace of a second series of spots alter-
nating with the last, on the ends of the gastrosteges. The dorsal spots
have concave anterior and posterior borders, so that the angles of one
spot approximate those of the adjacent ones. There are forty-two spots
between the nape and vent. The angles of the nuchal spot are pro-
duced so as to form short bands, the anterior reaching to near the parie-
tal seuta. There is a narrow brown postocular band, and a narrow one
across the front on the posterior part of the prefrontal plates. The
lateral spots of the body are elongate in front, the first forming a longi-
tudinal line on the side of the neck. The gastrosteges are spotted at
the ends, and the middle portions are clouded in some of the specimens.

In this stage these specimens are closely similar to the C. spiloides,
except that the spots in the latter species are less numerous, ranging
from thirty to thirty-five on the body. They can not be distinguished
by the increased number of keeled rows of scales, as the keels are less
evident in the young than in the adult.

The second set of specimens measured from 460 to 580 millimeters,
and embraces Nos. 13646, 13657, 13681, 13703. Here the lateral
angles of the dorsal spots are connected by a faint longitudinal stripe,
thus forming the superior pair of stripes of the adult; and the lateral
spots show a trace of a similar connection on the anterior part of the
body. The marks on the head are present as in the smaller specimens,
or they are broken into spots, or are nearly absent. The clouded marks
of the belly are present or absent.

The third set varies from 580 to 620, and includes Nos. 13656, 13670,
13686, 13691. Here the lateral stripe is fairly distinct, and the head
and belly are immaculate. Traces of the dorsal and lateral spots may
be distinctly seen.

Associated with these specimens from the same locality is a young
C. guttatus of 550 millimeters length. It displays all the characters of
the adult, and does not vary in the direction of the C. spiloides, as do
the young of the present species.

Coluber spiloides Dum. Bibr.

Erp. Général vil, 1854, p. 269; Giinth., Cat. Colubr. Snakes, Brit. Mus., 1858, 901.
Coluber obsoletus confinis Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39.
Coluber obsoletus spiloides Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 387.

Austroriparian region and Texas.

Coluber obsoletus Say.

In Long’s Expedition Rocky Mts., 1, 1823, p. 140; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila., v,
1827, p. 347; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39.

Scotophis obsoletus Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 330.

Elaphis obsoletus Garman, Mem, Mus. Comp. Zodl. Cambr., vi, 1883, p. 151.

/
|
4
|
7
7
{
|
|
|
i

re

| PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 635

~ Coluber allegheniensis Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., 1, 1836, 111, Pl. xx: ibid., 2d ecd.,

111, 1642, p. 85, Pl. xix.

Scolophis allegheniensis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 73.

Elaphis allegheniensis Allen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. te XII, 1868, p. 181; Jan. Icon,
Gen, Ofid., 11, 24 ii.

Elaphis holbrookit Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., Vur, 1854, p. 272.

Scotophis lindheimerii Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. 1853, p. 74.

Two plates in the first row of temporals ; eight superior labial plates.
Parietal plate longer than or equal to length of muzzle from front of
frontal plate. Scales generally in twenty-seven rows, sometimes rows
keeled; tail long, scutella not exceeding 92; gastrosteges from about
230 to 245.

Black or brown above with or without darker subquadrate spots ;
head not banded; belly very darkly clouded.

This somewhat variable species is represented by two subspecifie
forms, one of which shows affinity to the OC. quadrivittatus. They dit-
fer as follows ;

Spots when visible on the very dark ground, distinct: a row of obscure spots on each
Ser Se DIG Tine eet Narn eer ercci ee <a, on dln ula de asu cess Lave seek ane C. 0. obsoletus
Ground light brown above, marked by square dark brown spots, which are connected
at the angles, forming a longitudinal stripe ; ao lateral spots, but a broad dark
RIM GeO Mts O Nee SCALOSRVILU Olt. <isiiae ow wen awslscecae saoceucccuus C. o. lemniscatus

This species ranges throughout the entire Austroriparian region
from the Rio Grande; and the eastern, excepting only the Hudsonian
district. The form C. 0. lemniscatus is restricted to the Gulf States, but
the C. o. obsoletus extends as far north as Mount Tom, Massachusetts,
on the Connecticut River, according to J. A. Allen. Dr. Holbrook re-
cords it from the highlands of the Hudson River, New York. Prof.
Verrill does not enumerate it among the species taken near Norway,
Maine.

This species is not rare in the Middle States. It is, like other mem-
bers of the genus, of very inoffensive habits, and is useful in reducing
the number of the small mammalia. It is much less active than the
Bascanium constrictor, which it resembles in nothing but color. It is
known as the Mountain Blacksnake, or Pilot Snake.

Coluber obsoletus obsoletus Say.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39
Coluber obsoletus Say, Harlan, Cope, |. c., Scotophis obsoletus Kenn. Coluber alle-
gheniensis Holbrook, 1. c. Scotophis allegheniensis Bd. and Gird., 1. ce. Elaphia
allegheniensis Allen, 1. ¢.
Elaphis holbrookii Dum. Bibr., 1. ¢.
Scotophis lindheimerii Bd. and Gird., 1. ¢
Eastern region exclusive of the Hudsonian district ; Austroriparian
region exclusive of Floridan district.

Coluber obsoletus lemniscatus Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 386.
Georgia, Alabama.

636 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Coluber letus Bd. and Gird.

Scotophis letus Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1855, p. 77.
Fort Smith, Arkansas (one specimen).

Coluber emoryi Bd. and Gird.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Rept. Batr., 1875, p. 39.

Scotophis emoryi Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 157; Report U.S. Mex.
Bound:Surv., 1m, 18593 Pl ai, p. 19) Ply xu.

Scotophis calligaster Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 99.

Coluber rhinomegas Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 255.

This is a southwestern species of the eastern region, not having been
yet found east of the Mississippi River nor north of Kansas. Its range
extends at least as far south on the Mexican Plateau as the city of
Chihuahua, where it has been found abundantly by Edward Wilkin-
son.

Coluber bairdii Yarrow.

Coluber bairdii Yarrow, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 17, 1880, p. 41.
Fort Davis, northwestern Texas (one specimen).

SPILOTES Wagler. :

Naturl. Syst. d. Ampibien, 1830, p. 179; Duméril et Bibron, Erp. Gen., vii, 1854, p. 248 ;
Giinther, Cat. Coluber. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 96; Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 32, 1887, p. 56. Georgia Bd. and Gird., Cat- Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 92.

Compsosoma Dum. et Bibr., Erpet. Gen., vi, 1854, p. 290.

Teeth of equal lengths. Head plates normal; two nasals, one loreal
and one preocular. Scales bifossate. Anal plate entire; subcaudal
scuta divided. Pupil round.

This genus embraces the largest ground snakes of the Neotropical
realm, together with a number of species of smaller size of the Paleo-
tropical. It differs from Coluber in its entire anal plate, resembling in
this respect Pityophis, Epiglottophis, and Rhinechis. It approaches the
last named most nearly in characters, but the rostral shield has not the
production anteriorly and posteriorly seen in that genus.

The Asiatic species have a compressed form of the body which is not
seen in the American forms. Some of the latter have a roof-shaped
body with subtriangular section (S. pecilostomus), while in others (NS.
corais) the body is subeylindrie. The seales assume a slightly transverse
direction in some of the American species. But one species is found in
the United States, and this is a Neotropical species which ranges from
Brazil through Mexico and the Gulf States to the Atlantic coast.

Spilotes corais Cuy.

Dum. et Bibron, Erp. Gen., vi, 1854, p. 223; Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 98; Cope,
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 72; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 1, 48; Iv, Fig. 6; Vv,
Fie. 1.

Coluber corais Cuvier, Mus. Paris; Schlegel, Ess. S. la. Phys. Serpens, 1842, 1, p. 145,
and 11, p. 139, Pl. v, Figs. 9, 10.

Basi. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 637

Head moderately distinct, oval. Body elongate, subeylindric; tail
one-sixth to nearly one-eighth the total length. Rostral plate moder-
ately prominent, broader than high, visible from above, but not divid-
ing the internasals. Internasals much smaller than prefrontals. [ron-
tal as broad as long; superciliaries posteriorly wider than frontal. Pa-
rietals large, longer than wide. Postnasal higher than prenasal; loreal
rather small, longer than high. Oculars 1-2, the anterior widely sep-
arated above from frontal. Temporals 2-2, all long and narrow, those
of the second row coinciding in antroposterior extent with the last supe-
rior Jabial. Superior labials eight, the fourth and fifth bounding the
orbit; the sixth triangular, the apex not reaching the postocular. Sey-
_ enth higher, but not longer than the eighth. Inferior labials eight,
ftfth largest. Geneials short, anterior pair the longer.

Seales smooth, rather wide, in seventeen rows.

Color varying from light brown to black, the tints when not uniform
covering large parts of the body.

Size large, reaching a length of eight feet, with robust proportions.

There are three color varieties of this species which pass into each
other, but which have especial geographic ranges. They are as follows:
Color light brown, with a black oblique stripe on each side of the neck..S. c. corais.
Color like S. ¢. corais anteriorly, but more or less of the posterior part of the body

SRIUOHUGM EAC Kten ee emetic = mati ae lat naan ce a aa Sa is. a ee wien cows S. o. melanurus.
Color black, the anterior gastrosteges with dark red bases, and the superior Jabials
PONOReUy Wil Gin TOC WOLUCLS)=26-)< son as oo cewien caus vine secu vssel S. cc. couperii.

The S. ¢. corais inhabits South America; the S. c. melanurus Central
America and Mexico, and the 8. ¢ couperii the Gulf States of North
America.

Spilotes corais couperii Holbrook.

Coluber couperii Holbrook, N, Amer. Herpetol., 11, 1842, p. 75; Pl. xvu.

Georgia couperii Bd. and Gird., Cat. N. Amer. Serpt., 1853, p. 92.

Spilotes couperii Cope, Proc, Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 564; Check List Batr. Rept. N.
Amer,, 1875, 33; Garman, Mem. Mas. Comp. Zéol. Cambr., vit, 1833, p. 149,
Georgia obsoleta Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, 158 (not Coluber obsoletus

Say).
Spilotes erebennus Cope, Proc, Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 564; Check List l. ¢., p. 39.
Some of the specimens from the coast region of Georgia have only
seven superior labials, while others have the usual number, eight. Ido
not find it to bea constant character, and so can not separate the Colu-
ber couperit of Holbrook from his C. obsoletus ( Say,” S. erebennus Cope).

The half-grown specimen from eastern Georgia in the National collee-

tion is brown.

RHINECHIS Michaelles.

In Wagler Icones et Descript. Amphib. 1833 Pl. 25. Bonaparte, Fauna Italica 1538
Pl. 70; Duméril et Bibron, Erp. Generale, 1854, vir, p. 227; Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1887, No. 32, p. 56.

Arizona Kennicott, U. S. and Mex. Bound. Sury. ; 11, 1859, Reptiles, p. 1s.

Head moderately distinct, muzzle depressed, projecting. Tail rather
short. Teeth equal. Cephalic plates normal; the rostral recurved and

638 “NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

deeply separating the elongate internasals. Pupil round. Scales
smooth, bifossate. Anal and subcaudal seuta, entire.

The production and recurvature of the rostral plate and entire anal
plate distinguish this genus from Coluber, which it resembles. It was
at one time thought to be allied to Pityophis in view of the presence of
the two characters in question, but the absence of the epiglottis and
undivided prefrontals show that itis distinct. There are several minor
characters, not generic, which show that its affinities are not with the
species of Pityophis. Such are the peculiar form of the inferior labial,
prenasal, and loreal plates, and the very fine bristle-like spicules of the
hemipenis, in the American species at least.

Two species are known which differ as follows:

Scales in from twenty-seven to thirty-one rows; internasal plates decurved in front ;
loreal elongate; temporals, 2-4; inferior labials 13-14, the anterior narrow, sev-

enth largest. Tail less than one-sixth the leugth. Brownish gray with numer-
ous transverse brown dorsal spots, with alternating lateral spots.....R. elegans.

Rhinechis elegans Kenn.

Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 234; Arizona elegans Kennicott, U. S. Mex-
Bound. Sury., 1, 1859, Reptiles, p. 18; Pityophis elegans Cope, Check List Batr,
Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39.

This species is subject to some variations. Thus in No. 4266 there is
a small inferior preocular. In No. 14176 there are only twenty-seven
rows of scales, and there is a row of three temporals between the usual
2-4 scaled rows.

This species is restricted in its range to the Sonoran region. The
most southern locality yet known is near the city of Chihuahua. The
most northern is north of the Cimarron River, probably in New Mexico.

M. Bocourt objects to my placing this species in the genus Rhinechis,
as he says that the R. scalaris has the anal plate divided. It is true
that Duméril and Bibron state that this is the case, but on examining
four specimens from the Bonaparte Collection in the Museum of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences I find that the anal plate is
entire.

PITYOPHIS Holbrook.

North American Herpetology tv, 1842, p. 7, Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1
Serpents, 1853, p.64; Duméril, Prodome des Erp. Gen., vu, 1854, p. 252; Giinther
Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., 1858; p. 85. *Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 32, 1887, p.
56; Churchillia Ba. and Gird., Reptiles in Stansbury’s Expl]. Gt. Salt Lake, 1852,
p. 350.

Teeth of equal lengths. A vertical laminiform epiglottis. Cephalic
scuta normal except that each prefrontal is longitudinally divided into
two, producing four prefrontals. Rostral plate more or less prominent,
and its superior angle produced backwards. Seales more or less keeled,
and with double apical pits. Anal scutum entire; subcaudals in two
series. Pupil round.

voreol | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 639

This genus of Colubrine snakes includes rather large and robust spe-
cies. They are restricted exclusively to the Nearctic Realm and the
Lower Californian district of the Neotropical, They are entirely ter.
restrial in their habits, preferring dry and even sandy regions to any
other. They are of a harmless disposition as a general rule, but the P.
sayt bellona defends itself vigorously when attacked. The peculiar
epiglottis, first observed and described by Dr. C. A. White of Wash-
ington, aids these snakes in emitting an unusually loud hiss on the ex-
piration of the air contained in theit voluminous lung. This sound,
although it cannot be called a voice, is sufficiently loud to be alarming,
and serves no doubt as a defense.

The question as to the number of species included in this genus is a
difficult one to decide. The P. melanoleucus may be always distin-
guished by color characters from the forms found west of the Missis-
sippi River. From some of these it also differs in the shape of the head
and muzzle, but the most eastern of the western forms, P. sayi sayi,
resembles it in these respects. The Lower Californian form may be
distinguished from the P. melanoleucus by color characters, and by the
shape of the head and muzzle, but between it and the P. sayi of the
western Mississippi region there is a complete transition in mostof the
characters. The California form resembles that of Lower Californiain
form, but differs in color, while the Arizona form is in every respect
intermediate between the Pacific form (P. catenifer), and the P. sayi
of the plains. These forms are tolerably constant and canbe generally
recognized. The form of the rostral plate is the most characteristic
peculiarity, but, from the nature of the case, transitions occur. Under
the circumstances [ have adopted four species, of which the P. sayi las
two subspecies, one of which, P. s. bellona is intermediate between its
typical form and the P. catenifer ; the latter differing, however, in the
greater smoothness of the scales.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

Scales with stronger keels beginning on the fourth row; head short, elevated, ros-
tral plate compressed, and narrowed above; no head stripes; dorsal spots few,
ERO NOL Cue ere ae Ronde Waite owas ce omens meee tear Oia aan Sodas s I’. melanoleucus.

Scales first keeled on the sixth row; rostral plate narrowed above; head stripes
present; spots numerous, 40-65 on body... . 2. 02. nne 22.2 wae cee nee ones I’, sayi.

Scales weakly keeled, first on tenth row; rostral little prominent, not narrowed
above; head flat; head stripes present; spots numerous, 36-79 on body-.....--.

I’. catenifer.

Scales weakly keeled, beginning on tenth row; rostral plate not narrowed, and little

prominent; head flat ; spots few, 40-44 on body, anteriorly red; no head-stripes.
P. rertebralis.

The head stripes consist of a band extending from the eye to the
-angle of the mouth, another from the eye to the upper lip below it, and
another across ‘the front of the frontal plate connecting the orbits,
These stripes are, present.in.the young of the species which lack them

640 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

at maturity. The increase in the number of spots is accomplished by
the division of those on the posterior part of the body.

The number of the labial plates is apt to be unequal on the opposite
sides. Thus in seventy-two specimens examined, fifteen have nine
labials on one side and eight on the other. The P. catenifer displays
the greatest irregularity in this respect, six out of sixteen specimens
having labials 8-9.

Pityophis melanoleucus Daudin.

Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetology Iv, 1842, p. 7, Pl. 1; Bd. and Gird., N. Amer. Serpt.,
1853, p. 65; Dum. et Bibron, Erp. Gen. Vu, p. 233, 1854; Giinther, Cat. Col. Serp,
Brit. Mus., 1858; p. 86; Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept. Bull. U.S. Nat.
Mus. 1, 1875, p. 39.

Coluber melanoleucus Dandin, Hist. Rept., v1, 1803, p. 409 (from Bartram); Harlan,
Journ. Acad. Phila., 1827, p. 359.

Specimens from Florida have the dark colors rusty or rufus instead
of deep brown or black, and the outlines of the spots are not so well
defined.

This species ranges from New Jersey to Florida, preferring the sandy
pine woods of the coastal plain. It is the largest snake of this region.
It is of a very harmless disposition, and may be handled with impunity.

Pityophis sayi Schlegel.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 151; Cope, Check List
Bat. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39; Coluber sayiSchlegel, Ess. 8S. 1. Physionomie des
Serpents, 1837, p. 157, partim.

Head with the rostral plate more or less prominent forward and pro-
duced and narrowed upwards and posteriorly. Superior labial plates
8-8 to 9-9. Seales in from twenty-seven to thirty-three rows, keeled,
except six rows on each side. Dorsal spots more numerous than in
P. melanoleucus varying from fifty to sixty-five on the body, some-
times asfew as forty. Two tothree rows of spots on each side. Gen-
erally no subcaudal stripe. Head with three bands; one extending be-
tween the orbits, one from the orbit directly downwards to the labial
border, and one from the orbit to the angle of the mouth. Temporal
scales small, generally 3-3 to 4-4; rarely 2-2.

This species occupies the entire interior of the United States and the
Mexican plateau to the valley of Mexico. Eastward it crosses the
Mississippi River into the prairie country of Illinois. It is represented
by two forms, which only differ in the form of the rostral plate. One
of these (P. s. bellona) inhabits Arizona and New Mexico only, and is
intermediate in character between the typical P. s. sayi, and the P.
catenifer. These forms differ as follows:

Rostral plate compressed and produced upwards and backwards; often traces of a
blackisubcaudal stripe sos 2s. ns. Seosce eee ace aero ree ae Sestnae P. 8s. sayi.

Rostral plate less compressed, and less narrowed above; no traces of the black sub-
Caudal SULIDO acoe =) soon orca ae meee re eee Tne RE eae ae ee eye ee eens BOCLLONG

to” | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 641

Pityophis sayi sayi Schl.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 39.

Pityophis sayi Bd. and Gird., Cat. N. Amer. Rept., Pt.1, Serpents, 1853, p 151; Coluber
sayi Schlegel, Ess. s. 1. Physionomie des Serpents, 183/, p. 157; Pityophis macclel-
lanit Ba. and Gird., Cat. 1853, p. 68; Pityophis mexicanus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen.,
VU, p. 236; 1854, Jan, Icon. Jan. Ofid., 11, 22 ii, Fig. 1.

This subspecies ranges from western Canada to the central region
of North America and Mexico to the valley of Mexico, inclusive. It is
the common species of Texas, and even occurs in Sonora. It is a curi-
ous fact that this form has both the extreme northern and southern
ranges, while the Arizonian form is so restricted.

Pityophis sayi bellona Hd. and Gird.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 39. Pityophis bellona Bd. and Gird.,
Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pl. 1, Serp., 1853, p. 66; Churchillia bellona Bd. and Gird.,
Reptiles of Stansbury’s Report Expl. Great Salt Lake, 1552, p. 350; Pityophis
melanoleucus, Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 1, 22 i, Fig. 2.

Of sixteen specimens examined, twelve have 8-8 superior labials, two
have 8-9; and two have 9-9. Four have twenty-nine rows of seales,
nine have thirty-one and two have thirty-three. Six have between forty
and fifty dorsal spots on the body; eight have between fifty and sixty;
and two have sixty to sixty-three. About two-thirds have the centers
of the dorsal spots paler than the borders, and the remainder have the
spots black throughout. The only constant character of this subspe-
cies as compared with P. s. sayi is the form of the rostral plate, but No.
8401 is intermediate between the two in this respect. Some specimens
from Oregon are intermediate between it and P. catenifer.

The geographical range of this subspecies is the Great Basin from
Oregon south to the basin of the Colorado, and Arizona,

The typical specimen of the Churchillia bellona Bd. and Gird, can not
now be found. It is, however, from the valley of the Rio Grande, which
is principally occupied by the P. sayi sayi. The second specimen enu-
merated in Baird and Girard’s catalogue under the P. beliona is from
western Texas, between San Antonio and I] Paso, and hence from the
same region as the type. This belongs to the P. sayi sayi, as deter-
mined by the examination of the specimen in the U. S. National Mu-
seum. However, Baird’s figure of the head of the P. bellona in the
Vol. x of the Report of the U. 8S. Surveys for the Pac. R. R., Pl. xx1x,
Fig. 46, represents this subspecies.

Pityophis catenifer Blainv.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1°53, p. 69; Giinther, Cat. Colnbr,
Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858; p.87; Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p.
p. 39; Coluber catenifer Blainville, Nouv. Aun. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, rv, 1835, PI.
xxvi, Figs. 2, 2a, 2b; Pityophis annectens Bd. and Gird., Cat, Serp., 1953, p. 72,
Pityophis wilkesii Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 71; Pityophis heer-
mannii Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1853, p. 236; Pityophis vertebralis Hallowell,
U.S. Paec-R R. Surv. Rept., x, 1859; Williamson’s Report, p. 17,

Proc. N. M. 91——-41

642 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Of seventeen specimens examined, seven have the superior labials
8-9; eight have 8-8; and two have 9-9. Four have twenty-nine rows
of scales; ten have thirty-one rows; one has thirty-three; and one has
thirty-five (No. 2243). The number of spots on the body is very varia-
ble. One has thirty-six dorsal spots (No. 1546); one has forty-six (No.
1532); seven have between fifty and sixty; four have between sixty
and seventy; and four have over seventy, the highest being seventy-
nine (No. 1816). The specimen (No. 5741) on which the P. wilkesit Ba.
and Gird., was founded is abnormal in the nondivision of the pre-
frontal scuta; the only example I have observed in the genus.

The range of this species is coterminous with the Pacific region, ex-
tending from San Diego on the south to Puget’s Sound on the north.
It is found in the Mohave Desert, and at Pyrmont, Nevada (8139).
Northward it extends to eastern Oregon and to Walla Walla, Wash-
ington.

Pityophis vertebralis Blv.

Dumeril et Bibron, Erp. Gen., vil, 1854, p. 238; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer.,
1875, p. 39; Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 72.

Coluber vertebralis De Blv., Nouv. Aun. Mus. Nat. Hist., Paris, 111,164, p. 61, Pl. XX v1,
Figs, 2, 2a, 2b; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 152.

Pityophis hamatois Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 342.

Pityophis melanoleucus var. vertebralis Bly., Jan, Icon. Gen, Ofid., 11, 22, i, fig. 3-

Peninsula of lower California.

HETERODON Beauvais.

In Latreille’s Hist. Nat. des Reptiles, 1v, 1799, p. 32.

Dumeril et Bibron, Erpetologie Generale, vil, 1854, p. 766; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt.
N. Amer. 1853, p. 51; Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Serpt. Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 82; Cope,
Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 54.

Dentition diacranterian. - Caudal scutella divided; anal plate double.
Rostral plate recurved, with transverse upturned edge and flat antero-
inferior face. The nine cephalic plates, a loreal, two nasals and ocular.
plates, present. Seales keeled. Form robust. Pupil round.

The few species of this genus which are known agree also in hav-
ing a series of scales separating the eye from the superior labial plates,
and in having an azygos plate behind the rostral. The posterosuperior
aspect of the rostral plate has a keel on the middle line, and there are
from three to five, generally four, scales in the first temporal row. The
tailis short. The anterior ribs are capable of extension so as to flatten
that part of the body, as is done by the cobras of the genus Naja, but
the expansion is not so wide, and it has greater longitudinal extent.
The postgeneil plates are reduced to a very small size, and are sep-
arated from each other by small scales.

The species of this genus ranges throughout North America except-
ing the Pacific region. They do not extend far into the Sonoran, and
are absent from the Lower Californian and the Mexican regions. They
have no representatives in equatorial America or the West Indies, but a

Soran PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 643

genus Lystrophis Cope* is found in subtropical and temperate South
America, which only differs from Heterodon in possessing smooth
scales. A genus occurs in Madagascar which agrees with Lystrophis,
but differs in having an entire anal shield (Lioheterodon Dum. Bibr.).

The species of Heterodon have some peculiar habits which indicate
greater intelligence than most other snakes possess. They throw
themselves into remarkable contortions when alarmed, and expand
their anterior ribs, inflate their lung, and open the mouth widely.
They do not attempt to bite from the ground, but the long posterior
maxillary tooth may be used with considerable effect if the snake is
carelessly handled. The trowel-shaped rostral plate enables them to
excavate sand with ease, and in such soil they are usually most abun-
dant.
I. No accessory scales about the azygos plate.

Scales in twenty-five rows; rostral plate less developed ; larger... H. platyrhinus.

II. Accessory scales about the asygos scute.
Scales in twenty-five rows; stouter, smaller; an inferior nasal plate; one row of

Lateralspote belly white In adults)... 22.) 2- 2. ons ccwemanceesjenan H. simus.
Seales in twenty-three rows; smaller, more slender ; no inferior nasal scute ; two
rows of lateral spots; belly more or less black.................. H. nasicus.

The H. platyrhinus ranges throughout the Eastern and Austroriparian
regions, and the H. simus inhabits the Austrorparian oniy. The
H. nasicus is divided into two subspecies, one of which extends over
the Central and the other over the Sonorian regions.

Heterodon platyrhinus Latreille.

Reptiles, rv, 1800, p. 32, Figs. 1, 2, 3; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., 1, 1828, p. 97, PI. XX1;
second ed., rv, 1842, p. 67, Pl. xvit; Dum. Bibr, Erp. Gen., vil, 1854, p. 766;
3d. and Gird., Catal. Serp. N. Am., 1853, p. 51; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N.
Amer., 1875, p. 43; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 111, 48 ili Fig. 2.

Coluber hetrodon Daudin, Hist. Nat. Rept., vir, 1799, p. 153, Pl. 6', Pig 28; Say, Am.,
Journ. Sci. Arts, 1, 1818, p. 261; Harlan, Journ, Acad. Phila., 1827, p. 357.

Coluber cacodemon Shaw, Gen. Zool., m1, 1802, p. 377, Pl. 102.

Seytale niger Daudin, Hist. Nat. Rept., v, 1803, p. 342; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila.,
1827, Vv, p. 367.

Pelias niger Merrem, Tentamen, 1820, p. 149.

Heterodon niger Troost, Am. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, ur, p. 156; Holbrook, N. Aimer,
Herp., Iv, 1842, p. 60, Pl. xv1; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 55;
Dum. et Bibr., Erp. Gen., Vil, p. 769.

Heterodon cognatus Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 54.

Heterodon atmodes Ba, and Gird., 1. ¢., p. 57.

Fastern region excepting Hudsonian district; Austroriparian region,

Heterodon simus Linn.

>

Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., tv, 1842, p. 57, Pl. xv; Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer.,

1853, p. 59.
Heterodon simus simus Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 43.

* Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No, 32, 1887, p. 54.

644 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Coluber simus Linn., Syst. Nat. Ed., xu, 1766, p. 216; Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. Hd.,
XIII 111, 1788, p. 1086. ‘

Heterodon platyrhinus Schleg., Ess. Phys. Serp., 1837, p. 97, Pl. 1m, Figs. 20, 22; Dumet
Bibr., Erp. Gen., vu, 1854, p. 768-772.

Austroriparian region.

Heterodon nasicus Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pl. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 61; Heterodon simus nasicus Cope, Check
List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 43.

Frontal and parietal scuta usually wider than long, the parietals often
shorter than the frontal. Head short; rostral plate very large and
strongly recurved. No inferior nasal plate cut off from the postnasal.
Two or more loreals. Superior labials eight, all much higher than long.
First row of temporals generally four. From three to twenty-four ac-
cessory scales beside and behind the azygos plate. Scales in twenty-
three rows, all keeled except the first three on each side. Proportions
of body more slender than in /. simus.

Color light yellowish gray above, with a median dorsal series of rather
closely placed brown spots, and with two alternating series of brown
spots on each side. Three brown, short, longitudinal nuchal brown
bands, and a brown band from each eye posteriorly. Belly either en-
tirely black or tessellated with black and white.

This is the western representative of the H. simus, to which it is nearly
allied. It can be always distinguished, however, especially in its typi-
cal subspecies, by the characters given. <A single specimen out of the
many in the U.S. National Museum (No. 4961), from Texas, displays an
inferior nasal plate.

Two forms of the H. nasicus inhabit different regions and may be re-
garded as subspecies.

Scales accessory to azygos plate, two or three; loreal small or wanting; belly black

andi white spotted sassmecsesse- ease se seis aetna eee ies sere HA. n. kennerlyi.
Scales accessory to azygos plate from eight to twenty-four; loreals generally two;
belly nearly entirely black... --- te eiee ib Sicilaeelcis see ere ecere amet H. n. nasicus.

In the H. n. kennerlyi in three out of six specimens the parietal scuta
are shorter than the frontal. In sixteen of the H. n. nasicus, ten speci-
mens have the parietals shorter than the frontal. In the small number
of accessory scales the H. n. kennerlyi approaches the H. simus more
more nearly does the H. n. nasicus. The same affinity is indicated by
the smaller amount of black on the belly. It represents the genus in
the Sonoran region, while the H. n. nasicus occupies the central.

Heterodon nasicus kennerlyi Kennicott.

Heterodon kennerlyi Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1860, p. 336. Heterodon simus ken-
nerlyi Coues & Yarrow, Herp. Dak. & Mont., Bull. U. S. Geol, Sury. Terrs., 1878,
Ivy, p. 271; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., Livr, 10, Pl. y, Fig. 2,

Western Texas and Southern Arizona,

roi PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 645

Heterodon nasicus nasicus Bd. and Gird.

Heterodon nasicus Ba. and Gird., Cat., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 61.
Heterodon simus nasicus Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 43,
Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., Livr 10, Pl. v, Fig. 1.

Central and Sonoran regions.

BUTANIA Bad. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 24; Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1586, p. 475.
Thamnophis Fitz. Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 26 (nomen mudum),
Prymnomiodon Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 552.

The genus Eutienia presents especial attractions to the student who
desires an illustration of the phenomena of variation and constaney in
the physical characters of animals. In few genera do we find so well
illustrated the persistence of specific characters exhibited side by side
with variations of thesame. We have here, therefore, examples of the
appearance or disappearance as the case may be, of characters, in con-
nection with or without apparent connection with, the environment.

This genus was established by Baird and Girard in the Catalogue of
Serpents of North America, published in 1853, on species which had
been previously referred to the genus Natrix (fropidonotus). To the
three species previously known, these authors added four, and nine
names were proposed for what are in my estimation either subspecies
or individuals of the seven species actually distinguished; in the year
1850 Kennicott added five species; at various dates between 1560 and
1885 the present writer added nine species and referred to the genusa
species long previously described by Wiegmann; in 1890 Brown added
a species; and a species is described for the first time in the present
review. The total number of species is then twenty-four,

The characters of the genus are as follows:

Subfamily Natricinee. Cephalic plates normal; two nasals, one loreal.
plate Eyer esting on superior labials. Scales keeled, without pits. Anal
plate entire; subcaudais divided.

The maxillary teeth are rather abruptly longer at the posterior ex-
tremity of the maxillary bone than elsewhere, as in the genus Natrix,
with two exceptions. These are the species /. multimaculata Cope anid
E. melanogaster Wiegm. I have on this account distinguished these
species as constituting another genus which I called Atomarchus, the
character distinguishing it from Butienia being the equality in length
of the maxillary teeth. As the excess in length of the posterior teeth
is small in some of the species of the latter, | have not for the present
retained this genus, although it may be found to be advisable to do so
hereafter. The two species mentioned are more aquatic in their habits
than the Eutseniie proper.

Eutenie are the most abundant snakes in North America and Mex-
ico. Where all other species are absent, either through hostility of the
climate or of enemies, individuals of this genus remain. ‘This persist-

646 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

ence may be ascribed to several causes. One of these is their great
fecundity. Prof. Baird mentions a specimen of H. sirtalis which pro-
duced eighty young at a birth. Another cause is their readiness to seek
concealment in water, so that they most readily escape observation.
Several of the species are pugnacious in their disposition. Such is
the case with the two which have the widest distribution and greatest
abundance of individuals, the H. sirtalis L. and E. elegans Bd. and Gird.
Their bite, it is needless to remark, is perfectly harmless. Some of the
species possess great elegance of form, as those of the H. saurita group.
Others have much brillianey of color, as the metallic green of some
forms of the HZ. provima and LE. sackenii, and the red and black of the #.
sirtalis concinna.
The species differ as follows:
I, Second and usually the first row of scales keeled; lateral stripe on third and fourth
rows. Orbit bounded below by two or more labials.
1. Temporal scales 1-2.
*Tail equal or exceeding one-third total length; first row of scales much
longer than deep, strongly keeled; scales in 19 rows.
Superior labials eight, longer than high ; very slender; color metallic olive.
EE. sackenii.
Superior labials seven, longer than high; very slender; color brown.
LE. saurita.
**Tailless than a third and more than a fourth the total length; superior
labials eight.
Head flat; superior labials longer than high; scalesin nineteen rows; inferior

rows. keeled, longer than deep. sn. 22> oceiseeceaee ee ee Li. proxima.
Head elevated, superior labials higher than long; scales in 21 rows, those of
IMETiON TOW as Ce6p as LONG. soe 2 sae ee eee ae tee EL, megalops.

*** Tail more than one-fourth, and not less than one-fifth the total length;
scales in 21 rows, the inferior row as deep as long, and weakly or not

keeled.
Superior labials seven; tail less than four and five tenth times in total
lemothy. scerae cio ereb oe See eee te ate eee eee EL. radix.

Superior labials eight ; tail more than four and five tenth times in total length.
EE, macrostemma,
2. Temporal scales 1-1.

Tail between one-fifth and one-fourth the total length ; superior labials seven ;
head little distinet; yellow black bordered lateral stripe on second,
third, and fourth rows of scales ses6. 5s ee ee eee E. butlerii.

Tail between one-fourth and one-third the total length; superior labials eight ;
head quite distinct; lateral line faint, on third and fourth rows.

EB. rutiloris.
II. Second row of scales keeled; the first keeled or smooth. Orbit above two labials.
Lateral stripe, when present, on second and third rows of seales,
1. Temporal scales, 1-2.

* Seales in twenty-one (3) rows; superior labials, eight.

‘Two preoculars; superior temporals small; first row of scales keeled; black,
stripes indistinct ; head short, frontal wide....---.-..----- E. biscutata.

One preocular; superior temporais small; head short, frontal wider, not
touching preocular, posterior labials higher than long; tail three and
one-third to four and two-third times in length........---- E. elegans.

One preocular ; a large superior temporal bounding occipital ; frontal narrow,
touching preoculars; head long, labials all longer than high; tail
three.and one-fourth (in. Jenothssos. eee een ee E, angustirostris.

.
oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NAIIONAL MUSEUM. 647

II—Continued.
1. Temporal scales, 1-2—Continued.

** Scales in seventeen rows}; superior labials eight.

Frontal narrow ; head very distinct ; no dorsal stripe nor lateral spots except
POLGEIOLI Yet cuue ee. = vuoi Rete 2eA en on ate Eo ntweiea se LE. chrysocephala.

*** Scales in nineteen rows; superior labials eight.

Form slender; head very distinct ; eye large, frontal plate narrow; belly, dor-
sal and indistinet white lateral stripe; sides black spotted; a large
RUG He RD LACKSSN Otten eres since asninn< <2 clean ce cmecran seals a 1. cyrtopsis.

Form robust, head distinct,frontal plate wide; large black nuchal spots; labials
and belly uniform yellow ; dorsal and lateral stripes very distinct, sep-

arated by uniform brown....-...-.. Sas ete momige satan tae Ure
Form robust, head little distinct; frontal wide; lateral stripe indistinet, a yel-
low dorsal stripe; no nuchal spots ........---- pecs eeee 2. infernalis.

Form stout, head little distinet, eye moderate; labials dark bordered; stripes
wanting; one row of large reddish brown bordered dorsal spots; small.
EL. phenax.
Labials dark bordered ; no stripes; six rows of small black spots.
FE. sumichrastii.
**** Seales in nineteen (17) rows; superior labials seven.
a Two preoculars (sometimes united).
Head scarcely distinet; two or three rows of spots on each side.

S

). leptocephala.
aa One preocular,

Head searcely distinct; postgenials short; stripes indistinct, connected by a
single series of brown crossbars on each side, ......-...- .--E. scalaris.

Head little distinct; form slender; stripes very distinct; yellow, separated by
black or brown; the scales with yellow keels; lateral band black
bordered below -...-.....---. Sp eeee eet eee eae EB. pulehrilatus,

Form stont, head distinct; postgenials larger than pregenials; two rows of
spots on each side, sometimes connected longitudinally above or be-
LOWstSULIPOS PALO lon.s ome acm acr paeceslecio ae OE s incuive «wake ow ies OUTER:

2. Temporal scales 3-2.
*Scales in twenty-one rows; superior labials eight. :
Frontal wide, reaching preoculars; second row of scales as wide as first;
stripes distinct ; separated by two rows of spots; a broad black band
beiow lateral stripe; labials brown bordered .........-.-- EL, nigrilatus,
III. Second row of scales keeled; orbit bounded below by a single labial.
* Scales in twenty-one rows; superior labials eight.
1. Temporals 1-3.
Oculars 3-3; labials longer than high ; loreal longer than high ; muzzle narrow;
seven rows of spots; no stripes......-.-- ails wate ae FE. multimaculata,
IV. Second row of scales smooth, like the first; others with keels, Orbit bounded
by two superior labials.

* Seales in twenty-one rows; superior labials eight.

Two preoculars; temporals 1-4; superior labials larger than high ; rostral plate
transverse and ecap-shaped. Light brown with small rufous spots
anteriorly ...... Peau piae fo cip Seee am x ae one PL. rufopunctata.

** Scalesin nineteen rows; superior labials eight.

1. Temporals 1-2.
Oculars 2-3; loreal longerthan high; head little distinet; dusky, stripes want-
ing or indistinet....-. Saat ened pane tera> ---.----- EH. melanogaster.

648 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

The affinities of most of these species may be expressed in the follow-
ing diagram:

Angustirostris. Nigrilatus. Sackentt. Saurita.
Elegans. Macrostemma. Proxima.
Radix. Megalops.
Sumichrasti. Infernalis. -Aurata. Cyrtopsis—Chrysocephala.
‘Phenax.——_—— Sirtalis: __—_Leptocephatla.

Pulchrilatus. Scalaris.

The EL. sirtalis presents the greatest number of points of contact with
other species. It also inhabits the region of geologically the greatest
age, or that region which has been a dry iand area for the longest time.
Although large portions of the West of North America were elevated at
the close of the cretaceous period, and probably before the genus Eu-
trenia was in existence, the ancestors of Eutezenia may be safely believed
to have inhabited the area which was land prior to the cretaceous, so
that the descent of Eutzenia was rendered possible in the Eastern rather
than in the Western half of the continent. It is thus rendered proba-
ble that Eutenia sirtalis is nearly the ancestral form. This is also con-
firmed by the fact that it is a spotted species; since the unicolor species,
as EH. saurita have spotted young.

The geographical distribution of these species may be tabulated as
follows, by regions:

Austrori-

| 1
Eastern (3). parian (4). | Central (3). | Pacifie (5). Sonoran (6). Mexican (11).*
|
|
E. saurita. FE. saurita.
E. butlerii. KE. sackenii. |
E. proxima. | E. proxima.
E. radix. |
: E. megalops.
_ E. rutiloris.
| | E. macrostoma.
| E. elegans. | E. elegans.
E. biscutata. |
| | E. angustirostris.
| E. cyrtopsis. | E. cyrtopsis.
| | E. chrysocephala.
E. infernalis.
| | E.phenax.
| E. sumichrastii.
| | E. aurata. |
E. sirtalis. | KE. sirtalis. | E. sirtalis. K. sirtalis.
| E. seataris.
| E. pulchrilatus.
EK. leptocephala.
I. nigrilatus.
I. rufopunctata.
E. multimaculata.
E. melanogaster.

*Probably not a homogeneous district.

.

St PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 649

The above table gives but a very general view of the distribution
of the species, since some of them are restricted to districts of the re-
gions only, while a few species are known from so few examples that
their range is unknown. Of the latter class are FP. butlerii, 2. rutiloris,
KH. angustirostris, and EB. nigrilatus. The BP. sackenii is restricted to
Florida, and the /. radix to that part of the central region that lies
east of the Rocky Mountains, entering the eastern region. The widely
distributed species, as LH. sirtalis and J. elegans, are represented in
special districts by peculiar subspecies, which look very different from
each other. The HL. proxima has a range which does not coincide with
any zoological district, inhabiting eastern Mexico, Texas, and the Mis-
sissippi Valley.

The following review is preparatory to the complete monograph in-
cluded in my Reptilia of North America, which it is expected will form
one of the bulletins of the U. S. National Museum. The material on’
which this is based is mostly contained in that Museum, and I have
had access to it through the permission of Secretaries Baird and
Langley.

The study of the several hundred specimens of species of this genus
which are contained in the National Museum and my private collection
shows that in most of the species the number of rows of scales and the
number of the labial plates are quite constant. In only one species,
the HL. leptocephala, is the number of seale rows varied by the presence
or absence of a single row on each side, and in none is the number of
labial plates frequently variable. The position of the lateral stripe is,
as stated by Baird and Girard, very constant. The relative length of
the tail is constant within certain limits and in certain species. In
some of the species it varies a good deal. The coloration varies within
limits in each species, and often characterizes subspecies with consid-
erable precision, transitional forms in some such cases being rare, and
in others more frequent. The species of the Pacific coast present the
greatest difficulties to the systemalist. Here the eastern HL. sirtalis
comes into contact with the western HL. elegans, and some intermediate
forms occur. The BL. sirtalis parietalis resembles very much the PL.
elegans ordinoides, aud the LF. sirtalis sirtalis resembles a good deal the
E. elegans lineolata. The £. infernalis intervenes between the two. The
E. leptocephala appears quite distinct from the southernmost coast
forms, but it has melanistic phases which resemble a good deal melan-
istic forms of the FP. sirtalis; e. g., BE. 8. trilineata and BP. s. pickeringii
of the northwest coast region of Washington.

The colors of the young afford some clue to the order of probable ap-
pearance of color marksin the adults. As already remarked by Baird
and Girard, the spots are more distinct in the young than in adults,
both as to isolation from each other and in distinctness of outline and
color. When spots disappear and are replaced by a uniform tint, both
lighter (E. elegans vagrans), and darker (2. elegans lineolata and BE.

650 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

sirtalis obscura), the change first appears on the posterior part of the
body. The tendency to form crossbars or spots appears first on the

anterior part of the body. This is slightly developed in the JL. sirtalis
semifasciata, but extends throughout the greater part of the length in

the EH. phenax. In species in which the top of the head is pale, as £,

elegans vagrans, it is dark or black in the young. This dark color is—

paled also in the /, e. couchii, and in the E. e. marciana, but leaves the
posterior portion as a pair of large black nuchal spots.

In the following pages the characters of the subspecies and their
range are considered.

Buteenia sackenii Kennicott.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 98; Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 393. Prymnomio-
don chalceus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 558.
Florida west to Pennsacola. .

Butzeenia saurita L.

Bd. and Gird., Cat., 1853, p. 24; Coluber saurita Linn. Syst. Nat. 1, 1766, p. 385.
Leptophis sauritus Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetol., m1, 1842, p. 21. Tropidonotus
sauriius Dumet Bibr., Erp. Gen., vill, 1854, p. 585. Schlegel Ess. s. Physion. Serp.,
1, p. 69; Il, p. 586; Giinther, Cat. Colubr., Snakes, Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 72; Jan.,
Teon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 26; 1, fig. 1; dorsal stripe too wide.

Eastern and Austroriparian regions except Texas.

Buteenia proxima Say.

Bd. and Gird., Cat., 1853, p. 25. Coluber proximus Say, in Long’s Exped. Rocky
Mts., I, 1823, p. 187. Hutenia faireyi Bd. and Gird., Cat., 1853, p. 25.

The Mississippi Valley from Indiana and Illinois; Texas and Mex:co
below the plateau to Tehuantepec.

The individuals found in the Mississippi Valley from New Orleans
northwards are mostly of a darker color than those from other regions,
the spaces between the stripes being generally black. (H. faireyi B. & G.)
This form accompanies the typical and lighter colored one in Louisiana
and eastern Texas as far west as Dallas. Many transitions between the
two oceur. Specimens from Vera Cruz have a metallic refulgence. A
pair of specimens from Fort Stockton, Tex., have the same character,
and the dorsal stripe isindistinet, having no lateral black borders. The
west Texas form generally has the dorsal stripe reddish.

Euteenia megalops Kennicott.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 330; Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1884, p. 173.
Sonoran region (southern New Mexico and Arizona and Chihua-
hua).
Buteenia radix Bd. and Gird.

Cat. Serp. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Am.,1875, 1853,
p. 34. Butenia haydenii Kennicott, Rept. U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv., suppl. to Vol.
1 (Vol. x11), 1859, p. 298.

ELutenia radix twiningii Coues and Henshaw.

Eutenia radix melanotania Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 400.

1

at’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 651

This is the species of the plains, and it is well distinguished from
all others. Itranges from Dallas, in northern Texas, on the south, to
‘Manitoba on the north, and from the base of the Rocky Mountains on
the west to the eastern limit of the prairies in Indiana on the east. It
‘varies in color somewhat, but not sufficiently to give ground for the
| adoption of subspecies. The fact that of the very many specimens
/which are preserved in museums, the type is the only one which has
| nineteen rows of scales, has given rise to the synonyms above enum-
} erated. Southern specimens (HF. v. haydenii) are more brightly colored
/ and more distinctly spotted than northern ones; in fact some of
the latter are nearly black; hence the name L.v. teiningii; but
these agree with the type exactly, except in having twenty-one rows
of scales. In the £. v. melanotenia from Indiana there is an imper-
fect longitudinal stripe crossing the end of the gastrosteges; but it is
much interrupted.

|

Eutznia macrostemma Kenn.
Proce. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 331. Lutenia flavilabris Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1866, p.
306; BLutenia insigniarum Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1884, p. 172.

This is the representative of the #. radix in Mexico, but it always
differs in having eight superior labials and a shorter tail. It has three
forms. In one the iongitudinal stripes and spots are obscure or want-
ing and the size is larger. This is the &. insigniarum Cope. In
another, all the markings are very distinct, the lighter ones being a
bright yellow; the size is smaller. This is the #. flavilabris Cope. It
comes from various parts of Mexico. The type specimen of the species
is intermediate between the two in color, and the size is like that of
the EZ. insigniarum. Itis from the valley of Mexico. Three speci-
mens of tne form insigniarum were sent to the zodlogical garden at
Philadelphia, which are said to have been taken near Prescott, Ariz.
One of them has an additional superior labial intercalated in front of

the orbit.
Eutznia butlerii Cope.*

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 399.
Southeastern Indiana. One specimen known.

Butenia biscutata Cope.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 21.

Lake Klamath, Oregon. Two specimens known.
Euteenia elegans Bd. and Gird,

Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1853, p. 34.
Eutenia vagrans Ba, and Gird., 1. ¢., p. 35.

Eutania marciana Bd, and Gird. 1. ¢., p. 36.

Eutenia couchii Kenn., Rept. U.S. Pac. R. R. Surv.; Williamson’s Rept., X, 1°57, p. 10,
Futenia hammondii Kenn., Proce. Acad. Phila., 1560, p. 382.

Tropidonotus trivittatus Hallow., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1853, p. 257.

*Eutenia rutiloris Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 388. Cozumel Jd., Yuca-
tan,

652 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

This species resembles in some of its forms the H, sirtalis, but itis
to be always distinguished by the twenty-one rows of scales, the eight
superior labials, and from most of the forms of the latter, by the absence.
of aseries of rounded spots near the end ofthe gastrosteges. In its
range it never enters the eastern nor austroriparian regions, except-
ing the latter at the extreme western part of Texas, on the Concho
and Nueces rivers and their tributaries.

The labial and scale formule in this species are quite constant. In
two specimens of the H.e. plutonia the labials are eight, and the
scales in twenty-one rows. In two of HE. e. elegans, the figures are the ©
same. In two of HL. e. brunnea, the figures are the same. In eight of ©
the Z. ¢.lineolata, the figures are the same. In four of the FE. e. couchii
the figures are the same, except in one individual, where there are but
nineteen rows of scales. In twenty-two specimens of H. e. vagrans ©
there are twenty-one rows of scales in all, and in five specimens there |
are seven superior labials on one side. In one only are there
seven superior labials on both sides. In all the others there are
eight labials on both sides. In twelve specimens of H. e. marciana,
all have eight upper labials, and all but two twenty-one rows of scales.
In two the seales are in nineteen rows. Thus in fifty-one specimens
there are three departures from the regular scale formula; and one en-
tire departure and five partial departares from the labial formula.

There are eight well marked color forms of this species, which mostly
occupy distinct geographical regions, and are abundantly entitled to
be called subspecies. It is indeed possible that some of these might be
as well regarded as species, but the existence of transitions, and the
lack of importance in the characters themselves, induce me to consider
them as subspecies. They are, however, in the great majority of cases
easily recognized. The characters of these forms areas follows:

I. No spots; labials not dark bordered.

Black above and below; no lateral band; dorsal band wanting or a trace in front

Omliysas nates oe oe Sa cei rele aie Sere eg ieee reso E. e. plutonia.
Black above, light below; three distinct stripes, all black bordered. ..£H. e. elegans.
Brown above, light below ; three stripes, not distinctly bordered... EZ. e. brunnea.

Il. Spotted ; labials not dark bordered; nuchal spots indistinct.

Stripes and spots distinet ; the superior row of spots confluent into a band; the

inferior separated by chestnut-red spaces; belly olivaceous-.£. e. ordinoides.
Spots large anteriorly, smaller or confluent posteriorly; interspaces indicated by

pale edges of the scales; bands distinct.....-...--.-.-..----- E. €. lineolata.
Spots small, numerous, 80-100, interspaces large, pale; bands present often in-
distinet'; belly with idark imiddlec2s 25) )s-a2ee sence ne cee eee EL. €. vagrans.

Ill. Spotted; labials dark bordered ; nuchal spots more or less distinct.
No dorsal band, lateral band indistinct; intermediate space lead-colored with
one row of spots next to the lateral band; yellow marks behind eye incom-
Pleten.2 asc0 wc see ee hohe Sar NG See ee seers drone ereremertcte EF. e. couchii.
Dorsal and lateral bands indistinet; three rows of spots on a light ground on
each side; two yellow crescents extending upwards, eat angle of mouth and
behind! 6yeu< 2. gee ne seh ett ee ee eee EEE eee ee eee EF. e. marciana.

vor.x1V,] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 653

Of these subspecies the H. e. plutonia has been found rarely and at
remote localities, and the H. e. brunnea is only known from two speci-
mens, so that these can not be yet regarded as geographical forms. The
E. e. elegans has been found so far, in northern and central California
only. The ZL. e. lineolata is from the same region, and from Oregon
and Washington as well. The #.e. vagrans is characteristic of the en-
tire region between the Sierra Nevada on the west and the eastern
border of the Great Piains on the east, and belongs to higher parts of
the Rocky Mountain ranges as well as to the valleys between them.
The H. e. couchit is characteristic of southern California and southern
Arizona and New Mexico. The £. e. marciana belongs to the valley of
the Rio Grande, and adjacent regions in Texas and Mexico. It is seen
from the above that the Hutenia elegans inhabits all of the nearetic
realm excepting the eastern and austroriparian regions,

As regards transitions between the subspecies, I refer to the num-
ber of spots, which have been shown by Baird and Girard to be
characteristic of the H. e. vagrans and E. e. marciana. In six speci-
mens of the former, however, I find the variation to be from eighty-
four to one hundred and three. In #. e. marciana they number
from fifty-two to fifty-eight in four specimens, but in an otherwise typ-
ical one I find seventy-three. There is, however, still an interval be-
tween the ranges of variation. This is filled by the H. e. couchii where
the number of spots runs from seventy-four to ninety-one in five indi-
viduals. The number of spots is thus characteristic in a general way,
but not sufficiently exact to define the forms as species.

I have endeavored to ascertain whether there is any constancy in
the number of temporal seales. Thus in the typical form, LP. e. elegans,
there are three rows of scales bordering the posterior superior labials
above, while in the Z. e. lineolauta there are as often four as three. In
the EH. e. vagrans five specimens have four rows and five have three rows.
In the EZ. e. hammondii three have three rows, and one (No. 866) has
four. Of ten specimens of LP. e. marciana, seven have three, and three
have four. The rows always have the formula 1—2-5-4.

Euteenia elegans plutonia Yarrow.

Eutenia vagrans augustrostris Yarrow in Wheeler’s U. 8. C. G. Surv. W. 100th Mer. Y.
p. 554, Pl. xx, f. 2, 29.
Eutenia henshawi Yarrow, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus, 1583, p. 152.

Two specimens known; one from western Arizona, and the other from
Fort Walla Walla, Wash.

Buteenia elegans elegans Bd. and Gird.

Eutenia elegans Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1853, p. 35; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N.
Amer., 1875, p. 41, Tropidonotus trivittatus Hallowell, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1253, 237.

Four specimens only known; all from California.

654 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Euteenia elegans ordinoides Bd. and Gird.
Eutenia ordinoides Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 33, Tronidonotus ordi-
noides, Bd. and Gird., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 176.

This form is quite different from any of those enumerated as sub-
species of H. elegans, but it resembles considerably the H. sirtalis
parietalis, The distribution of colors is quite the same as in that form,
but the red between the lateral spots is of a chestnut color, and not —
crimson, as in E. s. parietalis. The agreement of the scale and labial —
formule with those of the H. elegans induces me to refer it to that species —
rather than to the Z. sirtalis, although the latter exhibits occasionally —
in California eight upper labials.

Besides the characters mentioned, this form has a yellow dorsal
stripe, which is well defined, covering one and two halves rows of scales.
The lateral stripe is defined below by a brown shade, which fades into
the brownish clive of the belly below. The spots of the inferior lateral
row are large and are confluent above with the wide black dorso-lateral
band. No nuchal spots, but the dark color of the back continues into
the brown of the top of the head. Superior labials brownish olive,
the posterior narrowly brown-bordered; chin and throat yellow. Gas-
trosteges unspotted; one hundred and fifty-six in number. Tail in-
jured; the base with a triangular section. Length of body, 490 milli-
meters.

One specimen from San Francisco, California. Baird and Girard
enumerate three specimens, all from California, and two of them from
San Francisco.

Huteenia elegans brunnea Cope.

Color of the superior surface to the third row of scales (exclusive),
brown; of lower surfaces, light yellow, extending to the third row of
scales (inclusive). Dorsal stripe light yellow, occupying the median
row of scales and the adjacent borders of the adjacent rows, but not
well defined laterally, and not black bordered. It covers three full
rows on the nape and only one row beyond the middle of the length,
and is wanting on the tail. No traces of nuchalspots. Labials colored
like the abdomen, the superior with traces of brown posterior borders.
There is but a faint brown shade on the first row of scales and the ends
of the gastrosteges, scarcely defining the lateral stripe below. Belly
unspotted. In the type No. 10849 the head is short, wide. Temporals
1-2-3 and 1-3-3. Gastrosteges 172, anal 1, urosteges 77. Geneials
equal, short. Tail entering total length four and one-tenth times.

This is a much more robust form than the JL. e. elegans, and brown
takes the place of black in the coloration. In the indefinite dorsal
stripe it resembles the EH. e. lineolata, but it does not show the least
trace of the square spotseven when the epidermis is removed.

atalog No.of | 5 . : eal tae

CORE Specinens Locality. | Bron whoo mnegced. | eae

10848 1 | Mort Bidwell Cale.--o-2 eco. He Wikvenshawiaecceceteenene | Alcoholic.
10849 a eeererars Cores 2 ee eee eee Oss. See eos Do.

iso.” PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 655
Euteenia el gans lineolata Cope.

Color above brown, to the third row of scales exclusive; below light
olive, unspotted. A longitudinal dorsal stripe, and a lateral stripe on
the second and third rows of scales, light yellow; first row of scales
light brown; integument between the stripes marked with two rows of
blackish square spots, which are, however, nearly invisible when the
skin is not stretched, but are indicated by short, whitish borders of the
scales, which occupy their interspaces. These spots are more distinet
in the young, as in other forms. The brown of the sides extends to the
head without forming nuchal spots, and passes from dark to lighter
brown on the frontal region, or continues, especially in younger speci-
mens, to the end of the muzzle. Superior labials yellowish olive, the
middle ones with a trace of a dark posterior border above. <A pair of
parietal spots; gular region light yellow. Dorsal stripe faint on tail.

Temporals 1-2-3, or in some specimens 1-2-3-4. Tail three and four-
fifths times in total length. Gastrosteges 165, anal 1, urosteges 89.
Total length 460", of tail 120"" (medium sized specimen),

This a common form of eastern California and Oregon. It extends
as far south as Fresno, California (No, 12564), and east as far as Walla
Walla, Washington (10911). It connects completely the subspecies
E. e. elegans and E. e. vagrans, in spite of their very different appear-
ance. <A specimen (11805) from Shasta County, California, is almost as
uniformly black as the former; while 10911, from Walla Walla, ap-
proaches quite near to the H. e. vagrans in the dark, lead-colored mid-

dle abdomen.
Eutenia elegans lineolata Cope.

Cata- | ao. of | oreo Wares os
neue apedl: Locality. | Bhan cal From whom received. apoctieant
joe | eS =
8579 2 | Lake Tahoe, Nev..... | Sept. —, 1876 | Dr. W. A. Hammond, U.S. A.) Alcoholic.
8580 1 | Southern California. . - TARTS: ee OO ee Cera ee ete | Do.
8587 eendG ores hc.. 2 «- Krag. TOU | oe eee ene | Do.
9565 ft |otastOnlitornia:......|------------>- fe oe CO ab waekka damn ms Kean | Do.
10840 1 | Fort Kiamath, Oreg .-| Aug. 29, 1878 |..-. dO..-..-----.sseencenese- Do.
10843 Oa ee ee Sept.—, 1878] --.dO.......-..-..----------- Do.
10844 NOU ise ince scminc.ce Sept. —, 1878 }..-. do ..-..--.---.--2-----20-- | Do.
10845 1 cany Warner, Oreg..| Aug. 10, 1878 |.-..d0 ---...--------+---+--- Do.
10846 Loon Mae 10) 1818 |... C0! so Senne waiedemcs eau se ce | Do.
10847 1 | Garp Bidwell, Cal 378 Sab od teacen cet ct eee taxes Do.
10848 Dil coee do eC ere ae orca andie ee mee eee Do.
10849 fa seoe O)- TR ae pre ee | Do.
10850 i |22-=00 SCL ict Unk ed ate dam lp Ril | Do.
12564 | 1 | Fresno. Cal. Gustav Risen i...-........6. Do.
10811 1 | South Oregon. .....--- |.naeeeeeseneee H.W: He nshaw.... . Do.
10911 3 | Walla Walla, We anes ioe cae Capt. C. E. Bendire, U. A. Do.
Baird, Shasta County,
11805 1 Ds oe Ss wn] oe pdaeicce ween RAS CONG) Ack at dant seamen isname Do.

656 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Eutzenia elegans vagrans Bd. and Gird.

Eutenia vagrans Bd, and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 35. Yarrow, Wheeler’s
Rept., U. S. G. Surv., W. 100th mer. v., p. 548; Cope, Check List, N. Amer. Batr.
Rept., 1875, p. 41.

The entire central region, and not elsewhere, except a few speci-
mens from the northern part of the Pacific region; extending as far
south as the mountains of New Mexico and Arizona, and Humboldt
Bay, California. Very abundant.

Euteenia elegans couchii Kennicott.

Eutenia couchii Kenn., Rept. U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv., x, Williamson’s Rept., p. 10,
1857. Lutenia hammondii Kennicott, Proc. Acad., Phila., 1860, p. 332.

This subspecies is easily recognized, and intermediates between LH. e.
vagrans and H. e. marciana. An approach is made to the markings of

the head seen in the latter, while it resembles the young of H. e. vagrans:

in this respect also. The same H. couchiti was based on an exceptionally
narrow nosed form from northern California (Pitt River), of which but
one specimen has been found. The normal form (Z. e. hammondit) is
characteristic of southern California, ranging east to Texas.
Eutzenia elegans marciana Bd. and Gird.
Eutenia marciana Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer. 1853, p. 36. Cope, Check List
N. Amer. Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 41.

This easily recognized subspecies is restricted to the valley of the Rio
Grande from Colorado to its mouth. It extends eastward into Texas as
far as the Concho and Nueces Rivers.*

Eutzenia cyrtopsis Kennicott.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 333, Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 41.
Tropidonotus collaris Jan, Icon. Gen. d. Ophidi i, 25 v, Fig. 2 (too stout).

This species inhabits the Sonoran, Lower Californian, and Mexican re-
gions. It is well characterized by its wide head and slender body with
large eye, large nuchal spots and dorsal stripes running on only one row
of scales. There are three subspecies, which differ as follows:

I. Tail about one-third the total length. No large spots below lateral stripe.
E. c. cyrtopsis.
Il. Tail between one-fourth and one-fifth the length.

Nodlarcespots below lateral stripes sass 2 oe. toe oe oe oe eee EE. c. collaris.
Large spots below lateral stripe alternating with lower lateral spots, and invad-
ing lateral Stripes. cscs ce see erceleeemmen seers a ieeasi ee teeie sere E. c. ocellata.

Euteenia cyrtopsis cyrtopsis Kennicott.

Eutenia cyrtopsis Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 533. Cope, Check List N. Amer.
Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 41.

From Durango, Mexico.

*EUTANIA AUGUSTIROSTRIS Kennicott. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 332. Cope,
Check List N. Am. Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 41. One specimen known; from Durango,
Mexico.

' EvuTraNIA CURYSOCEPHALA Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1884, p. 173. Orizaba,
Vera Cruz, Mexico.

tite tas lil

i ee Bi el NE a,

reg | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 657

Euteenia cyrtopsis collaris Jan.

Tropidonotus collaris Jan, Iconographia degli Ofid. 1, 25, Pl. v, Pig. 2.
Mexico generally; Lower California; Arizona (Camps Whipple and
Verde); New Mexico (Lake Valley.)

Buteenia cyrtopsis ocellata Cope.

Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17, p. 22, 1880.
Helotes, West Texas; several specimens.

Butenia infernalis Blainville.

Coluber infernalis Bly., Nouv. Ann. Mus. His. Nat. Paris, 11, 1834, p. 59, Pl. XXXIV
A, Fig. 33a; Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1853, p.26.

This species occupies a position intermediate between the L. elegans
and the ZL. sirtalis, having the labial plates of the former and the scale
formula of the latter. In color pattern it differs from all the subspecies
of either, and as its tail is generally longer than either, it is necessary
to admit it as a separate species. It is more than usually compressed
at the anal region, where the scales are wide and more irregular than
is observed in other species. In the form vidua this compression extends
to the entire body. There are two well-marked subspecies as follows:
Color blackish, with traces of an inferior row of spots, and a distinct lateral stripe;

belly yellowish olive with black center; throat and lips yellow ..£. i. infernalia.
Unitorm black, with yellow dorsal stripe only ...--. ..--....22.--2. wees ween E. i. vidua,

a. Butzenia infernalis infernalis Blv.

Eutenia infernalis Ba. & Gird., Cat. 1853, p. 26, Blainville, l. e.; Coluber infernalis
Blainville, Nouv. Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 111, 1834, p. 59; Pl. xxiv, 33a.

Head moderately distinet, muzzle medium. Parietal plates not short-
ened, narrowed posteriorly. Scales not narrow, graduating in width
from the first row, which is smooth. Gastrosteges 158, anal 1, urosteges
70.

Color a blackish brown, with a median yellow stripe, which covers
the middle and parts of adjacent rows to the base of the tail, where it
contracts to one row and continues to the end. Belly from yellow to
olivaceous, extending to the third row of scales inclusive, with or with-
out a shade on the first row distinguishing a lateral stripe, immaculate.
Seales from fourth to eighth rows inclusive, with the keels olivaceous or
yellowish forming delicate longitudinal lines, Shades of the same color
are so distributed on the scales as to give the appearance of indistinet
spots in two rows, an appearance which is increased by a few scattered
yellowish dots on the margin of some of the scales. This appearance
represents actual spots in some specimens, In some of the larger speci-
mens the appearance is lost, nothing bat the few yellow specs remain-
ing. Labial plates yellow or olive, with or without very narrow post-
erior black borders. Throat and chin always yellow.

Proc. N. M. 91——42

658 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

In eleven specimens from Fresno, Cal., only the smaller ones have
distinct indications of lateral spots. In five from near San Francisco,
Cal., the spots remain distinct in the adults, as in the type of Baird and
Girard.

This subspecies resembles the Hutenia elegans lineolata, but it has
always (sixteen specimens) one row of scales less on each side; the
dorsal stripe is wide and better defined, and the colors are much
brighter.

Hutenia infernalis infernalis Bd. and Gird.

Catalogue | No. of

No. | specimens. | Locality. Whence obtained. Character.
es | SE pa ae = sale ao oe ee Eee eee
11754 : 1) Miresn 0) Caley mewacecce easel Gr: WISGI seseee anes aces | Alcoholie.

6 | San Francisco ...-.......-----| Collins Overland Telegraph Co. | Do.

Besides the six specimens of this form, said to be from San Francisco,
Baird and Girard enumerate two from California.

b. Huteenia infernalis vidua Cope.

Body moderately robust, compressed to the base of the tail; head |
moderately distinct; muzzle moderately elongate. Tail from 32 to 32
times in total length, compressed for the basal half. Seales in nineteen
rows graduating in size from the first on each side, which is as deep
as wide and very feebly keeled. Other scales not very elongate, feebly 7
notched. Superior labials eight, all higher than long. Loreal not
longer than high; oculars 1-3, temporals 1-2-3; one of the second row
larger than the rest. Geneials narrow, subequal. Frontal short, twice
as wide as the superciliaries anteriorly. Scuta, 151-1-77. ;

Color black, without markings, excepting a yellow olivaceous throat ~
and chin, and a yellow dorsal stripe which covers one and two half
rows of scales from the parietal plates to the basal third of the tail,
whence it runs on a single row to the end of the latter. Muzzle and ~
labial plates uniform lead color; throat yellowish.

This species is so far known from the two original specimens only,
which are in excellent preservation. It resembles in general characters
the species of the EH. sirtalis group, but is quite different from any of the
forms which I[ have ineluded in that protean species. The tail is longer,
as I find out of ninety-seven specimens of the latter which I have
measured; but five have the tail as short as in the specimen of H. vidua,
with the shortest tail (5%), aud none with so long a tail as the other (34). —
The eight superior Jabials distinguish it from all but four specimens
of the ninety-seven, and in some of them the additional labial is an in-
tercaiation. Two of these four specimens come from the same locality,
viz, San Francisco. The compressed body is seen in afew specimens
of the EH. sirtalis, also from the Pacifie region, but not in any other
forms. Insome of these the stripes disappear, but altogether, and not
the lateral only, leaving a well-developed dorsal, as in the L. e. vidua.

~

Oat PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 659

‘The coloration is a curious parallel of the “ atrata” form of the B. lep-
tocephala, which it closely resembles. The superior labials of the latter
are different in being lighter and with black borders, and the throat is
whitish and the muzzle brown.

While the E. infernalis has these points of connection with certain
extremes of variation of the H. sirtalis, it agrees with none of them, and
may be regarded as a species until more definite points of connection
are found.

Lutenia infernalis vidua Cope.

Catalogue No. of a p
No. specimens. | Locality. From whom. Character.
970 He] RSET Gnd TET (GY a Se Se Be | Alcoholic,

Two specimens in the U. S. National Museum are the only ones that
I have seen. Both are from San Francisco, California.*

Eutzenia aurata Cope, sp. oy.

Form of medium robustness; head well distinguished; tail about
42 times in total length. Seales in nineteen series, those of the in-
ferior row as deep as long, smooth or feebly keeled; the transverse
diameter of the scales diminishing gradually, and nowhere so small as
in many other species. Superior labials eight, all deeper than long.
Loreal deeper than long; oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2-3. Frontal wider
than superciliaries, not reaching preocular.

Brown without spots, and with three longitudinal yellow stripes, the
lateral very distinet, and running on the second and third rows of seales.
Belly yellow, immaculate. Labials yellow. <A pair of large black
nuchal spots.

This species differs from those of the same group with short tail, in
its more robust form, and in the absence of spots and presence ot
stripes. In its large nuchal spots it resembles the /. eyrtepsis, but in
no other respect. Its real affinities are to the H. infernalis, but its ap-
pearance is very unlike this form.

Robust, head short, distinct. Anterior labials short, vertical;
parietal plates rather short and wide. Seales rather wide, first row
very weakly keeled. Gastrosteges 168, anal 1, urosteges 74. Total
length 840"; length of tail 185",

The-color is a rich uniform brown above, with three longitudinal
yellow stripes which are without black borders. The dorsal stripe oe-
cupies the middle and parts of two adjacent rows of scales on the an-
terior half of the length, and one row on the posterior half, and is con-
tinued to the end of the tail. The lateral stripe covers two entire rows

*“EUTENIA PHENAX Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1863, p. 134. Vera Cruz, Mexico.
EULENIA SUMICHRASTH Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1566, p. 306; Proc, Amer, Philos,
Soe., 1834, p. 175. State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, ? Guatemala.

660 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

of scales except on the posterior half, where it oecupies the second row
only. It is bordered below by a band of a rather lighter brown than
that of the space above it, on the first row of scaies, and on the angles
of the gastrosteges, which enter between the separate scales of the
latter. Every other scale of the first row has a black speck at its upper
and lower base. Belly immaculate yellow, except a black shade at the
base of the extremity of a few of the scuta, which is only visible on
stretching the latter apart.

This handsome form resembles the Hutenia elegans brunnea in gen-
eral form and appearance, but the latter has no nuchal spots nor black
labial borders, nor band beneatii the lateral stripe. It belongs to a
different section of the genus. Its nuchal spots and labial borders are
like those of the Hutenia cyrtopsis, but it is not a slender-bodied
species, and the scales are wider than in that form, representing a dif-
ferent type in the genus.

I have seen but one specimen of this subspecies, which I took near
Lake Valley, in southern New Mexico, There is no specimen in the
U.S. National Museum.

Eutzenia leptocephala Bd. and Gird.

Cope in Yarrow’s Reptilia, Vol. v; Rep. U. 8S. G. G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., p. 550;
Catalogue of Serpents, 1853, p. 29; Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 23; Eutenia
cooperti Kennicott, U. 8S. Pac. R. R. Surv., x11, Pl. ii, p. 296; Cope, 1. ¢., 551;
Eutenia atrata Kennicott, loc. cit.; Tropidonotus sirtalis, var. leplocephala, Jan.
Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 25; Iv, Fig. 2.

This is a diminished or depauperate form of the H. sirtalis series, with
a tendency to reduction in the number of the scale rows and labial
plates, and subdivision of the preocular plate. Of twenty-four speci-
mens twelve have nineteen, and twelve have seventeen rows of scales.
The latter character has given rise tothe synonym F. cooperit. Rather
less than half the specimens have two preoculars, while in about one-
fourth, a fusion of two or more of the superior labial plates on one or
both sides is seen, reducing the number to six or five. The two most
frequently fused are the third and fourth, which bound the orbit below,
and next, the fifth is fused with the fourth.

The stripes are sometimes very distinct and the spots fused intoa
black band between them, and all stages exist between this condition
and that in which the colors are light and both stripes aud spots are
indistinct, All the specimens come from the coast region of the Pacific
district north of Humboldt Bay, California.*

* KEUTAENIA SCALARIS Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1866, p. 306; Thamnophis scalaris
Cope, 1. c., 1860, p. 369. States of Puebla and Vera Cruz, Mexico.

EUT4NIA PULCHRILATUS Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1884, pp. 173, 174. States
of Mexico, Hidalgo, Puebla, and Vera Cruz, Mexico.

ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 661
Euteenia sirtalis Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt., 1853, p. 30; Cope Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875,
p. 41.
Coluber sirtalis Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 1766, p. 383.
Tropidonotus sirtalis Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetology, 111, 1842, 41, Pl. x1.
Coluber ordinatus Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 1766, p. 379; Merrem Teutamen, p. 93.
Tropidonotus ordinatus Boie, Isis von Oken, 1827, p. 535; Holbrook N. Amer. Herpet.,
Iv, Pl. 12; Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 83.
Tropidonotus bipunctatus Schlegel, Physionomie des Serpents, 1837, 320; Dam. Bibr.
Erp. Gen., Vil, 1854, p. 582.
This species ranges over all North America, being limited to the
North by its capacity for enduring cold, and extending south to Mex-
ico. In its essential characters it is quite constant, but it varies in
color so as to include several races or subspecies. Of one hundred and
two specimens examined, but three have twenty-one rows of seales, the
rest having nineteen. Of the same number examined, but six have eight
superior labials on both sides, and the additional labial is generally
smaller than the others, so as to be an evident abnormality, though
sometimes they are regular. In nine specimens the additional labial
appears on one side only. These abnormalities are distributed as fol-
lows:

ene 2lrows| Sup. Sup.
ed scales. |labs. 8-8 labs.8-7
eR Orag hon cse an iare ec 6 0 0 1
KORROMITIGUIBY Cot ve ccnp so tc cus 53 1 ‘ 4
SOR EP AT py 2] C2) ee eS T 37 2 2 4
Pee IC MOXINO aa cme en oe wee cence cons cunceecesavs cesceusesase 8 0 1 0
ALOU os Se eee eee ainda ddaw actus enwae 102 3 6 9

The subspecies differ as follows:

I. No stripes nor spots above.
Color green; a spot near end of each gastrostege .....--..----. E. 8. graminea,
II. No stripes; two rows of square spots on gach side.
Spots all distinct, not separated by red interspaces; gastrostegal spots.
i. 8. ordinata,
III. Both stripes and spots.
Spots all distinct, not separated by red interspaces; gastrostegal spots; dorsal
stripe yellowish, not black bordered .............-.--...---- E. 8. sirtalis.
Spots distinct, not separated by red interspaces; the anterior become opposite
and confluent, and extending across the lateral stripe forming half cross-

DATES PS GrOSLOPal BDO cen ce cans ans geuslneveiessscsencnne EB. 8. semifasciata,
Inferior row of spots only visible; separated by red interspaces; dorsal stripe
red, black bordered; gastrostegal spots...................-.H. 8. dorsalis.

Superior row of dorsal spots confluent into a longitudinal band in contact with
the inferior row of spots, which are separated by red interspaces; no gas-

LLORLEE AL AOU tena’ Wea wnerche cee wes ebebencee bp heacuss teures E. 8. parietalis.
Like the last, but the inferior spots connected below by a black band inclosing
the red spots; throat and lips red; belly black..........-.. E. 8. concinna,

Three longitudinal lines on the middles of the second and median rows of
scales, mostly blue; belly black..........-.....---.----- E. 8. pickeringii.

662 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

IV. Bands but no spots.
Four longitudinal black stripes separated by a red stripe on each side.
Le. s. tetratenia.
Three well defined bluish bands of usual width; belly black.... 2. s. trilineata.
A yellow dorsal band; the lateral less distinct; belly green and with gastros-
Legal spots sot sas cdot shee on seis econ tel ot Dem eens ec en emeeee EL. 8. obscura.

These subspecies are distributed as follows:

Eastern region. Austroriparian region. Central region. Pacifie region.

E. s. graminea.

eS OLCUN DUA Sos eracces | E. s. ordinata, |
BS sy SICtUAS = ysie = S266 IE $= SIP balisss Sn pjqlo ec cia ce seems | Ii. s. dorsalis.
| .-s. parietalis .-.....-. | E. s. parietalis.
ESS SOM faScl Ata see <a nek oeeoe ee Ceca as eer | elie SR e Rh coe Pte ee | E. s. concinna.
BS ODSCUTA..c+2-- -</-- iH}: ‘SUODSCULDs= Same nee eecsosee | ca eek hee a Gees E. s. tetratenia.
| EK. s. trilineata.
E. s. pickeringii.

Eutenia sirtalis graminea Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 399.
Found rather rarely from Massachusetts to Indiana, inclusive.

Buteenia sirtalis ordinata L.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., Buil. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1, 1875, p. 41; Wheeler’s
Surv. Zodlogy, v., p. 546.
Coluber ordinatus Linn., Sys. Nat. 1, 1866, 379; Tropidonatus ordinatus Holbrook, N.
Amer. Herpetol., tir, 1842, 45 Pl. xu. Mutenia ordinata Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1833,
p. 32.
Found sparingly throughout the Eastern and Austroriparian regions
except Texas.
Euteenia sirtalis sirtalis Linn.

Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1, 1875, p. 41; do. in
Yarrow’s Rept. U. 8. G. G. Exp. Sury. W. 100th Mer., Vol. v, p. 546.
Eutenia sirvtalis Bd. and Gird. Cat. 1853, p. 20.

Found throughout the Eastern and Austroriparian regions except
Texas. The most western locality known is Fort Kearney, now June-
tion City, in the eastern third of Kansas. This form reaches a larger
size than any other species or subspecies. A melanistic specimen from
Tennessee is in the U.S. National Museum. ATI parts of the body are
black, but the spots and stripes may be all traced.

EButenia sirtalis semifasciata Cope, subsp. nov.

This subspecies or geographical race is represented by a number of
specimens in the national collection from northern Illinois and Wiseon-
sin. It resembles in general the H. s. siréalis in color and proportions.
The lower surface and the stripes are olivaceous, and the lateral and
median stripes are separated by two rows of spots which oceupy the
entire width of the space on the skin, but which do not touch each
other as scale markings, the upper row being ranged along the median
stripe, and the lower along the lateral stripe. The peculiarity of the

econ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 663

form consists in the fact that on the anterior fifth or sixth of the length
of the body thespotsof the inferior row extend across the lateral stripe,
breaking it up into sections. In many of the specimens the spots of
the superior row become opposite to those of the inferior row, and join
them, and the latter again join a row which is below the lateral stripe.
The three rows of spots thus become confluent, form cross bars inter-
rupted only by the median dorsal stripe, as in the Putenia sealaris.
The bars are much less regular than in that species, the part that crosses
the lateral stripe being distinctly contracted, and the superior part being
much widened.
In four specimens (8070) of this form the tail measures, respectively,
qe, 42, 48, 4% of the total length. Gastrosteges in one of the same,
153; anal 1; urosteges 61. Length of same specimen, 520 millimeters;
length of tail, 104 millimeters. Length of a larger specimen, 914 mil-
limeters ; of tail, 196 millimeters. In several of the specimens a deli-
cate black line borders the median stripe on each side.

Cata- | No. of

logue | speci- Ticenlity From whom re- Nature of
No. Sea : ceived, specimen,
8970 Poel PA usebiaimes Nee .c.ctccrcecesodsscaceceece Re Kenmicotts -s-sscse | Alcoholic.
1018 2 lpaseee COMER eee else ia nas ole wale siete les cialsiste wie ates ets donee aaa snore | Do.

1051 He IWHSCONSIMMeemencccaccosee cacse sce ekue cose cs asee Ritcterd on ahtore temsae | Do.

In the lot 8070 are included three specimens of the H. sirtalis sirtalis.

Butzenia sirtalis dorsalis Bd. and Gird.

Hutenia dorsalis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 31, Cope Check List
N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 41. Lutenia ornata Bd. and Gird., Yarrow
Reptilia U. S. G. G. Ex. W. 100th mer. v, p. 550-553; Check List N. Amer.
Batr. Rept. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 24, 1883, p. 122; not of Bd. and Gird.
Tropidonotus sirtalis var. dorsalis, Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid. 11 25, Iv, fig. I.

This form, which is easily distinguished in life by its red dorsal stripe,
inhabits principally the Rio Grande Valley, being associated with the
H. elegans marciana. It is nearest to the H. s. parietalis, but it lacks the
wide black band on each side of the dorsal stripe which is in contaet
with the lower series of lateral spots in that form. It has instead, a
narrow black border of the dorsal stripe, which does not touch the small
distinct lateral spots. Intermediate forms, however, occur, in which
the black borders are wider and the lateral spots larger. Such is No.
954, from Salt Lake, Utah, and another specimen from California.

Buteenia sirtalis obscura Cope.

Check List N. Am. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 41, in Yarrow’s Report Reptiles U.S. G. G.
Survey W. of 100th mer., 1875, v, p. 546.

This form is a derivation from both E. s. sirtalis and E. s. parietalis by
a fusion of the spots into black bands. The specimens in the National
Museum are from remote localities, viz.: Westport, Nova Scotia; Lae
que Parle Minn.; Fort Benfon, Mont.: and California.

664 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Eutenia sirtalis parietalis Say.

Cope in Yarrow’s Report Reptiles U. 8. G. G. Survey W. of 100th mer., v, 1875, p.
546; Coluber parietalis Say in Long’s Exped. Rocky Mtns., 1823, 1, p. 186; Harlan
Journ. Acad. Phila., v, 1827, p. 349. Eutenia parietalis Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1-53,
p. 28. Hutenia pickeringiti Bd. and Gird., Cope Proc. Acad., Phila. 1883, p. 21;
Check List N. Am. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 41, not of Bd. and Gird. J. ornata Bd.
and Gird., U. 8. Mex. Bound. Surv., 11, Rept. 1859, p. 16, pl. —, fig. —.

This subspecies covers the entire central region, and the Pacific
region. It is most abundant in the northern part of the latter, but is
found as far South as Fresno, Cal.

Butznia sirtalis concinna Hallow.

Tropidonotus concinnus Hallowell, Proceed. Acad, Phila., v1, 1852, p. 182; Hutaenia
concinna Bd. Gird., Cat. 1853, p. 146; Cope, Proc. Acad Phila., 1883, p. 23.

From the western part of Washington and Oregon.

Euteenia sirtalis tetrateznia Cope.
In Yarrow’s Report in U. 8. Expl. Sury., W. of 100th mer., v, 1875, p. 546.

In the typical specimen the tip of the tail is injured, but it can be
restored with considerable probability, so that L estimate that the length
enters the total length four and one-fifth times. The superior labials
eight, the anterior rather crowded, so that it may be that the normal
number is seven instead ot eight, in which case this form should be re-
ferred to the E. sirtalis rather than to the H. infernalis. The loreal
is as high as long, and the temporals are 1—2—3. The frontal is wider
than the superciliaries, and does not reach the preocular. The post-
genials are longer than the pregenials. Gastrosteges, 158; urosteges,
68 +. Total length, 800 milimeters ; of tail (tip lost), 118 4+.

The ground color is seen in the dorsal stripe and in the belly as high
as the third row of scales inclusive. This is bluish olivaceous. The
scaleS mentioned are black at their bases and on their adjacent edges,
and in the first row of scales the black covers the angular extremity
of the gastrosteges. No regular spots on the gastrosteges, as in most
subspecies of Hutenia sirtalis. There is no distinct lateral stripe.
The dorsal stripe covers one and two half rows of scales. Externally
on each side it is bounded by a black stripe, which also covers one and
two half rows of scales, and which extends to the base of the tail. Ex-
terior to this on each side is a red stripe, which also covers one and two
half rows of scales. Exterior to this on each side is a second black
stripe on each side which covers one and a half rows of scales and ex-
tends to the base of the tail, beyond which it is broken up into a series
of black spots. It is also broken up into spots for a short distance pos-
terior to the head. These spots have no connection with the superior
black band. Head olive gray with two pale parietal spots; no nuchal
spots. Superior labials with narrow black posterior borders on the
fourth, fifth, and sixth. Throat aud chin yellowish, unspotted. No
black marks on middle of belly and tail below. .

;

F Per | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 665

The color pattern of this subspecies is entirely different from that of
any other and is the result of a contluence of the spots, one phase of
which is seen in the H. sirtalis concinna. As in that form, the inferior
row of spots has become a longitudinal band, but, unlike that form the
red spaces between the superior row of spots, has also become a stripe
instead of remaining separate.

Eutenia sirtalis tetratenia Cope.

Cata- | No. of

mene specimens. Locality. Whence obtained. Remarks.
=
PEAT POUE SOU LVWES so: pawl sacs ade aake ssa sassuebeeudes Aleoholis
866 — 2 | Pitt River, Cal......... eR ed Site tg ete Re oe knee oes do

EButeenia sirtalis pickeringii Bd. and Gird.

Cope in Yarrow’s Rept. U. S. G. Survey W. of 100th Mer., v, p. 546; Putenia picker-
ingii Bd. and Gird. pt., Cat. 1853, p. 27; Cope, Cheek List N. Amer. Batr. Rept.,
1875, p. 41.

Two specimens only known, both from Puget Sound, Washington.

Butenia sirtalis trilineata sub. sp. noy.

General color above and below black. Three longitudinal bluish
stripes present, of the usual width ; 7. e., the lateral on the second and
third, and the dorsal on the median, and the half of each adjacent row
of scales. Middle of belly lead colored. Head black.

This form resembles the ZF. s. pickeringii, but has the stripes of the
usual width. It differs from the FP. s. obscura in the black belly and
well-defined lateral stripe.

Five specimens have come under my observation: No, 5274 (1+ from
Port Townsend, Oregon, and 5493 (4) from Fort Benton, Montana,

Butenia nigrilatus Brown.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1889, p. 421.
From Tueson, Arizona; one specimen known.

Butenia multimaculata Cope.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1835, p. 284; Atomarchus multimaculatus Cope, American
Naturalist, 1853, p. 1300.
From Southern New Mexico and Arizona and Chihuahua, Mexico.*

* EUTENIA MELANOGASTER Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 386. Tropi-
donotus melanogaster Weigmann, Peters, Monatsber. Ak. Sei. Berlin, 1564, 3o¥. Afo-
marchus melanogaster Wiegm. Cope. Tropidonotus mesomelanus Jan, Icon, Gen. ¢ rfid,
Hl, 27, Vv, Fig. 3; vi, Fig. 2. The valley of Mexico.

665 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPR. 2

Eutzenia rufopunctata Cope.

Chilopoma rufopunctatum Cope, Report U.S. Expl. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., v, Rep-
tiles, by Yarrow, 1875, p. 544; Tropidonotus rufipunctatus Garman, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zod]. Cambr., vil, 1533, p. 136. Stypocemus rufopunctatus Cope, Proceeds.
Amer. Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 387.

Southern Arizoua.

TROPIDOCLONIUM Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 76; Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1886, p. 495; Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 60; Microps Hallow., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1856, p. 241.

Head not distinct from body. Teeth equal. Scales keeled; and sub-
caudal seuta divided. Cephalic seuta normal; two internasals, rostral
not prominent. One nasal, one loreal, ofe preocular. Anal plate
entire.

This genus shows its position to be in the Natricine by the presence
of the vertebral hy papophyses on the posterior centra; and in its pattern
of coloration it resembles the genus HEutzenia, and especially such a
species as H. leptocephala Bd. and Gird., where the head is not very
distinct. Itis probably a terrestrial modification of that genus, as the
Clonophis kirtlandii is of Natrix. But one species of the genus is known.
The T. storerioides has a divided anal and must be placed in Natrix.

Tropidoclonium lineatum Hallow.

Cope, Proc. Acai. Phila., 1860, p. 76 ; Cheelx List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 425
Microps lineatus Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1856, p. 241
This species is especially characteristic of the western part of the
Mississippi Valley, oceurring in both the eastern and central regions.
It is not uncommon in northern Texas, the Indian Territory, and south-
ern Kansas, extending north to Iowa inclusive. '

LIODYTES Cope.

Proc. Amer. Puhilos. Soc., 1884, p. 194; loc. cit., 1886, p. 495; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus
32, 1887, p. 60.

Posterior maxillary tooth longer than those in front of it and sepa-
rated from them by an interspace. Cephalic plates normal, except that
there is but oneinternasal plate. Nostril subvertical. Two nasal plates
and one loreal. Seales smooth, no fossz. Anal sentum divided.

This genus is allied to Helicops Wagler, a form found only in conti-
nental South America. It differs from it in the smoothness of the scales.

It includes but one species, which has been found so far in Florida
only.

Seales in cighteen rows; labials cight: internasal wider than long. Five rows of
caudal scales keeled. Dark brown, with two lateral brownish-yellow stripes ou
cach sidexbelow straw. Colom... --- 2.2 se) doo) eee eee eee LL. allenii.

aoe | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 667

Liodytes allenii Garman.
Cope,. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1886, p. 495.

Helicops allenti Garman., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1874, 92; Cope, Check List Bat.
Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 43.

Florida only.
NWATRIX Laurerti.

Specimen Synopsis Reptilium, 1768, p.73; Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, 1840, pp. 172, 1735
Cope, Proceeds. U. 8. Natl. Mus., 1&88, p. 392. Tropidonotus Kuhl, Isis von Oken,
1826, p. 205; Boie, loc. cit., 1827, p.518; Wagler, Systema, 1830, p.179; Schlegel,
Physionomie des Serpens, 1837, 296; Duméril et Bibron, Erp. Géneralé, vi, pp.
5049-724, 1854; Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 59; Nerodia Bd. and Gird., Cat.
Rept. Serpents, 1853, p. 38; Megina Bd. and Gird., loc. cit., p. 45.

Teeth generally longer on the posterior than the anterior parts of the
maxillary bone, ungrooved. Two internasal, two prefrontal, and two
nasal seuta; one loreal; parietals distinct. Anal plate divided. Seales
keeled; seale-pits double. Gastrosteges well developed, not angulated
or keeled.

This genus is widely distributed throughout the northern hemisphere,
embracing numerous species in North America and in Hurasia, but is
wanting on the Pacific district of the former. (in the American con-
tinent a single species, V. rhombifer Hallow., extends as far south as
Vera Cruz from its North American range.

I find twelve well distinguished species in North America, which are
characterized as follows:

I. Temporal scuta 1-2 or 3; parietal scuta normal.

@ Oculars 2-2; scales in nineteen rows.
Smaller, muzzle wider; three black stripes above ; fonr brown ones below.
N. leberis.

Larger, muzzle narrower; no black bands above; two, sometimes three or four,

TOM erie ch DandsiWelOny ace es emcees ke aie se setae N. grahamii.
Muzzle short; brown above with a broad median band; below yellow, with
ENZO) RON ENOIE S) OOM aomndas ose Coote dees ena ceene Heoseasoe N. rigida.

ea Oculars 1-2; scales in twenty-one rows.

Superior labialseight; head elongate; brownish yellow, immaculate.N. usta.
aaa Oculars 1-3; scales in 19-21 rows.
Four brown bands above; a median row of yellowish spots below... clarkii.
Three rows of brown spots above, which may form stripes anteriorly and
cross-bands posteriorly ; median row of yellow spots below.

N. compressicauda.
A row of lateral spots, often indistinet; below, uniform; tail slender, eylin-

CLIC pate ar ae cee tare eee len ee eee eee ey Stes stele Sic etal N. valida.
aawaa Oculars 1, 2-3; scales in 23-25 rows.
Superior labials nine; preoculars two; spots longitudinal. ...-. NV. bisecta.
Superior labials eight; preoculars one ; spots, when present, transverse.
N. fasciata.

aaaaa Oculars 1, 2-3, 4; scales in 27-29 rows.
Kye resting on (usually) one labial; alternating wide dorsal and lateral
SPOUS nCOMMEC hE Cea tTUINO LCS samme iat amee eet eter erre arise N. rhombifera.
hye separated from labials by seales; numerous narrow cross-bands,
SOMEHUMES LOM CM ee ear ere ssieclsee ee Cae a see eae patel N. cyclopium.

668 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

II. Temopral scales 2, 4-5; parietals much reduced in size.
« Oculars 1-2; scales 31-33 rows.

Eye resting on one labial; alternating dorsal and lateral square spots which do

NoObstouch ee cates lowe ose see eee Cee tear see eter N. taxispilota.

Of these species N. leberis and N. fasciata are distributed over both
the eastern and the Austroriparian districts. The other species belong
to the Austroriparian district, except the NV. valida, which is the only
species of the Sonoran district. The NV. grahamii extends up the Mis-
sissippi River to north of the Austroriparian limits to northern Illinois
and Indiana, and is not known from east of the latter State. N. rhom-
bifera has a similar distribution, except that it remains within the
boundaries of the Austroriparian district, not extending north of south-
ern Illinois and Indiana. N. cyclopium has not been found out of this
district, while the NV. compressicauda and N. usta are restricted to Florida,
N. tavispilota is confined to the eastern part of the Austroriparian
region and Florida; while N. rigida has a similar range, omitting
Florida, and apparently extending north to Pennsylvania. N. bisecta
is known from but one specimen.

Natrix leberis Linn.

Coluber leberis Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x1, 1766, 216; Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., Ed. x1, LUI,
1788, 1086; Shaw, Gen. Zo6l, 11, pt. 2, 1802, p. 433; Daudin, Hist. Nat. Rept., v1,
1803, 218.

Tropidonotis leberis Holbr., N. Amer. Herpt., Iv, 1842, 118, Pl. x11; Dekay, N. York
Fauna Rept., 1842, 45; Pl. x1, Fig. 23; Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vu, 1854, 579;
Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit. Mus., 1858, p.78; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 27, v.
Fig. 2.

Regina leberis Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 45.

Coluber septemvitiatus Say, Journ. Acad. Phila., 1825, p. 243; Harlan, l.c., 1827, p. 355.

Eastern and Austroriparian regions.

Natrix grahamii Bd. and Gird.

Regina grahamii Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 47.
Tropidonotus grahamii Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 78; Cope, Check;
List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 42; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 27, v, Fig. 1.

Austroriparian region.

Natrix rigida Say.

Coluber rigida Say, Journ. Acad. Phila., 1825, p. 39; Harlan, 1. ¢., 1827, p. 355.
Tropidonotus rigidus Holbr., N. Amer. Herpt., 1842, m1, p. 39, Pl. x.
Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 42.

Austroriparian region.

Natrix usta Cope.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 392; Tropidonotus ustus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860,
p. 340.

Florida.

tcc PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 669

Natrix clarkii bd. and Gird.

Regina clarkit Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 48; Tropidonotus clarkii.
Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861 »,. 74: Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer, 1875,
p. 42.

Tropidonotus medusa Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 72.

Texan district of Austroriparian region, east to New Orleans.

Natrix compressicauda Keun.

Cope, Proc. U. 8. Mus., 1888, p. 392; Nerodia compressicauda Kennicott, Proc. Acad,
Phila., 1860, p. 335; Tropidonotus compressicaudus Cope, Check List N. Amer.

| Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 42.
‘Florida.
Scales in nineteen rows; above, blackish brown with numerous closely placed pale
cross-bands; one row of yellow gular spots..........-......-.1 N. c. compsolama.
Scales in twenty-one rows; numerous dark cross-bands, narrowed on the side; three
gular yellow bands; a postocular band...-..-...--......-....---+ N. c. bivittata,

Scales in twenty-one rows; three rows of dorsal brown spots forming longitudinal
bands on neck; one row of yellow gular spots; no postocular band.

N. c. compressicauda,

Scales in twenty-three rows; yellowish, with narrow brown cross-bands ; one yellow

gular band; no postocular band...-. ........----.------ -.eee-e- Ni. walkerii.

Natrix compressicauda compressicauda Kenn.

Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 392.
Nerodia compressicauda Kenn, Proc. Acad, Phila., 1860, p. 335.

Florida.
Natrix compressicauda bivittata Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 392; Pl. xxv, Fig. 4.

Florida.
Natrix compressicauda walkerii Yarrow.

Tropidonotus walkerii Yarrow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1883; p. 154.

The scuta of this subspecies are quite as in the last, as in the form
of the rostral internasal and frontal plates and the relation of the orbit
to the superior labials. Its chief peculiarities are in its twenty-three
rows of dorsal scales and in its coloration. In the latter it approaches
the N. ¢. compsolema. Color above, brownish yellow, crossed by nu-
merous brown cross-bars, which are as wide as the spaces which sepa-
rate them, viz, two scales, and which extend to the first row of scales.
These bars become wide on the part of the body near the head, and
are split by the ground color without forming bands, except short ones,
which form a V on the parietal plates. No postorbital band. Labials
dusky, yellow-bordered front; genials the same, with a large medium
yellow spot on each. Abdomen dusky, with a median row of round
yellow spots, which soon become irregular in number and posi.

670 “NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES——COPE.

tion. Ends of gastrosteges yellow on the anterior fifth of the length.
10681:137+1-+7?; 467", 2, (tail injured).

| Nature of

Catalogue No.of spec-! ie en rE Sam nara
Na: IP eseeters Locality. | From whom received. | specimen.
ce [A ae ed. ew ao
| | |
10681 | 1 iNClearwabere Wlae se ssoses.c-eetes soe Del. MYVIKeD. 2 pees | Alcoholic.
|

Watrix compressicauda compsolzema Cope.

Tropidonotus comsolemus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 368; Check List N. Am.
Batr. Rept., 1875,-p. 42.
Key West, Florida.

Watrix valida Kennicott.

Regina valida Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 334.

Scales in twenty-one rows, the inferior smooth. Head distinct from
body, elongateand tapering to the muzzle. Internasals longerthan wide;
rostral elevated. Oculars 2-3 and 1-3; temporals 1-2. Superior labials
eight, eye over fourth and fifth. Tail not compressed at base. Gray —
or brown, with more or less distinct small spots on the sides. Belly not
spotted.

There are two subspecies of the Natriz valida, as follows:
Spous-smailno bands *bellliy pales. as i. -epteee aa eel hee ences cea N.v. valida.
Lateral spots large; a vertebral dark, and lateral light bands; belly dark... v. celeno. -

Natrix valida valida Kenn.

Regina valida Kenn., Proc. Acad, Phila., 1860, p. 334.
Tropidonotus validus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1866, p. 310; Check List Batr. Rept.
N. Amer., 1875, p. 42, Geol. Surv.,.W. 100th mer., 1876, p. 612, Pl. xx1.
Tropidonotus tephropleara Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 341.
Lower California, Sonora.

Natrix valida celzeno Cope.

Tropidonotus celeno Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 341; 7ropidonotus validus celeno
Cope, Check List N. Am. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 42.
Lower California.
Watrix bisecta Cope.

Tropidonotus bisectus Cope, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1887, p. 146.
Washington, District of Columbia. But one specimen known.

Natrix fasciata Linn.

Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 392; Coluber fasciatus plus C. sipedon Linn., Syst.
Nat. 1, 1766, pp. 378-379; Tropidonotus fasciatus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vu, 1854,
p. 566; Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 76.
Tropidonotus sipedon Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Am., 1875, p. 42.
Seales in twenty-three or twenty-five rows, all keeled, the external
larger than the others. Eight superior labials, center of eye over

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 671

suture between the fourth and fifth. Orbitals 1-3; temporals 1, 2 or
3. Rostral plate not much elevated; internasal seuta each longer than
wide; frontal plate rather narrow; parietal plates each as long as
frontal and prefontal plates together. Pre and -postgenials subequal.
_ General color above from bright reddish brown to gray, marked by
Jarge dark brown transverse spots variously arranged, ov immaculate.
Below yellowish or reddish with or without chestnut or reddish brown
spots which are not tessellated, but are more or less rounded. Length
about a meter.

This abundant and widely distributed species presents several well-
marked varieties which have been described as species. These gener-
ally have a definable geographical range. Together they occupy the
entire Kastern and Austroriparion regions.

_ Belly spotted ; back with broad transverse spots on a light ground; head pale, with

Pee EMPROOGULEL DADC). 1. cam ahe pnamne «fu ensn= serucaapes waaemed N. f. fasciata.
Belly spotted; back with brown spots which extend to the sides anteriorly only, but
which mostly alternate with lateral spots; no postocular band....: N. f. sipedon.
Belly spotted ; dorsal bands transverse anteriorly ; posteriorly wanting, and lateral
REET i ec Gum cnn o)iee ddd oa nadie sos verdes ec naenwaeells fs leer eeee
Belly unspotted; dorsal and lateral spots alternate to the head.--....2 N. f. transversa.
Belly unspotted ; neither dorsal nor lateral spots...--......----.N. J. crythrogaster,

These subspecies beiong to the Austroriparian region except NV. /.
sipedon, which is nearly confined to the Hastern, and . /. transversa,
which belongs to the Texan district.

Natrix fasciata fasciata Linn.

Cope, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 392.

Coluber fasciatus Linn., Syst. Nat. 1, 1766, p. 378; 1788, p. 1094; Holbrook, N. Amer,
Herp:.1, 1838, p. 93; Pl. xx.

Tropidonotus fasciatus Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp. 2 ed. U1, 1842, p, 25, Pl. v; Dekay,
New York Fauna Rept., p. 47, 1842; do. var. A Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit.
Mus. 1858, p. 76; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 42.

Nerodia fasciata Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1553, p. 39.

Coluber porcatus Latreille Hist. Nat. des. Rept. 1v, 1582, p. 32, Pl. —, Pig. 1; Daudin
Hist. Nat. Rept. v1, 1803, p. 204; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Phila, 1527, p. 306.

Austroriparian region.
Natrix fasciata sipedon Linn.

Coluber sipedon Linn., Syst. Nat. xu, 1766, 1, p. 879; Gmel., Linn, Syst. Nat. Xi, 1, 20k;
1788, 1098; Shaw Gen. Zol. 111, pt. 11, 1802, p. 496 ; Merrem Tentamen, 1820, p. 124;
Harlan, Jour. Acad. Phila, 1827, p. 351; Storer, Rept. Mass. 1539, p. 225; Thomp-
son, Hist. Vermont 1842, p. 118.

Tropidonotus sipedon Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp. 11, 1542, 29 Pl. vi; Dam. Bibr. Erp.
Gen. vil, 1854, p. 568.

Nerodia sipedon Ba, and Gird,, Catal., 1553, p. 3°.

Tropidonotus sipedon sipedon Cope, Cheek List Batr. N. Amer, 1575, p. 42.

Tropidonotus fasciatus var. B. Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus. 1858, p. 75.

Coluber pacilogaster Wied, Reise nach N, Amerika 1, 1839, p. 106.

Eastern region.

672 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—-COPE

There is considerable doubt whether this subspecies enters the Aus-
troriparian fauna. If so, it appears sparingly, and only on the northern
borders. Specimen No. 9008, from Montgomery, Alabama, might be
almost as well placed with the N. f. transversa, as the belly is unspot-
ted, but the anterior half of the body is cross-banded, as in the WN. /.

Jasciata,
Natrix fasciata pleuralis Cope.

Scutellation as in the species generally; scales in twenty-three rows,
the inferior more weakly keeled and of larger size than the others, In-
ternasals longer than wide; oculars 1-3; middle of orbit above suture
between fourth and fifth superior labials.

The color characters are quite peculiar. On the anterior part of the
body brown bands cross the ground color reaching to the gastrosteges,
the lateral parts having parallel sides, and being separated by spaces
wider than themselves. The dorsal parts of these cross-bands gradu-
ally disappear, and posterior to the middle or last third of the length
are wanting, so that the coloration consists of lateral erect. parallelo-
grammic spots separated by spaces of a yellow or gray ground color
equal to or a little wider than themselves. Belly yellow, with brown
rounded spots on the anterior parts of the gastrosteges; spots few on
the anterior third in the type. Head brown without markings; labials
lighter.

1092; 1314+1430?; 23; 517™™., 120? (? injured).

8786; 1444-1473; 23.

8786; 1364142; 23; 1087 to anus; tail injured.

This fern is a sins but seems to be rare, as but three speci-
mens have come under my observation. They approach the forms of
N. f. sipedon with lateral spots well separated.

The large specimen in No. 8766 referred to this subspecies is so dark
colored that the pattern is only made out when immersed in fluid.
The belly also is marked by a narrow transverse blotches on the exter-
nal parts of the gastrosteges, which afterwards blend and involve the
whole surface.

Natrix fasciata pleuralis Cope.
Cata- | No. of | 2 ei
lozue | speci | Locality. _ From whom received. | Nature sof
No. | mens. | | | Specimen.
1092 1 | Mississippi Mowers Dee eats als omiset oe aes eae (2) | Alcoholic.
8786

AM PURtA Gar smec cc cavice see lacoce se selaseenias Wim. Phillipsic-scs-- Do.

2
WNatrix fasciata transversa Hallow.

Tropidonotus transversus Hallow., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, p. 177.

Nerodia transversa Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 148.

Nerodia woodhousei Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 42; Rept. U. S. Pac. |
R. R. Sury., x, 1859, Whipple’s Rept., 41.

Tropidonotus woodhousei Jan, Icon, Gen, Ofid., 11, 26, Iv, Fig. 1.

Texan district.

Bisa. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 673

Natrix fasciata erythrogaster Shaw.

Cope, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 392.

Coluber erythrogaster Shaw, Gen. Zoél., 1, 1802, p. 458; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp.,
Oy Less, ps Ol, cl. XLX.

Tropidonotus erythrogaster Holbr., N. Amer. Herp., 2d ed., 111, 1842, p. 33, Pl. vue;
Dun. Bibr. Erp. Gen., vir, 1854, p. 570.

Nerodia erythrogaster Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 40.

Tropidonotus sipedon erythrogaster Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875.

Austroriparian region, entering rarely the eastern.

Natrix rhombifera Hallow.

Tropidonotus rhombifer Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, p. 177; Cope, Check List
N. Amer. Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 43; Nerodia rhombifer Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept.
Serpé., 1853, p. 147; Nerodia holbrookii Ba. and Gird., 1. ¢., p. 43.

Tropidonotus pogonias Dum, Bibr., Erp. Gen., 1854, p. 574.

Tropidonotus fasciatus var. pogonias Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid, 11, 26, 11, Fig. 1.

Tropidonotus cyclopion Jan, Icon, Gen. Ofid. 11, 26, vi Fig. 1, not of D. and B.

In thirteen specimens in which I counted tiie rows of scales, I found
but one in which the number is not twenty-seven; this was in No.
10759, asmall and starved individual, which has twenty-five rows. In
dimensions this water snake rather exceeds the N. s. fasciatus, and is
only exceeded in our fauna by the N. tavispilota.

The Lower Mississippi is the headquarters of this species, where it is
very abundant. It is not yet known from east of that river, but
ranges north to the limits of the Regio Austroriparia, to southern
Illinois, and west throughout Texas. Itis the only one of our water
snakes which extends to the Tierra Caliente of Mexico, having been
brought by the Commission Exploradora from Misantla, in the State
of Vera Cruz.

Natrix cyclopium Dum, Bibrou.

Tropidonotus cyclopium Duméril & Bibron, Erpetologie Générale vu, p. 576; Giinther,
Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 77; Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p.
299; Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 43.

This well-marked species is much less abundant than its allies the
N. rhombifera and N. tavispilota, The few specimens in the National
Museum collection come from the three extreme points of the Austro-
riparian district, viz, Florida, New Orleans, and south Illinois.

The N. cyclopium is nearest the NV. rhombifer. The pattern of colora-
tion is quite different; and the scutellation also differs in several im-
portant respects. In the NV. eyclopium the uasal plates are shorter an-
teroposteriorly, and there are only two scuta which ave properly postoc-
ular. The posterior temporals are smoother, and not keeled, and the
body scales are emarginate, which they are not in the V. rhombifera,

The possession of a series of scales below the orbit, while present in
all known specimens of this species, is not confined to it. I haveseen
it in a specimen of the NV. tavispilota, aud it is found in the only known
specimen of the Natrix anoscopus* Cope, from Cuba.

* Tropidonotus anoscopus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 209.

Proc. N, M. 91 45

674 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Natrix taxispilota Holbrook.

Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 392.
Tropidonotus taxispilotus Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpet., Iv, 1343; p. 35, PL 8, Dum,
Bibr., Erp. Gen. vit, 1854, p. 605; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11, 26, v. Fig. 1.
Tropidonotus taxispilotus ? var Brocki Heilprin, Transac. Wagner Free Inst. Science 1,
1887, 129, Pl. 17.
This is the largest American water snake. Its range is limited, ex-
tending in the Austroriparian region from the Potomac River to New
Orleans and to Florida, inclusive.

CLONOPHIS Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 391; Cora Jan, Elenco Sist. 1863, p. 74, not of Selys,
1853, nor Bonap., 1854.

Teeth of equal length. Head not distinct from body. Scales
keeled; anal scutum and subcaudal scuta divided. Cephalic plates
normal ; two internasals, rostral not prominent. One nasal, one loreal,
and one preocular.

But one species of this genus is kuown. [ formerly placed it in Tro-
pidoclonium, but that form has an undivided anal plate. Both are
burrowing snakes of affinities to the water snakes.

Clonophis kirtlandii Kenn.

Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 391; Regina kirtlandit Kennicott, 1856, p. 95;
Tropidoclonium kirtlandii Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 340; Check List
Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 42. Ischnognathus kirtlandit Jan, Icon. Gen. Otid.
Iso0, Pigeele:

This species has a limited range; it has been recorded so far from
northern Illinois and Michigan only.

STORBERIA Bad. and Gird.

Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpt., 1853, p. 135. Ischnognathus Duméril, Prodrome des
Ophidens, 1853, p. 72; Dum. Bibron, Erp. Gen. vit, 1854, p. 506.

Head distinct from the body. Cephalic plates normal. Loral plate
absent. Orbitals, posterior and anterior. Nasals, two. Body subcyl-
indrical; tail comparatively short, tapering. Dorsal scales carinated.
Anal seutum bifid. Subcaudals divided. Teeth small, numerous, of
equal lengths, none grooved.

This genus is a reduced type of Natrix, to which it is connected by
the Mexican WN. storeriodes Cope. Its range is Nearctic, extending
south as far as the plateau of Vera Paz and Guatemala.

There are three species of the genus, which differ as follows:

Oculars 1-2, seven upper labials, the posterior wide ; nostril between nasals ; belly
grayish white ; a black spot below orbit. ...-.-..---. .----.---+---+---- S. dekayi.
Oculars 1-2; six upper labials, the posterior narrow; nostril between nasals; no
black spot below orbit; belly grayish white...........-.-.-.-.-.....8. tropica.*
Oculars 2-2; five or six upper labials, the posterior narrow ; nostril in anterior nasal;
a dark spot below orbit; belly red..........-...---.----.----S. occipitomaculata.

* STORERIA TROPICA Cope, Proc., Amer. Philos. Soc., 1884, p. 175; Guatemala.

ea | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 675

Storeria dekayi Holbrook.

_ Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer., Pt. 1, Serpents, 1553, p. 135; Cope, Check List

.
;
S

N, Amer. Rept. Batr., 1875, p. 42.

Tropidonotus dekayi Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpet., 111, 1842, p. 53, Pl. xtv ; Dekay, New
York Fauna Rept., 1842, p. 46; Ischnognathus dekayi Dum., Bibr. Erp. Gen., vii,
1854, p. 507; Giinther, Catal. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 81; Jan, Ieon. Gen.
Ofid., 11, p. 30, Figs. 3,4; Zropidonotus ordinatus Storer, Rept. Mass., 1830, 223,

United States, exclusive of Pacific region ; Mexico.

Storeria occipitomaculata Store”.

Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 137; Cope, Check List Batr., Rept. N.
Amer., 1875, p. 42; Tropidonotus occipitomaculatus Storer, Rep. Rept. Mass., 1839,
p. 230; Ischnognathus occipitomaculatus Giinther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus.,
1858, p. 81; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 0, p. 30, Fig. 2; Coluber venustus Hallow., Proce.
Acad. Phila., 1847, 111, p. 274; loc. cit., 1v, 1849, p. 245.

United States, exclusive of Pacific region ; Mexico.

AMPHIARDIS Cope.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 391.

Head not distinct; teeth equal. Scales keeled; anal and subcaudal
scuta divided. Cephalic scuta of upper surface normal. Rostral not
prominent ; two internasals. Two nasals; one loreal, which extends to
the orbit. No preocular. Pupil round.

This genus embraces as yet but a single species. It is most nearly
allied to Haldea, from which it differs only in the presence of two inter-
nasal plates. The species is little known.

Amphiardis inornatus Garman.

Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 391; Virginia inornata Garman, Mem, Mus,
Comp. Zo6l. Cambr., vitr, 1883, p. 97.

From near Dallas, Tex.

HALDEA Bd. and Gird,

Cat. Rep. N. Amer. Serpents, 1853, p. 122; Conocephalus Duméril, Prodome des Ophi-
diens, p. 46, 1853; Falconeria Theobald, teste Boulanger.

Head elongated, ellipsoid, distinct from the body. Internasal plate
single. Pretrontals large, entering together with the loral into the
orbit, thus suppressing the anteorbitals. Postorbital one. Twonasals.
Pupil cireular. Seales carinated. Postabdominal scutella bifid. Sub-
caudals divided.

This genus has the form and probably the babits of the Calamarine,
but the continuity of the vertebral hypapophyses throughout the ver-
tebral column indicates that its affinities are with the Natricin, of
which group it is probably a degenerate offshoot.

676 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE

Haldea striatula Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. 1853, 122; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 35;
Coluber striatulus Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 1766, p.375 ; Gm. Linn. Syst. Nat., Ed. xu.
1788, 1887; Harlan, Journ. Acad., Phila., v, 1827, p. 354; Calamaria striatula Schleg.
Ess. s. Plhysion. Serpt., 1837, p. 43; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., 111, 1842, 123, PL.
XXIX ; Conocephalus striatulus Dum. Bibr., vit, 1854, p. 140; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid.,
TL, pele sy ll, EO set.

North America; Austroriparian region.

ERYTHROLAMPRUS bBoie.

Isis von Oken, 1826, p. 981; Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p. 55; Coniophanes
Hallow., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 484; Cope, loc. cit., 1360, p. 248; Glaphyrophis
Jan, Elenco List. Ophid. 1863, p. 54.

Posterior maxillary teeth elongate, grooved. Cephalic shields normal;
two nasals, loreal present. Scales smooth, without fossa. Anal and
subcaudal seuta divided. Pupil round.

The type of this genus is found throughout renin America (#. ve-
nustissimus 1.), and a second (H. dromiciformis Pet.), is found on the Pa-
cific slope of the Andes near the equator. The remaining nine species
belong to Central America and Mexico, and one of them has been taken
in the United States on the lower Rio Grande. The typical species is
red with black annuli in coloration, while most of the remainder are
striped. The transition is effected by the EH. lateritius Cope, which is a
red species with black head and neck. The only species which enters
our limits is characterized as follows:

Scales in nineteen rows; superior labials eight; one preocular; light brown with
blackish sides and dorsal stripe; below red, unspotted....-...---. LE. imperialis.

Erythrolamprus imperialis Bd. and Gird.

Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p. 77; Laniophis imperialis Bd. and Gird., U.S,
Mex. Bound. Surv., 1, 1859, 23, Pl. xrx, Fig. 1; Coniophanes imperialis Cope, Proc.
Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 74; Tachymenis imperialis Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Cambr., vill, 18838, p. 154

Besides Cameron County, southwest Texas, this species has been found
near Tuxpan by Lincecum, and at Jicalepec, Vera Cruz, by the Comision

Geografica of Mexico.

SIBON Fitzinger.

Neue Class. d. Reptilien, 1826, p. 29. Heterurus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vu, 1854, p.
1170. Leptodira Giinther, Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 165 (e nom. nud.
Fitzingerii, 1843). Lteirodipsas Jan, Elenco Sist. d. Ofidi, 1863, p. 105.

An elongate grooved tooth on the posterior part of the maxillary
bone; other teeth subequal. Head plates normal; one loreal. Preanal
and subecaudal scuta double; scales smooth, with two apical pits.
Pupil vertical.

PROCEEDINGS OF TITE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 677

This genus has near allies among the Dipsadine group, to which it
belongs. From Dipsas it is distinguished by the divided preanal plate;
t from Himantodes* by the double scale-pits, that genus having but one.
From Trimorphodon it differs in the equality of the ungrooved maxil-
lary teeth and the single loreal plate. The greater number of species

of this genus are Mexican and Central American, one species (8. annu-
latum) extending its range throughout tropical South America. One
species only has been found on the Rio Grande River, and extends
‘within our borders. The species are closely allied and are subject to
some variation. One only (S. rhombiferum Gthr.) I have not seen, and I

give its characters on the authority of Giinther. All the species known

have but one temporal plate in the first row. The species differ as
follows:

I. Superior labials eight to nine.
a Scales in 21-5 rows.
Body slender, compressed; scales in twenty-one rows; preoculars two; dorsal
RHO sally, NO postocular band --.---. wees cece we en eed S. annulatumt L.
Body robust, cylindric; scales in twenty-one rows; preoculars two; dorsal
spots large, wide; a conspicuous black postorbital band.
S. yucatanenset Cope.
Robust; scales 23-5 rows; preoculars three; conspicuous dorsal spots, and
MOSLOLDItal band. ..... .=....-.-.....-.-.-...----5. septentrionale Kenn.
Robust; scales twenty-one; one preocular; numerous transverse black dor-
sal rhombs, and no lateral spots; top and sides of head black. .
S. personatum § Cope.
Robust; scales twenty-five; loreal longer than deep; brown with yellow
cross-bars and black-edged brown dorsal rhombs. .8. rhombiferum || Gthr.
Robust ; scales twenty-three ; preoculars two; loreal square; black with nar-
row gray cross-bands; a conspicuous postocular band; labials nine.
S. frenatum § Cope.

*Himantodes Dum., Bibr. Erp. Gen., vir, 1854, p. 1064. The four species of this
genus may be distinguished as follows:
1. Two temporal plates in anterior row.
A row of large vertebral scales ; very slender; tail one-third....-. FH. cencoa L.
A larger vertebral row; less slender; tail three and one-third times in length,
IT, lencomelas Cope.
No larger vertebral row ; dorsal spots to gastrosteges ; slender.
H. tenuissimus Cope.
2. One temporal scale of first row.
No large vertebral row ; less slender........---.---- +--+ HH. gemmistratus Cope.
H. cenchoa is South American and extends north to Vera Cruz; the other species
are Central American and Mexican.
tLeptodira annulata Gthr., Dipsas annulata, D. and B.; South America, Panama,
Costa Rica,
t Sibon annulatum yucatanense Cope, Proceeds. Acad. Phila., 1566, p. 127; Yucatan,
Belize. ?
§ Leptodira personata Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1565, 310, Mazatlan, Mexico.
\| Leptodira rhombifera Giinther, Ann. Magaz. Nat. Hist., 1572, 32.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1886, p. 184. Jalapa, Mex.

678 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

aa Scales in nineteen rows. ‘
Robust; preoculars two; loreal short ; parietal quite or nearly touching post-_
ocular; cross-bands much wider than interspaces; a postocular stripe.
S. nigrofasciatum * Gthr. |
II. Superior labials seven.
Robust; scales nineteen rows; preoculars two; pale brown, with several
rows of small blackish spots; a blackish half collar above; head paler;
no postocular band <2 2.2.2 cesmccs sete ee See ee ee MCU LCUMN C Olas

Sibon septentrionale Kennicott.

Dipsas septentrionalis Kennicott. U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., Reptiles by Baird, 0,
p. 16, Pl. 8, Fig. 1. Sibon annulatum septentrionale Cope, Check List Batr. Rept.

N. Amer., 1875, 38; Catal. Batr. Rept. Centr. Amer. Mex., 1837, 67.
The largest species of the genus, ranging from Panama to Cameron
County, Texas, inclusive.

TRIMORPHODON Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 297; Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p. 68.

Posterior maxillary tooth elongate, grooved ; anterior teeth of both
jaws elongate; intermediate teeth of the maxillary series, shorter.
Head plates normal; two nasals; two loreals, one in front of the other.
Pupil vertical. Head very distinct. Scales smooth, subequal. Anal
scutum divided ; subcaudal scufa in two series.

This genus includes species which inhabit Central America, Mexico,
and the adjacent parts of the United States. It is allied to Sibon, from
which the elongate anterior teeth and the two loreal scuta distinguish
it. No species of Sibon is known to possess two loreals, one anterior
to the other. The species of Trimorphodon, with their wide triangular
head, narrow neck, and slitlike pupil, considerably resemble venomous
snakes, which their pugnacious disposition does not diminish. They
differ as follows:

I. Scales in twenty-one rows; superior labials nine.
Head with brown chevrons above; nape with a brown collar; back with dia-

mond-shaped;spots's: S20 <5 ae eae see eae sisiese eine T. lambda Cope.
Head with a lyre-shaped pattern above, nape with parallel stripes; dorsal spots
IM PATS bcc cS so Sate haa cele eee einioee Sele emer T. lyrophanes Cope.

II. Seales in twenty-three rows; superior labials seven.
Top of head black with a white T-shaped spot; dorsal spots entire transverse
diamonds’: Fe .152 sce eSa see) pains seis wise eee see sara eereaee T. tau Cope.
III. Scales in twenty-three (4) rows; superior labials eight.
Top of head brown, with a small Y-shaped mark; dorsal spots transverse dia-
monds, more or less transversely divided by paler; nape with a brown
COATS Salsas ac eae looah) tone dees ceenne Bee Seer eee eee T. upsilon Cope.

* Leptodira nigrofasciata Gthr., Ann. Magaz. Nat. Hist., 1868, 425. L. mystacina
Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1869, p. 151. Dr. Giinther describes a specimen in
which the inferior preocular is abnormally absent or he has overlooked it, and the
inferior postocular is wanting. My type isabnormal in lacking a labial, and in having
a temporal in excess. My specimens, five in number (mostly normal), are from the
west coast of Mexico (Tehuantepec) and Central America.

t Leptodira pacifica Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1868, 360; Mazatlan, Mexico.

Vor | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 679

IV. Scales in twenty-three (4) rows; superior labials nine.
Top of head brown ; dorsal spots numerous, transverse, more or less divided dia-

monds...--. pata t ate nes cece ee cee eee cence ce ee teen eee T. collaris Cope.”
Top of head white, with three round black spots; dorsal spots few transverse
undivided black rhombs, with pale edges.............. I. vilkinsonii Cope.

V. Scales in twenty-five (7) rows; superior labials nine.
Top of head with chevron bands; dorsal spots formed of four contluent spots
and inclosing a pale center .........-.5...... --- 7’. biseutatus Dum. Bibr.
Of the preceding species I have before me one each of the 7. lambda,
tau, collaris, and vilkinsonii, Of the T. lyrophanes there are six speci-
mens; of the 7. upsilon six, and of the 7. biscutatus, four.
The type of the genus is the 7. lyrophanes. It is the only species

found within the limits of the United States.

Trimorphodon lyrophanes Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 297; Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 286; Lycodon lyro-
phanes Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1860, p. 343; Sibon biseutatum Garman, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zo6él. Cambr, vir, 1883, p. 134.

Arizona; Lower California.

a ae eT Te oe

Il1l.—PROTEROGLYPHA.
ELAPIDZ.
ELAPS Schneider.
Historia Amphib., 1801, mu, p. 289; Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vir, 1854,1191; Giinther,
Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, 229; Cope, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 32, 1587, p. 62.

Maxillary bone without solid teeth behind the perforated tooth. Ce-
phalie plates normal; rostral not modified. Two nasal plates; no lo-
real; oculars few. Scales not keeled, without fossa. Subcaudal sen-
tella in two rows; anal plate divided. Pupil a vertical oval. Head
little distinct.

This genus embraces twenty or more species of the Neotropical
realm, three of which have their principal habitat in the southern por-
tions of the Nearctic. They areof rather elongate body and short tail,
and have small eyes. They approximate in general appearance the
Calamarine Colubrid, so that their discrimination, except on examina-
tion of the dentition, from snakes of this group, can only be accomplished
by experts in species characters. The scutellation of the head is exactly
that of the genus Tantilla. The coloration is brilliant, consisting of red
and black, with less yellow, arranged in rings or parts of rings. The
red is generally the ground color, and the black rings are e sither single
or in sets of three. The latter may be much narrower than the ground
color, or may be so wide as to reduce it to very sim il} proportions
(BE. semipartitus, B. imperator)., The epidermis is beautifully iridescent,
especially on the black spaces. The colors are much like those of the
mineral labradorite, and are probably due toa similar physical cause, viz,

* Bteirodipsas Wacutete Jan, [eon Gen. Ofid., 11, 39, Fig. 3 (not 7. biscutatus D, & B.).

bSO NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

a microscopic lamination of the surface. On direct and antero-posterior
views the color is peacock purple; on transverse views it passes from
brassy yellow through brassy green to maroon and brown. The colors
do not appear if the scales are wet.

The bite of some of the larger species, as /. swrinamensis and E. mare-
gravii, is said to be dangerous, but that of the smaller ones is innocu-
ous to man and the larger animals.

Three species are found within the limits of the Nearctic realm, which
differ as follows:

I, Temporal scales 1-1; a black ring immediately behind head; internasals much
smaller than prefrontals.

Tail one-seventh to one-eighth total length; black rings wide, covering from
seven to ten scales; red spaces above and below black spotted; three or
four black rings on tail; muzzle and chin black.:.--....-...---- E. fulvius.

Tail one-seventh total length; black rings narrow, covering two to three scales;
red spaces above and below not black spotted; tail with seven black rings;
nosevandschinwre dase. he Sse heat ereeea Cee eres ee eeeeere FE. distans.

II. Temporal scales 1-2; internasals equal or nearly equal prefrontals; a red ring
immediately behind head.

Tail very short, one-fourteenth total length; black rings six or seven scales
wide, with very wide yellow borders; interspaces above and below un-
spotted; tail with two black rings; nose and chin black.. £. euryxanthus.

Elaps fulvius Linn.

Cuv., Regn. Anim., 11, 1817; Fitz. N. Class. Rept., 1826, 61; Holbr., N. Amer. Herp.,
II, 1838, 87, Pl. xvu1, and 2d, m1, 1842, 49, Pl. x; Bd, and Gird., Cat. Serpt.
N. Amer., 1853, p. 21; Duméril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., vil, 1854, p. 1215; Giin-
ther, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 235; Cope, Check List Batr. Rept.
N. Amer., 1875, p. 34; Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid., 11., 421, Fig. 2.

Coluber fulvius, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 1766, 381; Gm., Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xu, 1, 11,
1788, 1104.

Vipera fulvia Harl., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1827, 364.

Elaps tener Ba. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 22; H. tristis Bd. and Gird.,
loc: cit.,p: 23:

Austroriparian region.

Specimens trom western Texas (Indianola, on the Gulf of Mexico,
and the Pecos River, in the north) differ somewhat from those from
farther east, and furnish the basis for the supposed species HH. tener
Bd. and Gird. Generally the frontal plate is not wider than the super-
ciliary, but in one specimen it is as wide as in the typical form (No.
8574). The red spaces are more closely spotted and blotched with
black, the blotch on the belly being especially large. The yellow bor-

ders are also wider, covering two and one and a half rows of scales, while

those of the typical H#. fulvius cover but one. A specimen from New
Orleans is intermediate in these points of coloration (No. 4804), and in
specimens from Pensacola (8783) and St. Johns River (8230), Florida,
the yellow borders are one and a half and even two scales wide. Ido
not find the Texas forms to represent a subspecies.

The number of black rings on the body and tail varies within rather
narrow limits. IL give the following account of them as they occur on

oes | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. G81

sixteen specimens. The first number represents those on the body;
the second that on the tail.

11-3, 8574; 12-3, 6045, 6081, 1137; 12-4, 1135, 4804, 8230; 13-3,
7776; 13-4, 8783; 14-4, 1142, 4716; 15-4, 1120, 10606, 10674; 16-4,
9933; 17-4, 8813. In coloration the Hlaps fulvius represents the type
with single rings in approximation to that with triple rings, since the
black spots of the ground are most? dense next the yellow borders,
thus foreshadowing narrow rings at these points, such as exist in the
Elaps lemniseatus.

The Hlaps fulvius ranges from North Carolina (exclusive) to the
Tierra Templada of the State of Vera Cruz, Mexico. A specimen is in
the National Museum from Jalapa.

Elaps distans Kennicott.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 338%; Cope, Check List N. Amer. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 34.

Florida,

The characters which distinguish this species from the laps fulvius
are those of color only, asin structural characters the two are identical.
Many of the species of the genus differ in such characters only, and
they are often very constant. The present species displays equal con-
staney in the known individuals.

The specimen alleged by Dr. Yarrow (Check List, p. 82) to have been
sent from Chihuahua, Mexico, belongs to the 2. ewryxanthus. LP. distans
has been found only in Florida.

Blaps euryxanthus Kennicott.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 337 ; Cope, Check List N. Amer. Rept. Batr., 1575, p. 34.

The proportions of the head plates in this species are very different
from what is observed in BE. fulvius and other species, and mark it as
one of the most distinct species of the genus. Its geographic range is
the Sonoran region, beyond which if has not been found.

Prof. F. Cragin, of Topeka, Kans., sent me a specimen of this species
which he obtained at Guaymas, on the Gulf of California, The speci-
men (1128) from the Rio Grande River, referred to this species by Yar-
row (Check List, p. 82), belongs to the 2. fulvius,

IV.—_SOLENOGLY PHA.

OCOROTALID®.
ANCISTRODON bBeauvois.

Trans. Amer. Philosophical Society, tv, 1799, p. 351; Bd. and Gird., Cat, Serpt. N.
Amer., 1853, p. 17; Cope Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 62, 1587, p. 63.
Cenchris Daudin, Hist. Nat. Reptiles, v, 358, 1803; Wagler Nat. Syst. Amphib., 1830,
p. 175.
Toxicophis Troost, Amer. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, 1, 1833, 190; Bd. and Gird., Cat,
Serpt. N. Amer., 1853, p. 19.
Nine symmetrical plates on top of the head, the superciliary bound-
ing the orbit above. Nasal plates two. Seales keeled, bifossate. Anal

682 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

plate and caudal scuta undivided. No rattle. Body and tail cylin-
dric.

Three species of this genus are known, two of which belong to the
Nearctic, and one to the northern part of the Neotropical Realm. They
are snakes of robust habit, and their bite is highly dangerous. One is
terrestrial in habit, and the other semiaquatic. They differas follows:

I. No loreal; two small plates behind the parietals ; eye resting on labials.
Seales in twenty-five rows ; brown with broad blackish- brown cross bands with

zigzag borders, and the lateral centers pale and with a median dark
spot ; a light stripe from superciliary plate and one from below eye, which

reaches labial border of last upper labial ................-..A. piscivorus.
II. Loreal present; plates behind parietal rundimental; eye separated from labials by
scales.

Seales in twenty-five rows; dark grayish with brown crossbands, wide on the
middle line, and withimperfect yellow borders; belly black, with trans-
verse yellow spots on the sides; a yellow stripe from end of muzzle and
superciliary plate: other yellow stripes on borders of rostral plate and
through centers of superior labials...............-.-.-.----A. bilneatus.*

Seales in twenty-three rows; grayish with copper-colored cross bands, much
narrowed on the middle line, and with pale centers laterally ; no stripeson
head, but a color border from middle of orbit to top of last upper labial;
belly whitish, with black spots on sides......-- Risiaisisiaesaeehe mer A. contortriz.

Baird and Girard have proposed to separate the A. piscivorus as
type of a genus Toxicophis, on account of the presence of a pair of post-
parietal scuta and the absence of loreal. The A. bilineatus is, however,
intermediate between that species and the A. piscivorus in having
traces of the postparietals and a loreal plate.

Several characters are commen to the species of Ancistrodon which
are also found in other genera of Crotalidwe. As in all genera with
scuta on the top of the head, the superior plane of the muzzle makes
a right angle with the sides, forming a strong canthus rostralis, which
is continued round the apex of the rostral plate. The foss of the epi-
dermal scales are situated farther back than in the genera of the harm-
less snakes, and a small tuberosity of the true scale fits into each of
them. There are frequently several divided urosteges near the end of
the tail, but their number is irregular, and they are sometimes absent,
as in Ancistrodon contortrix No. 10561. The last of the caudal verte-
bre consists of an osseous splint with acute apex, which is ensheathed
in three modified scales, two above and one below, which is better de-
veloped than in most harmless snakes.. This process is thrown into
rapid vibration when its possessor is alarmed, and produces a buzzing
sound when among dry leaves or other objects. It foreshadows the
rattle of the Crotali. It is especially developed in the Neotropical
genus Lachesis. It is variable in size in the Ancistrodons.

*ANCISTRODON BILINEATUS Giinther, Ann. Magas. Nat. Hist. 1863, November. The
U.S. National Museum possesses two specimens from Tehuantepec (west side), Mexico,
from Francis Sumichrast. The largest is equal to an average sized Ancistrodon
contortrix.

oe | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 683

Ancistrodon piscivorus Lacépede.

Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 336; Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 34,
Crotalus piscivorus Lacépéde, Serpens 11, 1787, p. 424.
Scytalus piscivorus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Reptiles 11, 1801, p. 163: Dandin Hist.
Rept. v, 1803, p. 344; Harlan, Med. Phys. Res., 1835, p. 129.
Natrix piscivorus Merrem, Tentamen, 1820, p. 131.
Trigonocephalus piscivorus Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp. 11, 1842, p. 33, Pl. 7: Dam. et
Bibron, Erp. Gen. vit, 1854, p. 1492; Jan, Icon. Gen. Olid. 11, 46, 1v, Fig, 1-2-4,
Toxicophis piscivorus Bd. and Gird, Cat, 1853, 19.
Coluber aquaticus Shaw, Gen. Zool. 111, 1802, p. 425, Pl. 3, from Cateshy ‘Water
Viper,” Carol. 11, Pl. 43, 1754.
The Austroriparian region.
In some specimens from western Texas the superior labial plates have
a slight anterior position at the expense of the second, which is some-
what narrowed, especially toward the labial border. In one specimen
(No. 822) this plate is a triangle with the apex downward, which does
not reach the labial border. In another it enters the border by a nar-
rower edge than in typical forms. The character is thus variable. The
same displacement of the labials brings the fourth labial into the border
of the orbit by a short edge in some specimens, but this character is also
quite inconstant. Onsuch specimens Baird and Girard proposed their
Toxicophis pugnax, but under the circumstances the form does not seem
to be distinguishable.
In the young of the Ancistrodon piscivorus the colors are brighter,
the colors more contrasted, and the pattern therefore more distinct.

Ancistrodon contortrix Linn.

Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 17; Cope Check List Batr. Rept. N.
Amer., 1875, p. 34.

Boa contortrix Linn, Syst. Nat., 1766, 1, p. 373; do. Syst. Nat. Ed. 13, 781, Pt. 1,
p. .082.

Ankistrodon mokeson Pal de Beauvois, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soe. 1v, 1799, p. Jel.

Cenchris mokeson Daudin, Rept. v, 1803, p. 358, Pl. 40, Pig. 3; Harlan Univ. Phys.
Res., 1835, p. 128.

Scytalus cupreus Rafnesque, Amer. Journ, Arts Sci., 1834, 1, p. 85; Harlan, p. 10.

Trigonocephalus cenchris Schleg., Ess. s. la Phys. des Serpents, 11, 15837, 553, Pl. 20,
Figs. 10-11.

Trigonocephalus contortrix Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetol. 11, 1542, p. 59, Pl. 8; Dumé-
ril et Bibron Erp., Gen. vi, 1854, p. 1494; Jan, Icon. Gen, Ofid., 1, 46, v, Pig. 1.

Eastern and Austroriparian regions ; extending eastward to central
Massachusetts.

In eleven specimens six have the superior labials 8-8, two have them
7-8, and three have them7-7. The reduction to seven may be regarded
as abnormal, since in that case there is generally irregularity. It
arises sometimes from the fusion of the seventh and eighth plates, and
sometimes from the exclusion of the sixth or seventh from the labial
border by contraction below. In the latter case the plate becomes sub-

684 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

triangular, and resembles a temporal. The modification is of the same
character as that which sometimes affects the second superior labial in
the A. piscivorus.

CROTALOPHORUS Gray.

Ann. Philosophy, 1825, p. 205; Cat. Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 17; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp.,
1842, 111, 25; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt., Smiths. Inst., 1853, p. 11; Cope, Bull. U.
S. Natl. Mus., 32, 1887, p.63; Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1728, 1, 1080; Bonnaterre, Ophi-
ologie, 1790, ». 1; Merrem, Tent. Syst. Amphib., 1820, p. 156; Boie, Isis, 1827, p.
562.

Caudisona Fitzinger, Neue Class. Rept., 1826, p. 63 (not of Laurenti, 1768) ; Wagler,
Nat. Syst. Amphib., 1830, 176; Bonaparte, Saggio, 1832, p. 24; Gray, Zodél. Misc.,
1842, p. 51; Fitzinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 29.

Sistrurus Garman, Mem. Mus. Compar. Zodlogy, Cambr, vu, No. 3, p. 118, 1883.

Tail witha rattle at extremity. Head with nine symmetrical plates
above. Nostril between two plates. Urosteges undivided. Scales
cearinated.

This genus, as isimmediately perceived, differs from Crotalus only in
the possession of the nine cephalic scuta common to most harmless, and
the Proteroglyph snakes, and the genera Trigonocephalus and Ancist-
rodon in Crotalide. The species do not reach so large a size as those
of Crotalus, and they are hence less dangerous. Their range is also
more restricted, since no species is known from South America or Mex-
ico south of Vera Cruz.

Mr. S. W. Garman has named this genus Sistrurus, on the ground
that the name Crotalophorus was preoccupied at the time it was em-
ployed by Gray. This does not, however, seem to be the case. It is
true that Linnzus uses it instead of Crotalus in the sixth edition of the
Systema Nature (1748, p. 35), but the system of nomenclature thus
adopted is not binomial, so that the names are not authoritative as
against later ones. In case Crotalophorus should be adopted from this
use of it by Linnzeus, it must take precedence of Crotalus of the tenth
and later editions. In my opinion, however, authors have been justified
in regarding it as an unused name until applied to the present genus by
Dr. J. E. Gray in 1825.

Three well defined species are known, which differ as follows :
Rostral plate wider than high, recurved above; canthus rostralis obscure; loreal

plate separating nasal and preocular ; head not banded; dorsal spots few, louger
thankwiders*rattlesmedium=.s. ssh 22 2. eee eecte ees see tee eet ere C. ravus.*

Rostral plate higher than wide, not recurved above; canthus rostralis sharp; loreal
separating nasal and preocular; rattle minute; head banded ; light stripe, com-
mencinic ah eye dorsal, spots manys-=2\-25 ose e eae ee eh ae ees C. miliarius.

Rostral plate higher than wide, not recurved above ; canthus rostralis sharp; nasal
and preocular in contact; rattle larger; head barded; light stripe commencing
at nasal plate ; two light stripes below fossa; dorsal spots many ....C. catenatus

These three species occupy three distinct regions. The C. ravus be-
longs to the Tierra Caliente of eastern Mexico; the C. miliarius to the

*CAUDISONA RAVA Cope, Proce. Acad. Phila., 1865, p. 191. Mexico. The types came
from the State of Vera Cruz and belong to the National Museum. A larger specimen
in my private collection came from either the State of Vera Cruz or Puebla.

‘serials PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 685

Austroriparian region of North America, and the C. catenatus to the
Eastern region, except that part of it that lies east of the Allegheny
Mountains. The species do not occur on the dry plains of the interior,
nor in the Pacific region; a subspecies of the C. catenatus ranges west
to Arizona.

Crotalophorus miliarius Linn.

Gray, Aun. Philos., 1825, p. 205; in Griff. Régne Anim., 1830, p. 728; Holbrook, N.
Am. Herp., 1842, p. 25 Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 17; Bd. and Gird., Cat.
Serpt., Smiths. Inst., 1853, p. 11; Baird, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. Rep., x, 1889.
Whipple’s Rept., p. 40.

Crotalus miliavius Linn., Syst. Nat. Ed., x11, v. 1, 1766, p. 372; Gmelin, Linn., 8.
N., 1, 1788, p. 1080 ; Lacépéde, Hist. Serp., 11, 1789, p. 421; Bonnaterre, Ophiol.,
1790; p. 1; Shaw, m1, 1802, p. 336; Daudin, Hist. Rept., v, 1802, p. 328; Cuvier
Régne Animal, 11, 1817, p. 79; Merrem, Syst. Amphib., 1820, p. 156; Boie, Isis,
1827, p. 562; Schlegel, Essai, 11, 1837. p. 569, exclus. homon. C. tergeminus Say ;
Duméril, Bibron, Erp. Gen., vil, 1854, p. 1477.

Caudisona miliaria Fitzinger, Neue Class., 1826, p.63; Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amph., 1830,
p. 176; Gray, Zool. Misc., 1842, p. 51; Fitzinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 29.

Icones. Catesby, Hist. Car., u, t. x1u1. Bonnaterre, Ophiologie, t. 1, f. 1, Schlegel;
Essai, t. Xv, f. 17, 18. Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., 11, t. 1V, Dum., Bibr., Erp.
Gen.) LXSXxnV Iss tao. U.S. Pac. KR. R.

Surv. Rept., x, Reptiles, t. xx1v, f.
Austroriparian Region.

Crotalophorus catenatus Ratinesque.

Crotalinus catenatus Raf., American Monthly Magazine, Iv, L518, p. 41, teste Garman
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambr., vul, 3, p. 118.
Two geographical races or subspecies of the catenatus have been
described. They differ as follows : P
Seales in twenty-three rows; colors paler; dorsal spots narrower; lateral spots
RT Ce Ee. cae bg wanme nel oee cueeleawece am amee C. c. edwardsii.
Scales in twenty-five rows; colors darker; dorsal spots wider; lateral spots larger
. C. e, catenatus.

Crotalophorus catenatus edwardsii Bd. and Gird,

Crota lophorus edwardsii Ba. and Gird., Cat., 1553, p. 19; Dumeéril, Bibron, Erp. Gen.,
Vil, 1852, 14; Baird, U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., 1851, p. 1.

Caudisona edwardsii Cope Check List Batv. Rept. N. Amer,, 1979, 34.

Crotalus miliarus Jan. Ieon. Gen. Ofid., u, 46, 111, fig. 6.

Icones. U.S. Pac. R.R. Expl. Rept., x, Reptiles, tab. xxiv, f. 5, (loreal plate incor-
rect); U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., t. vy, f 1.

Crotalophorus catenatus catenatus Ral,

Crotalinus catenatus Raf., Amer. Month. Magaz., Iv, 1515, p. 41.

Sistrurus catenatus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambr., Vit, 3, p. 118.

Crotalus tergeminus Say, Long’s Exped. Rocky Mts., 1, 1823, p. 499; Bote, Isis, 1824, p.
270; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vv, 1827, p. 372; Boie, Isis, 1527, p. 563 ;
Duméril, Bibron, vu, 1-54, 1479.

Crotalophorus tergeminus Gray, Synops. Rept., 1830, p. 773 Holbrook, N. Atmer.,
Herp., 111, 1842, p. 29; Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1844, p. Ik: Baird and Girard,
Catal., 1553, p. 14.

686 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Crotalophorus kirtlandii Holbrook, N. Amer, Herp., U1, 1842, p. 31; Gray, Cat.
Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 18; Baird and Girard, Catal., 1853, p. 16.

Crotalophorus massasauga Kirtland, Baird, Serpents of New York, 1854, p. 11;
Agassiz, Lake Superior, 1850, p. 381.

Caudisona tergemina Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amph., 1830, p. 176; Cope, Check List N.
Am. Batr. Rept., 1875, p. 35.

Icones. Holbr. N. Amer. Herp., ul, f. 5,6; Agassiz, Lake Superior, t. vi, f. 8;
Baird, Serp. New York, t. 1, f..2; Ibid., U.S. Pac: R. R. Expl. Rep., x, Rept:,, t.
XEXVZ, HOSS. OF0 Lil

Northwestern and north central eastern region.

CROTALUS Linn.

Systema Naturae, ed. x, 1758, p. 214; ed. x11, 1766, p. 572; Lacépede, Histoire Nat-
urelle des Serpens, 1, 1789, p. 130 (nec Linnei); Daudin, Histoire Naturelle
des Reptiles, v, 1802, p. 297; Cuvier, Régne Animal, m1, 1817, p. 77; Wagler,
Naturlich. Syst. der Amphibien, 1830, p. 176; Schlegel, Essai sur Ja physionomie
des Serpens, 11, 1837, p. 555 ; Gray, Zoological Miscellany, 1842, p. 51; Fitzinger,
Systema Reptilium, 1843, p 29; Gray, Catal. Brit. Museum, 1849, p. 19; Baird
et Girard, Catal. Serps. Smiths. Inst., 1853, p.1; Duméril, Erp. Générale, vu,
1554, p. 1453; Cope, Bull. U. S. Natl. Museum, 32, 1887, p. 63.

Caudisona Laurenti, Spec. Syn. Rept., 1768, p. 92; Cope, Smithsonian Contrib. to
Knowledge, Researches on the venom of the Rattlesnake, by S. W. Mitchell, M.
1),, 1860, p. 119.

Uropsophus Wagler, Natur, Syst. der Amph., 1830, p. 176; Gray. Zool. Misc., 1842, p.
51; Fitzinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 29; Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 19.

Urocrotalon Fitzinger, Systema Reptilium, 1843, p. 29.

Urosteg es individed; tail terminating in a joimted rattle. Top of
head covered with scales. Body eylindrie.

The above simple diagnosis embraces the characters which distin-
guish the genus Crotalus. This type, the most specialized of the
order Uphidia, is chiefly distributed in North America, to which, if we
regard the Mexican plateau as a part of it, twelve of the fifteen species
are restricted. ‘Two species are found in South America, but none
occur in the West Indies. Within the Regio Nearctica the distribu-
tion of species is very unequal. Thus but one species, the C. horridus,
is confined to the eastern district. A second, the C. adamanteus, exists
in the Austroriparian district, but extends itself from this region
westward across and through the Sonoran district as far as the Pacific
Ocean, occupying also the Lower Californian district. This distri-
bution is only imitated by the Bascaniwm flagelliforme among North
American reptiles. The Central and Pacific districts are occupied by
another species, ©. confluentus, which also extends over the northern
part of the Sonoran district. To the latter are confined five species :
C. molossus, C. tigris, C. cerastes, CO. lepidus, and C. pyrrhus, which are
all of rather small dimensions except the first and last named. Two
others are confined to the Lower Californian Peninsula, C. mitchellit and
C. enyo, while two are restricted to the Mexican plateau and its western
slope, the C. polystictus and C, basiliscus.

The variation in structure of these species is not great, and they

F

i501. ] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 6ST

form a compact generic division, Dr. Coues has proposed to separate
the C. cerastes as type of a separate genus distinguished by the prolon-
gation of the free border of the superciliary plate into a hornlike pro-
cess. Were this process distinctly articulated at the base from the
superciliary plate, as is the case in the viperine genus Cerastes, we
should be compelled to adopt such a division; but at present I do not
see the way to separate it, especially as the process is often but little
pronounced. I have also proposed « generic division for the C. lepidus
based on the single nasal plate, but the plate is sometimes divided in
part, and for the present I do not adopt the division or at least until I
can see more specimens of the species.

The origin of the curious epidermal structure at the end of the tail
known as the rattle is as yet a subject of speculation only. We have,
however, So many rudiments of it in other generic divisions of the Cro
talidie that its origin from some of these is evident, and that it oe-
curred at no very late period of geologic time is probable. The terminal
caudal vertebre are codsitied and compressed and expanded into a
vertical body which enters the first or basal button of the rattle. Such
a modification is found in a rudimental condition in the genus Lachesis,
where it is covered by a simple horny sheath, grooved at the sides. In
Crotalophorus the rattle is of absolutely and relatively small size, and
here we can see the beginnings of the segmentation and inflation of the
joints, which constitutes the perfected structure. The physiology of for-
mation of these segments has not been studied as yet, but the general
theory of the origin of the entire stricture is probably the same in this
case as in others in the animal kingdom. ‘The violent vibrations into
which most snakes throw their tails when excited has determined nu-
tritive processes to its extremity and produced the excessive growth.

The species of this genus are of rather sluggish movements, and are
not quick to bite, unless trodden on. They throw the body into a coil
and sound the rattle, giving a sigmoid flexure to the anterior part of
the body, on which the head is poised with open mouth ready for
action. At this time drops of the poisonous saliva fall from the fangs,
and by a violent expulsion of air from the lungs are thrown at their
enemy. In the act of biting the movement is threefold. First, there ts
the spring of the body, which never exceeds two-thirds of its length ;
second, the bite proper, caused by the seizing by the jaws; and, third,
the clutch with the fangs themselves, which are moved freely backwards
and forwards by the flexor and extensor muscles of the maxillary bone
on the prefrontal as a fixed point. This grasping movement may be
observed in Crotali when very much excited aud anxious to bite, and
may be performed by the snake’s head when severed trom the body. I
had a narrow escape from being bitten in this way by the head of a
Crotalus molossus, which was attached to the body by skin only.

Rattlesnakes live in all kinds of ground, but naturally persist longest
in rocky regions, where they have abundant places of concealment,

688 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE. >

Some of the species grow to a very large size, particularly the C. ada-
manteus of North, and the C. durissus of South America. The former
is probably the larger of the two; at least we have information of larger
specimens. I am credibly informed that specimens have been found
on the islands of the Gulf coast of Florida of 8 feet in length. Some
specimens of the Western subspecies C. a. atrox also reach a large size.
The third species in dimensions is the C. horridus, which grows on the
coast of North Carolina to a length of 5 feet, and proportionate thick-
ness. The species of the plains, C. confluentus, rarely reaches so large
a size. Its gray-greenish color readily conceals it in the sparse vege-
tation and it is only observed when closely approached. It is very
abundant north of the Missouri River, and extends north to the Saskat-
chewan, beyond the line of distribution of any other species.

The following synopsis of the characters of the species of Crotalus is
the result of long familiarity with them. Some of the forms originally
regarded as species are treated as subspecies, owing to the evanescence
of their characters. In spite of the subdivision of their head plates,
the homologues of the plates of harmless snakes may be traced. Thus
there are from two to three preoculars, and from one to four loreals.
The nasals are never more than two, and the nostrii is always between
them. There is one pair of geneials. The species of section I display
homologues of internasal and prefrontal plates, while the same, more
divided, are seen in species of section I.

The transitional forms or subspecies in this genus, as is usually the
case, furnish instructive evidence as to the evolution of the characters
of the species. It is not improbable, as already remarked, that their
origin is from some genus like Lachesis, which has a scaly head and no
rattle. -

I. Top of muzzle with three pairs of symmetrical shields in contact. (Seales in
twenty-nine rows. )

Longitudinal bands on neck; tail uniform brown above; four rows of scales
below orbit; yellow with black rhombs embracing yellow centers.

C. durissus.

Longitudinal bands on neck; four rows of seales below orbit; brown above
with darker, light edged rhombs ...-.. 2.2... 22... 22222. Cy terrificus.

No longitudinal bands on neek; tail yellow brown; large adjacent chestnut
red yellow-bordered dorsal rhombs, alternating with lateral chestnut
spots; labials fourteen; two and three scales below eye... C. basiliscus.

No longitudinal bands on neck; tail black; brownish yellow above, with small
transverse reddish dorsal rhombs, the angles produced as vertical
lateral bands; five scales below eye..-.-...-.-..--------- C. molossus.

Il. Top of muzzle with numerous scales.

A. Nasal plate in contact with rostral; superciliary border not extended into a
process.

a. Tail entirely black.

Rostral plate elevated; scales of canthus rostralis larger than those between
them; postocular band passing above mouth angle; angular spots
above uniting into double chevroned cross-bands; scales twenty-five;

C. horridus.
ea, Tail light, with black cross-bands,

.
OL. xy, x 4 > T
feo | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 689
Postocular band reaching mouth anterior to canthus; dorsal rhombs on a paler
ground; no neck stripes ; scales 5-9 .......... .......C. adamanteus.

aaa, Tail with brown or indistinct bands.
f. Rostral plate more elevated.

Muzzle with the marginal scales larger than the median; scales 23-7; three
rows of brown dorsal spots, the median large; postocular band pass-
TORE CONTR ONIN. oo 5.aig dn ama oiwheas hweeeneb vas eens C. confluentus,

Eight smooth longitudinal plates on top of muzzle; two loreals; scales twenty-
seven rows ; a postorbital spot; five rows of dorsal spots;

C. polyatictus.

Six smooth square plates on top of muzzle ; one loreal; scales twenty-three rows;
three rows of dorsal spots, the median large ..... eee C. triseriatus.

ff. Rostral plate less elevated.

Eight smooth plates on top of muzzle; scales in twenty-three rows; green with

black rings; no postocular band.................-..--.--00C. lepidus,
Small smooth scales on top of muzzle; one loreal; colors pale; subquadrate dorsal
spots which become transverse bands posteriorly............C. tigris.

Small keeled scales on top of muzzle; two loreals; colors contrasted; dark brown
spots above becoming first transverse rhombic and then cross-bands
posteriorly ; a postorbital band passing above canthus .......C. enyo.

AA. Nasal plate in contact with rostral; border of superciliary produced into a
horn-like process,

Small smooth scales on top of muzzle; colors pale, the dorsal spots small; cross-
bands on tail of the same color; scales twenty-one rows ...C. cerastes.

AAA. Nasal plate separated from rostral by scales: superciliary not prolonged.

Rostral low; tail black-ringed ; one loreal plate; yellow with quadrate puncta-
late brown dorsal spots, becoming cross-bands posteriorly ;

C. mitchell.

Rostral low; tail brown and black-ringed; four loreal plates; red with dark
red spots becoming cross-bandS.......---+ .-00s-eeee seeeee C. pyrrhus.

Crotalus molossus bd. and Gird.

Crotalus molossus Bd. and Gird., Cat. Rept. N. Amer. 1353, p. 10; Baird, U. S. et Mex.
Bound, Surv. Reptile, 1859, p. 14; Cope Check List N. Ai. Batrach. and
Rept. 1875, p. 33; Cope and Yarrow U.S. G. G. Sury. W. of 100th Mer,
V, 1875, p. 533; Cope Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 12.

Crotalus ornatus Hallowell, Proc. A. N.S. Phila. vit, 1854, 192, U.S. Pac. R, R. Expl.
Rept., 1859; Parke’s Rept. Reptiles, p. 23.

Icones. U. 8S. Pac. R. R. Rept. Reptiles, xxrv, f. 5. Jbid., Parke’s Rept. tab. ti, U,
S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., tab. 1.

The Sonoran region; as yet only near the Mexican boundary.

Crotalus adamanteus Beauy.

Palisot de Beauvois Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. rv, 1799, 368; Cope, Check List N. Amer,
Batr. Rept. 1875, p. 33.

The subspecies differ as follows:

Entire top of head covered with irregular flat scuta larger than the usual scales;
body colors paler than tail bands; dorsal rhombs with truncated angles;

one loreal plate ...... ------ ----++--+-++ eee etree otters C. a. seutulatus.

Top of head with large plates on canthus rostralis, but scales elsewhere; two loreal
plates ; dorsal rhombs complete, not paler than caudal bands; last
caudal band a wide ring...--. -- -- ----<++0--++ ceeee C. a. adamanteus.

Proc, N, M. 91 44

690 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

Top of head with plates on canthus, and scales between; generally one loreal plate ;
dorsal rhombs paler than bands of tail, which is not black at end;

C. a. atrox.
Scales of canthus rostralis not larger than those between them; one loreal plate;

red, dorsal rhombs not distinct; tail white with black bands :
C. a. ruber.
Crotalus adamanteus scutulatus Kenn.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 33; Report U.S. G. G. Surv. W. 100th
Mer., V. 1875, p. 607; Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 287. ‘
Caudisona scutulata Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila. 1860, p. 207; Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., ~
1866, p 307-309. q

Arizona and Chihuahua.

Crotalus adamanteus adamanteus Beauv.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 33.

Crotalus adamanteus Pal. de Beauvois, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. tv, 1799, 368; Holbrook,
N. Am. Herp., tu, 1842, 17; Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serpt. N. Amer. 1853, -
p. 3; Le Conte, South. Med. and Surg. Journ. 1x, 1853, 664, Jan Icon.
Gen. Ofid. 46 ii, Fig. 2.

Crotalus horridus Bonnat. Ophiologie, 1790, p. 1. Exel. cit. Linn. Mus. Ad. Fried, et
Tab.

Crotalus rhombifer Latreilie, Hist. Rept. 111, 1801, 197/'; Daudin, Hist. Rept.,v, 1802,
525; Duméril, Bibron, Erp. Gen., vu, 1854, 1471.

Crotalus durissus Shaw, Gen. Zo6l., 11, 1802, 333.

Crotalus terrificus Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. v1, 1853; Exclus. homon.
Caudisona terrifica Laur. p. 418; Cope, loc. cit. 1859, p. 337. Exclus.
homon. terrifica Laur.

Crotalus oregonus Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp. 111, 1842, 21; Bd. and Gird.; Cat. Serpt.
1853, p. 145. :

Icones, ?Shaw, Gen. Zo6l. m1, t. 1. xxxrx. Daudin, Hist. Rept. v, Pl. rx, Figs. 22,
23. Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., m1, t.11. U.S. Pacific R. R. Rept.
Reptiles, tab. xxrv, f. 2.

Austroriparian region.

Crotalus adamanteus atrox Bd. and Gird.

Cope, Check List Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1875, p. 33; Report U. S. G. G. Survey W.
100th Mer. v, 1875, p. 607.

Crotalus atrox Bd. and Gird., Cat. Serp. N. Amer., 1853, p. 5; Baird, U.S. and Mex.
Bound. Surv. Reptiles, 1859, p.1; U. 8S. Pacifie R. R. Rept., x, Whipple’s
Rept.

Icones, U.S. and Pac. R. R. Rept. Reptiles, t. xxtv, f. 3, U. S. and Mex. Bound.
Surv., Reptiles, t, 1. Crotalus adamanteus Jan, Icon. Gen. Ofid. 11, 46, ii, Fig. 1.

Sonoran region ; dry parts of Texas; Lower California.

Crotalus adamanteus ruber Cope.

Rostral plate a little wider than high; plates of upper side of can-
thus rostralis smaller than in other subspecies, the posterior especially
smaller than the anterior, and partly decurved laterally. One loreal.
Five rows of scales between orbit and labial; eight rows between super-

on sy: | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 691

fl

ciliary plates. Second pair of inferior labials with the marginal portion
cut off from the postsymphyseal portion. (Pehaps an abnormality.)

The color is light red, marked above with deep red spots. These
are of a longitudinal oval form anteriorly, but posteriorly they have

adiamond-shaped form. They have no distinct lateral borders, either
light or dark; but they are separated on the median line of the back
by a single row of yellow-tipped scales. Traces of brownish red indefi-
nite spots opposite their lateral angles as well as their intervals.
Head without marking, except a faint trace of a pale line from the eye
tothe border of the mouth below it. Inferior surfaces yellow. Tail
white with five black cross bands, of which all but the first are com-
plete rings.

9209; 27,17: 186,26: 1245™™ (with rattle); 122"" with rattle; rattle

(seven joints and a button) 44™™.

This peculiar and handsome form is connected with the subspecies
.atrox by the specimen 8856, which has a similar head scutellation.
The absence of either light or dark borders to the dorsal spots in the
C. a. ruber gives it a much more aberrant appearance.

Crotalus adamanteus ruber Cope.

Nature of

Catalogue | No. of
r spec imen.

No. specimen,

9209 | | CNS ste Res a a

Locality. From whom received.

Etushawieese Ee eS ee Alcoholic.

Crotalus confluentus Say.

Say Longs. Exped. Rocky Mountains 1, 1823, 48; Cope Check List N, Amer. Batr.
Rept., 1875, p. 33, Coues’ Report U. 8. G. G. Survey W. of 100th Mer., p. 604;
Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 11.

Top of muzzle with smaller scales between large ones of the can-
thus rostralis. Rostral plate elevated, in contact with the prenasal,
One or two loreals; three or four rows between eye and labial scales.
Body scales in twenty-three to twenty-seven rows, all keeled except
the external three on each side.

Color light brown, with one row of dark-brown spots, usually paler
edged on the median line of the back, which are generally longer than
wide anteriorly, but soon become transversely oval, and ultimately as-
sume the form of crossbands. Tail of the same color as the body, with
crossbands of the color of the dorsal spots. Belly unspotted, but with
dark shades in some forms.

Four well-defined subspecies are embraced in this species; they are
defined as follows:

Cephalic scales larger; fourrows between superciliary plates; four rows below orbit ;
dorsal spots and cephalic bands light edged ; few posterior crosshands.con/luentus,
Cephalic scales intermediate; six rows between superciliaries; three rows below
orbit (probably sometimes four); dorsal spots square, with the headbands not
light-edged; posterior crossbands more numerous; colors dotted with brown
SUGOKA s tewwan cans coc nne ccceeecenes seeces cone secuee seunse sues cess pulverulentus,

692 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES——COPE.

Cephalic scales smallest ; eight rows between superciliaries ; four rows below orbit;
dorsal spots with light centers and brown borders light-edged or not ; headbands
obsolete; numerous posterior crossbands....... ..-..--..--------------- lecontei.

Head scales small as in C. c. lecontei; colors dark ; dorsal spots and bands not pale-
centered and closer together than in C. c. lecontei ; head wide, rounded .. . lucifer.

The distribution of these subspecies is as follows: The typical one in-
habits the plains, including also western Texas and southern California;

C. c. lecontet belongs to the Great Basin; the C.c. pulverulentus is a form

of the Sonoran district; while the C. ¢. lucifer inhabits the Pacific dis-

trict to its eastern limit, the northern Rocky Mountains.

Crotalus confluentus confluentus Say.

Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 11.
Crotalus confluentus Say, Long’s Exped. Rocky Mts., 11, 1823, p. 48; Bd. and Gird.
Cat. Serpt. 1853, N. Amer., p. 8; Baird, U. S. and P. R. R. Surv. Rept., 1859,
Whipple’s Rept., p. 40: U.S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., Reptiles, p. 14; Cooper et
Suckley, Nat. Hist. Wash., 1859, Ter., p. 295.
Icones.—Sitgreave’s Exped. Colorado and Zuni, Tab. Xvi, (icon. pej.), U. 8. Pac. R. ~
R. Surv. Rept., Reptiles, Tab. xxiv, Fig. 4; Jbid., Williamson’s Rept., Reptiles,
Tab.111; Cooper and Suckley, Nat. Hist. Wash. Ter., Tab. x1.

Central and Sonoran regions; southern California.

Crotalus confluentus pulverulentus Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, p. 11.
Southern New Mexico.

Crotalus confluentus lecontei Hallow.

Crotalus lecontei Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v1, 1852, p. 80; Rept. Exp.
Zuni and Colorado River, Sitgreaves, p. 139, 1853; U.S. Pac. R. R. Rept., x; Wil-
liamson’s Rept., 1259, p. 18.

Crotalus confluentus lucifer Cope, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1883, p. 77.

The Great Basin (Oregon to Arizona).

Crotalus confluentus lucifer Bd. and Gird.

Crotalus lucifer Bd. and Gird., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 177, et (1853) —
Cat. p. 6, Girard, Herpetology, U. 8S. Expl. Exped. 1858, p. 187; Baird, U. 8. Pacif. —
R. R. Rept., x; Williamson’s Rept., 1859, p. 10; Cooper et Suckley, Nat. Hist. |
Wash. Ter., 1859, p. 295. !
Icones.—U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv. Rept., Williamson’s Rept., Reptiles, Tab. x1; Girard, i
Herp., U. S. Exp.; Tab. xv, Figs. 1-6.

Pacific Region.
Crotalus lepidus Kenn.

Crotalus lepidus Kennicott, Proc. Acad., Phila., 1861, Phila., p. 206; Cope, loc. cit.
1873, p. 13.

Aploaspis lepida Cope, Report U. 8S. G.G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., 1875, p. 535; Cope —
Check List Batr., Rept. N. Amer., p. 33,

New Mexico; south Arizona,

eran PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 693

. Crotalus tigris Kenn.

Crotalus tigris Kennicott, U. 8. and Mex. Bound. Sury., 1m, 1859, p. 14; Copein Yar-
ie row, U.S. G. G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., v,1875, p. 534; Cope Check List N.
Amer. Batr., Rept., 1875, p. 33.

Icones.—U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., loc, cit., Tab. 1v.

New Mexico; Arizona
Crotalus enyo Cope.

Crotalus enyo Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 293; Cope, Check List N. Amer.
Batrach. and Reptiles, 1875, p. 33.

Lower California; southern California.

Crotalus horridus Linn.

Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1758, p. 214, et xu1,1, 1766, p. 572; Primé cit., Mus. Ad. Fr., 1, 39;
ubi ‘ Frons tecta squamis obtusissimus, palpebra superiores planie magne” lega-
tur. Porro Catesby Caro. Hist. (A.) et Ameenitat. Acad. (B.) citantur, (A. ‘ Vipera
caudisona, Americana” et V. C.a. minor” describuntur, pp. 41, 42; sed VC. a, minor
capulscutis magnis instructum habet.”) (B. In. Amen, Acad., U1, p. 139, C. durissa (hujus
enumerationis) (Amen. Acad., 1, 500) citatur! et “Virginianis ratllesnake” denomina
tur!) Secundo cit. Seba, 95, f. 1, ubi C. terrifica delineatur!! Shaw Gen. Zodl., m1,
1802, p. 317; Cuvier, Régne Animal, 11, 1817, p. 78; Gray, Synopsis Rept., 1830, p.78; ~
Guerin Incongr., R. Anim., ? 1830, Tab. u. 23, f. 2; Griffith, Cuv. Régne Animal,
IX, 1831, p. 267; Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., v1, 1853, p. 417; Cope,
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 338.

Crotalus durissus Latreille, Hist. Rept., m1, 1801, p. 190; ‘‘Dandin, Hist. Rept., v,
1802, p. 304, exclus. cit. Linn., Laurenti, Lacép.; Harlan, Journ. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phila., 1825, p. 368, exclus. cit. Linn., Laur. ; [bid., Med. and Phys. Res.,
1825, p. 132; Schlegel, Essai sur le Phys. Serp., 11, 1837, p. 365, exclus, descrip.
color., p. 366, et homon, Uropsophus triseriatus Wagl., et Crot. confluentus Say;
Storer, Report Rept. Mass., 1849, p. 233; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herp., 11, 1842, p.
9, exclus. cit Linn.; Dekay, Zoél. of New York, Pt. 1, 1842, p, 55, exelus,
cit. Linn., Say, Le Conte, Southern Med. and Surg. Journ., 1853, p. 663; Bd. and
Gird., Cat. Serp. Smiths. Inst., 1853, p. 1, exclus. cit. Linn., Baird, Serpents of
New York, 1854, p. 9, exclus. cit. Linn., Duméril, et Bibron, Erp. Gen., vu. 1854,
p. 1465, exclus. cit. Linn., Latreille, Wagler, Baird, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl, Surv.,
x, 1859. Whipple’s Rept. Reptiles, 1859, p. 39, exclus. cit. Linn. ;? Jan. Rev. et
Mag. de Zodl., 1859, p. 153; Jan. Icon., Gen. Ofid., 1, p. 46; Figs. 1 and 2.

‘Crotalus atricaudatus Latreille, Hist. Rept., m1, 1801, p. 209;” ? Boie, Isis von Oken,
1827, p. 562; Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amphib., 1830, p. 177; Gray, Zo6l. Miscell., 1842,
p. 51.

Urocrotalon durissus Fitzinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 29.

Urosophus durissus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1849, p. 19, exclus. cit. Linn. et homon.

| Confluentus Say, rhombifer Latr., triseriatus Wiegm., Wagl., Gray.

? Crotalus catesbai Hempr., Fitz., Neue class, 1426, p. 63, fide Gray.

? Urocrotalon Catesbyanum Fitz., Diesing, Syst. Helminth., 11, 1851, p. 431.

Icones.—Catesby, Hist. Car., u, Tab. XLT; Lacépede, Serp.; u, Tab., xviu, f. 3.; Shaw.
Zool., u1,T.LXxxvul. Danudin, v. Tab. Lxvul. Guerin, [conogr. R. Animal, T.
xx, f. 2; Schlegel, Essai, xx, f. 15, 16; Diet. Univ. Hist., Nat. Atlas, u, T.
xu, f. 1; Dum., Bibr. Erp., Gen. Atlas, t. LXXXIV, bis. Fig. 1; Holbrook, N.
Amer. Herp., 11, T.1; Dekay, Zoél. New York, Pt. m1, Atlas, Fig. 19; Baird,
Serp. New York, T. 1, f. 1; U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. Rept. x, Reptiles, T. xxiv, Fig. 1.

Eastern and Austroriparian regions, except Floridian district ; river
bottoms of eastern part of central region to central Kansas.

694 NORTH AMERICAN SNAKES—COPE.

This is not the C. durissus of Linn, as supposed by various authors.
That the latter name applies to the South American species is shown
by the description given by Linnzeus Syst. Nat. Ed. x11, 1766, p. 572.

Crotalus cerastes Haliow.

Crotalus cerastes Hollowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, Phila., p. 95; Hallowell,
U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. Report, 1859; Williamson’s Rept. Reptiles, p. 17; Baird, —
U.S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., 1859, Reptiles, p. 14; Cope Check List N. Amer. —
Batr., 1875, Rept. 33. :

Crotalus (<Echmophrys) cerastes Coues, Report U. 8. G.G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., 1875,
p. 609. ;

Arizona.
: Crotalus mitchellii Cope.

Crotalus mitchellii Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, p. 293, Check List, N. Amer. Batr.
Rept., Cope, 1875, p. 33; Cope; Yarrow in Report U.S. Geol. G. Surv. W. of 100th ~
Mer., 1875, p. 535.

Lower California ; southern California.

Crotalus pyrrhus Cope.

Caudisona pyrrha Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1886, pp. 308-310; Coues, U. S. G. G.
Sury. W. of 100th Mer., 1575, p. 608.

Crotalus pyrrhus Cope., U. 8. G. G. Sury. W. of 100th Mer., 1875, p. 535, Pl. xx11;
Check List, Batr., Rept. N. Amer., p. 33.

Arizona; Lower California, (Angel Id. teste Yarrow),

NOTE ON THE GENUS HIATULA OF LACEPEDE OR TAUTOGA OF
MITCHILL.

BY
THEODORE GILL, M. D., Pu. D.

In the twelfth edition of the “Systema Nature,” p. 475, Linnwzeus
named a Labroid fish Labrus hiatula: the name was based on “a half-
| skin without anal fin,” still preserved in the Linnean collection, and
' which was recognized by Messrs. Goode and Bean as the Tautoga onitis.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, p. 571), after it had already been identi-
fied witb it by previous authors. Upon this fish Lacépéde (Vy. 2, p. 522)
based a genus for which he appropriated the name Hiatula, In 1883
(Prov. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, p. 571), Messrs. Jordan and Gilbert pro-
posed to replace the generic name Tautoga of Mitchill, previously gen-
erally used, by Hiatula and under the name Hiatula onitis the species
was entered in their “Synopsis of the Fishes of North America” (p.
600) and in many later publications. The name itselfand the incidents
connected with it are so repugnant to one’s sense of propriety that
doubtless all that have adopted it have done so with reluctance. The
fact that it need not be retained, or rather that it can not be legiti-
mately retained, will therefore doubtless be welcomed.

The name Hiatula has been given to four different associations of
species or peculiar species, viz:

HIATULA.

Martini, Verzeichniss einer auserlesenen Sammlung von Naturalien und Kunstsachen
u. 8s. W., p. 141, 1774 (Solen, etc.).

Modeer, K. Vet. Acad. Handl., p. 178, 1795.

Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poissons, v. 2, p. 522, 1800.

Swainson, Elements Mod. Conch, p. 14, 1835 ( Agaronia Gray.)

Inasmuch as Modeer at least was a binomial author, his name has
unquestionable priority over Lacépéde’s, and consequently precludes the
adoption of the same for the genus of fishes, whatever may be thought
of the merits of the genus proposed for the bivalve shells. Modeer’s
name has been adopted, however, by various recent authorities on Mol-
lusks as the designation ot the genus otherwise called Soletellina, or
Solenotellina, by Blainville; among those who have thus adopted the
name are Tryon in his Manual of Conchology (V, 3, p. 167), and Prof
Hutton, in his “Revision of the Recent Lamellibranchiata of New Zea-
land” (Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales, V. 9, p. 520, 1884).

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 883 -
Oo

NOTE ON THE GENUS CHONERHINUS OR XENOPTERUS.

BY
THEODORE GILL, M. D., PH. D.

E.

In Dr. Giinther’s Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,
(vol. 8, p. 270, 1870) in the subfamily Tetrodontina (which includes the
Tetrodontide and Diodontide) a genus is admitted with the follow-
ing data:

2. Xenopterus.

Xenopterus Bibron, Rev. Zool., 1855, p. 281.
Chonerhinus Bleek., Atl. Ichth. Gymnod., p. 77 (not before characterized ).

The data thus given are quite misleading, but in almost every year
since 1870 there has been some reference to the genus in question in
which they have been assumed to be correct. In an important me-
moir by Dr. Vinciguerra on the Fishes of Burma, just published, and
even by Dr. Jordan, Yenopterus has been used instead of Chonerhinus or
Chonerhinos. In fact, the only one who has accepted either form of
the name except its inventor has been myself.* The reasons why I
have used that name rather than Xenopterus I will now give, for such
are called for in view of the fact that for over twenty years a false light
has been followed without any other discovering the truth.

Il.

In 1854 Dr. Bleeker, in his ‘“ Vijfde Bijdrage tot de Kennis der ich-
thyologische Fauna van Celebes,” proposed a new generic name for the
Tetraodon modestust and T. naritus and gave diagnoses of four genera
into which Tetraodon was subdivided by him. The new genus was
thus defined: ‘ Chonerhinos Blkr. door trechtervormige verdieping ter
plaatse der neusopeningen met verhevene randen, lange rug- en aars-
vinnen, zigtbare zijlijn en ongekielden rug.”

In other words, and in plain English, it is proposed to distinguish
T. modestus and T. naritus generically from Tetraodon because there are,
in place of the nasal openings, funnel-shaped depressions with raised
margins; long dorsal and anal fins; a conspicuous lateral line, and a
keelless back.

*Chonerhinide Gill, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1884, p. 423.
+The name ‘ Chonerhinos modestus— Tetr. modestus Blkr. ib. N.T. 1, p- 16, 11 440”
occuts in the N. T., v. 7, p- 69.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 854.
697

698 THE GENUS CHONERHINUS—GILL.

The diagnosis will be thus seen to be sufficient if not complete and
as good as those subsequently given by Bibron and Giinther. Dr.
Giinther could not have noted that ‘‘ Chonerhinus” was “ not before
characterized” if he had known Bleeker’s memoir, which, it is to be
borne in mind, is not referred to by him.

In 1855 M. Auguste Duméril published extracts from unpublished
MSS. of the late M. Bibron relative to the gymnodont plectognaths, and
among them a diagnosis of a genus called Xénoptere,* viz:

10° G. Xénoptere Bib. (Sé05, étrange, inusité; zrepv&, nageoires).
«‘Narines en forme de cupule plissée intérieurement.—Des épines sur les
cotés de la téte et le ventre seulement. Epiptere et hypoptere beaucoup
plus longues que hautes; uroptére arrondie.”

Espece unique: X. Bellangerii Bib.

In 1878 Gillt adopted the name Xenopterus and made the genus the
type of a subfamily Xenopterine.

In 1880 Dr. Giinther} degraded the genus to a subdivision of Tet-
rodon, under which it would only appear as a section.

In 1884 Gill§ recognized the priority of Chonerhinus and raised the
jucluding group to family rank under the name Chonerhinide.

In 1886 Jordan and Edwards,|| with reference to the considerable
number of dorsal and anal rays in Lagocephalus, expressed the opinion
that ‘this increase in the number of fin-rays marks a slight step in the
direction of the genus Xenopterus (Chonerhinus).” They also accepted
the “family of Tetraodontide as including all the Plectognathous fishes
in which the teeth in each jaw are coalesced into a bony plate, which
in each jaw is divided by a median suture,” but restricted the name
Tetraodontine to the Tetraodontide as limited by me in 1884. They ex-
cluded Xenopterus from both their subfamilies by the terms of their

diagnoses and consequently by implication admitted the subfamily -

Xenopterine.
Ee

It will thus be seen that in 1855 (1) the name Xénoptére was alone
given and (2) no described type was mentioned. For both reasons,
therefore, some naturalists at least (and for the first, President Jordan
certainly), if the facts were known, would reject the name.{[ On the

other hand, (1) a good Latin name was given by Bleeker, (2) described
species were specified, (3) a good generic diagnosis was supplied, and
(4) the given name was pabnenes before any other. Unquestionably,

* Note sur un travail inédit de Eipien relatif aux Poissons Elccieonatlics Gymno-
donts. . . . <Rev. et Mag. Zodl., (2,) v. 7, pp. 274-282 (281), 1855

t Gill, Johnson’s Univ. Cyel., v. 4, p. 792.

| Giinther, Int. Study Fishes, p. 688.

2 Gill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 7, p. 423.

|| Jordan and Edwards, U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 9, pp. 230-236.

J See Jordan and Edwards, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v 9, p. 233.

1
|
|

tea | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 699
therefore, the name given by Bleeker (being likewise not preoccupied)
must be accepted.

The Latin form of the generic name, Xenopterus, was not given till
1857, when Hollard used it in his memorable “ Etudes sur les Gym-
nodontes,” the first memoir in which the genera of a large group of
_ fishes were diagnosed by details drawn from comparative anatomy.

A summary of the facts thus made known is embodied in the follow-
ing synonymy.

Levis
CHONERHINUS.
SYNONYMY.

=Chonerhinos Bleeker, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Indié, v. 7, p. 69 (name only); p. 259 (char-
acterized) 1854,

=Xénoptére Bibron, Rev. et Mag. Zod]. (2), v. 2, p. 281, 1855. (Without reference to
a described species. )

=Xenopterus Hollard, Ann. Sc. Nat. (4), v. 8, p. 321, 1857. (Cranium of X. Bellan-
geri figured. )

=Chonerhinus Bleeker, Atlas Ich. Néerland. Indies, v. 5, pp. 49, 77, 1865.

Tetraodon sp. Richardson.

Tetrodon sp. Bleeker olim, Giinther, 1880, 1886.

Inasmuch as Bleeker himself corrected Chonerhinos to Chonerhinus, |
have accepted the latter; [am tempted to still further change the
name to Chonorhinus (in analogy with zwvocides), but for the present at
least forbear to do so.

Ves

In 1839-1841, Johannes Miiller, in a note to the third part of his
Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden,* set apart a section of the old
‘genus Tetraodon, as follows:

Andere Tetrodon haben keine Spur von Nasléchern und an dieser Stelle einer haut-
artigen trichterformigen Tentakel, Chelonodon, Nob.

No species was mentioned in connection with this notice.

The diagnosis is applicable, so far as it goes, to Chonerhinus, and it is
quite likely that it was based on that type. It has, however, been ae-
cepted for a section including the ‘ Tetrodon patoca,” * 7. viridipu netatus,”
and “7. Waandersii,” as by Dr. Giinther (Cat. Fishes ®. M., v. 5, pp.
272, 288), defined as follows :

C. A simple, non-perforate nasal cavity with a fringed edge. Body spiny: Chelo-
nodon, Miill.

As I have none of the species mentioned I hold opinion in abeyance,

* Abhandl. Berlin, Akad., 1839, p, 253, 1841.

ON THE GENUS GNATHANACANTHUS OF BLEEKER,

BY
THEODORE GILL, M. D., Pu. D.

as

In 1855 (over thirty-five years ago), Dr. Bleeker introduced into scien-
tific literature a remarkable genus of fishes under the name Gnathana-
canthus for a species (G@. goetz’) found in Van Diemens Land, and referred
it to the family Cataphracti. Subsequently, in several memoirs, he
referred it to the family Scorpanoidei.* Nevertheless, it was over-
looked by Dr. Giinther and has been neglected by all recent authors.

GNATHANACANTHUS GOETZI,

In 1876, Dr. Giinther proposed the name Holovenus for a tish (11. eu-
taneus), ois found in Van Diemens Land or Tasmania, and referred it
to the family Cirrhitide. Dr. Giinther added, “ This is one of the most
singular fishes of the Tasmanian fauna, At the first glance the ob-
server is inclined to refer it to the Scorpwnide or Pediculati; but there
is no bony stay for the preoperculum, which is not armed, and the fore
limb is not pediculated. its nearest allies are evidently the Cirrhitida.”

In 1876, Dr. Bleeker demonstrated the identity of Holorenus with
pmmehanaoanthis, 2 and claimed that he was right in referring the genus

* One of Phas memoirs was publishe din 1876, and a notice is in The Zodlogical
Record for 1876 (Pisces, p. 15), immediately following the abstracted div ignosis of
Holoxenus. In that notice appears ‘ Gnathanacanthus (type? @. goetzi, Blkr , sp. n.f,
not yet described, D.{? A.§), p. 299." Gnathanacanthus goetzi, as already indicated,
was described and illustrated twenty years before.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No, 885, 701
i

702 THE GENUS GNATHANACANTHUS—GILL.

to the Cataphracti, and especially the Scorpenoidei in the following
terms:

“La chaine sousorbitaire y est en effet complete et s’articule avec le
préopercule, mais les os sont rudimentaires en ce sens, qwils forment
des plaques trés-minces, dont le postérieure, de forme oblongue et de
presque Ja longeur de V’orbite, se rétrécit en arriére pour s’y articuler
avec le préopercule vers le milieu de la hauteur-de son bord posté-
rieur.”

In 1878, Count Castelnau noticed a fish which he referred to a new
genus called Beridia or Baridia (B. flava),* and which he referred to
the family Triglide, with the following explanation :

“This new genus belongs to the Triglide, and its spinous dorsal
being rather less developed than the soft, ought probably to be placed
inthe group Cottina, but the general form is very different from all the
other fishes of Triglide, and is more like some sorts of Gobiide.”

In 1879, the present author, in a brief summary of the progress of —

Vertebrate Zoélogy in 1878, referred to Beridia in the following terms:

“Quite a large number of new genera of fishes have been proposed,
but several of them are unquestionably the result of imperfect knowl-
edge or erroneous ideas, and among such may be mentioned those
named by Count Castelnau (1), Brisbania and (2) Baridia or Beridia.
The former was proposed for a fish occurring in the Brisbane River,
and is undoubtedly identical with MJegalops, while the latter is the
same as Gnathanacanthus, long before described by Bleeker.” t

In 1883, Mr. Robert M. Johnson, inan ably compiled catalogue of
the fishes of Tasmania, enumerates Holoxenus cutaneus as one of the
species of Triglide, and added the following comments:

‘“‘] have not seen the above, but I have good reason for supposing
that the fish, not otherwise mentioned, known as the Velvet fish, is
probably the same, although the spinous characters are not in agree-
ment with those of H. cutaneus.”

A description is then given of the Velvet fish, and it is ‘adtleds
‘¢ Should it prove to be a distinct species I propose for it the name
Holexenus Giintheri.” t

rE:

The nominal genera and species thus introduced are undoubtedly
congeneric. Whether they are based on the same species is not so clear.
The differences of the radial formula are considerable, viz:

D A= ea P,
oe a 8 es Zs |
Gnathonacanthue Qetzi fo. wa cinacaenn cess cencassnavessemces seccas ane 71512 329) | 2 ---2=-|--=---

THOLOTENUG CULANEUS.. 222 sand host coness secs sonaate cee aeeeeneee 71|31{10)| [3.9 12
BETICAO PLAUG coe ces cise ce cgecals eee sees Seer oe eee eon | §813] 10 | 2.8 12 10
Holoxenus Giintheri:s 2.5 <2. cet 12052 4oas ab aes ee es | 815] 10 | 89) 1213 |...

*On the plate (2) the name is printed Baridia flava.

;} Ann. Rec. Se. and Ind. 1878, p. 458, 1879.

+ Papers Royal Soc. Tasm., 1882, pp. 114, 115, 1883.

§ In specific diagnosis, 7 spines; in generic, 8; in figure, 8.

a | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 703

The spines intervening between the anterior and posterior elevated
portions of the dorsal appear to be very slender and short, and it is pos-
sible that two or three may have been overlooked, and that also anal
_ spines may have been passed over. For the present, at least, it is un-
- certain whether there is more than one species of Gnathanacanthus, and
possibly, even the doubt is against the probability of there being more
than one. This is a problem for the Tasmanian and Victorian natural-
ists to elucidate.

rT,

The color of the Gnathanacanthus Getzii was described by Bleeker
as brownish red; of Holoxenus cutaneus by Giinther as “uniform
whitish (in spirits);” and of Beridia flava by Castelnau as “entirely of
a beautiful orange color.” Mr. Johnston has informed us that in #H.
Giintheri, “the color, when fresh, is a uniform deep purple, some-
times more or less marbled with yellow, which probably changes to
white in spirits.” In this connection, astatement by Castelnau is es-
pecially noteworthy. ‘Having received it in a dry state [he] put it in
warm water to extend some parts of the fins; the water became almost
immediately of the same beautiful yellow color as the fish.” It there-
fore seems that the pigments of the fish are soluble, as are those of the
feathers of certain birds—especially the musophagids—and conse-
quently discrepancies as to shade of color are of little account.

LV.

The facts respecting the history are summarized in the following
synonymy :

GNATHANACANTHUS.
Synonomy.

=Gnathanacanthus Bleeker, Verhand. K. Akad. Wet., (Amsterdam), v. 2, Visschen
Van Diemensland, p. 21, pl. f. 1, 1855.

=Holorenus Giinther, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), v. 17, p. 393, 1876; Macleay, Proce.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, v. 5, p. 438, 1881 ;" (Cat., p. 138.)

—Beridia Castelnan, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, v. 2, p. 229, 1878; Macleay Proc.
Linn. Soc., N. 8S. Wales, v. 5, p. 592, 1881;t (Cat., p. 227.)

=Baridia Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, v. 2, pl. 2.

The genus is not mentioned by Dr. Giinther in his Introduction.
wa
Which of the propositions as to the relationships of (Gnathana-
canthus is true? Is it one of the Scorpenida, or one of the Cirritidea—
or is it the representative of an independent family?
The plates accompanying Bleeker’s and Castelnau’s memoirs show
characters quite different from those manifest in any Scorpenids or

*Referred to the Scorpanide, t Referred to the Cottina,

TO4 THE GENUS GNATHANACANTHUS—GILL.

Cirritids. The eyes are near the proximal ends of the preopercular

bones, the proscapular bones are very much inclined backwards, and
must consequently connect with the posterotemporals at decided
angles, the pectorals are comparatively narrow and consequently the
actinosts and coracoid elements must be modified, and the ventrals are
subbrachiai. Notwithstanding Bleeker’s remarks, I must regard it as
doubtful whether the normal cataphract structure is manifest, that is,
whether the third suborbital is developed as a stay. In view of the
combination of characters exemplified the genus appears to be refera-
ble to neither the Scorpzenids nor the Cirritids, and it probably repre-
sents a peculiar family to be called Gnathanacanthide. It may be
most nearly related to the Congiopodids or Agriopodids and the Pa-
tecids. It is very desirable that the questions thus submitted should
be investigated, and to rectify the nomenclature and to direct attention
to a peculiarly interesting type, unduly neglected, this article is pre.
sented. The author would be greatly obliged to any one who would
favor him (or rather the U. S. National Museum) with specimens or
with any bones of the fish.

Vil.

Inasmuch as Gnathanacanthus (or Holoxenus), Congiopodus (or Agrt-
opus), and Patecus have been widely separated and associated with very
different forms, I venture to express my belief that that they will be
found to be related, and may even constitute a single superfamily.
They agree superficially in the pauciradiate simple rayed pectorals, ad-
vanced spinous dorsalis, and position of eyes. I trust that skeletons
or specimens to be skeletonized of the several types may be sent to the
U.S. National Museum for examination.

ee

— oS) = 7

NOTES ON THE TETRAODONTOIDEA.
BY
THEODORE GILL, M. A., M. D., Pu. D.
(With Plate xxxIv.)
I.

After the completion of my “ Note on the genus Chonerhinus or
Aenopterus,” it appeared to me to be desirable to review several other
questions concerning other genera of Tetraodontoidea and the taxonomic
values of the included forms.

All the Tetraodontoidea were included by Linnus in a single genus
and are still so included by Giinther, Gill proposed to differentiate
them under three families. The gradations between those extremes
are many.

I.

No deliberate attempt was made to subdivide 7efraodon among genera
till nearly four decades of the present century had elapsed. Swainson,
in 1839, gave generic names to five sections under which Cuvier segre-
gated the species.* Johannes Miiller soon after proposed other generic
names, some of which were anticipated by Swainson. Bleeker, Bibron,
and Peters added other genera. Bibron especially had skeletons of
many species prepared for a contemplated monograph of the group
which he first recognized as a family, “ 7¢étrodoniens.” These skeletons
were utilized by Hollard in 1857 in Etudes sur les Gymunodontes, in
which he recognized six genera on osteological characters, scientifically
appreciated the relative values of their characters, and combined them
in a tribu or subfamily. Bleeker disregarded the osteological char-
acters, and based the genera admitted by him on characters derived
from the carination or planeness of the back, extent of the snout, form
of nostrils,t and dermal appendages. The next step was violently ret-
rograde. Giinther ignored all the excellent work done by Hollard, and
reduced all the Tetraodontoidea to two genera combined with the Diodon-

*The genera proposed by Lacépéede for two species, Spheroides and Ovoides, were
due to unmitigated ignorance and strange blundering respecting their characters.
t‘*Nares utroque latere foraminiformes in papilla coneava plus minusve elevata
perforate ” in Tetraodon; “Nares utroque latere tentaculum simplex vel duplex ” [ete.
in Crayracion; ‘‘ Nares utroque latere infundibuliformes imperforate” in Leiodon,
Chonerhinus, and Ephippion.
: Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV—No. 886

to 705

Proc. N. M. 91

706 THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.

tid@ to constitute a single group of his family called Gymnodontes. He
subsequently made another retrograde step and reverted to the Lin-
nan conception of the genus, combining all in one genus, Tetrodon.

Meanwhile the work of Hollard remained unknewn or neglected. In
1884, Gill recognized this work, utilized his material for a systematic
revision of the group, elevated the Linnean and Giintherian genus
Tetrodon (Tetraodon) to superfamily rank, and divided it into three
families distinguished by osteological characters. In the framework
thus reared, Jordan and Edwards, in 1887, intercalated all the species
of American Tetraodontoidea, but degraded the group to family rank
and the families to subfamilies.

Jordan and Edwards’s memoir is excellent and the first one in which
scientific principles were applied at the same time generally and in de-
tail to the consideration of the group. The range of the genera, so far
as the American species are concerned, appears to be natural and their
nomenclature nearly correct. There are some questious involved,
however, which merit reconsideration and I propose to now pass in re-
yew all the genera that appear to be well established.

EY.
1758) TETRAODON. (Linneus.

Jordan and Edwards have reached the same conclusions as I for-
merly did respecting the application of the name Tetraodon, but by a
different route. I should not have considered it necessary to dis-
cuss the question involved if a fallacy had not found way in their
argument which might be repeated in various other cases. Under the
circumstances, a review of their argument may be useful. I first
give their own words: |

The name Tetraodon first appears as a generic term, so far as known to us, in Has-
selquist’s Travels in Palestine, edited by Linnzens, in 1757. We have not examined
this work, but our impression is that it is binomial in form, and that the name Tetra-
odon is here associated only with Telraodon fahaka, the Tetraodon lineatus of the Sys-
tema Nature, and a member of the group called Arothron.

If this work of Hasselquist be taken in consideration, the name Tetraodon must be
assigned to the present group.

But the conventional starting point of binomial nomenclature is later, and in the
Systema Nature, Linneus includes all the species of the present family known to
him, in the genus Tetraodon.

We must then consider the later attempts at restriction of the group.

In 1839, Swainson made the first attempt at generic division.

Retaining the name Telrodon for the bulk of the species (including our genera
Spheroides and Tetraodon), he separated from it Lagocephalus, Leiodon (or Leisomus),
Cirrhisomus, and Canthigaster (or Psilonotus).

The first and last of these were well defined. The others, Leiodon (based on the
absence of prickles) and Cirrhisomus (based on the presence of cirri), rest on charac-
ters of no systematic importance. Under the generic name of Tetrodon, four species
are mentioned as types. Three of tiese belong to the Arothron group; the other is a
Chelo nodon. But none of them are Linnzan species, although one of them (testudi

Pinan | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 707
neus Bloch, not L.} was supposed by Swainson to be such. If we regard, with Dr.
Gill, this subdivision to be properly a restriction of the Linnwan genus, the name
Tetraodon would again be synonymons with Arothron. But it may be objected that
the Tetrodon of Swainson contained no species known to Linnwus, and hence its eom-
position can not be considered as a proper restriction, This objection seems to us a
valid one.

The next subdivision seems to be that of Miiller (1841), who retained the name of
Tetrodon for none of his divisions.

Next (1855) we have the subdivision of Bibron. By him the group was divided
into a large number of genera, part of them without definition and allof them with
French names only. For one of his sections the name Tetraodon was retained. This
group, as arranged by Bibron, included a single Linnwan species as type. This one,
lineatus, is a member of the group called by Miiller Arothron, This seems to be the first
proper restriction of Tetrodon, and, so far as we can see, it must stand, making Tetra-
odon the equivalent of Arothron.

Later, 1857, Hollard worked over the material of Bibron, and adopted—on skele-
tal characters only—an arrangement of genera, not unlike that given in the present
paper. His genera are Xenopterus (not American), Rhynchotus (=Canthigaster),
Batrachops (=Colomesus), Brachycephalus (=Tetraodon), Apsicephalus (—=Sphwroides
and Lagocephalus), Monotreta (not American).

Hollard supplies a Latin form tothe French names of Bibron, and using the name
Tetrodon as a general term, he places Bibron’s Tetraodon as a subgenus under his own
Brachycephalus.

In 1867, Bleeker, probably regarding lineatus as the proper type of Tetraodon,
seems to have suppressed the latter name as a synonym of the name Crayracion, used
by Klein before the date of the Systema Naturw. Other ichthyologists do not give
Klein’s names precedence over those of Linuseus, and under the rales of nomeucla-
ture which we adopt, Crayracion must be disregarded.*

In 1873, Prof. Gill used the name Tetrodon as synouymous with Lagocephalus,
and in 1885 as synonymous with Arothron. In 1883, Jordan and Gilbert regarded
T. testudineus as its type, thus making it synonymous with Spharoides.

It seems evident to us, from the above data, that it is best to regard Tetraodon
lineatus as the type of Tetraodon, and thus make the latter name the eyuivalent of
Arothron.

The fallacy in this argument is in considering the name Tefraodon in
the same light as a new generic name, Swainson did not pretend to
enumerate all the species of the genus. He simply selected some, of
which there existed figures in a couple of illustrated works aecessible
to himself. Inasmuch as those so selected were cougeneric with Lin-
nwean species, those Linnean species were by implication included and
actually do belong to the genus as limited by Swainson. Of course, if
Swainson had given a new generic name, the name could only have
been retained for species actually included by him under the geuus
named; as it was, he simply limited a genus already established, and
the genus so limited included, by the terms of its diagnosis, two of the
five original species of Tetraodon, while not more than one Linnean
species belongs to any other genus.

I revert, with Jordan and Edwards, to the name Tetraodon for this

*Tetraodon and Crayracion were both used by Bleeker, the former being applied
to the genus Lagocephalus and the latter being essentially equivalent to drothron of
Miiller, or Tetraodon of Jordan and Edwards and American authors,

708 THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.

genus, that being the form originally used by Linneeus (1758, p. 352).
The change of the name to Tetrodon by Linneus, Giinther and other
authors was unnecessary, inasmuch as the original form is sanctioned
by classical usage, as in the case of tetpaod/a and tetpavdos (quadrivium),
tetpadpyvivs (four fathoms in extent), tetpaopéa (four-horsed chariot), ete.

The genus appears to contain few species. Four have been referred
to it by Bibron, (1) 7. lineatus Linn.; (2) 7. patoca Horn (Buchanan);
(3) ZT. dorso-unicolor Bib.; and (4) 7. bouronensis Bib. The last two
have never been described, and it is not known what they are. The
T. patoca has been referred to a distinct section of the genus by Dr.
Giinther. The absence of specimens in the National Museum prevents
me from forming an opinion.

1798.) SPHEROIDES. (Lacépéde) Duméril.

The nomenclature of this genus has been considered by Jordan and
Edwards,* Jordant alone, Gill,t and again by Jordan§ alone, and Boll-
man,|| and we have now no points of difference; all American authors
who have expressed their sentiments ] are of the same opinion. Re-
luctant as I am to adopt the name given under the conditions Spheroides
was, there seems to be more possibility of agreement by so doing than
by any other course.

A notice of Anchisomus has been overlooked. It occurs in remarks
by Richardson on ‘* Anchisomus reticularis (Kaup).”

“The species of this genus mentioned in Dr. Kaup’s list are Anchisomus
Spengleri, angusticeps, multistriatus, reticularis, scalaris, geometricus, aud
turgidus. Anchisomus, Gastrophysus, Cheilichthys, and Leiosomus form
a group of Tetrodontide, in which tbe nasal cavity is small and flat, with
two nostrils.” **

1839.) LAGOCEPHALUS. (Swainson.

The nomenclature of this genus is now clear, and therefore needs no
consideration here.
1839.) CANTHIGASTER. (Swainson.

Canthigaster is now accepted by me in place of Psilonotus, formerly
used. Richardson (in 1854)tt and Bleeker (in 1859) employed Psilono-
tus, and in 1876 and 1884 I followed them in so doing. Jordan and Ed-

* Jordan and Edwards < Proc. U.S. N. M., 1886, p. 233.

t Jordan, < 0. c., 1887, p. 4@1.

fGill, < 0. ¢., 1888, pp. 607, 608.

§ Jordan, < 0. ¢., 1889, pp. 188, 651.

|| Jordan and Bollman, < 0. ¢., 1889, p. 183.

q Gilbert, < 0. c., 1890, p. 455. Evermann and Jenkins, < 0. ¢., 1891, p. 165.

** Zool. Voyage Herald, 1854, p. 162.

tt Richardson described the typical P. rostratus as ‘‘ Prilonotus (or Anchisomus)
caudacinctus.” Prilonotus was evidently a slip for Psilonotus.

VOL. XIV,

‘eat, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 709

wards, however, have shown good reason for not doing so longer, and

also reason not good. Their own words may be reproduced :
The proper name of the genus has been involved in some confusion, owing to the
use by Swainson of two different names for it.
_ On page 194 of his miserable work on the classification of fishes, Swainson gives
an analytical key to the genera, and applies to the present group the name of Canthi-
gaster (correctly written dcanthogaster). Nospecies are here mentioned by Swainson,
but in this case his diagnosis is accurate and sufficient. On page 32, these genera
are again defined, the present one in nearly the same way, but under the name of
Psilonotus. Two species (rostratus: electricus) are here mentioned as types.

Professor Gill has preferred to adopt the last-mentioned name, regarding Canthi-
gaster as unidentifiable except through the medium of the species mentioned under the
diagnosis of Psilonotfs. Dr. Bleeker has preferred to take the earlier name of Canthi-
gaster. In this case it is certainly true that no doubt could exist as to what Swain-
son intended to include under Canthigaster, even had the second diagnosis been
omitted ; moreover, the name Psilonotus is preoccupied. We see, therefore, no suffi-
cient reason for setting this name aside, objectionable as it is.

I ean only account for Jordan and Edwards’s assertion that Swainson’s
diagnosis of Canthigaster is ‘ sufficient” by the surmise that they
have considered the diagnosis of Psilonotus instead of Canthigaster. The
sole diagnosis of Swainson’s Canthigaster is in the words: ‘ Canthigaster :
Muzzle prolonged and narrow; belly with spines.” Now, if Messrs.
Jordan and Edwards consider this sufficient, I do not, and I find if as
applicable to some species of “Spheroides,” especially S. angusticeps, as
to the species recently referred to Psilonotus. Indeed, the resemblance
of S. angusticeps to the Psilonoti is so great as to have misled two incom-
parably better ichthyologists than Swainson—Richardson and Stein-
dachner—who actually referred that species to the genus, the former
calling it Anchisomus angusticeps and the latter Canthogaster lobatus.*

Nevertheless, Jordan and Edwards were quite right in correcting me
for adopting the name Psilonotus, but only because that name had
been preoccupied in Hymenoptera, a fact of which I was not aware in
1854.

Under the circumstances, however, it may be doubtful what name to
take up for the genus in question. Canthigaster, with its apparent ety-
mology, is a very objectionable name, and its application, as already
urged, could not have been certainly determined “except through the
medium of the species mentioned under the name of Psilonotus.” But
as it can be so determined, I am disposed, after Bleeker, Jordan, and
Edwards, and some others, toadopt it. It would naturally be supposed
that the name was intended to allude to the spiniferous belly, and
Swainson undoubtedly labored under the delusion that “ canthi”—or,
“canthus” was a good Greek derivative for spine.t Swainson, however,

*The external difference between the species of Canthigaster are marked but they
are not indicated by the words of Swainson.

tSee Canthophrys (vol. 1, p. 364; vol. 2, p. 310), Canthileptes (vol. 2, pp. 7, 52, 179
261), Genicanthus (vol. 2, pp. 170, 212), Polyeanthus ( vol. 2, pp. 175, 242), ete. Another
delusion was that leptes was a Greek derivative for scale or scaled.

ALO THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.

did not actually give the etymology of his name and those who would
be distressed by the form of the name may derive it from Canthus, one
of the Argonauts, and gaster, belly, and assume it to refer to the ability
to swell the belly* and thus float along. Bleeker attempted to correct
the word to Canthogaster and used the name Canthogastrini as the desig-
nation of a*‘ phalanx” in his system. Jordan and Edwards have pre-
served the form Canthigaster and used Canthigasterine as a subfamily
name. I propose also to retain the name Canthigaster and derive from it
the family name Canthigasteride.t

1839.) LEIODON. (Swainson.

In 1839 Swainson introduced anew generic name with the following
diagnosis:
Leisomus Sw.—Head short; the body entirely smooth.
T. levissimus. Sch.§
marmoratus. Hamilt. pl. 18, fig. 3, 7. (Monotretus) cuteutia, G. viii, 290.

On a previous page he had, in the same sequence under Tetraodina,
the following genus:

Leiodon.—Head short; body entirely smooth.

No species was mentioned.

Leisomus marmoratus was a substitute for 7. cuteutia of Hamilton.
There is no * 7. levissimus” in Bloch and Schneider’s “ Systema Ichthyo-
logie,” and Swainson has simply copied the name from the Régne Ani-
mal of Cuvier, who, in his second section of the genus Tetraodon, char-
acterized by the entire body smooth, grouped two species: ‘ 7. levis-
simus Bl., Sehn.”; and * 7. cutcutia, Buchan, Xt, 3.”

There is a Crayracion levissimus of Kleint (the Spheroides maculatus),
and Cuvier may have, by slip of memory, substituted “ Bl, Schn.” for
Klein. But, as it is, the first species of Swainson’s genus is indeter-
minable and the merits of his genus (for practical purposes) must be
determined by the only species identifiable. That species is typical
of a good genus and, for a wonder, Swainson’s diagnosis is applicable
and almost distinctive, though the full force of it can only be appre-
ciated by one who knows the erania of the genera of Tetraodontine.

In 1855 Bibron introduced a new generic name, Monotréte, for the 7.

*Unfortunately the species of the genus are less endowed with this capacity than
the typical Tetraodontide. ‘

tAccording to Richardson (Zo6l. Herald, p. 162), ‘‘Prilonotus is a name invented
by Miiller, and is mentioned by him in his ‘ Fortsetzung der Myxinoden,’ and the
Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte fir 1841, but I have not found his detailed account of the
characters. Dr. Kanp enumerates the following species: Pril. rostratus Lin. (mar-
garitatus Riippell, solandri Richardson), millepunctatus, occipitalis, oculifer, insigni-
tus, ceruleo-punctatus, and pictus.” The appearance of the nasal depression is fully
described as if appeared to Richardson. As already indicated, Prilonotus is a slip
for the Swainsonian name Psilonotus, and does not occur in Miiller’s work.

t Crayracion leevissimus Alein Hist. Pisc. Nat. prom. Miss. tertius, p. 18, pl. 3, f. 5,
1742.

en | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 711

cuteutia, and the genus was subsequently well defined from cranial char-
acters by Hollard, as Monotreta.

Bibron diagnosed a genus in the following terms:

8.° G. Monotréte, Bib. (“udvos, seul, rperos, troué, percé). “Narines n’ayant cha-
cune qu’une seule ouverture circulaire & bord non saillant. —Point d’épines sur au-
cune partie du corps, qui est complétement lisse.--Nageoires impaires arrondies;
epitére et hypoptére courtes.”

Espéce unique: T. cutcutia, Ham. (Buchanan).

In 1865 Bleeker united Monotreta with Leiodon, expressing the fol-
lowing opinion respecting Hollard’s views :

I] fit un seul genre des Crayracion et des Leiodon, tout en conservant le genre Mo-
notreta Bib. qui cependant ne différe pas des Leiodon.

Bleeker adopted the genus Leiodon of Swainson rather than Leisomus
or Leiosomus or Liosomus, for the following reasons:

Le nom générique de Leisomus mériterait donc d’étre conservé s'il n’avait pas été
employé, avant Swainson, en 1831, pour un genre de Coléoptéres. Or, Swainson dans
son Natural History of Fishes, etc., employa aussi (p. 194), pour indiquer son genre
Leisomus, le nom de Leiodon, et c’est par conséquent ce nom, qu’il aurait df du reste
écrire Liodon, qui a le droit de priorité sur celui de Joh. Miiller.

I can not corroborate the statement that Leisomus or Leiosomus or
Liosomus had been employed in zodlogy before its use by Swainson,
although Leisoma and Liosoma had been frequently used. While I
for myself should have preferred the name Liosomus, I acknowledge
Bleeker’s right to choose one of two names simultaneously given, and
consequently accept Leiodon, as that name does not appear to have been
previously used, either in that form or under the guise of Liodon.

In 1870 Giinther aecepted the name, under the modified form Mono-
tretus, for a section of Tetrodon, including only the 7. cuteutia, with
the following diagnosis :

D. Asimple circular nasal cavity. Body smooth: Monotretus (Bibr.),

The other species of Leiodon noticed by Bleeker were referred to an-
other section, viz:

C. Asimple, not perforated nasal cavity with a fringed edge. Body spiny: Che-
lonodon (Miil).

The genus thus appears to have been based on decided external as
well as cranial characteristics and is therefore adopted.

The history of the genus is summarized in the synonymy.

LEIODON,

= Leiodon Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fishes, ete., vol. 2, p. 194, L839.

— Leisomus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fishes, ete., vol. 2, p. 328, 1839.

= Monotréte Bibron, Rev. et Mag. Zodl, (2), vol. 7, p. 281, 1855,

—Monotreta Hollard, Ann. Se. Nat., (4), vol. 8, p. 322, 1857,

<Leiodon Bleeker, Atlas Ich. Nierland Ind., vol. 5, p. 47, 1865.

— Monotretus Giinther, Cali. Fishes, B. M.,v. 8, pp. 272, 290, 1870. (Section of Tetrodon.
= Liosomus Gill, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, p. 422, 1584.

Tetraodon sp., Hamilton et al.

Leiodon sp., Bleeker (1865).

lee THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.
1841). CHELONDON. (J. Miill.

This name has been already considered in my article on Chonerhinus
and therefore needs uo further discussion here. It is very desirable,
however, that a renewed examination of proper material should be
undertaken to solve the doubtful questions that still exist.

1841.) AROTHRON. (J. Miiller.

In 1839 Johannes Miiller, in his “Vergleichende Anatomie der
Myxinoiden,” (published in 1841,*) gave new generic names to several
types of Tetraodontids, Physogaster, Chelonodon, Cheilichthys, and
Arothron, presenting the following diagnosis of the last:

Noch andere, wie Tetrodon testudinariust haben statt der Nasen jederseits ganz
solide Tentakeln, in weiche der starke Geruchsverve geht. Diese haben auch einen
Ringmuskel um das Auge und eine Art Augenlieder, die Untergattung Arothron.

Coérdinate with the ring muscle is the deflection of the postfrontals,
and especially the prefrontals, to describe the segment of a circle.

In 1855 a diagnosis of a genus was published in the following terms:

2° G. Dilobomyctére, Bib. (dic, deux, AoBo¢ lobe, wvety#p, narine). ‘‘Téte courte. }
Narines se présentant sous la forme d’un double tentacule aplati.—Des épines au
ventre et sur diverses autres parties du corps. Nageoires impaires arrondies; épiptere |
et hypoptere courtes.

To this genus were referred eleven species, (1) 7. reticularis Schn.,
(2) T. hispidus Bloch (including six varieties), (3) T. ‘maculatus Lae.
(inclading four varieties), (4) 7. meleagris Lac., (5) T. nigropunctatus
Schn., (6) T.mappa Less., (7) T. diadematus Riipp., (8) 7. longicauda Bib.
(named 7, manillensis Marion de Procé and T. strigosus, Benn.), (9) 7.
sordidus Riipp., (10) T. immaculatus Lac., and (11) 7. Ruppellii (=T.
Honkenii Riipp., not Bioch).

This genus has been confounded by Jordan and Edwards, as well as
others with Tetraodon, but it differs decidedly in osteological characters.
and has been associated with the Bibronian genera Aphanacanthus,
Amblyrhynchotus, Stenometopus, Geneion, Epipedorhynchus, and Prome-
cocephalus in a comprehensive group, to which a new generic name,
Apsicephalus, was given by Hollard, while the typical Tetraodon was
united with Dichotomycter in another supergeneric group called
Brachycephalus by Hollard.

Arothron, being the prior name and based on the typical species of
Dilobomycter, should be adopted.

!

———

1854.) CHONERHINUS. (Bleeker.

The facts respecting this genus have already been detailed in a
previous article on the genus and therefore need not be repeated here.

* Abhandl. Berlin Akad., 1839, p. 252, 1841.
t Tetrodon testudinarius (see Archiv fiir Naturg., 9. Jahrg., p. 330, 1843) is the
Tetrodon reticularis Schnu. (See Gthr. Cat. fishes, v, 8, p. 296.)

}
P

Baa’ | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 713

/

1855.) AMBLYRHYNCHOTUS. (Bibron.

In 1855 A. Duméril published from the MSS. of Bibron the follow-
ing diagnosis of a genus of Tetraodontida.

4° G. Amblyrhynchote, Bib. (dufAtc, obtus, puyyoc, museau). “Narines ayant la
forme d’un tube court, clos au sommet, mais percé latéralement de deux onvertures

opposées. Museau obtus, un peu déclive.—Epiptére et hypoptere pointues, op posées
Yun a l'autre.”

Il y a quatre espéces: T. Honckenii, Bloch, oblongus, Bloch, Richei, Frémenville,
albo-guttatus, Bib.

The National Museum has skeletons of 7. Honckenii and 7. oblongus,
and also of 7. pardalis (Temm. and Sch.), and these indicate a genus
distinct from Lagocephalus to which they would be generally referred
on account of agreement in the nasal structure. But further they indi-
cate that there is considerable difference between 7. vblongus and T. par-
dalis on the one hand and 7. Honckenii on the other. I reserve the
consideration of these differences and the nomenclature for a future
occasion.

-855.) EPHIPPION. (Bibron.

In 1855 Bibron’s name Hphippion was published with the following
diagnosis :

9° G. Ephippion, Bib. (’Edirmiov, selle). “ Narines en cupule profonde; de ses bords
s’élévent trois tentacules aplatis, dont un est plus large, mais moins long que les
autres.—Des épines au ventre; téte et queue lisses; dos et flanes revétus d’nne
cuirasse de méme nature que celle qui enveloppe la totalité du corps des Coffres.—
Epiptére et hypoptére pointues, courtes; uroptére a rayons externes plus longs que
les autres.”

Espece unique: E.maculatum. Bib.

The FE. maculatum was not described.

In 1865 Bleeker, in a review of Bibron’s system, concluded that
Ephippion was the only genus with which Bibron enriched science and
gave the following note on 1. maculatum:

J’ai examiné, & Paris, des individus d’ Zphippion maculatum Bibr. provenant de Tan-
ger et de Gorée. La diagnose de Bibron est d’une rigoreuse exactitude. Les lames
osseuses s’étendent jusques sur la queue, Les épines du ventre ont des racines
divergentes. Il n’y a point de ligne latérale visible. D. 2/8. A. 2/7. ©. 1/572.
Couleur brun-olivatre en dessus et blanchAtre en dessous. Dos et dessus des Hanes
ornés d’ocelles nacrés épars. Une large bande sousoculaire transversale brun-
olivAtre. Nageoires roses; la base de la pectorale noiritre.

In 1870, Giinther recognized in the genus ‘ Tetrodon” a section based
on the Tetraodon guttifer of Bennett, to which he gave the new name
Hemiconiatus. The section was defined in the following terms:

I. The dermal ossifications are in the form of spines and of scutes, the latter forming
a continuous carapace round the trunk, Hemiconiatus.

The notices of Bibron and Bleeker of Hphippion were completely
overlooked and ignored in the synonymy of the species, section, and
genus Tetrodon. Hemiconiatus is in fact asynonym of Ephippion, and
in order to learn the essential characters of 7. guttifer, sach as the

714 THE TETRAODONTOIDEA— GILL.

structure of the nostrils, the number of fin rays, and the color, re- |
course must be had to the previous notices of the H. maculatum of Bib-
ron and Bleeker.*

The synonymy of this form will then be as follows:

EPHIPPION.
= Ephippion Bibron, Rev. et Mag. Zool. (4), v. 7, p. 281, 1855.
= Ephippion Bleeker, Atlas Ich. Néerland. Ind., v. 5, pp. 47 (also printed Ephip-
pium), 49, 1865.
= Hemiconiatus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, B. M., v. 8, p. 272, 1870. 4

The type E. guttifer (= Tetrodon guttifer B.) isthe only known species,
and is confined to the northwest and west African coast.

Ephippium was apparently a mere slip for Hphippicn. Ephippium had
been twice used before 1854—by Bolten in 1798 for a genus of mol-
lusks, and by Latreille in 1802 for a genus of dipterous insects. Ephip-
pion had not been previously used, is sufficiently distinct from Ephip-
pium, and has classical sanction, as in logarion.

1884.) COLOMESUS. (Gill.

This genus was instituted in 1855 by Bibron and well diagnosed and
iliustrated in 1857 by Hollard. Its establishment therefore dates from
1855, but unhappily a name previously used in ichthyology (Batrachops )
was taken by those excellent naturalists. In 1884 I was therefore —
obliged to give a new name. Asthe nomenclature is now clear, nofur- |
ther remarks are necessary. |

Only one species is known, the C. psittacus, found in the northern
streams of South America.

It is noteworthy that the first use of the name Tetraodon in ichthyol-
ogy (so far as I know) occurs in connection with the type of this genus,
which was called Ostracion tetraodon in Seba’s work.

OTHER GENERA.

Such are the genera that appear to have undoubted claims for recog-
nition in a scientific arrangement of the Tetraodontoidea. There is rea-
son to believe, however, that among the genera named by Bibron there
may be several others that require admission into the system. The
“new species” named by that naturalist have never yet been described.
More than a generation has passed away since they were announced,
and it certainly is not to the credit of French ichthyologists that they
have never been determined. We might reasonably have expected that
two learned ichthyologists (Hollard and Bleeker), who have examined
the collection, would have determined them. Hollard left his meri-

*Dr. Giinther can not be blamed, however, for not having given such information,
as his specimen (20 inches long) was ‘‘stuffed,” and anyone who has to do with
stuffed gymnodunts will acquit him of blame, since he tried to find the charac-
ters, as indicated by his queries as to the ‘‘nostrils?"”” and the number of dorsal rays,
“‘nine-rayed. (?).”

fei,” | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 715

torious work incomplete in that he did not do so, and must accordingly
be especially blamed therefor. It may be hoped that the accomplished
naturalist now in charge of the collection (Prof. Leon Vaillant) will soon
have the work done, or, still better, do it himself.

IV. SYSTEMATIC RELATIONS,

In 1884 I expressed the hope that naturalists might “make use of
their reasoning powers in considering {the three families of Tetrodon
toidea then recognized] and not assume that they are unjustifiable be-
cause previous students had not appreciated their value.” The hope,
however, has not yet been realized. President Jordan, from whose
vigorous and progressive intellect most might have been anticipated, re-
duced the families to subfamily rank, and thus reverted to my system
of 1878. A few remarks seem to be called for in defense and support
of my later views.

Such families as the Percidaw, Serranida, Pristipomide, Sparida, and
Squamipinnes, with varying limits, are recognized by almost all ichthyol-
ogists of the present time. Now what are the differences between
them, compared with those between the three families into which the
Tetraodontoideans have been distributed? They depend, as generally
defined, on slight differences in the dentition, armature of the opercular
bones, and extension of the scales on fins. Even if we look into the
internal structure, no very salient differences are observable; we be-
come, from such an examination, convinced that the characters that
have been generally used to differentiate the families are almost worth-
less as expressions of real affinities, but there is a striking general
resemblance in the crania andin all other parts. Contrast with such
characters the differences exhibited by the crania of representatives of
the three families of Tetraodontoidea. The difficulty is, then, not to
ascertain the differences, but to appreciate the resemblances. Many anat-
omists would fail at first glance to understand the comparative homol-
ogies of the bones exhibited by the several types of Tetraodontoideans
if they commenced their examination without any previous information.
And yet, forsooth, the families of Acantbopterygian fishes are generally
admitted, while one eminent ichthyologist unites all the Tetraodontoi-
deans in a single genus! Could inconsistency go farther?

The differences between one of these tetraodontoidean families (Chon-
erhinidw) and the others extend to the vertebral column in a marked
degree ; most have a greatly diminished number of vertebrae; there-
fore the order, to accommodate them, has been said to have * the ver-
tebree in small number;”* the Chonerhinids have more vertebrae than
a large proportion of the acanthopterygian fishes and certainly do not

*Giinther, Int. Study Fishes, p. 683, 1880.

716 THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.

have them “in small number.” Various families of acanthopterygians

have been distinguished on account of the numbers of vertebrz; the
Carangids, for example, have been distinguished because they have
“ten abdominal and fourteen. caudal vertebree.” Fishes closely allied
in other respects to the Carangids have been excluded because they
have twenty five* or more vertebre.t

Let it be borne in mind that the differences in the number of verte-
bre are not codrdinated in the special cases of the acanthopterygians
had in mind, with any other modifications. Yet an eminent ichthyol-
ogist unites the Tetraodontids and Canthigasterids having ‘“ the verte-
bree in small number” (less than ‘‘ten abdominal and fourteen caudal
vertebre”) with the Chonerhinids having the vertebre in increased
number (‘more than ten abdominal and more than fourteen caudal
vertebre”) in one and the same genus, although those differences are
coordinate with numerous other structural modifications.

It is because President Jordan has probably been influenced by the
treatment of the group under review by an eminent authority, and not
allowed his own excellent and candid judgment to have full sway, that I
feel constrained to comment on the inconsistency and want of scientific
method involved in the examples in question. Far from fearing that
I have gone too far in subdivision of the Tetraodontoideans, I feel that
I have searcely gone farenough. I should perhaps raise the Colomesines
to family rank, and if I do not so do it is because I am desirous to ap-
pear not to go to an extreme. The recognition of the family value of
the Colomesine group may be left to another or to some other time.
Perhaps Mr. Boulenger, the learned herpetologist of the British Mu-
seum, may so elevate it.

That distinguished and really scientific herpetologist has employed
a character, analogous to the principal one which distinguishes the
Colomesines from the bulk of the Tetraodontids, to diagnose sev-
eral families of lacertilians.t The Colomesines have the ‘ postfront-
als” so elongated and extended forwards as to unite with the ‘pre-
frontals ” and thereby exclude the narrowed frontals from the orbits,
while the Tetraodontines have wide frontals entering into the roofs of
the orbits. Three families of lizards are distinguished chiefly on account

*Many true Carangids have twenty-five or other than twenty-four vertebrie.

t The strict accuracy and absence of exaggeration of the statements here made may
be inferred from facts. Dr. Giinther, in his Catalogue of Fishes, referred Naucrates
to the Scombride because it had Vert. 10-16 (p. 374), and referred Seriola (p. 462) and
Nauclerus (p. 469) to the Carangidz because they were supposed to have Vert. 10-14.
Soon afterwards I demonstrated that two of the nominal species of Seriola and
the six nominal species of Nauclerus were based on different stages of the youth of Nauw-
crates and that probably all belonged to a single-species. The correctness of this
statement has long been universally accepted—even by Dr. Giinther—and the genus
Naucrates is now retained by ali in the Carangid# next to Seriola, where I placed it.
(See Proc. Acad. of Nat. Sc. Phila., 1862. )

t See Boulenger, Cat. Lizards B. M., v. 1, pp. 1, 2.

ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 717

of analogous extensions of the postfrontals and prefrontals* and thereby
the contraction of the frontals to the middle of the cranium—the Pyg-
opodide,t the Anniellidet and Helodermatida.s

V.

In conclusion I submit the revised synonymy and definition of the
superfamily Tetraodontoidea and diagnoses of the three famillies. They
are essentially the same as those published in 1854. ;

I add copies of the illustrations of the crania of the six genera of Tet-
raodontoidea published by Hollard. Those who may think | have gone
too far in estimating the values of the groups so figured may judge
from an attempt to recognize the homologies of the bones, how distant
some of them are from each other. If they ought all to be combined in
one genus, surely there should be no difficulty in recognizing the bones

: at once.
TETRAODONTOIDEA.

Synonym as superfamily name

<Tetrodontoidea Gill, Cat. Fishes F. Coast N. A., p.6, 1873.
=Tetrodontoidea Gill, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v, 7, p. 419, 1884.

Synonyms as family names.

<Ostéodermes Duméril, Zo6]. Anal., p. 109, 1806.

<Odontini Rajfinesque, Indice d’Ittiolog. Siciliana, p. 40, 1810.

<Osteodia || Rafinesque, Analyse de la Nature, p. 59, 181.

<Gymnodontes Cuvier, Regne Animal, le éd., t. 2, p. 145, 1817; 2d éd., f. 2, p. S64, 1529.

<Gymnodontes Latreille Jour. Nat. Régne An., p. 115, 1825.)

<Tetraodontide Bonaparte, Giorn, Arcad. di Scienze, vy. 52 (Saggio Distrib. Metod.
Animali Verteb., a Sangue Freddo, p. 39), 1832.

<Tetraodontide Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali delle Sci. Nat., t. 2, p. M31, Isss; t. 4, p.
186, 1840.

<Premiére famille [des Plectognathes] Dareste, Aun. Sc. Nat. (3), v. 14, p. 117, 1590,

<Gymnodontid Adams, Manual Nat. Hist., p. 95, 1854.

—Tetraodoniens Bibron, Revue et Mag. Zool., (2), t. 7, p. 279, 150.

<Gymnodontide Girard, Expl. and Sury. for R. R. Route to Pacific Ocean, v. 10,
Fishes, p. 339, 1858,

*It isnot meant, by the use of the words prefrontals and postfrontals, to imply that
the bones so called in fishes are the same as those of the same name in reptiles, In-
deed, there appear to be few (and possibly no) bones precisely homologous in reptiles
and fishes, homoplasy (in the word of Ray Lankester) prevailing rather than homol-
ogy. But the homonymous bones cover corresponding regions and there is appar-
ently no reason why their modifications are not of approximately equal value in the
two cases.

tThe Pygopodide have “the pre- and postfrontals in contact, separating the

frontal from the orbit.” (B., 0. ¢, v. 1, p. 289). The stracture of the skull is most
similar to that of Geckos, but differs in two points: (1) the separation of the fron-
tal from the orbit by the union of the prwe- and postfrontal, a character which
is shared by Heloderma ; (2) the reduction of the number of bones in the mandible, in
which respect they resemble the snakes.” (B., 0. ¢., p. 259.)

t The Anniellid@ are said to have the “ prw- and postorbital in contact, separating
the frontal from the border of the orbit.” (B., 0. ¢., ¥. 2, p. 249.)

§ The Helodermatida have the “pre-and postfrontals in contact, separating the
frontal from the orbit.” (B.,0. ¢., v. 2, p. 301.)

\| Osteodia = Gymnodontes + Ostracodermi.

718 THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.

<Physogastroidei Bleeker, Euum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xiv, 1859.

<Sphérosomes Hollard, Annales des Sci. Nat. (4), 6.8, p. 326, 1060.

<Tetraodontoidei Bleeker, Atlas Ich. des Indes Néerland, t. 5, p. 45,1865; Nederl.
Tijdschr. Dierk., v. 3, p. 17, 1866.

<Gymnodontes Giinther, Cat. Fish. B. M., v. 8, p. 269, 1870.

=Tetrodontid Cope, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., v. 20, p. 340, 1872.

<Tetrodontide Gill, Arrangement Fam. of Fishes, p. 1, 1872.

=Tetrodontes Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. K. Akad. der Wissensch. (Wien), B. 67, 1. Abth.,
p. 47, 1873.

<Tetrodontidw Jordun and Gilbert, Syn. Fishes N. Am., pp. 353-859, 1883.

=Tetraodontide Jordan and Edwards, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v. 9, p. 230, 1886.

Synonyms as subfamily names.

<Odopsia* Rafinesque, Anal. de la Nat., p. 89, 1815.

x Orbidiat Rafinesque, Anal. de la Nat., p. 89, 1815.

<Tetraodontini, Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali deile Sci. Nat., t. 2, p. 131, 1838; t. 4, p. 186,
1840.

<Tetraodine, Swainson, Nat. Hist. and Class. Fishes, etc., v. 2, pp. 194, 328, 1839.

=Tetrodontiformes, Bleeker, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xiv, 1859.

=Tetrodoniens, Hollard, Annales des Sci. Nat. (4), t. 8, p. 327, 1860.

=Tetraodontiformes, Bleeker, Atlas Ichthyol. Indes Orient. Néerland., v.5, p. 49, 1865;
Neder]. Tijdschr. Dierk., v. 3, p. 18, 1866.

<Tetrodontina, Giinther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., v. 8, pp. 269, 270, 1870.

—Tetrodontine, Jordan and Gilbert, Syn. Fishes N. Ai., p. 859, 1883.

Diagnosis.

Gymnodontes without either pelvis or ribs,f with a normally devel-
oped caudal region, § with the intermaxillary and dentary bones sever-
ally connected by suture at middle, the supramaxillaries curved out-
wards behind the intermaxillaries, the ethmoid more or less projecting
in front of the frontals, and the postfrontals extended outwards as far
at least as the frontals. ||

SYNOPSIS OF FAMIILIES.

1, Vertebra numerous, 2. ¢.,.12-F 07pm ee eee mics peices eames eeiee Chonerhinidar.
2. Vertebree few, i. e., 7 —8+8—13.
a. Medifrontines separated from the supraoccipitine by the postfrontals meeting

inthenmidd@lercte ae as Soe eee eee cineca sere eee eee Canthigasteride.
b. Medifrontines articulated with the sn praoccipitine and the postfrontals confined
GOP THE(SIGOR! Aes Ser oe a etic es mis Hate Sse ceimteycee es el elerorage eel Tetraodontide.
TETRAODONTID.
Inagnosis.

Tetraodontoidea with the medifontines articulated with the supraoc-
cipitine and the spenotics (postfrontals) confined to the sides, the pros-

* Odopsia—Gy mnodontes.

t Orbidia=Orbidus (=Spheroides) +-Oonidus (—Ovoide Lac.)

t The Triodontoidea have ribs.

§ The Moloidea have an aborted and excessively modified posterior region.

|| The Diodontoidea are distinguished by the union of the jaw bones of the opposite
sides, and great modifications of the cranium.

[7a

q PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 719

ethmoid little prominent to view above and short or narrow, the verte-
bre in small number (7, 8+-9—13), the head (typically) wide and with a

_ heavy wide snout, and the dorsal and anal fins short and pauciradiate.

CANTHIGASTERID®.
Diagnosis.
Tetraodontoidea with the medifrontines separated from the supraoe-
cipitine by the intervention of the sphenotics, which are connected to-

gether and laterally expanded but short, the prosethmoid prominent
above, enlarged and narrowed forwards, the vertebrie in normal num-

ber (about 8+9), the head compressed and with a projecting attenuated

snout, and the dorsal and anal fins short and pauciradiate.

CHONERHINID.®,
Diagnosis.

Tetraodontoidea with the medifrontines separated from the supraoe-
cipatine by the intervention of the sphenotics (postfrontals), which are
much enlarged and assume a quadrangular form, the prosethmoid little
prominent to view and very short, the vertebre in increased number
(12+17), the head wide and with a blunt wide snout, and the dorsal
and anal fins long and multiradiate (I) 52-38; A 23-32).

Wik

The genera of Tetraodontoidea certainly very much needs revision, and
many species yet require to be referred to their proper systematic places.
The paucity of the material in the National Museum prevents my un-
dertaking the task at present. Mr. Barton Bean, the assistant curator
of fishes, to whom I am indebted for efforts to bring together the mate-
rial, has only been enabled to find thirty-three species. There are skel-
tons of twelve species, viz. :

TETRAODONTID&.
TETRAODONTINE.

1. SPHEROIDES MACULATUS = Tetraodon hispidus var. maculatus Schn.

. SPHEROIDES TESTUDINEUS = Tetraodon testudineus Linn, = Stenometopus testudinen
Bib.

. SPHEROIDES POLITUS = Tetraodon politus Girard.

. AMBLYRHYNCHOTUS PARDALIS = Tetraodon pardalis, T. & 5.

. AMBLYRHYNCHOTUS OBLONGUS = Tetraodon oblongus Black = Amblyrhynchotus ob-

dm w

un

longus Bib.

6. AMBLYRHYNCHOTUS HONCKENII= 7etraodon Honckenii Black = Amblyrhynchotus
Honckenii Bib.

7. LAGOCEPHALUS LEVIGATUS = Tetraodon lavigatus L. = Promecocephalus lovigatus
Bib.

8. LAGOCEPHALUS LUNARIS = Tetrodon lunaris Schn.

9, AROTHRON MELEAGRIS = Tetraodon meleagris Lac. = Dilobomycter meleagris Bib.

10. AROTHRON HISPIDUS = Jetraodon hispidus Bl.= Dilobomycter hispidus Bib.

720 THE TETRAODONTOIDEA—GILL.

COLOMESIN#.
11. COLOMESUS PSITTACUS=Tetraodon psittacus, Schn.=Batrachops psittacus Bib.

CANTHIGASTERIDZ.

12, CANTHIGASTER PUNCTATISSIMUS= Tetrodon punctatissimus Gtht.

My knowledge of the cranial characters of Chonerhinus is derived
solely from the description and figures of Hollard. There is only one
specimen of C. naritus in alcohol in the National Museum.

Any additional material will be weleomed and equivalents given in
exchanges by the National Museum.

The value of the skeleton, even for specifie distinctions, is well illus-
trated in the case of S. testudineus and 8. politus. Messrs. Jordan and
Edwards record the 8. politus as a “doubtful species,” probably the
adult form of S. testudineus.* They also state that the old Specimens of
T. politus ‘difter from 8. testudineus (annulatus) only, so far as we ean
see, in the absence of prickles,”+ and consequently “see little reason to
doubt that Spheroides politus is simply the adult of S. testudineus annu-
latus.”

The National Museum has skeletons of S. testudineus and S. politus of
nearly the same length, and the differences between the crania of the
two is very marked, the former having the interorbital area compara-
tively narrow, and the prefrontal grooves narrow, while the latter has
the interorbital area very broad and the prefrontal grooves shallow
and wider +

*Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v. 9, p. 247.

tProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 9, p. 239.

{ Profs. Evermann and Barton have reached the same conclusion respecting S. poli-
tus and S. testudineus and have remarked that ‘the interorbital space is flat” in S.
politus and “concave in 8. testudineus annulatus.” (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v. 14, p.
165, 1891.) No one, however, has noticed the difference in the width of the interor-
bital space. It will be interesting to compare the anatomy of S. testudineus (typical)
and 8S. testudineus annulatus.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XIV PL, XXXIV

1. Chonerhinus naritus i. Arothron or Dilobomycter

la. Chonerhinus naritus nostril 5. Colomesus
2. Tetraodon. 6. Chonerhinus
% Leiodon or Monotreta. 7. Canthiqaster.

The illustrations of crania are reproduced from those of Hollard’s memoir.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

[References to descriptions of new genera, species and subspecies in heavy type.]

A. Page. Page.
eee etniatete Nt at arsia ia atalo tee isa nies) == 596, 603 | Ageneiosus darwalla...............-..... 35
Abastor erythrogrammus ........----.--- 603 dentatuess.. as.7som nu eeeer 35
shea eagle aes nota ania 5's 353, 354, 405 Suerniig::.5.ty..sc-Ulagpene 35
wt eee eee eee eee eee eens 15, 42 POLPU VIGNE. - win, cee cee ne 35
RESID AL DIS) one cae nen woo =e = 42 UCRYSIGNSIS. << 00- aekes vonanem 35
IGUINS DN VAWIX <0 nce aces nas 42 valenciennesi..............-- 35
BACANGHIS CXTMIPCS --.-..2..-.-0220-ccccnae A97g | PArOnialeas 5 .tv2o6 scan see ade nas eeewae 16
: hornemannii exilipes ..........- 440 halecinus<.:,..-.ssscecseunnees 7
MAN Metco Jac Sasa a sak a tances B40G A PONIGD. 242. acc 1a0esnw onion oneal 115
hnanian WOLVOBIE'. «6. c. coe ce ces S9OTE |) A PONORLOMUB’..<-- 2. ue- anes «ee eens 2 18
2 ONUITO PSC) ee FOUN APTIONUS 25. +.5toxcacn anetee nwa. twaane 114, 704
BEGUNOMA DUR acre. o nina an a wcle ooem,n os Lite A crotisitrabalis’ <5... -.csavusonspeasmeny 270
PPMORIUL UTC aia nasa cne's cn sinvicceinscesecise BA Mehta suck tho he an ee 401
Accipiter atricapillus.. .................- 432 | Albacora alalonga.................--+e0+- 117
BIE INP Olesen San oreo apna eiain's aca ae 478 TVONUS cen. dere ret es eaaa ae - 117
REN eeeetariem =< cosas e ce Cocca. ss 057) || CALUDIa VOPOS'..--.2-ssanendedebas 112, 127, 128, 133
Acentronichthys collettii...............-. 29 | Alepocephalus tenebrosus ............... 545
lOWbOdae en ass anc sec ceee PAE AURODING = 2550 nn <n cokes pan seabacauewdiae a 618
surinamensis ........-- ie WEA LORGan cu os cae a anannetaan= dewiee eas 118
EIS IS ee aren ak i gine pans Senin pels 73 BONO si ccanete tea mes oes Cane a
BHD IVIAR CUB fears ccvcwecneadste PoaeAmblyopaldss: <<<. sc<ce~. case na 2,3
AE DODGE ws iis wis sas al wroaie ee 78 | Amblyrhynchotus ............-.«+-ses«s- 712, 713
OC ee ee 72 | houckenii .......... 719
RBOUOD I. 55 sec = ain = chin iat placs eee es 73 | Oblonpuss< -.2.sansnn>k 719
PRMINAI ass ates ec < seat ss ssse™ 73 | PATdalis < cp cb ansdennnn 719
(et 0a ep er Seer eeer er oe 73 | Ameiurus cantonensis...........--....+- 10
MAIN POLLS sess ce ee eae ease Pa IPAIIN 20s Sots cows cvns vahawknntepaathanay 112
Tha tet | gee oe Seat TARE ANOAD TIONG hoc cos owe cue nc ackesannakennnes 2
MABACIANUS sesecs 2 6ck re vest ees 128, 164 PATHS Sots ove ous en es vevagaeee 12,18
RIUM RMIT LEE sis teas clo nscncnsinenssees 329 | Ammochares...........-sscceeseeseees 296, 300, 301
BOOM S xis nc ccc oS vc cewsasnterncee 329 | mdificator .....scseass> 206
PEPIN Crna eae oe cm eae sd Sic ntsesanwes 280 | Ammocharidm, ..........ssesecsscansecs 296, 300
RE nS ieee Pana atte as ss oe ce abs 280 Ammodramus candacutus becki......... 483
DONA esses sacral esos web sn he 277, 280 sandwichensis alaudinus.. 442
DINING Se ate = ekciae sake ae mesesc¥ ann 460 savanna ... “a2
PINON OLY Cilis sae tious soa nena ser sane 459 | Ampelis garrulus ............-00+0eeeeees 445
Admetovis oxymarus .........-.-..----.- brid | CAIN PHINYCIAS Cahwen ean ocncscscvvannaanhos 675
AHgialitis semipalmata ............--..--. 430 inornatus ........ececessees 675
#strelata leucoptera......-....-.---.-+.- 490 | Amphignathodontidw .............-...05+ 168
BNOPRLIS INACUWIALIS « < odes vous cessnccvcecscas 428 | Amphictenidm .......22+ --sce+--eeeenees 297
Ageneiosine ..........-..--...-.--+---0-- 5,7 Amphinome rostrata...........-. stesnan 278
m Agenoiosus ........-..-.------s--2-20e-- 7,13,18 <Amphinomidm ...........-cse-+eseeereess 278
OTMATUS 2. ess os ase esas snares 35 Amphitrite ornata ........+---+c0e-eeeeee 208
GtFONASUS < ic =n osteo se dessus 35 | Anableps anableps.............seeeceeeee 65
RIGGS onto ews as caaeepes nee 35 GOT FALUN. =o tsa ncsadsewnendaka- 6
brevifilis :....-.....c-ccerees 35 | Anachis coronata ....... du seat me 318
RGGI sae ss ae conc cnssnsandonw 35 faCtaRtaes <5. case cerescssccann 318
CAUCANUS .... ..----6---2eeeee 35 TUQOGR. 2052 e eee = nee eseeanaes a18

721

122

Anachis rugulosa. ..........+.2--2000--0- 319

SCalarinaen ass tase eS scioe ose sil 319

SORT MUM ermee eee ele siete tenia 319

VAM lesa lseas sais miste cmcremerminie 319

PAM ACYEUU Slee rs eee = meee meine oisisinte ateis 15

PUDDOSUS sceeee n= 5 es settee 57

Kn OP haee ae areas aeisine ste ees Sele Bi

Vim SS GMAMAS = yar tsi rio cicieiec</sie= 57

PaAUCiLadiatUSice oleae aise 57

SAN PWINCUSE aaecisne sesso tee 57

techiferjs+-ss-eseceiatce eee S ee 57

eAmarrhi Chaspcemcs sacs saline cake sepsis siete 115

PAU aie i CHEM YS ster oto ictareeie sie eiale (na ielm este = 115

PAMASEAM OPC AM Aikee (lai siten ie aietetalnini=sieisieletele 420

IbOSCh aS. senisss Sasa ee sem ereee 420

CANOLINENSISasesaseiotaeoe eee eels 420

ODSCULAlS ass 2 2% acces cars siscceesere es 420

SLMGD OLA sa stays « cfersteseiahclaie ote aie[tere jel <ial=s= 420

FAMCHISOMUS! soo ansen or eeisitee ee sees Sein 708

ANPUStICOPSesectaesiee inca sare = 709

CaAUGaACINCbUS ss22-)5 cesses e 708

TOUCWIATIS eee aces te oe ers 708

IAMCIStTLOM ONs= 22cm -2 oaeins cider ane ene 681, 682, 684

bilineatus..s- scce osteo 682

CONLOLURI R= asec = se 682, 683

PISCLMOLUSS coiser re ssi-toee 682, 683, 684

BAST CASHES sare ae Sm areraielaicioe wine wieteioisiaicistole oie 14

ealamiitansac soe a aoseceetee 43

ChagTes asso aos et eens 2 43

GIETHOSUS Rates oe cee secciee 43

dubius':,4.22.5.25=-<%- 43

Noplogenysteesaceeee -ecmmecetls 43

MOM COST GUUSh. preys ateiet lates 43

HOLOUINALC US ewieie scotia ai cteislelelee 43

TGMMMTMNOKI: o-oo wince. =mrayatelc 43

Ancylopsetta ..-..--------«:------------- 110

PANO UM Cee) eis <= = eRe = alee lat tome ato i ela 3

Amneuillaan cutlets 2-1 aici aie wie win aici lei = 117

MOS UT Ab Aisecte the ints =e aro ie rete a aateiecs 94

PAC MTEL sae arte roe ae era oteie ee eyes are TAT

PATIOC ONDA AIAN Oho ictss crea = eles anette Aty= aie 106

Galiformiensi§! s-...2-c.8+ce-ec3 106

AUIVIAbIIS Ss occ oe roa 106

IM DOCHIS) soca ee see wee cles ol 106

MiLGballianaes -scpeincct cee cece 106

OLEPONGISIS fee e eel stewie = 106

wahlamatensis))...-<s-2<-<.- 5 106

PAN OCMUS ere ernie Gece e- ce atin se sccmee 16

BAVIVODIE i UMN Os ote, s ate aye lata la ym cie nis elma eiaiome = 308
PATIOS EOMN SU areas cateta cl s/s emia e le iete ini eel ini- -6, 8,

PAN OSCOMUS aac sacra ewiels aioe ea = Se lemiorota aici 14

ANOS UO MLE Siete! 'statereerorale cye/eleta iene 50

GUSSUM TIS foe ao ta rctoro eo cresierceee 50

TAS CTAUIES Nee e118 Sacete cfom osteo 50

DPA TS yapremtare tore <!sie' =< of resales 50

ISON ACHUG eae Siz 252 cece se oes 50

ME MOT Ad contercrererafer oe wie wa b,c sta wanes 50

WASUbUSe Ae sprcoss ews cae tests 50

Dlabeesrecestrece cae les Seslet'o= ste 50

SACLEGATUUS a eriererstoektacs e aisle 50

AAMONGUS bore crore sees s 50

trIM ACU atUS: -c cece ew eee 50

WHGUAUIS Ace occ ose notes eee 3 50

Anser albifrons gambeli.........-:..-.... 423

FANTENTI ALTIUS eer ee ela oreletajote aa late arcters siecle 113

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
Antennarius reticularis ..............-.-- 566
PAtG hr O GLY ape ete alate pemetataeyatae otal eteletae ete
Anthus pensiloanicus .......-...--.-....-
Antrostomus rufomaculatus......---.--.- 465
sericei caudatus..........--
VO GIfELUSE ancicee cnc 466, 536
cA PHAN ACA ENUS Niele mia eleletela eter l=aeetertteletele
Apban OPUS ee sass na ee sees ee eee
Aphiocharax: 22 scsceseeee pee eeet ee
Alb UTNUS soe se eie alate tee
AUNT OTS a payate rs etate ete oie te ale arate tate
pusilluspee= ssc saceee eee
Aphoristia plagiusa............-----+.---
‘Aphredod eridte ean cries areca elewicisiacleler= 2,3, 116
APHPIbISy 22 Sasactos pce nen Sete emer oceierer islet
MOTOSUS a seme secentsetewemciese steer
undulatussisss2hssccecsececsee
Apionichthys unicolor-......-..-:.-....-
A plochiton Sssasses sc gc oes ccc ccs cele
teoniatus!sssscaaccesesccnsse
ZODLAS Jace ceca cease ecastaes
Aplochitonides.2-<- -eace eee eee ees 3 Ose
Apsicephalus=: sJaasnss2 Seeseeeeicimeneee 707, 712
Aiquilachrysa6tos’.- > 2s sccs scree nels ol
Arabellajopalinanssscass--\en cise ecto eters
AT ADAM AK oe = a oe adore Saelelalarnia einielenlo aialetatale
PU CAS Psy fale nicfeicrsialateievalaeeine seiatoe
‘Ara palmMld ee. joss snes scene state atelier
tA CO) LOLMOS Ais Sars = pa att eiaelctataatevarers
PTAC REA. S2i so dnote see eee
Va Laberinto tosis a toeioe ee oeroere
DACIN Cay caene Soe ete eee ee
MECVAAN As soase see nee ena veeleneteiee
S0lid ars aoe cease Se se seen ieee
Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis --..-.
Archosargus probatocephalus...-.-------
Ardea purpurean-as4-c ees eee are
Arent Colasens selajeiclienetete= eae tetatsaeleleteleiel=
ChiStabas acess =ceieiee ie eee ieee
ATrenariacinterpres): see oacisloc ses .e1s\=' a0) areiel=
TATE CS fare) et) ool aes eee see eee 17
WOwvesfilt Seiya enre apalote eto lrelacersiatetsiaiats 38
MELH ANUS: win totetetvete ole aiei=islaimintmlersilarcr= 38
PLOMAG Ma Aasees= = ne ete poleelam eee 37
SADA Os ses a poco sist sles eaten ieee 37
HACTAMO WSIS. 22) e,- -'- semee cesta 38
WDD CLL ce scisia/= nie sere enti eee 38
INT OBO) ee prete te apne os aterm lte mite alo aol = ieee 3, 6, 7, 37
PeWVOC MOMENT Wenenoee ea soehaeoadsdocdsct : 292
PUL LAS 5: 2icte se shee tape aelstaletata sete 292
AT ICU eee cites eet. cla etree Gleteta einen ee eee 292
| AmoUntOnt = esas ae -ncan ae seme eerteiretets 706, 707, 712
hispidusss= sec o-oo eee 719
meleaerisn!: capes eset comics 719
Arremon aurantiirostris ....-..--.:---.-- 343
saturatus..-....- 345 .
Asinea.-s2223see-ec+teseee set eeeeeeeee ee 590 ‘
Asio.accipitrinus!-=2-----e-e es eee oe eens 436 |
ASPLEMIMIG eases eece es eses eee eee 3, 6,7, 10
UNS} 0) Sols Ketan aa oop SGodas Sctaotoocone 15 |
USPLEd 0) Fe ase eee eats 26 |
colylephorus 2225 “eee seoe iomistae 26
filamentosusy=sccms--ssere eee 26
nematophorus .:..--.---.------.--- 26
SICTEPHOLUS! = ce sen coc cciecieweeielentc 26

en ee eee

|
|
|
|

Page.
Beinn /atotaiscelp Wl ak wa ba 6 ity 26
_ Asterophysus batrachus................. 33
PARIMALNEIIO DUSOHIU:. -. 2200 ncencanceanss 331
BPEIRECODIS DUB ee eae cc ses snke anne ex caccs ae 16, 20
, EPA ac alee aie mnie = ie'e = oo: 38
PAPO Leet atte eas inn a anit win mciow cums soe 14, 16
CANONS ca alee cheiemie ine cis.m <n 69
UAT ORAS eats eam ea omic = 68
amphacanthoides ............ 69
AN GOGIM ENON -aieseneisaie= aa'5 == 69
UMA GULL Gee re crac = Sens = 68
coruleopunctata............. 68
coryphenoides.........-.-... 69
OTIS Bu ctl: eal steel a nn el nat a at aps (ala 69
LOUAI PORN: Se stce en atone 68
GLARCIAGUA seat wcmeesee cess wo 69
PAGGUUIS sae naa Phn an caemecnbioe > 68
COB ULWIUS sterie tated ee aes pete roi 69
faMeENTOSDA) - <2 .-c2--os<- = 68
PPOTVRLGNNA Se eie seen arcs oe a n'a 68
fusco-maculatus............-- 68
PyINNONOM Gs teas senna enan 68
VU ROS ULOUR a alam nein moe oan 68
NERS acs ocean Se see 69
MSMR Siam ae o oe eaten aoe ce 69
Tatifrons).s--=cnc~s- 68
NEPA MEINE Si nnlaee Slat lla tw ehh cis 68
DOPED WNetiians Sieur ae nt has 68
DLN SM a ccteln ciara a eae sep ain en <r 68
QULOUPUR sek encoun beeen nn 69
BUBOULM acaace tape e sw soe ca. 68
CGM EAL oe cee a ee teas Sa sctuis = 68
WUREULPONS A cke asasch en ae 68
portalegrensis ............... 68
ANA CUR states sce eeu oe 68
LGN er She ooo Aka cols 68
MUNGUUURLD. nn. suis nen mecanaace 68
BAER UE Senecio eh «diver Wire oe Ee 68
PI OCGRLNIG 3, 5 a6 5 ern encanto ec = 69 |
SUPOCUIATIA-© o22~ 00-208 eas 23s 68
SUANUNIRG senna teas ee cree 68
DOLLAINGLHA co ceeun ek abes - n— 68
EE OLR es lel ete a Nala ang 68
AVON PUMODRUR <=: ness cclemn ae -e 68
OLDE Scatter DeLee: oom 68
PRETO NOOMN Aa tite dais ce eked yen tcwc se 83
SPIRE NN cs cha als on nom wick a dpis'ncms <' 110
PORN OR MERE hee Ges yea ens ov ns J 3, 66
Atherinops insalaram .-................. 549
TORI SW ieee wd uecmassecness 126, 137
PREOMNG TONGA les accuse aside eae kam ke ae~ dp = 645
Auchenipterichthys ..................- 15
longimanus ........-. 34
thoracatus.......... of
PCO ENT WUSKNGG ave We eta n wot woensan bens 5, 7, 33
Auchenipterns asper ...................- 126, 163
DIAGHYUTUS oon5 owen ven ve 35
TORIC a stone anh weak same 35
THUGHRIIS whens seeaas ye 35
Aulacorhamphus prasinus ..........----- 471
PIR OUMUNOS £.242c8iascassccssonyvebs cu 404
MACUISLUN 25.120 se aekonaea's = 404
Acotolytos varians.......--......2.ssse00- 282 |
Automolus pallidigularis.............--+- 471
Avicula sterna.......... Pegi ver cane ekakie 309 |

723

Page.

AKIOUNGA DUUCORRy wa = 2 nnvecadnwsennccuece 204
AT UNYAR AUANIBs chpwnsnanenacuvseccueueds 421
COMLAMIN tet eee oe eee 421

marila nearctica ..............-- 421
WALMANGIIR ss «swan wee eevemen in 42!

B.

BAR TINGD tos ten ciency Sake ty nened cae 5,10
(SER TODSIN sec cine wnat con aninacee Cee ee 16
TOMATO Gh. ovcnc csaupeneusnees 30
Wardiallas- | oo. decstuasehayemeos wanes 86
CUEYEULAs se acwa tan gen See ire tree 88

ICIS A. ii cw un hae iemaee 128, 159

Balistess: os. csncanneee ease on aoe eewemee 113
MONVIGHAIR sa knacs ea oN ee 127, 164
Balintidea "cos. uiewuck cit send came ete 108
Barrows. brOis: Wa lwaes wan aaee soem 411
BASCANIUM voce akixcsceavann ama ey sewn aoe 621
constrictor ........ 622, 623, 624, 625, 635
HagellivormeG -<s<-sasteenase ne 625, 686

lateral =< cans scans snundas nen 627, 628
RUPIQUIUI «ses hecedean 629

MONtOVRVIOM. <pcenva aus ance 622, 623
OFNAU0I pa .<cxccmepbeee = anepae 629

PIGEON soa ne aes exp een a Neen 625

BONO wpoenene sence ae 626
semilineatum ................. G26

ORIN eo eeee conde 629

Jaterale: nas pwancas 628

VOGUBUUG ss che cade nnakn banshee 624
Basileuterus delattrii .................... 340, 527
melanogenys .........--..- 528

THGAOONL YA + seu Geen atnnse hee 340
mesochrysus............ 342

PRALYONIS Sass nos ysuseecned oop eee eee

AGlini- ou .<, name an ee 342

BOGCAGHIOG ... Sacvsucacns dacs anMeawas 4,5,7,8
Batrachoides pacifici ..........ccscsssnes 72
Batrachopa: ...2s.e-sccwnansevsnaemevases 707, 714
POILCACTIS «200s nrcnnncveunes 720

BEaGuus Chi uc cac<racacevschutsbtowhuen 85, 86
Balding, Mr, Ub ..... Justice vaennes .. .855, 411, 512
Belong GLU \.2sseuscscescrheas 1090
Belone stoltzmanni...........-.. ave ae 135
TAIT EANO Gat nied ce wn ree » aoe eee a 3,7,8
BeIGNERUK nctnidece cevene de ehanuscahasis 18
Benedenia deneénsis ....... eed 461
Bergenia mexicana “wel 504
BEIM A soc oseasensqnchsn eee 702
FRVRTnandas exh bauheeu taniene nae 702, 703
Bivonia compacta ........ 326
BIMRGHOIIRS sa dcac conwnacenudennan nthe 401
BIGUMUGIO: cacn<sass aan 0. me rete
BIGNNUN onan ceca dvackaepuckhenhhn 115
Boa fmperator. .<. 25. .ccuccensevccnccannns 590
Bodianus acanthistius..... 552
BOvGsei seein cdaweis as tooo oy
Bollmannia ocellata...... spaknaet ; 555
macropoma ......... 556
atigmatore. 2.62. scceec.-s0 556
Bothriolepis canadensis. .............++-- 456
Bothus maculatus..............-+-sss005- 85

724

IBSLAGHY. COPHaAl US ae oejeinve «eis ale leletalolale eiareieie sate
Brachyplatystoma filamentosus -......-.--
reticulatum: .=s2<<--:-

rousseauxii

Vaillanti: caceasceccaes
Brachyrhamphichthys)..-.)....25.0-..s.:
artedd)..2scs\eseies

brevirostris ......-

elePans) <5 s50<2-5-

MUllerisseascacseee

BrantvaiGanamdensis- s-.< ces. eeceecle sees
hutchinsi!sssc 2 fe.s

occidentalis .3.2-.---

MI GTACANS Barer al setereleremissioareisisiacie
IBVEVAIPERC Misses mem miele saison ioise aaa eee
Brevoortia tyrannus ....-..-....-......--
IBMIS DAMA ecias siete ie seinen cisee aes
IBTOCHIS neste eset cee aceaamisewescemicnce sts
bicarinabuses-sac-.s esses soca
Cw@ruleus ceecn. cesses acess nase

GIPteLuss = sac acacwceascces ss
Semiscmbavusy--eciectssessiseseesere

TAIOS Diesen =m terse ne ome

IBTOWH VEL eV erbDeLt seceepc soccassttee cues

albuUINUSyas< jctiace oa aee cs sises= se
atricandatus: s-se-- cesses ce ese
bAhLENSIS® © sono ses sowsasselasaaee
DreVACall @B)s2—m s/t cs eensraets Seaiora =
CUO) a eho cs spaecoougsas seoasobe
CAEPOPHASUS came ciea so satel-taie sein
Cophalusteeceres = sa oleic on telat
CHASTONSIS ce meee omstie sassi= «]-1= ate
Gentoxsecs joc foscise a sissies sine
devillleitaseteer as occcceseines cee
OLythTOPterUM cas </seciescjesice ==
fal GaGuS emacs: sae ones eae ase
fOROR ees 2 cee cara oe abe sees ete
hil aritl acc aoens saeeetinet eect

melanopterwmM): <a. ssinisise ccs ec
Ll OOT Cleretsreisciaresinsieya se ee el einer
MAGEENET astray ee ements assists
OP AMT “hare iate = ratelais slaves iene vetee ies
OLDISMY ANUSS <eereiwereicecawiccise nes
ORUNOUBMIAisaceseceasecinccas fat

MOCODUGLUS scenester sac salen rate

MUDPMICG RUG ie -eraiee eee se reso o
Schomburg lets < oem cess see

SLOLZM ANT eee tai Seca = we ses
SULIAbOUS pees ee eee oe

BOW DOs ere. we tae ees. testes ss

SV CONO PS) scstelsiecisioe jae ee meetin coat
AlDULNOIMES|/sa-cee seme eee siose 2

MICIMUS hoses eee ta acinus as
Buarremon)gutturalis’-.-\.-..-24.-.... 22
Bubo virginianus arcticus ...--....-...-.-
Buccinumiasiiormiuis =... -c2ss-- sec. |
Strilgillatum sie ew =e setae

OAD WV Meese soe ess ee

oS

oS
bo

~
to

424
424
424
401

avc cg ooo ao o
anrnn4gm oc o oo oon

aocgco co
oro or

or or or on

Or or or or on en
a

Wot of St or or o' or ot on
or ov ol or

oreo
aonauw

56
532
437

328

IS6

a
Dow Ww oOo

ao

or or or Or Or Oo Or

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

\
Page.
Bulimulus abyssinicus: 5.-:.--- see... 98
alternatusis es accents aoe 99
dealbatus}s25- 1s. seas eee 97
schiedeanus......... 98
fairbanksi sstsee-ceose osteo 98
TASSOAleW sss ee ees ce eee 97, 98.
Bulimus‘alternatustess--eee eee eae 99
dealbatus=22se2-tecceeeaeneces 98-99
MOOTCaANUS tte -e see eee eee 99
patriarchus*s: = 52) - =e ee eee 99
Schiedeanusi =e. s-e- eer eee eee 98
Bulla‘adamsii. soo. See rete en ee 314
eS POLS Wisner apse ee ee eine ees 314
puncbulatusss se .o-s- es ese eee 314
Bulwerlaibulwere=s--ee ee ae eee 490
Bunocephalichthys\jss23.6- sess eseeeeee 16
Dy SIUTUS sees eases 25
Bunocephalims=s- see secss 2 see see neces 25
Bunocephalusssass. sane oases see eee 15,
MeUTOPSIS a= se ee ae eee 26
bicolor tees eos 26
PROVO sate eee eeliae Beratefe 26
MOTI Ke as eacer eae eee 26
MOlAs PA Ae. a eae 26
SCADLICOPS hes aaa tee oes 26
WEPPUCOSUS a. sere ieice nee 26
Buteo'swainsoni : 822-22. - 2s ee cee eee 432
(O53
Calamorichthysiiis. cs: 2<se= see eases 112
Calamus brachysomus:..-..--...<.2:----- 127, 153
Calcariusilapponicusre. = 992 esse ae 441
PICTUS Sie hee ana eae eee 441
Calidrisiarenariai scorn csoacien eee eee 427, 472
Callechelys peninsule .-:.2..5.-22522--e- 548
Callichthyidesscs-<5.. cee ooo canes 3, 6,7 |
Callichthys oe 25.20. 45052 cee ees 13, 18
ALCiLel) 22 Gace secs: See 43
ASPOL alate eee eer 32
callichthys.- -sscc2essce see 12
Callista.circinatass-<. + -see «eee soso 311
CONCINM A222 === See sees 211
Callopbysinee\seneno- ese seeae cessor 5, 7
Callophysusiz=-2=-0-eseee cach ce areeeiecte 15
Macropterus’ - --).. cee sealer 27
Callyodontichthys <--2 sacs =e eee 398
Calyptejannee:/s-- ie sen cee cote 172, 169, 171
Calyptogenam-p-ss oe ee ee ate ean cece 189
PAC Cal. - mente eesesee eee 190
Campylerhynehus capistratus .....--.--- 518
CaStaNeUS:- 222 sc sees 518
Cancellaniaiadifiniss=s2. --sse ee eee eee 182
bullata se: scenes cee ee 183
Gassidiformiss.c ssc -—e cee 182, 315
chrysostoma --.-:....:--.-.--- 315
Clavatulaee sooo eee 315
crawiordianae. 5-5-2 ees 1s2
INLbrILOTMAS: --- oe e se ae 315
modes tai 2-2 - scene ese eeelee 183
ObeSH. 2525-595 5o- ences 182
tritonidea)- oo 2s ecieees oases 183
ULceolaban-sasae essen cases 182
Veuustas oases co Nae neni 183
CanthigasterS 1. seo see 113, 706, 707, 708, 709, 710
punctatissimus ......-.---- 720

i Page.

= Canthigasterid® ..2..........--... mane 110; 719, 720 |
AC ATEENIPAStODING \- can 20sec seen e conse 710 |

RMU ATIRUTGNUOS osc eniocm cece cccie ces ens c's 709

EAC ADUNO PASTOR r= wae concn ee naennncacnn-nn- 710
USD RUOse tee ncre tener nec. wn 709 |

Be APNG SAS LIN sia civin'a ae sien eniciaw'ste'e coo « 710

SANGO UU S eter amare. te katona r kas annick's 709

SERN ER UGG hes cise seca sewn cennisiseasss 293
PP ATAS OL MONGAN «2 on < anon wan acess om =~ 24 |
NESTE CEO TE Sy SS ei ey i rc a 116,117 |
Meares CADALIUBs = cs0 cc. + 0cucc cose vese 127, 128.138 |

CLEGROS Geert Sone cl cse macaw as 87,138

INNO caer choc sete sa anasce 128, 138

RUG Ses cere ong wie nic accicwlnisicwate we 128, 138

RPOOIOSUA arate kha enmenaens we acre 128, 138

Me AY AM eaten eterno cme cig cow eccet 14

PAN GIA Mae eetc ca ee cane oo open an 62

Mardita laticostata <2... .----c0c.scccesene 310

PST GLINACOUS ost enka cahoocss<s<> a 310

RAGICORUAUUM sone a cisetcseteins = sae 311

LUI CNUUIN soe oe ecet ace cues 310

MDD GAlON soos c so tees base weasae 311

PAMUONAB Gane csbemeacas vet ale 311

planicostatum ....<....5-.....-- 311

MUGCELUIM awa cere ccemenae ea pelnce 310

ROS LUI seh cee ee ace 310

HONMICOSONLS =<. akanncuse nena 310

Careproctus melanurus...... pease oe 560

PANDO N MONA a eecccnte eae we coches eceen's 596

CLUES emia ace ie a tenia ie 596

WORDDIN Ree se ain act coe mein waa 597

Se MANE aoe ose a cco oc ot cekweacta des 3

Cassis abbreviata ........ Sena teens wane 324

PL RUERIUUEG hese aac eign soe are wesw em Soren 701

<FALDOTUS TUMOSUS . 2... cc. ccc cc we teuamee 517, 518

MGLNOMGNO ss «.< oeinlanicnn seals mis 517

TITER AIES fa ass aioe eee k pn He 517

MO ROL OM UGbsieicre arate xia cin w(nicium wip oouaw aoe aa 589

MIAN AO aes occlu. «bone e mew onetene 16

PCR ua Sw atc a san on er wat aah 61

RM CIC Oren arco oes ce cae oy pune hoc upets 2

PAULUS DYUNMCUS.<..c-ccccenccscuseceuss CAD

CODNALUG sacs ais sia cepa ew aw 54t

SOMO NG este wn wee cepeEwee er bons «OO

EXELL) GT ap pe ie 252

ATL SLES Re eres comeece nk ei me we 252

PRO ULLON A eG niars we sian ok chek 252

RVOMUDUUR Me seeees nace cess <aes dances 602

GOUGLUGMeten eos oS Scobie h vhee a= 602

RCONUPAROMIOU ie ouhictnes scuescucnene san 2, 3,116

Centrarchus cyanoperca ................- 73

AS OITULOMUOM LUM sean nent won ace enicine pes men 15

BULODY PADH ie ani whee des 34

NGUMAILDS heap cents wae a dan 34

TTILELMOCLUG. «oc acasece nan 4

OU GUI Sie as omen Opole swale © 34

POLU Riis nas een scancaees 34

steindachneri ............. 34

Centropomus grandoculatus -........-.- 126, 141

WHOGOMUAIS tos uttcesenn c= « 128, 141

La ccas Saw asia cee 141

BUMIGEOBL .o ncano-snedouacne 91

Cephalacanthids ........................ 115

Ser RE Cec aia tow cnsSensee ee 8
NEGEUUOINY Nea ien co ccc sok ooccctanae ce 168 |

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

\ =

Page.
Cerithium interruptum ................- 326
MOAOUIOSUM “cps wasanceauhe ce 325
stercus-muscarum............. 325
CervlealGyoulpuaascass nose eden cae oee ae 437
superciliosa stictoptera........... 471
CetODSIn ss 2 eae elon < oe eases eee 36
Gatopsis~ 22202 < =< seanse ataae ee co eeae 12,14
GANT |. butcon nace baceeeweee 36
COChtIENE. ~~ eee e ee eecas ee eee 36
gobicides'--2.s..st voc epee 26
occidentalisec-< o2-i. ss.c<ccae ous 36
plumbeus...... 86
WENGPALIR i cocacsschaqeeeer on ceen 36
Chratobranchopsis <.2us...a0sc--sccquewun 16
orbicularis............ 70
Chietobrancbus!:. += .sacasse-sceaueesctoee 15
flavescens.........-.<<. 70
faber.....-. Se Seuea dane 86, 160
semifasciatus ..........- 70
Cheetodipterus zonatus...............-..- 127, 160
Cheetodon humeralis ..................... 128, 160
Chetodontid:.-....-2< 2. sesenaeedeee eer 108, 113
Chptopteridia ~~ ores osen ape oeeee coaen 290
Cheatopterts).. <<< .<sc1-ae evs cuatner= tae 300
pergamentaceus............. 290
Ghetostomus).>. a2 -=. ae cen we akeeuk ounce 14, 17, 20
DrANICKH: oases au ncaw cheese 43
DUtOnIOs ioe. se were ee eae 43
dermorbynchus...........- 43
GNINACEUS) UW. .senbs aeane se 43
RGUGN 525-0 eee eee 43
QUMITONHIS~ cccnsnnnnes Fe 43
gymnorhynchus .......... 43
FOU on ons oie teres ok 43
latiivong x5: =sse~-ssnuses een 43
loborhynechus ..........--- 43
IMSCTOPS) sweww cea seweneen ae 43
MAIAGOPS) «a =~ <- aes ance 43
MGUIFOSUAS.---» «scatman see 43
MICTOPS = o0 cans sescusevesus= 43
DUGICCPS >... 5 ene ws oeenee eer 43
RETICGUS «-cecune-avemencwad 43
SIAN. 025s pee een 43
tacksanowskil......<«scaw 43
Lectirostrid 2s. «ap-acusiane 43
variolus ...... 43
GHA GANS sos accannbauxiccksssaenban ben huen 15
erythrurus . 55
labrosus ...... Sos Ot bul cdo ca A 73
latus...... ieee 7
macrolepidotus ...........+<.++- 55
SOOT R BUN 3 aa nid wie Wh the a ee pee 7
RICE iin de tnan anes caauwdasunw nae bieitn l4
SID o sia ccc ccctcuasasaeenweuee 56
angulatus roe as cobaul ah 56
curtus...... 56
fuscus....... 56
Slenatus Wvnustsaduun i
VAGUS wntp aden ten 56
SOLIS 5 dann w daccunnchas> tel ase 56
Culver: . sasun 56
elongatus. ...........-++«. 56
giintheri. ......002.cccesecsonss 56
MARORIODMD «ns n00ds wiwkecpiacas 56
paranensis 56

726

Page.

Chalcinus pictus... sese- cise ceases 56
Chamajechinatasscesseceee nee aes cece 310 |

Chammloiabbottticecmcnss-cieeecaseeeeees 333

bit dus ice Ree aa aa somes 354

fischieric. 2555 -eecccaceeces sees 354

TOPOM Sic ocse cease rote ee 354

Whanosichanosecscetnctsaenes cee neta 112, 127, 133

@haracidium: 225-622 saci see cniaee 17

etheostoma 22-2222 2-- 2 asec-r 50

fasclatum sss.5-eseete seo 50

PUT PULACUM <e\e soja <iaceis ce oe 50

siteindachneri: .<---.5-s-.=-- 50

Wharacinids..s-. 2 jsss-2c-052 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 113, 116

Wharacod one err cs 54ces osse she eee 18

@haradriusidominicus: -.-<--2=-s-s= secs 429

squatarola ye jqsactese see eee 429

WhAaniN acne sca see ase eee see 511, 512, 591, 592

MOLT ese ee aoe ade aee 592, 593

Drachy.OpSjeea- merece a= e-csies er 514, 592

plumbed sensor eater cee eee 514

ONUVAT LACH fo see's else areraleleialsisiesc ease 591

HATINIGG Se eyes sets ese cose eee see aae 592

Charitonetta:albeolas. << -25< s.<cese-2-- 421

Chasmodes'i-2-mse 5 sses ce sce cece eee eels 86

ibosquianus =. 2ssches oe sse 85

Cheilichthyss5.c Gass <2 2522s eas 708, 712

Cheirodon....-...-. eran seascapes ances aan 14

AGASSIZ =. aeons aeotee sews 54

CQIMLCS Mesias arataete cise = tislerstee erate ets o4

ANSI ONIS es. cece se. esse = cer 54

IMbOrrUplUs s.r). cose see see 54

MALLOLerisis tae n-ne cee ase 54

DOQUITB So seeer cine ae eee 54

IAD Aseenaetsseaceraten = loerieiscee 54

PISCICMMUSE so eae aje ts Se iateteier 54

pulcherzs-- ee eepes ea emeeeee 54

Chelonodon: ==. fos<s2 22 -- ee secee 699, 706, 711, 712

@henrhyperporea ses ate ae alee ee 423

hyperborea nivalis ......-.....-.--- 423

TOSS seta nhac cee Sante oaths cele reece 428

@hilodustAeerees <0 as ween ee ei tee eee 15

labyrinthicus. Sense sececse ae) 49

DUNCCALUOS = )-ce = acies sieeis a scissile 49

C@HUVOMENISCUS ssc a ccleiee oe eels ie eels 593

GINCHUS ere aera ccc es 594, 595

ephippicusiececeesaee ce 594, 595

MET CANUS = soma eseesae 594

SULAMINOUS| -<incee) eens O94 sD9D

CINCLUSS..se5/-1- 594

fasciatus ...... 595

stramineus .... 595

Chilomycteruss.s.2c.ce. ees sscecee ote 83

Chilopoma rufopunctatum..............- 83

GION ACHIS == wile sll aciis esse tiebee Seer 604

Ciasiien.weosnianeeusiccesceee 605
OCCIPItAlis cia. - sce eteee ee eieeeins 605 |

occipitalis annulatus.......... 605

(Ghinodonceoss cosas ose ateee epee tees 19

GhinOSuom Sosa ee ot ce se eee ee eee 18

ALS CNTINENSIS =2- aceteieiisniceine 66

POMATIONSIS). 24-02 aes eee

MIcrolepidotai=--2 assess. 66

Chitonsaneirensis) -622. 2 o22.<0- sees Hoe 3385

SPINIMORUS senses sis eee ceeaae 334

Chlopsis equatorialis ...................- 347

|

66

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Chiaronerpes\caboti-.--- << s=-eieasceere 476
AJRIM plex -ot- eee een ee ene 536.
Chloroscombrus chrysurus.....--.-.----- 87, 139
OLQUCtA sa saci ee eee 128, 139

Chlorospingus ‘piliatus....:.......-.....- 531
Chlorostoma) aterit2- 22 sacnesecee ence 331
gallina sseac sae eee sees 331

Cherojilis-2. 52 ee inesare pesar a eee 393
Castanea: ase ssace eee 398
Chondrostetssea2se: 255< er eae gae ee eee 460:
Chonerhinid. 2-2-2 eee eee 697, 698, 715, 719
@honerhinids?s.-)s2s25 22a see eee eee 715
@honerhinos:5 sass ees oe ee eerie 697
modest) -\5-s\s- eee aa aae * 697
Chonerhinus=-2-2-5e5eeee- 697, 698, 699, 705, 712, 720
NALIbUS 2). Soe oe ois sie eee 720

Chordeiles virginianus:.--.22-..2-2------ 438
Chorus belcheri 204 esacac sn ceeeeeee eee 180
Chriolepis.27:s2cisee5ie cose ee seen 557
minutilluss22s. 2s ce see eee 558
Chromys:ocellataisr-cs 22-52 2-0 eee eeene 73
Chrysodomus acosmius .............-.--- 188
@ucosmuus( 0-2 eres 187
halibrectus-s..--2 sees 188

hy polispuS!o es. ose ee eee iss

TthHIOS Se keene eee 187
POLIscelidaShssses-- eee 187
pllceniceuss24-- ee ee 187
Cichlaiconibuseas2*scce eee oer eee 69
multifasciatals --eee 232 eee 69
Ocellaris Asa fsa sices cen ne ere ee 69
Lemensisi:52- An ees eee enone sees 69
Cichlid ti eee 4, 5, 8, 67, 116
Circusthudsonius35-255--42- soe 432
Cirrhisomayss5-.355202sec6 seas ee 706
Cirrhitid®s223. >. ae ee eee 701, 703
Cisticola\bicenniceps--2----2.----senee 496
Citharichthys gilberti .:......-.----.- 124, 126, 164
MIcrostomits.-4---ss25-s= 84

SOLdidWS =o .geeeeee eee. 110
SpilopteruS==-+--s-5-6-— 2, 124, 164

Citharinine -s55 1526 eee see eee eae 6
Cladistiat 32: 5200 25 (aes eee eee meee 460
Clangula hiemalis' 2:2 .5 Ss.S esc scseecee 421
Clementiaisubdiaphana ..22--.49---.-e252 185
Clinuis) 2c Ako eos eae Gees Sn ee 115
Clivicola;ripariane:=.- ss soeer seeeee ee 443
Colonophiss 232227 2.52.52 2225368 sesso 674
Mantlan diss 2s5 4 essen eee eee 666, 674
Clupeanlosavs..5.32-iSescecce ae cease sce 112
AMAZONIA sense eee eee 63

Nanen SUS see cee see cee eee 112
libertatis sc. 22-2 asks sees 134
pilchardus 20 oe eee 112
Sprattys seo. ates sas ee oe 112
Clupeidiass ooo 5ecse eee one eee By basplae
Clymenellatorquatareete 2 eee ae 294
Cnemidophorus martyris ..----.-----.--- 407
Cnemidopliorus martyris - 2:55.22. ..--- 407
Gobitidees 2230-625: 4=. pee ee eo eee 3,10
Goccosteusidecipiensise-=--ees-e-ee eee 450
Coccyeusiminon:.- 5-2 — ae ee eee 536
Cochliodon (cochliodoniee2--s--- 2-7 ose ee 42
Colaptes\anratus=- 222522 26> =e eee 170, 172, 438
Colomesinsos e225 2 eke eee eee eeeee 720

; Page.
COMMONS eerie s Us cricca'scuwc.clescaaas's « 15, 707, 714
psittacus ..................-73, 714, 720
Gl peter tose a ih caec nas sk tne es asa 630
RESET TRIN eee nie wena aa. 630, 631, 632
Ey eee a alice cea wie ee os wi 636
RrEENIG. 2. sap oon ase seek 630, 631, 632, 634
LUUDALUG sone ccc cescwc nce 633
AOUAINS! Ae noone sna =n am 633
POUR eens eer ak ware wigcinwtaxente aia 636
OUSOIONTGS cnn --/dcinenaiteanpaas = 634
Jemniscatns.............. 635
OBSOLAhN Mine eeet nase oon 635
Cgiadrivituauus.---=...-------2--- 633
CREATE cee lets ee ee eo 633
NSTEMUIRUS calc = win x.o sis alee’ o's 855050 630, 631, 632
BSED VIG teeters nee a aie eon woe ae 593
Golumbella fuscata......-...--2-2.--.-.-- 318
PAM BREOM By eae s 4 ~ senses sana 318

SO OG e eee pee a alee ee 31
NOSE CLI fen ee a oles siainint aaa 318
Borombitormis). -:..--..<.<..-- 318
PUM DUS AUTIUUS ssc occ aera ceeecessqne= ts 415
OMG ates ake ssa ne easie 415
OUD PT TET pit ele Rea ae 415
Qminounciatus ..........-----.s- 617
Concholepas fusiformis .........-.-.----- 335
PELUWINUB a eee ee ae Cee 335
Pe RIICON PAG ae ae wean neee es Sas. cecne'a 93, 117
SIP INDOOURS tea cen Wen aie C case oa 704
SCRUB Rae ere esac a ren in cae eee 603, 605
MINGHGUAL= =<sccucaeenetuie ce scenes 605
Conorhynchos conirostris.....-.-.-..---- 30
PRG ae aa ateiniante eta = ns 30
NEI am ain aim cwis vic aw sisiaiote'san's we 599
MOR in toes 2a ana. ae een eee 600, 601
FNORDN Gils ow ca oce ee ease 601
ROLG DBS <= a feo uG eel 601
TROMUUM anc aacesn nee ae aa sln cars 601
TGR eee esters i Lee eet ae alee 3 601
PRR seen tote Seaway SE a Cinietenc oe 600
Montopus lopubris..-.--.--..-0-.2--..-.- 535
Pn DLUNMOUG ton ccna ce cern en dacnaa/s nae 315
RIAL aa do css puma vate ee ae 315
WUGINOBsaes sue = ev amas eden os we 315
SUE ce te et il vs bls bi eae ie % were ere’ 335
DOMCOPS it. <.aa<u oes oebewska<ss ss = - 335
purpurascens .......-----.----+--- 315
Corvus corax principalis. .............-.- 439
REOMV CURB sass oolce tte warc evens cee cecences 13
SOMGUS (apnawe ese mavalss vy seceds 44
TAUGUN oti aurs<s eens ee lh as 44
amphibelus ©. 2.010. ssweessecune 44
SUTMIRUUG soacc a secswonensnevemse 44
OlOgans .....-.--- 20-02 -eeeeeee 44
OQUOR soo ccs aren nencevesevcesse 44
NGBHEUM bcasencct sa nanhudecdeh = 44
TBULONONZ cccvrccsevscucwsueGuus 44
paleatus .....- 2.200 seeeseeesee 44
punctatus .........-.-+----.e0 44
splendens .....-.-.-------+00+ 44
ArilinGatos:, .oossess0s0ssencanes 44
Coryphmna ...........--...------+------- 117
Cossyphiformes ........-------++---+++-+- 395, 397
Coasyphus. ...-......-..----------++--ee- 397
CPOCGIORS Rae givin du cae coccsecuccvcenneuncns 4,115

|

ALPHABETICAL INDEX,

127

Page.
SOUUIR s - adp accakcnvtns sachocss chessaceeus 702
Crassatella gibboaa........scceccecscstese 310
Cragranton << o~ ccs eacnspenncastsoneuae 707, 710, 711
lmwisnlinns '...2-cvtd. detaneeces 710
Greserutoa ..unscces=satecnssenseenseucees 15
. SUNMIE, oa ages apn tear emeete 5
BUROUION Teas'scn sk enka sneene ae 5
DIOR ccldce tn ccadee asks nee 56
OR TUATG awn cus ce cain ea eee ee 56
Creatochanes affinis...................... 56
caudomaculatus............ 56
MOlANUPUS oo. ccexbudesoees 56
Oreniea rs 0. 2. cocoa we abn vawk baek Meld 16
CLO PONG ssn econ nde eemeane 69
RGU CONIA was Sen nowtadawescebereer ie 4
RONTINORMIS (7. cans sen eeke ae 69
Mrthimros: .2.<ssunduuaudones 70
brasiliensis, «:<<s00c2seonee as 69
adspersa ......... 69
funebria ......... 69
johanna .......... 69
lenticulata ....... 69
gu bYis 2. i assens 69
SUPA o5 ssw en oss 69
Vitteta@ <.-cscdeene 69
CYANONOWMIS. co sessvaut eis 70
GlG FANS: » .cicunnns puvad wae eeas 7
PON BUR. .<uans wowenedewakeet 70
lacnbtrig «+ cecawhduannepaate 7
Jenico pwcn cen eerenewnneee 70
PUGH A kerk kun cae neeeee 70
macrophthalma ............-. 70
ODGUSITOBULIE” ssccvucenuduuewn 69
Orinooensls ..<..dedusducdenep 70
POlyaticte ..--ccnascevsaneses 70
PLOCOUS «20... cencvsccavsence 70
Orgynnls ..octsadscexs 70
PUNCTALA ..-cecsecesccedcsres 70
TOUOUIAG inc cks calucn ann vpn 70
saxatilin' <:.cas+ineeenveunee cs 70
Semi MBOIRGA a, vic ascavnateens 70
Grentlabrowe’.<.- iiss anankenasdkeambeausaey 898
MGlOPS. «2 scccstnecossususccese 398
Crenuch ine aes ics sce cdewdsnsuneeehaneen 6,8, 11,59
CPeNnUOhUG <0 coos sosesdsdscnhawseeneonnan 15
Spllurus ......ccnenssceccerses 59
Crepidula aculeata............6-..eeeeees 327
MVENAGS o ck cade cnmcsucddusweeas 327
GiUGCAA cub siucsdcadapancatacap 327
OCORVAGRs cc. dancccctvccanduans 328
Tepeteti ena iin cus au dak paeeeeile s28
atrigata........+... ; 327
Cristiceps.........0.-.0.e--ccnenenens 115
Crossoptery gia sédnucene 450, 460
Crotalidm ........ ‘ 681
Crotalophorus = 634, 687
catenatus.. ; 684, 685
edwardali.... 685
miliarins . 684, ORS
PRVUBSsdaeus dcncwewavannaeen Ons
COTATI «sacs cen scasducdautubestbasvasns 686
adamantens ............-- 659
adamantens ......- 690
SITOE «canxs 60
Ce eae

728

Page.

Crotalus adamanteus scutulatus ........- 690
basiliscusrec ser. cesia= sacs eee 686, 688

COLaAStGSas a2 eeeces a. we eee eee 686, 687, 689
confiuentus ------ Sa enact 691
confluentus -.---.--- 692

lecontely- sees === 692

lucifer tassseeeencees 692
pulverulentus.-.-.-.- 692

CMY Ome mene) e see ma tpelatee a eteteatefare 693
NOLCIGUS Besse se o<iseemelsisiveeee 693

lepidas: a2 ee' cse- + stesso estas 2' 692
mitchelliitscns--eeeeseeses sete 694
MOLVOSSUS) sesso seco eee ees 689
MOlyStiGhUSeese cee sactenavece el 686, 689

OV ECMUM Sees seoelaclcece sempre 694

UIST S | eee woes) cle wielete lolol air 693
LLISCHIALUS sees eee eels eo 689
Cracibulum imbricatum 2 <2. 525.22 -=)-!a-e 327
SPIMOSUMpeece oes oe ae 327
@rymophilusfulicarins--.:-=-----.-=--- 425, 492
Cryptodon-DisectUs soc. sce. e's ser 2 2 = 189
Cryptogramma subimbricata..........-.. 311
Subrugosar.wossss seas 311

Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias.-.... -.----- 449
Gtenolabruszec. ces cermesccm et esses cance 1i1
Cuculusicanorus!-22 2-2-2 cise = 494
KeeluUM PENS IS aacewl=enee = ee i 493
poliocephalus:.- qs. see =p eecae == 495

LAMISIL CUS eet iecis celal laa paeiaie ais 494
telephonus?se-secsa- soecemee sane 494
Curnimatinwe: .ceece cote ssa emcees eee 6, 8, 10
Curimatopsis macrolepis.....--.-----.--- 46
MICLOlEPISasessceeoceesas : 46
Garimatus sec e = oe eee cess sesle eee cele 14, 47
albertia 3. =-/=- sre ciaesiceiets Semen 47

UO UTS ae te satesaicy ee =rele siete vere ntel= 46

LINC ATUS Noes ereleere srowst = 46

ALL ONLCUS' <a cictelel Faiwsare's'aivers\e'eicie 47

BS DOL meee adem tees setae cetate 47

DIM ACUHIALUS) Cree 2 coe sl ciacinee 47
Slalisyceecreniee 47

trachystethus. . .- 47

CYPLIMOICS -eeceasmece ne meeleeer 48

GODUIDE seceecwicnctaceeeciesicios 47
CoOrsalismess jesse eee ace 47
lOO ANS ere aes corse cea inalete arate 47
DANIONSIS) soa cleanse oes 47
@SSOQULDENSISI. 22 <1 ¢ sinjeseinie = 48
PAV Case aie sate cic etsreiiernctcio= ole 48
milbertivecse cesses ee seem 47
brevipinnis........... 47

PMU OL ears crea eho iia 47
hy POS tOMMUS ses merer ose eiel seis 47
ISOLMALRUS soc ista cep wpeee ieee 47

KXMNIOV ee sestensieecieinancssictasteeteics 47
BtLCODS! sere case scletseleteies oe 48

Vationisec sso cc etee hoe see ai5)2 48
leuciscuSsaseteerosaseiee siseeeee 47
lepidurusie.c-- a asec ee] eee 46
Lewcostictuses4-- ~~. cn stel ery 47

INACT OD Sher tata ta re tatase peje arelepernterete 48

mae along) <2 <2... cyt eeinres isha 47

MIG VOT Mesa ise ope ee nae eeiate 46
Mmicrocephalus, - c/a se oe er 47

MEV ole cclesaraicieciea cw etelereencls 47

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Curimatus mac elite-e- --- meee = ee eee
MAS SF 2< cer ke Bees
ocellatus:e eee eee=ee eee eee
planirostriss-e-e ss -ceeee sees
platanus'= act soem eeres eee
plumbeus:e sacee- sees eee
TUbUOIdes tre eeee ee See
Schomburgkiles--., eee ee
SOT Pie eee nae see See eee
Simulatusts cess ee eee
Splluropsisi. eee eee eee
Spllurtiss2s- foes eee
troschelil- 2-2: -25-eeeeeoree ee 47
Vittatusls sees eee ee eae 47
Cy chlatfasciata, 2-23 see. -s-eeeees eee e 74
Alavio-maculata-.s-20-225 sesaseeee W4
nigro-maculata.-<5- 5. sss. e eee 74
TUtWAUS sore yo sais oe eee ees 74
toucounaral\ 2225-2252 sae eee 74
trifasciataye. -o:55.. ste eee eee 74
Cyclophis 225 arcane te seer seeaece 621
StIVUS) Jase acct e Feee eee 621
Cyclopium). seeeccse=- 022 nse eee 7
CY ClO PUM eee cret acer eee eee 38
guntherizeco- nessa ae eens 38
Cyclopteridas: 22:2 ~-)-22 tose eee 115
Cyclorhis flavipectus subflavescens..---- 529
trinitatis)==-c2s2-r 529
@ymod onan cece oe geese eee cece 15
CUDUS\ acer ees ce eee earner 59
VUlpINUS is. 26 2 os See 59
Cynolebias bellottii............2--.22.-2-: 64
OllOng abUS sree erelsoe cise tree sare 64
MaculatMs sce couse oO eee 65
POLOSUS=---.<% Saas nisse areca eaters 65
TODUStUSE 2 cee eee eeetoee 65
@Cynopotamus)-ci 322 )-ee eee eee 14
AMAZONUWM crepe eee see 58
ALP ONILCUS | o<\eoreolerecin inicio 58
biserialis)22:-- sssce-5-ee eee 58
SU OV ese yerlas sae eee ernie 58
humeraliswece ee. saewereesee 58
KNOG Meese lieee eee eeee 58
miagdalend@.2s2cans=cemeret= 58
Cynoscion macdonaldi .....-...-.-.------ 123, 165
maculatus. ...-.- Se ereeeeee 88
othonopterum. .........-..22--- 165
PAL VAP IDWS srefsieiata yahaletetalerapetet= 127, 159
TOG Ais ye ae aitals rane epeetaaeate 88
Cypreajarabiculla ss jacecenn sae ee ee 325
exanthema...-.- dete Mints Sees 325
nigropunctata .--....-----2-..-- 324
PU CE ee aa er lo tei opmleleetr 325
PUMC tol ata ease ceils 324
DUS bw Atal cle = eaten ee ee 325
SOMOL Dales aiale wl stowioratctolorsetaeraattare 325
Cy mia tectum ccm secmcccemeeere eee eee 322
(Osgepubibtsh2) Se smoghesasacrecesnoscconsecs 3, 113, 116
Cyprinodon variegatus ..-.-..-----.----- 92
Cyprinodontid® .........--..-+..---- 3, 8, 12, 64, 116
D
Dacnis| venustaes. a-cuseeseo ee = ee eee eee 529
Malayacntas.--.--cess eo eee eee ee 420, 421
Dalliidsey. osc cere eee elas meee cee 3

a

—s

>,
ALPHABETICAL INDEX, 729
Ry. Page. | Page
eratision Dee neeereatiaia ca aiss <vs'c ek aes <e = MUL SC AIOVEN © tid once aubucches sade odvbue lu
MMA SEER eisia ore ccin ence cea es 127, 182 | Sites seed ewes 32
ne fat Bah PESO I Ee eee 7, 24 | albomaculatua ............. 32
eae See tn na « @ 300 OUINMGN gan vaveeeteene ce a2
ORONO are ora laaine aa nen'= - 293, 300 MStGLLIFONG. = vavaesankechh hanes 33
I alsa h ara’ aeig w ae 15 DYSOUIAUUM scazecudeucuastsawenee 32
else eR ee 44 calderonensis ;....-..-+e<c<s<. 32
Eo eae sb enc cae 397 castaneo-ventris ...... aa a2
eRe wanes, vimckin eeine’ac 338 cataphractus............. 32
Bea, cones t meen es 339 COntATIN .2. on auwts =v 32
See aso anla'e as amas soe 17 GOOGOUAL ina deeearheaerend 32
angulicauda...... ... See 42 Gen tatne vores cvcecuus ans abaaneuee a2
MALU Ee eects Tasers cic «awe 42 COPRGUIS Covi i noes acd us wns 22
MESA x tno a aS a 430 HSNCOORL sade cause ehh» Swan cpeeeae 32
Para te aces peta ea ster te 444 NGG <>. cs asau weave t kane nan a3
URIs Sete ted Sac iects 524 HeUCOPRUUEs=-scecsvewsakeatear sane 32
castaneiceps........... 524 JONPIPININ<; denen cay aees es enuen 32
DOLOUA GN Awan noe a rant sacs so ddd MIGOWIMUGis cunwsded wasanepudwen en 32
PEW ROU Clie sores on wats Gmce on 532 WATMOTAGUS. .c.-0cneudabuaneeuNeee 32
UT ES eS SS eae 444 MON (Oke co wae ieee ae adore 33
RTO bh ewe eee an aes ek ue <= 524 VISUCIOUS <5 506shscevaco ey ner eeeeee 33
PECAN Genco enn w ale 525 DPOCTINITTONS.\ sien cca eephaseewasaen 32
castaneiceps.....-.... 525 BPINOSIBSUNUS ayes ie cee eae Gene ee 82
Dendrornis nana costaricensis.......----- 532 UYSNORGOPUS ..07.ckneus das aeke peepee 32
RRO tattoo coe nose e asa x ne sem om 614 woddelill........cu.swveasteaveueeen 32
MID Ai eer salen oe as cous dus G14 || Doricha ovelyn®........--.-<e.sess- 160
COGS tease emanate ae 616 | Dormitator grandisquama ............... 71
i pulchellus ............ G16) ||, Dorosomides. 2... -- -<...sesnugussssassabeen 3
stictogenys ........... 67] Drilonerein: 220-5220. scnacnvatebunbaedbes 2R8
} PUNGUMNS ta. - Seer vec sonia 617 Ton Pests auncuk see eeees 288
MO PRM Aenea Gece nies mocee rss wee G15: || Dromicus <5... oo. dis. sa ccsrewneennenst 505, 614, 618
QUO Lecce enna chee = =< sas 615 CIAVATUS 22. oes cc cconvunvecesss 505
OD ALIE eae aria arcane cae 615 Havilgte .. <-> sessncsducenannne 618
BUDGKCONS car cnsasar<sasavce=™ 614,615 | Drymobius ...°...........--.+seeeeeesees 618, 623
REGU ane fee es ox ones a Seenen = dee 168 RUPIPULUS =. eddu ands daub wows 629
NEIRNWIS Ses ae ee ni th coe Oe a 16, 44 margaritiferns ............... 504
longibarbis ....-.....--.-.-.0 .- 44 | Dryobates japonicus ............6-.0..005 495
Dibranchus altanticns ...........-...-... 114 | Duopalatinus ...........-----.++-eseeeees 16
Dicentrarchus punctatus.........--...-.- 111 emarginatus .......-.+--++- al
Dichotomycter ..--.-...---..----e-seesnes 712 | Dysichthys .............ss-se-eeerenssees 16, 26
TORE oie RIE tenn ccm ocee semen 16 coracoidens .........004ee+0. 26
TIACULAUNE. «kas sc ecc eeseeeestiae 69 E
Miplossa plumbes...2-...-...sescereesnee 520 ry
BAO OUUGUE! «sce e cokor ek orcnws cane nue 712 | Echidna catenata ....... 2.260 seeeeneees 117
TIBPIGUS), --uacnccosensaccese 719 MEDUIOGR . i... ccnatmacnduehe 117
RII VOUOLG) wvsc enc cascskovwonncwcaenss 712 SBD o oan caved eb enekae 117
Dilobomycter meleagris.-..-....---.------ 719 | Ectosteorhachis nilidus.............. 457
OPMIOMt eR TEXCOUL = -ace- cee esccecccnses 450, 451 | Eels, the...-..........s0ce-e> 117
TOU OTR oie a> vin own cieweccccannsennrese 697 | Elapadm@ ...............-++++ er
EON UEC whe hax oeekeben esse 718 | Elapoidis .......-..-. 596
BEUETT A OUPTOR. << cea nec seeasecesesas 285 | Blaps ...0-. 22. ccccescosenes ore
TUDE RAATCS..oe < ovdipntscurceannee 256 distans 681
Diplectrum radiale.............-..---- 127, 128, 142 euryxanthns........<.-+-- 63)
RERUN Citta as ccnesesnccsne 550 falvitis co c..c..cuctes Gan
Diplodonta obliqua..-......-.-...--.+-.--+ 310 | imperator.... 679
Diplodus holbrooki ..........--.-.--+.-+-- 90 lemniscatus........ @)
AE ee 18 | maregravil. . 6x0
papillosnus .............-....- 26 | semipartitus 679
Diplomystide. ..............---+----- 3, 6,7, 9,10, 26 | surinamensis .........-..+e08es 60
Diproctacanthus xanthurus........------ 397 | Elasmobranch from the Permian, a new. aay
Dipsas annulata...-..........+-++++--+-+- 077 Elassomatids 2,3
Distichodinew; ............---.--++-+-0++++ 6 | Electrophoridm ...... 3,7, 11, 61
oS SRS eeepc oor 470 | Electrophorus ......----<.0essee se enceee 15
- Donax punctatostriatus ......-----..---- 312 electricns ...........5. 6
BEPMIOTOUINGG «-- sec cce~-s---seccceccncesss: 5.7 | Eleginops.....---...++seeesssenseeenesene WS
>
p

se

; aT

730 ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
NIE SANUS sector eee eens ee eae 304, 305 | Euphonia fulvicrissa.....................
MAV AGA. cya, urela/niale ciel shies es aie 303,304 || Huphonia/pracilis:- 22-32 555. 225-545-222
Eleotris/amblyopsis-<2-<.\2<.0--d-= 5-28 71 luteicapillay cess eee eee
OLMIS OR aaa sere oa Selemsisciis ae eens 72 Minus qes-ceessee cee ees oer
DISONIAS eielasistee cise esas (| SBapleurarn Ge sae tse eee eee
MMI PCSULUS- co sewe aloe nSe secs ance. 16 Caudata . sce 2 esa se sean eee eee
SpiNicaud ay .ss-ceusceeee cee 25 clathrataya<.7.\Jesec cece ceecece
UV PAD se ates se vocle eels see nese aon ent 401 lumatay-sec7 Sones cet aaa
BIO PIM acre vaieie sles sa ciemissls sees eerie oe 3 MMUTicHOrMis sess - eee ee eee
HlopomMonphus)=ssseisicer aces cee ae eeeee 46 nitidad <5 ‘jscsericncs seeoereee
elongatus 22225 -6.-ca2eeee:- 46 pectinatal..c.oseseeee se ceeee
melanopogon.......-...... 46 plicatay.:5ic=-js- cee ae oeee eee
SlLCALOPS siete aesee see See wae 46 sulcidentatia)s.---2-<scese- ee
MLOPSISAUTUS casa oeeee sc ee un 93, 112, 127, 128, 133 triquetians et seccmae cnet
Emberiza leucocephala.................-- 496 WNISPINOSA\s oe eee ee eee eee
PUSila ss aesawaceee oo eweeeeeias 496:)|)Eurypanopeusi-.-s-ci-- ce cee sections ace
US ULLCAe isis nals cles teiajateebe eieeeterae 496: ||), Hateonia ea sss c.cc erates ee sees
VESSOCNSIS see cere) = iat siete isiocte 496 angustirostris -..............---
MNioto Ci dees )scc ee cas a tej ee eielaes eee 114 AWUGATAL Sess ss sce cena ee
Empidonax albigularis................... 535 DISCULBIA rence esc
hammon die aeacwesceewaasee 438 butleriis.~ cesses case eesacee
mnchelycephaliees 2 see nsec assesses. 3 chrysocephalaia-. see cs csete mee
IN PIN A CaLDONATIA) 2/16, aisle jase cignesie we 317 cyrtopsisicollaris: <2. 552-221
FOTN UNSW) sat l= = cae se aiseeeeeme 317 Ocellata:—.).2.ceeeeeee
pulchrawcs scastoscedee senses 317 ele pansy ie 5..2ceceenie eRe
Mopsettarn. ware ceckce sec cscs sees 110 bruNnnea7 oo 6-6 eae 654
HPApverusns somes se ess ese rence 15 CouchiiSis-cc sooo 656
dispiluruss sco ssessesscaceeee 34 @leganss-mivcee1cleseeteneta 653
HNnip Pion seriscccea- = nee maces eos 705, 713, 714 lineolatasceeeeeace eee 655
gubtifer®.. 4a sje ose- sasccactene 714 MANLCiaNns sass i= oss 656
maculabum.--escsasean neste 713, 714 ordinoides¥:----a5--4s0ee 654
Epicerates angulifer:qicseccsscecicc-se.cs>- 590 plutoniaé* << a2 --acceae 553
HM pIPlOttOpNistsanseeaseac secs vee ossn seein 636 WAQT ANS 2) (cle eiaiee se 656
Epinephelus analogus............ Wiss icisteinys 128, 144 infernalis infernalis........-.... 657
HMpipedorhynchusscc-sesssacieso= sce 6 sec 712 VACA seh ecoceeneseeees 658
Mremophilusiz- sence sscceee sc bic senecwses 16, 20 leptocephalay 5.22252 2 eeeeee 660
MAMGST eas acne eeeceeeces 37 macrostemma............-.----- 651
reunetes pusillus.. cc. ceececcesccre css: 427 MEA OPS ss eeaerc- nesses ees 650
Mrighacusg Pibilansic<- tes sescae secsecee ete 497 melanogaster ....----.-..---.--- 665
eryGhrinin 12.2. ais sis, sereieis'ouic ac siaelatorosy: 6, 8, 10, 45 multimaculata .....-......------ 665
HrviGhTinusye soe cece secicceeesesereser 13 MIGTUAtUS 5). 2 oe. sn ae sas eaeee 665
OLY CATING) tae =\aaioteleyatshroteras cieiate 45 phenaxste ose ee eee 2 ahi roa see 659
LOM PIP INNIS {a2 ors cecil cicecieie sicte 45 DIORAMA ela e Nees eee ee nee 650
Sal vUlspaseeeeececr eas oso 45 pulchrilatusjs-6e ee eee eee eee 660
UNIbNIALUS: 3.5 Sessa wine lsteainiciee 45 TAGU)S 532 cee se oe eee 650
MTV UNTOLAM PTUs scenes secs oc saeetcia s 676 Tufopunctatass-aq2-a-ee hee eeee 666
dromiciformis ........-.. 676 WUMGLLOVIS) co) <1 -sctorers a «.ciayoe clejeee oer 651
UMP SXIAIIS eicietereioteiereicicier= 676 Sackeniin: sia: ca dseccee see eee 650
LaberitiUsstcacclessisicieis = 676 SaUPIbAs 5-2 eee eee 650
venustissimus.......... 676 SCalarigy.=..\s0 cho cee ace 660
PTY XK eerecicieieicleiniccstiisnc cisieisleintetes sees maiines 591 Sintalis 2 2.cose sass ee eee 66L
ES OCIArelretteeen coiciensisclonecie sea ccleciecle 3, 116 CONCINNAL = <= soe mice taae 664
MUCOMOUSiCASSINM as 342 -tiarersicree ereeeciete sia 473 dorsalist susan sca seeatae 663
UI GV COLA aciata's etetelsteineie = cloinisleleisisieleleie <eisjeee 288 STAMINER 22 cesses sees 662
dibranchigtascecssc-cicecneceeec 288, 300 ODSGUES =a ee saceerceeeener 663
MNLAMILLONTO= a:oanenm suis seiveesiscemec 127, 129 Ordinatascesec-etee eee 662
platyrbynchus\< \s<steis1e0 <cr.cceces 543 parietalis <2 cesecioe cece 664
Eulampis holosericus .....-2.---...-.-0-- 172, 169 Pickerin Giese ee ees 665
HUN ICO sai a= cc icis \cve re mictels sie a Sare'sla slate sieve = 284 Bomifasciatay oe sweeter 662
ANTI CULAUS «soe o;c icine sien eee iesersiae 285 girtaliseae cen =o ee eeceoe 662
OTNAUAS cc este wloe melts sea eerie 284 tetrateeniasceeestase cere 664
INI CIC G2 otee <2 3ycesa a ciee ere sis See eee 284, 300 trilineaitias. <5. esas ase 665
Eupagurus longicarpus.................- 292 SUMICHTASHI Seen eee eee 659
Mupetrichthys\sa~ steele c= cess coat ossee 400,404) Watrochatelldecee-sss- eee eee eee 328
BUSUSUIPCSseec seer cee 404° || EU Y PANO PSUS! ere eteialalasoiclelela'=)srielielaiet= etre 355:

Page.

MRI alptaen pctwi ass jee. sp'n'<w mm o'.= 355, 357

tte ea een on a wie aie 355

RUM OAEL EAD DT MEER eee icin oinleie<'e/are'aiaia'me ninie'smo oa 3, 9,10

ORANG IMac serena cite one ocek'es oecaz en 15

IDENT Oy Ce eee ae 58

PEXOPONG PEMMILEra...--..--ccccceccceces 281

BY

Malco wOlum DATS) <<<. - =... sacccecccccce 435

RRIENOIOUA oe aoe tale coes oeaeks ane k « 435

MOM ana attach cence ewaw ne as 493

peregrinus anatum ................ 435

ICM ACN BOIL leristctsics sions sia eice.w esc wae 436

CURA LDL tarsi sttterscreh= stan sec re Wale Case 435

pyrtaled.ccstJ--<~--65 nae 434

MANO] Ob creel ip eles ac aes cates 604

PAIN oiwtara stolen en itaetee ae See 604

RERMLOW Gen tte Miao ccc ce noe nace an dene 15

MOUS s'c'lar ince cab en atde 38

SALTER BOMUR ete on inion upc oem eases a 38

BID UR ls wots a ia se wien eae a pin 38

PIAIOMA ha.) cnn eee as 38

RMLGMU Cet acne tenn nancaee Rent 38

OxXUTUVNONUS = .2dn0cend=< sre nwc 38

PABCIOIATI, PTANOSA .....-...5...cs2ccecee 316

EPSON renee caste ce ev che wea eS 113
EU see iad sg cote Soc: Ja awe aulenan 603 |

GO Bein eieiniaeinais anime max Wim ws acaw 603

RITA Ga bec iectinn Bee aS eae a mals Seis m vie 603

HAMERAYS, Variation in-..-.. ...--...cacc. 118

EE EN PAS cr ee atace nw sinew ae =~ = 503

IRS O COM MOALUMN A 9! a actucecase sees 333

nigropunctata............ .... 333

MOLUviaNs cesses ade sass es 3 333

i Otreeeees enn ee to ee eae e 334

MHAUCGDIGUAS oss cetacas Cae ce de 333

EU PORN eee win ate een a We ea 333

ROINVIAIIG COPLOSSA...--...-.c-ccanencccs 127, 135

PALInn eA MEMIVOLA...---.<.--cceconncae 169

Fluminicola nuttalliana.................. 104

Fringilla montifringilla.........-........ 497

Fundulus diaphanus ..................... 92

guatemalensis ................. 64

heteroclitus grandis..........- 92

ATLA BLAA esters sore eae 2 tic 92

a RUBE EIMITSE cho es wle-s Siw w\alp'ctcoe occlu wiv. ce 179

ETI RIUONIOUA (ap sisa.c nach cp s'sc & 178

CRREOUNG Gain = ne noite ne eeneeen ce 179

dupetithouarsil................... 316

PeATLO HIN Sree tm atte wax anew cS oes 179

MARAT noes Sean ede osh hu taancs = 178

TIRUTIGREMG wa aha Sane eWe eR aan Ws 176

RO DOMe Area Saran ewunucicas S oecme 177

RUUCOMIGENeon..-) ccoauscue ese Cee 177

pPyruloides <.. 5 o.-en ns eens cncene 176

PODER ee atens Soe ehh awian yw em 179

BEA a tas a pate dott ssa al ain alee. xia 5 179

UBQUIAUUR a save neebeseVidnerpender 178

G.

OTIC Goad oo ce Cec oR aay als os 4, 116

Gadinia pentagoniostoma -..-.....-...... 314

TORT MERGE Shas «svn as sek padcneeuanes 303

GRIND css sc owiccceethcnwan'sutuwete 116, 303

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

731

Page.
BIQOUG sop n a sccuadwahucnnane csvabes MU
GAGUS MOTENUSc oye ain wede ax'dacesotuse den 404
DEVALG natn caeeiee soot anna sees 303, 304
ROMs eee pre th ane aeee Ene 303, 304
CrAlUrOnSArna =. ..nseecus. ean uaasceeacte 116
GFAlAZIAR 5 Sc ccoG case a tontwe ead cae one Eee 17
HINMUS Sacto neudun deen ase rae 64
MUU ace ch evs nee wn aeeeee cir
Goppinveri sss. 22) asne--sueeseeee O4
Qracinimus.. 25. ss 5 vacces ones tet Oo
TMACULAUUS: sawn’ Gear’ at coos O
APRS SNC GY 2, or oes OO eee ee 3,5, 11, 64
CORlOUK COCHRNG..o-2cocuvaue nee cueeeees 127, 129
Tem RGO ee os eae accesses 127, 128
Gallinago delichtn:..-sc22s.--5secncceduee 426
Gambusia patruelis ...........-2..ceceeee 92
ranteropelsone 2.35.2 c.ccpacax< eeceupene i
fabcintoe.20. neko ck twa 57
MaOUIAGUM - den cu~ waaxcaws 57
POCUWOLORUS 5 ose cn vena ees 57
SUGUSiUE 25 sus down ve awe 6
SUAPNIOIA «<5 oduemunenene 56
SUIGAUUS. cues eecuneyee 57
Gasterosteltlio....-25- cannsnuescusuaseeoese 3, 116
TAStFOPDYVBUBs 5.5525 coke gunn sees cee ener 708
Gastropterus. <<< .-cssaccns see eern wea tis 8, 12, 15, 17
BYODMGUS..s.ssun-oavece saan 66
GGRRTES ois. coca tenes Sue ce weee eee tune 603
CIONGION ou cx ccae sant ccs wees eee 712
(FENIOANLNUS) . 0c. cscbunwesdunantaueraterint 709
Genidens penitenss-.<- lochs weccewew aes 26
ATE DU ROTIA Std oer tae aeateee hex hee ao 4
PONWUGUE Tecew cure nc ek tebe 70
RFABAIGI fon awe cadr back tees 70
ROR se ens eens en sa vb 70
DYRSTIGUGIS Joevw cnn auebeeesy 7
DUCSDUAINIG fic 0 <2 vues on eat nas 7
GQVABSUADIIS «ecru ase ss thee kes 7
COPCOs i etn ides es cen eens we 70
CUOMO vi fae dc aw sea eee 70
PYMNOGENYS .~ 495. - se sas nabs 71
jarapert <2. ses. ike 71
labigtus. «cs ciwednuepuus ceva 71
TAPIGHTOR®: 6 aviwsny dn accsusee we 70
pappaterra. ........csccseces 70
PYAMMBOS . ...-. ose see eeese 71
THAPOOUUE sc aunideane sch tonee 71
scymnophilus.......-....-... 7
surinamensis ...........+.... 71
PINGING Ws dad iieuchsenceent 7
thayerd .......cs0ccccssvecess 70
| Geophidium.. .... ss .cesssessseccassyssnnee 505
Geothlypia baird! .........c.c.ccacssecuss 527
eaninnecha icterotis....... 526
poliocephala ........ssccesess 526
Geotria chilenasls. ........0cdeccesceccoses 24
Gerres argenteus ..... 266.00 sccccecceces 86
californiensis ......0..s.seccéuces 165
Braclis .idsccaccesesdsdscsuvens 127, 128, 159
LiiOeSON sen Se ankd ds desde hoe 128, 159
CHUTES daa cewadcuwdeslp sae dnckeaeees 113
Gillelitin OrmAtys vo. o <a wads cdsvnnbpocenat 558
Gillichthys guaymasim ..............-. 126, 161
mirabilis... decccacecntuccauns 27, 162

(32

Page.

Gillichths y-cauda, 22:2: 22-2. 4: spaleioteiete 126, 127, 161
Girardinichthysu-co)sscnss ceases neoeeee 18
Girardinusicaucanus.o.s-cass-s> cece sense 65
caucimacwlatus):i-< seen ce 65
decemmaculatus ......-..-<.- 65

SUpPPUlec sa sa oss sen see see 65

UHELIN Ue aaein eae asa asececis 65

ADMArU Sees weiss ese eee tees 65

TOC atUSHsa-e se seca cee 65

AG inellarmiori cans). ja ccsm- Seco sae eee 127, 154
Glandinadecussatae ascaseeeee scoot tioee 95
Glanidium: albescens sce: +-2s.22-s.cec<ss - 34
Gilareolavorientalis 2... =. cs/aaes sess Scien 490
Glaucionetta clangula americana .....-.- 421
1S 1am Ch Care srersee ce eee oe 421

AAMC ON s ee eos coe ote el econ 501, 589
inl Cis) eee Nena serosa nie ces 590

Giycera: dibranchiatay<...<.a4. sess = ses 288
Gly ceridie.. <2. 22-1! ei: puter <a te Sr fer ee 288
Griyphissllta een aslt ees seca keene ee 334
Glyphisodon saxatilis...........-i---- 127, 128, 160
Gly ptocephalus v2 o'/5 2s <5 seers cele cas 110
Cuauhanacanthid 6o.-/s2eaeccm our ccm ae aa- 704
eoMaAvhanaCalgnuss s.<asae=scaee cnet 701, 702, 708, 704
POetz, is .55- 5 ese 701, 703
AnNathy pops SCOPS.. «=.52.02 sess sans eceicee 126, 162
MSO DILAD Ot rida Soe SCociocoeccaceees 4, 71, 113, 702
AZODIOIA CS DLOUSSONCLE « «cmceiecnsec es ctiseee 72
PCLUAIMUS yreierersmee eee ae iare ate 72
Goblomorus; Gormitor’ =.o60-\<cos es ececc ae 71
MBC AGUS acca nncche seen 71
GoplosomaiDOsel so ss2- secon eset et cce sees 86
crescentalis~-no-eczcecee cen o07
ISbLIO!. oaaein'a woe winnie se © 122, 127, 162
ASOD SWOAMIUSS | aucniocs ost oe ace newsmen o's 12;
ChIQUIbAE Se ssice see Qscciiacccsce ee 126, 161
LON GICAUCUS ness cee emnaeseeeeeee se 126, 161
MICROM ON! saewreciecem bose warcccwoes 554
OCCANICUS Sessa on.cas tea ane coceesee 115
SAC TCH Aes sere cla sisees ee iassieiets 127, 161
SOPOLAlOM seis scsesiecileats sas 72, 115, 165
LOWS ONG sarnnjs oo oecelce Socee ae se 162
Grallarianin Os a csaceces cee esau scission < 343, 534
guatemalensise esc seas - -s 2. 470
AMGOMMEMIA asc coc cwejsec ces cine 348, 534
NIZAM Ole oe ae ee ee eee 342
MELSPiCill ata aacscte eee ee 342, 534
PRINCE Stace sc sese ctalsia esos na = 470
HTUSiCANADENSISH Seo - a. ao Sea as s2 sin dios ose 425
AMELICAN ANA. ae eeixis a Sele ie See eee oe 425
ATTAIN A DNASTITENSIS\<22.0 <i. 2cer «o Seicie Soe 71
PUAVIN Arcee e see ieee estos Aa 71
AT ALO MIN ree ocho a taretfa tee eae see a aclavers 603
CANNM 33. keto atiocewec seecsets 603
publium ....-- tat Nereis Ne 2rd Lees 603
MANTA GTS) se aay artere: aie te e)=im yeni sya Pai= atayal malate toga 115
Gymnocichla chiroleuca.......------.-..- 469
Aq yO ONES = «oti o= - oe ee 706, 717, 718
ME VIMMOCONTIC = ~« fone «errr te steiner sess 717
AE VANNOLLO Oia jasiolnrn'= seei= Ae eralslaieate ste atats 85 ig 05 115161
Gymnothorax concolor .....-....---.----- 117
funebris. . . . 124, 125, 127, 128, 134, 135
MOlCASTIS = son wcloweee ete 117
WN OLAS iret roiase cies simian alo 117
undulatusics...6-- 555-422 117

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Grymmotidde= 2-4-5 ace ee eee 6,7
H. a
Iicemmnlidge Seances a eae eae eee 113 |
Hemulon flaviguttatum.--...-..-.--..--- 152 |
MAcnlicaudaese +e eee ase 152
schrankil=s.-2essos see erate eee 153
Sextasciatumyes 2-4 ee 153
steindachnerizccs--aeeeee eee 124
Halcyonicoromand anes sees" encore ene 495
pileata 232. 022 2cssaeccs eee aeee 495
Maldealstriatulars =. -22- sees er eeeeeee 676
Haliwetus leucocephalus -.-------.22--<.- 434
Halibzena‘desolata) 228522 eee ee ee 490
Maplistiaiss: s-ceece sos seer cee ee ree ees 460
Haplomil js. 22 22-2 ooo 2 see seem nes eee 3
Haplosyillisshamatars- 2255.2. == os-ece eee 281
Harengula macrophthalma............... 112
Harmothe-aculeata. = <2 s nea 278
Harpe aes eesti os oe as one eee eee 111
diploteeniay: 22. s22-20-sae eee 127, 159, 160
pectoralisi. W253) ss2Sessseee eae 159, 160
Harttla) scotiase cee ones seg ace eee eee eee 17
loricariformisjass-o2 see eeee eee 40
Hecaterastrigicollis ~o- 52. s2s.s- shore 274
Helicina orbiculatar sss.) sce seen seer 104
PCM COPS) 22/1 scenic net eine seeene eee 666
Heliothid'24 see ecene see ose scene cene 198
Helix altermatia, 222342225. os so 5 ce eee 96
ASPOLSA cease es eerre aaa eee 96
coloradoensiSi---2 =... tones seater 97
cumberlandianai.< 22. c-ec eee os seen 96
hemp hill e lie eececcccce en sees 96
humboldtiana ye ses ee ceeeeee 96
magdalenensis= o-----s-s-se see oes= 97
pomatla:s.25.Sb cee seee ae ee eee 96
striatella cronkhitei-..-...-1.-.--- 95
SUTIP OSA sec sceeeea\ ase ee ee eee 96
toxasiana sss ie See ane eee eee 96
Helminthaphila celata ..........---...--- 444
Helodermartassccrcre-ceeer= eer eeeees 717
Helodermatid 2.222532. ssa = sees 717
Helogenes). =< 22.4552 ee ssecesee see ase te 16
MArMOLatUss sass seiee eee te 39
Pemiancistruss =~ cccie= stoseeeee eases 14
AaSpidolepsis cise -e6 c= -e ese 41
ibrachyurus =< -—- see 41
muacharotesacesar sees 41
heteracanthus)-:2)2.-2--- 41
IS tPiK Ss ses tease es eeeele 41
IWACUA: Ae secs 41
fordlive se - 2 sen oes sss 41
Medians. o-2 se see 41
megacephalus .....--..--- 41
MYStACINUST- socom eee 41
olizospilus 223-2 s-teee 41
PIGhUSnssasee sees eet 41
scaphirhynchus .....-.--.. 41
SOLLAGUS) 322 -e eae ee se ee 41
SPINOSUSi eos as eel 41
TtLINVHAbIS) <5- 6- -jaeeeers 41
WittabUs lessees cee eee eee 41
Hiemibran Chill secs eeee ees ee ase 3
Hlemiconiatus: =~ asec se soe = see eee 713, 714
HHiemidoras ioe. ceeee se cee eee 15, 18, 33
accipenserinuse-- 4-42 see 33

a i

ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 733
, Page. | Page,
Hemidoras affinis....... Sa peantte bakan ea oe 33 | Himantodes tennissimus........._.. 677
EGC a Sou ORONO =a. ae. et oe 7 1a
OHI UU Gee - ts o as oes enk 33 Hippocampus ingens............. ‘o 127, 135
UDIIAUAS cee cicics sececs+-- se 3 PUY MOMLOSHNM. cco. ouccae at. eu. ese 110
ng enligeee es ek 33 | Hippoglossoides . eee eae 110
lipophthalmus .......-........ 33 | Hippoglossus ...............22...cee0-s. 110
RU OMe l umn ae eae se tna a.s 33 | Hipponyx antiquatus................0.-. 328
DR UCRGI etree ata oe cles sialon cman 33 barbittis.— =a. 2y ns aes 4o8
NURRLOR eee eene. te 33 PIIRONOUNS to: eons. aoe eens ee sveswewbes 7
AIG RS eee ns Sor. <= sow cae 33 Hisonotus notatus ..................... 40
BUGNOPELWSy = ------2--...-.... 33 | Histrionicus histrionicus .............. 421
. BULL Gilera ee erate ciara aos’ = Sov WEELOLONOM Mae aoa cok coe eee oc ee oee. 7 156
emigymnus melapterus ......-......... 404 TIVMOGA La sow cee wract ee eee 57
BMMOUONGIGMiNYS!:—---------6-s.e-. eens 15 | Holospira arizonensis...................- 100
acipenserinus ......... 38 NOGMECilo.nacsaedsedeer fies 100
PP OIReenee te. eS TAG erLOlOXONIIE. 2.- + ot os ote oe ee ee eee 701, 704
RRPEER ATE LI etnocnias.cials sinie's wia's aa s/o 49 CUIANOUA ws onks at os 4 dud ube’ 701, 702, 703
COTES OTA J 49 PUNUN ON oy vedas saw cae eae 702, 703
PMO TMACUIAUUS, ~-c<'-->2c-c.ese 49 | Homalocranium deppei ...........-. : 507
EIR ULeniereseal as och ee set Coe = 49 | Hoplopagrus giintheri.................. 127, 145
RON MICE HY een = 24 oan o's =m nn 49 | Hoplosternum ............ ata ote 18,18
MOIOTOCEPNALUG:.52=.\)-- 5. sa oc~- 49 littoral. s.--. essa seek 12,44
TOI CEOLAPING toc’ = > -r,< =e een cee 49 melampterum ...... ...... ‘4
IO UIA eee ow averse Shea cee 49 thoracatiim: «205.00. osss 44
RODE UIAHIS cca -s 2. seceacc 4OSH AL VOOUUS INAIOL a << ances cccueeubeuce ens 448
MUMINILOULAGUS ..-...--acceccnce 14, 49 repularin: .<.c.cccsnssantea eee 448, 463
BTOMUPSUIONGNYS «+ snaccsvece<ss2ssasccen Te EL QOTACUILIN. -- <4 --2 90s cneennnadecdp ene 7 292
1) Cia eee eee Oey AAA AV OrOGYONUN.....a~<-=s~hauaesuewe sAGoeee 6,8, 11
SiHemiramphus ros@ ........----.-----.-.- et oon EL VOrOIOS so-so ie cece weaannee 299
DLGGlecre ee sees nce meee a's 92 Cian thus enn accewannews oo <i ees won
MOUGRUL Eee scl sehr cece OSM VOLOLV CUB! oven cecsuus dm eckLce ne iee ; 15
unifasciatus ........... 127, 128, 135 OOPOle wee ne oaa eek ee dee a)
Hemisorubim platyrhynchos............. 31 POctOralin).s <isce-eeu ees no
Henicorhina leucophrys .........--.------ 518, 519 scomberoides ..... .......... 5
} Jencosticta:*.-..---.--.-...<- Tb S I 21S Bah eset ee oe el ae ig Ie 168
prostheleuca ...-............ 518 | Hylomanes momotula ...............- cad 471
PERRIER So se. <'S 0c tnwic ows oo n'e naw tae 17 | Hylophilus ochraceiceps.........-...... 529
MOA ANC ee 05 conewaaeeene 54 | Hypophthalmide ...... Shebeaeweek en 8,6,7
Heptapterus mustelinus ................- 29 | Hypophthalmus ................---. ae 15
MEER eset tc coca wccescuuceescescs 297 edentatus ....<<.<-ss00s a5
RECMOSIUAADULOW.. - cscs sscenceewcen cuss 126,156 | Hypoptopoma.............. BA,” 15
Herpelodryas margaritiferus........-.... 504 OGAPINAGM +. s5. ss n= so oeaie 40
PRETO IO eine atch crv oat sa cee etn an eo 281 gulare ....... Pee 40
esperomys affinis...-......-..---s.....- 195 thoraoatum.......-cvisveus 40
MLOLNICURY - ss cse enon en san 195 | Hypsiglena .......... ae é 617
WAL GOpi Sys sae- ot ase eden <= 194 ochrorhyncha ........ 617
TEAC TRLA Ceci ior non wit 6 sit a 195 | Hypsoblennius...... an awuwchinms 163
melanophrys <....-.......+- 194 gilberti.<.. 22... . 163
THOSRBRN US et kee we sss = 194 hentzi 163
BEEETOUUI anaes aa tec ante n eae os ot we 642 punctatus aS
RUMOUGRY andnme vance a hacnesie = 5 - 643 striatus =o 163
MUN AI OUI tote Enc tara ow hed Risa a etnies oe 644 Hypsopsetta guttulata ere 110
Kennerlys 9). 22... 2s o0~ O44
TIMBIOUB nae xa sees adc ; 645 i
Tile OREM te edad Geis Shan 643 | Tanthina fragilis ............ raoeee gen z2
BUTT er ee poet te ecw 643 WOKAMSUU. wwe acendnuechouatdank 322
GMOXR YE iin oaidee stn woe 644 Tehthyoborina. .. 2.2.2.6... cece eee nue 6
Heterodonax bimaculatus................ 313 Iehthyodorulites............... 448
Hiatula ..... Vent adie nwa tea cl Ge seeas 111, 605 | Ictalurus ........0c0ssscscneesess . 18, 113
REGS oes onan week See sean aa ce 86, 695 RIDIGUE cures an seas d a
Hierophis constrictor .....--...-.-----.-- 623 BUGOR aesnenat ess 5
amantodes.............-- een entree 677 meridionalis ........ 5
cenc0a.....-...------- eocceus 6r7 punctatus .............-2s.--0s 5
gemmistratus ........-..---- 677 I gnanodectes sadespebaed abacmevepack 16
ISUCOMOIAS <<. ~~. 2-55. 6snees 77 tennis so senceeas. see cewek es 52

734

ge.

Ml yanassa.- ----se-2 2c 2 eeeeieeninienio ae 292

Wyophids ~.-----=-2----=6- s2----------== 351

HOH IS sass rine ietaie leno sia wicla alia siaimcl=.e = 351

Joxquorbie CheeqacaEess SeAcoacnooce 352

Infundibulumradians). 2.22 cin <a--" 328

Isesthes striatus -...--.-.--------+-------- 128

SISOSPOT Yi et ee elena ie teeta ear 32S
J.

Jenynsia lineata .--.--------.-.-.----<--- 65

RIUM eyes ere rie = siete cin ee arco ote tarsi olatsrse r= 111

SuNCcoOmMveMalis| sccm ser sade i= ele 443
us

Labrichthyiformes.. .----- Reema eeceeeet 395

(abrichthyime .2-. .2-js--0---2-=- === =<) 397

Noabrichthysyscsascece ete cc === alnac = os 395

bicOlOReseaseseun csSe cer siete 404

CelidOtaleesecacse lee sce sare 396

cyanotenia ...... 396, 397, 398, 399, 400

Vatiela vas joao aos taiclcrcia'n steele 403

Nmculen tay sae si sisisisaie= oe ae'a= 396

TIChATASODI. ss 22 -eiaieisi= + 402

TUDISNOS Ais eaintetetcea= mista aaa 396

GOUTICA ars see es tasers ceca 396

MADNidietee ses asccecceeee siecle se nieces 109, 111, 114

WeAprVoOld OSs ces See ase cemccae es csasee 399

MGA DROLGS tancssnces se 4c ce Sete eae oosese 111

ia brOSOMMUMS) mete hee oes em Se teicie sem siete 115

AM eee rewene cine siciciel efaejeiete 127, 163

GATES were sete nae he eee eieie sos. (elaiala) ote 111, 391, 400

ni abl ateces eres ortetarstns osetia 695

Decilopleuras aces aeee mete selene 399

TUbIGINOSUB- «...- 3. ~~~ 2. < aerate 395

AGAOHNO LATIN US sane ieisleis ola'asicteie stetelereis <a -1=/=1= 111

Meee OLY Uaias aise siais'e =~ s(e= (atn ale w'aim ietersieisicin 16

OMINOCENSISS seis ames clacieeain ais 50

PLOKIMMUS: = oorejenmiaistes 2 -alam]ai=:2/=1° 50

SSN Abas talece eam inle iss we leiesa/sjaersiave 50

WAR MILSWem er san sie tas sito seceeisiale 50

MIEN Saeco ee eta 50

MavOcephalus. cece can nisis,<1s'e's1- 698, 706, 707, 708, 713

LeeWAC AGUS S-2 ae cece =nicmin 719

MUM AR ISmers se loieeiet science ciate 719

Lagodon rhomboides....-....-.-0------..-+ 90

Lagopus lagopus. ---...-:---2--2----->-5- 430

BUDO S ULL Ss rere erates ita lela/<rahe/erelalatole 431

PATIL OLWISIS ee ta oie siaija erste ereee ain sinners 169

MANNS er eater tee ss ae a are cere Aainaate = 117

Lampropeltis annulata......--.---.----.- 503

COMUMMISWse secs ealaawae Heats 503

mUMGistyabaves msc -caciciec ee 502

PyeeNOmMelasie.cc cc cis- closes 503

rhombomaculatus....-..... 503

AGANIS) DOLOALIS»=c ecto wee cle alec as wicle cess 444

sphenocercus .-..-..-----.-.----- 497

FASCIAUUS es aoe sale as eos esse aler— 88

Larus argentatus smithsonianus........-. 418

racy hiya chi 8) yais-ts'<:niy seiaterciorelce'< 418

CALFOYMICUS == sare <1ctelcee oriarare oeieraievele 418

framicliniit Me 255 hess see ee secciecs 418

RAULG US ersyavera ret oo cataiatore se wista sietetare een 417

LGW COPLOMUS wee -iass aerlee a elm icicsieiatare 418

alae ely alas == etoile sas iars'e's ciarerere'e 418

Dateo]l abramers.ccceaccioc siemiciowt = sew eletisatee 111

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

ge.
Ihatirus:castaneus----.---:.----=--=-2225- 316
COLabuS\=ss- ee eee Ree ee Ene eee 316
tubercullatts 2-2 ene oe see eee 316
Lebiasinal’<5.2-¢ esas et eee ieee 15
bimaculatafaasee-jsceeee aces asee 45

Ti Clod ONSa2e. oreo eee et ace eee aaeee 706, 710, 711
TeeisOmusy. joss sete ee eee eee 706, 708, 710, 711
MATM OTAUUS= =. = =e aetna 710
epid ami ebriaseece a sae ma alee eierata etree -ta 279
commensalisies.. 224 -ee sae 279

Mepidonatws=- 2 asses ete aac eee eee 278, 300
SublewdS sess Seema eee aaee eter 278

Varigpllis| se joseniasscte sere 278

Teepidopugsk-<sce. so-. eerie coneeeh eee 117
Lepidorhombus whiff-jagonis--.. ---.---- 110
Lepidosiren' 1.42 sts22 sc ssinz siecle meeeeier 8,15
paradoxes f <-2 semen saseeerlet 7, 25
Mepidosinenid se =sscecse) =e eee 5,8
MLO pid Osher days scleseaen stele -laicieis/aare seieieeteelere 2
Wepidosteuseesocseseeticc2 = so esac esses 5,18
epidotrigla se sec cmete sec -eee see eit 115
WO POMS Some see se oats slataletnse sie leete tere 116
Teporellus®: 22s csess2tec~ sees ataeasietenrs V7
MAHLELOTIA can sclNele sea ieeterereteta 50

Witibabusies Se asuc\-teotsaleeetee 50
AVEPOLINUS sepeesaiersee aia saisie eee eae 14
afiimisz. s<tcss4e0 a seteeeeere 51

AGASSIZ! hao teen aeeeoe 51

baAhiensis2 so. see ee eeneteiere 51
bimaculatuss2.ss--<-5=sseneeee 51
brachyurusis- eee soseeece ee 74
CONMTOSULIS sacle arteries renlariete t= 51
copelandiesceseeceeec amen eet 51

CQULES oer. nee atest tee ae ea eae 51

fASCiatUst.. = seme eee eee 51

TLEMERICH 22 cecjoese See eee 51
holostictws'( 3 -seecee- eee 51

inp Selon ObUS == saset tee ate erelse 51
leschenawltil 2s: se. see see aes 51
macrolepidotus, <2 352 --- eee tee 51
maculatous#s.ee-cscae eee 2 51
MargaritaceUs 1-2-2 -o essen ee 51

ING Pale PIS essen = eco ise 51
melanopleura ec scene seca 51

AMNLOTVIMNYLUS seis ores. = ieee = il 51

muller Fs. sereeceee ee eee 51
MulbifAaSGlatusi << ores 51

Migro vena bUS: — on-site 5k
obtusidens -.5-.-ce anes 51
pachyurus 2:25:22 .-=. 2c wees 51
reinhardtiliea.- see ae ae eee 51

striatus eee ree aaa 51

teniathis so. occa eweae eee 51
trifasciatus ee... oe eee 51

MU QD PCB ocjnata rere aierelae sat ate loess la e eee 298
PUP me sa-n sesso se aes ee eee 298
Leptagoniates steindachneri .......------ 57
DOP LES is scmis=raeeeeios oe eee Seen eetemtal> 709
Leptocephalus conger.......---..----.--- 350
Leptodeira septentrionalis ......----.-..- 505
Leptodiraannulatay 5-222 sasemense se === 677
MY StACINA see eee eles aaa 678

MI gTOLASClALA <o wein <i =i-i-cie -nee 678

PAC Games sai ena a/ a erst 678
POLSONAUBe «nic classic cls siviselsievsiomie 677

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Weptodira rhombiferas-..--\.-2.- se... a- 677
IEG NOUN GOCE oe AcapsseoonepaaacbooEs 501
MEpLOGVPHIODSiese seem seaas eres oe ae ioel 501
AUD TEON Seater severe erericicictele 501
dulGisne:2<cceecsctisesee see 501, 502

Leucozonia cingulata ........-..-........ 316
PA CHANUTE sere sacs c ise sosnc.on'e = ieislnsnes 511, 590
My TIOlOpIsts ses <1 ee 511, 512, 513, 515

OLGUWGbl eee 518, 514, 515, 592
roseofusca . ..511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 598

SIMpPlOxes sees yatacee oes sis 512, 513, 515
trivirgata...... 512, 514, 515, 591,592

Limicola platyrhincha................... 492
YIN aA OMIM a eral cleans ceieis oe cease 101, 102
AMP lamsssecee isco eceseece see 101
CAPCLAblAtemar sielselesiestec cect silat 101
columollaysstes. cence ssieem see cee 101
LanCOataissciciseniciciecisisisies ewe e oss 101

Ne pidajeasa scams cso sce ceicleerelsee oe 101, 102
mubballianaisceseea-cee cece netes's 101, 103
DAlUStRIS ace corcaisistseeaaaceneec 100, 101

EBON ATS Rasa pais stares eto: jore stele loeineceis 100

SUMASS eases oc ateecsre sen ces 101
MGT G21 A aerate asics cers sis © lace nies Syeisisie iC 101
TEIMOPSIS VASIMATUS).-. 02-22 oe oee 2 ce eens 190
WFimMOsaheMASWCAL aoe. ocseecc ceils seeks 428
POG OMbyetaraec skate oi 2c oewisciincienimeteee auetew 711
AGU VLOS Soeetseclcaisicieti terse nace seme he Belalais 666
BIEMT= 2 ac.) ssele se one enna 667
MigheberodOMroas tects we ser ere 643
POPCILISHaseiaialsicisisicicie oe sieteis oaieistavera cit jars 620
Galant ay Bees ae ciate eee ele -raisr= 620
TYG) OLS Satiet See os eno ee cele s cleres 620
UME COOLS tetaciot si a ste cece ek cele cis aie 620
ONT MAG saat ai fete eee eoets 620

FLOSOMMAS a= sais css cc arcs ete aeae ls boas 711
METONOMMUIS Foye = feiss erate sess eee nace 711
MAGSLOMUS EAN UNUTUS seri eee acl sere = acer 89
AUN ATLAT s ae 2 mins wel =, Nereis siepes ictal ew Score 115
EATOTINA CONS PCTS Ati: messianic sees ioe! ee 327
DORWU VIAN ase cire lms ees tele aelnats 327
ENG rec cls coco cie seis wee wi seee alc 327
ZOLA Sep caine 327

IGGHOLES SULINAIMENSISe na- = cies eens eee cee 128, 124
NA reer aces SS me ae te Sey AE CL ky 601
GOMWUIS Saris acisieceis ones cisine seeds cere 602
ROUT ARON te tore ners foe Soh Sate ielele 298, 300
oimia turgida..-.......--..--- ae e sile 298, 300
WROD DNS eee ators see ee eee ain 113
Hhophiamus: Seuoeruss =. . ooeninicece Sem, ce 114
NGO POMS PISCALOTIUS =. jacatee cls ects acnietsse'> 114
Lophogobius eyprinoides....---......---- 115
Lophotriceus squamicristatus minor..... 337
ZOLSMON Use orcnee ae eee B37

ROU C ARI As esate relocate cles sai< se eimrcistomsieiete 13, 14, 18
CUE fee oe aye tate etre ete eta ee alee 38, 39

AUS ee tae eee iseana er eeteemeies 39
pransfordiicess-secaac-eaceecosee 38
DYEVILOStLIS= cis. o-oo = = wa = Slee 39

NaN CLY SoapSocposssoskance seas 39

CANO > oe «oc -cajec's su ccsee jestenees 38

MAN CRS OLISLS ctcleeiee siete cielsveieae tele 38
Cataphracta.------ s-2-cer cc oe vein 39

CUT I Ree rom ote Stone ere ama 39
MEPless ates asase)-s See ee ae eae se 38

AI AMMEMUGOS Aes heme esis siesc eee ee s 39

Page.

| Loricariakonopickyi .....2.....--.-..-.-. 39
LVS CHlacaccete soar oes eeee 39

| JAMIN eset poses see esse 39
lancéolatasse=semaaesee ae ae 39

lata we. enes ace seas eee 39

Larne: tere aa ae oC 39
MACrod Ole ress cement eee 39
MACLOMY SCAR ee ce aesee eeee 29
MACUlAtA Tacs ake see eeeee See 39
map dalensys sae seen a-/ee se eee 39

ANU CLV eM uri Seatac ee ee 39
PANAMENSIS J-5 ose eee eee eee 38
phoxocephalamesss-eee cess cee 39
platycephalare----n-see-oaeer ere 39
Platystomaress-- ee eee er eee ane 39
platy Uta 22-5212 Meets sce eeee 38
TOBUA GAL Neeser mcieies aee tere 38
Spixiet Sis i etoet Mee eee eee eee 39

atibeliz 32. o5s.ts lessees eeeee 39
C6Meand cs is. Cae sate ae see eee 39

UY (DUS eetennesa eee eeeee eee ace 39
ULACaNGh aes. ce ee eee 39

Valles ata aecse seas tae sees 39
Vetulat otic S2n cesta seeeseee ee 39
Woricariid 2242.4 504. aes see eee ee 3, 7, 10, 38
Woricarine 25522522 soba ena eee ene 38
Lota lotajsscecccs. sete ts eee ee ae 116
Loxia curvirostea minor --.--.......-.-.< 440
leucopteraz ass. seca ae eee ce meee 440
IGUCAMI AA PARMA stare ashame eee a= eee 92
rmecapinellaralital = seecc ace = sais ioc ae 334
callomarginata .............. 334

Ine quUalisi.c- epee lee secs 334
Teuciocharaxe Nae Pecinecn nce cere oo 16
PNSCULPUUS he socicels setter ay atete 59
uciopimelodusipatiease-s--es <= eee ee 27
platantisy-cessec pees eae 27

| Lumbricorereis opalina:.......<...-.--.- 288
IMM PENS ee cee ele ee eens eee eee 115
Lutjanus argentiventris ...:........--..- 128, 146
CAXIB oe on 2 oc at ete 91
| Golorados?) -i222..2.--. eee 128, 147
cuttatus: = oo 5. . 25.2. eee 128, 147
mowemiasciabus! 3) -o5seeceeeeee 127, 146
utkeniaansignis: .5..22... s.r 54
jy cengraulis batesil -.-...... 2 ssemeeeee 63
TViCOdeS rn tein 532 one oil = - = ae eee 115
Giapterus (223. 2-0. eee eee 564
iycodon)lyrophanes!=-. °°. 2... ..esseeeeeee 679
Lygosoma kilimensis -...--......... ----- 405
Tuvan Pram CHUS ec. ets selene foie os lalelalsl tee 9
pV ODSOUldsm <ee's a1 = oleate eee 110
TG SOP UCU are aiataloieie a) area ele oar = | tee eee ee 460
TGV SLPODIIS See =layeteia a eietm ae a ralat=lole alates 643
Vey tocbiyne bis: 2 eto ' co caecce | eee eene 619
MexXicANUs) see 619

M.

MACOMaSECUAs aces cleeeslsemedeeteeete seer 184
Ma crodOn:sso-s- boss <he. ae ecin eee eee 13, 14
malabaTricusieese=ssssesen ase 45
MICTOLSPIS sees e cfelstelese lae 45
Miacropetalichthyaeeerasin= ssn ieee 449, 454, 455
rapheidolabis -449, 455, 456, 463
Ssullivantii...--..--.-. 456, 463

Macrorhamphus griseus........----.---- : 426

736

Page.

Macrorhamphus scolopaceus..-......-..-- 426
IMA CHOTA cole aremsisiic'c sisracisteerale ew cleosiccere 116
Ma crurus pectoraliss: soos -ssemsosssasee 563
Mactraran pilates: 222... os ores ecerlenin = 313
Velata.-/-.2.- E ow eista ars alelsfalaremaelerele 313

Ma ClON Bee Ieee le tsisinle casi siseeine 300
IMAL ANC )- aio os isles o oo.c\= heislas sess welts ote 294
eloneabars ci enccoase ass soceseeiee 294

Miald anid 85222. n625~ sio--6 seme ceseae's 294, 300
Mile arin CUS 123-31. tele e oo noms cieeeses= ae 234
Mgthe =e = ees cee ioe ewisls 1/slense sneer 113
PIANC CSUR S22 sc as ein ease fo casicacieciswic'e 197-274
ACUPLPCDNIS= =< nies se cee aae 275

AGPUNCUR e ececerecisce sia ctsiae oat 237

BUDO CUMbbALA onan canes anomie. aa 260

BOUIN Ase eciaciece= a eenene aa 266

ASSIMMIS Sos ee cacaeescsss ccs 233

ASSOCIANS 2 cose ee cise. wae 272

BtlantiCd: osssc te weiss sclera 220

DEaNl2 222 ccscece ese cere atos< 244
Drachioluite: a.secssocsese eae 242

Canad eNSIS «25. c<. cec- 2 descee ss 222
CAPSULATIS 2. caa/sce sae ain teatro 217

Chartaria- ace sssccccsesccctoe se 241
CINNADALINA: so. :se0a.0% ses siaci 269
Cinrcumeinetaceassseeseascos= o= 253

CONGITR = S. + ccc ese «nes ceisszocee 270
CONLELMANAW—- -o= neem n cee sein 229
Cristiferasseccccensse case aeee 233

CLOUGH soe aticaee ces a aeie oe 213

CUNO Abarat aise cee one taleicl= 261

GClOS8a sees ences acseo<ieseaes 240

CESPEL Aare mw ewese cece cn sles 22h
OGterminata.-ss-cccccsccessses 209

OGULACUR eects saccccscesecae se 211
dimmockt. 22.122. asesnsee ese 269
discalis2eceesescisescecstcncee 203

Gishinetac.2 oo -c-seace owes cee 212

CCUY PAs so50 5 sec) seme weiiecine sate 249

CZENS < cece seciecececcccsiesses's 251

SXPUIdes says See sae eee 273

PAIN AMPS ewe see e se e a ele 216

LOLTGAliSe cee cccss, cocncs see cee 269

placigtare ease fe aes ataa = oe 239

PT Adee elem wiles arom wala stelelo.e s/asaaiere 212

SOOM CMI. aa:0% sie winiete gas ca'eio= 247

PTANCISaeiee we ose ncicsscessie vss 224

AMDT Ae ces scacac.cc cceeen esc 205

MIN POM Gene ee weksine soa seensee 270

MDICULV Aree c cerca cisacinis= ances 258

INN OXDi - oo sc.niz.cls's ces:ciewicciscplele-e 263

INSOLCUSS Seo ina, cneis nce ae secies 207

ANSUISAHE cas os ccsscoseulslsle cts = 273

INVAlda.o nc oes tc ae nom ese eos 225

Nate meets sees oes. 235

laudabilis= i.e. cnc ccocesecees <= 259

legitima sss acess sceiseclee ce 245

lepidwlayvce ss os oe oe ta eee ae 208

len cOPramM asa s eee eee 208

MU ACINAS= ooo. sc concseceseeeee 245

amid at. 2 sect sone see Seenee 217
longiclava-sosecs2 cose occ 265

NGRG2S Wetec oe oweee cetera 262

Justralis® "Aes. 52.0.2 eee tee cers 210
MATIMNIGNCAs coc.c0 csece en <ee 259

|

|

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Mamestra meditata....:. 3....5-.2-2-0-- 210
LTT OL AU Asia eetelee woke ieta cle aareets 239
Mevades-Ss2e0. ee eee eeeee 223

NIM POSAs= sas) a2 = or es eee 204

NOVELCA= ee eae ent) selee eee 246
oblivaosans2e:25 25 osteo ee 271
ObScubasansees-2. osteo 249

OLIV ACER = same lanrensse cers seers 254

Orbiculabas: -=--- =e eee eee 268

PASSAS Sete close eee eee 236

PeHSILs 325 sssses eee eee 268

Picba sr. sos oset eee ee eee 231
prodeniformis sass shee 219

PUNCH Pera nce setae eee 73.
purpurissata: ---..2---ss-e= == 206
quadrannulata....... .....-.- 262
quadrilineata quadrata....... 248

Tectilineg=-: osm. =s se eee 255

PEDIC CLA sa. ec te eee ee 250
REPCntimMascsss-. sae ceesee 242

revision of species of........- 197
rogenhoferi-.---5)...<<.--2-5 204

TOSCS 232 serge ones eee eee 229

TU COS Rie cosec- sees eee 246:
Septentrionaliss..as- essere 272

splewlosas 22. .ocosc-.cseeeere 252
Subjunctae<2--- sc. eee eas 223
SUtLINAL-seesen cote eee ener 269

trifolitce seco see eee 226

u-album.- s32ccc- f-cscee ee er 231

USCEED UB. ware sieelcsinecisiee ere 228

VaN-Media fa2 2. sce seleems seelsee 255

VWariolatac: 52 casenes secensese 238

webustral cores osc se smineciat 274
Wicihas-c=-2ce- oe var anes 267
windemialis)--2- 2.2 se=seeeesce 230

wittula So... ccm dcleosisnce atte 218, 268

Mamestra, list of species of......---.--.- 274
Mannbius 22-2 ic saeaast es eee eeesean cre 105
Margaritana margaritifera.............-. 105
Margarornis brunnescenss....... .-.-..- 339
TUDIPIN OSAte.scee eo eee eee 339

SQUAMI Pera mas teelne sees 339

stellatas saoss se -iaaeeeeee ooo
Marginellaicurtaz:. -ccs-2- ce este eee 316
Marphysis-2-- sce jase nace osceeiiee eee 287
Leidyie eset oe. 22 ee ees eee 287

SAN GMINC Aa soa) slat eee oe ates 237
Megalichthys ciceronius ......-......:.-- 457
hibbertil: -.-2-sesace. 2255-2 457

Ditidus, 322-0 =o eee 457, 462

Meéralops a ajnie-m nance ee cies ae oe cee 702
CYPIINOldes. 2-e--- ee eee 112
thrissoidés 22... sesso see 63
Melanerpes chrysanchen.........--....-- 537
Melanogrammus eglifinus ..-.-.-..-.---- 116
Mellisuga minima 2-2 =e eeeee eee 169
Melongena purpuroides.....-.......----- 323
Menidia:clara:-.: =. 2-2-2522 - ee 126,136
NOtabay sss. oscnes eee eee 92

Sardinia). 22 oes se eee ee eee 126, 136
Menippes: ::)- 222s acs seen ee eee ee 356
Menticirrus alburmus;-<s-s--2--) 2 -- oes 8&9
Nebulosus a=. seas .~ = site se 89

| Merganser americanuseesce. -2os se ees 419

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page. |
Merganser Serrauor....-.------- 02-02-22: 419 |
Merlangus merlangus ..............-..--- 116
Merlucems merluccius.----..25---.50-=-- 116
Merman PT AtOLA osc <<c ss ccc Be === 445 |
SNUGS OF Abeer aterelelet oisieieeleveleialelsieicialemisiaiate 19 |
VEG Gy INDIE pola lesaiataielasete tela) in lomi==ylnain'aleleiaetmin === 16 |
MI eeeciee te soso eeiesiaee: = 61 |
Microlepidgaster perforatus...-...-.-.--- 40 |
Micropalama himantopus -...--.-.---.----- 426 |
Micropogon ectenes.--...----.---..--.-.-- 128, 159 |
NCW abuser essa see ees oe 89
NIT CTO P LONUS test tetel ter eniareicfaleielase eeratelalovate 116
MITTENS RUS Pe elon singel atees ose s minro.niects = 473
MUA A Resmee meee oa c= cic nociemeinie eile siete 301
IMitrMl ard al COPACCAe ac -\-cslscis = asleclet cele => 327
TAT O CLANS eee teisleleie oisisin/=cintal= cisie wiern a= 16
platycephalus..............- 37
MMGdi ol aca paxei= esa =~ sceicels ceisicisieinie < 309 |
CUNEITOLMIS. = -c)=sleleci es 309 |
MOC UUs CISCUlUSte ss sos isiveiciccee ons oisies 326 |
MORE e ee neta a ee janes a= Seeemineceteiete alee 113 |
AVIOLINT ATIC] G15 s)2-caice ois cisieisisiwinicisea sis ae 186 _
IOI GHES1O stere-ie)2isincie winnie asia e'oenteciasecce 18 |
RVI IOLO Cae asain elec cls seieeieloistersi=iets 718
Poly -UnEn Oliv airs sat orataia = s)aia)-pors oie eieieieinnieiers 116 |
AVION. CAM GINS ferrin as eiats ts atelais ofaraisreteieiesicie 113 |
; IS Pld Uses ee eee 84
Monoceros brevidentatum.............--- 322
HINPELCW Abuse ees cise sees 322
IMOnOCINTHUS scacn seas cmicaee ccc sees ae 16
polyacanthus-----=--.--.--- 66
Monolene sessilicauda ....-............--. 110
PVRGMOLT ats eee cc ciaiwe cals eaeiciarcis eciciclerte 710, 711
Cal@nbiaic + toc - sone cee ececens 710
IMONONG AMELICANA =o. - sco eee cece scimecine 111
PVT nery ee PUL Ae re icte ote irininie etalsiela'eloiat=isieleisielelei- 92
Cophalustecem assess sc sce saaeesiae 127, 128, 136
GUPEM Bit seis steer elec ravers 92, 127, 128, 136
PlalaANNsS ese ese acs. Noches oes Seer 66
BSCCOSUUS | acste ate opeteree esse Sed ates erste 349
MITOTIC Been see aaron <a ete ors <a cloie oes 3, 7, 8, 12, 113
pM sees eee ocr nose nee epee eweatee mee 113
Minniatiricapillate-soees<-seeee ees ae 498
NVI ANNO LEN deeming ee aeke erm /s 117
NITEM EETLOS OCU em meneener cis cnyaerinaarisiee ccc 348
MVEESON GSO Katee ie ioe ae ais es a siejaicis wee vicinie 348
GINGLOUS} eases = Seas Sele eelcieie 117
MITTEN OLN CS se Seis wee ne Ae Sas ees 115 |
Mirren DUKER= cc cece ene scission see 319
GUT IGALDS Moers ot eee orcleeicte cetera Sines 319 |
NUPUDTIS! etre esc tcoe seas aes ee 319
PACU ae tee te sss cane eU see ase ere 319
IG SAU peed state eioyaioistelntoreteetayolaratetas 319
WARICOSUS aa ocia sacra esc cin veers te 319
EW UbAUUBY ee es sete eclose sect eines 319
Mycteroperca ....-...-.-- Sao eraleieeloenis ote 143
OLGAM Tyee ne oc oe ete ciel sisi- 126, 143
Pard Miseos seciesocow cee ces 551
Myctophum regale ...-...... Saja Bact 544
Mio DMs enythrurus.-- sss -semeneceee eee 471
Miyiodioctes pusillus'.----cs-sees-n seers 438
IMEGIORUMUS ee aioateis oo Soin «cists wine's cece 15
Myselinus schomburgkii ...............- 59
MV OLeS eee meer erinc ee = o- sc ocr acini saree 14
AGAMEROPABLOL os. ~ ore us eee caeae 60

ExOte Nea, 91 ——47

Page.

Miyletestal bigcopus) csc ncecca tees 61
allIpINNnise ss eee ees eee 61
ASLOTIAS since ase ee eee ee oes Re 60

Didensise see ee eee eee 60, 61
DrachapoOMn aesaee eee 61
brachy poms. sececs- see eee 60
discoldeusit-2.2 08s ee eee 61
Cartiventris.: o-eeer eee eee 61
edulisnss cack ote = ee ee 60
ellipticus scr. --sacekeeeeee eee 61
HEPHIaTINS | vee es aoe 61

hy psawChenyeasea' se eee eee 61

MMOL Tees soe cee ae eee 61
lippincottianus’ =--.-.---c-2 esos. 61
lobatustsa-caceceee ee eee ee 60
TWN a) pases aoe re ee 60
INACTOPOMNUS see. ae ecee Cees 60, 61
macnilatus2<2> 26s. 6S eee 61

MICANS! | ane nest ee ee 61

DIS TIPINNI Se eee ea he eee eee 61

Oculus se tes sise tee ee 61
oligocanthus}---seee-e eee eee 61
OrbigniyanUse == =-e “eae eer eee 60

PALI ere miatatotsete ate ote ee Er 60
rhomboidalisie<s-++-oe-2 eee 60
LUDTLpINDIS) seo ee eee ee eee 60
Schomburg kilts -eeseeese eee sae 60

SOhi Pera sccr er ceaasem ase eeeeee sion 61

TORQ AUUIS <r cpercce eieetsine Seen 60
trilopatusess-ece = ssene ene aeeeck 61
ALTO Dati Sateen crete = setae ies 60
Myrmeciza immaculata .....2.---2--..2.- 345
Intermedia cas. cco eee ee 345
occidentalismecsesccsce see eeee 345
stictopteray...-22..---sess- ceo 532
Miyroplistvater oe .cr setctnceec ese ememe ee 165
Mey Ghimn Becaeeenoe seers ee 8 231
My tilas\angustanusy--=2s-- ee: saeeeeeeee 309
cunelformis: j= +s... --- eee 309
UN ULatUS eos e~ ~ oes ee eee 309

N.

DANN SlaNis! Ns a-cado5- ee seek oe ee eee 16
fasciatusts-. 3) co. sacs se eee 29

NAMM OStOMUS = eee oes ee cee ein eee 15
anamolus) --..-25+.2- cee 49
beckfordiv2s.<3:...22. Sas 49

@QUCEi A ooo wena. -sipeeeee 49
trifasciatus .:2...-. eee 49
UNILASCIALUSE ==). ..- -. -Seeeee 49
Warcine brasiliensisass--+-c-2--2.2seeeeee 24
INassalcalitornica =: ecvecnen eces eee eee 177
complanata.:.2.%.<~.<- shes ss eee 317
dentifena-< soso scec- ce eee 318

LOSS AUB oo) os eScee oe plane eaere eens 177
lutéostoma-. osc. oc oe. eee eee 318
perpinguis........ eee ccccccnccnane 177
Wersicolor <2; tancosceseoscsesenee 317
Natica. maroctanas... assess sseeeeseestoes 329
OUISe oct Sete te ee ee ae 329

UDSr= Soh cease eee ee 328

UMASS Cinta eee eee eee Sees 329
NabriCins UA. osc = eee eee 645, 675
INGUTIX et EE cman nee eae cree ee are 667
ANOBCOPUBl A -- case eee eee 673

——

738

Page.
INatrixDISECtA: a. cicic eis c1= jot Tee ce 667, 668, 670
CLATICH ese enr. cts ose Roce eer ae series 669
compressicauda .--.-----------+--- 669
bivittata..:-2!...:: 669
compressicauda. . . 669
compsoleema. ...-- 670

walkeniieetee sss: 669 |
CY CLOPIWUUN: amiscesiec ae sess ose 673
PLasGlabayes asc e wseitee eens 670
erythrogaster .-..-..-.=--- 673
fasciatay-ssacecso-secc=s sos = 671
plemralisisssectemesecesaee is 672
SiPedON\. 224 sa-eeas soa 671
LTANSVELESA ceases cassie 672
ONAN AMO Sec sea Aseere eae elle eae 668
NODELIS sete eee bake eo seae eens 668
THOMPIUSL A) Aes a srciewc aete ste ieiersine ots 673
TOT rae sas sytaslasceioscece sascinel- 668
taxispilota: i252 5s. 2s4secs%--25- 674
USbA Rea oe ans See aee Dds asae's 668
NATO A eth eas Sh crciaieteate Saya lcecsie 670
COlBNO2 2 252 eacinecce ssisesas - 670
VL ea stec ferocity ne ek seme 670
ENATICLONIIS 5 Ssevsiies ees aissins « Sia iaaisie sienicta 716
BNGIICT ALES es eiccay haa stators ott iciies Sich a ee 716
Nemabistins pectoralis: 222... 2 .c.ccm. «2° 127, 140
INGMALOCENYS: 622522255 fers as delesuicielsesne 13
IMOLMIS 8s ee. se eerste eee 36
NGM AORN Athi asf aeeeie cls sont ce ease 3, 6, 9, 10
pNiomichbhysv e-ectasess scan cemccietae ssls'= 118
NemuroPlanis sss A Aas ise s Sseste sone cet easels 16
lanceolatus) 22-2255. S.csc.- 30
DNeoatheninays sa sass os aowe eo eeceweees 401
INeObIEMNDUIS Heese eee ec maese sel ne coe c 401
SNreo orm OMIT Sree rstaee ara oats em aia ora Neaelatre « 401
INGOlehNMINTISie setae ace eee ce aloneaieere 401
Neomesoprion -...---.--------------++---- 401
INGOT NODE sti seiwiclaieciny= Fela tani 401
ING OOS eerie tase a= ao eer eam ecelsisios 401
Neoplecostomus granosus....------------ 40
MICEOPS ses ae sicie oe eseses 40
INGO PlOtOS US ease er gars pains a= = nis aor ake 40L
ING OLHOM DUS) sees =< he= ce iactee cece sees 401
PNG OSU aS OM eee =o aiispnstett oe csi geieteieein eee 401
INeotroplus\.. 26 2. «<6 s/t oe rere aces == 18
Nephthydide......----.-----+---+--+---- 280
Nephthys. -..------------------+-------+--- 280
IDUCEDAns nace Sa ee ee cteianareis 280, 301
UCC parse a ale terete ar aety= rcp esa 281
Neptunea fusiformis...-...------ Sein cis 323
INELCIOG@ «oo s- cecce cweet ce ewta ccaceeasece 284
INCGKGIS hots fea e re aise ate rote aerate re er arereseysi ae 284
DIOCTIS ee eae eee mace es cee 284
CUPL CA eae eee tise lew esis. 285
ATTICA DILIS <i etetsetere iets SSE ht roe 284
TUN Data ec ooewyate staleaie-o = isos overeat 284
MOT A ODS tele caro crs ete were esis eier 284
Deter Ca ee lees calms aceiaeoremeee 284
IWENINO se ss fr 8 bate ceed tea ectneo etn etal 291, 300
BOTS | Lee AF: ces eae eee 291
INeritaebernnardi f.<.2 65 2<- tees ae eer tyn ete 332
SCaADTICOStae ness ones ee ie ese eel 332
Neritina guayaquilensis......-..-:..--- 332
AMbOLIMN COI os Scere see eerie eres 332
INettastoma jcc cctisicieeecicee sce des cclveckic 118

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

ING@V AGB ra'ala ts oars wes ei ole etoterstate fave eno 215, 222, 275

Nimbosaia5o- 2.522 sat oe caters 199, 201, 204, 206, 274

INitidella/cribrariai:22.-e-s- => cesses ce 318

NOC bua iad re eee eee eee aries 226

INOCbOId ates ous e eae cee cea tees nee 198

INotomastuss--cee s- o- cee eee see ae aiateiere 293

LaberiGilis) see secs esate ele 293

INotothenioidss. 2 a-case seeescee ease raat 305

INoburus) 20st sce cece en eee nce 12

INumenius borealistss- 322 sce ees ete 429

NWdSonicussene-cecse fs eee 429

INKY. CHAS are os meta omere aise tore eteteis eiscwieteletoy=.e'=1 279

CILLOSAie renee ee nee ieeeeoet sie 279

Nyctala tengmalmi richardsoni .........- 437

INyeotea my ctealccscswe a -siiciiesice secietince 429, 437
oO.

Ocinebra erinaceoides ..........--...---0- 319

Odontini 4s ee eee ceee sins oat reierie ee W117

Odontostilbe’-eae es aves maeacinestiees 15

PWS UVa esses dale emcee 54

pulcherss ane yo sseren-eterer= 54

Odopsia, s2sca- we ees owas ote eee 718

Ogmius ..------+--- +--+ 22ers reece eee 603

Oidemia AMErICANA SEY as ase oc sleeicleteretelererere 422

deglan dit. aaenlmsta= oat see 422, 423

perspicillata .--.-..-.-.-.------- 423

Oligoplites altus ...-.------------------+- 128, 140

BAUTOS Pera e eels sake siete are eeretate 141

Oligosareus argenteus ......--.-----.---- 58

Oliva kaleon tina 22sec aise aie elerels eles = 315

peruviana...-.-------------+-----+- 315

Olivella columellaris .....---------------- 315

BOMAStriAba sci seeasisteosee eee ciate 315

berginals.s22- esse seminoma 316

Olorm buUCCM AOL eK sos wie om ees main eatin 425

COWMPIANINS ss 2 oa os ts ares i =tatelmtelalal~ 425

Omphalius aureotinctus. -.--------------- 332

PaNAMENSIS= <5 2 tea ae = ee 331

WITLOUUUS she eae = eerie ataecionite 331

Oniscia tuberculosa = 22-222. - = -eesemce= se 324

OoniduUs =. 2 eas oe Sel eke erate 718

Openeus dentatus-..---------+---+------+- 127

grandisquamis.-..---.----------- 156

Ophelia simplex .....--------------+--++- 301

Opheliidey .....-...------++--+ ss-ee eee: 289

Ophelina --..-.-.-----+-+-++-2-eseeee22- 289, 300

BOWS. Le. 2.2 sel =~ <ei=iniminlmmlaaieleie 289

Ophibolus. ..----------------++-+++-2+22+- 607

Californisesc. sess seer 614

calligaster --.------------------ 610

AoliatbUSses sn -l< cre am steele lnlateinln 608

NTNU AUS eee nie fotelstalarete 609

GIETICUS hema steeenietets 610

COCCINeCUS-<=-4---s<e 609

CGollaris': 2ac2eeesceeecre 609

conjunctus - - - . .608, 609, 610, 611

Goliatus) ss- sce sense ses 609

gwentilis o Seeeceeee ee 609

parallelusiaseccsmen=-—)- 609

POly.ZONUSise= ssa l=- = 609

SY SPU See eeisrts <a cll 609

CPIAN CULUS2 <a ier sansa. 610

gotulus\.. .-.4.)i03- 2252 nn ans 611

DOV ecyoioiejetereieiejarereis tetera 613

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

14 |

Page.

Ophibolus getuluscalifornie.............. 614

Getulus\ 922 censseess cen 613

MUG OP ee ose ecco: 613

Bayless ca en eee eos sere 612

Splendidussess.s55ssee" 613

MULCIStrAOUS= /-2 ese oe eee ce 611

DyEEbOMelASH =. esse eee 610

Dpyconiel anus yess ee ee eee 610

rhombomaculatus.............- 610

Ophidium marginatum................... 85

ey RASA ere eae aes eee ce, 349

CIRO Se 8 cooshopccs Sean son sogege 350

Dalearicuiieess sass ee ee 349

COMPLESSUM sc eeeacjeeienee sone 349

MACE OT UMN ie aia (nteinretsieisieinie cere 347

MARGINS Ao hee SON 351

MOUISS Geshe sete eee 349

TINY, S LAN cph ene eee eee 350

PULENS Sener at 3 doen Smee eee ae 350

DEOMI SUM -eseeeee eee eee 330

BOHR yee oe a so eee oy a 117

Opisthognathus ommata................. 126, 162

Ommsthonem asa a5.) se. a! Renae 93

Nibertatis-- 22s: 4s cshe eek 127, 134

On bidiaweye aes seer ne a= Jus etn ee 718

OTD US sees serous a a tn eh ee 718

Oreothlypis gutturalis................... 473, 524

CERI TES B22 See Bn ri Eee Sack cg tere 8, 12,17

EIUINESVAIN. ¢ Bonbpeopaddnaseoceceeee 65

CUNDEGI Ewer accel acte A ee er eee 65

AUSSLC ler I nce sok cen ate eee 65

DONULANG Mee sese eee ee 65

Onithionvimberbems2-s.- 2. oe ee 535

cantharinush esas -sscceee ee oee 165

Chal Consist sess te oo eee 128, 149

ChiryBop tense ace seaaee ae eae 90

ANOTMAGUS Hs to aot See eee 127, 148

Oryzomys palustris. >.< 22.22.20... 193

falamancracsn ewe cee 193

KO NCGO] taemate eee ae nt ne ee kcies une Nee 606

elapsoideassy 2. ave sent aeeee ee 606

CEEHEWIEY Erith) = 555" aseeasgacmaneoagee- 10

Gstamophyserm. oss..." forsee ee. 2 10

OSiSOSTOSSId toe Ee ee nae eh. 3, 5, 11, 63

WELCOo OSS UMaeeece Err che ieee enh 6,15

bicimhosumiyaa=--ooeseee ees 63

COR ULA CON Reremenneras ese ck ee eh 113, 114

tetraod one -e-se cee ene. cae ee 714

Ostrea (?) iridescens ..................... 308

SO DHOS Presper cre en tani SuuNeh 401

Wtocinelusvattinisesss == e-cc skeen te eee ee 30

WESUIbUS) (tea c. asee ee eee 40

Wtocorisialpestrisv estes: 3) fees ce 438
RPny MOLAR Senda Hennessie hese ec.

UE SZ OLE eter te rersiorsre rater ieetae eeete 33

Monbionyseeee see eee eae 33

MO verer ene: see ena eee 33

MUS ON gaat See ene a ay 33

NEEMEDHOIS 2 o'o-2 = 26. 3 Sae ct Mees cece lee. 16

ROG oie ee eee eee ene 40

Ozius (?) subverrucosus...... Sieiuie's Biv,vieie aie 380

P.
Pachypops adspersus .................... 67

67 |

Page.

ach y POpsctriflige 1. accesso cee eee 67
Pachyrhamphus albinucha............__. 479
cinereiventris........_.. 343

CINELOUS se ae eee ee 479

OED ACIS in. 4 5-61 ae ee 338
polychroptera .......... 343,

rufodorsalis ............ 344
VEDSICOlOnS=aes- = eee 5385

PachyOrus Sssssc6-c4 «2c ee 17
ponariensis;=ssse-- 2525s 67
francisclis: sees see eee 67
schomburgkiive-2) 255-0 67

SQ USM PLANS ss eae ee ee 7
Beedophiylax isst2025. G20 segs ee ene 281
longiceps*..2% Soe eee 281
Peeilurichthys ics. 2.21) pe eee 52
Banaque|:. 27 .0-casaces sce ee 15
cochhiodonys:-sss sess eee eeee eee 42
dentexite2 ai -acencce ae ee ee eee 42

mi grolinestu sesso ee ae aeeeee 42

Pandion haliewtus carolinensis ........... 436
Panopeus: <osc- ecco esa ee 355, 356
abbreviatusi- ses. eee eee 381

affinis’ = eoesce sae ae ee ee 377
alriCanussee scence eee 381
aINeTICAnUs = -=see eee ee eee 380

AN SUS tILONS ae setae ee eee eee 373
arcolatustr- ss. ccosccc es eee 361
bermudensisi-oss- eee 376

bradley earn ate soe 381

CHILCHS IS Peepers Ae eee 362, 379
CONVEXUS osetia eto Soe ee 383

CLASSUBE a ees tessa ise ae eee 383

CLONGbUS Hee ees ec ly tein 377
depressugtcse.2 ce ncene cee eee 366
dissimiligt.2- 255-0 coe eee 366

harrisitt js ssace ce ees eee 378

arti. 22h 552-2 eee 372

hemp hilliiseeee- cee eee 374

herbstiite sas cca-cec oe ee 358
granulosus ............ 383

ODEBURE =.0 ae eee eee 358

SCLUSUUSI ne eee 371

lacustris) ic. 2cncee sense eee 358

lee VIS eck ceases see ee 380

latifrons) 522sns0- Sesser 384

LINYOSUS) efsescsnse oc. ee 379
occidentalis)... --22. 26... ceeeeeee 360
OCASOCNSIS malo) <== 1-21 See 384

OVALUGT takes cee eee 368
packardil es... eee 365
panvulus)...335 25-2 oe eee 369
planissimus\)---2- 222 -oe eee 370

plantisy:< 232.0 tae ee 369

POlitns ssese ee ee 369
PULPURCUSIe ee ee eee 382

TUS OSNS so cece eee eee 383

SAYAris seme on See cee oe ee 363

SOLVauusy ta.s oe a eee 371
subverrucosns ......--...-..... 380

GOxanuUs soso eso a ne eee 363

trans Versus)s4 2" 2 eee ee 367, 377

validtsys .030-25:255. 42 eee 362, 380, 382

Wir emanniie see eee ee 372

740

49 |

67

Page
Panopeus xanthiformis .......... -.-.---- 382
ipana diplomys tesa. ce <= sss a sins lefeiaieisteel=i= 10
COLMUSCANS -j-1tecs a aeroei 26
Paraconiates alburMUs../2. s.c)s/s/2icleia= losi 57
microlepises-ise sss se scleeec 57
MLL OLrUs ccm Seis wlan ees 57
ae aTACONIAGUSN sa/ses = soci -lerasiosie s Sartre at 17
Paral bwectosetccase cen dae sees ewes . 12
Pamall apt arxses(e.2s1 clei cteeeceiter= are lcinieizinetcie'n See 143
Pam alichhySaaatscei-ccieswacwis sates selene 110
AUSPCUSUSE sees coc syaeicletareieo 127, 164
Gen tavus Sesaceoaytecieias ance 385
Paraliparis'cephalus) <-:- 5-4... «jessica = 561
TMEMMLO I arnratcie wale ie Sartell 562
SPATANICISULUS =:7- cree Jo See ves waisiesitier= 15 |
AUTANACUS scale cieicieq missinale ate 42
TU OUEIGAIS erage oat meta itstaerarer= ate 421
punctatissimus ...-.-.------ 42
Parapholas acuminata ....-.-..-.-.---«-- 314
Paratrygon strongylopterus ....--.------ 24
PBAVelOG ODIaee ae we elainials winlaininta’ale/s/!=iclasinlelnince 15
II CLOPS = ara sto ceiaetsietnwinieieeaaiaian 37
USMS seem oral rmtopeisiere alae ai<i= 37
Parco Chibato: 2215 1-22 + cas ara=cre mw ewine eisieinin 147
TAISCLO esc accia.ste ox isleaisinieieis' es =} sini 155, 147, 148
PATIO US ALTIUM AGS tye oa .s ars wisiainisisycisisisicieiat= 36
PaO O Mean Sse see ieae, cat inassi sta epeleieieinisicielein = 14
UIT Slee eye tep eerste aaah sreletmieierecicierarei=
buckloyi-- 25. ~ 20sec sees eons cis 49
SUDOL VILA Sie ertesta cya sie's ale a= = ale 49
Parotociwielisicees2 2s cee casmassssincn sss = 17
MACUlICANG ae. sf se- sia 40
Parus atricapillus septentrionalis...-.--- 445
cinctus obtectus ..-......--. ------ 443
NIWASONICTIS; 5c sseeciclc ysis efajelejer anit 445
Wasidium occidentale ...--<5....- 5... 006 106
IPASserelll aliaAC Aa eae. <i=ctoic ass” sinla/s eccinimajece = 443
eee CU ieee = =/=2e = sae ein aa ieiniealsieialelata=fe siete 704
Patellararau Camila. qote\~ «ajo a=ialaisnisel Sanam 329
Pavoncella PUCNAK ..------clenece= ss 492
Pectontd Gntataes sce satan aiae ae.e einirinicicialei 309 |
ULPULATUS acc )si< snes == «ate am =1<i- = 308
subnodosus .....--- See co cteeicisic=rsie = 303
GUTMOOZENMSIS > ae seis ines eee sy etele sic 308
VENUEICOSU Src acs.chiaiatsiniavrataya stete.e.cts 308
Pectenibranchiatasosse.cs goss 0s = ae sie 104
IP OCUINATIAN = > eeeecie ce ciee eae ane ue S= s\n 297
OW Gilera taper setweiis ele laln ae ai 297
Pectunculus inwequalis..........-.-.-..-- 310
PEediculates sacccee Sue ace oe se cioereweeaitose 113, 114
Pediocetes phasianellus ............----- 432
elec ypOG tiaeeerte tor icsete se simian ae = 104
Pellona altamazonica .-.---.----<-+--..-- 63
LAU VEU UU Setter ater teeter seareteelore 63
PET COSOCESisi = so isco s on lcise ie ee eras saree 3
PErclenuDy Samed esse ee = cee ae 8, 13,111
clillensissqcec aa nasa oe 67
Pe WAS\eee Saas Sere ReneS Pere 66
MOLAN OPS) - wre eevee are ~ =o ele aseisi spe
NUCH AY - rossi. casa ee eee 66
evel eee eae ee 2,3, 111, 116, 715
PGOrGiliae ese sec ae cicte seictei< ie ote ca ea ae eral 8,13
CUMS Sidaepine merits cee cies ciclaetet tere 67
Percomorphitsscesce sco e ie ae eee 34,7
PPETCOPSICG cee clei ee sins cla sme eine eine 208

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Perisoicus canadensis......-..--..--...-- 439
AUNT ONS! sae crave ee sete woe 439
iRetaloproctuss = -eeencee ne. --teee acer er 295, 300
SOCIAISe sate ee eeeeeeeee 295
Petricolacarditoides -.-.-.-.---..-..-<-=< 190
ellipti Cae = =e aceasta seer 312

SOLA tse eee ne eee eee 312
VENUILGOSA: cc den cee = lecesceeion 312
Petrochelidon lunifrons.........--.------ 443
iPetromyzontid @)-e< 5.) 6s a eee eet 13
Phreochroa roberti 22-22--s2--s0ssse eee ee 471
Pheethonetherents-ee. otc eile ster 493
CANGIGUS 2. oles cee siecle 493
AMavViTOsStVisy-o eee ee eee eere 493
TUDLIGAUGAL 225 ope ec mee estore 492, 493
Phalaropus: lobatwsz-ses-- 42s eee ee ee 425, 492
Phily dou viteahusie- scenes eee sees Bad
Phim othyradhexalepisi:ss2-scere-ee emcee 620
Pholas pacifiea 244. e esses. < e aceeere er 314
tPUNCALA 2cehye oboe con ce eericmenme 314
iPhractocephallusis-s0-- s-oe-s ssc =seeetea= 15
hemiliopberus) <<... 30

Phyllodoce es: =<. Secmsices= ees sslememiiee 281
ALA OUIS eo seeriemeeieieeemeieeete st 281
Phyllodocide ....--...-----+---++++++---- 281
Phy llorhyn Chus so-so eer ee 617, 629
NOW DLlacas,cje;cleeeaieieelecies 618
(lecuntatus=e-cscessaee 618
Physacampullacead so 2-5 secs sane meee 103
PYM ae as ewe ecie es a= ais ae eae 103
heterostrophasiocast-seecmeseeciee= 103
OSCUIANS Ss osse nose teste einieeiiees 104
iPhysocasterc2e,s scence assem eeeeeo aaa 12
IPhvsogastroidelasasercas: + -ceerese ee ace 718
Phy SOpyXis:=-2 ss -jeeccries acle ss ieiieiniieisiaier= 16
Nya seer ar atete ie alaaeeis moles retort 32

Piabuea. case ssamasce oes cis cise ecm 15
ALP ONUINUS sass cinerea 57

A PLUlOGUS see ae ioe eee eee as 57
Piabucinasesens ee eae eee eee eee 15
elon vata. nssisoeseeee ete 52
OLrythrinoides =< s<. weicie\ewi<inese 52

PADAM CNSISiap tac sesseee see ere 52

UNI been Abas ce sees ete siete 52
Picoides;AMEeTICANUS! =2> << sc secletie eo 438
americanus alascensis----.-...--- 438

arChlCUS mater sca=\- selec eis eects 437
iTSWHUS aes esse ae ose 438
Picolaptes compressus ..--...-.---------- 533
OTA GUIS ee asta em aicee eee ae 475

PICU ADTUS! sec nena eee eee eee see 4103
Picus! canuss] CSSCNSISs 3. — = ne cee ee ise 495
Pilumnus hareisiieesee ees eee seer 378
Pimelepterus analogus....-..--.--------- 154
ClO ans) eases. ete 154, 155

Pimelodeligm eten sos s5 cosas ees 13, 14, 18, 29
HrasilienSis:-\.. -s2-s4ee eee 29

WTiold (hs (peoeeosesces SScsocc 29
chaeresi.2.-.-ss-seateeete 29
Cristatus.5<-ossseeeeeee eee 29

ClON CAbUS SS emcee areietaiere = =i=-1- 29
OTACTSwacemcemectaiencieweces ce 29

havttiiveesece see iste e.c sera 29

LALELISUEIG Weal. ole1= a we wleninines ‘29

MOWESTOAS hate <bek ovs sisieteciomee 29

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Pimelodella pectinifer 22.2. .-.-:-2.-.--- 29
Vai baiesa soc eee me ee 29
WOSSClIU SSS 25s cece eee ess 29

PstI GLOGEN Ati cies erciaie ais ieferciae Mens See 10
MaWAUPIMNDIG) sass see ee see cine 27
ASUS teeper eres aemeaaeriee 27
PAIMELOGING sass ese cise ise ince ces cece eeeee 5, 6, 7, 9, 10
ENMOLOAIIS Merci tases So scsie cosas ceseiee 13,18
albicansercs-csccs acc tc onsets 29
albipinnisyso--ssacr sense sees 30
Claniaseeseacccer sea este ees 12, 29

GVAMOS UMN Bre lets c mcsteyaierele cis <=" 29

COWES passa oaaseacourseaSsesnse 29

LUT ersetaleieiaras eralersinene ste esc areies 30
STOSSWOPUlls noeeicsele asia 29

LabLOSUSe ye sscteae eee aeeene 29

OGNAGUS Hast asc ce kclnc sly se cese os 29

DICUUSm cre men Sesion ester 29
quadrimaculatus)!.<<- sen 29
vallenciennis) i c-tscisas en's <'e 29
WESUELIMAN DI. acjncinericces eeemeres 29
minicolaenucleator!.5.-2\j--< 18s a 440
Pinirampus pirmampu...-....----..2666 27
SIMU ies mvisio wine sa ccciow sisi oae ane ee 290
Pipra leucocilla......... Reece i tereiccraers 536
ROMCOLTN OMe seieiate csctals sateseite eyalece te 536
PIE MOAI S ese teate ls atoini=to(velsloisieicisisie tetas 536
N@UUGIN Balers ers <a e os waore eas Se lcicis ects 536
Pirammutan areecseees jets se sceeeeeoestene 15
DILATMMLG Ber esc secisieincieiseteatetcre 30
EITINAMIPUS AGASSIZ: slats -c'e «aie sicieisi sei 30
by OD DIS eemeet esas serene eae aciscicsc cc 638
Cabeniteneeareccicsaccicmecicsis cies 641
MelANOlENCUS\ se ccicieeeice cess 640

SR Viliaeentacel= a iainis/alavoteialnvolatciateiaietaieiers 640

Ibellonal: seems sostceesaeensenic 641

SAV lesa cietce eee acaceeeeees . 641

WELLGDLALIS = ser accscenetemecce ce 642
WaAlkesitiecacaoneces sa ssiecineces 642
SEAUH SUD ICOLOG eee ce cise cick eis'leeleieree ste = 469
olivascens.......- wees _ 469

LeWCASPIS ) ee csiecisseeeemele es 469

PIACIONCION seer asemcicle asasiee eet ses 15
VO AG Sere cre ieletene elie sie erereyaicie 67
squamosissimus.............. 67
SULINAMONSIS)-- oo goers ccc ee 67

Planaxis pPlanicostatajec. «sce. cics ~~ = 326
Planorpisilie bm ania ssc secant sissies 103
TETANUS scoseradooansaceDQEReneE 103

UERVOLIS) (ome '2 cose cine since cesewee 102

UUM ETIS teeeeecisaeeeene eases 102

GUNN MUS ee. oe Ses eeee catoee 102, 103
Platichthysishellatus. 7. --/s sce sece «eee 110
Platophrys leopardinus ...........:...... 165
BLAU Y COD HANG e ateetarct stain este eictets 2 erersiste ries 11
Platyglossus chrysoteenia................ 398
ocellatusy: acy ciscie cae 398
Plabymemaviechth ys). 3) se sajcecwielive « 15
araguayensis......... 30
punctulatus.........: 30

AUD CULUS ocr cisc.cte cele oom trae Sere ae 18
Platypsaris aiinis) 2... .scse sess ceee 469
BOT AIEO is 5301-5 anise scien oni 468, 469, 535

albiventris .......... 469

hypopheus .... 467, 469,474 |

741

Page.

Platypsaris aglaiw insularis............. 469
latirostris..... 467, 468, 469, 474

ODSCUEUS Heese eee eee 469, 474

NOMOCHTOUS sees eee eee eee eee 469, 474

labinostrisees- +o e oe eee 468, 469

‘Plaby SOMmidees srycesaeme <a cene cee 460
Platysomes circularig(se-2-2<sc ese eee 462
lacovianusscceet eee see eeee AG2, 463

PalmMaris. ses-c2t =e oeee sone 460, 463
Platystomae.sssecenscsc eee ana eee 14, 18
iitkenioe.c see see ee eee 31
Platystomatichthys..-......--.-.....-... 16
Sturio~ Ao ee eee 31

PISCOSEOMUSY= ce tee e sects ce ste eee 13, 14
qlatuse? 2a2c ets eceenin ce 41

SUID ES rere otera ainoiel niereintete crete tert 41
AULOSWUbAHUS aaa es eee 41

DISOLIATUS) -memereeecle.-seeses 41

PLevicauda ce essemm eee 41

carinatus* 2 ccc-set soccer 40
COMMEFSONU < 52 sees seers 40

afinis’ cess. 25 40

seabriceps..... 40

COLdOV iS ee ose eee eee 41

EMALSIN AU Shoe arctic te ees 40

PLAN CISCI Aw acaeoeetece eae 41

J OMMeee eee Sieisintleeem s/s 41

imma vee ccereanie Soieiseccoceen 41

limOSUS\ e572 eeeeeee eee 40
lUtkenilwecenceseccsceren cee 41

MACLOPS riewielciere isc ocielaesicreisic 1

pentherinuss-. ce. eseeeeee 41
plecostomUsr s0-c--c-ens eee 40

TOD ss cee Sass cere cine 41

SOMINUGUS =e see eee eee 41
BDPINOSISSINUS Eee eas 40

Vaillantive sc: s 2. -seeeeeeeee 41
vermicularis: ---5-ssse sees 41

Villars ei cancs~<'Ree eee 41

VATCSCONS' «:2)<:5)-< =<. saeteeeeee 41

WUCherertes «4-15 cece eemeee 41

Plectognath fishes ........ = ibis ba Se rae 113
Bilectognavhi °°. sc. 4.52: 2. =o -ceeeeeee 4
Plectrophenax nivalis). .-.0--ceseeeees 144
Plethodects's.c..2 2. sass ec 22-0 eee 16
@rythrinus=...-...-- eeepc 51
Pleurogadus (520.15. 0205-- =< --\- eeeeeee 303, 304
NAVAGaA - 2. ...-..- eee 116
Rleuronectide'.--.% 2... == - =< eee 4, 7, 111, 115
Pleuroncetinse:s..cc/i... o=6-- - eee eee 110
iPodarke: ODSCuraes---e-- 4... ee eee 281
IROGOptery 1a scce- -- ee eee aoe 459, 460
PiBeiiay..ooo5 Se sk .ciew soe 3s So eee 65
UTS sees olor ee eee 65
punctata. <>... 55. ae ease eens 65
SULIMAMENSIS! =~ rieeee eneee 65
unimacnlatay------e- see e eee eee 65
ViVipare Go... 6 soe eee 65
Pogonias' Chromis\=sss5-= oe - ee ee eeeeeeeee 83
fasciatus). : 2 /oeeseeoa eee eee eee 88
Pollachius chaleogrammus..-...-..-..--.- 116
WITONS 3-25 =cjpscs eee sees 116
Pollia‘buxea) J-0..22ss2ee eee eee ee 319
fUSiLOLMIS esses ee eee ee 323
Bolycanthustec ce eeceoen eee tee 709

742

Page.
ROLY CALI Cae ee ae erctoe eileinatniaisteletaiecistesisie ever 6
ROLY GONTLIM ES ewes sao eens eral 3, 6, 7, 11, 66
Poly Cenurus wees mie ee se eee eye metelae<isie 16
SCHOMPULSKM ean cee elie ete 66
tricolor. ..... Seesoncte seca 66
BOY Ch ee baler -eretaoreley eieinin sisiastorele siete eisai 277
ROMY GINDUS eee emcee eeeeisiee tee eiieincere os 299
@xiImiuss se oe eet wean tone Bevin 299
Polydactylus approximans........-... e-- 127, 137
LEW RG fo costadcchonon sp suabeadcase se 277, 291, 300
CL Cale insaie a cieiswicletersie saielaleiaieinnetcters 291
COMMENSAS se seee eee esleeie a= 291
PO My PONG S ae a opaes elas a(-ei cel tiaictere/ tsi iave 301
Polynemus approximans ...-...--.------- 137
POLY NOI espe = os assem wieieisie sainiaesieiste 278
Poly OdOntes® sae - cio se welein ewe wiejerelviclem sielet= 280
DRO ysP LORS erecta ela inin (= larelofaciatlefatererelncia 112
Pomacanthus zonipectus .......-.---..... 128, 160
IROMMACCMULIG Gs «micteictalarseietale oln'e'olelqateleielel= aie 113, 116
Pomacentrus leucorus .............------ 554
Pomadasis) axtlarisec..-\s%ctis-<sie'eslajesiei< 127, 151
ClONCAUUS ya ee ate eialernieiniaraisie is) <i 128, 150
MACTACANENUS mcr cleo eo ciewe since 128, 151
fascUllamis te ceric iersicieteteterstole iter 151
IPOMAtomUs Saltatrixs -\< ccc sec. ciecciesiccie cisic 91
Pomulax UNdosus:.- 2. 5220 sisicteis cesses 331
PROMO LISADONO lose niote me eseiicleeteicicse niclelee steer 74
Roocswtes pramineus.-.-- -..--ce<ccces sss 441
MP ONGeM aM Bee eee eee ey eieie loin eiesietare soe 290
Porichthys margaritatus................. 127, 162
Porogadus promelas .......-----0-+0..0- 546
POLAMOGN IN Aes oes clelseislere wisle Weis asivisieiceicis aie 16, 46
pristigaster’.-.. 5.0.5... <-6- 46
IPOLAMIONTH Ap DIS te este leferets claicis acereiereiaieteieiclere 15
PULANONSIS!o.0.sieieciewieclecisie's 66
Potamotrygon brachyurus ..........-...- 25
GOrbipDyils sass stoesesineiaiel 25
UM OPIUT eS - wiitercns sees 25
IDY SUE IK eee cma wlceliye sie 25
masdalenw®is---.sseseee == 25

MOUOLO = wraiaeleieisrelan/-iciswicrejale 2
PE LICTUIAGTIS cis‘ istereiccevieinieiee 25
IBTEMINODP] Gxesesesieeriseiee a ssemecisieicinsielere 339
IPTIENG OLEPONENSIB. = 2. - 6c maciwicccccecsceels 178
PE CULOMOUUS) Ha t)-atelsie Setseicieieicls c aaleleaeateee ate 708, 710
TOS ULAUUS oe aire ee oc ciel sielomisie ile 710
ETIOMORDIO meas ae eyes sia soaniaciaa cel atetere crete 300
TOT OUUS brew a) castrate imiatassioie els craieisjc ties eee she 115
gymnostethus ..----5.. sees. - 559
Spnnter hn ite sdqnan soeesdaseseace 86
Priscofusus corpulentus..........-...---- 179
Pristipoma axillare::- oc... cc. shec es cns 151
Ghaleenm ane -2e soe cee e 149
MUM Ode ets oes ienee ane 67
Pristipomidesice sere eee cise 715
Proce arin Gd CSOlAA eerie ete aietetereresiete aicre 490
Procertea Ceruleg) 2-5 sanenaisescmmecice 282
OLD ALA +S sneeerre en eee eer -.- 283, 300
rubropunctata ...:-..-....--..- 283, 300
DANIO My a eelasatee alae eects 282
Prochilodas: o22.-<6 Neo ee eae ee tien eed 14
SMTA! = Saye oe ic tories ae eee 48
AUP OMULOUS va am mete ye oe are cee 48
MB Ole =% stares stele ow eeaiels ene 48
WIMOUACUS is. vice cide eee acl 48

~~

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
Prochilodusibrama@icen-cacee sree gene sere 48
Dre ViSis.- set ecew scenes. 48
cephalotests-2s- > -ereeeee see 48

dobulinus) .o.5.25--e5cn eee 48

Harti s5-c5.ssteeansecaces 48
humboldtii=-os--eeneacecoees 49

humeralis)=. sssae--s-=- s- see 48

SNSISNIS) cee cee eee ee 48

laticeps) ==. sose.ne een 48

linéatusie csskascees sees eee 48
lon@irostniss--eee=a-eee a -ee 48

magdalene eos. 52-52-ee ee 48

MIG TICANS =~ nielsie aslo sieat= 48
OliZOlepise-seeeeeaceeeie oe eeee 48

O©vOManush: os senate eeee ae 48
Tubroteweniatus: .-j---.--+se 48

Serola foe iewsaeosee ee sawcee 48

toniurns: <2 dss cee cases el 48

VAMPOIdGS =2=ccrla state ostel= 48
Promecocephalus 3<=h--necesese svete eee 712
levigatus ....-....-...- 719
Promicrops guttatus....--..-...--.--a.-. 128, 143
italarai..Ac i sostewesscteeeclasee 143
Brotisting: -<2scensestseecoeicceckiteeeeee 8 12h
semotilus) 22.2. sageee ee ceiseice 66
Protulidesielegans) =.= S-j25- << ete 299
Psectrogaster amazonica.......-....----- 46
ciliata: saaee secs eees sees 46
rhomboides: 222-2-he=2-e5e 46
Psednoblennius hypacanthus ........---. 126, 164
Petting 2-240 5o5d2 s.croacsesiseweeesteees 110
Pseudancistrus barbatus.-.......-.5..... 42
depressuse a-s- ees see ee 42

@ULLACUS)2~ <--o ceeeeee 42
SOLOSUSoo< scien vleeie eee 42
Wertheim eriac sees ee= 42
Pseudauchenipterus!- - <5. sc - esc ee 13
ONisiae scence wewetete 34
Havescens=-s.-ceeees 34

jequitinhonhee ...... 34

NOdOsus}2— 5-2 = snes 34

Pseudobatrachus! .-1.s2ceseercess eee sees 401
Pseudochalcensie.-o06 eee one eee eee 15
linéatus 5 occce. a ceeee 54

Pseudojulis venustus .-:......-.--.-..--- 126, 160
Psendolaprioass- 6 cee ae eee 403, 404
Pseudolabritonmes! ==. --eee se ee eee 395, 397
IPROUCOlADEUS) cess maininetern oe eet 395
RUStrAlis’ 22... sneer 401

DISeLIalis 2 3=-- case ee eee 402

+ DleekKeri: < at35-4.ckk accesses 402

DOstochki- 5: 6S aeeeeee sees 402
bothryocosmus.......-<.2.. 400

celidotus.=<. -=2..- sos seeeeeee 400
CinctUsc.oo ose. eee 402

coecineus rubiginosus...--- 409
COMVGXUS». 0-2: eee eee 402
cGruenlatus;+------ = eee 402

CUVIEN eevee eee woe See 402

. Cyanovrenys\ --~--e-e esses 403
Corsalis8: icon oo emcee eee 402

GwS 5 Sscdsee dees eee 402
edelensi8<é.2-4-.-ss-26eee = 402

(Ghat evar, sc Sone eseca- 403

€phippiuMmsee. ese eee 401

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Pseudolabrus fucicola...................- 401

LUSCIPIMNIsee acees teen e ai 402

Pave eeece eos eme emacs. 400

PU SCUISee a ane eaeeenees <i 403

PUNGHOV. am «ou lantels'e eatete tata 401

gymnogenis..-............- 401

AIS GULP LUG se a sete siete = nial 400

ISIOANUS: «cca. = acce-leeeiec eo 6 402

MA DIOSUSe jae sieciisiciaete eas ol 402

NaN Zee cae emleae en ss ecco sie 402

IPO ER alt sooo acepcoconeeoe 400

MU CUIONGUS) te -meemesies <== 400, 401

MAGI BUNS) roe wi ielstwieicie sate: = = 403

WO LANNY rein ote ie ara elera)aierete’ = 402

DON LOMU taysisteieise ate mites een lara 403

nigromarginatus ....-..---- 402

MOU PEN ace cea eine siecle 403

OCeNgLUse seo setee eens es 402

ei balemne ars ects eats sae alee 401

PSLULSCOlUS* cep eee ele 400

punctulatus......... mals cee 401

RO Mare rininiate = eelatee areata iets 402

TICHATABON Wow niciseee ee sol 401, 402

roseipunctatus ......-...-.- 402

Pober—l. PUPLA sae an 402

MU PLCUN US ereaee setae is oe at =r 402

MODISINOSUSE serie see casa ae 396, 400

sexlineatus ....---...-.---- 402

LOUEI GUS) ocr cesta eee me 401

tetricus fuscipinnis -.-..-.--- 402

tetricus ocellatus.......-.-- 402

tetricus tigripinnis --... 500 402

TENN O LOLs etenictntoicin is ariateesra=imint 402

VGH MGI S efor tote He eratctet ciate la/clare 402

Pseudonchenipterus .-...............--.- 18

IPROUGODIMOLOGUS Hass se> eae ean ae 13, 18, 27

acanthochira ..---..--..- 28

alexandrivss.c.cs-sc52-6 27

Paray once = |= 27

Dalchetiees--e eee ence 27

PATTIES Werstefars ae ee eae ee 27

ODN ALO ct ialers lala 6, 28

Preudoplatystoma -----2-2-<.--.--acee=ne 14, 31

CORUSCANS aces eee 31

fasciatum ----.--.---.- 31

brevifile .... 31

intermedium 31

nigricans - -- 31

reticulatum. 31

TG] POUL LN eateries ote ei erainial= 31

Pseudostegophilus nemurus ......--.---- 37

PReudoxaphophorus, =. --.s.ence-cseee---= 18

PRONOUN ae eee antes ccd eos 706, 708, 709, 710

PLCC UG ae eaters eines 709

TOSUALUS eee niece eee ees 708, 709

PRES O TLS ac ate tele avatars a cclets soi atacn = a 397

Pterengraulis atherinoides.-.......--.--- 63

BELLO) oes ee ice ene a atk an cielo cio ee 114

PETenO DEY erie emt eeepere a aie eee eee eet 16
Galan sce tgs tee come

UCEOD abOd ta sana lea re ome eee eee 94

CLD Ree lene ieee ena 94

Rienyeopucnthys. =~. o--2 2-19 -— === = a6 15

etentaculatum -.-....--.. 42

gibbiceps' -..-.-.......- 42

|
|

743

Page.

Pterygoplichthys jeanesianus..........-. 42
lituratus:=22-- sce 42

multiradiatus .......... 42

Dandalinien.. -ce eee 42

PUUCIAUUS 0.2 eae eae =e 42
undécimalis...........- 42

Ptilonorhynchus violaceus..........-...- 500
Puffinus tennirostris..................--- 490
Puncturellamajons-cecs-e- ss oe aeeeeeeee 189
RUnpuralDiSGniglisne.-s— emcees eee eae 320
blainvillei.cs-=-=<2.----) sas2e-hee 320
oallacénsist.2-->.2->2-8 0 eee 320
CALOLENBIS. cc2ecie aslo eee aes 320
CHOCOLAtR <2 >< arate soe See ee 321

COMME ERIS eee ae ee ora 321

diademarr sissies eee wae ees 320
KIOS(UMOLMIS eae ee eteeees 321

MELO Gc sive See ohooh ee ee 320

Datu diese ~ cere see a eee eee 321
Mlanospiray =--4-o-ase eee eee 321
MLA OU ANS Gare areas eee eee 320

UNGSLA: ¢. Doce cee soss oe eee ee 320

IR DudIG Soret sete cate eee a ae reed 3, 6,7
Py cidium'.2--\sac'- sees acon cee 10, 14, 17, 18, 20
AMAZONICUM Isa. aac see eee 37
areolatum co. see eee eee ee 36
Drasiliense ace.2ce tena eeee ees 36
COrdUVEGNBC.2 2-423 eee eee 36

CIS PAR Ie se ee oe eee ocean eets 36
punctulatum -.-......-.- 36

FUSCUMs oe ete e terse enclose 36
immaculatom..+ses-e eee eee aes 37

kneribe dee sess05 oes See asec 36

Lat CODS i sa== cee = 2 aoa eee 36

MACTle see ea eee eee 36

OAC HALO MS ss oe ae oon cs 36
MALMOLVUMM ene ae cee ee ee 36
MISTICANG = sae = sono oats lene 37
nigromaculatum....:-......-..- 37

OFOY® = «=. ----- 3-2 tenn anes -= 36

DAlleuMe = ears oess eee 36

DPALdUSE eee eee eee eee 12,37

DOO ANUWM sr oo a= = eee 36
punctatissimum. ....-..-.------ 36

TLV MANUS om a-otas ate tase ee tees 36
taCzZaNnOWSKit=s.-s vos eee 37

TOOT eee aioe es eateries eee 36

LOT Gia nce laa ae eo eee Oe eee 36

UL LOU = oes oe eet = nee 36

Py OceMtrus ----2--~ 6 ~ nee on ones o= neem 4
alatuse stop. so-o se eee 60

NAtLELCLl .=2- coo bate ws aa 60

TS OX es ee eee ee eee 59

NOCAHUS! .< 25 - <a =p ee eee 60
palometa..--.- --- sc pee 59

DILAY Ap ace eles 59
SCapulariss-e-==-—-ssee eases 59
Pygopodide ....-.------.---------+------ 717
Pygopristis.-...------------------------- 15
denticulatus)----2-+--5 = cease 59
Serrulatus=..---s>-4-—sone ces 59

| Pyrrhulina. ....--------.----------------- 15
ArgyTopS....--..-------------- 45

DPLE@VIS 22-42 oee oan ee ee 45
flament0sa vee. <<) stewicie nace 45

744

LLPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
PP yon Ln) Ss ODAC Ae olen el inte oe iether me 45
Metal eee ee Cease oe 45
NSN re eee ero eit 45
melanostoma .......--- eel: 45
MALOLEV seca sence eile isle 45
semifasciata -.-...-..--------- 45
Ray
DRS Meee eine cin ae tee sim oem ie lnieioiniaielelaielolela = 94
ISBVIS Sassen eae emer eee mena 94
ATACHULA ozs oc cee soe eeiceeee cases 539 —
ClathEdtieacaaneccenis noose secs cece 175
Collage cnesasa ae secees ee ccisecencces 323
UGE AS a Baeeisdencanpoddcoasesade 175
Reorulus calendar. -2- =< sce esate wclsei= 445
ROUT Metter epeielcete.c oo cimciciwitiotercie we soma seniors 590 |
framilis asd/.2csc0seseee nest eee cece 501, 590 |
hahd@osom awa. cease sose ste cescece cree ar 595, 596
PUI aN oo Ae siecle se saat saci vaealaaisleetactate 505, 624
imperialist. 25 22<\c<see eee “ia 505
BAM GEM Bator mente rae cree sole sieeioce eine wines Ae
SLiALONG se asa = aoe 28
OXSUCAUS so eraciesicicciternacece 28
JODY MSU taste sess less deisel sto aree 28 |
anicrocephalaecase acacia ees 28
UNL UB aleve eratariatetalstareiatotstemveiarelarel 28
MLO LAU aha ate)<tajaia alate ersleleter eiealal=)e aint 28 |
ARANETA eee Ne cect srarie alstal oe ele osicicte stoteraieye 13, 14,18
BY SEN bNUS ee aesistscc -ieleecsioe sleet 28
ath UES) sae olalnlele elalee=alaraicialere 28 |
OLGVACE PS eaeca = secicioe sale cise 28
CINGLASCENS ../teloceeiie iomecisccice 28
Gorsalis yaa eceasicne ose ciciscee ete 28
PON reer ter eictascs alstclejoretereclorstare 28
NUNIT ON Shere cctein c <lare\cinicieiaiaie’e)aie\els'< 28
ITLL oe faye ayarclarctetete aetesistsct cesses 28
HWM US; eaoce ees cas eeccleie seen 28
MAIO oot oicriee oeewisisinesisielerets 28
MON GICAU MA cece se cece ce eeeic © 28
multiradiatus)..%74----- «ccna 23
OC Caamesseanonocsaccsddodaacne 28
Memtlandiveas-sceeese cose 28
OGY emcees <cmeteeletecleiac 28
UCONN e see mee ie ie tel se jersier= stetel= 28
SGD Ol iat ye fate totaal winioingerei=leotenaloTetacece 28
Schomburgkil= «Gs .c. sec csecin 28
HOD Se sos ne sys eeecheceacciceie vee 28
MORES ce ote tee tate cstecrets 28
tenellare ca shsctscte set se sce ec 28
MOMECI cs sites sseeitceee tec neinee 28
WR ETIGI Uy sein cass einsicte wee ne einer 28
Rhamphichthys:-.:-225.5-..0+00..-< ssa 15
marmoratus --.........- 62
POMNMMALG Gente teices woes 62
POSULAUNG werioce cece ce 62
Rhamphocelus costaricensis ............- 531
PASSENINIS) gees scales Accs 531
Rhamphosternarchus ....... mi cloicralefonmie(te ne 15
RMINGARSLENT 20 Rts ne eee caer. cee et eee 9
WIM CCHIB! hance ss iow chit see mee aoe 637
ClOPAUBE Secs cake ere ase ee 638
ACHIANIS( Scent eels eac ose 638
IN OlEPIS eee eek cence atelier emcee tee 13
NOASSIZM Ie car aclooee cee moteiciete 41
PS POLAG reenter 41

Rhinglepis Parabiy Ve eae ae ae le ee
Rhinobatus glaucostigma ..........-..-.--
Rhinoebilus eat seen eee eee eee
ANTONI o~ 25 oes seeee eee
lecontil <2 22226-- see este
Rhinogobius favs) sc see ee ee
talasieas <2. spe
Rhinopterarccascs-- 52S ee eee
quadriloba/>-—---- ---- --see—
steindachneric. = ssa 126,150
Rhipidistia. sso 5.2. c2--4:s eee = 2 eee 460
Rhipidoptery gia -.....-. eejro ays se te eels 459, 460
Rhynchobolus americanus .--......--..-.- 289
Rbynchotus: | .4...s5s2ses see eae 707
Rhy blOdus.e- sacs 5 aaa e see eee 16
argeriteofuscus..--..-----.---- 50
mMicrolepis) ==: --=---3-2 s+ -eee 50
Riviollos ele pans ec mesial selene ae 64
Miter OPUS se eae ae ee eerie 64
ocellatus).< .-..2: s4-e = es eee G4
DOC Yaar ote oe ee 64
mrophthalmusts--c> ss eee eee 64
Rocceus Chrysops se..-- -s- = ase e 111
lin bates se .. scence ate ae 11
Roaboid esiafinish= =. see. o-ene eee 57
PICORNIS <..../-. -2~ 2 es- ee eee 57
DONATICNSISs sees eee 57
GBs ees aoe eetore bap aeeais 7
guatemalensis--........-...-..- 57
MICrolepiSe-ae= seas eee 57
TCLS Meese eee Pe ee 57
MONOC ON 2 sae ne se ee eee 57
IRORS 168 aaah ee ae eee ere eee 15
ALAtUS S053 acc notes seca 57
MOLOSSUN oi orisiiisoe ce tee ee ee 57
S.
Sabella microphthalma.......-..--..--.-- 299
Sabellariarvol paristenjso sec eee sae 297
AC COMONS em iclatne ne ae anette ee eee 15
eraniocephaltum) <2 ..- 22) ses. 49
WaPNeLie oe se Berateta atctalatecae 49
Sslaniuss2o-65.- scoot eee ee eee 115
Salminuss 52. pte cee ae see eee 17
SARMNIS ees 2 sae eee eee ee 58
Drevidens:<../0<52- <2 shat ene 58
OWPLOL; = bbe ie cs swr steep eee 58
ilar.) cos Sone eee eee 58
Orbigny anus: s- << Soe oeteaee ere 58
Salmo emarginatus..........--.......-..- 74
undulatus esc: 55>) Soe eee ves
Salmonidse2 Sac.) si..<.2.04,5 se -sios aeenee 3, 112, 116
Salvadora 2.05 2 tesco ee mane se eee 618
bairdii cscs ate eee 619, 620
decurtata, ..-.c2 ies. oeeeeeee 618
erahamite cae 25 eee eae ae 619
MOXICGANA = <.<5 = sve nme= sawn 619, 620
SAT ROB ee cian no cle eee ae cai oe ete 16
ODPCYCUlANIS=—-c-4-—— == eee 70
Sarda Sarda. sees - = eee 2 Fn sane aye 117
Sauromaluss.cisc-2 eases eae eee eee 409, 411
BLGOT oie a ares cle ae tetera ater 410
hispidus....--- Ue bee sees = 409
SOSLADIS vas ee ame eee eee 708
SSCADLLGS ra a cimioroeetela eat wiste eras terete els fates rel are 108

i ee

it tt Nii

i

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

CON AGM INC. nhs pen sletsisccsiea tales ssn 471
PS ELT EN eee terete iss) areieista) aan cie' ale wle'a'a cfamierala's.< 111
Sceloporus delicatissimus.........-.---.- 485, 486
P20 DLS CS a atelnt-lnwlein sinint clelelel elas 487
MALGMOUAUM Seas acc esate ae ies stem 485, 486

ROQIALIS Eee a5 cee e a neem aisle 486, 487

MATIADINS ae alas! (aise meas 485, 486, 487, 488
Schizopyga californica........-.-..---.0. 177
Schlegelia wilsoni................ Metta ca's 99
SOTHO GS eee tsa eile meee aki cleteetere ae 15, 27
APL IN OLEVUIES © ocotalaia Nels eeleleta ese (ole ioral 30

PP WNRS TES Fl teats fe etotetts nic eter atela/sininia< nine 30
SCleNS 1CIStlA--.---.~-..-o 2 eee meee cts 159
REVI OC INAS = eens sieieietie aim at elas cle 141
PSGUOCINLG ee nie ai tia tances clocecs nln eis iclavo's arm's 4,5, 7, 8,113
Scizwnops ocellattis.-..-.- 2-2... 89
Scissor macrocephalus..........-..-.-..- 54
OlETOMYStax----2- ------ nee cae 17
ISBN UES ae (alelereiatels sles \ciaints ete 43

Sclerurus guatemalensis.........-..-.-.- 471
MIOXICAMUS Hi = swinlsise cclcetscs sees 471
Scolecophagus carolinus.........-.---.-- 440
Scoluodon lOneurio--------------scsesc--- 127, 130
(GT SH MC SSO ROMO SE OROROCoOCSO 94

Sts LO) OS eee eee eto ele nle oe'a (nium aialia'ain'sleitwle 300
Drdsiliveemem oes tm ascteseemane 293, 301

RO VUS OU Seer ete ec sates eels > 292,301 |

MCOMVEMICONGSE jan aria o= = sens on 117, 127, 128, 137

SCOMMDIU Nee ee aa foe aeinlainialaisinaiels 117
Scomberomorus maculatus ..-..... 87, 117, 128, 137
SS GIG toms a aes aisicielomnioinina esis 117, 716
RCOMCUO rer rset acien acm ierla vaso =\< ecto 112
Scoptiaptex cinered..-.-.-......-c2c0--00 436
SSC Ses eee eee san otele es Secs eines selslere 114, 118

PA UUUT ENT dee terete ora che aieti, «telat stetetale 128, 162

OMT Seetele iets alas ree aerate ele 126, 162
SloariinG Es eessesoe sn saBesesceaas 111, 114, 118, 703
ROC EOL Ol see eee = einem wince ales 701, 702
Seytalopus argentifrons..........----.-.- A75
SOABLOS eee wad mean cicca's os/sicin 110, 111, 114, 118
eH ASUTO DUNG Sion actetsinales am = alot aiciole retain ere 110, 114, 118
ISGDRRLDO DSA taste cclannc cise sc ccs cunt tions 110, 114
SERBS UO DA ese eet ae asian elena 114

Selasphorus platycercus........----.----- 169 |

TUEUS we seis cas oe ele caeesteeso'e's 169, 170

SLO (ROG? ae Sap aa eeeipoaaae 87, 127, 128, 138 |
Semele corrugata...-...........------.--- 313 |
LOMA Ase se Secs cece cnet «ie 213 |

PE MICORS DIS seme en ies ager eiseisins wclsi's 397
STATUS testers eieiniaia stare = ol eiwte emia 8, 111, 113, 116, 715
Snes Ma S eres eee sie Scie owas oltioe re ciwelte.< 0 143
maculato-fasciatus....-......... 127, 142

OTE HSA IN OMe en nas oi loe viv ewinoeicion oe 14
RE OUG GAMES etetein a a tninle eineteta miata 74

SNORT UMIOLU AN On ee reese, 25 ois nie ops) als ana wom © 6, 8,11
SSEEPARALMUB eROPUSi © 2 = sacs aces sees ces 60
TAU ee ee mace eices ne’ 60

CALIDD Ree coe ia te cet ce once ve 60

ClON Paks eee oer en esee em a 60

PUN DUN teetees oon eee ete ae 60
gymunogenys --.--.-----...-.. 60

WUIMOLAIS se eee oateeeciee eee 60

PNAC AS Sees oe eee 60

AINCO PSS eee aists sais a he See nares 60

|
|
|
|
|

TTT Heart SW tee cies oe tee see 60 |

745

Page.

Serrasalmus maculatus .................. 60

TAAL PINGS: oo ee op ae en 60

PHOMDSUS) spo otte hee 60

SpUOplON Aye. 2 sos ee ees ae 60

DOVIONA,. 52% cer Sac em ae tena aetna ieee 716

Serpulorbis squamigera......-.......-.-- 326

Setophaga aurantiaca.....-.............. 528
Shells from Northwest America dredged

bythe Apainoss heen aston enters 186

Shells of the west coast of South America. 307

Siagonodon dugesii .........-....-......- 501

RSTO Tete peepee eee seins aman ee tera e eee 676

GUN AULN ae esate ena ena saaees 677

septentrionale ........- 678

yucatanense ..........- 677

DISCULAUNM see ee ee 679

FrenatomM ss couewsces = tase ee eee 677

MIPTOLAACIAUIN ons sawn ee eles 678

DACHIGH Mets oe eee ashe eee 678

PEVSOUALONI. =o. seas ere oo eee 677

MHOMD MOK UM elee eee 677

Heptentrionale|-sca- seers een ae 677, 678

WILGRUATIONSC cists eaieine oie osiate watsinniata 677

Sic yOPterus SALWiNl ese ates ce oem eciares he

Sid era CASLANOA eae m camels emo eens 124, 134, 135

Sigaretus conCavus.......-sce.secces- nee 329

Silurid®: <<. s20%- sessonsteseaces 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 113, 116

Silaringeseeseseens ecw elsesise cia wie oielneriete sate 10

SimeNCHOl YS fe se sce ae aac neee eet 352

Siphonaria costata.....-- een aes iam 314

Siphostoma arctum ...............%..... 126, 135

CANIN AGM ces e aw wie ae tees ae 547

TUSCUINS fate scat eee oe aes 84

LOUISIANS ease nee eee ee at 84

Sistrum ferrugineum.........----.....-.- 317

Sittasomus sequatorialis ..........--.-..- 509

AWM AZONUSS ete esiaieem eer cto 507

AMAZONUSG <2 5.0. cou ccwccace 509

CDAPAC NSIS 2s. ves se eet eee 509

OLILNACUS). ceieseees cise arenes 507, 508

PVISCUG sete ete aterte ale ee oe 507

PTISGUS ese seco enna ee 510

OLUVACOUS se omens see ines 507

SY LVAOLUOS) es eae eee 507

SVEVIOIVGS > oc ca ame ete alee or 509

BuUetolsHmMUS"s.20 6% cers. we vee 507, 510

POCHIMICAUMUS =~ secs eres 507

Solecurtus coquimbensis.......---.------ 313

Solemys JOUNSOMU = oc -m amie me ioe nw in wie a we is9

INACLOUACUVIG mmc nessa 189

Solenwrndisy acne se ese eee 313

Solenosteira purpuroides-....-.-.---.-.-- 323

Solenotellina) ssc. --c-em cede eee see ane 695

Solotellina cove sone sec aa ears. ee een 695

Somateria spectabilis ..-...-..-..------.- 422

Va T Gece oe Cea ene aeaacsws=- 422

Sonora semiannulata .....-.....-..-....- 601

Sonn bin Lima soe no) ee eee eee ae 31

Sormbimichthys) eee eccee sa-eeeeee ---5 ==> 15

PP AN e een - =i 31

PIANICHPSieceeeeee =.= 31

Spatula ce ----------=- 31

Spal ee rete eet ween 4, 113, 715

SpaLisSOM aso -k ae ee eee eee = =n 111

Sparus brachysomus ..........----------- 153

A

746

Page.

Spatnla clypeata <<. oan csccceessee~ ie 420
Spermophilus empetia...............----- 437
Spherium dentatum..........0-5........ 106
PN ONOIM CS santas sisetaralarel alate aeeraie terrae 706, 707, 709
ANPUSLICEPS ocae ones millon eietel= 709

Spheroides.-<- =~ .--------+-~-c0-- 113, 705, 708, 718
maculatus.....--.... atetesaieietehare 710, 719

POMS Sao late teas tareleiala a 127, 165, 719
Spheroides testudineus......--.---..----- 719, 720
MNT AGUS ere reperaeie a ule elorotaloreimaratals 165, 720
SDNELOSOMES oe «seas aen/-'cie's wasinie'eniaieiciaiainl= 718
Spbymcon de era secetinae saeseseecisccraacl= 83
ATELONECES 2. < encccccceccces==- 127, 137

MMC AS AN Aerarcicleateinicreie e(einyela/alelsieiatar= 137

SPY TONG ee asec eee saeieeaincco ae 113
Sphyima tudes! << cccwicwnccssecacwce cae 127, 128, 131
ZY FONG) ca waleclaloialajsaintaio cers 83, 127, 128, 131

SSPILO PUCLUS) ote eeaain alvin clo es eintalatoln (oie ino <i) 164
DOCS ea ates a ia nielete nee cineisietisiosisanieinr= 636
CORRS a case cecoeeieceisceniecaciesisie 636

COLBIS mem ccieiesciesseincecsis= = 637
COUPCMecmemsecieseriseccen= 637

MELANUTUS \aecicisiviecisresseeisi= 637

Mn Ne blascacecanosaqnnmuecotodses 637

ELE DENUVU Shc ctciotate clots slalaievareisicie'sissie(= 637
Pwcilostomus=--ce secs e i= 636
PPLONI eee ee aero eaeaaseacaccisicetss 300
SSPIDUS MM OLMUUS <oiaiecjatein cles sjele eicinin cie'a\elsfe\sinie 470
Spizella monticola....... 65... ccccewc core 442
Spond ylusiprinceps) «.<cje\ee-.-1.00emcin wees elm 308
Squalus /7yP2Na. 9325-2) i cclerss weicte ee oe [a 131
Squamipinness2. o- cc secee -eciee cass cise 715
Staurocephalus sociabilis .....-...-. Sseaics 288
Stemophiloidegiesccjcincsicucicielecwicisecisiests 16
Storopnilns-cscamece esac cele crisis 12,14
INSIMIOSUSeaaciss sees e ae eaaS 37
ANGENMeGlOS see sclaeiencleseisicic 37

MACLOPS | \icteiccie cle c'e\ccleicieiccieicie 37

MACUIAUUIS Tocaccieisic acieies/anicle.s 37

PUNCUALIG se cele wioiwieiaiciele'swcieteleie 37

TEMNALd bisa eee eee aes ois 37
Steindachneriaes scercccisecccjccnis ce cine one 12 LT
AMD] Y UTA ain\e<i<\0/a'e niviaesicinls 31

GOCCAN AS emacletasieieiicensiciets 31
parahyb®.---......- 2.52.6 31

Stellala calliope.<5-s\iccsc sweicienitcnsine cs 169
SLENOMOLO DUS eee ciaiesesie ermiaictoicieisicie nie slate 712
SGONOPNUS sie cteeiaesieteialsletaialwifelelale =\a'sla(e/eleiels 401
Stenostomassasssee soos vce cncaisicies sols 501
Ul CGracrerassesteseaserinacieele 50L

MUS LONI ere tecstoteratciere ste stave lei cters 502, 590
SGeNOSLOMAIC ES yan cowie ctclelniael= ecrewreicinnt<inic 501
Stenotomus chrysops -...-....6......<.-- 90
Stercorariuspomarinus .....-.--...---..- 417
PALAGITICUS saa ates wtewree wie cicis cic 417
longicaudusseescieos-shoccee- 417

SLOCUM SHOSL GU ca ceinln/-/ aisle olain wale nin ofatemtotorare 490
CAMUSCHAUICA.<anaceceencciac casi 490

COU GaSe seen once ee ere 489
DAVTUUNCLO Ne wavereintar cine teele Noten tateterniete 419
BiG baseodecnooccebecoocacacsdc 489
PAUAIN CM ecam ate teneiets eer oniciew a ete c= 419
Sternarchorhynchus curvirostris -..----- 62
macrostoma .......- 02

LPHABETICAL INDEX.

- Page
Sternarchorhynchus mormyrus........-. 62
millers =: Heese ee 62
oxyrhynchus..-...- 62
Stermarchnstnceiiioee ae aoe eee 14
albifrons) <.a2c<: jas ccisecse ce 61
ig] eno pss sme we cele e mites 62
bona parties -sssccises senses 62
prasiliensis <<<) clisace seas 61
MACTOLOPIS2 = see = alessio 63
MAULOROL Ds sccsiseaaicise nie ineeioe 61
SACHS Temcecte clei asec ctiaeieents 62
SCHOLL E+. a s-netealea es -eeeeeee 61
VANOSCODB saiststvicreieleie elewisiatelatstele 62
SlOMnOpy Pid we emeciei seesaw 3:6; 75 4
SLEIN OD YL US etess a aeicies raat eset 14
axillanis-.5 258. c.cecesecmece 62
wequnilabiatus ce. «.tecine ccs 62
CANADA sajna <-taro aie ce eisivie'e'siclieiaiaie 62
num Deldii eee cerse oo ecieeecieie 62
ODtuSITOStLIS< 4-2. on. a= ee oe 62
trOSCHE]Y a iewetn aetaieeeoacine 62
WITOSCONS (lets cide tsa tee close 62
Stethaprionys 4.22.0 eecos-o- sae eneaees 16
ObTYSOUME et sae ceases 60
(iy ab pooameus sadecsecauccncGc 60
OLY LULOPS se aeeeee = aeioer eee 60
Stevardiancsccassessn eerste eee 16
albipinnisyesosse---eseee eee 46
THUS OL sj2c sec oe cieae ions mereinctavereeiale 46
S@axrlesuiesseceismecee oe eeeeeeeee 46
VWECCONL. <=. os \scteeusaeeceeees 46
Sthenelaishpietanss6cce rine ate eee ie 279
Stilosomasecsc cee eee eerie see eee eee 595
extenuatum). =. 02... -cs ee eee 595
Stolephorids@-<ceseccss see se ee eee eee 3
Stolephorus brevirostris -......-.-.------ 63
DEO Willis Secptnas cine eee 93
DLOW oar ec eee 112
cultratus: op scseecceeeee ees 544
enchrasicolas...—.---.--5e-ee 112
macrolepidotus ........--- 63, 127, 134
Mitchie soeceo see cee eee 93
Mabtbererl’ cose ceicces eee eee 63
OlidUS 25 4: 0..05 soo -sceee eee 63
Opercularis |< sc. <a. cecseseees 127, 134
POO Yio ee oe ece = eee 63
APINIUT OT Foye oleae = kia eeporetiar 63
SUNINAMONSIS..-. sees =e ae 63
Stomiatidee sein ccc. ee emonen- mens ene 112
StOTOL Baie crave ge alaiorei ates to a elas eee 674
GOK Pla ee a aise aes aie alee eee 675
occipitomaculata......-....2....- 675
GLO DIC Bao otts stew olate == eee ee 674
StLOmateusspAarUl =o -ceee eee ese ere 88
triacanthus)...2.1-s- eee ee eee 83, 88
Strombelladmnamilisea scene ee ieee 187
MOlONIS) ce ase a sw eee ee 187
middendorhije cy a= eee een 186
NOL SP1CAi em eee = ee eee 186
Strombina lanceolata....-.------------=-- 318
Strombus) cracilion “<sces¢-..>- 22 -=-eeeee 325
STAN ANUS seen neler a erate 325
POW VIANUS sees ee 325
[Stn GO RSIS x rore tsi a eet ete terete areata ree 4AT

a oP e

Slee, ar AAS E

re.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Styptobasis knightiana.............463, 447, 448
Succinea avara............ Saivive salsaiae'dela 100
PAMPOSWISe ssi eset ones e ses ic 100

MIEGEO | Aeestaeteiere aie mieletasieiete aicieieieiste 100

Surnja ulula caparoch...... .........---- 437
By id se yeeros =cals oa piniaieiete(nieleiniale wececescee 300
Syllis spongicola........ =nleal eee adsweins cL, COU
Symbranchide ........ eislelelalcicies)eataiee = mes 5,9
Symbranchus ..-.-.. Beanie nins'sinicle'actasiaieiniclsls 6
MATMOLAtUS -. cc cece awewene 25

Symphodus ........... Sicsesescaceenana aes 111
Sympholis ..........- sin[aiee slain slninteie’sitie'a(sie 603
Symphurus fasciolaris ................--- 566
WISTS AMlentsamsiatsmecta wes clas 73
Symphysodon ..... Saissinnaleieiscleeissme es siae's 16
CikGUSee sss casencescioncane 71
MUNANCCIA omcaascassaonseamcecesicerercccs 114
Synancidium..... occ eccecccacvcnssccace 114
SynaphobranchuS.......seccoccccescccess S01, 352
Synentognathi ..... siinsisasisiescceseaceca= 3
VIOUS Et COLA Nar esicisccjain scene's slacins alates 93
OMAN G ericielsie aie pieleiviclalsieleiviewi siesta ty oe
nS

Tachisurin®@ ........... Saieiaicieinuinisiialeine ammo aiie (LO)
Rachisurus..~-.<.-.-.-- sisieisisiaiaiesctaers sian see OF
UAHA Leet a ata (e ae = caste enti tara S 37

albicans ...... Sisinalciveslets seuina's 27

barbus ...... niole'alel=(alntsisiefaainio's = 27
grandoculis......... eee eeiarS 12
herzbergii...... Reeetieanercinie 27
multiradiatus........... neers 27

BYE eeeneiniseeiem aise eciicie a= 27
upsilonophorus........-----.- 27
Tachysurus platypogon......... see coals 127, 133
EEESNIGCAMNPA <= occ ccensicicinewcace Senne 197
MAM tees eae See sie Sacgn8esne 597, 679
armillata........-...- a aeiaieretare aes 597
imiaculatascsan'-<iscie/me seewsdecee 597
calamaring - ~~ <<. ---cecce econ 597

CON Masses moses socesineeneicaceens 598
CONONAGA sera ace ee cee eee 598

PUACI IN sameeieiasin ce see emai so 598
melanocephala ....-...-. eceaeeeee 597

PAMETUN Us eee ete mie aioe else asta eietete fates 597

PO CGS Dlneteieialetniee minnie iaisielats cle eia'n > S 597

RISMI COPS mam neaine == cle cie Siesivsies|= 5S 598

AIG bide Se ccousgdbnedou0es Seema 598
DPlAMIGEPSre serine = = cies @ Seale 35 598

HO MUG UU Vel ee ease sire cieiate slo's ame 598

SUL a se ate nein ornteis ional stetaie sie,cie mintors ae 597
BCHIAGON Reeser cee eeeeses Miajetere 597
BEMICINCtA 2c. ~ oc seen sce ate 588

Reet ued eee a ato wieleise sci OScer 597
MELMIMOrMIS..5....2---- Peeereee onc 598

SIAR ATLA Ube erciats cicieiieiate Sin cde tote ee a 312
eeu tere tate leletaim ere leisie stereo ete elele aoe 312

NS GNIGI Caleta aiaae ee aoe ete =e 312

RGA IRIUED Cele tatn ate ata olefel nets eyes ete aials 312
PUTO MAL OUMUIS toes hace nee ese ecee seo eees 695
PINEXNH UlSiNetee ise ieeee es ce ccne cemaien woe 460
Tectarinus atyphus ................- Seaeee 326
Tegula peliserpentis...........-.-.-. taal 332
Relina denticulata . 22... 5.<2ss.c+sccecee 184
dombeyi...... Beleitelelsisienie Seeieiie tein 313

Page.

Tellina excavata....... ain Rimes nim ets a See 318
TAD ece ce stem anne haa e ee eee 183
Plebeiat =. etc an stat ecee ce tenes 313
PUNICCA oe oe oe ee eee 313
Trebella conchylego ..........-.......... 300
Lerebra ASPELAseca.cieseaatss echoes eee 314
Str Gata oon ee scene se ce 314
Terebratella occidentalis obsoleta........ 1S6
Tetragonopterin®..........:......2-.---- 6,8, 11
Tetragonopterus:.s-.-5- +. ons de eee eae 4
weneus ...... Rate autos cette 52, 53
abramisi cc. <ssi-eecnee 52
BPASRITIL occ ees nee ae 53

MDNPNUSS cova ae 5:
@USZONUCUS cess aie cet 52
Erfedil't nc. Jawesee ote ae 52
bahiensis’. 5s ge sectors 52
Mardilc.. setae eee ee 53
Dartletitiic-=..-coseseees 53
Dellobt cnc eset ue eee 53
branickil: 3... cussaseeee 53
DLOVILOstNIS! =o -sce-- eee oa
Dreyoortil'=--2-.5-.e sees 53

CAUCANUB. 36ccs tanne wane 5
Carolin =. svc ccs seen ee 53
chalceus Sa cares 52

chrysargyreus ........- a

Gollettil <Accccitoo temo Bi
COpelece- cee eee een eee 53
COPQOWiG: eo 5c scene on er 53
diaphanus:.--<. .....0-- 53
Gichrourus=.- s- acest 53
doceanus=.-~-2--seeseee 52
elegans! is ..cwersswneue 53
fasciahusee.ceteeeccens 52
SD DOSUR eee eee ee 52

praciis:-. 2-2 ss sone eee 53
grandisquamis ......... 53
PTONO WSs. —os meee eee 52
hauxwellianus ........- 53
huambonicus .......--- 53
VHETIN PI. eae eee 53
IPaNquranUs eno 53
jJelskiiss:: 2.5 eects 5S

JENYNSU oes see eee 53
LacuSttis cs one aeeeeuee 52
lepiduriis? =... sees 53
lOnGIOr. sc -eacec eae 53
lutkenii: c. cscs acces eeve 53
maculatus! .s.=<< esse eee 52

MaxXiMmuse sees eee 54
micropthalmus......... 52
multiradiatus ......... 54
NANUS, <.ce:sus eeu rs 54
ocelliferisivgesi< cus soos 54
oligolepisieecc.moaee= one 53
orbicolaniste---naeeree. 52
orbign yagi es esess- ee 53
orientalis, ccc~ eseasee D4

ortonil.. - 23. bose. ser see 54

owalis’ : : Sau. lee eee 54
panamensis ............ 52
pectinatns’.-..2.-s-a0 54
peruvianus:.-<----24-~ 53
petenensis ............. ‘ 53

748

Page. |
Tetragonopterus phceenicopterus .-.-...-.--- 54
polylepisieec. sa. oar 52
Welvodon = sseesea= see 53
TOPUStULOS esos sea 54
Tate aes tee ee 52
TUtWSis2csen sees ace Se 52
jequitinhonhe- 52
SAW a )- osee oe ee eeeloera 53
ACADTIPINMIS =e =- = 52
schmard.- ss. 2 <--> 54
SpilaTOS =a. ease eas 52 |
Stilbetceeee see sas eae 54
tabatingre- 2 o--ce-5->-5- 54
HOSTELS ys eae a= a eel 53
trinibatus,.<2.-\2-.--.- 53
unilineatus:2-..-2----.. 54 |
VAG) TGS ocr eres arama 53 |
WIAD Die cc teis weil wine tat 53
BEING WONSIS eee eceareetaeey 53
Tetranematichthys quadrifilis.......-.-- 35
MNenraGdinse= shea eer ses ee aia tnce oe 710, 718
Tetra0don=sseo~ 62) 2 eas os 111, 113, 697, 706 |
HOuUROneNSISsasse+ a ses oe meee 708 |
CULCULIA Bae t octal ee ices 710, 711
hiadematusiee cose cie eete ee 712
GOLSO=1NICOLOT/-= s-ee ne eee 708
OMG UTLO Seine eimai = i= wile l-lniaie si 713 |
Lviyyiline! aaa Baeesosess peses 712, 719
hONCKeM Me ek See cee ee 712,713,719 |
IMMAcwlacus =. 2-2 56- = esc eoe = 712
NO VISSIMUS Ee eae see sicieies ois 710 |
Lam OAtUS ee ge cee ee = oscil 706, 707, 708
lonpicandates = eccp cer waa 712
IM ACTULALUIG Se ere iesp aie ee aera 712
ManLlensiSe-es-—e ct. voles jere'ic T12
AND Pie eee eee eek creer ea 712 |
Meleagris <<< =. 1a. 1-- eine 712,719 |
MOCO S UES =< = sf ai eersizinserasors alesse 697
TARGUS seers essen eieteee 697
nigropunctatus .....---.------ 712
OplONGMSiia-ee cere ee eseseee = 713, 719
Pandas jas =. fe cia nee wow ieee 713, 719
WaAWOCAss es eat een ee nee 708 |
MOMGUS seen a seen 165, 719
DAUOLAG OS cc Seciotc mee sia racter ata = 720
TOUICULATIS i a2 eee een ee 712
MUP GMT asst tecetere tele eee iarate = 712
Sis) SOSUS to aes eee 712
TESTRCINGIS eee aie == ~/o wie ae 707, 719
TetraodOnieUs)--55-6-0 2-65 eee e- oe nice 117
Tetraodontidx.-........-.-- 4,5. 7, 8, 698, 710. 713, 719
Maina ontin ds. 2 4. Fe sce arenes 698, 710, 719
MEMMOOGOMUNIL oc + </h oo2 + cece eee 718 |
PLELrAOUONTOLUEN G2 o- = 2- ca caee oe Coase cite 705
Meirva0dus BOrdidis..<- sehce ences snes 712
SRGurapRiON as ae ser oot Se ee ee soe aa ee 167 —
OVOAI <cesceeeecka see eemaee 167
TEtTOd ONS seer ero eee 706, 708, 711, 713
CULCUb AS ante See wean snee se 711
guttifer.......-. See e nls eerie 714 |
RTTATIS Sea c.cya ses ee oe eee 719 |
DRLOGA: seco sas See eae nese 699 |
PUNCtAMISSIMIMUS hc ccce ae ween 720 |
TELICOUIATIS s-n5,s6) 55ers ae 712 |
COSCUGINATIUS: <.non-nces oe a~ oes 712

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

~ 2 as a oir . 7

Page.
TPetrodontungidus) sa2.cessce ee ae oe 84
VAILICLY WNC CALS aoe ean arate 699
WAANGELSUss= ees iene ee eee 699
Tetrodonieus<stee. sco onsen ote ceeoaees 705, 718
Metrodontes=-s2-.432.osee= see ee eee 718
Netrodontide.s. cm teste ee ees 697, 708, 718
Tetrodontiformes..... ----- eee eee 718
Tetrodontings-s2s-ssseeke ee =e eee 697, 718
|. Thalassomacste~s2 22s s sack see eee ees 111
| halassophrynes i=. o-so-2- oe eee 72
AMaAzZoOnica- = sees -ee ees 72
NAPLELErl ee essere 72
Thamnophilus albicrissus.-....--.--..---- 481i
eiEThatuss as eee ee 431
MATOL-< soistesecee ee aeee a 481
melanocrissus ...--------- 471
melanuruSes aot] ee ee 481
pulchelliscseessee = ee 481
trinitatis.....- go cee eee 481i
Thamnophis..-.- Ean ae eres 645
Thryonhilus castaneus -.......-.-------- 519
Costar Gensisacer o- eae eer 519
gallbraithina-sesiee-e=--e-ee 520
MOGEStUS += cee == see 520
rufalbus castanonotus.-.--- 519
Semi DAIS ec pete eee 520
thoracicus:s-s- anes eee ee 520

Zed OMe acs Ce ae. e 520 -
Thryothosus fasciativentris ...--.--.---- 521, 522
inypery RVUs a2. eee a1
melanogaster ...... ...--.-- 521, 523
DhysanochewWus = -<\-— so. a 398, 400
Thysanochilus cyanotenia...-....------- 399
ODDRU0S i senior 398, 399
Milegideneaeee eine ace ce sees eee 303
Titanichthys agassizii .-......-:.=------- 450, 463
Molucatlineatapacessce.s.ss6 eee eee 605
Tomopteris eeane sao = ce eee 300
TOMASI ce ae eee 300
ROVTORI ssc amincraiacle toate ee meter 401
Totanus flavipes .--....-.---------------- 428
Trachelyopterichthys - ---.-.------------- 16
teeniatus.-----<---3 33
Trachelyopterus = 2-2... ---s.~- see mn = 15
COTIACCUS = 2 25-5 33
maculosus .--.- 33
Trachurops brachychirus..-------------- 137
erumenophthalmus. - . .87, 127, 128, 137
Trachycorystes ------ bine 13, 18
ANGLSe Scone ee ee 34
brevibanbuSec-=-2-- eee ot
ceratophysus..--...--.-.-- 34
vlabers- 3. ee eee 34
galeatusss- =) 34
INSIOMIS = saa steer 34
iWacanthus)- ~-<e—-e eee oe 34
magdalenm..-.-.--.:----- 34
OVSCUTUS S12 oo eee 34
POLTOSUS soe sae ee eee 34
TODUSTUS 2 25- sSaessse osc. 34
Sirigtulus)se-s6— ee ses ee 34
trachycorystes'-------:--- 34
Trachynotus carolinus)..----------------- 87
FASCINGUS See eee sea eee 127, 139

117

Tri CHiNViNe sas cee acer eines ria se cate eee

ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 749
Page. Page.
EI GUVOMUS LOPLULUS >< <n ssn<ce'cielars= ce Siad UNDO UI SEY. con <n ine ao. see 331
SUBTLE TINTS ete tatele enw oie alsa eine Wino sin 117 TUUZ SOUL oe cc-e sroercis cntoten ina eles 330
BGM eee Se Sc poh aclce ise ne ieee 16 HAKOSTIN- coe eee eee ee 330
PRG Wis aeereties cereers colncie onic een aae 37 BQUAMIPOH : feo so ewe hee ee eee 329
TOMO LS eette an ce mintrelstsee ers ots 37 tense Lata. swstecswcaesecete sees 329
a eee eee alata) aia) a l= Lop LO |e SOUT LOI ive rete cea ere ee 443, 445
BLOT PONOCE DALES laterate = wie olniatm r= = wintalntwnininie oie 684 NoOvuMlovONN esa. Senne ewer eee 495
BEEN OTP HO CLO Met ee icles ole) =i is eae are eiet= G7en) SCyIOsSUTUS Almeida = a4. ns. een ee ee oe 65
IDISGUGAUUS: —<(— sacar 679 RINAZONICUB moter ee eee ie ae 65
ROMOTIS Gerais eie sie oe sree ie 679 Nias) econ Vida eee amaaree er 66
SUN Calne ose nloieraicjsinreiotslwisiclarele< 678, 679 MAPIMUSS- wer cee senae eens 92
lyrophanes ~--------.----- 679 MMICLOPS a5 022 sae oee see 65
GE eee etree oe als lie sine 678, 679 SIBRINURe nas see chic pees e bee eee 135
OVO LO teeth yee otetatatetn'a/='afatale 678, 679 pObolUgmannite.2- Sere ees eae 128, 135
VAUM UTA OLN oini-tate a Se stsinie etal 679 | Tyranniscus patvus .............-.--.--- 535
ENA ACHMINATA, joe) -iom vie neemse cs = 491 | oye AMSIMNUS) = oaaee ascot eee 535
POUL Rita's cletarsmiaa ata sie = 491 2
ANT ae tetarnetstecras cictate 426 | a a
canutus ....-...2.-..-. 491 | mer Sin miesereel alent riefteketatarv eres ate ales notes ieas 16
atehig fee ee eee 491 Unio camptodon weeennc sc tececceecee cones 105
ferruginea..........+.- 491 | coloradoensis Gate cnn eee ee 104
FASGCICOMIS) Aacrem nee oe 426 WOO eS Sara a ake ak ee ee 104
a cee 426 CAM PICOCNSIG ss se ane woke ateelo ie 104
War ciliae ene 427 , umbrosus Bio wise Gierarsim in ciate oe eerste 105
alpina pacifica......... 491 | emt vatcncreececretteeecereeeeeeeees 3
subarquata.......-.--- 491 | Umbrina xanti- no tana ne banca cena me casve Longo,
PEG ONTOCR Hn eee : 718 | Gneneie Par dais. = Soran ees seats 590
ania oe eee 16g | Upeneus dentatus ate sweets nae fone e SS 15T
Triton gibboaus...........-.2.0e-.-2-02+- 323 | grandisquamis Release sta ea are 128, ise
jor eee ce oes co 303 | preorbitalis Saleen s = aosee eee 158
reap e ee 399 | rathbuni. vnesnesancececoe asa! 126, # 38
SaLSUTTF ce 309 | FANICOlONSIS! ssesee crore aces aews 158
ABratonides Gl6Sanis.ea\-<j1- 5-5 5 2. oec swine 317 | ; xanthogrammds’-------=>~ wa---= SO
FG ee 317 Uranomitra cyanocephala a aie'nce bee ss <istecele 471
MOMMA. ke eae 3]7 | Urinator adameii iets arate a wis ateteta ee 416
Prelit atee 3 Oe So eee re 316 articus Sicene eC ene e ena aitemraiceerte 416
MOS - otseee tn oe 316 DDO DS ate teteterees etetee ainletce te eee ae iaiare 416
pagodus ...... eee a 317 | Nees eas sabes scocsae 416
sanguinolenta................- 317 | , es = ee Ly Le ee ea
Mritonium norvegicum.............-- nes, 186 | Unibranchapertura lineata: st <.-1-eeceees 25
Seis ae 179 Wxolophus; Nallerts-cs.seseen ain seme 132
arena. ae Frdine v 398 NODULOSUB = sameeren leer 127, 132
TEU UWS ete oetstecelels a aise emi eatalersro 328 Va
Trochilus COMMPTIS eek teenie esr See LOOM EC ad olliaissc cece eneeee fe oe 15
ne eT kas sao eee ees OITTHOS A. <aseeeeeiee ornate 7
ROGHOCO DUS ei misses aia Salle aie baie aie wie == 397 +: a“
Trogon Seadiinanteis Sete etetatetetsteletainai faint 478 . DIES a7 ee ee ee
- | Venerupis oblonga...-.-................. 312
| elegans ......---.---2-+2esees +e 536 | venus amathusia ...............2.0--00e- 312
aan 476 columbiensis=..-225-e.eosaeeneeeeee 311
sUTOPNON | COLVOSENSIS! = =... maintswiouewie-- =< 1st compte... eee eee ee 319
disparilis in aS pam soe ae 1s9 Costellata:. -6.:<sscsepencescnee Bees 312
eB SUES CERF SCE ROS RS 320 -Vertebrie among Fishes, Relations of Tem-
scitulus RAG et eed iss perature to - Mn Sn = 9 ee eS entities 107
k triangulatus......-....-.--.-++. 180 Vireo carmioli SUperciliAMsle wees mesic 340
Tropidoclonium...-..-----------+-+++---. 666, 674 fidllent’..~.. «1s... eee eee 528
lineatum.-..~-52<....- 504, 505, 666 Wipinia: |: iecc-vunss eee aes 599
Tropidonotus .....-.-.---.------+++--++-+ 645 ClGPANS. naan -neae ee eee 599
SO SOURS eee ornare 673 VOIOLile ase... eae eae oe 599
Trynyites subruficollis See eee ee ee 428 iv tularia salobrosae eee 320
Turritella goniostoma.......--........-.- 326 Vitrina pfeifferi=. <i e eeame samen 95
broderipiana ....-..----+.---.- 326 -Vinolanius pulchellus verticalis.......--. 529
CAN CWI ALA eens cee nee eee near ce 326
Morbo. ses; BE ea fe oe 330 W.
MUCURAULS ECS Soo <oc cc ec coenc mee st SOU WierthGlMeria- -~ comet ore cee <ewe commas ae Lyi
MNAPNIACUSisctiewcccceccc cscs Seeiaiek 329 maculata... ..-+... Lachopeeas 34

750

aXe

Page.

Xenistius californiensis.................- 127, 144
EXCOMA SAD Se cites sie acts eee releatarete waeeise 419
EXOMOMI Meiers neseiome ato arsiele wists lciaiaeioie cercte 3
EXGNOMYS tam yas eiek © ae leln le etelelelal=l=leinlat=i= = 348
AULATIUSE Howes aecielcelsee tote aiee 348

EXGHOP COLIN wesiaterelsia’=)aia lai ele arate aieie le staimiatel = 698
SMOTIOM LOTUS aeretieleeiteiseleis ereiatorcraieie’= 697-699, 705, 707
SXGNOPSATIS aye ays eletaie oictaiw nla iaisin]e swim <iaeln' «= mincole 479
Alb INN CD Aas swie elalela\elelelseisielsie = 480

SNH id cose == oe sees tle cia ialeiatesteleraisioretelste 117
EXCL PMO PHOLUS Esa) ila <i eicinelsia slelelclnicietevaicin“feleleie 18
Xiphorhamphus ..........-.--ce- ees ae 14
abbreviatus ....0c-ccsenn 58

ANOMAIUS < <aie1-istejale miclelsinie 58
falCatUs) -<e1a0/s\s/ai-in<e cK 58
fAlCIFOSULIS eeseeiscorce ae 58
fOTOX. cesaes6 Sicialaicialtslearata 58

hepsetus ......-- eacaeeme 58
heterolepig....cecccscees 58

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Xiphorhamphus lacustris

macrolepis .-.-.-.----.--
MIGKOlEpISs.2- eee

oligolepis

pericoptes

Miphostom@a ys cae seec seceses css e oes oases

maculatum'. (<< <-\cic/e <seininiere
ocellatuom =e mmasisetrieiceceelere
yrichthysiacesesciesce eee sececes soeeeesis
EXSVS (HOMEY S esinetiate nanan iaciclalsicisisleleiaietaine

Z.

ZaMenis MOXiCANUS......-sseeeaeseeeee ate
Zonotrichia gambeli..........202.2eeceees
leucophrys intermedia.......

111
110

619
442
442

ae eee
yo WG Wo
Laid On

Ae

f Tih
SMe or.
uy

Gh

i

ey Mi ‘ i
‘ i

eu. i